Skip to main content

Full text of "Department of State bulletin"

See other formats


Mi^i;j^^^;^^/f'^ftfeni';'*>-^^^ 


lit 


[^ 


t 


^ 


Given  By 


(^>x 


eJ^ 


> 


•^ 


tara, 


ii. 


e>/y(^  ^eha/ylmenl/  xw  c/tate^ 


[VOLUME  XIX:  Numbers  470-495 

July  4-December  26,  1948 


INDEX 


^CNT    o^ 


U.  S.  SueERlNIENDENT  OF  UUUUtaLhUi 

JUN  .  7    1949 
Corrections  in  Volume  XIX 


The  Editor  of  the  Bulletin  wishes  to  call  attention 
to  the  following  discrepancies  that  occurred  In  print- 
ing telegraphic  items  from  the  General  Assembly  in 
Paris : 

In  the  issue  of  December  12,  19^8,  page  728,  third 
paragraph: 

In  "The  United  States  in  the  United  Nations",  it  is 
stated  that  the  United  Nations  Temporary  Commis- 
sion on  Korea  "will  continue  to  seek  means  for  bring- 
ing about  the  unification  of  Korea  and  the  integration 
of  all  Korean  security  forces."  The  text  of  the  resolu- 
tion establishing  a  new  Commission  states  that  this 
Commission  will  "continue  the  work  of  the  Temporary 
Commission"  but  further  that  the  new  Commission 
"Shall  be  regarded  as  having  superseded  the  Temporary 
Commission."  (See  Bulletin  of  December  10,  1948, 
page  760. ) 

In  the  issue  of  Decemlier  19,  191iS,  page  760: 

A  text  of  the  joint  resolution  for  the  new  Commission 
on  Korea  is  here  printed.  That  text  was  amended  to 
include  the  Canadian  amendment  (U.  N.  doc.  A/806, 
December  12,  1948),  a  paragraph  of  which  reads  as 
follows : 

"In  paragraph  4,  delete  the  words  'consisting  of  the 
same  Member  States  which  composed  the  United  Na- 
tions Temporary  Commission  on  Korea'  and  substitute 
therefor  the  words  'consisting  of  the  following  States : 
Australia,  China,  El  Salvador,  France,  India,  the  Phil- 
ippines, Syria.' " 

The  footnote  on  the  same  page  should  read  as  fol- 
lows: 


"  Introduced  by  the  U.  S.,  China,  and  Australia  in 
Committee  I  on  Dec.  6,  1948,  and  adopted  by  the  Gen- 
eral Assembly  on  Dec.  12,  1948,  after  amendment.  The 
text  of  the  documents  is  contained  in  U.  N.  docs.  A/788 
and  A/806. 

In  the  same  issue,  page  752: 

The  footnote  relating  to  the  Universal  Declaration 
of  Human  Rights  should  read : 

'  Approved  by  Committee  III  on  Dec.  7,  1948,  and  by 
the  General  Assembly  on  Dec.  10,  1948. 

In  the  same  issue,  page  763: 

It  is  stated  in  "The  United  States  In  the  United 
Nations",  fifth  paragraph,  left-hand  colunm,  that  the 
Conciliation  Commission  "will  take  over  the  work  of 
acting  Palestine  mediator  Bunche".  The  resolution 
states  precisely  that  the  Conciliation  Commission  shall 
".  .  .  assume  insofar  as  it  considers  necessary  in 
existing  circumstances,  the  functions  given  to  the  U.  N. 
Mediator  on  Palestine  by  the  resolution  of  tlie  General 
Assembly  of  14  May  1948".  (See  the  issue  of  De- 
cember 12,  1948,  page  726,  and  General  Assembly  modi- 
fications printed  in  the  issue  of  December  26,  1948,  page 
793.     See  also  U.  N.  doc.  A/807,  December  20,  1948.) 

Two  other  corrections  in  this  volume  should  be  noted 
In  the  issue  of  November  H,  19^8,  page  613,  footnote  3: 

The  date  of  the  document  (U.  N.  doc.  S/1045)  should 
read  Oct.  19,  1948,  rather  than  Oct.  19,  1945. 

In  the  issue  of  December  19,  1948,  page  767: 

The  heading  "lEO  Preparatory  Commission  :  Seventh 
Session"  should  read  "IRO  Preparatory  Commission : 
Seventh  Part  of  First  Session". 


^^  36-3.    I  A  <^0 

index"' "^^ 

Volume  XIX:  Numbers  470-495,  July  4-December  26,  1948 


Publication  3461 


Abbink,  John,  appointment  as  chairman  of  U.  S.  section 

of  joint  Brazil-U.  S.  Technical  Commission,  136. 
Abdul  Rahim.  Mohamed  Kamil,  credentials  as  Egyptian 

Ambassador  to  U.  S.,  449. 
Adams,  Col.  Edward  F.,  impartial  in  Venezuelan  revolt,  777. 
Administrative  and  budgetary  implications  of  program 
legislation,   development,    State  Department   regula- 
tions, 682. 
Advisory  Defense  Committee  (of  American  States),  596. 
Afghanistan: 
Ambassador  to  U.  S.,  Nairn,  credentials,  746. 
U.   S.   Legation  at  Kabul,  elevation  to  rank  of  em- 
bassy, 746. 
Agriculture : 
European,  aid  from  U.  S.,  616. 

Mexican  farm  labor,  illegal  entry  into  Texas  charged 
by  Mexico,  exchange  of  notes,  U.  S.  and  Mexico, 
562,  585. 
Potato  crop  agreement,  with  Canada,  744. 
Agriculture  Organization  of  U.  N.,  Food  and,  4th  session. 

See  Food. 
Agua  Prieta,  Mexico,  closing  of  U.  S.  consulate  recon- 
sidered, 451. 
Aid  to  foreign  countries  {see  also  individual  countries): 
Article  on  the  1947  foreign  relief  program,  95. 
Austria,  243. 
China : 
Exchange  of  notes  establishing  a  joint  commission  on 
Rural  Reconstruction  in  accordance  with  China 
Aid  Act  of  1948,  207,  208. 
Interim  Aid,  243. 
Economic  Cooperation  Act  of  1948.    See  Economic. 
Economic  Cooperation  Administration.     See  Economic 
European  Recovery  Program.     See  European. 
Foreign    Aid    Appropriation   Act    (1947),    agreetnents, 

U.  S.  with  Austria,  China,  Greece,  and  Italy,  99. 
Foreign  Aid  Appropriation  Act    (1949),  statement  by 

President  Truman  on  signing,  45. 
France,  243. 
German  Bizone,  243. 
Italy,  243. 

Palestine  refugees,  180,  237,  293,  447,  575,  615,  636,  778. 
Palestine  refugees,   relief  recommended  by  President 

Truman  to  U.  S.  Congress,  778. 
President's  budget,  excerpts,  342. 
Vessels  transferred  to  European  countries,  283. 
Aid  to  Near  East  by  American  Red  Cross,  586. 
Air  transport  agreement,  U.  S.  with — 
Bolivia,  signature,  470. 
Mexico,  discussed,  300. 
Air  lift  in  Berlin.    See  Berlin  crisis. 
Albania : 
Conciliators   appointed.   General  Assembly   resolution 

(Nov.  27),  696. 
Greco-Albanian   border  violatlon.s,  text   of  reply  from 
Albanian   Deputy   Foreign  Minister,   to   tripartite 
appeal,  461. 
Greek  guerrillas,  aid  to,  238. 

Greek  guerrillas  aided,  UNSCOB  charges,  draft  resolu- 
tion, 635. 
V.  N.   membership,  qualifications,   695,   729. 
UNSCOB,  attitude  toward  Committee  and  report,  608. 
I  611,  635.  • 

Uexander,  Robert  C,  Senate  subcommittee  on  immigra- 
tion and  naturalization,  testimony,  335. 
Uesandria,  Eg.\T3t,  U.  S.  Consulate,  elevation  to  rank  of 
,      consulate  general,  123. 

ndex,  July  to  December  J  948 


Aliens,  admission  to  U.  S. : 

Displaced  Persons  Act  of  1948,  procedure,  411. 
Germany,  western,  and  Austria,  registration  under  Im- 
migration Act  of  1924,  412. 
Illegal  entry  of  Mexican  farm  workers  charged  to  U.  S., 

562 ;  exchange  of  notes,  U.  S.  and  Mexico,  585. 
Personnel  of  international  organizations,  report  of  Sec- 
retary of  State's  committee,  335. 
Allen,  George  V. : 
Addresses,  statements,  etc. : 

Science,  victim  to  Communism's  strait  jacket,  409. 
UNESCO,  661. 
United  Nations  Day,  549. 
U.  S.  information  program,  88. 
Voice  of  America : 
DLscussed,  567. 

Hungarian  campaign  against,  91,  145. 
Allison,  John  M.,  designation  in  State  Department,  682. 
American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science:    /!_ 
Incident  involving  Ethiopian  Minister,  413,  448. 
Speech  on  Communism's  restraint  of  science  by  Mr. 
Allen,  409. 
American  Middle  East  ReUef  Incorporated,  aid  to  Near 

East,  299. 
American  Mission  for  Aid  to  Greece : 
Griswold  resignation,  501. 
Supplies  released  to  Near  East  refugees,  447. 
American  republics : 

Cultural  relations,  Buenos  Aires  convention  (1936),  fel- 
lowships for  U.  S.  students  in  certain  American 
countries,  742. 
Inter-American  declaration  of  solidarity  (1940),  592. 
Inter- American  treaty  of  reciprocal  assistance  (1947), 

592. 
Organization  of  American  States,  594 ;  chart,  595. 
Publications  listed,  597. 

Treaties,  agreements,  organizations,  history  of,  article 
by  Mr.  Monsma,  591. 
American  Republics,  International  Union  of  (1889),  594. 
American  states,  9th  international  conference,  Bogota,  594. 
Anderson,  Andrew  W.,  article  on  Indo-Pacific  Fisheries 

Council,  12. 
Antarctica,  internationalization,  U.  S.  attitude,  301. 
Anthropological  and  ethnological  sciences,  international 

congress,  3d  session,  U.  S.  delegation,  agenda,  135. 
Antigua,  British  West  Indies,  closing  of  U.  S.  Consulate, 

477. 
Arab  States.    See  Palestine  situation. 
Arabian-American  Oil  Company,  aid  to  Near  East,  293. 
Arctic  expeditions,  notes  of  Peary  and  Nares  found  by 

U.  S.-Canada  supply  mission,  texts,  471. 
Argentina : 
Ambassador  to  U.  S.   (Remorino)  credentials,  59. 
Antarctica,  U.  S.  asks  discussion,  301. 
IRO,  adherence  to,  83. 

Military  mission,  advisory,  from  U.  S.,  agreement  signed 
494. 
Armaments,  Conventional,  Commission  for: 
Continuance  of,  180. 
Publication  of  armed  strength  report.  General  Assembly 

draft  resolution,  696. 
Report  to  Security  Council,  194,  196. 
Resolutions : 

Defining  of  conventional  armaments,  268. 
Principles  basic  to  arms  reduction,  196. 
Regulation  and  reduction  of  armaments  and  armed 
forces,  267. 

813 


Armaments,  Conventional,  Commission  for— Continued 
Statement  by  Mr.  Osborn  in  General  Assembly,  630. 
U.  S.  S.  R.,  participation  in,  511,  556. 
Armour,  Norman,  resigned  as  Assistant  Secretary  of  State, 

213. 
Arms  and  armed  forces: 

Atomic  energy  control.  See  atomic  energy. 
Greek  guerrillas  receiving  war  material,  238. 
Korea,  withdrawal  of  occupying  forces; 

Exchange  of  notes  between  U.  S.  and  V.  S.  S.  R.,  456. 
U.  S.  policy,  440. 
Over-all  strength  of  U.  N.  Members'  armed  forces,  status 

of  report  on,  195,  263. 
Palestine,  armed  guard,  discussed  by  President  Truman 

and  Mediator,  237,  439. 
Palestine,  arms  from  U.  S.,  293. 

Palestine  immigrants  of  military  age  from  V.  S.  zones  in 
Austria  and  Germany,  386. 
Arms  and  armed  forces,  reduction  of: 
Belgian  resolution  passed  by  U.  N.  subcommittee,  55b. 
Commission  for  Conventional  Armaments,  resolution  on 

principles  basic  to  reduction  of,  196. 
General  Assembly,  draft  resolution,  696. 
Polish  proposal  rejected  by  U.  N.  subcommittee,  556. 
Publication  of  military  strength,  195,  263,  635,  696. 
tJ.  S.  position: 

Mr.  Austin,  463,  511. 
Mr.  Dulles,  609. 

Secretary  Marshall,  in  General  Assembly,  434. 
Mr.  Osborn,  194,  630. 
U.  S.  S.  R.  proposal  in  General  Assembly  to  reduce  arms 
by  one  third,  441 ;  rejection  by  V.  N.  subcommittee, 
556 ;  U.  S.  attitude,  463. 

Address  by  Mr.  Butterworth,  492. 
Communist  strategy  in  southeast  Asia,  410. 
Atherton,  Ray: 
Appointed   alternate  U.   S.  representative  to  General 

Assembly,  236,  330. 
Resignation  as  Ambassador  to  Canada,  236. 
Atomic  energy,  International  Control  of,  Policy  at  the 

Crossroads,  released,  123. 
Atomic  Energy  Commission  of  U.  N. : 
Addresses,  statements,  etc.: 

Mr.  Austin,  441,  463,  511,  535,  539,  602. 
Secretary  Marshall,  434. 
Mr.  Osborn,  14,  490. 
Armed  forces,  relation  to  reduction  of,  511,  556,  696. 
Canadian  amended  proposal,  text,  521. 
General  Assembly  approval,  490,  576. 
General  Assembly  resolutions,  576,  (text)  606,  696. 
Reports  to  U.  N.  ( 1st,  2d,  3d) ,  action  on  in  Security  Coun- 
cil, with  statement  by  Mr.  Osborn,  14,  236. 
Security  Council  resolution,  text,  27,  236. 
U.S.  policy,  summarized  by  Secretary  Marshall  in  3d 

session,  General  Assembly,  434. 
U.S.   supports   Canadian   proposal,   statement  by  Mr. 

Austin  in  General  Assembly,  535,  539. 
U.S.S.R.  attitude,  463,  499,  511. 
U.S.S.R.  sincerity  questioned  by  Mr.  Osborn,  490. 
Atomic  Energy  Commission,  U.S.: 

Eniwetok  proving  ground,  danger  area,  811. 
Fourth  semiannual  report,  statement  of  President  Tru- 
man on  release  of,  151. 
Atrato-Truand6  canal  route,  Colombia-U.  S.  study,  212. 
Austin,  Warren  R. : 
Addresses,  statements,  etc. : 

Atomic  energy  control,  in  General  Assembly,  441,  463, 

535  539  602. 
General'  Assembly  evaluated,  excerpts,  754. 
U.N.  headquarters  construction  progress,  237. 
United  Nations  Day,  551. 
U.S.S.R.  proposal  to  reduce  armed  forces,  511. 
Ceylon  membership  in  U.N.  favored,  238. 
Correspondence : 

U.N.  Secretary-General  (Lie),  charging  U.S.S.R.  with 
threat  to  peace  in  Berlin,  455. 


Austin,  Warren  R. — Continued 
Correspondence — Continued 
U.N.  Secretary-General   (Lie),  on  Jewish  and  Arab 
displaced  persons,  265. 
U.S.  representative  to  General  Assembly,  330. 
U.S.S.R.  charged  in  General  Assembly  with  threat  to 
peace,  441. 
Australia : 

Antarctica,  U.S.  asks  discussion,  301. 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc.:  .,,_„„        .. 

Mar6ohal  Joffre  claims  settlement,   with   U.S.   and 

France,  561.  . 

Tariffs  and  trade,  general  agreement  on,  provision- 
ally effective,  642.  .  ' 
Whaling,  international  convention  for  regulation  of  ; 
(1946),  ratification,  714. 

Aid  under  1947  U.S.  foreign  reUef  program,  101. 
Displaced  persons,  admission  to  U.S.  from,  411,  412. 
Displaced  persons,  aid  by  U.S.  Foreign  Service  person- 
nel,  501.  ,  ^         I 

Emigration  from  U.S.  zone  to  Palestine,  regulations, 

exchange  of  notes  with  U.S.,  386. 
Immigration  to  U.S.  opened,  735. 
Murder  of  Irving  Ross  in  Soviet  zone,  646. 
Peace  settlement,  U.S.  policy  summarized  by  Secretary 
Marshall  in  3d  session,  General  Assembly,  433.         i 
Peace  treaty  negotiations  requested,  777. 
Steel  production,  553.  ,  ^    ™-  ' 

Trade-mark  registration,  time  extended,  527. 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc.:  i 

Foreign  Assistance  Act  of  1948,  agreement  signed  with 
U.S.,  104.  ^.  , 

Transport,  road,  with  other  European  countries,  ad- 
hered to  and  extended,  702. 
U  N    membership,  reconsideration  of  application,  693, 
'729,  754,  801. 
Aviation.     See  International  Civil  Aviation  Organization ; 
Treaties. 

Balkan  Commission  of  Security  Council  (Security  Coun- 
cil Commission  of  Investigation  Concerning  Greek 
Frontier  Incidents),  attitude  of  Bulgaria  on,  447. 

Balkan  situation:  ,.  ,        „o,r 

Balkan  states  meet  with  U.N.  mediators,  637. 
General    Assembly    resolution     (Nov.    27),    appointing 

conciliators,  696. 
General  Assembly  resolution  (Nov.  27)  recommendmg 
"establishment  of  good  neighbour  relations"   and 
return  of  Greek  children,  text,  722. 
Balkans,  U.N.  Special  Committee  on  (UNSCOB)  : 
Aid  to  Greek  guerrillas  condemned  and  Speaal  Com- 
mittee continued,  635,  697. 
Albania,  Bulgaria,  and  Yugoslavia  charged  with  threat 

to  peace,  608. 
Attitude  of  Balkan  States  on,  447,  461,  608,  611. 
Continuation  approved,  615,  635,  697. 
General  Assembly  approves  3d  interim  report,  576. 
Greek  children,  deportation  of,  reported,  25. 
Greek  guerrillas  aided  by  Albania,  Bulgaria,  and  Yugo- 
slavia, report,  238. 
Members,  U.S.  representatives,  238. 
Report  completed,  16. 
Bank  and  Fund.     See  International  Bank;  International 

Monetary  Fund. 
Bannantine,  George,  detained  by  Hungary,  469,  494,  p7, 
Barber  Willard  F.,  designation  in  State  Department,  DOrf. 
Bechhoefer,  Bernhard  G.,  article  on  voting  in  the  Security 

Council  of  U.N.,  3. 
Belgian  Congo :  . 

U.  S.  Consulate  at  ElisabethviUe,  opening,  477. 

Ams  reduction  resolution  passed  by  U.  N.  subcommit- 
tee, 556.  ^  .     , 
Consultative  Council,  3d  session,  text  of  communique, 

583. 


814 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


BelKium— Continued 
IRO,  adherence  to,  S3. 
Palestine,  Security  Council  subcommittee  to  consider 

sanctions,  555. 
Public-liealtli  attach^  to  U.  S.  Embassy  in  Brussels,  476. 
Steel  production,  553. 

Surplus  war  property,  payment  on  account,  148. 
Trade-mark  registration,  renewal,  proclamation,  212. 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. : 

Double  taxation  with  U.  S.,  signature,  5S5,  680. 
Educational-exchange  program,  with  U.  S.,  528,  681. 
Foreign  Assistance  Act  of  1948,  agreement  signed  with 

U.  S.,  104. 
Tariff's  and  trade,  general  agreement  on,  provisionally 

effective,  642. 
Transport,  road,  with  other  European  countries,  ad- 
hered to  and  extended,  702. 
D.  S.  Sen.  res.  239,  exchange  of  views  with  U.  S.,  U.  K., 

France,  Canada,  and  other  Benelux  countries,  80. 
Visa  requirements  changed,  520. 
Belgrade  conference.     See  Danube,  conference  to  consider 
i         free  navigation  of  the. 
Benelux  countries,  exchange  of  views  on  U.  S.  Sen.  res. 

239,  with  U.  S.,  U.  K.,  France,  and  Canada,  80. 
Benninghoff,   H.   Merrell,   address   on   Indonesian   situa- 
'         tion,  9. 
Benton,  William,  on  proposed  gift  of  Encyclopaedia  Britan- 

nica  to  newspapers  in  U.  S.  zone  of  Germany,  144. 
Berendsen,  Sir  Carl,  K.C.M.G.,  credentials  as  New  Zea- 
land Ambassador  to  U.  S.,  744. 
Bergen,  Norway,  opening  of  U.  S.  Consulate,  477. 
Berlin  Crisis:  A  Report  on  the  Moscow  Discussions,  1948, 

published,  431. 
Berlin  crisis : 
Addresses,  statements,  etc. : 
Mr.  Jessup.  4S4,  541,  574. 
Secretary  Marshall,  54,  141. 
Mr.  Saltzman,  495. 
Ambassador  Smith,  544. 
.     Air  lift,  statements  by : 

I        Mr.  Jessup  in  Security  Council,  484,  541,  574. 
Secretary  Marshall,  54. 
Mr.  Saltzman,  497. 
Air  traffic,  restrictions  proposed  by  U.S.S.R.,  423,  426, 
I  427,  429,  430,  485,  487.  498,  545. 

;     Bank  of  emission,  German,  423,  426,  427. 

Blockade,  denied  by  U.S.S.R.  in  Security  Council,  463. 
Blockade,   di.scussed   in   statements,   communiques  and 

notes,  85,  423,  426.  427,  431,  484,  487,  541,  572. 
Blockade,  history  of,  497. 
Blockade,  removal  requested  in  resolution  proposed  by 

six  neutral  nations  of  Security  Council,  521,  555. 
Committee  of  Neutral  Experts: 
Proposal  by  President  of  Security  Council,  text,  719. 
Tripartite  communique,  text,  720. 
U.  S.,  U.  K.,  and  France,  joint  reply  to  President  of 
Security  Council  on  proposal,  text,  719. 
Communique  (Sept.  26)  by  U.  S.,  IJ.  K.,  and  France, 

text,  423. 
Currencv  and  trade,  regulation  of,  423,  426,  427,  486, 

497.  521,  556,  543,  .572,  616,  636,  666,  697,  719. 
Currency  and  trade,  regulation  of,  third  currency  re- 
form law,  summary,  141. 
Documents  submitted  to  U.N.  Secretary-General,  listed, 

456. 
Elections,  exchange  of  letters  between  General  Clay 

and  Marshal  Sokolovsky,  734. 
Four-Power  Financial  Commission,  423,  426,  427,  521, 

666. 
Identic  notes  from  U.  S.,  U.  K,  and  France  to  Soviet 
Embassies    in    Washington,    London,    and    Paris 
(Sept.  22),  text,  430. 
Neutral  nations,  resolution  in  Security  Council,  (text) 

520,  552,  556,  572. 
Bights  of  occupying  powers,  85,  423,  427,  485,  496,  541, 
572. 


Index,  July  to  December  J  948 


Berlin  crisis — Continued 
Security  Council : 
Competency  in,  debated,  463. 

Currency  control,  study  of  questionnaire  replies  sum- 
marized, 666,  697. 
Proceedings,  484,  490. 
Referral  to,  423,  426,  455,  484,  498. 
Resolution  by  six  neutral  nations,   (text)   520,  552, 

556,  572. 
U.  S.  delegation  aided  by  financial  experts  from  Wash- 
ington, 636. 
Votes  to  hear  U.  S.,  U.  K.,  and  French  complaint, 
463. 
Soviet  note  (Sept.  25),  text,  426. 
Tri-partite  aide-memoire  to  Soviet  Government  (Sept. 

14),  text,  427. 
U.  S.  note  to  Soviet  Ambassador  (Sept.  26),  text  423. 
U.  S.  reply  to  joint  note  from  Secretary-General  of  U.  N. 

and  President  of  General  Assembly,  656. 
U.  S.,  U.  K.,  and  France,  joint  statement  (Oct.  27),  555. 
U.  S.,  U.  K.,  France,  and  U.S.S.R.  urged  to  resolve 
Berlin  question,  joint  note  from  President  of  Gen- 
eral Assembly  and  Secretary-General  of  U.  N.,  655. 
U.S.S.R.  aide-mimoire  (Sept.  18),  text,  429. 
U.S.S.R.  charged  with  threat  to  peace: 
Mr.  Austin,  statement,  511. 
Mr.  Jessup,  statement,  484,  573. 
U.  S.  note  to  Secretary-General  of  U.  N.,  455. 
U.  S.,  U.  K.,  and  France,  identic  statements  by,  441. 
Berlin  elections,  significance,  776. 

Bern,  Switzerland,  conversion  of  U.  S.  Legation  and  Con- 
sulate to  combined  office,  187. 
Bernadotte,  Count  Folke  (U.  N.  mediator  in  Palestine) : 
Assassination : 
Message  from  Representative  (Bunche)  of  Secretary- 
General  to  Israeli  Foreign  Minister,  399. 
Report  from  American  Consul  General  (Macdonald) 

at  Jerusalem,  399. 
Statement  by  Secretary  Marshall,  399. 
Correspondence    with    Secretary    Marshall    regarding 

U.  S.  aid  for  Jewish  and  Arab  refugees,  266. 
Palestine  negotiations : 
Cease-fire  for  ten  days,  proposal   (July  9),  112. 
Messages  to  Secretary-General,  105,  108,  111, 
Progress  report  on,  excerpts,  436. 
Security  Council,  conclusions  from  report  to,  112. 
Suggestions  to  Israel  and  Arab  States,  texts  of  three 

documents  (June  27),  105. 
Truce  supervision,  organization  of  and  instructions 
to  U.  S.  observers,  175. 
Berthold,  Arthur  B.,  designation  in  State  Department,  451. 
Bevin,   Ernest.    P.   C,   M.   P.,    Berlin   crisis,    joint   com- 
munique issued  at  Paris  (Sept.  26),  423. 
Bishop,  Max  W.,  designation  in  State  Department,  682. 
Blackwekler,  Eliot,  article  on  18th  International  Geolog- 
ical Congress,  668. 
Boheman,  Erik  C,  credentials  as  Swedish  Ambassador 

to  U.  S.,  561. 
Bolivia : 

Air   transport   agreement   with   U.    S.,   signature,   470. 
Cultural  leader,  visit  to  U.  S.,  302. 
Defaulted  bonds,  proposal  on,  52. 
U.  S.  Consulate  at  Cochabamba,  closing,  476,  746. 
U.  S.  to  participate  in  international  fair,  559. 
Boonstra,   Clarence  A.,   article   on    the   Institute   of  the 

Hylean  Amazon,  183. 
Boundary  waters,  International  Joint  Commission,  U.  S.- 
Canada, hearings  on  pollution  of,  558,  732. 
Boykin,  Samuel  D.,  designation  in  State  Department,  154. 
Bradley,   Lt.   Lawrence  D.,  Jr.,  article  on  international 

maritime  safety  measures,  119. 
Bratislava,  Czechoslovakia,  opening  of  U.  S.  Consulate, 

477. 
Brazil : 
Combat  materiel,  transfer  by  U.  S.  to,  table  showing,  28, 

529. 
Cultural-cooperation  fellowships  available,  742. 


815 


Brazil — Continued 

Cultural  leader,  visit  to  U.  S.,  212,  474. 

Technical  Commission,  Joint  Brazil-U.  S.,  functions  and 

U.   S.  delegates,  136,  277. 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. : 
Lend-lease  settlement,  payment,  52. 
Mineralogical-geological  survey  program  with  U.  S., 

extended,  743. 
Tariffs  and  trade  (1947),  general  agreement  on: 
Concessions,  149. 

Protocol  of  provisional  application,  signature,  55, 149. 
Provisionally  effective,  642. 
Renegotiation,  445,  527. 
Trade  agreement  (1935)  inoperative,  211. 
U.  S.  advisory  military  mission,  211. 
U.  S.  Consular  Agency  at  Curitiba,  opening,  477. 
Visiting  professor  from  U.  S.,  212. 
Bristol,  England,  closing  of  U.  S.  Consulate,  563,  811. 
British  Parliamentary  Association,  British  delegates  and 

U.  S.  delegation,  638. 
British  West  Indies : 

U.  S.  Consulate  at  Antigua,  closing,  476. 
U.  S.  Consulate  at  Grenada,  closing,  91,  477. 
Brown,  Winthrop  G. : 

Designation  in  State  Department,  154. 
Economic  factors  in  U.  S.  foreign  policy,  address,  203. 
Brownell,  George  A.,  represents  U.  S.  in  air-transport  dis- 
cussions with  Mexico,  3(X). 
Brucellosis,  2d  inter-American  congress,  641. 
Brussels,  public-health  attach^  to  U.  S.  Embassy,  476. 
Budgetary  and  administrative  implications  of  program 
legislation,  development,   State  Department  regula- 
tions, 682. 
Bulgaria : 

Conciliators   appointed.   General   Assembly   resolution 

(Nov.  27),  696. 
Greco-Bulgarian  border  violations,  exchange  of  notes 
between  U.  S.  Legation  and  Bulgarian  Foreign  Min- 
ister, text,  461. 
Greek  guerrillas  aided,  UNSCOB  charges: 
Conclusions  of  report,  238. 
Draft  resolution,  635. 
Lulchev,  Kosta,   imprisonment,  796. 
Non-fulfilment  of  peace  treaty  obligations,  aide-memoire 
from  U.  S.  Minister   (Heath)   to  Foreign  Minister 
(Kolarov),  text,  447. 
Petkov,  Nicola,  execution,  796. 
U.  N.  membership,  447,  695,  729. 
UNSCOB,  attitude  toward,  608,  611. 
U.  S.  charges  violation  of  peace  treaty  in  Kosta  Lulchev 
trial,  U.  S.  Minister's  note  to  Bulgarian  Foreign 
Minister,  710. 
U.  S.  vice  consul  (Ewing)  accused  as  spy,  451. 
Bunche,  Ralph  J.,  reports  on  Palestine  situation : 

General  Assembly,  review  of  events  at  the  time  of  the 

death  of  Count  Bernadotte,  517. 
Refugee  aid  in  Near  East,  report  to  U.  N.,  634. 
Security  Council  asked  to  require  peace  negotiations, 
555,  615. 
Burma : 

Scholarships  under  Fulbright  Act,  302. 
Tariffs  and  trade,  general  agreement  on  (1947) : 
Concessions,  150. 

Protocol  of  provisional  application,  signature,  55, 149. 
Provisionally  effective,  642. 
Burns,  Norman,  U.  N.  economic  cooperation,  article  on, 

508. 
Butler,  George  H.,  designation  in  State  Department,  154. 
Butler,  Robert,  appointed  representative  of  President  Tru- 
man at  Prfo  Socarnis  inaugural,  470. 
Butterworth,  W.  Walton,  address  on  Asia,  492. 
Byelorussia,  attitude  on  UNSCOB  report,  611. 

Canada  (see  also  International  Joint  Commission,  U.  S.- 
Canada) : 
Atomic  energy  control,  amended  proposed  text,  527. 


Canada — Continued 

Combat  materiel,  transfer  by  U.  S.  to,  table  showing, 

26. 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. : 
Potato  export  agreement,  744. 

Tariffs    and    trade,    general    agreement   on    (1947), 
provisionally  effective,  642. 
U.  S.  Ambassador   (Atherton),  resignation,  236. 
U.  S.  Consulate  at  Fort  William-Port  Arthur,  closing, 

476. 
U.  S.  Consulate  at  Fredericton,  N.  B.,  closing,  477. 
U.  S.  Consulate  at  St.  Stephen,  closing,  477. 
U.  S.  Consulate  at  Sarnia,  Ontario,  closing,  477. 
U.  S.  Sen.  res.  239,  exchange  of  views  with  U.  K.,  France, 
and  Benelux  countries,  80. 
Canaday,  Ward  M.,  appointed  Caribbean  Commissioner, 

617. 
Canadian  Arctic  weather  stations,  supply  mission  to,  finds 

records  of  Peary  and  Nares,  texts,  471. 
Canal   route,   Interoceanic,   through   Colombia,  proposed, 

212. 
Cannon,  Cavendish  W.,  addresses  and  statements  on  free 
navigation  of  Danube,  197,  200,  219,  283,  284,  290, 
291. 
Caribbean  Commission :  ^ 

Agreement  enters  into  force,  245. 
Mr.  Canaday  appointed  U.  S.  Commissioner,  617. 
Legislation  on,  308,   (text)  375. 
Publications,  745. 
Sixth  meeting,  report  on,  19. 
Taussig,  Mr.,  resolution  of  appreciation,  20. 
West  Indian  Conference,  3d  ses.sion,  299,  617. 
Cartagena,  Colombia,  closing  of  U.  S.  Consulate,  476. 
Cartography,  4th  Pan  American  consultation  on,  U.   S. 

delegation,  443. 
Castaneda  Castro,  Salvador,  government  of,  overthrown 

in  El  Salvador,  810. 
Cebu,  Philippines,  opening  of  U.  S.  Consulate,  477. 
Ceylon : 
Ambassador  to  U.  S.  (Corea),  449,  714. 
Tariffs  and  trade,  general  agreement  on  (1947)  : 
Concessions,  150. 

Protocol  of  provisional  application,  signature,  55,  149. 
Provisionally  effective,  642. 
Renegotiation,  445,  527. 
U.  N.  membership  denied,  238,  434,  729,  763. 
U.  S.  Ambassador  (Cole),  449,  714. 
U.  S.  Consulate  at  Colombo  raised  to  rank  of  embassy, 
213. 
Changchun,  China,  closing  of  U.  S.  Consulate  General, 

476. 
Chiang  Kai-shek,  Madame,  arrives  in  U.  S.,  745. 
Children,  Greek,  deportation  of: 
General  Assemblv  resolution  on  return,  test,  722. 
U.  S.  attitude,  25. 
Children,  U.  N.  Appeal  for  (UNAC),  extended  by  General 

Assembly  and  relation  to  UNICEP,  730. 
Children's     Emei'gency     Fund,     U.     N.     International 
(UNICEF) : 
Commended  by  Secretary  Marshall  in  3d  session.  Gen- 
eral Assembly,  432. 
Foreign  Aid  Appropriation  Act  of  1949,  statement  by 

President  Truman  on  signing,  45. 
Palestine  refugee  aid,  237,  575,  615. 
Plans,  47,  116. 
Relationship  to  WHO,  395. 
UNAC  to  raise  funds  for,  730. 
U.    S.    appropriation    (Public   Law   472,    80th   Cong.), 

text,  374. 
Work  reviewed  by  Mrs.  Roosevelt,  802. 
Chile: 

Antarctica,  U.S.  a.sks  discussion,  301. 

Combat  materiel,  transfer  by  U.  S.  to,  table  showing, 

26. 
Cultural-cooperation  fellowships  available,  742. 
Cultural  leader,  visit  to  U.  S.,  153,  474. 


816 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Chile — Continued 
Reconstruction  loans  from  International  Bank,  599. 
Soviet  wives  of  foreigners,  proposal  regarding,  798. 
Tariffs  and  trade,  general  agreement  on    (1947),  re- 
quest of  extension  of  time  for  signing,  55,  149. 
Tuberculosis  liospital  opened,  681. 
Visiting  professor  from  U.  S.,  681. 
China : 
Aid  under  1947  U.  S.  foreign  relief  prosTam,  102. 
Chiang  Kai-shek,  Madame,  arrives  in  U.  S.,  745. 
Combat  mat&-lel,  transfer  by  U.  S.  to,  table  showing, 

26,  529. 
ECA  discussed  by  Mr.  Butterworth,  492. 
Foreign  Aid  Appropriation  Act  of  1949,  statement  of 

President  Truman  on  signing,  45. 
Scholarships  in,  under  Fulbright  Act,  302. 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. : 

Foreign   Assistance  Act   of   1948,   agreement   signed 

with  U.S.,  104. 
Friendship,  commerce,  and  navigation    (1946),  rati- 
fication, 745. 
Lend-lease  settlement,  payment,  527. 
Sino-American   Joint   Commission   on   Rural   Recon- 
struction in  accordance  with  China  Aid  Act  of 
1948.  exchange  of  notes  establishing,  207,  208. 
Tariffs  and  trade,  general  agreement  on,  provisionally 
effective,  642. 
U.  S.  aid  expenditures  estimated,  342. 
U.  S.  Consulate  General  at  Changchun,  closing,  476. 
C^ina  Aid  Act  of  1948,  exchange  of  notes  establishing  a 

joint  commission  in  accordance  with,  207,  208. 
Christian  Rural   Overseas   Program,   aid  to   Near  East, 

209,  448. 
Cinematographic    art,    9th    international    exhibition    of, 

C  S.  representative  and  awards,  671. 
(ISvil  Service  status  to  U.  S.  Government  employees  trans- 
ferred to  international  organizations,  366. 
'    Civilians,  treatment  of,  in  war,  treaty  discussed,  4(54. 
Claims  (see  also  Property;  Protection  of  U.  S.  nationals 
and  property)  : 
Convention  with  Norway,  claims  of  Hannevig  and  Jones, 

ratification,  646. 
Settlement  with  France  (1946),  supplemented,  561. 
Settlement  with  Yugoslavia  for  U.S.  property  national- 
ized, 137,  139. 
Clay,  Lucius  D.,  letter  to  Marshal  Sokolovsky  on  illegal 

elections  in  Berlin,  734. 
Coal  and  steel  industries  of  Ruhr,  reorganization,  703, 

704,  708. 
Coehabamba,  Bolivia,  U.  S.  Consulate  closing,  476,  746. 
Cochran,  H.  Merle,  appointed  U.  S.  Representative  on  Se- 
curity Council's  Committee  of  Good  Oflices  in  In- 
,  donesia,  82. 

i    Cohen,  Benjamin  V. : 

Addresses,  statements,  etc : 
Political    cooperation,    promotion    of    international, 

796. 
U.N.,  admission  of  members  to,  693,  729,  794. 
U.  N.  Charter,  unanimity  principle  of,  761. 
Appointed  alternate  U.  S.  Representative  to  General  As- 
sembly, 330. 
j   Coffee  Board,  Inter-American,  entitled  by  law  to  certain 
■  privileges,  349,  352. 

Cole,  Felix,  U.  S.  Ambassador  to  Ceylon,  449,  714. 
,    Colombia : 

Atrato-Truand6  canal   route,   reconnaissance,   212. 
Cultural-cooperation  fellowships  available,  742. 
Cultural  leader,  visit  to  U.  S.,  650. 
Economic  mission  to  U.  S.,  58. 

Tariffs  and  trade,  general  agreement  on  (1947),  nego- 
tiations for  accession,  807. 
V.  S.  Consulate  at  Cartagena,  closing,  476. 
Visiting  professor  from  U.  S.,  25. 
Columbia  River  Engineering  Board,  International,  studies 
of,  available  to  International  Joint  Commission,  U.  S.- 
Canada, 49,  5.58. 
Combat  materiel : 
Agreement  with  Iran,  211. 

'■    Index,  July  to  December  1948 


Combat  materiel — Continued 

Transfer,  tables  showing,  26,  529. 
Cominform  opposes  ERP,  240. 

Commercial    agreement,    provisional    (1938),    U.S.    with 
Greece,  application  to  occupied  territories,  exchange 
of  notes,  45. 
Commercial  foreign  policy  of  the  U.  S.,  article  by  Mr. 

Willoughby,  325. 
Commissions,  committees,  conferences,  etc.,  international : 
Anthropological  and  ethnological  sciences,  3d  session, 

135. 
Armaments,     Conventional,     Commission     for.       See 

Armaments. 
Atomic  Energy  Commission,  U.  N.     See  Atomic  Energy. 
Balkan  Commission  of  Security  Council  (Security  Coun- 
cil Commission  of  Investigation  Concerning  Greek 

Frontier  Incidents),  447. 
Balkans,  U.  N.  Special  Commission  (Committee)  on,  461. 
Balkans,  U.  N.  Special  Committee  on,  16,  25,  238,  447, 

461,  576,  608,  611,  615,  635,  697. 
Caribbean  Commission,  19,  245,  308,  375,  617. 
Cartography,  4th  Pan  American  consultation  on,  44J 
Children's  Emergency   Fund,   U.   N.    International,   45 

47,  116,  237,  374,  395,  432,  575,  615,  730,  802. 
Committee  of  Neutral  Experts.     See  Berlin  crisis. 
Conservation   of   renewable   natural   resources,    inter- 
American  conference  on,  334. 
Crippled  and  disabled,  1st  inter-American  conference 

on  rehabilitation  of.  122,  804. 
Danubian  conference,  23,  134,   197,  200,  219,  223,  283, 

284,  288,  290,  291,  333,  384,  616. 
Economic  and  Social  Council  of  U.  N.     See  Economic 

and  Social  Council. 
Economic  Commission  for  Asia  and  the  Far  East   (of 

ECOSOC),  238,  701. 
Economic  Commission  for  Europe   (of  ECOSOC),  118, 

133,  180. 
ERP  Trade  Union  Advisory  Committee,  240. 
Far  Eastern  Commission,  5SG,  645,  768,  770,  771,  806. 
Fishery  resources  conservation  conference,  669. 
Fisheries,  U.  S.  and  Mexico,  524. 
Food  and  Agriculture  Organization,  12,  268,  349,  352, 

370,  432,  639,  700. 
Freedom  of  information,  U.N.  conference  on,  127,  378, 

433,  698. 
Geological  Congress,  18th  International,  136,  668. 
Human  Rights  Commission    (see  also  Human  Rights, 

Universal  Declaration  of),  1.59,  432,  457. 
Icelandic  air  conference  (of  ICAO),  16. 
Indo-Pacific  Fisheries  Council,  conference  on  estairtish- 

ing,  12. 
International  Civil  Aviation  Organization,  16,  20,  84, 

271,  274,  353,  523,  639. 
International  Joint  Commission,  U.  S.-Canada,  26,  49, 

202,  349,  354,  527,  558,  648,  732,  810. 
International  Labor  Organization,  47,  82,  238,  313,  352, 

373,  472,  617,  638,  764. 
International  union  of  geodesy  and  geophysics,  8th  gen- 
eral assembly,  135. 
Joint  Brazil-U.  S.  Technical  Commission,  136,  277. 
Korea,  U.  N.  Temporary  Commission  on,  16,  191,  242, 

576,  728,  758,  760. 
Labor  attaches   conference  with   European   Recovery 

Program  ofBcials,  213. 
Limnology,  international  society  of,  201. 
Linguists,  6th  international  congress,  134. 
Maritime  Consultative  Organization,  Intergovernmental, 

671. 
Mental  health.  International  Congress  on,  201. 
Meteorological    Organization,    International,    Regional 

Commission  for  Asia,  558. 
Military  StafC  Committee  of  U.  N.     See  Military  Staff 

Committee. 
Nature,  conference  for  the  establishment  of  the  inter- 
national union  for  the  protection  of,  443. 
North  Pacific  regional  air  navigation  meeting,  20,  84. 
Palestine,  Conciliation  Commission,  667,  687,  689,  726, 
763,  793. 

817 


Commissions,  committees,  conferences,  etc. — Continued 

Pharmacy,  1st  Pan  American  Congress  of,  701. 

Photogrammetry  congress  and  exhibition,  6th  interna- 
tional, 244. 

Physical  education,  recreation  and  rehabilitation,  in- 
ternational congress  of,  134. 

Poliomyelitis  conference,  1st  international,  121. 

Poultry   Congress,  8th   World's,  731. 

Psychology,  12th  International  congress  of,  122. 

Bed   Cross  conference,  17th  international,  201,  464. 

Refugee  Organization,  International,  45,  83,  237,  333, 
353,  372,  432,  763,  765,  767. 

Refugees,  Intergovernmental  Committee  on,  353. 

Safety  of  life  at  sea  conference,  119. 

Sino-American  joint  commission  on  rural  reconstruc- 
tion, 207. 

South  Pacific  Commission,  307,  375,  446. 

Telecommunication  Union,  International,  47,  315,  849. 
353,  557. 

Theatre  congress,  1st  International,  48,  4S8. 

Tin  Study  Group,  3d  meeting,  524,  617. 

Trade  Organization,  International  (ITO),  204,  298. 
325,  433,  444,  578,  581,  600. 

Tropical  medicine  and  malaria,  4th  International  con- 
gresses on,  article  by  Dr.  Sawyer,  294. 

U.  N.  Educational,  Scientific  and  Cultural  Organiza- 
tion, 48,  183,  184,  278,  353,  370,  488,  661,  640,  702. 

United  Kingdom  and  Dominions  official  medical  his- 
tories liaison  committee,  135. 

UnlTersities,  preparatory  conference  of  representa- 
tives of,  184. 

Weights  and  measures,  9th  general  conference  of  the 
international  bureau  of,  466. 

West  Indian  Conference,  3d,  299,  617. 

Wheat   Advisory    Committee,    International,   353,    744. 

Wool  study  group,  international,  443,  491. 

World  Health  Assembly,  1st,  16,  82,  117,  313,  391. 

World  Health  Organization,  16,  SO,  82,  810,  373.  893. 
433.  4T6,  559.  .... 

Commissions,  committees,  etc. :  national : 
Atomic  Energy  Commission,  U.  S.,  151,  Sll. 
Displaced  Persons  Commission,  246,  411,  412,  501. 
Educational  Exchange,  U.  S.  Advisory  Commission  on, 

91,  528,  560,  680,  SOS. 
Information,  U.  S.  Advisory  Commission  on,  242. 
Occupied  Area  Affairs,  Advisory  Committee,  Sll. 
Prisoners  of  War  Committee,  Interdepartmental,  464. 
Reciprocity  Information,  Committee  for,  502,  527,  642 
643,  807.  .... 

Trade  Agreements,   Interdepartmental  Committee  on, 
502,  642,  644,  807. 
Committee  of  Neutral  Experts.    See  Berlin  crisis. 
Communist  strategy  in  southeast  Asia  and  attitude  on 

nationalism,  410. 
Conciliation  Commission  on  Palestine  voted  by  General 

Assembly,  607,  687,  689,  726,  763,  793. 
Conflicts  between  American  states  (Gondra  treaty,  1923), 

oyo. 
Congress,  U.  S. : 

Aid,  Foreign,  Appropriation  Act  of  1949,  statement  by 

President  Truman  on  signing,  45. 
Aid,  Foreign  Assistance  Act  of  1948,  243. 
Caribbean  Commission,  providing  for  U.  S.  membership 

in   (Public  Law  431,  SOth  Cong.),  text,  375. 
Displaced  Persons  Act  of  1948 : 

Amendments  proposed  by  President  Truman,  15a 
Funds  requested  for,  246. 
Procedure  under,  411. 
Eightieth  Congress,  2d  session,  and  the  U.  N.,  article  by 
Mr.  Kaplan  on  legislation  on  ILO,  ITU,  South  Pa- 
cific Commission,  U.  N.  headquarters'  loan,  Vanden- 
berg  resolution,  WHO,  307,  308,  310,  313,  315,  317, 
347. 
Immigration  and  Naturalization,  Senate  Subcommittee 
To  Investigate: 
Request  for  visa  flies  refused,  235. 

BIS 


Congress,  U.  S. — Continued 

Immigration  and  Naturalization — Continued 

Secretary  of  State's  committee  reports  on  employees' 

testimony  before,  335. 
U.  N.  personnel,  application  of  U.  S.  Immigration  laws, 
116. 
Information  and  Educational  Exchange  Act  (1948),  242. 
International  organizations : 

Entitled  to  certain  privileges  (Public  Law  291,  79th 

Cong.),  text,  349. 
Furnishing  of  supplies  to    (Public  Law  354,  SOth 

Cong.),  text,  334. 
Legislation  on  U.  S.  participation  in,  texts,  367,  370, 
372.  373,  374,  375,  376,  403,  431,  472,  643,  843. 
Legislation  listed  (SOth  Cong.),  415. 
Message  from  President  Truman  transmitting  rejwrt  of 
the  National  Advisory   Council  on  monetary  and 
financial  problems,  with  summary  of  report,  243. 
Pacific  Islands,  joint  congressional  committee  to  inves- 
tigate (H.  Con.  Res.  129,  SOth  Cong.),  text,  376. 
Pacific  Islands,  Trust  Territory  of  the,  authorizing  the 
President  to  approve  the  trusteeship  agreement  for 
(Public  Law  204,  SOth  Cong.),  text,  376. 
South  Pacific  Commission,  providing  for  U.  S.  member- 
ship In  (Public  Law  403,  SOth  Cong.),  text,  375. 
Special  session  (SOth  Cong.),  excerpts  from  message  of 

President  Truman  to,  185. 
Trust  territories  and  non-self-governing  territories,  re- 
sponsibilities over,  375. 
United  Nations,  appointment  of  U.  S.  representatives, 

(Public  Law  264,  79th  Cong.),  text,  364. 
United  Nations,  passage  of  S.  Res.  239   (SOth  Cong.), 
seeking  more  effective  use  of  the  U.  N.,  79  (text), 
SO,  347,  366. 
U.  N.  headquarters : 

Establishing  U.  N.  headquarters  in  U.  S.  (Public  Law 
357,  SOth  Cong. ) ,  text  of  agreement  and  exchange 
of  notes,  355,  361. 
Granting  tax  deductions  for  contributions  to  U.  N. 

site  (Public  Law  7,  SOth  Cong.),  text,  354. 
Inviting  U.  N.  to  locate  in  U.  S.  (H.  Con.  Res.  75,  79th 

Cong.),  text,  349. 
Loan  for  (Public  Law  903,  SOth  Cong.),  text,  362. 
Conservation,  tuna  resources  Investigation  recommended 

by  U.  S.  and  Mexico,  647. 
Conservation  of  fishery  resources,  conference,  669. 
Conservation  of  renewable  natural  resources,  inter-Amer- 
ican conference  on,  334. 
Constitution  Hall  incident  involving  Ethiopian  Minista-, 

413,  448. 
Consular  convention,  U.  S.,  PhilUpplnes  (1947),  proclama- 
tion, 779. 
Consular  offices,  U.  S.    See  Foreign  Service. 
Consultative  Council  of  signatory  powers  of  the  treaty  of 
Brussels  for  economic,  social  and  cultural  collabora- 
tion and  collective  self-defense,  3d  session,  text  of 
communique,  583. 
Cooperation  to  conclude  peace  treaties,  General  Assembly 

resolution,  522,  552,  614. 
Copyright  agreement  with  Philippines,  562. 
C6rdova,  Lieutenant  Colonel  Manuel,  revolt  In  El  Salva- 
dor, 810. 
Corea,  George  C.  S.,  first  Ceylon  Ambassador  to  U.  S., 

449,  714. 
Costa  Rica: 
Cultural-cooperation  fellowships  available,  742. 
U.  S.  consular  agency  at  Port  Lim6n,  establishment,  129 ; 

U.  S.  Consulate,  closing,  476. 
Visiting  professor  from  U.  S..  25. 
Cotton  Advisory  Committee,  International,  entitled  by  law 

to  certain  privileges,  349,  353. 
Council  of  Foreign  Ministers.     See  Foreign  Ministers. 
Council  of  the  Organization  of  American  States: 
Appointment  of  U.  S.  representative,  154. 
Functions,  594. 
Credentials.     See  Diplomatic  representatives  in  U.  S. 
Crippled  and  disabled,  1st  inter-American  conference  on 
rehabilitation  of,  122,  804. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Cuba : 
Combat  materiel,  transfer  by  D.  S.  to,  table  showing, 

28. 
Cultural  leader,  visit  to  U.  S.,  153. 
President  Carlo*  Prio  Socarrfts  visits  U.  S.,  245,  743, 

778. 
Tariffs  and  trade,  general  agreement  on   (1947)  : 
Provisionally  effective,  642. 
Renegotiation,  445,  446,  527. 
U.  S.  Ambassador  to  represent  President  Truman  at 

presidential  Inauguration,  470. 
Visiting  professors  from  U.  S.,  58. 
Cultural  cooperation  {see  also  Educational  exchange  pro- 
gram) : 
Fellowships  (1936),  countries  participating,  742. 
Visitors  from  U.  8.  to :  American  republics,  245 ;  Bo- 
livia, 153;  Brazil,  212;  Colombia,  25;  Costa  Rica, 
25:  Cuba,  58;  El  Salvador,  153;  Haiti,  474;  Para- 
guay, 153 ;  Peru,  153  ;  Uruguay,  153 ;  Venezuela,  153. 
Visitors  to  U.  S.  from:  Bolivia,  302;  Brazil,  212,  474; 
Chile,  153,  474;  Colombia,  650;  Cuba,  153;  Ecuador, 
212 ;  Haiti,  58,  212  ;  Mexico,  153,  619,  744 ;  Panama, 
680;  Peru,  212;  Uruguay,  58,  153. 
Curitlba,  Brazil,  opening  of  U.  S.  consular  agency,  477. 
Currency   and  credit  assets,   foreign.    State  Department 

regulations  on,  530. 
Customs  (see  also  Tariffs),  gasoline,  annulment  of  duties 

In  Europe,  715. 
Cyprus,  U.  S.  Consulate  at  Nicosia,  opening,  477. 
Chechoslovakia : 
Ambassador  to  U.  S.   (Outrata),  credentials,  87. 
Surplus  war  property  payment  on  account,  148. 
Trade-marks,  extension  of  time  for  renewal,  proclama- 

Uon,  302. 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. : 
Lend-lease  settlement  with  U.  S.,  413. 
Tariffs  and  trade,  general  agreement  on,  provision- 
ally effective,  642. 
Transport,    road,    with    other    European    countries, 
adhered  to  and  extended,  702. 
UNSCOB  report,  attitude,  611. 
U.  S.  Consulate  at  Bratislava,  opening,  477. 

Daniels,  Paul,  appointed  U.  S.  representative  on  the  Coun- 
cil of  the  Organization  of  American  States,  154. 
Danube,  conference  to  consider  free  navigation  of  the : 
Austria,  full  participation  denied,  200. 
Cannon,  Cavendish  W.,  chairman  of  V.  S.  delegation, 
addresses  and  statements  on  free  navigation  of  the 
Danube,  219,  283,  284,  290,  291. 
Danube  convention  (1921),  289. 
European  Commission,  283,  289. 
Hungary  requests  free  navigation,  283. 
International  Commission  of  the  Danube,  283. 
Official  languages,  200. 
Selection  of  site  of  negotiations  and  U.S.  note  to  U.S.S.B. 

re,  23. 
Soviet-controlled  joint  companies,  292. 
Soviet  draft  convention,  amendments  to,  284,  288. 
Soviet  draft  convention  rejected  by  U.S.,  U.S.  objectives 

stated,  291,  333,  384. 
U.S.  and  Soviet  draft  conventions,  219,  223. 
U.S.  declines  to  serve  on  drafting  committee,  290. 
U.S.  delegation,  134. 

U.S.  policy,  197,  219,  223,  283,  284,  288,  291,  333,  384. 
Dar-es-Salaam,  Tanganyika,  opening  of  U.S.  Consulate. 

129,  477. 
DeCourcy,  William  E.,  appointment  as  U.S.  Ambassador 

to  Haiti,  25. 
Denmark : 

Combat  materiel,  transfer  by  U.S.  to,  table  showing, 

529. 
Reconstruction  loans  from  International  Bank,  599. 
Treaties,   agreements,  etc. : 

Double  taxation  with  U.S.,  signature,  and  ratification, 

680,  738. 
Foreign  Assistance  Act  of  1948,   agreement  signed 
with  U.S.,  104. 


Denmark — Continued 

Treaties,  agreements,  etc. — Continued 
Transport,  road,  with  other  European  countries,  ad- 
hered to  and  extended,  702. 
Dependent  areas,  resolutions  by  General  Assembly,  637. 
Diplomatic  immunity,  violation  of  in  detention  of  U.S. 
Legation  personnel  by  Rumanian  police,  exchange  of 
notes  between  U.S.  Minister   (Schoenfeld)   and  Ru- 
manian Foreign  Office,  403,  404. 
Diplomatic  officers: 

Bulgaria,  U.S.  con.sular  officer,  recall  demanded,  451. 
Rumania,  U.S.  diplomatic  personnel,  detained,  403. 
Rumania,  U.S.  diplomatic  personnel,  recall  demanded, 

809. 
U.S.S.R.,  foreign  diplomatic  personnel,  travel  circum- 
scribed, 525. 
Diplomatic  relations  with— 
Israel,  22. 
Korea,  242,  300. 
Diplomatic  representatives  in  U.S.,  credentials,   59,  87, 

193,  301,  449.  561,  714,  744,  746,  810. 
Displaced  persons  and  refugees.    See  Refugees  in  Pales- 
tine. 
Displaced  Persons  Act  of  1948 : 
President  Truman,  attitude,  21,  152. 
Steps  of  admission  under,  411. 
Displaced  Persons  Commission : 
Chairman  (Carusi)  to  Germany  to  supervise  program, 

412. 
Foreign  Service  personnel  in  Europe  to  aid,  501. 
Funds  for,  246. 
Status,  411. 
Distribution,  Twentieth  Boston  Conference  on,  address  by 

Mr.  Nitze,  578. 
Domlnguez-Cimpora,   Dr.   Alberto,   credentials  as  Uru- 
guayan Ambassador  to  U.S.,  810. 
Dominican    Republic,    cultural-cooperation    fellowships 

available,  742. 
Double-taxation  conventions,  U.S.  and — 
Belgium,  signature,  585,  680. 
Denmark,  signature  and  ratification,  680,  738. 
France,  approved  by  U.S.  Senate,  680. 
Greece,  discussions,  527. 
Ireland,  discussions,  714. 

Netherlands,  signature  and  ratification,  679,  738. 
New  Zealand,  ratification  pending,  680. 
Union  of  South  Africa,  ratification  pending,  680. 
Drew,   Gerald   A.,   deputy   U.S.   representative  on   U.N. 

Special  Committee  on  the  Balkans,  238. 
Dudley,   Edward   R.,   appointment   as  U.S.   Minister  to 

Liberia,  303. 
Dulles,  John  Foster: 
Addresses,  statements,  etc. : 

General  Assembly,  adjournment,  801. 
Greek  situation,  607,  609. 
Korea,  U.S.  attitude,  728,  758. 
Palestine,  conciliation  commission,  793. 
Peace  treaties,  statement  in  General  Assembly,  522. 
U.S.S.R.,  use  of  violence,  607,  609. 
Appointed  U.S.  representative  to  (Jeneral  Assembly,  330. 

Economic  and  Social  Council  of  U.N.  (ECOSOC) : 
Agenda  for  7th  session,  117. 
Commends  establishment  of  ITO,  196. 
Commissions: 
Asia  and  the  Far  East,  Economic  Commission  for, 

238,  701. 
Economic  Commission  for  Europe,  118,  133,  180. 
Described  by  Mr.  Burns,  599. 

Freedom  of  information.    See  Information,  freedom  of. 
Genocide.     See  Genocide. 

Human   Rights,   Universal   Declaration   of.    iSfee   Hu- 
man Rights. 
Seventh  session,  82,  122,  133. 

Soviet  attack  in  7th  session  on  ERP  and  U.  S.  reply,  133. 
U.  S.  delegation  to  7th  session,  122. 
Economic    Commission    for    Asia    and    the    Far    East 
(ECAFE),  238,  701. 


Index,  July  to  December  J 948 


819 


Economic  Commission  for  Europe  (ECE)  : 
Appointment  of  U.  S.  representative  to  and  statement 

of  relation  to  BRP,  118. 
Report,  133,  180. 
Economic  Cooperation  Act  of  1948: 
Adherence  to  purposes  of,  by : 
Ireland,  37. 
Italy,  37,  38. 
Korea,  778. 
Portugal,  470. 

U.  S.-U.  K.  zone  of  Trieste,  559. 
Agreements  with  U.  S. : 
Address  by  Mr.  Gross,  35. 
Effective  for  certain  countries,  104. 
Statement  concerning,  by  Secretary  Marshall,  43. 
Text  of  agreement  with  Italy,  38. 
Draft  agreements  with  U.   S.  as  basis  of  discussion 

with  European  governments,  25. 
Italian  thanks,  450. 
President's  budget,  excerpts,  342. 
Economic  Cooperation  Administration    (EGA)  : 
China  program  discussed,  492. 
Korean  aid,  301. 

Murder  of  ECA  administrator's  assistant  in  Austria,  646. 
Transfer  to  of  Division  of  Procurement  Control,  154. 
Western  zones  of  Germany,  removal  of  plants  under 
reparation   program   to   be   reviewed,   584. 
Economic  factors  in  U.  S.  foreign  policy,  address  by  Mr. 

Brown,  20.3. 
Economic  mission  from  Colombia  to  U.  S.,  58. 
Economic  recovery  in  Western  Europe,  address  by  Mr. 

Thorp  to  Rotary  Club  in  Brussels,  711. 
Ecuador,   cultural  leader,   visit   to  U.   S.,  212. 
Education  (see  also  Commissions;  United  Nations  Educa- 
tional, etc.)  : 
Cooperative  programs  of  Institute  of  Inter-American 

Affairs,  31. 
Expanded  program  for  trust  territories  urged  by  Mr. 

Sayre  in  Trusteeship  Council,  81. 
Regional  Conference  on  Higher  Education,  New  York 
City,   address  by  Mr.   Johnstone  on   educational- 
exchange  program,  7.39. 
Scholarships  awarded   (Fulbright  Act),  China,  Burma, 
Philippines,  and  U.  S.,  302. 
Education  Association,  National,  Regional  Conference  on 
Higher  Education,  New  Tork  City,  address  by  Mr. 
Johnstone  on  educational-exchange  program,  739. 
Educational,  Scientific  and  Cultural  Organization  of  U.  N. 

See  United  Nations  Educational,  etc. 
Educational  exchange,  U.S.  Advisory  Commission  on,  91, 

528,  560,  808. 
Educational-exchange  program : 
Address  by  Mr.  Sargeant,  672. 
Agreements  with : 
Belgium,  528,  681. 
France,  52,  650. 
Italy,  809. 

Luxembourg,  528,  681. 
New  Zealand,  473. 
U.  K.,  473. 
Fellowships  available  in  American  Republics,  742. 
Grants  for : 
Greece,  649. 
Philippines,  649. 
Program  for  1950  reviewed  by  U.   S.  Advisory  Com- 
mission, CommIs.slon  personnel,  680. 
U.   S.   Advisory    Commission,   2d   meeting   and   report 

on  Eastern  European  countries,  91,  528,  560. 
U.  S.  Advisory  Commission  report  on  Eastern  European 
countries.  State  Department  reply  to,  808. 
Egypt: 

Ambassador  to  U.  S.  (Adbul  Rahim),  credentials,  449. 
Haas,  Stephen: 

Attackers  apprehended,  449. 

Investigation  of  death,  note  from  Charge  Patterson 
to  Egyptian  Foreign  Office,  211. 
Negeb  fighting.    See  Palestine  situation. 


Egypt — Continued 

Palestine  situation.     See  Palestine  situation. 
U.   S.   Consulate  at  Alexandria,  elevation  to   rank  of 
Consulate  General,  123. 
Election,   presidential,   functions   of   Secretary  of   State, 

587,  618,  677. 
Electric  power,  distribution  to  South  Korea,  correspond- 
ence between  U.  S.  and  U.  S.  S.  R.,  50,  147. 
Elisabethville,  Belgian  Congo,  opening  of  U.  S.  Consulate, 

477. 
Elliot,  John,  article  on  German  Parliamentary  Council 

at  Bonn,  507. 
El  Salvador: 

Revolt  overthrows  President  Castaneda  Castro,  810. 
Visiting  professor  from  U.  S.,  153. 
Embassies,  U.  S.     See  Foreign  Service. 
Emigration,  regulation  of,  from  U.  S.  zones  in  Austria  and 

Germany  to  Palestine,  386. 
Enemy  assets  in  U.  S.,  removal  of  controls  and  transfer 

of  program  to  Department  of  Justice,  472,  616. 
Bniwetok  Atoll,  danger  area,  811. 
Epstein,  Eliahu,  appointment  as  Israeli  representative  to 

U.  S.,  22. 
Eritrea,  disposition,  U.  S.  position  in  Council  of  Foreign 

Ministers,  402. 
Erkin,  Feridun  Cemal,  credentials  as  Turkish  Ambassador 

to  U.S.,  301. 
Ethiopia,  incident  of  seating  of  Minister  (Imru)  at  science 

meeting,  exchange  of  memoranda,  413,  448. 
Europe,  Economic  Commission  for,  118,  133,  180. 
European     Economic     Cooperation,     Organization     for, 
Trieste,  U.  S.-U.  K.  zone,  admitted  to  membership, 
559. 
European-Mediterranean  regional  air-navigation  meeting, 

2d,  271. 
European  Recovery  Program  (ERP)  : 
Addresses  and  statements  by — 
Mr.  Gross,  35. 
Mr.  Thorp,  711. 
Aid  extended  to  participants,  243. 

Cominform  opposes,  239.  % 

Exports  of  participating  countries,  598. 
Foreign  Aid  Appropriation  Act  of  1949,  statement  by 

President  Truman  on  signing,  45. 
Labor's  role  in,  address  by  Mr.  Nitze,  239. 
Netherlands  and  Norway  defend,  in  U.  N.,  490. 
Resolution  attacking,  as  trade  discrimination,  defeated 

in  General  Assembly,  666. 
Steel  production  quotas  exceeded,  553. 
U.S.S.R.  attacks,  in  U.  N.,  133,  490,  666. 
European  Recovery  Program  Trade  Union  Advisory  Com- 
mittee, 240. 
European  Union,  defense  policy  approved  by  Consultative 

Council,  text  of  communique,  583. 
Evatt,  Herbert  V.,  president  of  General  Assembly,  441 ; 

signs  joint  note  to  Four  Powers,  655. 
Ewing,  Donald  F.,  persona  non  grata,  to  Bulgaria,  facts 

concerning,  451. 
Executive  Orders : 

International  Joint  Commission,  U.  S.-Canada,  entitled 

to  certain  privileges  (Ex.  Or.  9972),  26,  354. 
International  organizations,  privileges  and  immunities,    i 

352,  353,  354. 
International  organizations,  transfer  of  U.  S.  person- 
nel to  (Ex.  Or.  9721),  366. 
Precedence  among  Foreign  Service  and  other  govern- 
ment officers  (Ex.  Or.  9998),  text,  475. 
Trade   Agreements   Extension    Act   of   1948,    adminis- 
tration of  (Ex.  Or.  10004),  502. 
U.  N.,  U.  S.  mission  to  (Ex.  Or.  9844),  administration  of, 
text,  365. 
Exemption  from  territorial  jurisdiction  (see  also  Diplo- 
matic officers)  : 
U.   N.   and   certain   other   international   organizations, 
including  their  personnel,  exemptions  and  immuni- 
ties, 349. 
U.  N.  personnel,  question  of  U.  S.  security,  116. 


i 


820 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Export-Import  Bank  of  Washinston,  243. 

Export  of  natural  resources,  discussed  by  Mr.  Nitze,  623. 

Exports  from  ERP  countries,  598. 

i       raise  or  distorted  reports,  U.  S.  attitude  toward  General 
1  Assembly  resolution,  116,  127. 

Far   East    and    India    Trade    Conference    of    Far    East- 
America  Council  of  Commerce  and  Industry,  Inc.,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  address  by  Mr.  Butterwortli,  492. 
Far  Eastern  Commission : 
Japan,  policy  decisions  on  : 
Trade,  conduct  of,  text,  770. 

Travel  abroad  of  Japanese  commercial  representa- 
tives, text,  771. 
Japanese  finances  and  industry,  proposal  to  deconcen- 

trate  (FEC  230),  768. 
Japanese  industries,  U.  S.  attitude  on  U.  S.  S.  B.  pro- 
posals, 645. 
Japanese  industry,  majority  attitude  on  Soviet  proposal, 

statement  by  General  McCoy,  806. 
Policy   in  Japan,   Soviet  charges   answered  by   U.    S., 
586. 
|j         Press  policy  of  U.S.S.R.  v.  other  members,  806. 
"      Farm-labor  migration  agreement : 
Mexico  charges  U.  S.  violation,  562. 
U.  S.  and  Mexico,  exchange  of  notes,  585. 
Federal  Bar  Association,  meeting  in  Washington,  D.  C, 
address  to,  by  Secretary  Marshall,  on  U.N.  Charter, 
400. 
Federal  Council  of  Churches,  aid  to  Near  East,  293. 
Fees  for  notarial  services  in  Germany,  477. 
Ferrous  scrap,  agreement  with  U.  K.  proposing  committee 

to  allocate  from  ERP  countries,  text,  467. 
Fiji  Islands,  U.S.  Consulate  at  Suva  closing,  715. 
Files  of  State  Department  relating  to  representatives  of 
international  organizations,  refusal  to  disclose,  235. 
Finance : 
Bolivia,  proposal  on  defaulted  bonds,  52. 
Control  of  foreign  assets  in  U.  S.,  Treasury  program 

transferred  to  Justice  Department,  472,  616. 
Currency  regulation  in  Berlin.     See  Berlin  crisis. 
Foreign-aid  program,  expenditures  estimated,  342. 
Foreign  currency  and  credit  assets.  State  Department 

regulations  on,  530. 
Gold  and  dollar  exchange,  loss  of,  to  Sweden,  53. 
Gold  transactions,  publication  of,  resumed,  243. 
International  Bank  and  Fund,  243,  349,  352,  367,  .599. 
Lend-lease  settlements,  51,  52,  137, 139, 143,  413,  527,  561. 
National  Advisory  Council  on  International  Monetary 

and  Financial  Problems,  report,  243. 
Yugoslav  dollar  bonds  acknowledged  by  Yugoslavia,  301. 
Finance  and  industry  in  Japan,  deconcentration  of,  768. 
Finland : 
Claims  for  property  transferred  to  U.S.S.R.,  procedure 

for  filing  and  time  extended,  647. 
Combat  materiel,  transfer  by  U.  S.  to,  table  showing, 

529. 
Property   of   U.    S.   nationals   in,   procedure  for   filing 

claims,  148. 
U.  N.  membership,  qualifications,  693,  729. 
Fisher,  Wayne,  detained  by  Security  Police  in  Rumania, 

403. 
Fisheries  Council,  Indo-Pacific,  12. 

Fishery  conservation,  conference  on,  U.   S.  and  Mexico 

recommend  investigation  of  tuna  resources,  524,  647. 

Fishery    resources    in    northwest   Atlantic,    conservation 

conference,  669. 
Fishing  in  Territory  of  the  Pacific  Islands,  U.  S.  policy, 

text,  468. 
Flood  control,  discussed  by  International  Joint  Commis- 
sion, U.  S.-Canada,  49,  202,  558. 
Flood  control  to  be  discussed  at  conference  for  conser- 
vation of  renewable  natural  resources,  334. 
Food  and  Agriculture  Organization    (FAO)  : 
Commended  by  Secretary  Marshall  in  General  Assembly, 
432. 


Food  and  Agriculture  Organization  (FAO) — Continued 
Entitled  by  law  to  certain  privileges,  349,  352. 
Fourth  session,  agenda  and  U.  S.  delegation,  639. 
Headquarters,   permanent,  site  of,   correspondence  be- 
tween Secretary  Marshall  and  Acting  Director  Gen- 
eral  (Clark),  268. 
Indo-Pacific  Fisheries  Council,  conference  on  establish- 
ing, 12. 
President  Truman  addresses  4th  meeting,  700. 
U.   S.   membership   in    (Public  Law   174,  79th  Cong  ) 
text,  370. 
Foreign  assets  in  U.  S.,  removal  of  controls  and  transfer 

of  program  to  Department  of  Justice,  472,  616. 
Foreign  currency  and  credit  assets,  use  of.   State  De- 
partment regulations  (270.1),  530. 
Foreign  Liquidation  Commissioner  (see  also  Surplus  war 

property),  Iran,  agreement  for  credit  to,  211. 
Foreign  Ministers,  Council  of  (CFM)  : 

Austria  requests  peace  treaty  negotiations,  777. 
Italian  Colonies,  disposition  : 

Exchange  of  notes  between  U.  S.  and  Soviet  Union, 

382. 
U.  S.  position,  402. 
Foreign  Relations  of  the  United  States,  1932,  vols.  I,  III, 

IV,  and  V,  released,  418,  477,  503. 
Foreign  Service,  U.  S.   (see  also  Diplomatic  representa- 
tives) : 
Ambassadors,  appointment : 
Ceylon  (Cole),  449,  714;  Guatemala  (Patterson),  501 ; 
Haiti  (DeCourcy),  25. 
Ambassador,  resignation : 

Canada   (Atherton),  236. 
Bern,  Switzerland,  conversion  of  Legation  and  Consulate 

to  combined  office,  187. 
Consular  offices :  Agua  Prieta,  Mexico,  not  to  close,  451 ; 
Alexandria,  Egypt,  elevation  to  rank  of  Consulate 
General,  123 ;  Antigua,  British  West  Indies,  closing, 
477 ;    Bergen,   Norway,    opening,   477 ;    Bratislava, 
Czechoslovakia,  opening,  477 ;  Bristol,  England,  clos- 
ing, 563,  811;  Cartagena,   Colombia,  closing,  476; 
Cebu,  Philippines,  opening,  477 ;  Changchun,  China, 
closing,  476 ;  Cochabamba,  Bolivia,  closing,  476,  746 ; 
Colombo,  Ceylon,  elevated  to  rank  of  embassy,  213 ; 
Curitiba,  Brazil,  opening,  477 ;  Dar-es-Salaam,  Tan- 
ganyika, opening,  129,  477;  Elisabethville,  Belgian 
Congo,    opening,   477;    Fort   William-Port   Arthur, 
Canada,  closing,  476;  Fredericton,  N.  B.,  Canada, 
closing,  477 ;  Grenada,  British  West  Indies,  closing, 
91,  477;  Haifi,  Palestine,  opening,  477;  Hull,  Eng- 
land, closing,  58,  477 ;  Kobe,  Japan,  opening,  477 ; 
Kuala  Lumpur,  Malayan  Union,  opening,  477;  La 
Ceiba,  Honduras,  closing,  477 ;  La  Guaira,  Vene- 
zuela, closing,  476,  746;  Lahore,  Pakistan,  opening, 
477 ;      Limerick,      Ireland,      closing,     563 ;      Mar- 
seille, France,  elevation  to  rank  of  consulate  gen- 
eral, 244 ;  Martinique,  French  West  Indies,  closing, 
476,   reopening,    .563 ;    Matamoros,    Mexico,   not   to 
close,  451 ;  Nicosia,  Cyprus,  opening,  477 ;  Plymouth, 
England,  closing,  477,  501 ;  Port  Lim6n,  Costa  Rica, 
consular   agency,    129,   477 ;    Puerto    Cortes,    Hon- 
duras, opening,  477 ;   St.   Stephen,  N.  B.,  Canada, 
closing,  477 ;  Sarnia,  Ontario,  Canada,  closing,  477 ; 
Seoul,  Korea,  opening,  477 ;  Suva,  Fiji  Islands,  clos- 
ing, 715 ;  Tahiti,  Society  Islands,  closing,  476 ;  Tel 
Aviv,  Israel,  limited  consular  services  performed, 
123,    opening,    477;    Tripoli,    Libya,   opening,    477; 
Venice,     Italy,    opening,    303,    477 ;     Vladivostok, 
U.S.S.R.,  closing,  476. 
Consulate  general,  elevation  to  rank  of: 
Alexandria,  Egypt,  123. 
Marseille,  France,  244. 
Diplomatic  relations  with  Peru  continued,  743. 
Embassy,  elevation  to  rank  of : 
Colombo,  Ceylon,   213. 
Kabul,  Afghanistan,  746. 
Examination,  475. 


Index,  July  to  December  7948 

828923 — 49 2 


821 


Foreign  Service,  U.  S. — Continued 

Fees  for  notarial  and  other  services,  477. 
Foreign  Service  Institute,  Advisory  Committee,  mem- 
bers of,  779. 
Jerusalem,  Palestine,  consular  ofBce  to  be  guarded  by 

marines,  115. 
Labor  attaches  meet  in  Paris,  213. 
Legation,   Kabul,   Afghanistan,   elevation   to   rank   of 

embassy,  746. 
Leningrad  consulate  general  not  to  open,  409. 
Minister,  appointment,  Liberia    (Dudley),  303. 
Precedence  among  Foreign  Service  and  other  govern- 
ment officers  (Ex.  Or.  9998),  text,  475. 
Processing  of  displaced  persons,   by  consular   officers, 

411,  412,  501. 
Public-health  attach^,  assignment,  objectives,  476. 
Representatives,  appointment : 
Israel  (McDonald),  22. 
Korea  (Muccio),  242. 
Rumania  demands   recall   of  U.    S.   officers,   809. 
Rumania  detains  U.   S.   diplomatic  and  consular  per- 
sonnel, 403. 
Social-welfare  attaches,  assignment,  objectives,  619. 
U.    S.    Vice   Consul    (Ewing)    withdrawn   from    Sofia, 

facts  concerning,  451. 
U.S.S.R.  restricts  travel  of  diplomatic  personnel,  525. 
Visa  officers  and  clerks  sent  to  Europe  for  dlsplaced- 

persons  program,  501. 
Visa  requirements  eased  with  Belgium,  526 ;  Italy,  526 : 
U.  K.,  648. 
Fort  William-Port  Arthur,  Canada,  closing  of  U.  S.  Con- 
sulate, 476. 
France : 
Antarctica,  U.S.  asks  discussion,  301. 
Berlin  crisis.     See  Berlin  crisis. 
Consultative  Council,  3d  session,  text  of  communion^, 

583. 
German  reparations,  plant  removal  from  Western  zones, 

joint  statement,  584. 
International  Refugee  Organization,  adherence  to,  83. 
Lend-lease  and   surplus   property   payment,   52. 
Public-health  attach^  to  V.  S.  Embassy  In  Paris,  476. 
Reconstruction  loans  from  International  Bank,  599. 
Social-welfare  attach^  to  U.  S.  Embassy  In  Paris,  619. 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. : 

Caribbean  Commission  agreement,  245. 

Double  taxation   (1939),  revi.sed  and  supplemented, 

approved  by  U.  S.  Senate,  680. 
Educational-exchange  agreement,  with  U.  S.,  52,  650. 
Foreign  Assistance  Act  of  1948,  agreement  signed 

with  U.  S.,  104. 
Lend-lease  and  claims,  settlement,  52,  561. 
Marichal  Joffre  claims  settlement,  with  U.   S.  and 

Australia,  561. 
Motion  pictures,  joint  declaration  with  U.  S.  signed, 

text,  500. 
Tariffs    and    trade,    general    agreement    on,    provi- 
sionally elt'ective,  642. 
Transport,  road,  with  other  European  countries,  ad- 
hered to  and  extended,  702. 
D.  S.  Consulate  at  Marseille  elevated  to  rank  of  con- 
sulate general,  244. 
U.  S.  Sen.  res.  239,  exchange  of  views  with  U.  S.,  U.  K., 

Canada,  and  Benelux  countries,  80. 
U.S.S.R.  charged  in  General  Assembly  with  threat  to 
peace,  441. 
Fredericton,  N.  B.,  Canada,  closing  of  U.  S.  Consulate,  477. 
Freedom  of  information.     See  Information. 
Freedom  of  the  press,  Netosiceek  article,  U.  S.  attitude,  51. 
French  West  Indies,  U.  S.  Consulate  at  Martinique,  clos- 
ing, 476,  reopening,  563. 
Friendship,  commerce  and  navigation  treaty,  U.  S.  with: 
China  (1946),  745. 
Ireland,  discussed,  526. 

Italy,   extended  to   occupied   territories,   exchange  of 
notes,  44. 


822 


Fulbright  act  (see  also  Educational  exchange  program), 
scholarship  awards,  302. 

Garr,    Ruth    Virginia,    detained    by    Security   Police    in 

Rumania,  403. 
General  Assembly  of  U.  N.   (3d  session)  : 
Adjournment,  statement  by  Mr.  Dulles,  801. 
Agenda,  173,  329. 

Atomic  energy  control.     See  Atomic  energy. 
Balkans,    U.N.    Special   Committee   on.    See   Balkans, 

U.N.  Special  Committee  on  the. 
Berlin  crisis.     See  Berlin  crisis. 

Children's  Emergency  Fund,  International.      See   Chil- 
dren's Emergency  Fund. 
Evaluation,  excerpts  from  statement  by  Mr.  Austin,  754. 
Evatt,  Dr.  Herbert  V.  (Australia),  elected  president  of 

Assembly,  441. 
False  or  distorted  reports,  U.S.  report  to  U.N.  on,  116, 

127. 
Genocide.    See  Genocide. 

Human  Rights  Declaration.     See  Human  Rights. 
Interim  Committee.     See  Interim  Committee. 
Italian  colonies,  disposition,  698,  730. 
Korea.     See  Korea. 

Membership  in  U.N.    See  United  Nations. 
Palestine.    See  Palestine. 
Reduction  of  arms.    See  Arms ;  Armaments. 
Resolutions : 

Atomic  energy  control,  606. 

Balkans,  635,  697. 

Balkans,  conciliators  appointed,  696. 

Balkans,  "establishment  of  good  neighbour  relations" 

and  return  of  Greek  children  (Nov.  27),  722. 
Disarmament,  635,  696. 
False  or  distorted  reports,  to  combat  (Nov.  15,  1947), 

127. 
Genocide,  convention  on  the  prevention  and  punish- 
ment of  the  crime  of,  756. 
Human  Rights,  Universal  Declaration  of,  752. 
Interim  Committee  extended,  697. 
Membership  In  U.N.,  729,  754. 
Palestine  (May  14),  11. 
Palestine,  Conciliation  Commission    (Dec.  11),  667, 

687,  689,  726,  763,  793. 
Palestine,  refugee  aid  (Nov.  19),  636. 
Palestine,  working  group  (Nov.  16),  667. 
Peace  treaties,  cooperation  to  conclude,  614. 
Spanish  adopted  as  a  working  language,  730. 
Trusteeship,  637. 

Underdeveloped  nations  (Dec.  4),  assistance  to,  730. 
Spaak,  Paul-Henri  (Belgium),  elected  chairman  of  Po- 
litical and  Security  Committee,  441. 
Status  of  work  (Dec.  12,  1948),  tables,  783. 
Trade   discrimination    resolution   attacking   KRP   pro- 
posed by  Poland,  666. 
U.  S.  alternate  delegate  (Atherton),  appointed,  236. 
U.  S.  delegation  to,  330. 
U.  S.  policy,  address  by  Secretary  Marshall  at  opening 

session  (text),  432,  411. 
U.S.S.R.  charged  with  threat  to  peace  by  U.S.,  U.K.,  and 
France,  441. 
Geneva  conventions,  revision  of,  article  by  Mr.  McCahon, 

464. 
Genocide : 
General  Assembly  resolution  outlawing,  729,  (text)  756. 
Legal  Committee  votes  to  include  in  convention  protec- 
tion for  political  groups,  490. 
U.S.  attitude,  statement  in  General  Assembly  by  Mr. 
Gross,  755. 
Geodesy   and   geophysics,    International    union    of,    8th 
general  assembly,  U.S.  delegation  and  agenda,  135. 
Geological  Congress,  18th  International: 
Article  by  Eliot  Blackwelder,  668. 
U.S.  delegation,  agenda,  136. 
Geologlcal-mineralogical  survey  program,  U.S.  with  Bra- 
zil, extended,  743. 
Gerig,  Benjamin,  designation  in  U.N.  committee,  180. 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


i 


German  Affairs,  Interim  Office  for,  established  In  State 

Department,  279,  477. 
Germany : 
Berlin  crisis.    Bee  Berlin  crisis. 
Berlin  elections,  exchange  of  letters,  General  Clay  and 

Marshal  Sokolovsky,  734. 
Berlin  elections,  significance,  776. 
Bonn  Parliamentary  Council,  507. 
Chiemsee  conference,  509. 
Currency  reform.     See  Berlin  crisis. 
Displaced  persons,   admission   to   U.   S.   from  western 

zones,  411,  412. 
Displaced  persons,  aid  by  U.  S.  Foreign  Service  person- 
nel, 501. 
Emigration  from  U.  S.  zone  to  Palestine,  regulations, 

exchange  of  notes,  386. 
Enemy  assets,  agreement  on  resolution  of  conflicting 

claims  to,  signature  by  Luxembourg,  25. 
Immigration  to  U.  S.  opened,  735. 
Industrial  production,  598. 
Industries,  coal,  iron,  and  steel,  reorganization,  703, 

704,  708. 
Peace  settlement,  U.  S.  policy  summarized  by  Secretary 

Marshall  In  General  Assembly,  433. 
Reparations,  plant  removal,  joint  statement,  584. 
Ruhr.     See  Ruhr. 
Six  Power  talks  on,  U.  S.  reply  to  Poland's  protest  re, 

80. 
Soviet  blockade.    See  Berlin  crisis. 
Soviet  Union,  Turkey,  and  Germany  during  World  War 

II,  article  by  Mr.  Howard,  63. 
Steel  production  In  bizonal  area,  553. 
Trade,  most-favored-nation  treatment  provisions  of  cer- 
tain treaties,  application  to  western  Germany,  43, 

44,  45,  104,  445. 
U.  S.  zone : 

Licensed  newspapers,  list  of  and  gift  to,  144. 
War  claims,  procedure  for  filing,  646. 
Western  zones,  transport  agreements,  road,  with  other 

European  countries,  702. 
Gilder,  Miss  Rosamond,  article  on  International  Theatre 

Institute,  488. 
Gold  and  dollar  exchange,  loss  of,  to  Sweden,  exchange  of 

memoranda  with  V.  S.,  53. 
Gold  transactions,  publication  of,  resumed,  243. 
Grady,  Henry  F. : 
Ambassador  to  Greece,  129. 
Greece,  struggle  for  freedom,  statement,  584. 
Greece: 
Aid  under  1947  U.  S.  foreign  relief  program,  101. 
American  Mission  for  aid  to  Greece,  supplies  released 

to  Near  East  refugees,  447,  501. 
Balkan  states  meet  with  U.  N.  mediators,  637. 
Bulgarian  border  violations,  charged,  461. 
Children,  return  of,  General  Assembly  resolution  (Nov. 

27),  722. 
Children,  U.  S.  attitude  on  deportation  of,  25. 
Conciliators    appointed.    General    Assembly    resolution 

(Nov.  27),  696. 
Educational-exchange  program  with  U.  S.  under  Ful- 

bright  act,  grants  under,  649. 
Foreign  Aid  Appropriation  Act  of  1949,  statement  by 

President  Truman  on  signing,  45. 
Freedom,  struggle  for,  statement  by  Mr.  Grady,  584. 
Greek-Turkish  aid,  expenditures  estimated,  342. 
Guerrillas  aided  by  Albania,  Bulgaria  and  Yugoslavia, 

238,  447,  461. 
Guerrillas  aided  by  Albania,  Bulgaria,  and  Yugoslavia, 

UNSCOB   conclusions   noted   in   draft    resolution, 

635. 
Secretary  Marshall  visits,  561. 
Territorial  integrity  threatened  by  Albania,  Bulgaria, 

and  Yugoslavia,  238,  608. 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. : 
Double-taxation,  with  U.  S.,  discussions,  527. 
Foreign  Assistance  Act  of  1948,  agreement  signed 
with  D.  S.,  104. 

Index,  July  to  December  1948 


Greece — Continued 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. — Continued 

Provisional  commercial  agreement   (1938)   and  gen- 
eral agreement  on  tariffs  and  trade  (1947),  appli- 
cation to  occupied  territories,  exchange  of  notes 
with  D  .S.,  45. 
U.  N.  Special  Committee  on  Balkans,  3d  interim  report 

approved  by  General  Assembly,  576. 
tJ.  S.  Ambassador  (Grady),  departure  for,  129. 
U.  S.  policy  summarized  by  Secretary  Marshall  in  3d 
session.  General  Asembly,  434. 
Green,  Paul,  detained  by  Security  Police  in  Rumania, 

403. 
Grenada,  British  West  Indies,  U.  S.  Consulate,  closing, 

91,  477. 
GriflSs,  Stanton,  appointed  Director  of  U.  N.  ReUef  for 

Palestine,  730. 
Griswold,  Dwight,  resignation  as  Chief  of  American  Mis- 
sion for  Aid  to  Greece,  501. 
Gross,  Ernest  A. : 

Addresses,  statements,  etc. : 

Agreements  under  Economic  Cooi)eration  Act,  35. 
Genocide  convention,  statement  in  General  Assembly, 

755. 
Soviet  wives  of  foreigners,  Chilean  proposal,  798. 
Correspondence  with  New  York  Supreme  Court  Justice 
(Dickstein)  regarding  Kasenkina  case,  261. 
Guatemala : 
Combat  materiel,  transfer  by  U.  S.  to,  table  showing,  26. 
U.  S.  Ambassador   (Patterson),  appointment,  501. 

Haas,  Stephen : 
Attackers  apprehended,  449. 
Investigation  of  his  murder  in  Egypt,  21L 
Hagannah,  U.S.  code  clerk  held  at  headquarters,  301. 
Hague,  The,  public-health  attach^  to  U.  S.  Embassy,  476. 
Hague  convention  (1907)  on  maritime  warfare,  464. 
Haifa,  Palestine: 

Opening  of  U.  S.  Consulate,  477. 
Refugees  aided  by  UNICEF,  615. 
Haiti : 

Cultural-cooperation  fellowships  available,  742. 
Cultural  leader,  visit  to  U.  S.,  58,  212. 
U.   S.   Ambassador    (DeCourcy),   appointment,  25. 
Visiting  professor  from  U.  S.,  474. 
Halle,  Louis  J.,  Jr.,  article  on  education  programs  under 

Institute  of  Inter-American  Affairs,  31. 
Hare,  Raymond  A.,  designation  in  State  Department,  154. 
Harrlman.  W.  Averell,  appointment  as  U.  S.  representative 

to  the  Economic  Commission  for  Europe,  118. 
Health : 
Brucellosis,  2d  Inter-American  congress,  641. 
Information,  exchange  program,  476. 
Mental,  U.  S.  delegates  to  London  meeting  on,  201. 
Tropical  medicine  and  malaria,  congresses,  294. 
Health  Assembly,  World,  of  WHO,  progi-ams,  82,  117. 
Health  Organization,  World.    See  World. 
Heath,  Donald   K.,   aide-memoire  to  Bulgarian  Foreign 
Minister  (Kolarov)    on  non-fulfilment  of  peace  treaty 
obligations,  447. 
Hendrick,  James  Pomeroy,  article  on  progress  report  of 

U.  S.  Commission  on  Human  Rights,  159. 
Herald-Tribune   Forum,   New   York,   N.   Y.,    address   by 

Mr.  Kennan,  520. 
Hoffman,  Michael  L.,  New  York  Times  article  on  dis- 
placed persons  program,  411. 
Honduras  : 

Cultural-cooperation   fellowships  available,  742. 
U.  S.  Consulate  at  La  Ceiba,  closing,  477. 
U.  S.  consular  agency  at  Puerto  Cortes,  opening,  477. 
Howard,  Harry  N.,  article  on  Germany,  the  Soviet  Union, 

and  Turkey  during  World  War  II,  63. 
Hull,  England,  closing  of  U.  S.  Consulate,  58,  477. 
HuUey,  Benjamin  M.,  designation  in  State  Department, 

503. 
Human    Rights,    Covenant    of,   proceedings   of  drafting 

committee,  161. 
Human  Rights,  U.  N.  Commission  on,  proceedings,  159,238. 

823 


Human  Rights,  Universal  Declaration  of: 
Approval  urged  before  General  Assembly  by  Secretary 

Marshall,  432. 
Discussed  by  Mrs.  Roosevelt,  457,  751. 
Drafting  of,  159. 
General  Assembly  approves,  729. 

Texts  as  approved  at  second  and  third  sessions  com- 
pared, 167. 
UNESCO  to  publicize,  763. 

^Bank^shares,  presentation  by  foreign  owners  required. 

Broadcasts;  freedom  to  listen  to,  exchange  of  notes  with 

U   S    145. 
Danube,  free  navigation  on  the,  attitude,  283. 
Minister  to  U.  S.  (Sili),  credentials,  193. 
Standard  Oil's  MAORT  company  seized    469. 
U.  N.  membership,  qualifications,  695,  7^9. 
U.  S.  citizens  detained,  469,  494,  737. 
U.   S.   oil   property   seizure,  proteste^,    (36. 
Voice  of  America,  campaign  against,  91. 

^  Appototid"  U.^^S.    representative   to    WHO    executive 
board,  559. 
Article  on  World  Health  Assembly,  391. 
Hyderabad?  U.S.  nationals  in,  evacuation  to  Madras, 

Hydroelectric  power  project,  Passamaquoddy  to  Inter- 
national Joint  Commission,  U.  S.-Canada,  for  review, 
terms  of  reference,  648.  ...    x-     „ 

Hylean  Amazon,  International  Institute  of,  objectives 
described  by  Mr.  Boonstra,  183. 

^''Foreign  Assistance  Act  of  1948,  agreement  signed  with 

WhaUng,"  mternational   convention   for   regulation   of 
(1946),  adherence,  714. 
Icelandic  air  conference  plans  facilities  for  North  At- 
lantic routes,  16. 

^TiSlaceT  Persons  Act  of  1948.  procedure  under,  411 
412. 
Farm-labor  migration  agreement:      _ 

Exchange  of  notes,  U.  S.  and  Mexico,  585. 
Mexico  charges  U.S.  with  violation,  562. 
German  and  Austrian  to  U.  S.,  opened,  article  by  Mr. 

Sutterim,  735. 
German    (Western)   and  Austrian,  registration  under 

Immigration  Act  of  1924,  412. 
Visa  requirements  eased,  U.  S.  with : 
Belgium,  526. 
Italy,  526. 
U.  K.,  648. 
Immigration  and  Naturalization,   Senate   Subcommittee 
To  Investigate: 
Request  for  visa  files  refused,  235. 

Secretary  of  State's  committee  reports  on  employees  tes- 
timony before,  335. 
U.  N.  personnel,  application  of  U.  S.  immigration  laws 
to,  116. 
Immunities.    .See  Diplomatic  officers;   Exemption  from 

territorial  jurisdiction. 
Income  tax.    See  Double  taxation. 

Ambassador  to  U.  S.  (Rama  Rau),  credentials,  193. 
Kashmir,  dispute  with  Pakistan  over,  16. 
Kashmir,  U.  S.  policy  summarized  by  Secretary  Mar- 
shall In  3d  session,   General  Assembly,  434. 
Social-welfare  attach^  to  U.  S.  Embassy  in  New  Delhi, 

619. 
Tariffs  and  trade,  general  agreement  on  (1947)  : 
Protocol  of  provisional  application,  signature,  U.  S. 

proclamation,  55. 
Provisionally  effective,  642. 
U.  S.  nationals,  evacuation  from  Hyderabad  to  Madras, 
'414. 

824 


♦  i 


India  and  Pakistan,  U.  N.  Commission  on,  arrival  in 

Karachi,  16,  82. 

Indonesia :  „        ^   j-       n'^u 

Name  changed  from  Netherlands  East  Indies,  745. 

Indonesian  situation : 
Committee  of  Good  Offices: 
Reports,  133,  698,  764. 

U  S.  Representative  Cochran,  appointment,  82. 
Renville  agreement,   negotiations  under,  by   Oonmut- 
tee  of  Good  Offices,  address  by  Mr.  Bennmghott,  9. 
Renville  agreement.  Security  Council  resolution  on  ob- 
servance of,  133. 
Trade    restrictions    investigation    asked    by    Security 

Council,  47. 
United  States  of  Indonesia,  U.  N.  attitude,  133. 
U.  S.  policy  summarized  by  Secretary  Marshall  in  3d 
session.  General  Assembly,  434. 
Indo-Pacific  Fisheries  Council,  article  by  Mr.  Anderson, 

12. 
Industrial  Advisory  Committee  of  ECA,  German  repara- 
tions, plant  removal  from  Western  zones  to  be  re- 
viewed, 584. 
Industrial  Development  of  Puerto  Rico  and  the  Virgvn 
IslandSi  of  the  United  States,  released  by  Caribbean 
Commission,  745. 
Industrial  production,  European,  including  Western  Ger- 
many, 598. 
Industrial  property : 
Trade-mark  registration,  extension  of  time  for  renewal 
of,  proclamations  with  respect  to — 
Austria,  527. 
Belgium,  212. 
Czechoslovakia,  302. 
Industry: 

Coal  and  steel  in  Ruhr,  reorganization,  703,  704,  708. 
Fishing,  in  Northwest  Atlantic,  depletion  threatened, 

699. 
Steel  production  in  ERP  countries,  553. 
Tuua   resources  investigation  recommended  by  U.   S. 
and  Mexico,  647. 
Industry  and  finance  in  Japan,  deconcentration  of,  768. 
Information    (see  also  Radio)  : 
False  or  distorted  reports,  U.  S.  report  to  U.  N.  on  meas- 
ures to  combat,  127. 
Free  press  in  Germany,  need  of  reference  materials  for, 

144. 
U    S.  Advisory  Commission  on  Information,  members, 

242. 
U.  S.  program,  addresses: 
Mr.  Allen,  88. 
Mr.  Schneider,  772. 
Voice  of  America : 

Article  by  Mr.  Allen,  567. 

Broadcasts  to  originate  in  State  Department,  4(0. 

Information,  freedom  of: 
Addresses,  statements,  etc.:  ^ 

Secretary  Marshall,  51,  433,  473.  ^ 

General  Assembly  resolution  on  false  or  distorted  re- 
ports, U.  S.  attitude,  116.        „     .  ^        ^    <-   ri 

Newsweek  article,  U.  S.  reply  to  Soviet  protest,  51. 
Information,  Freedom  of,  U.  N.  Conference  on: 

Commended  by  Secretary  Marshall,  433. 

Obstructionist  attitude  of  certain  governments,  378. 

Resolutions  supported  by  U.  S.  delegation,  127,  128,  129. 
Inter-American  Affairs,  Institute  of:  ^      ^.        „4. 

Chilean    tuberculosis   hospital,   joint   construction   of, 

6S1 
Education  programs,  cooperative,  article  by  Mr.  Halle, 

31 
Inter-American  Coffee  Board,  entitled  by  law  to  certain 

privileges,  349,  352.  ^  ^,,    r^  „„„ 

Inter-American  Conference,  supreme  organ  of  the  Organ- 
ization of  American  States,  594.  _ 
Inter-American  conference  for  the  rehabiUtation  of  crip- 
ples, 1st,  122. 


Department  of  Stale  Bulletin 


Intor-American  conference  on  conservation  of  renewable 

natural  resources,  33-J. 
Inter-American  Council  of  Jurists,  596. 
Inter-American  Cultural  Council,  596. 
Intcr-American  Economic  and  Social  Council,  appointment 

of  U.  S.  representative,  1.54,  593. 
Inter-American  Institute  of  Agricultural  Sciences,  entitled 

by  law  to  certain  privileges,  349,  352. 
Inter-American   Statistical  Institute,  entitled  by  law  to 

certain  privileges,  349,  352. 
Inter- American  treat.v  of  reciprocal  assistance  (1947),  592. 
Intergovernmental  Committee  on  Refugees,  entitled  by  law 

to  certain  privileges,  349,  353. 
Intergovernmental   Maritime  Consultative  Organization, 
preparatory  committee,  D.  S.  delegates  and  agenda, 
671. 
Interim  Committee  of  General  Assembly: 
Charter  review  by  General  Assembly,  82. 
(^mtinuation  of,  discussion,  16,  637. 
Extended   (through  1949),  697. 

Jlembership  in  U.  N.,  proposal    (see  also  United  Na- 
tions), 69.5. 
Progress  reviewed  by  Mr.  Johnson,  191. 
Report  on  methods  of  promoting  international  political 

cooperation,  796. 
U.  S.  policy  on,  summarized  by  Secretary  Marshall  in 

3d  session,  General  Assembly,  434. 
Veto  under  Chapter  VI,  U.  S.  proposals  (see  also  Veto), 
6. 
International  Bank  for  Reconstruction  and  Development : 
Described  by  Mr.  Burns,  599. 
Entitled  by  law  to  certain  privileges,  349,  352. 
President's  report  to  Congress,  summary,  243. 
U.  S.  participation  in  (Public  Law  171,  79th  Cong.),  text, 
367. 
International  Beehtel,  Incorporated,  aid  to  Near  East,  293. 
International  Civil  Aviation  Organization   (ICAO)  : 
Entitled  by  law  to  certain  privileges,  349,  353. 
European-Mediterranean   air-navigation   meetings,    2d, 

271. 
Icelandic  air  conference  plans  facilities  for  North  At- 
lantic routes,  16. 
North  Pacific  regional  air-navigation  meeting,  20,  84, 

274,  523. 
Southeast  Asia  Region,  U.  S.  delegation,  6.39. 
International  congress  on  mental  health,  U.  S.  delegates  to 

London  meeting,  201. 
International  congresses  on  tropical  medicine  and  malaria, 

4th  international,  294. 
International  Control  of  Atomic  Energy:  Policy  at  the 

Crossroads,  released,  123. 
International  Cotton  Advisory  Committee,  349,  353. 
International  Court  of  Justice  of  U.  N. : 
Membership  in  U.  N.,  opinion,  729.  754. 
Syrian  proposal  for  opinion  on  Palestine  situation,  re- 
jection by  Security  Council,  132. 
International  Joint  Commission,  U.S.-Canada : 
Appointment  of  Mr.  Weber,  527. 
Entitled  by  law  to  certain  privileges,  26,  349,  354. 
Flood  control,  49,  202,  558. 
Kootenay  River  flood  control,  49,  202. 
Passamaquoddy  tidal  power  project  to  be  reviewed, 

terms  of  reference,  648. 
Pollution  of  boundary  waters,  hearings  and  represent- 
atives, 558,   732. 
St.  Lawrence  seaway  project,  810. 
International  Labor  Organization   (ILO)  : 
Conference,  31st,  47,  82. 

Entitled  by  law  to  certain  privileges,  349,  352. 
Final  articles  revision  convention   (1946),  proclaimed, 

472. 
Governing  Body,  107tli  session,  764. 
Legislation  on,  313. 

Petroleum  Committee,  2d  session,  agenda  and  ir.S.  dele- 
gation, 638. 
Soviet  delegate  attacks  record  of,  238. 
Textiles  Committee,  2d  session,  agenda  and  U.S.  dele- 
gation, 617. 


International  Labor  Organization  (ILO) — Continued 
U.S.  accepts  constitution  (Public  Law  843,  80th  Cong.), 
text,  373. 
International  Monetary  Fund,  243. 
Described  by  Mr.  Burns,  599. 
Entitled  by  law  to  certain  privileges,  349,  352. 
U.S.  participation  in  (Public  Law  171,  79th  Cong.),  text, 
367. 
International  organizations,  U.  S.  laws  re : 
Immunities  act  (1945),  text,  349. 
Personnel  of  U.S.  Government,  transfer  to    (Ex.  Or. 

9721),  text,  366. 
Procurement  act  (1947),  354. 
International    Refugee   Organization.     See   Refugee    Or- 
ganization, International. 
International  Society  for  the  Welfare  of  Cripples,  spon- 
sors 1st  inter-American  conference  on  rehabilitation 
of  crippled  and  disabled,  804. 
International   Trade   Organization.     See   Trade    Organi- 
zation, International. 
International  wheat  agreement.    See  Wheat  agreement, 

international. 
International  Wheat  Advisory  Committee,  entitled  by  law 

to  certain  privileges,  349,  353. 
Iran,  credit  for  purchase  of  surplus  military  equipment, 

211. 
Iraq,  communication  on  cease-fire  order  in  Palestine,  130. 
Ireland : 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. : 

Double  taxation,  discussions,  714. 
Economic  Cooperation  Act  of  1948,  adherence  to  pur- 
poses of,  signature,  37. 
Foreign  Assistance  Act  of  1948,   agreement  signed 

with  U.S.,  104. 
Friendship,    commerce,    and    navigation    with    U.S. 

discussed,  526. 
Most-favored-nation  treatment,  application  to  occu- 
pied territories,  exchange  of  notes  with  U.S.,  44. 
U.N.  membership,  qualifications,  693,  729. 
U.S.  Consulate  at  Limerick,  closing,  563. 
Israel  (.see  also  Palestine  situation)  : 
Consular  section  of  U.S.  mission  at  Tel  Aviv  open  for 

limited  consular  business,  123. 
Democratic  Party  platform,  attitude,  582. 
Membership  in  U.N.,  698,  723,  763. 
Membership  in  U.N.,  statement  in  Security  Council  by 

Mr.  Jessup,  723. 
Representative  to  U.S.  (Epstein),  appointment,  22. 
U.S.  Con.sulate  at  Haifa,  opening,  477. 
U.S.  Consulate  at  Tel  Aviv,  opening,  477. 
U.S.  policy,  statement  by  President  Truman,  582. 
U.S.  Representative  (McDonald),  appointment,  22. 
Italy : 
Aid  under  1947  U.S.  foreign  relief  program,  101. 
Chief  of  Staff,  General  Efisio  Marras,  visit  to  U.S.,  680. 
Claims,  no  time  limit  on  filing,  450. 
Colonies,  disposition  of: 
Council  of  Foreign  Ministers  to  discuss,  exchange  of 

notes  between  U.  S.  and  U.S.S.R.,  382. 
General  Assembly  to  consider  at  next  session,  698, 

730. 
U.  S.  attitude  in  CFM,  402. 
Combat  materiel,  transfer  by  U.  S.  to,  table  showing, 

529. 
Displaced  persons,  admission  to  U.  S.  from,  411,  412. 
Displaced  persons,  aid  by  U.  S.  Foreign  Service  person- 
nel, 501. 
Double  taxation,  discussions,  scheduled,  679. 
EGA,  gratitude  for,  450. 
Steel  production,  553. 
Taxes,  procedure  for  postponement  of  payment  by  U.  N. 

nationals,  24. 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. : 
Economic  Cooperation  Act  of  1948,  adherence  to  pur- 
poses of,  signature,  37. 
Educational-exchange  program,  with  U.  S.,  signature, 
809. 


Index,  July  to  December  7948 


825 


Italy — Continued 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. — Continued 

Foreign  Assistance  Act  of  1948,  agreement  signed 

with  U.  S.,  104. 
Most-favored-nation  provisions  in  treaty  of  friend- 
ship, commerce,  and  navigation  and  in  general 
agreement  on  tariffs  and  trade  (1947),  applica- 
tion to  occupied  territories,  exchange  of  notes 
with  U.  S.,  44. 
Peace  treaty  (1047),  renunciation  in  art.  23  of  posses- 
sions In  Africa,  402. 
Peace  treaty  (1947),  Yugoslavia  charges  violations  in 

Trieste,  179. 
Transport,  road,  with  other  European  countries,  ad- 
hered to  and  extended,  702. 
Trieste  situation.     See  Trieste. 
U.  N.  membership,  qualifications,  693,  729. 
U.  S.  Consulate  at  Venice,  opening,  303,  477. 
Visa  requirements  changed,  526. 

Japan : 

Finances  and  Industry,  deconcentration  of,  768. 
Industrial  revival,  U.  S.   attitude  stated  by  General 

McCoy  in  Far  Eastern  Commission,  645. 
Industry,  majority  attitude  on  Soviet  proposal  in  Far 

Eastern  Commission,  806. 
Peace  settlement,  U.  S.  policy  summarized  by  Secretary 

Marshall  in  3d  session,  General  Assembly,  433. 
Trade,  conduct  of,  FEC  policy  decision,  text,  770. 
Trade,    most-favored-nation    treatment    provisions    of 

certain  treaties,  application  to,  44,  45,  104. 
Travel  abroad  of  Japanese  commercial  representatives, 

FEC  policy  decision,  text,  771. 
TJ.  S.  Consulate  at  Kobe,  opening,  477. 
TJ.S.S.R.  suspends  repatriation  of  Japanese  in  Siberia, 

810. 
Yokosulsa  naval  base,  Soviet  charges  answered  by  U.  S., 
586. 
Japanese  mandated  Islands.    See  Pacific  Islands,  Territory 

of  the. 
Japanese-occupied  areas,  property  of  U.  S.  nationals  In, 

procedure  for  filing  claims,  245. 
Jerusalem  {see  also  Palestine  situation)  : 
Statute  for,  Soviet  charges  against  U.  S.,  179. 
U.  S.  code  clerk  kidnaped,  301. 

U.  S.  Consulate  General,  D.  S.  marine  guard  for,  115. 
Jessup,  Philip  C. : 
Addresses,  statements,  etc. : 

Armaments,  Commission  for  Conventional,  comment 

on  Soviet  attitude,  180. 
Berlin  crisis,  463,  484,  541,  572. 
Israeli  membership  in  U.  N.,  723. 
Palestine  situation,  114,  611,  657,  660. 
Palestine  situation.  Conciliation  Commission,  687. 
Syrian  proposal  for  International  Court  of  Justice 

opinion  on  status  of  Palestine,  132. 
U.  S.  loan  to  U.  N.  for  permanent  building,  179. 
Yugoslav  charges  against  U.  S.-U.  K.  administration 
of  Trieste,  106,  225. 
Appointed  deputy  U.  S.  representative  to  General  As- 
sembly, 330. 
Letter  to  Secretary-General  Lie  on  U.  S.  implementa- 
tion of  Palestine  resolution,  11. 
Johnson,  Joseph  E.,  review  of  six  months  in  Interim  Com- 
mittee, 191. 
Johnstone,  William  C,  Jr. : 

Address  on  educational  exchange  program,  739. 
Designation  in  State  Department,  59,  563. 
Justice,  Department  of,  control  of  enemy  assets  transferred 
from  Treasury  Department,  472,  616. 

Kabul,  Afghanistan,  elevation  of  U.  S.  Legation  to  rank 

of  embassy,  746. 
Kaplan,  Sheldon  Z.,  article  on  80th  Congress,  2d  session, 

and  the  U.  N.,  307,  347. 
Kasenkina,  Mrs.  Oksana  S.,  refusal  to  return  to  U.S.S.R. : 
Not  liable  to  restraint  or  compulsion,  note  from  Secre- 
tary Marshall  to  Soviet  Ambassador,  408. 


826 


Kasenkina,  Mrs.  Oksana  S.,  refusal  to  return  to  U.S.S.B.— 

Continued 
Status  of,  letter  from  Legal  Adviser  of  the  State  De- 
partment (Gross)  to  N.  Y.  Supreme  Court  Justice 
(Dlckstein),  261. 
Kashmir,  U.  S.  policy  summarized  by  Secretary  Marshall 

in  3d  session.  General  Assembly,  434. 
Kashmir  Commission  of  Security  Council  of  U.  N.    See 

India  and  Pakistan  Commission. 
Kennan,  George  F.,  address  on  United  Nations,  520. 
Kennedy,  Donald  D.,  appointed  chairman,  U.S.  delegation, 

international  wool-study  group,  443. 
Kirk,  Admiral  Alan  G.,   U.   S.   representative  on   U.  N. 

Special  Committee  on  the  Balkans,  238. 
Kobe,  Japan,  opening  of  U.  S.  Consulate,  477. 
Kootenay  River  flood  control,  U.  S.-Canada,  joint  com- 
mission, 49,  202. 
Korea  : 

Economic  Cooperation  Act  of  1948,  adherence  to  pur- 
poses of,  signature,  778. 
Economic   Cooperation   Administration   to   administer 

aid,  301. 
Elections : 
Declared  valid  by  Temporary  Commission  on  Korea, 

16. 
Supervised  by  UNTCOK,  191. 
U.  S.  attitude,  242. 
Electric  power : 
Resumption  of  distribution  to  South  Korea,  corre- 
spondence between  U.  S.  and  U.  S.  S.  R.,  50. 
Supply  to  South  Korea,  exchange  of  notes  between 
U.  S.  Army  Commander  and  Soviet  Army  Com- 
mander, 147. 
Government    (South   Korean)    recognized   by   General 
Assembly,  728. 
Statement  by  Mr.  Dulles,  758. 
Text  of  resolution,  760. 
Nortli  Korea  People's  Government  rejected  by  U.  N., 

637. 
Occupying  forces,  withdrawal  of: 

Commission  to  observe  withdrawal,  728,  760. 
Exchange  of  notes  between  U.S.  and  U.S.S.R.,  456. 
U.  S.  policy,  440. 
Recognition  of  new  government,  242,  800. 
Trade,  most-favored-natlon  treatment  provisions  of  cer- 
tain treaties,  application  to  southern  Korea,  44,  45, 
104. 
Uprising  in  Yosu  reported,  562. 
U.  S.  Consulate  at  Seoul,  opening,  477. 
U.  S.  policy : 
Mr.  Dulles,  statements,  728,  758. 
Secretary  Marshall,  statement  in  General  Assembly, 

434. 
Recognition,  242,  300. 

Special  Representative   (Muccio)   appointed,  242. 
Korea,  19^5  to  1948,  released,  529. 
Korea,  U.  N.  Temporary  Commission  on  (UNTCOK)  : 
Continuation  urged  by  Mr.  Dulles,  758. 
Elections  (May  10)  held  valid,  16. 
Observation  of  elections,  242. 
Report  to  General  Assembly,  excerpte,  576. 
Work  of,  continued  by  General  Assembly,  728,  760. 
Work  with  Interim  Committee,  191. 
Kuala  Lumpur,  Malayan  Union,  opening  of  U.  S.  Consu- 
late, 477. 

Labor : 

European  Recovery  Program,  role  In,  address  by  Mr. 

Nitze,  239. 
Farm-labor  migration  agreement,  Mexico  charges  U.  S. 
violation,  exchange  of  notes,  U.   S.  and  Mexico, 
562,  585. 
Labor  attaches  confer  with  Economic  Cooperation  Ad- 
ministration advisers  in  Paris,  213. 
Labor    Organization,    International.      See    International 

Labor  Organization. 
La  Ceiba,  Honduras,  closing  of  U.  S.  Consulate,  477. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


i-n  Guaira,  Venezuela,  U.  S.  Vice  Consulate  closing,  476, 

746. 
Lahore,  Pakistan,  opening  of  V.  S.  Consulate,  477. 
Lebanon  : 
General  agreement  on  tariffs  and  trade  (1947)  : 
Concessions,  151. 
Provisionally  effective,  642. 

Signature  of  protocol  of  provisional  application,  55, 
149. 
I        Palestine,  cease-fire  orders,  confirmation  of  issuance,  131. 
n        Refugee  aid,  575. 

I     Legislation,  development  of  program.  State  Department 
regulations    {see  also  Congress),  682. 
Lend-lease,  agreement  with  Liberia   (1943),  construction 

of  free  port  of  Monrovia,  58,  210. 
Lend-lease,  settlement,  U.  S.  and : 
Brazil,  52. 
China.  527. 
Czechoslovakia,  413. 
France,  52,  561. 
Netherlands,  52. 
United  Kingdom,  143. 
U.S.S.R.,   statement   by   Secretary   Marshall   on   U.    S. 

proposals  to,  51. 
Yugoslavia,  137,  139. 
Lend-lease  and  claims  settlement  veith   France    (1946), 

supplemented  by  new  agreement,  561. 
Leningrad,  U.S.S.R.,  proposed  U.  S.  Consulate  General, 

not  to  open,  409. 
Leverich,    Henry    P.,   Rumania    demands   recall   of,    ex- 
change of  notes  between  Rumanian  Minister  of  For- 
eign Affairs  and  D.   S.  Minister    (Schoenfeld),  809. 
Liberia  : 

Treaties,  agreements,  etc. : 

Lend-lease   agreement    (1943),   construction   of   free 

port  of  Monrovia  with  funds  from,  58,  210. 
Tariffs  and  trade,  general  agreement  on  (1947),  nego- 
tiations for  accession,  807. 
U.  S.  Minister   (Dudley),  appointment,  303. 
Libya : 

U.  S.  Consulate  at  Tripoli,  opening,  477. 
U.  S.  position  in  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers  on  dis- 
position of,  402. 
Lie,  Trygve  ( Secretary-General  of  U.  N. ) ,  293,  655. 
Limerick,   Ireland,   closing   of   U.    S.   Consulate,   563. 
Limnology,  International  society  of,  program  of  10th  con- 
gress meeting  In  ZUrlch,  201. 
Linguists,  6th  International  congress  of,  134. 
Lltvinov,  Maxim,  exchange  of  correspondence  with  Frank- 
lin D.  Roosevelt  (1933),  reprinted,  257. 
Lomakln,  Y.   M.,  Soviet  Consul  General  at  New  York, 

exequatur  revoked,  253. 
L(5pez,   Garcia,   represents  Mexico   In   air  transport  dis- 
cussions, 300. 
Lovell,   Colonel   John   R.,   Rumania   demands  recall   of, 
exchange   of   notes   between   Rumanian   Minister  of 
Foreign  Affairs  and  U.  S.  Minister  (Schoenfeld),  809. 
Lovett,  Robert  A. : 
Addresses,  statements,  etc. : 
Near  East  refugees,  aid  to,  447. 
President  Prlo's  return  to  Cuba,  778. 
Correspondence : 
Governors,  on  transmittal  of  electors'  certificates,  618. 
Polish  Ambassador,  replying  to  protest  re  Six  Power 

talks  on  Germany,  86. 
Soviet  Embassy,  on  Kasenklna  and  Samarin  cases, 

251. 
U.S.S.R.  Ambassador  (Panyushkin),  on  Berlin  crisis, 
423. 
Lulchev,  Kosta,  trial  and  Imprisonment  in  Bulgaria,  note 
from  U.  S.  Minister  to  Bulgarian  Foreign  Minister, 
710,  796. 
Lutheran  World  Relief,  Inc.,  aid  to  Near  East,  299. 
Luxembourg : 

Consultative  Council,  3d  session,  text  of  communique, 

583. 
Reconstruction   loans  from   International  Bank,  599. 


Luxembourg — Continued 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. : 

Educational-exchange   program   with   U.   8.,  signed. 

528,  681. 
Foreign  Assistance  Act  of  1948,  agreement  signed 

with  U.  S.,  104. 
German  enemy  assets,  agreement  on  resolution  of 

conflicting  claims  to,  signature,  25. 
TarilTs  and  trade,  general  agreement  on,  provision- 
ally effective,  642. 
Transport,  road,  with  other  European  countries,  ad- 
hered to  and  extended,  702. 
U.  S.  Sen.  res.  239,  exchange  of  views  with  U.  S.,  U.  K., 
France,  Canada,  and  other  Benelux  countries,  So! 

Maggard,  Peggy,  detained  by  Security  Police  in  Rumania 

403. 
Malaria,  congresses  on   tropical  medicine  and,  294. 
Malayan  Union,  U.  S.  Consulate  at  Kuala  Lumpur,  open- 
ing, 477.  ^ 
MAORT  of  Standard  Oil  seized  by  Hungary,  469,  736. 
Marechal  Joffre  claims  agreement,  U.  S.  with  France  aiid 

Australia,  561. 
Maritime   Consultative   Organization,   Intergovernmental 
(IMCO),  preparatory  committee,  U.  S.  delegates  and 
agenda,  671. 
Maritime  safety  measures,  international,  article  by  Lt 

Bradley,  Jr.,  119. 
Maritime  warfare  (1907),  Hague  convention,  revision  dis- 
cussed, 464. 
Marseille,  France,  elevation  of  U.  S.  Consulate  to  rank 

of  consulate  general,  244. 
Marshall,  George  C. : 
Addresses,  statements,  etc. : 

Assassination  of  Count  Bernadotte,  899. 

Berlin  crisis,  air  transport,  54. 

Berlin    crisis,    joint    communiquS    issued    in    Paris 

(Sept.  26),  423. 
Berlin  situation,  141. 
Bolivia,  proposal  on  defaulted  bonds,  52. 
Freedom  of  information,  473. 
German  Industry  In  the  Ruhr,  trustee  plan,  703 
Lend-lease  settlement  with  U.S.S.R.,  U.  S.  proposals, 

61. 
Palestine,  U.  S.  policy  on  Bernadotte  report.  436 
U.  N.  Charter,  40O. 
U.  N.  Day,  329,  548. 

U.  N.  personnel,  effect  on  U.  S.  security,  116. 
U.  S.  policy  on  problems  before  the  U.  N.,  3d  session 
of  General  Assembly,  text,  432,  summarized,  441. 
Vinson,  Chief  Justice,  projected  mission  to  Moscow! 
483. 
Committee  appointed  to  study  provisions  of  U.N.  head- 
quarters agreement  affecting  national  security,  132. 
Correspondence : 

American  Minister  at  Jidda   (Childs),  on  opening  of 

radiotelegraph  to  Saudi  Arabia,  449. 
Chairman  of  Senate  Subcommittee  To  Investigate  Im- 
migration and  Naturalization    (Revercomb),  on 
disclosing  visa  files,  235. 
PAO  Acting  Director  General   (Clark),  on  establish- 
ment of  permanent  FAO  headquarters,  268. 
Hungarian  Charge,  on  freedom  of  Hungarian  citizens 

to  listen  to  U.  S.  broadcasts,  145. 
Palestine  Mediator  (Bernadotte)   on  aid  from  U.  S. 

organizations,  267,  203. 
Secretary-General  of  U.  N.  and  President  of  General 

Assembly  on  Berlin  situation,  656. 
Soviet  Ambassador    (Panyushkin),   on  blockade  of 

Berlin,  85. 
Soviet  Ambassador,  on  Danubian  conference,  23. 
Soviet  Ambassador,  on  proposed  discussion  of  Italian 

Colonies  by  CFM,  382. 
Soviet  Ambassador,  replying  to  protest  over  Newsweek 
article,  51. 
Greece  visited,  561. 
U.  S.  senior  representative  to  General  Assembly,  330. 


Index,  July  to  December  1948 


827 


Martin,  Edwin  M.,  designation  in  State  Department,  154. 
Martinique,  French  West  Indies,  closing  and  opening  of 

U.  S.  Consulate,  476,  563. 
Matamoros,  Mexico,  closing  of  U.   S.   Consulate  recon- 
sidered, 451 
Mathews,  Elbert  G.,  designation  in  State  Department,  6o(J. 
McCahon,  William  H.,  article  on  International  Committee 

of  the  Red  Cross,  464. 
McCluney,  Forrest  F.,  designation  in  State  Department, 

213. 
McCoy,  Major  General  Frank  R. : 

Far  Eastern  Commission,  Soviet  proposal  on  Japanese 

industry,  majority  attitude,  806. 
Japanese  industry,  statements  in  Far  Eastern  Commis- 
sion on  U.  S.  attitude,  645,  768. 
McDermott,  Jack  C,   designation  in   State  Department, 

503. 
McDonald,  James  Grover,  appointment  as  U.  S.  Represent- 
ative to  Israel,  22. 
Medicine,  tropi'cal,  congresses  on,  294. 
Membership  in  U.  N.    See  United  Nations. 
Meteorological  facilities,  discussion  of,  in  regional  air- 
navigation  meetings,  273,  275. 
Meteorological   Organization,   International    (IMO),   Re- 
gional Commission  for  Asia,  meeting,  U.  S.  delegate 
and  agenda,  558. 
Metrology,  ninth  general  conference  of  international  bu- 
reau of  weights  and  measures,  466. 
Mexico : 
Combat  materiel,  transfer  by  U.  S.  to,  table  showing, 

529 
Cultural-cooperation  fellowships  available,  742. 
Cultural  leaders,  visit  to  U.  S.,  153,  619,  744. 
Foreign  Minister  Torres  Bodet  elected  Director  General 

of  UNESCO,  702. 
General  Assembly  resolution  urging  cooperation  to  con- 
clude peace  treaties,  522,  552,  614. 
L6pez,  Garcra,  discusses  air  transport  agreement  with 

U.  S.,  300. 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. : 

Air  transport,  discussions  with  U.  S.,  300. 
Farm-labor  migration  agreement,  charge  of  U.  S.  vio- 
lation and  exchange  of  notes,  562,  585. 
Tuna  resources  investigation,  joint  recommendation,  647. 
U.  S.  Consulates  at  Agua  Prieta  and  Matamoros  not  to 
close,  451. 
Migratory  Bird  Treaty  Act,  closed  areas  proclaimed,  744. 
Military   mission.     See  Missions. 
Militar.v  Staff  Committee: 

Chairman   Vasiliev's   statement   on   report    on    armed 

strength,  195. 
Letter  to  Security  Council  president  from  Soviet  Dele- 
gation, 264. 
Letter  to  Security  Council  president  from  U.  S.,  U.  K., 
Chinese,  and  French  delegations,  submitting  state- 
ment of  stalemate,  263. 
Miller,  Dr.  Hunter,  editor  of  treaty  volume,  214. 
Mineralogical-geologieal  survey  program,  U.  S.  with  Bra- 
zil, extended,  743. 
Minerals,  strategic.     See  Natural  resources. 
Ministers  (American)  of  Foreign  Affairs,  Meeting  of  Con- 
sultation of,  596. 
Ministers  of  Foreign  Affairs  of  the  American  Republics, 
Habana    declaration    of    inter-American    solidarity 
(1940),  592. 
Missions,  Colombian  economic  mission  to  U.  S.,  58. 
Missions,  U.  S. : 
Argentina,  military  advisory,  agreement  signed,  494. 
Brazil,  military,  211. 

Greece,  relief,  supplies  released  to  Near  Bast  refugees, 
447. 
Monetary    and    Financial   Problems,    National   Advisory 

Council  on  International,  summary  of  report,  243. 
Mongolian  People's  Republic,  U.  N.  membership,  qualifica- 
tions, 695,  729. 
Monrovia,  free  port  of,  58,  210. 

Monsma,  George  N.,  article  on  the  Organization  of  Ameri- 
can States,  591. 

828 


Morocco,  war  claims,  procedure  for  filing,  211. 

Moscow  discussions.     See  Berlin  crisis. 

Most-favored-nation  treatment,  application  to  occupied 
territories,  exchange  of  notes,  U.S.  with  Greece,  Ire- 
land, Italy,  Turkey,  and  U.K.,  43,  104. 

Motion  pictures,  joint  declaration  by  U.S.  and  France, 
text,  500. 

Mount  Holyoke  College  Institute  of  U.N.,  address  by  Mr. 
Allen  on  U.  S.  information  program,  88. 

Muccio,  John  J.,  appointed  special  representative  to  Ko- 
rean Government,  242. 

Nairn,   Sardar  Mohamed,  Khan,  credentials  as  Afghan 

Ambassador  to  U.  S.,  746. 
Nares,    Sir   George,   Arctic  expedition,   record  found   by 

U.S.-Canada  supply  mission,  text,  471. 
National   Advisory   Council   on   International   Monetary 

and  Financial  Problems,  243. 
National  Association  for  Mental  Health  of  England,  201. 
National  Catholic  Welfare  Conference,  aid  to  Near  East, 

299. 

National  Foreign  Trade  Convention,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

address  by  Mr.   Sargeant  on  Government-sponsored 

information  and  educational-exchange  programs,  672. 

Nationalism,  Communist  attitude  re,  410. 

Natural  resources,  renewable,  inter-American  conference 

on  the  conservation  of,  334. 
Natural  resources  in  a  world  of  conflict,  article  by  Mr. 

Nitze,  623. 
Nature,  conference  for  the  establishment  of  the  inter- 
national union  for  the  protection  of,  U.  S.  delegation 
to,  443. 
Navigation,  freedom  of.    See  Danube  conference. 
Navigation,  St.  Lawrence  seaway  project,  810. 
Nazareth,  refugees  aided  by  UNICEF,  615. 
Naei  Conspiracy  and  Aggression,  supplement  B,  released, 

650. 
Near  East: 
Aid  from  American  Red  Cross,  586. 
Aid  from  U.S.,  203. 

Refugees  in.    See  Refugees  in  Palestine. 
Near  East  Foundation,  aid  to  Near  East  refugees,  293,  448. 
Negeb  desert.    See  Palestine  situation. 
Netherlands : 

Combat  materiel,  transfer  by  U.S.  to,  table  showing,  529. 
Consultative  Council,  3d  session,  text  of  communique, 

.583. 
ERP  defended  in  U.N.,  490. 
Indonesian  conflict,  report  by  Security  Council  Good 

Offices  Committee,  133,  698,  764. 
Indonesian  situation,  U.S.  policy,  9,  434. 
Indonesian  trade  restrictions,  47,  133. 
Public-health  attach^  to  U.S.  Embassy  in  The  Hague, 

476. 
Reconstruction  loans  from  International  Bank,  599. 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. : 

Caribbean  Commission  agreement,  245. 

Double  taxation  with  U.S.,  signature  and  ratiflcation, 

679,  738. 
Foreign   Assistance  Act  of   1948,   agreement   signed 

with  U.S.,  104. 
Lend-lease  settlement,  payment,  52. 
Tariffs  and  trade,  general  agreement  on,  provisionally 

effective,  642. 
Transport,  road,  with  other  European  countries,  ad- 
hered to  and  extended,  702. 
Whaling,  international  convention  for  regulation  of 
(1946),  ratification,  714. 
Universities,   Preparatory   Conference   of  Representa- 
tives   of,    to    be    convened    in    cooperation    with 
UNESCO,  184. 
US    Sen   res.  239,  exchange  of  views  with  U.^.,  V.t^., 
'France,  Canada,  and  other  Benelux  countries,  80. 
Netherlands  East  Indies.     See  Indonesia. 
New  Delhi,  social-welfare  attach^  to  U.S.  Embassy,  619. 
New  England  fishing  industry  threatened  by  depletion. 
669. 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Niw  Guinea,  trust  territory  of.     See  Trusteeship  Council. 
New  Haiupsliire,  University  of,  Durham,  N.H.,  address  by 

Mr.  Saltzman,  495. 
Ncwswce):  article,  note  from  Secretary  Marshall  to  Soviet 

Ambassador,  51. 
New  York,  N.  Y.,  Soviet  Consulate  General  to  close  over 

Kaseukina-Samarin  incident,  409. 
New  York  State  Bar  Association,  Lake  Placid,  N.  Y.,  ad- 
dress on  ERP  by  Mr.  Gross,  35. 
New  York   Times,  article  on  displaced-persous  program 

by  Mr.  Hoffman,  411. 
New  Zealand: 

Ambassador  to  U.  S.   (Berendsen),  credentials,  744. 
Antarctica,  U.S.  asks  di-scussion,  301. 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. : 

Double  taxation  with  U.  S.,  ratification  pending,  680. 
Educational-exchange  program  with  U.  S.,  signed,  473. 
General  agreement  on  tariffs  and  trade  (1947)  : 
Concessions,  150. 
Provisionally  effective,  642. 

Signature  of  protocol  of  provisional  application,  55, 
149. 
Nicosia,  Cyprus,  opening  of  U.  S.  Consulate,  477. 
Nitze,  Paul  H. : 
Addresses : 

Labor's  role  in  ERP,  239. 
Trade  program,  international,  578. 
Natural  resources  in  a  world  of  conflict,  article,  623. 
Non-self-governing    territories.     See   Trusteeship. 
North  Atlantic   air   routes,   Icelandic  conference  plans 

facilities  for,  16. 
North  Atlantic  regional  air-navigation  meeting  of  ICAO, 

2d,  274. 
North  Atlantic  security  proposals: 

Consultative  Council,  3d  session,  text  of  communique, 

583. 
Conversations,  778. 
Statement  by  Mr.  Lovett,  583. 
North   Pacific  regional   air  navigation  meeting,  20,  84. 
Northwest  Atlantic  fishing  banks  depleted,  669. 
Norway : 
Antarctica,  U.S.  asks  discussion,  301. 
Combat   materiel,   transfer   by   U.    S.   to,   table   show- 
ing. 529. 
ERP  defended  in  U.  N.,  490. 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. : 

Claims  convention,  claims  of  Hannevig  and   Jones, 

ratification,  646. 
Double  taxation,  talks  with  U.  S.  scheduled,  679. 
Foreign  Assistance  Act  of  1948,   agreement  signed 

with  U.  S.,  104. 
Tariffs  and  trade,  general  agreement  on  (1947)  : 
Protocol  of  provisional  application,  signature,  U.  S. 

proclamation,  55. 
Provisionally  effective,  642. 
Transport,  road,  with  other  European  countries,  ad- 
hered to  and  extended,  702. 
Whaling,  international  convention  for  regulation  of 
(1946),  ratification,  714. 
U.  S.  Consulate  at  Bergen,  opened,  477. 

Occupied  Area  Affairs,  Advisory  Committee  abolished, 
811. 

Occupied  areas  (see  also  Ruhr),  application  to,  most- 
favored-nation  treatment  provisions  of  certain 
treaties,  exchange  of  notes,  U.  S.  with :  Greece,  Ire- 
land, Italy,  Turkey,  and  U.  K.,  43, 104. 

Oil  companies,  MAORT  of  Standard  Oil  seized  by  Hun- 
gary, 469,  736. 

Oil  companies.  U.  S.,  denial  of  interference  in  Venezue- 
lan affairs,  777. 

Organization  of  American  States: 

Appointment  of  U.  S.  representative  on  Council,  154. 
Establishment  of,  594. 

Organizations,  international,  texts  of  U.  S.  laws  re,  349, 
3r)4,  366. 

Index,  July  to  December  1948 


Osborn,  Frederick  H. : 
Addresses,  statements,  etc. : 
Armaments,  regulation  of,  194,  6.30. 
Atomic  Energy  Commission,  reports,  14. 
Commission  for  Conventional  Armaments,  180. 

Outrata,  Vladimir,  credentials  as  Czechoslovak  Ambassa- 
dor to  U.  S.,  87. 

Pacific  Islands,  Territory  of: 

Commercial  fishing,  U.  S.  policy,  468. 
Trade  preferences  with  U.  S.,  446. 

U.    S.    President    authorized    to    approve    trusteeship 
agreement  (Public  Law  204,  80th  Cong.),  text,  376. 
Pakistan : 

General  agreement  on  tariffs  and  trade  (1947)  : 
Concessions,  150. 
Provisionally  effective,  642. 
Renegotiations,  445,  527. 

Signature  of  protocol  of  provisional  application,  55, 
149. 
Kashmir,  dispute  with  India  over,  16,  82. 
Kashmir,  U.  S.  policy  summarized  by  Secretary  Mar- 
shall in  3d  session.  General  Assembly,  434. 
U.  S.  Consulate  at  Lahore,  opening,  477. 
Palestine  situation : 

Acting    Mediator    Bunche,    reports    and    recommenda- 
tions to  United  Nations,  517,  555,  615,  634. 
Arab  States,  attitude  as  expressed  in  telegram  of  Sec- 

retary-fjeneral  of  Arab  League,  131  n. 
Armed   guards   needed,   excerpts  from   Mediator's   re- 
port, 439. 
Cease-fire  for  ten  days,  proposal  by  Mediator  (Jjily  9) 

and  Israeli  reply,  112. 
Cease-fire  resolution  by  Security  Council  (July  15),  text, 

114 ;   confirmation  of  effective  date,  130. 
Conciliation  Commission,  General  Assembly  resolution 

(Dec.  11),  667,  687,  689,  726,  763,  793. 
Egypt  charges  Israeli  violations  of  truce  (Oct.  19),  555. 
Egyptian  and  Israeli  forces,  withdrawal  in  Negeb,  521, 

552,  555,  575,  667. 
Emigration  regulations  for  men  of  military  age  from 
U.  S.  zones  in  Austria  and  Germany,  exchange  of 
notes,  386. 
Expiration  of  truce,  Israeli  letter  (July  11)  to  Security 

Council,  113. 
General  Assembly  resolutions,   creating  working  group 
(Nov.  16),  667;   aid  to  refugees    (Nov.   19),  636; 
creating  Conciliation  Commission    (Dec.  11),  667, 
687,  689,  726,  763,  793. 
Israel  accused  of  truce  violation  by  Lebanon  and  Syria, 

555. 
Israeli  membership  in  U.  N.,  statement  in  Security  Coun- 
cil by  Mr.  Jessup,  723. 
Jerusalem,  U.  S.  Consulate  General  to  be  guarded  by 

marines,  115. 
Kidnaping  of  U.S.  code  clerk  at  Jerusalem  (Paro),  pro- 
tested, 301. 
Mediator  in  Palestine  (Bernadotte),  assassination,  399. 
Mediator's  messages  to  U.  N.   Secretary-General,  105, 

108,  111. 
Mediator's  reports,  112,  436,  440. 

Mediator's  suggestions  to  Israeli  and  Arab  States,  texts 
of  three  documents  (June  27),  105;  Israeli  reply, 
107. 
Observers,  additional  U.  S.,  180. 

Prolongation  of  truce,  Security  Council  resolution  (July 
7),  108. 
Israeli  and  Arab  replies  to  Mediator,  109,  110. 
Mediator's  messages  to  Secretary-General  of  U.  N., 
108,  111. 
Refugees,  Arab  and  Jewish : 

Aid  to,  180,  237,  293,  447,  575,  615,  636,  778. 
Exchange  of  letters  between  Count  Bernadotte  and 

Secretary  Marshall,  266. 
Letter  from  Mr.  Austin  to  U.  N.  Secretary-General, 

2f;5. 
Report  by  U.  N.  Mediator,  Count  Bernadotte,  sum- 
mary, 440. 

829 


Palestine  situation — Continued 

Refugees,  Arab  and  Jewisli — Continued 
Beport  to  U.  N.  by  Acting  Mediator,  634. 
D.N.  action,  180,  636,  778. 
U.  N.  director  of  relief,  Mr.  Grlffls,  730. 
U.  S.  Congress,  appropriation  of  funds  requested  by 

President  Truman,  778. 
U.    S.    organizations'    contributions,    telegram   from 
Secretary  Marshall  to  U.  N.  Mediator,  293. 
Sanctions  against  Israel,  and/or  Egypt  proposed,  555. 
Secretary  Marshall's  statement  on  Mediator's  report, 

436. 
Security  Council : 
Emergency  meeting  on  Palestine,  46. 
Resolutions:  truce  (May  29),  Implementation,  11,  293, 
386;    truce,   prolongation    (July   7),    108;    truce 
(July  15),  81,  114,  237,  293,  386,  517;  control  of 
dissidents  among  Jews  and  Arabs  (Aug.  19),  267; 
truce  violators  (Aug.  20),  237;  truce,  Negeb  (Oct. 
19),  521,  552,  555;  truce  supervision   (Oct.  19), 
613;  appointing  seven-nation  committee  (Nov.  4), 
555,  611,  615 ;  armistice  (Nov.  16),  637,  660,  692. 
Statements  by  Mr.  Jessup,  114,  657,  723. 
Supervision  of  truce,  U.  N.  Mediator's  organization  of 

and  instructions  to  observers,  175,  438. 
V.  S.  cooperation  praised  by  U.  N.  Secretary-General 

(Lie),  293. 
U.   S.  implementation   of   Security   Council   resolution 
(May  29),  letter  from  Mr.  Jessup  to  Secretary-Gen- 
eral  (Lie),  11. 
U.  S.  policy  on  supplying  troops,  statement  by  President 

Truman,  237. 
U.  S.  policy  summarized  by  Secretary  Marsliall  in  3d 

session,  General  Assembly,  434. 
U.  S.  to  supply  additional  observers,  287,  293. 
Water  pumps  destroyed,  237,  439. 
Panama : 

Ambassador  to  U.  S.  (Vallarino),  credentials,  87. 
Cultural  leader,  visit  to  U.  S.,  680. 
Whaling,   International   convention   for   regulation    of 
(1946),  provisional  application,  714. 
Pan  American  Congress  of  Pharmacy,  1st,  objectives  and 

U.S.  delegation,  701. 
Pan    American   consultation   on   cartography,   4th,   V.S. 

delegation,  443. 
Pan  American  Sanitary  Bureau : 

Brucellosis,  2d  inter-American  congress  on,  641. 
Entitled  by  law  to  certain  privileges,  349,  352. 
U.  S.  cooperation,  593. 
Pan  American  Union : 
Conservation  conference,  sponsored  by,  334. 
Entitled  by  law  to  certain  privileges,  349,  352. 
Functions,  593. 
Paraguay : 

Cultural-cooperation  fellowships  available,  742. 
Gonzalez,  Natalicio  J.,  Inauguration,  U.  S.  representa- 
tives and  aides  announced,  245. 
U.  S.  Ambassador  to  represent  President  Truman  at 
presidential  inauguration,  245. 
Paris,  U.  S.  Embassy,  public-health  and  social-welfare 

attaches,  476,  619. 
Paro,  George,  kidnaping  in  Jerusalem  protested  by  U.S., 

301. 
Passamaquoddy   Tidal   Power   Project   to    International 

Joint  Commission,  U.S.-Canada,  for  review,  648. 
Passports.     See  Visas. 
Patterson,  Jefferson,  note  to  Egyptian  Foreign  Office  on 

killing  of  Stephen  Haas,  211. 
Patterson,  Rlcliard  C,  Jr.,  appointed  as  U.  S.  Ambassador 

to  Guatemala,  501. 
Peace  treaties,  General  Assembly  resolution  urging  cooper- 
ation to  conclude,  522,  552,  614. 
Peary,  Admiral  Robert  B.,  Arctic  expedition,  record  found 

by  U.S.-Canada  supply  mission,  text,  471. 
Personnel,  transfer  of  U.  S.  Government  employees  to  in- 
ternational organizations  (Ex.  Or.  9721),  text,  366. 


Peru : 

Cultural-cooperation  fellowships  available,  742. 
Cultural  leader,  visit  to  U.  S.,  212. 
U.  S.  continues  diplomatic  relations,  743. 
Petkov,  Nicola,  execution  by  Bulgaria,  796. 
Petroleum   Committee  of   ILO,  2d   session,   agenda   and 

U.  S.  delegation,  638. 
Petroleum  companies,  U.  S.,  deny  interference  in  "Vene- 
zuela, 777. 
Pharmacy,    1st  Pan  American  Congress  of,  objectives  and 

U.S.  delegation,  701. 
Philadelphia  Labor  Education  Association,  Pendle  Hill, 

Pa.,  address  by  Mr.  Nltze,  239. 
Philippines,  Republic  of  the: 
Consular  convenUon  (1947),  proclamation,  779. 
Copyright  agreement  proclaimed,  562. 
Educational-exchange  progi'am  with  U.S.,  grants  under/ 

Fulbright  Act,  649. 
Rehabilitation   program,  William  D.  Wright,  Jr.,   ap- 

iwlnted  coordinator,  213. 
Scholarships  to,  under  Fulbright  Act,  302. 
U.S.  Consulate  at  Cebu,  opening,  477. 
Photogrammetry  congress  and  exhibition,  6th  internation- 
al, agenda  and  U.S.  delegates,  244. 
Physical  education,  recreation  and  rehabilitation,  interna- 
tional congress  of,  134. 
Plymouth,  England,  closing  of  U.  S.  Consulate,  477,  501. 
Poland : 
Arms  reduction  proposal  rejected  by  U.N.  subcommittee, 

556. 
Balkans,  U.N.  Special  Committee,  refuses  seat  on,  238. 
Balkans,  U.N.  Special  Committee  report,  attitude,  611. 
Germany,  Six  Power  talks  on,  U.S.  reply  to  protest,  86. 
Securities,  registration,  requirements,  679. 
Trade  discrimination  resolution  attacking  ERP  in  Gen- 
eral Assembly,  666. 
Poliomyelitis  conference,  1st  international,  121. 
Political  cooperation,  promotion  of  international,  state- 
ment by  Mr.  Cohen,  796. 
Port  Llm6n,  Costa  Rica,  U.  S.  consular  agency,  opening, 

129 ;  consulate,  closing,  477. 
Portugal : 
Economic  Cooperation  Act  of  1948,  adherence  to  pur- 
poses of,  470. 
U.  N.  membership,  qualifications,  693,  729. 
Potato  export  agreement  with  Canada,  744. 
Poultry  Congress,  8th  World,  article  by  Mr.  Termohlen, 

731. 
Precedence  among  Foreign  Service  and  other  government 

officers  (Ex.  Or.  9998),  text,  475. 
Prio  Socarras,  Dr.  Carlos   (President  of  Cuba),  visit  to 

U.S.,  245,  743.  778. 
Prisoners  of  war,  treatment  (1929),  treaty  discussed,  464. 
Prisoners  of  war  committee,  interdepartmental   (U.S.), 

464. 
Proclamations : 
Brazilian  trade  agreement  (1935),  Inoperative,  211. 
Copyright  agreement  with  Philippines,  562. 
ILO  final  articles  revision  convention  (1946),  entered 

into  force,  472. 
Reconvening  80th  Congress,  text,  377. 
Tariffs  and  trade,  general  agreement  on  (1947)  : 
Effective  for  certain  countries,  55,  149. 
Supplementary  proclamations,  414. 
Trade-mark  registrations,  extension  of  time  for  renewal 
of: 
Austria,  527. 
Belgium,  212. 
Czechoslovakia,  302. 
Whaling,    international   convention   for   regulation   of 
(1946),  714. 
Procurement  Act    (1947),   International   Organizations, 

354. 
Procurement  Control  Division,  abolishment  and  transfer 

of  functions,  154. 
Program  legislation,  development.  State  Department  regu- 
lations, 682. 


830 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Property : 
Finland,  property  transferred  to  TJ.S.S.R.,  claims,  pro- 
cedure for  tiling  and  time  extended,  G47. 
Germany,  U.S.  zone,  war  claims,  procedure  for  filing, 

646. 
Yugoslav  assets  In  U.S.  unfrozen,  137. 
Protection  of  U.S.  nationals  and  property: 
Bulgarian  allegations  against  Americans  answered  by 
note  from  U.S.  Minister  to  Bulgarian  Foreign  Minis- 
ter, 710. 
,      Claims  agreement  for  U.S.  property   nationalized  In 
Yugoslavia,  137,  139 ;  Yugoslav  payment,  413. 
Claims  of  Hannevig  and  Jones,  646. 
Copyright  agreement  with  Philippines,  562. 
Finland,  procedure  for  filing  claims,  148,  647. 
Germany,  U.S.  zone,  procedure  for  filing  war  claims, 

646. 
Hungary: 
Bank  shares,  presentation  of,  186. 
Detention   of  Mr.  Ruedeman  and  Mr.  Bannantine, 

469,  494. 
Seizure  of  Standard  Oil  Interests  protested  by  U.S. 
Legation  note,  469,  736. 
Hyderabad,  evacuation  of  U.S.  nationals  in,  to  Madras, 

India,  414. 
Italy,  no  time  limit  on  filing  war  claims,  450. 
Japanese-occupied  areas,  procedure  for  filing  claims, 

245  . 
Jerusalem,  U.S.  Consulate  General  to  be  guarded  by 

marines,   115. 
Jerusalem  kidnaping  of  U.S.  code  clerk,  301. 
Morocco,  procedure  for  filing  war  claims,  211. 
Murder  of  Irving  Ross  in  Soviet  zone  of  Austria,  646. 
Murder  of  Stephen  Haas  in  Cairo: 
Attackers  apprehended,  449. 

Charge  Patterson,  note  to  Egs^tian  Foreign  Office, 
211. 
Polish  securities,  registration  regulations,  679. 
Rumania,  detention  of  U.S.  diplomatic  personnel  in,  403. 
Rumanian  nationalization  legislation  protested  by  U.S. 
note,  408. 
Protocol.    See  Precedence. 

Provisional    commercial    agreement    (1938),    U.S.    with 
Greece,  application  to  occupied  territories,  exchange 
of  notes,  45. 
Psychology,  12th  international  congress  of,  122. 
Publications : 
Berlin  Crisis :  A  Report  on  the  Moscow  Discussions,  431. 
Caribbean  Commission  studies : 

Puerto  Rico  and  the  Virgin  Islands,  industrial  de- 
velopment, 745. 
Sugar  trade  of  the  Caribbean,  745. 
Foreign  Relations  of  the  United  States,  1932,  vols.  I, 

III,  IV,  and  V,  418,  477,  503. 
International  Control  of  Atomic  Energy :  Policy  at  the 

Crossroads,  123. 
Korea,  1945  to  1948 :  529. 
Lists : 
American  republics,  597. 
Congress,  U.S.,  27,  479,  491,  494,  524,  563. 
State  Department,  27,  59,  155,  187,  215,  246,  279,  343, 
419,  478,  503,   529,  563,  587,  597,  651,  682,  747, 
779,  811. 
United  Nations,  59,  78,  178,  195,  236,  270,  332,  401, 
547,  574,  606,  665,  747. 
Nazi  Conspiracy  and  Aggression,  supplement  B,  650. 
Territorial  Papers  of  the  United  States,  vol.  XIII  (La.- 

Mo.),  released,  1.54. 
Treaties  and  Other  International  Acts,  vol.  VIII,  re- 
leased, 214. 
Treaty  Developments,  155. 
Puerto  Cortes,  Honduras,  opening  of  U.S.  consular  agency, 
477. 

Badio : 
Greek  guerrillas  aided  by  Yugoslav  broadcasts,  238. 
U.N.  telecommunications  system,  578. 


Radio — Continued 
Voice  of  America : 

Article  by  Mr.  Allen,  667. 

Broadcasts  to  originate  in  State  Department,  470. 
BBC  relays,  increase,  147. 
Congressional  investigation  of,  89. 
Hungary,  campaign  against  listening  to: 
Mr.  Allen,  statement,  91. 
Exchange  of  notes,  U.  S.  and  Hungary,  145. 
Programing  by   networks,   interim  agreements  with 
broadcasting  companies,  57. 
Radio   regulations,   annexed    to   telecommunciation   con- 
vention  (1947),  signed  by  President  Truman,  47. 
Radiotelegraph  service  with  Saudi  Ai-abla,  449. 
Radius,  Walter  A.,  addresses  and  statements  on  Danube, 

free  navigation  of,  223,  288,  384. 
Rama  Rau,  Sir  Benegal,  C.I.B.,  credentials  as  (Indian) 

Ambassador  to  U.  S.,  193. 
Reciprocal  aid.    See  Lend-lease. 
Reciprocity  Information,  Committee  for: 

Trade-agreements  negotiations,  notice  of,  643. 
Trade-agreements   organization,  functions    (under  the 
act  of  1948).  502,  527,  642,  807. 
Red  Cross : 

American  aid  to  Near  East,  293,  448,  586. 
Conference,  17th  International,  201,  464. 
Red  Cross  conventions  (1929),  revision  discussed,  464. 
Refugee  Organization,  International   (IRO)  : 
Commended  by  Secretary  Marshall  in  3d  session,  Gen- 
eral Assembly,  432. 
Entitled  by  law  to  certain  privileges,  349,  353. 
Foreign  Aid  Appropriation  Act  of  1949,  statement  by 

President  Truman  on  signing,  45. 
Preparatory  Commission,  meetings,  83,  767. 
Progress  summarized,  763. 
lieports  by  Mr.  Warren,  83,  765. 
U.  S.  contribution  and  delegates  to,  237,  333. 
U.  S.  membership  in  (Public  Law  146,  80th  Cong.),  text, 
372. 
Refugees,   Intergovernmental  Committee  on,  entitled  by- 
law to  certain  privileges,  349,  353. 
Refugees  in  Palestine : 

Aid  to,  180,  237,  293.  447,  575,  615,  636,  778. 

Appeal  for  U.  S.  aid,  correspondence  between  Count 

Bernadotte  and   Secretary  Marshall,  266. 
Mr.  Austin,  letter  to  U.  N.  Secretary-General,  265. 
General  Assembly  resolution  on  aid,  636,  778. 
Mr.  Grlflis  to  direct  relief,  730. 

President  Truman  recommends  that  Congress  appropri- 
ate funds,  778. 
'Report  to  U.  N.  by  Acting  Mediator,  Mr.  Bunche,  634. 
Report  to  U.  N.  by  Count  Bernadotte,  summary,  440. 
Security  Council  proceedings,  180. 
Rehabilitation  of  cripples,  1st  inter-American  conference 

for,  U.  S.  delegation,  122. 
Relnhardt,  Frederick  G.,  designation  In  State  Department, 

503. 
Remorino,  Jer6nimo,  credentials  as  Argentine  Ambassa- 
dor to  U.  S.,  59. 
Renville  agreements.    See  Indonesian  situation. 
Reparation,   removal  of  German   plants   to   be   reviewed 
by    Industrial   Advisory    Committee   of    EGA,    joint 
statement  by  U.  S.,  U.  K.,  and  France,  584. 
Resources,  renewable  natural,  inter-American  conference 

on  conservation  of,  334. 
Riley,   RusseU  L.,  designation   In  Department  of  State, 

563. 
River   pollution,   U.    S.-Canada   Joint  Commission,  558, 

732. 
Rivers,    fiood   control.    International   Joint   Commission, 

U.  S.-Canada,  meetings  on,  49,  202,  558. 
Rivers,  freedom  of  navigation  on.    See  Danube  conference. 
Road  transport  agreements,  adhered  to  and  extended  by 

certain  European  countries,  702. 
Roosevelt,  Franklin  D.,  exchange  of  correspondence  with 
Soviet   Commissar   Lltvinov    (1933)    reprinted,   257. 
Roosevelt,  Franklin  D.,  Hospital  opens  in  Chile,  681. 


Index,  July  to  December  7948 


831 


Roosevelt,  Mrs.  Franklin  D. : 
Addresses,  statements,  etc. : 

Children's  Emergency  Fund,  U.  N.  International,  802. 
Human  rights,  457. 

Pluman  Rights  Declaration,  U.  S.  attitude,  751. 
Palestine  refugee  aid,  575. 
Appointed  U.   S.  representative  to  General  Assembly, 

330. 
Human  Rights  Commission  chairmanship,  161. 
Ross,  Irving,  murdered  in  Soviet  Zone  of  Austria,  646. 
Rotary  Club,  Brussels,  Belgium,  address  by  Mr.  Thorp, 

Ruanda-Urundi,    trust    territory    of.    See    Trusteeship 

Council.  _ 

Ruedemann,  Paul,  detained  by  Hungary,  469,   494,  737. 

Ruhr  industries,  reorganization  of  coal,  iron,  and  steel : 

OMGUS  summary  of  decisions,  708. 

Secretary  Marshall,  statement,  703. 

U.  S.  Zone  Law  (75),  text,  704. 
Rumania  : 

Peace  treaty   (1947),  violation  by  nationalization  leg- 
islation, U.  S.  note  protesting,  408. 

Recall  of  U.  S.  officers  demanded,  809. 

U.   N.   membership,  qualifications,  695,   729. 

U.  S.  diplomatic  personnel  detained,  403. 
Rural  reconstruction,  Sino-American  commission  on,  207. 

Safety  of  Life  at  Sea  Conference,  report  on,  119. 

St.  Lawrence  seaway  project,  funds  to  be  requested  from 

Congress,  810.  „  „    „    ^ 

St.  Stephen,  N.  B.,  Canada,  closing  of  tJ.  S.  Consulate, 

477. 
Saltzman,  Charles  E. : 
Address  on  U.  S.  S.  R.  in  the  international  scene,  495. 
Correspondence  with  Special  Representative  of  Provi- 
sional Government  of  Israel,  386. 
Samarin,  Mikhail  I. : 
■     Refusal  to  return  to  U.S.S.R.,  251,  408. 

Restraint  or  compulsion,  not  liable  to,  note  from  Sec- 
retary of  State  to  Soviet  Ambassador,  408. 
Statement  to  New  York  Titnes,  2.51  n. 
Sanctions,  in  Palestine  situation,  proposed,  555. 
San  Francisco,  Calif.,  Soviet  Consulate  General  to  close 

over  Kaseukina-Samarin  incident,  409. 
Sargeant,  Howland  H. : 

Address  on  helping  the  world  to  know  the  U.  S.,  672. 
Correspondence  with  Dr.  Branscomb  of  U.  S.  Advisory 
Commission  on  Educational  Exchange  re  Eastern 
European  countries,  808. 
Sarnia,  Ontario,  Canada,  closing  of  U.  S.  Consulate,  477. 
Satterthwaite,  Joseph  D.,  designation  in   State  Depart- 
ment, 154. 
Saudi  Arabia : 

Palestine   situation,  cease-fire  orders,   communication 

on,  131. 
Radiotelegraph  service  to  V.   S.  established,  text  of 
telegram   from   Secretary   Jlarshall,   449. 
Sawyer,  Dr.  Wilbur  A.,  article  on  tropical  medicine  and 

malaria  congresses,  294. 
Sayre,  Francis  B. : 
Addresses,  statements,  etc. : 

Non-self-governing  territories,  522. 
Trusteeship  Council,  15,  179. 
Scammon,  Richard  M.,  designation  in  State  Department, 

503. 
Scheele,  Dr.  Leonard  A.,  chairman  of  congresses  on  trop- 
ical medicine  and  malaria,  294. 
Schneider,  Douglas,  address  on  America's  answer  to  Com- 
munist  propaganda   program   abroad.   772. 
Schoenfeld,  Rudolf  E.,  Minister  to  Rumania,  notes  to  Ru- 
manian Foreign  Office  on  detention  of  U.   S.  diplo- 
matic personnel,  403,  404. 
Schuman,  Robert,  Berlin  crisis,  joint  communique  issued 

at  Paris  (Sept.  26),  423. 
Science,  restrained  by  Communism,  speech  by  Mr.  Allen, 

409. 
Search  and  rescne  facilities,  discussed  in  air-navigation 
conferences,  273,  276. 

832 


Securities,   Polish,   registration   requirements,   679. 
Security,  national: 
Alien  admittance  under  U.  N.,  report  of  Secretary  of 

State's  Committee,  132,  335. 
Visa  files,  refusal  of  Secretary  Marshall  to  disclose, 
235. 
Security  Council  of  TJ.  N. : 
Armaments,  Conventional,  Commission  for.     See  Arm- 
aments. 
Atomic  energy.     See  Atomic  energy. 
Berlin  crisis.     See  Berlin  crisis. 
Committee  of  Neutral  Experts  to  solve  Berlin  currency 

problems,  719,  720. 
Indonesian  situation.     See  Indonesian  situation. 
Membership  in  the  U.  N.     See  United  Nations,  Mem- 
bership. 
Military   Staff  Committee.    See  Military   Staff  Com- 
mittee. 
Palestine  situation.    See  Palestine. 
Resolutions : 
Atomic  energy  control  (June  22),  27. 
Control  of  dissidents  among  Jews  and  Arabs  (Aug. 

19),  267. 
Palestine,  armistice  (Nov.  16),  637,  660,  692. 
Palestine,  cease-fire  (July  15),  81,  114,  237,  293,  386, 

517. 
Palestine,  prolongation  of  truce  (July  7),  108. 
Palestine,  seven-nation  committee  (Nov.  4),  555,  611, 

615. 
Palestine,  truce  (Oct.  19),  .521,  552,  555. 
Palestine,  truce  implementation  ( May  29 ),  11, 293, 386. 
Palestine,  truce  supervision  (Oct.  19),  613. 
Palestine,  truce  violators  (Aug.  20),  237. 
Soviet  position  on  strategic  trusteeships  and  ERP,  132, 

133,  490,  666. 
Strategic  trust  areas,  proposal  on  relationship  of  Trus- 
teeship Council  to,  15,  132. 
Trieste.     See  Trieste,  Free  Territory  of. 
Veto.     See  Veto. 
Security  proposals  for  North  Atlantic  nations,  583,  778. 
Seoul,  Korea,  opening  of  U.  S.  Consulate,  477. 
Shipping: 

Dauuliian  conference,  23, 197,  219,  223,  283,  284,  2S8,  290, 

291,  333,  384,  616. 
Monrovia  port  opened,  58,  210. 
Turkish  Straits,  tables,  73. 
Shipping  Division,    State  Department,   abolishment  and 

transfer  of  functions,  154. 
Shortley,  Michael  J.,  article  on  crippled  and  disabled,  1st 

inter-American  conference  on  rehabilitation  of,  804. 
Siberia,    Japanese    in,    suspension    of    repatriation    by 

U.S.S.R.,  810. 
Sibley,  Harper,  chairman,  National  Citizens'  Committee 

for  U.  N.  Day,  193. 
Sik,  Andrew,  credentials  as  (Hungarian)  Minister  to  U.  S., 

193. 
Sino-American  Joint  Commission  on  Rural  Reconstruc- 
tion, established,  207,  208. 
Smith-Mundt  Act   (.see  also  Educational  exchange  pro- 
gram and  Cultural  cooperation)  : 
Address  by  Mr.  Johnstone,  739. 
Information  commission  appointed,  242. 
Smith,  Walter  Bedell    (Ambassador  to  U.S.S.R.),  state- 
ment on  Berlin  crisis,  544. 
Social-welfare  information,  exchange  program,  619. 
Society  Islands,  U.  S.  Consulate  at  Tahiti,  closing,  476. 
Sofia,  U.  S.  vice  consul   (Ewing)   accused  as  spy,  facts 

concerning,  451. 
Somaliland,  Italian,  disposition,  U.  S.  position  in  Council 

of  Foreign  Ministers,  402. 
Sorbonne,  Paris,  address  by  Mrs.  Roosevelt,  457. 
South  Pacific  Commission: 
Legislation  on,  307. 
U.  S.  Commissioners,  446. 

U.  S.  membership  in.  Public  Law  403  (80th  Cong.),  text, 
375. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Southeast  Asia  regional  air-navigation  meeting  of  ICAO, 

1st.  U.  S.  delesation,  639. 
Southern  Rhodesia : 

Tariffs  and  trade,  general  agreement  on  (1947)  : 

Protocol  of  provisional  application,  signature,  U.  S. 

proclamation,  55. 
Provisionally  effective,  642. 
South-West  Africa,  former  mandated  territory  of.     See 

Trusteesliip  Council. 
Spain  : 

Elisibility   for   international   convention   on   economic 

statistics,  576. 
U.  N.  resolution  debarring  Franco  Government  from 
memlierstiip  in  U.  N.  international  agencies,  324  n. 
Spani.sh  adopted  by  General  Assembly  as  a  working  lan- 
guage, 730. 
Sprouse,  Philip  D.,  designation  in  State  Department,  154. 
Standard  Oil  employees  and  company: 
Seizure  by  Hungary,  469,  494. 
U.  S.  Legation  note  in  protest,  736. 
State  Department: 

Election,  presidential,  duties,  587,  618. 

Foreign  .Service,  U.  S.     See  Foreign  Service. 

German  Affairs,  Interim  Ofl5ce  for,  establishment,  279, 

477. 
International  organizations  apply  for  privileges  to,  text 

of  lavr,  349,  352. 
Occupied  Area  Affairs,  Advisory  Committee,  abolished, 

811. 
Procurement  Control  Division,  abolishment  and  transfer 

of  functions,  154. 
Regulations: 

Foreign  currency  and  credit  (270.1),  530. 
Program  legislation  development   (205.1  and  205.2), 
6S2. 
Resignations : 

Armour,  Norman,  as  Assistant  Secretary,  213. 
Griswold  as  Chief  of  American  Mission  for  Aid  to 
Greece,  501. 
Shipping  Division,  abolishment  and  transfer  of  func- 
tions, 154. 
Voice  of  America  broadcasts  to  originate  in  Department, 
470. 
Steel  and  coal  industries  of  Ruhr,  reorganization,  703, 

704,  70S. 
Stinebower,  Leroy  D.,  appointment  to,  Interim  Commis- 
sion, ITO,  444. 
Strategic  minerals.    See  Natural  resources. 
Strategic  trust  areas,  agreement  on  procedures  between 

Security  Council  and  Trusteeship  Council,  15,  132. 
Stuart,  J.  Leighton,  exchange  of  notes  with  Chinese  For- 
eign Minister  on  establishment  of  rural  reconstruc- 
tion commission  for  China,  207,  208. 
Sugar  Trade  of  the  Caiihbean,  released  by  Caribbean 

Commission,  745. 
Surplus  war  property,  disposal : 
Agreements,  U.  S.  and — 
France,  52,  650. 
Iran,  211. 
Italy,  809. 
New  Zealand,  473. 
U.  K.,  473. 
Combat  materiel,  nondemilitarlzed,  transfer  of,  tables 

showing,  26,  529. 
Payment  on  accounts,  Belgium,  Czechoslovakia,  148. 
Scholarships   awarded    in    China,    Burma,    and    U.    S. 
(E^ilbright  Act),  302. 
Sutterlin,  James  S.,  article  on  opening  of  German  and 

Austrian  immigration  to  U.  S.,  735. 
Suva,  Fiji  Islands,  closing  of  U.  S.  Consulate,  715. 
Sweden : 
Ambassador  to  U.  S.  (Boheman),  credentials,  561. 
Gold  and  dollar  exchange,  loss  of,  53. 
Steel  production,  5.53. 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. : 
Foreign   Assistance  Act  of  1948,   agreement  signed 
with  U.  S.,  104. 

Index,  July  fo  December  7948 


Sweden — Continued 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. — Continued 

Trade  (1935),  with  U.  S.,  modifications  by  exchange 

of  notes,  53. 
Transport,  road,  with  other  European  countries,  ad- 
hered to  and  extended,  702. 
Switzerland : 

Transport  agreement,  road,  with  other  European  coun- 
tries, adhered  to  and  extended,  702. 
tJ.  S.  Consulate  and  Legation  at  Bern  combined,  187. 
Syria: 
International  Court  of  Justice,  proposal  for  opinion  on 

status  of  Palestine,  132. 
Palestine   situation,   cease-fire  order,  confirmation   of 

issuance,  130. 
Palestine  truce  resolution  (Oct.  19)  by  Security  Council, 

521,  552,  555. 
Refugee  aid,  575. 

Tariffs  and  trade,  general  agreement  on : 
Concessions,  151. 
Protocol   of  provisional   application,   signature,   55, 

149. 
Provisionally  effective,  642. 

Tahiti,  Society  Islands,  closing  of  U.  S.  Consulate,  476. 
Tanganyika,    trust    territory    of    (see    also    Trusteeship 
Council),  U.  S.  Consulate  at  Dar-es-Salaam,  opening, 
129,  477. 
Tariff  Commission,  U.  S.,  Trade  Agreements  Act,  relation 

to,  502,  642,  807. 
Tariffs  and  trade,  general  agreement  on  (1947)  : 

Application  to  occupied  territories,  exchanges  of  notes, 
U.   S.  with:    Greece,   Ireland,   Italy,  Turkey,   and 
U.  K.,  43,  44,  45,  104. 
Contracting  parties  to,  2d  session,  278,  445. 
Discussed  by — 
Mr.  Burns,  600. 
Mr.  Willoughby,  327. 
Blodifications,  445,  527,  807. 

Most-favored-nation  treatment,  application  to  occupied 
territories,  exchanges  of  notes,  U.  S.  with :  Greece, 
Ireland,  Italy,  Turkey,  and  U.  K.,  43, 44,  45, 104. 
New  countries  to  negotiate,  445,  642. 
Pacific  I.slands,  Territory  of  the,  trade  preference  with 

U.  S.,  446. 
Proclamations  putting  into  effect  for — 
Brazil,  149,  211. 
Ceylon,  149. 
India,  55. 
Lebanon,  149. 
New  Zealand,  149. 
Norway,  55. 
Southern  Rhodesia,  55. 
Protocol  of  provisional  application : 

Chile,  request  for  extension  of  time  for  signing,  55, 

149. 
Signature  by  Brazil,  Burma,  Ceylon,  India,  Lebanon, 
New  Zealand,  Norway,  Pakistan,  Southern  Rho- 
desia, Syria,  and  prior  signatories,  55,  149. 
Supplementary  proclamations,  55,  149,  211,  414. 
Taussig,  Charles  W.,  resolution  in  appreciation,  20. 
Taxation.     See  Double  taxation. 

Taxation  of  U.  N.  nationals  in  Italy,  postponement,  pro- 
cedure, 24. 
Technical   Commission,   Joint   Brazil-U.S.,   organization 

of,  and  list  of  U.S.  personnel,  136,  277. 
Tel  Aviv,  Israel : 

Opening  of  U.S.  Consulate,  123,  477. 
Refugees  aided  by  UNICEF,  615. 
Telecommunication   convention    (1947)    signed  by  Presi- 
dent Truman,  47. 
Telecommunication  Union,  International  (ITU)  : 
Entitled  by  law  to  certain  privileges,  349,  353. 
International  High  Frequency  Broadcasting  Conference, 

U.S.  delegation,  557. 
Legislation  on,  315. 

833 


Telecommunications : 

Discussions  of,  In  regional  air-navigation  conferences, 

272,  276. 
U.N.  system,  plans,  576. 
Termoblen,  W.  D.,  article  on  8th  World's  Poultry  Con- 
gress, 731. 
Territorial  Papers  of  the  United  States,  vol.  XIII  (La.- 

Mo.),  released,  154. 
Territory  of  the  Pacific  Islands.    See  Pacific  Islands. 
Textiles  Committee  of  ILO,  2d  session,  617. 
Theatre  Institute,  International,  1st  congress : 
Article  by  Miss  Gilder,  488. 
U.S.  observer  delegates,  48. 
Thorp,  Willard  L. : 
Addresses,  statements,  etc. :  n<Tfa 

Economic  Commission  for  Europe,  relation  to  BRP 

and  EGA,  118. 
Economic  Cooperation  Act,  tentative  drafts  of  bi- 
lateral agreements  under,  25. 
Economic  Recovery  Program  to  Rotary  Club  in  Brus- 
sels, 711. 
ERP  defended  in  General  Assembly  against  charge 

of  trade  discrimination,  666. 
Freedom  of  information  at  ECOSOC  Plenary  Session, 
378. 
Appointment  as  U.S.  representative  on  Inter-American 

Economic  and  Social  Council,  154. 
Marxist  theories  on  labor  attacked  in  ECOSOC,  238. 
Tin  Study  Group,  International : 

Agreement  proposed  at  3d  meeting,  617. 
U.S.  delegation  to  3d  meeting,  524. 
Tolstoy  Foundation,  discussed  in  Kasenkina  incident,  252, 

253,  254,  255,  256,  408. 
Torres    Bodet,    Jaime,    elected    Director    General    of 

UNESCO,  702. 
Trade: 

ERP  attaclied  as  discriminatory  in  General  Assembly 

resolution,  666. 
Far  East  and  India  Trade  Conference,  492. 
Japan,  PEC  policy  decision  on,  text,  770. 
Regulation  of,  in  Berlin.     See  Berlin  crisis. 
Turkish  Straits,  shipping  in,  tables,  73. 
U.S.  policies  defended  in  U.N.  by  Mr.  Thorp,  616. 
U.S.  policy,  article  by  Mr.  Willoughby,  325. 
U.S.  program,  address  by  Mr.  Nitze,  578. 
Trade  Agreements,  Interdepartmental  Committee  on,  502, 

642,  644,  807. 
Trade   agreements,   proclamation   rendering  certain   in- 
operative for  contracting  parties  to  general   agree- 
ment on  tariffs  and  trade,  211. 
Trade  agreements,  U.S.  and — 

Sweden  (1935),  modified  by  exchange  of  memoranda,  53. 
Turkey   (1939),  application  to  occupied  territories,  ex- 
change of  notes,  104. 
Trade  Agreements  Extension  Act  of  1948 : 
Executive  order  prescribing  procedures,  502. 
Statement  of  President  Truman  on  signing,  54. 
Trade-marks.     See  Industrial  property. 
Trade  Organization,  International  (ITO)  : 
Discussed  by: 
Mr.  Brown,  204. 
Mr.  Burns,  600. 
Secretary  Marshall,  433. 
Mr.  Nitze,  578. 
Mr.  Willoughby,  325. 
Interim  Commission,  298,  444. 
U.S.S.R.  attitude,  581,  600. 
Trade  Union  Advisory  Committee  of  the  European  Re- 
covery Program,  240. 
Trans-Arabian  Pipeline  Company,  aid  to  Near  East,  293. 
Transjordan : 

Accepts  cease-fire  order  in  Palestine  situation,  130. 
Refugee  aid,  575. 

U.N.  membership,  qualifications,  693,  729. 
Transport,  road,  agreements  adhered  to  and  extended  by 

certain  European  countries,  702. 
Transport  and  Communications,  Oflice  of,  transfer  of  cer- 
tain functions  of  Shipping  Division  to,  154. 


Travel-grant  program.    See  Cultural  cooperation. 
Treasury  Department,  control  of  enemy  assets  transferred 

to  Department  of  Justice,  472,  616. 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. : 

Aid,  supplies  from  U.  S.   (1947),  agreements  on  distri- 
bution and  use,  with  Austria,  China,  Greece,  Italy, 
99. 
Air  transport  agreement,  U.  S.  with : 
Bolivia,  signature,  470. 
Mexico,  discussed,  300. 
American  States,  conflicts  between  (1923),  593. 
American  States,  Organization  of,  established  by  charter 
signed  at  9th  international  conference  at  Bogotfi, 
594. 
Caribbean  Commission  agreement,  entry  into  force,  245. 
China  Aid  Act  of  1948,  exchange  of  notes  establishing 
Sino-American  Joint  Commission  on  Rural  Recon- 
struction in  accordance  with,  207,  208. 
Claims,  settlement,  for  American  property  nationalized 
and  other  pecuniary  claims,  with  Yugoslavia,  137, 
139. 
Claims,  settlement,  with  France  (1946),  supplemented, 

561. 
Claims  convention  with  Norway,  claims  of  Hannevlg 

and  Jones,  ratification,  646. 
Consular   convention,    with   Philippines    (1947),   proc- 
lamation, 779. 
Copyright,  with  Philippines,  562. 

Cultural  relations,  inter-American  convention  for  pro- 
motion of  (1936),  fellowships  under,  742. 
Double  taxation,  U.  S.  and — 
Belgium,  signature,  585,  680. 
Denmark,  signature  and  ratification,  680,  738. 
France    (1939),  revised,  approved  by  U.   S.  Senate, 

680. 
Greece,  discussions,  527. 
Ireland,  discussions,  714. 

Netherlands,   signature  and  ratification,  679,  738. 
New  Zealand,  ratification  pending,  680. 
Union  of  South  Africa,  ratification  pending,  680. 
Economic,   social   and   cultural   collaboration   and  col- 
lective self-defence,  between  five  Western  European 
Powers,  Consultative  Council,  communique  of  3d 
session,  583. 
Economic   Cooperation  Act  of  1948,   agreements  with 
U.  S.,  signature — 
Ireland,  37. 
Italy,  37. 
Korea,  778. 
Portugal,  470. 

Signatory  countries  listed,  104. 
U.  S.-U.  K.  zone  of  Trieste,  559. 
Educational-exchange  program,  signature  with — 
Belgium,  528,  681. 
France,  52,  650. 
Italy,  809. 

Luxembourg,  528,  681. 
New  Zealand,  473. 
U.  K.,  473. 
Farm-labor   migration   agreement   with   Mexico,   U.   S. 
violation  charged,  exchange  of  notes,  U.   S.  with 
Mexico,  562,  585. 
Ferrous  scrap,  with  U.  K.,  proposing  committee  to  al- 
locate from  ERP  countries,  text,  467. 
Friendship,  commerce  and  navigation  : 

Occupied  territories,  application  to,  exchange  of  notes 
between  U.  S.  and  Italy,  44. 
Friendship,    commerce,    and    navigation,    U.    S.    and — 
China  (1946),  ratification,  745. 
Ireland,  discussed,  526. 
Geneva  conventions    (1929),  discussed,  464. 
Genocide  convention,   approved  by   General  Assembly, 

490,  756  (text),  729. 
German  enemy  assets,  agreement  on  resolution  of  con- 
flicting claims  to,  signature  by  Luxembourg,  25. 
Hague  convention    (1907)   on  maritime  warfare,  revi- 
sion discussed,  464. 


834 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Troatics,  agreements,  etc. — Continued 

ILO    final    articles    revision    convention    (1946),    pro- 
claimed, 472. 
Inter-American   declaration  of  solidarity    (1940),  592. 
Inter-American  treaty  of  reciprocal  assistance  (1947), 

092. 
Lend-lease,  agreement  with  Liberia    (1943),  construc- 
tion of  port  at  Monrovia,  58,  210. 
Lend-lease,  settlement  of,  U.  S.  with — 
Brazil,  52. 
China,  527. 
Ciechoslovakla,  413. 
France,  52,  561. 
Netherlands,  52. 
United  Kingdom,  143. 
U.S.S.R.,  statement  by  Secretary  Marshall  on  U.  S. 

proposals  to,  51. 
Yugoslavia,  137,  139. 
Mardchal  Jojfre  claims,  U.  S.,  France,  and  Australia, 

561. 
Maritime  warfare   (1907),  revision  discussed,  464. 
Military  mission,  D.  S.  and: 
Argentina,  signature,  494. 
Brazil,  signature,  211. 
Mineralogical-geological  survey  program,  with  BrazU, 

extended,  743. 
Most-favored-natlon  treatment,  application  to  occupied 
territories,  exchange  of  notes,  U.  S.  with: 
Greece,  45. 
Ireland,  44. 
Italy,  44. 
Turkey,  104. 
U.  K.,  43. 
Motion  pictures,  joint  declaration,  U.  S.  and  France, 

text,  500. 
North  Atlantic  pact,  discussions,  583,  778. 
Peace  treaties  (1947)  : 

Bulgaria,  violations,  communications  from  D.  S.  Min- 
ister   (Heath)    to  Bulgarian  Foreign   Minister, 
447,  710. 
Italy : 
Renunciation  in  art.  23  of  African  possessions,  402. 
U.S.-U.K.  violations  charged  by  Yugo-slavia,  179. 
Rumania,  violation,  U.S.  note  protesting  408. 
Peace  treaty,  Austria  requests  negotiations,  777. 
Potato  program  agreement,  with  Canada,  744. 
Prisoners  of  war   (1929),  revision  discussed,  464. 
Provisional  commercial  agreement   (1938)   application 
of  most-favored-natlon  provisions  to  occupied  terri- 
tories, exchange  of  notes,  U.  S.  with  Greece,  45. 
Red  Cross  conventions   (1929),  revision  discussed,  464. 
Safety  of  life  at  sea    (1929),  proposed  revision,  119. 
Surplus  war  property  agreements,  U.  S.  and  — 
France  (1946),  interest  payment,  52,  650. 
Iran  (1947),  superseded,  211. 
Italy,  809. 
New  Zealand,  473. 
U.  K.,  47.3. 
Tarlff.s  and  trade,  general  agreement  on.    See  Tariffs 

and  trade. 
Trade,    reciprocal,    agreement    (1935),    with    Sweden, 
modifications  extended,  exchange  of  memoranda, 
53. 
Trade  agreement,  U.  S.  with  Turkey   (1939),  applica- 
tion to  occupied  territories,  exchange  of  notes,  104. 
Trade  agreements,  proclamation  rendering  certain  In- 
operative for  contracting  parties  to  general  agree- 
ment on  tariffs  and  trade,  211. 
Trade  Agreements  Extension  Act  of  1948 : 

Executive  order  prescribing  procedures,  502. 
Statement  by  President  Truman  on  signing,  54. 
Transport,  road,  adhered  to  and  extended  by  certain 

European  countries,  702. 
Visa  requirements,  U.  S.  with — 
Belgium,  526. 
Italy,  526. 
U.  K.,  648. 


Treaties,  agreements,  etc. — Continued 

Whaling,    International   convention   for   regulation   of 

(1946),  proclamation,  714. 
Wheat   agreement,   international,   conference  to   nego- 
tiate, 744. 
Wounded,  amelioration  of  condition  of,  in  war  (1929), 
revision  discussed,  464. 
Treaties  and  Other  International  Acts  of  the  V.  S.  (Miller, 

eil.),  vol.  VIII,  released,  214. 
Treaty  Developments,  a  loose-leaf  service  begun  by  State 

Department,  155. 
Trieste,  Free  Territory  of : 
Aid  under  1947  U.  S.  foreign-relief  program,  101. 
Trade,  most-favored-natlon  treatment  provision  of  cer- 
tain  treaties,  application   to,  43,  44,  45,   104. 
Violation  of  Italian  peace  treaty  charged  against  U.  K.- 

U.  S.  administration  by  Yugoslavia,  179. 
Yugoslav  charges  against  U.  S.-U.  K. : 
Answered  by  Mr.  Jessup,  196. 
Security    Council,   attitude,    196,    225,   237. 
Text,  233. 
Zone   of   occupation,   U.    S.-U.   K.,   adherence  to   pur- 
poses of  ECA,  559. 
Tripoli,  Libya,  opening  of  U.  S.  Consulate,  477. 
Tropical   medicine  and   malaria,   4th   international  con- 
gresses on,  article  by  Dr.  Sawyer  on  accomplishments 
of  sessions,  294. 
Truman,  Harry  S. : 
Addresses,  statements,  etc. : 
Atomic  Energy  Commission  report,  statement  on  re- 
lease of,  151. 
FAO,  4th  meeting,  700. 

Foreign  Aid  Appropriation  Act   (1949),  45. 
Israel,  establishment  of  missions  and  exchange  of 

special  representatives,  22. 
Israel,  position  on,  582. 
Palestine,  police  force  for,  237. 
Trade  Agreements  Extension  Act,  on  signing,  54, 
United  Nations,  loan  for  headquarters  building,  185, 

196,  235. 
Chief   Justice   Vinson's   projected   mission   to   Mos- 
cow, 483. 
Wheat  agreement,  185. 
WHO,  U.  S.  membership  in,  80. 
Budget,  aid  to  foreign  countries,  excerpts,  342. 
Correspondence : 
Heads  of  U.  S.  departments  and  agencies  requesting 

legislative  programs,  678. 
Italian  President  of  Council  of  Ministers  (De  Gas- 

parl),  replying  to  thanks  for  ECA,  450. 
Llberian  President   (Tubman),  on  opening  of  Mon- 
rovia port,  210. 
Cuban  President  entertained,  743,  778. 
Displaced  persons  act  of  1948,  proposed  amendments 

to,  21,  152,  185. 
Executive  orders.    See  Executive  orders. 
Messages  to  Congress : 

Calling  special  session,  18.5. 

Transmitting  National  Advisory  Council  report,  sum- 
mary, 243. 
Trusteeship : 

General  Assembly  resolutions,  637. 
Non-Self-Governing  Territories,  General  Assembly's  Spe- 
cial Committee  on  Information  on,  appointment  of 
U.  S.  representative,  180. 
U.  S.  policy  summarized  by  Secretary  Marshall  in  3d 
session.  General  Assembly,  434. 
Trusteeship  Council  of  U.  N. : 
Education,  increase  of  in  trust  territories,  urged  by  Mr. 

Sayre,  81. 
Jerusalem,  statute  of,  draft  discussed,  132,  133. 
Reports  on  trust  territories  of  New  Guinea,  Ruanda- 
Urundl,   South   West  Africa,  and  Tanganyika,  81, 
131,  179. 
Resolution  (Oct.  18)  on  notification  of  change  in  status, 

adopted,  .522. 
Resolution    (July  13)    on  visiting  mission  to  Ruanda- 
Urundi  and  Tanganyika,  131. 


Index,  July  to  December  1948 


835 


Trusteeship  Council  of  U.  N. — Continued 

Strategic  trust  areas,  relationship  between  Trusteeship 

Council  and  Security  Council,  15,  132. 
U.  S.  position  on  federations  affecting  trust  territories, 
15. 
Tuberculosis  eradication  campaign,  UNICEF  sponsoring, 

802. 
Tuna  resources,  investigation  recommended  by  U.  S.  and 

Mexico,  647. 
Turkey : 
Ambassador  to  U.S.  (Erkin),  credentials,  301. 
Combat  materiel,  transfer  by  U.  S.  to,  table  showing, 

26. 
Foreign  Aid  Appropriation  Act  of  1949,  statement  by 

President  Truman  on  signing,  45. 
Germany,  the  Soviet  Union,  and  Turkey  during  World 

War  II,  article  by  Mr.  Howard,  63. 
Greek-Turkish  aid  expenditures  estimated,  342. 
Shipping  in  the  Turkish  Straits,  tables,  73. 
Trade  agreement  (19.39)  and  general  agreement  on  trade 
(1947),  application  to  occupied  territories,  exchange 
of  notes  with  U.  S.,  104. 

Ukrainian  Soviet  Socialist  Republic : 

Berlin  blockade,  six  neutral  nations'  proposal  to  Secur- 
ity Council,  vetoed,  55.5,  616. 
Palestine,   Security  Council  subcommittee  to  consider 

sanctions,  555. 
Trieste,  Yugoslav  charges  against  U.S.-U.K.  supported 

by  Ukraine,  237. 
UNSCOB  report,  attitude,  611. 
Underdeveloped  nations.  General  Assembly  resolutions  to 

assist,  730. 
Undulant  fever,  2d  Inter-American  congress  on  brucellosis, 

461. 
Union  of  South  Africa : 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. : 
Double  taxation  with  U.  S.,  ratification  pending,  680. 
Tariffs  and  trade,  general  agreement  on,  provisionally 

effective,  642. 
Whaling,  international  convention  for  regulation  of 
(1946),  ratification,  714. 
Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics  (U.S.S.R.)  : 
Armament  reduction,  attitude,  630,  636. 
Armament  reduction  and  prohibition  of  atomic  weapons, 
introduces   resolution    in   General   Assembly,    441; 
rejection  by  U.  N.  subcommittee,  556. 
Armaments,  Commission  for  Conventional,  attitude,  180. 
Armed  forces,  U.  N.  Members'  report  on  overall  strength 

of,  attitude,  264,  636. 
Atomic  energy  control,  attitude,  14,  463,  499,  511. 
Atomic  energy  control,  sincerity  regarding,  questioned 

In  U.  N.  by  Mr.  Osborn,  490. 
Balkans,  U.  N.  Special  Committee,  refuses  seat  on,  238. 
Balkans,  U.  N.  Special  Committee  report,  attitude,  611, 

615. 
Berlin,  government  of,  attitude,  720. 
Berlin  blockade,  85,  423,  426,  427,  429,  430,  431,  463,  484, 
487,  495,  521,  541,  555,  572. 
Neutral  nations'  proposal  to  Security  Council,  vetoed, 

555,  616. 
Reference  to  Security  Council,  by  U.  S.,  U.  K.,  and 

France,  423   (text),  441,  463,  484,  490. 
Reference  to  Security  Council,  text  of  U.S.  note  to 

Secretary-General  of  U.N.,  455. 
Security   Council   President's  questionnaire   on   cur- 
rency control,  reply,  666. 
Berlin  crisis : 

Aide-mimoire  (Sept.  18),  text,  429. 
Great  Powers  urged  to  resolve,  joint  note  from  Presi- 
dent of  General  Assembly  and  Secretary-General 
of  U.N.,  655. 
Note  delivered  Sept.  25  to  Acting  Secretary  of  State 
(Lovett),  text,  426. 
Berlin  elections  (Dec.  5),  attitude,  734. 
Ceylon  membership  in  U.N.  vetoed,  238. 
Cominform  opposes  ERP,  240. 


Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics — Continued 
Consulates  General  at  New  York  and  San  Francisco  to 

close  over  Kasenklna-Samarin  incident,  409. 
Danube  navigation,  attitude,  23,  198,  219,  223,  283,  284, 

289,  290,  291,  333,  384,  616. 
Danube  navigation,  Soviet  draft  convention,  discussed, 

219,  223,  284,  288,  291,  333,  384. 
Diplomatic  relations  with  U.S.,  establishment  of,  corre- 
spondence between  Roosevelt  and  Litvinov   (1933) 

reprinted,  257. 
European  Recovery  Program,  attitude,  133,  240,  490,  666. 
Far  Eastern  Commission,  proposal  on  Japanese  industry, 

806. 
Finland,  property  transferred  from,  procedure  for  filing 

claims,  time  extended,  647. 
Germany,  the  Soviet  Union,  and  Turkey  during  World 

War  II,  article,  by  Mr.  Howard,  63. 
ILO  report  attacked  in  ECOSOC,  238. 
Italian  colonies  to  be  discussed  by  CFM,  exchange  of 

notes  between  U.S.  and  U.S.S.R.,  382. 
Japan,  U.S.  policy  criticized,  586,  645. 
Japanese  in  Siberia,  repatriation  suspended,  810. 
Jerusalem,  statute  for,  Soviet  charges  against  U.S.,  179. 
Korea : 
Electric  power,  delivery  to  South  Korea,  exchange  of 

notes  with  U.S.,  50,  147. 
Independence  and  U.N.  (Commission,  attitude,  242,  637, 

758. 
Troop  withdrawal,  attitude,  440 ;  exchange  of  notes 
with  U.S.,  456. 
Lend-lease  settlement,  statement  by  Secretary  Marshall, 

51. 
Lomakin,  Consul  General,  exequatur  revoked,  253. 
Membership  in  U.N.,  attitude,  693,  729. 
Murder  of  Irving  Ross  in  Soviet  zone  of  Austria,  646. 
Nationalism,  attitude  on,  and  strategy  in  southeast  Asia, 

410. 
Newsweek  article,  U.S.  reply  to,  protest  re,  51. 
Reduction  of  armed  forces,  proposal,  U.S.  attitude,  511. 
Scientists,  dictation  to,  speech  by  Mr.  Allen,  409. 
Teachers,  Kasenkina  and  Samarin,  refusal  to  return  to, 

251,  254,  255,  256,  408. 
Threat  to  peace,  charges  by  U.S.,  U.K.,  and  France,  441, 

484,  511 ;  texts  of  U.S.  notes  to  Soviet  Government 

and  to  U.N.  Secretary-General,  423,  455. 
Trade  Organization,  International,  attitude,  581,  600. 
Travel   restrictions  for   diplomatic   personnel,   text   of 

Soviet  notes,  525. 
Trieste,  support  of  Yugoslav  charges  against  U.S.-U.K., 

237. 
Trusteeship  Council,  16 ;  first  participation  in,  179. 
U.S.  Consulate  General  at  Leningrad,  not  to  open,  409. 
U.S.  Consulate  General  at  Vladivostok,  closed,  409,  476. 
Vasiliev,  chairman  of  Military  Staff  Committee  reports 

to  Security  Council  on  arms  report,  195. 
Veto,  use  of  in  Security  Council.  See  Veto. 
Violence  as  means  to  political  ambitions,  charged  by  Mr. 

Dulles,  607,  609. 
Vyshinsky  resolution  in  General  Assembly  on  armament 

reduction,  441. 
War,  attitude  on,  511. 
Whaling,    international   convention    for   regulation    of 

(1946),  ratification,  714. 
Wives  of  foreigners,  attitude  on  departure  from  U.S.S.R., 

798. 
World  domination,  aim,  discussed  by  Mr.  Saltzman,  499. 
United  Kingdom : 

Antarctica,  U.S.  asks  discussion,  301. 

BBC  relays  of  Voice  of  America,  147. 

Berlin  crisis.     See  Berlin  crisis. 

Combat  materiel,  transfer  by  U.S.  to,  table  showing,  529. 

Consultative  Council,  3d  session,  text  of  communique, 

583. 
German  reparations,  plant  removal  from  western  zones 

to  be  reviewed,  joint  statement,  584. 


836 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Uniteil  Kinsdoin — Continued 

Military  Staff  Committee  of  U.N.,  overall  strength  of 
U.N.    Members'    armed   forces,    chairman    reports 
stalemate,  203. 
Palestine,  Conciliation  Commission  proposed  in  draft 

resolution  (Nov.  18),  667,  689. 
Steel  production,  553. 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. : 

Caribbean  Commission  agreement,  245. 
Educational-eschange  program  with  U.S.,  signature, 

473. 
Ferrous  scrap,  witli  U.S.,  proposing  committee  to  allo- 
cate from  EltP  countries,  text,  407. 
Foreisn  Assistance  Act  of  1948,  agreement  signed  with 

U.S.,  104. 
Lend-lease    and    reciprocal-aid   accounts,    settlement, 

with  V.S.,  143. 
Tariffs  and  trade,  general  agreement  on : 
Application  to  occupied  territories,  exchange  of  notes 

with  U.S.,  43. 
Provisionally  effective,  642. 
Transport,    road,   with    certain   European   countries, 

adhered  to  and  extended,  702. 
Visa  requirements  with  U.S.,  648. 
Whalins,  international  convention  for  regulation  of 
(1046),  ratification,  714. 
U.S.  Consulate  at  Bristol,  closing,  563,  811. 
U.S.  Consulate  at  Hull,  closing,  58,  477. 
U.S.  Consulate  at  Plymouth,  closing,  477,  501. 
U.S.  Sen.  res.  2.39,  exchange  of  views  with  U.S.,  France, 

Canada,  and  Benelux  countries,  80. 
U.S.S.R.  charged  in  General  Assembly  with  threat  to 

peace,  441. 
Visa  requirements  with  U.S.,  eased,  648. 
United  Kingdom  and  Dominions  ofiicial  medical  histories 

liaison  committee,  U.S.  observer  delegation,  135. 
United  Nations  (U.  N.)  : 
Admission  of  aliens  attached  to,  report  of  Secretary  of 

State's  committee,  335. 
Armaments,  Conventional,  Commission  for.    See  Arma- 
ments. 
Arms  and  armed  forces.    See  Arms. 
Atomic  energy.    See  Atomic  energy. 
Balkans,  U.N.  Special  Committee  on.    See  Balkans. 
Berlin  crisis.     See  Berlin  crisis. 
Budget  for  1948,  U.S.  contribution  to,  115. 
Charter,  address  by  Secretary  Marshall,  400. 
Charter  review  by  General  Assembly  asked  in  Interim 

Committee  resolution,  82. 
Children's  Emergencv  Fund,  International   (UNICEF), 

45,  47,  116,  237,  374,  395,  432,  575,  615,  730,  802. 
Court.    See  International  Court  of  Justice. 
Cooperation,    methods   for   promotion   of  international 

political,  report  by  Interim  Committee,  796. 
Documents,  listed,  59.  78,  178, 195,  236,  270,  332,  401,  547, 

574,  606,  665;  747. 
Economic  and  Social  Council  of  U.N.    See  Economic  and 

Social  Council. 
Economic  cooperation  discussed  by  Mr.  Burns,  598. 
Eightieth  Congress,  2d  sess.,  and  the  U.N.,  article  by  Mr. 
Kaplan  on  legislation  re:    ILO,  ITU,  South  Pacific 
Commission,  U.N.  headquarters  loan,  WHO.  Van- 
denberg  resolution,  307,  SOS,  310,  313,  315,  317,  347. 
Entitled  by  law  to  certain  privileges  in  U.S.,  349,  3.52. 
Franco  Government  of  Spain  debarred  from  membership 

in  U.N.  agencies,  resolution,  324  n. 
General  Assembly.    See  General  Assembly. 
Guard,  U.S.  policy  on,  summarized  by  Secretary  Marshall 

in  3d  session.  General  Assembly,  434. 
Headquarters : 
Agreement,  U.S.  committee  to  study  provisions  affect- 
ing national  security,  132. 
Established,  test  of  Public  Law  357  (80th  Cong.),  355. 
Invitation  to  locate  in  U.S.,  text  of  H.  Con.  Res.  75 

(79th  Cong.),  349. 
Legislation  on  loan  for,  179,  196,  317,  355,  362. 

Index,  July  to  December  7948 


United  Nations  (U.  N.)— Continued 
Headquarters — Continued 

Loan  for,  statement  by  President  Truman,  235. 

Report  approved  by  General  Assembly,  637. 

Site  cleared,  237. 

Tax  deductions  for  contributions  to  site,  text  of  Public 

Law  7  (80th  Cong.),  354. 
U.N.  Headquarters  Advisory  Committee,  237. 
Human  Rights,  Commission  on.    See  Human  Rights. 
India  and  Pakistan,  U.N.  Commission  on,  16,  82. 
Indonesian  situation.    See  Indonesian  situation. 
Interim  Committee.     See  Interim  Committee. 
International  Law  Commission,  candidates  for,  133. 
Korea,  Temporary  Commission  on  and  Korean  situation. 

See  Korea. 
Membership  applications:  Austria,  693,  729,  754,  801; 
Bulgaria,  447,  695,  729;  Ceylon,  238,  434,  729,  763; 
Finland,  693,  729 ;  Hungary,  695,  729 ;  Ireland,  693, 
729 ;  Israel,  698,  723,  763  ;  Italy,  693,  729 ;  Mongolian 
People's  Republic,  695,  729;  Portugal,  693,  729; 
Rumania,  695,  729 ;  Transjordan,  693,  729. 
Membership  problem : 

General  Assembly  asks  Security  Council  to  reconsider 

applications,  729,  754. 
Interim  Committee  proposal,  695. 
Statements  by  Mr.  Cohen,  693,  729,  794. 
U.S.  policy  summarized  by  Secretary  Marshall  in  3d 
session,  General  Assembly,  434. 
Military  Staff  Committee.    See  Military  Staff  Committee. 
Observers   supervising   Palestine    truce.    Count   Berna- 
dotte's  instructions  to  and  organization  of  system, 
175,  438. 
Palestine  situation.    See  Palestine  situation. 
Personnel,  application  of  U.S.  immigration  laws  to,  116. 
Publications.     See  Documents  supra. 
Report,  3d  annual,  on  work  of  U.N.,  issuance,  269. 
S.  Res.  239  (U.S.,  SOth  Cong.),  seeking  more  effective  use 
of  the  U.N.,  discussed,  79,  80,  347 ;  text,  with  report, 
79,  366. 
Security  Council.    See  Security  Council. 
Specialized  agencies.    See  name  of  agency. 
Taxes  in  Italy,  postponement  of  payment  by  U.N.  na- 
tionals, 24. 
Telecomunications  system,  576. 
Trieste.    See  Trieste,  Free  Territory  of. 
Unanimity  principle  of  the  Charter,  statement  by  Mr. 

Cohen,  761. 
United  Nations  Day,  193,  262. 
Addresses  and  statements  by  : 
Mr.  Allen,  549. 
Mr.  Austin,  551. 
Secretary  Marshall,  329,  548. 
U.S.  mission  to,  administration  (Ex.  Or.  9844),  text,  365. 
U.S.  representatives'  appointment  provided.  Public  Law 

264  (79th  Cong.),  text,  364. 
U.S.  task  in  international  collaboration,  address  by  Mr. 
Kennan,  excerpts,  520. 
United  Nations  Educational,  Scientific  and  Cultural  Or- 
ganization (UNESCO)  : 
Mr.  Allen,  statement  by,  661. 
Director  General,  Jaime  Torres  Bodet  of  Mexico,  elected, 

702. 
Entitled  by  law  to  certain  privileges,  349,  353. 
General  Conference,  3d  session,  48,  278,  640. 
Hylean  Amazon,  International  Institute,  objectives,  183. 
Preparatory  Conference  of  Representatives  of  Univer- 
sities to  be  convened  by,  184. 
Theatre  congress,  1st  international,  48,  488. 
U.S.  membership  in.  Public  Law  565  (79th  Cong.),  text, 
370. 
United  Nations  Relief  and  Rehabilitation  Administration 
(UNRRA)  : 
Entitled  by  law  to  certain  privileges,  349,  352. 
Grants,  243. 

Reports  submitted  to  Congress,  245. 
Summary  of  activities,  95. 
United  Nations  Special  Committee  on  the  Balkans.     See 
Balkans. 

837 


Universities,  Preparatory  Conference  of  Kepresentatlves 
of,  to  be  convened  in  cooperation  with  the  Netherlands 
and  UNESCO,  184. 
University  of  Wyoming,  Laramie,  Wyo.,  address  by  Mr. 

Brown,  203. 
Uruguay : 
Ambassador  to  U.S.  (Domlnguez-C&mpora),  credentials, 

810. 
Cultural  leader,  visit  to  U.S.,  153. 
U.S.  Advisory  Commission  on  Educational  Exchange,  91, 
528,  560,  808. 

Vallarino,  Octavio  A.,  credentials  as  Panamanian  ambas- 
sador to  U.S.,  87. 
Vandenberg  resolution  seeking  more  effective  use  of  the 

U.N.,  79  (text),  80,  347,  368. 
Venezuela : 

Combat  materiel,  transfer  by  U.  S.  to,  table  showing,  529. 
Cultural-cooperation  fellowships  available,  742. 
U.S.  Consulate  at  La  Guaira,  closing,  476,  746. 
U.S.  military  attach^  impartial  in  military  revolt,  777. 
U.S.  petroleum  companies  deny  interference  charges,  777. 
Visiting  professor,  from  U.S.,  153. 
Venice,  Italy,  U.S.  Consulate  opened,  303,  477. 
Veto  in  Security  Council: 
Articles  and  statements: 
Mr.  Austin,  512. 
Mr.  Bechhoefer,  3. 
Mr.  Cohen,  693,  729,  761. 
Berlin  crisis,  settlement  proposal  vetoed  by  U.S.S.R., 

and  Ukraine,  555,  616. 
Ceylon  membership  in  U.N,.,  vetoed  by  Soviet  Union,  238. 
Interim  Committee,  report  by,  46,  192. 
Limitation  of  voting  proposed  by  General  Assembly  Com- 
mittee, 729. 
Membership  in  U.N.  {see  also  United  Nations),  General 
Assembly  resolutions,  729,  754. 
Vinson,  Frederick  Moore,  projected  trip  to  Moscow,  state- 
ments by  President  Truman  and  Secretary  Marshall, 
483. 
Visa  Division  of  State  Department,  employees'  testimony 
on  application  of  U.S.  immigration  laws  to  U.N.  per- 
sonnel, 116,  335. 
Visas : 

Files,  disclosure  refused  by  Secretary  Marshall,  235. 
Immigrants  from  Austria,  Italy,  and  western  Germany, 

411,  412. 
Requirements  changed,  U.S.  with — 
Belgium,  526. 
Italy,  526. 

United  Kingdom,  648. 
Requirements  for  personnel  attached  to  international 
organizations,  340. 
Vladivostok,  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics,  closing  of 

U.S.  Consulate,  409,  476. 
Voice  of  America : 

Article  by  Mr.  Allen,  567. 
BBC  relays  of,  147. 
Congressional  investigation  of,  89. 
Hungary,  campaign  against  listening  to: 
Mr.  Allen,  statement,  91. 
Exchange  of  notes,  U.S.  and  Hungary,  145. 
Programming  by   networks.   Interim   agreements   with 

broadcasting  companies,  57. 
Programs  to  originate  in  State  Department,  470. 
Voting  in  Security  Council.    See  Veto. 


War-damage  claims.    See  Property;  Protection  of  U.  S. 

nationals. 
Warren,  Fletcher,  appointed  representative  of  President 

Truman  at  Gonzalez  inaugural,  245. 
Warren,  George  L.,  reports  on  IRQ,  83,  765. 
Water,  physics  of.     See  Limnology. 
Weather  stations  in  Canadian  Arctic,  records  of  Peary  and 

Nares  expeditions  found  by  U.S.  supply  mission,  471. 
Weber,  Eugene  W.,  appointed  to  U.S.  Section  of  Interna- 
tional Joint  Commission,  U.S.-Canada,  527. 
Weights  and  measures,  9th  general  conference  of  the  inter- 
national bureau  of,  U.S.  delegates,  466. 
West  Indian  Conference,  3d  session,  299,  617. 
Western  Union.     See  European  Union. 
Whaling,  international  convention  for  regulation  of  (1946) , 

proclamation,  714. 
Wheat  agreement,  international: 
Conference  to  negotiate,  744. 
President  Truman  advocates,  185,  700. 
Wheat,   Advisory   Committee,   International,   and  Wheat 
Council,  International,  entitled  by  law  to  certain  priv- 
ileges, 349,  353. 
Wilds,  Walter,  designation  in  State  Department,  503. 
Willoughby,  Woodbury : 

Article  on  U.S.  commercial  foreign  policy,  325. 
Designation  in  State  Department,  213. 
Wool  study  group,  international,  2d  meeting  of,  443,  491. 
World  Affairs,  Institute  on.  Riverside,  Calif.,  address  on 

U.S.  information  program  by  Mr.  Schneider,  772. 
World  Health  Assembly: 
Article  by  Mr.  Hyde,  391. 

Recommendations  of  1st  meeting,  16,  82, 117,  313. 
World  Health  Organization   (WHO)  : 
Commended  by  Secretary  Marshall,  433. 
Dr.  Hyde  appointed  U.S.  representative,  559. 
Members,  listed,  393. 
U.S.  Foreign  Service  public-health  attach^,  relationship 

to  work  of,  476. 
U.S.  membership : 
Accepted  by  WHO,  16. 
Legislation  by  U.S.,  310,  (text)  373. 
President  Truman,  statement,  80. 
U.S.  membership  on  executive  board,  82. 
Wounded,  amelioration  of  condition  of,  in  war    (1929), 

treaty  discussed,  464. 
Wright,  William  D.,  Jr.,  designation  as  coordinator  of 
Philippine  rehabilitation,  213. 

Yugoslavia : 

Assets  in  U.S.  unfrozen,  137. 

Conciliators   appointed.    General   Assembly    resolution 

(Nov.  27),  696. 
Danube  navigation  conference,  Belgrade  as  site,  23. 
Dollar  bonds  recognized  as  international  obligation,  301. 
Greek  guerrillas,  aid  to,  238,  635. 
Treaties,  agreements,  etc. : 

Claims  settlement,  with  U.S.,  text,  137. 

Lend-lease  settlement,  with  U.S.,  text,  139. 
Trieste,  charges  against  U.S.-U.K. : 

Security  Council  rejects  charges,  237. 

Text  of  note  to  Security  Council,  233. 

U.S.  reply,  179,  196,  225. 
UNSCOB  charges  aid  to  Greek  guerrillas : 

Attitude  of  Yugoslavia,  608,  611. 

General  assembly  resolutions,  texts,  635,  696,  697. 
U.S.  property  nationalized,  payment  for,  413. 
Violation  of  Italian  peace  treaty  cliarged  in  Security 
Council  against  U.K.-U.S.  administration  in  Trieste, 
179. 


838 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 

a.  S.  GOVERNMENT    PRINTIBG    OFFICE;  194* 


jAe/  ^eha/}^twien{/  jC^  t/tate/ 


SIGNING    OF    THE     DISPLACED    PERSONS    ACT 

OF  1948    •     Statement  by  the  President 21 

U.S.  STEPS  TAKEN  TO  IMPLEMENT  PALESTINE 
TRUCE  RESOLUTION  •  Letter  From  Philip  C.  Jessup 
to  Secretary-General  Trygve  Lie ••         11 

VOTING  IN  THE  SECURITY  COUNCIL     •     Article  by 

Bernhard  G.  Bechhoefer       ......•••..  3 


For  complete  contents  see  back  cover 


July  4, 1948 


-»ABNT   o«> 


^,  c  ^.tuilNTENOENT  Of  UOQUMtNTS 


■■'iS^SjuS^ 


.^•»»  o. 


cy%e  ^e/io/^/men^  ^j 


o/sTtate  buliGtin 


Vol.  XIX,  No.  470    •    Publication;3207 
July  4, 1948 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Washington  26,  D.C. 

Subscription: 
52  Issues,  $S;  single  copy,  16  cents 

Published  with  the  approval  of  the 
Director  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may 
be  reprinted.  Citation  of  the  Department 
or  State  Buiietin  as  the  source  will  he 
appreciated. 


The  Department  oj  State  BULLETIIS, 
a  weekly  publication  compiled  and 
edited  in  the  Division  of  Publications, 
Office  of  Public  Affairs,  provides  the 
public  and  interested  agencies  of 
the  Government  tcith  information  on 
developments  in  the  field  of  foreign 
relations  and  on  the  work  of  the  De- 
partment of  State  and  the  Foreign 
Service.  The  BULLETIN  includes 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements  and  addresses 
made  by  the  President  and  by  the 
Secretary  of  State  and  other  officers 
of  the  Department,  as  well  as  special 
articles  on  various  phases  of  inter- 
national affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  in- 
ternational agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a 
party  and  treaties  of  general  inter- 
ruitional  interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department,  as 
well  as  legislative  material  in  the  field 
of  international  relations,  are  listed 
currently. 


Ci^>^^ 


VOTING  IN  THE  SECURITY  COUNCIL 


by  Bernhard  G.  Bechhoefer 


I.  Meaning  of  the  term  "Veto" 

The  term  ''veto"  is  not  found  in  the  Charter.  It 
n.'fers  to  the  requirement  of  unanimity  among  the 
permanent  members  of  the  Security  Council  in 
decisions  on  questions  not  pi'ocedural  in  character. 
Voting  provisions  permitting  a  veto  appear  in 
one,  and  only  one,  of  the  organs  of  the  United  Na- 
,  tions — tlie  Securitj^  Council. 

The  veto,  in  other  words,  does  not  apply  to  de- 
cisions of  any  other  organ  of  the  United  Nations : 
the  General  Assembly,  tlie  Economic  and  Social 
Council,  the  Trusteeship  Council,  or  the  Interna- 
tional Court  of  Justice.  It  does  not  apply  to  de- 
cisions of  the  numerous  subsidiary  organs  of  the 
United  Nations. 

Article  27  of  the  Charter  reads  as  follows: 

"1.  Each  member  of  the  Security  Council  shall 
have  one  vote. 

"2.  Decisions  of  the  Security  Council  on  pro- 
cedural matters  shall  be  made  by  an  affirmative 
vote  of  seven  members. 

"3.  Decisions  of  the  Security  Council  on  aU 
other  matters  shall  be  made  by  an  affirmative  vote 
of  seven  members  including  the  concurring  votes 
of  the  permanent  members;  provided  that,  in  de- 
cisions under  Chapter  VI,  and  under  paragraph  3 
of  Article  52,  a  party  to  a  dispute  shall  abstain 
from  voting." 

That  is,  under  paragraph  3  of  article  27  of  the 
Charter,  the  concurrence  of  the  United  States,  the 
I:  United  Kingdom,  the  U.S.S.K.,  France,  and 
Cliina  is  retiuired  for  nonprocedural  decisions. 
Thus,  any  of  these  states  may  veto  a  decision  of 
this  nature  by  voting  against  it. 

In  the  Security  Council  itself,  the  veto  does  not 
apply  to  every  decision.  Procedural  decisions  are 
taken  by  a  vote  of  any  seven  members.  Further- 
more, in  a  Security  Council  decision  in  connection 

July   4,    1948 


with  the  pacific  settlement  of  a  dispute,  a  member 
of  the  Security  Council  which  is  a  party  to  a  dis- 
pute is  required  to  abstain  from  voting.  Finally 
a  Security  Council  practice  has  developed  under 
which,  if  a  permanent  member  of  the  Security 
Council  abstains  from  voting  on  a  nonprocedural 
decision  of  the  Council,  such  abstention  is  not  con- 
sidered to  be  a  veto. 

At  the  same  time,  it  should  be  noted  that  non- 
procedural decisions  require  seven  votes,  two  of 
which,  obviously,  must  be  cast  by  nonpermanent 
members.  There  are  six  such  members.  Accord- 
ingly, if  as  many  as  five  of  these  vote  no  on  a  non- 
procedural decision,  they  can  exercise  a  veto  in  fact 
as  effective  as  a  veto  cast  by  a  permanent  member. 

II.  Origin  of  the  Veto 

At  the  Dumbarton  Oaks  conference  in  1944, 
whicli  originated  the  proposals  which  became  the 
basis  of  the  Charter  of  the  United  Nations,  there 
was  considerable  discussion  on  the  problem  of 
voting  in  the  Security  Council.  No  agreement 
was  reached.  The  Dumbarton  Oaks  proposals 
contained  the  following  note  on  this  subject: 

"The  question  of  voting  procedure  in  the  Se- 
curity Council  ...  is  still  under  consid- 
eration." ' 

In  December  1944,  and  January  1945,  in  order 
to  resolve  the  voting  question  undecided  at  Dum- 
barton Oaks,  the  United  States  made  certain  pro- 
posals which  were  agreed  to  at  the  Yalta  confer- 
ence in  February  1945  by  Prime  Minister  Churchill 
and  Marshal  Stalin.  They  were  then  incorporated 
into  the  Charter  of  the  United  Nations  as  article 
27.  Although  it  is  true  that  the  United  States 
offered  the  Yalta  formula,  this  proposal  was  sub- 
mitted as  a  compromise  and  the  veto,  as  provided 


'  Bulletin  of  Oct.  8,  1944,  p.  370. 


therein,  was  less  stringent  than  originally  desired 
by  the  U.S.S.R.  which  would  have  extended  even 
to  voting  by  a  permanent  member  in  a  dispute  to 
which  it  was  a  party. 

At  the  San  Francisco  conference  in  May  and 
June  1945,  which  adopted  the  Charter  of  the 
United  Nations,  the  proposed  voting  formula  was 
sharply  criticized  by  many  of  the  smaller  states. 
Such  criticisms  were  of  two  types.  In  the  first 
place,  the  smaller  states  contended  that  the  for- 
mula was  ambiguous.  They  therefore  submitted 
to  the  Great  Powers  a  questionnaire  intended  to 
clarify  the  ambiguities.  In  response  to  this  ques- 
tionaire  the  United  States,  the  U.S.S.R.,  the 
United  Kingdom,  and  China  prepared  the  so-called 
Four  Power  Statement  of  June  7, 1945,^  which  was 
a  "statement"  by  these  countries  "of  their  general 
attitude  towards  the  whole  question  of  unanimity 
of  the  permanent  members  in  the  decisions  of  the 
Security  Council".  The  United  States  believed 
that  the  Four  Power  Statement,  in  fact,  would 
clarify  the  voting  formula  and  that  as  a  result  of 
the  attitudes  expressed  in  that  statement,  the  veto 
would  not,  in  fact,  present  a  serious  problem  once 
the  Security  Council  commenced  its  operations. 
However,  as  will  be  pointed  out  subsequently,  the 
U.S.S.R.  has  interpreted  the  Four  Power  State- 
ment in  a  manner  which  has  resulted  in  seriously 
diminishing  the  effectiveness  of  the  Security 
Council. 

The  second  objection  raised  by  the  smaller  states 
to  the  Yalta  proposals  concerned  the  existence  of 
a  veto  in  connection  with  Security  Council  deci- 
sions under  chapter  VI  of  the  Charter  (pacific 
settlement  of  disputes) .  At  San  Francisco,  it  was 
conceded  by  substantially  all  states,  large  and 
small,  that  a  veto  was  essential  under  chapter  VII 
of  the  Charter.  The  following  statement  of  the 
Secretary  of  State,  in  his  report  to  the  President 
on  the  San  Francisco  conference  as  to  the  basis  of 
the  veto  was,  in  fact,  the  view  of  practically  all 
states  in  the  conference  as  well  as  the  United 
States : 

"This  war  was  won  not  by  any  one  country  but 
by  the  combined  efforts  of  the  United  Nations,  and 
particularly  by  the  brilliantly  coordinated  strat- 
egy of  the  Great  Powers.    So  striking  has  been  the 


'  For  the  statement  by  the  delegations  of  the  four  spon- 
soring goveruiueuts,  subsequently  adhered  to  by  France, 
see  Bulletin  of  June  10,  1945,  p.  1047. 

'Department  of  State  publication  2349.  p.  66.  Italics 
are  the  present  author's. 


lesson  taught  by  this  unity  that  the  people  and 
Government  of  the  United  States  have  altered 
their  conception  of  national  security.  We  under- 
stand that  in  the  world  of  today  a  unilateral  na- 
tional policy  of  security  is  as  outmoded  as  the 
Spads  of  1918  in  comparison  with  the  B-29  of  1945 
or  the  rocket  planes  of  1970.  We  know  that  for 
the  United  States — and  for  other  great  powers — 
there  can  be  no  humanly  devised  method  of  defin- 
ing precisely  the  geographic  areas  in  which  their 
security  interests  begin  or  cease  to  exist.  We 
realize,  in  short,  that  peace  is  a  world-wide  prob- 
lem and  the  maintenance  of  peace,  and  not  merely 
its  restoration,  depends  primarily  upon  the  unity 
of  the  great  powers."  ^ 

However,  a  substantial  number  of  states  felt 
that  the  veto  should  not  be  extended  to  chapter  VI 
where  the  Security  Council  was  not  using  enforce- 
ment measures  but  was  acting  rather  in  a  mediat- 
ing capacity.  Australia  proposed  an  amendment 
to  the  voting  formula  which  would  have  elimi- 
nated the  veto  under  chapter  VI.  Despite  the  op- 
position of  all  the  gi'eat  powers,  the  Australian 
amendment  received  10  affirmative  votes — Aus- 
tralia, Brazil,  Chile,  Colombia,  Cuba,  Iran,  Mexico, 
the  Netherlands,  New  Zeland,  and  Panama,  mak- 
ing it  apparent  that  even  at  San  Francisco  there 
was  strong  opposition  to  the  veto  under  chapter  VI. 
However,  it  must  be  emphasized  that  there  was  no 
support  at  San  Francisco  for  the  elimination  or 
restriction  of  the  veto  under  chapter  VII  of  the 
Charter. 

In  the  Four  Power  Statement  of  June  7,  1945, 
the  United  States,  the  U.S.S.R.,  the  United  King- 
dom, and  China  stated  (part  1,  jjaragraph  8) : 

"In  other  words,  it  would  be  possible  for  five 
non-permanent  members  as  a  group  to  exercise  a 
'veto'.  It  is  not  to  be  assumed,  however,  that  the 
permanent  members,  any  more  than  the  non-per- 
manent members,  would  use  their  'veto'  power  wil- 
fully to  obstruct  the  operation  of  the  Council." 

It  thus  was  understood  that  the  veto  would  be 
used  sparingly  and  only  in  connection  with  the 
most  important  of  issues.  Unfortunately,  this  ex- 
pectation has  not  come  to  pass. 

III.  Experience  of  the  Veto  in  tlie  Security  Council 

The  veto  has  been  used  in  the  Security  Council 
on  at  least  24  occasions  (as  of  June  25,  1948),  at 
least  23  times  by  the  U.S.S.R.,  with  France  join- 
ing with  the  U.S.S.R.  in  connection  with  one  of    * 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


tlie  vetoes,  and  once  by  France  alone.  In  comput- 
ing the  number  of  votes,  a  negative  vote  of  a  per- 
manent member  is  deemed  a  veto  only  -when  the 
resolution  receives  at  least  seven  aflirmative  votes 
and  fails  solely  because  of  such  negative  vote. 
Furthermore  each  of  the  so-called  "double  vetoes" 
is  counted  as  one  rather  than  as  two  vetoes.  Eleven 
of  these  vetoes  have  been  in  connection  with  ap- 
plications of  states  for  membership  in  the  United 
Nations.  At  least  nine  have  been  in  connection 
with  decisions  relating  to  pacific  settlements  of 
disputes  (chapter  VI)  and  four,  including  the 
French  veto,  have  been  taken  under  chapter  VII. 
The  significance  of  the  vetoes  lies  less  in  their 
number  than  in  their  nature. 

In  connection  with  most  of  the  U.S.S.R.  vetoes 
on  membership  applications,  the  U.S.S.R.  did  not 
even  claim  that  the  states  lacked  the  qualifications 
of  membership  as  set  forth  in  article  4  of  the  Char- 
ter, but  based  its  opposition  on  purely  political 
grounds. 

In  connection  with  three  of  the  vetoes  dealing 
with  pacific  settlement  of  disputes  (two  in  the 
Spanish  case  and  one  in  the  Syria-Lebanon  case) , 
the  U.S.S.R.  actually  agreed  with  the  proposed 
Security  Council  action  as  far  as  it  went  but  vetoed 
the  proposals  because  the  U.S.S.R.  felt  that  they 
should  go  farther. 

Three  of  the  vetoes  were  exercised  in  decisions 
as  to  whether  a  question  required  only  a  procedural 
vote,*  thus  broadening  the  scope  of  the  veto  in  the 
Security  Council  to  include  decisions  which  the 
majority  of  the  Security  Council  considered  pro- 
cedural and  not  subject  to  the  veto.  In  this  con- 
nection, the  U.S.S.R.  has  attempted,  by  its  inter- 
pretation of  certain  language  in  the  Four  Power 
Statement,  to  make  virtually  any  decisions  of  the 
Security  Council  subject  to  the  veto  despite  the 
express  language  of  article  27,  paragraph  2. 

It  should  be  noted  that  none  of  these  abuses  of 
the  veto  relate  to  chapter  VII  of  the  Charter. 
They  concern  (a)  applications  for  membership 
under  chapter  II,  article  4,  (b)  chapter  VI  of  the 
Charter,  and  (c)  the  method  of  determining 
whether  the  voting  procedure  permitting  a 
veto  is  applicable  to  a  given  decision.  The  ex- 
istence of  a  veto  under  chapter  VII  has  not  to  date 
materially  interfered  with  the  functioning  of  the 
Security  Council.  However,  the  abuse  of  the  veto 
in  membership  matters  and  under  chapter  VI  has 
been  serious. 

July  4,   1948 


IV.  Basic  Differences  Between  Veto  Under 
Chapter  VI  and  Chapter  VII 

It  may  be  asked  why  the  United  States  is  pre- 
pared to  give  up  the  veto  under  chapter  VI  and 
not  under  chapter  VII.  There  are  a  number  of 
answers :  First,  as  set  forth  above,  the  veto  under 
chapter  VI  has  proved  to  be  harmful  to  the  Secu- 
rity Council,  but  such  has  not  so  far  been  the  case 
in  connection  with  chapter  Vil.  Second,  there  is 
great  support  in  the  United  Nations  for  the  elimi- 
nation or  the  restriction  of  the  veto  under  chapter 
VI,  and  also  in  membership  matters,  but  very  little 
support  for  changes  in  voting  under  chapter  VII. 

Likewise,  there  was  substantial  sentiment  at 
the  San  Francisco  conference  for  elimination  of 
the  veto  under  chapter  VI.  Since  San  Fran- 
cisco, there  have  been  three  extensive  discussions 
in  the  United  Nations  on  the  problem  of  the  veto. 
The  first  two  of  these  took  place  in  the  second 
part  of  the  first  session  and  the  second  session 
of  the  General  Assembly.  The  third  discussion  is 
now  in  progress  before  the  Interim  Committee  of 
the  General  Assembly.^  It  is  a  noteworthy  fact 
that  no  proposals  have  been  made  in  any  of  these 
discussions  which  would  have  the  effect  of  elimi- 
nating the  veto  in  connection  with  enforcement 
measures — that  is,  sanctions,  military  or  nonmili- 
tary,  under  chapter  VII  of  the  Charter.  A  few 
proposals  have  been  made  which  affect  compara- 
tively minor  phases  of  the  veto  in  connection  with 
certain  chapter  VII  decisions,  but  these  proposals 
have  developed  no  substantial  support.  During 
the  thorough  discussions  of  all  phases  of  the  veto 


*Part  II  of  the  Four  Power  Statement  at  San  Fran- 
cisco reads : 

"In  the  light  of  the  coni3ideratIons  set  forth  in  part  1 
of  this  statement  it  is  clear  what  the  answers  to  the  ques- 
tions submitted  by  the  subcommittee  should  be,  with  the 
exception  of  question  19.  The  answer  to  that  question  is 
as  follows : 

1.  In  the  opinion  of  the  delegations  of  the  sponsoring 
governments,  the  draft  Charter  itself  contains  an  indica- 
tion of  the  application  of  the  voting  procedures  to  the 
various  functions  of  the  Council. 

2.  In  this  case,  it  will  be  unlikely  that  there  will  arise 
in  the  future  any  matters  of  great  importance  on  which  a 
decision  will  have  to  be  made  as  to  whether  a  procedural 
vote  would  apply.  Should,  however,  such  a  matter  arise, 
the  decision  regarding  the  preliminary  question  as  to 
whether  or  not  such  a  matter  is  procedural  must  be  taken 
by  a  vote  of  seven  members  of  the  Security  Council,  in- 
cluding the  concurring  votes  of  the  permanent  members." 

°  For  a  discussion  of  this  Committee  see  Documents  and 
State  Papers  of  June  1948,  p.  159. 


problem  that  have  recently  taken  place  in  a  work- 
ing group  of  a  subcommittee  of  the  Interim  Com- 
mittee, consisting  of  representatives  of  10  states, 
including  the  most  violent  critics  of  the  veto,  it  was 
almost  unanimously  agreed  that  there  should  be 
no  change  in  the  voting  procedure  in  comiection 
with  chapter  VII. 

The  third  and  most  important  reason  for  dif- 
ferentiating between  the  veto  under  chapter  VI 
and  under  chapter  VII  is  based  upon  principle.  It 
is  because  of  this  distinction  in  principle  that,  as 
outlined  above,  great  support  has  developed  in  the 
United  Nations  for  elimination  of  the  veto  under 
chapter  VI,  and  no  substantial  support  has  de- 
veloped for  its  elimination  or  modification  under 
chapter  VII.  The  distinction  in  principle  was 
clearly  expressed  to  the  First  Conmiittee  of  the 
General  Assembly  on  November  18,  1947,  by  John 
Foster  Dulles  as  representative  of  the  United 
States : 

"Let  us  now  look  at  the  Charter,  to  see  the  area 
within  which  Security  Council  decisions,  as  a  mat- 
ter of  principle,  ought  not  to  be  taken  except  witli 
a  large  degi-ee  of  unanimity.  Broadly  speaking,  it 
would  seem  that  Security  Council  action  under 
chapter  VII,  action  with  respect  to  threats  to  the 
peace,  breaches  of  the  peace  and  acts  of  aggres- 
sion, should,  as  a  matter  of  principle,  be  subject  to 
stringent  voting  requirements.  The  power  of  ac- 
tion is  so  vast,  so  unrelated  to  any  defined  law,  so 
subject  to  considerations  of  national  policy  and 
expediency,  as  to  create  a  danger  of  despotism 
unless  there  is  such  unanimity  that  the  action  can 
fairly  be  said  to  reflect  the  judgment  of  the  over- 
whelming majority  of  the  world  community.  The 
present  voting  procedure  is  calculated  to  assure 
that,  and  is  thus  a  protection  of  a  minority  against 
possible  arbitrary  majorities. 

"The  situation  is  different  as  regards  chapter 
VI,  dealing  with  the  pacific  settlement  of  disputes. 
There,  in  the  main.  Security  Council  action  is  not 
so  much  substantive  as  procedural,  using  the  word 
'procedural'  in  a  liberal  sense.  Within  this  chap- 
ter there  lurks  little  risk  of  despotism.  The  Secu- 
rity Council  may  call  upon  the  parties  to  a  dispute 
to  settle  it  by  pacific  means  of  their  own  choice, 
under  article  33.  The  Security  Council  may  in- 
vestigate the  facts  of  any  dispute,  under  article  34. 
It  may  recommend  measures  of  adjustment,  taking 
into  account  the  fact  that  legal  disputes  should,  as 

'  Bulletin  of  Mar.  28,  19-18,  p.  412. 


a  general  rule,  be  referred  by  the  parties  to  the  In- 
ternational Court  of  Justice,  as  provided  under 
article  36.  The  Security  Council  may,  if  all  the 
pai'ties  so  request,  make  I'ecommendations  with  a 
view  to  the  pacific  settlement  of  a  dispute,  under 
article  38. 

"It  would  not  seem  that,  as  a  matter  of  prin- 
ciple, stringent  voting  procedure  should  be  re- 
quired as  a  condition  to  the  Security  Council's  act- 
ing on  such  matters.  There  is  perhaps  one  provi- 
sion of  chapter  VI  as  to  which  special  voting  pro- 
cedure could  reasonably  be  urged.  That  is  the 
provision  of  article  37,  paragraph  2,  which  au- 
thorizes the  Security  Council,  irrespective  of  the 
consent  of  the  parties,  to  recommend  such  terms  of 
settlement  as  it  may  consider  appropriate.  This 
provision  is  much  like  the  provision  in  article  39 
of  chapter  VII,  requiring  the  Security  Council  to 
make  recommendations  with  a  view  to  maintain- 
ing international  peace  and  security. 

"Should  these  two  powers  of  recommendation 
be  subjected  to  identical  voting  procedure,  and  if 
so,  what  voting  procedure?  Should  a  distinction 
be  made  between  chapter  VI  and  chapter  VII  i'ec- 
ommendations? This  point  and  others  which 
could  be  mentioned  illustrate  the  complexity  of 
the  problem.  In  the  main,  however,  it  seems  that 
reasons  of  principle  do  not  require  special  voting 
procedures  in  the  case  of  chapter  VI  action,  or  as 
i-egards  organizational  matters,  including  the  elec- 
tion of  new  members." 

V.  The  United  States  Proposals 

The  United  States  on  March  19, 1948,  submitted 
to  the  Interim  Committee  certain  proposals  con- 
cerning the  veto.*  During  the  technical  discus- 
sions in  the  Interim  Committee  and  its  subcom- 
mittees, the  United  States  has  modified  and  some- 
what expanded  certain  details  of  its  proposals,  but 
the  most  important  features  remain  unchanged. 

These  proposals  would  result  in  the  elimination 
of  the  veto  in  connection  with  applications  for 
membership  in  the  United  Nations,  and  in  connec- 
tion with  decisions  under  chapter  VI  of  the  Char- 
ter. They  would  further  result  in  complete  clari- 
fication of  just  where  the  veto  was  applicable  and 
where  it  was  not  applicable  in  connection  with 
many  miscellaneous  decisions  of  the  Security 
Coimcil,  and  would  make  it  impossible  for  any 
state  to  enlarge  the  scope  of  the  veto  by  claiming 
that  a  procedural  matter  is  in  fact  substantive  and 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


using  the  veto  to  enforce  that  claim.  The  United 
States  proposals,  however,  would  not  in  any  way 
affect  the  veto  under  chapter  VII  or  under  deci- 
sions in  certain  other  sections  of  the  Charter  which 
are  analogous  to  chapter  VII  decisions. 

The  United  States  has  proposed  two  steps  to 
implement  these  changes:  first,  that  tlie  General 
Assembly  adopt  a  resolution  recommending  the 
change;  and,  second,  requesting  that  the  perma- 
nent members  of  the  Security  Council  agree  on  the 
changes.  If  the  General  Assembly  makes  these 
recommendations,  what  are  the  prospects  that  such 
agreement  will  be  obtained? 

Before  attenqjting  to  answer  that  question  it 
should  be  noted  that  very  little  progress  can  be 
made  without  such  agreement.  It  is  not  possible 
to  amend  the  Charter  without  the  consent  of  all 
of  the  permanent  members  of  the  Security  Council 
(articles  108  and  109). 

Most  of  the  changes  which  the  United  States  is 
advocating  are  in  reality  interpretations  or  clari- 
fications rather  than  alterations  of  Charter  pro- 
visions, and  therefore  can  be  achieved  without 
formally  amending  the  Charter.  It  should  be 
noted  however  that  certain  of  the  most  important 
of  the  United  States  proposals,  including  those  re- 
lating to  applications  for  membership  and  at  least 
one  proposal  relating  to  the  veto  under  cha])ter  VI. 
may  in  fact  require  a  Charter  amendment. 
Whether  with  or  without  Charter  amendment, 
only  limited  progress  can  be  made  without  agree- 
ment among  the  permanent  members. 

Eegardless  of  whether  a  Charter  amendment  is 
required,  the  first  and  most  important  task  is  to 
attempt  to  secure  agreement  among  the  permanent 
members  and  one  of  the  primary  purposes  of  the 
United  States  has  been  to  build  the  firmest  possible 
foundation  for  such  an  agreement.  We  believe 
that  the  best  possibility  of  securing  agreement  of 
the  U.S.S.R.  to  a  liberalization  of  voting  procedure 
is  through  first  securing  overwhelming  support 
among  the  remaining  membei's  of  the  United  Na- 
tions for  any  suggested  changes.  Past  discussions 
in  the  United  Nations  of  the  veto  problem  have  dis- 
closed no  such  agreement. 

In  the  first  place  a  considerable  number  of  states 
objected  to  the  veto  because  it  was  the  privilege  of 
only  five  states.  They  preferred  the  League  of 
Nations  situation  where  the  Council  must  act 
unanimously — in  other  words,  where  all  states 
possessed  a  veto. 

Second,  a  substantial  number  of  small  states 


considered  the  veto  as  a  protection  to  them  even 
though  they  did  not  possess  it.  These  states  felt 
that  their  relations  to  one  or  more  of  the  permanent 
members  were  so  close  that  their  interests  were  sure 
to  be  protected. 

Third,  a  number  of  states,  particularly  those  in 
close  geographic  proximity  to  the  U.S.S.R.,  feel 
strongly  that  no  important  action  should  be  taken 
in  the  United  Nations  without  agreement  among 
all  the  permanent  members  and,  therefore,  support 
the  veto  in  its  entirety. 

Finally,  even  among  the  strongest  critics  of  the 
veto,  there  has  been  a  great  difference  of  opinion 
as  to  a  substitute  voting  formula  in  case  of  its 
elimination. 

With  this  complete  absence  of  agreement  among 
critics  of  the  veto,  it  is  small  wonder  that  the 
U.  S.  S.  R.  has  up  to  this  time  refused  to  consider 
seriously  proposals  for  its  modification. 

The  great  purpose  that  is  being  served  by  the 
current  discussions  in  the  Interim  Committee  is  to 
clarify  the  problems.  As  a  result  today  the  differ- 
ences of  viewpoint  concerning  the  veto  are  much 
less  than  formerly. 

There  is  almost  unanimous  agreement  that  the 
veto  should  be  eliminated  in  connection  with  ap- 
plications for  membership  and,  likewise,  that  the 
various  ambiguities  in  the  voting  formula  should 
be  clarified.  There  is  strong  support  for  relaxing 
the  veto  under  chapter  VI  to  the  extent  that  this 
can  be  accomplished  without  amending  the  Char- 
ter. It  seems  probable  that  the  veto  can  in  fact  be 
eliminated  in  connection  with  the  vast  majority  of 
decisions  under  chapter  VI  through  interpretation 
agreed  to  by  the  permanent  members  and  without 
Charter  amendment.  Such  a  development  would 
correspond  to  the  approach  which  led  to  the 
growth,  through  interpretation,  and  use,  of  the 
United  States  Constitution. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  United  States  is  the  only 
permanent  member  of  the  Security  Council  that 
has  expressed  its  willingness  at  this  time  to  advo- 
cate an  amendment  to  the  Charter  to  eliminate  the 
veto  under  chapter  VI.  Although  the  United 
States  may  be  supported  in  such  a  move  by  the 
majority  of  the  smaller  states,  there  is  no  substan- 
tial support  by  any  states— large  or  small— for 
changes  under  chapter  VII. 

It  is  believed,  therefore,  that  the  General  As- 
sembly will  be  in  a  position  to  make  recommenda- 
tions along  the  general  lines  of  United  States  pro- 


July  4,   1948 


posals  that  will  have  overwhelming  support.  Such 
recommendations,  it  is  hoped,  will  result  in  agree- 
ment among  all  the  permanent  members  to  carry 
them  into  effect  through  establishment  of  rules, 
procedures,  and  practices,  and  where  necessary 
through  amendment  of  the  Charter.  The  General 
Assembly  is  entitled  to  recommend  Charter  amend- 
ments which  can  come  into  effect  through  ratifica- 
tion pursuant  to  ai'ticle  108  of  the  Charter  without 
any  general  conference  to  review  the  Charter. 

A  general  conference  under  article  109  would, 
from  the  practical  standpoint  of  international  ne- 
gotiation, be  premature  until  the  overwhelming 
majority  of  the  members  of  the  United  Nations 
have  agreed  upon  Charter  changes  and  until  ef- 
forts have  been  exhausted  to  secure  the  agreement 
of  all  of  the  permanent  members  of  the  Security 
Council  to  such  changes.  Such  general  conference 
is  inherently  a  consummating  or  last  step,  not  the 
first  step.  For  the  present,  therefore,  we  believe 
that  the  United  States  proposals  in  the  Interim 
Committee  and  General  Assembly  furnish  the  best 
opportunity  for  improving  the  functioning  of  the 
Security  Council.  It  should  be  borne  in  mind,  in 
this  regard,  that  in  the  Security  Council  itself  at- 
tention is  being  given  to  such  improvements, 
though  the  most  thoroughgoing  effort  is  being 
made  by  the  Assembly  and  its  Interim  Committee. 

This  article  has  mainly  stressed  the  practical 
question  of  just  what  changes  in  the  veto  furnish 
a  real  promise  of  improvement.  There  is  another 
and  even  more  important  side  of  the  problem :  the 
security  of  the  United  States.  It  is  recognized 
that  we  cannot  base  our  national  policy  solely  on 
our  own  independent  action.    However,  at  the  same 


'  Bulletin  of  May  16,  1948,  p.  625.  See  also  Strengthen- 
ing the  United  Nations,  Department  of  State  publication 
3159. 


time,  we  cannot  place  our  vast  resources  of  man- 
power, skill,  and  materials  at  the  disposal  of  any 
numerical  majority  of  the  nations  of  the  world 
without  our  consent.  The  veto  under  chapter  VII 
was  our  protection  and  is  certainly  no  less  neces- 
sary in  the  conditions  of  today  than  in  those  pre- 
vailing two  years  ago. 

VI.  Conclusion 

It  is  not  enough  to  consider  this  problem  solely 
from  a  standjjoint  of  procedures  of  United  Nations 
and  voting  teclmiques.  The  uses  made  of  the  veto 
are  merely  a  symptom  of  the  underlying  disagree- 
ments among  the  great  powers  of  the  world.  This 
was  expressed  by  the  Secretary  of  State  in  his 
situation  statement  before  the  House  Foreign  Af- 
fairs Committee  on  May  5. 

"The  problems  today  presented  to  those  who 
desire  peace  are  not  questions  of  structure.  Nor 
are  they  problems  solvable  merely  by  new  forms 
of  organization.  They  require  performance  of 
obligations  already  imdertaken,  fidelity  to  pledges 
already  given.  Basic  human  frailties  cannot  be 
overcome  by  Charter  provisions  alone,  for  they 
exist  in  the  behavior  of  men  and  governments. 

"It  is  not  changes  in  the  fo?'77i  of  international 
intercourse  which  we  now  require.  It  is  to  changes 
of  substance  that  we  must  look  for  an  improvement 
of  the  world  situation.  And  it  is  to  those  changes 
of  substance  that  our  policy  has  been  directed. 
Wlien  the  substance  of  the  world  situation  im- 
proves, the  United  Nations  will  be  able  to  function 
with  full  effectiveness.  Meanwhile  we  will  con- 
tinue our  efforts  in  cooperation  with  other  govern- 
ments to  improve  the  working  of  the  United 
Nations  under  the  Charter."  ' 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS  AND  SPECIALIZED  AGENCIES 


Progress  in  Indonesia 


BY  H.   MERRELL  BENNINGHOFF  > 
Deputy  Director  for  Far  Eastern  AKairs 


As  Americans  you  should  be  particularly  inter- 
ested in  the  Indonesian  problem  because  you  have 
a  special  representative  contributing  to  its  solu- 
tion on  the  spot  at  this  moment.  His  name  is  Coert 
duBois  and  lie  is  the  United  States  Representative 
on  a  three-power  United  Nations  Good  Offices 
Committee  which  is  assisting  the  Dutch  and  the 
Indonesians  in  their  eflforts  to  negotiate  a  peace- 
ful, mutually  satisfactory  settlement  of  their 
differences. 

Wliat  differences  separate  the  Dutch  and  the 
Indonesians?  I  suppose  the  easiest  way  to  tell 
j"ou  is  to  recount  briefly  the  events  which  have  led 
to  the  present  negotiations  in  Java.  For  300  years 
Indonesia  has  been  a  Dutch  colony.  Both  the 
Dutch  and  Indonesian  people  derived  great  ben- 
efit from  this  relationship.  Nonetheless  the  Indo- 
nesian people,  liite  people  elsewhere  in  the  world, 
have  expressed  during  the  last  generation  their 
desire  for  independence.  The  Dutch,  who  have 
demonstrated  throughout  the  centuries  their  re- 
spect for  freedom  and  independence,  have  an- 
nounced on  several  occasions,  notably  in  1942,  and 
again  this  year,  their  desire  to  give  the  Indonesian 
people  the  democratic  self-government  they 
wished.  The  development  of  plans  to  work  out 
Indonesian  self-government  was  tragically  inter- 
rupted by  the  Japanese  invasion  of  the  Indonesian 
arcliipelago  early  in  1942.  When  the  Japanese 
surrendered,  an  Indonesian  Republic  was  pro- 
claimed wliich  declared  complete  independence 
and  sovereignty.  The  Dutch,  emerging  from  Nazi 
occupation,  regarded  their  sovereignty  over  Indo- 
nesia as  unimpaired.  So  did  the  United  States  and 
other  nations.  The  Dutch  naturally  regarded  the 
Indonesian  Republic  as  an  experiment  in  reliellion. 
We  must  remember  that  many  thousand  Dutch- 
men regarded  Indonesia  as  their  home  and  had 
over  some  300  years  built  for  themselves  a  large 
stake  in  the  area.  Dutch  attempts  to  restore  their 
control  over  the  archipelago  were  resisted  by  force 
in  the  Ishmds  of  Java,  Sumatra,  and  Madura. 

July  4,    1948 


The  other  parts  of  the  Indonesian  archipelago  ac- 
cepted Dutch  administration  and  are  not  subject 
to  the  disi^ute.  During  1946  and  early  1947  the 
Dutch  and  the  Indonesians  made  many  attempts 
to  resolve  the  essential  conflict  between  their  posi- 
tions by  direct  negotiations — part  of  the  time,  with 
the  assistance  of  a  neutral  third  party.  These  at- 
tempts which  continued  against  a  background  of 
sporadic  warfare  culminated  in  an  agreement 
signed  at  a  Javanese  town  called  Linggajati.  In 
spite  of  the  acceptance  of  the  Linggajati  agree- 
ment, relations  between  the  Dutch  and  Indone- 
sians deteriorated  steadily,  each  charging  the  other 
with  violations.  In  July  of  1947,  the  Netherlands 
embarked  on  what  it  called  police  action  designed 
to  restore  peace  and  order  in  Java,  Sumatra,  and 
Madura.  Tlie  Indonesian  Republic  regarded  this 
as  an  attempt  to  destroy  it  by  force  and  offered 
armed  resistance.  Large-scale  fighting  broke  out 
which  resulted  in  the  deaths  of  many  Dutch  and 
Indonesian  nationals  and  much  destruction  of 
property. 

At  this  moment  this  situation  was  brought  be- 
fore the  United  Nations  Security  Council.^  In 
August  the  Council  ordered  both  parties  to  cease 
fire.  This  order  was  not  observed.  At  length, 
as  a  final  effort,  the  Security  Council  sent  a  Com- 
mittee of  Good  Offices  directly  to  the  scene  of  the 
struggle  to  bring  about  a  truce  and  if  possible  to 
assist  the  Netherlands  and  the  Indonesian  Repub- 
lic in  finding  a  basis  for  a  final  settlement  of  the 
differences  which  separated  them.  The  Commit- 
tee of  Good  Offices  was  made  up  of  three  members. 
The  Netherlands  chose  Belgium  as  its  Representa- 
tive, the  Indonesian  Republic  chose  Austra.lia,  and 
Australia  and  Belgium  chose  the  United  States  as 
the  third  member. 


'  Address  delivered  over  the  Columbia  Broadcasting  Sys- 
tem on  June  26,  1948,  and  released  to  the  press  on  the 
same  date. 

'  For  an  article  on  the  work  of  the  committee  and  docu- 
ments relating  to  the  dispute  see  Bulletin  of  Mar.  14, 
194S,  p.  323,  which  is  also  published  as  Department  of 
State  publication  3108. 


THE   UN/TED   NATIONS   AND   SPECIALIZED    AGENCIES 

At  the  request  of  the  Committee  of  Good  Offices, 
the  United  States  pit)vided  the  naval  transport 
U.S.S.  Renville  as  a  neutral  place  where  the 
negotiations  between  the  Dutch  and  the  Indonesian 
Eepresentatives  might  proceed. 

After  weeks  of  difficult  negotiation  aboard  the 
Renville,  anchored  off  the  coast  of  Java,  a  plan 
was  worked  out  which  both  the  Netherlands  and 
Indonesian  Eepublic  voluntarily  accepted. 
Speaking  generally,  this  plan  had  two  pai'ts :  first, 
a  truce — the  first  successful  truce  in  tlie  struggle 
and  one  which  is  still  observed  by  both  sides.  The 
first  objective  of  the  United  Nations — and  of  the 
United  States  Government — was  thus  met.  Sec- 
ondly, a  brief,  simple  statement  of  principles, 
known  as  the  Renville  agreements,  which  are  to 
form  an  agreed  basis  for  negotiating  a  final  politi- 
cal settlement  of  the  differences  which  have 
separated  the  Netherlands  and  the  Indonesian 
Republic.  Since  the  acceptance  of  these  prin- 
ciples in  January  of  this  year  on  board  the  U.S.S. 
Renville,  the  Netherlands  and  the  Indonesian 
Republicans  have  been  negotiating  before  the 
Security  Coixncil's  Good  Offices  Committee  to 
achieve  the  final  political  agi-eement  outlined  in 
those  principles. 

I  have  just  referred  to  the  differences  which 
separated  the  Netherlands  and  the  Indonesian 
Republic.  Fortunately,  the  diffei'ences  are  those 
of  means  and  not  of  ends.  The  Government  of  the 
Netherlands  has  announced  to  the  world  its  desire 
to  give  the  Indonesian  people  the  privileges  and 
responsibilities  of  self-government.  The  Indo- 
nesian people  have,  during  the  past  three  years, 
demonstrated  their  determination  to  secure  self- 
government.  Both  the  Netherlands  and  the  Indo- 
nesian Republic,  in  accepting  the  Renville 
agreements,  have  agreed  to  the  grand  design  which 
shall  embody  the  purposes  of  these  two  great 
peoples.  All  that  remains  is  to  negotiate  the  de- 
tails of  that  design.  As  all  of  you  know,  it  is  easier 
to  draw  a  picture  of  a  house  than  to  make  a  detailed 
blueprint  which  the  builders  can  use.  The  Good 
Offices  Committee  has  found  it  tough  going  in  late 
months  to  assist  the  Netherlands  and  the  Indo- 
nesians in  continuing  wholeheartedly  to  complete 
their  blueprint  and  begin  the  building  of  their  new 
house  without  disagreeing  at  the  beginning  of  each 
day's  work  on  where  each  window  will  go  when 
construction  begins. 

Just  what  do  the  Renville  agreements  provide? 
These  agreements  affirm  Netherlands  sovereignty 
in  Indonesia  for  a  brief  interim  period  during 
which  preparations  for  an  independent  govern- 
ment in  Indonesia  can  be  undertaken  through 
the  cooperation  of  the  Dutch  and  Indonesian 
people.  After  this  interim  period,  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  Netherlands  undertakes  to  transfer 
full  sovereignty  to  a  new  nation  which  shall  be 
called  the  United  States  of  Indonesia.    It  is  to  be 

10 


composed  of  a  number  of  states,  comprising  the 
entire  archipelago,  of  which  one  is  to  be  the  Re- 
public of  Indonesia.  The  boundaries  of  the  states 
which  are  to  make  up  this  United  States  of  Indo- 
nesia are  to  be  determined  through  democratic 
procedures.  After  the  United  States  of  Indo- 
nesia has  a  constitution,  to  be  written  by  the  demo- 
cratically elected  representatives  of  the  states 
making  up  the  U.S.I.,  that  new  nation,  the  United 
States  of  Indonesia,  and  the  old  nation,  the  King- 
dom of  the  Netherlands,  shall  join  together  volun- 
tarily as  equal  partners  in  the  Netherlands  Indo- 
nesian Union.  Thus,  the  old  empire  will  be  trans- 
formed into  a  union  of  friends,  mutually  de- 
pendent on  each  other  and  mutually  helpful  to 
each  other  and  to  the  world.  This  should  be  a 
satisfaction  to  all  Americans,  since  your  repre- 
sentative is  helping  to  work  out  the  first  solution 
of  its  kind  to  one  of  the  most  difficult  problems 
with  which  the  world  is  faced. 

I  have  remarked  that  the  Indonesian  people  and 
the  Netherlands  people  are  earnestly  seeking  to 
resolve  their  difficvdties  and  that  they  have  been 
assisted  in  this  difficult  task  by  three  powers — 
Australia,  Belgium,  and  the  United  States — acting 
on  behalf  of  the  United  Nations.  There  are,  of 
course,  normal  difficulties  in  negotiations  and 
and  honest  doubts  on  both  sides.  These  are  yet  to 
be  overcome.  I  am  sorry  to  tell  you  that  in  addi- 
tion to  these  difficulties  there  are  those  who  are 
conniving  to  subvert  the  ends  sought  in  the  Ren- 
ville agreements.  They  are  those  same  people 
whose  policies  require  the  pi'eservation  and  the 
intensification  of  chaos  and  hatred  everywhere  in 
the  world.  Those  people  viewed  the  acceptance 
of  the  Renville  agreements  in  January  with  gen- 
uine alarm  and  they  have  tried  ever  since  to  de- 
stroy the  faith  of  the  Netherlands  people  and  the 
Indonesian  people  in  the  just  and  practical 
character  of  the  proposed  settlement.  Their  ways 
are  devious  and  ruthless.  You  know  of  whom  I 
speak — the  Communists,  who  even  at  this  hour 
are  at  work  in  the  Netherlands,  in  Indonesia, 
throughout  Asia,  and  even  in  the  United  States 
to  call  the  good  faith  of  the  Good  Offices  Com- 
mittee and  its  work  into  question.  I  must  put  you 
on  your  guard  against  these  efforts,  which  take 
the  form  of  trying  to  identify  Communism,  a  doc- 
trine of  enslavement,  with  the  natural  aspirations 
of  peoples  throughout  the  world  for  independence. 

If  you  could  ask  me  questions  now,  you  would 
ask  what  United  States  policy  toward  Indonesia 
is.  I  will  tell  you.  First  and  foremost,  your  Gov- 
ernment is  determined  to  do  everything  it  can  to 
bring  peace,  prosperity,  and  the  freedoms  of  a 
democratic  system  to  the  peoples  of  Indonesia  as 
to  peoples  everywhere  in  the  world.  Secondly, 
your  Government,  in  this  particular  instance,  seeks 
to  assist  the  Indonesians  and  Dutch  people  to  re- 
discover their  dependence  on  each  other  and  learn 
anew  the  great  cojitribution  that  each  can  make  to 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


tlie  welfare  and  securitj'  of  the  other.  Thirdly, 
your  Ciovernment  realizes,  as  do  the  peoples  of 
the  Netherlands  and  Indonesia,  that  the  rest  of 
the  world  desperately  needs  what  the  two  of  them, 
working  together,  can  provide.  Finally,  your 
Government  is  determined  that  the  efforts  of  total- 
itarianism to  defeat  these  purposes  shall  not 
succeed. 

Pronfress  has  been  made  toward  tlie  solution  of 
the  Indonesian  problem  which  should  be  hearten- 
ing to  jou  and  to  everyone,  anywhere  in  the  world, 
who  genuinely  hopes  for  a  peaceful  settlement  of 
the  world's  problems.  The  Indonesian  Republi- 
cans and  the  Netherlands  have  agreed  to  a  truce 
which  halted  a  bloody  war.  This  truce  has  been 
successful  for  over  five  months.  The  two  parties 
have  voluntarily  accepted  the  Renville  agreements, 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS   AND   SPBCIAUZED   AGBNCIES 

which  provide  an  agreed  basis  for  negotiating  a 
final  settlement  of  their  differences.  In  other 
w-ords,  and  in  the  most  important  sense,  a  revolu- 
tionary situation  has  been  transformed  into  one 
in  which  the  legitimate  desires  of  both  Dutch  and 
Indonesian  peoples  can  be  achieved  through  evo- 
lutionary processes. 

We  recognize  that  there  are  still  difficulties  of 
give  and  take  to  be  overcome,  but  given  the  good 
will  of  both  parties  and  the  will  to  work  with  pa- 
tience and  restraint,  they  can  and  must  be  resolved. 
I  assure  you  that  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  will  continue  with  resolution  and  patience 
to  contribute  in  every  way  it  can  to  the  solution 
of  the  Indonesian  problem  to  the  end  that  Dutch 
and  Indonesian  peoples  will  march  together  in 
dignity  in  a  world  of  peace  and  freedom. 


U.S.  steps  Taken  To  Implement  Palestine  Truce  Resolution 

LETTER  FROM  PHILIP  C.  JESSUP,  ACTING  U.S.  REPRESENTATIVE  AT  THE   SEAT  OF  THE 
UNITED  NATIONS,  TO  SECRETARY-GENERAL  TRYGVE  LIE 


(Released  to  the  press  by  the  U.S.  Mission  to  the  U.N.  June  22] 

Excellency  : 

Reference  is  made  to  your  telegram  dated  June 
16,  1948  stating  that  the  Security  Council  on  June 
15,  at  the  request  of  the  United  Nations  Mediator 
for  Palestine,  had  decided  to  ask  all  States  Mem- 
bers to  report  on  steps  taken  to  implement  the 
Security  Council  Palestine  Resolution  of  May  29, 
and  also  to  request  all  State  Membei-s  to  extend 
their  cooperation  and  assistance  to  the  United 
Nations  Mediator  in  implementation  of  his  truce 
proposals. 

I  am  instructed  to  communicate  to  you  for  the 
information  of  the  Security  Council  the  following 
information  concerning  the  steps  which  have  been 
taken  by  my  Government  to  implement  the  Reso- 
lution of  May  29. 

1.  Instructions  have  been  issued  to  the  appropri- 
ate authorities  of  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  to  take  the  necessary  steps  to  prevent  the 
departure  of  ''fighting  personnel"  from  the  United 
States  to  the  countries  named  in  Paragraph  3  of 
the  Resolution. 

2.  Instructions  have  been  issued  to  the  appro- 
priate authorities  of  the  Government  of  the  United 
States,  including  the  Chairman  of  the  United 
States  Maritime  Commission,  drawing  attention  to 


statements  concerning  "men  of  military  age"  set 
forth  in  Paragraph  6,  Subparagraphs 
(4)  of  the  Mediator's  truce  proposals. 


age"  E 
,  fs)  a: 


3.  With  respect  to  Paragraph  5  of  the  Resolu- 
tion of  May  29,  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  since  November  14,  1947  has  applied  a 
rigorous  arms  embargo  covering  the  shipment  of 
all  war  material  from  the  United  States  and  its 
possessions  to  Palestine  and  the  countries  of  the 
Near  East. 

4.  The  Government  of  the  United  States,  as  a 
Member  of  the  Security  Council  Truce  Commis- 
sion in  Palestine,  is  actively  cooperating  with  the 
United  Nations  Mediator  and  has  supplied  him,  at 
his  request,  with  military  observers,  aircraft  and 
communications  equipment,  and  three  naval  patrol 
vessels. 

It  is  the  profound  hope  of  my  Government  that 
the  measures  thus  far  adopted  by  the  United  Na- 
tions Mediator  will  prove  fruitful  in  leading  to 
the  successful  accomplishment  of  his  broader  task 
under  the  terms  of  the  General  Assembly  Resolu- 
tion of  May  14,  1948 ;  namely  to  "promote  a  peace- 
ful adjustment  of  the  future  situation  of  Pales- 
tine". 

Accept  [etc.]  Philii'  C.  Jessup 

Acting  United  States  Representative 
to  the  United  Nations 


July  4,    1948 


II 


The  Indo-Pacific  Fisheries  Council 


by  Andrew  W.  Anderson 


The  need  for  cooperation  and  coordination  in 
research  concerned  with  fisheries  and  otiier  re- 
sources of  the  sea  has  been  recognized  for  years. 
A  number  of  European  nations  have  long  par- 
ticipated in  an  association,  active  particularly  in 
the  North  Atlantic,  which  is  known  as  the  Inter- 
national Council  for  the  Exploration  of  the  Sea. 
Canada  and  the  United  States  have  cooperated 
somewhat  similarly  on  a  bilateral  basis  with  re- 
gard to  fisheries  of  mutual  interest. 

Proposals  to  establish  fisheries  councils  pat- 
terned in  a  general  way  after  the  Council  for  the 
Exploration  of  the  Sea  were  discussed  at  the  first 
session  of  tlie  Conference  of  the  Food  and  Agri- 
culture Organization  (Fao)  at  Quebec  in  1945. 
In  1946  at  the  second  session  at  Copenhagen  a  re- 
port of  the  Standing  Advisory  Committee  on 
Fisheries  recommending  the  establishment  of  such 
councils  was  approved.  Early  in  1947  the  South 
East  Asia  Fisheries  Conference,  which  was  held 
at  Singapore  under  the  auspices  of  the  United 
Kingdom  Special  Commissioner  in  South  East 
Asia,  resolved  that  Fao  be  requested  to  establish 
a  fisheries  council  in  that  area.  Later  in  1947  the 
Director  General  of  Fao  notified  member  nations 
of  his  intention  to  place  the  matter  of  initiating 
fisheries  councils  on  the  agenda  for  the  third  ses- 
sion of  the  Conference  of  Fao  at  Geneva.  A  sug- 
gested draft  of  a  constitution  for  a  regional  council 
was  circulated,  and  in  September  1947  the  Confer- 
ence resolved — 

"that  Fao  should  take  action  to  initiate  the  for- 
mation of  Regional  Councils  for  the  scientific 
exploration  of  the  sea  in  the  parts  of  the  world 
not  now  actively  served  by  similar  bodies,  giving 
primary  consideration  to  the  following  areas : 

North  Western  Atlantic 

South  Western  Pacific  and  Indian  Ocean 

Mediterranean  Sea  and  contiguous  waters 

North  Eastern  Pacific 

South  Eastern  Pacific 

Western  South  Atlantic 

Eastern  South  Atlantic  and  Indian  Ocean 

"This  Commission  is  of  the  opinion  that  the 
boundaries  of  these  areas,  and  the  constitutions  of 

12 


the  councils,  should  be  left  open  for  discussion  and 
determination  by  the  nations  concerned." 

In  November  1947  Fao  notified  its  members  of 
a  proposal  to  establish  a  regional  council  for  the 
study  of  the  sea  in  the  general  area  of  the  south- 
west Pacific  and  Indian  Oceans  and  the  following 
January  invited  the  Governments  of  Australia, 
Burma,  China,  France,  India,  the  Netherlands, 
Pakistan,  the  Republic  of  the  Philippines,  Siam, 
the  United  Kingdom,  and  the  United  States  to 
send  representatives  to  a  conference  to  consider 
this  proposal.  In  addition,  the  Supreme  Com- 
mander for  the  Allied  Powers  in  Japan  and  cer- 
tain international  organizations  were  invited  to 
send  observers. 

From  February  23  to  28,  1948,  official  delegates 
from  the  following  countries  met  at  Baguio,  Re- 
public of  the  Philippines :  Burma,  China,  France, 
India,  the  Netherlands,  the  Republic  of  the  Philip- 
l^ines,  the  United  Kingdom,  and  the  United  States. 
Observers  from  Italy,  Scap,  and  Unesco  were 
present.  Fao  was  represented  by  the  Regional 
Special  Adviser,  the  Director,  and  the  Chief  Biolo- 
gist of  the  Fisheries  Division,  and  the  Regional 
Representative  (Fisheries)  from  Fag's  office  at 
Singapore.  Nearly  all  the  delegates,  advisers,  and 
observers  were  technical  fisheries'  representatives 
of  their  governments. 

The  conference  was  organized  under  the  chair- 
manship of  D.  V.  Villadolid  of  the  Bureau  of 
Fisheries  of  the  Republic  of  the  Philippines. 
Technical  working  committees  were  established  on 
biology,  hydrology,  taxonomy,  and  technology. 
The  formal  agenda  was  limited,  after  consider- 
able discussion,  to  the  establishment  of  a  fisheries 
council  for  the  Indo-Pacific  area  and  the  develop- 
ment of  the  scientific  progi'am  to  be  carried  on  by 
that  council.  Consequently,  the  conference  was 
able  to  concentrate  upon  these  objectives  and, 
within  the  relatively  brief  time  allotted  for  its 
deliberations,  to  formulate  an  agreement  for  the 
establishment  of  the  Indo-Pacific  Fisheries  Coun- 
cil and  to  evolve  a  comprehensive  program  of  in- 
vestigations to  be  imdertaken  by  the  Council 
during  the  next  several  years. 

The  agreement  is  based  upon  the  draft  con- 
stitution proposed  by  Fao  as  revised  in  the  light  of 
comments  and  suggestions  made  by  various  dele- 

Deparfment  of  Stafe  Bulletin 


gations  in  their  opening  statements  to  the  con- 
ference iuul  in  the  light  of  the  modified  draft 
constitution  presented  to  the  conference  by  the 
United  States.  The  agreement  recognizes  that  the 
countries  represented  at  tlie  conference  possess  a 
"mutual  interest  in  the  development  and  i^roper 
utilization  of  the  living  aquatic  resources  of  the 
Indo-Pacilic  areas"  and  provides  for  the  establish- 
ment of  a  council  with  certain  functions  and 
duties  in  the  Indo-Pacific  areas.  These  functions 
and  duties  are — 

1.  To  formulate  the  oceanographical,  biological, 
and  other  technical  aspects  of  the  problems  of 
development  and  proper  utilization  of  living 
aquatic  resources; 

2.  To  encourage  and  coordinate  research  and 
the  application  of  improved  methods  in  everyday 
practice; 

3.  To  assemble,  publish,  or  otherwise  dis- 
seminate oceanographical,  biological,  and  other 
technical  information  relating  to  living  aquatic 
resources ; 

■i.  To  recommend  to  member  governments  such 
national  or  cooperative  research  and  development 
projects  as  may  appear  necessary  or  desirable  to 
fill  gaps  in  such  knowledge; 

5.  To  undertake,  where  appropriate,  coopera- 
tive research  and  development  projects  directed  to 
this  end ; 

6.  To  propose,  and  where  necessary  to  adopt, 
measures  to  bring  about  the  standardization 
of  scientific  equipment,  techniques,  and  no- 
menclature ; 

7.  To  extend  its  good  oiEces  in  assisting  member 
governments  to  secure  essential  materials  and 
equijiment ; 

8.  To  rei>ort  upon  such  questions  relating  to 
oceanographical,  biological,  and  other  technical 
problems  as  may  be  recommended  to  it  by  member 
governments  or  by  the  Food  and  Agriculture  Or- 
ganization of  the  United  Nations  and  other 
international,  national,  or  private  organizations 
with  related  interests; 

[).  To  report  annually  to  the  Conference  of  the 
Food  and  Agriculture  Organization  of  the  United 
Nations  upon  its  activities,  for  the  information  of 
the  Conference;  and  to  make  such  other  reports 
to  the  Food  and  Agriculture  Organization  of  the 
United  Nations  on  matters  falling  within  the  com- 
petence of  the  Coimcil  as  may  seem  to  it  necessary 
and  desirable. 

The  agreement  is  open  to  acceptance  by  the  gov- 
ernments represented  at  the  Baguio  conference, 
by  other  governments  which  are  members  of  Fao, 
and  by  those  governments  not  members  of  Fao 
which  meet  certain  conditions  including  approval 
by  the  Fao  Conference  and  by  two  thirds  of  the 
members  of  the  Indo-Pacific  Fisheries  Council. 
The  agreement  is  to  enter  into  force  upon  accept- 
ance by  five  member  governments. 

July  4,   1948 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS   AND   SPECUIIZEO   AGENCIES 

In  order  that  the  scientific  cooperation  begim  at 
Baguio  might  be  continued  without  interruption, 
the  conference  directed  by  a  resolution  adopted  at 
the  final  plenary  session  that  the  technical  work- 
ing committees  on  biology,  hydrology,  taxonomy, 
and  technology  continue  to  function  informally, 
with  the  assistance  of  the  Fisheries  Division  of  Fao, 
pending  the  entry  into  force  of  the  agi'eement. 

The  Committee  on  Biology  recommended  that 
the  mode  of  approach  to  a  program  must  be  to 
determine  the  present  status  of  knowledge  and 
the  programs  under  way  in  the  area.  It  proposed 
as  a  first  step  the  circulation  of  a  questionnaire  on 
these  matters  and  an  analysis  of  the  replies. 

The  Committee  on  Hydrology  envisaged  a  five- 
year  program,  involving,  in  the  first  year,  the  com- 
pilation of  oceanographic  data,  drafting  of  a  map 
of  the  principal  producing  regions,  and  agreement 
on  methods  and  procedures. 

The  Committee  on  Taxonomy  suggested  an  ex- 
ploratory program  during  the  first  year.  It  rec- 
ommended definition  of  the  limits  of  the  region; 
examination  of  existing  facilities;  expansion  of 
an  existing  institution  to  house  standard  inter- 
national collections  of  regional  aquatic  organisms ; 
development  of  ways  and  means  of  completing 
national  collections  in  each  taxonomic  subregion; 
preparation  of  a  bibliography  of  the  most  im- 
portant taxonomic  works  published  about  the 
region  during  the  last  25  years;  development  of 
coordination  between  existing  taxonomic  labora- 
tories and  research  laboratories;  and  establish- 
ment of  coordination  in  taxonomic  studies  between 
the  proposed  Council  and  international  bodies 
such  as  the  International  Commission  for  Zoologi- 
cal Nomenclature  and  Unesco. 

The  Committee  on  Technology  reported  that  a 
final  jn-ogram  could  be  developed  only  after  a  spe- 
cific program  had  been  submitted  to  government 
representatives  for  their  comments  and  for  inclu- 
sion of  their  special  technological  requirements. 
The  value  of  an  Indo-Pacific  Fisheries  Teclinologi- 
cal  Institute  was  acknowledged,  but  it  was  not 
assigned  a  definite  position  in  the  program  because 
it  was  not  apparent  that  one  central  institute  was 
]:)referable  to  a  number  of  smaller  centers,  nor  was 
it  certain  that  its  importance  was  greater  than 
that  of  several  other  suggested  projects. 

At  the  second  session  of  the  Council  of  Fao,  held 
at  Washington  from  April  5  to  17, 1948,  the  report 
of  the  Baguio  fisheries  conference  was  approved, 
and  the  Director  General  by  a  circular  letter  di- 
rected the  attention  of  the  member  governments 
to  the  results  of  that  conference  and  urged  ac- 
ceptance of  the  agreement  in  order  that  it  might 
enter  into  force  at  an  early  date  and  in  order  that 
Fao  might  thereupon  proceed  with  the  organiza- 
tion of  the  Indo-Pacific  Fisheries  Council  and  the 
convening  of  its  first  meeting. 

13 


Soviet  Opposition  to  Atomic  Energy  Issues 


STATEMENT  BY  FREDERICK  OSBORN 
Deputy  U.S.  Representative  on  the  U.S.  Atomic  Energy  Commission 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  U.S.  Mission  to  the  U.N.  June  28] 

On  Tuesday,  June  22, 1948,  nine  members  of  the 
Security  Council  voted  to  approve  the  general  find- 
ings and  recommendations  of  the  First  Report  of 
the  Atomic  Energy  Commission  of  the  United  Na- 
tions, the  specific  proposals  of  the  Second  Report, 
and  the  recommendations  of  the  Third  Report.^ 
The  Ukrainian  Delegate  voted  against  and  the 
U.S.S.R.,  exercising  its  power  to  veto,  prevented 
the  passage  of  the  resolution.  The  same  nine  mem- 
bers then  voted  for  a  simple  resolution  transmit- 
ting the  three  reports  to  the  General  Assembly,  as 
a  matter  of  special  concern,  together  with  the  rec- 
ord of  the  discussion  in  the  Security  Council.  The 
Soviet  Union  and  the  Ukraine  abstained  on  this 
motion  and  the  majority  proposals  for  interna- 
tional control  of  atomic  energy  now  go  to  the  Gen- 
eral Assembly  for  consideration. 

The  debate  in  the  Security  Council  was  brief  and 
reflected  the  feeling  on  the  part  of  the  delegates 
that  almost  everything  possible  had  been  said  dur- 
ing the  two  years  of  discussion  and  over  200  meet- 
ings of  the  Atomic  Energy  Commission.  In  the 
words  of  the  United  States  Representative,  Philip 
Jessup,  in  his  opening  statement : 

"Sincere  efforts,  prolonged  study  and  many  de- 
bates have  not  enabled  the  majority  to  secure  Soviet 
agreement  to  'even  those  elements  of  effective  con- 
trol considered  essential  from  the  technical  point 
of  view,  let  alone  their  acceptance  of  the  nature 
and  extent  of  participation  in  the  world  commu- 
nity required  of  all  nations  in  this  field  by  the 
First  and  Second  Reports  of  the  Atomic  Energy 
Commission.' " 

Only  the  Soviet  and  the  Ukrainian  Delegates 
spoke  at  any  length  and  in  each  case  they  merely 
repeated  the  position  which  the  Soviet  Union  has 
held  from  the  start  in  this  matter.  Their  view- 
point was : 

First,  that  there  must  be  a  treaty  prohibiting 
atomic  weapons  and  the  means  of  making  them, 
and  that  this  treaty  must  be  signed  and  put  into 
effect  before  a  treaty  for  control  can  be  discussed. 
This  proposal  is  tantamount  to  unilateral  disarma- 
ment and  is  wholly  unacceptable  to  any  of  the  na- 
tions outside  the  Soviet  sphere. 


•  Bulletin  of  .June  20,  1948,  p.  798. 


14 


Second,  that  the  proposal  of  (ho  majority  would 
extend  the  United  States  monopoly  throughout  the 
whole  world.  It  is  hard  to  understand  how  any-  | 
one  can  make  this  statement  unless  he  has  failed 
to  read  the  First  Report  and,  particularly,  the 
Second  Report  of  the  Commission. 

Third,  that  the  international  agency  would  con- 
trol the  economic  life  of  each  nation.  This  posi- 
tion is  absolutely  groundless,  especially  since  agree- 
ment was  reached  on  the  inclusion  in  the  treaty 
itself  of  a  quota  system  which  would  provide  in 
advance  the  proportion  of  atomic  power  that  would 
be  available  to  each  nation. 

Fourth,  and  finally,  that  the  plan  of  the  majority 
would  interfere  with  national  sovereignty.  This 
argument  is  correct,  but  as  is  clearly  stated  in  the 
Third  Report,  the  question  is  not  whether  "the 
functions  and  powers  of  the  international  control 
agency  as  elaborated  by  the  majority,  are  politi- 
cally acceptable  or  not  .  .  .  but  whether  govern- 
ments now  want  effective  international  control." 

The  summary  made  by  Gen.  A.  G.  L.  ISIcNaugh- 
ton,  the  Canadian  Representative,  on  May  17, 1948, 
at  the  final  meeting  of  the  Atomic  Energy  Com- 
mission, clearly  expresses  the  feeling  of  the  ma- 
jority of  the  delegates.  General  McNaughton  said 
in  part : 

"I  am  sure  I  reflect  the  views  of  the  majority 
.  .  .  when  I  express  disappointment  in  the  fact 
tliat  the  aflFairs  of  the  Atomic  Energy  Commission 
have  reached  an  impasse  which  is  lieyond  the  ca- 
pacity of  the  Commission  itself  to  resolve  at  this 
time.  It  has  become  evident  .  .  .  that  the 
issues  which  have  been  raised  now  require  debate 
in  a  wider  forum,  and  it  is  for  this  reason  that  the 
conclusion  has  been  reached  that  the  situation 
should  be  frankly  and  fully  reported,  first  to  the 
Security  Council  and  then  to  the  General  Assembly 
.  .  .  so  that  the  grave  questions  at  issue  may 
be  taken  up  at  the  forthcoming  session  of  the  Gen- 
eral Assembly  ...  in  Paris  .  .  .  Sep- 
tember next. 

'•I  should  like  to  make  it  quite  clear  that  this  pro- 
posal on  the  part,  of  the  majority  of  the  Atomic 
Energy  Commission  does  not  represent  any  accept- 
ance of  defeat  or  confession  of  failure  in  its  efforts 
to  achieve  a  proper  system  for  the  international 
("ontrol  of  atomic  energy. 

"Quite  the  contrary.  The  majority  of  the  mem- 
(Continiicd  on  pinje  ^1) 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


The  United  States  in  the  United  Nations 


Trusteeship  Administration 

The  view  that  notice  to  the  Trusteeship  Coimcil 
should  precede  the  initiation  of  an  administrative 
union  or  federation  affecting  trust  territories  was 
urged  by  the  United  States  at  the  Council's  June 

29  meeting.  tt  c   -o 

Ambassador  Francis  B.  Sayre,  the  U.b.  Kepre- 
sentative,  asserted  in  a  formal  statement  ^  that  the 
United  States  for  its  part  will  give  the  United 
Nations  advance  notice  of  any  measure  "which 
might  affect  the  separate  administration  of  the 
Trust  Territory  of  the  Pacific  Islands"  and  ex- 
pressed the  hope  that  other  powers  admmistermg 
U.N.  trust  territories  would  do  likewise. 

Mr.  Sayre's  statement,  which  he  said  was  "with- 
out reference  to  any  specific  territory  and  certainly 
without  implying  criticism  of  any  administering 
authority",  was  made  as  the  Council  began  its 
consideration  of  the  United  Kingdom's  annual  re- 
port on  its  administration  of  the  Trust  Territory 
of  Tanganyika  in  East  Africa.  The  report  in- 
cludes references  to  administrative  measures  look- 
ing toward  joint  operation  of  a  number  of  com- 
mon services  for  Tanganyika  and  the  adjoining 
territories  of  Kenya  and  Uganda,  which  the  United 
Kingdom  administers  in  its  own  right. 

Noting  that  "under  most  of  the  existing  trustee- 
ship agreements  the  administering  authority  is 
authorized  to  constitute  the  trust  territory  into  an 
administrative  union  or  federation  with  adjacent 
territories  under  the  sovereignty  or  control  of  the 
administering  authority,"  Mr.  Sayi'e  added  that 
the  United  States  nevertheless  believed  "that  it 
would  not  only  be  a  courtesy  but  would  also  facili- 
tate the  practical  work  of  the  Council  if  an  admin- 
istering authority  should  inform  the  Trusteeship 
Council  before  implementing  any  plan  it  has 
formed  for  establishing  such  a  union  or  federa- 
tion." 

"\Mien  the  General  Assembly  in  1946  reviewed 
the  first  trusteeship  agreements,  Mr.  Sayre  re- 
called, the  administering  powers  gave  assurances 
that  the  right  to  establish  administrative  unions 
would  not  be  construed  to  sanction  "any  form  of 
political  association  between  the  trust  territory 
and  adjacent  territories  which  would  involve  an- 
nexation of  the  trust  territory  in  any  sense,  or 
would  have  the  effect  of  extinguishing  its  status 
as  a  trust  territory." 

Among  criteria  by  which  the  Council  might  ap- 
l-raise  afininistrative  miions,  Mr.  Sayre  suggested 

J\j\y  4,   1948 


that  such  arrangements  should  not  subordinate  the 
rights  and  interests  of  the  trust  territories  to  the 
interests  of  other  territories  and  that  they  should 
not  make  it  impossible  to  supply  the  Trusteeship 
Council  with  statistics  and  other  information  bear- 
ing specifically  on  the  trust  territories. 

Indonesia 

Regret  that  illness  compels  Coert  duBois,  U.S. 
member  of  the  Security  Council's  Committee  of 
Good  Offices  in  Indonesia,  to  return  to  the  United 
States  was  expressed  at  a  July  1  meeting  which  the 
Council  devoted  to  the  status  of  negotiations  be- 
tween the  Netherlands  and  the  Republic  of  In- 
donesia. Philip  C.  Jessup,  U.S.  Deputy  Repre- 
sentative, told  the  Council  that  "this  is  no  question 
of  a  diplomatic  illness"  and  made  it  clear  that  Mr. 
duBois'  return  had  no  connection  with  the  con- 
troversy over  proposals  recently  put  forward  by 
Mr.  duBois  and  his  Australian  colleague,  T.  K. 
Critchley. 

Press  disclosures  of  the  tenor  of  the  U.S.-Aus- 
tralian  compromise  suggestions  had  been  given  by 
the  Dutch  as  their  reason  for  breaking  off  nego- 
tiations for  a  short  time  in  mid-June.  The  Com- 
mittee advised  the  Security  Council  on  June  23 
that  negotiations  under  its  auspices  had  been  re- 
newed but  had  at  once  been  stalemated  by  the  Neth- 
erlands' refusal  to  discuss  the  U.S.-Australian 
proposals,  with  which  the  Committee's  third  mem- 
ber. R.  Herremans  of  Belgium,  did  not  associate 
himself. 

Security  Council  discussion  centered  around  a 
Chinese  motion  that  the  Council  ask  the  Commit- 
tee for  the  text  of  the  proposals  in  question.  The 
motion  was  lost  when  votes  for  it  fell  one  short  of 
the  required  seven.  Canada,  China,  Colombia, 
Syria,  the  Ukraine,  and  the  U.S.S.R.  voted  for  it; 
Argentina,  Belgium,  France,  the  United  Kingdom 
and  the  United  States  abstained. 

Before  the  vote  Dr.  Jessup  said  that  the  Com- 
mittee of  Good  Offices  was  in  the  best  position  to 
judwe  whether  sending  the  document  to  the  Se- 
curfty  Council  would  serve  to  advance  the  negoti- 
ations, a  purpose  which  should  be  the  sole  test  ot 
the  Council's  action  in  this  respect. 

Strategic  Trusteeships 

Debates  in  the  Trusteeship  Council  on  June  25 
and  28  regarding  the  relationship  of  the  Trustee- 


■  U  S.  Mission 


to  the  United  Nations  press  release  480. 


15 


TH£  UNITED  NATIONS  AND  SPECIALIZED  AGENCIES 

ship  Council  and  the  Security  Council  with  respect 
to  strategic  trusteeships  followed  the  same  general 
lines  as  earlier  debate  in  the  Security  Council.^ 
S.  K.  Tsarapkin,  Soviet  Representative,  echoed 
what  Mr.  Gromyko  had  said  in  the  Security  Coun- 
cil, i.e.  that  all  U.N.  functions  for  strategic  trustee- 
ships were  vested  in  the  Security  Council  and  were 
in  no  way  the  concern  of  the  Trusteeship  Council 
unless  and  until  the  Security  Council  asked  its 
help  or  advice  on  particular  problems. 

The  representatives  of  Australia,  China,  Mexico, 
New  Zealand,  and  the  Philippines  said  that  in  their 
view  the  language  of  article  83  of  tlie  Charter 
obliged  the  Security  Council  to  entrust  to  the  Trus- 
teeship Council  U.N.  functions  having  to  do  with 
political,  economic,  social,  and  educational  matters 
in  the  strategic  trust  areas. 

The  only  strategic  trusteeship  now  in  effect  is 
that  under  which  the  United  States  administers 
the  Pacific  islands  formerly  mandated  to  Japan, 
and  the  discussion,  in  which  Ambassador  Sayre 
of  the  United  States  took  no  part,  often  adverted 
to  this  particular  arrangement.  After  "William 
D.  Forsyth  of  Australia  had  said  that  the  Trustee- 
ship Council  could  not  act  before  the  Security 
Council  asked  its  help,  as  it  was  obliged  to  do,  Luis 
Padilla  Nervo  of  Mexico  argued  that  in  effect  the 
Security  Council  had  already  done  so  with  respect 
to  the  Pacific  islands  by  ratifying  the  trust  agree- 
ment, which  applies  articles  87  and  88  of  the  Char- 
ter, subject  to  the  right  of  the  United  States  to 
close  any  area  for  security  reasons.  These  articles 
authorize  the  Trusteeship  Council  to  inspect  trust 
territories,  to  receive  petitions  from  their  inhabit- 
ants, and  to  obtain  public-welfare  data  from  ad- 
ministering authorities. 

Future  of  "Little  Assembly" 

A  recommendation  that  the  Interim  Committee 
of  the  General  Assembly  should  be  continued  for 
another  experimental  year  was  agreed  to  on  June 
25  by  Subcommittee  4,  to  which  was  assigned  pre- 
liminary consideration  of  a  report  to  the  General 
Assembly  on  this  point. 

Extension  of  the  Interim  Committee  had  been 
advocated  in  the  Subcommittee  by  Joseph  E.  Jolm- 
son.  Deputy  U.S.  Representative.^  The  Subcom- 
mittee's members  include  representatives  of  14 
nations.  On  July  9  the  Subcommittee  will  meet 
to  take  the  final  action  on  its  report. 

Air  Agreement 

The  United  States  is  one  of  the  10  nations  which 
signed  the  final  act  of  the  Icelandic  air  conference 
held  in  Geneva  from  June  21  to  26  under  the  aus- 
pices of  the  International  Civil  Aviation  Organi- 
zation.   By  the  act,  nine  nations  whose  aircraft 


'  Bulletin  of  June  27,  1948,  p.  830. 
"  Bulletin  of  June  30,  1948,  p.  801. 


16 


fly  North  Atlantic  routes  agree  to  joint  support  i 
in  Iceland  of  the  air  navigation,  communication,  i 
and  meteorological  facilities  without  which  such  j 
flights  would  be  unsafe.  The  agreement  is  the  i 
largest  financial  project  connected  with  aviation  ] 
ever  concluded  by  a  permanent  international  body.  ■ 

Korean  Commission  | 

The    Temporary    Commission    on    Korea    an-  i 
nounced  on  the  occasion  of  its  visit  to  the  Korean  \ 
National  Assembly  on  June  30  that  by  a  resolution  I 
of  June  25  it  resolved  unanimously  that  the  elec- 
tions held  on  May  10  were  "a  valid  expression  of 
the  free  will  of  the  electorate  in  those  parts  of 
Korea  wliich  were  accessible  to  the  Conunission.'^ 
To  carry  out  further  the  recommendations  of  the 
General  Assembly  resolution  under  which  it  was 
established,  the  Commission  announced  that  it  was 
available  for  consultations  with  representatives  of 
the  Korean  National  Assembly  "regarding  the 
freedom  and  independence  of  the  Korean  people." 

India-Pakistan  Dispute 

The  Commission  on  India  and  Pakistan  estab- 
lished to  work  toward  the  settlement  of  differences 
between  these  two  nations  over  Kashmir  and  other 
matters  announced  that  it  plans  to  arrive  in 
Karachi  on  July  7. 

Health  Assembly 

In  one  of  the  opening  addresses  at  the  first  World 
Health  Assembly,  the  continuing  interest  of  the 
United  States  in  the  work  of  the  World  Health 
Organization  was  expressed  by  Dr.  Martha  Eliot, 
acting  chairman  of  the  U.S.  Delegation,  pending 
the  arrival  of  Dr.  Thomas  Parran,  Chairman  of  the 
Delegation  and  Medical  Director  of  the  U.S.  Pub- 
lic Health  Service.  The  Assembly  opened  its  first 
session  on  June  24  in  Geneva,  thus  marking  the 
beginning  of  full-scale  activity  of  the  World 
Health  Organization.  The  U.S.  was  unanimously 
accepted  as  a  member  of  Who  on  July  2,  the  Assem- 
bly deciding  that  the  U.S.  reservation  concerning 
the  right  of  withdrawal  upon  one  year's  notifica- 
tion did  not  affect  the  validity  of  the  U.S.  ratifi- 
cation. 

Balkan  Committee 

The  Special  Committee  on  the  Balkans  signed 
its  report  for  submission  to  the  General  Assembly 
in  Geneva  on  June  30.  The  only  finding  made 
public  states  that  "although  the  Albanian,  Bul- 
garian and  Yugoslav  Governments  have  not  so  far 
cooperated"  with  the  Committee,  it  is  possible  to 
liel^j  these  governments  and  Greece  "i-ealize  their 
common  interest  in  a  peaceful  settlement  of  their 
differences",  if  they  would  act  in  the  spirit  of  the 
Charter  and  the  Assembly  resolution. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


INTERNATIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS  AND  CONFERENCES 


Calendar  of  Meetings 


Adjourned  during  June 

International  Conference  on  Safety  of  Life  at  Sea 

IcAO  (International  Civil  Aviation  Organization) : 

Legal  Committee:   Annual  Meeting 

General  Assembly :  Second  Session 

I  Conference  of  North  Atlantic  States  Concerned  in  Joint  Support 
i  of  Iceland  Air  Navigation  Services. 

United  Nations: 

Ecosoc  (Economic  and  Social  Council): 

Human  Rights  Commission:  Third  Session 

Economic  Commission  for  Asia  and  the  Far  East 

Economic  Commission  for  Latin  America 

Subcommission  on  Economic  Development 

Permanent  Central  Opium  Board:  50th  Session 


Diplomatic  Conference  on  Revision  of  Convention  for  Protection  of 
Literary  and  Artistic  Works. 

Association  for  Hydraulic  Structures  Research 

International  Conference  on  Textiles 


Third  International  Conference  on  Large  Dams 

Specialist  Conference  on  Tropical  and  Subtropical  SoUs 

Who    (World   Health   Organization):   Interim   Commission:   Sixth 

Session. 

XIX  Congress  of  the  International  Federation  for  Housing  and 
Town  Planning. 

Second  International  Soil  Mechanics  and  Foundation  Engineering 
Conference. 

In  session  as  of  July  1, 1948 

Far  Eastern  Commission 


United  Nations: 
Security  Council      .    .    .    . 
Militarv  Staff  Committee 


Commission  on  Conventional  Armaments      

Security  Council:  Committee  of  Good  Offices  on  the  Indonesian 

Question. 
General  Assembly:  Special  Committee  on  the  Greek  Question  .    . 


Temporary  Commission  on  Korea 

Interim  Committee  of  the  General  Assembly 
Security  Council's  Kashmir  Commission  .  . 
Trusteeship  Council:  Third  Session     .... 


German  External  Property  Negotiations  (Safehaven) : 

With  Portugal 

With  Spain 


Inter-.Allied  Trade  Board  for  Japan 


Council  of  Foreign  Ministers: 

Deputies  for  Italian  Colonial  Problems 

Commission  of  Investigation  to  Former  Italian  Colonies 


London 


Geneva . 
Geneva . 
Geneva. 


Lake  Success    .    .    . 
Oootacamund,  India 

Santiago 

Lake  Success    .    .    . 
Geneva 


Brussels 

Stockholm 

Buxton,  England     .    .    . 

Stockholm 

Hertfordshire,  England  . 
Geneva 


Ziirich   .    .    . 
Rotterdam   , 

Washington  . 


Lake  Success 
Lake  Success 

Lake  Success 
Lake  Success 


Salonika  and  Geneva 


Seoul 

Lake  Success    .    .    .    . 
Geneva  and  Kashmir 
Lake  Success    .    .    .    . 


Lisbon  . 
Madrid 


Washington  . 


London     

Former  Italian  Colonies 


1948 

Apr.  23- June  10 

May  28- 
June  1- 
June  21- 


May  20-June  16 
June  1- 
June  7- 
June  14-25 
June  14- 

June  5-19 


June  6-9 
June  7-12 
June  10-17 
June  14-28 
June  18-23 

June  20-26 

June  21-30 


Feb. 


Mar, 
Mar, 

Mar, 
Oct. 


1946 

26- 

25- 
25- 
1947 

24- 
20- 


Nov.  21- 

1948 
12- 
23- 
15- 
16- 


Jan. 
Feb. 
June 
June 


Sept. 
Nov. 


1946 


3- 
12- 


Oct.  24- 


1947 


Oct. : 
Nov. 


'  Prepared  in  the  Division  of  International  Conferences,  Department  of  State. 


July  4,    1948 


17 


Caloidar  of  Meetings — Continued 

Itu  (International  Telecommunication  Union) : 

Provisional  Frequency  Board 

International  Administrative  Aeronautical  Radio  Conference    .    . 
European  Regional  Broadcasting  Conference 

U.S.-Swedish  Inter-Custodial  Discussions 

Ilo  (International  Labor  Organization) :  105th  and  106th  Sessions  of 
Governing  Body  Conference:  31st  General  Session. 

Royal  Society  Information  Conference 

Who  (World  Health  Organization) :  First  Session  of  World  Health 

Assembly. 

International  Conference  on  Large  High  Tension  Electric  Systems: 
Twelfth  Biennial  Session. 

Eleventh  International  Conference  on  Public  Education 

International   Council  of   Museums:  First  General   Biennial   Con- 
ference. 

Scheduled  for  July  1-31,  1948 

Meeting  of  International  Union  of  Family  Organizations 

IcEF  (International  Children's  Emergencj'  Fund) : 

Program  Committee 

Executive  Board 

UNESCO  (United  Nations  Educational,  Scientific  and  Cultural  Or- 
ganization): Executive  Board:  Eighth  Session. 

First  International  Poliomyelitis  Conference 

Seventh  International  Congress  of  Agricultural  Industries 

Itu  (International  Telecommunication  Union) ;  Fifth  Plenary  Meet- 
ing of  Radio  Consultative  Committee. 

IcAO    (International   Civil   Aviation   Organization) :  North   Pacific 
Regional  Air  Navigation  Meeting 

First  Inter- American  Conference  for  the  Rehabilitation  of  Cripples. 

Fao  (Food  and  Agriculture  Organization) :  Technical  Conference  of 
Latin  American  Nutrition  Experts 

Sixth  International  Congress  of  Linguists 

United  Nations:  Economic  and  Social  Council:  Seventh  Session  .    . 

International  Office  of  Wine:  27th  Session  of  Committee 

Thirteenth  International  Congress  of  Zoology 

21st  International  Congress  of  Orientalists 

Third  Inter-American  Travel  Congress 

International  Union  of  Scientific  Radio:  General  Assembly    .    .    .    . 

2  Tentative. 


Geneva  .  . 
Geneva  .  . 
Copenhagen 

Washington  . 

San  Francisco 

London  .  . 
Geneva     .    . 

Paris  .... 

Geneva  .  . 
Paris  .... 

Geneva     .    . 

Paris  .... 
Geneva      .    . 

Paris .... 

New  York.  . 
Paris .... 
Stockholm    . 

Seattle  .    .    . 

Mexico  City. 
Montevideo  . 

Paris .... 
Geneva .  .  . 
Paris  .... 
Paris  .... 
Paris  .... 
Buenos  Aires 
Stockholm 


1948 

Jan.  1.5- 
May  15- 
June  24- 

June  15- 

June  9- 

June  21- 
June  24- 

June:24^ 


June  28- 
June'28- 


July  1-3 

July  3- 
July  16- 

July  12-17 


July  12-17 
July  12-18 
July  12- 

July  13-August  2 

July  18-24 
July  18-28 

July  19-24 
July  19- 
July  20- 
July  21-27 
July  23-31 
Late  July  * 
July-Auguat 


IB 


Department  of  Stale  Bulletin 


Scientific  and  Economic  Development  in  the  Caribbean 


The  Sixth  Meetino;  of  the  Caribbean  Commis- 
sion was  held  at  San  Juan,  Puerto  Rico,  May  24  to 
29,  1948.  This  was  the  first  time  that  a  regular 
semiannual  meeting  of  the  four-nation  Caribbean 
Connnission  had  convened  in  Puerto  Rico. 

The  Commission  took  action  on  many  items  of 
importance  designed  to  strengthen  its  functions  in 
the  social  and  economic  fields.  Foremost  among 
the  recommendations  were  those  dealing  with  in- 
dustrial development,  transportation  and  com- 
munications, the  movement  of  population,  and  the 
establishment  of  a  research-information  unit  to 
service  the  Caribbean  area. 

The  emphasis  of  this  meeting  was  on  the  Com- 
mission's primary  task  as  an  advisory  body  in 
promoting  scientific,  technological,  and  economic 
development  in  the  Caribbean.  It  was  recognized 
that  the  Commission's  program  for  regional  action 
in  achieving  such  development  depended  upon  a 
thorough  knowledge  of  what  research  and  research 
facilities  exist  in  the  individual  territories.  With 
this  in  view,  the  Commission  decitled  to  proceed 
with  the  completion  of  a  survey  of  all  existing 
research  institutions,  projects,  and  personnel  in 
the  area.  The  results  of  this  survey  will  form 
the  nucleus  of  a  permanent  and  active  research- 
information  service  to  be  maintained  within 
the  organization  of  the  central  secretariat, 
vvliose  headquarters  are  located  at  Port-of-Spain. 
Trinidad,  B.W.I.  The  research  staff  of  the  sec- 
retariat will  concentrate  on  a  limited  number 
of  particular  fields  of  activity  which  have 
everj'day  application  in  tlie  lives  of  the  peoples 
of  the  Caribbean,  such  as  soil-erosion  control 
methods,  plant  and  animal  quarantine,  govern- 
mental action  in  respect  to  nutrition,  health 
education,  and  the  livestock  industry.  The  work 
will  not  be  confined  merely  to  the  collection  and 
dissemination  of  information  on  research  activities 
already  being  carried  on  by  other  agencies  but 
will  include  specialized  studies  by  the  research  staflf 
in  its  own  particular  fields  of  expert  knowledge. 
Such  information  will  be  widely  distributed  in 
order  to  make  known  what  resources,  research,  and 
research  facilities  exist,  what  research  is  in  prog- 
ress, how  work  can  be  coordinated  to  avoid  dupli- 
cation of  effort,  and  how  I'esearch  can  best  be 
developed  on  a  cooperative  basis. 

In  addition,  the  Commission  authorized  the 
establishment  of  a  statistical  unit  to  collect,  col- 
late, analyze,  and  distribute  data  on  such  matters 
as  trade,  population  trends,  and  other  topics  of 
general  utility  to  the  area  as  a  whole.    It  recon- 

Ju/y  4,   1948 


stituted  the  technical  research  committees,  and 
inaugurated  the  device  of  convening  from  time  to 
time  meetings  of  experts  to  advise  the  Commission 
on  specific  proposals  for  research-information 
services  in  their  various  fields  of  specialization. 

Altliough  it  has  been  recognized  for  some  time 
that  the  pressure  of  rapidly  growing  population 
on  limited  agricultui'al  resources  is  one  of  the 
basic  economic  problems  of  the  Caribbean  area, 
little  intensive  study  has  been  given  to  this  subject 
except  in  Puerto  Rico.  With  this  in  mind,  the 
Commission  authorized  a  study  of  population 
movements  in  the  Caribbean  to  serve  as  a  basis 
for  coordinated  governmental  action  through  the 
agency  of  the  Commission.  The  study  will  deal 
with  population  growth  and  pressure,  major 
migratory  movements  affecting  the  Caribbean, 
and  the  present  outlook  for  migration.  The  Com- 
mission is  expected  to  complete  the  study  within 
a  period  of  six  months. 

Progress  was  reported  on  the  survey  of  existing 
and  potential  industries  which  was  recommended 
by  the  second  session  of  the  West  Indian  Con- 
ference. A  panel  of  four  experts,  one  representing 
each  of  the  national  sections  of  the  Commission,  is 
rapidly  completing  the  four  sectional  reports. 
This  material  will  be  collated  into  an  over-all  re- 
port which  will  not  only  be  a  factual  study  of  the 
state  of  industrial  development,  existing  and  pro- 
jected, but  will  indicate  the  possibilities  of  a  gen- 
eral plan  for  the  coordinated  development  of  in- 
dustries in  the  area,  and  the  machinei-y  that  mi^ht 
be  set  up  to  carry  forward  such  regional  industrial 
development.  This  survey  will  be  completed  by 
September  1,  1948,  and  will  be  circulated  to  dele- 
gates in  advance  of  the  third  session  of  the  West 
Indian  Conference. 

It  was  decided  that  the  third  biennial  session  of 
the  West  Indian  Conference  will  be  held  in  Guade- 
loupe beginning  December  1, 1948.  In  addition  to 
inviting  two  delegates  representing  each  of  the  15 
Caribbean  territories,  the  Commission  will  invite 
observers  from  Cuba,  Haiti,  the  Dominican  Re- 
public, and  Canada,  and  from  the  United  Nations 
and  its  specialized  agencies.  The  central  theme 
of  the  conference  will  be  industrial  development 
and  related  matters,  such  as  transportation  and 
communication. 

The  Sixth  Meeting  was  held  under  the  chair- 
manship of  Pierre  Pelieu,  of  France,  who  pre- 
sided in  accordance  with  the  principle  of  rota- 
tion of  chairmanship  provided  for  in  the  agree- 
ment for  the  establishment  of  the  Caribbean  Com- 

19 


ACTIVITIES    AND   DEVELOPMENTS 

mission.  Tribute  was  paid  to  the  contribution 
made  by  the  late  chairman  of  the  United  States 
Section  of  the  Commission,  Charles  W.  Taussig, 
and  the  following  resolution  was  adopted : 

"Be  it  Resolved:  That  the  Caribbean  Commis- 
sion at  its  Sixth  Meeting  is  conscious  of  a  deep 
sense  of  loss  due  to  the  untimely  death  of  Charles 
Taussig,  United  States  Co-Chairman,  and  desires 
to  place  on  record  its  profound  appreciation  of  his 
sincere  interest  and  confidence  in  the  peoples  of 
the  Caribbean,  his  untiring  efforts  on  their  behalf, 
and  his  abounding  faith  in  the  potentialities  of 
the  Commission,  all  of  which  made  his  contribu- 
tion to  the  work  of  the  Commission  of  inestimable 
value." 

Attending  the  meeting  were  the  following  Com- 
missioners: 


France:  M.  Pierre  Pelieu   (Co-Chair-! 

man)  ; 

M.  Henri  Claudel  (Alternate) 

Netherlands:  Dr.  J.  C.  Kielstra  (Co-Chair- 

man) ; 

Dr.  W.  C.  de  la  Try  Ellis  ! 

Mr.  C.  H.  H.  Jongbaw 
Mr.  L.  A.  H.  Peters 

United  Kingdom:  Mr.  S.  A.  Hammond  (Actingi 
Co-Chairman) 
Mr.  Garnet  Gordon 
Mr.  N.  W.  Hanley 
Mr.  E.  E.  Sabben-Clare 

United  States:        Gov.  Jesiis  T.  Pinero  (Acting 
Co-Chairman) 
Gov.  W.  H.  Hastie 
Dr.  Eafael  Pico 


Plans  for  North  Pacific  Regional  Air  Navigation  Meeting  of  ICAO 


[Released  to  the  press  June  22] 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  June  22 
preliminary  plans  for  the  North  Pacific  Regional 
Air  Navigation  Meeting  of  the  International  Civil 
Aviation  Organization  (Icao),  sclieduled  to  con- 
vene at  Seattle  on  July  13, 19i8. 

This  will  be  the  eighth  in  a  series  of  ten  regional 
meetings  originally  scheduled  by  the  Provisional 
International  Civil  Aviation  Organization  to 
cover  the  ten  air  regions  into  which  the  world  has 
been  divided  by  the  Organization.  The  purpose 
of  the  meeting  is  to  examine  the  problems  of  air 
navigation  in  the  North  Pacific  region.  The  dele- 
gates will  prepare  a  regional  plan  of  the  aids  to 
navigation  and  the  usages  needed  in  the  region  to 
permit  the  observance  of  or  to  supplement  the 
standards  and  recommended  practices  currently 
approved  by  the  Icao  Council.  The  meeting  will 
last  from  two  to  three  weeks. 

The  United  States,  as  host  Government,  will  pro- 
vide the  international  secretariat.  This  secre- 
tariat will  be  assisted  by  technical  experts  from 
the  secretariat  of  Icao  at  Montreal.  Richard  S. 
Wlieeler,  Assistant  Chief,  Division  of  Interna- 
tional Conferences,  Department  of  State,  has  been 
designated  secretary  general  of  the  meeting.  All 
technical  aspects  will  be  under  the  supervision  of 
Robert  W.  Craig,  Adviser  on  Meteorology  to  the 
Administrator  of  the  Civil  Aeronautics  Adminis- 
tration, and  Chief,  International  Aviation  Sec- 
tion, U.S.  Weather  Bureau. 

It  is  expected  that  the  meeting  will  follow  the 
usual  pattern  of  regional  meetings  of  Icao  and 

20 


that  the  principal  committees  formed  will  include 
aerodromes  and  gi'ound  aids,  air  traffic  control, 
comnnmications,  meteorology,  and  search  and 
rescue.  The  practices  and  procedures  i-ecom-  \\ 
mended  by  the  meeting  in  these  fields  will  be  ' 
forwarded  to  the  Council  of  Icao  at  Montreal  for 
consideration  and  approval. 

In  accordance  with  the  recommendations  of  the 
Icao  Council,  invitations  to  participate  in  the  con- 
ference have  been  sent  to  the  Governments  of  Aus- 
tralia, Canada,  China,  France,  India,  the  Nether- 
lands, New  Zealand,  the  Philippines,  Siam,  and 
the  United  Kingdom.  Invitations  to  send  ob- 
servers have  likewise  been  extended  to  36  member 
states  of  Icao  and  to  the  Union  of  Soviet 
Socialist  Republics  and  Burma,  which  are  not 
member  states  of  Icao.  International  organi- 
zations which  liave  been  invited  to  attend  include 
the  United  Nations,  the  International  Air  Trans- 
port Association,  the  International  Meteorological 
Organization,  the  International  Telecommunica- 
tion Union,  and  the  Federation  Aeronautique 
Internationale. 

Dr.  Raymond  Allen,  i)resi(lent  of  the  University 
of  Washington,  has  made  available  to  this  Govern- 
ment facilities  on  the  University's  campus  where 
the  meeting  may  be  held.  William  F.  Devin, 
mayor  of  Seattle,  has  appointed  a  civic  committee  I 
for  the  purpose  of  providing  appropriate  hos- 
pitalit}-  for  the  visiting  delegations. 

The  United  States  Delegation  to  this  meeting 
is  now  being  formed  and  the  names  of  the  repre- 
sentatives will  be  announced  later. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 


Signing  of  the  Displaced  Persons  Act  of  1948 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  PRESIDENT 


[Released  to  the  press  June  25] 

It  is  with  very  great  reluctance  that  I  have 
signed  S.  2242.  the  Displaced  Persons  Act  of  1948.' 

If  the  Congress  were  still  in  session,  I  would  re- 
turn this  bill  without  my  approval  and  urge  that 
a  fairer,  more  humane  bill  be  passed.  In  its  pres- 
ent form  this  bill  is  flagrantly  discriminatory.  It 
mocks  the  American  tradition  of  fair  play.  Un- 
fortunately, it  was  not  passed  until  the  last  day  of 
the  session.  If  I  refused  to  sign  this  bill  now, 
there  would  be  no  legislation  on  behalf  of  dis- 
placed persons  until  the  next  session  of  the 
Congress. 

It  is  a  close  question  whether  this  bill  is  better 
or  worse  than  no  bill  at  all.  After  careful  con- 
sideration I  have  decided,  however,  that  it  would 
not  be  right  to  penalize  the  beneficiaries  of  this 
bill  on  account  of  the  injustices  perpetrated 
against  others  who  should  have  been  included 
within  its  provisions.  I  have  therefore  signed  the 
bill  in  the  hope  that  its  injustices  will  be  rectified 
by  the  Congress  at  the  first  opportunity. 

Americans  of  all  religious  faiths  and  political 
beliefs  will  find  it  hard  to  understand,  as  I  do,  why 
the  80th  Congress  delayed  action  on  this  subject 
until  the  end  of  this  session,  with  the  result 
that  most  attempts  to  imjarove  the  bill  were 
frustrated.     .     .     . 

The  80tli  Congress  certainly  had  ample  time  to 
produce  a  satisfactory  bill.  Eighteen  months  ago, 
in  my  state-of-the-Union  message,^  I  stated  that 
I  did  not  feel  that  tiie  United  States  had  done  its 
part  in  the  admission  of  displaced  persons.  I 
pointed  out  that  Congressional  assistance  in  the 
form  of  new  legislation  was  needed. 

Si.x  months  later,  on  July  7,  1947,  because  the 
Congress  had  not  yet  acted,  I  sent  a  special  message 
on  the  subject.  I  reminded  the  Congress :  "We  are 
dealing  with  a  human  problem,  a  world  tragedy. 
.  .  .  I  urge  tlie  Congress  to  press  forward  with 
its  consideration  of  this  subject  and  to  pass  suitable 
legislation  as  speedily  as  possible."  To  my  regret, 
the  Congress  adjourned  last  summer  without  pass- 
ing any  displaced-persons  legislation. 

Again,  on  January  7, 1948, 1  urged  the  Congress 
"to  pass  suitable  legislation  at  once  so  that  this 
Nation  may  do  its  share  in  caring  for  homeless  and 

July  4,    1948 


siiffering  refugees  of  all  faiths.  I  believe  that  the 
admission  of  tnese  persons  will  add  to  the  strength 
and  energy  of  the  Nation."' 

The  Congress  did  not  act  "at  once".  The  Senate 
committee  charged  with  the  responsibility  of 
rendering  a  report  on  January  10,  1948,  asked  for, 
and  received,  an  extension  to  report  on  February 
10.  Instead  of  reporting  on  February  10  it  re- 
ported on  March  2.  The  bill  which  it  finally  re- 
ported, without  a  single  public  hearing,  was 
roundly  and  deservedly  criticized  liy  all  who  were 
interested  in  achieving  a  fair  solution  of  this  prob- 
lem. Through  one  device  or  another,  debate  on 
the  bill  by  the  Senate  was  postponed  from  the  be- 
ginning of  March  until  tlie  end  of  Maj'.  The 
Senate  bill  was  not  passed  until  June  2.  The 
House  of  Kepresentatives  in  the  meantime  had  de- 
layed action  and  did  not  pass  its  bill  until  June  11. 
It  was  not  until  the  last  days  of  the  session  that 
the  Senate  and  the  House  conferees  met  to  put 
together  a  compromise. 

The  compromise  resulting  from  this  hasty,  last- 
minute  action  consisted  largely  of  combining  the 
worst  features  of  both  the  Senate  and  House  bills. 

I  have  analyzed  closely  the  bill  which  was  sent  to 
me  for  signature.  Its  good  points  can  be  stated  all 
too  briefly:  At  long  last,  the  principle  is  recog- 
nized that  displaced  persons  should  be  admitted  to 
the  United  States.  Two  bundled  thousand  dis- 
placed persons  may  be  admitted  in  the  next  two 
years,  as  well  as  2,000  recent  Czech  refugees  and 
3,000  orphans. 

The  bad  points  of  the  bill  are  numerous.  To- 
gether they  form  a  pattern  of  discrimination  and 
intolerance  wholly  inconsistent  with  the  iVmericsin 
sense  of  justice. 

The  bill  discriminates  in  callous  fashion  against 
displaced  persons  of  the  Jewish  faith.  This  brutal 
fact  cannot  be  obscured  by  the  maze  of  technical- 
ities in  the  bill  or  by  the  protestations  of  some  of 
its  sponsors. 

The  primary  device  used  to  discriminate  against 
Jewish  displaced  persons  is  the  provision  restrict- 
ing eligibility  to  those  displaced  persons  who  en- 
tered Germany,  Austria,  or  Italy  on  or  before 
December  22,  1945.    Most  of  the  Jewish  displaced 

'  I'ublic  Ljiw  774.  80th  Cong.,  2d  sess. 
'  Bulletin  of  Jan.  19,  1947,  p.  124. 

'I 


THE  RECORD  Of  THE  WBEK 

persons  who  had  entered  Germany,  Austria,  or 
Italy  by  that  time  have  already  left ;  and  most  of 
the  Jewish  displaced  persons  now  in  those  areas 
arrived  there  after  December  22,  1045,  and  hence 
are  denied  a  chance  to  come  to  the  United  States 
under  this  bill.  By  this  device  more  than  90  per- 
cent of  the  remaining  Jewish  displaced  persons 
are  definitely  excluded.  Even  the  eligible  10  per- 
cent are  beset  by  numerous  additional  i-estrictions 
written  into  the  bill. 

For  all  practical  purposes,  it  must  bo  frankly 
recognized,  therefore,  that  this  bill  excludes  Jew- 
ish displaced  persons,  rather  than  accepting  a  fair 
proportion  of  them  along  with  other  faiths. 

The  bill  also  excludes  many  displaced  persons 
of  the  Catholic  faith  who  deserve  admission. 
Many  anti-Communist  refugees  of  Catholic  faith 
fled  into  the  American  zones  after  December  22, 
1945,  in  order  to  escape  persecution  in  countries 
dominated  by  a  Communist  form  of  government. 
These  too  are  barred  by  the  December  22,  1945, 
date  line. 

It  is  inexplicable,  except  upon  the  abhorrent 
ground  of  intolerance,  that  this  date  should  have 
been  chosen  instead  of  April  21,  1947,  the  date  on 
which  General  Clay  closed  the  displaced-persons 
camps  to  further  admissions. 

The  Jewish  and  Catholic  displaced  persons  who 
found  asylum  in  our  zones  between  December  22, 
1945,  and  April  21,  1047,  who  are  wrongly  ex- 
cluded by  this  bill,  fled  their  native  countries  for 
the  same  basic  reasons  as  Baits  who  came  before 
December  22,  1945,  and  Czechs  who  came  after 
January  1948,  who  are  rightly  included.  I  sin- 
cerely hope  that  the  Congress  will  remedy  this 
gross  discrimination  at  its  earliest  opportunity. 

There  are  many  other  seriously  objectionable 
features  in  the  bill.    Some  of  these  are  as  follows. 

Except  for  orphans,  the  bill  charges  the  dis- 
placed persons  admitted  under  its  provisions  to 
future  immigration  quotas  of  their  countries  of 
birth,  up  to  50  percent  of  the  quota  per  year.  Un- 
der this  system,  50  percent  of  some  quotas  will  be 
"mortgaged"  for  generations.  This  is  a  most  be- 
grudging method  of  accepting  useful  and  worthy 
people  and  will  necessarily  deprive  many  other 
worthy  people  of  an  opportunity  to  come  to  the 
United  States  in  future  years.  Considering  how 
few  pei'manent  immigrants  were  able  to  enter  this 
country  during  the  war,  it  would  have  been  more 
equitable  to  admit  the  displaced  persons  as  non- 
quota immigrants. 

The  bill  requires  that  at  least  40  percent  of  the 
displaced  persons  allowed  to  enter  this  country 
must  come  from  areas  which  have  been  "c?e  facto 
annexed  b^  a  foreign  power".  This  guarantees  a 
disproportionately  high  percentage  of  persons 
from  particular  areas.  It  would  have  been  fairer 
to  provide  instead  for  the  admission  of  persons 
in  proportion  to  the  numbers  of  each  gi'oup  in 
the  displaced-persons  camps. 

22 


The  bill  reflects  a  singular  lack  of  confidence 
by  the  Congress  in  the  capacity  and  willingness  of 
the  people  of  the  United  States  to  extend  a  wel- 
coming hand  to  the  prospective  immigrants.  It 
contains  many  i-estrictive  requirements,  such  as 
prior  assurances  of  suitable  employment  and  "safe 
and  sanitary  housing",  unnecessarily  complicated 
investigation  of  each  applicant,  and  burdensome 
reports  from  individual  immigrants.  I  regret 
that  the  Congress  saw  fit  to  impose  such  niggardly 
conditions. 

The  bill  submitted  to  me  also  emasculates  the 
salutary  provision  of  the  House  bill  which  pro- 
vided for  the  granting  of  permanent  residence 
status  to  a  maximum  of  15,000  displaced  persons 
who  are  already  lawfully  in  this  country.  The 
bill  now  requires  a  concurrent  resolution  of  the 
Congress  in  favor  of  each  individual  after  his 
application  has  been  approved  by  the  Attorney 
General.  This  requirement  has  the  efl'ect  of  per- 
petuating the  cumbersome  practice  of  special 
action  by  the  Congress  to  adjust  the  status  of 
individual  aliens. 

I  know  what  a  bitter  disappointment  this  bill 
is — to  the  many  displaced  victims  of  persecution 
who  looked  to  the  United  States  for  hope ;  to  the 
millions  of  our  citizens  who  wanted  to  help  them 
in  the  finest  American  spirit ;  to  the  many  members 
of  the  Congress  who  fought  hard  but  unsuccess- 
fully for  a  decent  displaced-persons  bill.  I  hope 
that  this  bitter  disappointment  will  not  turn  to 
despair. 

I  have  signed  this  bill,  in  spite  of  its  many  de- 
fects, in  order  not  to  delay  further  the  beginning- 
of  a  resettlement  program  and  in  the  expectation 
that  the  necessary  remedial  action  will  follow 
when  the  Congress  reconvenes. 


Establishment  of  fVSissions  by  the  U.  S. 
and  the  Provisional  Government  of  IsraeS 

Statement  by  the  President 

[Released  to  the  press  by  tUe  White  House  June  22) 

Agreement  has  been  reached  between  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  and  the  Provi- 
sional Government  of  Israel  on  the  establishment 
of  a  Mission  of  the  United  States  in  Israel  and  a 
Mission  of  the  Provisional  Government  of  Israel 
in  the  United  States.  Agreement  has  also  been 
reached  on  the  exchange  of  special  representatives. 

Mr.  Eliahu  Epstein  has  been  designated  by  the 
Provisional  Government  of  Israel  as  its  Special 
Representative  in  the  United  States  heading  the 
Mission  of  the  Provisional  Government  of  Israel 
in  this  country. 

I  have  today  appointed  the  Honorable  James 
Grover  McDonald,  of  New  York,  to  serve  as  the 
Special  Eepresentative  of  the  United  States  to 
head  the  Mission  of  the  United  States  in  Israel. 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Convocation  of  Conference  Concerning  Navigation  on  Danube  River 


SUMMARY  OF  NEGOTIATIONS 


(Rcleaseil  to  the  press  June  211 

A  note  dated  June  12  from  the  Embassy  of  the 
Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics  -  concerning 
tlie  proposed  convocation  of  a  conference  to  work 
out  a  new  convention  for  the  I'egime  of  navigation 
on  tiie  Danube  expressed  Soviet  concurrence  that 
the  conference  be  held  on  July  30;  that  Austria 
participate  in  a  consultative  capacity;  and  that 
an  appropriate  communication  be  sent  by  the 
Governments  of  the  U.S.S.R.,  the  U.K.,  France, 
and  the  U.S.  to  the  host  government  requesting  the 
latter  to  invite  participants  to  the  conference.  At 
the  same  time  tlie  Soviet  Embassy  stated  that  it 
had  been  informed  by  the  Yugoslav  Government 
that  it  would  be  difficult  to  provide  the  necessary 
facilities  for  holding  the  conference  in  Belgrade 
on  July  30  and  suggested  in  the  circumstances  that 
the  conference  be  held  in  the  capital  of  one  of  the 
other  Danubian  states  participating  in  the  con- 
ference on  a  voting  basis. 

On  June  IG  the  Minister  for  Foreign  Affairs  of 


Yugoslavia  informed  the  U.S.  Charge  d'Affaires 
in  Belgrade  that  the  information  given  by  the 
Soviet  Government  concerning  technical  difficul- 
1  ies  for  organizing  the  conference  in  Belgrade  on 
July  30  was  based  on  his  personal  statement  and 
was  not  shared  by  the  Yugoslav  Government, 
which  had  in  fact  taken  all  steps  in  preparation 
for  the  conference  to  be  held  on  July  30  in  Bel- 
grade without  any  obstacles. 

The  Department  replied  to  the  Soviet  note  of 
June  12  in  a  note  delivered  June  18,  the  text  of 
which  is  released  herewith.  On  June  19  the  De- 
partment received  a  further  note  dated  June  18 
from  the  Soviet  Embassy  supplementing  its 
earlier  note  of  June  12  and,  after  confirming  the 
statement  by  the  Yugoslav  Foreign  Minister  re- 
ferred to  above,  whicli  was  also  communicated  to 
the  Soviet  Embassy  in  Yugoslavia,  stating  that  the 
Soviet  Government  now  considers  the  agreement 
reached  earlier  for  the  convocation  of  the  con- 
ference in  Belgrade  on  July  30  as  re-established. 


TEXT  OF  THE  AMERICAN  NOTE  TO  THE  U.  S.  S.  R. 


[  Released  to  the  press  June  21  ] 

The  Secretary  of  State  presents  his  compliments 
to  His  E.xcellency  the  Ambassador  of  the  Union 
of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics  and  has  the  honor  to 
acknowledge  the  receipt  of  the  Ambassador's  note 
of  June  12,  19-48,  concerning  the  convocation  of  a 
conference  to  work  out  a  new  convention  regard- 
ing the  regime  of  navigation  on  the  Danube. 

It  is  noted  that  the  Ambassador  states  that  the 
Government  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Re- 
publics has  been  informed  by  the  Yugoslav  Gov- 
ernment that  it  would  be  difficult  to  make  satis- 
factory arrangements  for  such  a  conference  in 
Belgrade  by  July  30,  1948  as  proposed  and  sug- 
gests instead  that  the  conference  be  held  in  the 
capital  of  one  of  the  other  Danubian  States  par- 
ticipating in  the  conference  on  a   voting  basis. 

'  Spe  Bui.LKTiN  of  June  6,  1048,  p.  73.5.  See  also  Bul- 
letin of  June  20,  1948,  p.  787,  for  an  article  on  freedom  of 
navigation  on  the  Danube  and  the  July  issue  of  Dotuments 
and  State  Papers. 

^  Not  printe<l. 


Howevei',  since  the  receipt  of  the  Ambassador's 
note  under  acknowledgment  the  Yugoslav  Govern- 
ment has  informed  the  United  States  Government 
that  all  necessary  measures  have  been  taken  to  in- 
sure that  the  conference  is  held  in  Belgrade  on 
July  30. 

Wliile  the  United  States  Government  has  no 
objection  to  holding  the  conference  in  Bucharest, 
Budapest,  Prague  or  Sofia,  it  was,  and  still  is, 
equally  pleased  to  accede  to  the  original  proposal 
of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics  that  the 
conference  take  place  in  Belgrade  and,  in  the  cir- 
cumstances, will  appreciate  the  further  comments 
of  the  Government  of  the  Union  of  Soviet 
Socialist  Republics  in  the  light  of  this  apparent 
misunderstanding. 

The  Secretary  of  State  is  transmitting  copies  of 
this  communication  to  the  Governments  of  the 
United  Kingdom  and  France. 

Washington,  June  18,  1948 


July  4,    1948 


23 


U.  N.  Nationals  Granted  Postponement  of  Payment  of  Property  Tax  to 
Italian  Government 


[Released  to  the  press  June  25] 

The  Department  of  State  has  been  informed  by 
the  American  Embassy  at  Rome  that  the  Italian 
Ministry  of  Finance  has  instructed  local  tax  offi- 
cials in  Italy  to  grant  United  Nations  nationals 
postponement  of  payment  to  the  Italian  Govern- 
ment of  the  extraordinary  progi-essive  tax  on 
property  in  Italy  belonging  to  physical  persons 
and  of  the  extraordinary  proportional  tax  on 
property  in  Italy  belonging  to  juridical  persons. 
Such  postponement  is  being  granted  pending  deci- 
sion by  a  conciliation  commission,  pursuant  to 
the  terms  of  the  treaty  of  peace  with  Italy,  as  to 
the  liability  of  United  Nations  nationals  for  such 
taxes.  No  postponement  is  being  granted  regard- 
ing the  payment  of  that  extraordinary  propor- 
tional tax  on  property  in  Italy  which  has  replaced 
the  ordinary  property  tax. 

Postponement  of  payment  of  the  above- 
mentioned  taxes  is  not  automatic,  but  must  be 
specifically  requested  by  the  United  Nations  na- 
tionals concerned  or  b,y  their  representatives  in 
Italy.  There  are  quoted  below  the  instructions  of 
the  Italian  Ministry  of  Finance  regarding  the  pro- 
cedure which  shall  apply  with  respect  to  postpone- 
ment of  (A)  the  extraordinary  progressive  tax  and 
(B)  the  extraordinary  proportional  tax. 

A.    EXTRAORDINAKY  PROGRESSIVE  TAX 

"(1)  ^Vhenever  the  tax  has  already  been  entered 
on  the  register,  as  in  most  cases,  collections  of  it 
shall  be  suspended  by  the  Intendants  of  Finance 
upon  written  application  of  the  tax  payer  con- 
ceiiied  or  his  representative  in  Italy.  Such  appli- 
cation should  be  presented  to  the  'Intendenze  di 
Finanza'  or  to  the  District  Offices  for  Direct  Taxes. 
Postponement  shall  be  gi-anted  as  an  ex  gratia  con- 
cession for  an  undetermined  period  affecting  the 
taxes  entered  on  the  register  for  the  year  194S. 

"In  order  to  ascertain  the  status  of  United 
Nations  nationals  in  relation  to  the  question  of 
taxation,  it  will  be  sufficient  for  each  such  national 
to  attach  to  the  application  for  postponement  any 
document  which  will  constitute  evidence  of  such 
status.  Such  document  will  be  returned  as  soon 
as  the  status  of  the  applicant  shall  have  been 
recorded  at  the  Intendants  of  Finance  or  at  the 
District  Offices. 

"(2)  If  the  tax  has  not  been  entered  on  the  tax 
register,  such  entry  shall  be  suspended  whenever 
the  'applicant's'  tax  returns  contain  reservations 

24 


as  to  the  liability  to  the  extraordinary  tax  speci- 
fically based  on  paragraph  6  of  Article  78  oi  the 
Peace  Treaty. 

"If  such  reservations  have  not  been  made,  it  will 
be  necessary  for  the  tax  payer  to  present  a  written 
application  set  out  as  above  to  the  District  Officer, 
who  will  thereupon  postpone  the  entry  in  the  tax 
register  unless  the  status  of  United  Nations 
national  of  the  applicant  cannot  be  accurately 
determined  at  the  District  Office. 

"(3)  The  postponement  of  payment  or  of  entry 
in  the  register  shall  remain  in  force  until  new  in- 
structions shall  have  been  issued  by  this  ilinistry." 

B.  Extraordinary  proportional  tax 

"(1)  Postponement  can  only  be  granted  at  the 
specific  application  of  the  company  concerned  or 
of  its  representative  in  Italy. 

"Such  application  shall  be  presented  at  the  In- 
tendenze di  Finanza  or  at  the  District  Offices  with 
the  necessary  documentation  showing  that  the 
company  has  been  constituted  under  the  laws  of 
one  of  the  United  Nations  concei-ned.  This  docu- 
mentation will  be  required  every  time  a  company 
shall  be  liable  to  taxation  under  the  last  para- 
graph of  Article  70  of  the  Legislative  Decree  of 
ilth  October  1947,  on  the  capital  invested  or  exist- 
ing in  Italy. 

"On  the  other  hand,  whenever  a  company  con- 
stituted in  Italy  is  concerned,  the  postponement 
may  be  granted  whenever  such  company,  during 
the  period  of  the  war,  shall  have  been  subjected  to 
sequestration  under  the  provisions  of  Article  5  of 
the  War  Law  approved  by  Royal  Decree  No.  1415 
of  the  8th  July  1938. 

"(2)  Considering  that  the  collection  of  the  ex- 
traordinary tax  payable  by  companies  and  juridi- 
cal persons  shall  commence  by  an  instalment  fall- 
ing due  in  August  1948,  all  offices  shall  postpone 
sine  die  the  entry  into  the  tax  register  as  soon  as 
they  shall  have  received  the  written  application 
for  suspension,  together  with  the  evidence  of  the 
origin  of  the  company  on  the  one  hand  or  of  its 
sequestration  during  the  war  on  the  other. 

"Such  evidence  may  be  returned  to  the  appli- 
cants as  soon  as  recorded  in  the  books  of  the  offices 
concerned.  Furthermore  whenever  the  postpone- 
ment shall  have  been  requested  after  the  entry  in 
the  tax  register,  the  Intendenze  di  Finanza  shall 
likewise  suspend  sine  die  the  collection  of  the  tax 
as  an  ex  gratia  concession." 

Deparfmenf  of  Sfafe  Bulletin 


U.S.  C-0'n<c«fTi  O'ver  D*i'p«rta-iio>n  o^ 
Gmk  ChiiWireri 


Li'nder  EGA 


7,;:f 


»T 


-1,  IMa. 


ssaii; 


■  -Hr- 


rami. 


cbon/ 

TBe_ 


.  IlE  ffiTg-  HfigHdSB.- 


i  wieIl  lesgeGt  : 


%2& 


U,5,  C-u:Itxi:r3.l  LeadieTS  AwarTJiad  Crain-ts-iin-AJd 

J  '  ^-.-^  _^__  _^^_  _■_.;- 7- _^  i.  jniiTrtr- 

:i:  qf  Sfcate  to  emiSIelim 


TrT'Sr  as  SEL  oigraeiiltrDiial  rHseaareUfc 
_•   ^      ■ . .  ■  ■   i.nrnaiilL 

lie  rlEDS- 


Luxernbo'urs     S^igns     GeTman     E.nerri'y 
A«->et3  A ire^'tTTent 


-01- 


^Cica;. 


CoinfirmatJon 


:jis  aife  vainiatEs 


THE   FOREIGN  SIRMCE 


^r-M-i   •.  n Tr-r^ei  tie  mnnrnailMn: 


■■-.— .-  .T— ^   ;if  re-',  li.  12^,  gi.  1192  fflni 


Jwrjr  4.    (9-i« 


as 


Sales  off  Surplus  Combat  Materiel  During  May  1948 

[Released  to  the  press  June  22] 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  sales  of  surplus  combat  materiel  effected  by  the  Department  of  State 
in  its  capacity  as  foreign  surplus  disposal  agent,  during  the  month  of  May  1948,  and  not  previously 
reported  to  the  Munitions  Division : 


Country 

Description  of  materiel 

Procurement  cost 

Sales  price 

Date  of 

transfer 

Brazil.. 

Battery  of  four  each  field  artillery  trainers,  M3 

Miscellaneous  spare  parts  of  radio  equipment  ^ 

$1,  699.  02 

3,  879.  54 

271,  559.  60 

3,  600,  250.  82 

129,  184.  64 

854.  80 

1,  661,  934.  79 

$84.  96 

894.  66 

22,  409.  06 

83,  096.  74 

15,  000.  51 

42.76 

83,  096.  74 

5/20/48 
5/27/48 

Canada..    . 

Chile.     

5/20/48 
5/11/48 

China. 

Miscellaneous  spare  parts  for  aircraft  (C-46s  and  C-47s) 

Miscellaneous    spare    parts    for   revolvers,    rifles,    automatic 
rifles,  bayonets,  machine  guns,  sub-machine  guns. 

Recoil  mechanism  for  37  mm.  gun,  sub-caliber  M1916,  for 
105  mm.  howitzer  M2A1. 

300  periscopes,  M3,  with  telescope;  65  periscopes,  M4,  with  tele- 
scope; 33  periscopes,  M5;  2  telescopes,  M54;  115  tank  engines, 
Continental  radial  model  W670-9A;  600  bundles  of  track 
assemblies;  miscellaneous  spare  parts  for  tank,  light  M3A3. 

Cuba.. 

5/3/48 
5/20/48 
5/26/48 

Guatemala 

TrRKET 

Designating  tlie  International  Joint  Commission — United  States  and  Canada  as  a  Public  Inter- 
nationaLOrga  nization  Entitled  To  Enjoy  Certain  Privileges,  Exemptions,  and  Immunities' 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  White  House  June  2C] 

By  virtue  of  the  authority  vested  in  me  by  section 
1  of  the  International  Organizations  Immunities 
Act,  approved  December  29,  1945  (59  Stat.  669), 
and  having  found  that  the  United  States  par- 
ticipates in  the  International  Joint  Commission — 
United  States  and  Canada,  established  under  the 
authority  of  the  Treaty  between  the  United  States 
and  Great  Britain  relating  to  the  boundary  waters 
between  the  United  States  and  Canada,  signed  at 
Washington,  January  11,  1909  (36  Stat.  2448), 
I  hereby  designate  such  organization  as  a  public 
international  organization  entitled  to  enjoy  the 
privileges,  exemptions,  and  immunities  conferred 
by  the  said  Act. 

The  designation  of  the  above-named  organiza- 


tion as  a  public  international  organization  within 
the  meaning  of  the  said  International  Organiza- 
tions Immunities  Act  is  not  intended  to  abridge  in 
any  respect  privileges,  exemptions,  and  immuni- 
ties which  such  organization  may  have  acquired 
or  may  acquire  by  treaty  or  Congressional  action. 
This  order  supplements  Executive  Orders  No. 
9698  of  February  19,  1946,  No.  9751  of  July  11, 
1946,  No.  9823  of  January  24,  1947,  No.  9863  of 
May  31,  1947,  No.  9887  of  August  22,  1947,  and 
No.  9911  of  December  19, 1947. 


'  B.X.  Or.  9972  (13  Fed.  Reg.  3573). 


The  White  House, 

Jtine  25, 1948. 


26 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Atomic  Energy  Issues — Continued  from  page  14- 

bers  of  this  Commission  are  certain  that  they  have 
evolved  and  set  forth  in  their  reports  the  technical 
framework  of  a  system  of  control  which  will  be 
satisfactory  and  which,  in  the  end,  will  be  accepted 
and  implemented  by  all  nations.     .     .     . 

"I  sliould  like  tlie  Commission  to  think  of  this 
action  by  the  majority  members  for  what  it  is — a 
bold  challenge  to  the  forces  of  reaction,  of  ignor- 
ance and  of  timidity  to  face  up  to  the  new  concep- 
tions of  international  organization  which  recog- 
nize the  inescapable  facts  consequent  upon  our 
entrv  into  the  atomic  age.     .     .     ." 


Resolution  Concerning  the  International  Con- 
trol of  Atomic  Energy  > 

The  Security  Council, 

Having  received  and  examined  the  First,  the  Sec- 
ond, and  the  Third  Reports  of  the  United  Nations 
Atomic  Energy  Commission, 

Directs  the  Secretary-General  to  transmit  to  the 
General  Assembly  and  to  the  Member  nations  of  the 
United  Nations,  the  First,  Second,  and  Third  Reports 
of  the  Atomic  Energy  Commission,  together  with 
the  record  of  the  deliberations  of  the  Security  Coun- 
cil on  this  subject,  as  a  matter  of  special  concern. 

'  U.N.  doe.  8/852,  June  22,  1948. 


PUBLICATIONS 
Department  of  State 

For  sale  by  the  ^Superintendent  of  Documents,  Oovern- 
ment  Printing  Office,  Washington  25,  D.C.  Address  re- 
quests direct  to  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  except 
in  the  case  of  free  publications,  which  may  he  obtained 
from  the  Department  of  State. 

Germany:  Economic  Fusion  of  American  and  British 
Zones  of  Occupation.  Treaties  and  Other  International 
Acts  Series  1689.     I>ub.  3059.     11  pp.     5«S. 

Asreement  Between  the  United  States  of  America  and  the 
United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Northern  Irelaml 
.\mending  the  Agreement  of  December  2,  1940 — Signed 
at  Washington  December  17,  1947 ;  entered  into  force 
December  17,  1947. 

The  Foreign  Service  of  the  United  States:  General  Infor- 
mation and  Pertinent  Laws  and  Regulations,  June  1,  1918. 
Pub.  3138.     GO  pp.     20^. 

Diplomatic  List,  Jnne  1948.  Pub.  3170.  187  pp.  30^  a 
copy ;  $3.25  a  year  domestic,  $4.50  a  year  foreign. 

Monthly  list  of  foreign  diplomatic  representatives  in 
Washington,  with  their  addresses. 


THE   RECORD   OF   THE   WEEK 

THE  CONGRESS 

United  States  Foreign  Policy  for  a  Post-War  Recovery 
Program:  Hearings  Before  the  Committee  on  Foreign 
Affairs,  House  of  Representatives,  80th  Cong.,  1st  and  2d 
sess.,  on  United  States  foreign  policy  for  a  post-war 
recovery  program,  the  first  step  being  consideration  of 
proposals  for  a  European  Recovery  Program.  Including 
H.R.  4840,  H.R.  4579,  and  similar  measures :  Part  I,  Decem- 
ber 17,  1947,  .January  12,  18,  14,  15,  20,  21,  22,  27,  28  29 
February  3,  4,  5,  10,  11,  12,  1948 ;  Part  2,  February  17* 
18, 19,  20,  24,  25,  26,  27,  March  2,  3,  4,  5,  8, 10,  1948.  ii,  2296 
rip.  [Department  of  State,  pp.  48,  84,  86,  197,  230  412 
476,  508,  .509,  582,  584,  067,  070,  820,  832,  857,  8.58'  86l' 
1202,  1267,  1771,  1772,  1793,  1907,  1913.] 

Question  of  Ownership  of  Captured  Horses:  Hearings 
Before  a  Subcommittee  of  the  Committee  on  Armed 
Services,  United  States  Senate,  80th  Cong.,  1st  sess.,  on 
determining  the  basis  of  the  contemplated  return  to 
Hungary  of  certain  horses  said  to  have  been  brought  to 
the  United  States  as  captured  war  materiel ;  December  3 
5,  8,  9,  12,  15,  18,  19,  22,  and  23.  1947.  iii,  328  pp.  [De- 
partment of  State,  22,  59,  89,  202,  314.] 

Proposed  Treaty  of  Friendship,  Commerce,  and  Naviga- 
tion Between  the  United  States  and  the  Italian  Republic: 
Hearing  Before  a  Subcommittee  of  the  Committee  on 
Foreign  Relations,  United  States  Senate,  80th  Cong.,  2d 
sess.,  on  a  proposed  treaty  of  friendship,  commerce,  and 
navigation  between  the  United  States  and  the  Italian 
Republic;  April  30,  1948.  iii,  37  pp.  [Department  of 
State,  p.  1.] 

Great  Lakes  Fisheries:  Executive  Hearings  Before  the 
Committee  on  the  Merchant  Marine  and  Fisheries,  House 
of  Representatives,  79th  Cong.,  2d  sess.,  pursuant  to  the 
authority  of  H.  Res.  38,  a  resolution  authorizing  investi- 
gation of  the  National  Defense  Program  as  it  relates  to 
the  Committee  on  the  Merchant  Marine  and  Fisheries; 
June  12  and  13,  1946.  iv,  689  pp.  [Department  of  State, 
p.  10.] 

European  Interim  Aid  and  Government  and  Relief  In 
Occupied  Areas:  Hearings  Before  the  Committee  on 
Appropriations,  United  States  Senate,  80th  Cong.,  1st  sess., 
on  European  interim  aid  and  government  and  relief  In 
occupied  areas,  il,  914  pp.  [Department  of  State,  pp.  108, 
lo7,  172,  370,  459,  5."p5,  798.  J 

Hearings  on  Proposed  Legislation  To  Curb  or  Control 
the  Communist  Party  of  the  United  States:  Hearings 
Before  the  Subcommittee  on  Legislation  of  the  Committee 
on  Un-American  Activities,  House  of  Representatives,  80th 
Cong.,  2d  sess.,  on  H.R.  4422  and  H.R.  4581;  Public  Law 
601  (Section  121,  Subsection  Q  (2));  February  5,  6,  9. 
10,  11,  19,  and  20,  1948.     iv,  500  pp. 

Amending  Section  32  of  the  Trading  With  the  Enemy 
Act:  Hearings  Before  the  Committee  on  Interstate  and 
Foreign  Commerce,  House  of  Representatives,  80th  Cong., 
2d  sess.,  on  H.R.  4903,  H.R.  5188,  and  H.R.  5200,  bills  to 
amend  section  32  of  the  trading  with  the  enemv  act ;  March 
8,1948.     ill,  70  pp. 


July  4,    1948 


27 


The  U.N.  and  Specialized  Agencies 

Voting  in  the  Security  Council.  By  Bern- 
hard  G.  Bechhoefer  ......... 

Progress  in  Indonesia.  By  H.  Merrell  Ben- 
ninghoff ,    ■    ■ 

U.S.  Steps  Talien  To  Implement  Palestine 
Truce  Resolution.  Letter  From  Philip 
C.  Jessup  to  Trygve  Lie 

The  Indo-Pacific  Fisheries  Council.  By 
Andrew  W.  Anderson 

Soviet  Opposition  to  Atomic  Energy  Issues. 
Statement  by  Frederick  Osborn  .... 

The  United  States  in  the  United  Nations  .    . 

North  Pacific  Air  Navigation  Meeting  .    .    . 

U.S.  Concern  Over  Greek  Children     .... 

Resolution  Concerning  Atomic  Energy  .    .    . 

Foreign  Aid  and  Reconstruction 

Progress  of  Bilateral  Negotiations  Under  Eca  . 
Economic  Affairs 

Scientific    and    Economic    Development    in 

the  Caribbean 

Sales  of  Surplus  Combat  Materiel:  May   .    . 


Page 


11 

12 

14 
15 
20 

25 

27 

25 


19 
26 


General  Policy  Pas* 

Signing  of  the  Displaced  Persons  Act  of  1948. 

Statement  by  the  President 21 

Establishment  of  Missions  Between  U.S.  and 

Israel.     Statement  by  President.    ...         22 

Treaty  Information 

Convocation  of  Danube  Conference   ....  23 

U.N.  Nationals:  Italian  Tax  Postponed    .    .  24 

Luxembourg    Signs    German    Enemy    Assets 

Agreement 25 

Designating  the  International  Joint  Commis- 
sion— U.S.  and  Canada  as  a  Public 
International   Organization 26 

Calendar  of  international  Meetings  ...        17 

International  information  and 
Cultural  Affairs 

U.S.  Grants-in-Aid 25 

The  Department  and  the  Foreign  Service 

Confirmation 25 

Publications 27 

The  Congress 27 


Contents  of  Documents  and  State  Papers  for  July  1948 

*  The  Soviet  AUiance  System,  1942-1948 

*  Principal  Treaties  and  Conventions  Relating  to  Freedom  of  Navi- 

gation on  the  Danube,  1815-1947 

*  Resolutions  Relating  to  Narcotic  Drugs 

*  Sixth  Session  of  the  Economic  and  Social  Council 

*  Dependent  Peoples  and  World  Order 

*  Calendar  of  International  Meetings 


Bemliard  O.  Bechhoefer,  author  of  the  article  on  voting  in  the  Se- 
curity Council,  is  an  expert  on  United  Nations  affairs,  Division  of 
United  Nations  Political  Affairs,  Office  of  United  Nations  Affairs, 
Department  of  State. 

Andrew  W.  Anderson,  author  of  the  article  on  the  Indo-Pacifle  Fish- 
eries Council,  is  an  officer  in  the  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service,  Depart- 
ment of  the  Interior.  Mr.  Anderson  sei"ved  as  delegate  to  the 
conference. 


U.  5.  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE;  1948 


«>w^  ^eh€i^t7)tenf/  ^^  trtate/ 


ECONOIVIIC     COOPERATION     AGREEMENT     WITH 
ITALY  SIGNED: 

Summary  of  Agreement 37 

Text  of  Agreement 38 

THE    EUROPEAN    RECOVERY   PROGRAM    AGREE- 
MENTS—A NEW  INTERNATIONAL  ERA  •  Address 

by  Ernest  A.  Gross,  Legal  Adviser 35 

COOPERATIVE  EDUCATION  PROGRAMS  OF  THE 

II AA       •       Article  by  Louis  J.  Halle,  Jr 31 


For  complete  contents  see  back  cover 


Vol.  XIX,  No.  471 
July  11,  1948 


x/Ae  z!l)eh€(/yi^efit  jc£ C/taCe 


bulletin 


Vol.  XIX,  No.  471  •  Publication  3211 


July  11,  1948 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documentg 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Washington  25,  D.C. 

Subscription: 
62  Issues,  $5;  single  copy,  15  cents 

rublished  with  the  approval  of  the 
Director  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget 

Note:  Contents  oi  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may 
be  reprinted.  Citation  of  the  Department 
OF  State  Bulletin  as  the  source  will  bo 
appreciated. 


The  Department  of  State  BULLETIN, 
a  vceekly  publication  compiled  and 
edited  in  the  Division  of  Publications, 
Office  of  Public  Affairs,  provides  the 
public  and  interested  agencies  of 
the  Government  uith  information  on 
developments  in  the  field  of  foreign 
relations  and  on  the  work  of  the  De- 
partment of  State  and  the  Foreign 
Service.  The  BULLETIN  includes 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements  and  addresses 
made  by  the  President  and  by  the 
Secretary  of  State  and  other  officers 
of  the  Department,  as  well  as  special 
articles  on  various  phases  of  inter- 
national affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  in- 
ternational  agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a 
party  and  treaties  of  general  inter- 
national interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department,  as 
well  as  legislative  material  in  the  field 
of  international  relations,  are  listed 
currently. 


{/^^^'^^ 


THE  INSTITUTE  OF  INTER-AMERICAN  AFFAIRS 


Cooperative  Education  Programs 


by  Louis  J.  Halle,  Jr. 


I  Democracy  is  a  system  of  government  that  places 
'  the  uhimate  responsibility  for  civilization  and 
survival  on  the  shoulders  of  the  people.  Its  effec- 
tiveness depends  on  the  preponderance  of  morally 
and  intellectually  responsible  individuals  in  the 
p'lpulations  that  enjoy  it.  Education,  in  turn,  is 
vr^at  produces  responsible  individuals.  Educa- 
tion cannot  solve  today's  problems,  but  today's 
education  will  determine  the  great  issues  of  civil- 
ization or  barbarism,  plenty  or  hunger,  war  or 
peace  for  the  generations  of  tomorrow.  Those 
who  are  preoccupied  with  the  problems  of  the 
moment  will  attach  no  importance  to  it,  but  those 
who  take  a  view  that  embraces  the  future  must 
invest  it  with  supreme  importance. 

The  character  of  the  education  that  any  country 
which  has  passed  the  stage  of  cultural  tutelage 
affords  to  its  new  generations  necessarily  involves 
national  traditions  and  objectives  in  so  intimate  a 
fashion  that  it  is  not  a  proper  subject  for  active 
determination  by  governments,  groups,  or  indi- 
viduals outside  that  country.  The  technical  means 
for  attaining  the  objectives  of  education  may  be, 
however,  a  fit  and  fruitful  subject  for  international 
exchange;  and  if  we  extend  the  word  education 
to  embrace  training  in  technical  skills,  we  have 
another  large  area  in  which  such  cooperation  may 
be  carried  on  for  the  mutual  benefit  of  the  nations 
I  in  a  community. 

The  components  of  the  present  Institute  of  Inter- 
American  Affairs,  established  as  a  federal  corpora- 

Ju/y    7T,    1943 


tion  in  1947,  are  the  two  former  government 
corporations  that  respectively  bore  the  names,  In- 
stitute of  Inter-American  Affairs  and  Inter- 
American  Educational  Foundation.  Although 
separately  incorporated,  they  had  virtually  identi- 
cal boards  of  directors,  the  same  president,  over- 
lapping staffs,  and  use  of  the  same  administrative 
facilities.  The  transformation  of  the  Educational 
Foundation  into  the  Education  Division  of  the 
Institute  was  not,  therefore,  a  major  change  except 
in  appearance.  For  convenience,  it  will  be  re- 
ferred to  throughout  this  article  by  its  married 
name. 

The  Education  Division  was  established  in  Sep- 
tember 1943  to  carry  out  programs  of  cooperation 
with  other  American  republics  in  the  field  of  pre- 
university  education.  Within  that  field,  it  was 
to  be  especially  concerned  with  rural  and  agricul- 
tural education,  education  in  matters  of  health,  and 
vocational  education.  This  emphasis  is  to  be 
viewed  in  the  light  of  a  relationship  among  the  re- 
spective undertakings  of  the  Institute's  three  divi- 
sions: the  Divisions  of  Food  Production  and  of 
Health  and  Sanitation,  in  addition  to  that  of  Edu- 
cation. Nutrition  is  a  factor  in  health ;  the  health 
of  farmers  is  a  factor  in  food  production ;  educa- 
tion and  specialized  training  contributes  to  health 
and  to  the  applied  science  of  agriculture.  To- 
gether, the  respective  programs  of  the  three  divi- 
sions supplement  one  another  in  giving  essential 
support  to  the  broad  economic  and  social  develop- 
ment  of   peoples.     The   education   programs  in 

31 


which  the  Institute  participates  are,  therefore,  part 
of  a  larger  complex. 

The  Education  Division  has  cooperated  in  pro- 
grams with  the  Ministries  of  Education  in  13  of 
the  other  American  republics.  Seven  of  these  pro- 
grams are  continuing  today :  in  Bolivia,  Brazil, 
Ecuador,  Guatemala,  Panama,  Paraguay,  and 
Peru,  respectively.  They  vary  in  their  scope  as 
well  as  in  their  scale.  Thus  the  Paraguayan  pro- 
gram is  confined  to  the  establishment  of  a  small 
vocational  school  in  Asuncion  for  the  training  of 
badly  needed  mechanics,  plumbers,  carpenters,  re- 
frigeration and  radio  engineers,  electricians,  black- 
smiths, weavers,  and  leather  workers.  Those  in 
Bolivia,  Peru,  and  Ecuador  have  the  objective  of 
applying  specialized  educational  techniques  to  the 
Indian  populations  over  a  large  part  of  the  Andean 
highlands.  Wliat  is  being  done  in  Bolivia  will 
serve  here  as  an  example  of  a  major  program. 

II 

The  entire  approach  to  the  education  problems 
of  the  Bolivian  Indians  has  been  based  on  the  prin- 
ciple that  the  established  systems  and  techniques 
of  education  among  urban  white  populations  are 
not  necessarily  suited  to  the  simple  culture  and 
environment  of  rural  Indians.  The  terms  of  the 
Bolivian  Indian's  environment  do  not  require  him 
to  have  a  good  background  of  European  history  or 
an  ability  to  recite  passages  from  Cicero,  but  they 
do  make  it  advisable  for  him  to  know  the  arith- 
metic of  the  market  place,  the  significance  of 
household  sanitary  precautions,  and  vegetable 
gardening. 

The  mass  of  Bolivian  Indians  live  in  a  spectacu- 
lar but  not  a  fruitful  environment.  Most  of  them 
inhabit  a  great  intermontane  plain  (the  alti- 
plano)  bounded  by  the  snow-capped  peaks  of  the 
eastern  Andes,  on  one  side,  and  of  the  coastal 
range  on  the  other.  The  inhabitants  of  Tibet 
might  feel  at  home  here,  although  a  general  alti- 
tude of  13,000  feet  would  be  more  than  they  were 
used  to.  This  plateau  is  hard  and  stony  in  large 
parts,  so  that  the  casual  visitor  sometimes  wonders 
how  it  is  possible  to  grow  anything  on  it  besides 
the  coarse  native  gi-asses  on  which  herds  of  llamas 
and  sheep  subsist.  Potatoes,  however,  were 
grown  here  before  Columbus  and  are  staple  today. 
The  Indians  along  the  shore  of  that  vast  and 
lofty  lake,  Titicaca,  also  cast  their  nets  for  fish 


from  the  balsa  craft  that  they  have  used  since  pre- 
Columbian  and  even  pre-Incan  times. 

These  Indians  were  conquered  by  the  Inca  of 
Peru  about  the  time  Columbus  was  a  boy,  and 
their  liighlands  were  incorporated  into  the  Inca 
empire.  A  couple  of  generations  later,  the  white 
men  arrived  from  Europe  and  began  to  take  over. 
There  has  been  more  cultural  continuity  among 
them,  however,  than  one  might  expect  after  four 
centuries  of  white  rule.  They  still  speak  Aymara 
(or  Qupchua)  as  their  native  tongue  and  have  pre- 
served much  of  their  specific  cultural  identity. 
Today  they  constitute,  perhaps,  some  80  percent 
of  the  population  of  Bolivia  and  are  the  almost 
universal  element  of  the  population  outside  the 
few  cities. 

You  have  to  picture  these  Indians  living  in 
little  compounds  of  adobe  huts  and  stone  corrals 
or  in  occasional  villages  scattered  up  and  down  the 
long  altiplano  or  tucked  away  in  folds  of  the  sur- 
rounding mountains.  Not  the  least  conspicuous 
among  the  buildings  in  any  community  is  the 
schoolhouse.  When  the  cooperative  program  in 
Bolivia  was  undertaken  in  1945,  a  potentially  ef- 
fective system  for  the  administration  of  these  rural 
schools  had  already  been  developed  by  the  Boliv- 
ians. They  had,  in  some  areas,  been  grouped  in 
nucleos  consisting  of  several  satellite  schools  de- 
pending on  a  central  or  "nuclear"  school.  The 
satellite  schools  were  supervised  and,  in  fact,  ad- 
ministered by  the  nuclear  school.  This  system 
provided  a  good  foundation  for  the  cooperative 
program  and  was  developed  forthwith.  There 
were  thirty-odd  nucleos  in  1945  of  from  15  to  20 
schools  apiece,  41  at  the  end  of  1946,  51  by  the 
early  months  of  1948.  The  reforms  introduced 
under  the  program  were  disseminated  through  the 
directors  and  teachers  in  the  nuclear  schools,  who 
took  responsibility  for  communicating  them  to 
the  other  schools  of  the  system. 

At  the  same  time,  a  small  number  of  strategi- 
cally placed  rural  normal  schools  were  chosen  as 
training  centers  for  teachers,  directors  of  nuclear 
schools,  and  supervisors.  These  were  given  im- 
proved physical  plants,  strong  administrations, 
and  practice-demonstration  schools  for  the  use  of 
their  students.  A  series  of  summer  schools,  special 
courses,  seminars,  and  "workshops"  was  carried  on 
for  the  training  of  teachers  and  school  supervisors 
and  for  the  stimulation,  exchange,  and  develop- 
ment of  ideas  among  them.    Finally,  nine  Bolivian 


32 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


educators  were  brought  to  the  United  States  for 
varj-ing  periods  of  intensive  training,  observation, 
or  consultation.  So  much  for  the  organization  on 
whicli  tlic  piogiani  is  based. 

The  actual  contents  of  the  education  for  school 
children  (hat  has  been  developed  under  the  pro- 
gram bear  on  the  jDractical  conduct  of  life  within 
the  possibilities  open  to  the  Indian  farmers  of 
Bolivia.  Emphasis  is  given  to  nutrition,  health, 
use  of  clothing,  personal  and  connnunity  hygiene; 
111  the  conservation  of  soils,  the  improvement  of 
livestock,  the  development  of  home  industries,  the 
diversiiication  of  crops,  and  the  institution  of 
1  itter  agriculture  methods. 

It  has  been  customary,  in  the  past,  for  the  school 
children  of  the  ajtlplano  to  arrive  at  school  hungry 
after  walking  long  distances,  to  sit  through  the 
school  day  without  food,  and  to  make  the  long 
walk  home  again  on  stomachs  still  empty.  Un- 
der the  program,  the  Bolivian  Ministry  of  Educa- 
tion and  the  Institute  have  been  providing  for  the 
preparation,  in  the  schools,  of  breakfasts  and,  in 
some  cases,  of  lunches.  Alleviation  of  hunger 
pangs  is  only  one  purpose.  The  educational  pur- 
pose lies  in  the  occasion  this  gives  to  educate  the 
children  in  the  preparation  of  well-balanced  meals, 
in  the  principles  of  nutrition,  and  in  methods  of 
storage  and  preservation.     They  learn  by  doing. 

They  also  learn  hygiene  by  doing.  Through  the 
cooperative  efforts  of  the  children  and  the  adults 
of  their  families,  latrines  are  built,  not  only  on  the 
school  grounds  but  on  individual  farms  as  well. 
Other  projects  of  this  sort  include  whitewashing 
the  interiors  of  dwellings  and  painting  them  with  a 
solution  containing  DDT,  exclusion  of  farm  ani- 
mals from  the  interiors  of  homes,  drainage,  the 
protection  of  water  supplies,  and  so  on. 

The  three  K's  are  also  taught  but  with  specific 
reference  to  the  environment  in  which  they  find 
their  use.  The  primers  and  readers  by  which  the 
child  learns  to  read  contain  accounts  of  the  scenery 
of  the  altiplano,  of  his  own  home  life,  of  farms 
and  markets  and  schools  that  he  recognizes.  His 
arithmetic  is  based  on  the  measurements  of  his 
parental  farm,  on  the  census  of  its  animals,  and 
on  the  weights  and  prices  that  govern  transactions 
in  the  local  markets.  The  slyness  of  his  mentors 
is  manifested  by  insinuating  into  these  texts  little 
lessons  about  the  principles  of  agriculture  and 
good  health. 


Now  all  this  is  not  something  that  has  been  im- 
posed on  the  rural  teachers  of  Bolivia  by  the 
Bolivian  and  United  States  experts  responsible  for 
the  conduct  of  the  pi-ogram.  In  great  degree,  the 
teachers  have  themselves  worked  out  the  new  cur- 
riculum and  put  it  into  practice.  The  experts  have 
provided  much  of  the  organization  and  the  stimu- 
lus and  have  served  as  catalytic  agents  in  bringing 
about  the  combination  of  ideas.  They  have  also, 
of  course,  made  suggestions  of  their  own.  One  of 
the  products  of  the  "workshops"  in  which  the 
teachers  and  directors  have  participated  is  a  Guia 
Diddctica,  or  teacher's  manual,  embodying  the 
ideas  developed  in  common.  This  Guia  has  been 
printed  and  placed  in  use  officially,  but  it  is  by  no 
means  final.  The  intention  is  that  it  shall  undergo 
frequent  revision  in  the  light  of  experience  gained 
from  its  use. 

For  the  most  part  the  teachers  must  work  with 
few  and  simple  materials  of  instruction,  locally 
devised  and  locally  produced.  This  is  not  to  say 
that  some  sophisticated  modern  methods  of  in- 
struction are  not  also  in  use  under  the  program — 
slides,  motion  pictures,  recordings.  Although 
their  use  is  generally  confined  to  the  instruction  of 
teachers  in  normal  schools  and  "workshoj^s"  they 
are  often  brought  to  individual  schools  by  means 
of  sound-trucks. 

Ostensibly,  the  sole  objective  of  the  education 
program  in  Bolivia  is  the  education  of  children  in 
the  rural  Indian  communities.  Actually,  its  ob- 
jective embraces  each  community  as  a  whole.  It 
reaches  out  to  the  adults  through  the  children. 
The  rural  school,  for  this  purpose,  is  conceived  to 
be  the  center  of  the  community,  and  is  developed 
as  such.  The  mechanics  of  dissemination  take  the 
form  of  rural  school  clubs  {clubs  escolares  cam- 
pesinos),  similar  to  our  4-H  Clubs,  and  parent- 
teacher  associations.  By  these  means,  and  others, 
the  adults  are  drawn  into  the  beneficent  processes 
of  learning  and  are  given  some  chance  to  keep 
abreast  of  their  children  in  matters  of  hygiene, 
agriculture,  and  other  aspects  of  a  healthy  com- 
munity life. 

Ill 

Neither  the  Andes  nor  the  Indians  stop  at  the 
borders  of  Bolivia.  They  continue  into  Peru  and 
into  Ecuador,  in  both  of  which  countries  the  Edu- 
cation Division  of  the  Institute  is  cooperating  with 


July    11,    1948 


33 


the  respective  Ministries  of  Education  in  programs 
similar  to  tiiat  in  Bolivia.  Common  problems 
argue  common  solutions  and  a  common  search  for 
solutions.  The  result  is  that  inter- American  co- 
operation has  developed  some  ramifications  here 
beyond  the  bilateral.  Some  years  ago  the  present 
President  of  Peru,  then  Minister  to  Bolivia,  sug- 
gested that  the  two  countries  develop  a  common 
plan  for  the  education  of  their  cdtiplano  popula- 
tions. The  suggestion  was  not  translated  into  im- 
mediate action.  Most  of  us  have  learned  that  the 
scope  and  stress  of  daily  governmental  affairs  is 
such  that  suggestions  and  proposals,  like  the  seeds 
of  plants,  must  often  lie  dormant  for  some  time 
before  they  begin  to  put  forth.  After  the  coopera- 
tive education  programs  were  inaugurated  in  Peru 
and  Bolivia,  and  in  connection  with  them,  the 
President's  suggestion  demonstrated  its  viability 
in  the  form  of  a  meeting  between  the  Ministers  of 
Education  of  the  two  republics.  These  two  Min- 
isters proceeded  to  call  the  Ministers  of  Health 
and  of  Agriculture,  Peruvian  and  Bolivian,  into 
consultation  with  theni,  and  the  upshot  was  Boli- 
vian-Peruvian cooperation  in  the  respective  pro- 
grams of  education.     Later,  Ecuador  joined  in. 

Educators  and  administrators  of  these  three 
South  American  republics  have  since  participated 
together  in  "workshops"  and  similar  enterprises. 
They  have  established  the  practice  of  exchanging 
information  on  school  laws,  curricula,  teaching 
materials,  and  teacher's  manuals.  The  result  has 
been  to  enhance  the  effectiveness  of  the  measures 
taken  in  each  country  by  the  contributions  of  the 
others.  This  is  a  worthwhile  and  admirable  ex- 
ample of  how  nations  can  live  together  construc- 
tively. It  is,  albeit  on  a  very  small  scale,  the  kind 
of  thing  on  which  peace,  understanding,  and  pros- 
perity depend. 

The  Education  Division  has  also  cooperated  in 
programs  of  rural  education,  varying  in  scale  and 
emphasis  from  country  to  country,  in  Brazil, 
Costa  Kica,  El  Salvador,  Guatemala,  Haiti,  and 
Honduras.  In  some  of  these,  activities  have  been 
confined  to  the  training  of  teachers  in  normal 
schools ;  in  others  the  programs  have  been  special- 
ized and  vocational.  Both  the  Panamanian  and 
Paraguayan  programs  have  been  exclusively  voca- 
tional.    The  program  in  Brazil  has  been  two  fold : 

^  Bulletin  of  May  23, 1948,  p.  659 ;  June  13,  p.  758 ;  June 
27,  p.  819. 


vocational  agriculture  carried  on  in  cooperation 
with  the  Ministry  of  Agriculture  and  trade  and 
industrial  education  in  cooperation  with  the  Minis- 
try of  Education.  The  Chilean  program  has  oper- 
ated within  the  broad  field  of  secondary  education. 
The  program  in  the  Dominican  Republic  was 
directed  at  vocational  education,  physical  educa- 
tion, and  the  teaching  of  English. 

IV 

This  concludes  the  last  in  a  series  of  four  articles 
on  the  Institute  of  Inter-American  Affairs  and  its 
activities  as  expressions  of  United  States  foreign 
policy.^  The  first  established  the  general  setting 
and  significance ;  the  others  have  given  a  summary 
view  of  what  is  actually  being  done  by  the  special 
cooperative  devices  in  the  development  of  agri- 
culture, in  the  promotion  of  health  and  sanitation, 
and  in  education. 

Returning  now,  for  a  final  moment,  to  the  mood 
and  matter  of  the  first  article,  I  draw  attention  to 
one  essential  feature  of  all  this  work  that  has  not 
yet  proved  and  justified  itself.  These  programs 
are  essentially  long-range.  Inaugurating  them  is 
like  planting  so  many  fruit  trees.  It  implies  op- 
timism with  respect  to  one's  ability  to  continue 
their  cultivation  over  the  years  until  they  come  to 
full  fruition.  The  simile  is,  of  course,  exaggerated 
with  respect  to  certain  aspects  of  these  programs. 
Tlie  mere  fact  of  constructive  cooperation  among 
nations  yields  immediate  results  in  closer  inter- 
national understanding  and  friendship.  It  repre- 
sents in  itself  a  reduction  of  international  barriers. 
But  the  solid  aim  of  an  agriculture  program,  after 
all,  is  permanently  to  develop  and  strengthen  the 
agriculture  of  a  nation.  Actual  fruit  trees  may  be 
involved.  There  are  processes  of  growth  that  must 
have  their  time.  Sanitation  is  more  quickly  ac- 
complished, in  most  cases,  but  it  camiot  be  perma- 
nent unless,  concurrently,  there  is  an  implantation 
of  certain  ideas  and  attitudes  among  the  popula- 
tions to  be  protected,  who  must  at  least  know  how 
to  protect  themselves.  Education,  especially,  puts 
the  future  under  tribute  to  the  present. 

This  raises  the  question  whether  modern  gov- 
eriunents,  with  the  changing  stresses  and  vicissi- 
tudes to  which  they  are  subject,  can  maintain  their 
course  in  such  matters  over  a  sufficient  period  of 
years.  The  success  of  what  has  already  been  done 
can  best  be  judged  by  the  generation  that  follows 
our  own. 


34 


Deporfmenf  of  Sfofe  BMeiin 


FOREIGN  AID  AND  RECONSTRUCTION 


The  European  Recovery  Program  Agreements — A  New  International  Era 


BY  ERNEST  A.  GROSS' 
Legal  Adviser 


It  is  fitting  that  an  association  of  lawyers  which 
sponsored  the  European  Recovery  Pi-ogram  prior 
to  its  adoption  by  the  Congress  slioidd  be  the  first 
to  hold  public  discussion  of  a  vital  phase  of  the 
program  now  about  to  get  under  way.  Certainly, 
the  expenditure  of  billions  and  the  provision  of 
a  vast  tonnage  of  supplies  moving  across  the  seas 
is  thought  of.  by  many  of  our  citizens,  as  the 
whole  of  the  "Marshall  Plan".  A  giant  market, 
with  some  goods  marked  "free"  and  others  "loan", 
although  frightening  by  its  size,  makes  a  ready 
mental  image.  But  the  Erp  is  a  recovery  pro- 
gram, not  a  grocery  business.  And  the  spend- 
ing of  billions,  and  the  moving  of  supplies  through 
unending  pipe  lines  of  warehouses  and  ships  is 
not  unprecedented;  it  has  happened  on  an  un- 
imaginable scale  twice  in  our  own  lifetime,  but  the 
objective  each  time  was  victory  in  war,  not  re- 
covery in  peace. 

The  vital  phase  of  the  program  now  about  to 
get  under  way,  to  which  I  have  referred,  is  the 
system  of  bilateral  agreements  wMch  next  week 
will  introduce  a  new  era  in  our  relations  with 
Europe.  These  agreements,  unique  in  the  history 
of  dealings  between  modern  states,  can  be  the 
machine  for  genuine  economic  cooperation  and 
recovery,  or  they  can  be  the  instruments  of  deep 
international  rancor  and  friction.  It  is  for  this 
reason  that  the  problems  these  agreements  will  cre- 
ate should  be  discussed  candidly  now,  and  that 
they  should  be  discussed  by  lawyers,  trained  to 
the  legal  tradition  of  interpreting  agreements  in 
the  light  of  their  objectives  and  applying  the 
rule  of  reason  and  the  common-sense  test  of  good 
faith. 

The  agreement  between  the  United  States  and 
each  participating  European  country  crystallizes 
the  basic  purpose  of  the  program:  we  shall  help 
European  nations  to  help  themselves  to  recovery 
in  such  a  way  as  to  become  independent  of  out- 
side assistance.  Lest  there  be  any  misunder- 
standing of  the  sincerity'  of  our  professed  objective 
in  this  regard,  each  agreement  explicitly  sets  this 
forth  at  the  very  outset.  In  solemn  covenant 
between  ourselves  and  each  sovereign  European 
participant,  we  thus  refute  the  charge  frequently 
made  by  opponents  of  the  program,  and  keynoted 
by  the  declaration  adopted  at  the  first  meeting 

Ju/y    11,    1948 


of  the  Cominform  that  the  Marshall  Plan  is  but 
the  European  subsection  of  a  general  United 
States  plan  for  global  expansion. 

The  agreements  crystallize  the  conditions  of 
our  assistance  as  well  as  the  purposes  of  the  pro- 
gram. The  legislation  itself  provides  that  the 
continuity  of  assistance  provided  by  the  United 
States  should,  at  all  times,  be  dependent  upon  con- 
tinuity of  cooperation  among  the  participating 
countries.  But  "cooperation"  is  a  rubbery  yard- 
stick, as  the  usages  of  police  states  make  clear. 
Hence,  the  democratic  governments,  genuinely  de- 
sirous of  finding  effective  measures  of  self-help  and 
mutual  aid  in  order  to  achieve  recovery,  met  to- 
gether and  exchanged  pledges  among  each  other, 
which  were  embodied  in  the  historic  report  of  the 
Committee  of  European  Economic  Co-operation, 
September  1947.^ 

However,  the  United  States  was  neither  a  mem- 
ber of  the  European  Committee  nor  a  party  to 
its  recijirocal  pledges.  That  Committee,  and  its 
successor,  the  Organisation  for  European  Econom- 
ic Co-operation,  has  been  and  will  remain  an 
organization  of  European  countries  dedicated  to 
^^close  and  la-sfinff  cooperation''''  as  well  as  to  the 
immediate  task  of  developing  and  carrying  out  a 
joint  recovery  program.  I  underscore,  as  well  as 
quote,  the  phrase  "close  and  lasting  cooperation", 
from  the  charter  of  the  organization. 

It  will  be  apparent  that  although  the  Organisa- 
tion for  EurojDean  Economic  Co-operation  could 
be  born  and  even,  perhaps,  survive  as  an  organ 
of  lasting  European  cooperation  without  tempo- 
rary United  States  economic  assistance,  it  could 
not  possibly  serve  its  essential  immediate  purpose 
of  accomplishing  a  recovery  progi-am  without  the 
ingredients  for  European  recovery.  The  dollar 
transfusion  is  no  mere  act  of  charity :  it  is  a  gift 
of  life  itself.  More  than  that,  as  the  Senate  Com- 
mittee on  Foreign  Relations  said  in  its  Report, 
"free  institutions  and  genuine  independence  can- 
not perish  in  Europe  and  be  secure  in  the  rest  of 
the  world". 


'Address  delivered  before  tlie  New  York  State  Bar 
Association,  Lake  Placid,  N.Y.,  July  2,  1948,  and  released 
to  the  press  on  the  same  date. 

2  Department  of  State  publications  2930  and  2952. 

35 


FOREIGN  AID  AND  RECONSTRUCTION 

But  the  American  people — all  of  us — are  tired 
of  generalities,  skeptical  of  slogans,  and  above  all, 
fed  up  with  rat-hole  relief.  The  Executive  branch 
of  the  Government  in  submitting  the  program  and 
the  Legislative  branch  in  approving  it,  insisted, 
in  the  words  of  the  House  Committee  on  Foreign 
Affairs  that  "primary  emphasis"  must  be  placed 
"on  encouraging  the  participating  nations  to  help 
themselves  and  each  other",  and  that  "the  success 
of  the  program  rests  upon  the  willingness  and 
good  faith  of  these  countries  in  cai'rying  out  their 
pledges"  to  that  end. 

I  am  sure  that  the  people  of  this  country  are 
convinced,  as  this  association  must  have  been  con- 
vinced in  endorsing  the  program,  that  "the  pro- 
gram is  necessary  to  prevent  the  United  States 
from  being  confronted  with  a  world  so  unbalanced 
and  hostile  as  to  present  almost  insuperable  bur- 
dens to  the  people  of  the  United  States  in  the 
future,  if  Europe  is  not  once  more  rendered  free 
and  adequately  strong,  both  in  its  political  and 
economic  life".  (I  have  again  quoted  the  lan- 
guage of  the  House  Foreign  Affairs  Committee.) 

This  is  the  purpose  and  the  setting  against  which 
v^e  are  discussing  the  bilateral  agreements  which  I 
have  said  introduce  a  new  era  in  our  relations  with 
participating  countries  of  Europe.  These  agree- 
ments respect  the  dignity  of  the  participating 
countries  as  well  as  of  the  United  States  and  give 
assurance  that  our  assistance  will  be  used  to  the 
best  possible  advantage.  However,  like  all  com- 
pacts or  basic  charters  they  must  be  appraised,  in- 
terpreted, and  applied  in  the  light  of  the  vast  pur- 
poses which  they  are  intended  to  achieve.  The 
undertakings  of  the  participating  nations  burrow 
deep  into  the  internal  economy  of  each  country,  in- 
timately affecting  the  daily  lives  of  the  250  million 
inhabitants  of  western  Europe. 

Never  before  in  history,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  has 
any  nation  undertaken  by  solemn  international 
agreement  to  use  its  best  endeavors  "to  adopt  or 
maintain  the  measures  necessary  to  ensure  efficient 
and  practical  use  of  all  the  resources  available  to 
it";  "to  promote  the  development  of  industrial  and 
agricultural  production  on  a  sound  economic 
basis";  and  "to  stabilize  its  currency,  establish  or 
maintain  a  valid  rate  of  exchange,  balance  its  gov- 
ernmental budget  as  soon  as  practicable,  create  or 
maintain  internal  financial  stability". 

Undertakings  of  this  magnitude  surely  require 
a  mature  and  reasoned  appraisal,  comparable  in 
many  respects  to  the  judicial  approach  toward  the 
application  of  constitutional  doctrines  of  due  proc- 
ess, interstate  commerce,  or  freedom  of  contract. 
Our  responsibility  for  realistic  and  wise  interpre- 
tation is  as  solemn  as  is  the  duty  of  each  signatory 
to  discharge  its  undertakings  with  unchallengeable 
good  faith.  And  that  responsibility  on  our  part, 
which  is  an  inevitable  corollary  of  our  position  of 


leadership,  is  in  some  measure  in  the  custody  of  the 
bar  of  this  country. 

I  have  said  that  these  agreements  can  be  instru- 
ments of  genuine  cooperation  on  a  scale  never  be- 
fore attempted  or  that  they  can  bring  about  serious 
international  misunderstandings  and  friction. 
The  latter  will  be  a  danger  only  to  the  extent  we 
Americans  fail  to  understand  that,  as  is  true  of  all 
basic  charters,  these  agreements  are  essentially  be- 
tween peoples,  not  governments.  And  we  bear  a 
responsibility  for  wise  interpretation  and  applica- 
tion of  the  agreements  not  merely  because  they  em- 
body the  general,  basic  undertakings  to  which  I 
have  already  referred. 

In  addition,  the  participating  countries  make 
connnitmonts  of  a  more  specific  nature  which  I 
shall  illustrate  briefly,  for  the  purpose  of  under- 
lining the  necessity  of  appreciating  fully  that  these 
agreements  do  in  fact  represent  a  new  pattern  in 
our  international  relations. 

Each  country  undertakes,  with  respect  to  assist- 
ance provided  on  a  grant  basis,  to  deposit  in  a  spe- 
cial account  the  local  currency  equivalent  of  the 
value  of  our  assistance.  Thereafter,  that  country 
may  make  expenditures  from  the  account  only  in 
agreement  with  th.e  United  States. 

In  general,  such  expenditures  are  to  take  into 
account  the  need  for  promoting  internal  mone- 
tary and  financial  stabilization  in  the  participat- 
ing country,  the  stimulation  of  productive  activity 
and  international  trade,  and  the  development  of 
new  resources  required  not  only  by  the  participat- 
ing country  but  also  by  ourselves.  The  agree- 
ments also  provide  that  the  fund  may  be  used  for 
the  effective  retirement  of  the  national  debt  of  each 
participating  country.  Inasmuch  as  the  Congress 
has  authorized  the  expenditure  of  five  billion  dol- 
lars during  the  first  twelve  months,  of  which  over 
half  probably  will  be  made  available  on  a  grant 
basis,  the  impact  upon  the  internal  economy  of 
miuiy  of  the  participating  countries  through  the 
administration  of  these  funds  becomes  clear.  The 
United  States  will  have  a  voice  in  the  expenditure 
by  participating  countries  of  amounts  of  local  cur- 
rency which  in  certain  instances  may  well  exceed 
the  total  value  of  the  currency  in  circidation  in  the 
country  concerned. 

I  have  referred  to  the  fact  that  the  local  cur- 
rency deposits  may  be  expended  for  the  explora- 
tion and  development  of  materials  required  by  this 
coinitry.  There  are  additional  provisions  in  the 
agreements  which  require  participating  countries 
to  facilitate  the  sale,  exchange,  or  other  method  of 
transfer  to  the  United  States  for  stockpiling  or 
other  purposes  of  materials  available  in  such  coun- 
try and  required  by  the  United  States.  The 
quantities  to  be  available  for  transfer  are  to  be 
agreed  to  between  the  two  governments  with  due 
regard  for  the  reasonable  requirements  of  the  par- 
ticipating country  for  its  domestic  use  and  com- 


36 


Departmenf  of  Sfafe  Builefin 


-*  mercial  export  of  such  materials.  The  agreements 
also  contemplate  future  subsidiary  agreements 
according  suitable  protection  to  the  right  of  access 
of  any  citizen  of  the  United  States,  including  any 
corporation  or  other  association  created  under  the 
laws  of  the  United  States,  to  the  development  of 
raw  materials  witliin  participating  countries  on 
terms  of  treatment  equivalent  to  those  afforded  to 
the  nationals  of  the  participating  country  con- 
cerned. This  provision  extends  an  "open  door" 
policy  in  a  strictly  modern  sense,  and  will  be  ap- 
plied in  a  manner  which  will  neither  injure  the 
economy  of  the  participating  country  concerned, 


FOREIGN   AID   AND    RECONSTRUCTION 

nor  hamper  the  accomplishment  of  the  broad  ob- 
jectives of  the  European  Recovery  Program. 

These  illustrative  examples,  drawn  from  the 
agreements,  will  suffice  to  show  to  the  members  of 
the  association  the  gravity  of  the  general  obliga- 
tions which  have  been  freely  undertaken  by  sov- 
ereign states.  You  are,  I  believe,  the  first  "group 
to  discuss  this  matter  publicly.  I  am  certain  that 
as  operations  under  the  agreements  get  under  way, 
as  problems  of  their  application  and  interpreta- 
tion arise,  and  as  the  objectives  of  the  undertakings 
come  closer  to  fruition,  this  association  will  lead 
the  way  to  clearer  and  fuller  public  understanding. 


Economic  Cooperation  Agreement  With  Italy  Signed  ^ 


SUMMARY  OF  AGREEMENT 


The  preamble  recites  the  general  purposes  of 
the  recovery  program  and  the  objectives  which  the 
United  States  Congress  had  in  mind  in  enacting 
the  Economic  Cooperation  Act  of  1948. 

In  article  I,  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  states  its  intention  to  furnish  assistance  to 
Italy  within  the  terms  set  by  the  Congress.  The 
imdertaking  of  the  United  States  is,  of  course,  sub- 
ject to  the  necessity  of  United  States  approval  of 
all  assistance  and  to  the  right  of  the  United  States 
to  terminate  aid  at  any  time  in  accordance  with 
the  act.  The  Government  of  Italy  undertakes  gen- 
erally to  exert  sustained  efforts  to  accomplish  the 
recovery  program.  The  third  paragraph  contains 
an  undertaking  by  Italy  that  in  cases  where  sup- 
plies are  procured  outside  the  United  States  with 
EcA  ^  funds,  Italy  will  cooperate  with  any  arrange- 
ments which  the  United  States  may  make  to  insure 
the  use  of  a  reasonable  proportion  of  the  dollar 
proceeds  for  private  trade  and  financial  trans- 
actions with  the  United  States. 

Article  II  contains  the  general  undertakings 
which  are  closely  parallel  to  the  mutual  pledges 
contained  in  the  report  of  the  Committee  of 
European  Economic  Co-operation  issued  Septem- 
ber 1947  and  in  the  Paris  convention  of  April  16, 
1948.  These  undertakings  include  agreement  by 
Italy  to  make  efficient  and  practical  use  of  all  its 
resources  including  aid  made  available  under  the 
recovery  program,  to  mobilize  assets  in  the  United 
States  belonging  to  Italians,  to  promote  produc- 
tion, to  take  the  necessary  measures  to  establish 
financial  stability,  and  to  further  the  increase  of 
trade.  There  are  additional  undertakings  to  co- 
operate in  arrangements  to  make  full  use  of  the 
manpower  available  in  Europe  and  to  take  action 
with  respect  to  restrictive  business  practices,  such 
as  cartels,  which  would  have  the  effect  of  interfer- 
ing with  the  achievement  of  the  recovery  program. 

Article  III  provides  for  the  consultation  be- 


tween the  two  Governments  which  is  necessary  in 
order  that  the  United  States  may,  under  section 
111(b)  (3)  of  the  act,  guarantee  the  convertibility 
into  dollars  of  new  private  American  investment 
in  projects  in  Italy  approved  by  the  Italian 
Government. 

Article  IV  relates  to  the  deposits  of  the  local 
currency  counterpart  of  assistance  made  available 
to  Italy  as  a  grant.  The  Italian  Government  will 
establish  a  special  account  to  which  there  will  be 
credited  the  lira  equivalent  of  the  dollar  cost  of 


Signing  of  the  First  of  the  Agreements 

The  first  of  the  economic  cooperation 
agi'eements  under  the  Economic  Coopera- 
tion Act  of  1948  were  signed  June  28  in 
Dublin  and  Rome.  It  is  expected  that  the 
agreements  with  most  of  the  other  partici- 
pating countries  will  be  signed  this  week 
and  will  be  closely  similar.  Announce- 
ments concerning  signing  of  the  other 
agreements  will  be  made  in  the  respective 
capitals  and  in  Washington. 

The  agreements  parallel  the  convention 
for  European  economic  recovery  which 
was  signed  in  Paris  by  the  participating 
countries  on  April  16,"  1948,  and  in  addi- 
tion establish  the  framework  of  relation- 
ships with  the  United  States  within  which 
assistance  under  the  program  will  be  car- 
ried out.  The  general  nature  of  the  agree- 
ments follows  the  provisions  of  section 
11.5  (b)  of  the  Economic  Cooperation  Act. 


'  Released  to  the  press  June  28,  1948. 
'  Economic  Cooperation  Administration. 


July    11,    1948 


37 


FOREIGN  AID  AND  RBCONST RUCTION 

United  States  grants.  These  lire  will  be  used  for 
administrative  expenses  of  the  United  States  in 
Italy  arising  under  the  program,  for  the  internal 
cost  of  the  transportation  of  relief  packages  and 
for  other  purposes  agreed  between  the  two  Govern- 
ments, including  the  development  of  productive 
capacity  within  Italy,  exploration  for  and  the  de- 
velopment of  production  of  materials  of  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  be  deficient,  the  retirement 
of  the  national  debt,  and  other  noninflationary 
purposes. 

Under  article  V  Italy  agrees  to  work  out  with 
the  United  States  arrangements  by  which  the 
United  States  can  obtain  increased  quantities  of 
materials  needed  because  of  deficiencies  or  poten- 
tial deficiencies  in  United  States  resources.  De- 
tailed arrangements  with  regard  to  specific 
materials  are  to  be  made  later  under  this  article. 

Under  article  VI  Italy  agi-ees  to  cooperate  in 
facilitating  American  travel  to  Italy  and  also 
agrees  to  negotiate  subsequent  agreements  regard- 
ing free  entry  of  relief  supplies,  including  private 
relief  packages,  to  Italy. 

Under  article  VII  Italy  agrees  to  furnish  to  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  the  full  informa- 
tion necessary  for  planning  and  carrying  out  the 
recovery  program.  In  addition  the  two  Govern- 
ments agree  to  consult  at  the  request  of  either  one 
regarding  any  matters  arising  out  of  the  agreement. 

Article  VIII  recognizes  the  necessity  of  full 
publicity — particularly  in  Europe — for  the  pro- 
gram and  the  assistance  furnished  by  the  United 
btates. 

Article  IX  makes  provision  for  a  special  mission 
to  carry  out  United  States  responsibilities  in  Italy 
under  the  agreement,  including  the  observation 
and  review  of  the  carrying  out  of  the  program  and 
further  makes  provision  for  appropriate  status 
for  the  joint  congressional  Committee  on  Foreign 
Economic  Cooperation  and  its  staff. 

Article  X  provides  for  arbitration  of  claims 
arising  as  a  consequence  of  govermuental  meas- 


ures. Such  claims  may  be  presented  either  before 
the  International  Court  of  Justice  or  a  mutually 
agreed  arbitral  tribunal.  Although  Italy  is  not  a 
member  of  the  International  Court  it  agrees  to 
submit  to  its  jurisdiction  in  such  cases  upon  the 
request  of  the  United  States.  It  has  been  addi- 
tionally agreed  that  when  Italy  becomes  a  member 
of  the  Court,  the  undertaking  will  be  reciprocal 
as  it  is  in  the  cases  of  countries  which  have  already 
submitted  to  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Court.  It  is 
made  clear  that  the  submission  of  claims  under 
this  paragraph  will  depend  upon  there  having  been 
an  exhaustion  of  the  remedies  available  in  the  es- 
tablished courts  within  the  respective  countries. 

Under  article  XII  the  agreement  remains  in 
force  until  June  30, 1953,  a  year  after  the  termina- 
tion of  the  projected  four-year  program.  This  will 
allow  a  period  after  assistance  ceases  for  the  com- 
pletion of  the  many  operating  matters  which  re- 
sult fi'om  assistance.  There  is  a  further  provision 
that  if  either  Government  considers  that  there  has 
been  a  fundamental  change  in  the  basic  assumption 
underlying  the  agi-eement,  as  for  example,  a  ter- 
mination of  assistance  at  a  date  earlier  than  an- 
ticipated, the  Governments  shall  consult  as  to 
whether  the  agreement  should  be  modified  or  ter- 
minated. If  there  is  not  agreement  on  this  point, 
a  six  months'  notice  of  termination  of  the  agree- 
ment may  be  given.  Such  termination,  however, 
would  be  subject  to  the  following  limitations: 

(a)  The  agreement  with  regard  to  scarce  ma- 
terials continues  for  two  years  from  the  notice  of 
termination ; 

(b)  The  provision  relating  to  the  local  currency 
deposits  remains  in  effect  until  agreement  has  been 
reached  as  to  the  disposition  of  such  deposits ;  and 

(c)  Any  subsidiary  agreements  or  arrange- 
ments such  as  those  relating  to  scarce  materials 
will  be  governed  by  their  own  terms. 

It  is  provided  that  the  agreement  will  be  regis- 
tered with  the  United  Nations. 


TEXT  OF  AGREEMENT 


PREAMBLE 

The  Governments  of  the  United  States  of  America  and 
Italy : 

Recognizing  that  the  restoration  or  maintenance  in 
European  countries  of  principles  of  individual  liberty,  free 
institutions,  and  genuine  independence  rests  largely  upon 
the  establishment  of  sound  economic  conditions,  stable 
international  economic  relationships,  and  the  achievement 
by  the  countries  of  Europe  of  a  healthy  economy  in- 
dependent of  extraordinary  outside  assistance; 

Recognizing   that   a   strong  and  prosperous  European 

38 


economy  is  essential  for  the  attainment  of  the  purposes 
of  the  United  Nations ; 

Considering  that  the  achievement  of  such  conditions 
calls  for  a  European  recovery  plan  of  selfhelp  and  mutual 
cooperation,  open  to  all  nations  which  cooperate  in  such 
a  plan,  based  upon  a  strong  production  effort,  the  expan- 
sion of  foreign  trade,  the  creation  or  maintenance  of  in- 
ternal financial  stability  and  the  development  of  economic 
cooperation,  including  all  possible  steps  to  establish  and 
maintain  valid  rates  of  exchange  and  to  reduce  trade 
barriers ; 

Considering  that  in  furtherance  of  these  principles  the 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


FOREIGN   AID   AND    KECONSTRUCTION 


Government  of  Italy  lias  joined  with  other  like  minded 
nations  in  a  Convention  for  Euroijeau  Economic  Coopera- 
tion signed  at  Paris  on  April  Hi,  1948  under  which  the 
signatories  of  that  Convention  agree*!  to  undertake  as 
their  Immediate  task  the  elaboration  and  execution  of  a 
joint  recovery  program,  and  that  the  Government  of  Italy 
is  a  member  of  the  Organization  of  European  Economic 
Cooperation  created  pursuant  to  tlie  provisions  of  tiat 
Convention  ; 

Considering  also  that,  in  furtherance  of  these  principles, 
the  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America  has 
enacted  the  Economic  Cooperation  Act  of  1948,  providing 
for  the  furnishing  of  assistance  by  the  United  States  of 
America  to  nations  participating  in  a  joint  program  for 
European  recovery,  in  order  to  enable  such  nations  through 
their  own  individual  and  concerted  efforts  to  become  in- 
deiiendent  of  extraordinary  outside  economic  assistance ; 

Taking  note  that  the  Government  of  Italy  has  already 
expressed  its  adherence  to  the  purposes  and  policies  of  the 
Economic  Cooperation  Act  of  1948 ; 

Desiring  to  set  forth  the  understandings  which  govern 
the  furnishing  of  assistance  by  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  of  America  under  the  Economic  Coopera- 
tion Act  of  1948,  the  receipt  of  such  assistance  by  Italy, 
and  the  measures  which  the  two  Governments  will  take 
individually  and  together  in  furthering  the  recovery  of 
Italy  as  an  integral  part  of  the  joint  program  for  European 
Recovery ; 

Have  agreed  as  follows : 

Article  I.   Assistance  and  Cooperation 

1.  The  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America 
undertakes  to  assist  Italy  by  making  available  to  the 
Government  of  Italy  or  to  any  person,  agency  or  organi- 
zation designated  by  the  latter  Government,  such  assist- 
ance as  may  be  requested  by  it  and  approved  by  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  of  America.  The  Government 
of  the  United  States  of  America  will  furnish  this  assistance 
tinder  the  provisions,  and  subject  to  all  of  the  terms,  condi- 
tions, and  termination  provisions  of  the  Economic  Coopera- 
tion Act  of  1948,  Acts  amendatory  and  supplementary 
thereto  and  Appropriation  Acts  thereunder,  and  will  make 
available  to  the  Government  of  Italy  only  such  commodi- 
ties, services  and  other  assistance  as  are  authorized  to  be 
made  available  by  such  Acts. 

2.  The  Government  of  Italy,  acting  individually  and 
through  the  Organization  of  European  Economic  Coopera- 
tion, consistently  with  the  Convention  for  European  Eco- 
nomic Cooperation  signed  at  Paris  on  April  16,  1948  will 
exert  sustained  efforts  in  common  with  other  participating 
countries  speedily  to  achieve  through  a  Joint  Recovery 
Program  economic  conditions  in  Europe  essential  to  lasting 
peace  and  prosperity  and  to  enable  the  countries  of  Europe 
participating  in  such  a  .Joint  Recovery  Program  to  become 
independent  of  extraordinary  outside  economic  assistance 
within  tJie  period  of  this  agreement.  The  Government  of 
Italy  reaffirms  its  intention  to  take  action  to  carry  out  the 
provisions  of  the  general  obligations  of  the  Convention  cf 
European  Economic  Cooperation,  to  continue  to  participate 
actively  in  the  work  of  the  Organization  of  European 
Economic  Cooperation,  and  to  continue  to  adhere  to  the 
purposes  and  policies  of  the  Economic  Cooperation  Act  of 
1948. 

3.  With  respect  to  a.ssistance  furnished  by  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  of  America  to  Italy  and  procured 
from  areas  outside  the  United  States  of  America,  its 
territories  and  possessions,  the  Government  of  Italy  will 
cooperate  with  the  Government  of  the  United  States  of 
America  in  ensuring  that  procurement  will  be  effected  at 
reasonable  prices  and  on  reasonable  terms,  and  so  as  to 
arrange  that  the  dollars  thereby  made  available  to  the 
country  from  which  the  assistance  is  procured  are  used  in 
a  manner  consistent  with  any  arrangements  made  by  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  of  America  with  such 
country. 

July    n,    1948 


Article  II.  General   Undertaking 

1.  In  order  to  achieve  the  maximum  recovery  through 
the  employment  of  assistance  received  from  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  of  America,  the  Government  of 
Italy  will  use  its  best  endeavors; 

(A)  To  adopt  or  maintain  the  measures  necessary  to 
ensure  efficient  and  practical  use  of  all  the  resources  avail- 
able to  it,  including 

1)  Such  measures  as  may  be  necessary  to  ensure  that 
the  commodities  and  services  obtained  with  assistance 
furnished  under  this  Agreement  are  used  for  purposes 
consistent  with  this  Agreement  and,  as  far  as  practicable, 
with  the  general  purjwses  outlined  in  the  schedules  fur- 
nished by  the  Government  of  Italy  in  support  of  the  re- 
quirements of  assistance  to  be  furnished  by  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  of  America  ; 

2)  The  observation  and  review  of  the  use  of  such 
resources  through  an  effective  foUowup  system  approved 
by  the  Organization  of  European  Economic  Cooperation 
and 

3)  To  the  extent  practicable,  measures  to  locate, 
identify  and  put  into  appropriate  use  in  furtherance  of 
the  joint  program  for  European  Recovery  assets,  and  earn- 
ings therefrom,  which  belong  to  nationals  of  Italy  and 
which  are  situated  within  the  United  States  of  America, 
its  territories  or  possessions.  Nothing  in  this  clause  im- 
poses any  obligation  on  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  of  America  to  assist  in  carrying  out  such  measures 
or  on  the  Government  of  Italy  to  dispose  of  such  assets. 

(B)  To  promote  the  development  of  industrial  and  agri- 
cultural production  on  a  sound  economic  basis ;  to  achieve 
such  production  targets  as  may  be  established  through  the 
Organization  for  European  Economic  Cooperation ;  and 
When  desired  by  the  Government  of  the  United  States  of 
America  to  communicate  to  that  Government  detailed  pro- 
posals for  specific  projects  contemplated  by  the  Govern- 
ment of  Italy  and  to  be  undertaken  in  substantial  part  with 
assistance  made  available  pursuant  to  this  agreement  in- 
cluding whenever  practicable  projects  for  increased  pro- 
duction of  food,  steel  and  transportation  facilities ;  and 

(C)  To  stabilize  its  currency,  establish  or  maintain  a 
valid  rate  of  exchange,  balance  its  governmental  budget 
as  soon  as  practicable,  create  or  maintain  internal  finan- 
cial stability,  and  generally  restore  or  maintain  confidence 
in  its  monetary  system  ;  and 

(D)  To  cooperate  with  other  participating  countries  in 
facilitating  and  stimulating  an  interchange  of  goods  and 
services  among  the  participating  countries  and  with  other 
countries  and  in  reducing  public  and  private  barriers  to 
trade  among  themselves  and  with  other  countries. 

2.  Taking  into  account  Article  8  of  the  Convention  for 
European  Economic  Cooperation  looking  toward  the  full 
and  effective  use  of  manpower  available  in  the  various 
participating  countries,  the  Government  of  Italy,  with  due 
regard  for  the  urgency  and  importance  of  its  own  problem 
of  surplus  manpower,  will  accord  sympathetic  considera- 
tion to  proposals  made  in  conjunction  with  the  Interna- 
tional Refugee  Organization,  directed  to  the  largest  prac- 
ticable utilization  of  manixiwer  available  in  any  of  the 
participating  countries  in  furtherance  of  the  accomplish- 
ment of  the  purposes  of  this  agreement. 

3.  The  Government  of  Italy  will  take  the  measures 
which  it  deems  appropriate,  and  will  cooperate  with  other 
participating  countries,  to  prevent,  on  the  part  of  private 
or  public  commercial  enterprises,  business  practices  or 
business  arrangements  affecting  international  trade  which 
restrain  competition,  limit  access  to  markets  or  foster 
monopolistic  control  whenever  such  practices  or  arrange- 
ments have  the  effect  of  interfering  with  the  achievement 
of  the  Joint  Program  of  European  recovery ; 

Article  III.  Guaranties 

1.  The  Governments  of  the  United  States  of  America 
and  Italy  will,  upon  the  request  of  either  Government, 

39 


FOREIGN   AID   AND    RECONSTRUCT/ON 

consult  respecting  projects  in  Italy  proposed  l)y  nationals 
of  the  United  States  of  America  and  with  regard  to  which 
the  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America  may 
appropriately  make  guaranties  of  currency  transfer  under 
Section  111  (b)  (3)  of  the  Economic  Cooperation  Act  of 
1948. 

2.  The  Government  of  Italy  agrees  that  if  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  of  America  malces  payment  in 
United  States  dollars  to  any  person  under  such  a  guaranty, 
any  lire  or  credits  in  lire,  assigned  or  transferred  to  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  of  America  pursuant  to 
that  Section  shall  be  recognized  as  property  of  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  of  America. 


Article  IV.  Local  Currency 

1.  The  provisions  of  this  Article  .shall  apply  only  with 
respect  to  assistance  which  may  be  furnished  by  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  of  America  on  a  grant  basis. 

2.  The  Government  of  Italy  will  establish  a  special 
account  in  the  Bank  of  Italy  in  the  name  of  the  Govern- 
ment of  Italy  (hereinafter  called  the  Special  Account) 
and  will  make  deijosits  in  lire  to  this  account  as  follows: 

(a)  The  unencumbered  balance  at  the  close  of  business 
on  the  day  of  the  signature  of  this  Agreement  in  the 
special  accounts  in  the  Bank  of  Italy  in  name  of  the  Gov- 
ernment of  Italy  established  pursuant  to  the  Agreements 
between  the  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America 
and  the  Government  of  Italy  made  on  July  4,  1947  and 
on  January  3,  1948  and  any  further  sums  which  may,  from 
time  to  time,  be  required  by  such  agreements  to  be  de- 
posited in  the  special  accounts.  It  is  understood  that 
Subsection  (e)  of  Section  114  of  the  Economic  Coopera- 
tion Act  of  1948  constitutes  the  approval  and  determina- 
tion of  the  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America 
with  respect  to  the  disposition  of  such  balances,  referred 
to  in  those  Agreements. 

(6)  The  unencumbered  balances  of  the  deposits  made 
by  the  Government  of  Italy  pursuant  to  the  exchange  of 
notes  between  the  two  Governments  dated  April  20,  1948. 

(c)  Amounts  commensurate  with  the  indicated  dollar 
cost  to  the  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America 
of  commodities,  services  and  technical  information  (in- 
cluding any  costs  of  processing,  storing,  transporting,  re- 
pairing or  other  services  incident  thereto)  made  available 
to  Italy  on  a  grant  basis  by  any  means  authorized  under 
the  Economic  Cooperation  Act  of  1948,  less,  however,  the 
amount  of  the  deposits  made  pursuant  to  the  exchange 
of  notes  referred  to  in  Subparagraph  (6).  The  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  of  America  shall  from  time  to 
time  notify  the  Government  of  Italy  of  the  iiulicated  dollar 
cost  of  any  such  commodities,  services  and  technical  in- 
formation, and  the  Government  of  Italy  will  thereupon 
deposit  in  the  Special  Account  a  commensurate  amount  of 
lire  computed  nt  a  rate  of  exchange  which  shall  be  the  par 
value  agreed  nt  such  time  with  the  International  Monetary 
Fund ;  provided  that  this  agreed  value  is  the  single  rate 
applicable  to  the  purchase  of  dollars  for  imports  into  Italy. 
If  at  the  time  of  notification  a  par  value  for  the  lira  is 
agreed  with  the  Fund  and  there  are  one  or  more  other 
rates  applicable  to  the  purchase  of  dollars  for  imports  into 
Italy,  or,  if  at  the  time  of  notitication  no  par  value  for  the 
lira  is  agreed  with  the  Fund,  the  rate  or  rates  for  this 
particular  purpose  shall  be  mutually  agreed  upon  between 
the  Government  of  Italy  and  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  of  America.  The  Government  of  Italy  may  at  any 
time  make  advance  deposits  in  the  Special  Account  which 
shall  be  credited  against  subsequent  notifications  pursuant 
to  this  paragraph. 

3.  The  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America  will 
from  time  to  time  notify  the  Government  of  Italy  of  its 
requirements    for    administrative    expenditures    in    lire 


within  Italy  incident  to  operations  under  the  Economic 
Cooperation  Act  of  1948,  and  the  Government  of  Italy  will 
thereupon  make  such  sums  available  out  of  any  balances 
in  the  Special  Account  in  the  manner  requested  by  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  of  America  in  the 
notification. 

4.  Five  percent  of  each  deposit  made  pursuant  to  this 
Article  in  respect  of  assistance  furnished  under  authority 
of  the  Foreign  Aid  Appropriation  Act,  1948,  shall  be  al- 
located to  the  use  of  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
of  America  for  its  expenditures  in  Italy,  and  sums  made 
available  pursuant  to  paragraph  three  of  this  Article  shall 
first  be  charged  to  the  amounts  allocated  under  this 
paragraph. 

5.  The  Government  of  Italy  will  further  malce  .such  .sums 
of  lire  available  out  of  any  balances  in  the  Special  Account 
as  may  lie  required  to  cover  costs  (including  port,  storage, 
handling  and  similar  charges)  of  transportation  from  any 
point  of  entry  in  Italy  to  the  consignee's  designated  point 
of  delivery  in  Italy  of  such  relief  supplies  and  packages 
as  are  referred  to  in  Article  VI. 

6.  The  Government  of  Italy  may  draw  upon  any  remain- 
ing balance  in  the  Special  Account  for  such  purpose  as 
may  be  agreed  from  time  to  time  with  the  Government  of 
the  United  States  of  America.  In  considering  proposals 
put  forward  by  the  Government  of  Italy  for  drawings  from 
the  Special  Account  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
of  America  will  take  into  account  the  need  for  promoting 
or  maintaining  internal  monetary  and  financial  stabiliza- 
tion in  Italy  and  for  stimulating  productive  activity  and 
international  trade  and  the  exploration  for  and  develop- 
ment of  new  sources  of  wealth  within  Italy,  including  in 
particular : 

(a)  Expenditures  upon  projects  or  programs,  including 
those  which  are  part  of  a  comprehensive  program  for  the 
development  of  the  productive  capacity  of  Italy  and  the 
other  participating  countries,  and  projects  or  programs  the 
external  costs  of  which  are  being  covered  by  assistance 
rendered  by  the  Government  of  the  United  States  of 
America  under  the  Economic  Cooperation  Act  of  1948  or 
otherwise,  or  by  loans  from  the  International  Bank  for 
reconstruction  and  development; 

(6)  Expenditures  upon  the  exploration  for  and  develoi)- 
ment  of  additional  production  of  materials  which  may  be 
required  in  the  United  States  of  America  because  of  defi- 
ciencies or  potential  deficiencies  in  the  resources  of  the 
United  States  of  America ;  and, 

(c)  Effective  retirement  of  the  national  debt,  especially 
debt  held  by  the  Bank  of  Italy  or  other  banking  institu- 
tions. 

7.  Any  unencumbered  balance  other  than  unexpended 
amounts  allocated  under  paragraph  4  of  this  Article  re- 
maining in  the  Special  Account  on  June  30,  19.52,  shall  be 
disposed  of  within  Italy  for  .such  purposes  as  may  here- 
after be  agreed  between  the  Governments  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  Italy,  it  being  understood  that  the 
agreement  of  the  United  States  of  America  shall  be  sub- 
ject to  approval  by  act  or  joint  resolution  of  the  Congress 
of  the  United  States  of  America. 

Article   V.  Access  to  materials 

1.  The  Government  of  Italy  will  facilitate  the  transfer 
to  the  United  States  of  America,  for  stockpiling  or  other 
purposes,  of  materials  originating  in  Italy  whicli  are  re- 
quired by  the  United  States  of  America  as  a  result  of 
deficiencies  or  potential  deficiencies  in  its  own  resources, 
upon  such  reasonable  terms  of  sale,  exchange,  barter  or 
otherwise,  and  in  such  quantities,  and  for  such  period  of 
time,  as  may  be  agreed  to  between  the  Governments  of  the 
United  States  of  America  and  Italy,  after  due  regard  for 
the  reasonable  requirements  of  Italy  for  domestic  use  and 
commercial  export  of  such  materials.  The  Government 
of  Italy  will  take  such  specific  measures  as  may  be  neces- 


40 


Deparfmeni  of  State  Bulletin 


sary  to  carry  out  tlie  provisions  of  tliis  paragrapli,  includ- 
ing tlie  promorion  of  the  increased  production  of  such 
materials  within  Italy,  and  the  removal  of  any  hiiiilranoes 
to  the  transfer  of  such  materials  to  the  United  States  of 
America.  The  Government  of  Italy  will,  when  so  re- 
quested by  the  Government  of  the  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica, enter  into  negotiations  for  detailed  arrangements 
necessary  to  carry  out  the  provisions  of  tliis  paragrajih. 

2.  Kecognizing  the  principle  of  equity  in  respect  to  the 
drain  upon  the  natural  resources  of  the  United  States  of 
America,  and  of  the  participating  countries,  the  Govern- 
ment of  Italy  will,  when  so  requested  by  the  Government 
of  the  United  States  of  America,  negotiate  where  appli- 
cable ((I)  a  future  schedule  of  minimum  availabilities  to 
the  United  States  of  America  for  future  purchase  and 
delivery  of  a  fair  share  of  materials  originating  in  Italy 
wliich  are  required  by  the  United  States  of  America  as  a 
result  of  deficiencies  or  potential  deficiencies  in  its  own 
resources  at  world  market  prices  so  as  to  protect  the  access 
of  the  United  States  industry  to  an  equitable  share  of  such 
materials  either  in  percentages  of  production  or  in  absolute 
quantities  from  Italy,  (6)  arrangements  providing  suit- 
able protection  for  the  right  of  access  for  any  citizen  of  the 
United  States  of  America  or  any  corporation,  partnership, 
or  other  association  created  under  the  laws  ot  the  United 
States  of  America  or  of  any  state  or  territory  thereof  and 
substantially  beneficially  owned  by  citizens  of  the  United 
States  of  Ameriia,  in  the  development  of  such  materials  on 
terms  of  treatment  equivalent  to  those  afforded  to  the 
nationals  of  Italy,  and,  (c)  an  agreed  schedule  of  increased 
production  of  such  materials  where  practicable  in  Italy 
and  for  delivery  of  an  agreed  percentage  of  such  increased 
production  to  be  transferred  to  the  United  States  of 
America  on  a  long-term  basis  in  consideration  of  assistance 
furnished  by  the  United  States  of  America  under  this 
Agreement. 

3.  The  Government  of  Italy  when  so  requested  by  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  of  America,  will  cooper- 
ate whenever  appropriate  to  further  the  objectives  of  para- 
graphs 1  and  2  of  this  Article  in  respect  of  materials 
originating  outside  of  Italy. 

Article  VI.   Travel  Arrangements  and  Relief  Supplies 

1.  The  Government  of  Italy  will  cooperate  with  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  of  America  in  facilitating  and 
encouraging  the  promotion  and  development  of  travel  by 
citizens  of  the  United  States  of  America  to  and  within 
participating  countries. 

2.  The  Government  of  Italy  will,  when  so  desired  by  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  of  America,  cuter  into 
negotiations  for  agreements  (including  the  provisions  of 
duty-free  treatment  under  appropriate  s.ifeguards)  to 
facilitate  the  entry  into  Italy  of  supplies  of  relief  goods 
donated  to  m-  purchased  by  United  States  voluntary  non- 
profit relief  agencies  and  of  relief  packages  originating  in 
the  United  States  of  America  and  consigned  to  individuals 
residing  in  Italy. 

Article  VII.   Consultation  and  Transmittal  of  Information 

1.  The  two  Governments  will,  upon  the  request  of  either 
of  them,  consult  regarding  any  matter  relating  to  tlie 
application  of  this  Agreement  or  to  operations  or  arrange- 
ments carried  out  pursuant  to  this  Agreement. 

2.  The  Government  of  Italy  will  communicate  to  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  of  America  in  a  form  and 
at  intervals  to  be  indicated  by  the  latter  after  consultation 
with  the  Government  of  Italy  : 

(A)  Detailed  information  of  projects,  programs  and 
measures  proposed  or  adopted  by  the  Government  of  Italy 
to  carry  out  the  provisions  of  this  Agreement  and  the 
general  obligations  of  the  Convention  for  Euroiwan  Eco- 
nomic Cooperation. 


FOREIGN   AID   AND    RECONSTRUCTION 

(B)  V\\\\  statements  of  operations  under  this  Agree- 
ment including  a  statement  of  the  use  of  fun<lK,  connnodi- 
tics  and  services  received  thereunder,  such  statements  to 
be  made  in  each  calendar  quarter; 

(C)  Information  regarding  its  economy  and  any  other 
relevant  information,  necessary  to  supplement  that  ol)- 
tained  by  the  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America 
from  the  Organization  for  European  Economic  Cooperation 
which  the  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America 
may  need  to  determine  the  nature  and  scopt?  of  operations 
under  the  Economic  Cooperation  Act  of  1948,  and  to  evalu- 
ate the  effectiveness  of  assistance  furnished  or  contem- 
plated under  this  Agreement  and  generally  the  progress  of 
the  Joint  Recovery  Program. 

3.  The  Government  of  Italy  will  assist  the  Government 
of  the  United  States  of  America  to  obtain  information  re- 
lating to  the  materials  originating  in  Italy  referred  to  in 
Article  V  which  is  necessary  to  the  formulation  and  execu- 
tion of  the  arrangements  provided  for  in  that  Article. 

Article   VIII.   Publicity 

1.  The  Governments  of  the  Uniled  States  of  America 
and  Italy  recognize  that  it  is  in  tlieir  mutual  interest  that 
full  publicity  be  given  to  the  objectives  and  progress  of  the 
joint  program  for  European  Recovery  and  of  the  actions 
taken  in  furtherance  of  that  program.  It  is  recognized 
that  wide  dissemination  of  information  on  the  progress 
of  the  program  is  desirable  in  order  to  develop  the  sense 
of  common  effort  and  mutual  aid  which  are  essential  to 
the  accomplishment  of  the  objectives  of  the  program. 

2.  The  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America  will 
encourage  the  dissemination  of  such  information  and  will 
make  it  available  to  the  media  of  public  information. 

3.  The  Government  of  Italy  will  encourage  the  dissemi- 
nation of  such  information  both  directly  and  in  coopera- 
tion with  the  Organization  for  European  Economic  Coop- 
eration. It  will  make  such  information  available  to  the 
media  of  public  information  and  take  all  practicable  steps 
to  ensure  that  appropriate  facilities  are  provided  for  such 
dissemination.  It  will  further  provide  other  participating 
countries  and  the  Organization  for  European  Economic 
Cooperation  with  full  information  on  the  progress  of  the 
program  for  Economic  Recovery. 

4.  The  Government  of  Italy  will  make  public  in  Italy  in 
each  calendar  quarter,  full  statements  of  operations  under 
this  Agreement,  including  information  as  to  the  use  of 
funds,  commodities  and  services  received. 

Article   IX.   Missions 

1.  The  Government  of  Italy  agrees  to  receive  a  Special 
Mission  for  Economic  Cooperation  which  will  discharge  the 
responsibilities  of  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
of  America  in  Italy  under  this  Agreement. 

2.  The  Government  of  Italy  will,  upon  appropriate  no- 
tification from  the  Ambassador  of  the  United  States  of 
America  in  Italy,  consider  the  Special  Mission  and  its 
personnel,  and  the  United  States  Special  Representative 
in  Europe,  as  part  of  the  Embassy  of  the  United  States 
of  America  in  Italy  for  the  purpo.se  of  enjoying  the  priv- 
ileges and  immunities  accorded  to  that  Embassy  and  its 
personnel  of  comparable  rank.  The  Government  of  Italy 
will  further  accord  appropriate  courtesies  to  the  members 
and  staff  of  the  Joint  Committee  on  Foreign  Economic 
Cooperation  of  the  Congress  of  the  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica and  grant  them  the  facilities  an<l  assistance  necessary 
to  the  effective  performance  of  their  responsibilities. 

3.  The  Government  of  Italy,  directly  and  through  its 
representatives  on  the  Organizati(m  of  European  Eco- 
nomic Cooperation  will  extend  full  cooperation  to  the 
Special  Mission,  to  the  United  States  Special  Representa- 
tive in  Europe  and  his  staff,  and  to  the  members  and  staff 
of  the  Joint  Committee.     Such  cooperation  shall  include 


July    11,    1948 


41 


FOREIGN  AID  AND   RECONSTRUCTION 

the  provision  of  all  information  and  facilities  necessary 
to  the  observation  and  review  of  the  carrying  out  of  this 
Agreement,  including  the  use  of  assistance  furnished  under 
it. 

Article  X.  Settlement  of  Claims  of  Nationals 

1.  The  Governments  of  the  United  States  of  America 
and  Italy  agree  to  submit  to  the  decisions  of  the  Inter- 
national Court  of  Justice  any  claim  espoused  by  either 
Government  on  behalf  of  one  of  its  nationals  against  the 
other  Government  for  comi)ensation  for  damage  arising  as 
a  consequence  of  governmental  measures  (other  than 
measures  concerning  enemy  property  or  interests)  taken 
after  April  3,  1948,  by  the  other  Government  and  affecting 
property  or  interests  of  such  national,  including  contracts 
with  or  concessions  granted  by  duly  authorized  authori- 
ties of  such  other  Government. 

It  is  understood  that  the  undertaking  of  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  of  America  in  respect  of  claims 
esiwused  by  the  Government  of  Italy  pursuant  to  this 
Article  is  made  under  the  authority  of  and  is  limited  by 
the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  recognition  by  the  United 
States  of  America  of  the  compulsory  jurisdiction  of  the 
International  Court  of  Justice  under  Article  36  of  the 
statute  of  the  Court,  as  set  forth  in  the  declaration  of  the 
President  of  the  United  States  of  America  dated  August 
14,  1946.  The  provisions  of  this  paragraph  shall  be  in  all 
respects  without  prejudice  to  other  rights  of  access,  if 
any,  of  either  Government  to  the  International  Court  of 
Justice  or  to  the  espousal  and  presentation  of  claims  based 
upon  alleged  violations  by  either  Government  of  rights  and 
duties  arising  under  treaties,  agreements  or  principles  of 
international  law. 

2.  The  Governments  of  the  United  States  of  America 
and  of  Italy  further  agree  that  such  claims  may  be  re- 
ferred, in  lieu  of  the  Court,  to  any  arbitral  tribunal  mu- 
tually agreed  upon.  It  is  understood  that  the  undertak- 
ing of  each  Government  pursuant  to  this  paragraph  is 
subject  to  and  limited  by  the  terms  and  conditions  of 
existing  arbitration  treaties,  conventions  or  other  agree- 
ments, particularly  any  provisions  respecting  the  functions 
of  the  Senate  of  the  United  States  of  America  and  the 
Italian  Parliament. 

3.  It  is  further  understood  that  neither  Government  will 
espouse  a  claim  pursuant  to  this  Article  until  its  national 
has  exhausted  the  remedies  available  to  him  in  the  Admin- 
istrative and  Judicial  Tribunals  of  the  country  in  which 
the  claim  arose. 

Article  XI.  Definitions 

As  used  in  the  Agreement,  the  term  "participating  coun- 
try" means: 

(1)  Any  country  which  signed  the  report  of  the  Com- 
mittee of  European  Economic  Cooperation  at  Paris  on  Sep- 
tember 22,  1947,  and  territories  for  which  it  has  inter- 
national responsibility  and  to  which  the  Economic  Coop- 
eration Agreement  concluded  between  that  country  and 
the  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America  has  been 
applied,  and 

(2)  Any  other  country  (including  any  of  the  zones  of 
occupation  of  Germany,  any  areas  under  international  ad- 
ministration or  control,  and  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste 
or  either  of  its  zones)  wholly  or  partly  in  Europe,  together 
with  dependent  areas  under  its  administration  ;  for  so  long 
as  such  country  is  a  party  to  the  Convention  for  European 
Economic  Cooperation  and  adheres  to  a  joint  program  for 
European  recovery  designed  to  accomplish  the  purpose  of 
this  Agreement. 

Article  XII.   Entry  into  Force,  Amendments,  Duration 

1.  This  Agreement  shall  become  effective  on  this  day's 
date.     Subject  to  the  provisions  of  paragraphs  2  and  3  of 

42 


this  Article,  it  shall  remain  in  force  until  June  30,  1953, 
and,  unless  at  least  six  months  before  June  30,  1953,  either 
Government  shall  have  given  notice  in  writing  to  the  other 
of  intention  to  terminate  the  Agreement  on  that  date,  it 
shall  remain  in  force  thereafter  until  the  expiration  of 
six  months  from  the  date  on  which  such  notice  shall  have 
been  given. 

2.  If  during  the  life  of  this  Agreement,  either  Govern- 
ment should  consider  there  has  been  a  fundamental  change 
in  the  basic  assumption  underlying  this  Agreement,  it  shall 
so  notify  the  other  Government  in  writing  and  the  two 
Governments  will  thereupon  consult  with  a  view  to  agree- 
ing upon  the  amendment,  modification  or  termination  of 
this  Agreement.  If,  after  three  months  from  such  notifica- 
tion the  two  Governments  have  not  agreed  upon  the  action 
to  be  taken  in  the  circumstances,  either  Government  may 
give  notice  in  writing  to  the  other  of  intention  to  terminate 
this  Agreement.  Then,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  para- 
graph 3  of  this  Article,  this  Agreement  shall  terminate 
either: 

(o)  Sis  months  after  the  date  of  such  notice  of  inten- 
tion to  terminate,  or 

(b)  After  such  shorter  period  as  may  be  agreed  to  be 
sufficient  to  ensure  that  the  obligations  of  the  Government 
of  Italy  are  performed  in  respect  of  any  assistance  which 
may  continue  to  be  furnished  by  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  of  America  after  the  date  of  such  notice; 
provided,  however,  that  Article  V  and  paragraph  3  of 
Article  VII  shall  remain  in  effect  until  two  years  after  the 
date  of  such  notice  of  intention  to  terminate,  but  not  later 
than  June  30,  1953. 

3.  Subsidiary  agreements  and  arrangements  negotiated 
pursuant  to  this  Agreement  may  remain  in  force  beyond 
the  date  of  termination  of  this  Agreement  and  the  period 
of  effectiveness  of  such  subsidiary  Agreements  and  ar- 
rangements shall  be  governed  by  their  own  terms.  Article 
IV  shall  remain  in  effect  until  all  the  sums  in  the  cur- 
rency of  Italy  required  to  be  deposited  in  accordance  with 
its  own  terms  have  been  disposed  of  as  provided  in  that 
Article. 

4.  Paragraph  2  of  Article  III  shall  remain  in  effect  for 
so  long  as  the  guaranty  payments  referred  to  in  that 
Article  may  be  made  by  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  of  America. 

5.  The  Annex  to  this  agreement  forms  an  integral  part 
thereof. 

6.  This  Agreement  may  be  amended  at  any  time  by 
agreement  between  the  two  Governments. 

7.  This  Agreement  shall  be  registered  with  the  Secre- 
tary General  of  the  United  Nations. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respective  representatives,  duly 
authorized  for  the  purpose,  have  signed  the  present 
Agreement. 

Done  at  Rome,  in  duplicate,  in  the  English  and  Italian 
languages,  both  texts  authentic,  this  28th  day  of  June 
1948. 


James  Clement  Dunn 


Sforza 


ANNEX.  Interpretive  notes 

1.  It  is  understood  that  the  requirements  of  paragraph 
1  (A)  of  Article  II,  relating  to  the  adoption  of  measures 
for  the  efficient  use  of  resources,  will  include,  with  resiject 
to  commodities  furnished  under  the  Agreement,  effective 
measures  for  safeguarding  such  commodities  and  for  pre- 
venting their  diversion  to  illegal  or  irregular  markets  or 
channels  of  trade. 

2.  It  is  understood  that  the  obligations  under  paragraph 
1  (C)  of  Article  II  to  balance  the  budget  as  soon  as  prac- 

(Continned  on  page  57) 

Department  of  State   Bulletin 


statement  by  Secretary  Marshall  Concerning  Signing 
of  Economic  Cooperation  Agreements 


[Released  to  the  press  June  28] 

"With  the  signing  of  the  bilateral  agreements  be- 
tween the  participating  countries  and  the  United 
States  we  take  one  more  step  in  the  development  of 
the  program  for  European  recovery.  The  pros- 
pect for  success  of  this  great  project  lies  in  the  de- 
termination of  the  people  of  Europe  to  work  to- 
gether to  achieve  recovery.  The  peojjle  of  the 
United  States  have  demonstrated  their  confidence 
in  the  success  of  this  undertaking  through  the 
action  of  Congress  in  making  available  for  the 
initial  period  of  the  program  the  sum  of  five  billion 
dollars. 

This  unprecedented  undertaking  required  ex- 
pression in  formal  agreements  stating  its  basic 
objectives  and  establishing  the  relationships  nec- 
essary for  the  orderly  achievement  of  those  ob- 
jectives. The  Paris  convention  of  April  16  ex- 
presses the  aims  and  mutual  pledges  of  the  par- 
ticipating countries  and  establishes  the  Organiza- 
tion for  European  Economic  Co-operation  as  the 


mechanism  through  which  the  joint  program  will 
be  achieved.  The  bilateral  agreements  state  the 
mutual  aims  of  the  participating  countries  and 
the  United  States  and  establish  the  relationships 
through  which  American  assistance  will  supple- 
ment the  efforts  of  Europe.  The  two  agreements 
are  closely  related.  The  basic  undertakings  in  the 
bilateral  agreements  are  essentially  the  same  as 
those  which  the  European  countries  had  themselves 
already  stated,  both  in  last  summer's  report  and  in 
the  convention,  as  necessary  to  achieve  I'ecovery. 
Important  progress  has  been  made  since  the 
historic  meetings  in  Paris  of  last  summer.  A 
framework  has  been  established  for  a  joint  recov- 
ery program  based  on  European  initiative  and 
mutual  aid;  an  organization  is  functioning  and 
the  United  States  has  assured  large-scale  assist- 
ance. A  continuation  of  the  cooperation  and  effort 
of  the  people  of  the  countries  concerned,  under 
these  conditions,  should  achieve  the  success  of  the 
program. 


Most-Favored-Nation  Treatment  for  Areas  Under  Military  Occupation 
With  Respect  to  U.K.,  Italy,  Ireland,  and  Greece 


Text  of  Note  Exchanged  Between  the   United 
States  and  United  Kingdom 

June  m,  19Ii8. 

Sir: 

I  have  the  honor  to  refer  to  the  conversations 
•which  have  recently  taken  place  between  repre- 
sentatives of  our  two  Governments  relating  to  the 
territorial  application  of  commercial  arrangements 
between  the  United  States  of  America  and  the 
United  Kingdom  and  to  confirm  the  under-stand- 
ing reached  as  a  result  of  these  conversations  as 
follows : 

1.  For  such  time  as  either  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  of  America  or  the  Government  of 
the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  North- 
ern Ireland  participates  in  the  occupation  or  con- 
trol of  any  areas  in  western  Germany  or  the  Free 
Territory  of  Trieste,  the  other  Government  will 
apply  to  the  merchandise  trade  of  such  area  the 

Ju/y    IT,    1948 


provisions  of  the  General  Agreement  on  Tariffs 
and  Trade,  dated  October  30, 1947,  as  now  or  here- 
after amended,  relating  to  most-favored-nation 
treatment. 

2.  The  undertaking  in  paragraph  1,  above,  will 
apply  on  the  part  of  tne  Government  of  the  United 
States  of  America  or  the  Government  of  the  United 
Eangdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ireland 
to  the  merchandise  trade  of  any  area  referred  to 
therein  only  for  such  time  and  to  such  extent  as 
such  area  accords  reciprocal  most-favored-nation 
treatment  to  the  merchandise  trade  of  the  United 
States  of  America  or  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great 
Britain  and  Northern  Ireland,  respectively. 

3.  The  undertakings  in  paragraphs  1  and  2, 
above,  are  entered  into  in  the  light  of  the  absence 
at  the  present  time  of  effective  or  significant  tariff 
barriers  to  imports  into  the  areas  herein  concerned. 
In  the  event  that  such  tariff  barriers  are  imposed, 
it  is  understood  that  such  undertakings  shall  be 
without  prejudice  to  the  application  of  the  prin- 
ciples set  forth  in  the  Havana  Charter  for  an 

43 


FORE/GN   AID   AND    RECONSTRUCTION 

International  Trade  Organization  relating  to  the 
reduction  of  tariffs  on  a  mutually  advantageous 
basis. 

4.  It  is  recognized  that  the  absence  of  a  uniform 
rate  of  exchange  for  the  currency  of  the  areas  in 
western  Germany  referred  to  in  paragraph  1  above 
may  have  the  effect  of  indirectly  subsidizing  the 
exports  of  such  areas  to  an  extent  which  it  would 
be  difficult  to  calculate  exactly.  So  long  as  such 
a  condition  exists,  and  if  consultation  with  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  of  America  fails 
to  reach  an  agreed  solution  to  the  problem,  it  is 
understood  that  it  would  not  be  inconsistent  with 
the  undertaking  in  paragraph  1  for  tlie  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  Kingdom  to  levy  a  counter- 
vailing duty  on  imports  of  such  goods  equivalent  to 
the  estimated  amount  of  such  subsidization,  where 
the  Government  of  the  United  Kingdom  deter- 
mines that  the  subsidization  is  such  as  to  cause  or 
threaten  material  injui-y  to  an  established  domestic 
industry  or  is  such  as  to  prevent  or  materially 
retard  the  establishment  of  a  domestic  industry. 

5.  The  undertakings  in  this  note  shall  remain  in 
force  until  January  1,  1951,  and  unless  at  least  six 
months  before  January  1, 1951,  either  Government 
shall  have  given  notice  in  writing  to  the  other  of 
intention  to  terminate  these  undertakings  on  that 
date,  they  shall  remain  in  force  thereafter  until  the 
expiration  of  six  months  from  the  date  on  which 
such  notice  shall  have  been  given. 

Please  accept  [etc.] 

In  the  exchange  of  notes  between  the  United 
States  and  Italy  variations  from  the  U.S.-V.K. 
exchange  of  nx)tes  appear  in  the  following  para- 
graphs : 

1.  For  such  time  as  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  of  America  participates  in  the  occu- 
pation or  control  of  any  areas  in  western  Germany, 
Japan  or  southern  Korea,  the  Government  of  Italy 
will  apply  to  the  merchandise  trade  of  such  area 
the  provisions  relating  to  the  most-favored-nation 
treatment  of  the  merchandise  trade  of  the  United 
States  of  America  set  forth  in  the  Treaty  of 
Friendship,  Commerce  and  Navigation,  signed 
February  2,  1948  (and,  pending  the  entry  into 
force  of  such  Treaty,  in  the  exchange  of  notes  on 
commercial  policy  of  August  14, 1947) ,  or  for  such 
time  as  the  Government  of  the  United  States  of 
America  and  Italy  may  both  be  contracting  par- 
ties to  the  General  Agreement  on  Tariffs  and 
Trade,  dated  October  30,  1947,  the  provisions  of 
that  Agreement,  as  now  or  hereafter  amended,  re- 
lating to  the  most-favored-nation  treatment  of 
such  trade.  It  is  understood  that  the  undertaking 
in  this  paragraph  relating  to  the  application  of 
the  most-favored-nation  i)rovisions  of  the  Treaty 
of  Friendship,  Commerce  and  Navigation  shall  be 
subject  to  the  exceptions  recognized  in  the  General 


Agreement  on  Tariffs  and  Trade  permitting  de- 
partures from  the  application  of  most-favored- 
nation  treatment  and  that  the  undertaking  relating 
to  the  exchange  of  notes  on  commercial  policy 
shall  be  subject  to  such  exceptions  and  to  the  ex- 
ceptions recognized  in  the  Treaty  of  Friendship, 
Commei'ce  and  Navigation;  provided  that  nothing 
in  this  sentence  shall  be  construed  to  require  com- 
pliance with  the  procedures  specified  in  the  Gen- 
eral Agreement  with  regard  to  the  application  of 
the  exceptions  in  the  General  Agreement. 

2.  The  undertaking  in  point  1,  above,  will  apply 
to  the  merchandise  trade  of  any  area  referred  to 
therein  only  for  such  time  and  to  such  extent  as 
such  area  accords  reciprocal  most-favored-nation 
treatment  to  the  merchandise  trade  of  Italy. 

4.  It  is  recognized  that  the  absence  of  a  uni- 
form rate  of  exchange  for  the  currency  of  the 
areas  in  western  Germany,  Japan  or  southern 
Korea  referred  to  in  point  1  above  may  have  the 
effect  of  indirectly  subsidizing  the  exports  of  such 
areas  to  an  extent  which  it  would  be  difficult  to 
calculate  exactly.  .  .  . 

In  the  exchange  of  notes  between  the  United 
States  and  Ireland  variations  from  the  U.S. -U.K. 
exchange  of  notes  appear  in  the  following  para- 
graphs: 

1.  For  such  time  as  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  of  America  participates  in  the  oc- 
cupation or  control  of  any  areas  in  western  Ger- 
many, the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste,  Japan  or 
southern  Korea,  the  Government  of  Ireland  will 
extend  to  the  merchandise  trade  of  such  area  the 
most-favored-nation  treatment  for  the  time  being 
accorded  to  the  merchandise  trade  of  the  United 
States  of  America.  It  is  understood  that  the 
undertaking  in  this  paragi-aph  relating  to  the 
extension  of  most-favored-nation  treatment  shall 
be  subject  to  the  exceptions  recognized  in  the  Gen- 
eral Agreement  on  Tariffs  and  Trade  permitting 
departures  from  the  application  of  most-favored- 
nation  treatment;  provided  that  nothing  in  this 
sentence  shall  be  construed  to  require  compliance 
with  the  procedures  specified  in  the  General  Agree- 
ment with  regard  to  the  application  of  such 
exceptions. 

2.  The  undertaking  in  point  1,  above,  will  apply 
to  the  merchandise  trade  of  any  area  referred  to 
therein  only  for  such  time  and  to  such  extent  as 
such  area  accoi'ds  reciprocal  most-favored-nation 
treatment  to  the  merchandise  trade  of  Ireland. 

4.  It  is  recognized  that  the  absence  of  a  uniform 
rate  of  exchange  for  the  currency  of  the  areas  in 
western  Germany,  Japan  or  southern  Korea  re- 
ferred to  in  point  1  above  may  have  the  effect  of 
indirectly  subsidizing  the  exports  of  such  areas  to 
an  extent  which  it  would  be  difficult  to  calculate 
exactly.  .  .  . 


44 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


In  the  exchange  of  notes  hetioeen  the  United 
States  and  Greece  variations  from  the  U.S.-V.K. 
exchange  of  notes  appear  in  the  following  para- 
graphs: 

1.  For  such  time  as  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  of  America  participates  in  the  occu- 
pation or  control  of  any  areas  in  western  Germany 
or  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste,  Japan  or  soutliern 
Korea,  tlie  Government  of  Greece  will  apply  to 
the  merchandise  trade  of  such  area  the  provisions 
relating  to  the  most-favored-nation  treatment  of 
the  merchandise  trade  of  the  United  States  of 
America  set  forth  in  the  Provisional  Commercial 
Agreement,  signed  November  15, 1938,  or  for  such 
time  as  the  Governments  of  the  United  States  of 
America  and  Greece  may  both  be  contracting  par- 
ties to  the  General  Agreement  on  Tariffs  and 
Trade,  dated  October  30,  1947,  the  provisions  of 
that  Agreement,  as  now  or  hereafter  amended,  re- 
lating to  the  most-favored-nation  treatment  of 
such  trade.    It  is  understood  that  the  undertaking 


FOREIGN   AID   AND   RECONSTRUCT/ON 

in  this  paragraph  relating  to  the  application  of  the 
most-favored-nation  provisions  of  tlie  Provisional 
Commercial  Agreement  shall  be  subject  to  the  ex- 
ceptions recognized  in  the  General  Agreement  on 
Tariff's  and  Trade  permitting  departures  from  the 
application  of  most-favored-nation  treatment; 
provided  that  nothing  in  this  sentence  shall  be 
construed  to  require  compliance  with  the  pro- 
cedures specified  in  the  General  Agreement  with 
regard  to  the  application  of  such  exceptions. 

2.  Tlie  undertaking  in  point  1,  above,  will  apply 
to  the  merchandise  trade  of  any  area  referred  to 
therein  only  for  such  time  and  to  such  extent  as 
such  area  accords  reciprocal  most-favored-nation 
treatment  to  the  merchandise  trade  of  Greece. 

4.  It  is  recognized  that  the  absence  of  a  uniform 
rate  of  exchange  for  the  currency  of  the  areas  in 
western  Germany,  Japan  or  southern  Korea  re- 
ferred to  in  point  1  above  may  have  the  efi^ect  of 
indirectly  subsidizing  the  exports  of  such  areas 
to  an  extent  which  it  would  be  difficult  to  calculate 
exactl}'.  .  .  . 


Signing  of  the  Foreign  Aid  Appropriation  Act 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  PRESIDENT 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  White  House  June  28] 

I  have  signed  today  H.R.  6801,  the  Foreign 
Aid  Appropriation  Act,  1949,^  providing  funds 
for  the  first  year  of  the  European  Recovery  Pro- 
gram, for  aid  to  Greece,  Turkey,  and  China,  for 
meeting  our  occupation  responsibilities  in  Europe 
and  the  Far  East,  and  for  our  participation  in 
the  International  Children's  Fund  and  the  Inter- 
national Refugee  Organization.  The  total  ap- 
propriation for  these  purposes  included  in  the 
act  is  $0,030,710,228. 

By  far  the  largest  item  in  this  act  is  the  $4  bil- 
lion appropriation  for  economic  cooperation  with 
Europe.  I  know  that  the  American  people  share 
the  deep  sense  of  satisfaction  which  I  feel  in  tak- 
ing this  final  step  to  make  the  European  Recovery 
Program  effective.  It  furnishes  concrete  evidence 
and  assurance  to  the  free  peoples  of  the  world 
that  we  stand  ready  to  work  side  by  side  with  them 
to  preserve  free  institutions  in  stability  and  peace. 

In  June  of  last  year,  the  United  States  indicated 
its  readiness  to  work  with  the  countries  of  Europe 
in  developing  a  program  of  joint  action  to  achieve 
economic  recovery.  Representatives  of  16  Euro- 
pean countries  drew  up  a  progi-am  in  response 


to  this  suggestion  and  submitted  it  to  this  Govern- 
ment in  September.  After  careful  study,  I  sub- 
mitted to  the  Congress  on  December  19  recommen- 
dations for  legislation  to  make  the  European  Re- 
covery Program  a  reality.  Following  full  con- 
sideration by  the  Congress,  this  legislation  was 
enacted  on  April  3. 

Then  began  the  last  step  in  the  legislative  proc- 
ess— the  enactment  of  the  necessary  appropria- 
tions to  make  the  law  effective.  Again  the  pro- 
gram was  carefully  scrutinized  and  its  various 
elements  weighed  and  tested.  As  finally  enacted, 
this  appropriation  is  substantially  in  accord  with 
the  program  presented  to  the  Congress  six  months 
ago.  It  represents  the  combined  judgment  and 
will  of  the  Executive  and  the  Congress.  It  was 
evolved  in  the  spirit  of  cooperation  and  not  of 
partisan  conflict.  It  demonstrates  tlie  united  de- 
termination of  our  people  to  make  good  our  pledge 
of  cooperation  to  those  who,  like  ourselves,  are 
striving  to  achieve  enduring  peace  and  prosperity 
among  all  nations. 


'  Public  Law  793,  80th  Cong.,  2(1  sess. 


July   11,    1948 


45 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS  AND  SPECIALIZED  AGENCIES 


The  United  States  in  the  United  Nations 


The  Veto 

Consideration  of  proposals  for  mitigating  abuse 
of  the  veto  power  in  the  Security  Council  was  be- 
gun by  the  Interim  Committee  of  the  General  As- 
sembly on  July  7.  Under  discussion  were  recom- 
mendations of  a  subcommittee  to  which  was 
assigned  preliminary  work  on  this  problem.  The 
General  Assembly  last  fall  asked  the  Interim  Com- 
mittee to  "consider  the  problem  of  voting  in  the 
Security  Council"  and  to  report  its  conclusions  to 
the  Secretary-General  not  later  than  July  15  for 
transmission  to  member  states  and  to  the  General 
Assembly. 

The  subcommittee  reviewed  96  categories  of 
Security  Council  decisions.  Of  these  it  listed  a 
first  group  of  36  categories  as  clearly  procedural 
and  hence  not  subject  to  the  veto,  and  a  second 
group  of  21  categories  as  decisions  which  ought  to 
be  taken  by  an  affirmative  vote  of  any  seven  mem- 
bers of  the  Council,  whether  or  not  they  were  con- 
sidered procedural. 

On  July  7  and  8  the  Committee  ratified  the  sub- 
committee's findings  regarding  the  groups  of  36 
and  21  decisions,  although  reservations  were 
noted  by  a  number  of  members.  The  Representa- 
tives of  France  and  the  United  Kingdom  refused 
to  endorse  inclusion  in  the  second  group  of  the  de- 
cision whether  a  matter  is  procedural.  This  is 
the  type  of  decision  which  often  leads  to  the  so- 
called  "double  veto."  The  United  Kingdom  Rep- 
resentative, James  Fawcett,  doubted  the  wisdom  of 
including  in  the  second  group  all  decisions  taken 
under  the  Charter's  chapter  VI  (pacific  settlement 
of  disputes).  United  States  policy  on  this  point, 
as  originally  announced  by  Secretary  of  State 
Marshall  in  his  opening  address  at  the  General 
Assembly  last  September,  favors  abandonment  by 
all  the  permanent  members  of  the  veto  power  on 
chapter  VI  decisions. 

There  was  no  dissent  to  inclusion  in  the  second 
group  of  Security  Council  decisions  on  admissions 
to  U.N.  membership. 

No  less  than  24  of  the  26  vetoes  cast  by  the  Soviet 
Union  to  date  fall  in  these  three  fields  of  decisions 
under  chapter  VI,  membership  applications,  and 
the  "double  veto". 

Representatives  of  China,  France,  the  United 
Kingdom,  and  the  United  States  all  took  exception 
to  a  proposal  of  Selim  Sarper  of  Turkey,  which 
was  later  withdrawn,  that  the  Committee  should 
add  to  the  second  group  Security  Council  findings 
under  article  39  that  there  was  a  "threat  to  the 

46 


peace,  breach  of  the  peace,  or  act  of  aggression". 
Article  39  is  the  first  article  in  chapter  VII,  which 
covers  peace-enforcement  action  by  the  Security 
Council.  Joseph  E.  Johnson  of  the  United  States 
argued  that  a  decision  under  article  39  should  be 
suibject  to  the  unanimity  rule,  because  if  it  were  to 
be  meaningful  it  would  have  to  envisage  recom- 
mendations or  sanctions  whose  effectiveness  would 
require  big-power  unanimity.  He  recalled  that  at 
the  San  Francisco  conference  article  39  had  pur- 
posely been  put  in  chapter  VII  rather  than  in 
chapter  VI  because  it  was  felt  that  a  determination 
that  a  threat  to  i^eace  existed  could  lead  to  the 
whole  range  of  action  under  chapter  VII.  Fran- 
Qois  de  Rose  of  France  said  the  Turkish  proposal 
might  permit  sanctions  to  be  ordered  without  the 
assent  of  those  who  would  have  to  enforce  them. 

The  view  that  the  recommendations  were  inade- 
quate and  that  only  elimination  of  the  veto  power 
would  make  the  United  Nations  a  real  guardian  of 
peace  was  urged  by  Jose  Arce  of  Argentina,  Carlos 
P.  Romulo  of  the  Philippines,  and  Sir  Carl  Be- 
rendsen  of  New  Zealand.  Dr.  Arce  and  General 
Romulo  declared  they  still  favored  calling  a  gen- 
eral conference  under  article  109  to  revise  the 
Charter. 

Palestine 

The  Security  Council  was  called  to  an  unsched- 
uled meeting  at  a  late  hour  on  July  8  to  discuss 
indications  that  full-scale  warfare  in  Palestine 
was  about  to  be  resumed. 

The  Council's  July  President,  Dmitri  Z.  Manuil- 
sky  of  the  Ukraine,  called  the  emergency  meeting 
upon  receipt  of  a  telegram  from  Moshe  Shertok, 
Foreign  Minister  of  Israel,  which  charged  that 
Egyptian  forces  had  opened  an  offensive  in  South 
Palestine  24  hours  before  the  four- week  truce  was 
due  to  expire.  As  the  Council  met,  a  telegram 
came  in  from  Count  Bernadotte,  U.N.  mediator  in 
Palestine,  rej^orting  that  Israel  had  accepted  his 
proposal  of  a  30-day  truce  extension  but  that  the 
Arab  states  had  rejected  it.  The  telegram  ex- 
pressed the  mediator's  disappointment  "that  hos- 
tilities are  to  be  resumed"  and  added  that  he  would 
concentrate  on  obtaining  "a  cease-fii-e  in  Jerusalem 
and  its  ultimate  demilitarization".  Bernadotte 
said  he  did  not  yet  have  a  text  of  the  Arab  reply 
and  promised  the  Council  a  full  report  "at  a  very 
early  date". 

Philip  C.  Jessup  of  the  United  States,  referring 
to  the  Shertok  telegram,  said  that  the  Council 
clearly  could  not  act  solely  on  the  basis  of  an  al- 
legation from  one  of  the  parties  and  must  await 
the  mediator's  report  on  resumption  of  fighting. 

Deparfmenf  of  Sfafe  Bulletin 


Tlie  information  at  luxnd,  Mr.  Jessup  said,  con- 
fronted tlie  Council  with  some  "uncertainty  and 
ambiguity".  It  could  be  hoped  that  further  news 
would  show  that  anticipation  of  a  truce  rupture 
was  based  on  a  misunderstanding  or  that  an  Arab 
refusal  to  prolong  it  had  been  reconsidered.  He 
noted  it  was  not  clear  whether  the  Arab  Govern- 
ments" reply  to  the  proposal  for  a  truce  extension 
had  been  sent  before  they  had  received  the  text  of 
the  CounciTs  resolution  of  July  7,  which  appealed 
to  both  sides  to  prolong  the  truce. 

"jMy  Government  welcomes  the  fact  that  the 
Government  of  Israel  has  accepted  the  proposals 
of  the  mediator",  JNIr.  Jessup  said.  "It  is  very 
hard  to  believe  that  the  Arab  States,  members  of 
the  United  A'ations,  have  actually  rejected  any 
prolongation  of  the  truce  and  that  they  would  con- 
template actually  resorting  to  war  in  violation  of 
the  Charter"'.  If  this  were  the  case,  the  Council 
would  have  no  choice,  Mr.  Jessup  said,  but  to  turn 
to  chapter  VII  of  the  Charter  (action  with  respect 
to  threats  to  the  peace,  breaches  of  the  peace,  and 
acts  of  aggression).  He  recalled  that  the  resolu- 
tion of  May  29  bound  the  Council  to  consider 
chapter  VII  action  if  the  tince  were  repudiated 
or  violated. 

"There  can  be  no  question,  in  my  opinion,"  Mr. 
Jessup  declared,  "that  in  a  situation  in  which  one 
of  the  contesting  parties  has  clearly  indicated  its 
willingness  to  prolong  the  truce  the  other  party 
could  allege  that  a  resort  to  force  was  an  act  based 
upon  a  necessity  of  self-defense". 

ilr.  Jessup  pointed  out  that  no  case  had  hitherto 
required  the  full  application  of  chapter  VII 
(which  authorizes  diplomatic,  economic,  and  mili- 
tary sanctions),  "but  it  must  be  recognized  that 
chapter  VII  is  as  much  a  part  of  the  Charter  as 
any  other  chapter."  The  U.S.  Government,  he 
said,  "will  be  prepared  to  carry  out  its  obligations 
as  a  member  of  the  Security  Council  and  of  the 
United  Nations." 

A  proposal  by  the  United  States  for  a  finding 
under  article  39  would  parallel  one  made  in  the 
Council  by  Ambassador  Warren  K.  Austin  on 
May  17.  It  obtained  only  five  votes,  two  short  of 
the  required  seven. 

Indonesia 

The  Security  Council  decided  on  July  6  to  ask 
its  Good  Offices  Committee  in  Indonesia  for  a  full 
report  on  restrictions  applied  to  trade  with  the 
Indonesian  Republic.  The  action  followed  a  com- 
plaint by  the  Indonesian  Republic  Representative, 
Lambertus  Palar,  that  "the  Dutch  are  trying  to 
strangle  the  Republic." 

The  Good  Ollices  Committee  reported  on  June 
21 '  that,  although  the  truce  agreement  signed 
aboard  the  U.S.S.  Renville  on  January  17,  1948, 
stipulated  that  normal  trade  channels,  both  domes- 
tic and  foreign,  were  to  be  reopened,  no  significant 

Jufy    n,    1948 


mt   UNITED   NATIONS   AND   SPECIAUZBD   AGENCIES 

increase  in  trade  in  and  out  of  Republican  terri- 
tory had  occurred  and  there  were  severe  shortages 
of  vital  commodities. 

Nine  members  of  the  Council  voted  for  a  Chinese 
proposal  to  ask  the  Committee  for  full  informa- 
tion. The  U.S.S.R.  and  the  Ukraine  abstained 
because  they  thought  the  language  of  the  request 
too  mild. 

Children's  Fund 

The  Program  Committee  of  the  International 
Children's  Emergency  Fund  met  in  Paris  on  July 
3  to  review  its  program  in  the  12  European  coun- 
tries and  China  where  the  Fund  is  now  operating 
and  to  consider  extending  its  aid  to  the  U.S.,  U.K., 
and  French  zones  in  Germany,  as  well  as  to  coun- 
tries in  the  Far  East  other  than  China.  The  Pro- 
gram Committee,  on  which  the  United  States  is 
represented  at  this  session  by  Louis  K.  Hyde,  began 
a  field  trip  to  Poland,  Czechoslovakia,  and  Italy 
on  July  8  to  inspect  Icef  operations  in  these 
countries.  Established  by  a  General  Assembly 
resolution  of  December  11,  1946,  the  Fund  today 
is  providing  supjilementary  food  for  more  than 
4,000,000  children  in  European  countries  and 
China. 

Labor  Conference 

The  International  Labor  Organization  began 
its  Thirty-first  Conference  in  San  Francisco  on 
June  17,  with  51  of  the  Ilo's  59  member  countries 
represented  at  the  Conference.  David  A.  Morse, 
recently  elected  Director  General  of  the  organi- 
zation, heads  the  U.S.  Delegation.  Among  the 
more  important  decisions  made  by  the  Confer- 
ence are  preliminary  approval  of  the  principle  of 
equal  pay  for  equal  work,  agreement  to  consider 
establishment  of  regulations  for  labor  clauses  in 
public  contracts  at  next  year's  conference,  and 
extension  of  an  invitation  to  General  MacArthur, 
Supreme  Commander  for  the  Allied  Powers  in 
Japan,  to  send  an  observer  delegation.  Awaiting 
Conference  adoption  is  a  proposed  convention  on 
freedom  of  association  by  which  both  workers  and 
employers  will  have  the  right  to  join  workers'  or 
employers'  organizations  of  their  own  choosing. 
The  Conference  is  expected  to  end  on  July  10. 

Telecommunication  Pact 

President  Truman  has  sigiied  the  international 
telecommunication  convention  with  its  final  pro- 
tocol, and  the  Radio  Regulations  annexed  thereto, 
which  were  recommended  for  ratification  by  the 
U.S.  Senate  on  June  2.  The  convention  includes 
reorganization  of  the  International  Telecommuni- 
cation Union  to  strengthen  its  relationship  with 
the  United  Nations.  The  convention  and  regula- 
tions go  into  eilect  on  January  1, 1949,  with  regard 
to  countries  and  territories  which  have  ratified  or 
adhered  to  the  convention  by  that  date. 


'  U.N.  doc.  S/S48,  June  21,  1948. 


47 


INTERNATSONAL  ORGANIZATIONS  AND  CONFERENCES 


U.S.  DELEGATIONS  TO  BNTERNATEONAL  COr^FERENCES       | 


Theatre  Institute 

[Released  to  the  press  June  29] 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  June  29 
the  composition  of  the  United  States  Observer 
Delegation  to  the  First  Congress  of  the  Inter- 
national Theatre  Institute  being  held  at  Praha 
from  June  28  to  July  3, 1948.  Warren  Caro,  execu- 
tive secretary  of  the  Theatre  Guild,  New  York, 
is  serving  as  chairman  of  the  Observer  Delegation 
and  Miss  Rosamond  Gilder,  secretary,  American 
National  Theatre  and  Academy,  New  York,  as 
adviser. 

The  meeting  is  being  held  under  the  sponsorship 
of  the  United  Nations  Educational,  Scientific  and 
Cultural  Organization  (Unescx))  with  the  co- 
operation of  the  Government  of  Czechoslovakia. 
The  purpose  of  the  Congress  is  to  create  an  In- 
ternational Tlieatre  Institute  to  provide  for  the 
establishment  of  international  theatre  centers  in 
the  member  states  of  Unesco. 

A  proposal  for  the  creation  of  an  International 
Theatre  Institute  was  approved  by  the  First  Ses- 
sion of  the  General  Conference  of  Unesco  at  Paris 
in  1946.  A  meeting  of  experts  was  held  at  Paris 
in  July  1947,  at  whicli  a  charter  for  the  Institute 
was  drafted.  The  Second  Session  of  the  General 
Conference  of  Unesco,  held  in  Mexico  City  in  No- 
vember 1947,  authorized  the  convening  of  an  in- 
ternational conference  to  establish  the  Inter- 
national Theatre  Institute. 

The  provisional  agenda  for  the  meeting  in- 
cludes: (1)  adoption  of  a  final  draft  charter  for 
the  Institute;  (2)  the  election  of  an  Executive 
Committee  wliich  will  be  responsible  for  making 
recommendations  concerning  the  site  of  the  per- 
manent headquarters  of  the  Institute,  the  site  of 
the  Second  Congress,  and  the  appointment  of  the 
Secretary  General  and  staff;  (3)  the  organization 
and  operation  of  a  playscript-exchange  service; 
(4)  the  development  of  an  operational  scheme  for 
services  to  performing  companies  abroad ;  and  (5) 
the  development  of  the  structure  and  nature  of 
information  services. 


UNESCO 


[Released  to  the  press  June  28] 


The  Department  of  State  announced  on  June 
28  the  list  of  advisers  to  the  United  States  Dele- 
gation to  the  Third  Session  of  the  General  Con- 


ference of  the  United  Nations  Educational,  Scien- 
tific and  Cultural  Organization  (Unesco),  which 
is  scheduled  to  be  held  at  Beirut,  Lebanon,  Oc- 
tober IS  to  November  10,  1948,  as  follows : 

Special  Adviser  to  the  United  States  Delegation  and  Mem- 
ber of  the  Executive  Board  of  Unesco 

George  D.  Stoddard,  President,  University  of  Illinois.  Ur- 
bana.  111. 

Advisers 

Ben  M.  Clierrlngton,  Social  Science  Foundation,  Denver, 
Colo. 

Kermit  Eby,  Director  of  Education  and  Researcli,  Con- 
gress of  Industrial  Organizations 

E.  Pendleton  Herring,  President-elect,  Social  Science  Be- 
search  Council 

Richard  P.  McKeon,  Professor  of  Philosophy,  University 
of  Chicago 

Kendric  Marshall,  United  States  Office  of  Education 

Stephen  B.  L.  Penrose,  President-designate  of  Beirut  Uni- 
versity 

Louise  Wright,  Director,  Chicago  Council  on  Foreign  Re- 
lations 

Charles  M.  Hulten,  Deputy  Assistant  Secretary  for  Ad- 
ministration, Department  of  State 

Walter  M.  Kotschnig,  Chief,  Division  of  International 
Organization  Affairs,  Office  of  United  Nations  Affairs, 
Department  of  State 

Kenneth  Holland,  Counselor  on  Unesco  Affairs,  American 
Embassy,  Paris 

James  S.  Moose,  Jr.,  Foreign  Service  Inspector 

Samuel  de  Palma,  Division  of  International  Organization 
Affairs,  Department  of  State 

Esther  C.  Brunauer,  Assistant  Director,  Unesco  Rela- 
tions Staff,  Department  of  State 

Special  Assistant  to  the  Chairman 

Saxton  Bradford,  Deputy  Director,  Unesco  Relations 
Staff,  Department  of  State 

Executive  Secretary 

Henry  J.  Sabatini,  Division  of  International  Conferences, 
Department  of  State 

Technical  Secretary 

Herbert  J.  Abraham,  Unesco  Relations  Staff,  Department 
of  State 

On  June  24,  1948,  the  President  approved  the 
designation  of  the  following  in  the  capacity 
named : 

Representatives  of  the  United  States  to  the  Third  Session 
of  the  Ocncral  Conference  of  Unesco 

George  V.  Allen,  of  North  Carolina 

Milton  S.  Eisenhower,  of  Kansas 

Luther  H.  Evans,  of  Texas 

Waldo  G.  Leland,  of  Massachusetts 

Mrs.  Anne  O'Hare  McCormick,  of  New  York 


48 


Deparfment  of  Sfate  Bulletin 


Altrnidtc  Representatives 

Frniik  Onpra,  of  (California 

William  II.  Hastio,  of  tlio  District  of  CoUiiubia 

Mrs.  Katliloen  N.  Lardie,  of  Jrichigan 

W.  Albert  Noyes,  Jr..  of  New  York 

George  F.  Zook,  of  Virsinia 

Cmigrexsional  Adviser 

J,  William  Fiilbright,  of  Arkan.sas 

In  accordance  with  the  Unesco  constitution, 
the  Executive  Board  of  Unesco,  at  its  meeting 
at  Paris  in  February  1948,  prepared  the  dralH; 
agenda  for  the  Tliird  Session  of  the  General  Con- 
ference. Among  the  items  on  tliis  provisional 
agenda  are :  ( 1 )  report  of  the  Director  General  on 
the  activities  of  the  Organization  in  1948;  (2) 
consideration  of  reports  submitted  by  member 
states  in  1918;  (3)  discussion  of  certain  items  in 
the  program  for  1948  and  of  new  activities  pro- 
posed for  1949 ;  (4)  the  Organization's  budget;  (5) 
matters  which  have  been  raised  by  member  states, 
the  United  Nations,  or  other  specialized  agencies ; 
(6)  organizational  (luestions,  including  the  Na- 
tional Commissions  of  Unesco;  (7)  election  of 
seven  members  to  the  Executive  Board;  (8)  ap- 
pointment of  the  Director  General ;  (9)  considera- 
tion of  recommendations  of  the  Executive  Board 
concerning  the  admission  of  new  members  to  the 
Organization:  and  (10)  consideration  of  recom- 
mendations of  the  Executive  Board  concerning  the 
admission  of  observers  of  international  nongovern- 
mental organizations  to  the  Third  Session  of  the 
General  Conference. 

Unesco,  a  specialized  agency  of  the  United 
Nations,  designed  to  foster  international  under- 
standing through  educational,  scientific,  and  cul- 
tural activities,  was  launched  at  a  meeting  of  41 
members  of  the  United  Nations  at  London  in  No- 
vember 1945.  The  main  objective  of  the  organiza- 
tion is  to  contribute  to  peace  and  security  by 
promoting  collaboration  among  nations  in  every 
field  of  Imowledge.  The  First  Session  of  the 
General  Conference  of  Unesco  was  held  at  Paris 
in  November  and  December  1946.  The  Second 
Session  was  held  at  Mexico  City  in  November  and 
December  1947. 

It  is  expected  that  representatives  of  the  39 
governments  which  have  adhered  to  the  Unesco 
con.stitution  will  attend  the  forthcoming  meeting. 


ACriV/r/ES   AND    DEVBLOPMENTS 

U.S.-CANADA  INTERNATIONAL  JOINT 
COfVlKIISSION  DISCUSSES  KOOTENAY 
RIVER  FLOODS 

[Released  to  the  press  Juue  291 

At  the  request  of  Governor  C.  A.  Robins  of 
Idaho,  members  of  the  International  Joint  Com- 
mission, United  States  and  Canada,  will  meet  at 
Bonners  Ferry,  Idaho,  on  July  27,  1948,  to  confer 
with  officers  and  persons  affected  by  the  recent 
serious  floods  of  the  Kootenay  River,  which  have 
caused  serious  damage  in  both  Canada  and  the 
United  States. 

The  Connnission  has  pending  before  it  a  refer- 
ence from  the  Governments  of  the  United  States 
and  Canada  requiring  a  study  and  recommenda- 
tions with  respect  to  the  entire  Columbia  River 
Basin,  which  includes  the  Kootenay  River.  As 
rivers  in  the  States  of  Washington,  Oregon,  Mon- 
tana, and  Wyoming  are  involved  in  this  project 
in  addition  to  rivers  in  the  State  of  Idaho,  the 
Governors  of  all  five  States  have  been  invited  to 
participate,  either  personally  or  by  representa- 
tives, in  the  meeting.  Officials  of  the  Canadian 
Government  and  of  the  Province  of  British  Co- 
lumbia, as  well  as  other  interested  Canadians,  have 
also  been  invited  to  be  present  and  present  their 
views. 

The  International  Columbia  River  Engineering 
Board  has  been  conducting  studies  in  Canada  and 
the  United  States  for  the  past  four  years,  and  the 
results  of  their  work  up  to  the  present  time  will  be 
available  for  consideration.  The  chairman  of  the 
Canadian  group  of  engineers  is  Victor  Meek,  con- 
troller. Dominion  Water  and  Power  Bureau,  and 
Major  General  R.  C.  Crawford,  deputy  chief  of 
engineers,  Corps  of  Engineers,  United  States 
Army,  is  chairman  of  the  group  of  engineers  that 
has  conducted  investigations  in  the  United  States. 
It  is  hoped  that  an  important  program  for  de- 
velopment of  water  storage  and  hydroelectric 
development  may  be  planned  to  prevent  the  de- 
struction and  gi-eat  loss  of  property  that  has 
occurred  as  a  result  of  devastating  floods  in  this 
area  this  spring. 


July    I?,    1948 


49 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 


U.S.  Urges  Soviet  Command  To  Resume  Electric  Power  to  Soutli  Korea 


U.S.  NOTE  TO  THE  SOVIET  MINISTRY  FOR  FOREIGN  AFFAIRS 


[Released  to  the  press  June  29] 

Delivered  June  26^  19Jt8. 

I  have  the  honor  to  bring  to  the  attention  of 
your  Excellency  the  matter  of  the  distribution  of 
electric  power  in  Korea. 

As  you  are  doubtless  aware,  the  principal  elec- 
tric power  production  facilities  for  the  whole  of 
that  country  are  located  in  the  area  north  of  the 
38°  parallel  presently  occupied  by  Soviet  forces. 
As  you  are  probably  also  aware,  those  facilities 
wei'e  designed  to  meet  a  substantial  propoi'tion  of 
the  electric  power  requirements  of  that  part  of  the 
country  lying  south  of  the  38°  parallel  and  pres- 
ently occupied  by  U.S.  forces. 

With  a  view  to  ensuring  that  the  people  of  south 
Korea  would  not  be  deprived  of  the  continued 
normal  flow  of  electric  power  from  such  north 
Korean  sources,  the  U.S.  Command  entered  on 
June  17,  1947  into  an  agreement  with  the  Soviet 
Command  designed  to  effect  a  settlement  for  power 
already  supplied  and  to  provide  the  basis  for  a 
subsequent  settlement  for  power  to  be  furnished 
in  the  future.  The  provisions  of  that  agreement 
were  substantially  as  follows : 

(a)  the  cost  of  power  delivered  for  the  period 
August  16,  1945,  through  May  31,  1947,  was  fixed 
at  16,334,735  yen,  based  upon  1941  prices  at  0.0195 
yen  per  K.W.H. ; 

(b)  payment  should  be  in  equipment  and  speci- 
fied materials  to  be  delivered  by  the  U.S.  Com- 
mand within  six  months  from  the  date  of  delivery 
of  final  revised  specifications ; 

(c)  the  cost  of  the  equipment  and  materials 
would  be  determined  on  the  basis  of  1941  Japanese 
price  lists,  or  when  unavailable  or  lacking  the 
necessary  data,  corresponding  U.S.  price  lists 
would  be  used.  The  rate  of  exchange  for  this 
purpose  was  fixed  at  100  yen  equalling  $23.44; 

(d)  should  the  delivery  of  particular  materials 
be  impossible  at  a  specified  time,  new  terms  of  de- 
livery or  the  substitution  of  other  materials  would 
be  determined  by  mutual  agreement ; 

(e)  electric  power  supplied  after  June  1,  1947, 
would  be  the  subject  of  a  separate  agreement,  to 
be  signed  within  one  month. 

When  it  became  apparent,  as  early  as  December 
1947,  that  delays  in  the  delivery  of  the  specified 
materials  would  be  unavoidable  because  of  their 

50 


extreme  shortage  in  the  world  markets,  the  Com- 
manding General  of  the  U.S.  Army  Forces  in 
Korea,  in  accordance  with  stipulation  (d)  of  the 
agreement  as  outlined  above,  initiated  a  series  of 
efforts  to  open  discussions  with  the  Soviet  Com- 
mand regarding  the  substitution  of  other  mate- 
rials, or  to  settle  the  account  in  American  dollars. 
By  his  letter  of  May  8,  1948,  General  Hodge  noti- 
fied General  Korotkov  that  the  8th  shipment  of 
materials,  in  partial  payment  of  electric  power 
received  prior  to  June  1,  1947,  would  be  ready  for 
inspection  and  delivery  on  May  25,  1948.  The 
estimated  value  of  this  delivery  was  given  as  40% 
of  the  total  debt,  and  it  was  pointed  out  that  this 
amovmt,  in  addition  to  the  35%  already  delivered, 
left  an  unpaid  balance  of  25%  which  General 
Hodge  suggested  should  be  negotiated,  under  the 
terms  of  the  Agreement,  at  a  conference  between 
the  two  commands.  On  May  14,  1948,  six  days 
after  the  delivery  of  this  letter,  the  electric  power 
supply  to  south  Korea  was  cut  off,  and  has  never 
been  resumed.  On  May  17,  1948,  in  a  letter  to 
General  Korotkov,  General  Hodge  protested  this 
unwarranted  action. 

On  June  12,  1948,  General  Hodge  referring  to 
his  letter  of  May  8,  1948,  notified  the  Soviet  Com- 
mand in  north  Korea  that  materials  in  payment 
of  the  outstanding  obligations  were  either  in  Seoul 
awaiting  delivery  to  north  Korea,  or  en  route  to 
Seoul.  The  alternative  of  settling  the  accoiuit  in 
United  States  dollars  was  also  i-eiterated.  In  this 
letter.  General  Hodge  again  proposed  that  upon 
the  resumption  of  the  flow  of  electric  power  to 
south  Korea  and  the  transfer  of  the  materials  now 
awaiting  delivery  to  north  Korea,  a  conference 
of  accredited  representatives  of  the  two  Com- 
mands, including  representative  Koreans  from 
both  north  and  south  Korea,  be  convened  in  either 
Seoul  or  Pyongyang.  General  Hodge  expressed 
the  hope  that  through  such  a  conference  a  defini- 
tive settlement  of  outstanding  accounts,  which 
would  include  payments  for  power  delivered  after 
June  1,  1947,  could  be  made. 

In  reply  to  his  letter  of  May  17,  1948,  General 
Hodge  has  received  a  letter  from  General  Merku- 
lov  dated  June  15,  1948,  which  reiterated  previous 
communications  from  the  Soviet  Command  in 
north  Korea  to  the  effect  that  "the  Soviet  Com- 
mand cannot  fulfill  the  functions  as  an  intermedi- 
ary between   the  American   Command   and   the 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Peoples  Committee  of  north  Korea  in  the  case  of 
delivery  of  electric  energy  to  south  Korea."  Ac- 
knowledgment has  not  been  made  of  General 
Hodge's  letter  of  June  12, 1948. 

It  is  the  view  of  this  Government  that  so  long 
as  Soviet  forces  remain  in  occupation  of  north 
Korea,  tlie  Soviet  Command  cannot  divest  itself 
unilaterally  of  its  responsibilities,  including  the 
responsibilitv  incurred  under  the  agreement  of 
June  17,  Idi^.    Should  the  Soviet  Command  per- 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  W£BK 

sist  in  refusing  to  maintain  an  adequate  flow  of 
electric  power  to  south  Korea,  the  people  of  that 
ai"ea  will  thereby  be  subjected  to  unwarranted 
hardships. 

It  is  urged,  therefore,  that  instructions  be  trans- 
mitted to  the  Soviet  Command  in  Korea  to  resume 
deliveries  of  electric  power  to  south  Korea  im- 
mediately, and  to  participate  with  representatives 
of  the  United  States  Command  in  the  negotiations 
proposed  by  General  Hodge. 


Consideration  of  Soviet  Reply  to  American  Lend-Lease  Settlement  Proposals 

STATEMENT  BY  SECRETARY  MARSHALL 


[Released  to  the  press  July  2] 

After  receiving  a  communication  from  the  De- 
partment of  State  on  the  subject  of  a  lend-lease 
settlement,  the  Soviet  Ambassador  called  in  late 
May  and  stated  his  intention  to  return  to  Moscow 
to  obtain  new  instructions.  Since  his  return  to 
the  United  States  the  Ambassador  has  submitted 
a  reply  which  is  now  being  studied. 

After  many  delays  the  negotiations  began  on 
April  30,  1947,  since  which  time  they  have  con- 
tinued sporadically.  The  United  States  has  made 
proposals  as  to  the  main  points  of  settlement  which 
follow  the  basic  principles  of  settlements  already 
concluded  with  other  major  lend-lease  recipients. 
Our  proposals  are  in  accord  with  the  provisions 
of  the  Soviet  master  lend-lease  agreement  of  June 
11, 1942. 

In  general  the  United  States  asks  no  payment 
for  any  lend-lease  aid  represented  by  articles  or 
services  expended  in  the  common  war  effort  prior 
to  V-,T  Day,  September  2,  1945.  The  Soviet  Gov- 
ernment is  being  asked  to  pay  the  reasonable  value 


as  of  V-J  Day  of  civilian-type  lend-lease  articles 
which  remained  in  existence  on  that  day,  such 
articles  being  of  a  kind  which  would  have  a  peace- 
time utility  to  the  Soviet  economy.  Eight  lend- 
lease  merchant  vessels  have  been  returned  by  the 
Soviet  Government  under  the  provisions  of  article 
V  of  the  master  agreement.  Settlement  for  the  87 
merchant  vessels  remaining  in  Soviet  possession  is 
one  of  the  subjects  under  discussion  in  the  nego- 
tiations, and  their  ultimate  disposition  depends 
upon  the  outcome  of  these  negotiations.  In  addi- 
tion to  the  8  merchant  vessels  already  re- 
turned, this  Government  has  requested  the  im- 
mediate return  of  3  icebreakers  and  28  frigates 
of  the  United  States  Navy.  The  disposition  of 
certain  other  small  naval  craft  still  in  Soviet 
possession  is  also  a  subject  under  discussion  in  the 
negotiations.  The  United  States  asks  the  Soviet 
Government  to  provide  compensation  to  United 
States  firms  for  the  use  of  their  patented  processes 
supplied  to  the  Soviet  Government  under  lend- 
lease  during  the  war. 


Reply  to  Soviet  Protest  of  Newsweek  Article 


[Released  to  the  press  June  29] 

Text  of  note  froin  the  Secretary  of  State  to  the 
Soviet  Amhassador,  dated  June  28,  1948 

The  Secretary  of  State  presents  his  compliments 
to  His  Excellency  the  Ambassador  of  the  Union  of 
Soviet  Socialist  Republics  and  has  the  honor  to 
acknowledge  the  receipt  of  the  Embassy's  note 
No.  107  of  June  9,  1948,  bringing  to  the  attention 
of  this  Government  an  article  which  appeared  in 
the  May  17,  1948,  issue  of  News-week  magazine, 
which  the  Embassy's  note  characterizes  as  a  viola- 
tion of  the  Resolution  on  Measures  to  be  taken 
against  Propaganda  and  the  Inciters  of  a  New 
War  adopted  at  the  Second  Session  of  the  General 
Assembly  of  the  United  Nations.  The  article  dis- 
cusses an  alleged  plan  of  defense  by  American  air 
forces  in  the  event  of  an  attack  upon  the  United 
States. 

Jo/y    n,    J  948 


The  American  attitude  concerning  the  function 
of  the  press  has  been  made  clear  to  the  Soviet  Gov- 
ernment at  numerous  meetings  of  various  agencies 
of  the  United  Nations  at  which  the  question  of  the 
freedom  of  the  press  has  been  discussed.  It  is  a 
tradition  in  this  country  that  the  public  press  shall 
serve  as  a  forum  for  the  discussion  of  all  questions 
of  public  concern. 

The  Government  of  the  United  States  agrees 
that  this  Government,  whose  representatives  ap- 
proved the  General  Assembly  Resolution,  should 
"promote,  by  all  means  of  publicity  and  propa- 
ganda available  to  them,  friendly  relations  among 
nations  based  on  the  Purposes  and  Principles  of 
the  Charter".  The  Government  of  the  United 
States  is  actively  pursuing  this  policy.  This  Gov- 
ermnent,  however,  cannot  accept  the  view  ex- 
pressed in  the  Embassy's  note  to  the  effect  that 
governments  which  accepted  the  resolution  should 

51 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 

bear  responsibility  for  acts  committed  on  their  ter- 
ritories which  by  their  nature  viohite  the  resolu- 
tion. The  position  of  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment on  this  point  was  made  clear  in  the  debate  on 
the  resolution  at  the  General  Assembly  last  year  in 
the  following  statement  by  Mr.  Austin : 

"The  United  States  Delegation  opposes  any  at- 
tempts, direct  or  indirect,  to  limit  freedom  of  ex- 
pression. We  are  against  even  setting  foot  upon 
the  path  leading  to  suppression  and  tyranny." 

Any  attempt  on  the  part  of  the  Government  of 
the  United  States  to  control  or  suppress  articles  of 
this  type  appeai'ing  in  the  public  press  would  be  a 
violation  of  the  right  of  freedom  of  the  press  which 
is  guaranteed  by  the  Constitution  of  the  United 
States. 

An  examination  of  the  Neivsiveefc  article  will  re- 
veal that  its  whole  tenor  was  postulated  on  an  as- 
sumed act  of  aggression  against  the  United  States. 
The  greater  part  of  the  article  was  devoted  to 
speculation  concerning  measures  to  which  the 
United  States  might  resort  for  its  national  defense 
if  confronted  with  such  an  attack.  There  is  no 
suggestion  that  the  United  States  should  take  the 
initiative  in  attacking  the  Soviet  Union  or  any 
other  country. 

It  is  a  cause  for  surprise  to  this  Government 
that  the  Soviet  Government  should  feel  called 
upon  to  protest  against  articles  appearing  in  the 
United  States  where  the  press  and  other  organs  of 
information  are  free  of  governmental  control  in 
accordance  with  the  principles  of  freedom  of  in- 
formation, when  in  the  Soviet  Union  where,  as 
Premier  Stalin  made  clear  in  his  interview  with 
Mr.  Stassen  on  April  9,  1947,  the  government  in 
fact  controls  and  censors  the  press  and  other 
organs  of  information  and  theieby  makes  itself 
responsible  for  the  material  they  publish,  articles 
are  constantly  appearing  which  in  the  opinion  of 
this  Government  can  scarcely  be  construed  as  pro- 
moting friendly  relations  among  nations,  based 
on  the  purposes  and  principles  of  the  Charter. 

The  Government  of  the  United  States  is  happy 
to  observe  the  statement  in  the  Embassy's  note 
characterizing  the  charge  that  the  Soviet  Union 
is  preparing  an  attack  upon  the  United  States  as 
a  libelous  invention. 

Surplus-Property  Payments  From  France, 
Netherlands,  and  Brazil 

[Released  to  the  press  July  2] 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  July  2 
that  the  Government  of  the  United  States  has  re- 
ceived the  following  payments: 

A  sum  in  francs  equivalent  to  13  million  dollars 
from  the  Government  of  France  for  interest  due 
on  July  1, 1948,  under  a  credit  extended  to  France 


for  settlement  of  its  U.S.  lend-lease  account  and 
the  purchase  of  U.S.  surplus  property.  No  pay- 
ments of  principal  are  due  until  1951. 

The  sum  of  960  thousand  dollars  from  the  Neth- 
erlands Government  for  interest  due  on  July  1, 
1948,  on  the  Netherlands  lend-lease  account.  No 
payments  of  princii^al  are  due  until  1951. 

The  sum  of  5  million  dollars  from  the  Govern- 
ment of  Brazil  as  the  July  1,  1948,  installment  on 
its  remaining  lend-lease  obligations  to  the  United 
States. 

The  francs  making  the  second  installment  paid 
by  France  to  the  United  States  will  be  used  for 
educational  purposes  under  the  Fulbright  Act  if 
an  agi'eement,  now  under  negotiation  between 
France  and  the  United  States,  is  concluded  prior 
to  August  15,  1948.  If  such  an  agreement  is  not 
concluded  by  that  time,  the  disposition  of  the 
francs  will  be  subject  to  further  negotiation,  or 
the  francs  will  be  returned  and  the  obligation  of 
the  French  to  pay  the  interest  in  dollars  will  be 
reinstated. 

The  lend-lease  and  surplus-property  agreement 
with  France  was  signed  on  May  28,  1946.  France 
agreed  to  pay  the  United  States  720  million  dollars 
on  deferred  i^ayment,  for  which  it  received 
approximately  1,398  million  dollars  at  procure- 
ment cost  in  United  States  war  surplus  located  in 
France  and  also  settled  its  lend-lease  account  of 
3,233  million  dollars  for  France  and  its  posses- 
sions. This  settlement  also  took  into  account  the 
760  million  dollars  in  reverse  lend-lease  furnished 
by  France  to  the  United  States  during  the  war. 

The  Netherlands  payment  was  the  first  intei'est 
installment  on  the  67,500  thousand  dollars  due  the 
United  States  under  its  lend-lease  settlement  agree- 
ment signed  on  May  28,  1947.  Under  lend-lease, 
the  Netherlands  received  249  million  dollars  in 
lend-lease  materials  and  furnished  the  United 
States  2,400  thousand  dollars  in  reverse  lend-lease. 

Brazil's  5-million-dollar  installment  leaves 
approximately  30  million  dollars  due  to  the  United 
States  under  its  lend-lease  settlement  agreement, 
signed  on  April  15,  1948. 

Bolivian  Proposal  on  Defaulted  Bonds 

Statement  hy  Secretary  Marshall 

[Released  to  the  press  July  1] 

The  Bolivian  Government  has  made  a  public  an- 
nouncement of  a  proposed  plan  for  the  resumption, 
on  an  adjusted  basis,  of  its  dollar  bonds  which  have 
been  in  default  for  many  years.  The  announce- 
ment describes  an  offer  which  will  be  made  to  the 
bondholders  when  it  has  been  approved  by  the 
Bolivian  Congress. 

The  decision  of  the  Bolivian  Government  to  re- 
sume service  on  its  external  obligations  is  a  con- 
structive action  which  is  most  gi-atifying. 


52 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Discussions  Witli  Sweden  on  Loss  of  Gold  and  Foreign-Exchange  Holdings 


SUMMARY  OF  NEGOTIATIONS 


[Released  to  the  press  June  28] 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  June 
28  that  discussions  have  recently  been  held  be- 
tween representatives  of  the  United  States  and 
Swedish  Governments  regarding  Sweden's  need 
to  prevent  further  serious  losses  of  gold  and  for- 
eign-exchange holdings  caused  by  the  svibstantial 
deficit  in  Sweden's  trade  with  the  hard-currency 
areas  of  the  world. 

The  drastic  reduction  of  Sweden's  holdings  of 
hard  currencies  since  the  close  of  the  war  neces- 
sitated temporary  modifications  of  the  quantita- 
tive :ind  nondiscriminatory  commitments  of  the 
trade  airrcement  of  1935  between  the  two  countries. 


Understandings  regarding  such  modifications  for 
the  period  ending  June  30,  1948,  were  reached 
on  June  24,  1947,  and  February  11,  1948.^ 

Due  to  Sweden's  continued  shortage  of  hard 
currency  it  was  agreed  on  June  12  to  extend  the 
arrangements  embodied  in  the  aforementioned 
understandings  until  June  30,  1949,  or  until 
Sweden  becomes  a  contracting  party  to  the  Gen- 
eral Agreement  on  Tariffs  and  Trade,  whichever 
is  the  earlier  date.  The  understanding  of  June  12 
may  be  terminated  by  either  Government  on  60 
days'  written  notice,  after  consultation  as  to  the 
justification  for  its  continuance. 


EXCKAr^GE  OF  MEIVIORANDA  BETWEEN  THE  U.S.  AND  SWEDEN 


[Released  to  the  press  June  281 

The  Government  of  Sweden  wishes  to  refer  to 
discussions  which  have  recently  been  held  between 
its  Embassy  in  Washington  and  representatives  of 
the  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America 
concerning  the  problems  faced  by  the  Government 
of  Sweden  as  the  result  of  the  serious  loss  of  its 
gold  and  dollar  exchange.  These  discussions  have 
resulted  in  a  mutual  understanding  between  the 
two  Governments  as  follows  : 

1.  Because  of  the  large  deficit  in  the  Swedish 
balance  of  payments  with  the  hard-currency  areas 
of  the  world  it  is  recognized  that  the  Government 
of  Sweden  continues  to  be  faced  with  the  necessity 
of  taking  measures  to  correct  its  present  imbalance 
of  trade  and  to  conserve  its  foreign  exchange.  Tlie 
import  restrictions  imposed  by  the  Government  of 
Sweden  on  March  15,  1947,  as  presently  applied 
are  understood  to  serve  these  purposes. 

2.  It  is  therefore  agreed  that  the  provisions  con- 
tained in  the  exchange  of  aide-memoire  between 
the  two  Governments  dated  June  24, 1947,  as  modi- 
fied by  the  exchange  of  memoranda  dated  Febru- 
ary 11.  1948  shall  continue  to  be  applied  after 
June  30,  1948.  until  the  Government  of  Sweden 
becomes  a  contracting  party  to  the  General  Agree- 
ment on  Tariffs  and  Trade  concluded  at  Geneva 
Switzerland  on  October  30,  1947,  or  until  June  30, 
1949,  whichever  is  the  earlier.    If  by  May  1,  1949, 


Sweden  has  not  adhered  to  the  General  Agreement 
on  Tariffs  and  Trade,  the  two  Governments  agree 
to  review  the  situation  for  the  purpose  of  con- 
sidering such  actions  as  the  circumstances  may  de- 
mand. 

It  is  further  agreed  that  either  Government 
after  consultation  as  to  the  continued  justification 
for  this  understanding  may  terminate  it  on  sixty 
days  written  notice. 

Washington,  D.  C,  Jime  12,  194.8. 


The  Government  of  the  United  States  of 
America  wishes  to  refer  to  discussions  which  have 
recently  been  held  between  its  representatives  and 
representatives  of  the  Embassy  of  Sweden  con- 
cerning the  pi'oblems  faced  by  the  Government  of 
Sweden  as  the  result  of  its  serious  loss  of  gold  and 
dollar  exciiange,  and  to  the  memorandum  of  to- 
day's date  from  the  Embassy  of  Sweden  setting 
forth  the  understanding  reached  in  these  discus- 
sions. The  Government  of  the  United  States  of 
America  confirms  the  understanding  reached  in 
these  discussions  as  set  forth  in  the  memorandum 
from  the  Embassy  of  Sweden. 

Washington,  June  12,  l!)!j8. 


'  See  Bulletin  of  Feb.  22,  1948,  p.  231 . 


July    11,    1948 


53 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 

Air  Transport  To  Supply  Civilian 
Needs  in  Berlin 

Statement  by  Secr^etary  Marshall 

[Released  to  the  press  June  30] 

We  are  in  Berlin  as  a  result  of  agreements  be- 
tween the  Governments  on  the  areas  of  occupation 
in  Germany,  and  we  intend  to  stay.  The  Soviet 
attempt  to  blockade  the  German  civilian  popula- 
tion of  Berlin  raises  basic  questions  of  serious 
import  with  which  we  expect  to  deal  promptly. 

Meanwliile,  maximum  use  of  air  transport  will 
be  made  to  supply  the  civilian  population.  It  has 
been  found,  after  study,  that  the  tonnage  of  food- 
stuffs and  supplies  which  can  be  lifted  by  air  is 
greater  than  had  at  first  been  assumed. 

Hungary  Requires   Presentation  of   Foreign- 
Owned  Shares  of  Hungarian  Banks 

[Released  to  the  press  June  29] 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  June 
29  the  receipt  of  information  that  a  decree  of  the 
Hungarian  Government,  published  on  May  6, 1948, 
requires  that  shares  of  the  National  Bank  or 
Hungary  and  of  banks  in  the  first  category  of  the 
Central  Corporation  of  Banking  Companies  (the 
banks  nationalized  on  December  4,  1947)  which 
are  owned  by  foreign  nationals  and  corporations 
registered  abroad  must  be  presented  by  the  owners 
or  custodians,  for  the  purpose  of  listing,  before 
July  30,  1948.  For  individuals  residing  abroad 
and  corporations  domiciled  abroad  the  time  limit 


is  45  days  after  the  pertinent  Hungarian  diplo- 
matic mission  makes  an  announcement  on  the 
matter  through  the  newspapers.  (The  Hungarian 
Legation  at  Washington  has  informed  the  De- 
partment that  no  announcement  has  yet  been  made 
in  the  United  States.)  If  the  shares  involved 
were  annulled  by  Hungarian  courts  or  are  in 
process  of  nullification,  a  copy  of  the  nullification 
decree  or  information  concerning  the  nullification 
procedure  must  be  presented.  The  presentation 
must  be  made  whether  or  not  the  shares  have  been 
declared  pursuant  to  previous  legislation.^ 

Shares  held  in  Hungary  must  be  presented  at 
the  Central  Corporation  of  Banking  Companies, 
wliile  those  held  abroad  must  be  presented  at  a 
Hungarian  diplomatic  mission. 

The  owner  or  custodian  of  the  shares  must  de- 
clare at  the  time  of  presentation  the  date  and  man- 
ner of  acquisition  of  the  shares,  and  if  the  owner  is 
an  individual  there  must  be  stated  also  the  date  of 
his  acquisition  of  foreign  citizenship  and,  if  he 
previously  lived  in  Hungary,  the  date  of  his  de- 
parture from  that  country.  The  Central  Coi'- 
jjoration  of  Banking  Companies  may  require  proof 
of  the  date  submitted. 

Shares  not  presented  within  the  time  limit  will 
be  declared  null  and  void  and  will  be  replaced 
by  new  shares  which  will  be  delivered  to  the 
Hungarian  Treasury  without  compensation.  This 
will  also  be  done  in  the  case  of  shares  of  which 
the  foreign  ownership  is  not  proved  prior  to  a 
date  to  be  fixed  by  the  Hungarian  Government. 

The  decree  became  effective  on  the  date  of  pub- 
lication. 


Signing  of  the  Trade  Agreements  Extension  Act  of  1948 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  PRESIDENT 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  White  House  June  26] 

I  have  today  signed  H.K.  6556,  the  Trade  Agree- 
ments Extension  Act  of  1948.  Unfortunately, 
tliis  act  extends  for  only  one  year  tlie  authority 
to  enter  into  reciprocal  trade  agreements.  It  also 
makes  unwise  changes  in  the  procedure  for  nego- 
tiating such  agreements. 

I  regret  very  much  that  the  Congress  has  not 
seen  fit  to  renew  this  authority  for  the  customary 
three-year  period.  There  is  no  valid  reason  for 
a  one-year  limitation,  which  appears  to  cast  some 
doubt  upon  our  intentions  for  the  future. 

Moreover,  tlie  act  prescribes  a  new,  complicated, 
time-consuming  and  unnecessary  procedure  for 
the  negotiation  of  reciprocal  trade  agreements. 
This  change  in  procedure  will  necessarily  hamper 
and  obstruct  the  negotiation  of  new  agreements, 

■  Buu-ETiN  of  July  13,  1947,  p.  060. 
54 


a  defect  which  is  particularly  undesirable  in  view 
of  the  act's  limitation  to  a  single  year. 

The  reciprocal  trade-agreements  program  has 
long  occupied  a  key  position  in  our  foreign  policy 
and  in  our  endeavors  to  assist  world  recovery.  As 
I  pointed  out  in  a  special  message  to  the  Congress 
last  March,  the  program  is  a  tested  and  practical 
means  for  achieving  the  benefits  of  expanding 
world  commerce  for  tlie  United  States  and  other 
countries  and  a  continuing  evidence  of  the  deter- 
mination of  the  United  States  to  contribute  its 
full  share  to  the  reconstruction  of  a  sound  and 
growing  world  economy  as  a  basis  for  enduring 
world  peace. 

As  part  of  the  European  Recovery  Program,  the 
participating  countries  have  agreed  to  work  to- 
gether to  lower  barriers  to  trade.  The  United 
States  can  surely  do  no  less  than  show  its  deter- 
mination to  support  the  same  principle,  which  is 

Department  of  State  Bulletin  ; 


THE   RECORD   OF  THE   WEEIC 


SO  important  to  an  expansion  of  world  markets 
and  world  trade. 

It  is  so  essential  that  the  reciprocal  trade-a<^ree- 
ments  proj^rain  should  not  lapse,  that  I  have  signed 
this  act  iTi  sjiite  of  its  serious  defects. 

I  will  do  my  best  to  make  the  new  procedures 
work.  As  a  lirst  step,  I  intend  to  pi'oceed  in  the 
near  future  with  plans  for  bringing  other  coun- 
tries into  the  General  Agreement  on  Tariffs  and 


Trade  signed  with  22  countries  at  Geneva  in  Oc- 
tober 1947. 

The  reciprocal  trade-agreements  program  is  one 
of  high  national  policy.  When  the  act  is  again 
extended  next  year,  I  trust  that  the  defects  con- 
tained in  this  year's  extension  will  be  corrected, 
in  order  that  the  act  will  be  restored  as  a  fully 
effective  instrument  of  permanent  United  States 
policy. 


Geneva  Trade  Protocol  Signed  by  Twenty-two  Countries 


[Released  to  the  press  July  1] 

Twenty-two  of  the  twenty-three  countries  sign- 
ing the  General  Agreement  on  Tariffs  and  Trade 
at  Geneva  on  October  30,  1947,  have  signed  the 
protocol  of  provisional  ajjplication,  meeting  the 
June  30  date  for  such  signature  as  provided  in 
the  protocol.  Burma,  Ceylon,  and  Lebanon 
signed  on  June  29,  Brazil,  New  Zealand,  Pakistan, 
and  Syria  on  June  30.  Pursuant  to  the  provisions 
of  the  protocol,  the  seven  countries  will  become 
contracting  parties  to  the  agreement  on  the  expira- 
tion of  30  days  from  date  of  signature.  A  presi- 
dential proclamation  will  be  necessary  to  give 
effect  to  the  tariff  concessions  which  were  granted 
by  the  United  States  in  schedule  XX  of  the 
general  agreement  and  are  of  primai'y  interest  to 
these  countries. 

Chile,  which  participated  in  the  Geneva  nego- 
tiations, has  requested  from  the  contracting  parties 
to  the  general  agreement  an  extension  for  six 
months  beyond  June  30, 1948,  of  the  period  during 
which  it  might  sign  the  protocol  of  provisional 
application.  This  request  is  under  consideration 
by  the  contracting  parties. 


The  15  countries  which  had  previously  signed 
the  protocol  are  the  United  Kingdom,  France, 
Belgium,  the  Netherlands,  Luxembourg,  Canada, 
Australia,  Cuba,  Czechoslovakia,  China,  the 
Union  of  South  Africa,  India,  Norway,  Southern 
Ehodesia,  and  the  United  States. 

The  signature  of  the  protocol  by  22  of  the  23 
countries  marks  an  important  milestone  in  the 
program  for  the  relaxation  of  tariffs  and  other 
barriei's  to  international  trade  initiated  by  the 
United  States  in  1934  and  carried  forward  in 
the  multilateral  negotiations  concluded  at  Geneva 
last  October.  As  stated  by  the  President  in  con- 
nection with  his  signature  on  June  26  of  the  Trade 
Agreements  Extension  Act  of  1948,  plans  are  now 
being  laid  to  bring  other  countries  into  the  Gen- 
eral Agreement  on  Tariffs  and  Trade.  The  sched- 
uling of  future  tariff  negotiations  is  on  the  agenda 
for  the  second  session  of  the  contracting  parties 
to  the  general  agreement  to  be  convened  at  Geneva 
on  August  15.  In  accordance  with  the  usual  prac- 
tice, participation  by  the  United  States  in  any 
negotiations  which  may  be  scheduled  at  Geneva 
will  be  preceded  by  public  notice  and  hearings. 


Proclamation  on  General  Agreement  on  Tariffs  and  Trade  With  India, 
Norway,  and  Southern  Rhodesia 


The  President,  on  June  25, 1948,  issued  a  procla- 
mation putting  into  effect  as  of  July  9  and  11  the 
tariff  concessions  in  schedule  XX  of  the  General 
Agreement  on  Tariffs  and  Trade  of  primary  in- 
terest to  India  and  Norway,  respectively.  The 
proclamation  also  states  that  Southern  Ehodesia 
will  be  a  contracting  party  to  the  general  agree- 
ment on  July  12,  1948.  The  general  agreement 
was  entered  into  by  the  United  States  last  October 
30  at  Geneva  with  22  other  countries. 

The  proclamation  also  announces  that  the 
amendments  to  article  XXIV  of  the  general  agree- 
ment, contained  in  a  protocol  concluded  at  the 
first  session  of  the  contracting  parties  to  the  Gen- 
eva agreement  at  Habana  last  March,  entered  into 
force  on  June  7.' 

The  President's  action  followed  receipt  of  infor- 
mation that  India  signed  the  protocol  of  provi- 
sional application  of  the  general  agreement  on 

July    J  J,    1948 


June  8,  1948 ;  Norway  on  June  10 ;  and  Southern 
Rhodesia  on  June  11.  Pursuant  to  the  provisions 
of  the  protocol,  these  countries  will  become  con- 
tracting parties  to  the  agreement  on  the  expiration 
of  30  days  from  date  of  signature. 

Adherence  to  the  general  agreement  by  these 
three  countries  is  particularly  significant,  since  it 
is  the  first  trade  agreement  to  be  in  force  between 
the  United  States  and  each  of  them. 

India,  Norway,  and  Southern  Ehodesia  are,  re- 
spectively, the  thirteenth,  fourteenth,  and  fifteenth 
of  the  Geneva  countries  to  give  effect  to  this  agree- 
ment. The  other  countries  which  have  done  so, 
in  addition  to  the  United  States,  are  the  United 
Kingdom,  France,  Belgium,  the  Netherlands, 
Luxembourg,  Canada,  Australia,  Cuba,  Czecho- 
slovakia, China,  and  the  Union  of  South  Africa. 


1  For  text  of  protocol,  see  Department  of  State  press 
release  261  of  Mar.  31,  194S. 

55 


THE   RECORD   OF   THE   WEEK 

Under  the  general  agreement  India,  Norway, 
and  Southern  Rhodesia  grant  a  wide  range  of  tariff 
concessions  benefiting  the  trade  of  the  United 
States.  Moreover  they  and  the  other  contracting 
parties  to  tlie  agreement  are  committed  to  certain 
limitations  with  respect  to  the  apiDlication  of  quo- 
tas, import  I'estrictions,  exchange  control,  valua- 
tion for  customs  purposes,  and  the  conduct  of  state 
trading.  These  provisions  are  important  since 
they  commit  these  countries  as  well  as  the  other 
contracting  parties  giving  effect  to  the  agreement 
under  the  protocol  of  provisional  application  to 
accord  fair  treatment  to  the  trade  of  the  United 
States.  Under  the  agreement  the  United  States 
on  its  part  has  made  tariff  concessions  on  products 
of  primary  interest  to  Norway  and  India  and  of 
secondary  interest  to  Southern  Rhodesia.  The 
reciprocal  tariff  concessions  in  the  case  of  each  of 
these  countries  are  summarized  hereafter: 

India 

In  schedule  XII  of  the  general  agreement,  India 
has  granted  concessions  on  products  of  primary 
interest  to  the  United  States  representing  about 
$9,552,000  in  terms  of  1938-39  Indian  imports  from 
the  United  States.  The  United  States  will  also 
benefit  from  additional  Indian  concessions  nego- 
tiated with  other  countries  at  Geneva  on  products 
the  imports  of  which  into  India  from  the  United 
States  amounted  to  $487,000  in  1938-39.  These 
concessions  were  given  in  the  form  of  reductions  in 
rates  of  duty,  bindings  against  increase  of  existing 
duties,  bindings  of  the  duty-free  status,  and  reduc- 
tions in  the  margins  of  preference.  Imports  in 
1938-39  from  the  United  States  which  will  be  sub- 
ject to  these  four  types  of  concessions  were  valued 
at  $2,349,000,  $1,931,000,  $599,000,  and  $5,160,000, 
respectively.  Among  the  principal  Indian  conces- 
sions of  interest  to  the  United  States  are  those  on 
dried  and  condensed  milk,  canned  fish  and  meat, 
unmanufactured  tobacco,  certain  canned  fruits, 
certain  chemicals  and  drugs,  unwrought  copper, 
rosin,  mineral  grease,  coal-tar  dyes,  certain  ma- 
chine items,  ofSce  machines,  radios,  tubes,  tractors, 
and  automobiles. 

India  will  give  effect  to  the  items  appearing  in 
schedule  XII,  with  certain  exceptions,  on  the  ex- 
piration of  30  days  from  the  date  of  signature.  It 
will  be  necessary  for  India  to  withhold  tempoi-arily 
certain  concessions  on  tariffs  which  are  levied  for 
revenue  purposes,  until  legislative  action  may  be 
taken  on  them  in  September. 

United  States  concessions  in  the  general  agree- 
ment on  products  of  interest  to  India  apply  to  im- 
ports from  India  which  represented  approximately 
$55,145,000  in  terms  of  1939  trade.  The  most  im- 
portant of  these  products  are  not  produced  in  the 
United  States;  e.g.,  jute  and  jute  products,  dutiable 
and  free  imports  of  which  amounted  to  roughly 
$25,608,000  and  $3,600,000,  respectively,  in  1939. 
In  terms  of  1939  trade,  United  States  tariff  reduc- 


tions apply  to  a  total  of  $33,627,000;  bindings 
against  increase  of  certain  duties,  to  $978,000 ;  and 
bindings  on  the  free  list,  to  $20,540,000.  Among 
these  products  of  principal  interest  to  India  on 
which  the  United  States  has  granted  duty  reduc- 
tions are  mica,  cashew  nuts,  burlap  and  bags, 
cocoa-fiber  mats,  wool  rugs,  badminton  rackets  and 
nets,  and  tennis  rackets.  Continued  duty-free 
entry  is  assured  on  such  j^roducts  as  carpet  wools, 
raw  jute,  and  shellac.  The  present  duty  on 
bagging  is  bound  against  increase. 

Norway 

Under  the  general  agreement  Norway  gi-anted 
tariff'  concessions  on  products  of  interest  to  the 
United  States  representing  more  than  $15,300,000 
in  terms  of  1939  trade.  Of  this  total,  $6,500,000 
represents  duty  reductions,  $3,800,000  duty  bind- 
ings, and  $5,000,000  bindings  on  the  free  list. 
Existing  Norwegian  import  duties  were  reduced 
on  such  products  as  automobiles,  trucks,  oiSce  ma- 
chines, refrigerators,  a  variety  of  fruits  and  fruit 
juices,  and  of  vegetables  and  vegetable  juices. 
Moderate  existing  duties  were  bound  on  rubber 
tires  and  tubes,  machine  and  transmission  belting, 
certain  varnishes  and  polishes,  cosmetics  and  den- 
tifrices, and  unexposed  photographic  and  motion- 
picture  film.  The  duty-free  status  was  bound  for 
such  items  as  cotton,  wheat  flour,  tractors,  sulphur 
and  othei"  chemicals,  rubber  and  certain  rubber 
semi-manufactures,  tin  plate,  and  certain  types  of 
lumber. 

The  concessions  on  products  of  interest  to  Nor- 
way, made  by  the  United  States  in  the  general 
agi-eement,  apply  to  commodities  which  repre- 
sented approximately  $21,000,000  in  terms  of  1939 
trade.  On  products  accounting  for  approximately 
$11,000,000  of  this  total  the  United  States  conces- 
sions consist  of  bindings  on  the  United  States  free 
list.  Among  the  items  of  principal  interest  to  Nor- 
way on  which  United  States  tariff  reductions  are 
granted  are :  whale  oil,  sardines  packed  in  oil,  cer- 
tain other  fish  and  fish  products,  fish  hooks,  certain 
types  of  pig  iron  and  ferromanganese.  The  exist- 
ing duties  on  sardines  and  certain  other  types  of 
fish  not  packed  in  oil,  and  that  on  artificial  abra- 
sives, were  bound.  Continued  duty-free  entry  is 
assured  for  such  commodities  as  cod-liver  oil,  cod 
oil,  fox  furs  (other  than  silver,  black,  or  platinum), 
and  nitrogenous  fertilizer  materials. 

Southern  Rhodesia 

In  schedule  XVI  of  the  agreement  Southern 
Rhodesia  bound  the  existing  low  rates  of  duty  on 
12  items,  among  which  are  certain  types  of  agri- 
cultural machinery  and  implements,  mining  ma- 
chinery, pumps  and  accessories,  tractors  and  parts, 
machine  tools  and  lubricating  oils;  reduced  ita 
duties  on  motorcycles  and  motorcycle  parts;  and 
bound  the  duty-free  status  on  radios.  In  terms  of 
1939  trade,  Rhodesian  imports  from  the  United 


56 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


States  of  these  items  on  which  concessions  were 
piven  iunonnted  to  approximately  $1,'22(),()00. 
Soutliorn  Rliodi'sia  is  an  important  source  for 
United  Slates  imports  of  mica,  chromium  and  its 
alloys,  asbestos,  chrome  ore,  and  tanning  extracts; 
consequently,  it  will  benefit  from  the  tariff  conces- 
sions granted  by  the  United  States  on  these  prod- 
ucts in  schedule  XX  of  the  agreement. 


Voice  of  America  Program  Contracts 
Signed  With  Networks 

[Released  to  the  press  July  1] 

The  signature  of  interim  agreements  with  the 
National  Broadcasting  Company  and  the  Colum- 
bia Broadcasting  System  covering  the  broadcasts 
to  be  performed  by  those  companies  for  the  Voice 
of  America  during  the  period  of  July  1  to  Septem- 
ber 30  was  announced  on  July  1  by  George  V. 
Allen,  Assistant  Secretary  for  public  affairs. 

The  National  Broadcasting  Company  and  the 
Columbia  Broadcasting  System  have  decided  to 
withdraw  from  programing  activities  in  the  field 
of  international  broadcasting  previously  per- 
formed for  the  Voice  of  America  under  contract, 
and  the  three  months'  interim  contracts  cover  the 
period  during  which  the  State  Department's  Inter- 
national Broadcasting  Division  will  prepare  to 
take  over  the  Voice  of  America  broadcasting  now 
done  by  the  National  Broadcasting  Company  and 
the  Columbia  Broadcasting  System. 

The  interim  agreements,  effective  July  1,  provide 
for  maintenance  by  the  State  Department  of  full 
and  complete  review,  prior  to  broadcast,  of  all 
materia]  prepared  under  contract  by  the  private 
agencies. 

The  International  Broadcasting  Division  of  the 
State  Department  broadcasts  Voice  of  America 
progi-ams  in  the  following  languages:  Bulgarian, 
Chinese,  Czechoslovak,  German,  Greek,  Hungar- 
ian, Korean,  Polish,  Rumanian,  Russian,  and 
Yugoslav. 

The  National  Broadcasting  Company  and  the 
Columbia  Broadcasting  System  have  broadcast  for 
the  State  Department  in  the  following  languages: 
Annamese,  English,  French,  German,  Indonesian, 
Italian,  Portuguese,  Siamese,  and  Spanish. 

During  the  next  three  months  the  International 
Broadcasting  Division  of  the  State  Department 
will  organize  its  staff  to  handle  that  portion  of  its 
broadcasts  which  was  programed  by  the  two  com- 
panies during  the  past  year. 

After  October  1,  the  International  Broadcasting 
Division  will  program  and  broadcast  all  news  and 
commentaries  but  will  continue  to  contract  with 
private  radio  and  recording  companies  for  record- 
ing of  feature  programs  for  overseas  broadcasts 
and  will  continue  to  lease,  under  contract,  the 
shortwave  transmitting  facilities  of  private  com- 
panies. 

Jufy   n,   7948 


THE   RECORD   OF   THE   WEEK 

Italian  Agreement^Continued  from  page  J,2 

ticable  will  not  preclude  deficits  for  over  a  short  i)eriod 
hut  will  mean  a  budgetary  policy  involving  the  balancing 
of  the  budget  in  the  long  run. 

3.  It  is  understood  that  the  business  practices  and  busi- 
ness arrangements  referred  to  in  paragraph  3  of  Article  II 
mean : 

(a)  Fixing  prices,  terms  or  conditions  to  be  observed  in 
dealing  with  others  in  the  purchase,  sale  or  lease  of  any 
products ; 

(6)  Excluding  enterprises  from,  or  allocating  or  divid- 
ing, any  territorial  market  or  field  of  business  activity  or 
allocating  customers,  or  fixing  sales  quotas  or  purchase 
quotas ; 

(c)  Discriminating  against  particular  enterprises; 

(d)  Limiting  production  or  fixing  production  quotas; 

(e)  Preventing  by  agreement  the  develoijment  or  appli- 
cation of  technology  or  invention  whether  patented  or 
unpatented ; 

(f)  Extending  the  use  of  rights  under  patents,  trade 
marks  or  copyrights  granted  by  either  country  to  matters 
which  according  to  its  laws  and  regulations  are  not  within 
the  scope  of  such  grants,  or  to  products  or  conditions  of 
production,  use  or  sale  which  are  likewise  not  the  subjects 
of  such  grants ; 

ig)  Such  other  practices  as  the  two  Governments  may 
agree  to  include. 

The  foregoing  reproduces  the  definition  of  restrictive 
business  practices  contained  in  Article  46,  paragraph  three, 
Havana  International  Trade  Organization  Charter. 

4.  It  is  understood  that  the  Government  of  Italy  is 
obligated  to  take  action  in  particular  instances  in  accord- 
ance with  paragraph  3  of  Article  II  only  after  appropriate 
investigation  or  examination. 

5.  It  is  understood  that  the  phrase  in  Article  V,  "After 
due  regard  for  the  reasonable  requirements  of  Italy  for 
domestic  use"  will  include  the  maintenance  of  reasonable 
stocks  of  the  materials  concerned  and  that  the  phrase 
"commercial  export"  might  include  barter  transactions. 
It  is  also  understood  that  arrangements  negotiated  under 
Article  V  might  appropriately  include  provision  for  con- 
sultation, in  accordance  with  the  principles  of  Article 
Thirty-two  of  the  Havana  Charter  for  an  International 
Trade  Organization,  in  the  event  that  stockpiles  are 
liquidated. 

6.  It  is  understood  that  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  of  America  in  making  the  notifications  referred  to 
in  paragraph  3  of  Article  IX  will  bear  in  mind  the  desirabil- 
ity of  restricting,  so  far  as  practicable,  the  number  of 
officials  for  whom  full  diplomatic  privileges  will  be  re- 
quested. It  is  also  understood  that  the  detailed  applica- 
tion of  Article  IX  will,  when  necessary,  be  the  subject  of 
inter-governmental  discussion. 

7.  It  is  understood  that  the  Government  of  Italy  will  not 
be  requested,  under  paragraph  2  (a)  of  Article  VII,  to 
furnish  detailed  information  about  minor  projects  or 
confidential  commercial  or  technical  information,  the  dis- 
closure of  which  would  injure  legitimate  commercial  inter- 
ests. 

S.  It  is  understood  that  if  the  Government  of  Italy 
should  accept  the  compulsory  jurisdiction  of  the  InternJi- 
tional  Court  of  Justice  under  Article  36  of  the  statute  of 
the  Court,  on  suitable  terms  and  conditions,  the  two  Gov- 
ernments will  consult  with  a  view  to  replacing  the  second 
sentence  of  paragraph  1  of  Article  X  with  provisions  along 
the  following  lines :  "It  is  understood  that  the  undertaking 
of  each  Government  in  respect  of  claims  espoused  by  the 
other  Government  pursuant  to  this  paragraph  is  made  in 
the  case  of  each  Government  under  the  authority  of  and  is 
limited  by  the  terms  and  conditions  of  such  effective  recog- 
nition as  it  has  heretofore  given  to  the  compulsory  juris- 
diction of  the  International  Court  of  Justice  under  Article 
36  of  the  statute  of  the  Court". 

57 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 


Current  Discussions  With  Colombian 
Economic  Mission 

[Released  to  the  press  July  1] 

The  Department  of  State  announced  July  1  that 
a  Colombian  economic  mission  is  conferring  with 
Department  officials  and  other  interested  agencies 
of  the  Government  regarding  financial  and  com- 
mercial matters. 

One  of  the  items  under  discussion  is  the  imple- 
mentation of  the  lO-million-doUar  Export-Import 
Bank  loan  granted  Colombia  for  rehabilitation 
purposes  following  the  recent  disturbance  in  that 
country.  The  Colombians  are  discussing  with  the 
Export-Import  Bank  the  types  of  materials  and 
equipment  which  might  be  purchased  under  the 
credit. 

The  Colombian  mission  is  also  holding  prelimi- 
nary talks  with  officials  of  the  International  Bank 
for  Reconstruction  and  Development  regarding 
long-term  loans,  and  is  conferring  with  officials  of 
the  International  Monetary  Fund. 

Members  of  the  mission  are  as  follows:  Alfonso 
Araujo,  former  Minister  of  Public  Works;  Jose 
Gutierrez  Gomez,  President  of  the  National  Asso- 
ciation of  Industrialists;  Arturo  Bonnet,  Office  of 
Exchange  Controls;  Alfredo  MacCausland,  Direc- 
tor General  of  the  Colombian  Customs  Board ;  Al- 
fonso Mesa  Salazar ;  Ezequiel  Castaneda,  Director 
of  the  Stabilization  Fund  and  Assistant  Manager, 
Banco  de  La  Republica;  Alberto  Alban  Lievano, 
Director  of  National  Railways;  Roberto  Botero 
Londono ;  and  Augustin  Velez  Restrepo,  Economic 
Adviser,  Banco  de  La  Republica. 

Free  Port  of  Monrovia  To  Be  Opened 

Thomas  E.  Lyons,  Special  Assistant  to  the  Sec- 
retary of  Commerce  and  Executive  Secretary  of 
the  Foreign  Trade  Zones  Board  in  the  Department 
of  Commerce,  departs  this  week  for  Monrovia, 
Liberia,  where  he  is  to  undertake  a  survey  of  the 
American-constructed  port  which  is  soon  to  be 
opened  and  which  will  be  the  first  free  port  on  the 
west  coast  of  Africa. 

In  1943  lend-lease  funds  were  made  available 
for  the  construction  of  a  modern  port  and  port 
works  at  Monrovia.  Under  the  terms  of  the  agi-ee- 
ment  providing  for  the  construction  of  the  port,  the 
Government  of  Liberia  agreed  that  upon  its  com- 
pletion it  should  be  operated  as  a  free  port.  It  is 
expected  that  this  port  will  attract  an  increasingly 
large  amount  of  traffic  to  Liberia  en  route  to  the 
now  scarcely  accessible  hinterlands  of  the  British 
and  French  colonies  bordering  Liberia.  It  is  also 
anticipated  that  this  port  will  greatly  facilitate  the 
movement  of  goods  between  Liberia  and  other 
West  African  ports.  Mr.  Lyons  will  assist  in 
organizing  the  free  port  along  established  tech- 
nical lines. 


58 


Cultural  Leaders  Awarded  Grants-in-Aid 

United  States 

[Released  to  the  press  June  30] 

Grants-in-aid  have  been  extended  by  the  De- 
partment of  State  to  a  group  of  five  educators  from 
various  institutions  in  the  United  States  to  enable 
them  to  serve  on  the  summer-session  faculty  of  the 
University  of  Habana  beginning  July  5  and  con- 
tinuing through  August  14.  They  will  give 
courses  in  the  English  language.  United  States 
literature  and  history,  and  civic  recreation. 

Those  receiving  grants  for  participation  in  this 
program  are  C.  M.  Hutchings,  associate  pro- 
fessor of  romance  languages  at  the  University 
of    Cincinnati;    Thomas    E.    Downey,    assistant 

grofessor  of  history.  University  of  Notre  Dame; 
!alph  B.  Long  and  Malcolm  Forsman,  both  of 
the  department  of  English,  University  of  Texas; 
and  Nash  Higgins,  superintendent,  board  of  public 
recreation,  Tampa,  Florida.  Dr.  Hutchings  will 
give  courses  in  the  English  language  and  pho- 
netics; Dr.  Downey  will  give  courses  in  United 
States  history;  Dr.  Long  and  Mr.  Forsman  will 

§ive  courses  in  the  English  language  and  United 
tates  literature;  and  Mr.  Higgins  will  give  a 
course  in  civic  recreation. 

Uruguay 

Ergasto  H.  Cordero,  director  of  the  Museum 
of  Natural  History,  Montevideo,  has  arrived  in 
the  United  States  to  confer  with  officials  of  the 
Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  and  to  visit  universities, 
laboratories,  museums,  and  fish  hatcheries  in  va- 
rious parts  of  the  United  States. 

His  visit  has  been  arranged  under  the  travel- 
grant  program  of  the  Department  of  State  admin- 
istered by  the  Division  of  International  Exchange 
of  Persons  in  cooperation  with  the  Fish  and  Wild- 
life Service  of  the  Department  of  the  Interior  and 
the  National  Museum. 

Haiti 

Arsene  Magloire  and  Ulrick  Telson,  engineers 
with  the  Department  of  Public  Works  of  Haiti, 
have  been  awarded  grants  by  the  Department  of 
State  to  enable  them  to  study  highway  construc- 
tion in  this  country  with  the  cooperation  of  the 
Public  Roads  Administration. 

They  will   spend  two  months  in   the  United 
States,  returning  to  Haiti  by  way  of  Puerto  Rico, 
where  they  will  spend  an  additional  month  in  i 
study  and  observation.     They  will  attend  the  ex-  ' 
hibit  of  highway  machinery  to  be  held  in  Chicago 
from  July  17  to  July  26. 

THE  FOREIGN  SERVICE 
ConsuSar  Office 

The  American  Consulate  at  Hull,  England,  was  closed 
to  the  public  on  May  31,  1948.     The  consular  district  for  i  J 
Hull  has  been  temporarily  assigned  to  Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

Department  of  Sfafe  Bulletin 


Letters  of  Credence 

Argentina 

The  newly  appointed  Ambassador  of  the  Argen- 
tine Republic,  Jeronimo  Remorino,  presented  his 
credentials  to  the  President  on  July  2.  For  the 
text  of  the  Ambassador's  remarks  and  for  the 
President's  reply,  see  Department  of  State  press 
release  536  of  July  2,  1948. 

THE  DEPARTMENT 

William  C.  Johnstone,  Jr.,  Named 
Head  of  OEX 

William  C.  Johnstone,  Jr.,  dean  of  the  School  of  Govern- 
ment and  professor  of  political  science  at  George  Wash- 
ington University,  has  been  appointed  Director  of  the 
Office  of  Educational  Exchange,  effective  July  1,  194S. 

Dr.  Johnstone  succeeds  Kenneth  Holland,  director  of  the 
Office  for  the  past  three  months,  who  will  return  to  Paris 
immediately  to  resume  his  duties  as  the  United  States 
adviser  on  Unesco  affairs. 

As  director  of  Oex,  Dr.  Johnstone  will  have  charge  of 
the  Department's  educational-exchange  programs  and  poli- 
cies in  the  fields  of  educational,  scientific,  and  cultural 
affairs.  This  responsibility  will  include  programs  of  in- 
ternational educational  exchange  conducted  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  State  and  other  Federal  agencies,  the  operation 
of  American  libraries  and  schools  abroad,  assistance  to 
American-sponsored  institutions  abroad,  and  stimulating 
and  facilitating  the  educational-exchange  activities  of 
private  agencies. 


THE  RECORD   Of  THE  WEBK 

PUBLICATIONS 
Department  of  State 

For  sale  hy  the  Superintendent  o/  Documents.  Government 
Printing  Office,  Washington  25,  D.  C.  Address  requests 
direct  to  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  except  in  the 
case  of  free  publications,  which  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Department  of  State. 

Participation  of  the  United  States  Government  in  Inter- 
national Conferences,  July  1,  1946-June  30,  1947.  Interna- 
tional Organization  and  Conference  Series  I,  1.  Pub. 
3031.     XX,  373  pp.     Q5(l^. 

Contains  brief  accounts  of  international  conferences 
and  meetings  in  which  the  U.S.  Government  partici- 
pated officially  during  the  period,  including  the  com- 
position of  United  States  delegations. 

Canol  Project :  Arrangement  for  Evaluation  of  all  Facili- 
ties. Treaties  and  Other  International  Acts  Series  1695. 
Pub.  3060.     3  pp.     bi. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  of  America  and 
Canada — Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed  at 
Ottawa  Feb.  26,  1945 ;  entered  into  force  Feb.  26,  1945. 

Second  Report  to  Congress  on  The  United  States  Foreign 
Aid  Program,  For  the  Period  Ended  March  31,  1948. 
Economic  Cooperation  Series  8.     Pub.  3148.     138  pp.     35^. 

Report  on  the  accomplishment  of  the  purposes  of 
the  Foreign  Aid  Act  of  1947 — "to  alleviate  conditions 
of  hunger  and  cold  and  prevent  serious  economic  retro- 
gression." Includes  details  on  the  distribution,  use, 
and  sale  of  commodities. 

National  Commission  News,  July  1, 1948.  Pub.  3175.  10  pp. 
100  a  copy;  $1  a  year  domestic,  $1.35  a  year  foreign. 

Prepared  monthly  for  the  United  Nations  Educa- 
tional, Scientific  and  Cultural  Organization. 


Current  United  Nations  Documents:  A  Selected  Bibliography' 


General  Assembly 

Official  Records  of  the  Second  Part  of  the  First  Session  of 
the  General  Assembly.  Second  Committee.  Economic 
and  Financial  Questions.  Summary  Record  of  Meet- 
ings, 1  November-9  December  1946.  xii,  189  pp. 
printed.    $2.00. 

Trusteeship  Council 

Reply  of  the  Government  of  the  Union  of  South  Africa  to 
the  Trusteeship  Council  Questionnaire  on  the  Report 
to  the  United  Nations  on  the  Administration  of  South 
^^■est  Africa  for  the  Year  1946.  T/175,  June  3,  1948. 
viii,  230  pp.     mimeo. 

Disposition  of  Agenda  Items  [Second  Session].  T/IXF/6, 
June  11,  1948.    29  pp.    mimeo. 

Security  Council 

Official  Records : 
Second  Year : 
Supplement  No.  6.    [Annex  to  meeting  of  February  18, 
1947;  reproductions  of  eleven  exhibits  submitted  by 
the  U.K.   in  connection  with  complaint  against  Al- 
bania.]    40('. 

July    11,    1948 


Third  Year : 

No.  03.  2SSth  meeting,  29  April  1948.    29  pp.    printed. 
300. 

No.  65.  291st  meeting,  12  May  1948.    21  pp.    printed. 
200. 

No.  66.  292d  meeting,  15  May  1948.    27  pp.    printed. 
300. 

No.  67.  293d  meeting,  17  May  1948.     21  pp.     printed. 
200. 
No.  69.  296th  meeting,  18  May  194S.     23  pp.     printed. 
250. 
Supplement  for  April  1948.    12  pp.    printed.     100. 

Letter  Dated  26  May  1948  from  the  Chairman  of  the  Atomic 
Energy  Commission  to  the  President  of  the  Security 
Council  Transmitting  the  Third  Report  of  the  Com- 
mission.   S/812,  June  2,  1948.    80  pp.    mimeo. 

Committee  of  Good  Offices  on  the  Indonesian  Question. 
Report  to  the  Security  Council  on  the  Federal  Con- 
ference Opened  in  Bandung  on  27  May  1948.  S/842, 
June  16,  1948.    37  pp.    mimeo. 


'  Printed  materials  may  be  secured  in  the  United  States 
from  the  International  Documents  Service,  Columbia 
University  Press,  2060  Broadway,  New  York  City.  Other 
materials  (mimeographed  or  processed  documents)  may 
be  consulted  at  certain  designated  libraries  in  the  United 
States. 

59 


iCeri'l^^' 


Foreign  Aid  and  Reconstruction  Page 

The  European  Recovery  Program  Agreements — 
A  New  International  Era.  Address  by 
Ernest  A.  Gross 35 

Economic  Cooperation  Agreement  With  Italy 
Signed: 
Signing  of  the  First  of  the  Agreements  ...      37 

Summary  of  Agreement 37 

Text  of  Agreement 38 

Statement  by  Secretary  Marshall  Concerning 
Signing  of  Economic  Cooperation  Agree- 
ments          43 

Most-Favored-Nation  Treatment  for  Areas  Un- 
der Military  Occupation  With  Respect  to 
U.K.,  Italy,  Ireland,  and  Greece  ....      43 

Signing  of  the  Foreign  Aid  Appropriation  Act. 

Statement  by  the  President 45 

Treaty  information 

U.S.  Urges  Soviet  Command  To  Resume  Elec- 
tric Power  to  South  Korea.  U.S.  Note 
to  the  Soviet  Ministry  for  Foreign  Affairs  .      50 

Consideration  of  Soviet  Reply  to  American 
Lend-Lease  Settlement  Proposals.  State- 
ment by  Secretary  Marshall 51 

Surplus-Property  Payments  From  France,  Neth- 
erlands, and  Brazil 52 

Discussions  With  Sweden  on  Loss  of  Gold  and 
Foreign-Exchange  Holdings: 

Summary  of  Negotiations 53 

Exchange  of  Memoranda  Between   U.S.   and 

Sweden 53 

Signing  of  the  Trade  Agreements  Extension  Act 

of"  1948.     Statement  by  the  President  .    .      54 

Geneva  Trade  Protocol  Signed  by  Twenty-two 

Countries 55 

Proclamation  on  General  Agreement  on  Tariffs 
and  Trade  With  India,  Norway,  and  South- 
ern Rhodesia 55 

Tlie  United  Nations  and  Specialized 
Agencies 

United  States  in  the  United  Nations 46 

U.S.  Delegations  to  International  [Conferences: 

Theatre  Institute 48 

UNESCO 48 

U.N.  Documents:  A  Selected  Bibliography  .    .  59 


International  Information  and 
Cultural  Affairs 


^Page 


The  Institute  of  Inter- American  Affairs:  Co- 
operative Education  Programs.  Article  by 
Louis  J.  Halle,  Jr 31 

Reply  to  Soviet  Protest  of  A^eiosiaeefc  Article   .    .      51 

Voice   of   America   Program   Contracts   Signed 

With  Networks 57 

Cultural  Leaders  Awarded  Grants-in-Aid  ...      58 


Economic  Affairs 

U.S.-Canada   International   Joint   Commission 

Discusses  Kootenay  River  Floods   ....      49 

Bolivian  Proposal  on  Defaulted  Bonds.  State- 
ment by  Secretary  Marshall 52 

Current  Discussions  With  Colombian  Economic 

Mission 58 

Free  Port  of  Monrovia  To  Be  Opened   ....      58 


Occupation  Matters 


Air 


Transport   To   Supply    Civilian    Needs   in 
Berlin.     Statement  by  Secretary  Marshall  . 
Hungary    Requires    Presentation    of    Foreign- 
Owned  Shares  of  Hungarian  Banks  ...      54 


54 


General  Policy 

Letters  of  Credence:  Argentina 


59 


The  Department 

William    C.    Johnstone,    Jr.,    Named   Head   of 

Oex 59 

The  Foreign  Service 

Consular  Offices 58 

Publications 

Department  of  State 59 


ff 


'^mvt)mwt(yyA 


Louis  J.  Halle,  Jr.,  author  of  the  article  on  cooperative  education 
programs  of  the  Institute  of  Inter-American  Affairs,  Is  Special  Assist- 
ant to  the  Director  of  the  Office  of  American  Republic  Affairs,  Depart- 
ment of  State,  and  is  also  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the 
Institute. 


U.  S,  GOVERNMENT    PRINTINS    OFFICE:  1948 


jAe/  ^e/ia^t7)tervl/  m  t/taie/ 


UNITED    STATES    PROTESTS    SOVIET    BLOCICADE 

OF   BERLIN      •      jVote  From  Secretary  Marshall   to   Am- 
bassador Panyushkin 85 


GERMANS,  THE  SOVIET  UNION,  AND  TURKEY 

DURING    WORLD    WAR    II       •       Article   by  Harry   N. 
Howard 63 


For  complete  contents  see  back  cover 


Vol.  XIX,  No.  472 
July  18,  1948 


^enx  o*. 


"^T^ES    ^^ 


*.^..wy*.  bulletin 


Vol.  XIX,  No.  472    •    Publication  3218 
July  18,  1948 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Washington  26,  D.C, 

Subsceiption: 
52  issues,  $5;  single  copy.  15  cents 

Published  with  the  approval  of  the 
Director  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may 
be  reprinted.  Citation  of  the  Department 
OF  State  Bulletin  as  the  source  will  be 
appreciated. 


The  Department  of  State  BULLETIN, 
a  weekly  publication  compiled  and 
edited  in  the  Division  of  Publications, 
Office  of  Public  Affairs,  provides  the 
public  and  interested  agencies  of 
the  Government  with  information  on 
developments  in  the  field  of  foreign 
relations  and  on  the  work  of  the  De- 
partment of  State  and  the  Foreign 
Service.  The  BULLETIN  includes 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements  and  addresses 
made  by  the  President  and  by  the 
Secretary  of  State  and  other  officers 
of  the  Department,  as  well  as  special 
articles  on  various  phases  of  inter- 
national affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  in- 
ternational agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a 
party  and  treaties  of  general  inter- 
national interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department,  as 
well  as  legislative  material  in  the  field 
of  international  relations,  are  listed 
currently. 


GERMANY,  THE  SOVIET  UNION,  AND  TURKEY 
DURING  WORLD  WAR  11 

by  Harry  N.  Howard 


The  Position  of  Turkey  on  the  Eve  of  the  War 

During  World  War  II  the  Turkish  Republic,  as 
was  natural  in  view  of  its  strategic  position  at  the 
crossroads  of  three  continents,  was  of  great  in- 
terest to  both  the  Axis  powers  and  the  nations 
united  during  that  struggle.  Documentary  evi- 
dence has  thrown  some  light  on  Axis  policy  with 
respect  to  the  Near  East  generally  during  the  war 
period.  This  area  was  of  considerable  economic, 
political,  and  strategic  significance.^ 

It  will  be  recalled  that  following  World  War 
I,  which  led  to  the  partition  of  the  Ottoman  Em- 
pire and  the  establishment  of  the  Turkish  Re- 
public, Turkey  pursued  a  policy  of  friendship  in 
good  faith  with  the  Soviet  Union,  based  on  the 
treaties  of  March  16,  1921.  and  December  17,  1925. 
It  entered  the  League  of  Nations  on  July  18, 1932, 
and  took  a  leading  part,  along  with  Greece,  in  the 
Balkan  conferences  (1930-1934)  and  the  Balkan 
Entente  (February  9,  1934).  With  Soviet  sup- 
port, Turkey  succeeded  in  revising  the  Lausanne 
Straits  convention  (1923)  at  the  Montreux  con- 
ference of  1936,  although  its  relations  with  the 
Soviet  Union  were  somewhat  complicated  by 
Turkey's  orientation  toward  Great  Britain  and 
France  in  the  years  between  1936  and  1939. 
Diplomatic  relations  with  Germany  and  Italy  re- 
mained in  force,  officially  "correct"  but  not  cordial, 
in  the  years  immediately  prior  to  the  outbreak  of 
the  war  in  September  1939. 

The  Turkish  press  and  Turks  who  were  influen- 
tial in  public  life  did  not  look  with  favor  upon 
tiie  events  which  led  to  the  Munich  agreement  of 
September  29-30,  1938,  and  the  steady  German 
diplomatic  and  economic  advance  into  the  Balkan 
region  was  viewed  with  cautious  eye.  The  Italian 
invasion  of  Albania  on  April  7,  1939,  caused  con- 
siderable apprehension  in  Turkish  official  circles, 
despite  the  reassuring  statements  of  Premier 
Mussolini.    That  the  German  Foreign  Office  was 

July    J8,    1948 


not  unaware  of  the  possible  influence  of  the  Ital- 
ian venture  in  Albania  on  Turkey  was  evident 
from  the  sending  of  Baron  Franz  von  Papen  to 
the  post  of  Ambassador  to  Turkey,  following  his 
retirement  after  the  Anschluss  with  Austria  in 
April  1938,  with  the  responsibility  of  keeping 
Turkey  in  line  with  German  policy  and  also  of 
keeping  Turkey  neutral,  at  least,  in  the  event  of 
another  great  war. 

Events  moved  very  rapidly  in  southeastern  Eu- 
rope in  the  spring  of  1939,  following  the  German 
march  into  Praha  and  the  destruction  of  the  Re- 
public of  Czechoslovakia,  where  the  diplomatic 
missions  of  Germany,  Great  Britain,  France,  and 
the  Soviet  Union  were  all  very  active.  As  early 
as  February  1939  the  Soviet  Union  had  proposed 
a  Black  Sea  pact  to  protect  its  southern  ap- 
proaches. MoreoA^er,  on  April  13,  1939,  Prime 
Minister  Chamberlain,  following  the  offer  of  a 
guaranty  to  Poland,  announced  in  the  House  of 
Commons  that  Great  Britain  attached  the  great- 
est importance  "to  the  avoidance  of  disturbance 
by  force  or  threat  of  force  of  the  status  quo  in  the 
Mediterranean  and  the  Balkan  Peninsula","  of- 
fered support  to  Greece  and  Rumania,  in  case 
their  independence  were  threatened,  and  commu- 
nicated this  declaration  to  Turkey.  The  French 
Government  made  a  similar  declaration.^ 

Although  Rumania  had  refused  to  participate 
in  the  "encirclement"  of  Germany,  it  was  still  an 
open  question  whether  Turkey  would  become  in- 
volved in  this  policy.  Von  Ribbentrop  told  Von 
Papen  in  mid-April  1939  that  if  the  "encircle- 
ment" ring  were  closed,  this  time  with  the  par- 
ticipation of  Turkey  in  contrast  to  1914,  there 
would  be  no  alternative  to  war.  Von  Papen  ar- 
rived in  Turkey  on  April  29,  1939,  the  very  day 
that  M.  Potemkin,  the  Soviet  Vice-Commissar  for 


Note  :  See  footnotes  on  p.  76. 


63 


Foreign  Affairs,  had  arrived  in  Ankara  for  impor- 
tant conversations,  and  both  were  received  by 
President  Inonii  on  this  date.  While  Potemkin 
impressed  on  Turkey  the  desirability  of  resistance 
to  possible  German  aggression  and  the  impor- 
tance of  strengthening  relations  among  the  Balkan 
States,  especially  with  Great  Britain  and  France, 
"Von  Papen  recalled  the  old  Turco-German  friend- 
ship and  insisted  that  there  were  no  reasons  for 
strained  relations  between  Germany  and  Turkey 
and  no  reason  for  Turkish  fears. 

Turkey,  apparently,  was  not  unreceptive  to  the 
British  announcement  of  April  13,  although  the 
British  appeared  to  desire  an  agreement  to  pro- 
tect the  entire  Mediterranean  while  Turkey  de- 
sired to  bind  itself  only  in  the  eastern  Mediter- 
ranean. On  May  12,  1939,  pending  conclusion  of 
a  definitive  instrument.  Great  Britain  and  Tur- 
key signed  a  provisional  agreement,  declaring 
their  joint  concern  for  the  security  of  the  Balkan 
region  and  pledging  their  cooperation  in  the 
event  of  aggression  leading  to  war  in  the  Mediter- 
ranean.^ At  the  same  time  France  and  Turkey 
were  reaching  agreement  concei'ning  the  Hatay 
(Alexandretta)  region — an  agreement  ultimately 
signed  on  June  23,  1939. 

Meanwhile,  Von  Papen  came  to  Berlin  for  the 
signature  of  the  German-Italian  alliance  of  May 
22, 1939,  using  the  occasion  to  advise  Count  Ciano 
of  Turkish  fears  concerning  Italian  policy  as  to 
Albania,  and  proposing  that  Italy  return  the 
Dodecanese  Islands  to  Turkey  and  pointing  out 
the  important  strategic  position  of  Turkey  in 
Germany's  calculations.^  On  his  return  to  An- 
kara the  German  Ambassador  continued  to  warn 
Berlin  concerning  the  possibilities  of  encircle- 
ment, indicating  that  Great  Britain  had  asked 
Turkey  to  agree  to  make  it  possible  for  the  Bi-it- 
ish  to  render  active  assistance  to  any  state  guar- 
anteed by  it,  in  case  it  should  come  to  a  showdown. 
The  Germans  interpreted  this  to  mean  that  Tur- 
key, even  if  not  directly  attacked,  would  permit 
passage  of  British  warships  through  the  Straits 
to  assist  the  Soviet  Union.^ 

The  German-Soviet  Pact  of  Nonaggression 
and  the  Problem  of  Turkey 

The  position  of  Turkey  was  discussed  consider- 
ably in  the  weeks  immediately  preceding  the  sign- 
ing of  the  Soviet-German  pact  of  nonaggression 
on  August  23,  1939.     At  the  conference  between 


Hitler  and  Ciano  at  Obersalzburg  on  August  12, 
1939,  for  example,  when  the  Balkan  problem  was 
surveyed,  it  was  recognized  that  the  Axis  could 
count  on  Bulgaria  only  as  reliable  and  that  the 
Dodecanese  Islands  might  be  placed  in  a  difficult 
position  because  of  the  Turkish  attitude."  More- 
over, in  a  conversion  between  Admiral  Canaris  of 
German  Naval  Intelligence  and  General  Keitel  on 
August  17,'  Canaris  called  attention  to  the  actions 
of  the  British  in  the  Balkans  and  tried  to  explain 
that  "the  English  would  certainly  have  everything 
prepared  in  the  Balkans"  for  eventualities.  Bul- 
garia would  not  prove  useful  "as  an  ally  as  it 
would  be  attacked  at  once  by  Kumania  and 
Turkey".  But  such  a  development  did  not  alarm 
the  Fiihrer,  who,  in  a  secret  talk  to  the  Supreme 
Commander  and  Commanding  Generals  on  August 
22,  1939,  at  Obersalzburg,  stated  that  he  had  "de- 
cided to  go  with  Stalin",  remarking  that  there 
were  only  three  "great  statesmen  in  the  world: 
Stalin,  myself,  and  Mussolini".  Turkey,  in  the 
Fiihrer's  mind,  was  "ruled  by  morons  and  half- 
idiots"  following  Atatiirk's  death  and  need  cause 
no  worry.^ 

On  August  23,  1939,  the  Soviet-German  non- 
aggression agreement  was  signed  in  Moscow.' 
As  a  prelude  to  formal  negotiation  of  the  agree- 
ment, Stalin  was  informed  that  Germany  would 
be  prepared  to  recognize  the  primary  Soviet  in- 
terests in  the  region  from  the  Baltic  to  the  Black 
Sea,  and  the  Germans  continually  repeated  that, 
despite  certain  ideological  differences,  there  was 
no  reason  for  basic  conflict  of  interest.  In  the 
delimitation  of  spheres  in  southeastern  Europe, 
Bessarabia  was  assigned  to  the  Soviet  Union,  and 
Germany  indicated  a  political  distinterestedness, 
despite  economic  interests  in  southeastern  Europe, 
"even,  if  necessary,  as  far  as  Constantinople  and 
the  Straits."  ^^  Although  Von  Ribbentrop  indi- 
cated that  the  problem  of  Turkey  had  not  been 
discussed,  in  fact,  it  was  discussed  with  Stalin 
and  Molotov  on  the  night  of  August  23-24,"  Stalin 
himself  asking  Ribbentrop  what  Germany  thought 
about  Tui'key.  The  German  Foreign  Minister 
indicated  that  he  had  done  everything  to  promote 
more  friendly  relations  with  Turkey  but  that 
Turkey  had  become  "one  of  the  first  countries  to 
join  the  encirclement  pact  against  Germany  and 
had  not  even  considered  it  necessary  to  notify  the 
Reich  Government  of  the  Pact".  Both  Stalin 
and  Molotov  observed  that  the  Soviet  Union  had 


64 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


had  "a  similar  experience  with  the  vacillating 
policy  of  the  Turks". 

Von  Papen  deemed  it  his  primary  duty  to  keep 
Turkey  from  going  into  the  war  on  the  side  of 
Great  Britain  and  to  preserve  the  economic  ties 
between  Turkey  and  Germany,  especially  in  view 
of  the  importance  of  Turkish  chrome  for  Germany. 

Official  Turkey  was  lukewarm  in  its  attitude  and 
policy  toward  Germany,  and  there  is  no  doubt 
that  the  Turkish  Government  was  somewhat 
shocked  at  the  seeming  shift  in  the  position  of 
the  Soviet  Union  in  the  signing  of  the  pact  of 
August  23,  1939. 

The  Turkish  Negotiations  With  the  Soviet  Union, 
September-October  1939:     The  Anglo-Franeo- 
Turkish  Treaty 

As  a  result  of  the  signature  of  the  Soviet-German 
treaty  of  August  23  both  Mussolini  and  Hitler 
envisaged  that  Turkey  would  be  forced  to  alter 
its  position.  TIius,  on  August  25,  1939,"  Hitler 
wrote  Mussolini  that  Turkey  would  have  to  revise 
its  "previous  position",  and  Mussolini  replied  on 
the  same  day  that  the  treaty  blockaded  both  Ru- 
mania and  Turkey  and  that  "a  new  attitude  on  the 
part  of  Turkey  would  upset  all  the  strategic  plans 
of  the  French  and  English  in  the  Eastern  Medi- 
terranean". 

The  Turkish  Foreign  Minister,  Siikrii  Saracoglu, 
was  in  ]\Ioscow  from  September  25  to  October  17, 
1939,  for  the  purpose  of  signing  a  pact  with  the 
Soviet  Government  with  provisions  concerning 
the  Straits,  the  essence  of  which  had  been  discussed 
between  Ambassador  Terentiev  and  Saracoglu  in 
Ankara."  But  Saracoglu  ran  into  difficulties  in 
Moscow,  for  the  Soviet  position  appeared  to  have 
altered  considerably.  Ribbentrop  was  again  in 
Moscow  on  September  28  to  sign  a  new  agreement 
on  the  delimitation  of  German-Soviet  spheres  in 
eastern  Europe,  and  the  Turkish  Foreign  Min- 
ister was  kept  waiting  for  three  weeks." 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  German  Foreign  Office 
was  much  interested  in  the  Soviet-Turkish 
negotiations,  and  as  early  as  September  2,  Count 
von  der  Schulenburg,  the  German  Ambassador  to 
the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics,  reported 
that  Molotov  had  confirmed  rumoi'S  from  Istanbul 
that  Turkey  was  already  negotiating  with  the  So- 
viet Union."  After  consulting  with  Stalin,  Molo- 
tov told  Schulenburg  that  there  was  only  a  non- 

Ju/y   J  8,   1948 


aggression  pact  with  Turkey  and  relations  were 
"good  in  general."  Moscow  was  prepai'ed  to  work 
for  permanent  neutrality  of  Turkey,  as  desired  by 
Germany,  and  the  German  conception  of  the  Turk- 
ish position  in  the  conflict  which  had  broken  out 
on  September  1  was  shared  in  Moscow.  No  use  of 
Molotov's  remarks,  however,  was  to  be  made  in 
dealing  with  the  Turks.  On  September  5  ^^  Schul- 
enburg asked  Molotov  to  continue  working  on 
Turkey  "with  a  view  to  permanent  neutrality", 
mentioning  rumors  that  Great  Britain  was  putting 
pressure  on  Rumania  to  take  an  active  part  and 
was  holding  out  a  prospect  of  aid  from  British  and 
French  troops.  Since  such  assistance  might  come 
by  sea,  "it  was  in  the  interests  of  the  Soviet  Gov- 
ernment to  prevail  upon  Turkey  to  close  the  Dar- 
danelles completely".  Molotov  thought  the  Soviet 
Union  had  "considerable  influence"  with  Turkey 
and  was  exerting  it  in  this  sense,  adding  that  the 
conversations  on  a  mutual-assistance  pact  had 
borne  no  fruit.  Moreover,  Stalin  told  Schulenburg 
on  September  17  "  that  Turkey  had  proposed  an 
assistance  pact  which  was  to  apply  to  the  Straits 
and  the  Balkans  but  would  obligate  Turkey  to 
assist  the  Soviet  Union  only  in  "such  actions  as  are 
not  directed  against  England  and  France".  The 
Soviet  Govermnent  was  not  "greatly  edified"  by 
this  suggestion  and  was  considering  a  clause 
whereby  the  Soviet  Government  would  not  be  ob- 
ligated to  any  action  against  Germany.  Voro- 
shilov,  who  was  present,  thought  such  a  pact  would 
be  a  "  'hook'  by  which  Turkey  could  be  pulled 
away  from  France".  On  October  2  ^^  Schulen- 
burg was  instructed  to  inform  Molotov  of  the  Ger- 
man belief  that  Turkey  would  hesitate  as  to  the 
Anglo-Franco-Turkish  pact  if  the  Soviet  Union 
"emphatically"  opposed  it,  and  it  was  important 
in  the  Soviet  interest,  because  of  the  question  of 
the  Straits,  "to  forestall  a  tie-up  of  Turkey  with 
England  and  France".  Ribbentrop  was  therefore 
especially  anxious  that  the  Soviet  Government  dis- 
suade Turkey  "from  the  final  conclusion  of  mutual 
assistance  pacts  with  the  Western  powers  and  to 
settle  this  at  once  with  Moscow".  Probably  the 
best  solution  would  be  the  return  of  Turkey  to  a 
policy  of  absolute  neutrality,  while  confirming  ex- 
isting Soviet-Turkish  agreements.  Prompt  and 
final  diversion  of  Turkey  from  the  Anglo-French 
treaty.  Von  Ribbentrop  felt,  would  also  be  "in 
keeping  with  the  peace  offensive  agreed  upon  in 
Moscow"  on  September  28,  since  another  country 

65 


"would  withdraw  from  the  Anglo-French  camp." 
Von  Papen  had  similar  instructions  on  October  2  ^^ 
and  was  to  advise  the  Turks  of  the  strong  Soviet 
aversion  toward  a  pact  with  Great  Britain  and 
France.  Molotov  appeared  to  share  the  German 
view  of  the  situation,  although  it  appeared  to  him 
that  Turkey  had  already  become  closely  involved 
with  France  and  Great  Britain.  Wlien  Schulen- 
burg  told  him  on  October  3  of  rumors  that  Great 
Britain  and  France  intended  to  assault  Greece  and 
overrun  Bulgaria  in  order  to  establish  a  Balkan 
front,  Molotov  "asserted  spontaneously  that  the 
Soviet  Government  would  never  tolerate  pressure 
on  Bulgaria".^"  Schulenburg  kept  plying  Molotov 
with  advice,  and  on  October  7  was  instructed  to 
find  out  in  detail  concerning  the  Soviet-Turkish 
negotiations,  jaarticularly  with  regard  to  the 
Straits.^^  Meanwhile,  Molotov  had  not  seen  Sara- 
coglu  since  October  1  and  by  October  9  thought  a 
mutual-assistance  pact  would  not  be  concluded,  al- 
though German  interests  and  the  special  nature  of 
Soviet-German  relations  would  be  upheld,  since 
the  Soviet  Government  was  trying  to  induce  Tur- 
key "to  adopt  full  neutrality  and  to  close  the  Dar- 
danelles as  well  as  to  aid  in  maintaining  peace  in 
the  Balkans". 

There  is  no  doubt  that  the  Turkish  Government 
was  somewhat  alarmed  at  the  expansionist  attitude 
shown  by  the  Soviet  Union  in  the  direction  of  the 
Baltic  States  during  the  fall  of  1939.  Moreover, 
the  treatment  accorded  Saracoglu  was  not  appre- 
ciated. In  addition,  the  Turkish  Government  was 
not  willing  to  accept  the  conditions  on  which  the 
Soviet  Govermnent  had  insisted. 

The  negotiations  between  Turkey  and  the  Soviet 
Union  were  broken  off,  therefore,  on  October  17, 
and  two  days  later,  the  Anglo-Franco-Turkish 
treaty  of  mutual  assistance,  October  19,  1939,  was 
signed.--  The  treaty  pledged  mutual  assistance 
on  the  part  of  the  three  signatories,  "in  the  event 
of  an  act  of  aggression  by  a  European  Power 
leading  to  war  in  the  Mediterranean".  Despite 
the  implications  as  to  the  Straits,  protocol  no.  2 
declared  specifically  that  Turkey's  obligations 
could  not  "compel  that  country  to  take  action 
having  as  its  effect,  or  involving  as  its  consequence, 
entry  into  armed  conflict  with  the  Soviet  Union". 

Mr.  Molotov  gave  his  own  interpretation  of  the 
Soviet-Turkish  negotiations  in  a  report  to  the 
Fifth  Extraordinary  Session  of  the  Supreme  So- 
viet of  the  Soviet  Union  on  October  31,  1939,=^  in 

66 


which  Great  Britain  and  France  were  accused  of 
prolonging  the  war,  acknowledgment  was  made 
that  Soviet  relations  with  Germany  had  "radically 
improved"  and  were  based  "on  a  firm  foundation 
of  mutual  interests",  and  the  Soviet  actions  with 
respect  to  the  Baltic  States  were  explained.  There 
had  been  all  sorts  of  rumors  as  to  the  Turkish 
negotiations,  but  Mr.  Molotov  denied  that  the 
Soviet  Union  had  demanded  the  cession  of  Kars 
and  Ardahan  from  Turkey.  He  also  denied  that 
the  Soviet  Union  had  "demanded  changes  in  the 
international  convention  concluded  at  Montreux 
and  a  privileged  position  as  regards  the  Darda- 
nelles". This  was  "also  a  fabrication  and  a  lie", 
for  all  the  Soviet  Union  had  desired,  he  said,  was 
the  conclusion  of  a  "bilateral  pact  of  mutual 
assistance  limited  to  the  regions  of  the  Black  Sea 
and  the  Dardanelles".  Such  a  pact  could  not  in- 
volve armed  conflict  with  Germany,  and  the  Soviet 
Union  "should  have  a  guarantee  that,  in  view  of 
the  war  danger,  Turkey  would  not  allow  warships 
of  non-Black  Sea  powers  to  pass  through  the 
Bosphorus  into  the  Black  Sea.  Turkey  rejected 
both  these  stipulations  of  the  U.S.S.R.  and  thereby 
made  the  conclusion  of  the  pact  impossible."  Al- 
though no  pact  had  resulted,  a  number  of  political 
questions  had  been  cleared  up,  including  Turkey's 
foreign  policy.  The  Turkish  Government,  ac- 
cording to  Molotov,  had  preferred  to  tie  its  fate 
up  with  Great  Britain  and  France,  who  were 
waging  war  on  Germany,  and,  while  this  might 
be  pleasing  to  France  and  Great  Britain,  Molotov 
wondered  "whether  Turkey  will  not  come  to  regi-et 
this — we  shall  not  try  to  guess".  In  any  case,  this 
was  not  Soviet  foreign  policy,  thanks  to  which 
the  Soviet  Union  had  secured  "not  a  few  successes 
in  the  sphere  of  foreign  affairs".  He  was  con- 
vinced that  the  policy  of  peace  held  out  the  best 
prospect  for  the  future  and  indicated  that  it  would 
be  pursued  "in  the  region  of  the  Black  Sea,  too, 
confident  that  we  shall  fully  ensure  its  proper 
application  as  demanded  by  the  interests  of  the 
Soviet  Union  and  of  the  states  friendly  to  the 
Soviet  Union". 

Soviet-German  Relations  and  tlie  Turkish 
Problem,  June-November  1940 

Relations  between  Turkey  and  the  Soviet  Union 
cooled  perceptibly  after  October  1939,  while  rela- 
tions between  Germany  and  the  Soviet  Union  ap- 

Department  of  Sfafe   Bulletin 


peared  more  close,  althoiitrli  the  partners  in  "non- 
aggression''  by  no  means  fully  trusted  each  other, 
especially  because  of  Germany's  diplomatic  and 
military  moves  in  the  Balkans,  notably  in  the  case 
of  Hungary  and  Rumania.  The  Soviet  Govern- 
ment forced  Rumania  to  cede  Bessarabia  and 
Northern  Bukovina  on  June  28,  1940,  and  on  Au- 
gust 30, 1940,  through  the  Vienna  award,  Rumania 
lost  one  half  of  Ti-ansylvania.  At  the  same  time 
Germany  gave  a  guaranty  to  Rumania,  and  German 
troops  soon  poured  into  that  country  for  the  al- 
leged purposes  of  military  instruction  and  protec- 
tion of  the  oil  fields.  Moreover,  the  Soviet  Gov 
ernment  was  also  somewhat  concerned  when  Ger- 
many, Italy,  and  Japan  signed  the  Tripartite  Pact 
of  September  27,  1940.=^*  Finally,  the  two  powers 
were  completely  at  odds  over  the  control  of  the 
Danube  River. 

It  was  not  diiBcult,  in  the  view  of  events,  for 
Von  Papen  to  keep  Turkey  from  entering  the  war 
(luring  the  early  part  of  the  struggle,  nor  did 
tlie  Anglo-Franco-Turkish  treaty  call  for  action. 
On  the  occasion  of  Italy's  entry  into  the  war,  June 
11,  1940,  Turkey  continued  to  maintain  her  neu- 
trality. On  July  18  Turkey  signed  a  commercial 
agreement  with  Germany,  which  did  not,  however, 
provide  for  the  shipment  of  chrome  to  Germany. 

Throughout  the  period  the  question  of  Tur- 
key continued  to  be  discussed  between  Germany 
and  the  Soviet  Union,  the  later  regarding  Turkey 
"with  deep  suspicion",  as  a  result  of  Turkey's  at- 
titude toward  the  Soviet  Union,  Italy,  and  Ger- 
many, and  this  attitude  was  intensified  by  the 
Turkish  policy  "in  regard  to  the  Black  Sea,  where 
Turkey  desired  to  play  the  dominant  role,  and  the 
Straits,  where  Turkey  wanted  to  exercise  exclusive 
jurisdiction",  as  Molotov  told  the  Italian  Ambas- 
sador on  June  25,  1940.  The  Soviet  Union  was 
apparently  willing  to  recognize  Italy's  "hegem- 
ony" in  the  Mediterranean  provided  the  latter 
recognized  the  Soviet  position  in  Black  Sea.  By 
July  Soviet  interest  was  focused  on  events  in  the 
Baltic  and  on  developments  in  relation  to  Turkey 
and  Iran,  but  the  Soviet  Union  was  not  too  fearful 
of  German  military  victories  on  the  Continent. 
In  mid-July  Stalin  was  quoted  as  having  remarked 
to  Sir  StaiTord  Cripps  that,  although  interested 
in  the  Balkan  region,  "no  power  had  the  right 
to  an  exclusive  role  in  the  consolidation  and  lead- 
ership of  the  Balkan  countries",  and  the  Soviet 
Union  (lid  not  assert  such  a  mission.     As  to  Tur- 


key, he  repeated  that  the  Soviet  Union  was  "in 
fact  opposed  to  the  exclusive  jurisdiction  of  Tur- 
key over  the  Straits  and  to  Turkey's  dictation  of 
conditions  in  the  Black  Sea.  The  Turkish  Gov- 
ernment was  aware  of  that."  ^^ 

By  the  fall  of  1940,  Berlin  was  ready  to  explore 
German-Soviet  relations  further,  and  on  October 
13  ^^  Ribbentrop  wrote  to  Stalin  suggesting  that 
Molotov  visit  Berlin  for  talks.  Stalin  replied  on 
October  21,^^  agreeing  that  a  further  improvement 
in  Soviet-German  relations  was  "entirely  possible 
on  the  permanent  basis  of  a  long-range  delimita- 
tion of  mutual  interests".  Meanwhile,  on  Novem- 
ber 1,  President  Inonii  reaffirmed  Turkey's  non- 
belligerency and  friendship  with  both  Great  Brit- 
ain and  the  Soviet  Union.  Together  with  Great 
Britain,  Turkey  was  studying  and  trying  to  en- 
visage the  results  of  the  situation,  and  he  hoped 
that  these  principles  would  help  to  maintain  Turk- 
ish security  in  the  future  and  declared  that  Soviet- 
Turkish  friendship  was  of  intrinsic  value. 

Molotov  arrived  in  Berlin  on  November  12  and 
during  the  next  48  hours  he  had  conversations  with 
Ribbentrop  and  Hitler  covering  the  entire  gamut 
of  Soviet-German  relations,  including  such  prob- 
lems as  the  Skaggerak  and  Kategat,  the  Baltic 
Sea,  Finland,  the  Baltic  States,  Poland,  south- 
eastern Europe,  Turkey,  the  Straits,  Iran,  and 
Sakhalin.  Ribbentrop  told  Molotov  on  Novem- 
ber 12  ^^  of  the  Fiihrer's  conviction  that  it  would 
be  advantageous  to  establish  spheres  of  influence 
among  Germany,  the  Soviet  Union,  Italy,  and 
Japan,  since  the  expansion  of  all  was  toward  the 
south  and  there  should  be  no  real  conflict,  and  re- 
minded him  of  "the  good  business"  which  had  been 
done  since  August  1939.  Ribbentrop  thought  that 
the  easiest  access  to  the  sea  for  the  Soviet  Union 
lay  through  the  Persian  Gulf  and  the  Arabian  Sea. 
Turning  to  Turkey,  Ribbentrop,  who  believed  the 
end  of  the  war  near,  inquired  of  Soviet  interest 
there.  He  thought  Turkey  should  be  induced  to 
free  itself  from  British  ties  and  believed  adoption 
of  "a  common  platform"  by  Germany,  the  Soviet 
Union,  Italy,  and  Japan  would  help  in  this  di- 
rection. The  Turks  knew  of  the  German  position, 
and  Ribbentrop  expressed  his  understanding  of 
the  Soviet  dissatisfaction  with  the  Montreux  Con- 
vention of  the  Straits,  Germany  being  "even  more 
dissatisfied".  The  Soviet  Union,  in  Ribbentrop's 
view,  should  have  certain  privileges  in  the  Black 
Sea,  and  Soviet  warships  and  merchant  vessels 


Ju/y    78,    1948 


67 


should  have  freer  access  to  the  Mediterranean. 
Mussolini  was  also  sympathetic  to  this  view,  and 
it  seemed  advisable  that  Germany,  Italy,  and 
the  Soviet  Union  adopt  a  common  policy  toward 
Turkey,  bringing  that  country  into  line  with  the 
Axis,  writing  a  new  Straits  convention,  and  con- 
sidering the  problem  of  whether  it  might  not  be 
possible  to  "recognize  the  territorial  integrity  of 
Turkey". 

In  a  talk  with  Hitler  on  November  12  -^  Molotov 
was  reminded  that  the  historic  moment  had  come, 
that  the  British  Emjjire  would  be  liquidated  after 
the  war,  already  won,  and  that  the  Soviet  Union 
and  Germany  should  reach  a  basic  agreement — a 
l^oint  of  view  with  which  Molotov  was  in  accord. 
The  problem  of  Soviet  access  to  the  sea  was 
stressed,  and  Hitler  repeated  that  Germany  was 
prejiared  at  any  time  to  effect  "an  imi^rovement  for 
Kussia  in  the  regime  of  the  Straits".  Molotov, 
however,  wanted  some  specific  answers  to  ques- 
tions, particularly  about  Soviet  interests  in  the 
Balkans  and  the  Black  Sea,  and  about  the  Tripar- 
tite Pact  of  September  27,  1940.  The  next  day 
there  were  more  detailed  discussions  with  the 
Fiihrer,^"  Molotov  asserting  Finland's  position  in 
the  Soviet  sphere,  protesting  against  the  German 
guaranty  to  Rumania,  and  raising  the  question 
of  a  Soviet  guaranty  of  Bulgaria,  which  was  in 
the  zone  of  the  Straits,  remarking  that  the  Straits 
were  "England's  historic  gateway  for  attack  on 
the  Soviet  Union".  Hilter  was  evasive  on  these 
points  but  thought  the  decisive  point  was  whether 
the  Soviet  Union  saw  an  opportunity  "to  gain  suf- 
ficient security  for  her  Black  Sea  interests  through 
a  revision  of  the  Montreux  Convention".  Al- 
though an  innnediate  reply  was  not  expected, 
Molotov  stated  that  the  Soviet  Union  only  wanted 
to  be  secure  from  attack  via  the  Straits  and  would 
like  to  settle  the  matter  with  Turkey,  and  that  a 
guarantee  to  Bulgaria  would  alleviate  the  situa- 
tion. Hitler  agreed  as  to  the  freer  passage  of  So- 
viet Avarsliips  through  the  Straits,  to  the  exclusion 
of  nonriverain  warships,  but  Molotov  wanted 
something  more  than  a  "paper"  guarantee.  Ee- 
turning  to  the  Bulgarian  problem,  Molotov  indi- 
cated that  the  Soviet  Union  was  "prepared  to  guar- 
antee Bulgaria  an  outlet  on  the  Aegean  Sea".  In 
the  end,  Hitler  felt  that  the  question  of  the  Straits 
would  have  to  be  studied  further. 

After  dinner  at  the  Soviet  Embassy  on  the  eve- 
ning of  November  13  ^^  Molotov  and  Ribbentrop 

68 


continued  their  talks  in  the  latter's  air-raid  shelter. 
Ribbentrop  believed  that  the  real  problem  was 
general  collaboration  between  the  Soviet  Union 
and  the  Axis,  indicating  that  then  an  understand- 
ing with  Turkey  could  be  reached,  since  Germany, 
Italy,  and  the  Soviet  Union  were  particularly  in- 
terested in  the  Straits  question.  Even  though  it 
was  clear  that  the  discussions  would  take  some 
time,  in  order  to  facilitate  matters,  Ribbentrop 
had  had  a  draft  agreement  ^-  prepared  which  he 
submitted  to  Molotov  for  his  consideration,  as  the 
discussions  were  continued  through  the  diplomatic 
chamiel.  In  the  draft  the  four  states  were  to  col- 
laborate against  extension  of  the  war,  for  an 
early  conclusion  of  the  peace,  and  mutually  to  re- 
spect their  spheres  of  influence.  In  the  delimita- 
tion of  spheres  of  interest,  German  territorial  as- 
pirations were  defined  in  Central  Africa ;  Italian, 
in  N'orthern  and  Northeastern  Africa;  Japanese, 
in  Eastern  Asia ;  and  Soviet  aspirations  in  the  di- 
rection of  the  Indian  Ocean.  But  in  a  secret  pro- 
tocol no.  2  Germany,  Italy,  and  the  Soviet  Union 
were  to  detach  Turkey  from  its  commitments  to 
Great  Britain  and  gradually  to  win  Turkey  over 
to  political  collaboration  with  the  Axis,  signing, 
at  the  same  time,  an  agreement  recognizing  the  ex- 
tent of  Turkey's  possessions.  Finally  there  was 
to  be  a  new  Straits  convention  granting  the  So- 
viet Union  unrestricted  I'ight  of  naval  passage 
through  the  Straits,  while  all  other  jDowers,  with 
the  exception  of  other  Black  Sea  powers,  would  re- 
nounce the  right  of  passage  for  naval  vessels. 
Commercial  passage,  of  course,  would  remain 
free.^'' 

Thus  ended  the  discussions  in  Berlin,  and  it  is 
worthy  of  passing  notice  that  on  November  12  the 
Fiihrer,  as  a  precautionary  move,  ordered  that 
"all  preparations"  for  possible  difficulties  in  the 
East  were  to  continue. ^^  Curiously  enough,  too, 
the  files  of  the  High  Command  of  the  German 
Navy  ^^  contain  some  interesting  notes  with  re- 
si^ect  to  the  Hitler-Molotov  conversations;  an  en- 
try of  November  16,  1940,  indicates  that  Molotor 
not  only  requested  bases  in  the  Turkish  Straits  but' 
also  demanded  the  Kars-Ardahan  region  of 
Turkey. 

By  November  25,  1940,  Molotov  was  ready  to 
comment  definitively  on  the  draft  agreement 
which  Ribbentrop  had  presented  to  him  on  No- 
vember 13.^^  He  asked  Schulenburg  to  call  on  him 
and,  in  the  presence  of  Dekanosov,  the  Soviet  Am- 

Departmenf  of  State  Bulhtin 


bassador  to  Berlin,  told  Scluilenburg  that,  sub- 
ject to  some  conditions,  the  Soviet  Government 
was  ready  to  accept  the  draft  of  the  Four  Power 
Pact  outlined  in  Berlin.  As  a  price,  German 
troops  woukl  have  to  be  withdrawn  immediately 
from  Finland,  although  German  economic  inter- 
ests would  be  protected.  Secondly,  within  the  next 
few  months,  the  security  of  the  Soviet  Union  in 
the  Straits  would  have  to  be  protected  "by  the 
conclusion  of  a  mutual-assistance  pact  between 
the  Soviet  Union  and  Bulgaria"  which  geograph- 
ically was  situated  within  "the  security  zone  of 
the  Black  Sea  boundaries  of  the  Soviet  Union, 
and  by  the  establishment  of  a  base  for  land  and 
naval  forces  of  the  U.S.S.R.  within  range  of  the 
Bosporus  and  the  Dardanelles  by  means  of  a  long- 
term  lease".^''  It  was  also  stipulated  that  the  "area 
south  of  Batum  and  Baku  in  the  general  direction 
of  the  Persian  Gulf"  be  recognized  "as  the  center 
of  the  aspirations  of  the  Soviet  Union"  and  that 
Japan  renounce  its  rights  to  concessions  for  coal 
and  oil  in  northern  Sakhalin.  Therefore,  in 
Molotov's  view,  the  draft  of  the  protocol  on 
spheres  of  influence  would  have  to  be  amended  in 
order  to  stipulate  "the  focal  point  of  the  aspira- 
tions of  the  Soviet  Union  south  of  Batum  and 
Baku  in  the  general  direction  of  the  Persian 
Gulf  ■'.^"  But  it  is  also  of  special  interest  to  note 
that  Molotov  proposed  amending  the  draft  pro- 
tocol between  Germany,  Italy,  and  the  Soviet 
Union — 

"so  as  to  guarantee  a  base  for  light  naval  and  land 
forces  of  the  U.S.S.R.  on  the  Bosporus  and  the 
Dardanelles  by  means  of  a  long-term  lease,  includ- 
ing— in  case  Turkey  declares  herself  willing  to 
join  the  Four  Power  Pact — a  guarantee  of  the  in- 
dependence and  of  the  territory  of  Turkey  by 
the  three  countries  named. 

"This  protocol  should  provide  that  in  case  Tur- 
key refuses  to  join  the  Four  Powers,  Germany, 
Italy,  and  the  Soviet  Union  agree  to  work  out  and 
to  carry  through  the  required  military  and  diplo- 
matic measures,  and  a  separate  agreement  to  this 
effect  should  be  concluded." 

In  addition  to  protocols  concerning  Finland  and 
Saklialin,  Molotov  also  proposed  a  protocol  which 
should  recognize  that  Bulgaria  was  within  "the 
security  zone  of  the  Black  Sea  boundaries  of  the 
Soviet  Union"  and  therefore  it  was  a  political 
necessity  that  a  Soviet-Bulgarian  mutual-assist- 

Jo/y    78,    1948 


ance  treaty  should  be  signed.  Molotov  now  de- 
sired a  statement  of  the  German  view  as  to  the 
Soviet  counter-proposal  for  Soviet  cooperation 
with  the  Axis. 

The  Turco-German  Nonaggression  Pact  and  the 
German  Attack  on  the  Soviet  Union 

The  aftermath  of  the  November  1940  conver- 
sations, especially  in  southeastern  Europe,  Tur- 
key, and  the  Near  East  was  interesting.  On  No- 
vember 25,  the  very  day  on  which  Molotov  had 
stated  the  Soviet  terms  to  Schulenburg,  Moscow 
made  12  projjosals  to  Bulgaria,  recalling  that  it 
was  "vitally  interested  in  the  Straits  for  the  sake 
of  the  security  of  the  Black  Sea  frontier"  and 
could  not  "permit  a  repetition  of  the  danger" 
which  was  "constantly  directed  through  the 
Straits  toward  southern  Russia".  A  mutual-as- 
sistance pact  was  therefore  proposed  which  would 
assist  Bulgaria  in  realizing  its  national  aspira- 
tions both  in  Western  (Greek)  and  in  Eastern 
(Turkish)  Thrace  and  under  which  Bulgaria 
would  assist  the  Soviet  Union  in  case  of  a  threat 
to  Soviet  interests  in  the  Black  Sea  or  in  the 
Straits.  If  Turkey  threatened  or  attacked  Bul- 
garia, the  latter  would  have  Soviet  assistance  and 
support  in  the  achievement  of  Bulgarian  claims 
to  "the  European  part  of  Turkey".  Moreover  the 
Soviet  Union  would  withdraw  objections  to  Bul- 
garia's signature  of  the  Tripartite  Pact,  and  it 
was  "entirely  possible  that  the  Soviet  Union" 
would  "in  this  case  adhere  to  the  Three  Power 
Pact".  The  Bulgarians  informed  the  Germans 
of  this  move,  felt  that  signature  of  a  mutual-as- 
sistance treaty  would  be  i-egarded  as  unfriendly 
in  Turkey,  and  indicated  no  direct  interest  in  the 
Straits. 

On  December  18,  1940,^*  the  Fiihrer  ordered 
that  the  German  armed  forces  be  prepared  "to 
crush  Russia  in  a  quick  campaign  even  before  the 
conclusion  of  the  war  with  England",  and  early 
in  1941  there  wei-e  increasing  preparations  for 
action  in  southeastern  Europe,  although  Berlin 
was  advised  that  Moscow  would  take  "the  strong- 
est interest"  in  such  movements  and  would  want 
to  know,  especially,  how  Bulgaria  and  the  Straits 
might  be  affected.  There  was  considerable  Soviet 
fear  that  Great  Britain,  as  a  countermove,  might 
occupy  both  Bulgaria  and  the  region  of  the 
Straits. 

While  Germany  was  getting  ready  to  move  into 

69 


the  Balkans  with  force  and  to  explain  the  move 
on  the  ground  that  it  was  necessary  to  block  the 
British  in  Greece,  Turkey  signed  a  nonaggression 
pact  with  Bulgaria  on  February  17.  Upon  the 
German  occupation  of  Bulgaria,  on  March  1,  Mo- 
lotov  drafted  a  note  in  Schulenburg's  presence 
expressing  "regret"  that  Germany,  by  moving 
into  Bulgaria,  had  done  injury  "to  the  security  in- 
terests of  the  U.S.S.R.",  maintaining  its  basic  po- 
sition as  stated  in  the  memorandum  of  November 
25.^"  At  the  same  time  Hitler  advised  President 
Inonii  that  the  move  into  Bulgaria  would  not  af- 
fect Turkish  interests.  Meanwhile,  the  British 
Foreign  Minister,  Anthony  Eden,  was  in  the  Near 
East  toward  the  end  of  February  1941  attempting 
to  reconstitute  a  Balkan  pact,  composed  of  Greece, 
Yugoslavia,  and  Turkey,  but  failed  because  of 
Yugoslav  and  Turkish  reluctance,  although  the 
Anglo-Turkish  pact  was  reaffirmed  on  February 
28.  The  German  view  of  the  general  situation 
and  of  relations  between  the  Soviet  Union  and 
Germany  was  well  revealed  in  the  Matsuoka  con- 
versations in  Berlin  on  March  27,  28,  and  29  and 
April  4,  when  the  Japanese  Foreign  Minister  was 
told  that  the  Soviet  conditions  for  cooperation 
were  not  acceptable,  involving,  as  they  did,  sac- 
rifice of  German  interests  in  Finland,  the  grant- 
ing of  bases  on  the  Straits,  and  a  strong  influence 
in  the  Balkans,  especially  in  Bulgaria.*" 

Meanwhile,  as  a  possible  counterweight  to  the 
German  moves,  a  Soviet-Turkish  agreement,  re- 
affirming the  pact  of  December  19,  1925,  with 
an  additional  declaration  covering  aggression 
against  either  on  the  part  of  a  third  power,  was 
signed  on  March  24, 1941.  The  next  day  the  Svet- 
kovich  Government  in  Yugoslavia  signed  the  Tri- 
partite Pact  with  Germany  and  Italy,  but  was 
overthrown  by  a  coup  cVetat  on  March  27,  and  the 
Germans  concluded  that  Yugoslavia  must  be 
crushed  immediately."  A  few  hours  before  the 
attack  on  Yugoslavia  and  Greece  on  April  6,  1941, 
the  Soviet  Union  signed  a  nonaggression  pact 
with  Yugoslavia,  a  move  which  the  Germans  con- 
sidered "unfortunate".  «  But  there  was  no  indica- 
tion that  the  Soviet  Government  did  not  want  to 
remain  friendly  with  Germany. 

By  this  time  Hitler  was  considering  an  attack 
on  the  Soviet  Union.  June  22,  1941,  was  set  as 
the  date  as  early  as  April  30,  1941."  But  he  was 
also  moving  in  the  direction  of  a  nonaggression 
pact  with  Turkey  and  toward  a  larger  develop- 

70 


ment  in  the  Near  East  as  a  whole,  since  Yugo- 
slavia was  crushed  by  April  17  and  the  Greek 
High  Command  had  surrendered  on  April  23." 
Revolt  had  broken  out  in  Iraq  on  May  2,  1941, 
and  Mussolini  and  Ribbentrop  discussed  this  de- 
velopment in  relation  to  Turkey  in  a  confer- 
ence in  Rome  on  May  13.*^  It  was  agreed  that 
help  should  be  extended  to  Iraq  and  Von  Papen 
was  instructed  "to  obtain  from  the  Turks  permis- 
sion for  the  secret  passage  of  arms  for  Iraq 
through  Tui'kish  territory",  in  which  case  it  might 
also  be  possible  to  send  large  airborne  forces  into 
Iraq  for  operations  against  the  British,  and  even 
Egypt  might  be  attacked.  U  Duce  thought  Tur- 
key was  the  Axis  "trump  card"  and  wondered 
whether  it  would  march  with  Germany  and  Italy. 
Ribbentrop  indicated  that  Germany  was  using  its 
influence  in  this  direction,  with  some  prospect  of 
success,  since  Turkey  would  not  like  to  see  large 
British  forces  in  Iraq. 

Germany,  therefore,  pushed  the  matter  of  an 
agreement  with  Turkey  in  ]\Iay  and  June  1941, 
meeting,  however,  with  a  number  of  difficulties, 
especially  in  view  of  the  Anglo-Turkish  treaty 
of  1939  and  of  the  Turkish  desire  not  to  be  drawn 
into  the  conflict.'"'  Von  Papen,  at  one  point,  how- 
ever, took  it  for  granted  that  transit  of  war  ma- 
terials to  Iraq  could  be  considered  as  guaranteed. 
But  that  position  had  to  be  dropped,  and  on  June 
9  *'  Ribbentrop  summed  up  the  Turkish  position 
by  remarking : 

"Turkey  desires  to  conclude  a  treaty  with  Ger- 
many to  assure  itself  against  a  German  attack; 
however,  simultaneously,  it  is  desirous  of  main- 
taining the  alliance  with  England,  and  visibly,  to 
assTire  herself,  on  the  side,  of  the  possibility  of 
collaborating  with  her  politically  and  militarily. 
The  Turkish  Government  must  absolutely  under- 
stand that  if  it  collaborates,  even  on  the  side,  with 
England,  against  Avhom  Gei'many  is  involved  in  a 
death  struggle,  by  this  fact,  it  ranges  Turkey  on 
the  side  of  Germany's  enemies.  Turkey  would 
thereby  abandon  anew  the  neutrality,  the  reestab- 
lishment  of  which  must  be  considered  as  the  least 
of  the  results  of  its  treaty  with  Germany.  We  are 
evidently  in  agi-eement  as  to  the  fact  that  Turkey 
desires  that  the  treaty  with  Germany  be  drafted 
in  such  a  manner  that  it  does  not  appear  as  an 
open  rupture  of  her  treaty  with  England ;  our  pro- 
posals have  been  drafted  in  this  sense.     If,  how- 

Depatin\en\  of  State  Bulletin 


ever,  Turkey  demands  of  us  the  positive  recoo^ii- 
tion  of  licr  treaty  with  England  and  if  she  wishes 
to  reserve  especially  the  possibility  of  collaborat- 
ing with  the  latter,  this  would  evidently  be  in- 
acceptable  for  us." 

In  the  end  Germany  obtained  no  more  than  the 
nonaggression  treaty  of  June  18,  1941,  without 
secret  commitments  or  wider  implications,  which 
clearly  reafKrmed  Turke_y's  prior  obligations  un- 
der the  Anglo-Franco-Turkish  treaty  of  October 
19, 1939.  Four  days  later,  on  June  22,  the  German 
armies  were  hurled  against  the  Soviet  Union  as 
Hitler  had  already  decided  on  April  30.  It  is 
noteworthy  that  Molotov  indicated  his  inability  to 
understand  German  dissatisfaction  with  Soviet 
policy,  while  the  Germans  recited  their  own 
charges  against  Soviet  policy  with  respect  to  the 
Balkans  and  Turkey  as  among  the  reasons  for 
open  hostilities.^^  In  Hitler's  proclamation  of 
June  22,  1941,  he  repeated  the  German  version  of 
the  Molotov  conversations  of  November  1940  for 
propaganda  purposes,  and  the  charges  were  soon 
denied  in  Moscow. 

German  Pressure  on  Turkey 

With  the  German  attack  on  the  Soviet  Union 
the  position  of  Turkey  took  on  new  significance. 
Although  Von  Papen  asserted  that  Turkey  should 
not  be  used  as  a  route  to  the  Suez  Canal  and 
thought  there  were  no  actual  military  plans  in- 
volving Turkey,  this  situation  might  change  if 
Marshal  Rommel  finally  reached  the  Suez  Canal 
and  the  German  armies  in  the  east  attained  the 
Persian  Gulf  via  the  Caucasus,  in  which  case  Tur- 
key would  be  surrounded  and  would  lose  much  of 
its  strategic  value  to  Germany.^^  The  Germans, 
of  course,  soon  told  the  Turks  about  the  Soviet- 
German  conversations,  but  on  August  10,  1941, 
Great  Britain  and  the  Soviet  Union  confirmed 
their  fidelity  to  the  Montreux  convention  and  as- 
sured the  Turkish  Government  that  they  had  no 
aggressive  intentions  or  claims  with  regard  to 
the  Straits.  Both  Governments  were  prepared 
scrupulously  to  respect  the  territorial  integrity  of 
the  Turkish  Republic,  and,  in  the  event  of  an  at- 
tack by  a  European  power,  they  were  ready  to 
give  Turkey  every  help  and  assistance.  The  Ger- 
mans also  sought  to  stimulate  Turkish  official  in- 
terest in  the  Pan-Turanian  movement  with  a  view 
to  territorial  aggrandizement,  but  without  success 
in  view  of  the  nationalistic  legacy  of  Atatiirk.^ 

July    18,    1948 


On  October  9, 1941,  as  foreshadowed  in  the  June 
18  treaty,  a  German-Turkish  economic  agreement 
was  signed  after  desperate  German  efforts  to  se- 
cure Turkish  chrome,  but  it  was  not  to  be  valid 
before  March  31,  1943,  for  an  exchange  of  goods 
to  the  value  of  about  £T100,000,000.  Germany 
was  to  provide  steel  and  war  materials  in  exchange 
for  Turkish  raw  materials.  Turkey  was  to  supply 
Germany  with  90,000  tons  of  chrome  in  each  of  the 
years  1943  and  1944,  but  only  after  Germany  had 
delivered  to  Turkey  war  materials  to  the  value 
of  £T18,000,000,  and  after  the  expiry  of  the  Anglo- 
Turkish  agreement  concerning  chrome.  The 
United  States — four  days  prior  to  the  Japanese 
attack  on  Pearl  Harboi- — declared  the  defense  of 
Turkey  essential  to  the  defense  of  the  United 
States  and  extended  lend-lease  assistance  to 
Turkey  on  December  3,  1941. 

During  the  period  immediately  prior  to  and  just 
after  the  entry  of  the  United  States  into  the  war, 
there  was  considerable  German  discussion  as  to  the 
position  of  Turkey.  The  Germans  knew  that 
Turkey  desired  to  avoid  open  hostilities  but 
pointed  out  that  while  Great  Britain  could  offer 
nothing  to  Turkey,  Germany  held  in  her  hands 
"the  Gi-eek  islands  at  the  entrance  of  the  Darda- 
nelles", which  were  of  vital  importance  to  Turkey. 
In  the  event  of  success  against  the  Soviet  Union, 
Turkey  must  become  "more  and  more  friendly", 
although  since  the  period  of  Atatiirk,  Turkey  had 
been  pursuing  a  policy  of  national  consolidation 
and  domestic  reconstruction  and  had  expressed 
"no  desire  at  all  to  obtain  any  territorial  gain". 
Nevertheless,  it  might  be  induced  to  "enlarge  its 
benevolent  neutrality  and  to  facilitate  access  to  the 
Arab  territories  and  the  Suez  Canal  for  the  Ger- 
man High  Connnand".''^  Von  Papen,  however,  re- 
ported on  January  5,  1942,^*^  that  the  American 
entry  into  the  war  had  produced  a  "sentiment  of 
profound  deception"  in  Turkey,  which  would 
reiterate  its  desire  to  avoid  hostilities,  and  he  did 
not  believe  that  Turkey  should  be  pushed  too  far, 
lest  Turkey  enter  the  war  on  the  other  side,  al- 
though there  were  fears  regarding  the  Soviet 
Union,  particularly  on  the  part  of  Numan  Mene- 
mencioglu. 

Turkish  policy  continued  to  develop  in  this  man- 
ner during  the  spring  and  summer  of  1942,  and 
Near  Eastern  questions,  particularly  that  of  Tur- 
key, figured  largely  in  the  Hitler-Mussolini  con- 
versation at  Salzburg  on  April  29,  1942,^^  when 

71 


Hitler  assured  II  Duce  that  "Turkey  was  moving 
slowly  but  surely  over  to  the  Axis"  in  view  of  the 
suspicion  of  the  Russians.  There  was  also  the 
problem  of  an  Axis  declaration  concerning  the 
independence  of  India  and  the  Arab  countries. 
Hitler  and  Molotov  agreed  that  this  matter  could 
wait,  however,  and  Hitler  took  the  position  that 
such  a  declaration  would  only  be  a  practical  matter 
"when  the  Axis  troops  stood  south  of  the  Cau- 
casus". German  pressure  on  the  Turks  continued 
in  the  summer,  the  Germans  insisting  on  the  "un- 
realistic" character  of  Turkish  policy,  conjuring 
the  Soviet  demands  on  the  Straits  before  the 
Turks,  and  holding  out  the  Pan-Turanian  dream, 
only  to  meet  the  view  that  the  preservation  of  the 
"absolute  neutrality"  of  Turkey  was  indispensable. 
However,  a  new  trade  agreement  was  signed  on 
June  2,  1942,  and  it  was  announced  on  Sei)tember 
29  that  Turkey  had  contracted  to  send  45,000  tons 
of  chrome,  about  one  half  the  annual  production, 
to  the  Krupp  works  in  exchange  for  arms.'"* 

Turkey,  the  United  States,  and  Great  Britain 

Following  the  Casablanca  meeting  of  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt  and  Prime  Minister  Churchill  on 
January  14,  1943,  and  clearing  of  North  Africa, 
there  were  possibilities  that  Turkey  might  be  in- 
volved, with  resulting  German  pressure  or  inva- 
sion of  the  country.  Mr.  Churchill,  therefore,  tele- 
graphed President  Inonii  on  January  26,  and  the 
two  met  at  Adana  on  January  30,  after  which 
Churchill  declared  the  British  wish  to  see  Turkish 
territories,  rights,  and  interests  effectively  pre- 
served, and  the  British  desire  to  have  "warm  and 
friendly  relations"  between  Turkey  and  the  Soviet 
Union.'*'* 

Following  the  Quebec  (August  11-24),  Moscow 
(October  19-30),  and  Tehran  (November  28-De- 
cember  1)  conferences.  President  Roosevelt  and 
Prime  Minister  Churchill  conferred  with  Presi- 
dent Inonii  and  Foreign  Minister  Menemencioglu 
at  Cairo  on  December  4-6,  1943.  Indeed,  it  had 
been  agreed  at  the  Tehran  conference  on  December 
1,  1943,  that,  from  the  military  point  of  view,  "it 
was  most  desirable  that  Turkey  should  come  into 
the  war  on  the  side  of  the  Allies  before  the  end  of 
the  year".'*^  Moreover,  note  was  taken  of  Marshal 
Stalin's  statement  that  "if  Turkey  found  herself  at 
war  with  Germany,  and  as  a  result  Bulgaria  de- 
clared war  on  Turkey  or  attacked  her",  the  Soviet 
Union  "would  immediately  be  at  war  with  Bul- 

72 


garia".'*^  The  conference  further  took  note  that 
this  fact  could  be  explicitly  stated  in  the  forthcom- 
ing negotiations  to  bring  Turkey  into  the  war.  A 
communique  was  issued  after  the  Cairo  conference 
which  declared  that  Inrmii,  Roosevelt,  and 
Churchill  had  examined  the  general  situation, 
taken  into  account  the  "joint  and  several  interests 
of  the  three  countries",  and  indicated  that  "the 
closest  unity  existed  between  the  United  States  of 
America,  Turkey  and  Great  Britain  in  their  atti- 
tude to  the  world  situation".  It  was  also  stated 
that  the  identity  of  interests  and  views  of  the 
United  States  and  Great  Britain  with  those  of  the 
Soviet  Union  and  the  traditional  friendship  be- 
tween the  three  powers  and  Tui'key  had  been  re- 
affirmed throughout  the  proceedings  at  the  Cairo 
conference. 

The  subject  of  the  Cairo  conversations  had  been 
Turkey's  possible  entry  into  the  war,  and  Numan 
Menemencioglu  later  indicated  that  the  talks  had 
been  carried  on  with  "almost  brutal"  frankness 
but  that  the  Anglo-Turkish  ties  had  been  strength- 
ened. As  a  result,  Anglo-Turkish  military  discus- 
sions were  carried  on  in  January  and  February 
but  were  broken  off  on  February  3,  1944.  Never- 
theless, events  now  moved  ineluctably  toward  a 
break  with  Germany,  first  economically  and  then 
diplomatically.  By  April  20,  1944,  Turkey  was 
induced  to  stop  the  shipments  of  chrome  to  Ger- 
many, effective  the  next  day,  although  on  May  24, 
1944,  Mr.  Churchill,  in  a  statement  to  the  House 
of  Commons  ^^  spoke  "bluntly",  indicating  that  no 
pressure  had  been  brought  to  bear  on  Turkey  and 
stating  that  Turkey  would  not  have  the  strong 
position  at  the  peace  conference  which  would  at- 
tend entry  into  the  struggle.  He  noted  the  sus- 
pension of  chrome  shij^ments,  however,  looked  to- 
ward entire  suspension  of  economic  relations  with 
Germany,  and  expressed  confidence  that  a  still 
better  day  would  dawn  for  Anglo-Turkish  rela- 
tions, and  indeed,  "with  all  the  gi'eat  Allies".  In 
June  there  were  difficulties  with  respect  to  the  pas- 
sage of  certain  German  ships  through  the  Straits, 
and  Mr.  Eden  expressed  his  disturbance  in  the 
House  of  Commons  concerning  the  matter  on  June 
14.  On  June  15, 1944,  Numan  Menemencioglu  re- 
signed as  Foreign  Minister.'*^ 

On  August  2, 1944,  Turkey  broke  off  diplomatic 
and  economic  relations  with  Germany.  Although 
the  Soviet  Government  was  reserved  in  its  atti- 
tude toward  the  Turkish  action.  Prime  Minister 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Cliui-chill  announced  in  the  House  of  Commons 
that  he  could  not  forget  that  "Turkey  dechared  her 
alliance  with  us  before  the  present  war,  when  our 
aiinaments  were  weak  and  our  policy  pacific". 
The  Turkish  action  liad  infused  "new  life  into  the 
alliance"  between  Turkey  and  Great  Britain.  If 
Turkey  were  attacked  by  Germany  or  Bulgaria, 
Great  Britain  would,  of  course,  make  common 
cause.  The  Britis^h  Prime  Minister  also  hoped 
that  the  break  with  Germany  would  "contribute 
to  the  continuity  of  friendship  of  Turkey  and 
Russia".  Two  days  later  Von  Papen  and  his  staff 
of  the  German  Embassy  in  Ankara  departed  for 
Germany. 

In  the  months  which  followed,  the  United  States 
and  Great  Britain  opened  conversations  with  the 
Turkish  Government  concerning  the  right  of 
merchant  vessels  to  pass  through  the  Straits  into 
the  Black  Sea;  the  United  States,  however,  as- 
sumed that  there  was  no  need  for  special  agi'ee- 
ment  in  view  of  the  provisions  of  the  Montreux 
convention.  By  the  middle  of  January  1945  sup- 
plies to  the  Soviet  Union  were  passing  tlu'ough  the 
Turkish  Straits.  On  February  23,  1945,  Turkey 
declared  war  on  Germany  and  Japan  and  the  next 


day  announced  its  intention  to  adhere  to  the  Decla- 
ration  by  United  Nations,  and  the  adherence  of 
Turkey  was,  in  fact,  signed  on  February  28, 1945.®° 
The  policy  and  position  of  Turkey,  at  the  cross- 
roads of  three  continents,  situated  at  the  Straits 
and  occupying  a  strategic  key  to  the  entire  Near 
and  Middle  East,  were  naturally  of  concern  both 
to  the  Axis  and  to  the  Allies  during  the  entire 
period  of  World  War  II.  It  was  also  natural 
that  the  Turkish  Government  should  have  adopted 
a  cautious  policy  throughout  this  period.  The 
evidence  indicates  that  Turkey  was  faithful  as  a 
nonbelligerent  to  its  obligations  under  the  Anglo- 
Turkish  treaty  of  19:39  and  that  its  position  as  a 
neutral  served  the  interests  of  the  Allies.  Had 
it  acted  prematurely  the  entire  Near  East  might 
well  have  been  thrown  open  to  the  Axis  armed 
forces  in  the  critical  period  of  1940-1942.  In  the 
end,  it  did  not  become  involved  in  actual  armed 
conflict  largely  because  there  was  no  concerted  or 
integrated  plant  for  Turkish  operations,  no  Bal- 
kan campaign  was  carried  out  on  a  scale  to  involve 
Turkish  forces,  and  no  supplies  were  diverted  by 
the  western  powers  for  this  purpose. 


Statistics  Concerning  Sliipping  in  the  Turltisli  Straits 

TABLE  I 

Registered  Net  Tonnage  (1913-1923)  > 


Flag 

1913  « 

1920' 

1921 

1922 

1923 

Arnprican                         

266,  679 

300,  277 

589,  778 

222,  481 

1   615,  293 

Belgian 

British 

295,  038 

5,  370,  781 

199,  034 

572,  730 

733,  600 

1,  958,  201 

370,  302 

288,  203 

350,  302 

1,  428,  435 

906,  416 

557,  353 

46,419 

231,318 

331,203 
329,  491 

204,  065 
121,488 
500,  062 
38,  508 
559,  338 
385,  684 

1,488,  171 
210,  754 
644,  073 
38,311 
614,  804 
759,  002 

1,  994,  689 

Dutch 

French 

German 

Greek 

Italian 

Norwegian 

Rumanian 

380,  817 
632,  087 
167,  651 
276,  283 
1,513,  180 

138,  537 

250,  375 

77,  331 

238,  109 

172,  885 
64,  371 
18,  453 

360,  277 

284,  925 
31,042 
29,  668 

473,  162 

457,  564 
68,  498 

Turkish 

Other    

296,  322 
490,  606 

Total 

13,  412,  065 

2,472,815 

2,  725,  408 

5,  164,  650 

6,  500,  178 

'  These  statistical  data  have  been  gathered  from  the  foUowing  sources:  (1)  Rapport  de  la  Commission  des  DHroils  a  la  Sociitl  des  Nations  (1924-1935);  (2)  R{- 
publique  turque.  Ministere  des  Aflaires  etrangcres.  Rapport  Annual  sur  le  Mouvcment  des  Navires  a  Trarers  les  Dctroils  et  des  Alronefs  Civils  enlre  la  Mcditer- 
ranie  et  la  Met  Noire  (1936-1941);  (3)  T.  C.  Istanbul  Ticaret  ne  Sanayi  Odasi  Mecmunsi  (Bulletin  de  la  Chambre  de  Commerce  et  d'Industrie  d'Jstanbul  (1941);  (4) 
Basvekalet  Istatistik.  Umum  Mudurlugu  (Rcpublique  turque.  Presidence  du  Conseil.  Office  central  destatistique).  Istatistik  Yilligi  {Annuaire  Statistique), 
vol.  12.  no.  194.    1940-1941  Ankara,  1941). 

•  From  PhUlipson  and  Buxton,  The  Question  nflhe  Dardanelles  and  Bosphorus.  pp,  232-233.  In  191 1  the  number  of  ves.'sels  passing  the  Bosphorus  was  34,.502.  with 
a  total  tonnage  of  19,968,409;  in  1912  there  were  34,577,  with  a  tot:iI  tonnage  of  16,298,.937;  and  in  1913  there  were  34,826  vessels,  with  a  total  tonnage  of  13,412.005. 

>  From  O.  B.  Ravndal,  Turkey:  A  Commercial  and  Industrial  Handbook,  Bureau  of  Foreign  and  Domestic  Commerce,  Trade  Promotion  Series  28,  p.  60. 

July    J  8,    J  948  ^^ 


TABLE  li 

Registered  Net  Tonnage  (1924-1938) 


Flag 

1924 

1925 

1926 

1927 

1928 

l'J39 

1930 

1931 

General 

American 

British 

Dutch 

French 

German 

Italian 

Norwegian     .... 
Polish 

Regional 

Bulgarian 

Egyptian 

Greek 

169,  938 

1,  984,  783 

396,  799 

570,  412 

260,  863 

1,  518,  052 

112,  773 

5,  191 

87.  183 

48,  876 

827,  000 

154,  000 

2,  242,  000 

323,  000 

627,  000 

469,  000 

1,  802,  000 

169,  000 

9,000 

92,  000 

151,  000 

1,  270,  000 

126,  941 
2,  499,  471 

166,  809 
2,  080,  330 

203,  110 

1,  915,  053 
397,  654 
866,  010 
576,  943 

2,  214,  586 
689,  853 

6,335 

103,  509 
106,  509 
779,  950 

287,  187 

2,  778,  946 
422,  436 
897,  847 
643,  566 

3,  538,  205 
905,  048 

7,  197 

117,673 

112,402 

1,  243,  082 

468,  850 

3,  669,816 
551,458 
889,  318 
806,  860 

4,  551,  027 
1,  108,  512 

6,916 

90,  016 

113,968 

3,  400,  512 

370,  802 

3,  684,  132 

669,  618 

825,  039 

464,  337 

2,  463,  861 

362,  186 

83,  701 

831,  429 

540,  817 

2,  624,  822 

87,  041 

1,  109,  469 

813,  099 

5,016,973 

1,  451,  169 

2,  122,  861 

1,  592,  795 

3,  351,  389 

Rumanian 

Russian 

Turkish  '  ^ 

364,  134 

172,  402 

715,  103 

36,  173 

479,  000 

196,  000 

774,  000 

31,  000 

550.  873 
188,  022 

432,  331 
295,  004 

468,  183 
468,  891 

489,  164 
572,  095 

547,  620 
612,  713 

605,  816 
324,  472 

Yugoslav 

143,  154 

91,422 

22,  780 

64,  948 

167,  770 

Total.    .    .    . 

7,  646,  550 

9,  178,  000 

10,  643,  812 

9,  897,  579 

9,  218,  371 

12,  767,  012 

17,  864,  753 

19,  198,  346 

'  The  figures  for  Turkey,  which  are  not  included  after  1925,  do  not  include  sailing  vessels  and  coasting  vessels  from  the  Sea  of  Marmara,  amounting  to 
about  500,000  tons. 

'  The  figures  for  Turkey,  193&-1941,  are  taken  from  T.  C.  Istanbul  Ticaret  ve  Sanayi  Odasi  Mecmuasi  (Bulletin  de  la  Chambre  de  Commerce  et  d' Industrie  d' Istan- 
bul).   They  are  not  Included  in  the  total  figures  for  the  years  indicated. 


TABLE  il 

Registered  Net  Tonnage  (1924-1938)- 


-Conlinued 


Flag 


1933 


1934 


1935 


1936 »  Aug.  15- 
Dec.  31,1936 


1937 


1938 


General 


American 
British  .  . 
Dutch  .  . 
French  .  . 
German 
Italian  .  . 
Norwegian 
Polish    .    . 


196,  717 
2,  847.  770 

503,  676 
1,011,056 

619.  064 
4,  230,  477 
2,  104,  843 


175,  850 

2,  616,  755 

562,  884 

524,  625 

655,  566 

4,  160,  918 

2,  232,  632 


147,  048 

2,  586,  817 
423,  356 
518,  136 
573,  083 

3,  414,  456 
2,  165,  998 


189,  252 

1,  986,  232 
353,  357 
394,  250 
452,  073 

2,  527,  164 
968,  032 


Regional 


Bulgarian. 
Egyptian  . 
Greek  .  . 
Palestinian 
Rumanian 
Russian  . 
Turkish '  \ 
Yugoslav  . 


2,  469,  396 


91,  143 

103,  406 

2,  974,  505 


130,  873 

73,  454 

2,  294,  990 


135,  792 

45,  619 

1,  861,  400 


643,  038 
752.  340 


770,  399 
985,  961 


749,  895 
912,  792 


654,  788 
1,  614.  564 


108,  512 
923,  796 
152,  852 
291,  201 
373,  323 
799,  156 
229,  480 
235,  264 


133,  022 
24,  SSI 

341,  929 
58,  964 

474,  059 

338,  410 
,315,981 


124,  841 


101,  906 


6,080 


207,  013 

2,  601  497 

569,  165 

1,  261,  999 
754,  434 

2,  167,  770 
959,  658 
187,  289 


180,  379 

30,  304 

1,  648,211 

75,  584 

709,  536 

1,  111,351 

57,  438 


275,  545 
,  890,  184 
372,  842 
408,  073 
627,  384 
604,  666 
743,  700 
196.  998 


154,  413 
22,  881 

1,  576,  094 

647,  391 
740,  098 

2,  875,  777 

67,  040 


Total. 


17,  514,  641 


17,  445,  427 


15,  504,  374 


12,  322,  012 


4,  781,  232 


12,  957,  364 


10,  762,  266 


'  There  was  no  report,  apparently,  for  the  months  of  January  to  August  1936,  since  the  Commission  of  the  Straits  ceased  to  function  in  the  fall  of  1936.    The 
monthly  figures  in  Bulletin  de  la  Chambre  de  Commerce  et  d^ Industrie  d' Istanbul  make  a  total  of  18,219,990  tons  for  the  entire  year  1936,  Turkish  shipping  included. 


74 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


TABLE  III 
Commercial  Shipping  in  the  Marmara  Region  (1939-1945)' 

N — Number  of  ships 
T— Net  Tonnage 


Country 

1939 

1940 

1941 

1942 

1943 

1944 

1945 

Turkey 

N 
T 
N 
T 
N 
T 
N 
T 
N 
T 
N 
T 
N 
T 
N 
T 
N 
T 
N 
T 
N 
T 
N 
T 
N 
T 
N 
T 
N 
T 
N 
T 
N 
T 
N 
T 
N 
T 
N 
T 
N 
T 
N 
T 
N 
T 

N 
T 

N 
T 

34  397 

4  273  136 

41 

121  075 

360 

775  952 

506 

715  941 

684 

227  811 

188 

330  638 

2 

2  664 

91 

471  119 

74 

157  318 

201 

528  452 

90 

103  184 

45 

77  126 

14 

20  486 

95 

126  919 

32 

13  824 

15 

22  822 

8 

8  928 

6 

6  386 

5 

19  443 

86 

96  864 

28 

49  914 

54 

29  529 

33  567 

4  369  125 

59 

102  553 

245 

542  818 

377 

268  263 

664 

247  481 

32 

29  637 

29  407 
4  645  182 

30  460 
4  671  998 

25  363 
4  095  023 

25  646 

4  766  453 

2 

26 

32  793 
5  616  509 

Great  Birain 

52 
69  887 

11 

23  598 

294 

25  038 

21 
20  994 

9S 

565  208 

Italy 

8 

438 

11 

4  423 

6 

11  652 

1 

54 

14 

15  373 

Greece 

Germany 

Belgium 

11 

136 

15 

6  458 

125 
13  464 

United  States 

52 

168  143 

60 

128  025 

162 

498  465 

26 

29  035 

3 

10  270 

2 

2  282 

54 

47  865 

32 

12  871 

7 

13  249 

191 

841  766 

Soviet  Union 

Rumania 

Netherlands 

24 

53  813 

58 

120  476 

3 

8  061 

4 
13.  288 

1 

45 

2 

7  836 

5 

19  093 

3 

10  839 

Norway 

14 

73  393 

Denmark 

Bulgaria 

Hungary 

24 

14  673 

11 

4  413 

9 
402 

14 

9  106 

4 

1  232 

34 

1  206 

34 
1  206 

Egypt 

Poland 

Spain 

6 
7  194 

23 
38  107 

2  200 

Finland 

Japan  

3 

9  678 
10 

13  743 
18 

24  480 
53 

29  126 

Sweden 

3 

2  513 

14 

21  613 

Yugoslavia 

2 

4  528 

31 

9  947 

1 

1  558 

Others 

1 
91 

2 

7  494 

Total   f  oreign 
shipping. 

2  625 
3  906  395 

1  865 
2  185  178 

528 
347  367 

54 
51  431 

44 
50  796 

68 
18  220 

487 
1  557  834 

General  total .  .  . 

37  022 
8  179  531 

35  432 
6  554  303 

29  935 
4  992  549 

30  514 
4  723  429 

25  407 
4  145  819 

25  714 
4  784  673 

33  280 
7  174  343 

>  Rei)Ut)lique  turque.    PrSsidence  de  Conseil.     OflSce  central  de  statistique,  Annuahe  Statistique  (1942-1945),  vol.  15,  p.  518. 

July  ?8,  1948 


75 


TABLE  IV 
Commercial  Shipping  in  the  Straits,  1946* 


TABLE  V 
Commercial  Shipping  in  the  Straits,  1947' 


Country 


United  States  .  .  . 
Soviet  Union  .  .  . 
Great  Britain   .    .    . 

Greece 

Rumania 

Yugoslavia    .... 

Norway 

Sweden 

Netherlands      .    .    . 

France 

Italy  

Denmark 

Canada 

Lebanon    

Union  of  South  Africa 

Belgium 

Panama 

Bulgaria 

Honduras 

Poland 

Palestine 

Spain 

Egypt    

Hungary        .... 

Total      .    .    . 


Operating 

at 
Istanbul 


109 

57 

42 

67 

17 

14 

28 

45 

12 

1 

25 

4 

1 

7 

4 

8 

4 

12 

1 

1 

1 

1 

5 

1 


467 


Ships 


72 
120 

11 

12 
7 

22 
1 
1 
7 
8 

10 
3 
3 


279 


Total 


181 

177 

53 

79 

24 

36 

29 

46 

19 

9 

35 

7 

4 

7 

4 

8 

6 

12 

1 

1 

1 

1 

5 

1 


746 


Tonnage 
(Reg.  net) 


797.126 

495.843 

151.307 

142.950 

94.293 

81.360 

72.399 

57.072 

21.789 

20.613 

19.538 

15.563 

12.219 

11.273 

10.832 

9.235 

9.196 

8.821 

4.381 

4.278 

3.425 

1.037 

570 

518 


2.045.638 


Country 


United  States  . 
Soviet  Union  . 
Great  Britain  . 
Greece  .... 
Italy  .... 
Norway  .  .  . 
Panama  .  .  . 
Sweden  .... 
Rumania  .  .  . 
Yugoslavia  .  . 
Netherlands  .  . 
Denmark  .  .  . 
Lebanon  .  .  . 
Canada .... 
Bulgaria  .  .  . 
Spain  .... 
Hungary  .  .  . 
Belgium  .  .  . 
Argentina .  .  . 
Honduras  .    .    . 

Java 

Egypt  .... 
Poland  .... 

Syria 

Saudi  Arabia    . 

Total.    . 


Operating 

at 
Istanbul 


118 

111 

75 

52 

128 

39 

31 

74 

15 

22 

17 

13 

9 

4 

44 

6 

12 

11 

1 

3 

1 

8 

2 

1 

1 


798 


Ships 

in 
transit 


62 

106 

17 

30 

8 

16 

15 

12 

14 

15 

11 

3 

8 

1 

33 

7 
1 
1 


364 


Total 


180 

217 

92 

82 

136 

55 

46 

86 

29 

37 

28 

16 

17 

5 

77 

6 

19 

12 

2 

3 

1 

11 

3 

1 

1 


1,  162 


Tonnage 
(Reg.  net) 


787. 

739. 

228. 

142. 

127. 

125. 

109. 

102. 

94, 

77, 

46, 

28, 

27, 

18, 

17 

13 

12 

11 

10 

6 

4 

4 

3 


495 
706 
173 
546 
755 
256 
995 
464 
073 
700 
735 
,887 
.443 
920 
431 
088 
430 
900 
.112 
.927 
.236 
302 
818 
365 
240 


2.741.997 


'  RSpublique  turque.  Ministere  des  Affaires  Etrangeres.  Rapport  Annuel 
VT  te  Mouvement  des  Navires  a  travers  tes  Detroits.  Dixieme  Ann(5e — Janvier 
1947.    Ankara.    Disisleri  Balianligi  Basimevi.    1947.    p.  9. 


'  Rfpublique  turque.  Ministere  des  Affaires  Etrangeres.  Rapport 
Annuel  sur  le  Mouvement  des  Navires  a  trovers  Us  Detroits.  Onzieme 
AnnSe— Janvier  1948.     p.  9. 


Footn  otes 


'  Nazi-Soviet  Relations,  1939-1941.  Documents  From 
the  Archives  of  the  German  Foreign  Office  (Department 
of  State  publication  3023),  here  cited  as  Nazi-Soviet  Rela- 
tions, 1939-1941.  The  Soviet  publication,  consisting  of  36 
documents  from  the  German  archives  and  published  in 
1940,  is :  Arkhivnoe  Upravlenie  Ministerstva  Inostran- 
nikh  Diel  Soiiiza  SSR.  Dokumenti  Ministerstva  Inostran- 
nikh  Diel  Germanii.  Vipusk  II.  Germanskaia  Politika 
V.  Turtsii  (1941-1943).  OGIZ-Gospolitizdat,  1946.  A 
French  translation  is :  La  Politique  AUemandc,  1941-1943 
V.  Turquie.  Documents  Secrets  Au  Ministere  des  Affaires 
Etrangircs  d'Allcmagne.  Traduit  du  russe  loar  Madeleine 
et  Michel  Eristov  (Paris,  Dupont,  1946).  Here  cited  as 
Germanskaia  Politika  v.  Turtsii.  The  Niirnberg  documents 
are:  Office  of  the  U.S.  Chief  of  Counsel  for  Prosecution  of 
Axis  Criminality,  Nazi  Conspiracy  and  Aggression,  8  vols. 

'Parliamentary  Dehates,  House  of  Commons,  vol.  346, 
col.   13 ;   Ministere   des   Affaires   Etrangeres,   Documents 


Dii)loma.tiques,  1938-1939  (Paris,  Imprimerie  Nationale, 
1939),  p.  109;  Royal  Greek  Ministry  for  Foreign  Affairs, 
The  Greek  WJiite  Book:  Diplomatic  Documents  Relating 
to  Italy's  Aggression  Against  Greece  (London,  Hutch- 
inson, 1942),  pp.  30-32;  German  Library  of  Information, 
Documents  on  the  Events  Preceding  the  Outltreak  of  the 
War  (New  York,  1940;  Berlin,  1939),  pp.  309-340. 

^  Affaires  DanuUennes,  no.  4,  1939,  pp.  209-210 ;  Parlia- 
mentary Delates,  House  of  Commons,  vol.  347,  col.  955; 
German  Library  of  Information,  op.  cit.,  p.  321. 

*  In  a  comment  of  May  30,  1939,  on  the  German-Italian 
alliance,  Mussolini  indicated  the  necessity  of  taking  over 
the  entire  Balkan  and  Danubian  area  immediately  after 
the  first  hours  of  war,  noting :  "By  this  lightning-like 
operation  which  is  to  be  carried  out  decisively,  not  only 
the  'guaranteed  states',  like  Greece,  Rumania,  and  Tur- 
key, would  be  out  of  the  fight,  but  one  would  also  protect 
one's  back  .  .  .  ."  Nazi  Conspiracy  and  Aggression,  vol. 
V,  pp.  453-455. 


76 


Deparfment  of  State  Bulletin 


Footnotes— Continued 


'German  Library  of  Information,  op.  cit.,  p.  343.  On 
Apr.  21,  1939,  Turkey  gave  a  contract  to  a  British  com- 
pany for  Iniiliiing  a  naval  base  at  Gelcnii. 

".Voci  Conspiracj/  and  Aggression,  vol.  IV,  pp.  508-517; 
vol.  VIII,  pp.  519-520. 

'/6i(f.,  vol.  Ill,  pp.  5S0-581. 

'Ibid.  vol.  VII,  pp.  752-754. 

•  For  background,  see  especially  Nazi-Sovi'Bt  Relations, 
J930~n>.',l.  pp.  1-50,  text,  pp.  76-78. 
j        "/&iVJ.,  pp.  157-158. 
!        "  Ibid.,  pp.  73-74. 

"  Ibid.,  pp.  80-83. 

"  Sarac6glu  had  been  in  touch  with  Gafenco,  the  Ru- 
manian Foreign  Minister,  as  a  member  of  the  Balkan 
Entente,  and  was  asked  to  find  out  the  Soviet  attitude 
toward  Balkan  solidarity.  Molotov  was  quite  "cold"  on 
this  subject.  Although  there  had  been  a  preliminary 
Turkish-Soviet  agreement  concerning  the  Straits  and  a 
political  agreement,  Molotov  turned  down  all  Turkish 
suggestions  which  would  have  permitted  Ankara  to  play 
any  role  on  the  side  of  the  western  powers  or,  in  union 
with  its  Balkan  neighbors,  a  preiKinderant  role  in  the 
maintenance  of  peace  and  order  In  the  region.  See  Gre- 
goire  Gafenco,  Pr&iminaires  de  la  Ouerre  a  I'Est,  1939- 
19',1,  pp.  303-310. 

"Naxi-SotHet  Relatione,  1939-1941,  pp.  105-106. 

'^  Ibid.,  pp.  85-86. 

"Ibid.,  pp.  87-88. 

"Ibid.,  p.  97. 

''Ibid.,  p.  110. 

"Ibid.,  p.  111. 

""Ibid.,  p.  113. 

"Ibid.,  pp.  117-118. 

~  Great  Britain.  Treaty  of  Mutual  Assistance  between 
His  Majesty  in  respect  of  the  United  Kingdom,  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  French  Republic,  and  the  President  of  the 
Turkish  Republic.  Angora,  Oct.  19,  1939.  Cmd.  6135, 
Turkey  No.  4  (1940). 

"  V.  M.  Molotov,  Foreign  Poliey  of  the  Soviet  Union. 
Report  by  the  Cliairnian  of  the  Council  of  People's  Com- 
missars of  the  U.S.S.R.  and  People's  Commissar  of  Foreign 
Affairs  at  the  Extraordinary  Fifth  Session  of  the  Supreme 
•  Soviet  of  the  U.S.S.R.,  Oct.  31,  1939.  See  especially  pp. 
14-15. 

"Nasi-Soviet  Relations,  1939-19 J,l,  pp.  144-194. 

""  Ibid.,  pp.  160-161. 

'°/6(f/.,  pp.  207-213. 

""  Ibid.,  pp.  216-217. 

"^  Ibid.,  pp.  217-225. 

"Ibid.,  pp.  226-234. 

'"  Ibid.,  pp.  234-247. 

"  Ibid.,  pp.  247-2.34. 

"  Ibid.,  pp.  257-258. 

"Nazi  Conspiracy  and  Aggression,  vol.  Ill,  pp.  403-407. 

^Ibid.,  vol.  VI,  pp.  977-1002.  There  is  no  verification 
of  this  item  in  the  German  accounts  of  the  Molotov  con- 
versations in  Berlin. 


'"■yaziSnviet  Relations,  1939-19',!.  pp.  258-259.  In 
studying  tliis  proposal,  which  Molotov  considered  defini- 
tive and  referred  to  a  number  of  times  later,  it  is  well  to 
bear  in  mind  Imperial  Russia's  historic  position  as  to 
the  Straits  as  registered  in  the  treaties  of  1798,  1805,  and 
1833  and  the  Charykov  proposal  of  1911-12,  as  well  as 
the  Soviet-Turkish  treaties  of  1921  and  1922  and  the 
Soviet  support  of  claims  to  tlie  Kars-Ardahan  region  in 
1946.  This  claim  was  supported  by  the  Soviet  Representa- 
tive, Mr.  Vysbinsky,  in  tlie  Political  and  Security  Com- 
mittee of  the  General  As.sembly  of  the  United  Nations 
on  Oct.  24,  1947.  For  convenient  reference  to  the  treaties 
cited  above  see  Harry  N.  Howard,  The  Problem  of  the 
Turkish  Straits  (Department  of  State  publication  2752, 
Near  Eastern  Series  5),  pp.  14-29. 

'"  Tliis  proposal  should  be  compared  with  the  Soviet 
notes  concerning  the  Straits  on  Aug.  7  and  Sept.  24,  1046, 
and  the  American,  British,  and  Turkish  replies  during 
this  period.  It  will  be  noted  that  the  proposals  are  sub- 
stantially identical.  For  convenience  see  The  Problem  of 
the  Turkish  Straits,  pp.  47-68. 

"  It  is  probable  that  the  Soviet  position  with  respect  to 
Iran,  1045,  and  later,  should  be  considered  in  the  light  of 
the  Novemlier  1940  position  of  the  Soviet  Union  as  well  as 
in  the  light  of  the  long  historic  past. 

^Nazi-Soviet  Relation.^  1939-19J,1,  pp.  264-269. 

™/6i(i.,  pp.  278-279. 

"/6/rf.,  pp.  281-316. 

"  :Sazi  Conspiracy  and  Aggression,  vol.  IV,  pp.  278-279, 
475-477;  vol.  VI,  pp.  938-939:  vol.  VIII,  pp.  70-72. 

"=  Nazi-Soviet  Relations,  1939-19.1,1,  pp.  316-320,  323-324, 
326-327. 

■"  Ibid.,  pp.  333-334 ;  Nazi  Conspiracy  and  Aggression, 
vol.  Ill,  pp.  633-634. 

"The  Yugoslav  and  Greek  problems  were  discussed 
at  Vienna  on  Apr.  22,  1941.  Bulgaria  claimed  not  only 
Yugoslav  Macedonia  and  Western  Thrace  but  also 
Salonika.  Von  Papen  claims  to  have  prevented  Bulgarian 
occupation  of  Salonika,  because,  among  other  things,  it 
would  have  made  relations  with  Turkey  ditfieult. 

"  Nazi  Conspiracy  and  Aggression,  vol.  IV,  pp.  499-508, 
for  minutes  of  conference. 

"  This  account  is  based  on  the  Soviet  publication  of 
German  documents,  Qermanskaia  Politika  v.  Turtsii, 
1941-1943,  published  in  August  1946  while  the  Soviet 
Union  was  making  demands  on  the  Straits. 

"  Ibid.,  no.  7.  See  also  ibid.,  nos.  1-G,  for  background. 
At  one  point  Germany  was  willing  to  promise  Turkey 
territorial  rectifications  in  the  region  of  EdirncS,  along 
the  Greek-Turkish  Thracian  frontier,  and  in  the  Aegean 
Islands. 

"Nazi-Sotyiet  Relations.  1939-19/,1,  pp.  347-349,  355-357, 
and  Nazi  Conspiracy  and  Aggression,  vol.  VI,  pp.  977-1002. 

"Doc.  no.  456-PS,  Office  of  U.S.  Chief  of  Counsel  for 
tlie  Prosecution  of  Axis  Criminality. 

'^  Germanskttia  Politika  v.  Turtsii,  nos.  10-15,  and 
Anthony  Eden's  statement  in  the  House  of  Commons  on 


July    18,    J  948 


77 


Footnotes — Continued 


Jan.  8,  1942,  following  his  return  from  Moscow  {Parlia- 
mentary Debates,  House  of  Commons,  vol.  377,  col.  373). 
■"  Oermanskaia  Politika  v.  TurtsH,  nos.  12  and  17. 

''  Ibid.  no.  16. 

"'For  text  of  conversation,  see  Bullethn  of  July  14, 
1946,  pp.  57-63. 

"  Germanskaia  Politika  v.  Turtsii,  nos.  22-36. 

'^  See  Mr.  Churchill's  address  to  the  House  of  Commons 
on  Feb.  11,  1943,  Parliamentary  Debates,  Official  Report, 
House  of  Commons,  vol.  386,  cols.  1467-1488. 

"  Department  of  State  press  release  240,  Mar.  24,  1947. 

"  Bulletin  of  Dec.  11, 1943,  p.  412. 

^Parliamentary  Debates,  House  of  Convmons,  vol.  400, 
cols.  762-786.  See  also  Mr.  Eden's  address  to  the  House 
of  Commons,  Dec.  14,  1943. 

During  this  period  the  German  military  estimates  of 
the  Turkish  position  indicated  that  while  Turkey  had  re- 


mained neutral,  the  closer  Soviet  armies  came  to  the 
Balkans,  the  more  difficult  Turkey's  position  would  be. 
Turkey's  position  was  dominated  by  the  Straits  question ; 
she  had  expansionist  claims.  Nevertheless,  if  Turkey 
changed  its  position,  enemy  operations  against  the  Bul- 
garian-Rumanian Black  Sea  coast  would  have  to  be  taken 
into  account  (Kazi  Conspiracy  and  Aggression,  vol.  VII, 
pp.  949-952,  954-955). 

"  Parliamentary  Debates,  Official  Report,  House  of  Com- 
mons, vol.  400,  cols.  1986-1988.  The  vessels  in  question 
included  K.T.  ships  of  about  800  tons,  carrying  two  3.7 
inch  guns  and  machine  gims,  an  E.M.S.  craft  of  about  40 
or  50  tons,  with  a  normal  armament  of  one  three  pounder, 
machine  guns,  and  depth  charges.  See  also  the  Soviet 
note  of  Aug.  7,  1946,  and  the  Turkish  reply  of  Aug.  22, 
1946,  in  The  Problem  of  the  Turkish  Straits,  pp.  47-55, 
and  the  discussion,  pp.  36-45. 

""  BuTLLETiN  Of  Mar.  4,  1945,  p.  373. 


Current  United  Nations  Documents:  A  Selected  Bibliography ' 


Economic  and  Social  Council 

Report  of  the  Secretary-General  on  the  Activities  of  the 
Specialised  Agencies,  Inter-Governmental  Organisa- 
tions, Non-Governmental  Organisations  and  United 
Nations  Organs  in  the  Fields  of  Housing  and  Town 
and  Country  Planning.  E/S02,  June  4,  1948.  23  pp. 
mimeo. 

Report  of  the  International  Telecommunication  Union. 
E/812,  June  10,  1948.    12  pp.    mimeo. 

Second  Report  of  the  International  Labour  Organisation 
of  the  United  Nations.  E/810,  June  9,  1948.  [Cover- 
ing document  states  Secretary-General  has  received 
report ;  attached  is  Iix)  printed  report.    138  pp.] 

Report  on  the  Progress  and  Prospect  of  Repatriation,  Re- 
settlement and  Immigration  of  Refugees  and  Dis- 
placed Persons.    E/816,  June  10, 1948.    67  pp.    mimeo. 

Translation  of  the  Classics.  Report  of  the  United  Nations 
Educational,  Scientific  and  Cultural  Organization. 
E/823,  June  16,  1948.    16  pp.    mimeo. 

Communication  Dated  3  June  1948  from  the  Preparatory 
Commission  for  the  International  Refugee  Organiza- 
tion to  the  Secretary-General  Proposing  Action  for  the 
Co-ordination  of  Procedures  for  Declarations  of  Death 
and  Enclosing  a  Survey  of  the  Problem.  E/824,  June 
15,  1948.    17  pp.    mimeo. 


"  Printed  materials  may  be  secured  in  the  United  States 
from  the  International  Documents  Service,  Columbia 
University  Press,  2960  Broadway,  New  York  City.  Other 
materials  (mimeographed  or  processed  documents)  may 
be  consulted  at  certain  designated  libraries  in  the  United 
States. 

78 


Official  Records— Third  Year: 

Sixth  Session.  Supplement  No.  3.  Report  of  the  Sta- 
tistical Commission.    E/577.    20  pp.    Printed.    20^. 

Supplement  No.  3A,  Report  of  the  Sub-Commission 

on     Statistical     Sampling.       E/CN.3/37.       18    pp. 
printed.     20^. 

Seventh  Session.  Supplement  No.  3.  Report  of  the 
Transport  and  Communications  Commission.  E/7S9. 
30  pp.    printed.    30^. 

United  Nations  International  Children's  Emergency  Fund. 
Report  of  the  Executive  Board  on  the  Nineteenth 
through  Twenty-fifth  Meetings  Held  at  Lake  Success, 
9-12  March  1948.  E/ICEF/56,  Mar.  25,  1948.  43  pp. 
mimeo. 

Programme  Committee.  Note  by  the  Executive  Di- 
rector on  Utilization  of  New  Resources.  E/ICEF/57, 
Apr.  15,  1948.     8  pp.     mimeo. 

Report  of  the  International  Health  Conference  Held  in 
New  York  from  19  June  to  22  July  1946.    E/772,  Mar. 

11,  1947.     iv,  71  pp.     Printed.     750. 

Commission  on  Narcotic  Drugs.  Summary  of  Annual 
Reports  of  Governments  for  1945.  E/NR  1945/Suin- 
mary.     iv,  54  pp.     Printed.     500. 

Official  Records,  Second  Year :  Fourth  Session.  Supple- 
ment No.  7.  Report  of  the  Social  Commission.  41 
pp.     Printed.     400. 

Supplement  No.  9.  First  Report  of  the  Secretary- 
General  on  activities  under  the  Resolution  on  Relief 
Needs  after  the  termination  of  Unkea.  E/269,  Feb. 
21,  1947.     29  pp.     Printed.     300. 

Supplement  No.  10.    Report  of  the  Working  Group  for 

Asia    and    the    Par    East.     E/307/Rev.     1,    Mar.    4, 
1947.     81  pp.     Printed.     800. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS  AND  SPECIALIZED  AGENCIES 
Reaffirming  the  Policy  of  the  United  States  in  the  United  Nations 

TEXT  OF  SENATE  RESOLUTION  239  OF  JUNE  11' 


Wliereas  peace  with  justice  and  the  defense  of 
luuuan  rights  and  fundamental  freedoms  require 
international  cooperation  through  more  effective 
u?;e  of  the  United  Nations :  Therefore  be  it 

Resolved,  That  the  Senate  reatlirm  the  policy 
of  the  United  States  to  achieve  international  peace 
and  security  tlirough  the  United  Xations  so  that 
armed  force  shall  not  be  used  except  in  the  common 
interest,  and  that  the  President  be  advised  of  the 
sense  of  the  Senate  that  this  Government,  by  con- 
stitutional process,  should  particularly  pursue  the 
following  objectives  within  the  United  Nations 
Charter: 

(1)  Voluntary  agi-eement  to  remove  the  veto 
from  all  questions  involving  pacific  settlements  of 
international  disputes  and  situations,  and  from 
the  admission  of  new  members. 

(2)  Progressive  development  of  regional  and 
other  collective  arrangements  for  individual  and 
collective  self-defense  in  accordance  with  the  pur- 
poses, principles,  and  provisions  of  the  Charter. 


(3)  Association  of  the  United  States,  by  consti- 
tutional process,  with  such  regional  and  other  col- 
lective arrangements  as  are  based  on  continuous 
and  effective  self-help  and  mutual  aid,  and  as  affect 
its  national  security. 

(4)  Contributing  to  the  maintenance  of  peace 
by  making  clear  its  determination  to  exercise  the 
right  of  individual  or  collective  self-defense  under 
article  51  should  any  armed  attack  occur  affecting 
its  national  security. 

(5)  Maximum  efforts  to  obtain  agi-eements  to 
provide  the  United  Nations  with  armed  forces  as 
l^rovided  by  the  Charter,  and  to  obtain  agreement 
among  member  nations  upon  universal  regulation 
and  reduction  of  armaments  under  adequate  and 
dependable  guaranty  against  violation. 

(6)  If  necessary,  after  adequate  effort  toward 
strengthening  the  United  Nations,  review  of  the 
Charter  at  an  appropriate  time  by  a  General  Con- 
ference called  imder  article  109  or  by  the  General 
Assembly. 


CONCLUSIONS 


The  committee  on  May  19,  1948,  by  a  vote  of  13 
to  0,  approved  the  resolution.  It  recommends  its 
prompt  adoption.  The  major  reasons  for  the  ac- 
tion of  the  committee  are  summarized  below : 

1.  A  constructive  program  for  the  strengthening 
of  the  United  Nations  is  essential  for  world  peace. 
To  this  end,  a  clear  expression  of  the  Senate's  views 
on  the  objectives  which  the  United  States  should 
pursue  will  support  the  efforts  of  the  executive 
branch  in  the  United  Nations  and  will  make  clear 
to  world  opinion  the  unity  of  this  Govenunent  in 
regard  to  this  program. 

2.  The  United  States  cannot  ignore  the  security 
aspect  of  world  recovery.  European  recovery  in- 
volves not  only  the  economic  elements  covered  by 
recentl)-  enacted  legislation,  but  also  international 
security  considerations.  These  considerations 
have  fundamental  bearing  alike  upon  successful 
economic  recovery  and  upon  world  peace. 

3.  World  peace — the  paramount  objective  of  the 
United  States — can  and  should  be  bulwarked  by 
the  development  of  regional  and  other  collective 

iu\y    18,    J  948 


arrangements  among  free  nations  for  their  self- 
defense  consistent  with  the  Charter.  Association 
of  the  United  States,  by  constitutional  process, 
with  such  arrangements  as  affect  our  national  se- 
curity and  as  are  founded  ujion  the  practical  prin- 
ciple of  continuous  and  effective  self-help  and 
mutual  aid  will  promote  the  security  of  all  mem- 
bers of  such  arrangements,  including  our  own. 

4.  The  time  is  opportune  for  the  United  States 
to  contribute  to  the  maintenance  of  peace  by  mak- 
ing clear  now  its  determination  to  defend  itself 
against  any  armed  attack  affecting  its  national  se- 
curity, by  exercise  of  the  right  of  individual  and 
collective  self-defense  recognized  in  the  Charter. 
Certainty  in  advance  concerning  this  intention  on 
the  part  of  the  United  States  should  constitute  a 
vital  factor  in  deterring  aggression. 

.5.  Maximum  efforts  to  complete  the  enforce- 
ment machinery  of  the  United  Nations  and  to 

'  Reported  in  the  Seriate  on  May  19,  1948,  by  Arthur  H. 
Vaiidenhtrg,  Chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Foreign 
Relations  (S.  Rept.  1301,  80th  Cong.,  2d  sess.). 

79 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS   AND   SPECIALIZED    AGENCIES 

achieve  universal  regulation  and  reduction  of 
armaments,  with  effective  safeguards,  is  obligatory 
upon  every  faithful  member  of  the  United  Na- 
tions. The  United  States  should  continue  to  make 
vigorous  efforts  to  this  end. 

The  United  Nations  is  the  forum  of  negotiation 
of  58  nations.  It  is  available  daily  to  assist  its 
members  to  resolve  difficult  issues  between  them. 
It  will  grow  stronger  only  as  members  strive  to 
improve  it,  to  use  its  resources,  to  conduct  their 
policies  in  accord  with  their  obligations  luider  its 
Charter.  It  is  the  considered  judgment  of  the 
committee  that  world  peace  with  justice  and  the 
defense  of  human  rights  and  fundamental  free- 
doms will  be  advanced  through  the  United  Nations 
strengthened  by  the  practical  steps  set  forth  in 
this  resolution. 


U.S.,  U.K.,  FRANCE,  CANADA,  AND  BENELUX 
COUNTRIES  DISCUSS  S.  RES.  239 


[Released  to  the  press  July  6] 

Tlie  Under  Secretary  of  State  on  July  6  received 
the  Ambassadors  of  the  United  Kingdom,  France, 
Canada,  and  the  Benelux  countries  for  an  informal 
and  exploratory  exchange  of  views  concerning 
jjroblems  of  common  interest  in  relation  to  the 
Senate  resolution  of  June  11, 1948.  These  conver- 
sations are  expected  to  continue  for  some  time. 
Since  they  are  purely  exploratory,  no  information 
concerning  the  substance  of  the  conversations  will 
be  made  public  until  such  time  as  decisions  may 
be  reached. 


Signing  of  Resolution  Providing  for  U.S.  Membersliip  in  WHO 


STATEMENT  BY  THE  PRESIDENT 


President  Truman  issued  the  following  state- 
ment on  June  14,  1948,  upon  the  occasion  of  his 
signing  the  joint  resolution  providing  for  United 
States  membership  in  the  World  Health  Organiza- 
tion and  the  instrument  of  acceptance  of  the  con- 
stitution of  the  World  Health  Organization,  the 
latter  necessary  for  deposit  with  the  United 
Nations. 

"I  have  today  signed  a  Joint  Resolution  provid- 
ing for  the  U.S.  membership  and  participation  in 
the  World  Health  Organization.  I  have  at  the 
same  time  signed  the  Instrument  of  Acceptance 
of  the  Constitution  of  the  World  Health  Organiza- 
tion, which  will  immediately  be  sent  to  the  United 
Nations  for  deposit. 

"In  viev/  of  the  long  liistory  of  effective  inter- 
national cooperation  in  the  field  of  health  which 
spares  us  the  haunting  fear  of  devastating  epi- 
demics of  cholera  and  plague,  we  can  look  to  the 
World  Healtli  Organization  with  hope  and  ex- 
pectation. While  performing  its  humane  service, 
it  will  at  the  same  time  contribute  to  general 
economic  improvement  through  the  progressive 
development  of  healthy,  alert,  productive  man- 
power. Tlie  world  economy  is  seriously  burdened, 
and  unnecessarily  so,  by  malaria,  tuberculosis  and 
other  controllable  diseases. 

"The  World  Health  Organization  can  help  con- 

80 


tribute  substantially  to  the  attainment  of  the 
healthy,  vigorous  citizenry  which  tlie  world  needs 
so  badly  today  and  tomorrow. 

"I  am  proud  to  have  signed  this  Joint  Resolution 
which  makes  it  possible  for  the  United  States  to 
continue  its  leadership  in  this  important  work.  In 
the  teclmical  field  of  health  we  hold  today  a  pre- 
eminent position.  We  must  and  will  give  freely 
of  our  great  knowledge  to  help  liberate  men  every- 
where from  the  overhanging  dread  of  prevent- 
able disease.  In  doing  so  through  the  Woi-ld 
Health  Organization  we  once  again  testify  to  our 
faith  in  the  United  Nations  as  the  gi-eat  instru- 
ment for  reaching  those  goals  of  common  under- 
standing and  mutual  helpfulness  among  nations 
which  alone  can  lead  to  peace  and  security  for  all 
peoples." 

In  view  of  some  of  the  provisions  included  by 
the  U.S.  Congress  in  the  joint  resolution,  the 
United  Nations  deferred  acceptance  of  the  deposit 
of  the  U.S.  instrument  of  acceptance  pending 
definitive  action  on  the  part  of  the  World  Health 
Assembly,  which  is  currently  in  session  in  Geneva. 
On  July  2,  1948,  the  Assembly  unanimously  ap- 
proved United  States  membership  in  the  World 
Health  Organization.  With  this  action,  member- 
ship in  the  AVno  has  reached  50. 

Deparimeni  of  State  Bulletin 


The  United  States  in  the  United  Nations 


Reports  on  Trust  Territories 

Examination  of  Australia's  annual  report  on  its 
administration  of  the  Trust  Territory  of  New 
Guinea  began  in  the  Trusteeship  Council  at  Lake 
Success  on  July  14.  J.  R.  Halligan,  Secretary  of 
the  Australian  Department  of  External  Terri- 
tories, came  from  Canberra  to  answer  the  CounciPs 
questions  about  the  written  report  and  to  provide 
any  additional  information  required. 

The  Council  had  previously  examined  the  Bel- 
gian report  on  Euanda-Urundi,  a  trust  territory' 
located  east  of  the  Belgian  Congo,  in  central 
Africa,  and  the  British  report  on  Tanganyika,  an 
east-African  territory  which  is  the  largest  and 
most  populous  of  the  10  former  League  mandates 
placed  under  U.  N.  trusteeship.  Drafting  com- 
mittees are  now  foi'mulating  the  observations  of 
the  Council  on  these  two  reports. 

Territories  on  which  reports  will  be  considered 
at  later  sessions  are  Togoland  and  the  Cameroons, 
under  British  and  French  administration,  Nauru, 
under  Australian  administration,  and  Western 
Samoa,  under  New  Zealand.  The  question  whether 
the  Trusteeship  Council  or  the  Security  Council 
will  examine  any  report  submitted  by  the  United 
States  on  the  Pacific  Islands  formerly  mandated 
to  Japan  depends  largely  on  the  still  unsettled 
issue  of  the  two  councils'  relations  regarding 
strategic  trusteeships.^ 

Reports  of  administering  authorities  are  written 
on  the  basis  of  a  questionnaire  formulated  by  the 
Trusteeship  Council.  They  cover  almost  every 
phase  of  political,  economic,  social,  and  educa- 
tional advancement  in  the  territories  and  indicate 
the  extent  to  which  the  administering  authority  is 
carrying  out  the  objectives  of  the  trusteeship  sys- 
tem laid  down  in  article  76  of  the  Charter. 

The  Council  has  closely  questioned  the  repre- 
sentatives of  the  administering  authorities.  Am- 
bassador Francis  B.  Sayre  of  the  United  States 
has  in  the  case  of  all  three  territories  expressed 
a  special  interest  in  educational  programs  for  the 
indigenous  peoples.  In  the  cases  of  both  Ruanda- 
Urundi  and  Tanganyika  he  urged  acceleration  of 
efforts  to  establish  universal  elementary  educa- 
tion for  indigenous  children  and  pointed  out  the 
necessity  for  increased  teacher  training.  Regard- 
ing Ruanda-Urundi,  Mr.  Sayre  said  he  thought  it 
desirable  for  the  Belgian  administration  to  estab- 
lish public  schools  to  complement  the  present 
mission  schools  and  to  insure  adequate  instruc- 
tional standards  for  all  schools  in  the  territory. 

July    18,    7948 


Discussion  of  the  New  Guinea  report  began  with 
consideration  of  a  plan  now  pending  in  the  Aus- 
tralian Parliament  for  consolidating  the  admin- 
istration of  the  trust  territory  with  tliat  of  the 
adjoining  Australian  territory  of  Papua.  Mx*. 
Sayre,  conceding  that  the  trusteeship  agreement 
authorized  such  an  arrangement,  expressed  once 
more  the  concern  of  the  United  States  that  admin- 
istrative unions  should  not  have  the  practical 
effect  of  impeding  the  operation  of  the  interna- 
tional trusteeship  system,  should  not  alter  the 
status  or  separate  identity  of  a  trust  territory,  and 
should  not  prevent  submission  to  the  Council  of 
information,  statistical  or  otherwise,  bearing  ex- 
pressly on  the  trust  territory. - 

The  1948  visiting  mission  of  the  Trusteeship 
Council,  composed  of  E.  W.  P.  Cliinnery.  of  Aus- 
tralia, Lin  Mou-sheng,  of  China,  Robert  E.  Wood- 
bridge,  of  Costa  Rica,  and  Henri  Laurentia,  of 
France,  left  Lake  Success  July  15  for  East  Africa. 
The  mission  will  travel  in  Ruanda-Urundi  and 
Tanganyika  until  mid-September  and  will  report 
to  the  Council  by  October  31. 

Palestine 

Count  Folke  Bernadotte,  the  U.N.  mediator  in 
Palestine,  appeared  before  the  Security  Council 
July  13  to  make  a  personal  report  on  the  four- 
week  truce  which  expired  July  9  and  on  the  failure 
of  his  efforts  to  have  it  extended. 

The  same  day  Philip  C.  Jessup  of  the  United 
States  introduced  a  draft  resolution  which  was 
ado23ted  by  the  Council  late  on  July  15  with  some 
amendments  and  with  a  few  changes  proposed  by 
the  United  States  to  meet  some  of  the  criticisms 
made  during  three  days  of  debate. 

In  final  form  the  resolution  called  for  a  cease- 
fire in  Palestine  under  article  40,  to  be  effective 
within  three  days;  declared  that  noncompliance 
would  lead  to  consideration  of  further  action  un- 
der chapter  VII ;  ordered  an  immediate  cease-fire 
in  Jerusalem ;  instructed  the  mediator  to  work  for 
the  demilitarization  of  Jerusalem  and  to  continue 
his  supervision  of  truce  observance;  and  ruled 
that,  "subject  to  further  decision  by  the  Security 
Council  or  the  General  Assembly",  the  truce  shall 
remain  in  force  until  the  Palestine  situation  is 
I^eacefully  adjusted. 

In  introducing  the  U.S.  draft  resolution,  Mr. 
Jessup  said  the  mediator's  report  made  it  clear 


'  BULMTIN  of  July  4, 1948,  p.  15,  and  June  27, 1948,  p.  830. 
'  Bulletin  of  July  4,  1048,  p.  15. 

81 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS   AND   SPECIALIZED   AGENCIES 

that  the  Security  Council  must  face  its  responsi- 
bility and  order  the  fighting  to  stop.  By  deciding 
that  the  truce  should  stay  in  force  until  a  peaceful 
settlement  was  effected,  Mr.  Jessup  said,  the  Coun- 
cil would  make  it  clear  "that  it  insists  that  the 
Palestine  problem  is  not  to  be  solved  by  force." 

The  Council  voted  separately  on  each  of  the 
resolution's  12  paragraphs.  The  paragraph  order- 
ing an  immediate  cease-fire  in  Jerusalem  was 
adojjted  unanimously.  Composition  of  the  major- 
ities which  passed  other  paragraphs  varied  con- 
siderably. The  fact  that  the  U.S.S.R.  and  the 
Ukraine  voted  for  several  paragraplis  on  which 
China  and  Argentina  abstained,  and  vice  versa, 
assured  jmssage  of  a  number  of  paragraphs  whose 
fate  had  been  in  doubt.  On  final  passage  of  the 
resolution  as  a  whole,  the  vote  was  seven  in  favor 
(Ca^nada,  China,  Colombia,  Belgium,  France, 
U.K.,  U.S.),  Syria  against,  and  three  abstentions 
(Argentina,  Ukraine,  and  the  U.S.S.R.). 

Charter  Revision 

The  Interim  Committee  adopted  on  July  9  a 
proi^osal  by  Jose  Arce  of  Argentina  that  it  ask 
the  General  Assembly  to  consider  calling  a  general 
conference  of  U.N.  members  to  review  the  Charter. 
The  vote  was  19-7  with  10  abstentions,  including 
that  of  China.  The  United  States,  United  King- 
dom, and  France  voted  no,  Joseph  E.  Johnson,  of 
the  United  States,  arguing  that  a  general  confer- 
ence at  this  time  would  be  ineffective. 

Economic  and  Social  Council 

The  Economic  and  Social  Council  will  open  its 
seventh  session  at  Geneva  on  July  19  with  a  record 
agenda  of  .50  items.  In  the  social  field,  the  Council 
will  consider  the  completed  draft  of  the  Declara- 
tion of  Human  Rights,  a  draft  convention  on  the 
crime  of  genocide,  and  a  survey  of  forced  labor  and 
measures  for  its  abolition.  Among  the  economic 
items  for  the  Council's  consideration  are  reports 
from  the  various  regional  economic  connnissions, 
including  the  report  of  the  ad  hoc  committee  on  the 
factors  bearing  upon  the  establishment  of  an 
Economic  Commission  for  the  Middle  East  and  the 
principle  of  equal  pay  for  equal  work.  The  U.  S. 
Delegation  will  be  headed  by  Willard  L.  Thorp, 
Assistant  Secretary  of  State  "for  economic  affairs, 
with  Leroy  D.  Stinebower,  Special  Assistant  to  the 
Assistant  Secretary,  and  Walter  M.  Kotschnig, 
Chief  of  the  Division  of  United  Nations  EconomTc 
and  Social  Affairs,  serving  as  Deputy  U.  S.  Rei> 
resentatives. 

Health  Assembly 

The  first  World  Health  Assembly,  which  opened 
in  Geneva  on  June  2J:,  approved  tiie  recommenda- 
tions of  its  Program  Committee  to  set  up  interna- 
tional programs  for  malaria,  maternal  and  child 
health,  tuberculosis,  and  venereal  disease.     The 

82 


Program  Committee  has  also  recommended  con- 
tinuation and  expansion  of  the  network  of  epi- 
demic-control services.  The  Assembly  also  ap- 
proved a  committee  recommendation  providing 
for  the  establishment  of  five  World  Health  Or- 
ganization regional  offices  in  the  eastern  Mediter- 
ranean, western  Pacific,  southeast  Asia,  Europe, 
and  Africa,  when  the  consent  of  members  in  the 
area  is  obtained.  A  Latin  American  regional  office 
was  not  included  because  of  current  negotiations 
designed  to  integrate  the  Pan  American  Sanitary 
Bureau  with  Who.  The  United  States  was  elected 
a  member  of  the  Who  Executive  Board  by  the  As- 
sembly on  July  13. 

Labor  Conference 

The  International  Labor  Organization  con- 
cluded its  Thirty-first  Conference  in  San  Fran- 
cisco on  July  10,  approving  two  new  conventions 
and  revising  two  earlier  ones.  Of  the  two  new 
conventions,  one  would  guarantee  freedom  of  as- 
sociation to  workers  and  employers  and  the  other 
requires  governments  to  maintain  free  public  em- 
ployment services.  These  conventions  will  be  sub- 
mitted to  member  states  of  the  ILO  for  ratifi- 
cation. 

Revisions  were  made  of  two  earlier  interna- 
tional conventions  concerning  night  work  for 
women  and  for  young  persons,  providing  for  more 
liberal  interpretations  of  these  treaties.  The  Con- 
ference also  agreed  to  discuss  labor  clauses  in 
public  contracts,  protection  of  worker's  earnings, 
and  the  general  question  of  wages,  at  its  1949  con- 
ference, as  well  as  other  labor  items.  The  Con- 
ference gave  final  approval  to  a  resolution  re- 
questing the  ILO's  Governing  Body  to  consult 
with  the  competent  U.N.  organs  to  examine  the 
measures  necessary  to  insure  the  safeguarding  of 
freedom  of  association.  The  Conference  voted  to 
hold  its  1949  session  in  Geneva. 

India-Pakistan  Dispute 

The  U.N.  Commission  on  India  and  Pakistan 
arrived  in  Karachi  on  July  7  and  paid  an  informal 
visit  on  the  following  day  to  the  Pakistani  Prime 
Minister  and  Foreign  Minister.  The  Commission 
held  its  first  formal  meeting  in  New  Delhi  on 
July  13,  after  having  called  on  the  Indian  Prime 
Minister  and  Governor-General. 

U.  S.  Representation 

President  Truman,  by  recess  appointment, 
named  H.  Merle  Cochran,  U.S.  Foreign  Service 
officer  with  the  rank  of  career  minister,  to  succeed 
Coert  duBois  as  the  U.S.  Representative  on  the 
Security  Council's  Committee  of  Good  Offices  in 
Indonesia.  Mr.  duBois  asked  to  be  relieved  of  his 
duties  because  of  illness.  Mr.  Cochran  has  been  a 
Foreign  Service  officer  since  1914,  except  for  one 
brief  interruption. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


INTERNATIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS  AND  CONFERENCES 


Report  on  Sixth  Meeting  of  Preparatory  Commission  for  IRO 

by  George  L.  Warren 


The  PrepiH-alory  Commission  for  tlie  Interna- 
tional l\cfu<iee  Organization  met  for  the  sixth  time 
at  Geneva  on  May  4,  IMS}  The  purpose  of  the 
meetinji  was  to  consider  tlie  status  of  adlierences 
to  the  Iro  constitution,  to  examine  financial  re- 
ports, to  receive  the  report  of  the  Executive  Secre- 
tarj-,  and  to  take  such  action  thereon  as  might  be 
indicated.  The  Conmiission  had  assumed  operat- 
ing responsibilities  on  behalf  of  Iro  on  July  1, 
1947,  for  the  care,  repatriation,  and  resettlement 
of  refugees. 

The  Commission  was  advised  that  since  the  last 
meeting  the  Governments  of  Argentina,  Belgium 
and  France  had  deposited  certificates  of  ratifica- 
tion to  the  Iro  constitution  with  the  Secretary- 
Geneial  of  the  United  Nations,  thus  bringing  the 
number  of  adherences  to  Iro  to  14.  The  adherence 
of  one  additional  government  is  required  in  order 
to  bring  tlie  Iko  into  being.  The  total  percentage 
of  governments'  contributions  is  now  76.74  percent. 
The  Brazilian  Delegate  announced  that  a  working 
agreement  had  been  satisfactorily  concluded  be- 
tween his  government  and  the  Preparatory  Com- 
mission and  that  ratification  legislation  had  been 
presented  to  tlie  Brazilian  Congress.  He  ex- 
pressed the  hope  that  Brazil  might  complete  its 
adherence  before  the  next  meeting  of  the  Commis- 
sion. The  Commission  was  also  advised  that  the 
Governments  of  Denmark,  Sweden,  and  Venezuela 
are  giving  serious  consideration  to  adherence. 

At  the  opening  of  the  meeting  the  Executive 
Secretary  appealed  to  the  governments  to  act  more 
generously  in  receiving  displaced  persons,  stating 
that  he  regarded  the  current  rate  of  movement  in 
resettlement  as  inadequate  to  resolve  the  problem 
of  displaced  persons  within  the  anticipated  time 
of  three  years. 

During  the  meeting  the  Commission  was  ad- 
dressed by  Hector  McNeil,  ]M.P.,  :Minister  of  State 
of  the  United  Kingdom,  and  by  Pierre  Schneiter, 
French  Secretary  of  State  for  German  and 
Austrian  Affairs.  Mr.  McNeil  promised  the  con- 
tinuing support  of  his  government  in  the  efforts  of 
the  Commission,  and  Mr.  Schneiter  proposed  the 
bodily  transfer  to  other  countries  of  assembly 
centers  in  which  displaced  persons  are  housed  in 
accordance  with  a  plan  of  fair  distribution.  He 
suggested  that  the  Preparatory  Connnission  could 
continue  its  efforts  at  resettlement  in  the  countries 
to  which  the  centers  might  be  transferred  and 
argued  that  tlie  pi-oposed  transfer  of  the  centers 
would  contribute  substantially  to  the  peace  and 
order  of  central  Europe. 

Jvly    18,    7948 


The  Commission  noted  the  fact  that  the  im- 
possibility of  conclusively  establishing  the  decease 
of  large  numbers  of  war  victims  was  proving  an 
obstacle  to  the  accomplishment  of  many  legal  ac- 
tions which  relatives  of  these  persons  require  to 
execute.  Hence  the  Commission  i-eferred  to  the 
Economic  and  Social  Council  the  question  of  the 
wisdom  of  drafting  an  international  convention 
as  a  measure  of  relief  for  the  persons  concerned. 

The  Commission  also  approved  a  draft  agree- 
ment of  relationship  between  the  United  Nations 
and  the  Iro  based  on  the  standarcl  text  for  such 
agreements,  and  appointed  a  negotiating  commit- 
tee consisting  of  the  delegates  from  Brazil,  Canada, 
China,  and  Norway  to  conduct  negotiations  with  a 
similar  committee  of  the  Economic  and  Social 
Council  during  its  seventh  session  in  Geneva  in  the 
summer  of  1948. 

The  Commission  also  considered  the  financial 
report  and  statements  for  the  six  months'  period 
ending  December  31,  1947,  which  showed  total 
income  as  of  that  date  to  be  $43,913,680 ;  expendi- 
tures, $33,441,922 ;  and  cash  on  hand,  $10,471,758. 
The  balance  sheet  showed  assets  of  $21,607,210, 
liabilities  of  $20,869,630,  and  an  excess  of  funds 
received  over  funds  applied  of  $737,580.  The 
Commission  took  note  of  the  financial  report  and 
statements  and  was  advised  by  the  Executive  Sec- 
retary that  every  effort  would  be  made  to  present 
to  the  next  meeting  of  the  Commission  an  audited 
financial  report  for  the  period  ending  June  30, 
1948.  The  Commission,  recognizing  that  it  would 
not  reconvene  before  June  30, 1948,  and  that  it  was 
not  feasible  for  the  Executive  Secretary  to  present 
at  the  current  meeting  a  plan  of  expenditures 
based  on  anticipated  income  for  the  fiscal  year 
1948-49,  authorized  the  Executive  Secretary  to 
make  administrative  and  operational  expenditures 
in  the  period  from  July  1  to  September  30,  1948, 
at  a  rate  equal  to  one  fourth  of  the  respective  ex- 
penditures in  the  administrative  and  operational 
budgets  for  the  present  fiscal  year.  The  Com- 
mission also  authorized  the  Executive  Secretary  to 
include  for  expenditure  during  the  above  period 
amounts  he  deemed  prudent  from  any  fmids  that 
might  be  carried  forward  from  the  fiscal  year 
1947-48  in  accordance  with  paragraph  1  of  annex 
II  to  the  constitution. 


'  For  the  report  of  the  fifth  meeting  of  the  Preparatory 
Commission  for  Ibo,  see  Bulletin  of  Apr.  4,  1948,  p.  4-)l. 

83 


ACTIVITieS   AND  DBVELOPMENTS 

The  Commission  considered  the  recommenda- 
tions made  by  the  Executive  Secretary  in  his  report 
on  the  repatriation  and  resettlement  policy  of  the 
Organization  to  the  effect  that  the  realization  of  a 
"fair  share"  plan  should  continue  to  be  pursued. 
The  Commission  urged  upon  receiving  countries 
the  most  generous  methods  of  selection,  the  maxi- 
mum feasible  relaxation  of  immigration  require- 
ments, recognition  of  the  family  unit  in  selection, 
and  the  adoption  of  measures  of  selection  minimiz- 
ing the  return  of  refugees  and  displaced  persons 
from  receiving  countries.  The  Commission  noted 
that  the  two  main  factors  retarding  the  rate  of  re- 
settlement were  inadequacy  of  ocean  shipping  and 
lack  of  housing  facilities,  pai'ticularly  in  western 
European  receiving  countries. 

The  Connnission  considered  the  Executive  Sec- 
retary's report  on  progress  made  during  the  period 
January  to  April  1948  with  respect  to  financial 
administration,  agreements  with  governments, 
eligibility,  health,  care  and  maintenance,  supply 
and  transport,  repatriation,  resettlement,  legal  and 
other  protection,  and  administration.  Particu- 
lar attention  was  given  to  the  needs  of  the  Organi- 
zation with  respect  to  shipping  and  all  government 
members  were  requested  to  re-examine  the  possi- 
bilities of  making  more  ships  available  to  the 
Commission. 

The  Commission  recessed  on  May  12,  1948,  to 
reconvene  on  or  about  August  20,  1948,  for  the 
purpose  of  convening  the  General  Council  of  the 
Iro  on  or  about  August  23,  1948.  It  was  as- 
sumed that  the  constitution  of  the  Organization 
would  come  into  force  before  that  date.  On  invi- 
tation of  the  Executive  Secretary  the  United  States 
Delegate  addressed  the  headquarters  staff  of  the 
Preparatory  Commission  May  15,  1948,  after  the 
Commission  had  adjourned. 

U.S.  DELEGATION  TO  NORTH  PACIFIC  REGION- 
AL AIR  NAVIGATION  MEETING  OF  ICAO 

[  Released  to  the  pi-ess  July  7] 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  July  7 
the  composition  of  the  United  States  Delegation 
to  the  North  Pacific  Eegional  Air  Navigation 
Meeting  of  the  International  Civil  Aviation  Or- 
ganization (IcAo),  scheduled  to  convene  at  Seattle 
on  July  13, 1948.  The  United  States  Delegation  is 
as  follows : 

Chairman 

Clifford  P.  Burton,  Chief  of  Technical  Mission,  Civil  Aero- 
nautics Administration,  Department  of  Commerce 

Me7n'bcrs 

Luther  R.  Hayes,  Adviser,  International  Telecommunica- 
tions Standards,  Civil  Aeronautics  Administration, 
Department  of  Commerce 

Donald  C.  House,  Assistant  Chief,  International  Aviation 
Section,  United  States  Weather  Bureau,  Department 
of  Commerce 

84 


Lt.  Comdr.  .J.  D.  McCuhbin,  U.  S.  C.  G.,  Search  and  Rescue 
Agency,  Department  of  the  Treasury 

Raymond  P.  Nicholson,  Representative,  Flight  Operations, 
Civil  Aeronautics  Administration,  Department  of 
Commerce 

Francis  J.  Rhody,  Special  Adviser  to  the  Assistant  Ad- 
ministrator for  Airports,  Civil  Aeronautics  Adminis- 
tration, Department  of  Commerce 

Walter  B.   Swanson,  Adviser,   International   Air   TraflSc 
Control  Standards,  Civil  Aeronautics  Administration,    | 
Department  of  Commerce 

Advisers 

James  S.  Anderson,  Vice  President-International,  Aero- 
nautical Radio,  Inc.,  Washington,  D.C. 

Oscar  Bakke,  Technical  Assistant,  International  Stand- 
ards Division,  Civil  Aeronautics  Board 

Capt.  F.  A.  Berry,  Jr.,  U.S.N.,  Officer  in  Charge,  U.S. 
Navy  Weather  Central,  Department  of  the  Navy 

James  D.  Durkee,  Chief,  International  Branch,  Aviation 
Division,  Federal  Communications  Commission 

Lt.  Comdr.  Benjamin  F.  Engel,  U.S.C.G.,  Communications 
Division,  Department  of  the  Treasury 

Mnj.  Grove  C.  Johnson,  U.S.A.P.,  Acting  Assistant  Chief, 
ICAO  Liaison  Section,  Department  of  the  Air  Force 

Victor  J.  Kayne,  IcAO-Air  Traffic  Control  Regional  Repre- 
sentative, Civil  Aeronautics  Administration,  Depart- 
ment of  Commerce 

Comdr.  Donald  E.  Macintosh,  Ic.\o  Coordinator,  Depart- 
ment of  the  Navy 

Lt.  Col.  Norman  J.  McGowan,  Chief,  Air  Surveillance 
Branch,  Directorate  of  Communications,  Hq.  U.S.A.F., 
Department  of  the  Air  Force 

John  R.  Mercer,  Chief,  Landing  Areas  Section,  Airways 
Engineering  Division,  Civil  Aeronautics  Administra- 
tion, Department  of  Commerce 

Donald  W.  Nyrop,  Operations  Division,  Air  Transport 
Association  of  America,  Washington,  D.C. 

George  L.  Rand,  Representative,  International  Telecom- 
munications Standards,  Civil  Aeronautics  Adminis- 
tration, Department  of  Commerce 

R.  D.  Shall,  Regional  Foreign  Staff  Officer,  Sixth  Region, 
Civil  Aeronautics  Administration,  Department  of 
Commerce 

Stenoffraphers 

E.  Vernice  Anderson,  Personal  Assistant  to  the  Assistant 
Secretary,  Office  of  the  Assistant  Secretary  for  Trans- 
portation and  Communications,  Department  of  State 

Mary  E.  Bean,  Administrative  Assi.stant,  Icao  Division, 
Civil    Aeronautics    Administration,    Department    of 

Commerce 

i 

The  purpose  of  the  meeting  is  to  examine  the 
problems  of  air  navigation  in  the  North  Pacific 
region.  The  delegates  will  prepare  a  plan  of  navi- 
gational services  and  facilities  needed  in  the  region 
to  assure  compliance  with  the  standards  estab- 
lished and  the  practices  reconnnended  by  the  Icao 
Council.  The  meeting  is  expected  to  last  from  two 
to  three  weeks. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 


U.S.  Protests  Soviet  Blockade  of  Berlin 

NOTE  FROM  SECRETARY   MARSHALL  TO  AMBASSADOR  PANYUSHKiN 

[Released  to  the  press  July  9]         States  woulcl  not  have  SO  withdrawn  its  troops 


July  6,  1048 
Excellency:  The  United  States  Government 
wishes  to  call  to  the  attention  of  the  Soviet  Gov- 
ernment the  extremely  serious  international  situa- 
tion which  has  been  brought  about  by  the  actions 
of  the  Soviet  Government  in  imposing  restrictive 
measures  on  transport  which  amount  now  to  a 
blockade  against  the  sectors  in  Berlin  occupied  by 
the  United  States,  United  Kingdom  and  France. 
The  United  States  Government  regards  these 
measures  of  blockade  as  a  clear  violation  of  exist- 
ing agreements  concerning  the  administration  of 
Berlin  by  the  four  occupying  powers. 

The  rights  of  the  United  States  as  a  joint  oc- 
cupying power  in  Berlin  derive  from  the  total  de- 
feat and  unconditional  surrender  of  Germany. 
The  international  agreements  undertaken  in  con- 
nection therewith  by  the  Governments  of  the 
United  States,  United  Kingdom,  France  and  the 
Soviet  Union  defined  the  zones  in  Germany  and 
the  sectors  in  Berlin  which  are  occupied  by  these 
powers.  They  established  the  quadripartite  con- 
trol of  Berlin  on  a  basis  of  friendly  cooperation 
wliich  the  Government  of  the  United  States  ear- 
nestly desires  to  continue  to  pursue. 
I  These  agreements  implied  the  right  of  free  ac- 
cess to  Berlin.  This  right  has  long  been  confirmed 
by  usage.  It  was  directly  specified  in  a  message 
sent  by  President  Truman  to  Premier  Stalin  on 
June  14,  1945,  which  agreed  to  the  withdrawal  of 
United  States  forces  to  the  zonal  boundaries,  pro- 
vided satisfactory  arrangements  could  be  entered 
into  between  the  military  commanders,  which 
would  give  access  by  rail,  i-oad  and  air  to  United 
States  forces  in  Berlin.  Premier  Stalin  replied 
on  June  16  suggesting  a  change  in  date  but  no 
other  alteration  in  the  plan  proposed  by  the  Presi- 
dent. Premier  Stalin  then  gave  assurances  that 
all  necessary  measures  would  be  taken  in  accord- 
ance with  the  plan.  Correspondence  in  a  similar 
sense  took  place  between  Premier  Stalin  and  Mr. 
Churchill.  In  accordance  with  this  understand- 
ing, the  United  States,  whose  armies  had  pene- 
trated deep  into  Saxony  and  Thuringia,  parts  of 
the  Soviet  zone,  withdrew  its  forces  to  its  own 
area  of  occupation  in  Germany  and  took  up  its 
position  in  its  own  sector  in  Berlin.  Thereupon 
the  agreements  in  regard  to  the  occupation  of  Ger- 
many and  Berlin  went  into  effect.    The  United 

July    18,    7948 


from  a  large  area  now  occupied  by  the  Soviet 
Union  had  there  been  any  doubt  whatsoever  about 
the  observance  of  its  agreed  right  of  free  access  to 
its  sector  of  Berlin.  The  right  of  the  United 
States  to  its  position  in  Berlin  thus  stems  from 
precisely  the  same  source  as  the  right  of  the  Soviet 
Union.  It  is  impossible  to  assert  the  latter  and 
deny  the  former. 

It  clearly  results  from  these  undertakings  that 
Berlin  is  not  a  part  of  the  Soviet  zone,  but  is  an 
international  zone  of  occupation.  Commitments 
entered  into  in  good  faith  by  the  zone  commanders, 
and  subsequently  confirmed  by  the  Allied  Control 
Authority,  as  well  as  practices  sanctioned  by 
usage,  guarantee  the  United  States  together  with 
other  powers,  free  access  to  Berlin  for  the  purpose 
of  fulfilling  its  responsibilities  as  an  occupying 
power.  The  facts  are  plain.  Their  meaning  is 
clear.  Any  other  interpretation  would  offend  all 
the  rules  of  comity  and  reason. 
■"In  order  that  there  should  be  no  misunder- 
standing whatsoever  on  this  point,  the  United 
States  Government  categorically  asserts  that  it  is 
in  occupation  of  its  sector  in  Berlin  with  free 
access  thereto  as  a  matter  of  established  right  de- 
riving from  the  defeat  and  surrender  of  Germany 
and  confirmed  by  formal  agreements  among  the 
principal  Allies.  It  further  declares  that  it  will 
not  be  induced  by  threats,  pressures  or  other 
actions  to  abandon  these  rights.  It  is  hoped  that 
the  Soviet  Government  entertains  no  doubts 
whatsoever  on  this  point. 

This  Government  now  shares  with  the  Govern- 
ments of  France  and  the  United  Kingdom  the  re- 
sponsibility initially  undertaken  at  Soviet  request 
on  July  7,  1945,  for  the  physical  well-bemg  ol 
2,400,000  persons  in  the  western  sectors  of  Berlin. 
Restrictions  recently  imposed  by  the  Soviet  au- 
thorities in  Berlin  have  operated  to  prevent  this 
Government  and  the  Governments  of  the  United 
Kingdom  and  of  France  from  fulfilling  that 
responsibility  in  an  adequate  manner. 

The  responsibility  which  this  Government 
bears  for  the  physical  well-being  and  the  safety  o± 
the  German  population  in  its  sector  of  Berlin  is 
outstandingly  humanitarian  in  character.  Ihis 
population  includes  hundreds  of  thousands  ot 
women  and  children,  whose  health  and  safety  are 
dependent  on  the  continued  use  of  adequate  facili- 
ties for  moving  food,  medical  supplies  and  other 

85 


THB   RECORD   OF   THE   WEEK 

items  indispensable  to  the  maintenance  of  human 
life  in  the  western  sectors  of  Berlin.  The  most 
elemental  of  these  human  rights  which  both  our 
Governments  are  solemnly  pledged  to  protect  are 
thus  placed  in  jeopardy  by  these  restrictions.  It 
is  intolerable  that  any  one  of  the  occupying  au- 
thorities should  attemjjt  to  impose  a  blockade  upon 
the  people  of  Berlin. 

The  United  States  Government  is  therefore 
obliged  to  insist  that  in  accordance  with  existing 
agreements  the  arrangements  for  the  movement  of 
freight  and  passenger  traffic  between  the  western 
zones  and  Berlin  be  fully  restored.  There  can  be 
no  question  of  delay  in  the  restoration  of  these 
essential  services,  since  the  needs  of  the  civilian 
population  in  the  Berlin  area  are  imperative. 

Holding  these  urgent  views  regarding  its  rights 
and  obligations  in  the  United  States  sector  of  Ber- 
lin, yet  eager  always  to  resolve  controversies  in  the 
spirit  of  fair  consideration  for  the  viewpoints  of 
all  concerned,  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  declares  that  duress  should  not  be  invoked 
as  a  method  of  attempting  to  dispose  of  any  dis- 
agreements which  may  exist  between  the  Soviet 
Government  and  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  in  respect  of  any  aspect  of  the  Berlin 
situation. 


Such  disagreements  if  any  should  be  settled  by 
negotiation  or  by  any  of  the  other  peaceful 
methods  provided  for  in  Article  33  of  the  Charter 
in  keejDing  with  our  mutual  pledges  as  coi:)artners 
in  the  United  Nations.  For  these  reasons  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  is  ready  as  a  first 
step  to  particii^ate  in  negotiations  in  Berlin  among 
the  four  Allied  Occupying  Authorities  for  the 
settlement  of  any  question  in  dispute  arising  out 
of  the  administration  of  the  city  of  Berlin.  It  is, 
however,  a  prerequisite  that  the  lines  of  communi- 
cation and  the  movement  of  persons  and  goods  be- 
tween the  United  Kingdom,  the  United  States  and 
the  French  sectors  in  Berlin  and  the  Western 
Zones  shall  have  been  fully  restored. 

Accept  [etc.] 


His  Excellency 

Alexander  S.  Pantushkin, 
Arnbassador  of  the  Union  of  Soviet 
Socialist  Republics. 


Reply  to  Polish  Protest  Concerning  Six-Power  Talks  on  Germany 


NOTE  FROM   UNDER  SECRETARY  LOVETT  TO  AMBASSADOR  WINIEWICZ 


[Released  to  the  press  July  7] 

July  6, 1948 
Excellency  :  I  have  the  honor  to  acknowledge 
the  receipt  of  your  note  No.  51/41/48  of  June  18, 
1948,  protesting  on  behalf  of  your  Government 
the  recommendations  resulting  from  the  Six- 
Power  talks  on  Germany,  recently  held  in  London, 
on  the  grounds  that  the  participants  were  "not 
competent  and  not  empowered  to  deal  with  these 
problems".  You  stressed  your  Government's  op- 
position to  many  of  the  recommendations  as  being 
contrary  to  existing  international  agreements  and 
your  Government's  belief  that  all  matters  involv- 
ing the  future  of  Germany  should  be  the  exclusive 
concern  of  the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers.  I 
noted  with  particular  interest  your  observation 
that  "any  possible  difficulties  in  reconciling  the 
positions  within  the  Council  cannot  be  insuper- 
able, if  all  the  Powers  will  abide  by  the  Potsdam 
agreements." 
I  need  hardly  remind  you  of  my  Government's 

86 


persistent  efforts  to  achieve  four-power  agreement 
on  Germany  on  the  basis  of  the  Potsdam  Agree- 
ment. I  discussed  this  point  in  my  note  to  you  of 
September  30,  1947,  in  connection  with  the  deci- 
sion to  revise  the  level  of  industi-y  in  the  Anglo- 
American  zone.  The  record  clearly  shows  that 
the  continuing  efforts  of  my  Government  to 
achieve  an  equitable  solution  of  the  German  prob- 
lem in  the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers  and  in 
the  Allied  Control  Council  in  Berlin  have  been 
fruitless  largely  as  a  result  of  the  intransigent 
attitude  of  one  of  the  occupying  powers.  The  rec- 
oi-ds  of  the  Control  Council  as  of  March  1948 
show  that  the  Soviet  representative  has  vetoed 
the  agreed  decisions  of  the  other  three  powers  in 
69  instances — nearly  three  times  the  combined 
number  of  vetoes  exercised  by  the  other  powers. 
As  explained  in  my  note  under  reference,  it  is 
because  of  the  repeated  failure  over  a  period  of 
three  years  to  achieve  four-power  agreement  that 
my  Government  "feels  justified  in  pursuing  ob- 

Department  of  Sfafe  Bulletin 


jectives  wliich  have  been  commonly  afrrcml  and 
makinu:  anaii^oments  for  that  purixisi-  with  any 
other  occupying  power  willing  to  work  toward  the 
common  end." 

My  Government  agrees  with  your  Government 
that  "German  resources  ought  to  be  used  for  the 
benefit  of  the  general  reconstruction  of  Europe 
rather  than  for  the  reconstruction  of  only  a  part 
of  Europe.  The  United  States  has  consistently 
endeavored  to  implement  the  clear  understanding 
in  the  Potsdam  Agreement  that  Germany,  includ- 
ing tlie  Soviet  Zone,  should  be  treated  as  an  eco- 
nomic whole  and  it  has  consistently  striven  to 
create  those  conditions  which  would  lead  to  the 
establishment  of  a  democratic  German  state  capa- 
ble of  assisting  the  reconstruction  of  all  the 
devastated  countries  of  Europe  and  yet  not  con- 
stituting a  threat  to  the  security  of  those  nations. 
The  assertion  that  the  United  States  has  sought 
to  divide  Germany  or  to  di\-ide  Europe  is  without 
any  foundation.  The  fact  that  its  offer  to  assist 
the  general  European  recovery  has  not  been  ac- 
cepted by  certain  countries,  including  Poland,  has 
of  necessity  limited  the  application  of  that  recov- 
ery program  to  those  countries  which  have  ac- 
cepted it.  The  apparent  division  of  Germany  to- 
day after  three  years  of  vmsuccessful  attempts  to 
hold  it  together  is  greatly  deplored  by  my  Gov- 
ernment. Here  again  the  necessity  to  confine  our 
joint  program  in  German  to  Western  Germany  is 
not  of  our  making  and  certainly  not  in  accordance 
with  our  wishes.  The  fact  that  the  efforts  of  the 
United  States  toward  the  rehabilitation  of  Europe 
now  have  to  be  concentrated  on  the  program  for 
Western  Europe,  including  Western  Germany,  is 
a  direct  result  of  the  failure  of  the  other  countries 
of  Europe  at  the  instigation  of  the  Soviet  Union 
to  join  in  a  common  program  looking  toward  the 
rehabilitation  of  all  Europe. 

With  regard  to  the  substance  of  the  London 
recommendations  I  must  point  out  that  there  was 
no  attempt  in  these  talks  to  cover  all  aspects  of 
the  German  problem.  Therefore,  there  is  no  basis 
for  your  protesting  the  fact  that  the  problem  of 
reparations  was  omitted  in  the  recommendations 
of  the  conference,  a  conference  which  you  have 
insisted  had  no  right  to  discuss  any  matters  relat- 
ing to  (lermany. 

I  must  take  exception  to  your  comments  on  the 
recommendations  concerning  security  and  your 
statement  that  the  fundamental  aim  of  removing 
Germany's  economic  basis  of  aggression  has  been 
ignored.  It  should  not  be  necessary  for  me  to 
remind  you  that  the  United  States  has  twice  been 
engaged  in  major  wars  with  Germany  and  that  it  is 
vitally  interested  in  preventing  a  recurrence  of 
German  aggression.  Security  considerations,  far 
from  having  been  relegated  to  a  secondary  posi- 

Ju/y    18,   7948 


THE   RECORD   OF  THE  WEEK 

tion.  were  constantly  in  mind  throughout  the 
London  discussions  as  should  be  evident  from  the 
comnnniiqne  reporting  the  final  recommendations. 
This  problem  has  of  course  become  more  compli- 
cated as  a  result  of  the  unwillingness  of  the  Soviet 
Union  to  join  the  other  occupying  powers  in  a  long 
term  treaty  guaranteeing  the  disarmament  and 
demilitarization  of  Germany.  The  London 
reconunendations  on  the  Ruhr  and  on  general 
security  make  specific  provision  against  the 
rebuilding  of  German  economic  power  as  a  means 
to  future  aggression. 

Your  conmients  on  the  plan  for  the  control  of 
the  Ruhr  have,  I  believe,  been  answered  in  the 
general  discussion  above  with  respect  to  the  divi- 
sion of  Germany  and  of  Europe.  It  should  be 
observed  that  the  program  for  the  rehabilitation 
of  AVesteni  Germany  does  not  exclude  that  area 
from  trade  relations  with  Eastern  Eurojie  but, 
on  the  contrary,  seeks  to  foster  such  trade  in  the 
conunon  interest.  If  certain  countries  "who 
suffered  most  in  consequence  of  German  aggres- 
sion" claim  that  their  interests  are  not  sufficiently 
taken  into  account  by  the  program  planned  for 
Western  Germany,  their  complaint  should  not  l)e 
addressed  to  the  United  States  Government  but 
to  the  Government  primarily  responsible  for  pre- 
venting these  countries  from  cooperating  in  the 
genei'al  recovery  j^rogram  for  Europe.  In  the 
same  way  it  seems  to  me  that  your  protest  against 
the  failure  to  utilize  quadripartite  consultative 
machinery,  should  more  appropriately  be  ad- 
dressed to  the  occupying  power  responsible  for  the 
present  deplorable  division  of  Europe  and  Ger- 
many. 

Accept  [etc.] 

For  the  Secretary  of  State: 

Robert  A.  Lovett 

His  Excellency 
Josef  Winiewicz; 
Ambassador  of  Poland. 


Letters  of  Credence 

Czechoslovakia 

The  newly  appointed  Ambassador  of  Czecho- 
slovakia, Dr.  Vladimir  Outrata,  presented  his 
credentials  to  the  President  on  June  21.  For  the 
text  of  the  Ambassador's  remarks  and  for  the 
President's  reply,  see  Department  of  State  press 
release  501  of  June  21, 1948. 

Panama 

The  newly  appointed  Ambassador  of  Panama, 
Senor  Don  "Octavio  A.  Vallarino,  presented  his 
credentials  to  the  President  on  June  24.  For  the 
text  of  the  translation  of  the  Ambassador's  re- 
marks and  for  the  President's  reply,  see  Depart- 
ment of  State  press  release  506  of  June  24, 1948. 

87 


U.S.  Information  Program 


BY  GEORGE  V.  ALLEN' 
Assistant  Secretary  of  State  for  Public  Affairs 


We  fire  frequently  asked  in  the  Department  to 
state  the  ahns  of  our  foreign  information  program. 
The  answer,  I  believe,  is  not  difficult  to  formulate. 
Our  information  program  is  nothing  more,  nor 
less,  than  an  instrument— one  of  the  instruments— 
in  achieving  the  foreign  policy  of  the  United 
States.  That  policy  has  today  one  paramount  aun, 
the  preservation  of  democracy  as  we  understand 
and  have  always  used  the  term.  We  seek  the  pres- 
ervation of  democracy  in  the  United  States  and 
assist  the  free  peoples  of  the  world  in  preserving 
their  liberties.  We  hope  that  in  due  course  other 
peoples  who  have  lost  their  liberties  will  be  able 
to  regain  them. 

The  information  program  is  but  one  of  the  im- 
plements we  employ  in  our  efforts  to  achieve  our 
great  foreign-policy  objective.  I  would  by  no 
means  claim  that  it  is  our  most  important  imple- 
ment. Our  financial  and  economic  efforts  to  assist 
in  the  economic  recovery  of  Europe  are  perhaps 
our  outstanding  implementation  of  foreign  policy 
today.  Wliat  we  are  remains  more  important  than 
what  we  say  we  are.  Doing  is  more  important  than 
saying,  or  promising,  or  boasting.  Indeed,  so  true 
is  this  doctrine  that  we  waste  our  energy,  our  man- 
power, and  our  resources  if  we  say  anything  at  all 
in  our  information  program  except  what  we  are,  or 
what  we  do,  or  what  we  genuinely  expect  or  hope 
to  do. 

I  have  frequently  tried  to  assess  why  it  was  that 
Nazi  Germany,  the  coimtry  which  devoted  more 
time  and  effort  and  money  than  any  other  nation 
to  the  work  of  information,  or  propaganda  if  you 
wish,  had  so  little  propaganda  success.  Herr 
Goebbels,  the  outstanding  protagonist  of  the  prop- 
aganda technique,  succeeded,  during  the  recertt 
war,  in  achieving  perhaps  the  greatest  single  suc- 
cess, as  far  as  gaining  a  large  listener  aiidievce  is 
conceived,  when  he  put  "Lord  Haw  Haw"  on  Kadio 
Berlin.  Many  of  you  will  recall  the  eagerness  with 
which  Americans  tuned  their  shortwave  dials  dur- 
ing the  war,  trying  to  hear  what  "Haw  Haw"  had 
to  say.  During  the  worst  days  of  the  bombing  of 
Britain,  residents  of  London  still  tuned  their  dials 
to  listen  to  him.    There  is  no  doubt  that  Goebbels 


'  Excerpts  from  an  address  made  at  the  Mount  Holyoke 
College  Institute  of  the  United  Nations,  South  Hadley, 
Mass.,  on  June  29,  1W8,  and  released  to  the  press  on  the 
same  date. 

88 


succeeded  in  getting  a  great  and  eager  listening 
audience.  The  Japanese  achieved  the  same  sort  of  | 
success  in  the  Pacific,  with  a  girl  called  "Tokyo  i 
Kose".  Our  soldiers  sat  in  foxholes  in  Guadalcanal  i 
and  Guam,  scanning  their  watches  to  be  certain  to  ; 
hear  her  daily  transmissions.  If  the  task  of  a  '• 
propagandist '  is  to  get  listeners,  the  Nazis  and  j 
Japanese  scored  tremendous  successes.  ; 

But  no  one  has  produced  any  evidence  that  "Haw  : 
Haw"  made  the  British  military  or  civilian  popu-  . 
lation  fight  one  whit  less  hard  through  six  years  of  ; 
war.  Nor  did  the  blandishments  of  "Tokyo  Rose"  i 
have  any  harmful  effect  on  the  fighting  spirit  of  ; 
our  Marines  at  Tinian.  Quite  the  contrary.  The  ; 
German  and  Japanese  propagandists  only  sue-  | 
ceeded  in  increasing  our  determination.  Their  i 
money  and  effort  were  worse  than  thrown  away. 

Why  did  they  not  succeed?  I  have  asked  myself  , 
this  question  often  during  the  past  three  months, 
since  I  began  considering  this  subject.  The  an- 
swer, I  believe,  is  relatively  simple.  The  Japanese 
and  Nazis  failed  because  they  did  not  tell  the 
truth.  They  told  a  few  truths,  yes,  regarding 
bombing  targets  and  raid  objectives— enough  to 
give  a  similarity  of  truth  and  to  attract  listeners, 
but  the  ba^ic  underlying  theme  of  their  broadcasts 
was  not  truth,  and  our  listeners  marked  it  down  as 
easily  recognizable  propaganda. 

Americans  have  always  felt,  rather  instinctively, 
that  the  best  way  to  conduct  an  information  pro- 
gram is  to  tell  tlie  truth,  and  only  the  truth;  but  I 
had  not  realized,  until  going  into  the  question,  just 
why  this  is  so.  I  am  fully  convinced  that  if  our 
information  program  is  not  based  on  truth  we 
had  better  close  down  all  our  broadcasts  and  call 
home  all  our  press  attaches  from  our  Embassies 
abroad. 

The  primary  advantage  we  have  over  the  propa- 
ganda efforts  of  totalitarian  states  today  is  the  fact 
that  we  Americans  are  not  obliged  to  present  our- 
selves to  the  world  as  models  of  perfection.  The 
U.S.  has  so  many  virtues  to  overcome  its  short- 
comings that  we  need  not  fear  the  effect  of  our 
being  truly  known  abroad. 

Totalitarian  propagandists  must  picture  their 
country  as  a  paradise  on  earth,  where  everything 
is  perfect,  and  must  proclaim  that  everything  in 
democratic  countries  is  wicked  and  debased. 

In  our  information  activity,  we  must  present  our 

Department  of  Sfafe  Bulletin 


civilization  in  its  true  color  if  we  are  to  be  effective. 
That  color  is  fjraj — not  lily-white.  We  have  the 
enormous  aJvantac:e  in  our  information  pi'ogram 
that  we  are  willing  to  ailmit  our  imperfections  and 
to  tell  the  truth  as  nearly  as  we  can  ascertain  it. 

If.  however,  those  in  tiie  State  Department  and 
elsewhere  who  are  in  charge  of  our  information 
work  should  ever  become  subject  to  the  daily  fear 
that  they  might  say  something  objectionable  to 
some  official,  or  suppress  unpleasant  facts  for  fear 
of  losing  their  jobs,  the  result  would  eventually 
be  that  we  would  water  down  our  scripts  until 
American  broadcasts  would  become  merely  the 
counterparts  of  that  of  the  totalitarian  propa- 
ganda :  America  would  be  presented  to  the  world 
as  the  home  only  of  sweetness  and  light.  And  the 
world  would  be  no  more  convinced  by  our  broad- 
casts than  they  are  by  totalitarian  efforts. 

I  do  not  pretend  that  the  truth  is  any  easier  to 
ascei'tain  todaj'  than  it  was  in  the  days  of  jesting 
Pilate.  But  we  must  be  motivated  always  by  the 
effort  to  find  it  out,  and  to  state  it  clearly  and 
boldly  as  nearly  as  we  can. 

As  many  of  you  may  know,  the  formalized  effort 
of  governments  to  influence  people  outside  their 
borders  through  organized  information  or  propa- 
ganda programs  is  a  relatively  recent  develop- 
ment. The  first  scheduled  shortwave  broadcasts 
in  a  foreign  language  by  any  govcrmnent,  for  ex- 
ample, were  inaugurated  by  the  Nazis  in  1936,  I 
believe,  when  Herr  Goebbels  put  on  a  Russian- 
language  program  beamed  to  the  U.S.S.R.  (Pri- 
vate American  broadcasters  began  broadcasting  in 
Spanish  to  Latin  America  as  early  as  1929,  but 
entirely  as  a  commercial  venture  without  Govern- 
ment sponsorship.) 

The  British  Broadcasting  System  inaugurated 
its  foreign-language  broadcasts  in  1938.  as  I  recall, 
using  at  first  German,  Russian,  and  French. 
Radio  Moscow  began  to  speak  in  German,  French, 
English,  and  other  languages  about  the  same  time. 

The  American  Government's  entry  into  the 
foreign  information  field  came  in  1942,  as  a  result 
of  the  war.  Two  independent  agencies  of  the 
Government  in  Washington  were  given  the  respon- 
sibility for  this  program.  These  were  the  Office 
of  Inter-American  Affairs  under  Mr.  Nelson 
Rockefeller,  for  Latin  America,  and  the  Office  of 
War  Information,  under  Mr.  Elmer  Davis,  for  the 
remainder  of  the  world. 

At  the  close  of  the  war,  in  the  fall  of  1945, 
these  two  agencies  were  transferred  to  the  Depart- 
ment of  State,  and  that  Department  found  itself 
charged,  for  the  first  time,  with  responsibility  for 
our  foreign  information  program.  The  primary 
job  at  the  start  was  a  liquidating  operation.  My 
predecessor.  Mr.  William  Benton,  had  the  task,  for 
example,  of  reducing  the  13,000  employees  in  Owi 
by  90  percent. 

There  was  considerable  doubt  in  the  minds  of 
Congress,  private  information-media  officials,  and 

Ju/y  18,   ?948 


JHB   RECORD   OF   THE  WBEK 

others  concerning  the  propriety  of  the  U.S. 
Government's  continuing  in  the  information  field 
during  peacetime.  Most  people  hoped  that  since 
Nazi  Germany,  the  Government  which  had  per- 
verted information  to  propaganda  purposes,  had 
been  defeated,  the  victorious  Allies  would  continue 
to  associate  harmoniously  in  peace  as  they  had  in 
war,  through  the  newly  formed  United  Nations. 
It  was  hoped  that  misunderstandings  and  misrep- 
resentations of  motives  among  nations  would  be 
reduced  to  a  point  where  no  official  information 
program  by  the  U.S.  would  be  required.  Pub- 
lishers of  American  newspapers,  magazines,  and 
books,  and  officials  of  American  radio  networks 
and  motion  picture  studios  felt  they  could  do  a 
better  job  than  the  Government  in  telling  the 
American  story  abroad. 

Debate  on  the  subject  w^as  at  its  height  in  the 
summer  of  1947,  when  many  members  of  the 
U.S.  Congress  visited  Europe  and  the  Near  East. 
They  were  amazed  at  the  extent  of  misunderstand- 
ing and  wilful  misrepresentation  of  the  U.S. 
which  they  found  abroad.  They  returned  to 
enact  legislation,  known  as  the  Mundt-Smith  act, 
signed  January  27,  1948,  providing  for  an  official 
foreign  information  program  as  an  integral  part 
of  the  conduct  of  our  foreign  relations. 

It  is  under  this  act  that  we  now  operate.  Our 
information  work  is  conducted  primarily  through 
three  divisions,  handling  radio,  press,  and  mo- 
tion pictures.  We  also  disseminate  information 
abroad  through  50  U.S.  Government  libraries. 
These  libraries  are  considered  primarily  as  edu- 
cational institutions  and  are  administered  under 
our  separate  educational  program,  but  the 
American  newspapers  and  periodicals  displayed 
on  our  library  tables  abroad  are  predominantly 
informational  in  character.  There  is  considerable 
question  whether  educational  and  informational 
work  can  be  sharply  delineated.  Someone  has 
characterized  our  entire  information  program  as 
"adult  education''. 

The  most  conspicuous  of  our  official  information 
activities,  as  far  as  the  American  public  is  con- 
cerned, has  always  been  the  shortwave  radio  pro- 
grams beamed  abroad,  known  as  the  "Voice  of 
America". 

Much  has  been  heard  recently  of  the  congi'es- 
sional  investigations  of  the  Voice  of  America. 
I  do  not  propose  to  dwell  on  this  subject  tonight, 
except  to  say  that  I  regard  the  investigations  as 
having  served  a  highly  salutary  purpose.  They 
have  clarified  the  atmosphere  and  have  brought 
to  light  misunderstandings  regarding  responsi- 
bility and  laxness  in  supervision  which  ought  not 
to  have  been  allowed  to  continue.  I  may  add  that 
I  have  often  thought,  during  these  recent  congres- 
sional hearings,  of  the  opinion  expressed,  I  believe, 
by  Lord  Bryce  in  his  monumental  study  of  the 
American  commonwealth,  that  the  single  most  im- 
portant contribution  made  by  the  American  Gov- 

89 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 

ernment  to  political  science  has  been  the  congres- 
sional investigation.  This  thought  has  sustained 
me  through  many  clays  of  such  investigations  dur- 
ing the  past  three  weeks. 

I  wish  to  refer  at  this  time,  however,  to  another 
voice,  which  I  would  like  to  call  the  Voice  of 
Democracy.  I  do  not  have  in  mind  any  radio 
program,  either  domestic  or  foreign.  I  refer  to 
the  Voice,  or  the  synthesis  of  the  voices,  of  all 
mankind  throughout  the  world,  who  believe  in  the 
principles  of  individual  freedom  and  human 
liberty. 

This  Voice  should  find  its  principal  outlet  in  the 
various  organs  and  independent  agencies  of  the 
United  Nations.  The  American  people  regard  the 
United  Nations  as  having  been  founded  on  the 
principles  of  democracy  as  we  understand  the 
term.  Woven  through  the  warp  and  woof  of 
U.  N.  and  all  of  its  constituent  parts,  notably  in 
the  Charter  of  Unesco,  is  the  concept  that  the 
human  mind  and  spirit  should  be  free  from  the 
chains  of  repressive  government. 

Perhaps  the  most  frequently  discussed  of  the 
many  human  rights  and  aspirations  is  the  free- 
dom of  speech.  (And  now  we  have  added  to  that, 
in  the  United  States,  not  only  the  right  to  speak, 
but  also  the  right  to  speak  loudly,  since  the  Su- 
preme Court  upheld  the  right,  in  principle,  of  a 
religious  group  to  use  mechanical  loud  speakers 
in  the  propagation  of  its  faith.) 

A  companion  piece  to  the  right  of  man  to  speak 
freely  is  the  equal  right  of  an  individual  to  listen, 
in  this  modern  age  of  radio  communication.  To 
this  we  must  also  list,  as  David  Sarnoflf  has  pointed 
out,  the  freedom  to  look,  in  these  growing  days  of 
television. 

Membership  in  the  United  Nations  carries  with 
it  an  obligation  on  the  part  of  every  member 
government  to  permit  its  citizens  the  full  right  to 
speak  and  the  right  to  read  and  to  listen  and  to 
look  at  news  and  ideas  depicted  in  the  press, 
radio,  and  all  other  information  media  without 
regard  to  national  boundaries.  Only  in  this  way 
can  the  voice  of  the  world's  people,  the  Voice  of 
Democracy,  be  created. 

The  Secretariat  of  the  United  Nations  has  con- 
ceived an  excellent  plan  for  a  greatly  increased 
information  program,  to  disseminate  knowledge 
of  the  activities  of  U.  N.  through  press,  radio,  and 
pictures.  This  is  an  excellent  project,  and  the 
facilities  of  the  American  Government,  especially 
in  the  field  of  shortwave  radio  broadcasting,  will 
be  made  available  to  U.  N.  to  the  maximum  feasi- 
ble extent,  to  assist  in  this  most  desirable  project. 
But  the  official  Voice  of  the  United  Nations  is 
not  what  I  have  in  mind.  The  Voice  of  Democ- 
racy today  is  the  combined  expression  of  every 
newspaper  and  every  radio  program,  every  pub- 
lic speaker  and  private  discussion  group,  in  the 
United  States  and  in  every  other  nation  in  the 
world  where  man  is  free  to  make  his  opinions 

90 


heard.  Anyone  at  Lake  Success  who  speaks  on 
behalf  of  genuine  democracy  is  a  part  of  that 
voice. 

The  struggle  in  the  world  today,  as  President 
Truman  has  recently  indicated,  is  not  a  struggle 
between  two  powerful  nations.  It  is  a  struggle 
between  two  concepts  or  ideas.  I  do  not  hesitate 
to  place  it  on  the  level  of  a  struggle  between  good 
and  evil,  the  good  represented  by  human  liberty 
and  the  evil  by  the  totalitarian  police  state. 

My  experience  in  Iran  during  the  past  two  years 
has  caused  me  to  visualize  this  conflict  more  clearly 
than  I  had  before.  Some  of  my  Iranian  friends 
who  did  not  underetand  the  nature  of  the  conflict 
were  quite  frank  in  saying  to  me :  "Why  must  Iran, 
a  relatively  small  and  weak  country,  continue  to  be 
involved,  against  its  will,  in  great-power  struggles? 
Why  can't  we  be  left  alone,  to  live  our  own  lives 
without  disturbing  or  being  disturbed  by  anyone? 
As  for  the  quarrel  between  the  U.S.  and  U.S.S.R., 
a  plague  on  both  your  houses !" 

If  the  contest  in  the  world  today  were  merely 
another  contest  between  two  opposing  imperial- 
isms, one  could  sympathize  fully  with  this  atti- 
tude. But  it  is  not  such  a  struggle.  I  make  that 
declaration  flatly  and  bluntly,  despite  certain 
groups,  even  in  the  United  States,  who  regard 
the  present  world  difficulties  in  very  much  the 
same  light  as  did  my  Iranian  friends  to  whom  I 
have  referred. 

In  the  struggle  between  the  Voice  of  Democracy 
and  the  Voice  of  Totalitarianism,  every  human 
being  in  the  world  has  an  equal  stake.  There  are 
those  who  promote  Fascism  and  Communism  on 
both  sides  of  the  Iron  Curtain,  and  those  on  both 
sides  who  are  devoted  to  freedom  and  liberty. 
Every  individual  in  the  world  has  a  choice  to  make. 
Liberty  is  challenged  today  on  a  scale  never  ap- 
proached in  modern  times.  This  struggle  of  ideas 
will  not  go  away  and  leave  Iran  alone,  nor  will  it 
bypass  any  other  nook  and  cranny  of  the  globe 
where  there  are  human  beings,  motivated  by  hu- 
man desires  and  aspirations.  There  can  be  no 
neutrals  in  such  a  struggle,  whether  the  contest  is 
within  a  single  village,  a  nation,  or  the  world. 

The  Voice  of  America  is  and  must  remain  a  part 
of  the  Voice  of  Democracy.  We  must  strive,  in 
every  possible  way,  to  sustain  what  our  experience, 
and  world  experience,  has  shown  to  be  the  best 
system  of  government  and  of  society  yet  devised 
— the  system  which  protects  the  individual  against 
the  repression  of  his  human  liberties  by  the  state. 

It  is  wicked  for  individuals  or  groups  inside  the 
United  States  or  any  other  democratic  country  to 
utilize  the  freedoms  of  democracy  in  order  to 
agitate  for  a  system  of  government  which  offers 
spurious  panaceas  of  equality,  but  which  would 
immediately  eliminate  all  such  freedoms  as  soon 
as  it  came  to  power.  How  shallow  it  is  for  cer- 
tain American  citizens  to  visit  the  Soviet  Union 
and  return  to  this  country  puffed  up  with  the  fact 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


that  they  were  received  on  a  basis  of  racial  or  social 
equality  in  the  U.S.S.R.  I  saw  the  same  thing 
happen  to  tribesmen  in  the  Middle  East. 

It  is  true  that  Uzbeks  and  Tajiks  and  Tartars 
have  tiie  same  rights  in  Moscow  as  the  Russians 
and  Ukrainians  and  Georgians — the  equal  privi- 
lege of  voting  and  speaking  exactly  as  they  are 
told  and  of  going  to  Siberia  if  they  breathe  a  word 
of  criticism  of  the  regime.  It  is  true  that  democ- 
racies have  not  yet  achieved  all  the  equalities  to 
which  they  aspire,  but  tlieir  vision  is  not  clouded 
by  any  false  belief  that  the  security  of  the  prison 
or  the  equality  of  the  animal  is  the  answer. 

The  U.S.  information  program  must  make  these 
and  otlier  facts  clear.  At  the  same  time,  we  must 
iruard  constantly,  in  our  fight  against  the  Com- 
numist  brand  of  totalitarianism,  which  is  most 
dangerously  active  at  the  moment,  against  the 
tenclency  to  get  in  bed  with  the  Fascist  type.  We 
must  "play  it  straight  down  the  middle"',  devoting 
every  ounce  of  our  energies  to  the  preservation  of 
the  human  personality  and  the  steady  advancement 
towards  the  achievement  of  our  goals  through 
democratic  processes. 

Hungarian  Campaign  Against  Voice  of  America 

Statement  hy  Assistant  Secretary  Allen 

[Released  to  the  press  July  9] 

Tlie  Department  has  been  advised  that  the 
present  authorities  in  Hungai-y  are  carrying  for- 
ward what  appears  to  be  a  systematic  campaign 
to  frighten  the  people  of  Hungary  from  listening 
to  the  news  broadcasts  and  commentaries  on  the 
Voice  of  America. 

These  measures  are  not  yet  in  the  form  of  legal 
Dr  police  restrictions  against  listening  to  Amer- 
ican broadcasts  but  take  the  form  of  arrests  of  per- 
sons on  charges  of  "inciting  against  Hungarian 
democracy".  The  police  cite,  as  one  of  the  evi- 
iences  of  guilt,  the  fact  that  the  persons  arrested 
have  listened  to  Voice  of  America  broadcasts. 

The  news  broadcasts  which  we  beam  to  Hungary 
are  factual,  objective  reports  such  as  the  American 
public  reads  and  listens  to  daily  in  American  news- 
papei-s  and  radio  news  broadcasts.  The  fact  that 
5uch  drastic  steps  are  being  taken  in  Hungary  to 
prevent  the  people  from  obtaining  news  of  the  out- 
Bide  world  is  a  good  indication  that  our  Voice  of 
A.merica  broadcasts  are  proving  effef^tive  in  that 
country. 

More  importantly,  however,  these  repressive  tac- 
:icsbj'  tlie  present  Hungarian  Government  to  pro- 
tect its  dictatorship  by  keeping  the  people  in  ig- 
norance and  insulating  them  from  the  outside 
tvorld  is  another  indication  that  totalitarian  rule 
s  being  applied  there  against  the  popular  will. 
Its  leaders  have  thus  plainlj-  shown  that  they  fear 

iu\y   18,   1948 


IHB   RECORD   Of   THE   W£BK 

they  can  hold  their  power  only  by  denying  to  their 
people,  in  increasing  degree,  freedom  of  informa- 
tion. This  device  has  long  been  a  necessary  tool  of 
dictators — Communist  and  Fascist. 

U.S.  Advisory  Commission  on  Educational 
Exchange  Appointed 

[Released  to  the  press  by  the  White  House  July  9] 

The  President  on  July  9  appointed  the  United 
States  Advisory  Commission  on  Educational  Ex- 
change as  provided  in  the  Information  and  Edu- 
cational Exchange  Act  of  1948.^ 

The  five  Commission  members  were  selected  to 
represent  the  public  interest  from  a  cross  section  of 
educational,  cultural,  scientific,  technical,  and 
public-service  backgrounds  as  provided  in  the  act. 
The  newly  appointed  members  are: 

Harold  Willis  Dodds,  president  of  Princeton  University, 
Princeton,  N.J. 

Karl  Taylor  Compton,  president  of  Massachusetts  Institute 
of  Technology,  Cambridge,  Ma.ss. 

Bennett  Harvie  Branscomb,  chancellor  of  Vanderbilt  Uni- 
versity, Nashville,  Tenn. 

Mark  Starr,  educational  director.  International  Ladies' 
Garment  Workers'  Union,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Martin  P.  McGuire,  professor  of  Greek  and  Latin,  Catholic 
University  of  America,  Washington,  D.C. 

The  Advisory  Commission  is  charged  under  the 
Mundt-Smith  act  with  formulating  and  recom- 
mending to  the  Secretary  of  State  policies  and 
programs  for  carrying  out  educational-exchange 
activities  under  the  new  law,  with  tlie  exception 
of  matters  provided  for  in  the  Fulbright  act  and 
those  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  United  States 
National  Commission  for  Unesco. 

In  making  the  appointments,  the  President 
designated  Chancellor  Branscomb  as  chairman  of 
the  Commission,  to  serve  a  three-year  term,  and 
specified  two-year  terms  for  President  Dodds  and 
President  Compton  and  one-year  terms  for  Mr. 
Starr  and  Dr.  McGuire. 

The  Commission  will  meet  at  least  once  a  month 
during  the  first  six  months  of  its  existence  and 
thereafter  at  intervals  as  it  finds  advisable.  It 
will  make  quarterly  reports  to  the  Secretary  of 
State  and  semiannual  reports  to  the  Congress. 


THE  FOREIGN   SERVICE 


Consular  Offices 


The  American  Consulate  at  Grenada,  British  West  In- 
dies, was  officially  closed  to  the  public  on  June  30,  1948. 
The  former  Grenada  consular  district  has  been  assigned 
to  the  American  Consulate  General  at  Port-of-Spain, 
Trinidad,  B.W.I. 


'  Public  Law  402,  80th  Cong.,  2d  sess. 


91 


^<yyiCe/rvC!^ 


The  United  Nations  and  I'^ge 

Specialized  Agencies 

U.N.  Documents:  A  Selected  Bibliography  .    .      78 
Reaffirming  the  Policy  of  the  United  States  in 
the  United  Nations: 
Text  of  Senate  Resolution  239  of  June  11..      79 

Conclusions 79 

U.S.,    U.K.,    France,    Canada,   and    Benelux 
Countries     Discuss     Senate     Resolution 

239 80 

Signing  of  Resolution  Providing  for  U.S.  Mem- 
bership    in     Who.      Statement     by     the 

President      80 

The  United  States  in  the  United  Nations  ...      81 
Report  on  Sixth  Meeting  of  Preparatory  Com- 
mission for    Iro.     Article    by   George    L. 

Warren 83 

U.S.  Delegation  to  North  Pacific  Regional  Air 

Navigation  Meeting  of  Icao 84 

Treaty  Information 

Germany,  the  Soviet  Union,  and  Turkey  Dur- 
ing World  War  II.  Article  by  Harry  N. 
Howard 63 


Occupation  Matters  Page 

U.S.  Protests  Soviet  Blockade  of  Berlin.  Note 
From  Secretary   Marshall  to   Ambassador 

Panyushkin 85 

Reply  to  Polish  Protest  Concerning  Six-Power 
Talks  on  Germany.  Note  From  Under 
Secretary  Lovett  to  Ambassador  Winie- 
wicz 86 


International 
and    Cultural 


Information 
Affairs 


U.S.  Information  Program.    Address  by  George 

V.  Allen 88 

Hungarian  Campaign  Against  Voice  of  America. 

Statement  by  Assistant  Secretary'  Allen  .      91 

U.S.  Advisory  Commission  on  Educational  Ex- 
change Appointed 91 

General  Policy 

Letters  of  Credence:  Czechoslovakia,  Panama  .      87 

The  Foreign  Service 

Consular  Offices 91 


I 

) 


Harry  N.  Hoioard,  author  of  the  article  on  the  problem  of  Turkey 
and  the  Straits  during  World  War  II,  is  Special  Assistant  in  the  Divi- 
sion of  Greek,  Turkish,  and  Iranian  Affairs,  Office  of  Near  Eastern  and 
African  Affairs,  Department  of  State. 


U.  S.  GOVERNMEM  PRINTING   OFFICE;  19*8 


j/ie/  ^eha/)^i7}%ent/  m  tnate/ 


APPEALS    BY    U.N.    MEDIATOR    FOR    PEACEFUL 
SETTLEMENT   OF    PALESTINE    SITUATION    • 

Documents  Relating  to  Palestine  Situation 105 

U.S.    URGES    SECURITY    COUNCIL    ACTION    FOR 
PROLONGATION  OF  TRUCE: 

Remarks  by  Philip  C.  Jessup 114 

Security  Council  Resolution 114 

THE  1947  FOREIGN  RELIEF  PROGRAM  •  An  article  .        95 


For  complete  contents  see  back  cover 


Vol.  XIX,  No.  473 
July  25, 1948 


,jAe  ^e^ia/y^^mit 


y^^  bulletin 

Vol.  XIX,  No.  473   •    Publication  3220 
July  25,  1948 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  OfBce 

Washington  25,  D.C. 

Sdbscription; 
52  Issuer,  $5;  single  copy,  15  cents 

Published  with  the  approval  of  the 
Director  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  Items  contained  herein  may 
be  reprinted.  Citation  of  the  Department 
OF  State  Bulletin  as  the  source  will  be 
appreciated. 


The  Department  of  State  BULLETIN, 
a  weekly  publication  compiled  and 
edited  in  the  Division  of  Publications, 
Office  of  Public  Affairs,  provides  the 
public  and  interested  agencies  of 
the  Government  with  information  on 
developments  in  the  field  of  foreign 
relations  and  on  the  iiork  of  the  De- 
partment of  State  and  the  Foreign 
Service.  The  BULLETIN  includes 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements  and  addresses 
made  by  the  President  and  by  the 
Secretary  of  State  and  other  officers 
of  the  Department,  as  well  as  special 
articles  on  various  phases  of  inter- 
national affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  in- 
ternational agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a 
party  and  treaties  of  general  inter- 
national interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department,  as 
well  as  legislative  material  in  the  field 
of  international  relations,  are  listed 
currently. 


FOREIGN  AID  AND  RECONSTRUCTION 


The  1947  Foreign  Relief  Program 

An 

On  February  21,  1947,  President  Truman  sent 
a  message  to  the  Congress  recommending  the  ap- 
propriation of  $350,000,000  "to  assist  in  complet- 
ing the  great  task  of  bringing  relief  from  the  rav- 
ages of  the  war  to  the  people  of  the  liberated 
countries." 

This  action  marked  the  beginning  of  the  United 
States  foreign-relief  program  of  1947,  the  first 
exclusively  American  large-scale  relief  effort  fol- 
lowing World  War  II.  Tlie  program  represented 
a  new  departure  in  the  American  approach  to  the 
relief  needs  of  the  postwar  world.  As  the  Presi- 
dent indicated  in  his  message,  the  1947  program 
differed  in  many  important  respects  from  the  re- 
lief efforts  that  had  preceded  it. 

Previously,  the  United  States  had  sought  to  al- 
leviate liuman  suffering  resulting  from  the  war  by 
joining  with  other  countries  in  the  collective  pro- 
gram entrusted  to  the  United  Nations  Relief  and 
Rehabilitation  Administration.  In  those  cases  in 
wliich  the  United  States  acted  independently  to  as- 
sist nations  struggling  toward  recovery,  it  had 
provided  aid  in  the  form  of  credits  and  loans,  as 
in  the  loan  to  Great  Britain  and  smaller  loans  to 
other  nations, 

Tiie  1947  relief  program,  in  contrast,  called  for 
limited  direct  aid  to  certain  liberated  countries 
by  the  United  States,  administered  exclusively  by 
this  Government.  Relief  was  to  be  free  and  was 
to  consist  only  of  the  basic  necessities  of  life — 
food,  medical  supplies,  and  similar  items.  It  was 
designed  to  keep  people  alive,  rather  than  rebuild 
devastated  areas  and  rehabilitate  shattered  econ- 
omies. It  was  limited  in  scope;  only  a  few  na- 
tions, which  were  still  facing  critical  essential 
needs,  were  to  receive  assistance.  Most  important 
of  all,  the  relief  granted  was  to  be  strictly  Ameri- 
can. This  country  reserved  the  right  to  select  the 
recipients,  to  determine  the  amounts,  and  to  apply 
its  own  administrative  standards  and  procedures. 
Although,  as  the  President  stated  in  his  message 
of  February  21,  it  was  hoped  that  other  countries 

Jo/y  25,    1948 


Article 

capable  of  extending  assistance  would  coordinate 
such  assistance  with  American  action,  the  aid  to 
be  rendered  by  the  United  States  was  in  no  way 
connected  with  or  contingent  upon  the  actions  of 
any  other  countries. 

Earlier  United  States  Relief  Activities 

By  the  end  of  1946,  the  United  States  had  al- 
ready made  available  almost  20  billion  dollars  for 
relief  and  rehabilitation  assistance  throughout  the 
world.  Among  these  American  contributions  to 
world  recovery  had  been  the  British  loan,  foreign- 
credit  authorizations  by  the  Export-Import  Bank, 
civilian  supplies  sent  to  occupied  and  liberated 
areas,  credits  advanced  to  finance  sales  of  United 
States  surpluses  abroad,  United  States  quotas  in 
the  World  Bank  and  the  International  Monetary 
Fund,  and  United  States  contributions  to  Unrra. 
In  addition,  the  American  Red  Cross  and  93  other 
private  relief  organizations  in  the  same  period  had 
raised  and  donated  over  $600,000,000. 

Of  all  the  relief  activities  in  which  the  United 
States  took  part  during  and  immediately  after 
World  War  II,  Unrra  was  the  most  ambitious. 
Long  before  the  end  of  the  war,  it  was  generally 
recognized  both  here  and  abroad  that  world  re- 
construction would  be  a  gigantic  task,  calling  for 
the  best  and  united  efforts  of  all  the  nations  of  the 
world  capable  of  helping.  In  order  to  study  and 
consider  the  challenging  problems  of  relief  and 
reconstruction  and  to  make  preparations  to  meet 
those  problems,  the  United  States  took  the  lead  in 
calling  together  in  Atlantic  City,  in  November 
1943,  representatives  of  the  Allied  and  associated 
nations.     Unrra  was  created  at  that  meeting. 

Through  Unrra,  war-ravaged  areas  of  the  globe, 
princifjally  in  Europe  and  Asia,  received  critically 
needed  relief  supplies,  such  as  food,  medicines,  and 
clothing;  industrial  commodities  and  tools  needed 
for  economic  reconstruction,  such  as  railroad 
equipment,  basic  raw  materials,  and  industrial 
machinery;  and  other  goods  and  services  without 
which  rescue  from  starvation  and  chaos  would 

95 


FOREIGN    AID   AND    RECONSTRUCTION 

not  have  been  possible.  In  all,  Unrra  was  respon- 
sible for  the  shipment  of  some  23,000,000  tons  of 
supplies,  nearly  three  fourths  of  which  were  pro- 
duced and  shipped  by  the  Uuited  States.  Of  the 
approximately  3.9  billion  dollars  in  contributions 
made  available  to  Unrra  by  its  48  member  govern- 
ments, the  United  States  contributed  2.7  billion 
dollars,  or  70  percent. 

United  States  contributions  to  Unrra  were 
unavailable  for  obligation  beyond  June  30,  1947; 
the  substitution  of  other  relief  agencies,  therefore, 
was  needed  to  meet  the  still  critical  situation  in 
many  parts  of  the  world.  It  was  into  that  threat- 
ened breach  that  the  United  States  stepped  with 
its  1947  program  and  with  its  support  for  other 
international  agencies  which  inherited  important 
Unrra  functions.  A  plan  was  adopted,  in  con- 
nection with  the  liquidation  of  Unrra,  by  which 
the  remaining  functions,  properties,  and  in  some 
cases  personnel  were  transferred  to  individual 
governments  or  to  successor  international  agen- 
cies. In  February  1947,  for  instance,  a  portion 
of  Unrra's  agricultural-rehabilitation  functions 
were  transferred  to  the  Food  and  Agriculture 
Organization.  On  January  1,  1947,  the  activities 
of  Unrra's  Health  Division  became  the  respon- 
sibility of  the  Interim  Commission  of  the  World 
Health  Oi-ganization.  An  International  Chil- 
dren's Emergency  Fund  was  established  in  De- 
cember 194G.  With  Unrra's  responsibilities  for 
the  care  and  maintenance  of  displaced  persons 
scheduled  to  end,  the  Preparatory  Connnission  for 
the  International  Refugee  Organization  was  set 
up  and  held  its  first  session  in  February  1947.  In 
March  1947,  negotiations  were  begun  with  the 
Economic  and  Social  Council  of  the  United  Na- 
tions on  the  transfer  of  Unrra's  functions  in 
connection  with  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  of 
Unrra  supplies.  By  the  end  of  194e,  the  Inter- 
national Bank  for  Reconstruction  and  Develop- 
ment and  the  International  Monetary  Fund  were 
organized  for  operation. 

Development  of  the  Foreign  Relief  Program  of  1947 

Although  the  United  Nations  and  its  specialized 
agencies  were  in  a  position  to  carry  on  the  efforts 
toward  economic  rehabilitation,  they  were  not  de- 
signed to  cope  with  certain  relief  problems.  The 
need  for  food,  medicine,  fuel,  fertilizer,  pesticides, 
and  seed  was  urgent  in  many  war-torn  countries 
which  did  not  have  the  means  to  obtain  these  sup- 

96 


plies  in  the  commercial  market.  These  needs  could 
be  met  only  through  outright  relief  grants.  These 
were  the  vital  needs  that  the  1947  foreign-relief 
program  of  the  United  States  was  designed  to 
meet. 

In  a  radio  address  on  December  8,  1946,  Acting 
Secretary  Acheson  expressed  the  desire  of  the 
United  States  Government  for  completion  of  the 
job  which  had  been  undertaken  by  Unrra  and  laid 
down  the  principles  which  would  guide  this  covm- 
try  in  the  prosecution  of  the  relief  task.  Mr. 
Acheson  pointed  out  that  Unrra  was  a  large  and 
somewhat  unwieldy  organization.  For  political 
and  other  reasons,  its  relief  contributions  were  not 
always  equitable.  The  United  States,  which  fur- 
nished the  bulk  of  the  aid,  had  no  effective  control 
of  its  disposition  or  use.  Moreover,  the  job  which 
remained  after  the  liquidation  of  Unrra  as  an  offi- 
cial operating  organization,  though  essential  to 
continued  recoveiy  progress,  was  viewed  then  as 
comparatively  small;  the  major  relief  job,  it  was 
felt,  had  already  been  accomplished.  Only  a  few 
countries  in  Europe  were  considered  in  real  need 
of  free  relief  to  avoid  suffering  and  hardship. 

With  these  considerations  in  mind,  Mr.  Acheson 
proposed  that  each  nation  capable  of  helping 
should  contribute  M'hat  it  could  toward  meeting 
relief  needs  in  1947.  He  suggested  that  the  relief 
activities  of  the  several  countries  involved  be  co- 
ordinated as  far  as  possible  and  that  the  United 
Nations  be  used  as  a  clearinghouse.  Each  nation, 
however,  was  to  retain  control  over  its  own  relief 
appropriations.  "Nations  receiving  free  relief", 
said  Mr.  Acheson,  "must  jarove  their  need  for  it, 
and  they  can  be  held  to  a  much  closer  and  fairer 
accountability  of  the  use  of  food  and  other  free 
supplies."  The  people  of  the  United  States  and 
the  Congress,  he  said,  had  made  up  their  minds 
that  the  relief  problems  of  the  near  future  were 
not  of  a  character  to  warrant  grants  of  enormous 
sums  of  money  from  the  United  States  Treasury 
"under  conditions  which  would  leave  little  or  no 
effective  control  by  the  grantor  of  these  funds." 

The  Nature  of  the  Proposed  Program 

The  proposed  United  States  program,  as  pre- 
sented to  the  Congress  following  the  Presidential 
message  of  February  21,  1947,  called  for  a  total  , 
outlay  by  this  country  of  $350,000,000.     This  fig-  j 
ure  was  57  percent  of  $610,000,000,  the  approxi-  j 
mate    amount    exclusive    of    remaining    Unrra  i 

Department  of  State  Bulletin  ; 


shipinenls  estimated  by  the  State  Department  to 
be  the  minimum  relief  requirements  of  the  neediest 
countries  for  the  calendar  year  1947.  This  pro- 
portion was  held  to  be  a  fair  United  States  share 
of  the  total  requirement,  bearing  in  mind  the  ca- 
pacity of  this  country  in  relation  to  that  of  other 
supplying  countries.  Five  European  countries, 
Austria.  Greece.  Hungary,  Italy,  and  Poland,  and 
one  Asiatic  country,  China,  were  thought  to  be 
in  need  of  outside  relief  assistance  if  their  popu- 
lations were  to  avoid  disastrous  suffering  and 
starvation.  Relief  needs  were  calculated  as  that 
part  of  a  country's  minimum  imports  required  to 
provide  the  basic  essentials  of  life  which  could 
not  be  financed  out  of  its  own  resources. 

A  fundamental  principle  of  the  proposed  plan 
was  that  the  total  amount  of  assistance  to  be  al- 
located to  any  country  was  not  to  be  determined 
finally  until  the  progi-am  was  put  in  operation. 
There  were  three  reasons  for  this  principle.  First, 
it  was  deemed  advisable  to  avoid  a  situation  in 
which  a  recipient  nation  might  feel  that  it  had  a 
vested  interest  in  or  a  right  to  a  specific  amount 
of  money.  In  the  case  of  Unrra,  for  instance,  it 
had  proved  difficult  to  make  necessary  adjustments 
in  allocations  in  accordance  with  changing  needs 
once  the  original  allocations  had  been  set  and  an- 
nounced. Second,  in  estimating  relief  needs 
under  the  program,  it  had  been  necessary  to  make 
certain  assumptions  regarding  future  weather  and 
crop  conditions,  export  probabilities,  loan  and 
credit  possibilities  from  private  sources,  and  other 
variable  factors.  If  unforeseen  emergencies  were 
to  arise,  these  assumptions  would  be  subject  to 
serious  change.  Third,  the  amounts  and  types  of 
assistance  to  be  rendered  by  other  contributors  had 
to  be  considered  and  coordinated  with  American 
aid.  ^Miat  these  contributions  would  be,  and  who 
would  make  them,  were  still  largely  unknown. 
At  the  time,  only  one  relief  commitment  outside  of 
the  Unrr.\  progi-ams  had  been  made  by  another 
government:  the  British  Government  had  an- 
nomiced  a  40-million-dolIar  assistance  program 
for  Austria. 

The  1947  program  was  to  remain  firmly  in 
American  hands.  Control  was  to  be  exercised  to 
the  end  that  relief  supplies  would  be  distributed 
and  used  by  lecipient  countries  in  a  manner  con- 
sistent witli  the  purposes  of  the  program.  As 
far  as  possible,  American  relief  supplies  distri- 
buted in  foreign  countries  were  to  be  sold,  rather 

July  25,    1948 


FOREIGN   AID    AND    RECONSTRUCTION 

than  given  away.  It  was  expected  that  people 
who  were  able  would  pay  in  local  currencies  for 
the  supplies  they  received,  and  the  funds  accumu- 
lated by  recipient  governments  in  that  manner 
would  be  set  aside  for  use  in  relief  activities  with- 
in the  countries  involved.  It  was  also  proposed 
that  the  peoples  receiving  American  aid  should 
be  kept  fully  informed  as  to  the  source,  the  nature, 
and  the  extent  of  the  assistance  given  them. 

It  was  jjlanncd  that,  following  approval  of  the 
program  by  Congress,  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment would  reach  an  agi-eement  with  each  recipi- 
ent government  regarding  all  necessary  aspects  of 
the  relief  operation  including  the  policies,  prin- 
ciples, and  methods  to  be  followed  in  the  distribu- 
tion of  the  supplies.  To  be  covered  in  the  agree- 
ments were  such  subjects  as  the  proper  utilization 
of  relief  supplies,  those  produced  locally  and  re- 
ceived from  outside  sources  as  well  as  those  shipped 
by  the  United  States ;  internal  measures  designed 
to  achieve  more  efficient  operation  of  the  economies 
of  the  recipient  countries  such  as  rationing  and 
price  contiol;  nuichinery  for  effective  crop  collec- 
tions ;  freedom  of  United  States  officials  and  news- 
men to  travel,  inspect,  and  report  conditions;  ade- 
quate publicity  for  American  relief  contributions; 
the  right  of  the  United  States  to  halt  or  change  the 
program  at  any  time  for  any  reason ;  efforts  of 
the  reciijient  governments  to  achieve  economic 
recovery;  and  other  provisions  deemed  necessary 
in  carrying  out  the  purposes  of  the  relief  program. 

After  the  conclusion  of  an  agreement,  it  was  ex- 
pected that  target  programs  would  be  approved 
for  the  recipient  country  covering  the  goods  to  be 
procured  over  a  two-  or  three-month  period.  Items 
to  be  obtained  under  the  program  would  be  pro- 
cured either  through  commercial  channels  or 
through  appropriate  U.S.  Government  agencies. 
The  Department  of  State  was  to  make  the  neces- 
sary arrangements  with  each  foreign  government 
and  was  to  keep  fully  informed  regarding  ship- 
ments and  use  of  supplies,  current  relief  needs,  and 
compliance  with  the  agreements  concluded.  It 
was  not  expected  that  the  State  Deijartment  would 
itself  procure  supplies  in  this  country  or  abroad 
for  shipment  under  the  relief  program.  Procure- 
ment of  supplies  by  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment, wherever  necessary,  was  to  remain  in  the 
hands  of  the  appropriate  agencies,  such  as  the  De- 
partment of  Agriculture  for  agricultural  products, 
the  Treasury  Department  for  other  products,  and 

97 


FORCICN   AID   AND    RECONSTRUCTION 

the  Department  of  the  Army  for  supplies  for  oc- 
cupied areas.  A  small  staff  of  trained  United 
States  officials  was  to  be  stationed  abroad  to  ob- 
serve the  proffress  made  under  the  program  and 
to  insure  that  the  obligations  assumed  under  the 
agreements  were  being  carried  out  ai^propriately 
by  each  of  the  recipient  covnitries. 

Congressional  Action 

On  February  25,  1947,  within  a  week  of  receipt 
of  the  President's  message,  the  Committee  on 
Foreign  Affairs  of  the  House  of  Representatives 
began  public  hearings  on  House  Joint  Kesolution 
134,  providing  for  relief  assistance  to  countries 
devastated  by  war.  After  termination  of  the  hear- 
ings, the  original  bill  was  redrafted  and  reintro- 
duced as  House  Joint  Resolution  153.  On  March 
20,  1947,  the  Committee  voted  to  report  favorably 
on  the  Resolution.  The  Committee  report,  issued 
on  April  9,  1947,  generally  endorsed  the  proposed 
relief  program  and  stressed  the  urgency  of  prompt 
action.  "Delay",  stated  the  report,  "would  under- 
mine much  of  the  humanitarian  work  heretofore 
done  .  .  .  cause  much  suffering  and  economic  de- 
terioration, with  consequences  to  the  entire  world 
not  pleasant  to  contemplate." 

On  May  31,  1947,  the  President  signed  Public 
Law  84,  authorizing  the  appropriation  of  $350,- 
000,000  for  "relief  assistance  to  the  people  of  coun- 
tries devastated  by  war."  Public  Law  84,  which 
followed  closely  the  text  of  the  Joint  Resolution, 
included  additional  provisions  and  language  con- 
cerned primarily  with  administration  of  the  pro- 
gram. It  provided  that  up  to  $40,000,000  of  the 
$350,000,000  authorized  could  be  used  as  a  contri- 
bution to  the  International  Children's  Emergency 
Fund  of  the  United  Nations;  that  not  more  than 
15  million  could  be  used  for  relief  "in  any  coun- 
tries or  territories  other  than  Austria,  Greece, 
Hungary,  Italy,  Poland,  Trieste,  and  China"' ;  that 
not  more  than  6  percent  of  the  authorized  $350,- 
000,000  could  be  used  for  the  procurement  of  sup- 
plies outside  of  the  United  States  and  its  terri- 
tories and  possessions ;  that  not  more  than  $5,000,- 
000  could  be  used  to  pay  necessary  shipping  ex- 
penses for  supplies  donated  by  American  volun- 
tary and  nonprofit  relief  agencies ;  and  that  relief 
supplies  were  to  be  procured  and  furnished  by 
the  appropriate  United  States  procurement 
agencies,  unless  the  President  determined  other- 
wise.    The  effect  of  this  last  provision  was  to  leave 


the  procurement  and  shipment  of  relief  supplies 
in  the  liands  of  those  agencies  normally  respon- 
sible— the  Department  of  Agriculture,  the  Treas- 
ury Department,  and  in  regard  to  areas  in  which 
the  United  States  maintained  militai-y  occupation 
forces  (Austria  and  Trieste),  the  Department  of 
the  Army. 

The  law  also  contained  a  section  directing  the 
President  "to  seek  arrangements  that  reparations 
payable  from  current  production"  by  any  country 
receiving  relief  "to  any  other  country  by  treaty 
be  postponed  during  the  period  of  such  relief." 
This  section  was  a  reference  to  the  fact  that  Hun- 
gary and  Italy  were  obligated  to  pay  substantial 
amounts  in  reparations  to  the  Soviet  Union,  a 
fact  which  had  been  discussed  at  length  in  the 
hearing  held  on  the  proposed  relief  program  by 
the  House  Committee  on  Foreign  Affairs. 

In  regard  to  the  control  of  the  relief  program, 
the  law  attached  two  additional  conditions  to  the 
obligations  to  be  undertaken  by  recipient  coun- 
tries. One  directed  that  provision  "be  made  for 
a  control  system  so  that  all  classes  of  people  within 
such  country  will  receive  their  fair  share  of  es- 
sential supplies".  The  other  directed  that,  to  the 
extent  practicable,  relief  supplies  be  marked  as 
having  been  furnished  by  the  United  States  for 
relief  assistance. 

On  May  31,  1947,  in  accordance  with  the  pro- 
visions of  Public  Law  84,  President  Truman  issued 
Executive  Order  9864,  delegating  to  the  Depart- 
ment of  State  responsibility  for  operation  of  the 
relief  program.  On  the  same  day,  he  transmitted 
to  the  Speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives  a 
supplemental  appropriation  estimate  of  $350,000,- 
000  for  the  fiscal  year  1947  "for  relief  assistance  to 
war-devastated  countries".  In  his  message  to  the 
Speaker  of  the  House,  the  President  stated  that 
"our  promi^t  rendering  of  this  assistance  will  do 
much  to  enable  recipient  countries  to  progress  to- 
ward economic  and  political  stability  and  will  be 
a  real  contribution  toward  an  enduring  peace." 

On  July  30, 1947,  Public  Law  271  was  approved. 
This  law,  known  as  "The  Supplemental  Appro- 
priation Act,  1948",  appropriated  $332,000,000 
"for  relief  assistance  to  countries  devastated  by 
war".  Of  this  total,  an  amount  not  to  exceed 
$600,000  was  made  available  for  the  administrative 
expenses  of  the  Department  of  State.  In  Public 
Law  393,  which  was  approved  on  December  23, 
1947,  five  months  later,  an  additional  $18,000,000 


98 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


v\-as  appropriated  for  aid  to  China  "to  enable  the 
President  to  carry  out  the  provisions  of  Public 
Law  84".  This  legislation  brought  to  $;3r)0,000,000 
the  total  appropriation  for  tlie  Foreign  Relief 
Program  of  1947,  authorized  under  Public  Law  84. 

Administrative  Phases 

Following  the  passage  of  Public  Law  84  and 
tlio  promulgation  of  Executive  Order  DS64,  the 
Dei:)artment  of  State  proceeded  to  set  up  the 
necessary  administrative  arrangements  for  opera- 
tion of  the  relief  program.  Under  these  arrange- 
ments, the  princijial  functions  of  the  Department 
included  developing  of  supply  programs  for  the 
recipient  countries;  expediting  and  coordinating 
the  procurement  and  shipment  of  supplies;  con- 
ducting negotiations  with  representatives  of 
foreign  governments  regarding  all  phases  of  the 
program,  including  the  conclusion  of  agreements 
setting  forth  the  conditions  under  which  relief  sup- 
plies would  be  distributed;  recruiting  and  train- 
ing of  personnel  for  United  States  relief  missions 
abroad :  determining  the  principles  and  practices 
to  be  followed  by  these  missions ;  controlling  and 
directing  the  allocation  of  relief  funds  to  the 
participating  agencies  of  the  United  States  Gov- 
ernment and  to  the  United  States  relief  missions 
abroad ;  and  serving  as  headquarters  for  the  over- 
all administration  of  the  relief  program. 

In  accordance  with  tlie  provisions  of  Public 
Law  84,  the  President  appointed  a  field  adminis- 
trator, Richard  F.  Allen,  to  supervise  American 
relief  assistance.  Mr.  Allen,  who  was  confirmed 
by  the  Senate  on  June  16,  1947,  established  his 
headquarters  in  Rome,  where  he  supervised  the 
work  of  the  United  States  missions  in  Italy, 
Greece,  Austria,  and  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste, 
the  only  European  areas  which  received  assistance 
under  the  program.  The  decision  to  drop  Poland 
and  Hungary  from  the  list  of  countries  to  receive 
aid,  and  to  add  Trieste,  was  based  principally  on 
the  capacity  of  the  program  to  meet  only  the  most 
urgent  relief  needs.  In  the  case  of  Poland,  the 
decision  was  based  largely  upon  the  report  of  a 
United  States  mission  sent  to  that  country  at  the 
request  of  the  Secretary  of  State.  The  mission, 
headed  by  Colonel  R.  H.  Harrison,  Special  Assist- 
ant to  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture,  found  that 
Poland's  minimum  food  needs  during  1947  gen- 
erally could  be  met  without  assistance  from  the 

July  25,   J  948 


FOREIGN   AID    AND    RECONSTRUCTION 

United  States.  Poland's  need  for  certain  items, 
such  as  medical  supplies  and  supplementary  food- 
stuffs i.jv  special  groups — children,  orphans,  sick, 
and  aged — could  be  met,  it  was  felt,  through  pri- 
vate relief  organizations  and  other  sources,  includ- 
ing the  International  Children's  Fund,  which  the 
United  States  was  supporting. 

The  Relief  Agreements 

One  of  the  first  tasks  that  the  Department  of 
State  undertook  in  connection  with  the  program 
was  the  negotiation  of  agreements  with  the  re- 
cipient countries  regarding  the  distribution  and 
use  of  relief  supplies.  The  first  agreement  con- 
cluded was  with  Austria;  it  was  signed  on  June 
25, 1947.  Agreements  with  Italy  and  Greece  were 
signed  on  July  4,  1947,  and  July  8,  1947,  respec- 
tively. No  formal  agreement  was  signed  with  the 
Free  Territory  of  Trieste,  created  by  the  Italian 
peace  treaty  in  September  1947,  since  that  area 
had  no  official  Government  organization.  The 
distribution  of  United  States  relief  supplies  in 
Trieste  was  handled  through  the  facilities  of  the 
Allied  Military  Government.  The  relief  pro- 
gram, however,  covered  only  persons  in  the  British 
and  American  zones.  Since  the  agreement  with 
China  was  not  signed  until  October  27,  1947,  the 
initiation  of  the  assistance  program  for  that 
country  was  delayed  for  several  months. 

The  relief  agreements  with  the  recipient  coun- 
tries all  followed  the  same  pattern  and  generally 
covered  the  same  points.  Each  was  divided  into 
ten  articles:  furnishing  of  supplies;  distribution 
of  supplies;  utilization  of  funds  accruing  from 
sales  of  United  States  supi^lies;  effective  produc- 
tion, food  collections  and  use  of  resources  to  reduce 
relief  needs;  United  States  representatives  (this 
section  was  headed  "United  States  Mission"  in  the 
agreements  with  Austria  and  Italy)  ;  freedom  of 
the  United  States  press  and  radio  rei^resentatives 
to  observe  and  report;  reports,  statistics  and  in- 
formation; publicity  regarding  United  States 
assistance;  termination  of  relief  assistance;  and 
date  of  agreement.  Each  agreement  was  to  take 
effect  on  the  date  it  was  signed  and  was  to  "con- 
tinue in  force  until  a  date  to  be  agreed  upon  by 
the  two  Governments." 

The  Over-Ail  Program 

After  Congress  had  approved  the  appropria- 
tion of  funds,  the  program  moved  ahead  rapidly. 

99 


FOREIGN   AID   AND    RECONSTRUCT/ON 

As  of  September  30,  1947,  $248,663,000  had  been 
approved  for  country  programs,  of  which  $204,- 
660,273  was  the  total  commodity  cost,  and  $44,002,- 
739  was  the  transportation  cost.  Considering  the 
$15,000,000  set  aside  for  the  International  Chil- 
dren's Emergency  Fund,  the  $5,000,000  for  the 
voluntary  agency  transportation  fund,  and  the 
$600,000  for  administrative  expenses,  only 
$62,737,000  remained  unprogramed.  Of  the  ap- 
proved country  programs,  procurement  had  been 
initiated  in  the  amount  of  $136,127,325,  and  the 
value  of  shipments  made  had  totaled  $72,088,161. 
In  regard  to  the  procurement  of  supplies  outside 
the  United  States,  which  had  been  limited  by  con- 
gressional statute  to  not  more  than  6  percent  of 
the  total  relief  outlay,  procurement  had  been  initi- 
ated in  the  amount  of  $10,995,000,  covering  coal 
from  the  Ruhr,  Poland,  and  Czechoslovakia  des- 
tined for  sliipment  to  Austria,  and  fertilizer  from 
Belgium,  Czechoslovakia,  Switzerland,  and  Ice- 
land destined  for  shipment  to  Austria,  Greece,  and 
Italy. 

The  bulk  of  the  approved  programs  that  re- 
flected the  principal  needs  abroad  consisted  of 
foodstuffs,  mostly  cereals.  Of  the  total  approved 
commodity  cost  of  approximately  $205,000,000, 
more  than  half,  about  $130,000,000,  was  for  cereals, 
and  an  additional  $16,000,000  for  fats  and  oils. 
Fuel  accounted  for  $30,000,000  of  assistance,  and 
fertilizer  and  medical  supplies  for  about  $2,000,- 
000  and  $3,000,000  respectively.  In  terms  of  ton- 
nages, over  one  million  tons  of  relief  supplies,  made 
up  chiefly  of  553,000  tons  of  cereals  and  424,000 
tons  of  fuel,  had  been  shipped  abroad  by  the  end 
of  September  1947. 

The  country  programs  were  subject  to  constant 
change  to  meet  varying  needs  abroad.  During 
October,  for  instance,  it  was  necessary  to  increase 
the  Italian  relief  program  to  include  essential  coal 
shipments  from  the  United  States,  and  to  increase 
the  Greek  program  to  meet  additional  essential 
food  requirements.  During  that  month  also,  a 
$27,700,000  program  was  set  up  for  China,  and 
$500,000  was  set  aside  for  the  conservation  pro- 
gram of  the  Citizen's  Food  Committee  in  the 
United  States.  By  the  end  of  October,  less  than 
$25,000,000  of  the  $332,000,000  appropriated  re- 
mained unprogramed. 

The  relief  program,  by  the  last  quarter  of  1947, 
was  in  high  gear.     By  December  31,  1947,  ship- 

100 


ments  under  the  progi-am  totaled  4,743,314  tons. 
The  value  of  these  shipments  totaled  $229,520,292, 
or  approximately  80  percent  of  the  entire  amount 
reserved  for  country  progi-ams,  $285,900,000.  The 
$18,000,000  of  additional  aid  appropriated  for 
China  on  December  23,  1947,  had  not  been  pro- 
gramed. The  scheduled  value  of  offshore  pur- 
chases, which  now  included  fish  from  Iceland  des- 
tined for  Greece  and  Italy  and  rice  from  Siam 
destined  for  China,  had  risen  to  $19,495,000,  of 
which  deliveries  in  the  amount  of  $13,129,738  had 
already  been  made.  Of  the  $285,900,000  reserved 
for  country  programs,  less  than  $6,000,000,  ex- 
cluding the  additional  $18,000,000  reserved  for 
China,  had  not  yet  been  programed.  Most  of  that 
$6,000,000  was  being  held  for  assistance  to  Trieste 
after  January  1, 1948.  It  was  hoped  that,  with  the 
exceiJtion  of  the  programs  for  China  and  Trieste, 
all  shipments  made  against  programs  approved  as 
of  December  31,  1947,  would  be  completed  during 
the  first  quarter  of  1948. 

By  April  30,  1948,  the  program  was  virtually 
completed,  with  only  $622,000  remaining  to  be 
programed.  Approximately  $303,000,000  had  been 
set  aside  for  country  programs,  including  $256,- 
000,000  for  commodities  and  $47,000,000  for  ship- 
Y>n\g  charges.  Of  the  total,  Austria  was  scheduled 
to  receive  assi-stance  valued  at  about  $90,000,000, 
China  at  $46,000,000,  Greece  at  $37,000,000,  Italy 
at  $117,000,000,  and  Trieste  at  $12,000,000.  Pro- 
curement had  been  initiated  for  all  but  $2,000,000 
of  suiDplies.  Deliveries  had  been  made  of  com- 
modities valued  at  $284,000,000,  of  which  $239,- 
000,000  was  the  supply  cost  and  $45,000,000  the 
shipping  cost.  Foodstuffs  made  up  80  percent,  or 
$205,000,000,  of  all  the  aid  programed,  with  cereals, 
principally  wheat,  accounting  for  $170,000,000, 
almost  50  percent  of  all  relief  supplies.  Included 
in  the  programed  aid  was  approximately  $39,- 
000,000  for  fuel,  $1,000,000  for  pesticides,  $7,000,- 
000  for  medical  supplies,  and  $2,000,000  for  seeds. 
The  over-all  United  States  foreign  relief  program 
breakdown,  as  of  April  30,  1948,  included  $303,- 
000,000  for  country  programs ;  $40,000,000  for  the 
International  Children's  Emergency  Fund;  $4,- 
500,000  for  the  Voluntary  Belief  Agency  Trans- 
portation Fund ;  $600,000  for  Department  of  State 
administrative  expenses ;  $250,000  for  the  Citizen's 
Food  Committee ;  $1,000,000  for  the  Food  Con- 
servation Program;  and  $622,000  not  yet 
programed. 

Departmenf  of  Stafe  Bulletin 


The  Individual  Country  Programs 

The  breiiktluwii  of  the  individual  country  pro- 
grams was  as  follows : 

Att-ifria:  As  of  April  30,  1948,  approximately 
$76,000,000  of  aid,  excluding  $14,000,000  for  the 
cost  of  shipping  supplies,  had  been  programed  for 
Austria.  Of  this  total,  procurement  had  been  ini- 
tiated for  $75,000,000  of  supjilies,  and  deliveries 
valued  at  $71,000,000  had  been  made.  Food  sup- 
plies, predominantly  cereals,  made  up  75  percent 
of  the  aid  f(n-  Austria. 

The  United  States  relief  supplies  were  bai'ely 
enougli  to  maintain  Austria's  minimum  economic 
level.  Food  products  shipped  under  the  program 
furnished  60  percent  of  the  food  rationed  to  the 
Austrian  population.  Without  this  American  aid, 
Austria  would  have  faced  an  acute  situation. 
Lack  of  adequate  agricultural  equipment,  short- 
ages of  fertilizer  and  seed,  and  a  bad  drought  dur- 
ing the  summer  months  affected  the  country's 
agricultural  production  during  1947.  Indigenous 
production  of  bread  grains  was  only  60  percent 
of  prewar.  The  Austrian  ration  provided  the 
normal  consumer  during  1947  with  only  1550  to 
1700  calories  a  day.  The  normal  level  in  the 
United  States  is  approximately  3400  calories  a 
day. 

Fuel,  or  coal,  supplies  valued  at  $14,000,000, 
about  18  percent  of  the  total  Austrian  program, 
were  programed  for  shipment  to  Austria.  The 
severe  1947  drought  seriously  affected  power  fa- 
cilities and  aggravated  Austria's  desperate  need 
for  coal  to  meet  industrial  fuel  requirements  and 
to  maintain  essential  services,  such  as  hospitals 
imd  rail  transportation. 

Greece:  The  relief  program  for  Greece  had  al- 
most been  completed  by  April  30,  1948,  with  only 
$300,000  in  supplies  still  to  be  shipped.  In  all, 
Greece  was  scheduled  to  receive  aid  in  the  value 
of  $37,000,000,  including  more  than  $4,000,000 
chargeable  to  shipping  cost. 

The  need  for  food  in  Greece,  which  never  has 
[been  able  to  feed  itself,  was  critical.  More  than 
132,000,000  of  the  $33,000,000  in  aid  programed 
for  Greece  went  for  food  supplies— $24,000,000 
for  cereals  and  $8,000,000  for  fats  and  oils,  meats 
ind  fish,  pulses,  and  dairy  products. 

The  guerrilla  warfare  in  Greece  has  seriously 
"omplicated  economic  problems  in  that  country. 
By  the  end  of  1947,  430,000  refugees  had  fled 
from  areas  threatened  by  the  guerrillas.    More 

luly  25,    7  948 


FOREIGN   AID   AND    RECONSTRUCTION 

than  1,000,000  peoi)le  in  addition  were  destitute 
and  almost  entirely  dependent  upon  relief  sup- 
plies. As  a  result  of  guerrilla  activities,  it  was 
impossible  to  deliver  needed  relief  supplies  to 
areas  with  which  the  Greek  Government  was  not 
able  to  maintain  adequate  communication  facili- 
ties. The  Greek  Government  faced  tremendous 
problems  in  the  care  and  maintenance  of  the 
refugees  from  the  war-ravaged  areas  in  the 
northern  and  central  parts  of  the  country,  and  it 
was  not  always  able  to  provide  them  with  the 
minimum  food  rations  required  for  subsistence. 
Medical  supplies  furnished  under  the  relief  pro- 
gram, mostly  penicillin,  streptomycin,  and  cholera 
vaccine,  have  proved  invaluable  in  protecting  the 
population  against  outbreaks  of  serious  epidemics. 

In  view  of  the  critical  internal  situation  in 
Greece,  the  relief  program  in  that  country  played 
a  particularly  important  role.  The  United  States 
relief  mission  worked  closely  with  the  officials  of 
the  United  States  Mission  for  Aid  to  Greece.  The 
availability  of  United  States  relief  supplies  con- 
tributed significantly  to  the  maintenance  of  stabil- 
ity in  Greece  and  helped  avert  the  development  of 
a  completely  chaotic  situation  in  that  country. 

Italy:  The  relief  program  for  Italy  was  virtually 
complete  by  the  end  of  April  1948.  Dollars  num- 
bering 117  million  had  been  progi-amed  for  Italy — 
$96,000,000  for  supplies  and  $21,000,000  for  ship- 
ping cliarges.  Only  $400,000  in  supplies  remained 
to  be  delivered  as  of  April  30,  1948.  Cereals,  pri- 
marily wheat,  constituted  65  percent  of  the  Italian 
program,  and  fuel,  primarily  coal,  25  percent. 

Italy  was  heavily  dependent  upon  United  States 
wheat  and  coal.  The  wheat  harvest  during  1947 
was  only  68  percent  of  prewar,  and  without  ade- 
quate outside  help  Italy  would  have  faced  a  des- 
perate situation.  Even  with  the  foodstuffs  fur- 
nished under  the  United  States  relief  program, 
the  Italian  Government  was  barely  able  to  main- 
tain mininnun  food-ration  levels.  The  need  for 
American  coal  to  maintain  Italy's  reduced  rate  of 
industrial  production  was  urgent.  The  coal 
shipped  under  the  program  was  subject  to  allo- 
cation in  Italy  and  was  used  only  for  essential 
purposes  to  prevent  economic  retrogression.  The 
success  of  the  relief  progi'am  in  Italy  may  have 
been  reflected,  to  a  considerable  degree,  in  the  out- 
come of  the  Italian  elections  in  April  1948. 

Trieste:  The  area  supplied  under  the  relief 
program  previously  had  included  the  provinces  of 

101 


FOREIGN   AID    AND    RECONSTRUCTION 

Udine  and  Venezia  Giulia,  an  area  with  a  popu- 
lation of  1,300,000  and  with  a  rehxtively  substan- 
tial agricultural  output.  Trieste  had  been  in- 
cluded in  this  area.  After  the  signing  of  the 
Italian  treaty,  the  program  supplied  only  the 
British  and  American  zones  of  the  Free  Territory 
of  Trieste,  an  area  with  a  population  of  290,000 
and  with  practically  no  agricultural  production. 
These  zones  were  almost  entirely  dependent  upon 
the  United  States  foreign-relief  program  for  im- 
ports to  meet  essential  requirements  of  food,  coal, 
and  other  critical  items. 

A  $12,000,000  program  was  set  up  for  Trieste, 
consisting  of  approximately  $10,000,000  in  sup- 
plies and  $2,000,000  for  shipping  costs.  More  than 
$9,000,000  in  supplies  had  been  shipped  to  Trieste 
by  the  end  of  April  1948.  Almost  $7,000,000,  or 
75  percent  of  the  program,  consisted  of  wheat. 
Nonfood  items,  coal  and  medical  supplies,  made  up 
only  12  percent  of  the  Trieste  program. 

The  Allied  Military  Government's  control  over 
the  distribution  of  these  supplies  facilitated  an 
equitable  distribution  of  relief  in  Trieste.  The 
shijament  of  relief  supplies  for  Austria  through  the 
ports  of  the  Free  Territory  provided  a  means  of 
improving  conditions  in  Trieste,  where  opportuni- 
ties for  industrial  and  agricultural  employment 
were  limited. 

China:  After  the  relief  agreement  with  China 
was  signed  on  October  27, 1947,  a  program  of  $27,- 
700,000  was  set  aside  for  that  country,  chiefly  for 
procurement  of  wheat  and  rice.  The  program  in- 
cluded $5,000,000  for  the  procurement  of  rice  in 
Siam  and  also  $4,000,000  for  the  procurement  of 
medical  supplies  in  the  United  States. 

When  Public  Law  393  was  passed  on  December 
23,  1947,  an  additional  $18,000,000,  that  was  pro- 
gramed early  in  1948,  was  made  available  for 
China  relief.  The  total  Chinese  program  totaled 
$46,000,000,  $41,000,000  for  commodities  and 
$5,000,000  for  shipping.  Cereals  made  up  about  85 
l^ercent  of  China's  commodity  program,  and  medi- 
cal supplies  another  12  percent.  Eelatively  small 
amounts  of  pesticides  and  seeds  also  were  sched- 
uled for  shipment.  By  April  30,  1948.  deliveries 
had  been  made  in  the  value  of  $33,000,000,  includ- 
ing $3,000,000  for  shipping  expenses.  The  bulk  of 
the  deliveries,  almost  99  percent  of  the  total  com- 
modity value,  had  been  made  up  of  cereals.  Little 
more  than  $300,000  in  medical  supplies  and  seeds, 
and  no  pesticides,  had  been  delivered. 

102 


China's  critical  months,  as  far  as  food  needs 
were  concerned,  were  from  March  to  June.  It  is 
tradiiional  in  China  to  distribute  indigenous  food 
stocks  during  the  period  of  the  Chinese  New  Year, 
which  this  year  came  in  February.  The  American 
relief  mission,  therefore,  took  all  possible  steps 
to  insure  that  the  distribution  of  United  States 
relief  supplies  should  begin  in  March.  To  help 
distribute  the  United  States  supplies,  the  Ameri- 
can mission  worked  with  the  Chinese  Government 
in  developing  a  controlled  ration  plan  for  use  in 
China's  important  distribution  centei'S — Canton, 
Nanking,  Peiping,  Shanghai,  and  Tientsin. 

Evaluation  of  the  Program 

Tlie  1947  foreign-relief  program  had  the  im- 
mediate and  direct  effect  of  saving  lives  and  pre- 
venting economic  retrogression  in  critical  areas 
of  Europe  and  Asia.  At  the  same  time,  by  pro- 
viding those  supplemental  amounts  of  food,  fuel, 
medical  supplies,  fertilize!',  pesticides,  and  seed 
needed  to  sustain  life  and  maintain  agricultural 
activity,  it  averted  the  complete  deterioration  of 
social,  political,  and  economic  conditions.  It  was 
a  stabilizing  influence  in  areas  threatened  with 
chaos  and  confusion. 

That  the  program,  despite  its  contribution  to 
the  well-being  and  stability  of  important  parts  of 
the  world,  did  not  accomplish  the  purpose  set  out 
for  it — the  completion  of  the  world  relief  task — 
can  be  attributed  to  a  number  of  important  fac- 
tors, over  which  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  largely  had  no  control.     Abnormally  ad-  \ 
verse  weather  conditions  during  1947 — droughts,  ' 
freezes,  and  floods — set  Europe  back  to  a  degree  i 
which  could  not  have  been  foreseen.     Resultant 
crop  failures  and  transportation  tie-ups  rendered  , 
most  of  Europe  incapable  of  continuing  the  pace 
of  reconstruction  and  rehabilitation  and  increased  ! 
the  dependence  of  the  Europeans  upon  outside  as-  i 
sistance,  principally  American,  for  the  very  neces- 
sities  of   life.     Thus   the   1947   relief   program,  i 
instead  of  furnishing  the  final  push  toward  reason- 
able economic  recovery,  barely  enabled  the  popu- 
lations of  those  countries  it  assisted,  those  in  most 
dire  need,  to   maintain   the   progress  they  had 
already  made. 

Other  factors  also  lessened  the  effectiveness  of 
the  relief  program.  Rising  prices,  for  instance, 
cut  materially  into  the  volume  of  goods  which 
could  be  purchased  both  here  and  abroad  for  over- 
seas use.     It  was  not  possible  to  procure  those 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


FOREIGN   AID    AND    RECONSTRUCTION 


quiuitities  of  sujiplios  witli  the  $^50,000,000  appro- 
priatod  which  it  hud  been  anticipated  would  be 
obtained  -ndien  the  program  was  proposed  and 
autliorized.  As  a  result,  relief  targets  could  not 
be  met  fully,  and  consequently  the  entire  program 
suffered.  Political  conflicts  and  disturbances 
played  a  part  in  reducing  the  effectiveness  of  the 
program.  Internal  dissension  over  national  policy 
and  turmoil  created  by  dissident  political  groups 
woiked  against  the  necessary  self-help  and  re- 
habilitation efforts  of  the  countries  receiving 
American  assistance.  In  Greece  and  China  con- 
ditions of  actual  warfare  existed.  In  Austria,  the 
presence  of  the  uncooperative  occupation  force  of 
the  Soviet  Union  hampered  the  distribution  of  re- 
lief supplies  to  the  needy  population.  In  all  of  the 
countries  receiving  aid,  these  disruptive  elements 
made  strong  attempts  to  minimize  the  importance 
of  the  United  States  relief  program  and  to  keep 
the  facts  concerning  it  from  the  people. 

The   Place   of  the   1947   Program   in 
United  States  Foreign  Policy 

It  was  realized  even  before  the  program  was 
authorized  by  Congress  that  the  1947  foreign- 
relief  program  could  not  succeed  in  bringing  an 
end  to  Europe's  need  for  outside  assistance.  By 
June  .5,  1947,  when  Secretary  Marshall  made  his 
famous  speech  at  Harvard  University  which  set 
in  motion  the  European  Recovery  Program,  it  had 
become  clear  to  the  authors  of  American  policy 
that  no  amount  of  relief  alone  could  place  Europe 
firmly  on  the  road  to  reconstruction  and  recovery. 
The  extent  of  the  physical  destruction  and  of  the 
economic  and  political  dislocation  which  the  war 
had  visited  upon  Europe  demanded  a  new  and 
more  fundamental  approach  to  the  problem  of 


recovery.  The  European  Recovery  Program,  the 
most  extensive  economic  undertaking  in  history, 
was  the  answer.  As  a  stopgap  until  Erp  could 
be  placed  in  operation,  it  was  necessary  to  supple- 
ment the  $350,000,000  relief  program  of  1947  with 
the  $522,000,000  interim-aid  program  for  Austria, 
France,  and  Italy  made  possible  by  Public  Law 
393,  ap[)roved  December  23,  1947. 

In  the  adoption  of  the  interim  aid  and  the 
European  Recovery  Programs  lies  the  proof  of 
the  value  of  the  1947  foreign-relief  program.  It 
was  an  integral  link  in  the  chain  of  United  States 
foreign  policy.  By  preventing  chaos  and  con- 
fusion, it  held  the  fort  during  a  critical  period  un- 
til the  forces  of  stability  and  democracy  could  be 
mobilized  for  the  great  effort  toward  world  re- 
covery and  peace.  In  the  absence  of  this  foreign- 
relief  program,  the  year  1947  might  well  have  seen 
the  triumph  in  strategic  areas  of  the  world  of  those 
forces  of  despair  and  tyranny  which  oppose  Erp 
and  which  have  sought  on  so  many  occasions  to 
thwart  American  attempts  to  promote  inter- 
national stability  and  understanding.  Under 
such  circumstances,  the  concept  of  a  European  Re- 
covery Program,  with  its  significance  for  world 
peace  and  progress,  might  have  disappeared  into 
the  limbo  of  lost  opportunities. 

Taken  in  this  larger  sense,  the  1947  relief  pro- 
gram, the  link  between  the  war-born  Unrra  and 
the  great  cooperative  European  Recovery  Pro- 
gram, emerges  as  more  than  a  $350,000,000  foreign- 
aid  program.  It  is  seen  in  its  true  light  as  an  in- 
dispensable step  in  the  direction  of  that  world  of 
peace,  jDrogress,  and  prosperity  which  is  the  hope 
of  the  United  States  and  of  men  of  good  will 
everywhere. 


July  25,    7  948 


103 


ERP  Agreements  Concluded  With  Fourteen  Countries 


[Released  to  the  press  jointly  with  ECA  July  4] 

The  following  14  countries  have  signed  or  ini- 
tialed bilateral  agreements  with  the  United  States 
under  the  Foreign  Assistance  Act  of  1948 :  Austria, 
Belgium,  China,  Denmark,  France,  Greece,  Ice- 
land, Ireland,  Italy,'  Luxembourg,  the  Nether- 
lands, Norway,  Sweden,  and  the  United  Kingdom. 

These  agreements  are  finally  eflfective  for  10  of 
these  countries :  Austria,  China,  Denmark,  Greece, 
Iceland,  Ireland,  Italy,  Luxembourg,  the  Nether- 
lands, and  Norway.  In  the  case  of  the  other 
countries  participating  in  the  foreign-assistance 
program,  it  is  expected  that  appropriate  parlia- 
mentary proceedings  to  make  the  agreements 
finally  effective  will  be  completed  in  the  near 
future. 

Formal  action  with  respect  to  bilateral  agree- 
ments has  not  yet  been  taken  by  Switzerland,  Por- 


tugal, and  Turkey.  With  respect  to  the  occupied 
zones  of  western  Germany,  after  the  draft  text  of 
the  master  agreement  was  worked  out,  it  had  to 
be  adapted  to  the  special  circumstances  of  the  occu- 
pied zones.  However,  in  view  of  recent  develop- 
ments in  Berlin,  the  senior  occupation  authorities 
of  the  British-American  bizone  of  occupation  have 
not  had  an  opportunity  to  conclude  work  on  the 
agreement  for  their  zone.  In  the  case  of  the 
French  zone,  early  signing  of  the  agreement  is 
anticipated  with  the  understanding  that  amend- 
ments might  be  made  later  in  order  to  bring  it 
into  conformity  with  the  bizonal  agi-eement. 

Under  the  provisions  of  the  law,  further  assist- 
ance must  be  suspended  for  countries  with  whom 
agreements  had  not  been  concluded  as  of  July  3. 
It  is  expected  that  there  will  be  only  brief  delays 
in  completing  final  action;  serious  interruptions 
in  the  flow  of  Eca  -  supplies  are  not  anticipated. 


Most-Favored-Natton  Treatment  for  Areas  Under   Military 
Occupation  With  Respect  to  Turkey 


In  the  text  of  the  notes  exchanged  'between  the 
United  States  and  Turkey,  which  are  identical  in 
form,,  variation  from  the  U.  S.-U.  K.  note  ^  appear 
in  paragraphs  1  and  3.  Paragraph  4  of  the  V.  S.~ 
U.  K.  note  is  not  contained  in  the  U.  S -Turkey 
exchange  of  notes. 

1.  For  such  time  as  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  of  America  participates  in  the  oc- 
cupation or  control  of  any  areas  in  western  Ger- 
many, the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste,  Japan  or 
southern  Korea,  the  Government  of  the  Republic 
of  Turkey  will  apply  to  the  merchandise  trade  of 
such  area  the  provisions  relating  to  the  most-fa- 
vored-nation treatment  of  the  merchandise  trade 
of  the  United  States  of  America  set  forth  in  the 
Trade  Agreement  between  the  United  States  of 
America  and  the  Republic  of  Turkey,  signed  April 
1,  1939,  or,  for  such  time  as  the  United  States  of 
America  and  the  Republic  of  Turkey  may  both  be 
contracting  jDarties  to  the  General  Agreement  on 

'  See  BuLMTiN  of  July  11,  1018,  p.  37,  for  Italian 
agreement. 

'  Economic  Cooperation  Administration,  directing  the 
European  Recovery  Program  under  the  Foreign  Assistance 
Act  of  1948. 

"  Bulletin  of  July  11,  1918,  p.  43. 


Tariffs  and  Trade,  dated  October  30, 1947,  the  pro- 
visions of  that  Agreement  as  now  or  hereafter 
amended,  relating  to  the  most-favored-nation 
treatment  of  such  trade.  It  is  understood  that  the 
undertaking  in  this  paragraph  relating  to  the  ap- 
plication of  the  most-favored-nation  provisions 
of  the  Trade  Agreement  shall  be  subject  to  the  ex- 
ceptions recognized  in  the  General  Agreement  on 
Tariffs  and  Trade  permitting  departures  from  the 
application  of  most-favored-nation  treatment; 
provided  that  nothing  in  this  sentence  shall  be  con- 
strued to  require  compliance  with  the  procedures 
specified  in  the  General  Agreement  with  regard  to 
the  application  of  such  exceptions. 

2.  The  undertaking  in  point  1,  above,  will  apply 
to  the  merchandise  trade  of  any  area  referred  to 
therein  only  for  such  time  and  to  such  extent  as 
.such  area  accords  reciprocal  most-favored-nation 
treatment  to  the  merchandise  trade  of  the  Repub- 
lic of  Turkey.  In  this  connection,  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  of  America  will  seek 
arrangements  whereby  such  areas  will  accord 
most-favored-nation  treatment  ( including  most- 
favored-nation  treatment  in  the  application  of 
quantitative  restrictions  in  accordance  with  the 
principles  of  the  Genei'al  Agreement  on  Tariffs 
and  Trade)  to  the  merchandise  trade  of  Turkey. 


104 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS  AND  SPECIALIZED  AGENCIES 


Appeals  by  U.N.  IVIediator  for  Peaceful  Settlement  of  Palestine  Situation 


CABLEGRAM  FROM  MEDIATOR  TO  SECRETARY-GENERAL  > 


June  30, 191,8 
On  28  and  29  June  I  presented  to  Arab  and 
Jewish  autliorities  in  Caii'o  and  Tel  Aviv  respec- 
tively three  brief  papers  setting  forth  in  outline 
my  views  and  suggestions  for  a  possible  approach 
to  the  peaceful  adjustment  of  the  future  situation 
of  Palestine.  These  documents  were  presented  to 
the  apjiropriate  Arab  and  Jewish  officials  by  rep- 
resentatives of  the  Secretariat  who.  as  my  envoys, 
were  authorized  to  explain  orally  the  suggestions 
presented  and  to  give  such  elaboration  of  them 
as  might  be  required. 

Tlie  suggestions  have  been  presented  quite  tenta- 
tively and  with  a  primary  view  to  discovering  if 
there  may  be  found  at  this  stage  of  the  mediation 
a  conunon  ground  on  which  further  discussion  and 
mediation  can  proceed. 

I  have  invited  both  Arab  and  Jewish  repre- 
sentatives to  come  to  Rhodes  to  discuss  with  me 
the  suggestions  which  I  have  advanced  or  any 


counter-suggestions  which  either  or  both  of  them 
may  wish  to  put  forth.  If  for  any  reason  this 
should  not  prove  feasible,  I  have  expressed  my 
willingness  to  meet  with  the  representatives  of 
each  side  at  such  places  as  they  may  suggest. 

I  have  not,  however,  asked  either  side  to  come 
to  Rhodes  for  a  joint  meeting  of  Arabs  and  Jews 
or  a  joint  roundtable  conference  of  the  two  parties. 

I  have  also  appealed  to  both  Arab  and  Jewish 
authorities  not  to  release  to  the  press  or  to  other- 
wise publish  the  suggestions  I  have  offered  or 
their  comments  on  them  until  I  have  officially  re- 
ceived these  comments  or  counter-suggestions. 
For  this  reason  I  am  not  communicating  these 
papers  to  the  Security  Council  at  this  time. 

As  of  30  June  no  such  comments  or  counter- 
suggestions  had  been  received  by  me.  I  have  set 
no  deadline  date  for  the  communication  to  me  of 
the  views  of  the  two  parties. 

Count  Bernadotte 


TEXT  OF  SUGGESTIONS  PRESENTED  BY  MEDiATOR 


The  foUoiring  text  v^as  sent  iy  the  Mediator  to 
he  held  hy  the  SecretaTy-General  for  transinission 
to  the  President  of  the  Security  Council  at  a  time 
to  be  notified  later.  The  Secretavy-Geveral  siibse- 
quently  was  requested  to  release  the  text  at  2:00 
p.m.,  E.D.T.,  4  July  191,8 

I  have  the  honour  to  present  for  the  information 
of  the  Security  Council  the  following  three  papers 
presented  to  the  Arab  and  Jewish  authorities  on 
28  June  1948,  for  their  consideration  in  pursuance 
of  my  effort  to  find  a  common  basis  for  discussion 
witli  the  two  parties  looking  towards  a  peaceful 
adjustment  of  the  future  situation  of  Palestine. 

Part  1.  Introductory  Statement 

1.  The  resolution  of  the  General  Assembly  of 
14  May  1948,  provides  inter  alia  that  the  United 
Nations  Mediator  is  to  use  his  good  offices  to  "pro- 
mote a  peaceful  adjustment  of  the  future  situation 
of  Palestine". 

Jo/y  25,   7948 


2.  It  follows  that  my  prime  objective  as  Medi- 
ator is  to  determine  on  the  basis  of  the  fullest  ex- 
ploration, whether  there  is  any  possibility  of  rec- 
onciling, by  peaceful  means,  the  divei'gent  and 
conflicting  views  and  positions  of  the  two  sides. 

3.  The  co-operative  attitude  manifested  thus 
far  by  both  sides  has  made  possible  the  truce  which 
began  on  11  June.  This  truce  has  brought  a  calmer 
atmosphere,  more  favourable  to  the  task  of  media- 
tion entrusted  to  me  by  the  General  Assembly.  In 
this  improved  atmosphere  I  have  talked  with  the 
representatives  of  both  sides  and  have  obtained  a 
very  clear  impression  of  their  positions  on  the 
question  of  the  future  of  Palestine.  I  have  also 
jirofited  from  the  information  afforded  by  the 
technical  consultants  whom  each  side  has  desig- 
nated in  response  to  my  request. 

'  II.N.  doc.  S/860,  June  30,  1948. 
"  U.N.  doe.  S/S63,  July  3,  1948. 

105 


THE   UN/TED   NATIONS   AND   SPECIALIZBD   AGENCIES 

4.  The  basic  issues  arising  from  the  opposing 
parties  relate  to  partition,  the  establishment  of  a 
Jewish  State,  and  Jewish  immigration. 

5.  I  have  thoroughly  studied,  weighed  and  ap- 
praised the  positions  taken  by  the  two  parties.  I 
interpret  my  role  as  Mediator  not  as  one  involving 
the  handing  down  of  decisions  on  the  future  of 
Palestine,  but  as  one  of  offering  suggestions  on 
the  basis  of  which  further  discussions  might  take 
place  and  possibly  counter-suggestions  be  put  forth 
looking  toward  a  peaceful  settlement  of  this  diffi- 
cult problem.  My  suggestions  at  this  stage,  then, 
must  clearly  be  of  such  nature  as  to  provide  a 
reasonable  framework  of  reference  within  which 
the  two  parties  may  find  it  possible  to  continue 
their  consultations  with  me  towards  the  end  of  a 
peaceful  adjustment. 

6.  My  analysis  has  taken  into  account  the  equi- 
ties involved,  and  the  aspirations,  fears,  motiva- 
tions of  the  parties.  It  has  also  taken  account  of 
the  realities  of  the  existing  situation.  It  has  con- 
vinced me  that  on  grounds  of  equity  as  well  as  on 
practical  grounds  it  is  impossible  for  me  as  Media- 
tor to  call  upon  either  party  to  surrender  com- 
pletely its  position.  In  the  light  of  this  analysis 
I  see  a  possibility  of  an  adjustment  which  would 
give  adequate  reassurance  to  both  parties  as  re- 
gards the  vital  factors  in  their  respective  positions. 
But  the  realization  of  this  possibility  depends 
upon  the  willingness  of  the  parties  to  explore  all 
avenues  for  a  peaceful  adjustment  and  their  readi- 
ness not  to  resume  armed  conflict  as  a  means  of 
settling  their  differences. 

7.  Despite  the  present  conflict,  there  is  a  com- 
mon denominator  in  Palestine  which,  happily,  is 
acceptable  to  and  affirmed  by  both  sides.  This  is 
the  recognition  of  the  necessity  for  peaceful  rela- 
tions between  Arabs  and  Jews  in  Palestine  and  of 
the  principle  of  economic  unity. 

8.  It  is  with  this  common  denominator  es- 
pecially in  mind  that  I  put  forth  the  accompany- 
ing suggestions  in  outline  as  a  basis  for  discussion. 
These  suggestions,  I  must  emj^hasise,  are  sub- 
mitted with  no  intimation  of  preciseness  or  final- 
ity. They  are  designed  solely  to  explore  the 
possible  bases  for  further  discussions  and  media- 
tion, and  to  elicit  from  the  parties  their  reactions 
and  further  views.  Moreover,  any  plans  which 
might  result  from  these  suggestions  could  be  work- 
able only  if  voluntarily  accepted  and  applied. 
There  can  be  no  question  of  their  imposition. 

9.  I  should  make  perfectly  clear  my  intentions 
as  regards  future  procedure.  If  it  develops  that 
the  suggestions  herewith  presented,  or  suggestions 
subsequently  presented,  which  may  arise  from  the 
reactions  to  tliose  now  put  forth,  provide  a  basis 
for  discussion,  I  will  carry  on  with  the  discussions 
as  long  as  may  prove  necessary  and  fruitful.  If, 
however,  these  or  subsequent  suggestions,  if  any 
should  emerge,  are  rejected  as  a  basis  for  discus- 
sion, which  I  earnestly  hope  will  not  occur,  I  shall 

106 


promptly  report  the  circumstances  fully  to  the  Se- 
curity Council  and  shall  feel  free  to  submit  such 
conclusions  to  the  Security  Council  as  I  may  con- 
sider appropriate. 

Count  Folke  Bernadotte 
United  Nations  Mediator  on  Palestine, 

Ehodes,  Greece,  27  June  1948. 

Part  II.  Suggestions  Presented  by  the 
Mediator  on  Palestine 

The  Mediator  advanced  the  following  suggestions 
as  a  possible  basis  for  discussion; 

1.  That,  subject  to  the  willingness  of  the  directly 
interested  parties  to  consider  such  an  arrangement, 
Palestine,  as  defined  in  the  original  Mandate  en- 
trusted to  the  United  Kingdom  in  1922,  that  is  in- 
cluding Transjordan,  might  form  a  Union  com- 
prising two  members,  one  Arab  and  one  Jewish. 

2.  That  the  boundaries  of  the  two  members  be 
determined  in  the  first  instance  by  negotiation  with 
the  assistance  of  the  Mediator  and  on  the  basis  of 
suggestions  to  be  made  by  him.  When  agreement 
is  reached  on  the  main  outlines  of  the  boundaries 
they  will  be  definitively  fixed  by  a  Boundaries 
Commission. 

3.  That  the  purposes  and  function  of  the  Union 
should  be  to  promote  common  economic  interests, 
to  operate  and  maintain  common  services,  includ- 
ing customs  and  excise,  to  undertake  development 
projects  and  to  co-ordinate  foreign  policy  and 
measures  for  common  defence. 

4.  That  the  functions  and  authority  of  the 
Union  might  be  exercised  through  a  central  coun- 
cil and  such  other  organs  as  the  members  of  the 
Union  may  determine. 

5.  That,  subject  to  the  provision  of  the  Instru- 
ment of  Union,  each  member  of  the  Union  may 
exercise  full  control  over  its  own  affairs  including 
its  foreign  relations. 

6.  Immigration  within  its  own  bordere  should 
be  within  the  competence  of  each  member,  pro- 
vided that  following  a  period  of  two  years  from 
the  establishment  of  the  Union,  either  member 
would  be  entitled  to  request  the  Council  of  the 
Union  to  review  the  immigration  policy  of  the 
other  member  and  to  render  a  ruling  thereon  in 
terjns  of  the  common  interests  of  the  Union.  In 
the  event  of  the  inability  of  the  Council  to  reach  a 
decision  on  the  matter,  the  issue  could  be  referred 
by  either  member  to  the  Economic  and  Social 
Council  of  the  United  Nations  whose  decision,  tak- 
ing into  account  the  principle  of  economic  absorp- 
tive capacity,  would  be  binding  on  the  member 
whose  policy  is  at  issue. 

7.  That  religious  and  minority  rights  be  fully 
protected  by  each  member  of  the  Union  and  guar- 
anteed by  the  United  Nations. 

8.  That  Holy  Places,  religious  buildings  and 
sites  be  preserved  and  that  existing  rights  in  re- 
spect of  the  same  be  fully  guaranteed  by  each 
member  of  the  Union. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


9.  That  recogniLion  be  accorded  to  the  rif^ht  of 
residents  of  Palestine  who,  because  of  conditions 
created  by  the  conflict  tliere  have  left  their  normal 
places  of  abode,  to  retnrn  to  their  homes  without 
restriction  and  to  repain  possession  of  their 
property. 

COTJNT  FOLKE  BeRNADOTTE 

United  Nations  Mediator  on  Palestine, 
Rhodes,  Greece,  -11  June  19^8. 

Part     III.  Annex    to     the     Suggestions: 
Territorial   Matters 

I  With  regard  to  paragraph  2  of  the  suggestions 
it  is  considered  that  certain  territorial  arrange- 
ments might  be  worthy  of  consideration.  These 
might  be  along  the  following  lines : 


rHE   UNITED   NATIONS    AND    SPECIALIZED   AGENCIES 

1.  Inclusion  of  the  wliole  or  part  of  the  Negev  in 
Arab  territory. 

2.  Inclusion  of  the  whole  or  part  of  Western 
Galilee  in  Jewish  territory. 

;i.  Inclusion  of  the  City  of  Jerusah'ni  in  Arab 
territory,  with  municipal  autonomy  for  the  Jewish 
community  and  special  arrangements  for  the  pro- 
tection of  the  Holy  Places. 

4.  Consideration  of  the  status  of  Jaffa. 

5.  Establishment  of  a  free  port  at  Haifa,  the 
area  of  the  free  port  to  include  the  relineries  and 
terminals. 

6.  Establishment  of  a  free  airport  at  Lydda. 

Count  Folke  Bernadotte 
United  Nations  Mediator  on  Palestine, 
Rhodes,  Greece,  27  June  1948. 


REPLY  FROM   PROVISIONAL  GOVERNMENT  OF  ISRAEL » 


7  July  1H8 
On  behalf  of  the  Provisional  Government  of 
Israel,  I  have  tiie  honour  to  convey,  for  the  in- 
formation of  the  Security  Council,  the  text  of  the 
reply  given  by  the  Foreign  Minister  of  Israel  to 
the  suggestions  presented  by  Count  Bernadotte  to 
the  Governments  of  Israel  and  of  the  Arab  States. 
Aubrey  S.  Eban 
Representative  of  the 
Provisional  Government  of  Israel 

On  behalf  of  the  Provisional  Government  of 
Israel.  I  have  the  honor  to  offer  the  following  ob- 
servations on  the  suggestions  presented  by  you  un- 
der cover  of  your  letter  of  June  27  as  a  possible 
basis  for  discussion  in  discharge  of  your  task  to 
"promote  a  peaceful  adjustment  of  the  future 
situation  of  Palestine". 

1.  The  Provisional  Government  of  Israel  noted 
with  surprise  that  your  suggestions  appear  to  ig- 
nore the  resolution  of  the  General  Assembly  of  29 
November  1947.  which  remains  the  only  interna- 
tionally valid  adjudication  on  the  question  of  the 
future  government  of  Palestine. 

The  Provisional  Government  also  regrets  to  find 
that,  in  formulating  your  suggestions,  you  do  not 
appear  to  have  taken  into  account  fully  the  out- 
standing facts  of  the  situation  in  Palestine,  namely, 
the  effective  establishment  of  the  sovereignty  of 
the  State  of  Israel  within  the  area  assigned  to  it  in 
the  Assembly's  resolution,  and  other  territorial 
changes  which  resulted  from  the  repulse  of  the 
attack  launched  against  Israel  by  Palestinian 
Arabs  and  by  the  neighboring  Arab  States. 

2.  The  Provisional  Government  of  Israel  begs 
to  recall  that  the  Jewish  people  accepted  the  settle- 
ment laid  down  in  the  General  Assembly's  resolu- 

Ju/y  25.   J  948 


tion  as  a  compromise  entailing  heavy  sacrifices  on 
its  part,  and  the  territory  assigned  to  the  Jewish 
State  as  an  irreducible  minimum.  It  is  indeed  the 
conviction  of  the  Provisional  Government  of 
Israel  that  the  territorial  provisions  affecting  the 
Jewish  State  now  stand  in  need  of  improvement,  in 
view  both  of  the  perils  revealed  by  Arab  aggres- 
sion to  the  safety  and  integrity  of  Israel  and  of  the 
results  achieved  by  Israel  in  repelling  this  aggres- 
sion. In  this  connection,  the  Provisional  Govern- 
ment of  Israel  desires  to  point  out  that  the  terri- 
torial settlement  laid  down  in  the  resolution  was 
based  on  partition  of  Western  Palestine  between 
the  Jewish  people  and  the  Arab  population  of 
Palestine.  Inclusion  of  the  Arab  portion  of  Pales- 
tine in  the  territory  of  one  of  the  neighboring  Arab 
States  would  fundamentally  change  the  context  of 
the  boundary  problem. 

3.  The  Provisional  Government  of  Israel  can- 
not agree  to  any  encroachment  upon  or  limitation 
of  the  free  sovereignty  of  the  people  of  Israel  in 
its  independent  State.  While  it  is  the  basic  aim 
and  policy  of  Israel  to  establish  relations  of  peace 
and  amity  with  her  neighbors  on  the  basis  of  clos- 
est possible  collaboration  in  all  fields,  interna- 
tional arrangements  which  may  be  necessary  to 
give  effect  to  this  policy  cannot  l)e  imposed  upon 
Israel,  but  can  only  be  entered  into  as  a  result 
of  an  agreement  negotiated  between  the  interested 
parties  as  free  and  sovereign  States. 

4.  The  Provisional  Government  of  Israel  would 
be  ready  to  accept  the  provisions  concerning  Eco- 
nomic Union  as  formulated  in  the  Assembly's  reso- 
lution if  all  their  basic  premises  were  to  ma- 
terialize.    This  is  not,  however,  the  eventuality 


'  U.N.  doc.  S/870,  July  8, 1948. 


107 


THE   UN/TED   NATIONS    AND    SPECIALIZED   AGENCIES 

envisaged  in  your  suggestions.  The  partner  State 
whom  the  Israelis  are  invited  to  join  in  a  Union 
is  both  in  its  political  identity  and  in  its  geograph- 
ical dimensions  wholly  different  from  the  Arab 
State  provided  for  in  the  resolution.  Jewish 
consent  to  Economic  Union  in  the  context  of  the 
resolution  cannot  therefore  be  binding  in  the  new 
situation.  It  must  now  be  left  to  the  free  and 
unfettered  discretion  of  the  Government  of  Israel 
in  the  exercise  of  its  sovereign  rights  to  determine 
what  arrangements  should  govern  Israel's  rela- 
tions with  her  neighbor  or  neighbors  in  the  field 
of  economic  co-operation. 

5.  The  Provisional  Government  of  Israel  must 
be  particularly  emphatic  in  its  opposition  to  any 
infringement  of  Israel's  independence  and  sover- 
eignty as  I'egards  her  immigration  policy.  Com- 
plete and  unqualified  freedom  to  determine  the 
size  and  composition  of  Jewish  immigration  was 
the  very  essence  of  the  Jewish  claim  to  statehood. 
Eecognition  of  the  moral  validity  and  the  prac- 
tical urgency  of  that  claim  in  connection  with 
the  issue  of  immigration  lay  at  the  roots  of  its 
acceptance  by  the  international  world.  There  can 
be  no  question  of  any  Israeli  Government  accept- 
ing the  slightest  derogation  in  favor  of  any  joint 
or  international  body  from  Israel's  sovereignty 
as  regards  control  of  her  immigration  policy. 

6.  The  Provisional  Government  of  Israel  was 
deeply  wounded  by  your  suggestion  concerning 
the  future  of  the  City  of  Jerusalem,  which  it  re- 
gards as  disastrous.  The  idea  that  the  relegation 
of  Jerusalem  to  xlrab  rule  might  form  part  of  a 
peaceful  settlement  could  be  conceived  only  in 
utter  disregard  of  history  and  of  the  fundamental 
facts  of  the  problem  which  are : 

a)  The  association  of  Judaism  with  the  Holy 
City; 


b)  The  unique  place  occupied  by  Jerusalem  in 
Jewish  history  and  present-day  Jewish  life ; 

c)  Jewish  inhabitants  constituted  a  two-thirds 
majority  in  the  City  before  the  commencement  of 
Arab  aggression,  and  this  proportion  has  greatly 
increased  since  then  as  a  result  of  Arab  evacua- 
tion ; 

d)  The  whole  of  Jerusalem  with  only  a  few 
minor  exceptions  is  now  in  Jewish  hands; 

e)  And  not  least,  the  fact  that  after  an  exhaus- 
tive study  of  the  problem  and  as  a  result  of  the 
overwhelming  consensus  of  Christian  opinion  in 
its  midst,  the  General  Assembly  resolved  that 
Jerusalem  be  placed  under  an  international 
regime. 

The  Provisional  Government  of  Israel  must 
make  it  clear  that  the  Jewish  people  in  the  State 
of  Israel  and  the  Jews  of  Jerusalem  will  never 
acquiesce  in  the  imposition  of  Arab  domination 
over  Jerusalem,  no  matter  what  formal  municipal 
autonomy  and  what  right  of  access  to  Holy  Places 
the  Jews  of  Jerusalem  might  be  allowed  to  enjoy. 
They  will  resist  any  such  imposition  with  all  the 
force  at  their  command.  The  Provisional  Govern- 
ment of  Israel  regrets  having  to  say  that  your 
startling  suggestion  regarding  Jerusalem,  by  en- 
couraging false  Arab  hopes  and  wounding  Jewish 
feelings,  is  likely  to  achieve  the  reverse  of  the 
pacifying  effect  which  you  undoubtedly  had  in 
mind. 

7.  The  Provisional  Government  of  Israel  does 
not  find  it  necessary  at  this  stage  to  comment  upon 
the  other  points  raised  in  your  suggestions  as  it 
hopes  that  examination  of  its  present  observations 
on  the  major  aspects  of  the  scheme  for  a  settle- 
ment tentatively  outlined  by  you  may  cause  you 
to  reconsider  3'our  whole  approach  to  the  problem. 


CABLEGRAM  FROM   MEDSATOR  TO  SECRETARY-GENERAL  ON  PROLONGATION  OF  TRUCE* 

July  S,  19Ji8 

The  following  proposals  have  been  submitted  to 
the  parties  on  3  and  5  July  1948 : 


During  that  very  short  period,  a  first  effort  has 
been  made  to  explore  the  possibilities  for  effective 
mediation  of  the  Palestine  dispute.  It  could  have 
been  expected  that  i)i  these  four  weeks  a  peaceful 
adjustment  of  the  future  situation  of  Palestine 
could  have  been  achieved  on  the  basis  of  agreement 
between  the  parties. 

On  the  whole,  the  truce  has  worked  well.  There 
have  been  complaints  from  both  sides  as  to  the 
alleged  violations  of  the  terms  of  truce  agreement. 
There  have  been  instances  of  violation,  but  all 
fighting  on  a  major  scale  has  been  stopped,  and  it 
can  be  said  quite  confidently  that  the  truce  has 

'  U.N.  doc.  S/86.5,  July  6,  1948. 
"  U.N.  doe.  S/875,  July  9,  1948. 

108 


worked  well,  and  by  9  July  1948,  neither  State  will 
have  gained  any  significant  military  advantage 
from  its  application.  In  the  meantime,  through 
the  operation  of  the  truce,  much  bloodshed  and 
destruction  have  been  avoided  and  many  lives 
spared. 


Security  Council  Resolution  of  July  7' 

The  Security  Council, 

Taking  into  consideration  the  telegram 
from  the  United  Nations  Mediator  dated  5 
July  1948, 

Addresses  an  urgent  appeal  to  the  inter- 
ested parties  to  accept  in  i)rinciple  the  pro- 
longation of  the  truce  for  such  period  as  may 
be  decided  ujaon  in  consultation  with  the 
Mediator. 


Deparfmenf  of  Sfafe  Bulletin 


The  expiration  of  tlie  date  of  the  truce  on  9 
July  is  now  innninent.  Tlie  parties  to  the  truce 
must  answer  the  question  whether,  in  the  absence 
of  a<rreeuient  on  tlu>  ]iri)cechu'e  and  substance  of 
mediation,  they  will  ajrain  resort  to  armed  conflict. 

There  can  be  little  doubt  that  a  decision  to  re- 
sume tiizhtini:  in  Palestine  will  be  universally  con- 
dennu'il  and  that  the  part}'  or  parties  taking  such 
a  decision  will  be  assuming  a  responsibility  which 
will  be  viewed  by  the  world  with  the  utmost 
gravity. 

The  truce,  in  effect,  is  based  on  the  resolution  of 
the  Security  Council  of  29  Way  19-18.  It  was  the 
fighting  in  Palestine  which  induced  to  adopt  that 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS    AND   SPECIALIZED   AGENCIES 

1-esolution.  Unless  the  i)arties  themselves  agree  to 
extend  the  truce  beyond  9  July,  it  may  be  assumed 
that  the  Security  Council  will  again  consider  the 
matter  and  take  such  action  as  circumstances  may 
demand. 

In  order  that  the  efforts  toward  mediation  of 
the  dispute  may  continue,  and  in  the  interest  of  a 
peaceful  settlement  of  the  problem  by  means  of 
patient  and  tolerant  effort  and  reciprocal  good 
will,  I  ask  the  United  Nations,  as  the  United  Na- 
tions Mediator  on  Palestine,  to  urgently  appeal  to 
the  interested  parties  to  accept  in  principle  the 
{jrolongation  of  the  truce  for  such  period  as  may 
be  decided  upon  in  consultation  with  the  Mediator. 


REPLY  OF  PROVISIONAL  GOVERNMENT  OF  ISRAEL  ACCEPTING  30-DAY  TRUCE" 


FoTIowinff  is  text  of  Jewish  reply  to  proposals 
of  Mediator  handed  to  Mediator  by  Shertok 
Thursday  afternoon,  7  July  ' 

1.  The  Provisional  Government  of  Israel  agrees 
to  a  prolongation  of  the  Truce  for  a  period  of 
thirty  days  from  G  a.  m.  GMT  on  Friday,  July  9th 
194S,  on  the  understanding  that  the  conditions  to 
be  observed  by  all  parties  concerned  shall  be  sub- 
stantially the  same  as  those  which  govern  the 
Truce  at  the  present  time. 

2.  The  Provisional  Government  of  Israel  is 
ready  to  discuss  the  Mediator's  proposal  for  the 
demilitarisation  of  Jerusalem.  This  proposal 
provides  for  the  supply  to  Jerusalem  of  food,  fuel, 
water  and  other  essential  non-military  supplies 
without  limitation  of  quantity.  It  also  provides 
for  an  international  force  to  assume  full  respon- 

I   sibility  for  security  but  not  for  administration  in 

:  the  demilitarized  zone,  in  regard  to  which  status 

quo  will  be  maintained.     It  stipulates  that  this 

arrangement  shall  in  no  way  prejudice  the  future 

political  status  of  Jerusalem  and  also  that  at  the 


'  U.N.  doc.  S/8-2,  July  8,  194S.  Telegram  from  the  U.N. 
mp<liator  to  the  Secretary-General  dated  .July  8,  li)48. 

'U.X.  doc.  S/871,  July  8,  1948  (cable  to  the  Secretary- 
General  dated  July  8,  11)48,  from  Provisional  Government 
of  Israel)  : 

"Have  honour  acknowledge  receipt  your  telegram  11320 
July  7th.  Have  already  communicated  yesterday  to 
Mediator  decision  Provisional  Government  Israel  accept 
prolongation  truce  for  thirty  days  and  extension  truce 
for  three  days  if  other  side  rejects  prolongation.  Also 
expre.ssed  readiness  discuss  demiltarization  whole  city 
Jeriisaleui. 

Jo/y  25,    7  948 


end  of  the  period  of  demilitarisation  the  Jewish 
forces  would  be  entitled  to  return  to  the  military 
status  quo  ante.  The  Israeli  Government  fully 
reserves  its  rights  and  claims  with  regard  to  the 
future  status  of  Jerusalem. 

3.  If  the  present  country-wide  Truce  should  not 
be  prolonged,  the  Provisional  Government  of 
Israel  is  willing  to  accept  an  immediate  cease  fire 
in  Jerusalem  to  permit  a  final  decision  to  be 
reached  on  the  question  of  demilitarisation. 

4.  The  Provisional  Government  of  Israel  does 
not  favour  the  demilitarisation  of  the  Haifa  docks 
and  port  area,  but  is  willing  to  consider  an  ar- 
rangement by  which  the  off-loading  of  supplies 
required  for  the  demilitarised  area  of  Jerusalem 
could  take  place  in  safety. 

5.  The  Provisional  Government  of  Israel  does 
not  favour  the  demilitarisation  of  the  Haifa  re- 
fineries. 

6.  The  Provisional  Government  of  Israel  ac- 
cepts the  proposal  of  the  Mediator  for  a  three 
days'  extension  of  the  Truce  to  permit  evacuation 
of  observers  and  stores  even  if  the  Truce  as  a 
whole  is  not  prolonged. 

"Informed  by  Mediator  this  morning  .\rab  Governments 
rejected  both  proposals  maximum  and  minimum  for  ex- 
tension truce  and  as  regards  Jerusalem  accepted  demili- 
tarization principle  only  for  old  city. 

"This  morning  l.tK)  a.m.  (G..M.T. ),  Egyptian  force  con- 
siderin.g  [consisting]  two  armoured  columns  and  infantry 
launched  oft'ensive  against  our  positions  in  soutli  Palestine. 
Battle  now  in  progress.  While  its  armed  forces  are  ready 
for  most  determined  action  on  all  fronts.  Provisional  Gov- 
ernment of  Israel  is  most  interested  learn  what  Security 
Council  will  decide  in  present  emergency. 

Sheetok" 

109 


REPLY  FROM  ARAB  GOVERNMENTS  REJECTING  30-DAY  TRUCE' 


Political  Committee  of  League  of  Arab  States 
has  very  carefully  studied  proposal  put  forth  by 
United  Nations  Mediator  for  prolongation  of 
truce  and  has  taken  note  of  reasons  which,  in  his 
view,  justify  such  prolongation.  In  this  connec- 
tion the  committee  would  like  to  recall  that  Arab 
Governments  were  forced  to  intervene  militarily 
in  Palestine  on  15  May  last  in  response  to  appeal 
of  Arab  inhabitants  who  are  crushing  majority  of 
population  to  put  an  end  to  slaughters  committed 
by  Zionist  terrorists  against  Ai'abs  and  humanity, 
to  restore  law  and  order  in  country  and  enable  its 
inhabitants  to  exercise  attributes  of  independence 
and  right  of  self  determination. 

Indeed,  it  was  due  to  this  armed  intervention 
that  it  was  possible  to  save  many  Arab  lives,  avoid 
much  destruction  and  further  bloodshed  and  re- 
store peace,  law  and  order  to  areas  occupied  by 
Arab  armies. 

Despite  the  fact  that  Arab  armies  were  at  time 
masters  of  situation,  Arab  states  accepted  Secu- 
rity Council  resolution  of  29  May  last  inviting 
tliem  to  agree  four-week  truce  to  enable  United 
Nations  Mediator  carry  out  his  functions.  It  was 
only  to  demonstrate  their  good-will,  and  give  fur- 
tlier  evidence  their  earnest  desire  cooperate  with 
United  Nations  in  efforts  to  arrive  peaceful  and 
just  solution  of  Palestine  problem,  they  did  so. 

However,  Arab  apprehension  that  Zionists  were 
sure  violate  truce  conditions  proved  well  founded. 
In  fact,  despite  these  conditions  Zionists  continued 
aggression  against  Arabs  in  areas  under  their  oc- 
cupation and  steadily  persisted  throughout  truce 
in  pursuing  their  policy  of  smuggling  immigi'ants, 
arms  and  amnumition  into  country,  as  witnessed 
by  United  Nations  observers.  They  have  also  oc- 
cupied number  of  villages  and  positions  not  in 
their  possession  at  time  of  cease-fire.  They  have 
furthermore  intensified  their  aggi'essive  activities 
against  peace-abiding  inhabitants,  burning  their 
villages  and  crops  in  various  parts  of  country. 
They  have  committed  atrocities  against  civilian 
population,  plundering  homes  and  pillaging  prop- 
erty and  forcing  them  work  in  erecting  of  fortifi- 
cations, digging  trenches  and  other  hard  labor. 

All  these  activities,  which  constitute  flagrant 
violation  spirit  and  letter  Security  Council's  reso- 
lution 29  May  as  well  as  of  truce  conditions  agreed 
to  and  accepted  by  both  sides,  were  duly  brought 
attention  of  United  Nations  Mediator. 

As  matter  of  fact,  these  flagrant  violations  of 
truce  constituted  in  themselves  sufficient  justifica- 
tion for  immediate  resumption  of  fighting  by  Arab 
states.    However,  much  as  they  could  ill  atford  it, 

'U.N.  doc.  S/876,  July  9,  1948.  The  capitalization, 
spelling,  and  punctuation  used  here  do  not  conform  to 
the  U.N.  doc. 

110 


they  have  patiently  kept  peace  in  desire  to  afford 
United  Nations  Mediator  ample  scope  carry  out 
his  endeavors  to  find  peaceful  solution.  Unfortu- 
nately, solution  proposed  by  Mediator  based  as 
it  is  on  continuation  of  status  quo  aiming  at  parti- 
tion and  creating  of  Jewish  state  has  been  most 
disappointing  to  Arabs.  It  is  evident  that  status 
quo  which  inspired  suggestions  put  forth  by  Medi- 
ator is  result  of  Zionist  terrorist  activities  in  which 
they  have  been  encouraged  by  policy  of  hesitation 
ancl  indecision  adopted  by  former  mandatory 
power  in  maintenance  of  law  and  order  in  comitry, 
a  policy  which  has  not  only  enabled  Zionist  gangs 
to  amass  huge  forces,  build  strong  fortifications  in 
many  parts  of  country  and  launch  surprise  attacks 
on  peaceful  population,  but  also  to  occupy  many 
towns  and  villages  and  large  areas  without  fight- 
ing. 

The  Mediator  fully  realizes  that  partition  and 
establishment  of  a  Jewish  state  in  country  lies  at 
root  of  present  dispute.  Therefore,  the  suggestion 
to  adopt  status  quo  as  basis  for  discussions  to  ar- 
rive at  peaceful  and  permanent  solution  of  prob- 
lem undoubtedly  proves  to  be  inconsistent  with 
principles  of  justice  ancl  democracy  and  detrimen- 
tal permanent  interests  of  country's  inhabitants. 
Moreover,  prolongation  of  truce  under  present  con- 
ditions would  mean  perpetration  of  status  quo 
which  Mediator  adopted  as  basis  for  his  sugges- 
tion. All  these  factors  carry  us  away  from  pur- 
pose of  his  Excellency's  mission,  which  is  to  find 
peaceful  and  just  solution  to  problem. 

Further,  the  Zionists  are  steadily  carrying  on 
with  establishment  and  consolidation  of  their  state 
and  there  is  no  hope  of  their  cooperation  in  ar- 
riving at  desired  peaceful  settlement  which  was 
aim  of  truce.  This  is  confirmed  by  Mediator's 
memorandum  5  July  setting  forth  his  comments 
on  Arab  counter  proposals. 

His  Excellency  therein  declares  he  is  fully  con- 
vinced there  is  no  possibility  of  persuading  Jews 
to  give  up  i^resent  sejDarate  cultural,  political  exist- 
ence and  accept  merging  in  unitary  state.  It  is 
noC  reasonable,  therefore,  particularly  after  ex- 
pression of  such  conviction,  to  expect  that  pro- 
longation of  truce  would  lead  to  desired  peaceful 
settlement.  On  contrary  such  prolongation  would 
help  Zionist  terrorists  intensify  aggressive  activi- 
ties, a  state  which  would  aggravate  already  grave 
situation  and  not  serve  cause  of  peace. 

Indeed,  prolongation  truce  in  this  manner  is  de- 
trimental to  Palestine  Arabs  who  are  majority. 
In  fact,  more  than  quarter  million  civilians  among 
Arab  inhabitants  of  country  forced  under  terrorist 
pressure,  anarchy  and  state  of  insecurity  wrought 
by  Zionist  gangs  to  abandon  homes  and  property  to 
become  i-erugees  in  Arab  countries  without  re- 
sources after  Zionists  plundered  their  homes  and 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


liiid  hands  on  all  their  property.  On  the  contrary, 
as  result  of  truce  Palestine's  gates  have  been  Hung 
wide  open  to  unlimited  Jewish  inunigration  which, 
in  four  weeks  of  truce,  has  reached  record  unprec- 
etlented  in  annals  of  country.  It  is  only  natural 
for  Zionists  Iherefore  to  welcome  truce  prolonga- 
tion because,  in  addition  to  assisting  them  continue 
acts  of  violence  and  depredations  against  Arab 
jieighbors  and  intensify  policy  of  unlimited  Jew- 
ish immi2:ration,  it  hinders  restoration  of  peace 
and  security. 

Nothing  is  more  welcome  to  Arabs  who  are 
staunch  supporters  of  peace  than  avoidance  of 
bloodshed  and  solution  of  problems  by  peaceful 
means  but  impossibility  of  persuading  Jewish  mi- 
nority to  abandon  political  ambitions  always  al- 


THE   UNITBD   NATIONS    ANO   SPECIALIZED   AGENCIES 

luded  to  by  Mediator  and  its  determination  to  im- 
pose its  will  by  force  and  terrorism  on  the  over- 
whelming majority  of  iniiabitaiits  of  country  who 
form  part  of  Arab  luition  coupled  with  its  viola- 
tions of  conditions  of  truce  and  utilization  of  in- 
terval as  means  for  intensification  of  aggression 
against  Arabs  and  for  overflooding  country  with 
continuous  flow  of  immigrants,  all  these  factors 
make  it  imperative  for  Arab  states  not  to  agree 
to  prolongation  of  truce  under  present  conditions 
and  to  take  all  measures  necessary  to  bring  these 
conditions  to  end.  This,  however,  should  not  shut 
door  in  face  of  further  efforts  by  Mediator,  nor 
should  it  preclude  whatever  proposals  his  Ex- 
cellency may  put  forth  in  that  capacity. 


STATEMENT  OF  MEDIATOR  TO  SECRETARY-GENERAL" 


Statement  of  the  Mediator  on  the  Arab  and  Jewish 
replies: 

The  replies  from  the  Arab  and  Jewish  represent- 
atives have  been  received.  The  Jewish  replies 
were  handed  to  me  by  Mr.  Shertok  in  Tel  Aviv 
yesterday  afternoon  7  July;  the  Arab  replies,  the 
full  text  of  which  have  not  been  received,  were 
cabled  to  me  at  Haifa  in  paraphrase  by  my  repre- 
sentative in  Cairo  who  received  them  early  this 
morning  from  Azzam  Pasha. 

These  replies  related  to  the  following  questions : 

1.  The  prolongation  of  the  Truce. 

2.  A  temporai-y  cease  fire  in  Jerusalem  as  a 
means  of  concluding  arrangements  for  the  demili- 
tarization of  that  city. 

3.  The  demilitarization  of  the  Haifa  refineries, 
terminals  and  port  area. 

The  Jewish  reply  agreed  to  a  prolongation  of 
the  Truce  for  a  period  of  thirty  days  from  G  a.  m. 
GMT  on  Friday,  9  July  on  the  under.standing  that 
the  conditions  of  the  prolonged  Truce  would  be 
substantially  the  same  as  those  governing  the  ex- 
isting one. 

The  Arab  reply,  the  translated  text  of  which 
has  not  been  received,  states  that  the  Arabs  are 
not  prepared  to  accept  a  prolongation  of  the  Truce 
under  jiresent  conditions  in  view  of  their  experi- 
ence of  the  past  four  weeks. 

A  request  had  also  been  presented  to  the  parties 
that,  in  the  event  there  was  no  agreement  on  the 
prolongation  of  the  Truce,  a  three-day  extension 
would  be  granted  in  order  to  facilitate  the  evacua- 
tion of  the  U.N.  observers  and  their  equipment. 
The  Jewish  reply  accepted  this  proposal,  the  Arab 
reply  makes  no  specific  reference  to  it  and  it  is 
apparently  rejected.  Despite  this  apparent  re- 
jection of  the  three-day  extension,  however  all 
necessary  steps  are  being  immediately  taken  for 

Ju/y  25,   1948 


the  safe  evacuation  of  all  U.N.  observers  and  per- 
sonnel and  their  equipment. 

As  regards  the  demilitarization  of  Jerusalem 
the  Jewish  reply  has  indicated  a  willingness  to 
discuss  this  proposal  and  to  accept  an  immediate 
cease  fire  in  Jerusalem  in  order  that  a  final  decision 
might  be  reached  on  demilitarization  since  the  pre- 
cise meaning  of  the  Arab  reply  to  the  proposal  is 
not  clear,  a  request  has  been  made  for  clarification. 
I  have  also  informed  the  Arab  representatives  of 
my  willingness  to  meet  with  them  in  Cairo  on 
Saturday  to  discuss  a  temporary  cease  fire  in  the 
whole  city  of  Jerusalem  looking  toward  further 
discussions  concerning  its  demilitarization.  I  have 
also  informed  Mr.  Shertok  by  telephone  of  my  de- 
sire to  carry  on  similar  discussions  in  Tel  Aviv. 

As  regards  the  Haifa  proposal  the  replies  of  the 
two  parties  are  so  divergent  as  to  indicate  that 
there  is  no  prospect  of  an  agreement  of  this  pro- 
posal. 

I  am  disapjDointed  that  hostilities  are  to  be  re- 
sumed in  Palestine  since  it  appears  quite  impos- 
sible for  me  to  obtain  agreement  of  the  two  parties 
not  to  resume  hostilities.  I  will  now  concentrate 
my  efforts  during  the  next  few  days  on  obtaining  a 
cease  fire  in  Jerusalem  and  its  ultimate  demilitari- 
zation. I  will  do  my  utmost  to  save  Jerusalem  and 
the  Holy  Places  from  further  destruction. 

It  is  my  intention  to  make  a  full  report  to  the 
Security  Council  at  a  very  early  dale.  I  do  not 
consider  my  mission  as  Mediator  to  be  at  an  end 
as  a  result  of  this  temporary  set  back.  I  will  con- 
tinue to  work  on  the  task  assigned  to  me  by  the 
May  14th  resolution  of  the  General  Assembly  with 
a  view  to  attaining  at  the  earliest  possible  day 
a  peaceful  adjustment  of  the  future  situation  of 
Palestine. 


'  U.N.   doc.   S/873,   July  8,   1948    (telegram  from   U.N. 
mediator  dated  July  S,  1948). 

Ill 


MEDIATOR  CALLS  FOR  10-DAY  CEASE-FIRE  TRUCE 


The  folJowing  appeal  has  been  eommwnicated  to 
all  parties  concerned  hy  the  Mediator  on  9  July 
19J(8 

I  find  it  imperative  to  proceed  to  Lake  Success 
immediately  for  the  purpose  of  presenting  to  tlie 
Security  Council  of  the  United  Nations  a  full  re- 
port of  my  negotiations  and  the  Arab  and  Jewish 
replies  to  my  several  proposals.  I  am  particularly 
and  most  keenly  disappointed  that  my  proposal 
for  a  prolongation  of  the  truce  was  not  favourably 
acted  upon  by  the  Arab  Eepresentatives.  In  this 
regard  I  may  also  call  attention  to  the  resolution 
of  the  Security  Council  of  7  July  addressing  an 
urgent  appeal  to  the  interested  parties  to  accept  in 
principle  the  prolongation  of  the  truce  for  such 
period  as  may  be  decided  upon  in  consultation  with 
the  Mediator.  The  Security  Council  is  now  ac- 
tively and  urgently  engaged  in  the  consideration 


of  appropriate  steps  looking  toward  an  assurance 
of  peace  in  Palestine  and  it  is  my  intention  to  place 
myself  fully  at  the  disposal  of  the  Security  Council 
towards  this  end.  I  plan  to  return  to  Near  East 
from  Lake  Success  within  a  matter  of  days  for 
the  purpose  of  resuming  my  efforts  at  mediation. 
YoY  the  above  reasons  in  the  interest  of  peace  and 
the  peoples  of  Palestine,  Arabs  and  Jews  alike,  and 
with  grave  concern  for  the  preservation  of  Jeru- 
salem I  make  this  appeal  to  both  parties  with 
utmost  urgency  to  accept  an  unconditional  cease 
fire  in  Palestine  for  a  period  of  ten  days  extending 
from  twelve  o'clock  noon  G.M.T.,  Saturday,  ten 
July  1948.  I  earnestly  hope  that  both  parties  will 
demonstrate  their  sincere  desire  for  peace  in 
Palestine  by  accepting  this  urgent  appeal  and  that 
their  acceptance  will  be  notified  to  me  at  my  head- 
quarters at  Rhodes  at  the  earliest  possible  moment. 

Count  BERNADt)TTE 


PROVISIONAL  GOVERNMENT  OF  ISRAEL  ACCEPTS  10-DAY  TRUCE" 


Sir  :  I  have  the  honour  to  inform  you  that  the 
Foreign  Minister  of  the  Provisional  Government 
of  Israel  communicated  the  following  message  to 
the  Mediator  on  the  night  of  July  9 : 

"The  Provisional  Government  of  Israel  accepts 
in  principle  the  new  cease-fire  proi^osal  for  the 
period  of  ten  days  and  is  ready  to  issue  the  nec- 
essary orders  as  soon  as  it  is  notified  by  the  Media- 
tor that  the  proposal  has  been  accepted  by  the  Arab 
governments  and  authorities  concernecl  and  that 


orders  to  cease  all  hostilities  have  actually  been 
issued  to  all  commanders  of  Arab  forces  operating 
in  the  field  against  the  forces  of  Israel.  The  Pro- 
visional Government  would  prefer  the  time  for  the 
commencement  of  the  cease-fire  to  be  fixed  in  the 
forenoon  Israel  time." 
I  have  [etc.] 

Atjbeet  S.  Eban 
Representative  of  the  Provisional 
Government  of  Israel  to  the  United  Nations 


CONCLUSION   FROM   MEDIATOR'S  REPORT  TO  SECURITY  COUNCIL '^ 


32.  There  are  certain  stark  facts  in  the  Pales- 
tine situation  which  are  both  fundamental  and 
inescapable.  The  Arabs  are  bitterly  opposed  to 
the  partition  of  Palestine,  the  establishment  of  a 
Jewish  State,  and  Jewish  immigration.  While 
willing  to  permit  many  of  the  Jews  now  in  Pales- 
tine to  remain  there  as  a  minority  group  in  an 
Arab-dominated  luiitaiy  state,  they  regard  the 
Jews  of  Palestine  as  interlopers  antl  a  menace  to 
the  Arab  world.  The  xVrab  States  have  demon- 
strated their  willingness  to  employ  armed  force 
to  the  limit  of  their  capacities  against  what  they 
regard  as  the  injustice  inherent  in  a  Jewish  in- 
vasion supported  by  the  outside  world.  The  Arab 
States  regard  it  as  their  solemn  obligation  to  take 
up  the  cudgels  on  behalf  of  the  Arabs  of  Palestine. 

33.  On  the  other  hand,  the  Jews  of  Palestine  are 


"  U.N.  doc.  S/878,  July  9, 1948  ( telegram  from  the  United 
Nations  mediator  dated  July  9,  1948,  to  the  Secretary- 
General  ) . 

"  U.N   doc.  S/S84,  July  10,  1948. 

"  Excerpts  from  U.N.  doc.  S/888,  July  12,  1948. 

112 


equally  as  determined  to  have  partition  in  Pales- 
tine, to  defend  and  preserve  the  state  they  have 
establislied,  and  to  keep  open  the  gates  for  Jewish 
immigration  into  that  state.  They  too  have  amply 
demonstrated  their  willingness  and  ability  to  fight 
tenaciously  to  defend  their  state  against  attack. 
34.  The  de  facto  situation  in  Palestine  today  is 
that  a  Jewish  Provisional  Government,  recognized 
by  an  increasing  numl)er  of  states,  exists  in  an 
area  of  Palestine,  and  is  exercising,  without  re- 
strictions of  any  kind  on  its  authority  or  power, 
all  the  attributes  of  full  sovereignty,  including  the 
waging  of  war.  This  provisional  government  and 
the  state  it  represents,  were  established  under  the 
cloak  of  authority  given  by  the  29  November  reso- 
lution of  the  General  Assembly.  Since  that  reso- 
lution, much  has  happened  in  Palestine,  and  it  is 
not  easy  to  undo  what  history  has  recorded.  It  is 
this  de  facto  situation  which  the  Arab  states  are 
fighting  to  eliminate,  but  the  plain  fact  remains 
that  it  is  there.  It  is  a  small  state,  precariously 
perched  on  a  coastal  shelf  with  its  back  to  the 
sea  and  defiantly  facing  on  three  sides  a  hostile 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Arab  world.  Its  future  may  be  assessed  as  vincer- 
tain,  and  if  it  survives  this  war  its  security  will  be 
likely  to  present  a  serious  problem  for  a  gootl  time 
to  e()me.  Its  peoples,  other  than  the  Arabs  in  its 
midst  whose  large  numbers  have  been  at  least 
temporarily  reduced  by  more  than  half  by  their 
Hijrht  from  Jewish  occupied  areas,  are  intensely 
nationalistic  and  apparently  fearless  in  the  face  of 
the  Arab  threat. 

.''),"i.  A  tirst  essential  in  Palestine  today  is  an  im- 
mediate cessation  of  hostilities.  But  that  is  only 
a  first  step.  For  the  question  must  be  answered, 
at  some  stage,  whether  the  international  com- 
munity is  willing  to  tolerate  resort  to  armed  force 
as  the  means  for  settlement  of  the  Palestine  issue. 
Willingness  to  do  this  could  well  involve  many 
risks  for  the  peace  of  the  entire  Near  East,  if  not 
for  the  larger  world.  In  this  regard  a  distinction 
may  ])roperly  be  drawn  between  forbidding  the 
use  of  force  in  Palestine  and  making  it  unprofit- 
able to  use  force,  on  the  one  hand,  and  enforcing  a 
political  settlement,  on  the  other.  Ending  the  use 
of  force  in  Palestine  will  in  fact,  make  possible  an 
eventual  peaceful  settlement. 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS    AND   SPECIALIZED   AGENCIES 

36.  For  many  and  compelling  reasons  the  inter- 
national community  has  a  vested  interest  in  a 
])eaceful  settlement  of  the  Palestine  problem. 
Viewed  realistically,  the  situation  is  as  follows. 
If  armed  force  is  forbidden  in  the  settlement  of 
the  problem,  and  it  is  made  jn-ohibitively  unprofit- 
able for  the  Arab  states  to  employ  it,  there  will 
be  in  Palestine  a  Jewish  community  with  a  sepa- 
rate cultural  and  political  existence,  a  Jewish 
state,  whose  strength  and  prosperity  and  capacity 
for  economic  and  social  development,  by  the  ad- 
mission of  its  own  leaders,  must  largely  depend 
on  its  ability  to  cultivate  friendh'  relations  with 
its  Arab  neighbours.  If  the  employment  of  armed 
force  is  not  forbidden,  the  issue  of  the  Jewish  state 
in  Palestine  will  be  settled  on  the  field  of  battle. 
The  decision  which  may  be  taken  with  regard  to 
the  resort  to  armed  force  in  Palestine  wijl  deter- 
mine the  innnediate  prospects  for  further  effective 
mediation  over  the  settlement.  In  this  vital  re- 
gard the  decisions  of  the  Security  Council  on  the 
matter  will  be  controlling. 


PROVISIONAL  GOVERNMENT  OF  ISRAEL  NOTES  EXPIRATION  OF  TRUCE  AGREEMENT  >3 


IJ  July  1948 

1.  On  3  and  5  July  1948,  the  United  Nations 
Mediator  addressed  a  connnunication  (S/865)  to 
the  Provisional  Government  of  Israel  and  the 
Governments  of  the  Arab  States.  In  the  course 
of  that  commmiication,  the  Mediator  wrote : 

"The  expiration  of  the  date  of  the  truce  on  9 
July  is  now  imminent.  The  parties  to  the  truce 
must  answer  the  question  whether  .  .  .  they  will 
again  resort  to  armed  conflict." 

The  Provisional  Government  of  Israel  ex- 
pressed its  readiness  to  agree  to  a  further  prolon- 
gation of  the  truce  agreement  (S/872,  8  July). 
The  Arab  States  informed  the  Mediator  on  9  Jul}- 
that  they  find  it: 

"imperative  not  to  agree  to  a  prolongation  of  the 
truce  under  present  conditions  and  fa  take  all  meas- 
ures necessary  to  bring  these  conditions  to  an  end." 
(S/876) 

2.  In  his  cablegram  of  5  July  addressed  to  both 
parties  (S/8G5),  the  Mediator  wrote: 

"There  can  be  little  doubt  that  a  decision  to  re- 
sume fighting  in  Palestine  will  be  universally  con- 
denuied  and  that  the  party  or  parties  to  take  such 
a  decision  will  be  assuming  a  responsibility  which 
will  be  viewed  by  the  world  with  the  utmost  grav- 
ity." 

Despite  this  appeal,  and  the  i-esolution  of  the 
Security  Council  proposed  bv  the  United  Kingdom 
on  6  July  1948  (S/8()7).  the  Arab  States  have 
rejected  the  prolongation  of  the  truce,  resumed 

iuly  25,    J  948 


fighting,  and  thereby  assumed  the  responsibility  to 
which  the  Mediator  referred. 

3.  It  is  therefore  clear  to  the  Provisional  Gov- 
ernment of  Israel  that  the  truce  initiated  by  the 
Security  Council's  resolution  of  29  May  1948  has 
expired,  and  has  not  been  prolonged.  The  Pro- 
visional Government  of  Israel  therefore  regards 
itself  as  entirely  free  from  all  its  conditions  and 
terms. 

4.  In  this  connection,  may  I  refer  to  the  pro- 
ceedings of  the  Security  Council  at  its  320th  meet- 
ing on  15  June  1948,  when  it  was  decided  to : 

"call  to  the  attention  of  Member  States  as  well  as 
to  that  of  non-members,  if  possible,  paragraph  6 
of  the  Truce  Proposals  and  to  request  them  to  ex- 
tend co-operation  and  assistance  to  the  United 
Nations  ^Mediator  in  the  implementation  of  the 
provisions  of  the  truce  proposals," 

The  Provisional  Government  of  Israel  submits 
that  it  is  now  necessary  for  the  Secretary-General 
to  inform  all  Governments  addressed  by  the  Coun- 
cil on  15  June  that  the  period  of  the  Truce  agree- 
ment has  expired  and  has  not  been  renewed,  with 
the  result  that  the  Security  Council's  request   to 
them  to  assist  in  implementing  the  provisions  ot 
the  truce  proposals  is  no  longer  in  force. 
Aubrey  S.  Eban 
Representative  of  the  Provisional 
Government  of  Israel  to  the  United  Nations 


"^U.N.  (ioc.  S/SS9,  July  12,  1048  (letter  from  Pro- 
visional Governinont  of  Israel  dated  July  11,  1948,  to  the 
President  of  the  Security  Council). 

113 


U.S.  Urges  Security  Council  Action  for  Prolongation  of  Truce 


REMARKS  BY  PHILIP  C.  JESSUP  > 
Acting  U.S.  Representative  at  the  Seat  of  the  United  Nations 


We  listened  this  morning  to  the  report  of  a  man 
who  has  been  carrying  out  courageously  a  most 
difficult  assignment. 

The  United  Nations  mediator's  report  speaks 
for  itself. 

This  is  not  the  time  for  me  to  attempt  to  make 
a  flowery  speech.  It  is  the  time  for  action  by  the 
Security  Council. 

Fighting  is  now  going  on  in  Palestine. 

It  is  going  on  because  one  party  has  not  agreed 
to  any  suggestion  or  appeal  to  avoid  fighting,  al- 
though the  other  party — the  Provisional  Govern- 
ment of  Israel — declared  its  readiness  to  accept 
each  and  every  suggestion  and  appeal. 

The  Security  Council  must  face  its  respon- 
sibility. 

The  general,  the  practically  universal  opinion, 
is  that  there  is  a  threat  to  the  peace  in  Palestine 
within  the  meaning  of  article  39  of  the  Charter. 
I  mention  article  39,  the  first  article  of  chapter 
VII. 

The  Security  Council  should  recognize  this  fact. 

I  repeat :  Fighting  is  going  on  in  Palestine.  It 
must  stop.  The  Security  Council,  in  discharge  of 
its  duty  under  article  40,  should  order  it  to  stop. 

The  Security  Council  should  call  attention  to 
the  consetiuences  of  a  failure  to  stop  fighting. 
Such  a  warning  would  clearly  have  particular 
meaning  for  that  party  which  has  so  far  rejected 
all  appeals. 


United  Nations  machinery  must  be  available  to 
supervise  the  truce.  It  is  obvious  that  this  ma- 
chinery should  be  under  the  direction  of  the  United 
Nations  mediator  appointed  by  the  General  As- 
sembly, with  the  assistance  of  the  Truce  Commis- 
sion appointed  by  the  Security  Council. 

The  City  of  Jerusalem  is  of  special  concern  to 
mankind.  The  United  Nations  has  recognized 
this  fact.  No  mechanical  difficulty  applicable  to 
communication  with  military  forces  scattered  over 
a  wide  front  exists  in  Jerusalem.  The  Security 
Council  should  order  an  unconditional  cease-fire  in 
Jerusalem  to  take  effect  24  hoiu-s  from  the  time  of 
the  resolution  which  I  hope  the  Security  Council 
will  adopt  this  afternoon  so  that  the  destruction 
of  Jerusalem  will  come  to  an  end. 

The  Security  Council,  in  ordering,  under  chap- 
ter VII  of  the  Charter,  the  observance  of  a  truce, 
should  make  it  clear  that  it  insists  that  the  Pales- 
tine problem  is  not  to  be  solved  by  force. 

The  Security  Council  should  therefore  decide 
that  the  truce  shall  remain  in  effect  until  the  future 
situation  in  Palestine  is  adjusted  by  peaceful 
means. 

The  United  States  has  embodied  these  views  in  a 
draft  resolution  which  we  have  handed  to  the  Sec- 
retariat and  which  I  hope  has  now  been  distrib- 
uted to  the  members  of  the  Council.  With  your 
permission  I  shall  now  read  the  text  of  that  reso- 
lution.- 


TEXT  OF  SECURITY  COUNCIL  RESOLUTION 


The  Security  Council 

Taking  into  consideration  that  the  Provisional 
Government  of  Israel  has  indicated  its  accei^tance 
in  principle  of  a  prolongation  of  the  truce  in 
Palestine;  that  the  States  members  of  the  Arab 
League  have  rejected  successive  appeals  of  the 
United  Nations  Mediator,  and  of  the  Security 

'  Made  in  the  Security  Council  on  July  13,  1948,  and  re- 
leased to  the  press  by  the  U.S.  Mission  to  the  United 
Nations  on  tlie  same  date. 

■  U.N.  doc.  S/.S!)0,  July  13,  194S.     Not  here  printed. 

"U.N.  doc.  S/002.  adopted  on  July  15,  104S.  The  last 
thri'e  pnrngraphs  arc  an  addition  to  tlie  resolution  pre- 
sented by  the  U.S.  Variations  appear  in  paragraphs  five 
and  eight  of  the  Security  Council  resolution  as  compared 
with  the  U.S.  draft. 

.114 


Council  in  its  resolution  of  7  July  1948,  for  the 
prolongation  of  the  truce  in  Palestine;  and  that 
there  has  consequently  developed  a  renewal  of  hos- 
tilities in  Palestine; 

Detenmnes  that  the  situation  in  Palestine  con- 
stitutes a  threat  to  the  peace  within  the  meaning  of 
Article  39  of  the  Charter : 

Orders  the  Governments  and  authorities  con- 
cerned, pursuant  to  Article  40  of  the  Charter  of 
the  United  Nations,  to  desist  from  further  military 
action  and  to  this  end  to  issue  cease-fire  orders  to 
their  military  and  para-military  forces,  to  take 
effect  at  a  time  to  be  determined  by  the  Mediator, 
but  in  any  event  not  later  than  three  days  from 
the  date  of  the  adoption  of  this  resolution ; 

Department  of  Sfafe  Bulletin 


Declares  that  f:ulure  by  any  of  the  Governments 
or  autliorities  concerned  to  comply  with  tlie  pre- 
cedinji  parajrvaph  of  tliis  rcsohition  would  demon- 
strate the  existence  of  a  breach  of  the  peace  within 
the  meaning  of  Article  39  of  the  Charter  requiring 
immediate  consideration  by  the  Security  Council 
with  a  view  to  such  further  action  under  Chapter 
VII  of  the  Charter  as  may  be  decided  upon  by  the 
Council; 

Calls  upon  all  Governments  and  authorities  con- 
cerned lo  coiitimie  to  co-operate  with  the  Mediator 
with  a  view  to  the  maintenance  of  peace  in  Pales- 
tine in  conformitv  with  the  resolution  adopted  by 
.  the  Seciwity  Council  on  29  May  1948 ; 
t  Orders  as  a  matter  of  special  and  urgent  neces- 
sity an  immediate  and  unconditional  cease-fire  in 
the  City  of  Jerusalem  to  take  effect  24  hours  from 
the  time  of  the  adoption  of  this  resolution,  and 
instructs  the  Truce  Commission  to  taken  any  neces- 
sary steps  to  make  this  cease-fire  effective. 

Instructs  the  Mediator  to  continue  his  efforts  to 
bring  about  the  demilitarization  of  the  City  of 
Jerusalem,  without  prejudice  to  the  future  politi- 
cal status  of  Jerusalem,  and  to  assure  the  protec- 
tion of  and  access  to  the  Holy  Places,  religious 
buildincs  and  sites  in  Palestine; 

Instructs  the  ^Mediator  to  supervise  the  observ- 
ance of  the  truce  and  to  establish  procedures  for 
examining  alleged  breaches  of  the  truce  since  11 
June  1948,  authorizes  him  to  deal  with  breaches 
so  far  as  it  is  within  his  capacity  to  do  so  by  appro- 

Sriate  local  action,  and  requests  him  to  keep  the 
ecurity  Council  currently  informed  concerning 
the  operation  of  the  truce  and  when  necessary  to 
take  appropriate  action; 

Decides  that,  subject  to  further  decision  by  the 
Security  Council  or  the  General  Assembly,  the 
truce  shall  remain  in  force,  in  accordance  with 
the  present  resolution  and  with  that  of  29  May 
1948,  until  a  peaceful  adjustment  of  the  future 
situation  of  Palestine  is  reached; 

Reiterates  the  appeal  to  the  parties  contained  in 
the  last  paragraph  of  its  resolution  of  22  May  and 
urges  upon  the  parties  that  they  continue  conversa- 
tions with  the  Mediator  in  a  spirit  of  conciliation 
and  mutual  concession  in  order  that  all  points  un- 
der dispute  may  be  settled  peacefully; 

Requests  the  Secretary-General  to  provide  the 
Mediator  with  the  necessary  staff  and  facilities  to 
assist  in  carrying  out  the  functions  assigned  to  him 
under  the  resolution  of  the  General  Assembly  of 
14  May.  and  under  this  resolution ;  and 

Requests  that  the  Secretary-General  make  ap- 
propriate arrangements  to  provide  necessary  funds 
to  meet  the  obligations  arising  from  this  resolu- 
tion. 


In  Bulletin  of  .Tuly  IS,  1948,  footnote  58  on  page  78, 
second  column,  line  4,  should  read  :  "she  had  no  expan- 
sionist claims." 

July  25,    ?948 


THE   UNITBD   NATIONS    AND   SPECIALIZED   AGENCIES 

Consulate  General  at  Jerusalem  To  Be 
Guarded  by  Marine  Detachment 

[Released  to  the  press  July  17] 

At  the  request  of  the  Department  of  State,  with 
the  approval  of  the  President,  the  Department  of 
the  Navy  has  ordered  a  squad  of  12  marines,  under 
the  command  of  a  noncommissioned  officer,  de- 
tached from  the  U.S.  Naval  Forces  in  the  Mediter- 
ranean to  guard  the  U.S.  Consulate  General  at 
Jerusalem. 

These  men  are  being  assigned  as  consular  guards 
in  accordance  with  authority  contained  in  the 
Foreign  Service  Act  of  1946.  Marines  are  already 
serving  as  guards  at  the  American  Embassies  at 
London,  Paris,  and  Rome. 

Admiral  Richard  L.  Conolly,  U.S.N.,  Com- 
mander-in-Chief of  U.S.  Naval  Forces,  Eastern 
Atlantic  and  Mediterranean,  has  been  ordered  by 
Admiral  Louis  E.  Denfeld,  Chief  of  Naval  Opera- 
tions, to  expedite  the  arrival  of  the  marines  at 
Jerusalem. 

The  marines  are  being  ordered  into  Jerusalem  to 
provide  protection  and  security  for  representa- 
tives of  the  U.S.  Government  and  for  U.S.  Govern- 
ment property. 

U.S.  Contribution  to  U.N.  for  1948 

A  United  States  Treasury  check  for  $13,841,032, 
representing  the  full  amount  of  the  United  States 
contribution  to  United  Nations  operating  ex- 
penses for  the  1948  financial  year,  was  handed 
July  8  to  Byron  Price,  Assistant  Secretary-Gen- 
eral of  the  United  Nations,  by  Philip  C.  Jessup, 
Acting  U.S.  Representative  at  the  seat  of  the 
United  Nations.  The  transfer  of  funds  took  place 
at  the  Manhattan  offices  of  the  United  Nations, 
405  East  42d  Street,  New  York  City,  at  11 :30  a.m. 

The  United  States  share  of  the  United  Nations 
operating  expenses  this  year  is  39.89  percent.  The 
1948  U.N.  budget,  as  approved  by  the  General 
Assembly  at  its  last  regular  session,  totals  $34,825,- 
195,  a  small  part  of  which  was  to  be  met  by  casual 
income,  and  the  balance  of  about  $34,000,000  to  be 
defrayed  by  contributions  from  member  nations 
based  on  an  ability-to-pay  ratio  determined  by 
prewar  national  income,  per-capita  income,  and 
the  effects  of  the  war  on  national  productivity. 

The  contribution  made  by  the  United  States  last 
year  was  also  at  the  rate  of  39.89  percent.  In 
accepting  this  rate  for  one  more  year,  the  U.S. 
Delegation  to  the  General  Assembly  reiterated  the 
United  States  conviction  that  in  an  organization 
of  sovereign  equals  no  single  member  should  in 
normal  times  pay  more  than  one  third  of  the  ad- 
ministrative expenses. 

115 


The   United  States  in  the  United   Nations 


Children's  Fund 

The  Executive  Committee  of  the  U.N.  Interna- 
tional Children's  Emergency  Fund,  which  began 
its  session  in  Geneva  on  July  16,  has  reported  a 
plan  to  spend  about  $83,000,000  during  1949  in  12 
European  countries  and  Asia.  The  plan  also  calls 
for  an  extension  of  limited  Unicef  aid  to  children 
in  Germany,  as  well  as  an  anti-tuberculosis 
campaign. 

Nutrition  Conference 

The  United  States  is  one  of  the  14  countries  rep- 
resented at  the  Latin  American  Nutrition  Confer- 
ence convened  on  July  18  at  Montevideo  by  the 
U.N.  Food  and  Agriculture  Organization.  This 
conference  is  the  result  of  a  recommendation  made 
by  the  Fao  conference  which  met  in  Geneva  last 
summer.  The  conference  is  currently  engaged  in 
studying  and  making  recommendations  on  the  spe- 
cific problems  involved  in  raising  the  nutritional 
stanclards  of  the  Latin  American  countries. 

Privileges  and  Immunities 

Secretary  of  State  Marshall  told  a  July  21  press 
conference  that  he  did  not  think  the  security  of 
the  United  States  was  endangered  by  the  presence 
of  aliens  connected  with  the  United  Nations  whose 
ideologies  and  beliefs  differ  from  those  of  the 
United  States. 

Mr.  Marshall's  statement  was  made  in  response 
to  repoi'ters'  questions  about  testimony  given  a 
Senate  Subcommittee  by  an  officer  of  the  State 
Department's  Visa  Division  regarding  applica- 
tion of  U.S.  immigTation  laws  to  U.N.  personnel. 

Mr.  Marshall  recalled  that  U.N.  Headquarters 
had  been  established  in  the  United  States  at  the 
invitation  of  the  U.S.  Government  with  the  full 
support  of  C(3ngress  and  the  American  people.  It 
is  obvious,  he  said,  that  the  U.N.  could  not  operate 
if  its  personnel  were  excluded  from  the  United 
States. 

The  Secretary  said  that  existing  laws  and  pro- 
cedures provide  adequate  remedies  in  the  event 
that  any  individual  connected  with  the  U.N.  were 
found  to  be  acting  against  the  security  of  the 
United  States.  No  such  case  has  been  raised,  he 
added. 

Charles  M.  Hidten,  Deputy  Assistant  Secretary 
of  State  for  Administration,  told  the  Senate  Sub- 
committee July  21  that  the  United  Nations  has 
cooperated  completely  with  the  U.S.  Government 
in  working  out  agreements  and  procedures  de- 
signed to  reconcile  U.N.  privileges  with  U.S. 
security. 

116 


Trusteeship 

The  Trusteeship  Council  completed  on  July  22 
an  extended  discussion  of  the  Australian  report 
on  administration  of  the  Trust  Territory  of  New 
Guinea  and  referred  to  a  Drafting  Committee  the 
formulation  of  the  Council's  critique  of  the  report. 
Other  Drafting  Committees  are  completing  formu- 
lations of  the  Council's  reactions  to  the  United 
Kingdom  report  on  Tanganyika  and  the  Belgian 
report  on  Ruanda-Urundi. 

The  Council  was  next  to  review  information  sup- 
plied by  the  Union  of  South  Africa  on  its  admin- 
istration of  Southwest  xVf  rica,  a  League  of  Nations 
Mandate  which  the  Union  has  refused  to  place 
under  United  Nations  Trusteeship. 

Freedom  of  Information 

"For  governments  to  arrogate  unto  themselves 
the  power  to  determine  wliat  is  true  and  what  false, 
what  is  friendly  and  what  unfriendly,  would  mark 
the  end  of  the  i' ree  press",  says  the  concluding  sen- 
tence of  a  United  States  report  to  the  U.N.  on  im- 
plementation of  the  General  Assembly's  resolution 
of  November  15,  1947,  regarding  "false  and  dis- 
torted reports". 

Such  reports  were  asked  of  all  U.N.  members  by 
Secretary-General  Lie  in  accordance  with  the  Gen- 
eral Assembly's  resolution  of  October  31,  1947, 
which  directed  the  Secretary-General  to  obtain 
reports  from  members  on  implementation  of  the 
Assembly's  resolutions  in  the  economic  and  social 
field. 

Asserting  that  the  use  of  govei-nmental  power 
to  combat,  by  censorship  or  suppression,  reports 
likely  to  injure  friendly  relations  between  states 
would  endanger  freedom  of  information,  the  U.S. 
report  reasserts  the  position  taken  by  the  United 
States  at  the  Conference  of  Freedom  of  Informa- 
tion held  in  Geneva  in  March  and  April  1948,  i.e., 
that  "the  most  effective  means  of  combating  the 
diffusion  of  false  or  distorted  reports  is  to  assure 
the  availability  of  a  multiplicity  of  unfettered 
sources  of  news  and  infoi-mation." 

The  report  suggests  that  ancilliary  means  of 
combating  distorted  news  should  include :  encour- 
aging nonofficial  organizations  of  news  personnel 
to  develop  higher  standards,  facilitating  the  train- 
ing and  exchange  of  journalists,  developing  the 
intergovernmental  right  of  official  correction,  and 
establishing  continuing  United  Nations  machinery 
to  deal  with  information  problems. 

The  report  noted  that  the  Department  of  State 
had  sent  copies  of  the  report  of  the  U.S.  Delega- 

Department  of  Sfafe  Bulletin 


tion  to  the  Geneva  conference  to  some  1,800  per- 
sons enjrajred  in  collection  and  dissemination  of 
information. 

Economic  and  Social  Council 

At  the  conclusion  of  the  first  week  of  its  Seventh 
Session  and  its  first  to  be  held  in  Eurojie,  the  Eco- 
nomic and  Social  Council  established  its  plan  of 
work  for  dealinfj:  witli  the  51  items  on  its  provi- 
sional ajienda,  determining  those  items  wliich 
sliould  be  dropped,  tliose  which  should  be  referred 
directly  to  the  Plenai-y  Session,  and  tliose  wliich 
sliould  be  the  subject  of  prior  Committee  consider- 
ation. Among  the  items  deleted  from  considera- 
tion at  this  session  were  those  dealing  with  the 
forced-labor  question,  an  item  proposed  by  the 
American  Federation  of  Labor,  and  an  item  deal- 
ing with  a  series  of  charges  against  11  countries 
for  infringing  trade-union  rights,  proposed  by  the 
AYorld  Federation  of  Trade  Unions.  The  U.S. 
Representative  opposed  in  principle  re-deferring 
tlie  forced-labor  item  which  had  already  been  post- 
poned from  the  Sixth  Session  of  tlie  Council,  point- 
ing out  that  Ecosoc  could  not  avoid  all  political 
debate. 

Tiie  Council  also  proceeded  to  set  up  three  Com- 
mittees of  the  Whole,  an  Economic  Committee,  a 
Social  Committee  and  a  Human  Rights  Commit- 
tee, and  two  12-member  committees,  a  Coordination 
Committee  and  a  Procedure  and  Organization 
Committee,  to  deal  with  the  agenda  items  not  re- 
ferred directly  to  the  Plenary  Session. 

In  the  Economic  Committee,  the  Council  ap- 
proved proposals  for  convoking  a  conference  to 
draft  a  new  world  convention  on  highway  and 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS    AND   SPECIALIZED    AGENCIES 

auto  transport.  In  the  Social  Committee,  during  a 
discussion  of  a  draft  protocol  bringing  under  con- 
trol narcotic  drugs  outside  the  scope  of  the  1931 
narcotics  convention,  the  U.S.  Representative  pre- 
sented a  formal  declaration  that  the  United  States 
at  the  time  of  accession  to  the  i)rotocol  will  extend 
tlie  convention  to  all  territories  for  whose  foreign 
relations  the  United  States  is  responsible.  The 
U.S.S.R.  Representative  had  objected  that  the  pro- 
jjosed  protocol  was  only  permissive  in  colonial 
territories.  On  July  ^.'J,  the  Council  unanimously 
ajiproved  the  decision  of  the  World  Health  Assem- 
bly that  Geneva  Ije  made  the  permanent  headquar- 
ters of  the  World  Health  Organization,  subject  to 
General  Assembly  ajiproval. 

Health  Assembly 

Tlie  World  Health  Assembly  ended  its  first  ses- 
sion in  Geneva  on  July  2-1  after  drawing  up  a 
program  for  creation  of  the  first  single  world-wide 
health  body  in  history.  The  Assembly  decided  that 
top  priority  should  be  given  to  programs  in  six 
fields:  malaria,  tuberculosis,  venereal  disease,  ma- 
ternal and  child  health,  nutrition,  and  environ- 
mental hygiene,  whicli  includes  I'ural  hygiene, 
housing,  and  sanitation.  The  Assembly  also  ap- 
proved the  establishment  of  an  international  in- 
fluenza center  and  the  carrying  out  of  a  world  sur- 
vey to  discover  ways  of  increasing  the  production 
of  penicillin  and  insulin.  Dr.  Brock  Chisholm, 
Executive  Secretary  of  the  Wiio  Interim  Commis- 
sion, was  elected  first  Director-General  of  the  per- 
manent organization  and  Geneva  was  chosen  as 
the  permanent  headquarters  of  the  World  Health 
Organization. 


July  25,    J  948 


117 


Relationship  of  Economic  Commission  for  Europe  to 
European  Recovery  Program 


STATEMENT  BY  ASSISTANT  SECRETARY  THORP 


U.S.  Representative  on  Economic  and  Social  Council 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  U.S.  Mission  to  the  U.N.  July  2]        g^ort  Supply ;  ill  tlie  examination  of  i)roblems  re- 


Mr.  W.  Averell  Harriman,  the  U.S.  Special 
Representative  with  siDccial  responsibilities  for  the 
European  Recovery  Program,  has  recently  been 
named  by  President  Truman  as  the  U.S.  Repre- 
sentative to  the  Economic  Commission  for  Europe. 
Tlie  assignment  of  this  additional  responsibility 
to  Mr.  Harriman  should  not  only  help  this  Govern- 
ment to  coordinate  its  own  programs  of  assistance 
to  Europe  but  also  contribute  to  the  eifective  solu- 
tion by  the  United  Nations  of  the  urgent  economic 
problems  confronting  the  European  countries. 

The  Economic  Commission  for  Europe  is  a  com- 
mission of  the  Economic  and  Social  Council  of  the 
United  Nations  with  headquarters  in  Geneva.  It 
was  established  in  the  spring  of  1947,  following  a 
field  survey  by  the  United  Nations  Temporary 
Sub-Commission  on  the  Economic  Reconstruction 
of  Devastated  Areas  of  which  the  United  States 
was  a  member. 

The  terms  of  reference  of  the  Commission  state, 
among  other  things,  that  it  is  to — 

"Initiate  and  participate  in  measures  for  facili- 
tating concerted  action  for  the  economic  recon- 
struction of  Europe,  for  raising  the  level  of  Euro- 
pean economic  activity,  and  for  maintaining  and 
strengthening  the  economic  relations  of  the  Euro- 
pean countries  both  among  themselves  and  with 
other  countries  of  the  world." 

All  the  Eui-opcan  members  of  the  United  Nations 
and  the  United  States  are  members  of  the  Com- 
mission. All  other  European  countries,  with  the 
exception  of  Spain  have  been  invited  to  participate 
in  its  work  in  a  consultative  capacity,  and  all  the 
countries  of  Europe,  except  Spain,  have  attended 
one  or  more  meetings  of  the  Commission  or  its 
Committees. 

It  is  generally  agreed  that  the  Commission  has 
thus  far  made  notable  progi-ess  in  a  number  of 
fields,  in  particular  in  recommending  allocation  of 
coal  in  order  to  insure  the  equitable  distribution 
of  one  of  the  commodities  most  basic  to  European 
recovery  which  until  recently  has  been  in  critical 

118 


lating  to  the  increased  production  of  steel;  in  the 
freeing-up  and  rationalization  of  the  European 
transport  system ;  and  in  the  analysis  of  the  nature 
of  the  underlying  problems  of  European  recovery. 
It  has  also  done  useful  but  not  such  outstanding 
work  in  connection  with  the  distribution  of  tim- 
ber— an  essential  of  the  rebuilding  programs  of 
the  European  countries — the  development  of  elec- 
tric power  resources,  the  production  of  fertilizers, 
and  the  examination  of  factors  hindering  the  pro- 
duction of  various  critical  components  of  a  wide 
variety  of  industries. 

This  substantive  work  of  the  Economic  Commis- 
sion for  Euroise  is  clearly  directly  related  to  the 
EuroiJean  Recovery  Program  and  the  objective  of 
the  early  re-establishment  of  a  European  economy 
capable  of  assuring  an  adequate  standard  of  living 
without  recourse  to  abnormal  outside  assistance. 
This  dii'ect  relationship  has  been  recognized  from 
the  beginning  by  the  countries  participating  in  the 
European  Recovery  Program.  For  example,  those 
countries,  in  the  Paris  report  of  last  summer  drawn 
up  in  response  to  Mi".  Marshall's  Harvard  address, 
indicated  their  desire  and  intent  to  use  the  Com- 
mission, where  possible,  as  the  forum  for  the  con- 
sideration of  common  economic  problems  and,  in 
particular,  for  the  consideration  of  those  problems 
which  were  of  mutual  interest  to  eastern  and 
western  Europe.  This  close  relationship  between 
the  EcE  and  the  European  Recovery  Program 
was  also  recognized  by  the  Congress  of  the  United 
States.  Accordingly,  the  Economic  Cooperation 
Act  provided  that  the  U.S.  Special  Representative 
in  Europe  might  also  be  designated  as  the  U.S. 
Representative  on  the  Economic  Commission  for 
Europe.  In  so  designating  Mr.  Harriman,  it  is 
our  hope  that  the  objective  of  economic  recovery 
in  Europe  can  be  more  rapidly  attained  by  full 
utilization  of  the  resources  of  the  Commission  and 
that  those  problems  which  are  of  concern  to  all 
European  countries,  and  which  all  European  coun- 
tries are  prepared  to  examine  together,  can  be 
solved  through  mutual  cooperation  within  the 
framework  of  the  United  Nations. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


INTERNATIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS  AND  CONFERENECS 


Progress  on  International  tVlaritime  Safety  Measures 

by  Lt.  Lawrence  D.  Bradley,  Jr. 


Of  singular  interest  to  all  those  concerned  with 
the  sea  and  with  transportation  by  water  should 
be  tlie  recent  Conference  on  Safety  of  Life  at  Sea, 
held  at  London  April-June  10,  lO-iS.  The  meeting, 
attended  by  delegations  from  'M)  nations,  was  out- 
standing in  the  high  degree  of  cordiality  and  co- 
operative etlort  demonstrated  in  arriving  at  the 
most  practicable  solution  of  the  various  problems 
on  the  agenda.  Much  was  accomplished  in  a 
comparatively  short  time,  and  a  substantial 
contribution  was  made  to  increased  safety  of  ocean 
transportation. 

The  Conference  drew  up  a  new  convention  on 
safety  of  life  at  sea  which  is  proposed  to  abrogate 
and  replace  that  of  1929.  The  proposed  conven- 
tion will  require  ratification  or  acceptance  by  the 
United  States  in  accordance  with  its  constitutional 
procedures  and  will  come  into  effect  on  January  1, 
1951,  if  by  that  time  it  has  been  ratified  by  15 
nations,  seven  of  wliich  nuist  possess  mercJiant 
marines  of  over  one  million  gross  tons.  The  con- 
vention is  a  short  document  setting  forth  the  con- 
tractual obligations  of  the  signatory  governments. 
Appended  thereto  and  forming  an  integral  part 
are  the  technical  regulations  having  to  do  with 
maritime  safety. 

Preparations  by  the  United  States  for  the  recent 
Conference  were  commenced  at  an  early  date.  In 
general,  the  1929  convention  served  its  purpose 
well  and  had  been  accepted  by  a  total  of  43  nations. 
Nevertheless,  with  the  advances  in  nautical  science 
and  improved  techniques  accelerated  during 
World  War  II,  it  seemed  obvious  that  a  conference 
should  be  convoked  as  soon  as  possible  after  the 
close  of  h.ostilities.  Such  a  recommendation  was 
made  to  the  Secretary  of  State  in  1943  by  a  special 
shipping  committee  organized  by  the  Department 
of  State. 

In  accordance  with  a  request  of  the  Secretary 
of  State,  the  Commandant  of  the  United  States 
Coast  (juard  undertook  to  coordinate  the  work 
of  drawing  up  a  set  of  proposals  for  the  revision 
of  the  1929  convention.  To  develop  the  proposals 
the  Commandant  organized  early  in  1945  a  num- 
ber of  committees  upon  which  served  235  repre- 
sentatives of  interested  Government  agencies  and 
of  all  branches  of  the  maritime  industry. 

While  the  work  relating  directly  to  maritime- 
safety  measures  was  progressing,  steps  toward  the 
eventual  establislmient  of  the  Intergovernmental 

July  25,    J  948 


Maritime  Consultative  Organization  were  taking 
place.  The  proposals  put  forward  by  the  United 
States  Delegation  at  the  London  conference  were 
in  accord  with  and  fully  took  into  consideration 
the  parallel  development  of  the  maritime  organi- 
zation which  was  agreed  upon  at  the  conference 
held  in  Geneva  in  February  and  March  of  this 
year  under  the  auspices  of  the  United  Nations. 

A  delegation  of  35  persons  was  appointed  to 
represent  the  United  States  at  the  London  con- 
ference. It  was  headed  by  Admiral  Joseph  F. 
Farley.  Commandant,  United  States  Coast  Guard, 
while  Jesse  E.  Saugstad,  Chief,  Shipping  Divi- 
sion, Department  of  State,  served  as  Vice  Chair- 
man. The  Delegation  was  made  up  of  represen- 
tatives of  the  Department  of  State,  Coast  Guard, 
Navy,  Maritime  Commission,  Federal  Communi- 
cations Commission,  Weather  Bureau,  National 
Federation  of  American  Shipping,  Shipbuilder's 
Council  of  America,  American  Bureau  of  Ship- 
ping, Society  of  Naval  Architects  and  Marine  En- 
gineers, American  Federation  of  Labor,  and  Con- 
gress of  Industrial  Organizations. 

Delegations  from  30  countries  attended  the  Con- 
ference, namely,  Argentina,  Australia,  Belgium, 
Brazil,  Canada,  Chile,  China,  Denmark,  Egypt, 
Finland,  France,  Greece,  Iceland,  India,  Ireland, 
Italy,  Netherlands,  New  Zealand,  Norway,  Paki- 
stan, Panama,  Republic  of  the  Philippines,  Po- 
land, Portugal,  Sweden,  Union  of  South  Africa, 
United  Kingdom,  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Re- 
publics, United  States,  and  Yugoslavia.  In  ad- 
dition, observers  were  present  from  Ceylon,  Mex- 
ico, Rumania,  Turkey,  and  from  the  following  in- 
ternational organizations :  International  Civil 
Aviation  Organization,  International  Hydro- 
graphic  Bureau,  International  Labor  Office,  In- 
ternational Meteorological  Office,  International 
Telecommunication  Union,  the  United  Nations, 
and  the  World  Health  Organization. 

At  the  first  plenary  session  on  April  23,  the 
Right  Honorable  Sir  John  Anderson,  United 
Kingdom,  and  Admiral  Joseph  F.  Farley,  United 
States,  were  elected  Chairman  and  Vice  Chairman 
of  the  Conference,  respectively. 

In  view  of  the  extensive  field  to  be  covered  in 
the  deliberations  of  the  Conference,  it  was  agreed 
to  apportion  the  work  by  setting  up  a  number 
of  committees.  Following  the  precedent  of  the 
1929  conference,  committees  were  established  to 

119 


ACTIVITI£5   AND   DBVELOPMENTS 

deal  with  tlie  five  main  divisions  into  vphich  the 
subject  matter  to  be  considered  conveniently  segi-e- 
gated  itself,  namely,  construction,  lifesaving  ap- 
pliances, radio,  safety  of  navigation,  and  general 
provisions. 

The  deliberations  of  the  committees  extended 
over  a  six-week  period,  after  which  each  committee 
submitted  to  the  Conference  its  report  and  recom- 
mendations for  modifications  and  additions  to  the 
1929  convention.  As  approved  by  the  Conference 
the  changes  provide  generally  for  an  improved  de- 
gi'ee  of  safety  for  passenger  vessels  and  a  consider- 
able extension  of  safety  provisions  to  cargo  vessels. 

With  respect  to  passenger  vessels,  provision  is 
made  for  improved  subdivision  requirements  by 
taking  into  account  the  stability  of  the  vessel  in 
an  assumed  condition  of  damage.  Alternative 
methods  are  provided  for  increased  protection  of 
vessels  in  case  of  fire.  Special  provisions  are  made 
to  cover  the  more  important  electrical  installations 
on  board  passenger  vessels. 

The  provisions  for  lifesaving  appliances,  which 
include  lifeboats,  life  rafts,  life  buoys,  and  the  like, 
have  been  modernized  and  improved  and  have  been 
extended  to  cargo  vessels  as  well  as  to  passenger 
vessels.  An  improved  line-throwing  device  is  pro- 
vided for,  and  regular  boat  and  fire  drills  are 
required. 

In  the  field  of  radio  the  provisions  of  the  1929 
convention  that  all  passenger  and  cargo  vessels 
of  over  1,600  gross  tons  shall,  with  some  minor 
exceptions,  be  equipped  with  radiotelegraphy  are 
continued.  In  addition  cargo  vessels  between  500 
gross  tons  and  1,600  gross  tons  nuist  be  equipped 
either  with  racliotelegraph  or  radiotelephone. 
The  technical  requirements  for  the  auto  alarm 
have  been  improved.  Radio  direction  finders  are 
made  mandatory  within  a  specified  period  upon  all 
passenger  vessels  and  upon  cargo  vessels  of  over 
1,600  gross  tons.  Provision  has  also  been  made 
for  a  continuing  study  of  radionic  navigation 
equipment  and  aids  to  navigation  with  the  view 
to  standardization  and,  when  practicable,  for  in- 
ternational adoption. 

General  principles  for  the  international  regu- 
lation of  especially  dangerous  cargoes  have  been 
adopted,  and  means  have  been  provided  for  future 
study  of  this  important  subject,  the  need  for  which 
was  brought  out  sharply  by  the  Texas  City  dis- 
aster. Necessary  principles  for  the  safe  carriage 
of  gTain  are  laid  down. 

Those  provisions  contributing  to  the  general 
safety  of  navigation,  such  as  danger  messages, 
warning  ships  of  storms  and  of  dangers  to  navi- 
gation, supplying  meteorological  information 
to  improve  weather  forecasts,  misuse  of  distress 
signals,  and  procedures  to  be  followed  in  case  of 
a  vessel  in  distress,  were  I'eviewed  and  bi'ought  up 
to  date  or  otherwise  improved.  The  obligation 
on  the  master  of  a  vessel  to  proceed  to  the  assist- 

120 


ance  of  a  vessel  in  distress  has  been  extended  to 
require  him  to  go  to  the  rescue  of  disabled  air- 
craft and  survival  craft  as  well. 

Provision  for  the  maintenance  of  the  inter- 
national ice  patrol  has  been  continued,  but  ar- 
rangement has  been  made  for  the  redistribution 
among  contributing  nations  of  the  cost  of  this 
service  so  that  it  will  bear  a  reasonable  relation 
to  the  benefits  derived  therefrom  by  the  respective 
nations. 

The  final  act  accompanying  the  convention 
makes  numerous  recommendations,  among  which 
is  the  adoption  by  nations  of  modified  regulations 
for  the  prevention  of  collisions  at  sea  or,  as  they 
are  generally  called,  the  rules  of  the  road.  The 
present  rules  have  been  in  effect,  with  few  modifi- 
cations, since  1889,  and  various  attempts  have  been 
made  to  secure  their  improvement.  The  proposals 
attached  to  the  final  act  will  substantially  meet 
this  need. 

The  Conference  considered  the  unprecedented 
advancements  in  the  field  of  electronic  navigation 
aids,  such  as  radar  and  position-fixing  systems, 
which  were  developed  for  war  purposes  and  are 
now  available  for  use  in  merchant  ships.  Wliile 
recognizing  that  the  recent  advance  in  this  field 
is  of  great  service  to  shipping,  it  was  agreed  that 
currently  it  is  inopportune  to  require  that  ships 
be  provided  with  such  apparatus.  However,  the 
Conference  did  make  a  recommendation  adopting 
the  specifications  for  certain  characteristics  of 
radar  agreed  ujion  at  the  International  Meeting  on 
Marine  Radio  Aids  to  Navigation  at  New  York 
City  and  New  London,  Connecticut,  in  1947  and 
urging  governments  to  encourage  the  development, 
manufacture,  and  installation  of  radar  aboard 
their  national  vessels. 

At  the  final  plenary  session  on  the  evening  of 
June  10,  all  delegations  present  at  the  Conference 
signed  the  convention  and  final  act  with  the  ex- 
ception of  Panama,  the  Soviet  Union,  and  Yugo- 
slavia. The  Soviet  and  Yugoslav  Delegations 
announced  that  they  were  unable  to  sign  the  pro- 
posed convention  as  drafted  l>y  the  Conference 
without  further  advice  from  their  respective  Gov- 
ernments. In  order  not  to  deprive  those  delega- 
tions which  had  iiarticipated  and  contributed  to 
the  work  of  the  Conference  of  an  opportunity  of 
being  included  among  the  original  signatories,  it 
was  voted  that  the  convention  should  remain  open 
for  signature  for  a  period  of  one  month. 

Wliile  it  is  premature  to  set  forth  the  effect  of 
the  Conference  decisions  on  United  States  mari- 
time interests  in  matters  of  merchant-vessel  con- 
struction and  equipment.  United  States  vessels  will 
be  virtually  unaffected  by  the  regulations  drawn 
up  at  the  Conference.  As  particularly  high  stand- 
ards are  already  established  for  its  national  vessels 
under  United  States  law  and  practices,  the  in- 
stances in  which  the  proposed  regulations  will 
make  for  increased  safety  on  United  States  mer- 

Departmenf  of  State   Bulletin 


^  chant  vessels  are  oomparatively  few.  Several 
features  of  lifeboat  and  lifesaving  appliances  have 
been  improved  upon,  and  certain  classes  of  vessels 
heretofore  not  included  domestically  will  be  re- 
quired to  be  equipped  with  radio  direction  finders 
and  radio  telephones. 

On  ilie  oilier  liand,  prevailingr  standards  for  the 
construction  anil  eipiipment  of  foreijin  vessels  will 
be  appreciably  raisetl  by  tlie  proposed  regidations. 
:  Thus,  on  the  coming  into  t\)rce  of  the  convention 
and  regidations.  United  States  citizens  traveling 
on  foreign  vessels  will  be  insured  of  increased 
siHurily. 

In  several  directions  improvements  have  been 
made  in  tiie  regulations  relating  to  general  navi- 
giition  facilities  and  procedures  which  will  en- 
hance the  operation  safety  of  United  States  vessels. 
Provisions  are  made  looking  toward  improved 
ship-to-ship  rescue  procedure,  lifesaving  signals, 
meteorological  services,  aids  to  navigation,  search 
and  rescue  facilities,  and  regulations  for  the  pre- 
vention of  collisions  at  sea. 

The  London  conference  is  probably  the  last  of 
tlie  so-called  ad  hoe  diplomatic  conferences  deal- 
ing with  maritime  safety.  Conferences  such  as 
those  which  were  held  in  1889,  1914,  1929,  and 
19-18  will  no  longer  be  needed  with  the  coming 


Acnv/ncs  aho  developments 

into  being  of  the  Intergovernmental  Maritime 
Consultative  Or":anization  as  a  specialized  agency 
of  the  United  Nations,  proposed  at  Geneva  in 
February  and  March  19-18.  When  formed  that 
Organization  will  provide  the  machinery  for  deal- 
ing with  jn-oposed  amendments  to  the  maritime- 
safety  convention  and  regulations.  It  will  enable 
the  early  circulation  of  proposals  and  the  con- 
sideration thereof  by  the  assembly  of  the  Organi- 
zation at  its  regnlar  biennial  meetings.  As  all 
members  of  the  Organization  have  representation 
on  the  assembly,  consideration  equivalent  to  that 
of  the  ad  hoc  conferences  can  be  given  the  pro- 
posals with  the  same  authority  to  recommend  to 
governments  changes  in  the  maritime-safety  code. 
In  addition  it  is  contemplated  that  the  Organiza- 
tion shall  become  the  repository  or  central  secre- 
tariat of  safetj'-at-sea  affairs.  In  providing  for 
the  transfer  to  the  Organization  of  such  functions 
and  responsibilities,  the  proposed  convention 
opens  the  way  to  more  logical,  consistent,  and 
thorough  treatment  of  international  maritime- 
safety  matters  in  the  future.  It  should  have  the 
effect  not  only  of  narrowing  differences  between 
United  States  standards  and  those  of  foreign- 
flag  vessels  but  perhaps  of  advancing  the  mini- 
mum standards  of  all  shipping. 


U.S.  DELEGATIONS  TO  INTERNATIONAL  CONFERENCES 


Poliomyelitis 

The  Department  of  State  annonnced  on  July  12 
the  composition  of  the  United  States  Delegation  to 
the  First  International  Poliomyelitis  Conference. 
This  Conference,  which  is  being  held  under  the 
auspices  of  the  National  Foundation  for  Infantile 
Paralvsis.  is  scheduled  to  convene  at  New  York, 
N.  Y.,'  July  12-17,  1948.  The  United  States  Dele- 
gation is  as  follows : 

Chairman 

Dr.  Rolla  E.  Dyer,  Assistant  Surgeon  General,  United 
States  Public  Health  Service ;  Director,  National  In- 
stitute of  Health,  Bethesda,  Maryland 

Delegates 

Dr.  Thomas  M.  Anderson,  Assistant  to  the  Chief,  Ortho- 
pedic Surgery,  Department  of  Medicine  and  Surgery, 
Veterans  Administration 

Dr.  Pearce  Bailey,  Assistant  Chief,  Neuropsychiatry  Di- 
vision. Department  of  Medicine  and  Surgery,  Vet- 
erans Administration 

Miss  Harriett  M.  Bartlett,  Director,  Medical  Social  Work, 
School  of  Social  Work,  Simmons  College,  Boston 

Dr.  Rob(-rt  W.  Boyle,  Chief  Medical  Officer,  Veterans  Ad- 
ministration Hospital,  Fort  Thomas,  Kentucky 

Dr.  George  K.  Callender,  Chief,  Laboratory  Section,  De- 
1  partment  of  Medicine  and  Surgery,  Veterans  Admin- 
istration 

Dr.  Carl  C.  Dauer,  epidemiologist.  District  of  Columbia 
Health  Department 

July  25,    7948 


Rear  Adm.  Arthur  H.  Dearing,  District  Medical  Officer, 

Third  Naval  District,  United  States  Navy 
JIaj.     Louis    C.    Kossuth.     Chief.     Preventive    Medicine 

Branch,  Department  of  the  Air  Force 
Col.  Don  Longfellow,  Chief,  Preventive  Medicine  Division, 

Office   of   the   Surgeon   General,   Deijartmeut   of   the 

Army 
Dr.  .John  R.  Paid,  professor  of  preventive  medicine,  Yale 

University,  New  Haven 
Dr.  Harold  A.  Sofield,  Chief  Surgeon  General,  Shriners' 

Hospital  for  Crippled  Children,  Chicago 
Dr.  Samuel  M.  Wisliik,  Chief,  Program  Planning  Section, 

Health   Services  Division,  Children's  Bureau,   Social 

Security  Administration 

The  National  Foundation  for  Infantile  Paraly- 
sis is  sponsoring  the  Conference  in  celebration  of 
its  tenth  anniversary.  The  purpose  of  the  Confer- 
ence is  to  coordinate  and  evaluate  the  progress  that 
medical  science  has  made  in  the  last  decade  in  the 
study  of  poliomyelitis.  It  will  be  the  first  time 
that  information  on  this  disease,  its  treatment,  and 
the  research  being  done  in  the  field  will  be  ex- 
changed internationally  on  such  an  extensive  basis. 

The  program  for  the  Conference  will  include  the 
presentation  of  scientific  papers  and  scientific  and 
technical  exhibits  showing  the  progress  in  research 
and  treatment  of  poliomyelitis. 

Invitations  to  attend  the  Conference  have  been 
transmitted  to  more  than  60  countries.  A  delegate 
from  each  of  the  countries  represented  will  present 
a  summary  of  the  j^oliomyelitis  problem  in  his 
country. 

121 


ACTIVITIES  AND  DBVBLOPMBNTS 

ECOSOC 

The  Dqjartment  of  State  announced  on  July  12 
the  composition  of  the  United  States  Delegation  to 
the  seventh  session  of  the  United  Nations  Eco- 
nomic and  Social  Council,  convening  in  Geneva 
July  19,  1948,  for  approximately  five  weeks.  The 
United  States  Delegation  is  as  follows : 

U.S.  Representative 

Willard  L.  Thorp,  Assistant  Secretary  of  State  for  eco- 
nomic affairs 

Deputii  U.S.  Representatives 

Leroy  D.  Stinebower,  Special  Assistant  to  the  Assistant 

Secretary  of  State  for  economic  affairs 
Walter  M.  Kotschnig,  Chief,  Division  of  United  Nations 

Economic  and  Social  Affairs,  Department  of  State 

Advisers 

Kathleen  Bell,  Division  of  United  Nations  Economic  and 

Social  Affairs,  Department  of  State 
Philip  Burnett,  Division  of  United  Nations  Economic  and 

Social  Affairs,  Department  of  State 
William  F.  Busser,  Second  Secretary  of  Legation,  Vienna 
Joseph  D.  Coppock,  Adviser,  Office  of  International  Trade 

Policy,  Department  of  State 
L.  Randolph  Hisgs,  Counselor  of  Legation,  Bern 
Louis   K.    Hyde,   Jr.,   Adviser   on   Economic    and    Social 

Council  Affairs,  U.S.  Mission  to  the  United  Nations, 

New  York 
Frances  K.   Kernohan,  Division   of  International  Labor, 

Social  and  Health  Affairs,  Department  of  State 
Lewis   L.   Lorwin,   Economic   Adviser,     Office   of    Inter- 
national Trade,  Department  of  Commerce 
Frieda  S.  Miller,  Director,  Women's  Bureau,  Department 

of  Labor 
Herzel   H.   E.   Plaine,  Office  of  the    Assistant    Solicitor 

General 
Paul  R.  Porter,  Alternate  U.S.  Representative,  Economic 

Commission  for  Europe,  Geneva 
Harry   N.    Rosenfleld,    Assistant    to  the    Administrator, 

Federal  Security  Agency 

Psychology 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  July  14 
the  composition  of  the  United  States  Delegation 
to  the  Twelfth  International  Congress  of  Psychol- 
ogy scheduled  to  be  held  at  Edinburgh  July  23-29, 
1948.    The  United  States  Delegation  is  as  follows : 

Chairman 

Leonard  Carmichael,  President,  Tufts  College,  Medford, 
Mass. 

Delegates 

Joseph  M.  Bobhitt,  Chief  Psychologist,  Office  of  Program 
Planning,  Mental  Hygiene  Division,  Federal  Security 
Agency 

A.  Hadley  Cantril,  professor  of  psychology,  Princeton 
University,  Princeton,  N.  J. 

Herbert  S.  Langfeld,  Stuart  professor  of  psychology, 
emeritus,  Princeton  University,  Princeton,  N.  J. 

Louis  L.  Thurstone,  Charles  F.  Grey  distinguished  service 
professor  of  psychology,  University  of  Chicago,  Chi- 
cago, 111. 

Morris  S.  Vlteles,  professor  of  psychology.  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

A  program  of  symposia,  lectures,  discussions, 

122 


and  presentatioii  of  papers  has  been  arranged. 
The  papers  to  be  presented  will  be  concerned  with 
the  following  subjects:  cerebral  function,  sensa- 
tion and  perception,  learning,  child  psychology, 
thought  processes  and  language,  mental  testing 
and  statistics,  personality,  social  psychology,  in- 
dustrial psychology,  and  clinical  psychology. 

Rehabilitation  of  Cripples 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  July  15 
the  composition  of  the  United  States  Delegation 
to  the  First  Inter-American  Conference  for  the 
Rehabilitation  of  Cripples  scheduled  to  be  held  at 
Mexico  City,  July  18-24, 1948.  The  United  States 
Delegation  is  as  follows: 

Chairman 

Mr.  Michael  J.  Shortley,  Director,  Office  of  Vocational 
Reh.'ibilitation,  Federal  Security  Agency 

Vice  Chairman 

Col.  Harold  B.  Luscombe,  M C,  U.S.A.,  Chief,  Physical 
Medicine  Service,  William  Beaumont  General  Hos- 
pital, El  Paso,  Tex. 

Delegates 

Mr.  Joseph  J.  Brown,  State  Director  of  Vocational  Reha- 
bilitation, Austin,  Tex. 

Comdr.  Thomas  John  Canty,  M.C.,  U.S.N.,  United  States 
Naval  Hospital,  Mare  Island,  Vallejo,  Calif. 

Dr.  Francis  J.  Cummings,  President,  American  Associa- 
tion of  Workers  for  the  Blind,  Wilmington,  Del. 

Dr.  Edwin  F.  Daily,  Director,  Division  of  Health  Services, 
Children's  Bureau,  Social  Security  Administration, 
Federal  Security  Agency 

Dr.  Merle  E.  Frampton,  Vice  Chairman  of  the  President's 
Committee  on  National  Employ  the  Physically  Handi- 
capped Week,  Office  of  the  Secretary  of  Labor 

Dr.  Henry  H.  Kessler,  President,  National  Council  on  Re- 
habilitation, New  York,  N.  Y. 

Dr.  Riimaine  Mackie,  Specialist,  Schools  for  Physically 
Handicapped,  Division  of  Elementary  Education, 
Federal  Security  Agency 

Lt.  Col.  Ben.iamin  A.  Strickland,  Jr.,  M.C.,  U.S.A.,  Chief, 
Physical  Medicine  Consultants  Division,  Office  of  the 
Surgeon  General 

The  conference  is  being  organized  by  the  Inter- 
national Society  for  the  Welfare  of  Cripples  and 
will  be  held  under  the  sponsorship  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Health  and  Welfare  of  the  Government 
of  Mexico. 

The  purposes  of  the  conference  are:  (1)  to  be- 
come acquainted  with  the  condition  of  cripples  and 
existing  means  for  their  rehabilitation  in  each  of 
the  countries  of  this  continent;  and  (2)  to  or- 
ganize a  commission,  on  which  all  countries  will 
be  represented,  for  the  purpose  of  fornudating  a 
five-year  program  to  initiate  or  further  the  work 
of  rehabilitation  in  each  country.  The  subjects 
to  be  discussed  at  the  conference  will  include  such 
aspects  of  the  problem  of  rehabilitation  of  cripples 
as  (1)  legislation;  (2)  means  of  securing  the  in- 
terest and  help  of  the  ptiblic;  (3)  adoption  of  a 
minimum    five-year    program    as    a    guide    for 

Department  of  State  Bulletin    i\ 


>  tlie  countries  of  tliis  continent;  (4)  special 
orfr;>niz;i(i()n  of  services  and  scientific  discussions 
concerning  medical  care;  and  (5)  education,  pre- 
vocational  training,  and  employment  of  cripples. 


PUBLICATIONS 
"The  International  Control  of  Atomic  Energy: 
Policy  at  the  Crossroads"  Released 

[Released  to  the  press  July  18] 

Tlie  Department  of  State  released  on  July  18  a 
document  summarizing  the  efforts  made  during 
the  past  two  years  by  this  Government  and  other 
governments  to  obtain  the  adoption  of  an  effective 
system  for  the  international  control  of  atomic 
energy.  This  publication  is  entitled  Policy  at  the 
Crossroads  (publication  31G1)  and  was  prepared 
in  the  Office  of  Public  Affairs.  Its  purpose  and 
scope  are  indicated  in  a  foreword  by  the  Secre- 
tary of  State : 

"The  Department  of  State,  in  keeping  with  the 
objective  that  a  democratic  foreign  policy  should 
reh'  on  an  informed  citizenry,  presents  in  this 
volume  the  record  of  United  States  participation 
in  the  United  Nations  Atomic  Energy  Commis- 
sion since  October  1946.  Together  with  the 
previous  volume,  entitled  Growth  of  a  Policy 
[publication  2702],  it  constitutes  a  full  record  of 
this  Government's  efforts  in  this  field  since  the 
advent  of  atomic  energj'." 

Policy  at  the  Crossroads  opens  with  a  section 
entitled  "Tlie  National  Setting"  which  emphasizes 
the  peaceful  applications  of  atomic  energy 
achieved  by  the  United  States  Atomic  Energy 
Commission  and  connects  the  broad  aspects  of  sci- 
entific research,  public  understanding,  and  na- 
tional security  with  the  international  control  prob- 
lem. A  narrative  record  of  the  work  in  the  Unaec 
follows.  The  issues  and  discussions  that  found  ex- 
pression in  the  Commission's  first  two  reports  to 
the  Security  Council  are  documented  in  detail. 
A  section  analyzing  the  six  major  issues  which 
separate  majority  and  minority  members  of  the 
Commission  precedes  an  account  of  the  continuing 
controversies  that  led  to  the  submission  of  the 
Third  Report  and  to  the  recommendation  that  the 
work  of  the  Commission  be  suspended. 

The  title  Policy  at  the  Crossroads  expresses  con- 
cisely the  world's  position  at  the  end  of  nearly 
three  years  of  international  negotiation.  The 
hopeful  sequence  of  action  which  began  with  Presi- 
dent Truman's  message  to  Congi-ess  on  atomic 
energy  in  1945  has  come  to  an  impasse.  As  shown 
by  the  record,  this  impasse  is  the  result  of  the 
Soviet  Union's  unwillingness  or  inability  to  co- 
operate on  an  effective  plan  of  control.     An  im- 

Jo/y  25,   7  948 


THE  DIP ARJMBNJ 

portant  section  of  the  present  document  is  entitled 
"The  Deadlocked  Committees".  It  gives  in  detail 
some  of  the  Soviet  Union's  obstructive  tactics  in 
the  Un.\ec  and  notes  the  specific  failures  of  the 
Soviets  to  recognize  the  special  nature  of  the  threat 
which  the  uncontrolled  production  of  nuclear  fuel 
would  have  for  modern  world  society. 

This  publication  highlights  the  conclusion 
reached  in  the  Unaec's  Third  Report,  that  agree- 
ment on  effective  measures  for  the  control  of  atomic 
energy  is  dependent  on  cooperation  in  the  broader 
fields  of  policy.  Both  the  Soviet  case  and  the  con- 
crete achievement  of  the  majority  members  of  the 
Commission  are  presented  fully,  however,  and  the 
account  closes  with  a  statement  by  the  United 
States  Deputy  Representative  to  the  Commission, 
Frederick  H.  Osborn,  ".  .  .  we  have  not  come  to 
the  end  of  the  road  on  the  control  of  atomic  energy. 
Rather  we  have  blazed  a  trail  which  leads  to  a 
known  destination  and  our  problem  now  is  to  get 
the  Soviet  Union  to  follow  that  trail  along  with 
the  rest  of  us." 

The  policy  of  the  United  States  has  been  that  of 
full  cooperation  with  the  other  members  of  the 
Commission.  The  will  to  cooperation  expressed  in 
the  original  proposals  to  the  Commission  made  by 
this  Government  in  June  1946  is  still  vigorous  and 
still  its  declared  policy.  Secretary  Marshall  has 
emphasized  in  his  foreword :  "The  international 
control  of  atomic  energy  remains  a  paramount 
problem  of  humanity.  The  United  States  will  con- 
tinue in  its  efforts  to  reach  a  solution  of  that  prob- 
lem." 

One  of  the  important  conclusions  advanced  in 
Policy  at  the  Crossroads  concerns  public  under- 
standing of  the  atomic  energy  issues.  It  is  sug- 
gested : 

"That  the  people  of  the  United  States  as  a 
whole — and  not  merely  those  with  a  special  or 
professional  interest  in  the  subject — must  concern 
themselves  with  acquiring  an  adequate  under- 
standing of  the  essential  facts  about  atomic  energy 
and  of  the  proposed  international  control  measures 
on  which  their  future  security  may  depend.  The 
same  obligation  falls  upon  the  peoples  of  other 
nations." 

The  pamphlet  will  be  sold  by  the  Superintendent 
of  Documents,  Government  Printing  Office,  Wash- 
ington 25,  D.C.,  for  45  cents  a  copy  with  a  25-per- 
cent discount  to  purchasers  of  100  copies  or  more. 


THE  FOREIGN  SERVICE 


Consular  Offices 


The  consular  section  of  the  mission  at  Tel  Aviv,  Israel, 
was  opened  for  limited  consular  business  including  citizen- 
ship, welfare,  whereabouts,  and  shipping  services,  effec- 
tive July  l.'i,  1946. 

The  office  at  Alexandria,  Egypt,  was  raised  to  the  rank 
of  Consulate  General,  effective  June  1,  1948. 

123 


The    United    Nations    and    Specialized     Page 
Agencies 

Appeals  by  U.N.  Mediator  for  Peaceful  Set- 
tlement of  Palestine  Situation: 
Cablegraua  From   Mediator  to  Secretary- 
General     105 

Text  of  Suggestions  Presented  by  Mediator       105 
Reply    From    Provisional    Government   of 

Israel .'   .        107 

Cablegram  From   Mediator  to   Secretary- 
General  on  Prolongation  of  Truce  .    .         108 
Security  Council  Resolution  of  July  7  .    .         108 
Reply  of  Provisional  Government  of  Israel 

Accepting  30-Day  Truce 109 

Reply  From  Arab  Governments  Rejecting 

30- Day  Truce 110 

Statement     of     Mediator     to     Secretary- 
General    Ill 

Mediator    Calls    for     10-Day     Cease-Fire 

Truce 112 

Provisional  Government  of  Israel  Accepts 

10- Day  Truce 112 

Conclusion    From    Mediator's    Report    to 

Security  Council 112 

Provisional    Government   of    Israel    Notes 

Expiration  of  Truce  Agreement  ...         113 
U.S.  Urges  Security  Council  Action  for  Pro- 
longation of  Truce: 

Remarks  by  Philip  C.  Jessup 114 

Text  of  Security  Council  Resolution  ...         114 
U.S.  Contribution  to  U.N.  for  1948  ....         115 
The  United  States  in  the  United  Nations  .    .        116 
U.S.    Delegations    to    International    Confer- 
ences.    Ecosoc 122 


Foreign  Aid  and  Reconstruction  Page 

The     1947     Foreign     Relief     Program.     An 

Article 95 

Erp  Agreements  Concluded   With  Fourteen 

Countries 104 

Most-Favored-Nation  Treatment  for  Areas 
Under  Military  Occupation  With  Re- 
spect to  Turkey 104 

Relationship  of  Economic  Commission  for 
Europe  to  European  Recovery  Program. 
Statement  by  Assistant  Secretary  Thorp       118 

Economic  Affairs 

Progress  on  International  Maritime  Safety 
Measures.     Article  by  Lt.  Lawrence  D. 

Bradley,  Jr 119 

U.S.  Delegations  to  International  Conferences: 

Poliomyelitis 121 

Ecosoc 122 

Psychology 122 

Rehabilitation  of  Cripples 122 

Tlie  Foreign  Service 

Consulate     General    at    Jerusalem    To     Be 

Guarded  by  Marine  Detachment    ...         115 
Consular  Offices 123 

Publications 

"The  International  Control  of  Atomic  En- 
ergy: Policy  at  the  Crossroads"  Released.        123 


Lt.  Lawrence  D.  BnuUeit,  Jr.,  United  States  Coast  Guard,  author  of 
the  article  on  the  Safety  of  Life  at  Sea  Conference,  served  as  technical 
secretary  of  the  U.S.  Delegation  to  the  Conference. 


U,  S.  GOVERNMENT   PRINTING   OFFICE:  1948 


I 


^/i€/  z/)eh<z'iit'ment  .(w  tjiate/ 


U.S.-YUGOSLAV   CLAIMS   SETTLEMENTS  •  Texts  of 

Agreements      •••••••••••••••        137 

THIRD  CURRENCY  REFORM  LAW  IN  GERMANY  .      141 


For  complete  contents  see  back  cover 


Vol.  XIX,  No.  474 
August  1,  1948 


AUG  21  ^9*8 


'e/ia/iti^ent  jOi 


o/9L(e  bullGtin 


Vol.  XIX,  No.  474   •  Publication  3224 
August  1,  1948 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  OfHce 

Washington  25,  D.O. 

Subscription: 
62  issues,  J5;  single  copy,  16  cents 

Published  with  the  approval  of  the 
Director  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may 
be  reprinted.  Citation  of  the  Department 
or  State  Bulletin  as  the  source  will  be 
appreciated. 


The  Department  of  State  BULLETIN, 
a  tceekly  publication  compiled  and 
edited  in  the  Division  of  Publications, 
Office  of  Public  Affairs,  provides  the 
public  and  interested  agencies  of 
the  Government  with  information  on 
developments  in  the  field  of  foreign 
relations  and  on  the  work  of  the  De- 
partment of  State  and  the  Foreign 
Service.  The  BULLETIN  includes 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements  and  addresses 
made  by  the  President  and  by  the 
Secretary  of  State  and  other  officers 
of  the  Department,  as  well  as  special 
articles  on  various  phases  of  inter- 
national affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  in- 
ternational agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a 
party  and  treaties  of  general  inter- 
national interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department,  as 
well  as  legislative  material  in  the  field 
of  international  relations,  are  listed 
currently. 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS  AND  SPECIALIZED  AGENCIES 


U.S.  Report  to  U.N.  on  False  and  Distorted  Reports 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  U.S.  Mission  to  the  D.N.  July  19] 

On  May  1"  the  Secretary-General  of  the  United 
Nations,  acting  in  accordance  with  the  General 
As^icnibly's  resolution  119  (II)  of  October  31. 1947, 
regar(lin<^  inipleinentation  of  reconnnendations  on 
economic  and  social  matters,  asked  the  Representa- 
tive of  the  United  States  at  the  seat  of  the  United 
Nations  for  the  observations  of  the  United  States 
Government  on  implementation  of  the  General 
Assembly's  resolution  127  (II)  of  November  15, 
1947,  regarding  false  or  distorted  reports. 

Following  is  the  text  of  the  United  States  re  fly : 

Resolution  No.  127  (II) ,  adopted  by  the  General 
Assembly  on  November  1.5,  1947,  invites  the  Gov- 
ernments of  States  Members  "to  study  such  meas- 
ures as  might  with  advantage  be  taken  on  the  na- 
tional plane  to  combat,  within  the  limits  of  consti- 
tutional procedures,  the  diffusion  of  false  or  dis- 
torted reports  likely  to  injure  friendly  relations 
between  States". 

The  position  of  the  United  States  with  respect  to 
such  measures  was  outlined  in  a  statement  filed  at 
the  United  Nations  Conference  on  Freedom  of 
Information  (E/Conf  6/6  Add  6),  which  reads  in 
part  as  follows: 

"It  is  the  view  of  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  that  the  most  effective  means  of  combatting 
the  diffusion  of  false  or  distorted  reports  is  to  as- 
sure the  availabilitj-  of  a  multiplicity  of  unfettered 
sources  of  news  and  information  to  the  various 
peoples  of  the  world.  It  is  the  fundamental  belief 
of  the  Government  of  the  United  States  that,  pro- 
vided they  have  access  to  sufficient  information 
from  diverse  sources,  the  peoples  of  a  democracy 
are  comjietent  to  distinguish  the  true  from  the 
false  and  the  wise  from  the  stupid,  and  on  the  basis 
of  their  judgments  to  form  their  own  opinions  and 
make  their  own  decisions. 

"Conversely,  it  is  the  view  of  the  Government  of 
the  United  States,  that  the  greatest  danger  from 
false  or  distorted  reports  arises  from  monopolies 
of  information,  and  particularly  those  of  a  govern- 
mental character.  The  American  people  have  ob- 
served that  monopolies  of  information  tend  to  be- 
come monopolies  of  misinformation  and  that  State 
control  of  the  flow  of  information  is  inevitably 
utilized  as  a  propaganda  mechanism  to  further  the 
political  aims,  both  domestic  and  international,  of 

Augosf    7,    1948 


the  existing  government.  This  may  lead — and  fre- 
quently has  led — to  the  deliberate  falsification  or 
distortion  of  reports  concerning  other  States  with- 
out possibility  of  counteraction." 

This  Government  is  vigilantly  aware  of  the 
danger  of  monopoly  in  the  communications  field. 
No  government  monopoly  of  any  character  over 
the  flow  of  news  or  information  exists  in  the 
United  States.  In  addition,  this  Government  has 
a  long-established  policy  of  combatting  private 
monopoly,  as  evidenced  by  its  anti-trust  laws  and 
such  special  statutes  as  the  Federal  Communica- 
tions Act. 

There  are  in  the  United  States  today  more  than 
1,700  daily  newspapers.  Of  these,  about  83  per 
cent  are  locally  owned  and  only  about  13  per  cent 
absentee  owned.  In  other  words,  approximately 
four  out  of  every  five  dailies  are  individual,  in- 
dependent units.  Only  slightly  more  than  one  out 
of  five  is  linked  with  a  chain,  and  the  largest  chain 
in  the  United  States  consists  of  less  than  twenty 
dailies.  There  are,  in  addition,  almo-st  10,000 
weekly  newspapers.  The  overwhelming  majority 
of  these  are  individual  units,  locally  owned.  Each 
of  these  papers — both  weeklies  and  dailies — has  its 
own  editors,  free  to  report  world  news  and  to  com- 
ment on  it  as  they  like. 

Scores  of  magazines  and  periodicals  are  pub- 
lished in  the  United  States,  many  of  which  contain 
news  and  information  concerning  international 
affairs. 

In  the  field  of  radio  there  are  almost  1700  AM 
stations  broadcasting  at  the  present  time,  together 
with  more  than  500  FM  stations,  and  some  27  tele- 
vision stations.  Almost  without  exception,  con- 
siderable attention  is  given  by  all  of  these  to  the 
dissemination  of  news  and  information  concerning 
public  affairs. 

These  news  media — newspapers,  periodicals  and 
broadcasting  stations — are  .served  by  three  na- 
tional wire  services  with  world-wide  coverage.  In 
addition,  many  newspapers,  periodicals  and  radio 
networks  maintain  extensive,  supplementary  for- 
eign coverage  through  correspondents  of  their 
own. 

Through  this  extensive  network  for  the  collec- 
tion and  dissemination  of  news  and  information, 
the  multiplicity  of  sources  of  news  and  informa- 
tion available  to  the  people  of  the  United  States  is 
unsurpassed  in  any  other  country  of  the  world. 

127 


TH£   UNITED   NATIONS    AND    SPECIALIZED   AGENCIES 

The  probability  that  false  or  distorted  reports  will 
be  corrected  by  true  reports  is  correspondingly 
gi'eat. 

As  stated  to  the  Conference  on  Freedom  of  In- 
formation, it  is  thus  the  view  of  this  Government 
that,  "the  major  means  for  combatting  false  or  dis- 
torted reports  is  to  implement  freedom  of  informa- 
tion by  reducing  barriers  and  promoting  the  flow 
of  information  available  to  the  various  peoples  of 
the  world  from  a  multiplicity  of  news  sources  by 
breaking  up  existing  monopolies  of  information 
and  striking  off  existing  fetters  of  State  control". 

Compared  with  the  efHcacy  of  diverse  sources  of 
information  in  offsetting  false  or  distorted  reports, 
other  measures  for  correcting  whatever  abuses 
may  now  exist  are  viewed  as  secondary  and  must 
be  such  as  not  to  destroy  or  restrict  freedom  of  in- 
formation itself. 

In  the  view  of  this  Government,  such  ancillary 
means  might  include  the  following : 

1.  The  idea  of  the  moral  responsibility  of  infor- 
mation agencies  should  be  implemented  through 
encouraging  non-official  organizations  of  news  and 
information  personnel  dedicated  to  the  develop- 
ment of  high  standards  of  ]n-ofessional  conduct. 

In  this  connection  the  United  States  Delegation 
to  the  Conference  on  Freedom  of  Information  sup- 
ported the  inclusion  of  the  following  provisions  in 
a  resolution  introduced  by  it  (Kesolution  No.  1 
of  the  Final  Act  of  the  Conference)  : 

"5.  That  it  is  the  moral  obligation  of  the  press 
and  other  agencies  of  information  to  seek  the  truth 
and  report  the  facts,  thereby  contributing  to  the 
solution  of  the  world's  problems  through  the  free 
interchange  of  information  bearing  on  them,  pro- 
moting respect  for  human  rights  and  fundamental 
freedoms  without  discrimination,  foste'ring  under- 
standing and  cooperation  between  peoples,  and 
helping  maintain  international  peace  and  security ; 

"6.  That  this  moral  obligation,  under  the  spur 
of  public  opinion,  can  be  advanced  through  or- 
ganizations and  associations  of  journalists  and 
through  individual  news  personnel; 

"7.  That  encouragement  should  be  given  to  the 
establishment  and  to  the  functioning  within  the 
territory  of  a  State  of  one  or  more  non-oilicial 
organizations  of  persons  employed  in  the  collec- 
tion and  dissemination  of  information  to  the  pub- 
lic, and  that  such  organization  or  organizations 
should  encourage  the  fulfillment  infer  alia  of  the 
following  obligations  by  all  individuals  or  organi- 
zations engaged  in  the  collection  and  dissemina- 
tion of  information ; 

"(a)  To  report  facts  without  prejudice  and  in 
their  proper  context  and  to  make  comments  with- 
out malicious  intent; 

"(&)  To  facilitate  the  solution  of  the  economic, 
social  and  humanitarian  problems  of  the  world 
as  a  whole  through  the  free  interchange  of  infor- 
mation bearing  on  such  problems ; 

128 


"(e)  To  helji  promote  respect  for  human  rights 
and  fundamental  freedoms  without  discrimina- 
tion ; 

"(d)  To  help  maintain  international  peace  and 
security ; 

"(f)  To  counteract  the  spreading  of  intention- 
ally false  or  distorted  reports  which  promote 
hatred  or  prejudice  against  States,  persons  or 
groups  of  different  race,  language,  religion  or 
philosophical  conviction ;" 

2.  Secondly,  the  training  and  exchange  of 
journalists  should  be  facilitated  and  in  such  man- 
ner as  to  inculcate  higher  standards  of  competence 
and  integrity. 

The  United  States  has  developed  extensive 
facilities  for  the  training  of  journalists.  More 
than  seventy  schools  of  journalism  are  now  in 
operation,  virtually  all  of  them  affiliated  with  col- 
leges or  universities.  In  recent  years,  increasing 
attention  has  been  paid  to  opportunity  for  ad- 
vanced study  on  the  part  of  practicing  journal- 
ists. Outstanding  in  this  field  are  fellowships 
granted  annually  by  the  Nieman  Foundation,  con- 
nected with  Harvard  University,  and  the  Ameri- 
can Press  Institute,  connected  with  Columbia 
University. 

The  United  States  Delegation  supported  Eesolu- 
tion  No.  35  adopted  by  the  Conference  on  Freedom 
of  Information,  making  recommendations  regard- 
ing the  training  of  journalists. 

The  United  States,  both  through  the  Depart- 
ment of  State,  UNESCO  and  private  endeavor,  has 
also  consistently  supported  the  principle  of  the 
exchange  of  persons  between  countries,  including 
journalists  and  other  information  personnel.  It 
is  the  hope  of  this  Government  that  this  type  of 
exchange  can  be  substantially  increased  as  time 
goes  on. 

3.  The  creation  of  private  organizations  of  citi- 
zens dedicated  to  the  purpose  of  increasing  inter- 
national understanding  through  greater  know- 
ledge of  other  countries  and  peoples  and  of  the 
purposes  and  activities  of  the  United  Nations 
should  be  encouraged. 

In  accordance  with  this  policy  the  United  States 
Delegation  to  the  Conference  on  Freedom  of  In- 
formation supported  the  recommendation  con- 
tained in  Resolution  No.  3,  "that  appropriate 
national  bodies  should  supplement  the  work  of 
information  agencies  and  associations  of  journal- 
ists and  of  others  engaged  in  the  collection,  publi- 
cation and  dissemination  of  news,  in  ensuring  the 
impartial  jiresentation  of  news  and  opinion  .  .  .''. 

Thousands  of  private  organizations  in  the 
United  States  concern  themselves  with  interna- 
tional affairs.  Every  effort  is  made  by  this  Gov- 
ernment to  facilitate  their  educational  work. 
The  Department  of  State  maintains  regular  and 
continuous  liaison  with  more  than  450  national 
organizations  alone.  These  are  of  all  types  and  in 
total  represent  some  60  million  members.     The 

DepartmBnf  of  State  Bulletin 


Department  of  State  during;  the  past  year  has  re- 
ceived ami  answered  nearly  one-half  million  let- 
ters, telegrams,  and  post  cards.  During  the  last 
four  years  more  than  seven  million  copies  of  some 
five  iuindred  different  publications  covering  all 
phases  of  American  foreign  policy  have  been  pub- 
lished and  distributed  by  the  Department.  Ap- 
proximately 150  meetings  attended  by  representa- 
tives of  national  organizations  have  been  held 
during  this  same  four-year  period  to  provide  back- 
ground information  and  discussion  of  interna- 
tional matters.  In  these  ways  the  Government  of 
the  United  States  assists  private  organizations  to 
provide  a  flow  of  information  to  the  general  public 
which  supplements  that  disseminated  by  the  press 
and  other  organs  of  information. 

•i.  The  development  on  the  inter-governmental 
plane  of  the  right  of  oflicial  correction  jirovides  a 
fourth  means  of  offsetting  false  or  distorted  re- 
ports. 

The  Draft  Convention  on  the  Gathering  and  In- 
ternational Transmission  of  News  submitted  to 
the  Conference  on  Freedom  of  Information  by  the 
United  States  Delegation  contained  a  provision  for 
an  international  right  of  official  correction.  This 
applied  to  cases  where  a  State  felt  that  a  report 
likely  to  injure  its  relations  with  other  States  sent 
out  by  a  foreign  correspondent  was  false  or  dis- 
torted. The  complaining  government  could  in 
such  cases  send  its  own  version  of  the  facts  to  the 
State  in  which  the  report  had  been  published. 
The  latter  would  then  be  obliged  to  make  this  ver- 
sion available  to  the  information  agencies  which 
supply  news  to  its  public. 

This  provision  in  somewhat  expanded  form  was 
adopted  by  the  Conference  in  a  separate  Draft 
Convention  Concerning  the  Institution  of  an  In- 
ternational Right  of  Correction,  originally  sub- 
mitted by  the  French  Delegation.  No  power  to 
compel  publication  is  contemplated.  It  need 
hardly  be  pointed  out,  however,  that  American 
newspapers  follow  the  general  practice  of  publish- 
ing corrections  and  denials. 

5.  A  fifth  means  is  the  establishment  of  continu- 
ing United  Nations  machinery  which  would  in- 
clude in  its  terms  of  reference  continuing  investi- 
gation of  obstacles  to  the  free  flow  of  information 
and  continuing  study  and  reporting  on  the  per- 
sistent dissemination  of  false  or  intentionally  dis- 
torted reports  contrary  to  the  principles  of  the 
Charter  of  the  United  Nations. 

The  United  States  Delegation  to  the  Conference 
on  Freedom  of  Information  sponsored  Resolution 
No.  30  which  requested  the  Economic  and  Social 
Council  to  continue  the  Subcommission  on  Free- 
dom of  Information  and  of  the  Press  with  power 
to  study  and  report  to  the  Economic  and  Social 
Council  on  "the  persistent  dissemination  of  infor- 
mation which  is  false,  distoi'ted  or  otherwise  in- 
jurious to  the  principles  of  the  Charter  of  tlie 
United  Nations  .  .  ." 

August   I,    7948 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS    AND    SPECIALIZED   AGENCIES 

6.  In  a  desire  to  implement  the  General  As- 
sembly resolution  concerning  false  or  distorted  re- 
ports and  the  corresponding  resolutions  adopted 
by  the  Conference  on  Freedom  of  Information 
(Resolutions  No.  2  and  3),  the  Department  of 
State  during  the  first  part  of  June,  1948,  trans- 
mitted to  some  1800  persons  engaged  in  the  col- 
lection and  dissemination  of  news  and  infoi'mation 
copies  of  the  attached  Report  ^  of  the  United  States 
Delegates  to  the  United  Nations  Conference  on 
Freedom  of  Information.  In  an  accompanying 
letter  of  transmittal,  the  Assistant  Secretary  of 
State  for  Public  Affaii-s,  specifically  called  the  at- 
tention of  news  and  information  personnel  to  these 
resolutions,  which  were  reproduced  in  the  report. 
This  step  was  taken  in  the  belief  that  the  moral 
obligation  of  the  press  and  other  agencies  of  in- 
formation to  seek  the  truth  and  report  the  facts 
can  best  be  advanced  by  journalists  and  other  in- 
formation personnel  themselves. 

In  this  connection  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  endorses  the  action  of  the  Conference  on 
Freedom  of  Information  (Resolution  No.  2)  in 
appealing  "vigorously  to  the  personnel  of  the 
press  and  other  agencies  of  information  of  all  the 
countries  of  the  world,  and  to  those  responsible 
for  their  activities,  to  serve  the  aims  of  friendship, 
understanding  and  peace  by  accomplishing  their 
task  in  a  spirit  of  accuracy,  fairness  and  respon- 
sibility;" 

In  the  view  of  this  Government,  a  free  people 
cannot  go  beyond  such  measures  as  those  described 
above  without  destroying  the  most  fundamental 
of  all  their  freedoms,  freedom  of  information.  The 
use  of  governmental  power  to  combat  false  or  dis- 
torted reporting  likely  to  injure  friendly  relations 
between  States  through  censorship  or  suppression 
would  constitute  a  dangerous  infringement  of 
freedom  of  information.  For  governments  to  ar- 
rogate unto  themselves  the  power  to  determine 
what  is  true  and  what  false,  what  is  friendly  and 
what  unfriendly,  would  mark  the  end  of  the  free 
press. 

THE  FOREIGN  SERVICE 
Consular  Offices 

An  American  Consular  Agenc.v  was  established  at  Port 
Linion,  Costa  Rica,  on  July  19,  19-18. 

Tlie  American  Consulate  at  Dar-es-Salaam,  Tansanyika, 
was  opened  to  the  public  on  .July  12,  1948.  The  consular 
district  for  Dares-Salaam  will  comprise  the  trusteeship 
territory  of  Tanganyil<a  and  the  Protectorate  of  Zanzibar 
(including;  I'(>niha). 

Henry  F.  Grady  To  Assume  Duties  in  Greece 

After  two  weeks  of  consultation  in  Washington, 
Henry  F.  Grady  will  depart  by  air  on  July  18  to 
assume  the  duties  of  his  new  post  as  Ambassador 
to  Greece. 


'  Not  here  printed. 


129 


Cease-Fire  Orders  for  July  18  ^ 


CABLEGRAM  TO  THE  ARAB  STATES  AND  TO  THE  PROVISIONAL  GOVERNMENT  OF  ISRAEL 
CONCERNING  THE  SECURITY  COUNCIL  RESOLUTION  OF  15  JULY  AND  THEIR  REPLIES 


1.  Cablegram  Dated  16  July  From  the 
United  Nations  Mediator 

Paragraph  3  of  the  resolution  on  the  cease-fire 
and  truce  in  Palestine  adopted  by  the  Security 
Council  on  15  July  at  its  three  hundred  and  thirty- 
eighth  meeting  provides  that  the  cease-fire  is  "to 
take  effect  at  a  time  to  be  determined  by  the  Media- 
tor, but  in  any  event  not  later  than  three  days 
from  the  date  of  the  adoption  of  this  resolution". 

In  pursuance  of  this  provision  of  the  resolution 
and  following  consultations  at  Lake  Success,  I 
wish  to  notify  you  that  the  date  and  hour  on  which 
the  cease-fire  is  to  be  effective  is  3.00  p.m.,  G.M.T., 
Sunday,  18  July  1948.  In  order  that  each  party 
may  be  informed  of  the  intentions  of  the  other, 
will  you  be  so  kind  as  to  confirm  to  me  this  is- 
suance of  the  cease-fire  orders  in  accordance  with 
the  decision  above  noted  at  my  Rhodes  headquar- 
ters at  the  earliest  possible  moment. 

Paragraph  8  of  the  resolution  "instructs  the 
Mediator  to  supervise  the  observance  of  the  truce". 

In  order  that  there  shall  be  no  misunderstanding 
regarding  the  discharge  of  my  responsibilities  in 
the  supervision  of  the  truce,  I  take  this  oppor- 
tunity to  inform  you  that,  although  I  will  do  my 
utmost  to  establish  and  put  into  operation  a  sys- 
tem of  observers  as  quickly  as  possible,  I  cannot 
ensure  that  the  functioning  of  this  system,  in  view 
of  the  short  time  available,  will  coincide  with  the 
effective  date  of  the  truce.  It  is  my  earnest  hope 
that  both  parties  will  undertake  to  observe  scru- 
pulously both  the  letter  and  the  spirit  of  the  truce. 
I  will,  of  course,  give  advance  notice  and  at  the 
earliest  jjossible  moment,  of  the  institution  of  the 
system  of  supervision,  and  of  the  arrival  of  the 
observers  and  their  equipment  at  the  observation 
posts. 

2.  Replies 

(a)  Egypt 

In  reply  to  your  cable  of  17  July  which  was 
communicated  to  me  on  the  same  date,  the  Egyp- 

'  U.N.  doc.  S/907,  July  19,  1948. 
130 


tian  Government  has  given  the  cease-fire  order  in 
Palestine  as  from  Sunday,  18  July  at  3.00  p.m., 
G.M.T. 

NOKRASHY 

President  of  the  Council  of 
Ministers  of  Egypt 


(b)  Trans  JORDAN 

I  have  the  honour  to  inform  you  that  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  Hashemite  Kingdom  of  Trans- 
jordan,  complying  with  the  resolution  of  the  Secu- 
rity Council,  accepts  cease-fire  as  from  three 
o'clock  Greenwich  Time  this  day,  Sunday,  18th 
July  1948. 

F.    MlTLKA 

Transjordan  Foreign  Minister 

{c)  Iraq 

Owing  to  delay  of  receipt  of  your  wire,  and  be- 
cause the  subject  necessitates  Arab  State  delibera- 
tions, and  in  view  of  Arab  League  Political  Com- 
mittee being  still  kept  busy  in  meetings,  I  ear- 
nestly endeavour  to  get  Iraqi  Government's  reply 
reach  you  at  earliest  possible  moment. 

Ali  Mumtaz 
Acting  Minister  for  Foreign  Affairs^  Iraq 

(d)  Israel 

View  shortness  time  and  absent  reply  regarding 
Arab  decision,  orders  have  been  issued  all  our 
commanders  cease  fire  today  7.00  p.  m.  Israeli 
Time  corresponding  hours  fixed  by  you  and  re- 
sume firing  only  if  other  side  continues. 

MosHE  Shertok 

(e)  Syria 

We  have  ordered  our  troops  to  cease  fire  at  17 
hours  Damascus  time. 

Jamil  Mardam  Bey 

Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs,  Syria 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


(/)  Lkague  of  Arab  States  - 

I  wish  to  notify  Your  Excellency  that  the  Arab 
States  members  of  the  Arab  League  issued  orders 
to  cease  lire  in  I'alestine  as  from  Sunday,  18  July, 
at3G.M.T. 

AzzAM  Pasha 
Secretary-General  of  League 

of  Arab  States 
{g)  Lebanon 

Hare  honour  to  inform  you  cease-fire  order  was 
given  Lebanese  forces  5.00  p.  m.  Sunday. 

Hamii)  Frangie, 
Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs,  Lebanon 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS  AND  SPECIALIZED  AGENCIES 

( h )   Saudi  Arabia 

Reference  your  telegram  No.  13  dated  July  16, 
contents  of  which  have  fully  been  noted  by  the 
Saudi  Arabian  Government,  but  so  far  as  taking 
final  decision  on  the  subject,  this  comes  imder  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  Political  Committee  of  the 
Arab  League.  You  will  be  notified  thereof  by  the 
said  League  in  due  course. 

Ministry  of  Foreign  Affairs 
Saudi  Arabia 


Terms  of  Reference  for  the  Visiting  Mission  to 
Ruanda-Urundi  and  Tanganyii<a 


RESOLUTION^ 


The  Trusteeship  Council : 

Having  appointed  a  visiting  mission  composed 
of  Mr.  H.  Laurent ie  of  France,  Chairman,  Mr. 
E.  W.  P.  Chinnery  of  Australia,  Dr.  Lin  Mou- 
sheng  of  China,  and  IMr.  E.  E.  Woodbridge  of 
Costa  Rica,  assisted  by  members  of  the  Secretariat 
and  by  such  representatives  of  the  local  admin- 
istrations as  the  mission  may  determine  necessary ; 

Having  decided  that  the  visiting  mission  should 
visit  the  Trust  Territories  of  Ruanda-Urundi  and 
Tanganyika  during  tlie  months  of  July,  August, 
and  September  1948  in  accordance  with  rules  84, 89, 
94,  96  and  98  of  the  rules  of  procedure  of  the 
Trusteeship  Council ; 

Directs  the  visiting  mission  to  observe  the  devel- 
oping political,  economic,  social  and  educational 
conditions  in  the  Trust  Territories  of  Ruanda- 
Urundi  and  Tanganyika,  their  progress  toward 

'  U.N.  doc.  S/90S,  July  19, 1948. 

Excerpts  from  a  telegram  dated  18  July  1948,  from 
Abdel  Rahman  Arel,  the  Secretary-General  of  the  Arab 
League  to  the  Secretary-General  of  the  United  Nations  in 
reply  to  the  Security  Council  resolution  (doc.  S/902) 
adopted  15  July  1948 : 

The  Governments  of  the  Arab  States  are  surprised  at  the 
attitude  the  Security  Council  has  adopted  in  regarding  the 
situation  in  Palestine  as  a  threat  to  the  peace  subject  to 
the  provisions  of  Chapter  VII  of  the  Charter  of  the  United 
Nations  and  entailing  the  application  of  sanctions  against 
the  Arab  States  if  they  refused  to  cease  tire  in  Palestine. 
This  attitude  has  never  been  adopted  by  the  Security 
Council  with  regard  to  any  of  the  problems  it  has  hitherto 
dealt  with. 


.  .  .  Because  the  Security  Council  persists  in  considering 
the  continuation  of  hostilities  in  Palestine  to  be  a  breach 
of  the  peace  and  because  it  expressly  threatens  to  apply 
sanctions  against  the  Arab  States  if  they  refuse  to  cease 
fire,  the  Arab  States,  anxious  to  avoid  doing  anything 
which    would    aggravate    the   critical    situation    through 


August   1,    J  948 


self-government  or  independence,  and  the  efforts 
of  the  respective  Administering  Authorities  to 
achieve  this  and  other  basic  objectives  of  the  Inter- 
national Trusteeship  System ; 

Directs  the  visiting  mission  to  give  attention, 
as  may  be  approj^riate  in  the  light  of  discussions 
in  the  Trusteeship  Council  and  resolutions  adopted 
by  the  Council,  to  issues  raised  in  and  in  connexion 
with  the  annual  reports  on  the  administration  of 
Ruanda-Urundi  and  Tanganyika  and  in  petitions 
received  by  the  Trasteeship  Council  relating  to 
those  Trust  Territories ;  and 

Requests  the  visiting  mission  to  transmit  to  the 
Trusteeship  Council,  not  later  than  31  October 
1948,  in  accordance  with  rule  99  of  the  rules  of 
procedure  of  the  Trusteeship  Council,  a  report  on 
the  findings  of  the  mission  with  such  observations 
and  conclusions  as  the  mission  may  wish  to  make. 

which  the  world  is  now  passing,  have  no  other  alternative 
than  to  accept  the  Security  Council's  resolution  with  re- 
gard to  the  cessation  of  hostilities  in  Palestine. 


.  .  .  They  will  accordingly  follow  carefully  and  with 
anxiety  the  efforts  made  by  the  United  Nations  to  consoli- 
date the  so-called  State  of  Israel.  In  this  connection  the 
Arab  States  can  only  express  astonishment  that  the  Se- 
curity Council's  resolution  has  recognized  the  Zionist 
bands  as  a  provisional  government.  Such  recognition  goes 
beyond  the  limits  of  neutrality  which  the  Security  Council 
should  observe  in  regard  to  the  present  conflict.  Moreover, 
it  contradicts  the  resolution  adopted  by  the  Council  on 
29  May  which  stated  that  the  rights,  claims  and  positions 
of  both  parties  should  be  respected.  In  such  circumstances 
the  Arab  States  make  the  most  energetic  protests  and 
enter  the  most  express  reservations  with  regard  to  such 
recognition.  The  Arab  States,  anxious  to  see  the  wlshed- 
for  solution  of  the  Palestinian  problem  realized,  will  await 
that  solution  with  impatience.  Then  and  then  only  will 
peace  return  to  the  land  of  peace. 

'  U.N.  doc.  T/195,  July  13, 1948.  Adopted  by  the  Trustee- 
ship Council  at  the  twenty-third  meeting  of  Its  third  ses- 
sion on  July  13, 1948. 

131 


The  United  States  in  the  United  Nations 


Privileges  and  Immunities 

Appointment  of  a  committee  of  three  private 
citizens  to  study  the  question  of  whether  persons 
whose  pi'esence  is  inconsistent  with  national  secu- 
rity have  entered  the  United  States  in  connection 
witli  the  work  of  international  organizations  was 
annoiniced  on  July  28  by  Secretary  of  State 
Marshall.' 

Members  are  Benjamin  M.  McKelway,  editor  of 
the  Washington  Star;  James  H.  Rowe,  Jr.,  Wash- 
ington attorney,  former  Assistant  Attorney-Gen- 
eral; and  Marcellus  C.  Sheild,  retired,  clerk  of  the 
House  Appropriations  Committee  from  1916  to 
1944. 

Mr.  Marshall's  letter  to  the  committee  members 
said  that  recent  "public  discussion  and  concern" 
about  this  question  had  led  him  to  decide  "to  have 
a  careful  study  made  and  all  the  relevant  facts 
analyzed  and  published  as  soon  as  possible  so  that 
a  determination  can  be  reached  as  to  whether  the 
Government  possesses,  and  has  exercised,  all  neces- 
sary powers  to  protect  the  public  interest." 

Mr.  Marshall  asked  the  committee  specifically  to 
report  whether  the  United  Nations  headquarters 
agreement,  as  accepted  with  certain  reservations  by 
the  Seventy-ninth  Congress,  prevents  "the  exclu- 
sion from  this  country  of  persons  whose  presence 
is  inconsistent  with  our  national  security." 

On  July  21  Mr.  Marshall  had  told  a  press  con- 
ference that  in  his  opinion  the  admission  to  the 
United  States  of  U.N.  personnel  whose  ideologies 
and  beliefs  differ  from  those  of  the  United  States 
had  not  endangered  this  country's  security.- 

On  July  30  the  United  Nations  Acting  Secretary- 
General,  Arkady  A.  Sobolev,  made  public  a  letter 
from  the  staff  committee  representing  U.N.  em- 
ployees which  expressed  the  hope  that  the  commit- 
tee appointed  by  Secretary  Marshall  would  "oper- 
ate on  a  high  level  of  justice  and  international 
amity,  ancl  not  inquisitorially''.  The  letter  dis- 
approved in  principle  "any  form  of  national  in- 
vestigation" which  would  "encroach  on  the  inter- 
national character  of  the  United  Nations. 

Strategic  Trusteeships 

The  relationship  of  the  Security  Council  and 
the  Trusteeship  Council  with  respect  to  strategic 

'  Department  of  State  press  release  no.  613. 
'  Bulletin  of  July  25,  1948,  p.  116. 

'  See  Bulletin  of  June  27,  1048,  iJ.  830,  ancl  Julv  4,  1948, 
p.  1.5. 

"  U.N.  doc.  S/642,  Jan.  12,  1948. 

132 


trusteeships  was  again  considered  by  a  joint  com- 
mittee of  the  two  Councils  on  July  22.' 

Speaking  for  the  Trusteeship  Council,  Liu 
Chieli  of  China  said  that  the  procedure  proposed 
in  the  report  of  the  Security  Council's  committee 
of  experts  *  was  generally  acceptable.  This  pro- 
posal is  that  the  Trusteeship  Council  should  per- 
form "in  accoi-dance  with  its  own  procedures,  on 
behalf  of  the  Security  Council,  the  functions 
specified  in  Articles  87  and  88  of  the  Charter  re- 
lating to  the  political,  economic,  social  and  educa- 
tional advancement  of  tlie  inhabitants"  of  strategic 
ti'ust  areas,  but  shall  be  subject  to  the  primacy  of 
the  Security  Council  in  security  matters. 

The  Security  Council  has  yet  to  ratify  this 
procedure.  Representatives  of  the  U.S.S.R.  and 
the  Ukraine  have  expressed  bitter  opposition  to 
granting  the  Trusteeship  Council  participation  as 
of  right  in  U.N.  procedures  regarding  strategic 
trust ecsliips.  Only  one  such  trusteeship,  that  of 
the  United  States  over  the  Pacific  Islands  formerly 
mandated  to  Japan,  is  in  effect. 

Palestine 

A  Syrian  proposal  that  the  International  Court 
of  Justice  be  asked  to  give  an  advisory  opinion 
of  the  international  status  of  Palestine  after  the 
termination  of  the  United  Kingdom  mandate  was 
rejected  by  the  Security  Council  on  July  27.  Votes 
for  it  fell  one  short  of  the  required  majority  of 
seven.  Voting  in  favor  were  Argentina,  Belgium, 
China,  Colombia,  Syria,  and  the  United  Kingdom. 
The  Ukraine  voted  against,  and  Canadn,  France, 
the  U.S.S.R.,  and  the  United  States  abstained. 

A.  G.  L.  McNaughton,  of  Canada,  argued  that 
reference  to  the  International  Court  would  "in- 
evitably hinder  and  postpone  the  negotiations  for 
a  peaceful  settlement"  and  would  "unquestionably 
introduce  doubts  and  uncertainties  in  the  work 
of  the  Mediator  on  whom  we  have  placed  our  pri- 
mary reliance." 

Philip  C.  Jessup,  of  the  United  States,  endorsed 
Genei-al  McNaughton's  arguments.  He  added  that 
a  reference  to  the  Court  by  the  recent  special  ses- 
sion of  the  General  Assembly  might  have  been 
"very  pertinent  at  tliat  time",  but  pointed  out  that 
the  Assembly  had  decided  instead  to  appoint  a 
mediator. 

On  July  29  similnr  argmnents  prevailed  in  the 
Trusteeship  Council,  which  voted  8-1  (U.S.S.R. 
against)   to  postpone  indefinitely  further  discus- 

Deparfment  of  Sfate   Bulletin 


sion  of  the  draft  Statute  of  Jerusalem.  The 
majority  ajrreed  with  Pierre  Ryckmans  of  Bel- 
gium that  debate  on  this  "inllannuable"'  question  at 
the  present  time  miglit  endanger  the  Palestine 
truce  and  the  success  of  the  mediator's  efforts. 

Tiie  Council  drafted  an  organic  law  for  ad- 
ministration of  Jerusalem  by  the  United  Nations 
at  its  last  session,  in  comjiliance  with  one  of  the 
provisions  of  the  General  Assembly's  partition 
resolution  of  November  2d,  1947,  but  has  not  finally 
approved  it  and  received  no  further  instruction 
from  the  Assembly  during  its  April-May  special 
session  on  Palestine. 


Indonesia 

By  a  9-0  vote  (U.S.S.R.  and  Ula-aine  abstain- 
ing), the  Security  Council  on  July  29  approved  a 
Chinese  resolution  calling  for  strict  observance 
by  the  Netherlands  and  the  Indonesian  Republic 
of  the  Renville  truce  agreement  of  Januai'y  17, 
1948,  and  for  early  and  full  implementation  of  the 
agreed  principles  for  forming  a  sovereign  United 
States  of  Indonesia. 

The  resolution  noted  four  recent  reports^  from 
the  Council's  Committee  of  Good  Offices  in  Indo- 
nesia. One  was  in  reply  to  the  Council's  July  6 
resolution  asking  for  information  on  restrictions 
applied  by  the  Netherlands  to  trade  with  the  Re- 
public. It  said  that  the  restrictions,  "whatever 
their  intent,"'  had  caused  severe  economic  difficul- 
ties for  the  Republic.  Another  i-eport  said  that 
political  negotiations  had  again  been  suspended 
and  that  further  progress  depended  on  "substan- 
tial concessions"  by  one  side  or  the  other  or  both. 


International  Law  Commission 

Four  Americans  are  among  78  candidates  from 
whom  the  General  Assembly  will  elect  the  15  mem- 
bers of  the  United  Nations'  new  International  Law 
Commission.  The  list  was  announced  at  Lake  Suc- 
cess July  24. 

Edwin  DeWitt  Dickinson,  dean  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  California  school  of  jurisprudence,  was 
nominated  by  the  Philippine  Republic.  Mauley 
O.  Hudson,  Bemis  professor  of  international  law 
at  Harvard  University  and  from  1936  to  1946  a 
judge  of  the  Permanent  Court  of  International 
Justice  at  The  Hague,  was  nominated  by  Ethiopia, 
Iceland,  the  Philippine  Republic,  and  the  United 
States.  Philip  C.  Jessup,  Deputy  U.S.  Represent- 
ative in  the  Security  Council  and  Hamilton  Fish 
professor  of  international  law  and  diplomacy  at 
Columbia  University,  was  nominated  by  Iceland 
and  Turkey.  Francis  B.  Sayre,  U.S.  Representa- 
tive in  the  Trusteeship  Council,  was  nominated 
by  Siam. 

Besides  Dr.  Hudson,  the  nominees  of  the  United 

August   7,   7948 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS    AND   SPECIALIZED   AGENCIES 

States  are  Alberto  UUoa  Sotomayor  of  Peru  and 
Jean  Spyropoujos  of  Greece. 

The  purpose  of  the  Commission  is  to  promote 
the  progressive  development  and  codification  of 
international  law. 


Economic  and  Social  Council 

Continuing  into  its  second  week,  the  seventh 
session  of  the  Economic  and  Social  Council  in 
Geneva  discussed  in  plenary  session  the  report  of 
the  Economic  Commission  for  Europe.  Endorse- 
ment of  the  Commission's  work  was  expressed  on 
July  27  by  delegates  of  France,  Great  Britain, 
Poland,  the  U.S.S.R.,  and  tlie  United  States. 
However,  the  Soviet  representative  launched  a 
lengthy  attack  against  the  European  Recovery 
Pi'Ogram,  through  which,  he  charged,  the  United 
States  was  interfering  with  the  sovereignty  of 
European  nations  The  Soviet  representative  pro- 
posed that  the  Ece  adopt  measures  to  expand  trade 
and  economic  relations  among  its  members  and 
with  others,  to  insure  the  carrying  out  of  U.S. 
assistance  within  tlie  U.N.  framework,  to  stop 
foreign  trade  discrimination  by  which  the  United 
States  would  gain  advantage  at  the  expense  of  the 
receiving  countries ;  to  encourage  European  efforts 
to  develop  basic  industries;  to  raise  the  vohune  of 
agricultural  production;  and  to  prevent  the  pau- 
jDerization  and  unemployment  produced  by  Erp. 

In  reply.  Assistant  Secretary  of  State  Thorp, 
U.S.  Representative  at  the  Ecosoc  meeting, 
pointed  out  that  the  16  nations  participating  in 
the  recoveiy  program  are  democratic  countries 
with  free  institutions  and  with  parliaments  con- 
trolling their  decisions,  and  with  a  free  press 
which  discusses  all  aspects  of  the  matter.  The 
European  nations  themselves,  he  recalled,  pre- 
pared the  recovery  program.  Far  from  trying  to 
make  Europe  more  dependent  on  the  United 
States,  the  whole  puri^ose  of  the  recovery  plan  is 
to  restore  the  European  economy  so  that  the  Euro- 
pean nations  will  be  completely  independent  of 
American  aid.  Mr.  Thorp  said.  He  stated  that 
under  the  program  European  countries  are  encour- 
aged to  develop  to  the  limit  of  their  capacity  in- 
dustry, agriculture,  and  commerce.  ISIr.  Thorp 
also  pointed  out  that  the  United  States  will  as  far 
as  possible  assist  in  the  expansion  of  agriculture  in 
the  various  European  countries  and  that  "to  say 
that  we  are  trying  to  hold  down  the  expansion  of 
industry  through  this  program  is  likewise 
incorrect." 

On  July  29,  deliate  was  completed  on  the  Soviet 
resolution  on  the  Ece  report,  with  the  Council  re- 
jecting it  by  a  vote  of  14-3.  The  Social,  Eco- 
nomic, and"  Human  Rights  Committees  of  the 
Council  continued  working  on  items  within  their 
competence  referred  to  them  by  the  Council. 


'  U.X.  docs.  S/842,  S/848  and  S/848/Add.  1,  S/918,  S/919. 

133 


INTERNATIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS  AND  CONFERENCES 


U.S.  Delegations  to  International  Conferences 


Linguistics 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  July 
19  the  composition  of  the  United  States  Delegation 
to  the  Sixth  International  Congress  of  Linguists 
scheduled  to  be  held  at  Paris  July  19-24,  1948. 
The  United  States  Delegation  is  as  follows : 

Chairman 

Charles  C.  Fries,  Professor,  University  of  Michigan 

Delegates 

William  P.  Albright,  Professor  of  Semitic  Languages,  Johns 

Hopkins  University 
Herbert  Penzel,  Associate  Professor  of  German,  University 

of  Illinois 

The  International  Congresses  of  Linguists  have 
been  meeting  periodically  since  1928,  bringing 
together  scholars  from  all  parts  of  the  world. 
The  Fifth  Congress  was  scheduled  to  be  held  at 
Brussels  August  28-September  2,  1939.  How- 
ever, upon  meeting,  the  delegates  decided  that  in 
view  of  the  critical  international  situation  the 
Congress  should  adjourn  immediately. 

The  principal  effort  of  the  Sixth  Congress  will 
be  devoted  to  general  morphology.  Among  the 
other  items  to  be  considered  will  be:  (1)  to  at- 
tempt to  arrive  at  a  general  unification  of  termi- 
nology of  linguistics  throughout  the  world ;  (2)  to 
institute  a  general  inquiry  on  the  state  of  research 
in  the  several  fields  of  linguistic  study;  (3)  to 
compile  a  linguistic  atlas  of  the  world;  (4)  to 
inquire  into  the  question  of  statistics  in  linguistics ; 
and  (5)  to  study  the  present  state  of  development 
of  international  auxiliary  language  studies. 

Physical  Education 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  July  15 
the  United  States  Delegation  to  the  International 
Congress  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and 
Eehabilitation  which  is  scheduled  to  be  held  at 
London  July  23-26,  1948.  The  United  States 
Delegation  is  as  follows : 

Chairman 

T.  Nelson  Metcalf,  Professor  of  Physical  Education  and 
Director  of  Athletics,  University  of  Chicago 

Delegates 

Robert  J.  H.  Kiphuth,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
and  Director  of  Athletics,  Yale  University 


Sargeant,   Jr.,  Chief,  Troop  Information-     i  i 


of 


Editor's  Note  :  The  Calendar  of  International  Meetings, 
which  usually  appears  in  the  Bulletin  in  the  first  issue  of 
each  month,  will  appear  in  the  August  8  issue. 

134 


Maj.  Bliss  P.   .„...„ ,   --..    --      , 

Education    Branch,    Office    of    Director 
Personnel,  Department  of  the  Air  Force 

This  Congress,  sponsored  by  six  British  organi- 
zations under  the  aegis  of  the  Ministry  of  Educa- 
tion, is  scheduled  to  take  place  immediately  before 
the  Olympic  Games.  The  program  of  the  Con- 
gress will  include  short  addresses  on  such  sub- 
jects as  physical  education  in  schools,  the  training 
of  physical-education  teachers,  post-school  physi- 
cal recreation,  rehabilitation  in  the  services  and  in 
civilian  life,  the  physical  education  of  hospital 
patients,  and  applied  physical  training  in  in- 
dustry. Demonstrations  of  various  aspects  of 
physical  education  by  school  children,  students  in 
physical-training  colleges,  members  of  youth 
clubs,  and  members  of  the  services  will  also  be 
presented. 

Navigation  of  tlie  Danube 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  July  20 
that  the  President  has  approved  the  composition 
of  the  United  States  Delegation  to  attend  the  In- 
ternational Danube  Conference  to  be  held  in  Bel- 
grade opening  on  July  30,  1948. 

Invitations  to  the  conference  were  extended  by 
Yugoslavia  as  the  host  government  to  the  United 
States,  United  Kingdom,  France,  Union  of  Soviet 
Socialist  Eepublics,  Hungary,  Czechoslovakia,  Ru- 
mania, Bulgaria,  the  Ukrainian  Soviet  Socialist 
Republic,  and  Austria. 

The  United  States  Delegation  is  as  follows : 

Chairman 

Cavendish  W.  Cannon,  Ambassador  Extraordinary  and 
Plenipotentiary,  American  Embassy,  Belgrade 

Vice  Chairman 

Walter  A.  Radius,  Director,  Office  of  Transport  and  Com- 
munications, Department  of  State 

Advisers 

Francis  B.  Stevens,  Chief,  Division  of  Eastern  European 
Affairs,  Department  of  State 

John  W.  Tuthill,  Inland  Transport  Adviser,  Office  of 
Transport  and  Communications,  Department  of  State 

Charles  I.  Bevans.  Treaty  Affairs,  Office  of  the  Legal  Ad- 
viser, Department  of  State 

John  C.  Campbell,  Council  on  Foreign  Relations,  New 
York,  N.Y.  „. 

Robert  G.  MeCreary,  Leckie,  McCreary,  Schlitz  and  Hins- 
lea.  Maritime  Lawyers,  Cleveland,  Ohio 

Deparfmenf  of  State  Bulletin 


Rt'prpsentiitivo,    Office   of   Military    Uoveniment,    United 

States  (OMGfS),  Berlin 
Representative,   United   States   Forces,   Austria    (Usfa), 

Vienna 
George  A.  Mann,  Public  Affairs,  Overseas  Program  Staff, 

Office  of  International   Information,  Department  of 

State 
Fredericli    Strauss,    C3iief,    European    Branch,    Office    of 

International  Trade,  Department  of  Commerce 

Secretariat 
Executive  Secretary 

Arthur  C.  Nagle,  Division  of  International  Conferences, 
Department  of  State 

Trch  n  ical  Secret  a  rp 

Maxwell  Harway,  Office  of  Transport  and  Communica- 
tions, Department  of  State 

Press  Offlcer 

Walter  H.  Dustmann,  .Ir.,  Office  of  the  Special  Assistant 
for  Press  Relations,  Department  of  State 

Fiscal  Officer 

Ann  F.  Jablonski,  Division  of  Finance,  Department  of 
State 

Language  Service  Officer 

Kenneth  R.  Boyle,  Division  of  Language  Services,  Depart- 
ment of  State 

Documents  Assistant 

Virginia  E.  Sparks,  Division  of  Departmental  Personnel, 
Department  of  State 

Interpreters 

Jeannette  Dastous,  Division  of  Language  Services,  Depart- 
ment of  State 

Ellen  Gavrisheff,  Division  of  Language  Services,  Depart- 
ment of  State 

Alexander  Logofet,  Division  of  Language  Services,  De- 
partment of  State 

Stenographic  Services 

Lillian  E.  Atland,  Division  of  Eastern  European  Affairs, 
Department  of  State 

Teresa  Beach,  Office  of  Transport  and  Communications, 
Department  of  State 

Audrey  C.  Kluczny,  Office  of  Assistant  Secretary  for  politi- 
cal affairs.  Department  of  State 

Helen  Perlraan,  Office  of  Transport  and  Communications, 
Department  of  State 

Sammie  M.  Venable,  Office  of  Assistant  Secretary  for  polit- 
ical affairs.  Department  of  State 

Medical  Histories 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  July  21 
the  composition  of  the  United  States  Observer 
Delegation  to  the  meeting  of  the  United  Kingdom 
and  Dominions  Official  JMedical  Histories  Liaison 
Committee  scheduled  to  be  held  at  Corpus  Christi 
College.  Oxford,  England,  August  3-7, 1948.  The 
observer  delegation  is  as  follows : 

Chairman 

Capt.  John  Matthew  Baehulus,  M.C.,  U.S.N.,  Staff  Medical 
Officer  with  Commander  in  Chief  of  Naval  Forces, 
Eastern  Atlantic  and  Mediterranean,  London 

August   I,   7948 


ACTIVITIES  AND  DBVEIOPMENTS 

Observer  Delegates 

Col.  Joseph  H.  McNinch,  M.C.,  U.S.A.,  Editor-in-Chief  of 
History  of  Array  Medical  Department  in  World  War 
II,  Director  of  Army  Medical  Library,  Surgeon  Gen- 
eral's Office,  Department  of  the  Army 

Dr.  Donald  O.  Wagner,  Chief  Historian,  Historical  Divi- 
sion, Army  Medical  Library,  Surgeon  General's  Office, 
Department  of  the  Army 

The  purpose  of  the  meeting  is  to  discuss  colla- 
boration in  the  preparation  of  the  official  medical 
histories  of  the  war.  A  previous  meeting  of  the 
Committee  was  held  at  Ottawa  in  September  1947. 

Anthropological  and  Ethnological  Sciences 

The  Department  of  State  announced  the  United 
States  Delegation  to  the  Third  Session  of  the 
International  Congress  of  Anthropological  and 
Ethnological  Sciences  scheduled  to  be  held  at 
Brussels  and  Tervueren,  Belgium,  August  15-23, 
1948.    The  United  States  Delegation  is  as  follows : 

Chairman 

Dr.  Melville  J.  Herskovits,  Professor  of  Anthropology, 
Northwestern  University 

Delegates 

Dr.  Wilton  Marion  Krogman,  Professor  of  Physical 
Anthropology,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Dr.  Ralph  Linton,  Sterling  Professor  of  Anthropology,  Yale 
University 

The  purpose  of  the  Congi"ess  is  to  enable  scien- 
tists to  submit  for  consideration  and  discussion  the 
I'esults  of  their  research  relating  to  the  character- 
istics and  customs  of  races  and  peoples.  The  Sec- 
ond Session  of  the  Congress,  held  at  Copenhagen 
July  31-August  6, 1938,  appointed  six  special  com- 
mittees which  will  present  reports  to  the  forth- 
coming session  on  the  following  subjects:  the  or- 
ganization of  systematic  research  on  the  peoples 
and  cultures  of  the  circumpolar  regions ;  the  stand- 
ardization of  anthropological  methods;  the 
standardization  of  anthropological  and  ethno- 
logical terminology ;  the  position  of  anthropology 
and  ethnology  in  public  education;  the  provisions 
by  various  governments  for  the  conservation  of 
aboriginal  peoples  whose  mode  of  life  is  of  scien- 
tific interest;  and  the  problems  of  megalithic  cul- 
tures. The  general  scientific  subjects  to  be 
discussed  will  include  physical  anthropology,  the 
ethnology  of  Europe,  Asia,  Africa,  the  Arctic, 
Oceania,  and  the  Americas,  the  methods,  theories, 
and  history  of  ethnology,  and  linguistics. 

Geodesy  and  Geophysics 

Tlie  Department  of  State  announced  on  July  19 
the  composition  of  the  United  States  Delegation 
to  the  Eighth  General  Assembly  of  the  Interna- 
tional Union  of  Geodesy  and  Geophysics  sched- 
iiled  to  be  held  at  Oslo  August  17-28,  1948.     The 


United  States  Delegation  is  as  follows : 


135 


ACTIVITIES   AND    DEVELOPMENTS 

Chairman 

Walter  D.  Lambert,  Chief,  Section  of  Gravity  and  Astron- 
omy, United  States  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey,  De- 
partment of  Commerce 

Delegates 

Leason  H.  Adams,  Director,  Geophysical  Laboratory, 
Carnegie  Institution 

K.  Hilding  lieij,  Assistant  Director,  Hydraulics  Laliora- 
tory.  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  Department  of 
Commerce 

Francis  W.  Reichelderfer,  Chief,  United  States  Weather 
Bureau,  Department  of  Commerce 

Waldo  E.  Smith,  Executive  Secretary,  American  Geo- 
physical Union 

It  is  expected  that  approximately  31  countries 
will  be  represented  at  the  Assembly. 

The  iJurpose  of  the  Eighth  Assembly  is  to  ex- 
change scientific  information;  to  discuss  the 
rapidly  growing  importance  and  value  in  human 
endeavor  of  geodesy  and  geophysics;  to  promote 
international  cooperation  for  the  development  of 
natural  resources;  and  to  improve  geophysical 
methods  of  scientific  investigation  and  utility. 
The  agenda  for  the  meeting  will  include  the  pres- 
entation of  papers  on  such  subjects  as  the  physical 
aspects  of  the  influence  of  solar  activity  on  ter- 
restrial magnetism,  the  ionosphere,  magnetic  sur- 
veys and  instruments,  air-borne  magnetism,  ter- 
restrial magnetism,  and  aurora.  In  addition, 
reports  of  the  committees  appointed  at  the  Seventh 
General  Assembly  will  be  presented. 

The  International  Union  of  Geodesy  and  Geo- 
physics is  one  of  the  component  unions  of  the  In- 
ternational Council  of  Scientific  Unions.  The 
Union  of  Geodesy  and  Geophysics  is  composed  of 
international  associations  concerned  with  the  fol- 
lowing subjects:  seismology,  meteorology,  ter- 
restrial magnetism  and  electricity,  physical  ocean- 
ography, vulcanology,  and  scientific  hydrology. 

Geology 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  July  23 
the  composition  of  the  United  States  Delegation 
to  tlie  Eighteenth  International  Geological  Con- 
gress scheduled  to  be  held  at  London,  August  25- 
September  1, 1948.  The  United  States  Delegation 
is  as  follows : 
Chairman 

Dr.  Eliot  Blackwelder,  Professor  Emeritus  of  Geology, 
Stanford  University,  and  Chairman,  U.S.  Geological 
Survey  Advisory  Committee,  Stanford  University 

Delegates 

Dr.  Leason  Heberling  Adams,  Director,  Geophysical  Labor- 
atory, Carnegie  Institution 

Dr.  James  Boyd,  Director,  U.S.  Bureau  of  Mines,  Depart- 
ment of  the  Interior 

Dr.  Norman  Levi  Bowen,  Petrologist,  Carnegie  Institution 

Dr.  A.  F.  Buddington,  Professor  of  Geology,  Princeton 
University 

Dr.  Carl  O.  Dunbar,  Professor  of  Geology,  Yale  University 

Dr.  Herbert  E.  Hawlses,  Geologist,  U.S.  Geological  Survey, 
Department  of  the  Interior 

Dr.  W.  D.  Johnston,  Jr.,  Geologist,  U.S.  Geological  Survey, 
Department  of  the  Interior 

136 


Dr.  0'(jhn  F.  Marble,  Chairman,  Committee  on  Geologic 
Time,  National  Research  Council 

Dr.  Louis  L.  Ray,  Geologist,  U.S.  Geological  Survey,  De- 
partment of  the  Interior 

The  main  purpose  of  the  forthcoming  Congress 
will  be  to  exchange  scientific  information  on  and  to 
discuss  the  following  geological  subjects :  problems 
of  geochemistry;  metasomatic  processes  in  meta- 
morphism ;  rhythm  in  sedimentation ;  the  geologi- 
cal results  of  applied  geophysics;  the  geology  of 
petroleum;  the  geology,  paragenesis,  and  reserves 
of  the  ores  of  lead  and  zinc;  the  geology  of  sea 
and  ocean  floors ;  the  Pliocene-Pleistocene  bound- 
ary ;  faunal  and  floral  facies  and  zonal  correlation; 
the  correlation  of  continental  vertebrate-bearing 
rocks ;  and  earth  movements  and  organic  evolution. 
Other  items  on  the  agenda  include  an  examination 
of  the  program  conducted  in  the  American  re- 
publics since  19-1:0  under  the  auspices  of  the  Inter- 
departmental Committee  on  Scientific  and 
Cultural  Cooperation  and  a  discussion  on  the  de- 
sirability of  forming  an  international  union  of 
geology  to  be  affiliated  with  the  International 
Council  of  Scientific  Unions. 

In  addition  to  the  regular  program  of  the  Con- 
gress a  number  of  excursions  to  points  of  interest 
in  England,  Scotland,  and  Wales  have  been  sched- 
uled. 

John   Abbink  Appointed  to  Joint   Brazil-U.S. 
Technical  Commission 

John  Abbink  has  been  appointed  by  the  Presi- 
dent as  Chairman,  with  the  personal  rank  of 
Minister,  of  the  United  States  Section  of  the  Joint 
Brazil-United  States  Technical  Commission  in 
which  the  Brazilian  and  the  United  States  Gov- 
ernments are  cooperating  for  the  purpose  of  mak- 
ing a  study  of  Brazilian  resources  and  capacity 
for  economic  development. 

Mr.  Abbink  will  serve  as  Co-Chairman  with  the 
Chief  of  the  Brazilian  Section  of  the  Commission. 
The  Brazilian  and  United  States  Sections  will 
each  consist  of  three  members  who  will  be  assisted 
by  a  technical  staff  to  be  furnished  by  their  re- 
spective governments.  Other  members  of  the 
United  States  Section  will  be  appointed  at  an 
early  date,  and  it  is  anticipated  that  this  section 
will  arrive  in  Rio  de  Janeiro  early  in  September. 

The  Commission  will  direct  its  attention  toward 
an  analysis  of  (1)  Brazil's  natural  and  capital 
resources;  (2)  the  supply  of  labor,  particularly  of 
skilled  labor;  (3)  problems  in  fiscal  and  banking 
fields;  (4)  problems  of  domestic  and  international 
trade;  and  (5)  the  position  of  Brazil  in  the  world 
economy. 

The  organization  of  this  Technical  Commission 
is  a  further  instance  of  the  cooperative  work  en- 
couraged by  the  United  States  Govermnent  to 
assist  the  other  American  Republics  in  attaining 
the  comprehensive  development  of  their  resources. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 


U.S.-Yugoslav  Claims  Settlement 


SUMMARY  OF  AGREEMENTS 


Agreements  between  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  and  the  Government  of  the  Federal 
People's  Repnblic  of  Yugoslavia  were  signed 
on  July  19  in  Washington,  D.  C.  One  agreement 
provides  for  settlement  for  American  property 
nationalized  in  Yugoslavia  and  other  outstanding 
pecuniary  claims  between  the  two  Governments. 
The  other  agreement  provides  for  settlement  of 
the  lend-lease  accounts  and  for  pre-UxnRA  aid 
furnished  to  Yugoslavia  by  the  United  States. 
The  U.S.  Treasury  is  also  unblocking  Yugoslav 
assets  in  the  United  States. 

The  agreements  were  signed  on  behalf  of  the 
United  States  by  George  C.  Marshall,  Secretary  of 
State,  and  on  behalf  of  the  Government  of  Yugo- 
slavia by  Dr.  Obren  Blagojevic,  Deputy  Minister 
of  Finance. 

The  agreements  signed  on  July  19  are  the  result 
of  discussions  of  outstanding  financial  questions 
between  the  two  Governments  which  began  at  the 
Department  of  State  in  May  1947,  between  a  spe- 
cial Mission  of  the  Yugoslav  Government  and 
representatives  of  the  Department  of  State. 

Under  the  nationalization  agreement,  the  Yugo- 
slav Goverimient  agrees  to  pay  to  the  United 
States  in  dollars  the  sum  of  17  million  dollars  in 
full  settlement  for  American  property  national- 
ized or  otherwise  taken  in  Yugoslavia  and  in  settle- 
ment of  all  other  pecuniary  claims  of  the  United 
States  Government  against  Yugoslavia,  except 
those  under  lend-lease  and  pre-UNRRA  civilian 
relief,  which  are  settled  in  the  second  agreement. 

The  second  agi-eement,  to  settle  the  lend-lease  and 
pre-UxRRA  accounts,  provides  for  the  payment  by 
Yugoslavia  to  the  United  States  of  45  million 
Yugoslav  dinars.  These  dinars  will  be  used  by 
the  United  States  in  Yugoslavia  in  the  acquisition 
of  Embassy  or  consular  property  and  for  other 
local  uses.    Of  the  approximately  32  million  dol- 


lars in  lend-lease  aid  furnished  by  the  United 
States  to  Yugoslavia,  the  great  majority  was  used 
in  the  war.  As  is  customary  in  the  settlement 
of  lend-lease  accounts,  no  charge  is  made  by  the 
United  States  for  materials  expended  in  winning 
the  war.  The  few  small  naval  vessels  loaned  to 
Yugoslavia  under  lend-lease  will  be  returned  to  the 
United  States. 

The  lend-lease  settlement  also  includes  the  re- 
solving of  several  minor  categories  of  claims, 
mostly  maritime  in  nature,  arising  from  the  war. 
These  include  such  items  as  the  hire  of  Yugoslav 
vessels  by  the  United  States  and  claims  arising 
from  collision  of  vessels  of  the  respective  Govern- 
ments. 

The  Treasury  Department  is  unfreezing  Yugo- 
slav assets  in  the  United  States  by  including 
Yugoslavia  in  general  license  53  issued  under 
Executive  Order  8389,  as  amended.  Included 
among  the  assets  unfrozen  is  gold  amounting  to 
almost  47  million  dollars  held  at  the  Federal  Re- 
serve Bank  of  New  York  in  the  name  of  the  Gov- 
ernment of  Yugoslavia. 

The  agreement  concerning  compensation  for 
nationalization  covers  claims  of  individual  Ameri- 
can nationals  arising  from  nationalization  or  other 
taking  of  property  in  Yugoslavia  if  the  property 
was  owned  at  the  time,  either  directly  or  indirectly 
through  a  corporation,  by  an  individual  Ameri- 
can national  or  by  an  American  corporation  which 
was  owned  in  turn  by  individual  American  na- 
tionals at  least  to  the  extent  of  20  percent  of  any 
class  of  its  outstanding  securities. 

The  17  million  dollars  paid  to  the  United  States 
is  to  be  distributed  among  the  claimants  under 
procedures  which  Congress  will  be  requested  to 
establish. 

The  two  Governments  agree  to  provide  inter- 
change of  information  respecting  American  claims 
in  order  to  promote  substantial  equity  in  awards. 


AGREEMENT  REGARDING  PECUNIARY  CLAIMS 


The  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America  and 
the  GoTernment  of  the  Federal  People's  Republic  of 
Tugoslavia.  being  desirous  of  effecting  an  expeditious  and 
equitable  settlement  of  claims  of  the  United  States  of 
America  and  of  its  nationals  against  Tugoslavia,  have 
agreed  upon  the  following  articles: 

August   1,   1948 


Article  1 

(o)  The  Government  of  Yugoslavia  agrees  to  pay,  and 
the  Government  of  the  United  States  agrees  to  accept, 
tlie  sum  of  $17,000,000  United  States  currency  in  full  set- 
tlement and  discharge  of  all  pecuniary  claims  of  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  against  the  Government 

137 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 

of  Yugoslavia,  other  than  those  arising  from  Lend-Lease 
and  civilian  supplies  furnished  as  military  relief,  arising 
between  September  1,  1039  and  the  date  hereof,  and  in 
full  settlement  and  discharge  of  all  claims  of  nationals 
of  the  United  States  against  the  Government  of  Yugo- 
slavia on  account  of  the  nationalization  and  other  taking 
by  Yugoslavia  of  property  and  of  rights  and  interests  in 
and  vpith  respect  to  property,  vphicli  occurred  between 
September  1, 1939  and  the  date  hereof. 

(6)  Such  payment  by  the  Government  of  Yugoslavia 
shall  be  made  to  the  Secretary  of  State  of  the  United 
States  of  America  within  forty-five  days  after  the  signing 
of  this  Agreement. 

{c)  If,  upon  adjudication  made  by  the  agency  estab- 
lished or  otherwise  designated  by  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  to  adjudicate  claims  settled  under  this 
Agreement,  it  is  found  that  the  sum  of  $17  million  pay- 
able by  the  Government  of  Yugoslavia  under  the  pro- 
visions of  the  Agreement  is  in  excess  of  the  total  sum 
of  the  claims  determined  to  be  valid,  exclusive  of  any 
interest  on  such  claims  for  the  i)eriod  beginning  on  the 
date  of  the  payment  referred  to  in  paragraph  (a)  of  this 
Article,  plus  the  costs  of  adjudication,  if  any,  not  borne  by 
the  claimants,  the  Government  of  the  United  States  shall 
take  the  necessary  steps  to  return  such  excess  amount 
to  the  Government  of  Yugoslavia. 

Article  2 

The  claims  of  nationals  of  the  United  States  to  which 
reference  is  made  in  Article  1  of  this  Agreement  include 
those  respecting  property,  and  rights  and  interests  in 
and  with  respect  to  property,  which  at  the  time  of  na- 
tionalization or  other  taking  were : 

(a)  Directly  owned  by  an  individual  who  at  such  time 
was  a  national  of  the  United  States. 

(6)  Directly  owned  by  a  juridical  person  organized  un- 
der the  laws  of  tlie  United  States,  or  a  constituent  state 
or  other  political  entity  thereof,  twenty  percent  or  more 
of  any  class  of  the  outstanding  securities  of  which  were 
at  such  time  owned  by  individual  nationals  of  the  United 
States,  directly,  or  indirectly  through  interests  in  one 
or  more  juridical  persons  of  whatever  nationality,  or 
otherwise ;  or 

(o)  Indirectly  owned  by  an  individual  within  category 
(A)  above,  or  by  a  juridical  person  with  category  (B) 
above,  through  interests,  direct,  or  indirect  in  one  or 
more  juridical  persons  not  within  category  (B)  above,  or 
otherwise. 

Article  3 

The  claims  of  nationals  of  the  United  States  to  which 
reference  is  made  in  Article  1  of  this  Agreement  do  not 
include  claims  of  individual  nationals  of  the  United  States 
who  did  not  possess  such  nationality  at  tlie  time  of  the 
nationalization  or  other  taking,  which  claims  shall  be  sub- 
ject to  compensation  by  the  Government  of  Yugoslavia, 
either  by  direct  negotiations  between  that  Government  and 
the  respective  claimants  or  under  compensation  procedures 
prescribed  by  Yugoslav  law. 

Article  4 

(o)  Nothing  herein  contained  shall  constitute  or  be 
construed  to  constitute  a  waiver  or  release  by  the  Govern- 
ment of  Yugoslavia  of  any  claims  it  or  any  Yugoslav  na- 
tional may  have  against  any  national  of  the  United  States. 

(6)  Claimants  against  the  Government  of  Yugoslavia 
for  compensation  on  account  of  the  nationalization  or 
other  taking  of  enterprises,  whose  claims  with  respect  to 
such  nationalization  or  otlier  taking  are  claims  which  are 
fully  settled  and  discliarged  by  this  Agreement,  receiving 
payment  out  of  the  funds  to  be  paid  by  the  Government  of 
Yugoslavia  under  Article  1  of  this  Agreement  shall  be 
deemed  to  have  undertaken  to  hold  the  Government  of 
Yugoslavia,  and  the  resisective  successor  enteriarises  estab- 
lished by  such  Government,  harmless  against,  and  to  have 

138 


assumed,  all  debt  obligations,  including  guarantees,  of  the 
enterprises  of  which  such  claimants  were  formerly  the 
owners,  to  nationals  of  countries  other  than  Yugoslavia, 
valid  and  subsisting  as  of  the  date  hereof,  incurred  not  for 
the  benefit  of  such  enterprises,  but  fur  the  benefit  of  the 
owners  thereof ;  but  such  assumption  and  undertaking 
shall  be  applicable  only  to  such  proportion  of  such  ob- 
ligations as  .such  claimants'  interests  in  such  enterprises, 
at  the  date  of  the  nationalization  or  other  taking  thereof, 
bore  to  the  total  ownership  interests  therein.  Debt  obli- 
gations, including  guarantees,  owing  to  nationals  of  coun- 
tries other  than  Yugoslavia,  incurred  prior  to  the  time 
such  claimants  became  nationals  of  the  United  States, 
shall  be  deemed  subject  to  such  assumption  and  under- 
taking in  the  absence  of  proof  that  such  obligations,  in- 
cluding guarantees,  were  incurred  for  the  benefit  of  such 
enterprises. 

(c)  The  Government  of  Yugoslavia  recognizes  the  obli- 
gation of  the  successor  enterprises  created  by  it  with 
respect  to  debts  valid  under  Yugoslav  law  which  were  in- 
curred prior  to  the  nationalization  or  other  taking,  for 
the  benefit  of  the  enterprises  nationalized  or  otherwise 
taken,  provided,  however,  that  there  sliall  be  deemed 
fully  settled  and  discharged  all  debt  obligations  of  enter- 
prises, nationalized  or  otherwise  taken,  owing  to  nationals 
of  the  United  States  whose  claims  against  the  Government 
of  Yugoslavia  with  respect  to  the  nationalization  or  other 
taking  of  such  enterprises  are  claims  which  are  fully 
settled  and  discharged  by  this  agreement :  and  further 
that  all  debt  obligations  of  such  enterprises  to  juridical 
persons  tlirough  which  the  claims  of  such  claimants  are 
derived  shall  be  deemed  settled  and  discharged  in  the 
same  proportion  as  such  claimants'  interests  in  such  enter- 
prises, at  the  date  of  the  nationalization  or  other  taking 
thereof,  bore  to  the  total  ownership  interests  therein. 

Article  5 

The  Government  of  Yugoslavia  agrees  to  accord  to  na- 
tionals of  the  United  States  lawfully  continuing  to  hold, 
or  hereafter  acquiring  assets  in  Yugoslavia,  the  rights 
and  privileges  of  using  and  administering  such  assets 
and  the  income  therefrom  within  the  framework  of  the 
controls  and  regulations  of  the  Government  of  Yugo- 
slavia, on  conditions  not  less  favorable  than  the  rights 
and  privileges  accorded  to  nationals  of  Yugoslavia,  or  of 
any  other  country,  in  accordance  with  tlie  Convention  of 
Commerce  and  Navigation  between  the  United  States  of 
America  and  the  Prince  of  Serbia,  signed  at  Belgrade, 
October  2-14,  18S1. 

Article  6 

The  Government  of  Yugoslavia  agrees  not  to  employ 
or  to  permit  the  employment  of  trademarks,  and  company 
names  and  trade  names  formerly  used  in  Yugoslavia  by 
enterprises,  now  nationalized,  which  were,  at  the  time 
of  such  nationalization  substantially  owned,  directly  or 
indirectly,  by  nationals  of  the  United  States  to  the  extent 
that  such  trademarks,  company  names  and  trade  names 
are  counterparts  of  trademarks,  company  names  and 
trade  names  used  elsewhere  than  in  Yugoslavia  by  the 
former  American  owners  of  such  enterprises,  directly  or 
through  subsidiaries,  or  by  their  authority;  provided, 
however,  that  nothing  herein  contained  shall  prejudice 
the  right  of  the  Government  of  Yugoslavia,  or  any  national 
thereof,  to  employ  such  trademarks,  company  names  and 
trade  names  with  the  consent  of  the  former  owners  of 
such  enterprises,  or  others  authorized  to  permit  the  use 
thereof.  The  Government  of  Yugoslavia  will  take  such 
measures  as  may  be  necessary  and  appropriate  to  prevent 
the  use  of  such  trademarks,  company  names  and  trade 
names  within  Yugoslavia,  except  with  such  consent  or  in 
connection  with  products  imported  into  Yugoslavia  with 
respect  to  which  the  use  of  such  trademarks,  company 
names  and  trade  names  is  permitted  by  or  on  behalf  of 
the  former  owners  of  such  enterprises,  or  others  au- 
thorized to  permit  the  use  thereof.    Tills  Agreement  does 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


THE  RECORD  OF  THB  WEEK 


not  affect  in  any  way  the  rights,  if  any,  of  nationals  of 
the  United  States  with  respect  to  trademarks,  trade  names  ' 
and  company  names  which  were  used  in  YuRoslavia  by 
enterprises   which   have   been   taken   other   than   by    ua- 
tionalizatioD. 

Article  7 

Claims  of  nationals  of  the  United  States  for  war  dam- 
age to  property  which  has  not  been  nationalized  or  other- 
wise taken  prior  to  tlie  date  hereof  shall  be  treated  not 
less  favorably  than  those  of  nationals  of  Yugoslavia,  but 
in  no  event  less  favorably  than  those  of  the  nationals 
of  any  other  country. 

A}- tide  8 

The  funds  payable  to  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  under  Article  1  of  this  Agreement  shall  be  dis- 
tributed to  the  Government  of  the  United  States  and 
among  the  several  claimants,  respectively,  in  accordance 
with  such  methods  of  distribution  as  may  be  adopted  by 
the  Government  of  the  United  States.  Any  determinations 
with  respect  to  the  validity  or  amounts  of  individual 
claims  which  may  be  made  by  the  agency  established  or 
otherwise  designated  by  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  to  adjudicate  such  claims  shall  be  final  and  binding. 

Article  9 

(a)  In  the  interest  of  an  equitable  distribution  by  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  among  the  several 
claimants  for  participation  in  the  amount  to  be  paid  by 
the  Government  of  Yugoslavia  in  full  settlement  and 
discharge  of  claims  in  accordance  with  this  Agreement, 
the  Government  of  Yugoslavia  will,  upon  the  request  of 
the  Goveriunent  of  the  United  States,  and  to  the  extent 
possible,  bearing  in  mind  the  wide-spread  destruction  of 
property  and  books  and  records  in  Yugoslavia  caused  by 
the  war,  furnish  such  information,  including  certified 
copies  of  books,  records  or  other  documents,  as  may  be 
necessary  or  appropriate  to  support  or  refute,  in  whole 
or  in  part,  any  claim  for  participation  in  such  amount, 
and  to  the  same  end  will  permit,  in  a  manner  consistent 
with  Yugoslav  law,  the  taking  of  depositions  of  such  wit- 
nesses as  may  be  requested  by  the  Government  of  the 
United  States. 

(b)  In  the  interest  of  protecting  the  Government  of 
Yugoslavia  from  the  possible  assertion  through  third  coun- 
tries, or  otherwise,  of  claims  falling  within  the  scope  of 
this  Agreement,  the  Government  of  the  United  States  will 
supply  to  the  Government  of  Yugoslavia,  certified  copies 


of  such  formal  submissions  as  may  be  made  by  claimants 
to  such  agency  as  may  be  established  or  otherwise  desig- 
nated by  the  Government  of  the  United  States  to  adjudi- 
cate claims  to  participation  in  the  funds  to  be  paid  by  the 
Government  of  Yugoslavia  pursuant  to  this  Agreement 
and  of  the  corresponding  awards  of  such  agency  with  re- 
spect thereto.  A  certified  copy  of  each  such  submission 
and  award  will  be  supplied  to  the  Government  of  Yugo- 
slavia within  a  reasonable  time  after  its  receipt  or  an- 
nouncement. Subject  to  such  rules  and  regulations  as  may 
be  established  with  respect  to  proceedings  of  such  agency, 
the  Government  of  the  United  States  further  agrees  to 
make  available  to  the  Government  of  Yugoslavia,  upon  its 
request,  certified  copies  of  transcripts  of  any  proceedings 
before  such  agency  and  certified  copies  of  documents  sub- 
mitted to  such  agency  in  support  or  in  refutation,  in  whole 
or  in  part,  of  any  claim  submitted  thereto  Subject  to 
such  rules  and  regulations,  and  with  the  consent  of  such 
agency,  the  Government  of  Yugoslavia  may  file  briefs  as 
amicus  curiae  with  respect  to  any  specific  claims. 

Article  10 

(a)  The  Government  of  Yugoslavia  shall  authorize  per- 
sons residing  in  Yugoslavia  who  are  legally  indebted  to  any 
individual,  firm,  or  governmental  agency  in  the  United 
States,  to  meet  such  indebtedness  on  maturity. 

(6)  To  the  extent  feasible,  considering  Yugoslav  for- 
eign exchange  resources  and  regulations,  and  when  nec- 
essary to  effectuate  the  purposes  of  paragraph  (a)  of  this 
Article,  the  Government  of  Yugoslavia  shall  permit  the  use 
of  dollars  by,  or  provide  dollars  to  those  Y'^ugoslav  resi- 
dents legally  owing  dollar  obligations  arising  from  com- 
mercial transactions  involving  goods  or  services. 

Article  11 

The  Government  of  Yugoslavia  agrees  to  give  sym- 
pathetic consideration  to  applications  for  transfers  to  the 
United  States  of  deposits  in  banks  of  Yugoslavia  and  other 
similar  forms  of  capital  owned  by  nationals  of  the  United 
States,  where  the  amounts  involved  are  small  but  which, 
in  view  of  the  circumstances,  are  of  substantial  impor- 
tance to  the  persons  requesting  the  transfers. 

Article  12 

The  present  Agreement  shall  come  into  force  and  effect 
upon  the  date  of  signature. 

In  witxess  whereof  the  undersigned,  being  duly  au- 
thorized thereto  by  their  respective  Governments,  have 
signed  the  present  Agreement. 


AGREEMENT  REGARDING  SETTLEMENT  FOR  LEND-LEASE,  MILITARY  RELIEF,  AND  CLAIMS 


The  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America  and 
the  Government  of  the  Federal  People's  Republic  of 
Yugoslavia  have  reached  an  understanding  regarding  a 
settlement  for  lend-lease,  for  the  obligation  of  the  Govern- 
ment of  Yugoslavia  to  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
for  civilian  sup[ilies  furnished  as  military  relief,  and  for 
other  claims  of  each  Government  against  the  other  aris- 
ing out  of  the  conduct  of  the  war.  In  arriving  at  this 
understanding,  both  Governments  have  recognized  the 
benefits  accruing  to  each  from  the  contributions  of  both 
to  the  defeat  of  their  common  enemies.  This  settlement 
is  complete  and  final  and  both  Governments  agree  that, 
except  as  provided  in  this  Agreement,  no  further  benefits 
will  he  sought  by  either  Government  from  the  other  as 
consideration  for  the  foregoing. 

1.  The  term  "lend-lease  article"  as  used  in  this  Agree- 
ment means  any  article  transferred  by  the  Government  of 
the  United  States  under  the  Act  of  March  11,  1941: 

(a)  to  the  Government  of  Yugoslavia,  or 

Aogosf   J,    J 948 


(b)  to  any  other  government  and  retransf erred  to  the 
Government  of  Yugoslavia. 

2.  The  Government  of  Yugoslavia  receives,  without 
qualification  as  to  disposition  or  use,  full  title  to  all  lend- 
lease  articles,  other  than  those  described  in  nimibered 
paragraphs  3  and  4  below. 

3.  The  Government  of  the  United  States  reserves  the 
right  to  recapture  any  lend-lease  articles  of  types  defined 
as  arms,  ammunition  and  implements  of  war  by  Proclama- 
tion Number  2776  issued  bv  the  President  of  the  United 
States  on  March  26,  1948,  13  Federal  Register  1623, 
March  27,  1948,  which  are  held  by  the  Government  of 
Yugoslavia  on  the  date  on  which  notice  requesting  return 
is  communicated  to  the  Government  of  Yugoslavia.  The 
Government  of  the  United  States  has  indicated  that  it  does 
not  intend  to  exercise  generally  its  right  to  recapture 
such  articles.  The  Government  of  Yugoslavia  will  not 
retransfer  or  dispose  of  such  articles  to  any  third  country 
or  for  export  without  the  prior  consent  of  the  Government 
of  the  United  States. 

13» 


THE   RECORD   Of   THE   WBEK 

4.  To  the  extent  required  by  United  States  law,  vessels 
which  were  made  available  to  the  Government  of  Yugo- 
slavia under  lend-lease  will  be  returned  to  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  States. 

5.  The  Government  of  Yugoslavia,  in  consideration  of 
supplies  and  services  received  as  lend-lease,  in  consider- 
ation of  its  obligation  to  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  for  civilian  supplies  received  as  military  relief, 
and  in  consideration  of  the  other  provisions  of  this 
Agreement,  will  pay  to  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  the  sum  of  45,000,000  Yugoslav  dinars,  by  either 
of  the  methods  designated  in  subparagraphs  (a)  and  (6) 
below,  or  any  combination  thereof,  designated  by  the 
Government  of  the  United  States : 

(o)  By  delivery  of  title  to  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  of  such  real  property  and  improvements  to  real 
property  in  Yugoslavia  for  diplomatic  or  consular  pur- 
poses, as  may  be  selected  and  determined  by  agreement 
between  the  two  Governments,  at  values  or  prices  to  be 
agreed  between  tlie  two  Governments ; 

(6)  By  providing  to  the  Government  of  the  United 
States,  at  such  time  or  times  and  in  such  amounts  as  may 
be  desired  by  the  Government  of  the  United  States,  Yugo- 
slav currency  to  be  used  for  the  purchase  of  such  real 
property  and  improvements  to  real  property  in  Yugoslavia 
for  diplomatic  or  consular  purposes  or  for  such  other  ex- 
penses of  United  States  diplomatic  or  consular  missions, 
excepting  the  purchase  of  commodities  for  export,  as  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  may  desire.  The  Gov- 
ernment of  Yugoslavia  agrees  that  with  respect  to  the 
Yugoslav  dinars  to  be  paid  by  the  Government  of  Yugo- 
slavia as  above,  the  Government  of  Yugoslavia  will  grant 
the  Government  of  the  United  States  privileges  and  rates 
of  conversion,  in  tlie  event  of  any  future  currency  conver- 
sion, no  less  favorable  than  those  granted  generally  to 
nationals  of  Yugoslavia  and  in  no  event  less  favorable  than 
those  granted  to  the  Government  of  any  third  country. 
The  Government  of  Yugoslavia  agrees  that,  should  any 
future  currency  conversion  nevertheless  result  in  inequity 
to  the  Government  of  the  United  States  with  respect  to  any 
amount  of  such  Yugoslav  dinars,  the  privileges  and  rates 
of  conversion  to  be  applied  to  such  amount  of  Yugoslav 
dinars  shall  be  subject  to  agreement  between  the  two 
Governments. 

6.  In  reference  to  numbered  paragraph  .5  above,  in  case 
the  Government  of  the  United  States  wishes  to  acquire 
any  property  located  in  Yugoslavia,  real  or  personal, 
tangible  or  intangilile.  except  for  export,  or  to  furnish  any 
property  so  located,  the  Government  of  Yugoslavia  will  at 
any  time  or  times,  as  requested  by  the  Government  of  the 
United  States,  enter  into  negotiations,  and  use  its  best 
efforts  consistent  with  public  policy,  to  reach  an  agreement 
with  the  Government  of  the  United  States  whereby  there 
will  be  delivered  to  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
the  properties,  improvements,  or  furnishings  which  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  desires  or  its  representa- 
tives have  selected.  Representatives  of  the  Government 
of  the  United  States  may  at  their  discretion  conduct  dis- 
cussions directly  with  owners  of  property  or  with  contrac- 
tors for  improvements  or  furnishings  as  to  fair  terms  and 
lirices  prior  to  the  delivery  of  such  property  or  improve- 
ments or  furnisliings  to  the  Government  of  the  United 
States. 

7.  The  Government  of  Yugoslavia  will  process  the  claims 
described  in  the  following  subparagraphs  (a),  (&),  (c), 
and  ((?)  and  will  discharge  the  liability  with  respect  there- 
to of  the  Government  of  the  United  States  and  of  indi- 
viduals, firms,  and  corporations  against  whom  such  claims 
are  asserted  : 

(a)  Claims  against  the  Government  of  the  United 
States,  or  respecting  which  the  ultimate  liability  is  that 
of  the  Government  of  the  United  States,  arising  from 
maritime  incidents  or  transactions  occurring  on  or  after 

140 


April  6,  1941  and  prior  to  July  1,  1946,  asserted  in  courts       |  4 
of  Yugoslavia  or  asserted  anywhere  by  individuals,  firms,         ' 
and  corporations,  nationals  of  Yugoslavia  at  the  time  of 
the  event  giving  rise  to  the  claims. 

(b)  Claims  of  individuals,  firms  and  corporations  domi- 
ciled in  Yugoslavia  at  the  time  of  the  use  or  infringement 
giving  rise  to  the  claim  against  the  Government  of  the 
United  States,  Its  contractors  or  subcontractors,  for  royal- 
ties under  contracts  for  the  use  of  inventions,  patented  or 
unpatented,  or  for  infringement  of  patent  rights,  in  con- 
nection with  war  production  carried  on  or  contracted  for 
on  or  after  April  6,  1941  and  prior  to  July  1,  194(5  by  the 
Government  of  the  United  States,  its  contractors  or  sub-  . 
contractors.  ' 

( c )  Claims  of  Individuals,  firms,  and  corporations  domi- 
ciled in  Yugoslavia  at  the  time  of  tlie  event  giving  rise  to 
the  claim  against  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
arising  out  of  the  requisitioning  on  or  after  April  0,  1941 
and  prior  to  July  1,  194(1  for  use  in  the  war  program  of 
property  located  in  the  United  States  in  which  the 
claimant  asserts  an  interest. 

(d)  Claims,  whether  contractual  or  noncontractual,  of 
individuals,  firms,  and  coiporations  domiciled  in  Yugo- 
slavia at  the  time  of  the  event  giving  rise  to  the  claim 
against  the  Government  of  the  United  States,  its  agents, 
employees,  and  military  personnel,  arising  out  of  any  act 
or  omission  of  its  agents,  employees,  and  military  per- 
sonnel, both  line-of-duty  and  non-llne-of-duty,  occurring 
on  or  after  April  6,  1941  and  prior  to  July  1,  194C. 

8.  The  Government  of  the  United  States  and  the  Gov- 
ernment of  Yugoslavia,  except  as  otherwise  provided  in 
this  Agreement,  mutually  waive  all  claims  of  each  against 
the  other,  and  against  agents,  employees,  and  military 
personnel  of  the  other,  described  in  the  following  sub- 
paragraphs (a),  (6),  (o),  (d)  and  (e)  : 

(a)   Claims  arising  out  of  lend-lease. 

(6)   Claims  arising  out  of  military  relief. 

(c)  Claims  arising  out  of  the  procurement  or  furnishing 
of  supplies  and  services  through  any  other  arrangements 
on  or  after  April  6,  1941  and  prior  to  July  1,  1946,  other 
than  claims  of  Yugoslav  nationals  for  services  performed 
for  the  United  States  Forces  while  in  the  custody  of  such 
Forces  and  represented  by  military  payment  orders  or 
certificates  of  credit  balances  issued  by  such  Forces. 

{d)  Claims  arising  out  of  the  billeting  of  personnel  on 
or  after  April  6,  1941  and  prior  to  July  1.  1946. 

(e)  Claims  arising  out  of  maritime  collisions  and  other 
ocean  shipping  incidents  and  transactions  occurring  on  or 
after  April  6  1941  and  prior  to  July  1,  1946. 

9.  Nothing  in  this  Agreement  affects  the  obligation  of 
the  Government  of  Yugoslavia  under  Article  IV  of  the 
Preliminary  Agreement  of  July  24,  1942. 

10.  To  the  extent  that  the  provisions  of  this  Agreement 
are  inconsistent  with  those  contained  in  any  previous 
agreement,  the  provisions  of  this  Agreement  shall  prevail. 

11.  This  Agreement  shall  be  effective  upon  the  date  of 
signature. 

In  witness  whereof  the  undersigned,  being  duly  au- 
thorized thereto  by  their  respective  Governments,  have 
signed  the  present  Agreement. 

Done  in  duplicate,  in  the  English  language,  at  Washing- 
ton this  nineteenth  day  of  July.  1948. 

For  the  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America : 

George  C.  Maksiiall 

Secretary  of  /State 

For  the  Government  of  the  Federal  People's  Republic  of 
Yugoslavia : 

Obren  Blagojevic 
Deputy  Minister  of  Finance 

Deparfment  of  Sfafe  Bulletin 


Third  Currency  Reform  Law  in  Germany 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  OMGDS  June  26] 

The  niilitiuy  governors  of  the  American, 
Frencli.  and  British  zones  announced  at  1300  hours 
today  (2tl  June  1948)  the  third  haw  for  the  reform 
of  the  currency. 

As  is  already  known,  the  first  law  for  the  reform 
of  the  currency  was  announced  on  18  June;  ^  and 
the  second  law,  which  did  not  aft'ect  tlie  public  di- 
rectly, but  which  authorized  the  Bank  Deutscher 
Laender  to  issue  currency  and  limited  the  maxi- 
nunu  amount  of  currency  which  could  be  issued, 
was  announced  on  21  June. 

The  third  law,  which  goes  into  effect  at  midnight 
on  June  26,  sets  the  rate  and  conditions  for  the  ex- 
change of  old  money  for  new  and  also  prescribes 
what  must  be  done  about  old  debts,  contracts,  wage 
scales,  social  insurance,  other  forms  of  insurance, 
et  cetera,  now  that  new  currency'  has  been  issued. 

In  the  explanation  of  Law  Thi'ee  which  follows, 
the  term  "old  money  credit  balances''  {Altgdd- 
guthaben)  will  be  understood  to  mean  the  sum  of 
cash  surrendered  and  deposits  reported  during  the 
past  week  by  individuals  and  family  heads  on  form 
A  and  by  enterprises  on  form  B. 

Law  Three  is  long  and  complicated  and  is  al- 
ready supplemented  by  three  "administrative  reg- 
ulations", but  the  following  summai'y  covers  the 
most  important  points  affecting  the  vast  majority 
of  the  population : 

1.  CoN\-ERSiON  Rate:  Tn  principle,  old  money 
credit  balances  (which  by  definition  include  sur- 
rendered cash)  reported  on  forms  A  or  B  will  be 
converted  into  deutsche  marks  at  the  rate  of  one 
deutsche  mark  for  every  10  old  marks.  However, 
the  law  provides  for  investigation  of  all  but  a  mini- 
mum amount  (as  explained  under  4)  before  any 
conversion  takes  place. 

2.  Free  and  Blocked  AcrorxTS :  One  half  of 
the  deutsche  marks  after  conversion  will  be  credits 
to  a  "free  deutsche  mark  account"  {Freikonto) 
and  the  other  half  will  go  into  a  "blocked  deutsche 
mark  accoimt"  (Fesfko7ifo). 

Mone}-  in  the  Freikontos  may  be  withdrawn  and 
used  as  soon  as  the  financial  institutions  involved 
have  completed  the  necessary  clerical  work. 

Military  Government  will  issue  further  regula- 
tions concerning  the  money  in  the  Festkontos 
within  90  days.  The  law  makes  no  promises  or 
predictions  as  to  what  will  be  done  with  the  Fest- 

Augusl    1,    1948 


Statement  by  Secretary  Marshall  on 
Berlin  Situation 

[Released  to  the  press  July  21] 

I  can  merely  say  at  this  time  that  our  posi- 
tion I  think  is  well  understood.  We  will  not 
be  coerced  or  intimidated  in  any  way  in  our 
procedures  under  the  rights  and  responsibili- 
ties that  we  have  in  Berlin  and  generally  in 
Germany.  At  the  same  time  we  will  proceed 
to  invoke  every  possible  resource  of  negotia- 
tion and  diplomatic  procedure  to  reach  an 
acceptable  solution  to  avoid  the  tragedy  of 
war  for  the  world.  But  I  repeat  again,  we 
are  not  going  to  be  coerced. 


kontos.  They  will  be  released  as  and  when  eco- 
nomic conditions  permit,  except  for  those  balances 
that  the  tax  authorities  have  found  to  be  of  illegal 
origin. 

3.  Possible  Additional  Claim  :  In  addition  to 
the  conversion  of  one  deutsche  mark  for  ten  old 
marks,  the  law  provides  that  holders  of  the  old 
money  credit  balance  may  at  some  future  time  be 
granted  a  further  claim  of  a  maximum  of  one 
deutsche  mark  for  every  ten  old  marks. 

Military  Government  will  decide  in  what 
amount  and  in  what  manner  this  claim  maj'  be 
granted  but  only  after  considering  the  views  of  the 
competent  German  legislative  bodies.  The  law 
does  not  suggest  any  of  the  forms  this  additional 
payment  might  take. 

4.  Clearance  by  Tax  Office:  The  currency- 
reform  laws  have  been  carefully  designed  to  catch 
speculators  and  profiteers.  As  is  already  known, 
one  copy  each  of  form  A  and  form  B  has  been  sent 
on  to  the  appropriate  tax  office.  However,  it  is 
obvious  that  examination  of  these  forms  in  the  tax 
office  will  take  a  considerable  time.  Therefore, 
Law  Three  provides  that  in  the  case  of  individuals 
or  families  who  have  reported  on  a  single  form  A, 
5,000  reichsmarks  of  the  total  amount  of  the  old 
money  credit  balance  will  be  released  for  conver- 
sion immediately  without  clearance  by  the  tax 
office. 

In  the  case  of  tradesmen  or  members  of  a  pro- 


'  BULLETIN  of  June  27,  1948,  p.  835. 


141 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 

fession,  the  amount  which  can  be  converted  im- 
mediately will  be  increased  to  10,000  reichsmarks, 
if  the  applicant  produces  a  "provisional  clearance 
certificate"  from  the  tax  office. 

In  the  case  of  enterprises,  the  total  amount  of 
the  old  money  credit  balance  reported  on  form  H 
will  be  released  for  immediate  conversion  it  a 
provisional  clearance  certificate  is  obtained  trom 
the  tax  office.  A  certificate  from  the  labor  office 
or  a  wage-tax  declaration  indicating  that  the  en- 
terprise employs  at  least  20  persons  will  be  ac- 
cepted in  lieu  of  the  provisional  clearance  certif- 
icate from  the  tax  office. 

Thus  an  adequate  supply  of  money  will  be  avail- 
able immediately  to  meet  the  essential  needs  ot 
all  citizens  and  keep  trade  and  industry  going,  and 
a  bottleneck  at  the  tax  office  will  be  avoided. 

Under  the  above  procedure,  the  tax  office  is  also 
enabled  to  prevent  the  conversion  of  illegal  earn- 
ino-s  since  the  Festkontos  will  not  be  released  un- 
tif  the  tax-office  investigations  are  complete,  re- 
gardless of  whether  or  not  tire  Festkontos  are 
released  in  principle  by  Military  Government  de- 
cision. Also,  no  old  money  credit  balance  which 
is  not  converted  immediately  under  the  above  pro- 
visions can  be  converted  before  final  tax-office  ap- 
proval is  given.  mi  ^  «„„ 
.5  Investigation  BY  Tax  Office:  The  tax  office 

will  investigate  on  the  basis  of  the  forms  A  and 
B  which  have  been  submitted  whether  all  taxes 
due  have  been  paid.    Unless  otherwise  provicled 
in  Law  Three  or  regulations  made  thereunder  the 
provisions  of  the  existing  tax  laws  {Reichmhga- 
henordnung)  will  apply.    If  tax  evasions  or  illegal 
transactions  are  discovered,  a  reichsmarks  hue 
will  be  imposed.    Where  the  tax  evasion  is  re  ated 
to  illegal  transactions,  the  fine  will  be  so  calculated 
as  to  amount,  together  with  the  amount  of  tax  due, 
to  a  sum  at  least  equal  in  reichsmarks  to  the 
amount  gained  by  the  offender  in  the  illegal  trans- 
actions.   In  other  words,  the  tax  office  is  m  posi- 
tion to  wipe  out  any  profit  made  by  illegal  deal- 
ings    In  cases  where  reichsmark  balances  do  not 
cover  back  taxes  and  fines,  payment  must  be  made 
in  deutsche  marks  at  the  rate  of  one  to  ten  or  out 
of  other  property  of  the  offender. 

6  Deductions  for  Deutsche  Marks  Already 
Issued:  The  60  deutsche  marks  per  capita  which 
has  already  been  given  out  in  cash  and  credit  to 
each  member  of  the  population  must  be  counted 
as  part  of  the  one-for-ten  conversion  provided  tor 
in  Law  Three.  That  is,  each  person  who  has  al- 
ready drawn  40  deutsche  marks  and  received  the 
ri<rht  to  obtain  another  20  deutsche  marks  later  on 
is'considered  to  have  used  up  the  first  5i0  reidis- 
marks  in  his  old  money  credit  balance,  (ihe 
fio-ure  here  is  540  instead  of  600  since  due  allowance 
is^made  for  the  60  reichsmarks  handed  m  in  cash 
at  the  time  the  60  deutsche  marks  per  capita  were 
given  or  credited  in  exchange.) 

This  in  effect  means  that  those  persons  who  have 

142 


old  money  credit  balances  of  more  than  540  marks  j 
per  person  have  not  been  given  the  more  favorable  , 
exchange  rate  which  is  reserved  for  persons  who  j 
have  really  small  holdings  of  money.  j 

Here  is  an  example  of  how  the  above  cfeduction     [ 
is  applied:  Suppose  that  a  family  of  five  has     , 
reported  on  its  form  A  an  old  money  credit  balance    ; 
of  10,000  reichsmarks.    Five  hundred  forty  marks 
must  be  deducted  for  each  member  oi  the  tamily, 
leaving  a  total  of  7,300  reichsmarks.     But  only 
5  000  of  this  can  be  converted  immediately,     ihis 
conversion  yields  500  deutsche  marks,  of  which 
250  ^o  into  the  family's  Freikonto  available  lor 
immediate  use,  while  the  other  250  deutsche  marks 
go  into  the  family's  Festkonto.     The  remaining 
2  300  reichsmarks  can  be  converted  m  the  same 
manner  after  final  clearance  by  the  tax  office. 

Similarly,  the  old  money  credit  balance  of  enter- 
prises will  be  reduced  by  10  reichsmarks  for  every 
deutsche  mark  which  has  already  been  released  to 
these  enterprises  as  a  temporary  assistance,  ihus 
an  enterprise  with  100  workers  which  has  already 
received  6,000  deutsche  marks  (60  per  worker) 
would  have  its  old  money  credit  balance  reduced 
by  60,000  reichsmarks. 

7.  Unreported  Credit  Balances:  Old  cur- 
rency credit  balances  which  were  not  reported  on 
form  A  or  B  by  26  June  as  provided  in  Currency 
Keform  Law  No.  1  cannot  be  converted.  How- 
ever, special  provision  is  made  for  prisoners  of  war 
who  have  recently  returned  or  who  will  be  return- 
ing in  the  near  future  and  for  some  other  excep- 
tional cases. 

8  Old  Currency  Credit  Balances  Which  ami 
NOT  CoN^^2RTIBLE:  The  old  currency  credit  bal- 
ances of  all  governmental  agencies,  the  railway 
and  postal  administrations,  the  Nsdap,  the  Reich, 
the  Eeichsbank,  et  cetera,  will  not  be  converted. 
In  other  words,  the  reichsmark  accounts  ot  these 
ao-encies  will  be  wiped  out.  A  reasonable  one-time 
payment  of  new  currency  will  be  made  to  govern- 
mental agencies  to  start  their  operatjons.  Ihe 
funds  of  the  occupying  powers,  including  the 
reichsmarks  collected  for  food  imports,  will  also 
receive  this  treatment. 

9  Debts:  In  general,  reichsmark  debts  whicH 
were  still  unpaid  on  21  June  will  be  settled  by  the 
debtor  paying  to  the  creditor  one  deutsche  mark 
for  every  10  reichsmarks  due.  Should  any  addi- 
tional claim  be  allowed  to  holders  of  old  money 
credit  balances  (AltgeUguthaben),  creditors  will 
be  treated  accordingly.  Forthcoming  German 
leo-islation  on  equalization  of  burdens  is  expected 
to'' take  care  of  cases  where  the  debtor  makes  a 
profit  by  virtue  of  the  conversion  of  his  debt  from 
reichsmarks  to  deutsche  marks.  The  foUowmg; 
reichsmark  obligations,  however,  will  be  settled 
by  the  debtor  paying  to  the  creditor  one  deutsche 
mark  for  each  reichsmark  due : 

{a)  Wages  and  salaries,  rentals,  annuities,  pen- 
Deparfmenf  of  Sfafe  BoHefin 


sions.  and  otlior  recurrent  payments  coming  due 
after  20  June  1948; 

(b)  Obligations  arising  out  of  contracts  for  the 
purchase  of  goods  or  services  insofar  as  the  con- 
tracts were  not  fulfilled  before  21  June  19-18 ; 

(c)  Certain  obligations  arising  out  of  settle- 
ments between  partners,  coheirs,  married  persons, 
divorced  persons,  and  parents  and  children ; 

(d)  All  reichsmark  obligations  incurred  on  19 
and  20  June  1948. 

Any  person  liable  for  a  money  debt  under  the  pro- 
visions of  (6)  above  may,  with  certain  exceptions, 
withdraw  from  the  contract  at  any  time  before 
11  July  1948. 

10.  Debtors'  Eelief  :  The  law  provides  that  the 
courts  can  order  postponement  or  reduction  of 
debts  which  the  debtor  cannot  reasonably  be  ex- 
pected to  pay  on  the  date  due.  However,  wages 
and  salaries  falling  due  after  20  May  1948  may 
not  be  reduced  or  postponed  under  the  above  pro- 
visions. 

11.  Mortgage  Bonds:  Mortgage  bonds,  agricul- 
tural mortgage  bonds,  municipal  bonds,  and  other 
certificates  of  indebtedness  issued  by  mortgage 
banks,  institutions  for  municipal  credit,  ship-mort- 
gage banks,  and  sinking-fund  institutions  will  be 
converted  by  substituting  one  deutsche  mark  for 
every  10  reichsmarks  or  gold  marks. 

12.  Socn\L  Insurance  :  The  law  states  that  the 
reform  of  social  insurance  shall  be  the  respon- 
sibility of  German  legislative  bodies.  Pending 
such  reform,  social-insurance  payments  will  for 
the  time  being  be  made  in  the  same  nominal 
amount  in  deutsche  marks  as  was  previously  re- 
quired in  reichsmarks.  Land  governments  may 
alter  social-insurance  payments  and  contributions 
until  the  enactment  of  new  legislation  by  German 
legislative  bodies. 

13.  Insurance  Other  Than  Social  Insurance  : 
The  paid-in  value  of  life-insurance  policies  or  in- 
surance contracts  will  be  scaled  down  on  the  basis 
of  one  for  ten  like  other  private  debts.  In  view 
of  the  nature  of  insurance  this  does  not  mean  an 
automatic  reduction  in  future  benefits  of  as  much 
as  90  percent. 

14.  Adai>tation  of  L.\bor  and  Civil  Service 
Legislation  :  Employment  contracts  entered  into 
before  21  June  1948  which,  in  accordance  with 
existing  provisions  or  agreements,  may  be  termi- 
nated only  after  30  September  1948,  may  never- 
theless be  terminated  by  six  weeks'  notice  expiring 
on  the  day  falling  midway  between  the  earliest 
permissible  date  for  giving  notice  under  the  con- 
tract and  30  September  1948,  but  in  any  case  not 
later  than  31  March  1949.  If  the  agreed  salary 
amounts  to  more  than  800  reichsmarks  per  month, 
the  employment  contract  may  be  terminated  by 
four  weeks'  notice  expiring  30  September  1948. 

August   1,    1948 


THB  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 

The  Law  also  gives  authority  to  (1)  the  Execu- 
tive Committee  of  the  Bizonal  Economic  Adminis- 
tration, (2)  the  Bank  Deutscher  Laender,  and  (3) 
the  Land  governments  to  take  such  measures  in  the 
held  of  civil  service  law,  and  particularly  in  regard 
to  pay  and  allowances,  as  may  appear  to  them'nec- 
essary  to  stabilize  the  currency  and  public  finances. 
This  amounts  to  broad  authority  to  adjust  pay  and 
allowances  and  certain  other  working  conditions 
of  practically  all  civil  servants,  including  railway 
and  postal  employes,  in  the  three  Western  Zones. 
This  special  authority  will  expire  31  March  1949. 

15.  Prohibition  of  Budgetary  Deficits:  Al- 
though reichsmark  balances  of  public  authorities 
were  wiped  out  without  conversion,  the  law  pro- 
vides that  expenditures  of  public  authorities  must 
be  covered  by  current  incomes.  Procurement  of 
necessary  funds  by  borrowing  will  be  lawful  only 
to  the  extent  that  loans  are  covered  by  anticipated 
future  revenues.  Military  Government  reserves  to 
itself  the  right  to  intervene  in  budgetary  matters 
if  the  maintenance  of  this  principle  is  imperiled. 

16.  Equalization  of  Burdens:  The  funds  re- 
quired to  carry  out  the  equalization  of  burdens 
arising  out  of  inflation  ancl  currency  reform  will 
be  i^rovided  by  means  of  special  levies  on  property, 
the  receipts  from  which  will  be  paid  to  an  equaliza- 
tion fund  outside  the  budget.  Further  provisions 
for  the  equalization  of  burdens  are  to  be  made  in 
German  legislation  to  be  enacted  by  31  December 
1948,  as  called  for  in  the  preamble  of  the  first  cur- 
rency-reform law. 

17.  Penal  Provisions  :  Prison  terms  of  up  to  five 
years  and  fines  of  up  to  50,000  deutsche  marks,  or 
both,  are  provided  for  persons  wilfully  violating 
this  law. 

18.  Date  Effective:  This  law  will  come  into 
force  on  27  June  1948. 

Settlement  of  Lend-Lease  and  Reciprocal-Aid 
Accounts  in  the  United  Kingdom 

The  Government  of  the  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica and  the  Government  of  the  United  Kingdom 
of  Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ireland  have 
reached  agi'eement  regarding  settlement  of  lend- 
lease  and  reciprocal-aid  accounts  and  certain  fi- 
nancial claims  of  each  Government  against  the 
other.^  This  agreement  modifies  and  supplements 
the  specific  agreements  between  the  two  Govern- 
ments signed  on  March  27,  1946,  which  imple- 
mented the  joint  statement  of  December  6,  1945, 
regarding  settlement  for  lend-lease,  reciprocal  aid, 
surplus  war  property,  and  claims.'^ 


'  For  text  of  the  agreement,  see  Department  of  State 
press  release  566  of  July  15, 1948. 

'  DuLi.£TiN  of  Apr.  7, 1946,  p.  581,  and  Dec.  9,  1945,  p.  905. 

143 


Reference  Materials  to  U.S.  Licensed  Newspapers  in  Germany 


EXCHANGE  OF  LETTERS  BETWEEN  ASSISTANT  SECRETARY 
SALTZMAN  AND  WILLIAM  BENTON 


July «?,  WIS 
Dear  Mk.  Saltzman  : 

I've  been  in  touch  with  the  United  States  dele- 
gates who  shared  with  me  the  responsibility  of 
representing  our  country  at  the  United  Nations 
Conference  on  Freedom  of  Information  at  Geneva 
this  spring.  We  have  developed  a  project  on  which 
we  should  like  to  have  your  advice  and  assistance. 

Those  members  of  our  delegation  who  had  the 
opportunity  to  visit  the  U.S.  Zone  of  Germany 
were  impressed  with  the  seriousness  of  the  prob- 
lems faced  by  U.S.  licensed  newspapers  in  their 
earnest  efforts  to  create  a  free  German  press.  One 
of  these  problems  is  lack  of  reference  materials. 

]\Ir.  Harry  Martin,  President  of  the  American 
Newspaper  Guild,  who  was  one  of  our  U.S.  Dele- 
gates, reported  as  follows:  "Almost  without  ex- 
ception the  editoi-s  and  their  staffs  said  to  me  that 
the  lack  of  suitable  reference  books  is  their  great- 
est single  handicap.  The  only  such  books  left  to 
our  friends  of  the  German  press  today  are  those 
which  were  so  badly  doctored  by  the  Nazis  that 
they  are  no  longer  serviceable  or  dependable." 

Since  these  German  newspapers  do  not  have  the 
foreign  exchange  to  buy  reliable  reference  works  I 
have  undertaken  to  provide,  without  charge,  fifty- 
one  sets  of  the  Encyclopaedia  Britannica  for  this 
purpose. 

Joining  me  in  sponsoring  this  proposed  gift  are 
the  other  five  U.S.  Delegates  of  the  Geneva  Con- 
ference: Mr.  Sevellon  Brown,  Editor  and  Pub- 
lisher of  the  Providence  Journal  and  president  of 
the  American  Press  Institute;  Mr.  Erwin  Canham, 
editor  of  the  Christian  Science  Monitor  and  presi- 
dent of  the  American  Society  of  Newspaper  Edi- 
tors; Professor  Zechariah  Chafee,  Jr.  of  Harvard 
Univei'sity;  Mrs.  Oveta  Culp  Hobby,  executive 
vice-president  of  tlie  Houston  Post ;  and  Mr.  Harry 
Martin  of  tlie  Memphis  Commercial  Appeal,  and 
president  of  the  American  Newspaper  Guild. 

Our  delegates  were  again  impressed  at  Geneva 
with  the  fact  that  freedom  of  the  press  cannot  be 
fully  realized  in  the  absence  of  adequate  facilities. 
In  their  official  report  they  stated :  "Effective  free- 
dom of  information — with  all  that  it  connotes  for 
the  democratic  way  of  life — is  impossible  on  both 
the  national  and  international  planes  in  the  case 
of  countries  suffering  from  crippling  deficiencies 
in  the  sinews  of  communication."  This  reference 
book  project  is  a  token  of  their  belief. 

144 


The  fifty-one  sets  of  the  Encyclopaedia  Britan- 
nica are  intended  one  each  for  the  forty-nine  li- 
cense dnewspapers  in  the  U.  S.  Zone ;  one  for  Dena, 
the  U.S.  sponsored  news  agency  in  our  zone;  and 
one  for  the  U.S.  sponsored  news  agency  in  Austria. 
I  am  attaching  a  list  of  forty-nine  newspapers 
which  was  currently  available  this  spring.  It  is 
possible  that  there  may  have  been  changes  since 
then,  and  we  shall  be  glad  to  make  adjustments. 

We  would  appreciate  your  comments  on  this 
proposal,  and  if  you  are  agreeable  we  would  be 
glad  to  have  you  or  Omgus  make  the  distribution. 
Very  sincerely  yours, 

William  Benton, 

PubUslier 


Dear  Mr.  Benton  : 


July  16, 191S 


I  am  very  happy  to  have  your  letter  of  July  6, 
1948,  describing  the  generous  project  which  you 
have  undertaken  in  association  with  your  fellow- 
delegates  to  the  recent  United  Nations  Conference 
on  Freedom  of  Information  at  Geneva. 

Your  proposal  to  provide  51  sets  of  a  reliable 
and  univei*sally  acceptable  reference  work  such  as 
the  Encj'clopaedia  Britannica  for  the  use  of  jour- 
nalists in  Germany  and  Austria  will  meet  a  need 
keenly  felt  by  men  now  striving  against  great 
handicaps  to  develop  a  democratic  press  in  those 
countries.  It  will  contribute  materially  to  the 
carrying  out  of  the  basic  reorientation  objective  of 
our  occupation  policy.  This  is  a  heartening  ex- 
ample of  how  public-spirited  citizens  in  their 
private  capacities  can  supplement  and  strengthen 
important  overseas  programs  of  our  Government 
which  are  conducted  with  the  necessarily  limited 
public  funds  available  for  the  purpose.  In  a  wider 
sense,  your  project  serves  to  demonstrate  the  sin- 
cere devotion  of  the  American  people  to  the  prin- 
ciple of  freedom  of  information,  which  underlies 
the  public  statements  of  our  official  representatives 
at  international  gatherings. 

I  am  referring  a  copy  of  your  letter  to  the  De- 
partment of  the  Army  for  their  guidance  in  ar- 
ranging to  receive  this  handsome  gift  for  distribu- 
tion in  the  occupied  areas  under  their  jurisdiction. 
It  is  noted  in  this  connection  that  adjustments  will 
be  feasible  to  accord  with  any  changed  circum- 

Xiepat\men\  of  Stale  Bulletin 


THE   RECORD   OF   THE   WBBK 


stances  since  your  tentative  list  of  appropriate  re- 
cipients was  conipiiod. 

Tiie  nei)artini'nt  of  State  is  deeply  frratified  to 
be  infoi ineil  of  tliis  project  and  conlidently  believes 
that  it  will  have  the  great  and  continuing  results 
which  you  and  your  associates  seek. 
Sincerely  yours. 

Charles  E.  Saltzjian 

Assistant  Secretary 

49  U.S.  Zone  Licensed  Newspapers 

Ilaniria: 

Fnii'iikische  Laiuleszeitnrig,  Ansliach  ;  Main  Echo,  Ascbaf- 
feiiliurg ;  Schwaebische  Laiideszeitung,  Augsburg  ;  Suedost- 
Kurier,  Bad  Relclienball ;  Fraeukischer  Tag,  Bamberg; 
Fraeiikische  I'resse,  r.ayreutb ;  Neue  Presse.  Cuburg ; 
Hoc'hlaiid  Bote,  Ganiiisch-Partcnkirchen ;  Fiankeiipost, 
Hof ;  Donau  Kurier,  Ingolstadt ;  Der  Allgaeurer,  Kempten  ; 
Isar  Post,  Landshut :  Mueiichner  ilcrkur,  Munich;  S'ued- 
deutsche  Zeitung,  Munich ;  Nuevnberger  Nachrichten, 
Nuremberg :  Passauer  Neue  Presse,  Passau ;  Mittel- 
bayerische  Zeitung.  Regensburg;  O'berbayerisches  Volks- 
hlatt,  Rosenheim ;  Der  Volkswille,  Scliweinfurt ;  Der  Neue 


Tag,  Weideu ;  Main  Post,  Wucrzliui'g ;  Niederliayerisehe 
Naclirichten,  Straubing. 

II  esse: 

Darmstaedter  Fclio,  H;innstadt;  Frankfurter  ?\eiie  Presse, 
Frankfurt;  Fiardcfui'ter  Rundschau,  Frankfurt;  Fuldaer 
Volkzeituug,  Fulda ;  Giessener  Freie  Presse,  Giessen ; 
Hessische  Nachricliten,  Kassel ;  Kasseler  Zeitung,  Kassel ; 
Offenbach  Post,  Offenbach;  Warburger  Presse,  Marburg; 
Wetzlarer  Neue  Zeitung,  Wetzlar;  Wiesbadener  Kurier. 
Wiesbaden  ;  Werra  Rundschau,  Eschucge. 

Wuerttcmhcrff-Iliiflcn: 

Neue  Wuerttembergische  Zeitung,  Goeppingen ;  Rhein 
Neckar  Zeitunu',  Hcidellierg;  Heillironner  Stinime.  H;il- 
bronn ;  Badisclie  Neueste  Nachrichten,  Karlsruhe ;  Der 
Mannheinier  Morgen,  Mannlieiin ;  Sueddeutsi-lie  AIl- 
genielne,  Pforzheim ;  Das  Wuerttembergische  Zeit  Echo, 
Schwaebisch-Hall;  Htuttgarter  Nachrichten,  Stuttiiart; 
Stuttgarter  Zeitung,  Stuttgart ;  Fraenkische  Nachrichten, 
Tauberbischofsheim ;  Schwaebische  Donau  Zeitung,  Ulm. 

Brrliti: 

Der  Tagesspiegel,  Berlin ;  Der  Abend,  Berlin. 

Bremen: 

Weser  Kurier,  Bremen ;  Nordsee  Zeitung,  Bremerhaven. 


Hungary  Assures  U.S.  That  Bts  Citizens  Are  f^ot  Restricted  in 
Listening  to  Voice  of  America 


EXCHANGE  OF  NOTES  BETWEEN  THE  U.S.  AND  HUNGARY 


[Released  to  the  press  July  22] 

July  20, 194S 
The  Secretary  of  State  presents  his  compliments 
to  the  Charge  d'Atfaires  ad  interim  of  Hungary 
and  acknowledges  the  receipt  of  the  Legation's 
note  Xo.  ;3330/194S  of  July  U,  1948,  concerning  a 
recent  statement  by  the  Assistant  Secretary  of 
State  for  Public  Affairs  regarding  persons  in 
Hungary  who  listen  to  "Voice  of  America"  broad- 
casts.^ 

The  Secretary  of  State  welcomes  particularly 
the  statement,  in  the  note  luider  reference,  that 
there  are  no  legal  or  police  restrictions  in  Hungary 
against  any  citizens  listening  to  American  broad- 
casts and  that  no  one  has  been  persecuted  or  ar- 
rested there  for  listening  to  American  or  any  other 
broadcasts.  The  Government  of  the  United  States 
is  convinced  that  the  peoples  of  the  world  must  be 
permitted  to  obtain  news  from  a  multiplicity  of 
sources  both  within  and  outside  their  national 
boundaries,  if  they  are  to  be  able  to  judge  for  them- 
selves the  truth  or  falsehood  of  the  information 
they  read  or  hear. 

As  the  United  States  Delegation  emphasized  at 
the  recent  conference  on  Freedom  of  Information 
at  Geneva,  "Freedom  to  Listen"  has  become  a  car- 
dinal requirement  in  the  modern  world.  The  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  is  led  to  assume, 
from  the  Legation's  statement,  that  the  Hungarian 

Aogosf   J,    ?948 


Government  intends  to  give  effect  to  this  principle. 
The  American  public  had  gained  a  contrary  im- 
pression regarding  the  Hungarian  Government's 
attitude  on  this  point,  not  only  from  reports  re- 
ceived from  Hungary  but  also  from  the  tenor  of 
statements  appearing  in  the  Hungarian  press  it- 
self. The  Secretary  of  State  therefore  welcomes 
the  Legation's  affirmation  that  these  impressions 
are  unfounded. 

The  Secretary  of  State  also  notes  the  Legation's 
categoric  denial  of  recent  articles  in  American 
newspapers  including  a  report  alleging  that  col- 
lectivization of  land  in  Hungary  is  imminent  and, 
in  this  connection  further,  the  Legation's  refer- 
ence to  explicit  declarations  by  the  Hungarian 
Government  on  several  occasions  that  it  has  not  the 
remotest  intention  of  introducing  this  measure  in 
Hungary. 

In  the  light  of  the  considerations  stated  above, 
the  Government  of  the  United  States  believes  that 
public  understanding  both  here  and  in  Hungary 
will  be  served  by  the  release  of  this  correspondence 
to  the  press  and  that  free  peoples  everywhere  will 
observe  attentively  the  support  which  the  Hiin- 
garian  Government  gives  in  the  future  to  the  prin- 
ciple of  "Freedom  to  Listen". 


'  Bulletin  of  .July  IS,  104S,  p.  91. 


145 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 

A  copy  of  this  communication  is  being  trans- 
mitted to  the  Hungarian  Government  through  the 
American  Legation  in  Budapest,  which  is  in  re- 
ceipt of  a  note  from  the  Hungarian  Foreign  Office 
on  the  same  subject. 

Department  of  State, 
Washington 

July  H,  194s 

The  Charge  d'Affaires  ad  interim  of  Hungary 
presents  his  compliments  to  the  Honorable  the 
Secretary  of  State  and  upon  instructions  received 
from  his  Government  has  the  honor  to  draw  his 
attention  to  the  following: 

On  July  10,  1948  several  newspapers  in  the 
United  States  published  a  statement  made  by  Mr. 
George  V.  Allen,  Assistant  Secretary  of  State  for 
Public  Affairs  in  which  he  denounced  the  Govern- 
ment of  Hungary  for  arresting  and  charging  per- 
sons for  listening  to  broadcasts  of  the  "Voice  of 
America". 

In  the  above  mentioned  statement  Mr.  Allen 
himself  admits  that  there  exist  "no  legal  or  police 
restrictions  against  listening  to  American  broad- 
casts'' in  Hungary  but  he  maintains  "that  these 
measures  take  the  form  of  arrest  of  persons  on 
charges  of  inciting  against  Hungarian  democracy. 
The  police  cite  as  one  of  the  evidences  of  guilt, 
the  fact  that  the  persons  arrested  have  listened  to 
'Voice  of  America'  broadcasts". 

The  Charge  d'Affaires  ad  interim  of  Hungary 
deeplj'  regrets  that  he  has  to  denounce  the  state- 
ment of  Mr.  Allen  as  being  entirely  mistaken  and 
not  covering  the  facts.  The  situation  in  Hungary 
is  that  not  only  are  there  no  legal  or  police  re- 
strictions against  any  citizens  listening  to  Ameri- 
can broadcasts  in  Hungarj'  but  never  has  anybody 
been  persecuted  or  arrested  in  Hungary  for  lis- 
tening to  American  or  any  other  broadcasts.  In 
fact  the  Hungarian  police  have  never  detained 
anybody  with  the  charge  that  he  or  she  listened  to 
American  broadcasts. 

The  Charge  d'Affaires  ad  interim  of  Hungary 
has  no  doubts  that  in  accordance  with  Paragraph 
B,  of  the  Presidential  Executive  Order  of  March 
8,  1927  the  appropriate  United  States  diplomatic 
representatives  in  Budapest  have  been  keeping 
the  American  Government  promptly  and  accur- 
ately informed"  of  the  situation  as  it  existed  in 
Hungary  and  in  their  reports  have  given  a  denial 
to  Mr.  Allen's  statement  to  that  effect. 

It  goes  without  saying,  however,  that  police  in 
Hungary  will  detain  and  prosecute  anybody  who 
incites  against  Hungarian  democracy  according  to 
the  law  voted  by  the  Hungarian  Parliament  which 
was  duly  elected  by  the  free  will  of  the  Hungarian 
people.  This  is  a  primary  duty  of  Hungarian 
policemen  entrusted  with  the  peaceful  enforce- 
ment of  the  law. 

The  Charge  d'Affaires  ad  interim  of  Hungary 
has  no  doubts  that  the  Honorable  Assistant  Secre- 
tary does  not  wish  Hungarian  law  enforcing  of- 

146 


ficers  to  disobey  the  laws  entrusted  to  them  by 
the  democratic  Government  of  Hungary  as  this 
would  indeed,  present  a  serious  case  of  interference 
by  a  foreign  government  official  of  high  standing 
into  the  internal  affairs  of  a  sovereign  nation  with 
which  the  United  States  maintains  peaceful  and 
orderly  diplomatic  relations.  Furthermore,  the 
Charge  d'Affaires  ad  interim  of  Hungary  has  no 
doubt  that  the  Assistant  Secretary  does  not  wish 
to  induce  the  responsible  Government  of  Hungary 
to  the  infringement  of  the  fulfilling  of  the  obli- 
gations as  imposed  by  the  Peace  Treaty  which  was 
agreed  upon  by  the  Allied  Powers  after  their  joint 
victory  over  Nazism  and  Fascism.  This  Treaty, 
to  the  enforcement  of  which  the  United  States 
assumed  a  commitment  of  support,  clearly  indi- 
cates that  one  of  the  primary  duties  of  the  respon- 
sible democratic  Government  as  set  forth,  is  to 
"uproot  and  abolish  the  existing  renmants  of  no- 
torious prewar  and  wartime  Hungarian  reaction- 
ary Fascist  regimes.  These  remnant  elements  are  a 
constant  threat  to  world  peace  by  their  spreading 
of  war  propaganda  and  inciting  hatred  between 
peaceful  nations.  Thus  the  Hungarian  law  prose- 
cuting them  evolved  from  the  necessity  of  a  crucial 
situation  in  the  development  of  Hungarian  democ- 
racy, and  constitutes  merely  an  exercise  in  the  right 
of  self-defense  of  a  sovereign,  democratic 
government. 

The  Charge  d'Affaires  ad  interim  of  Hungary, 
however,  concedes  that  it  is  a  most  regrettable 
occurrance  that  the  persons  on  whose  recent  ar- 
rests Mr.  Allen  has  based  his  above-quoted  state- 
ment, when  detained  for  spreading  the  rumor  that 
the  dropping  of  atomic  bombs  over  Hungary  is 
only  a  matter  of  a  few  weeks,  claimed  that  it  was 
the  "Voice  of  America"  broadcasts  which  bore  di- 
rectly on  their  actions. 

Hungarian  law  enforcement  officers  commend- 
ably  fulfilling  their  duty,  cannot  by  any  means  be 
made  responsible  for  the  fact  that  persons  in  de- 
tention i-efer  the  general  pi'ospect  of  an  atomic  war 
to  broadcasts  which  are  headed  by  Mr.  George  V. 
Allen. 

Mr.  Allen,  referring  to  the  new  broadcasts  of 
the  "Voice  of  America"  says  that  they  "are  factual, 
objective  reports  such  as  the  American  public  reads 
and  listens  to  daily  in  American  newspapers  and 
radio  broadcasts". 

The  Charge  d'Affaires  ad  interim  of  Hungary 
takes  this  occasion  to  declare  that  in  connection 
with  events  in  Hungai'y  in  the  course  of  the  last 
few  weeks  several  newspapers  in  the  United  States 
have  published  statements  which  were  not  only  far 
from  being  "factual"  and  "objective"  but  were  in 
their  entirety,  contrary  to  truth  and  misinformed 
the  United  States  public  about  the  actual  situation 
in  Hungary.  They  are  in  a  direct  contradiction  to 
the  principle  of  the  First  President  of  the  United 
States  who  said  that  "It  is  essential  that  public 
opinion  should  be  enlightened". 

Department  of  Sfofe  Bulletin 


Eeference  has  to  be  made  to  the  report  of  Mr. 
Jolin  MacCormac  of  the  July  1,  19-18  issue  of  the 
New  York  Times  in  whicli  he  writes  about  collec- 
tivization of  the  land  as  about  to  be  introduced  in 
Hunijarv  whereas  the  truth  is  that  the  present 
Hun^Mrian  Government  on  several  occasions  ex- 
plicitly declared  that  it  had  not  the  remotest  in- 
tention of  introducing  this  measure  in  Hungary. 
In  the  same  connection  reference  has  to  be  macle 
to  certain  reports  published  in  numerous  American 
newspaj)ers  concerning  Hungarian  monks  and 
nuns  fleeing  the  country  because  they  do  not  want 
to  serve  in  the  nationalized  schools  whereas  the 
truth  is  that  most  of  the  teachers  of  religious 
schools,  monks  and  nuns  included,  are  willing  to 
continue  their  work  in  the  schools  and  at  the 
present  time  are  engaged  in  negotiations  with  the 
Government  through  their  representative  com- 
mittee of  four  outstanding  Catholic  religious  lead- 
ers, discussing  the  details  of  the  transition  of 
schools  unto  government  control. 

The  Charge  d'Affaires  ad  interim  of  Hungary 
wishes  to  express  his  thanks  and  appreciation  for 
the  good  office  of  the  Honorable  Secretary  of  State. 

The  Honorable 
George  C.  Marshall 
Secretary  of  iState 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 

Voice  of  America  Broadcasts  Strengthened  in 
Europe  Through  New  Relay 

[Released  to  the  press  July  18] 

Inauguration  of  a  new  relay  of  Voice  of  Amer- 
ica broadcasts  by  the  British  Broadcasting  Cor- 
poration was  announced  on  July  18  by  the  State 
Department. 

The  news  service,  which  goes  into  effect  on  July 
18,  is  provided  for  in  agreements  recently  nego- 
tiated between  BBC  and  the  State  Department. 
It  contemplates  the  use  of  five  additional  trans- 
mitters to  increase  the  BBC  relays  of  Voice  of 
America  broadcasts  from  the  present  three  hours 
to  nine  hours  a  day. 

George  V.  Allen,  Assistant  Secretary  of  State 
for  public  affairs,  said  the  increased  relaj'  service 
was  undertaken  to  improve  the  signal  of  Voice 
of  America  broadcasts  to  Europe  and  to  insure 
a  larger  listening  audience  in  this  vital  target 
area. 

As  in  the  past,  the  BBC  relays  will  include  long, 
medium,  and  shortwave  broadcasts.  They  will 
be  in  addition  to  the  eight  hours  daily  now  re- 
layed by  the  State  Department's  European  relay 
base  in  Munich. 


U.S.  Proposals  Regarding  Resumption  of^Delivery  of 
Electric  Power  to  South  Korea 


EXCHANGE  OF  LETTERS  BETWEEN  GENERAL  HODGE  AND  GENERAL  MERKULOV 


[Released  to  the  press  July  23] 

GemralJohn  R.  Hodge,  Commander  of  U.S.  Army 
Forces  in  Korea,  to  General  Merktdov 

July  12, 19Jf8. 

This  is  to  acknowledge  receipt  of  your  letter  of 
25  June  1948,  which  was  delivered  to  me  in  Seoul 
on  2  July. 

As  I  have  often  stated  in  the  past,  the  Ameri- 
can command  in  Korea  would  welcome  the  oppor- 
tunity to  reach  settlement  for  all  electric  power 
hitherto  received  from  northern  Korea,  and  to 
come  to  a  mutually  satisfactoi-y  agreement  relat- 
ing to  future  deliveries  of  electric  power.  The 
American  position  in  this  matter  has  been  clearly 
set  forth  by  the  United  States  Government  note  of 
29  June  1948  ^  to  the  Soviet  Government,  which 
says,  in  part :  "It  is  the  view  of  this  government 
that  so  long  as  Soviet  forces  remain  in  occupation 
of  North  Korea,  the  Soviet  command  cannot  divest 
itself  unilaterally  of  its  responsibilities,  including 
the  responsibility  incurred  under  the  agreement 

Augosf   ?,    ?948 


of  June  17,  1947.  Should  the  Soviet  command 
persist  in  refusing  to  maintain  an  adequate  flow 
of  electric  power  to  South  Korea,  the  people  of 
that  area  will  thereby  be  subjected  to  unwarranted 
hardships." 

Following  directive  of  the  American  command 
in  past  power  negotiations,  I  expect  to  designate 
qualified  Koreans  to  participate  in  any  future 
negotiations  on  the  power  question.  Similarly,  it 
is  acceptable  to  the  American  command  if  the  So- 
viet command  wishes  to  designate  certain  Koreans 
to  act  as  its  authorized  representatives  in  accepting 
commodities  transferred  in  payment  for  power 
under  the  17  June  1947  agreement,  and  to  partici- 
pate in  any  further  negotiations  regarding  electric 
power. 

In  order  to  promote  the  best  interests  of  the 
Korean  people,  both  north  and  south  of  the  thirty- 
eighth  parallel,  I  propose  the  following: 


'  BuixETiN  of  .July  11,  1948,  p.  50. 


147 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 

1.  Immediate  resumption  of  the  flow  of  electric 
power  from  northern  to  southern  Korea. 

2.  Simultaneous  dispatch  of  representatives  of 
Soviet  command  to  Seoul  to  accept  delivery  of  the 
first  of  many  train-loads  of  valuable  electrical 
equipment  and  other  commodities,  which  were 
ordered  on  world  markets  to  meet  the  requirements 
specified  by  the  Soviet  command. 

3.  Concurrent  dispatch  to  Seoul  of  fully  author- 
ized representatives  of  the  Soviet  command,  or 
agents  designated  and  properly  accredited  by  the 
Soviet  command  with  full  powers  to  act  in  their 
behalf,  for  the  purpose  of  concluding  a  settlement 
for  electric  power  received  after  31  May  1947,  and 
of  reaching  an  agi-eement  regarding  payment  for 
electric  power  to  be  received  during  the  remainder 
of  the  occupation. 

General  Serafi'm  Petrovich  Merkuloi\  Commander 
of  Soviet  Army  Forces  in  Korea,  to  General  Hodge 

June  26,  194S 

I  confirm  having  received  your  letter  of  June 
12,  1948.=  I  informed  the  North  Korea  Peoples 
Committee  of  your  proposal  that  the  American 
Military  Government  in  South  Korea  will  offer 
commodities  to  North  Korea  in  compensation  for 
the  electric  power  supplied. 

The  North  Korean  Peoples  Committee  informed 
me  that  immediately  the  American  Military  Gov- 
ernment pays  for  the  electric  power  supplied  to 
South  Korea  for  the  period  from  August  15, 1945, 
through  June  1947,  which  was  to  have  been  paid 
in  full  by  December  17,  1947,  under  provisions  of 
the  agreement  dated  June  14,  1947,  it  will  resume 
supplying  electric  power  to  South  Korea. 

In  view  of  your  statement  that  the  commodities 
to  be  sent  to  North  Korea  in  payment  of  the  elec- 
tric power  supplies  are  already  in  Seoul  ware- 
houses, tlie  North  Korean  Peoples  Committee  has 
decided  to  dispatch  its  representatives  to  Seoul  to 
take  delivery  of  the  said  commodities,  when  the 
American  Military  Government  in  South  Korea 
will  have  a  satisfactory  opportunity  to  pay  for 
the  electric  power  supplies,  and  at  the  same  time, 
to  reach  an  agreement  on  the  electric  power  to  be 
supjilied  to  South  Korea  in  future. 

With  regard  to  your  proposal  for  holding  a  par- 
ley in  connection  with  the  payment  for  electric 
power  supplies  to  South  Korea,  as  I  have  informed 
you  already  on  several  occasions,  negotiations  on 
tliis  matter  will  have  to  be  conducted  with  the 
North  Korean  Peoples  Committee.  I  am  well 
aware  of  the  fact  tliat  the  proposal  for  the  Peoples 
Committee  to  initiate  sucli  negotiations  already 
was  submitted  to  you  in  March  this  year. 

I  am  convinced  that  if  you  accept  the  afore- 
mentioned proposal  of  the  North  Korean  Peoples 
Committee,  the  question  of  electric  power  supply 
to  South  Korea  will  be  settled  at  an  early  date. 


'Not  printed. 


148 


Procedure  for  Filing  Claims  With  Finland 

[Released  to  the  press  July  15] 

The  Department  is  in  receipt  of  a  note  from  the 
Finnish  Legation  which  reads  in  part  as  follows 

"On  April  23,  1948,  the  President  of  the  Ee- 
public  of  Finland  signed  a  law  concerning  com- 
pensation for  losses  caused  by  transferring  of  Ger- 
man proi:)erty  in  Finland  to  the  Union  of  Soviet 
Socialist  Republics.  On  the  basis  of  this  law  the 
Ministry  of  Finance  gave  on  April  30,  1948  a 
decision  according  to  which  compensation  for 
losses  mentioned  in  said  law  are  to  be  claimed  in 
writing  to  the  Ministry  of  Finance  on  or  before 
June  30, 1948  or  in  case  the  permanent  domicile  or 
residence  of  the  party  entitled  to  compensation  is 
outside  Finland,  on  or  before  August  31,  1948. 
It  is  further  stipulated  in  the  decision  that  the 
parties  entitled  to  compensation  domiciled  or  re- 
siding abroad  may  within  the  time  last  mentioned 
above  either  deliver  in  person  or  send  by  mail  the 
application  for  compensation  to  the  Finnish  Lega- 
tions or  to  Consulates,  the  Chiefs  of  which  are 
career  officers." 

The  Department  of  State  is  seeking  further  in- 
formation concerning  the  scope  of  the  legislation 
involved  but  considers  it  desirable  in  the  meantime 
to  publisli  the  information  in  view  of  the  short 
time  for  filing  claims.  The  offices  in  the  United 
States  which  may  receive  such  claims  are  the 
Legation  of  Finland,  2144  Wyoming  Avenue, 
Washington,  D.C.,  and  the  Finnish  Consulate  Gen- 
eral, 53  Broadway,  New  York  City. 

It  is  suggested  that  American  claimants  inform 
the  Dejiartment  of  any  claims  which  they  may  file 
under  the  above  legislation. 

Belgium  and  Czechoslovakia  Make  Payments 
on  Surplus-Property  Credits 

[Released  to  the  press  July  7] 

The  Department  of  State  announced  July  7  that 
the  following  payments  have  been  received  on  U.S. 
war-surplus  credit  accounts : 

Belgium  has  paid  the  sum  of  $436,699.32  in  prin- 
cipal and  interest  on  its  surplus  credit  account. 

Czechoslovakia  has  paid  the  sum  of  $182,164.03 
in  interest  on  its  credit  account.  Both  payments 
were  made  to  the  Paris  office  of  the  Foreign 
Liquidation  Commissioner,  Department  of  State, 
on  July  1,  1948,  the  date  tliey  fell  due. 

The  Belgian  payment  marks  the  second  install- 
ment on  tlie  account.  Of  the  $436,699.32  paid, 
appro.ximately  $118,000.00  was  interest  and  the 
remainder  principal. 

The  Czechoslovak  interest  payment  is  also  the 
second  paid  on  the  account.  Principal  is  not  due 
until  1951.  Both  Belgium  and  Czechoslovak 
agreements  provide  interest  at  2%  percent  with 
annual  payments  over  a  30-year  period. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Adherence  to  Genera!  Agreement  on  Tariffs  and  Trade:  Brazil,  Burma, 
Ceylon,  New  Zealand,  Pakistan,  Syria,  Lebanon 


The  President  on  July  15,  1948,  issued  a  procla- 
mation putting  into  effect  as  of  July  30  and  31  the 
tariff  concessions  in  schedule  XX  of  tlie  General 
Agreement  on  Tariffs  and  Trade,  dated  October  30, 

1947,  of  primary  interest  to  Ceylon  and  Lebanon 
and  to  Brazil  and  New  Zealand,  respectively.' 

The  President's  action  followed  receipt  of  infor- 
mation that  the  first  two  countries  signed  the  pro- 
tocol of  provisional  application  of  the  general 
agreement  on  June  29, 1948,  and  that  the  latter  two 
signed  on  June  30,  1948.  The  proclamation  also 
states  that  Burma  signed  the  protocol  on  June  29, 

1948,  and  that  Pakistan  and  Syria  signed  on  June 
30, 1948.  Pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  the  proto- 
col, each  of  these  countries  will  become  a  contract- 
ing party  to  the  agreement  on  the  expiration  of  30 
days  from  the  date  of  its  signature. 

The  general  agreement  was  entered  into  by  the 
United  States  last  October  30  at  Geneva  with  22 
other  countries.  Application  of  it  by  the  seven 
countries  named  brings  to  22,  out  of  the  total  23, 
the  number  of  negotiating  countries  applying  the 
agreement.  Chile,  the  remaining  country,  has 
asked  for  an  extension  of  time  in  which  to  sign  the 
protocol.  In  the  case  of  six  of  the  countries  which 
have  just  adhered  to  the  agreement,  the  event  also 
marks  the  first  entry  into  force  of  a  trade  agree- 
ment with  the  United  States,  Brazil  being  the  only 
one  of  the  seven  which  already  had  a  trade  agree- 
ment with  this  country.  The  earlier  trade  agree- 
ment with  Brazil  will  be  inoperative  while  both 
the  United  States  and  Brazil  are  contracting 
parties  to  the  Genei-al  Agreement  on  Tariffs  and 
Trade. 

Under  the  general  agreement,  the  seven  coun- 
tries will  malve  effective  a  wide  range  of  tariff  con- 
cessions benefiting  the  trade  of  the  United  States. 
Moreover,  these  coTOitries,  along  with  the  other 
contracting  parties,  commit  themselves  to  limita- 
tions with  respect  to  the  application  of  quotas, 
import  restrictions,  valuation  for  customs  pur- 
poses, and  the  conduct  of  state  trading.  These 
provisions  give  important  assurance  that  the  trade 
of  the  United  States  will  be  accorded  fair  treat- 
ment. The  United  States  on  its  part  negotiated 
tariff  concessions  affecting  a  substantial  volume  of 
trade  with  all  of  the  seven  countries.  The  re- 
ciprocal benefits  in  the  case  of  each  of  these 
countries  are  summarized  below. 

Augosf    I,    1948 


Brazil 

In  the  general  agreement  Brazil  granted  con- 
cessions on  products  of  primary  interest  to  the 
United  States  representing  aboiit  $30,500,000  in 
terms  of  1938  imports  from  the  Unitetl  States,  or 
about  one  half  of  Brazil's  total  imports  from  the 
United  States  in  that  year. 

The  Brazilian  duties  used  as  a  basis  for  negotia- 
tion were  rates  adjusted  upwards  by  40  percent  un- 
der a  plan  consented  to  by  the  negotiators  for  the 
general  adjustment  of  the  Brazilian  tariff  designed 
to  deal  with  changes  in  the  value  of  the  Brazilian 
currency  and  in  the  Brazilian  price  level.  Con- 
cessions granted  by  Brazil  consisted  of  reductions 
and  bindings  of  adjusted  duties  and  bindings  on 
the  free  list.  On  the  basis  of  1938  figures,  about 
60  percent  of  United  States  export  trade  covered 
by  Brazilian  concessions  (over  $17,000,000  out  of 
$30,500,000)  will  be  dutiable  at  rates  equivalent 
to  less  than  10  percent  ad  valorem  on  the  basis  of 
1943  values;  about  $5,000,000  more  of  that  trade 
will  be  dutiable  at  between  10  and  20  percent  ad 
valorem;  and  another  $3,500,000  will  be  subject  to 
rates  between  20  and  30  percent  ad  valoiem.  In 
addition,  nearly  $2,500,000  in  trade  is  assured  a 
continuance  of  the  present  duty-free  treatment. 

Reductions  in  pre-agreement  duty  rates  were 
granted  by  Brazil  on  a  number  of  items  of  inqwr- 
tance  to  the  United  States  such  as  powdered  milk, 
walnuts  in  the  shell,  canned  fruit,  radio  tubes,  coal- 
tar  dyes,  paraffin,  turpentine,  certain  automobile 
parts,  steel  safes,  cameras,  ready-made  woven  cot- 
ton clothing  (except  shirts  and  drawers),  and 
bituminous  coal.  The  bindings  granted  on  the  ad- 
justed tariff  rates,  or  reductions  therefrom,  include 
such  items  as  barbed  wire,  airplanes  and  parts, 
most  trucks,  power  pumps,  motion-picture  films, 
photographic  films  and  plates,  steam  boilers,  power 
excavators  and  dredgers,  pneumatic  and  electric 
tools,  automatic  refrigerators,  most  household 
machinery  and  appliances,  calculating  machines, 
linotypes  and  other  typographical  machines,  and 
passenger  automobiles. 

The  concessions  made  by  the  United  States  in  the 
general  agreement  on  products  of  pi-imary  interest 
to  Brazil  represent  in  terms  of  1939  trade  about 
$100,200,000.    Of  this  total,  duty-free  imports,  on 


'  Proclamation  2798,  1.3  Fed.  Rc(r.  4057. 


149 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 

which  bindings  were  granted,  accounted  for  $93,- 
100,000,  a  large  part  of  which  consists  of  coffee. 
The  dutiable  imports  amounted  to  $7,100,000.  The 
principal  items  in  this  category,  on  which  bindings 
of  existing  rates  or  reductions  therefrom  were 
granted,  include  Brazil  nuts,  castor  oil,  manganese 
ore  of  more  than  35  percent  manganese  content, 
mica,  unmanufactured,  valued  above  15  cents  a 
pound,  cocoa  butter,  animal  glues  valued  at  less 
than  40  cents  a  pound,  caffeine,  theobromine,  nat- 
ural menthol,  dried  bananas,  and  various  hardwood 
limiber  items. 

Burma 

Items  of  principal  interest  to  the  United  States 
on  which  Burma  made  concessions  are  canned 
milk,  canned  or  bottled  fruits  and  vegetables,  lu- 
bricating oil,  various  chemicals,  drugs  and  medi- 
cines, machinery,  and  typewriters.  Because  of  its 
dollar  shortage,  the  Government  of  Burma  has 
restricted  imports  from  hard-currency  areas  to 
those  items  which  are  most  essential  to  its  economic 
reconstruction  program.  It  is  expected  that  most 
dollar  exchange  will  therefore  be  reserved  for  capi- 
tal goods,  particularly  communications  equipment, 
power  equipment,  mining  and  textile  machinery, 
and  other  industrial  materials  for  the  rehabilita- 
tion of  key  industries. 

United  States  concessions  from  which  Burma 
will  benefit  include  those  on  tungsten,  nickel  and 
alloys,  copper  and  manufactures,  and  cei'tain  hides 
and  skins. 


Ceylon 

Under  the  general  agreement  Ceylon  granted 
concessions  on  products  of  primary  interest  to  the 
United  States  which  in  terms  of  1939  imports  from 
the  United  States  represented  more  than  $844,000. 
The  United  States  will  also  benefit  from  additional 
Ceylonese  concessions  negotiated  with  other  coun- 
tries at  Geneva,  imports  of  which  into  Ceylon  from 
the  United  States  amounted  to  $93,000  in  1939. 
These  concessions  were  given  in  the  form  of  re- 
ductions in  the  rates  of  cfuty,  bindings  against  in- 
crease of  existing  moderate  rates  of  duty,  a  bind- 
ing of  the  duty-free  status  of  one  item,  and  a  re- 
duction in  the  margin  of  preference  on  another. 
Ceylonese  concessions  of  principal  interest  to  the 
United  States  were  on  apples  and  other  fresh  fruit, 
dried  and  canned  fruit,  condensed  milk  and  milk 
foods,  tobacco,  machinery,  radios,  refrigerators, 
typewriters,  paints,  drugs,  and  medicines. 

United  States  tariff  concessions  on  products  of 
interest  to  Ceylon  apply  to  imports  from  Ceylon 
which  amounted  to  $20,788,000  in  1939.  These  con- 
cessions consisted  of  reductions  in  and  bindings 
of  rates  of  duty  on  imports  from  Cevlon  in  1939 
valued  at  $162,000,  and  the  binding  of  the  duty- 
free status  of  imports  from  Ceylon  which 
amounted  to  $20,626,000  in  1939.     United  States 

150 


concessions  of  interest  to  Ceylon  are  on  graphite, 
coconut  oil,  desiccated  coconut,  coir  fiber,  rubber, 
tea,  cinnamon,  and  citronella  oil. 

New  Zealand 

New  Zealand  granted  concessions  on  products  of 
interest  to  the  United  States  representing  about 
$12,896,000  in  terms  of  1939  trade.  These  con- 
cessions were  given  in  the  foi'm  of  reductions  in 
the  rates  of  duty,  bindings  against  increase  of 
moderate  rates  of  duty,  reductions  in  the  margin 
of  preference,  the  elimination  of  certain  margins 
of  preference,  and  bindings  of  duty-free  status. 
Some  of  the  products  falling  into  these  categories 
are  as  follows:  raisins,  citrus  fruits,  certain 
canned  fruits,  agricultural  machinery,  automo- 
biles, tractors,  machine  tools,  office  machinery, 
tobacco,  motorcycles,  cinema  films,  and  surgical 
appliances.  New  Zealand  eliminated  preferences 
on  11  items  accounting  for  $2,631,000  of  New  Zea- 
land imports  from  the  United  States  in  1939, 
namely:  cigarettes,  tobacco  for  cigars  and  ciga- 
rettes, grapes,  and  lemons  (except  for  South 
Africa) ,  canned  prunes,  sausage  casings,  furs,  re- 
frigerating apparatus,  adding  and  computing 
machines. 

The  concessions  on  products  of  interest  to  New 
Zealand  made  by  the  United  States  apply  to  com- 
modities valued  at  $9,690,000  in  terms  of  1939 
trade.  United  States  tariff  reductions  apply  to  a 
total  of  $1,579,000;  bindings  against  increase  of 
certain  duties,  to  $2,149,000;  and  bindings  on  the 
free  list,  to  $5,962,000.  Among  the  products  of 
interest  to  New  Zealand  on  which  the  United  States 
reduced  or  bound  its  duties  are  butter,  beef,  veal, 
mutton,  certain  grass  seeds,  and  apparel  wools. 
The  bindings  of  duty-free  status  apply  to  the  fol- 
lowing products  of  interest  to  New  Zealand :  sheep 
and  lamb  skins,  sausage  casings,  coney  and  rabbit 
furs,  and  New  Zealand  fiber. 

Pakistan 

In  the  general  agreement  Pakistan  granted 
concessions  on  several  important  United  States  ex- 
port products  among  which  are  dried  and  con- 
densed milk,  certain  canned  fruits  and  vegetables, 
drugs,  oil  crushing  and  refining  machinery,  type- 
writers and  office  machinery,  agricultural  machin- 
ery and  tractors,  radios,  and  automobiles.  These 
concessions  were  in  the  form  of  reductions  in  the 
rates  of  duty,  bindings  against  increase  of  existing 
duties,  bindings  of  the  duty-free  status,  and  reduc- 
tions in  the  margin  of  preference.  Pakistan  is  an 
important  source  of  United  States  imports  of  bad- 
minton and  tennis  rackets,  carpet  wools,  wool  rugs, 
and  raw  jute,  items  on  which  the  United  States 
granted  concessions  in  the  agreement.  Since 
Pakistan  achieved  Dominion  status  only  on  August 
15, 1947,  there  are  no  prewar  trade  figures  available 
on  either  the  quantity  or  value  of  our  trade  with 
Pakistan. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Syro-Lebanese  Customs  Union 

In  the  goncml  agreement,  Syria  and  Lebanon 
granted  tariff  concessions  on  products  of  interest 
to  tlie  United  States  rejjresenting  approximately 
$1,784,000  in  terms  of  1!);!8  trade,  or  63  percent  of 
total  imports  into  Syria  and  Lebanon  from  this 
country  in  that  year.  Tlie  duties  were  reduced  on 
28  items,  bounil  against  increase  on  17,  and  bound 
free  on  three.  The  items  of  principal  interest  to 
the  United  States  are  passenger  automobiles,  tires 
and  tubes,  machine  tools,  otiice  machines,  batteries, 
dentifrices,  and  prunes.  Among  the  concessions 
made  by  Syria  and  Lebanon  was  an  undertaking 
to  eliminate  the  differential  dut}'  treatment  under 
which  much  higher  duties  have  been  imposed  on 


THE   RECORD   Of   THE    WBBK 

heavy  passenger  automobiles,  which  are  imported 
chiefly  from  the  United  States,  than  on  lighter 
automobiles,  wliich  are  imported  chiefly  from 
countries  other  than  the  United  States,  and  to  pro- 
vide a  uniform  rate  for  all  such  automobiles. 

The  concessions  on  products  of  interest  to  Syria 
and  Lebanon  made  by  the  United  States  in  the 
general  agreement  apply  to  commodities  which 
represented  approximately  $1,778,000  in  terms  of 
1938  trade,  or  72  percent  of  United  States  imports 
from  Syria  and  Lebanon  in  tliat  year.  Reductions 
were  granted  on  apricots,  apricot  pulp,  chickpeas, 
Latakia-type  tobacco,  pistachio  nuts,  and  thyme 
leaves.  The  duty-free  entry  of  carpet  wools,  lico- 
rice root,  and  sausage  casings  was  bound  against 
change. 


Fourth  Semiannual  Report  of  the  Atomic  Energy  Commission  Released 

STATEMENT  BY  THE  PRESIDENT 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  White  House  July  24] 

Today  tlie  fourth  semiannual  report  of  the 
Atomic  Energj'  Commission  is  made  public,  al- 
most on  the  eve  of  the  second  anniversary  of  the 
Atomic  Energy-  Act  of  1946.  Every  thoughtful 
person  shoukl  become  familiar  with  tliis  report. 
Atomic  energy  is  not  only  the  Government's  busi- 
ness; it  is  the  vital  concern  of  every  citizen. 

Two  years  have  elapsed  since  the  Atomic  Energy 
Act  became  law,  and  it  is  now  possible  to  see  in 
true  perspective  tlie  wisdom  of  that  legislation. 
Rarely  has  the  writing  of  a  statute  so  challenged 
this  nation's  political  courage  and  integrity. 
Never  before  has  a  nation  victorious  in  war,  and 
unequaled  in  power,  demonstrated  more  concretely 
its  devotion  to  peace  and  social  progress. 

The  Atomic  Energy  Act  stands  upon  four  policy 
points.  The  first  is  that  since  a  free  society  places 
the  civil  authority  above  tlie  military  power,  the 
control  of  atomic  energy  properlj'  belongs  in  ci- 
vilian hands.  The  second  is  that  until  the  tech- 
nolog}-  of  atomic  energy  is  better  understood  and 
safeguards  are  devised  to  reduce  the  hazards  of 
its  use,  the  normal  role  of  private  enterprise  in 
the  development  of  a  natural  resource  must  be 
restrained,  and  public  ownBrship  maintained.  The 
third  point  is  that  until  controls  are  established 
on  the  international  level  to  prevent  the  military 
use  of  atomic  energj',  we  cannot,  as  a  nation,  af- 
ford to  disclose  the  secrets  which  make  this  new 
force  the  most  deadly  form  of  military  weapon. 
The  fourth  policy  point  is  that  we  must  not  relax 
our  efforts  to  probe  deeper  into  the  facts  of  nature 
to  derive  increasing  knowledge  of  atomic  energy, 
botli  to  supplement  our  defenses  and  to  open  new 
opportunities  for  peaceful  progress. 

As  to  tlie  first  of  these  principles,  I  have  con- 
cerned myself,  since  becoming  President,  with 

August   I,   1948 


the  difficult  problem  of  balancing  the  civilian  and 
military  interests  in  atomic  energy.  It  was  my 
grave  responsibility  to  make  the  decision  which 
resulted  in  the  first  use  of  atomic  weapons  in  time 
of  war.  Ever  since  that  time,  I  have  sought  to 
eliminate  atomic  weapons  as  instruments  of  war, 
by  seeking  througli  the  United  Nations  to  put  the 
control  of  the  dangerous  aspects  of  atomic  energy 
beyond  the  reach  of  any  individual  nation.  At  the 
same  time,  without  losing  hope  of  achieving  in- 
ternational control,  I  have  directed  that  every  ef- 
fort be  made  toward  maintaining  the  leading  posi- 
tion of  the  United  States  in  the  knowledge  of 
nuclear  energy  and  its  military  applications. 

Today  we  possess  powerful  atomic  weapons. 
The  recent  tests  conducted  jointly  by  the  Atomic 
Energy  Commission  and  the  armed  services  in  the 
Pacific  have  demonstrated  beyond  any  question 
that  our  position  in  the  field  of  atomic  weapons 
has  been  substantially  improved.  Such  advances 
vindicate  the  faith  of  the  American  people  in  the 
principle  of  civilian  control  of  atomic  energy. 

The  progress  which  has  been  achieved  under  the 
present  allocation  of  responsibilities  is  itself 
strong  proof  of  the  capacity  of  civilians  and  mili- 
tary men  to  work  together  in  common  cause. 

As  President  of  the  United  States.  I  regard  the 
continued  control  of  all  aspects  of  the  atomic- 
energy  program,  including  research,  development, 
and  the  custody  of  atomic  weapons,  as  the  proper 
functions  of  the  civil  authorities.  Congress  has 
recognized  that  the  existence  of  this  new  weapon 
places  a  grave  responsibility  on  the  President  as  to 
its  use  in  the  event  of  a  national  emergency.  There 
must,  of  course,  be  very  close  coo]ipration  between 
the  civilian  commission  and  the  Military  Estab- 
lishment. Both  the  military  authorities  and  the 
civilian  commission  deserve  high  commendation 

151 


THE  RECORD  Of  THB  WBBK 

for  the  joint  efforts  which  they  are  putting  for- 
ward to  maintain  our  nation's  leadership  in  tliis 
vital  work. 

The  Government  of  the  United  States  holds  in 
trust  all  our  fissionable  materials  and  production 
facilities.  These  are  being  used,  on  an  increasing 
scale,  to  speed  the  discovery  of  applications  of 
atomic  energy  to  industry,  agriculture,  and  public 
health.  The  Atomic  Energy  Commission  reports 
that  recent  experiments  hold  out  the  promise  of 
more  efficient  production  on  the  farm  and  in  the 
factory  and  of  an  increase  of  mechanical  and 
human  energy  for  doing  the  world's  work.  While 
this  program  is  directed  by  an  agency  of  the  Gov- 
ernment, the  plants  and  laboratories  are  operated 
by  leading  industrial  and  research  organizations 
through  contracts  with  the  Federal  Government. 
I  hope  that,  in  due  course,  the  Government  will  be 
able  to  permit  greater  participation  by  private 
industry  in  the  development  of  atomic  energy. 
"When  that  time  arrives,  our  industries  and  re- 
search organizations  will  be  well  prepared  to  carry 
forward  the  applications  of  atomic  energy  which 
will  provide  better  living  and  better  health  for  our 
people. 


Secrecy  is  always  distasteful  to  a  free  people. 
In  scientific  research,  it  is  a  handicap  to  produc- 
tivity. But  our  need  for  security  in  an  insecui-e 
world  compels  us,  at  the  present  time,  to  maintain 
a  high  order  of  secrecy  in  many  of  our  atomic- 
energy  undertakings. 

V/hen  the  imtions  of  the  world  are  prepared  to 
join  with  us  in  the  international  control  of  atomic 
energy^  this  requirement  of  secrecy  xoiU  disappear. 
Our  Government  has  sought,  through  its  repre- 
sentatives on  the  United  Nations  Atomic  Energy 
Commission,  to  find  a  common  basis  for  under- 
standing with  the  other  member  nations.  How- 
ever, the  uncompromising  refusal  of  the  Soviet 
Union  to  participate  in  a  workable  control  system 
has  thus  far  obstructed  progress. 

The  Atomic  Energy  Act  has  stood  the  test  of 
two  years  of  administration.  There  is  no  reason 
to  question  the  sound  basis  on  which  it  rests.  In 
two  years,  the  world  has  found  no  ready  answers  to 
the  problem  of  war  and  peace.  Atomic  energy, 
therefore,  remains  a  fearful  instrument  of  destruc- 
tion and  a  wonderful  invitation  to  progress 
through  peace. 


Proposed  Amendments  by  the  President  to  the  Displaced  Persons  Act  of  1948 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  White  House  July  23] 

The  President  has  completed  the  amendments 
which  he  will  recommend  that  the  Congress,  dur- 
ing the  forthcoming  special  session,  make  to  the 
law  for  the  immigration  of  displaced  persons, 
passed  by  the  Congress  at  the  end  of  the  last  ses- 
sion. In  general,  the  amendments  he  will  propose 
follow  the  lines  of  the  statement  he  issued  on 
June  25,  when  he  signed  this  law.^ 

The  amendments  which  the  President  will  pro- 
pose include  the  following : 

(1)  The  elimination  of  all  features  of  the  law 
whose  effect  is  to  discriminate  by  reason  of  race  or 
religion.  The  chief  discrimination  of  this  sort  is 
the  date  limitation  introduced  into  the  law.  It 
now  provides  that,  except  for  the  recent  Czech 
i-efugees,  no  displaced  person  or  refugee  can  im- 
migrate under  this  law  unless  he  had  arrived  in  the 
western  zones  of  Germany  or  Austria  or  in  Italy, 
by  December  22,  1945.  Since  most  of  the  Jewish 
displaced  persons  took  refuge  in  the  western  zones 
of  Germany  and  Austria  and  in  Italy  after  that 
date  and  since  that  limitation  also  bars  Catholic 
refugees  from  Yugoslavia  and  elsewhere  who  es- 
caped after  that  date,  the  President  proposes  a 
substitute  date — one  urged  by  advocates  of  this 
legislation  originally — April  21,  1947. 

Other  provisions  of  the  present  law  which  the 
President  regards  as  discriminatory  would  also  be 
eliminated  by  other  amendments  he  is  proposing. 

'  Public  Law  774,  80th  Cong.,  2d  sess. 
152 


(2)  The  law  as  passed  by  the  Congress  contains 
certain  features  which  make  it  difficult  of  admin-  j 
istration.  Certain  provisions  require  the  submis-  i 
sion  of  certain  types  of  data  and  the  making  of 
certain  kinds  of  arrangements  in  advance  of  the 
granting  of  visas  to  displaced  persons — conditions 
so  rigidly  framed  that  it  will  be  very  difficult  for 
the  displaced  persons  to  comply  with  them.  The 
result  may  be  that  instead  of  immigration  in  the 
numbers  fixed  by  the  bill  only  a  considerably  re- 
duced number  can  come  in  at  all. 

For  example,  there  is  a  provision  in  regard  to 
having  a  job  prior  to  arrival.    Tlie  President  be- 
lieves that  the  various  social,  welfare,  and  religious 
groups  which  will   handle  the   problem   in   the 
United  States  will  be  in  a  position  to  solve  all  such  ■ 
questions  effectively  and  that  it  is  both  sound  and 
wise  to  place  confidence  in  the  fairness  of  the  re- 
ligious and  welfare  groups  and  in  their  ability  to , 
do  the  job  well.    The  representatives  of  many  of  i 
them  have  indicated  that  they  can  solve  the  diffi- 1 
culties  confronting  displaced  persons  on  their  ar-- 
rival  in  this  country  but  that  it  will  be  extremely 
difficult  to  proceed  under  the  restrictive  provisions 
unnecessarily  introduced  into  the  law  at  the  last 
session. 

(3)  The  President  will  propose  an  amendment 
to  eliminate  the  so-called  "Mortgaging  of  the' 
Future  Quotas"  provision.  Under  this  provision, 
future  generations  of  prospective  and  desirablel 
immigrants  seeking  to  enter  the  United  States  un- 
der the  regular  immigration  quotas  will  be  penal- 

Deporfmenf  of  Sfofe  Bu//efin 


ized  and  will  be  uiiiible  to  iiiimigrate  into  the 
United  States.  This  penalty  will  apply  for  many 
years.  For  example,  in  the  case  of  immigrants 
seeking  to  come  from  Poland,  the  penalty  will 
run  for  almost  an  entire  generation  and  in  the 
case  of  innnigrants  seeking  to  enter  from  the  Bal- 
tic countries  the  penalty  will  be  in  effect  for  100 
years  or  more. 

(4)  The  President  will  propose  an  amendment 
increasing  the  number  of  disphiced  persons  who 
may  enter  under  this  emergency  bill,  from  202,000 
in  two  years,  the  figure  in  the  present  law,  to  ap- 
proximately 402,000  in  four  years.  This  larger 
ligiu'e  has  been  supported  by  experts  ever  since 
this  subject  was  broached. 

Cultural  Leaders  Awarded  Grants-in-Aid 

Chile 

Jorge  Ugarte  Vial,  Director  of  the  Library  of 
the  National  Congress  of  Chile,  has  arrived  in 
Washington  for  a  three  months'  visit  to  consult 
with  officials  of  the  Library  of  Congress  and  to 
study  the  Legislative  Reference  Service  of  the 
Library.  His  visit  has  been  arranged  under  the 
travel-grant  program  of  the  Department  of  State 
lin  cooperation  with  the  Library  of  Congress. 

Cuba 

Dr.  Julian  B.  Acuna,  head  of  the  department  of 
botany  of  the  Agricultural  Experiment  Station 
at  Santiago  de  las  Vegas,  Cuba,  arrived  in  Wash- 
ington June  28  for  a  three  months'  visit  in  this 
country  in  connection  with  a  fiber-research  project 
on  which  the  United  States  and  the  Cuban  station 
are  collaborating.  He  will  spend  several  days  in 
consultation  with  officials  of  the  Department  of 
Agriculture  before  beginning  a  trip  to  various 
other  cities  to  confer  with  fiber-research  agi'ono- 
'nists,  breeders,  and  engineers.  His  visit  has  been 
facilitated  through  a  grant-in-aid  from  the  De- 
)artment  of  State,  awarded  at  the  request  of  the 
department  of  Agriculture. 

VIexico 

Fernando  Obregon  Fernandez,  chief  of  the  tech- 
ncal  office  of  the  Directorate  General  of  Fisheries 
uid  Allied  Industries  of  the  Ministrv  of  Marine 
>t  Mexico,  arrived  in  Washington  June  28  for  a 
hi-ee  months'  visit  under  the  travel-grant  program 
't  the  Department  of  State  in  cooperation  with  the 
ntenor  Department. 

Rafael  Orellana,  archeologist  of  the  National  In- 
titute  of  Anthropology  and  professor  of  anthro- 
lological  sciences  at  the  National  University  of 
lexico.  has  arrived  in  Washington  to  spend  three 
ugusf   J,    7948 


THB   RECORD   OF   THE   WEEK 

months  in  this  country  visiting  museums,  and  con- 
ferring with  other  experts  in  his  field. 

Mr.  Orellana,  whose  visit  has  been  arranged 
under  the  travel-grant  program  of  tlie  Department 
of  State  m  cooperation  with  the  National  Gallery 
of  Art,  plans  to  spend  two  months  in  Washington, 
at  the  end  of  which  time  he  will  go  to  New  York 
for  further  conferences  and  observation  at  the 
iVIetropolitan  and  Brooklyn  Museums,  returning 
to  Mexico  in  October. 

United  States 

Dr.  Harvey  L.  Johnson,  associate  professor  of 
Romance  Languages  at  Northwestern  University, 
has  been  awarded  a  grant-in-aid  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  State  for  a  series  of  lectures  at  the  cultural 
centers  in  Montevideo,  Asuncion,  Cordoba  ( Argen- 
tina) ,  Lima,  and  La  Paz.  His  lectures  will  cover 
subjects  pertaining  to  Latin  American  studies  and 
culture  m  the  ITnited  States  and  intellectual  and 
social  development  in  the  United  States. 

Walter  M.  Bastian,  former  assistant  professor 
of  English  at  the  United  States  Naval  Academy, 
Annapolis,  has  been  awarded  a  grant-in-aid  by 
the  Department  of  State  to  serve  as  visiting  pro- 
fessor of  English  at  the  University  of  El  Sah-ador 
for  one  year,  beginning  this  month.  This  grant 
was  awarded  in  response  to  a  request  from  the 
University  in  connection  with  its  plans  to  inaugu- 
rate a  three-year  course  in  English  and  to  build 
up  a  library  of  English  books.  The  classes  will 
be  open  to  a  limited  number  of  outsiders  as  well 
as  to  university  students. 

Dr.  Cecil  R.  Monk,  director  of  the  department 
of  biology  of  Willamette  University,  Salem,  Ore- 
gon has  received  a  grant  from  the  Department 
of  State  to  enable  him  to  spend  a  year  as  visitino- 
professor  of  biology  at  the  Institute  of  Natural 
Sciences,  Central  University,  Caracas,  Venezuela. 
The  University  has  invited  Dr.  Monk  to  assist  in 
the  organization  of  the  department  of  biology  to 
give  courses  in  zoology  and  biology,  and  to  do 
research  in  invertebrate  zoology. 

Uruguay 

Felix  de  Medina,  counselor  and  professor  of  the 
faculty  of  engineering  of  the  University  of  Monte- 
video and  director  of  the  Machinery  Institute  of 
the  same  school,  has  arrived  in  Washington  for  a 
three  months'  visit  in  the  United  States  under  the 
travel-grant  program  of  the  Department  of  State. 
Mr.  de  Medina  M-ill  visit  schools  of  engineering  in 
various  parts  of  the  country,  his  chief  interest 
being  in  methods  of  teaching  mechanical  engineer- 
ing and  in  laboratory  equipment.  He  will  also 
study  methods  of  production  of  machinery,  espe- 
cially Diesel  electric  locomotives  and  gas  turbines, 
and  mass  production  of  automobiles,  airplanes,  etc. 
He  will  visit  the  Railroad  Fair  in  Chicago  in 
Ausust. 


153 


THE  DEPARTMENT 


Paul  Daniels  Appointed  to  Council  of 
Organization  of  American  States 

The  Secretary  of  State  announced  on  June  21 
the  appomtment  of  Paul  C.  Daniels  as  United 
States  Representative  on  the  Council  ot  the  Ur- 
cranization  of  American  States.  Ambassador 
Daniels  succeeds  in  this  capacity  Ambassador 
William  Dawson,  who  resigned  for  reasons  ot 

in  serving  in  his  new  post  on  the  Council  Am- 
bassador Daniels  will  continue  his  present  duties 
as  the  Department's  Director  for  American  Ke- 
public  Affairs.  The  Council  of  the  American 
States,  created  by  the  charter  approved  at  Bogota, 
is  a  permanent  representative  council  with  mem- 
bers representing  all  the  American  republics  it 
supervises  the  Pan  American  Union  and  ascertains 
that  all  decisions  of  Inter-American  conferences 
are  carried  out. 

Willard  Thorp  Appointed  to  inter- American 
Economic  and  Social  Council 

[Released  to  the  press  July  13] 

The  Secretary  of  State  announced  on  July  13 
the  appointment  of  Willard  L.  Thorp,  Assistant 
Secretary  of  State  for  economic  affairs,  as  Repre- 
sentative of  the  United  States  of  America  on  the 
Inter-American  Economic  and  Social  Council,  re- 
placing Paul  C.  Daniels,  Director  of  the  Depart- 
ment's Office  of  American  Republic  Affairs. 

H  Gerald  Smith  will  continue  as  Alternate  to 
the  United  States  Representative  on  the  Inter- 
American  Economic  and  Social  Council. 

Abolishment  of  the  Shipping  Division 

I  Effective  July  1, 1948,  the  Shipping  Division 
(SD)  is  abolished. 

II  The  Office  of  Transport  and  Communica- 
tions (TRC),  through  a  small  staff  of  advisers  on 
international  ocean  shipping  and  inland  trans- 
portation, will  assume  responsibility  for  advisory 
and  coordinating  functions  of  the  Department 
with    respect    to    ocean    shipping    and    inland 

transport.  .  n  ^^     ■ 

A  Action  responsibility  m  these  fields  is  as- 
si<^ned  to  the  geographic  offices.  However,  pend- 
ing specific  redelegation  of  functions,  through 
amendment  of  the  Organization  Manual,  the  Divi- 
sion of  Communications  and  Records  (DC)  will 
continue  to  assign  to  TRC  action  responsibility 
for  correspondence  dealing  with  shipping  and  in- 
land transport  matters. 

154 


III  The  Seamen  Affairs  Branch  of  the  Ship- 
ping Division,  together  with  its  personnel,  func- 
tions, records,  furniture,  equipment,  and  funds,  is 
transferred  to  the  Division  of  Protective  Services 
(DS). 

Abolishment  of  Division  of  Procurement 
Control 

I  Pursuant  to  Executive  Order  9960  of  May 
19  1948  the  Division  of  Procurement  Control 
(PC)  of  the  Office  of  Budget  and  Planning 
(OBP)  is  abolished  as  of  the  close  of  business 
June  30,  1948;  its  functions,  records,  equipment, 
and  personnel  are  transferred  from  the  Depart- 
ment of  State  to  the  Economic  Cooperation  Ad- 
ministration. .   i      -rv         i. 

II  Within  thirty  days  appropriate  Depart- 
mental Regulations  will  be  issued  to  effect  the 
necessary  realignment  of  functions. 

Appointment  of  Officers 

Winthrop  G.  Brown  as  Director  of  the  Office  of  Inter- 
national Trade  Policy,  effective  June  13,  1948. 

Edwin  M.  Martin  as  Deputy  Director  of  the  Office  of 
International  Trade  Policy,  effective  June  13,  ms. 

Samuel  D.  Boykin  as  Director  of  the  Office  of  Controls, 
effective  June  28,  1048.  ,  . 

Philip  D  Sprouse  as  Chief  of  the  Division  of  Chinese 
Affairs,  Office  of  Far  Eastern  Affairs,  effective  June  14, 

1948 

George  H.  Butler  as  Deputy  Director  of  the  Policy 
Planning  Staff,  effective  July  6,  1948.  ^  ^^     ^„        ^ 

Joseph  G.  Sattertliwaite  as  Director  of  the  Office  of 
Near  Eastern  and  African  Affairs,  effective  July  lb,  1948. 

Raymond  A.  Hare  as  Deputy  Director  of  the  Office  of 
Near  Eastern  and  African  Affairs,  effective  July  16,  1948. 


Volume  XIII  of  "Territorial  Papers  of  the  U.S." 
Released 

[Released  to  the  press  July  25] 

Advance  copies  of  volume  XIII  of  the  series  en- 
titled The  Territorial  Papers  of  the  United  States, 
published  by  the  Department  of  State  under  the 
authority  of  an  act  of  Congress,  were  received  by 
the  Department  on  July  25. 

This  volume,  which  marks  the  resumption  of  the 
project  after  war-imposed  curtailment,  contains 
the  official  papers  found  in  the  archives  m  Wash- 
ington pertaining  to  the  Territory  of  Louisiana 
for  the  years  1803-1806.  In  all,  three  volumes  are 
in  prospect  for  the  Territory  of  Louisiana- 
Missouri,  1803-1821,  which  comprised  the  entire 
area  of  the  Louisiana  purchase  with  the  exception 
of  the  present  state  of  Louisiana.  The  significance 
of  the  present  work  and  its  companion  volumes  lies 
in  the  fact  that  it  presents  for  the  first  time  a  com- 
prehensive documentation  of  the  beginning  of 
American  administration  of  a  region  out  ot  which 


Deparfmenf  of  Sfafe  Bulletin 


no  less  than  a  dozen  states  of  the  Union  were  sub- 
sequently carved. 

Beginning  with  the  acquisition  of  Louisiana  in 
1803,  the  present  vohime  embodies  documents  per- 
taining to  the  transfer  of  Upper  Louisiana  to  the 
United  States,  and  to  the  administration  of  the 
first  governor,  General  James  Wilkinson.  For  the 
first  and  only  time  the  civil  administration  of  a 
territory  was  united  with  the  military ;  the  failure 
of  this  policy  became  manifest  before  Wilkinson's 
removal  as  governor.  In  this  comiection  there  are 
presented  many  hitherto  unpublished  letters  of 
General  Wilkinson. 

Problems  of  the  transition  from  an  old  world 
colony  to  a  United  States  territory  are  depicted  by 
selected  correspondence  between  departments  of 
the  Federal  Government  and  the  various  terri- 
torial officials,  as  well  as  by  letters  passing  between 
numerous  subordinate  officers  within  the  territory. 
A  wide  range  of  materials,  other  than  those  per- 
taining to  tlie  purely  political  administration,  are 
also  included.  Such  documents  include  petitions 
to  Congress  for  redress  of  grievances,  reports  of 
congi-essional  committees,  proclamations,  letters 
of  application  for  office,  as  well  as  those  illustrat- 
ing party  and  class  divisions,  and  other  relevant 
papers. 

Dr.  Clarence  E.  Carter,  of  the  Division  of  His- 
torical Policy  Kesearch  in  the  Department  of 
State,  is  the  editor  of  the  series  of  Territorial 
Papers.  Volume  XIII  of  the  series  will  be  sold  by 
the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Government 
Printing  Office,  Washington  25,  D.C.,  for  $3.50 
a  copy. 


Department  Inaugurates  Treaty 
Information  Service 

[Released  to  the  press  July  25] 

The  Department  of  State  inaugurated  on  July 
24  a  loose-leaf  service  entitled  United  States 
Treaty  Developments,  designed  to  meet  the  need 
for  a  single  compilation  containing  up-to-date 
factual  information  on  developments  affecting 
international  agreements  entered  into  by  the 
United  States. 

Information  on  over  400  international  agree- 
ments is  contained  in  the  first  release  of  loose-leaf 
sheets  and  includes,  when  appropriate,  notes  re- 
specting date  and  place  of  signature,  effective  date, 
duration,  citations  to  the  text,  signatories,  ratifica- 
tions, adherences,  accessions,  resei'vations,  amend- 
ments, extensions,  terminations,  authorizing 
and  implementing  legislation,  Executive  action, 
administrative  interpretations,  opinions  of  the  At- 
torney General,  court  decisions,  and  other  relevant 
action. 

The  400  agreements  included  in  this  release  have 
either  been  concluded  since  January  1,  1944,  or 
there  has  been  some  development  concerning  them 


August   7,   7948 


THE  DEPARTMBNT 

since  that  date.  The  service  will  be  kept  current, 
new  loose-leaf  sheets  being  issued  as  new  agree- 
ments are  published,  and  earlier  agreements  will 
be  included  as  rapidly  as  possible,  any  recent 
develoiiment  regarding  an  earlier  agreement  being 
made  the  occasion  for  bringing  up  to  date  the  rec- 
ord with  respect  to  that  instrument. 

United  States  Treat;/  Developments  is  a  com- 
bination and  extension  of  such  previous  publica- 
tions of  the  Department  of  State  as  Treaties  Suh- 
mitted  to  the  Senate,  Treaty  Developments  lO^Ii-, 
and  A  List  of  Treaties  and  Other  International 
Acts  of  the  United  States  in  Force  on  Decemher 
31,  1941,  and  it  will  eventually  replace  them  and 
serve  as  a  comprehensive  guide  to  official  material 
respecting  all  treaties  and  other  international 
agreements  to  which  the  United  States  has  become 
a  party  in  nearly  two  centuries  of  treaty-making. 

United  States  Treaty  Developments  is  compiled 
by  Eunice  Webber  Shafferman  and  Helen  Hedvig 
Brown  under  the  direction  of  Bryton  Barron,  As- 
sistant for  Treaty  Affairs,  Office  of  the  Legal 
Adviser.  The  first  release  of  loose-leaf  sheets  may 
be  purchased  for  $4.00  from  the  Superintendent  of 
Documents,  Government  Printing  Office,  Wash- 
ington 25,  D.C. 


PUBLICATIONS 
Department  of  State 

For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Q-overnment 
Printing  Office,  Washington  25.  D.C.  Address  requests 
direct  to  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  except  in  the 
case  of  free  publications,  which  may  he  obtained  from  the 
Department  of  State. 

Assistance  to  the  People  of  Italy  Under  Public  Law  389, 
80th  Congress.  Treaties  and  Other  luternational  Acts 
Series  1678.    Pub.  3039.    17  pp.    100. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  of  America 
and  Italy — Signed  at  Rome  January  3,  1948 ;  entered 
into  force  January  3,  1948. 

Air  Transport  Services.  Treaties  and  Other  International 
Acts  Series  1679.     Pub.  3040.     39  pp.     15«f. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  of  America  and 
France  signed  at  Paris  March  27,  1946,  entered  into 
force  March  27,  1946;  and  Provisional  Arrangement 
effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed  at  Paris  Decem- 
ber 28  and  29,  1945. 

Headquarters  of  the  United  Nations.  Treaties  and  Other 
International  Acts  Series  1676.    Pub.  3042.    29  pp.    10<!. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  of  America 
and  the  United  Nations — Signed  at  Lake  Success, 
N.Y.,  June  26,  1947 ;  and  exchange  of  notes  bringing 
agreement  into  force  November  21,  1&47. 

Canol  Project:  Waiver  by  Canada  of  Certain  Rights  Relat- 
ing to  Crude  Oil  Facilities.  Treaties  and  Other  Interna- 
tional Acts  Series  1696.     Pub.  3067.     2  pp.     5(J. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  of  America 
and  Canada — Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed  at 
Ottawa  August  31,  and  September  6,  1945 ;  entered 
into  force  September  6,  1945. 

155 


The  United  Nations  and 

Specialized  Agencies  p°b» 

U.S.   Report  to  U.N.   on  False  and  Distorted 

Reports ^^'^ 

Cease-Fire  Orders  for  July  18.  Cablegram  to 
the  Arab  States  and  to  the  Provisional 
Government  of  Israel  Concerning  the 
Security  Council  Resolution  of  15  July  and 
Their  Replies 130 

Terms  of  Reference  for  the  Visiting  Mission  to 
Ruanda-Urundi  and  Tanganyika.  Reso- 
lution     Ill 

The  United  States  in  the  United  Nations     .    .    132 

Treaty  Information 

U.S.-Yugoslav  Claims  Settlement: 

Summary  of  Agreements 137 

Agreement  Regarding  Pecuniary  Claims    .    .    137 
Agreement  Regarding  Settlement  for  Lend- 

Lease,  Military  Relief,  and  Claims.    .    .    139 
Settlement  of  Lend-Lease  and  Reciprocal-Aid 

Accounts  in  the  United  Kingdom    ....    143 
Adherence  to  General  Agreement  on  Tariffs  and 
Trade:  Brazil,  Burma,   Ceylon,  New  Zea- 
land, Pakistan,  Syria,  Lebanon 149 

Occupation  Matters 

Third  Currency  Reform  Law  in  Germany     .    .    141 
Statement    by"  Secretary    Marshall    on    Berlin 

Situation I'll 

U.S.  Proposals  Regarding  Resumption  of  De- 
livery of  Electric  Power  to  South  Korea. 
Exchange  of  Letters  Between  General 
Hodge  and  General  Merkulov 147 

International  Information  and 
Cultural  Affairs 

U.S.    Delegation   to   International   Conference. 

Linguistics 13^ 

Reference  Materials  to  U.S.  Licensed  News- 
papers in  Germany.  Exchange  of  Letters 
Between  Assistant  Secretary  Saltzman  and 
William  Benton 144 

Hungary  Assures  U.S.  That  Its  Citizens  Are 
Not  Restricted  in  Listening  to  Voice  of 
America.  Exchange  of  Notes  Between  the 
U.S.  and  Hungary 1*5 


international  Information  and 

Cultural  Affairs — Continued  Page 

Voice  of  America  Broadcasts  Strengthened  in 

Europe  Through  New  Relay 147 

Cultural  Leaders  Awarded  Grants-in-Aid  ...    153 

Economic  Affairs 

U.S.  Delegations  to  International  Conferences: 

Physical  Education 134 

Navigation  of  the  Danube 134 

Medical  Histories 135 

Anthropological  and  Ethnological  [Sciences  .  135 

Geodesy  and  Geophysics 135 

Geology 136 

Procedure  for  Filing  Claims  With  Finland    .    .  148 
Belgium  and  Czechoslovakia   Make  Payments 

on  Surplus-Property  Credits 148 

General  Policy 

John   Abbink   Appointed  to  Joint   Brazil-U.S. 

Technical  Commission 136 

Willard    Thorp    Appointed   to    Inter-American 

Economic  and  Social  Council 154 

The  Department 

Paul  Daniels  Appointed  to  Council  of  Organ- 
ization of  American  States 154 

Abolishment  of  the  Shipping  Division    ....    154 

Abolishment     of     Division     of     Procurement 

Control 154 

Appointment  of  Officers 1'''4 

The  Foreign  Service 

Consular  Offices 129 

Henry  F.  Grady  To  Assume  Duties  in  Greece  .    129 

The  Congress 

Proposed  Amendments  by  the  President  to  the 

Displaced  Persons  Act  of   1948 152 

Publications 

Fourth  Semiannual  Report  of  the  Atomic 
Energy  Commission  Released.  Statement 
by  the  President 151 

Volume    XIII    of    "Territorial    Papers    of    the 

U.S."  Released 154 

Department    Inaugurates    Treaty    Information 

Service 1^^ 

Department  of  State 155 


U.  S.  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING   OFFICE;  1948 


^Ae/  ^eha^tTTieni/  ^ t/tate^ 


TRUCE  SUPERVISION  IN  PALESTINE    •     CahXegraiM 

from  V.N.   Mediator 175 

PROGRESS  REPORT  ON  HUMAN  RIGHTS    •    Article 

by  James  Pomeroy  Hendrick 159 


For  complete  contents  see  back  cover 


Vol.  XIX,  No.  475 
August  8,  1948 


^SNT   o«. 


.  ^  •i^t&&Xi\  \ : 


M 


'le 


zl^e^ia/yi^e^t  ^^  Cytale 


bulletin 

Vol.  XIX,  No.  475   •   Publication  3237 
Augist  8,  1948 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Woshington  25,  D.C. 

Sdbsceiption: 
52  issues.  $5;  single  copy,  15  cents 

Published  with  the  approval  of  the 
Director  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may 
be  reprinted.  Citation  of  the  Department 
OF  State  Bulletin  as  the  source  will  be 
appreciated. 


The  Department  of  State  BULLETIN, 
a  meekly  publication  compiled  and 
edited  in  the  Division  of  Publications, 
Office  of  Public  Affairs,  provides  the 
public  and  interested  agencies  of 
the  Government  with  information  on 
developments  in  the  field  of  foreign 
relations  and  on  the  work  of  the  De- 
partment of  State  and  the  Foreign 
Service.  The  BULLETIN  includes 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements  and  addresses 
made  by  the  President  and  by  the 
Secretary  of  State  and  other  officers 
of  the  Department,  as  well  as  special 
articles  on  various  phases  of  inter- 
national affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  in- 
ternational agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a 
party  and  treaties  of  general  inter- 
national interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department,  as 
tcell  as  legislative  material  in  the  field 
of  international  relations,  are  listed 
currently. 


PROGRESS  REPORT  ON  HUMAN  RIGHTS 


by  James  Pomeroy  Hendrick 


The  United  Nations  Commission  on  Human 
Rights  has  completed  its  second  year  of  service,^ 
devoted  for  the  most  part  to  planning  for  and 
working  on  the  project  of  an  international  bill  of 
human  rights." 

An  international  bill  of  human  rights  could  con- 
sist of  a  statement  of  general  principles,  such  as 
the  American  Declaration  of  Independence  or  the 
French  Declaration  of  the  Rights  and  Duties  of 
Man.  On  the  other  hand  it  could  take  the  form  of 
a  document  having  legally  binding  force — an  in- 
ternational equivalent  of  the  United  States  Bill  of 
Rights.  The  Commission  on  Human  Rights  de- 
cided at  its  second  session  in  Geneva  that  both  a 
statement  of  principles  and  a  treaty  were  neces- 
sary;  it  defined  the  term  "international  bill  of  hu- 
man rights"  as  including  both  a  declaration  (i.e. 
statement  of  principles),  and  a  covenant  (i.e. 
treaty)  as  well  as  measures  of  implementation.^ 
It  produced  a  draft  declaration  and  a  draft  cove- 
nant, and  examined  (but  neither  approved  nor  dis- 
approved) the  report  of  a  working  group  on  im- 
plementation.'' 

The  substantive  work  of  the  Commission  at  its 
third  session  (May  24  to  June  18,  1948)  was  the 
completion  of  a  declaration,  the  question  of  imple- 
mentation being  considered  briefly.  The  Commis- 
sion's Drafting  Committee,  which  met  from  May 
3  to  May  21,  1948,  considered  the  covenant  on 
human  rights  as  well  as  doing  preliminary  work 
on  the  declaration.  This  article  will  deal  with 
the  i^rogress  made  in  the  preparation  of  an  in- 
ternational bill  of  human  rights  at  these  two  ses- 
sions. 

Definitive  work  on  a  covenant  and  measures  of 
implementation  must  await  the  fourth  session  of 
the  Commission  to  be  held  early  in  1949.^ 

August  8,    1948 


INTERNATIONAL  DECLARATION  OF 
HUMAN  RIGHTS  « 

There  has  at  no  time  been  serious  controversy 
among  Commission  members  over  the  general  con- 
tent of  the  declaration.  It  has  been  agreed  that 
the  declaration  should  specify,  first,  fundamental 
civil  rights,  known  to  countries  such  as  the  United 
States  for  one  hundred  and  fifty  or  more  years; 
and,  second,  social  and  economic  rights,  which  have 
been  recognized  as  a  development  of  the  twentieth 
century."  There  had,  however,  until  the  third  ses- 
sion of  the  Commission,  been  no  very  general  agree- 
ment on  two  salient  points  concerning  the  declara- 
tion :  length  and  effect. 

"A  Short  and  Concise"  Declaration 

The  first  draft  of  the  declaration  was  an  outline 
prepared  by  the  United  Nations  Secretariat,  con- 
sisting of  48  articles.  Though  the  Geneva  draft 
was  reduced  to  33  articles,  it  was  recognized  that 
even  this  was  pei-haps  overlong.*  The  United 
States  and  China  in  successive  sessions  pressed  for 
a  document  which  would  be  drastically  shortened." 
The  Commission's  final  draft  contains  28  articles, 
and  its  content  is  substantially  reduced. 

The  substantive  rights  now  covered  in  the  new 
declaration  are  as  follows : 

Civil  Rights 

Article  3  :  Right  to  life,  liberty,  and  security  of  the  person 
Article  4 :  Freedom  from  slavery,  torture,  inhuman  treat- 
ment or  punishment 
Article  5 :  Recognition  as  a  person  before  the  law 
Article  C :  Right  to  equality  before  the  law  " 
Article  7 :  Freedom  from  arbitrary  arrest 
Article  8 :  Right  to  a  fair  hearing  by  an  independent  and 
impartial  tribunal 


Note  :  For  footnotes,  see  p.  164. 


159 


Article  9   (1)  :  Presumption  of  innocence  and  right  to 

public  trial,  with  all  guarantees  necessary  for  defense, 

in  criminal  cases 
Article  9  (2)  :  Freedom  from  ex  post  facto  laws" 
Article  10:  Freedom  from  interference  with  privacy 
Article   11   (1)  :  Freedom    of   movement   and    residence 

within  a  state 
Article  11  (2)  :  Right  to  leave  any  country 
Article  12  :  Right  of  asylum 
Article  13 :  Rights  concerning  nationality  " 
Article  14 :  Right  to  marriage  and  to  protection  of  the 

family 
Article  15 :  Right  to  own  property 
Article  16 :  Freedom  of  religion 
Article  17  :  Freedom  of  information 
Article  18 :  Freedom  of  assembly  and  association 
Article  19 :  Eight  to  participate  in  government " 

Social  and  Economic  Rights 

Article  20 :  Right  to  social  security  " 

Article  21 :  Right  to  work 

Article  22 :  Right  to  health  and  security 

Article  23 :  Right  to  education 

Article  24 :  Right  to  rest  and  leisure 

Article  25:  Right  to  participate  in  cultural  life 

The  problem  of  the  long  declaration  as  opposed 
to  the  short  declaration  was  first  presented  to  the 
third  session  of  the  Commission,  with  respect  to  in- 
dividual articles,  in  connection  with  freedom  from 
arbitrary  arrest  (article  7) .  Once  the  decision  was 
made  that  this  article  should  read,  quite  simply, 
"No  one  shall  be  subjected  to  arbitrary  arrest  or 
detention",  it  became  clear  that  an  important 
precedent  had  been  established.^^  The  Commis- 
sion having  adopted  with  respect  to  this  article  the 
principle  of  a  "short  and  concise"  declaration, 
there  was  thenceforth  no  serious  departure  from 
the  principle  in  subsequent  articles.^^  A  compari- 
son between  the  Geneva  draft  and  the  draft  pro- 
duced by  the  third  session  shows  the  beneficial  re- 
sults thus  obtained.^' 

Effect  of  the  Declaration 

At  the  risk  of  over-simplification,  it  can  be  said 
that  three  theories  have  been  considered  as  to  the 
effect  of  the  declaration : 

1.  The  declaration  imposes  an  immediate  obli- 
gation upon  all  member  states  to  bring  their  laws 
into  conformity  with  its  provisions. 

2.  The  declaration  imposes  no  obligation  of  any 
sort. 

3.  The  declaration  represents  a  common  stand- 
ard of  achievement  for  all  peoples  and  all  nations 


and  may  thus  be  considered  to  impose  a  moral,  but 
not  a  legal,  obligation  to  strive  progressively  to  se- 
cure universal  and  effective  recognition  and  ob- 
servance of  the  rights  and  freedoms  therein  set 
forth. 

The  first  of  these  theories  rests  on  the  assump- 
tion that  the  United  Nations  Charter,  particularly 
in  articles  55  and  56,  sets  forth  an  obligation  in 
treaty  form  to  observe  human  rights  and  that  the 
declaration,  as  an  "extension"  of  the  Charter,  de- 
fines these  rights. 

The  second  theory  rests  upon  a  far  more  strict 
construction  of  the  Charter  and  constant  reliance 
upon  its  domestic  jurisdiction  clause.^* 

The  third  theory  is  based  upon  what  is  con- 
sidered a  fair  interpretation  of  action  appropriate 
to  be  taken  under  the  Charter.  It  is  in  no  way 
intended  to  derogate  from  the  domestic  jurisdic- 
tion clause  of  the  Charter,  although  its  proponents 
freely  admit  that  a  covenant,  as  distinguished 
from  a  declaration,  is  a  necessary  element  in  the 
program  and  that  a  covenant  would  bring  up  for 
scrutiny  matters  which  have  heretofore  been  con- 
sidered domestic. 

It  is  the  third  of  these  theories  which  has  now 
been  adopted  by  the  Commission.  It  finds  expres- 
sion in  the  preamble  to  the  declaration,  reciting 
that  "Member  states  have  pledged  themselves  to 
achieve,  in  cooperation  with  the  Organization,  the 
promotion  of  universal  respect  for  and  observance 
of  human  rights  and  fundamental  freedoms,"  and 
proclaiming  the  declaration  as  a  "common  stand- 
ard of  achievement  for  all  peoples  and  all  na- 
tions, to  the  end  that  every  individual  and  every 
organ  of  society,  keeping  this  declaration  con- 
stantly in  mind,  shall  strive  by  teaching  and  educa- 
tion to  promote  respect  for  these  rights  and  free- 
doms and  by  progressive  measures,  national  and 
international,  to  secure  their  universal  and  effec- 
tive recognition  and  observance."  It  finds  ex- 
pression also  in  the  introduction  to  the  articles 
dealing  with  social  and  economic  rights :  "Every- 
one as  a  member  of  society  ...  is  entitled  to  the 
realization,  through  national  effort  and  interna- 
tional cooperation,  and  in  accordance  with  the  or- 
ganization and  resources  of  each  State,  of  the 
economic,  social  and  cultural  rights  set  out  be- 
low." ^'  Finally,  the  theory  finds  expression  in 
article  26  which  states  that  "Everyone  is  entitled 
to  a  good  social  and  international  order  in  which 


160 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


the  rights  and  freedoms  set  out  in  this  Declaration 
can  be  fully  realized." 

A  necessary  consequence  of  the  adoption  of  this 
tlieory  has  been  the  abandonment  of  language  con- 
tained in  the  Geneva  draft  purporting  to  place  an 
immediate  legislative  obligation  with  respect  to 
certain  articles.^"  Such  language  is  now  reserved 
for  use  in  the  covenant.  A  further  consequence 
has  been  the  defeat  of  proposals  that  violations  of 
the  declaration  should  be  punished  by  law.^^ 

Declaration:  Present  Status 

The  Commission  on  Human  Rights  has  accord- 
ingly approved  a  declaration  which  is  short  and 
concise ;  its  effect  is  clearly  stated,  and  its  meaning 
is  obvious.  This  accomplislunent  of  major  pro- 
portions is  a  tribute  to  the  leadership  of  the  Com- 
mission's Chairman,  Mrs.  Franklin  D.  Roosevelt. 

The  declaration  remains  to  be  approved  by  the 
Economic  and  Social  Council  and  thereafter  by  the 
General  Assembly  in  order  to  attain  its  full 
stature  in  the  field  of  human  rights. 

THE  COVENANT  OF  HUMAN  RIGHTS  AND 
MEASURES  OF  IMPLEMENTATION 

The  Human  Rights  Drafting  Committee  started 
its  second  session  with  consideration  of  the 
covenant  on  human  rights.  At  the  time  it  ap- 
peared possible  that  both  the  Committee  and  the 
Commission  would  be  able  to  develop  definitive 
drafts  of  both  covenant  and  declaration,  and  reach 
a  conclusion  as  to  what  should  be  done  with  re- 
spect to  implementation.--  However,  despite  ex- 
traordinary efforts  and  a  seriousness  of  purpose 
which  was  not  questioned,  the  problems  proved 
to  be  too  difficult,  and  too  diffuse,  for  solution  in 
the  time  allotted.  The  Commission  did  not  con- 
sider the  covenant  at  its  third  session.  It  pre- 
ferred to  do  a  thorough  job  on  one  document — 
the  declaration — rather  than  a  superficial  job  on 
two.^' 

Covenant — Substantive  Problems 

As  drafted  by  the  Commission  at  its  Geneva  ses- 
sion, the  covenant  included  most  of  the  basic  civil 


rights  set  forth  in  the  declaration.  Notable  ex- 
ceptions were  the  right  to  marriage,  the  right  to 
property,  the  right  to  participate  in  government, 
and  freedom  from  searches  and  seizures.  The 
Geneva  covenant  included  none  of  the  social  and 
economic  rights.--*  At  the  outset  of  the  second 
session  of  the  Drafting  Committee,  a  proposal  was 
made  by  the  Australian  member  to  include  in  the 
covenant  virtually  all  the  rights  enumerated  in 
the  declaration.  What  the  result  would  have  been 
had  this  proposal  been  voted  upon  article  by  arti- 
cle is  a  matter  of  conjecture;  in  fact,  the  proposal 
was  voted  upon  en  bloc,  and  defeated.  The  result 
was  that  the  substance  of  the  covenant  as  passed 
upon  by  the  Drafting  Committee  remained  for 
the  most  part  unchanged  from  the  Geneva  draf t.^' 


Covenant — Procedural  Problems 

At  the  second  session  a  difference  of  opinion 
had  developed  with  respect  to  the  manner  in  which 
limitations  on  rights  should  be  expressed  in  the 
covenant.  On  one  hand  it  was  thought  that  the 
covenant  should  state  the  rights  and  at  the  same 
time  state  in  detail  all  limitations  on  the  rights; 
on  the  other  hand,  that  the  covenant  should  con- 
tain one  over-all  statement  of  limitations,  roughly 
analogous  to  that  contained  in  the  declaration.^ 
The  proponents  of  the  first  theory  urged  that  there 
was  no  object  in  having  a  covenant  which  each 
adherent  state  could  construe  in  accordance  with 
its  own  wishes  and  that  this  was  the  inevitable  re- 
sult of  an  over-all  clause  so  bi'oad  that  anyone 
could  "drive  a  team  of  horses  through  it".  The 
proponents  of  the  over-all  clause  urged  that  it  was 
impossible  to  codify  the  exceptions  to  general 
rules  already  existing  in  the  law  except  by  em- 
ploying very  broad  language  and  that  it  was 
equally  impossible  to  foresee  in  detail  what  new 
exceptions  it  might  be  necessary  to  formulate. 

An  example  in  point  was  freedom  of  informa- 
tion. Certain  limitations  have  been  generally 
acknowledged  by  most  countries  as  necessary  with 
respect  to  this  right,  although  practices  have 
varied  considerably.  Yet  the  enumeration  in  the 
covenant  of  limitations  on  the  right  of  freedom  of 
information,  started  with  six  ^^  and  has  been  pro- 
gressively increased  to  25,^  with  proponents  of 
the  over-all  clause  stating  that  there  are  more  to 


Augosf  8,    J948 


161 


come.  These  limitations  failed  to  take  into  ac- 
count new  limitations  which  might  be  required  in 
connection  with  television  or  other  unforeseen 
techniques.  Discussion  of  the  problem  was  con- 
tinued throughout  the  Conference  on  Freedom  of 
Information  and  the  second  session  of  the  Human 
Rights  Drafting  Committee.  Tlie  report  of  the 
Drafting  Committee  leaves  the  problem  unre- 
solved. 

Nevertheless  there  are  grounds  for  hope  that  a 
solution  can  be  found.  The  differences  between 
the  two  opinions  have  been  exaggerated.  Both 
have  in  fact  been  in  favor  of  a  general  clause.  The 
proponents  of  detailed  limitations  would,  however, 
limit  its  application  to  cases  of  "war  or  other  pub- 
lic emergency"  ^  and  would  require  a  report  of 
its  application  in  each  case  to  the  Secretary-Gen- 
eral of  the  United  Nations.^"  A  substantial  num- 
ber of  the  articles  in  the  covenant  as  approved  by 
the  Drafting  Committee  contain  provisions  which 
are  in  effect  as  broad,  or  almost  as  broad,  as  a  gen- 
eral over-all  limitation  clause.^^  Finally,  the  pres. 
sure  for  achieving  agreement  on  this  procedural 
question,  which  threatens  the  verj'  existence  of  the 
covenant,  should  be  so  great  as  to  force  a  solution.^^ 

A  further  point  of  particular  interest  to  the 
United  States  is  a  provision  that  the  covenant  shall 
make  allowance  for  the  problems  of  federal  states. 
In  the  case  of  the  United  States,  for  example,  the 
covenant  would  bind  the  Federal  Government,  but 
not  necessarily  bind  the  48  State  governments. 
This  provision,  modeled  after  the  pattern  estab- 
lished by  the  International  Labor  Organization, 
was  adopted  in  the  Geneva  draft  of  the  covenant 
and  was  not  changed  in  the  third  session  of  the 
Commission. 

One  other  procedural  question  has  been  of  par- 
ticular importance  to  the  United  States  Delegation. 
In  the  United  States  not  all  treaties  are  self- 
executing,  since  certain  treaties  require  imple- 
menting legislation.  In  countries  such  as  the 
United  Kingdom,  legislation  is  necessary  in  order 
to  establish  the  ratified  treaty  as  part  of  domestic 
law.  Tlie  members  of  the  Drafting  Committee 
were  sympathetic  with  the  view  that  time  should 
be  given  to  bring  legislation,  to  the  extent  neces- 
sary, in  accord  with  provisions  of  the  covenant.^^ 
The  covenant  accordingly  contains  wording  tenta- 
tively designed  to  make  it  clear  that  so  far  as 
domestic  enforcement  is  concerned  it  may  require 
enabling  legislation.^* 

162 


Implementation  "> 

The  three  leading  theories  as  to  what  should  be 
done  in  the  event  of  a  violation  of  the  covenant 
may  be  summarized. 

According  to  the  Australian  theory,  any  viola- 
tion of  the  covenant  should  be  considered  by  a  new, 
six-member,  international  court  of  human  rights 
whose  decisions  shall  be  complied  with  by  cove- 
nanting states.  Individual  complaints  as  well  as 
complaints  by  states  should  be  dealt  with.^ 

Violations,  according  to  the  French  theory, 
should  be  considered  by  a  Commission  empowered 
to  make  recommendations  to  parties  concerned. 
Individual  complaints  as  well  as  complaints  by 
states  should  be  dealt  with.^' 

According  to  the  China-United  States  theory, 
violations  not  settled  by  direct  negotiation  should 
be  referred  to  a  committee  empowered  to  make  a 
recommendation  to  the  state  or  states  concerned. 
Complaints  are  to  be  limited,  for  the  time  being, 
to  those  made  by  states.^' 

Although  it  would  be  impossible  to  draw  any 
conclusions  from  the  brief  debate  on  the  subject  at 
the  Commission's  third  session,  it  may  be  noted 
that  the  China-United  States  proposal  was  spe- 
cifically supported  by  more  members  of  the  Com- 
mission ^^  than  any  other  proposal  on  implementa- 
tion. Certain  points  in  connection  with  the  China- 
United  States  proposal  may  be  of  sjiecial  interest. 
Of  these  the  most  widely  discussed  was  the  question 
of  petitions. 

Petitions 

The  covenant  is  directed  primarily  at  insuring 
the  rights  of  the  individual."  The  following  ar- 
gument may  be  made  in  favor  of  allowing  individ- 
uals to  bring  their  cases  to  the  attention  of  the 
committee  or  court  which  is  to  consider  violations 
of  the  covenant :  A  state  cannot  be  relied  upon  to 
bring  up  cases  arising  within  its  own  borders ;  and 
reliance  on  other  states  to  take  the  initiative  in 
such  matters,  in  the  absence  of  an  inspection  pro- 
cedure (which  would  surely  prove  unacceptable  in 
many  countries),  would  mean  that  serious  viola- 
tions might  never  come  to  light.  A  precedent  was 
established  for  consideration  of  individual  peti- 
tions in  connection  with  minorities  problems  by 
the  League  of  Nations,  and  according  to  some  evi- 
dence at  least  the  procedure  was  successful."  A 
fundamental  basis  of  effective  democratic  govern- 
ment is  recognition  of  the  right  of  individual  ap- 

Departmenf  of  State  Bulletin 


peal ;  among  the  significant  contributions  made  by 
the  United  States  to  the  philosophy  of  government 
has  been  the  concept  that  sovereignty  is  lodged  in 
the  people,  which  thereby  permits  individual  ac- 
cess to  federal  courts  and  does  not  limit  cases  to 
those  brought  by  states  which,  like  corporations, 
"have  no  souls.'' " 

In  contrast  to  this  argument,  if  the  covenant  is 
to  attain  widespread  adherence,  it  is  essential  that 
its  j)rovisions  should  not  interfei'e  unduly  with  the 
domestic  jurisdiction  of  member  states.  The 
theory  of  the  covenant  in  itself  is  revolutionary : 
an  undertaking  by  international  treaty  to  insure 
certain  rights  which  have  traditionally  been  re- 
garded as  being  solely  of  national  concern.  A 
sufficient  impetus  has  been  created  in  the  Coimnis- 
sion  for  the  completion  of  a  covenant,  on  the  basis 
of  a  sincere  desire  to  avoid  catastrophes  such  as 
those  launched  by  Hitler  in  his  persecution  of  the 
Jews,  and  to  improve  the  standards  of  interna- 
tional human  rights  in  a  field  which  appears  to 
many  to  be  more  important  than  the  ever  expand- 
ing field  of  science.  But  this  impetus  may  be  lost 
if  the  initial  program  is  too  ambitious.  To  allow 
an  individual  to  appeal  from  a  decision  of  his 
countr3''s  court  of  last  resort  is  a  serious  step ;  yet 
this  might  be  the  consequence  of  recognizing  the 
right  of  individual  petition.*^ 

The  International  Court  of  Justice 

The  China-United  States  proposal  recognizes 
that  certain  cases  arising  under  the  covenant  may 
be  considered  by  the  International  Court  of  Jus- 
tice. Compulsory  jurisdiction,  however,  is  not 
expressly  provided.^* 

Committee  To  Consider  Complaints 

The  China-United  States  proposal  provides  for 
"the  appointment  of  a  Committee  by  Covenanting 
States  .  .  .^^  which  is  in  contradistinction  to  the 
French  proposal,  providing  for  an  eleven-member 
special  commission,  to  be  appointed  by  a  "two- 
thirds  majority  of  the  General  Assembly  of  the 
United  Nations  with  due  consideration  of  equita- 
ble geographical  distribution."'  ^°  The  theory  of 
the  China-United  States  proposal  is  that  countries 
which  do  not  agree  to  assume  the  burdens  of  the 
covenant  should  not,  without  the  consent  of  ratify- 
ing states,  be  concerned  with  its  implementation. 

Aogosf  8,    1948 


PROGRAM   FOR  THE  FUTURE 

The  Commission  on  Human  Rights  did  not  ex- 
press an  opinion  on  whether  the  declaration 
should  be  approved  at  once,  or  whether  its  ex- 
pression as  a  formal  document  of  the  General 
Assembly  should  be  postponed  until  the  time  that 
a  covenant  could  be  submitted  simultaneously  for 
ratification.  This  is  a  problem  which  must  be  con- 
sidered by  the  Economic  and  Social  Council,  and 
by  the  General  Assembly. 

Although  unanimous  approval  of  the  declara- 
tion was  secured  (with  abstentions  on  the  part  of 
the  four  easteim  European  members),  it  is  clear 
that  agreement  on  a  legally  binding  covenant  in- 
volves even  greater  problems  than  those  posed,  and 
now  solved,  in  connection  with  the  declaration. 
Even  assuming,  as  it  must  be  assumed,  that  the 
j^rocedural  aspects  of  the  covenant  will  be  taken 
care  of  to  the  satisfaction  of  a  substantial  major- 
ity, the  question  of  which  substantive  I'ights  are  to 
be  included  in  the  covenant  and  also  the  question  to 
what  extent  they  are  to  be  included  are  matters 
of  almost  infinite  complexity ;  and  the  further 
question  of  implementation  is  perhaps  even  more 
difficult. 

If  it  is  decided  to  proceed  along  the  line  of  at- 
tracting within  a  reasonable  time  as  many  ratifi- 
cations of  the  covenant  as  possible,  it  will  be 
necessary  to  limit  the  covenant  to  a  small  number 
of  fundamental  rights,  such  as  freedom  from 
slavery,  and  limit  implementation  to  machinery 
of  a  rather  sketchy  nature.  Such  a  covenant,  start- 
ing in  effect  on  the  principle  of  the  lowest  com- 
mon denominator,  could  of  course  be  followed  by 
other  covenants  covering  other  rights  and  further 
expansion  of  the  implementation  machinery." 

An  alternative  procedure  would  be  to  aim  at 
once  for  a  comprehensive  covenant,  with  full  im- 
plementation. Such  a  document  would  presum- 
ably be  ratified  only  by  a  relatively  small  number 
of  states  at  the  outset,  and  the  all-important  ques- 
tion would  be  whether  this  exclusive  "club"  could 
successfully  attract  new  members. 

Still  another  method  of  operation  would  be  to 
invite  "like-minded"  member  states  to  enter  into 
covenants  covering  the  rights  in  which  they  were 
particularly  interested,  with  the  possibility  of 
several  covenants  entered  into  by  different  groups, 

163 


all  having  the  same  primary  purpose :  the  progres- 
sive promotion  throughout  the  world  of  respect 
for  human  rights. 

Whatever  procedure  is  adopted,  one  thing  is 
clear.  The  Commission  of  Human  Rights  is  not 
content  to  see  a  declaration  of  general  principles 
approved  and  consider  its  task  done.  It  is  the 
view  of  the  Commission,  that  "the  completion  of  a 


Covenant,  containing  measures  of  implementation 
is  essential."  ^ 

Those  members  of  the  United  Nations  who  were 
chiefly  responsible  for  the  insertion  of  no  less  than 
seven  references  to  human  rights  in  the  Charter, 
and  for  the  creation  of  the  Commission  on  Human 
Rights,  have  assumed  a  heavy  burden,  which  has 
not  yet  been  discharged. 


Footnotes 


'  First  session  of  nuclear  Commission,  April  1946 ;  first 
session  of  full  Commission,  January  1947 ;  first  session  of 
Drafting  Committee,  June  1947 ;  second  session  of  full 
Commission,  December  1947  ;  second  session  of  Drafting 
Committee,  May  1948 ;  third  session  of  full  Commission, 
June  1948. 

'  The  work  of  the  Commission  through  its  second  session 
is  described  by  Mr.  Hendrick  in  an  "International  Bill  of 
Human  Rights",  Bulletin  of  Feb.  15,  194S,  p.  19.5. 

"U.N.  doe.  E/600,  par.  IS  (a). 

*  U.N.  doc.  E/600.  These  documents  were  forwarded 
early  in  1&48  to  all  member  nations  for  comment.  The 
comments  which  have  been  received  and  studied  both  by 
the  Commission  and  the  Drafting  Committee  are  contained 
in  U.N.  doc.  E/CN.4/82  and  addenda  thereto. 

°U.N.  doc.  E/800,  par.  17. 

°  The  title  of  the  declaration  has  now  been  changed  from 
"International  Declaration  on  Human  Rights"  to  "Inter- 
national Declaration  of  Human  Riglits."  A  motion  to  sub- 
stitute the  words  "United  Nations"  for  "International" 
was  defeated  by  the  Commission  at  its  third  session. 

'  Hendrick,  op.  cit.,  p.  199.  The  declaration  includes  the 
rights  of  an  international  character — asylum  and  nation- 
allt.v — and  has  included,  but  no  longer  includes,  special 
provision  for  rights  of  minorities.  For  an  early  example 
of  references  to  social  as  well  as  civil  rights,  see  President 
McKinley's  instructions  to  William  H.  Taft,  president, 
Board  of  Commissioners  to  the  Philippine  Islands,  Apr.  7, 
1900.  These  instructions  had  been  drafted  by  Elihu  Root 
(Cameron,  The  Philippine  IslaniU,  vol.  II,  pp.  438,  500). 

'  U.N.  doc.  E/600,  par.  50. 

°  U.S.  proposal  made  at  second  session  of  Commission 
(U.N.  doc.  E/GOO,  annex  A,  part  II,  par.  10)  ;  Chinese  pro- 
posal made  at  third  se.ssion  of  Commission  (U.N.  doc. 
E/CN.4/95,  annex  A ) .  The  Chinese  proposal  is  the  shorter 
of  the  two.  In  its  comment  to  the  Secretary-General  of 
the  United  Nations,  the  United  States  stressed  the  point 
that  the  declaration  should  be  "short  and  concise"  (U.N. 
doc.  E/CN.4/S2,  p.  8).  The  original  proposal  for  a  "deca- 
log"  was  informally  made  by  the  U.S.S.R.  Representative 
at  the  first  session  of  the  Human  Rights  Drafting  Com- 
mittee June  1947,  but  no  draft  was  submitted  by  the 
U.S.S.R.  at  that  time.  The  attitude  of  the  U.S.S.R. 
throughout  the  third  session  of  the  Commission  was  con- 
sistently in  favor  of  more  detailed  wording  of  the  declara- 
tion along  the  general  lines  approved  by  tlie  Commission's 


second  session,  at  Geneva,  rather  than  the  more  concise 
wording  adopted  by  the  Commission's  third  session,  at 
Lake  Success  (U.N.  doc.  E/SOO,  appendix). 

'"Provision  is  made  that  all  are  entitled  "without  any 
discrimination  to  equal  protection  of  the  law  against  any 
discrimination  in  violation  of  this  Declaration  and  against 
any  incitement  to  such  discrimination."  See  also  art.  2. 
The  provision  on  incitement  to  discrimination  was  passed 
over  the  objection  of  a  substantial  number ;  a  somewhat 
similar  provision  (which,  however,  was  mandatory)  was 
deleted  from  the  Covenant  by  the  Drafting  Committee  (see 
footnote  25). 

"  The  question  of  war  criminals  was  handled  in  a  par- 
ticularly skilful  manner  by  the  Commission.  At  the 
Geneva  session  a  paragraph  was  added  to  the  provision 
on  freedom  from  ex  post  faeto  laws  stating  tliat  "nothing 
in  this  Article  shall  prejudice  the  trial  and  punishment 
of  any  person  for  tlie  commission  of  any  act  which,  at  the 
time  it  was  committed,  was  criminal  according  to  the 
general  principles  of  law  recognized  by  civilized  nations." 
This  paragraph  was  criticized  on  the  ground  that  it  in- 
dicated doubt  as  to  the  validity  of  the  Niirnberg  trials. 
On  the  other  hand  it  was  supijorted  on  the  ground  that 
it  extended  the  principle  of  freedom  from  ex  post  facto 
laws  to  the  international  field.  Tlie  solution  reached  by 
the  Commission  at  its  third  session  was  to  provide,  very 
simply,  that  "No  one  shall  be  held  guilty  of  any  offence 
on  account  of  any  act  or  omission  which  did  not  con- 
stitute an  ofEence,  under  national  or  international  law, 
at  the  time  when  it  was  committed."     (Art.  9  (2).) 

"^  Riglits  of  asylum  and  nationality  are  here  classed, 
for  convenience,  under  the  category  of  civil  rights.  In 
the  Geneva  draft,  provision  was  made  for  the  right  to 
nationality  and  protection  by  the  U.N.  of  tliose  not  en- 
joying the  protection  of  any  government.  At  its  third 
session  the  Commission  eliminated  provision  for  protec- 
tion by  the  U.N.  on  the  ground  that  this  was  not  proper 
subject  matter  for  a  declaration  but  should,  instead,  be 
carried  through  by  positive  action,  which  had,  indeed, 
already  been  started  in  the  Economic  and  Social  Council 
(resolution  116  VI  D,  Resolutions  of  the  Economic  and 
Social  Council,  sixth  sess.,  U.N.  doc.  E/777). 

"  Provision  for  periodic  elections  by  secret  ballot,  which 
had  been  contained  in  the  Geneva  draft,  was  eliminated 
by  the  Commission  at  its  third  session.  In  the  case  of 
certain  members  (notably  the  United  States)  the  omis- 
sion was  agreed  to  in  the  interests  of  achieving  a  short- 


164 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Footnotes — Continued 


form  declaration.  Otlier  members  expressed  difficulty 
with  the  concept  as  applied  to  primitive  communities.  The 
U.S.S.R.  strongly  favored  a  provision  that  "The  State  shall 
consider  the  will  of  the  people  as  expressed  in  elections, 
which  sliall  be  conducted  periodically  and  must  be  uni- 
versal and  equal  and  be  held  by  secret  ballot''  (U.N.  doc. 
E/800,  appendix,  amendment  to  art.  20).  On  tlie  other 
hand  the  U.S.S.R.  consistently  proposed  the  elimination 
of  "political  opinion"  from  the  category  of  unjustifiable 
grounds  for  discrimination  (U.N.  doc.  E/800,  appendix, 
statement  of  fundamental  requirements,  par.  (o)  ;  state- 
ment of  omissions  and  shortcomings  in  the  declaration, 
par.  (c)  ;  amendment  to  preamble;  amendment  to  art. 
21;  amendment  to  art.  23). 

"  The  right  to  social  security  is  included  in  the  chapenu 
clause  referred  to  in  footnote  19.  Whether  or  not  the 
term  "social  security"  should  be  included  in  art.  22  was 
debated  at  length.  After  the  final  decision  was  reached 
to  omit  the  term,  because  it  meant  different  things  in 
different  countries,  the  minority  view  that  it  should  liave 
been  included  was  so  strongly  expressed  that  inclusion 
in  the  chapeau  clause  became  inevitable. 

"  The  article  on  freedom  from  arbitrary  arrest,  as 
drafted  at  the  Commission's  second  session,  contained  cer- 
tain specific  guarantees  (U.N',  doc.  E/600,  appendix  A, 
art.  5).  Later,  at  the  Drafting  Committee's  second  ses- 
sion, a  motion  was  made  to  substitute  for  these  guarantees 
the  concept  of  freedom  from  "arbitrary"  arrest,  which 
would  by  the  use  of  one  word  encompass  the  guarantees  set 
forth  in  the  Geneva  draft,  and  other  necessary  guarantees 
as  well.  A  majority  of  the  Committee  members  had  in 
mind  specific  guarantees  for  inclusion  in  the  article. 
Since  the  members  were  not  in  agreement  as  to  the  essen- 
tial guarantees,  the  result  was  an  omnibus  provision  which 
recited  seven  of  them.  The  arrest  must  be  (1)  "accord- 
ing to  pre-existing  law"  and  (2)  "in  accordance  with  due 
process".  The  person  arrested  has  the  right  (3)  "to  be 
promptly  informed  of  the  reasons  for  his  detention",  (4) 
"to  immediate  judicial  determination  of  the  legality"  of 
the  detention,  and  (5)  to  "trial  within  a  reasonable  time 
or  to  release".  (C)  No  one  shall  be  imprisoned  "merely 
on  the  grounds  of  inability  to  meet  a  contractual  obliga- 
tion". (7)  "Everyone  has  the  right  to  compensation  in 
respect  of  any  unlawful  arrest"  (U.N.  doc.  E/CN.4/95, 
alternative  article  for  arts.  6,  7,  and  8).  In  its  entirety 
this  seemed  too  long  an  article ;  and  the  Drafting  Commit- 
tee, which  had  approved  the  seven  individual  provisions 
as  they  came  up  successively  for  a  vote,  voted  down  the 
article  as  a  whole.  This  action  meant  a  reversion  to  the 
Geneva  draft,  which  had  also  proved  unsatisfactory. 

When  the  article  was  considered  by  the  full  Commission 
at  its  third  session,  a  motion  was  again  made  to  limit  the 
article  to  a  statement  that  "no  one  shall  be  submitted  to 
arbitrary  arrest  or  detention."  In  view  of  the  Drafting 
Committee's  unhappy  experience,  a  majority  of  the  Com- 
mission determined  that  the  abbreviated  form  was  prefer- 
able to  a  detailed  provision ;  the  shorter  statement  thus 
proposed  was  accordingly  approved. 

"  The  declaration  as  approved  by  the  Commission's  third 


session  is  not  consistently  as  brief  as  in  the  case  of  the 
article  on  arrest.  Detail  is  avoided,  however,  by  general 
adherence  to  the  principle  that  a  simple  statement  is  suffi- 
cient, and  by  far  greater  reliance  than  in  the  past  upon 
one  article  indicating  permissible  limitations  on  rights 
(art.  27,  par.  2). 

"  See  p.  167. 

"Art.  2,  par.  7,  of  the  Charter,  provides  as  follows: 
"Nothing  contained  in  the  present  Charier  shall  authorize 
the  United  Nations  to  intervene  in  matters  which  are  essen- 
tially within  the  domestic  jurisdiction  of  any  state  or  shall 
require  the  Members  to  submit  such  matters  to  settlement 
under  the  present  Charter ;  but  this  principle  shall  not 
prejudice  the  application  of  enforcement  measures  under 
Chapter  VII."  (Chapter  VII  refers  to  "Action  With 
Respect  to  Threats  to  the  Peace,  Breaches  of  the  Peace,  and 
Acts  of  Aggression.") 

"Art.  20,  referred  to  in  the  third  session  of  the  Commis- 
sion as  the  chapeau,  was  the  subject  of  considerable  con- 
troversy. Certain  members  felt  that  there  was  no  reason 
to  say  anything  more  about  social  and  economic  rights 
than  was  said  about  civil  rights ;  to  do  so  would  indicate 
the  former  were  more  important  than  the  latter,  an  im- 
pression which  they  definitely  did  not  wish  to  convey. 
Others  felt  that  this  new  type  of  right  should  be  given 
special  attention  ;  people  throughout  the  world  were  "used 
to"  civil  rights,  but  they  did  not  know  about  social  and 
economic  rights.  The  compromise  was  to  retain  the 
chapeau  clause  but  to  include  in  it  a  phrase,  loosely  mod- 
eled after  a  provision  of  the  International  Trade  Organi- 
zation Charter,  which  would  recognize  the  necessary  dif- 
ferences among  various  states  in  the  manner  and  extent 
of  the  granting  of  these  rights,  which  would  depend  upon 
"the  organization  and  rt'sources  of  each  state." 

"As  pointed  out  in  Hendrick,  op.  cit.,  footnote  2,  the 
Geneva  declaration  was  seriously  out  of  balance  in  that 
it  purported  to  obligate  the  state  to  take  certain  measures 
with  respect  to  social  and  economic  rights,  whereas  no 
such  obligation  was  expressed  with  respect  to  civil  rights. 
Thus,  the  Geneva  draft  provided  that  "The  State  shall 
take  all  necessary  steps  to  prevent  unemployment,"  but 
it  contained  no  such  affirmative  language  with  respect,  for 
example,  to  the  obligation  to  maintain  independent  and 
impartial  tribunals. 

"  A  proposal  to  this  effect  was  made  by  the  Frencli  Mem- 
ber, who  at  the  outset  favored  a  declaration  containing 
a  more  legislative  character  than  was  adopted  by  the 
Commission  at  its  third  session  (U.N.  doc.  E/CN.4/82/ 
Add.  8,  art.  28).  It  will  be  recalled  that  one  penal  pro- 
vision dealing  with  discrimination  had  been  proposed  by 
the  U.S.S.R.  Member  at  the  second  session  of  the  Com- 
mission, but  was  defeated  (Hendrick,  op.  cit.,  footnote 
45).  At  the  third  session  the  U.S.S.R.  Member  con- 
tinued to  press  the  point,  although  not  with  specific  refer- 
ence to  all  articles,  that  "The  Declaration  should 
guarantee  .  .  .  implementation"  of  rights  (U.N.  doe. 
E/SOO,  appendix,  p.  38) .  The  test  vote  in  the  third  session 
was  on  the  wording  of  art.  4  of  the  Declaration.  Here 
the  U.S.S.R.  Member  proposed  that  all  violations  of  the 
right  to  freedom  from  slavery  "must  be  punished  accord- 


Augusf  8,    1948 


165 


Footnotes — Continued 


ing  to  law"  (U.N.  doc.  E/SOO,  appendix,  basic  proposals 
advanced  by  the  U.S.S.R.,  p.  40).  This  proposal  was 
defeated  and  the  precedent  for  a  declaration  which  should 
not  purport  to  be  a  legislative  document  was  established. 

°  The  initiative  for  starting  with  consideration  of  the 
covenant  was  taken  by  the  United  States  Member.  At 
both  the  first  and  second  sessions  of  the  Commission,  and 
at  the  first  ses.sion  of  the  Drafting  Committee,  the  United 
States  had  urged  that  priority  be  given  to  consideration 
of  the  declaration,  on  the  ground  that  it  was  preferable 
to  state  general  principles  first  and  then  pass  on  to  the 
embodiment  of  these  principles  into  "a  convention  or  con- 
ventions". This  view  was  opposed,  except  at  the  first 
session  of  the  Commission,  by  a  majority  of  the  other 
members  who  feared  that  a  declaration  without  a  covenant 
might  be  considered  sutficient  in  itself ;  that  the  pressure 
for  a  covenant  would  be  removed ;  that  the  result  would  be 
insufficient  interest  in  a  covenant  to  insure  its  adoption  by 
a  substantial  number  of  states.  In  consequence,  drafts  of 
both  a  covenant  and  a  declaration  were  produced  at  the 
first  session  of  the  Drafting  Committee  and  the  second  ses- 
sion of  the  Commission.  It  was  generally  agreed  that  a 
repetition  of  the  procedure  adopted  at  the  second  session 
of  the  Commission,  whereby  two  working  groups,  drafting 
independently  one  of  the  other,  produced  a  declaration  and 
a  covenant,  was  undesirable.  The  answer  was  to  have 
all  members  work  together  on  each  document ;  this  being 
the  case,  it  was  logical  for  the  Committee  to  start  with 
the  more  diflicult  task,  which  was  the  covenant. 

^  Two  insuperable  obstacles  to  speed  in  drafting  were 
the  number  of  participants  involved — S  in  the  Drafting 
Committee;  17,  Iran  being  absent,  on  the  Commission — 
and  the  different  languages  represented,  11  languages 
among  IT  members. 

"  For  a  comparison  between  declaration  and  covenant, 
see  Hendrick,  op.  cit.  The  United  States  Member  of  the 
Drafting  Committee  specifically  suggested  the  inclusion  in 
the  covenant  of  reference  to  right  to  property  (U.N.  doc. 
E/CN.4/AC.1/19,  art.  5). 

"  Among  the  changes  made  in  the  covenant,  it  may  be 
noted  that  Geneva  art.  20  on  freedom  from  discrimination 
was  rephrased  in  terms  of  "equal  protection  of  the  law"  ; 
the  Geneva  article  stating  that  "any  advocacy  of  national, 
racial  or  religious  hostility  that  constitutes  an  incitement 
to  violence  shall  be  prohibited  by  the  law  of  the  state"  ; 
art.  21.  was  deleted. 

""Declaration,  art.  27  (3d  sess.). 

"  Geneva  text,  embodying  draft  prepared  by  the  Sub- 
commission  on  Freedom  of  Information  and  of  the  Press  at 
its  first  session  (U.N.  doc.  E/600,  annex  B,  art  17). 

"  U.N.  doc.  E/800,  annex  B,  art.  17. 

""Art.  4,  Geneva  draft,  par.  1,  reported  in  U.X.  doc. 
E/SOO,  annex  B,  and  U.N.  doc.  E/600,  annex  B.  This 
article  may,  in  fact,  be  considered  more  liberal  tlian  the 
article  suggested  by  the  proponents  of  a  single  over-all 
clavise.  It  reads :  "In  time  of  war  or  other  public  emer- 
gency, a  State  may  take  measures  derogating  from  its 
obligations  under  Article  2  above  to  the  extent  strictly 
limited  by  the  exigencies  of  the  situation." 

"  U.N.  doc.  E/600,  annex  B,  art.  4,  par.  2.    This  provision 

166 


was  not  considered  by  the  Drafting  Committee  at  its 
second  session  on  the  ground  that  it  involved  a  question 
of  implementation. 

"Art.  11(1)  (liberty  of  movement  and  free  choice  of 
residence)  ;  art.  16  (freedom  of  religion)  :  art.  17,  the  first 
of  three  alternatives  (freedom  of  information)  ;  art.  18 
(freedom  of  assembly)  ;  art.  19  (freedom  of  association). 
The  articles  which  are  thus  left  unencumbered  by  limita- 
tions of  a  general  character  are  as  follows :  art.  5  (right  to 
life:  single  limitation — conviction  of  crime)  ;  art.  6  (free- 
dom from  mutilation  or  experimentation:  no  limitation)  ; 
art.  7  (freedom  from  torture,  cruel  or  inhuman  punishment 
or  indignity:  no  limitation);  art.  8(1)  (freedom  from 
slavery  or  servitude:  no  limitation)  :  art.  8(2)  (freedom 
from  forced  or  compulsory  labor :  several  limitations  enu- 
merated) ;  art.  9  (freedom  from  arbitrary  arrest  or  de- 
tention: several  limitations  enumerated);  art.  10  (im- 
prisonment for  inability  to  fulfil  a  contractual  obligation: 
no  limitation)  ;  art.  11(2)  (freedom  to  leave  country: 
limitations — lawful  deprivation  of  liberty  or  national 
service  obligations)  ;  art.  12  (esjaelling  of  aliens  only  in 
accordance  with  law)  ;  art.  13(1)  (fair  hearing  before 
independent  and  impartial  tribunal:  no  limitation)  ;  art. 
13(2)  (public  trial,  legal  assistance,  and  services  of  in- 
terpreter: several  limitations  enumerated  with  respect  to 
public  trial)  ;  art.  14  (freedom  from  ex  post  facto  laws 
or  punishment,  with  special  provision  for  war  criminals: 
no  limitation)  ;  art.  15  (juridical  personality:  no  limita- 
tion) ;  art.  17  (freedom  of  information — Geneva  confer- 
ence draft;  several  limitations). 

^  The  chief  proponent  of  the  detailed  limitation  theory 
has  been  the  United  Kingdom,  which  has  no  written  con- 
stitution, and  is  accustomed  to  statutory  law  which  is 
often  more  detailed  even  than  that  of  the  United  States. 
The  chief  proponent  of  the  over-all  limitation  clause  has 
been  the  United  States,  whose  constitutional  provisions 
cover  most  of  the  rights  in  the  covenant,  in  very  brief 
form.  The  problem  is  .squarely  presented  in  connection 
with  the  United  Kingdom's  proposed  convention  on  free- 
dom of  information,  examined  by  the  Conference  on  Free- 
dom of  Information  at  Geneva  in  March  1948  and  now 
presented  for  consideration  by  the  Economic  and  Social 
Council  at  its  seventh  session  (Geneva,  July-August 
1948).  In  many  respects  the  United  Kingdom  convention 
resembles  the  Human  Rights  Covenant,  except  that  it 
deals  solely  with  one  right — ^freedom  of  information. 

It  may  be  noted  that  the  representative  of  one  of  the 
Category  B  organizations  argued  in  the  third  session  of 
the  Commission  that  certain  of  the  rights  set  forth  in 
the  covenant,  such  as  freedom  from  torture,  should  be 
expressed  witliout   any   limitations  whatsoever. 

"  In  the  case  of  slavery,  for  example,  there  would  be 
considerable  doubt  as  to  whether  any  new  legislation 
would  be  needed,  for  the  right  to  freedom  is  already  guar- 
anteed in  the  United  States  Constitution.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  provision  on  freedom  of  information  as  drafted 
by  the  Geneva  Conference  on  Freedom  of  Information 
(U.N.  doc.  E/800,  annex  B,  art.  17,  alternative  C)  may 
require  positive  legislation. 

Department  of  State   BuUetin 


Footnotes — Continued 


"Art.  2  of  the  draft  covenant  contains  an  undertaking 
that  th'>  "rights  and  freedoms"  therein  set  forth  "where 
not  now  provided  under  existing  laws  and  procedures 
[shall]  be  given  effect  in  [each  ratifying  State's]  domestic 
law  through  the  adoption  of  appropriate  laws  and  pro- 
cedures." The  members  of  the  Drafting  Committee  were 
Still  struggling  witli  the  exact  wording  to  be  used  for 
this  article  when  it  became  necessary  to  pass  on  to  con- 
sideration of  other  matters.  A  note  appears  under  the 
title  of  tlie  covenant  stating  that  "The  Drafting  Commit- 
tee agreed  to  poiut  out  In  its  Report  its  view  that  the 
Covenant  is  not  self-operative",  U.N.  doc.  E/CN.4/95, 
annex  B.  (The  term  "not  self-executing"  would  have  been 
technically  more  correct.) 

"^  The  suliject  of  implementation  was  considered  by  the 
Commission  on  the  last  day  of  the  third  session.  Although 
actual  di.scussion  was  brief,  there  was  evidence  of  great 
interest  and  considerable  study  on  the  part  of  Commission 
Jlembers.  The  Drafting  Committee  at  its  second  session 
postponed  consideration  of  covenant  art.  4(2)  (report 
to  the  Secretary-General  of  the  United  Nations  on  meas- 
ures talien  derogating  from  rights,  in  case  of  war  or 
public  emergency),  and  art.  26,  amendments  to  the  cove- 
nant, in  the  hope  that  it  would  consider  these  articles 
in  connection  with  its  study  of  implementation.  The 
Drafting  Committee's  covenant  lacks  also  any  mention 
of  steps  to  be  taken  in  case  of  violation  of  a  covenant 
provision.  The  declaration,  however,  as  approved  by 
the  Commission,  is  complete  except  for  the  article  on  right 
of  petition,  consideration  of  which  was  postponed  until 
the  more  definitive  discussion  of  implementation  which 
never  materialized. 

»°  U.N.  doc.  E/CN.4/AC.1/27. 

"U.N.  doc.  E/CN.4/82/Add.lO. 

"U.N.  doc.  E/CN.4/14.^. 

"^  In  addition  to  China  and  the  United  States.  The  In- 
dian Member  indicated  general  supiMirt  for  the  China- 
United  States  proposal  except  that  she  expressed  her  view 
that  petitions  must  be  considered  forthwith  (U.N.  docs. 
E/CN.4/151,  153).  The  U.S.S.R.  Member,  however,  ex- 
pressed opposition  to  all  implementation  proposals  on  the 
ground  that  they  might  "become  a  means  of  interfering 
with  the  internal  affairs  of  a  State  party  to  the  convention 


and  of  undermining  the  sovereignty  and  independence  of 
particular  states"  (U.N',  doc.  E/CN.4/1.')4). 

"■  Except  in  the  case  of  tlie  rights  of  assembly  and  asso- 
ciation (arts.  18  and  19  of  the  draft  covenant)  and  the 
alternate  (Geneva)  draft  of  the  right  of  liberty  of  move- 
ment and  free  choice  of  residence  (art.  11(1))  each  of 
tlie  substantive  articles  is  phrased  in  terms  of  "no  one" 
shall  be  denied  or  "everyone"  has  the  right,  etc. 

"See  Azcarate,  The  Leayiie  of  Nations  and  Minorities 
Treaties. 

'-  A  number  of  the  Commission  Members  have  been  con- 
cerned over  the  large  number  of  individual  petitions  com- 
plaining of  violations  of  human  rights  which  have  been 
received  by  the  United  Nations.  The  Commission  has  de- 
clared that  it  has  "no  power  to  take  any  action  in  regard 
to  any  complaints  regarding  human  rights"  (U.N.  doc. 
E/2.j9).  See  also  Economic  and  Social  Council,  resolution 
75  (V),  U.N.  doc.  E/573. 

"  Had  a  vote  been  taken  at  the  Commission's  third  ses- 
sion on  whether  the  covenant  should  at  once  make  provi- 
sion for  action  on  individual  petitions,  the  decision  would 
probably  have  been  in  opposition  to  such  provision.  This 
conclusion  is  based  on  the  assumption  that  the  four  east- 
ern European  members  (Byelorussian  S.S.R.,  Ukrainian 
S.S.R.,  U.S.S.R.,  and  Yugoslavia)  would  have  continued 
their  expressed  opposition  to  consideration  of  individual 
petitions  and  joined  with  the  supporters  of  the  /Thina- 
United  States  proposal  on  implementation  to  form  a  total 
of  10  out  of  a  possible  18  votes.  Since  there  was  not  full 
discussion  of  the  question  the  China-United  States  pro- 
posal leaves  the  door  open  for  further  consideration  of  in- 
dividual petitions  under  the  covenant. 

"  The  proposal  on  this  point  is  as  follows:  "States  may 
in  any  event  have  such  recourse  to  the  International  Court 
of  Justice  as  is  provided  in  the  Charter  of  the  United 
Nations  and  the  Statute  of  the  Court."  (U.N.  doc. 
E/CN.4/145,  par.  2(c).) 

"U.N.  doc.  E/CN.4/145. 

"U.N.  doc.  E/CN.4/82/Add.lO. 

"  To  a  certain  extent  this  is  the  procedure  which  has 
been  adopted  by  the  International  Labor  Organization, 
with  marked  success. 

"  U.N.  doc.  E/SOO,  par.  16. 


APPENDIX:  COMPARISON  BETWEEN  TEXTS  OF  "DECLARATION  OF  HUMAN  RIGHTS"  AS  APPROVED 
AT  SECOND  AND  THIRD  SESSIONS,  RESPECTIVELY,  OF  THE  COMMISSION  ON  HUMAN  RIGHTS 


Second    Session    (Geneva   Draft;  U.N.   doc. 
E/600,  Part  i,  Annex  A> 


[No  preamble  drafted.] 


Third  Session  (U.N.  doc.  E/800,  Annex  A) 

Preamble 

Whereiks  recognition  of  the  inherent  dignity  and  of  the 
equal  and  inalienable  rights  of  all  members  of  the  human 
family  is  the  foundation  of  freedom,  justice  and  peace  in 
the  world ;  and 

Wheeeas  disregard  and  contempt  for  human  rights  re- 
sulted, before  and  during  the  second  world  war,  in  bar- 
barous acts  which  outraged  the  conscience  of  mankind  and 
made  it  apparent  that  the  fundamental  freedoms  were 
one  of  the  supreme  issues  of  the  conflict ;  and 


Aogosf  8,    1948 


167 


Second  Session  (Geneva  Draft;  U.  N, 
E/600,  Part  1.  Annex  A) 


doc. 


Third  Session  (U.  N.  doc.  E/SOO,  Annex  A) 

Wheeeas  it  is  essential,  if  mankind  is  not  to  be  com- 
pelled as  a  last  resort  to  rebel  against  tjTanny  and  op- 
pression, that  hnman  rights  should  be  protected  by  a 
r^me  of  law ;  and 

Whereas  the  peoples  of  the  United  Nations  have  in  the 
Charter  determined  to  reafBrm  faith  in  fundamental  hu- 
man rights  and  in  the  dignity  and  worth  of  the  human 
person  and  to  promote  social  progress  and  better  stand- 
ards of  life  in  larger  freedom ;  and 

Whebeas  Member  States  have  pledged  themselves  to 
achieve,  in  co-operation  with  the  Organization,  the  pro- 
motion of  tmiversal  respect  for  and  observance  of  human 
rights  and  fundamental  freedoms ;  and 

Whereias  a  common  understanding  of  these  rights  and 
freedoms  is  of  the  greatest  importance  for  the  full  reali- 
zation of  this  pledge, 

Now  therefore  the  General  Assembly 

Proclaims  this  Declaration  of  Human  Rights  as  a  com- 
mon standard  of  achievement  for  all  peoples  and  all  na- 
tions, to  the  end  that  every  individual  and  every  organ 
of  society,  keeping  this  Declaration  constantly  in  mind, 
shall  strive  by  teaching  and  education  to  promote  respect 
for  these  rights  and  freedoms  and  by  progressive  measures, 
national  and  international,  to  sectire  their  universal  and 
effective  recognition  and  observance,  both  among  the 
peoples  of  Member  States  themselves  and  among  the  peo- 
ples of  territories  under  their  jurisdiction. 


Scope  of  Declaration 


Article  I 
All  men  are  born  free  and  equal  in  dignity  and  rights. 
They  are  endowed  by  nature  with  reason  and  conscience, 
and  should  act  towards  one  another  like  brothers. 

Article  S 
1.  Every  one  is  entitled  to  all  the  rights  and  freedoms 
set  forth  in  this  Declaration,  without  distinction  of  any 
kind,  such  as  race,  (which  includes  colotir),  sex,  lan- 
guage, religion,  political  or  other  opinion,  property  status, 
or  national  or  social  origin. 


Article  1 
All  htmian  beings  are  bom  free  and  equal  in  dignity 
and  rights.    They  are  endowed  by  nature  with  reason 
and  conscience,  and  should  act  towards  one  another  in 
a  spirit  of  brotherhood. 

Article  2 
Everyone  is  entitled  to  all  the  rights  and  freedoms  set 
forth  in  this  Declaration,  without  distinction  of  any  kind, 
such  as  race,  colour,  sex,  language,  religion,  political  or 
other  opinion,  property  or  other  status,  or  national  or 
social  origin. 


Civil  Rights 


Article  4 
Every  one  has  the  right  to  life,  to  liberty  and  security 
of  person. 

Article  8 
Slavery,  in  all  its  forms,  being  inconsistent  with  the 
dignity  of  man,  shall  be  prohibited  by  law. 

Article  7 
3.  No  one  shall  be  subjected  to  tortnre,  or  to  cruel  or 
inhuman  punishment  or  indignity. 

Article  12 
Every  one  has  the  right  everywhere  in  the  world  to 
recognition  as  a  person  before  the  law  and  to  the  enjoy- 
ment of  frmdamental  civil  rights. 


Article  S 
Everyone  has  the  right  to  life,  liberty  and  security  of 

I)erson. 

Article  4 

1.  No  one  shall  be  held  in  slavery  or  involuntary  servi- 
tude. 

2.  No  one  shall  be  subjected  to  torture  or  to  cruel,  In- 
htmian  or  degrading  treatment  or  punishment. 

Article  5 
Everyone  has  the  right  to  recognition  everywhere  as  a 
person  before  the  law. 


168 


Deporfmenf  of  Sfafe   Bulletin 


Second  Session  (Geneva  Draft;  U.  N.  doc. 
E/600,  Part  I,  Annex  A) 

Article  S 
2.  All  are  eqnal  before  the  law  regardless  of  office  or 
status  and  entitled  to  equal  protection  of  the  law  against 
any  arbitrary  discrimination,  or  against  any  incitement 
to  such  discrimination,  in  violation  of  this  Declaration. 

Article  5 
No  one  shall  be  deprived  of  his  personal  liberty  or  kept 
in  custody  except  in  cases  prescribed  by  law  and  after 
due  process.  Every  one  placed  under  arrest  or  detention 
shall  have  the  right  to  immediate  judicial  determination 
of  the  legality  of  any  detention  to  which  he  may  be  subject 
and  to  trial  within  a  reasonable  time  or  to  release. 

Article  6 
Every  one  shall  have  access  to  independent  and  im- 
partial tribunals  in  the  determination  of  any  criminal 
charge  against  him,  and  of  his  rights  and  obligations.  He 
shall  be  entitled  to  a  fair  hearing  of  his  case  and  to  have 
the  aid  of  a  qualified  representative  of  his  own  choice,  and 
if  he  appears  in  jierson  to  have  the  procedure  explained 
to  him  in  a  manner  in  which  he  can  understand  it  and  to 
use  a  language  which  he  can  speak. 

Article  7  /x' 

1.  Any  person  is  presumed  to  be  innocent  until  proved 
guilty.  No  one  shall  be  convicted  or  punished  for  crime 
or  other  offence  except  after  fair  public  trial  at  which  he 
has  been  given  aU  guarantees  necessary  for  his  defence. 
No  person  shall  be  held  guilty  of  any  offence  on  account  of 
any  act  or  omission  which  did  not  constitute  such  an 
offence  at  the  time  when  it  was  committed,  nor  shall  he 
be  liable  to  any  greater  punishment  than  that  prescribed 
for  such  offence  by  the  law  in  force  at  the  time  when  the 
offence  was  committed. 

2.  Nothing  in  this  Article  shall  prejudice  the  trial  and 
punishment  of  any  person  for  the  commission  of  any  act 
which,  at  the  time  it  was  committed,  was  criminal  accord- 
ing to  the  general  principles  of  law  recognized  by  civilized 
nations. 

Article  9  ^^ 

Every  one  shall  be  entitled  to  protection  under  law  from 
unreasonable  interference  with  his  reputation,  his  privacy 
and  his  family.  His  home  and  correspondence  shall  be 
inviolable. 

Article  10 

1.  Subject  to  any  general  law  not  contrary  to  the  ptir- 
poses  and  principles  of  the  United  Nations  Charter  and 
adopted  for  specific  reasons  of  security  or  in  general  in- 
terest, there  shall  be  liberty  of  movement  and  free  choice 
of  residence  within  the  border  of  each  State. 

2.  Individuals  shall  have  the  right  to  leave  their  own 
country  and.  if  they  so  desire,  to  acquire  the  nationality 
of  any  cotmtry  willing  to  grant  it. 

Article  11 
Every  one  shall  have  the  right  to  seek  and  be  granted 
asylum  from  persecution.    This  right  will  not  be  accorded 

Aogos/  8,    J  948 


Third  Session  (U.  N.  doc.  E/800,  Annex  A) 

Article  6 
All  are  equal  before  the  law  and  are  entitled  without 
any  discrimination  to  equal  protection  of  the  law  against 
any  discrimination  in  violation  of  this  Declaration  and 
against  any  incitement  to  such  discrimination- 

Article  7 

No  one  shall  be  subjected  to  arbitrary  arrest  or  deten- 
tion. 


Article  8 
In  the  determination  of  bis  rights  and  obligations  and 
of  any  criminal  charge  against  him,  everyone  is  entitled  in 
full  equality  to  a  fair  hearing  by  an  independent  and  im- 
partial tribnnaL 


Article  9 

1.  Everyone  charged  with  a  penal  offence  has  the  right 
to  be  presumed  innocent  until  proved  guilty  according  to 
law  in  a  public  trial  at  which  he  has  had  all  the  guarantees 
necessary  for  his  defence. 

2.  No  one  shall  be  held  guilty  of  any  offence  on  account 
of  any  act  or  omission  which  did  not  constitute  an  offence, 
under  national  or  international  law,  at  the  time  when  it 
was  committed. 


Article  10 
No  one  shall  be  subjected  to  unreasonable  interference 
with  his  privacy,  family,  home,  correspondence  or  reputa- 
tion. 

Article  11 

X.  Everyone  has  the  right  to  freedom  of  movement  and 
residence  within  the  borders  of  each  State. 

2.  Everyone  has  the  right  to  leave  any  country,  including 
his  own. 


Article  12 
1.  Everyone  has  the  right  to  seek  and  be  granted.  In 
other  countries,  asylum  from  persecution. 

169 


Second  Session  CGeneva  Draft;  U.  N.  doc. 
E/600,  Part  I,  Annex  A> 

to  criminals  nor  to  tliose  whose  acts  are  contrary  to  the 
principles  and  aims  of  the  United  Nations. 

Article  15 

Every  one  has  the  right  to  a  nationality. 

All  persons  who  do  not  enjoy  the  protection  of  any 
Government  shall  be  placed  under  the  protection  of  the 
United  Nations.  This  protection  shall  not  be  accorded 
to  criminals  nor  to  those  whose  acts  are  contrary  to  the 
principles  and  aims  of  tlie  United  Nations. 

Article  13 

1.  The  family  deriving  from  marriage  is  the  natural 
and  fundamental  unit  of  society.  Men  and  women  shall 
have  the  same  freedom  to  contract  marriage  in  accordance 
with  the  law. 

2.  Marriage  and  the  family  shall  be  protected  by  the 
State  and  Society. 

Article  H 

1.  Every  one  has  the  right  to  own  jiroperty  in  conform- 
ity with  the  laws  of  the  State  in  which  such  property  is 
located. 

2.  No  one  shall  be  arbitrarily  deprived  of  his  property. 

Article  16 

1.  Individual  freedom  of  thought  and  conscience,  to 
hold  and  cliange  beliefs,  is  an  absolute  and  sacred  right. 

2.  Every  person  has  the  right,  either  alone  or  in  com- 
munity with  other  persons  of  like  mind  and  in  public  or 
private,  to  manifest  his  beliefs  in  worship,  observance, 
teaching  and  practice. 

{Articles  17, 18) 

(1.  Every  one  is  free  to  express  and  impart  opinions,  or 
to  receive  and  seek  information  and  the  opinion  of  others 
from  sources  wherever  situated.) 

(2.  No  person  may  be  interfered  with  on  account  of 
his  opinions.) 

(There  shall  be  freedom  of  expression  either  by  word,  in 
writing,  in  the  press,  in  books  or  by  visual,  auditive  or 
other  means.  There  sliall  be  equal  access  to  all  cliannels 
of  communications.) 

Article  19 

Every  one  has  the  right  to  freedom  of  peaceful  assembly 
and  to  participate  in  local,  national  and  international  as- 
sociations for  purposes  of  a  political,  economic,  religious, 
social,  cultural,  trade  union  or  any  otiier  charactei",  not 
inconsistent  with  this  Declaration. 

Articles  21,  22 

Every  one  without  discrimination  has  the  right  to  take 
an  effective  part  in  the  Government  of  his  country.  The 
State  shall  conform  to  the  will  of  the  people  as  mani- 
fested by  elections  which  shall  be  periodic,  free,  fair  and 
by  secret  ballot. 


Third  Session  (U.  N.  doc.  E/800,  Annex  A) 

2.  Prosecutions  genuinely  arising  from  non-political 
crimes  or  from  acts  contrary  to  the  purposes  and  prin- 
ciples of  the  United  Nations  do  not  constitute  persecution. 

Article  13 

No  one  shall  be  arbitrarily  deprived  of  his  nationality 
or  denied  the  right  to  change  his  nationality. 


Article  I4 

1.  Men  and  women  of  full  age  have  the  riglit  to  marry 
and  to  found  a  family  and  are  entitled  to  equal  rights 
as  to  marriage. 

2.  Marriage  shall  be  entered  into  only  with  the  full  con- 
sent of  both  intending  spouses. 

3.  The  family  is  the  natural  and  fundamental  group 
unit  of  society  and  is  entitled  to  protection. 

Article  15 

1.  Everyone  has  tlie  right  to  own  property  alone  as  well 
as  in  association  with  others. 

2.  No  one  shall  be  arbitrarily  deprived  of  his  property. 

Article  16 

Everyone  has  the  right  to  freedom  of  thought,  con- 
science and  religion;  this  riglit  includ-'S  ire  dom  to 
change  his  religion  or  belief,  and  freedom,  either  alone 
or  in  community  with  others  and  in  public  or  private,  to 
manifest  his  religion  or  lielief  in  teaching,  piavti>^e,  wor- 
ship and  observance. 

Article  11 

Everyone  has  the  right  to  freedom  of  opinion  and  ex- 
pression ;  this  right  includes  freedom  to  hold  opinions 
without  interference  and  to  seek,  receive  and  impart  in- 
formation and  ideas  through  any  media  and  regardless  of 
frontiers. 


Article  18 

Everyone  has  the  right  to  freedom   of  assembly   and 
association. 


Article  19 

1.  Everyone  has  the  right  to  take  part  in  the  government 
of  his  country,  directly  or  through  his  freely  chosen 
representatives. 

2.  Everyone  has  the  right  of  access  to  public  employment 
in  his  country. 


170 


Department  of  State   Bulletin 


Second  Session  (Geneva  Draft;  U.  N.  doc. 
E/600,  Part  I,  Annex  A) 

1.  Every  one  shall  have  equal  opportunity  to  engage  in 
public  employment  and  to  bold  public  ofiiee  in  the  State 
of  wbicb  be  is  a  citizen  or  a  national. 

-.  Access  to  public  employment  shall  not  be  a  matter 
of  privilege  or  favour. 


Third  Session  (U.  N.  doc.  E/SOO,  Annex  A) 

3.  Everyone  has  the  right  to  a  government  which  con- 
forms to  the  will  of  the  people. 


Social  and  Economic  Rights 


Article  20 


[Xo  equivalent  article;  however,  cf.  article  26  below.] 


Artkles  23,  24 

1.  Every  one  has  the  right  to  work. 

2.  The  State  has  a  duty  to  take  such  measures  as  may 
be  within  its  power  to  ensure  that  all  persons  ordinarily 
resident  in  its  territory  have  an  opportunity  for  useful 
work. 

3.  The  State  is  bound  to  take  all  necessary  steps  to  pre- 
vent unemployment. 

1.  Every  one  has  the  right  to  receive  pay  commensurate 
with  his  ability  and  skill,  to  work  under  just  and  favour- 
able conditions  and  to  join  trade  unions  for  the  protection 
of  his  interests  in  securing  a  decent  standard  of  living  for 
himself  and  his  family. 

2.  Women  shall  work  with  the  same  advantages  as  men 
and  receive  equal  pay  for  equal  work. 

Articles  25,  26 

Every  one  without  distinction  as  to  economic  and  social 
conditions  has  the  right  to  the  preservation  of  his  health 
through  the  highest  standard  of  food,  clothing,  housing 
and  medical  care  wliich  the  resources  of  the  State  or  com- 
munity can  provide.  The  responsibility  of  the  State  and 
community  for  the  health  and  safety  of  its  people  can  be 
fulfilled  only  by  provision  of  adequate  health  and  social 
measures. 

1.  Every  one  has  the  right  to  social  security.  The  State 
has  a  duty  to  maintain  or  ensure  the  maintenance  of  com- 
prehensive measures  for  the  security  of  the  individual 
against  the  consequence  of  unemployment,  disability,  old 
age  and  ail  other  loss  of  livelihood  for  reasons  beyond  his 
control. 

2.  Motherhood  shall  be  granted  special  care  and  assist- 
ance. Children  are  similarly  entitled  to  special  care  and 
assistance. 

Articles  27,  28 

Every  one  has  the  right  to  education.  Fundamental 
education  shall  be  free  and  compulsory.  There  shall  be 
equal  access  for  higher  education  as  can  be  provided  by 
the  State  or  commuiuty  on  the  basis  of  merit  and  without 
distinction  as  to  race,  sex,  language,  religion,  social  stand- 
ing, financial  means,  or  political  affiliation. 

Education  will  be  directed  to  the  full  physical,  intel- 
lectual, moral  and  spiritual  development  of  the  human 

August  8,    J  948 


Everyone,  as  a  member  of  society,  has  the  right  to 
social  security  and  is  entitled  to  the  realization, 'through 
national  effort  and  international  co-operation,  and  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  organization  and  resources  of  each 
State,  of  the  economic,  social  and  cultural  rights  set  out 
below. 

Article  21 

1.  Everyone  has  the  right  to  work,  to  just  and  favourable 
conditions  of  work  and  pay  and  to  protection  against  un- 
employment. 


2.  Everyone  has  the  right  to  equal  pay  for  equal  work. 
3    Everyone  is  free  to  form  and  to  join  trade  unions  for 
the  i)rotection  of  his  interests. 


Article  22 

1.  Everyone  has  the  right  to  a  standard  of  living,  in- 
cluding food,  clothing,  housing  and  medical  care,  and  to 
social  services,  adequate  for  the  health  and  well-being  of 
himself  and  his  family  and  to  security  in  the  event  of 
unemi)loyment,  sickness,  disability,  old  age  or  other  lack 
of  livelihood  in  circumstances  beyond  his  control. 


2.  Mother  and  child  have  the  right  to  special  care  and 
assistance. 

Article  23 

1.  Everyone  has  the  right  to  education.  Elementary  and 
fundamental  education  shall  be  free  and  compulsory  and 
there  shall  be  equal  access  on  the  basis  of  merit  to  higher 
education. 


2.  Education  shall  be  directed  to  the  full  development  of 
the  human  personality,  to  strengthening  respect  for  human 

171 


Second  Session  (Geneva  Draft;  U.  N.  doc. 
E/600,  Part  I,  Annex  A) 

personality,  to  the  strengthening  of  respect  for  human 
rights  and  fundamental  freedoms  and  to  the  combating 
of  the  spirit  of  intolerance  and  hatred  against  other 
nations  or  racial  or  religious  groups  everywhere. 

Article  29 

1.  Every  one  has  the  right  to  rest  and  leisure. 

2.  Rest  and  leisure  should  be  ensured  to  every  one  by 
laws  or  contracts  providing  in  particular  for  reasonable 
limitations  on  working  hours  and  for  periodic  vacations 
with  pay. 

Article  SO 

Every  one  has  the  right  to  participate  in  the  cultural 
life  of  the  community,  to  enjoy  the  arts  and  to  share  in 
the  benefits  that  result  from  scientific  discoveries. 


Third  Session  (U.  N.  doc.  E/800,  Annex  A) 

rights  and  fundamental  freedoms  and  to  combating  the 
spirit  of  intolerance  and  hatred  against  other  nations 
and  against  racial  and  religious  groups  everywhere. 

Article  Zi 
Everyone  has  the  right  to  rest  and  leisure. 


Article  S5 

Everyone  has  the  right  to  participate  in  the  cultural 
life  of  the  community,  to  enjoy  the  arts  and  to  share  in 
scientific  advancement. 


General  Provisions 


Article  52 


All  laws  in  any  State  shall  be  in  conformity  with  the 
purposes  and  principles  of  the  United  Nations  as  em- 
bodied in  the  Charter,  insofar  as  they  deal  with  human 
rights. 

Article  2 

In  the  exercise  of  his  rights  every  one  is  limited  by  the 
rights  of  others  and  by  the  just  requirements  of  the 
democratic  State.  The  individual  owes  duties  to  society 
through  which  he  is  enabled  to  develop  his  spirit,  mind  and 
body  in  wider  freedom. 


Article  S6 


Everyone  is  entitled  to  a  good  social  and  international 
order  in  which  the  rights  and  freedoms  set  out  in  this 
Declaration  can  be  fully  realized. 

Article  27 

1.  Everyone  has  duties  to  the  community  which  enables 
him  freely  to  develop  his  personality. 

2.  In  the  exercise  of  his  rights,  everyone  shall  be  subject 
only  to  such  limitations  as  are  necessary  to  secure  due 
recognition  and  respect  for  the  rights  of  others  and  the 
requirements  of  morality,  public  order  and  general  wel- 
fare in  a  democratic  society. 


Article  SS 

Nothing  in  this  Declaration  shall  be  considered  to 
recognize  the  right  of  any  State  or  person  to  engage  in 
any  activity  aimed  to  the  destruction  of  any  of  the  rights 
and  freedoms  prescribed  herein. 


Article  S8 

Nothing  in  this  Declaration  shall  imply  the  recognition 
of  the  right  of  any  State  or  person  to  engage  in  any 
activity  aimed  at  the  destruction  of  any  of  the  rights 
and  freedoms  prescribed  herein. 


Riglit  of  Petition;  Rigiit  of  Minorities 


Article  20 
Every  one  has  the  right,  either  individually,  or  in  asso- 
ciation with  others,  to  petition  or  to  communicate  with 
the  public  authorities  of  the  State  of  which  he  is  a  national 
or  in  which  he  resides,  or  with  the  United  Nations. 

Article  SI 
[The  Commission  did  not  take  a  decision  on  the  two  texts 
below.    They  are  reproduced  here  for  further  consid- 
eration.] 

Text  pkoposed  by  the  Dbaftino  Committee  ( first  session )  : 

(In  States  inhabited  by  a  substantial  number  of  persons 

of  a  race,  language  or  religion  other  than  those  of  the 

majority  of  the  population,  persons  belonging  to  such 


[No  decision  reached  by  Commission  at  its  third  session 
regarding  an  article  on  petitions.] 


[The  Commission  at  its  third  session  decided  against 
inclusion  of  an  article  on  minorities.] 


(Continued  on  page  186) 


172 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS  AND  SPECIALIZED  AGENCIES 


Provisional  Agenda  for  the  Third  Regular  Session 
of  the  General  Assembly  ^ 


To  Convene  at  the  Palais  de  Chaillot,  Paris,  on  September  21,  1948 


1.  Opening  of  the  session  by  the  Chairman  of 
the  Delegation  of  Argentina 

2.  Appointment  of  the  Credentials  Committee 

3.  Election  of  the  President 

4.  Constitution  of  the  Main  Committees  and 
election  of  officers 

5.  Election  of  Vice-Presidents 

6.  Notification  by  the  Secretary-General  under 
Article  12,  paragraph  2,  of  the  Charter 

7.  Adoption  of  the  agenda 

8.  Opening  of  the  general  debate 

9.  Report  of  the  Secretary-General  on  the  work 
of  tlie  Organization 

10.  Report  of  the  Security  Council 

11.  Report  of  the  Economic  and  Social  Council 

12.  Report  of  the  Trusteeship  Council 

13.  Headquarters  of  the  United  Nations :  report 
of  the  Secretary-General  (Resolution  182(11)  of 
20  November  1947) 

14.  Admission  of  new  Members 

(a)  Report  of  the  Security  Council  (Resolution 
113(11)  of  17  November  1947) 

(i)  Advisory  opinion  of  the  International 
Court  of  Justice  (Resolution  113(11),  B  of  17 
November  1947) 

(c)  Admission  to  the  Organization  of  Italy  and 
all  those  States  whose  applications  for  member- 
ship have  obtained  seven  votes  in  the  Security 
Council :  item  proposed  by  Argentina 

15.  Threats  to  the  political  independence  and 
territorial  integrity  of  Greece:  report  of  the 
United  Nations  Special  Committee  on  the  Balkans 
(Resolution  109(11)  of  21  October  1947) 

16.  The  problem  of  the  independence  of  Korea : 

(a)  Report  of  the  United  Nations  Temporary 
Commission  on  Korea  (Resolution  112(11)  of  14 
November  1947) 

{Jj)   Report  of  the  Interim  Committee  of  the 

August  8,    7948 


General  Assembly  (Resolution  112(11)  of  14  No- 
vember 1947) 

17.  The  problem  of  voting  in  the  Security 
Council : 

(a)  Report  of  the  Interim  Committee  of  the 
General  Assembly  (Resolution  117(11)  of  21  No- 
vember 1947) 

(h)  Convocation  of  a  General  Conference  under 
Article  109  of  the  Charter  in  order  to  study  the 
question  of  the  veto  in  the  Security  Council :  item 
I^roposed  by  Argentina 

18.  Advisability  of  establishing  a  permanent 
committee  of  the  General  Assembly :  report  of  the 
Interim  Committee  of  the  General  Assembly 
(Resolution  111(11)  of  13  November  1947) 

19.  Study  of  methods  for  the  promotion  of  inter- 
national co-operation  in  the  political  field :  report 
of  the  Interim  Committee  of  the  General  Assem- 
bly (Resolution  111(11)  of  13  November  1947) 

20.  Reports  of  the  Atomic  Energy  Commission : 
resolution  of  the  Security  Council 

21.  Election  of  three  non-permanent  members 
of  the  Security  Council 

22.  Report  of  the  Government  of  the  Union  of 
South  Africa  on  the  administration  of  South  West 
Africa:  report  of  the  Trusteeship  Council  (Res- 
olution 141(11)  of  1  November  1947) 

23.  Information  from  Non-Self-Governing  Ter- 
ritories : 

(a)  Summary  and  analysis  of  information  trans- 
mitted under  Article  7Ze  of  the  Charter:  report 
of  the  Secretary -General  (Resolution  66(1)  of 
14  December  1946) 

(b)  Information  transmitted  under  Article  73e 
of  the  Charter :  report  of  the  Special  Committee 
(Resolution  146(11)  of  3  November  1947) 


'  U.N.  doc.  A/5S5,  July  23,  1948. 


173 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS   AND   SPECIALIZED   AGENCIES 

24.  Agreements  with  specialized  agencies : 

{a)  Application  of  Finland  for  membership  in 
the  International  Civil  Aviation  Organization: 
item  proposed  by  the  Secretary-General 

(b)  Approval  of  supplementary  agreements 
with  specialized  agencies  concerning  the  use  of 
United  Nations  laissez-passer :  report  of  the  Sec- 
retary-General 

25.  Relations  with  and  co-ordination  of  special- 
ized agencies  and  work  programmes  of  the  United 
Nations  and  specialized  agencies:  report  of  the 
Secretary-General  (Resolution  125(11)  of  20 
November  1947) 

2G.  Freedom  of  Information:  report  of  the 
Economic  and  Social  Council  (Resolution  59(1)  of 
14  December  1946) 

27.  Election  of  six  members  of  the  Economic 
and  Social  Council 

28.  Election  of  five  members  of  the  International 
Court  of  Justice  (article  13,  paragraph  1  of  the 
Statute  of  the  Court) 

29.  Progressive  development  of  international 
law  :  election  of  the  members  of  the  International 
Law  Commission  (Resolution  174 (II)  of  21  No- 
vember 1947) 

30.  Registration  and  publication  of  treaties  and 
international  agreements:  report  of  the  Secre- 
tary-General 

31.  Privileges  and  immunities  of  the  United 
Nations:  reports  of  the  Secretary-General 

(a)  Headquarters  Agreement 

(b)  General  Convention  on  the  Privileges  and 
Immunities  of  the  United  Nations 

32.  Genocide:  draft  Convention  and  report  of 
the  Economic  and  Social  Council  (Resolution  180 
(II)  of  21  November  1947) 

33.  Draft  rules  for  the  convening  of  interna- 
tional conferences:  report  of  the  Secretary-Gen- 
eral (Resolution  173 (II)  of  17  November  1947) 

34.  Installation  of  the  Assistant  Secretary-Gen- 
eral in  charge  of  the  Executive  Office  of  the  Secre- 
tary-General and  general  co-ordination 

35.  Financial  administration  of  the  United 
Nations : 

{a)  Financial  report  and  accounts  for  the  finan- 
cial period  ended  31  December  1947,  and  report  of 
the  Board  of  Auditors 

(6)  Supplementary  estimates  for  the  financial 
year  1948 :  report  of  the  Secretary-General 

(c)  Budget  estimates  for  the  financial  year  1949 
{d)  Unforeseen   and   extraordinary   expenses: 

report    of    the    Secretary-General     (Resolution 
16G(II),  B  of  20  November  1947) 

(e)  Reports  of  the  Advisory  Committee  on  Ad- 
ministrative and  Budgetary  Questions 

(/)   Report  of  the  Committee  on  Contributions 
(g)   International  Children's  Emergency  Fund : 

174 


Annual  audit  of  the  accounts  of  the  Fund :  report 
of  the  Secretary-General 

36.  Appointments  to  fill  vacancies  in  the  mem- 
bership of  subsidiary  bodies  of  the  General  Assem- 
bly : 

(«)  Advisory  Committee  on  Administrative 
and  Budgetary  Questions 

{h)   Committee  on  Contributions 

{c)   Board  of  Auditors 

{d)   Investments  Committee 

37.  United  Nations  Joint  Staff  Pension  Scheme 

(fl)  Report  of  the  United  Nations  Statf  Benefit 
Committee  submitting  draft  Regulations  for  a  per- 
manent Pension  Scheme  (Resolution  162(11)  of 
20  November  1947) 

(6)  Annual  report  of  the  Staff  Benefit  Com- 
mittee on  the  operation  of  the  Pension  Fund 
(Resolution  82(1)  of  15  December  1946  and  Sec- 
tion 35  of  the  United  Nations  Joint  Staff  Pension 
Scheme  Provisional  Regulations) 

38.  Tax  equalization :  proposed  staff  assessment 
plan :  report  of  the  Secretary-General  (Resolution 
160(11)  of  20  November  1947) 

39.  United  Nations  telecommunications  system : 
report  of  the  Secretary-General  (Resolution 
158(11)  of  20  November  1947) 

40.  Organization  of  a  United  Nations  postal 
service:  report  of  the  Secretary-General  (Resolu- 
tion 159(11)  of  20  November  1947) 

41.  Transfer  of  the  assets  of  the  League  of  Na- 
tions :  report  of  the  Secretary-General  (Resolution 
24(1)  of  12  February  1946) 

42.  Composition  of  the  Secretariat  and  the  prin- 
ciple of  geographical  distribution :  report  of  the 
Secretary-General  (Resolution  153(11)  of  15 
November  1947) 

43.  Proposal  for  the  adoption  of  Spanish  as  one 
of  the  working  languages  of  the  General  Assem- 
bly: report  of  the  Secretary-General  (Resolution 
154(11)  of  15  November  1947) 

44.  Violation  by  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist 
Republics  of  fundamental  human  rights,  tra- 
ditional di])lomatic  practices  and  other  principles 
of  the  Charter :  items  proposed  by  Chile 

45.  Treatment  of  Indians  in  the  Union  of  South 
Africa :  item  proposed  by  India 

46.  Equitable  geographical  distribution  of  the 
seat  for  the  six  non-permanent  members  in  the 
Security  Council :  item  proposed  by  India 

47.  Amendment  of  rule  149  of  the  rules  of  joro- 
cedure  of  the  General  Assembly  to  provide  for  the 
recognition  of  the  principle  of  a  percentage  ceiling 
in  the  scale  of  assessments  to  meet  expenses  of  the 
United  Nations:  item  proposed  by  the  United 
States  of  America 

48.  Increase  to  twenty-four  of  the  number  of 
Member  States  represented  in  the  Economic  and 
Social  Council :  item  proposed  by  Argentina 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Truce  Supervision  in  Palestine 


CABLEGRAMS    FROM    THE    UNITED    NATIONS    MEDIATOR    DATED    JULY    22    AND    27,  1948, 

TO   THE    SECRETARY-GENERAL' 


I.  instructions  to  United  Nations  Observers  Engaged 
in  the  Supervision  of  the  Truce  in  Palestine 

1.  The  Role  of  the  Observer 

(i)  Primary  function  of  observer  is  to  super- 
vise observance  of  terms  of  truce  in  area  to  which 
he  is  assigned.  To  discharge  this  function  pi-op- 
erly  observer  must  be  completely  objective  in  his 
attitudes  and  judgments  and  must  maintain  a 
thorough  neutrality  as  regards  political  issues  in 
the  Palestine  situation.  Fundamental  objective 
of  terms  of  truce  is  to  ensure  to  fullest  extent 
possible  that  no  military  advantage  will  accrue 
to  either  side  as  result  of  application  of  truce. 
Observer  is  entitled  to  demand  that  acts  contrary 
to  terms  of  truce  be  not  committed  or  be  rectified 
but  has  no  power  to  enforce  such  demands  and 
must  rely  largely  upon  his  ability  to  settle  dis- 
putes locally  by  direct  approaches  to  local  com- 
manders and  authorities  and  where  possible  by 
bringing  the  commanders  and  authorities  together. 
It  is  responsibility  of  the  observer  to  call  promptly 
to  attention  of  appropriate  local  commanders  and 
authorities  every  act  which  in  his  opinion  is  con- 
trary to  letter  and  spirit  of  truce. 

(ii)  Observers  acting  on  behalf  and  under 
orders  of  United  Nations  Mediator  are  official 
representatives  of  United  Nations.  They  are 
under  command  of  Mediator  who  is  represented  by 
a  General  Officer  acting  as  his  Chief  of  Staff  in 
connection  with  truce  supervision.  This  Chief  of 
Staff  is  assisted  by  American,  Belgian  and  French 
liaison  officers  of  senior  rank  who  will  be  assigned 
to  Chief  of  Staff  at  truce  supervision  headquarters. 

(///)  Truce  applies  to  seven  Arab  States  (Egypt, 
Iraq,  Lebanon,  Saudi  Arabia,  Syria,  Transjordan 
and  Yemen)  and  to  all  of  Palestine. 

2.  Operational  histiiictions 

{i)  Each  observer  must  become  thoroughly 
familiar  with  (a)  provisions  of  resolutions  of 
Security  Council  of  29  May  and  15  July  1948, 
(h)  terms  of  truce,  and  (c)  list  of  items  banned 
for  import  as  coming  under  heading  "war  mate- 


rials." (Copies  of  these  documents  are  contained 
in  the  folder  provided  each  observer.) 

(//)  Each  observer  will  report  daily  as  in- 
structed and  on  forms  prescribed.  Reports  should 
cover  each  incident  in  particular  locality  relating 
to  application  of  truce  and  should  include  other 
information  pertinent  to  function  of  Mediator. 

{Hi)  Any  failure  to  comply  with  conditions  of 
truce  on  part  of  either  party  shall  immediately  be 
reported  by  observer.  Report  to  extent  possible 
shall  fully  exfilain  each  such  failure  and  shall 
clearly  fix  responsibility  therefor.  Questions  re- 
lating to  disputed  interpretations  of  terms  of  truce 
or  their  application  shall  be  referred  through 
chain  of  command  to  Chief  of  Staff. 

{iv)  Observer  shall  investigate  and  report  on 
as  instructed  all  complaints  of  alleged  violations 
of  truce  occurring  within  area  to  which  he  is 
assigned. 

{v)  In  dealing  with  local  incidents  observer 
shall  make  clear  to  parties  concerned  that  full  re- 
sponsibility will  be  borne  by  them  and  by  tlieir 
Governments  for  failure  to  comply  with  ruling  of 
observer  in  connection  with  actions  and  incidents 
relating  to  application  of  truce.  Observer  should 
exercise  reasonable  discretion  in  each  instance  in 
order  minimize  unpleasant  incidents  and  local 
friction. 

(vi)  Observer  is  entitled  to  inspect  all  military 
positions  and  installations  and  other  premises 
which  might  reasonably  be  connected  with  ap- 
plication of  truce  as  well  as  ships,  aircraft  and 
convoys.  Purpose  of  such  inspection  shall  be  to 
a.scertain  that  no  activity  is  carried  on  in  any  such 
place  which  will  result  in  any  military  advantage 
accruing  to  either  side  during  truce. 

{vii)  Observers  shall  be  entitled  to  request  and 
receive  fi'om  both  parties  armed  protection  for 
himself,  his  staff'  and  material  and  safe  conduct 
whenever  necessary  in  discharge  of  his  duties. 

( inii)  Observers  assigned  to  coastal  areas  where 
landing  of  immigrants  and  war  material  can  be 
expected  shall  maintain  effective  observation  in- 


'  U.N.  doe.  S/928,  July  28,  1948,  as  corrected. 


August  8,   1948 


175 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS   AND  SPECIALIZED  AGENCIES 

volving  reconnaissance  by  air,  land  and  sea  and  se- 
curing fullest  possible  information  about  any 
violations  suspected  or  alleged  of  truce  conditions. 
All  fighting  personnel  which  shall  include  persons 
identified  as  belonging  to  organized  military  units 
and  all  persons  bearing  arms  shall  be  denied  entry. 
(ix)  Men  of  military  age  (i.  e.,  in  the  age  group 
18  to  45)  among  immigrants  shall  be  permitted 
entry  during  truce  only  in  such  limited  numbers  as 
the  Mediator  in  the  exercise  of  his  discretion  may 
determine  with  a  view  to  ensuring  that  no  military 
advantage  will  accrue  to  either  side.  No  men  of 
military  age  shall  be  disembarked  until  they  have 
been  registered  by  local  authorities  in  presence  of 
United  Nations  Observers,  given  identity  cards 
and  their  destinations,  intended  places  of  abode 
and  occupations  are  clearly  indicated  and  recorded. 
Men  of  military  age  thus  gaining  enti-y  are  not  to 
be  mobilized  in  armed  forces  and  cannot  partici- 
pate in  any  military  or  paramilitary  training  ac- 
tivities. Such  men  are  not  Isic]  to  be  assigned  to 
particular  area  or  areas  which  shall  be  approved  by 
observers  who  shall  periodically  check  on  where- 
abouts and  activities  of  such  men. 

3.  Administrative  Instructions 

(i)  All  observers  will  be  provided  with  per  diem 
advances  at  rate  of  $15  per  day.  Those  funds  are 
intended  for  defrayment  of  costs  of  meals,  lodging, 
laundry  and  incidental  expenses.  Observers  will 
not  be  paid  second  time  for  expenditures  in  these 
categories.  However  personnel  forced  by  official 
duties  to  maintain  accommodations  in  different  lo- 
cations simultaneously  may  claim  for  reimburse- 
ment for  excess  costs  involved  provided  reasonable 
judgment  is  exercised  in  releasing  accommodations 
and  person  in  charge  of  administration  at  observ- 
er's duty  station  is  notified  immediately.  In  no 
circumstances  are  dual  accommodations  "to  be  held 
for  more  than  two  days. 

(m)  Each  observer  will  be  provided  with  a  pay 
card  which  will  contain  record  of  all  per  diem 
payments  made  to  him.  Pay-masters  have  been 
instructed  that  per  diem  payments  are  to  be  made 
to  observers  personnel  only  upon  presentation  of 
pay  card. 

(Hi)  Expenditures  for  purposes  of  official  busi- 
ness not  falling  in  categories  outlined  in  paragraph 
(i)  above  (such  as  use  of  taxicabs  when  no  other 
transportation  is  available  or  purchase  of  supplies 
when  previously  authorized  by  administrative  offi- 
cer) may  be  reimbursed  upon  submission  of  au- 
thenticated claim  by  observer  together  with  re- 
ceipts covering  expenditure.  Claims  for  expen- 
ditures for  personal  expenses  paid  on  behalf  of 
some  one  other  than  the  payer  will  [not?]  be  hon- 
oured by  United  Nations. 

{iv)  Observers  are  not  authorized  to  employ 
local  personnel  nor  to  purchase  equipment  for  ac- 
count of  United  Nations  without  prior  authoriza- 
tion of  chief  administrative  officer  except  in  clearly 

176 


demonstrated  emergencies.  When  emergencies  re- 
quire such  action  without  prior  approval,  the  chief 
administrative  officer  must  be  notified  at  once. 

(v)  Any  observer  who  is  custodian  of  United 
Nations  property  is  personally  liable  therefor  and 
must  return  or  account  for  property  assigned  to 
him  prior  to  his  departure  to  his  regular  duty 
station. 

Rhodes,  £0  July  194S. 

Count  Folke  Bernadotte 
United  Nations  Mediator  on  Palestine 

II.  Additional  Instructions  for  the  Supervision  of 
the  Truce  in  Palestine 

1.  Headquarters  is  established  in  Haifa. 

2.  One  group  of  observers  will  be  assigned  to 
each  Arab  army  and  to  each  Jewish  army  group. 
Besides  there  will  be  one  group  of  observers  for 
the  coast  and  ports  and  one  for  control  of  convoys 
between  Tel  Aviv  and  Jerusalem. 

3.  The  commanding  officer  of  each  group  will : 

{a)  secure  detailed  information  about  the  army 
or  army  group  to  which  he  is  assigned; 

(b)  assign  observers  to  various  units  and  to  im- 
portant crossroads,  bridges,  airfields,  etc. ; 

(c)  supplement  the  general  instructions  to 
observers  with  special  instructions  according  to 
local  requirements; 

(d)  ensure  that  observers  are  permanently  sta- 
tioned with  military  units  or  on  sections  of  the 
front  (generally  two  observers  together) ; 

(e)  take  decisions  on  questions  referred  to  him 
by  his  observers  and  on  any  other  questions  within 
his  competence  which  may  arise ; 

( /)  refer  to  headquarters  in  Haifa  any  questions 
which  he  is  unable  to  solve  himself; 

(g)  submit  requests  to  headquarters  in  Haifa  in 
respect  of  his  requirements  of  observers,  communi- 
cations, transportation,  etc. ; 

(A)  until  such  time  as  his  requirements  have  been 
fully  met,  maintain  contact  with  headquarters  in 
Haifa  and  with  his  observers  by  any  means  at  hie 
disposal  (it  may  be  necessary  to  make  use  of 
private  vehicles,  civilian  telephone,  telegraphic  or 
radio  communications  to  ensure  the  efficiency  of 
the  supervision  in  his  area  by  means  of  personal 
visits  to  unit  sections  of  the  front  check  posts,  etc.) ; 

(i)  submit  at  the  earliest  possible  date  to  head- 
quarters in  Haifa  a  map  showing  the  exact  front 
line  as  it  was  at  the  commencement  of  the  cease-fire, 
or,  if  this  should  prove  impossible,  at  the  time  the 
observers  first  reached  the  spot; 

(j)  act  according  to  his  best  judgment  in  any 
situation  which  arises. 

4.  The  above  rules  should  also  be  observed  in  the 
supervision  of  ports,  convoys  and  the  coast  insofar 
as  they  are  applicable. 

5.  Observers  may  be  transferred  as  necessary 
from  one  group  to  another  on  orders  from  head- 

Deparfment  of  State  Bulletin 


quarters  in  Haifa.  Commanding  oflScers  may  also 
be  rejilaced  by  officers  of  higher  rank  or  greater 
seniority  assigned  to  the  same  group. 

III.  Organization  of  the  System  of  Observation 
of  the  Truce 

1.  Introductory 

(?)  Paragraph  8  of  the  resohition  on  the  Pales- 
tine question  adopted  at  the  338th  meeting  of  the 
Security  Council,  on  15  July  1948,  instructed  the 
jMediator  to  supervise  the  observation  of  the  truce ; 
also  to  establish  procedures  for  examining  alleged 
breaches  of  the  truce  since  11  June  1948.  In  con- 
nection with  the  latter,  the  Mediator  was  author- 
ized to  deal  with  the  breaches  so  far  as  it  is  within 
his  capacity  to  do  so  by  appropriate  local  action. 
Finally  the  Mediator  was  requested : 

(a)  to  keep  the  Security  Council  currently  in- 
formed concerning  the  operation  of  the  truce,  and 

(b)  when  necessary,  to  take  appropriate  action. 

{ii)  The  fact  that  the  truce  ordered  under  para- 
graph 9  of  the  resolution  is  to  remain  in  force 
"until  a  peaceful  adjustment  of  the  future  situa- 
tion of  Palestine  is  reached"'  calls  for  a  methodical 
organization  of  its  operation.  To  that  effect  ap- 
propriate machinery  for  investigating  and  report- 
ing violations  of  the  truce  should  be  set  up.  Below 
is  a  brief  outline  of  a  scheme  covering  both  the 
supervision  of  the  observation  of  that  truce  and 
the  establishment  of  procedures  for  examining 
alleged  breaches  of  the  truce. 

2.  Supervision 

(i)  Chief  of  Military  Staff,  Central  Truce 
Supervision  Board. 

The  system  of  observation  will  be  administered 
on  behalf  of  the  Mediator  by  the  Mediator's  Chief 
of  Military  Staff  assisted  by  an  Advisory  Board  to 
be  known  as  the  "Central  Truce  Supervision 
Board".  Particularly  it  will  be  the  duty  of  the 
Chief  of  Military  Staff  to : 

(a)  organize  a  detailed  plan  for  land,  sea  and 
air  observation  with  the  greatest  possible  dispatch; 

(i)  assign  the  observers  to  their  posts  and  di- 
rect their  activities ; 

(c)  on  the  basis  of  field  observations  to  define 
on  a  map  the  positions  of  the  respective  armed 
forces  in  the  several  fighting  sectors  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  truce.  Alterations  of  such  positions 
should  be  only  in  connection  with  local  agreements 
negotiated  concerning  no-man's  land.  Questions 
of  principle  relating  to  the  interpretation  of  the 
terms  of  the  truce  shall  be  referred  to  the  Mediator 
for  decision. 

(«)  Composition  and  Functions  of  the  Central 
Truce  Supervision  Board. 

The  Central  Truce  Supervision  Board  shall 
function  under  the  chairmanship  of  the  Chief  of 

August  8,   1948 


THB  UNITED  NATIONS  AND  SPBCIAUZBD  AGBNCIES 

Military  Staff  and  shall  consist  of  one  American, 
one  Belgian  and  one  French  Senior  Officer  to  be 
designated  by  the  Mediator  and  the  political  ad- 
visor to  the  Chief  of  Military  Staff.  The  Chief  of 
Military  Staff  may  designate  a  member  of  the 
Board  to  act  as  vice-chairman.  The  Central  Truce 
Supervision  Board  shall  advise  the  Chief  of  Mili- 
tary Staff  on  all  questions  relating  to  the  adminis- 
tration of  the  truce. 

(Hi)  Kegional  Truce  Supervision  Boards. 

To  the  extent  feasible  the  area  affected  by  the 
truce  will  be  divided  into  zones  in  each  of  which 
there  will  be  a  "Regional  Truce  Supervision 
Board",  the  members  of  which  will  be  designated 
by  the  Central  Truce  Supervision  Board.  Each 
regional  board  will  be  responsible  to  the  Central 
Supervision  Boai'd  for  the  system  of  observation 
to  be  established  in  that  region. 

3.  Establishment  of  procedures  for  examining 
alleged  breaches  of  the  truce 

(/)  Requests  by  Governments  for  investigation 
of  alleged  breaches  of  the  truce  which  have  not 
been  settled  by  observers  on  the  spot  shall  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  Central  Truce  Supervision  Board, 
which  shall  refer  them  for  investigation  and  report 
to  the  appropriate  Regional  Truce  Supervision 
Board,  or  to  an  observer  or  a  special  investigation 
team  designated  for  this  specific  purpose. 

( ii)  As  circumstances  permit,  each  of  the  parties 
may  appoint  military  experts  to  act  as  liaison 
officers  with  observers  in  the  field,  with  Regional 
Truce  Supervision  Boards,  or  with  the  special  in- 
vestigation teams. 

{Hi)  Investigations  of  alleged  breaches  shall  be 
undertaken  on  the  spot,  shall  include  the  hearing 
of  witnesses  and  the  collection  of  all  available 
evidence  and  in  general  all  practicable  steps  shall 
be  taken  toward  the  clarification  and  settlement  of 
the  incident.  The  special  investigation  teams  and 
the  Regional  Truce  Supervision  Boards  should 
normally  indicate  the  measures  which  ought  to  be 
taken  to  preserve  the  respective  rights  of  either 
party.  The  findings  of  such  bodies  shall  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  Central  Truce  Supervision  Board. 

4.  Breaches  of  the  Truce 

It  must  be  clearly  understood  by  all  personnel 
dealing  with  the  supervision  of  the  truce  that  the 
truce  has  been  ordered  by  the  United  Nations  Se- 
curity Council  for  an  indefinite  duration  and  that 
breaches  of  the  truce  by  one  side  do  not  release 
the  other  side  from  the  obligation  to  comply  with 
the  Security  Council  order  to  refrain  from  mili- 
tary action.  Breaches  of  the  truce  which  cannot 
be  rectified  by  the  Truce  Supervision  organization 
will  be  promptly  reported  by  the  Mediator  to  the 
Security  Council  for  approj^riate  action. 

Rhodes,  23  Jvly  19J+8. 

Count  Folke  Beenadotte 

177 


Current  United  Nations  Documents:  A  Selected  Bibliography 


Security  Council 

DueuiHtnts  itlfTiiiiy  to  the  Piilrsthir  SHiintion 

Oiiblosniiii  nutcd  IS  Juno  10-IS  frmii  tlu>  I'lillod  Nsitidiis 
Modi.Mtor  to  tlio  S<vi-oliiry-(!oiiov;il  'rrniisinitlins  'IVxt 
of  AyriHMiioiit  of  Iti  .luiio  I'oiuvniinj;  t'oiilrol  of  "No 
M.'iiv's  I.iiiul".  .lonisjiloin  Aivii.  ami  Otlior  Truoo  l>e- 
ttltls.     S  Sto.  .liino  21,  104S.     ;i  pp.     niiiiioo, 

Ciil>los;i!iiu  Piiloii  IS  .luiio  1!MS  from  tlio  Viiilotl  Nations 
Moilialor  to  tho  SiH'ivtar.v-(5onoral  'riansiuitlinsr  Two 
-Vsivouioiits  Ooncornnn:  AbamtoiUHl  Ui-itish  Military 
Instatiallons.     S  Sit!.  Juno  "Jl,  I'.'IS.     4  pp.     min\oo. 

Uopilos  from  Statos  Momlu-rs  of  tlio  I'liitoii  Nations  auii 
I'rom  Sonio  Non-Momlior  Statos  Pursuant  to  tlio  Di^ 
olsloii  Taivon  by  tlio  Soourlty  roniuil  loooporatlon  with 
Moiilator  in  ralostiuo)  at  tlio  Tliroo  llumlroii  ami 
Twontiotli  Mtvtins.  S  Soo.  Juno  "ja.  UMJ>.  7  pp. 
miiuoo.    ISovoral  Adiloinla.l 

CViliIo.^ram  Patoit  'Jo  Juno  lOIS  from  tlio  Untted  Nations 
Atoiliator  to  tlio  S<HTotary-Ooiioriil  ("oiioornins  tlio  In- 
oiilonl  at  Nosba  in  tlio  Nosob.  S 'sr>(>,  Juno  •2T\.  tO-lS. 
1  p.     nil  11100, 

Oablo^rani  Oatinl  oO  Jniio  1S14S  From  tho  I'nittM  Nations 
Moillator  .Xiiiirossod  to  tho  SooiviaryOonoral  Ooinvrn- 
iiii,'  tlio  1  ST  ■•Aitnlona"  Inoiaont.     S  StU.  July  1,  104S. 

4  pp,     niinuv. 

t.ottor  I>atoil  -J  July  I'.US  from  tbo  U<>prosontativo  of  tbo 
rnnisioual  tiovonitnont  of  Israol,  .Viiiirossod  to  tlio 
Soorotary-Oonoral.  S/SC4.  July  ti,  1;>4S,  S  pp. 
niinioo, 

lA'tlor  from  tho  Vormanont  Woprosontativo  of  tho  VnitiHl 
KinsiliMii  V>atO(l  S  July  1!V1S  Adilivssod  to  the  Six'ro- 
tary  Oonoral  Oonooriiinsr  tlio  IVtontion  of  Five 
V>ritish  Subjoots  by  tbo  lr,!;nii  X.val  Lounii.  S  ■S74. 
July  S,  ISMS.    1  p,  miintH>, 

Lottor  from  tho  Vii>>  Cliairman.  Arab  Hislier  Coinuiittet>. 
and  n-osiiiont  of  tbo  ralostiuo  Arab  liolosratlon  to  tlio 
I'nilod  Nations  Oatoil  S  .Inly  ISVIS  .ViUIrossoii  to  tho 
rrosiilont  of  tlio  Soourity  Oounoil.  S  SSO.  July  0, 
1!MS.     '2  i>i>,  mimoo, 

Roplios  from  l.obniion.  Transjordan  and  Iran  r>atod  !>  July 
ISVIS  .\ddrossod  to  tlio  Sivrotary-tlonorai  Pursuant  to 
tho  Stvurity  Couiu'il  Hosolution  Adopted  at  Its  IvUst 
Mivlin,!!,  7  July  IIMS  (Doniimnit  S/Sli7),  S/SSl.  July  S>. 
1!M,V     I  p,  minuH>. 

Oablo.sram  Oalod  0  July  ISMS  from  tho  Minister  for  Forei.su 
AtTairs  >>f  the  Provisional  (.lovornnioiit  of  Israel  in 
Uoply  to  tho  Oabloiirain  From  tho  President  of  the 
S«vurity  Oounoil  PattHl  S  July  ISMS,  S.'SS2,  July  10, 
ISHS.    -J  pp.  minuHi, 

Oahloiiram  .\ddressod  to  the  President  of  the  Stvurity 
Oounoil  From  tho  President  of  the  Rsiyptian  Oouncil 
of  Ministei-s,  Dated  10  July  1SM8,    S/SS3,  July  10,  ISM^. 

5  pv>.  mim«H>. 

IVlesram  I">ate»l  10  July  from  the  Permanent  Uepresenta- 
tive  of  F^aj-pt  to  the  I'nited  Nations,  .\ddressed  to  the 
Stvretary-(1eiioral.    S.  SS.*>.  July  H>.  ISMS.    'J  pp.  iiiinuHV 

Letter  PattM  10  July  ISMS  fivm  the  Representative  of  tlie 
Provisional  Ooverument  of  Israel,  Addrt^sseil  to  the 
S<vivtary-i;eneral.      S/'SSlJ,    Jul,v    1-.    ISMS.      -    pp. 


'  l*rint»M  materials  may  be  stvnr«l  in  the  FnittHl  States 
fr<>m  the  International  Divuments  Serviee.  Oolumbia 
I'niversity  Pro.ss,  L'SHUi  l>ivadway.  New  Yv>rk  I'ity,  Other 
materials  (minuH>,srai>hed  or  v>i">*>>"sst\l  doeunieuts*  may 
lie  ivnsulttHl  at  ivrtaiu  dosisnatiHl  libraries  in  the  Vniteil 
States. 

178 


Report  of  the  United  Nations  Mediator  on  Palestine  to  the 
Soeurlly  Ooiuuil,  S  SSS,  July  12.  ISMS,  17  pp.  miineo. 
IKxoorpIs  printed  in  IU'l.i.eti.n  of  July  2,"!.  ISMS  1 

Letter  Dated  l;!  July  IIMS  From  the  VitX'-l'liairniaii  of  the 
.Vrab  lli.irher  (^>nlmiltoo  lor  Palestine  an<l  IMosiiiout  of 
tile  P.'ilostino  .\rab  Peloiiatioii  to  the  I'nilod  Nations 
.\ddressed  to  the  Soorotary-Genoral  Transmittins;  a 
Memm-ainlnni  of  Violations  of  Seeurity  Council 
KosoUilions  anil  the  Tnuo  .Vsiroonient  by  the  Jews  in 
Paloslint>,     S  .'^SVJ,  .Inly  l:>.  ISMS.     11  pp.  uiiineo. 

Oahlosrani  Patod  17  July  ISMS  from  the  Secretary  General 
of  the  l.(>a?:uo  of  .\ral>  States  to  the  Socrolaiy  General 
in  Koply  to  the  Resolution  (PociinnMit  S  1H12)  .Vdoiitcd 
by  the  Secniity  Oouncil  at  the  'riiiee  Uuiutrod  and 
Thirty-Ki.tfhth  Meetins  on  I.".  .Inly  ISMS.  S,  SKXi,  July 
17.  ISMS.     2  pp.  miineo. 

Oablesram  Dated  21  July  ISMS  From  the  United  Nations 
Mediator  to  the  SeeretaryGeneral  Oonceniini:  Oom- 
)ilaiiits  .\sainst  .\lle,god  Violations  of  the  Truce  by 
Jewish  Forces.     S  SUO.  July  21,  ISMS.     1  p.  niimoo.  " 

Letter  Dated  12  July  ISMS  From  the  Forei.sn  Minister  of 
the  Provisional  Govornnient  of   Israel   .Vildressecl  to    ' 
tho  United   Nations   Mtnliator  C\>iicernin.s  Violations    i 
by  .\rahs  of  the  Security  Oonneil  Resolution  of  2S)  May    ' 
and   the  Truee  Asrnvment   of  0  June  ISHS.     S.^sni, 
July  21.  ISVIS.    1.'!  pp.  niinieo. 

Tele^nams  D.-ited  21  July  1SM>^  Addressed  to  the  Sivretary- 
General  by  the  Syrian  Foreign  Minister,  on  Truce  Vio- 
lations by  Jewi.sh  Forees.    S/SV12.  July  21.  1!>IS.    2  pp.    \ 
mimtHi.  I 

Oahlesirani  Dated  21  July  from  the  United  Nations  Media- 
tor to  tho  Secretary-General  Ooiuvrninir  Ooniplaints 
of  -Mleiied  Violations  of  the  Truee  hv  .Vrab  l-'orces. 
S/^13.  July  22.  ISMS.    1  p.  mimeo. 

General  Assembly 

I'nittHl  Nations  Tonii>orary  Oommission  on  Korea 
Ninth  Information  Report  on  the  Work  of  the  Coinniis 
sion.     (Period  2-l,"i  May  ISMS  1  A/."iti3,    75  pp.    miineo. 
Tenth   Information   Report  on  the  Work  of  the  Oom- 
mission.    (Period  Iti  May-ii  June  1JV4S)  A/504.     6  pp. 
miineo. 

Information  From  Non-S(>lf-Governin.£r  Territories.  Sum- 
mary of  Inforni.-ition  Transmitted  by  the  Government 
of  the  United  Kingdom.  A  .'lOti.  July  14,  ISMS.  113 
pp.     minieii. 

The  Problem  of  Voting  in  the  StK'urity  Onincil.  Reixirt 
of  tho  Interim  v'ommittee  to  the  General  Assembly. 
A  ','>7S.  July  15.  ISMS.     42  pp.     miineii. 

Economic  and  Social  Council 

Official  R<\-ords 
Third  Year 

Seventh  Session.  Supplement  No.  4.  Reivirt  of  the  Sub- 
oinninission  on  Employment  and  Fconomie  Stability 
to  the  KiHinomie  and  Kmploynient  Couimission.  4.S  pp, 
printed,     45(', 

Atomic  Energy  Commission 

Otlieial  KtHvrds 
Third  Year 
No,    2,    Sixtt^nth    meeting.    17    Mjiy    ISMS.    16   pp. 
printetl.     20*  . 
An  International  Bibliosrraphy  on  Atomic  Knergy.     Politi- 
eal,  Eoi>noinie,  and  Sivial  AsiHX?ts.     Volume  I  (Pre- 
liminary Edition ) .    SS)  pp.    mimeo. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


The  United  States  in  The  United  Nations 


Congress  Approves  U.N.  Loan 

House  apiiroval  on  August  a  of  legislation  au- 
thorizing a  !?(;5.000,()00  U.S.  loan  to  the  United 
Nations  for  construction  of  a  headquarters  build- 
ing in  New  York  completed  congressional  action 
on  the  measure.  The  bill  provides  for  an  advance 
of  $25.001), UOO  by  tlie  Reconstruction  Finance  Cor- 
poi-ation  so  that  work  on  tlie  building  need  not 
await  a  separate  appropriation  by  Congress. 

"In  a  matter  of  weeks  tlie  shovels  and  tlie  ham- 
mers and  the  trowels  will  be  at  work  building  a 
permanent  home  for  the  United  Nations,"  said 
Philip  C.  Jessup,  Acting  U.S.  Representative. 
"That  fact  is  a  matter  of  intense  pleasure  to  me 
and  to  the  United  States  Mission.  During  the  ab- 
sence of  Senator  Austin,  I  can  speak  also  for  him 
since  it  was  lie  wlio  conducted  the  negotiations  for 
the  loan  and  throughout  took  the  most  intense  and 
active  interest  in  it. 

"The  approval  of  the  loan  provides  a  tangible, 
visible  symbol  of  our  unwavering  support  of  the 
United  Nations  and  of  the  great  confidence  we 
place  in  tlie  organization  whicli  is  working  to  keep 
the  world  at  peace.  The  loan  represents  the  sound- 
est possible  investment  in  tlie  future." 

Trieste  Charges  Discussed 

Yugoslavia  on  August  4  took  to  the  Security 
Council  its  formal  cliarges  that  the  British-Amer- 
ican military  administration  in  Trieste  had  vio- 
lated the  Italian  peace  treaty.  The  repi-esentatives 
of  both  the  United  Kingdom  and  the  United  States 
categorically  denied  tlie  allegations. 

The  Yugoslavs  as.serted,  among  other  charges, 
that  in  matters  of  foreign  trade  and  finance  the 
British-American  zone  had  been  turned,  in  effect, 
into  an  Italian  province. 

Mr.  Jessup's  reply  said,  in  part : 

"AVe  are  surprised  that  any  government  should 
present  to  the  Security  Council  charges  so  utterly 
devoid  of  sub.stance  and  also  that  the  cliarges  are 
made  by  a  government  which,  in  the  administra- 
tion of  its  own  zone,  has  paid  no  heed  to  its  inter- 
national obligations  and  which  has  kept  its  admin- 
istration shrouded  in  secrecy. 

".  f  .  General  Airey  has  administered  the  zone 
according  to  the  letter  and  spirit  of  the  pertinent 
provisions  of  the  treaty  of  peace  and  in  compliance 
with  international  law". 

Trusteestiip  Session  Ends 

The  results  of  the  Soviet  Union's  first  participa- 
tion in  the  work  of  the  Trusteeship  Council  com- 
prise one  of  the  most  interesting  and  significant 

August  8,   1948 


developments  emerging  from  the  third  session  of 
the  Council,  which  adjourned  August  5. 

Membership  of  the  Council  is  equally  divided — 
six  and  six^ — between  countries  which  administer 
trusteeship  areas  and  non-administering  countries. 
Heretofore,  however,  the  "give  and  take"  between 
the  two  groups  has  been  sufficient  to  limit  to  a  few 
instances  the  cases  in  which  a  proposal  failed  of 
adoption  because  of  a  tie  vote. 

Daring  the  third  session,  this  situation  ceased 
to  exist.  Issues  raised  and  pressed  by  the  Soviet 
Delegate,  S.  K.  Tsarapkin,  resulted  in  repeated 
clashes.  In  numerous  instances  a  split  vote, 
divided  strictly  between  administering  and  non- 
administering  powers,  resulted  in  failure  of  a 
pending  motion. 

Although  she  is  a  permanent  member  of  the 
Council,  this  is  the  first  full  session  attended  by 
the  Soviet  Union. 

The  main  substantive  work  of  the  Council  dur- 
ing the  third  session  was  the  examination  of  re- 
ports on  the  administration  of  the  trust  territories 
of  Ruanda-Urundi  (Belgium),  Tanganyika 
(United  Kingdom),  and  New  Guinea  (Australia). 
The  Council  drafted  observations  on  the  reports 
to  be  forwarded  to  the  General  As.sembly,  some  of 
them  critical  of  current  policies  and  practices. 
The  U.S.  Representative,  Ambassador  Francis  B. 
Sayre,  was  chairman  of  the  drafting  committee 
on  Tanganyika. 

The  Council  also  examined  a  report  submitted 
voluntarily  by  the  Union  of  South  Africa  on  the 
former  mandated  territory  of  South-West  Africa. 
Mr.  Sayre  opened  the  discussion  of  this  report  with 
a  statement  pointing  to  a  number  of  apparent  de- 
ficiencies in  the  Union's  handling  of  South-West 
African  affairs.  The  Council's  report  to  the  Gen- 
eral Assembly  reflected  many  of  these  points. 

The  session  ended  in  a  bitter  clash  occasioned  by 
a  Soviet  charge  that  the  Council's  action  in  the 
matter  of  a  statute  for  the  City  of  Jerusalem 
proved  that  body  to  be  "an  instrument  of  U.S. 
policy".  (Over  Soviet  opposition,  t he  Council  had 
voted  previously  to  postpone  indefinitely  discus- 
sions of  the  draft  statute  for  Jerusalem.) 

Vigorous  protest  followed  from  the  other  11 
delegates.  Mr.  Sayre  said  in  part,  "I  am  shocked 
that  the  official  representative  of  a  member  state 
of  the  United  Nations  should  stoop  so  low.  The 
statement  is  utterly  untrue  and  has  no  foundation 
in  fact  whatsoever,  as  I  think  the  members  of  this 
Council  know.  It  is  a  serious  reflection  not  on 
the  United  States  but  on  the  character  of  the  gov- 
ernment which  has  introduced  it." 

179 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS   AND   SPECIALIZED   AGENCIES 

Non-Self-Governing  Territories 

Benjamin  Gerig,  Chief  of  the  Division  of  De- 
pendent Area  Aifairs,  U.S.  Depai'tment  of  State, 
has  been  named  to  represent  the  United  States  on 
the  General  Assembly's  Special  Committee  on  In- 
formation on  Non-Self-Governing  Territories. 
The  Committee  will  meet  in  Geneva  from  Septem- 
ber 2  to  IS  to  examine  information  submitted  by 
members  having  responsibility  for  non-self-gov- 
erning territories. 

Palestine 

Ninety-five  additional  American  truce  observers 
were  to  be  dispatched  at  once  to  Palestine  at  the 
request  of  Count  Bernadotte,  the  U.N.  mediator, 
it  was  announced  during  the  week.  Brig.  Gen. 
William  E.  Riley  of  the  U.S.  Marine  Corps  was 
appointed  chief  of  the  U.S.  observers,  who  now 
number  125.  General  Riley  left  on  August  3  to 
report  to  Count  Bernadotte  at  Rhodes. 

The  State  Department  also  announced  that  the 
United  States  will  send  additional  communications 
personnel  and  equipment  to  the  mediator  as  soon 
as  possible. 

Palestine  came  before  the  Security  Council  on 
August  2  in  the  form  of  a  discussion  of  the  refugee 
situation.  The  British  Representative  suggested 
inquiry  into  the  plight  of  Arab  refugees  from 
Jewish-held  territory,  who  he  said  numbered  be- 
tween 250,000  and  550,000.  The  Representatives 
of  the  Ukraine  and  Israel  then  brought  up  the 
matter  of  the  10,000  Jews  detained  on  the  Island 
of  Cyprus.  The  U.S.  Representative,  Philip  C. 
Jessup,  favored  the  action  finally  taken — referring 
the  questions  to  the  mediator. 

Economic  and  Social  Council 

The  Economic  and  Social  Council,  in  its  seventh 
session  in  Geneva,  approved  unanimously  on 
August  -1  the  report  of  the  Economic  Commission 
for  Europe.  The  resolution  adopted  expressed  a 
hope  for  increased  industrial  and  agricultural  pro- 
duction, particularly  in  undeveloped  countries, 
authorized  steps  toward  implementation  of  this 
work,  invited  consultation  with  specialized  agen- 
cies, and  asked  for  an  early  analysis  of  the  eco- 
nomic-reconstruction possibilities  of  trade  expan- 
sion and  development  of  underindustrialized  coun- 
tries. 

The  Council  also  approved  the  draft  of  an  inter- 
national protocol  for  the  control  of  new  synthetic 
drugs. 


These  were  the  main  actions  taken  by  the  Council 
in  the  third  week  of  the  session.  Most  of  the  items 
on  the  44-point  agenda  still  were  being  considered 
in  committee. 

Disarmament  Talks 

Frederick  H.  Osborn.  Deputy  United  States 
Representative  in  the  Commission  for  Conven- 
tional Armaments,  took  occasion  at  a  meeting  on 
xVugust  2  to  counteract  press  speculation  that  the 
Commission  will  discontinue  its  work.  Such  spec- 
ulation has  been  current  since  the  Atomic  Energy- 
Commission  announced  that  its  negotiations  had 
reached  an  impasse. 

The  U.S.  position  is  not  changed  from  that  ex- 
pressed to  the  General  Assembly  on  September  17, 
1947,  by  Secretary  Marshall.  Mr.  Osborn  said.  The 
Secretary  asserted  then  that  "the  regulation  of 
armaments  presupposes  enough  international 
understanding  to  make  possible''  peace  treaties 
with  Germany  and  Japan,  implementation  of 
agreements  on  military  forces  at  the  disposal  of 
the  Security  Council,  and  an  international  control 
arrangement  for  atomic  energy.  "Nevertheless," 
added  the  Secretary,  "we  believe  it  is  important 
not  to  delay  the  formulation  of  a  system  of  arms 
regulation  for  implementation  when  conditions 
permit." 

"We  cannot  but  note  regretfully,"  said  Mr. 
Osborn,  "that  the  Soviet  system  of  obstructionism 
in  this  Commission  is  the  same  as  that  employed 
by  them  in  the  Atomic  Energj'  Commission. 
Nevertheless,  the  United  States  believes  that  the 
Commission  must  proceed  with  its  work." 

Philip  C.  Jessup,  Deputy  U.S.  Representative 
in  tlie  Security  Council,  referred  to  Soviet  in- 
transigence in  atomic-energy  and  conventional- 
armament  negotiations  in  a  speech  before  the  sum- 
mer school  sponsored  by  the  United  Nations  at 
the  New  School  for  Social  Research. 

"The  fear,  the  suspicion  and  distrust  which  per- 
meate the  Soviet  attitudes  toward  these  problems 
can  be  found  influencing  the  position  of  Soviet 
Delegates  on  such  issues  as  the  Interim  Committee, 
Greece  and  Koi'ea,"  Mr.  Jessup  said.  "This  state 
of  mind  on  the  part  of  one  of  the  great  powers  thus 
pi-esents  itself  as  one  of  the  great  issues  facing  us 
in  the  United  Nations  and  in  the  whole  interna- 
tional community.  Obviously,  it  is  a  problem 
which  cannot  be  solved  quickly  and  certainly  will 
not  be  solved  easily.  Patience  and  firmness  as  a 
phrase  has  become  almost  trite;  but  as  a  formula 
it  has  not  yet  been  surpassed." 


180 


Departmenf  of  State  Bulletin 


INTERNATIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS  AND  CONFERENCES 


Calendar  of  Meetings  ^ 


Adjourned  during  July 

United  Nations: 

Commission  on  Conventional  Armaments  . 


Trusteeship  Council :  Third  Session  . 


Itu  (International  Telecommunication  Union) : 
International  Administrative  Aeronautical  Radio  Conference    .    . 
Fifth  Plenary  Meeting  of  International  Radio  Consultative  Com- 
mittee. 

Ilo  (International  Labor  Organization) : 

105th  and  106th  Session  of  Governing  Body 

31st  General  Conference 


U.S.-Swedish  Inter-Custodial  Discussions . 
Royal  Society  Information  Conference   .    . 


Who  (World  Health  Organization) :  First  Session  of  World  Health 
Assembly. 

International  Conference  on  Large  High  Tension  Electric  Systems: 
Twelfth  Biennial  Session. 

Eleventh  International  Conference  on  Public  Education 


International  Council  of  Museums:  First  General  Biennial  Confer- 
ence. 

Meeting  of  International  L^nion  of  Family  Organizations 

IcEF  (International  Children's  Emergency  Fund) : 

Program  Committee 

Executive  Board 

UNESCO  (United  Nations  Educational,  Scientific  and  Cultural  Or- 
ganization) :  Eighth  Session  of  Executive  Board. 

First  International  Poliomyelitis  Conference 

Seventh  International  Congress  of  Agricultural  Industries 

First  Inter- American  Conference  for  the  Rehabilitation  of  Cripples  . 

Fao  (Food  and  Agriculture  Organization) :  Technical  Conference  of 
Latin  American  Nutrition  Experts. 

Sixth  International  Congress  of  Linguists 

International  Wine  OflBce:  27th  Session  of  Committee 

Thirteenth  International  Congress  of  Zoology 

21st  International  Congress  of  Orientalists 


Lake  Success    .... 


Lake  Success 


Geneva .    . 
Stockholm 


San  Francisco  . 
San  Francisco  . 


Washington  . 
London  .  . 
Geneva .    .    , 


Paris 


Geneva . 
Paris  .    . 


Geneva . 


Paris .    . 
Geneva . 


Paris . 


New  York  . 
Paris .... 
Mexico  City 
Montevideo . 


Paris . 
Paris . 
Paris  . 
Paris . 


Mar.    25,     1947-July 
1948 

1948 

June  16— 


Mav  15- 
.Julv  12-31 


June  9- July  10 
June  17-JulyilO 

June  15- 

June  21-July  2 

June  24-July 

June  24-July  3 

June  28-July  3 
June  28-July  3 

July  1-3 


July  3- 
July  16- 

July  12-17 


July  12-17 
July  12-18 
July  18-24 
July  18-28 

July  1&-24 
July  20-23 
July  21-27 
July  23-31 


'  Prepared  in  the  Division  of  International  Conferences,  Department  of  State. 


August  8,    1948 


181 


Calendar  of  Meetings — Continued 


In  session  as  of  August  1,  1948 

Far  Eastern  Commission  .... 

United  Nations: 

Security  Council ■ 

Military  Staff  Committee  .    .    . 


Security  Council's  Committee  of  Good  Offices  on  the  Indonesian 

Question. 
'General  Assembly  Special  Committee  on  the  Greek  Question    .    . 


Temporary  Commission  on  Korea 

Interim  Committee  of  the  General  Assembly    .... 

Security  Council's  Kashmir  Commission 

Economic  and  Social  Council:  Seventh  Session     .    .    . 

German  External  Property  Negotiations  (Safehaven) : 

With  Portugal 

With  Sweden 

Inter-Allied  Trade  Board  for  Japan 

Council  of  Foreign  Ministers: 

Deputies  for  Italian  Colonial  Problems 

Commission  of  Investigation  to  Former  Italian  Colonies 


Itu    (International    Telecommunication    Union) :  Provisional  Fre- 
quency Board. 

IcAO    (International   Civil   Aviation   Organization) :   North  Pacific 
Regional  Air  Navigation  Meeting. 

Conference  to  Consider  Free  Navigation  of  the  Danube 

Meeting  of  International  Penal  and  Penitentiary  Commission  .    .    . 

Scheduled  for  August  1-31,  1948 

Meeting  of  the  United  Kingdom  and  Dominions  Official  Medical 
Histories  Liaison  Committee. 

Eighth  International  Congress  of  Entomology 

International  Congress  on  Mental  Health 

Meeting  on  the  General  Agreement  on  Tariffs  and  Trade 

Iro  (International  Refugee  Organization): 

Seventh  Part  of  First  Se.ssion  of  Preparatory  Commission  .    .    .    . 
Fir.st  Meeting  of  the  General  Council 

Eighth  World's  Poultry  Congress 

Seventeenth  Conference  of  the  International  Red  Cross 

United  Nations: 

Ecosoc  (Economic  and  Social  Council): 

Economic  Commission  for  Europe:  Committee  on  Coal.    .    .    . 
Subcommission  on  Statistical  Sampling 

UNESCO    (United    Nations    Educational,    Scientific    and    Cultural 
Organization) :   Meeting  of  Radio  Program  Commission. 

18th  International  Geological  Congress 

Ito  (International  Trade  Organization) :  Meeting  of  Interim  Com- 
mission. 


Washington  .... 

Lake  Success  ... 
Lake  Success  .    .    . 

Lake  Success  .    ,    . 
Salonika  and  Geneva . 

Seoul 

Lake  Success    .    .    . 
Geneva  and  Kashmir 
Geneva 

Lisbon 

Madrid 

Washington  .... 

London     

London     

Geneva 

Seattle 

Belgrade 

Bern 

Oxford,  England .    . 

Stockholm    .... 

London     

Geneva 

Geneva 

Geneva 

Copenhagen.    ... 

Stockholm    .... 

Geneva 

Geneva 

Paris 

London 

Geneva 


1946 

Feb 

2&- 

Mar. 
Mar. 

25- 
25- 

1947 

Oct. 

20- 

Nov. 

21- 

1948 

Jan. 
Feb. 
June 
July 

12- 
23- 
15- 
19- 

1946 

Sept 
Nov. 

3- 
12- 

Oct.  24- 


1947 


Oct.  3- 
Nov.  8- 


1948 

Jan.  15- 

July  13-Aug.  2 

July  30- 
Julv  31- 


Aug.  3-7 

Aug.  8-14 
Aug.  11-21 
Aug.  15-25 

Aug.  20-23 
Aug.  23- 

Aug.  20-27 

Aug.  20-30 


Aug.  23- 
Aug.  30- 

Aug.  23-29 


Aug.  25-Sept.  1 
Aug.  25- 


182 


Department  of  State  Builetin 


International  Institute  of  the  Hylean  Amazon 
Established  at  Iquitos  Conference 

By  Clarence  A,  Boons tra 


On  May  10,  lO-tS,  a  convention  was  signed  at 
Iquitos,  Peru,  by  nine  countries  establishing  the 
International  "Institute  of  the  Hylean  Amazon. 
The  Conference  To  Plan  for  the  Establishment  of 
an  International  Institute  of  the  Hylean  Amazon 
was  sponsored  by  Uxesco  and  met  from  April  3U 
to  May  10.  Subjects  of  discussion  wei'e  princi- 
pally the  draft  documents  prepared  by  Unesco  in 
accordance  with  recommendations  of  the  Interna- 
tional Commission  which  met  at  Belem  in  August 
1947.^ 

Objectives  of  the  Institute  are  the  encourage- 
ment of  scientific  investigations  in  the  vast  tropi- 
cal region  surrounding  the  Amazon  River,  the 
actual  conduct  of  such  research,  the  publication  of 
studies  relating  to  the  region,  the  maintenance  of 
scientific  collections,  and  similar  technical  func- 
tions. The  term  "Hylean  Amazon"  is  considered 
by  the  Institute  as  denoting  forested  land  inclusive 
of  areas  outside  the  Amazon  drainage  such  as  the 
French,  Dutch,  and  British  Guianas,  and  parts  of 
Venezuela.  Iquitos  as  a  site  for  the  conference 
enabled  the  delegates  to  see  at  first  hand  a  portion 
of  this  region,  with  characteristic  heavy  rainfall, 
high  temperatures,  and  limited  acconnnodations 
for  living. 

The  conference  elected  Dr.  Luis  Alayza  y  Paz 
Soldan  of  Peru  as  president  and  named  Dr.  Linneu 
de  Albuquerque  Mello  of  Brazil  and  Dr.  Rafael 
Alvarado  of  Ecuador  as  first  and  second  vice 
presidents,  respectively.  Dr.  Alayza  has  been'  in- 
timately connected  with  this  project  since  its  in- 
ception, serving  as  vice  chairman  when  the  Inter- 
national Conmiission  met  at  Belem  in  ]'.)47.  E.  J. 
H.  Corner  of  Unesco  was  secretary  of  the  confer- 
ence at  Icjiiitos. 

Signatories  to  the  convention  were  the  Delegates 
of  Bolivia,  Brazil,  Colombia,  Ecuador,  France, 
the  Netherlands,  Peru,  Italy,  and  Venezuela.  The 
United  States  sent  a  delegation  -  to  the  conference 
but  did  not  sign  the  convention,  explaining  its 
views  that  the  organization  and  operation  of  the 
Institute  should  be  primarily  the  responsibility  of 
nations  having  Amazon  territory,  and  that  the 
United  States  could  contribute  most  effectively  to 
the  scientific  projects  by  collaboration  of  its  insti- 

Aogusf  8,    1948 


tutions  and  organizations.  Such  collaboration  is 
contemplated  by  article  XI  of  the  convention, 
which  grants  wide  powers  to  the  Institute  for  co- 
operative arrangements  with  other  organizations. 

In  addition  to  delegations  from  the  countries 
named  above,  observers  were  present  from  the 
United  Kingdom,  Switzerland,  Unesco,  the  Pan 
American  Union,  the  Inter-American  Institute  of 
Agricultural  Sciences,  and  the  International  Edu- 
cation Office.  All  governments  of  countries  be- 
longing to  Unesco  were  informed  of  the  confer- 
ence and  had  the  privilege  of  sending  delegates 
or  observers  if  they  so  desired. 

The  convention,  which  consists  of  15  articles, 
provides  that  any  member  country  of  the  United 
Nations  or  of  its  specialized  organizations  is  eli- 
gible for  membership  in  the  Institute.  Govern- 
ing authority  is  vested  in  a  council  composed  of 
representatives  of  all  member  countries,  and  ad- 
ministration is  conducted  through  an  executive 
committee  and  a  director. 

Under  article  X,  the  Institute  is  authorized  to 
invite  the  Director  General  of  Unesco  to  partici- 
pate in  the  council  and  in  the  executive  commit- 
tee, and  to  enter  into  an  agi'eement  with  Unesco 
outlining  the  terms  of  cooperation  between  the 
respective  organizations.  Also,  the  Director  Gen- 
eral of  I'nesco  is  asked  to  propose  one  nominee 
on  the  list  of  five  from  which  the  council  will 
choose  a  director  of  the  Institute. 

To  enable  an  immediate  start  on  Institute  activi- 
ties, the  confei-ence  established  an  Interim  Com- 
mission which  will  supervise  operations  until  the 
convention  enters  into  force  after  ratification  of 
signatures  by  five  Amazon  nations.  The  Interim 
Commission  met  on  May  14  and  15  at  Manaos, 


'  For  article  by  Remington  Kellogg  on  "International 
Commission  for  tbe  Establishment  of  an  International 
Hvlean  Amazon  Institute",  see  Bulletin  of  Nov.  9,  1947, 
p."801. 

■  Delegates  representing  the  United  States  were  Clarence 
A.  Boonstra  (chairman),  Agricultural  Attach^,  American 
Embassy,  Lima  ;  Clauile  L.  Horn,  Head.  Complementary 
Crops  Division,  Office  of  Foreign  Agricultural  Relations, 
Department  of  Agriculture;  and  Allan  R.  Holmberg,  Cul- 
tural Anthropologist,  Institute  of  Social  Anthropology, 
Smithsonian  Institution. 

183 


ACTIVITIES   AND  DEVELOPMENTS 

Brazil,  and  selected  this  city  as  the  permanent 
headquarters  of  the  Institute.  Subcenters  for  re- 
search are  planned  for  Iquitos,  Peru ;  Riberalta, 
Bolivia;  San  Fernando  de  Atabapo,  Venezuela; 
Sibundoy,  Colombia;  Archidona,  Ecuador;  and 
Belem  do  Para,  Brazil.  _  tt  i   • 

Officers  of  the  Interim  Commission  are  Heloisa 
Alberto  Torres,  President,  and  E.  J.  H.  Corner. 
Both  are  located  in  Rio  de  Janeiro.  Dra.  Torres 
is  director  of  the  Museo  Nacional,  and  Mr.  Corner 
is  principal  field  scientific  officer  of  Unesco,  with 
offices  in  that  city.  .  t     v  ^ 

In  sponsoring  the  organization  of  the  insitute, 
UNESCO  has  provided  funds  for  1948  which  are 
being  used  for  initial  surveys  as  well  as  tor  the 
conference  expenses.  Five  scientists  have  been 
employed  this  year  for  investigations  m  zoology, 
botany,  and  anthropology.  Efforts  will  be  made 
by  them  to  assemble  the  results  of  previous  explor- 


ations and  investigations  in  the  Amazon,  and  to 
encourao-e  the  establishment  of  museums  and  of 
plant  collections  which  will  be  useful  in  future 
studies.  The  conference  has  requested  also  that 
UNESCO  assign  several  of  the  scientists  to  a  regional 
study  of  the  Huallaga  valley  of  Peru. 

The  conference  agreed  on  a  1949  budget  amount- 
incr  to  $306,200,  of  which  $209,370  is  scheduled 
directly  for  research  and  $96,830  for  administra- 
tion. Initial  pledges  undertaken  by  participat- 
ing countries  were  $150,000  by  Brazil,  $40,000 
each  by  Peru  and  Colombia,  and  $25,000  by  Vene- 
zuela. Other  countries  pledged  amounts  ranging 
from  $5,000  to  $15,000,  with  the  exception  of  Italy, 
which  signed  the  convention  but  not  the  accom- 
panying financial  protocol.  The  convention  pro- 
vides that  a  permanent  scale  of  contributions  will 
be  determined  by  discussions  withm  the  Institute, 
after  ratification  of  the  basic  agreement. 


U.S.  Delegation  to  UNESCO  Preparatory  Conference 


i 


The  Department  of  State  announced  on  July  26 
the  composition  of  the  United  States  Delegation  to 
the  Preparatory  Conference  of  Representatives  of 
Universities  to  be  convened  by  the  United  Nations 
Educational,  Scientific  and  Cultural  Organization 
(Unesco),  in  cooperation  with  the  Netherlands 
Government,  the  Netherlands  National  Commis- 
sion of  UNESCO,  and  the  University  of  Utrecht,  at 
Utrecht,  August  2-13,  1948.  The  United  States 
Delegation  is  as  follows : 
Chairman 

George  F.  Zook,  president,  American  Council  on  Education, 
Waslilngton,  D.C. 

Delegates 

Jaime  Benitez,  chancellor,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  Rio 
Piedras,  Puerto  Rico  „        <. 

Martlia  B.  Lucas,  president.  Sweet  Briar  College,  Sweet 
Briar,  Va.  „  _,. 

Thomas  Raymond  McConnell,  dean,  University  of  Minne- 
sota, Minneapolis,  Minn. 

William  F.  Russell,  dean.  Teachers  College,  Columbia 
University,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Official  Observers 

Laurence  Duggan,  director,  Institute  of  International  Edu- 
cation, New  York,  N.Y. 
Marten  ten  Hoor,  dean.  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  Uni- 
versity of  Alabama,  Tuscaloosa,  Ala. 
Rev.  Edward  B.  Rooney,  S.J.,  executive  director,  Jesuit 

Educational  Association,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Dr.  Howard  E.  Wilson,  Carnegie  Endowment  for  Inter- 
national Peace,  New  York,  N.Y. 
The  forthcoming  conference  is  being  held  pur- 
suant to  a  resolution  adopted  at  the  Second  Session 

184 


of  the  General  Conference  of  Unesco  at  Mexico 
City  in  November  1947.  This  resolution  in- 
structed the  Director  General  of  Unesco  to  call 
together  in  1948  a  meeting  of  representatives  ot 
universities  to:  (1)  consider  plans  for  the  develop- 
ment of  an  international  association  ot  univer- 
sities- (2)  consider  the  problem  of  equivalence  of 
degrees,  utilizing  data  which  had  been  requested 
by  UNESCO  in  1947  from  international  associations 
concerned;  (3)  consider  how  education  m  inter- 
national relations  within  universities  may  luini 
their  mission  in  national  life;  (4)  discuss  ways 
and  means  whereby  universities  may  fulfil  their 
mission  in  national  life;  (5)  consider  how  closer 
cooperation  between  universities  and  Unesco  may 
be  promoted;  and  (6)  study  the  possibility  of 
organizing,  in  certain  universities  throughout  the 
world,  international  departments  consisting  ot 
scholars,  professors,  and  educators  from  foreign 

countries.  .  j.  tt  • 

The  Conference  of  Representatives  ot  Universi- 
ties is  one  of  the  most  significant  projects  which 
UNESCO  has  undertaken.    It  is  clear  from  reports  , 
that  universities  in  all  countries  are  facing  a  series 
of   interrelated   problems,   such   as   problems  ot 
student  population,  university  autononiy,  and  the 
place  of  research  in  the  university.     Close  rela- 
tionships  among  universities  are  widely  recog- i 
nized  as  being  important  at  this  crucial  time.!! 
This  conference  should  give  to  the  university  leaa- 
ers  a  much  needed  opportunity  to  focus  attention  j 
on  their  common  problems.  ; 

Deparfment  of  Sf ate  Bulletin  \} 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 


Calling  of  Special  Session  of  Eightieth  Congress 

EXCERPTS  FROM  THE  MESSAGE  OF  THE  PRESIDENT  TO  THE  CONGRESS 


IVIk.  President,  Mr.  Speaker,  Members  of  the 
80th  Congress: 

The  urgent  needs  of  the  American  people  require 
our  presence  here  today. 

Our  people  demand  legislative  action  by  their 
Government  to  do  two  things :  first,  to  check  in- 
flation and  the  rising  cost  of  living,  and  second, 
to  help  in  meeting  the  acute  housing  shortage. 

These  are  matters  which  affect  every  American 
family.  They  also  affect  the  entire' world,  for 
world  peace  depends  upon  the  strength  of  our 
economy. 

The  Communists,  both  here  and  abroad,  are 
countmg  on  our  present  prosperity  turning  into  a 
depression.  They  do  not  believe  that  we  can— 
or  will— put  the  brake  on  high  prices.  They  are 
counting  on  economic  collapse  in  this  country. 

If  we  should  bring  on  another  gi-eat  depression 
in  the  United  States  by  failing  to  control  high 
prices,  the  world's  hope  for  lasting  peace  would 
vanish.  A  depression  in  the  United  States  would 
cut  the  ground  from  under  the  free  nations  of 
Europe.  Economic  collapse  in  this  country  would 
prevent  the  recovery  throughout  the  world  which 
is  essential  to  lasting  peace.  We  would  have  only 
ourselves  to  blame  for  the  tragedy  that  would 
follow. 

In  these  tense  days,  when  our  strength  is  being 
tested  all  over  the  world,  it  would  be  reckless  folly 
if  we  failed  to  act  against  inflation. 

In  our  relations  with  the  rest  of  the  world, 
action  is  also  needed  at  once,  and  can  be  taken 
quickly,  to  afford  additional  proof  that  we  mean 
what  we  say  when  we  talk  about  freedom,  hu- 
manity, and  international  cooperation  for  peace 
ind  prosperity.     Three  measures  are  involved. 

First,  the  Displaced  Persons  Act  in  its  present 
form  discriminates  unfairly  against  some  dis- 
placed persons  because  of  their  religion,  land  of 
nigm,  or  occupation.  These  provisions  are  con- 
niry  to  all  American  ideals.  This  act  should  be 
)roraptly  amended  to  wipe  out  these  discrimi- 
lations  Furthermore,  the  present  act  permits 
he  entry  of  only  200,000  persons  and  charges 
liem  against  future  immigration  quotas.  I  be- 
leve  strongly  that  the  act  should  provide  for  the 
ntry  o±  400,000  persons  over  a  four-year  period, 
tugusf  8,   7948 


and  they  should  be  outside  the  normal  immigra- 
tion quotas.  The  act  can  and  should  be  amended 
promptly. 

Second,  many  people  in  the  world  must  wonder 
how  strongly  we  support  the  United  Nations  when 
we  hesitate  to  assist  the  construction  of  its  perma- 
nent home  in  this  country.  Legislation  can  and 
should  be  passed  at  once  to  authorize  a  loan  by  the 
United  States  Government  to  the  United  Nations 
for  the  construction  of  U.N.  headquarters  build- 
ings m  New  York  City. 

The  international  wheat  agreement  is  another 
vital  measure  on  which  the  Congress  should  act. 
This  agreement  is  designed  to  insure  stability  in  the 
world  wheat  market  in  the  years  ahead  when  wheat 
will  be  more  plentiful.  It  would  guarantee 
American  farmers  an  export  market  of  185  million 
bushels  of  wheat  at  a  fair  price  during  each  of  the 
next  five  years.  Since  the  agreement  is  in  the 
form  of  a  treaty  it  requires  only  ratification  by 
the  Senate.  Although  this  agreement  should  have 
been  ratified  by  July  first  of  this  year,  we  have 
good  reason  to  believe  that  it  can  still  be  made 
effective  if  it  is  now  ratified  promptly. 

Finally,  I  wish  again  to  urge  upon  the  Congress 
the  measures  I  recommended  last  February  to  pro- 
tect and  extend  basic  civil  rights  of  citizenship 
and  human  liberty.  A  number  of  bills  to  carry 
out  my  recommendations  have  been  introduced  in 
the  Congress.  Many  of  them  have  already  re- 
ceived careful  consideration  by  Congressional 
committees.  Only  one  bill,  however,  has  been 
enacted,  a  bill  relating  to  the  rights  of  Americans 
of  Japanese  origin.  I  believe  that  it  is  necessary 
to  enact  the  laws  I  have  recommended  in  order 
to  make  the  guarantees  of  the  Constitution  real 
and  vital.  I  believe  they  are  necessary  to  carry 
out  our  American  ideals  of  liberty  and  'justice  for 
all. 

I  hope  there  is  no  misunderstanding  of  the  rec- 
ommendations I  have  made.  I  have  asked  the 
Congress  to  return,  first  of  all,  in  order  to  meet 
the  urgent  need  of  our  people  for  relief  from  high 

'Delivered  before  the  Congress  of  the  United  States 
on  July  27,  1948,  and  released  to  the  press  on  the  same 
date.  For  complete  text  of  the  message,  see  H.  Doc  374 
SOth  Cong.,  2d  se.ss.  ' 

185 


THE  RECORD   OF   THE   WEEIf 

prices  and  the  housing  shortage.  I  urge  the 
Congress  not  to  be  distracted  from  these  central 
purposes. 

At  the  same  time,  as  I  have  stated,  the  Congress 
can  and  should  act  on  certain  other  important 
items  of  legislation  at  this  special  session. 

These  include :  a  comprehensive  health  program, 
based  on  health  insurance ;  a  fair  and  sound  labor- 
management  relations  law — in  place  of  tlie  Taft- 
Hartley  law  which  has  proved  to  be  unfair  and 
unsound  and  which  should  be  repealed ;  a  real  long- 
range  farm  program;  a  stronger  reciprocal  trade 
agreements  act;  a  universal  training  program;  a 


national  science  foundation;  strengthened  anti- 
trust laws;  and  approval  of  the  St.  Lawrence 
Waterway  treaty. 

The  vigor  of  our  democracy  is  judged  by  its 
ability  to  take  decisive  actions — actions  which  are 
necessary  to  maintain  our  physical  and  moral 
strengtli  and  to  raise  our  standards  of  living.  In 
these  days  of  continued  stress,  the  test  of  that  vigor 
becomes  moi'e  and  more  difficult.  The  legislative 
and  executive  branches  of  our  Government  can 
meet  that  test  today. 

The  American  people  rightfully  expect  us  to 
meet  it  together.  I  hojie  that  the  American  people 
will  not  look  to  us  in  vain. 


Announcement  Regarding  Presentation  of  Hungarian  Bank  Shares 


[Released  to  the  press  July  30] 

The  attention  of  American  owners  or  custodians 
of  shares  of  the  National  Bank  of  Hungary  and 
of  financial  institutions  in  the  first  category  of  the 
central  corporation  of  banking  companies  is  called 
to  the  Department  of  State's  announcement  of 
June  29,  1948,^  entitled  "Hungary  requires  pres- 
entation of  foreign-owned  shares  of  Hungarian 
banks",  stating  that  such  shares  must  be  presented 
for  listing  at  a  Hungarian  consulate  on  or  before 
August  31,  1948. 

In  this  connection  the  Hungarian  Consulate 
General  at  New  York  (37  Wall  Street,  New  York, 
New  York)  has  now  published  the  following  an- 
nouncement in  the  press: 

"According  to  Government  Decree  5210/1948 
Korm.  of  the  Hungarian  Republic  published  on 
May  6th,  1948,  shares,  share  certificates,  scrips  or 
any  negotiable  papers  (hereafter  shares)  of  sliare- 
holders  issued  by  the  Hungarian  National  Bank 
and  financial  institutes  belonging  to  tlie  I.  cate- 
gory of  the  Central  Corporation  of  Banking  Com- 
panies have  to  be  presented  by  the  owner  or  the 
custodian. 

"When  presenting  the  shares  it  must  be  stated 
in  writing  as  to  when,  from  whom  and  on  what 
basis  the  shares  had  been  acquii-ed  and,  further- 
more, if  the  owner  is  a  foreign  citizen,  when  his 
citizenship  was  acquired  and,  if  he  resided  pre- 
viously in  Hungary,  when  did  he  leave  the  country. 

"Physical  persons  living  abroad  and  juridical 
persons  domiciled  outside  of  Hungary  have  to  pre- 
sent shares  at  any  Hungarian  Consulate.  The 
time  limit  for  presentation  is  August  31,  1948. 
Presentation  of  sliares  must  be  effected  on  forms 
available  free  of  charge  at  all  Consulates.  Per- 
sons whose  shares  are  in  Hungary  should  inform 
the  custodian  of  all  data  so  that  he  could  make 
use  of  them  wlien  presenting  the  shares.  If  shares 
are  in  process  of  nullification,  tlie  declaration  con- 
taining all  details  serves  as  substitute. 


'  Bulletin  of  July  11,  1948,  p.  54. 


"Tlie  presentation  or  registration  of  the  shares 
will  be  acknowledged  by  receipt.  Shares  not  pre- 
sented within  the  stipulated  time,  will  be  invali- 
dated. 

"The  following  sliares  must  be  presented: 
National  Banlv  of  Hungary,  British  and  Hunga- 
rian Bank  Limited,  The  City  Savings  Banii  Com- 
pany Limited,  City  of  Budapest  Municipal 
Savings  Bank  Company  Limited,  Hungarian 
General  Creditbank,  Hungarian  Discount  and 
Exchange  Bank,  Hungarian  Italian  Bank  Lim- 
ited, First  National  Savings  Bank  Corp.  of  Pest, 
Hungarian  Commercial  Bank  of  Pest. 

"Furtlier:  the  shares  of  joint  stock  companies 
merged  into  the  preceding  ones,  tud:  National 
Banking  Corporation  Limited,  National  Central 
Savings  Bank  of  Hungary,  National  Credit  In- 
stitution Limited,  Hungarian  General  Savings 
Bank  Limited,  Caisse  d'Epargne  Unie  de  la  Capi- 
tate de  Budapest,  Nova  Communication  and  In- 
dusti-y  Limited,  et  cetera." 


Second  Session,  Geneva  draft — Continued  from  page  172 

ethnic,  linguistic  or  religious  minorities  shall  have  the 
right,  as  far  as  compatible  with  public  order,  to  establish 
and  maintain  schools  and  cultural  or  religious  institu- 
tions, and  to  use  their  own  language  in  the  press,  in  public 
assembly  and  before  the  courts  and  other  authorities  of 
the  State.) 

Text  proposed  by  the  Sub-Commission  on  the  I'bevention 
OP  Discrimination  and  the  Proteotion  op  Minorities 
(In  States  inhabited  by  well-defined  ethnic,  linguistic  or 
religious  groups  which  are  clearly  distinguished  from  the 
rest  of  the  population,  and  which  want  to  be  accorded 
differential  treatment,  per.sons  belonging  to  such  groups 
shall  have  the  right,  as  far  as  is  compatible  with  public 
order  and  security,  to  establish  and  maintain  their  schools 
and  cultural  or  religious  institutions,  and  to  use  their 
own  language  and  script  in  the  press,  in  public  assembly 
and  before  the  courts  and  other  authorities  of  the  State, 
if  they  so  choose.) 


186 


Department  of  Sfafe   Bulletin 


THE   DEPARTMENT 


PUBLICATIONS 
Department  of  State 

Far  sdli-  by  the  Sii/n  riiiliiidcnt  of  Docutiicnts.  Qnvernmcnt 
Priiitiny  Ofjicc,  Wdsliiiigton  ^5,  D.C.  Addrvus  requests 
(linct  to  the  Siil»'''ii'lc><'l^'nt  of  Documents,  crccpt  in  the 
case  of  free  jiuhUentions,  ichich  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Department  of  State. 

Assistance  to  the  People  of  Austria  Under  Public  Law 
3S9 — 80lh  Congress.  Treaties  and  Other  International 
Acts  Series  IGOL'.     I'ub.  3056.     15  pp.     lO^*. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  of  America 
and  Austria — Sijrned  at  Vienna  January  2,  IWS; 
entered  into  force  January  2,  1948. 

Transfer  of  United  States  Naval  Vessels  and  Equipment 
to  the  Chinese  Government.  Treaties  and  Otlier  Interna- 
tional Acts  Series  1691.    Pub.  30G9.    35  pp.    10^. 

Agreement  and  Accnnipanying  Notes  Between  the 
United  States  of  America  and  China — Signed  at  Nan- 
kins December  S,  1947;  entered  into  force  December 
8,  19-17. 

Information  For  Bearers  of  Passports,  June  1,  1948. 
Passport  Series  9.     Pub.  314G.     69  pp.     Free. 

Miscellaneous  information  regarding  passports,  na- 
tionality, and  status  of  American  citizens  in  certain 
countries. 

The  International  Control  of  Atomic  Energy:  Policy  at 
the  Crossroads.  Oeneral  Foreign  Policy  Series  3.  Pub. 
3161.     X,  251  pp.     45p. 

An  informal  summary  record  of  the  policy  develop- 
ments concerning  the  international  control  of  atomic 
energy,  October  15,  1946.  to  May  17,  1948 ;  includes 
text  of  body  of  Third  Report  of  the  United  Nations 
Atomic  Energy  Commission  to  the  Security  Council. 

The  International  Control  of  Atomic  Energy:  The  Third 
Report  of  the  Atomic  Energy  Commission  to  the  Security 
Council,  May  17,  1948.  International  Organization  and 
Conference  Series  III,  7.     Pub.  3179.     78  pp.     250. 

Complete  text  of  the  Third  Reiwrt.  descrilnng  the  pro- 
ceedings in  the  Commission  since  September  1947  and 
explaining  the  impasse  reached  in  the  proceedings. 
Contains  texts  of  ijcrtinent  documents,  including  reso- 
lutions and  Soviet  and  U.S.  statements. 

The  Near  East — Uneasy  Crossroads.  Foreign  Affairs  Out- 
line no.  16.     Pub.  3180.     4  pp.     Free. 

A  discu.ssion  of  the  current  situation  in  the  Near  East 
and  of  measures  taken  by  the  United  States  to  im- 
prove it. 

The  Interim  Committee  of  the  General  Assembly:  "The 
Little  Assembly",  A  Legislative  History.  International 
Organization  and  Conference  Series  III,  9.  I'ub.  3204. 
32  pp.     200. 

Assistance  to  the  People  of  France  LTnder  Public  Law 

389 — 80th  Congress.  Treaties  and  Other  International 
Acts  Series  1690.    Pub.  3063.    18  pp.    100. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  of  America  and 
France — Signed  at  Paris  Jan.  2,  1948;  entered  into 
force  Jan.  2,  1948. 

Health  and  Sanitation:  Cooperative  Program  in  Haiti. 

Treaties  and  Other  International  Acts  Series  1693.  Pub. 
3070.     11  pp.     5«'. 

August  8,    J  948 


Agreement  Between  the  United  States  of  America  and 
Haiti  Extending  the  Agreement  of  Apr.  7,  1942,  as 
amended,  until  June  30,  1948 — Effected  by  exchange 
of  notes  signed  at  Port-au-Prince  Sept.  25  and  27, 
1947 ;  entered  into  force  Sept.  27,  1947,  effective  Sept. 
30,  1947. 

Settlement  of  Lend-Lease  Interest  in  Future  Sales  of 
Surplus  Stores  in  the  Middle  East.  Treaties  and  Other 
International  Acts  Series  1C9S.     Pub.  3075.     5  pp.     5«(. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  of  America  and 
the  United  Kingdom  of  Groat  Britain  and  Northern 
Ireland  Superseding  in  part  the  Agreement  of  Mar.  27, 
1946 — Signed  at  London  Jan.  7,  1948;  entered  into 
force  Jan.  7,  1948,  effective  July  15,  1947. 

Air  Service:  Facilities  at  Eagle  Farm  and  Amberley  in 
Australia.  Treaties  and  Other  International  Acts  Series 
1732.     Pub.  3154.     4  pp.     5^. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  of  America  and 
Australia — Signed  at  Canberra  Mar.  10,  1947;  entered 
into  force  Mar.  10,  1947. 

Air  Service:  SCS-51  Equipment  at  Cointrin  Airport  in 
Switzerland.  Treaties  and  Other  International  Acts 
Series  1730.     Pub.  3158.     2  pp.     50. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  of  America  and 
Switzerland — Signed  at  Bern  Apr.  30,  1947;  entered 
into  force  Apr.  30, 1947. 

Report  on  Japanese  Reparations  to  the  President  of  the 
LInited  States,  November  1945  to  April  1946.  Far  Eastern 
Series  25.  Pub.  3174.  Approximately  250  pp.,  10  charts. 
Processed.     $1.50. 

Report  by  Edwin  W.  Pauley,  Ambassador  of  the  United 
States  and  Personal  Representative  of  the  President 
on  Rejiarations. 

Toward  a  World  Maritime  Organization.     International 

Organization  and  Conference  Series  IV,  Intergovernmental 
Maritime  Consultative  Organization  1.  Pub.  3196.  28 
pp.     15'i'. 

Articles  on  a  world  maritime  organization,  by  Eula 
McDonald,  and  on  the  United  Nations  Maritime  Con- 
ference, by  John  M.  Gates,  Jr. 

Significance  of  Textiles  in  the  Japanese  Economy.    Far 

Eastern  Series  20.     I'nb.  3199.     8  pp.     100. 

An  article  by  Stanley  Nehmer  and  Marguerite  C. 
Crimmins. 

Arms  for  the  United  Nations.  International  Organiza- 
tion and  Conference  Series  III,  8.     Pub.  3203.     18  pp.     1.50. 

A  paper  on  the  discussion  of  the  Military  Staff  Com- 
mittee's Report  to  the  Security  Council,  prepared  by 
Donald  C.  Blaisdell. 

Diplomatic  List,  July  1948.  Pub.  3217.  190  pp.  30^  a 
copy  ;  !i;3.25  a  year  domestic,  $4.50  a  year  foreign. 

Monthly  list  of  foreign  diplomatic  rejiresentatives  in 
Washington,  with  their  addresses. 


THE  FOREIGN  SERVICE 
Diplomatic  and  Consular  Offices 

The   Legation   and   the   Consulate  at  Bern,  have  been 
combined,  effective  July  1.  1948. 

187 


Fast 

The  United  Nations  and 
Specialized  Agencies 

Progress  Report  on  Human  Rights.     Article 

by  James  Pomeroy  Hendrick 159 

Provisional    Agenda   for  the   Third   Regular 

Session  of  the  General  Assembly  ....         173 

Truce  Supervision  in  Palestine.  Cablegrams 
From  the  United  Nations  Mediator 
Dated  July  22  and  27,  1948,  to  the  Secre- 

■fo  j-y.fjpfjgpg,! i/0 

TJ  N.  Documents:  A  Selected  Bibliography  .         178 
The  United  States  in  the  United  Nations  .    .         179 
International  Institute  of  the  Hylean  Amazon 
Established  at  Iquitos  Conference.     Ar- 
ticle by  Clarence  A.  Boonstra 18d 

U.S.  Delegation  to  Unesco  Preparatory  Con- 
ference .    ° 


Page 

General  Policy 

Calling  of  Special  Session  of  Eightieth  Con- 
gress. Excerpts  From  the  Message  of 
the  President  to  the  Congress 185 

Economic  Affairs 

Announcement    Regarding    Presentation    of 

Hungarian  Bank  Shares 18o 

Calendar  of  International  Meetings  181 

The  Foreign  Service 

Diplomatic  and  Consular  Offices 187 

Publications 

Department  of  State 187 


r. 


James  Pomeroy  Hendrick,  author  of  the  article  on  human  rights, 
is  Acting  Associate  Chief  of  the  Division  of  United  Nations  Economic 
and  Social  Affairs,  Office  of  United  Nations  Affairs,  Department  of 
State.  He  has  served  as  Adviser  to  Mrs.  Franklin  D.  Roosevelt,  the 
United  States  Representative  to  the  Commission  on  Human  Rights, 
at  all  sessions  of  the  Commission  and  of  its  Drafting  Committee. 

Clarence  A.  Boonstra,  author  of  the  article  on  the  establishment  of 
the  International  Institute  of  the  Hylean  Amazon,  is  Agricultural 
Attach^,  American  Embassy,  Lima.  Mr.  Boonstra  served  as  chairman 
of  the  U.S.  Delegation  to  the  conference. 


U.  S.  GOVERNMENT    PRINTING    OFFICE:  IS48 


"^ 


^r'^.  1  hi>o 


tJri€/  ^e^a/}ci77ten{/  ^ t/tate/ 


PROGRESS     IN    THE    INTERIM     COMMITTEE      • 

Statement  by  Joseph  E.  Johnson 191 

CONFERENCE   TO  CONSIDER  FREE  NAVIGATION 

OF     THE     DANUBE         •         Statement  by  Ambassador 
Cavendish  W.  Cannon 197 

ECONOMIC  FACTORS  IN  U.S.  FOREIGN  POLICY  • 

By  Winthrop  G.  Brown 203 


Far  complete  contents  see  back  cover 


Vol.  XIX,  No.  476 
August  15, 1948 


-»A«'*'^   Ofr 


I  Tea 


*.^..wy*.  bulletin 


Vol.  XIX,  No.  476  •   Pubucation  3244 
August  15, 1948 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Washington  25,  D.C 

Scbschiptiok: 
62  issue?,  $5;  single  copy.  15  cents 

Published  with  the  approval  of  the 
Director  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may 
be  reprinted.  Citation  of  the  Department 
OF  State  Bulletin  as  the  source  will  be 
appreciated. 


The  Department  of  State  BULLETIN, 
a  weekly  publication  compiled  and 
edited  in  the  Division  of  Publications, 
Office  of  Public  Affairs,  provides  the 
public  and  interested  agencies  of 
the  Government  with  information  on 
developments  in  the  field  of  foreign 
relations  and  on  the  work  of  the  De- 
partment of  State  and  the  Foreign 
Service.  The  BULLETIN  includes 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements  and  addresses 
made  by  the  President  and  by  the 
Secretary  of  State  and  other  officers 
of  the  Department,  as  well  as  special 
articles  on  various  phases  of  inter- 
national affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department,  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  in- 
ternational agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a 
party  and  treaties  of  general  inter- 
national interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department,  as 
well  as  legislative  material  in  the  field 
of  international  relations,  are  listed 
currently. 


g.  S.  SUPtRlNTENOEWr  Vf  OOCUM£NrS 

AUG  25  1948 

A  REVIEW  OF  SIX  MONTHS  OF  PROGRESS  IN  THE 
INTERIM  COMMITTEE 


BY  JOSEPH  E.  JOHNSON  > 


Deputy  U.S.  Representative  on  the  Interim  Committee 


The  six  months  during  which  the  Intei'im  Com- 
mittee has  sat  have  been  busj^  ones. 

It  is  an  important  fact  that  52  members  of  the 
United  Nations  have  at  frequent  intervals  sat 
around  a  table  and  exchanged  views  on  many  im- 
portant questions  without  the  pressure  of  an  im- 
mediate political  dispute  demanding  settlement. 
That  has  permitted  the  Interim  Committee  to  look 
beyond  the  immediate  future  and  to  do  some  think- 
ing about  long-range  planning. 

Here  is  my  estimation  of  what  the  Interim  Com- 
mittee has  done : 

1.  In  the  first  place,  I  think  it  is  fair  to  say  that 
it  has  avoided  the  necessity  of  a  special  session  of 
the  General  Assembly  by  means  of  the  Korean  con- 
sultation. You  will  remember  that  the  United  Na- 
tions Temporary  Commission  on  Korea  was  au- 
thorized to  consult  the  Interim  Committee  in  the 
light  of  developments.  When  it  arrived  in  Korea 
and  was  faced  with  the  negative  attitude  of  the 
Soviet  Government,  it  requested  the  Interim  Com- 
mittee for  advice  as  to  whether  it  should  proceed 
with  elections.  It  wanted  the  views  of  this  body, 
representing  as  it  did  all  those  members  of  the 
United  Nations  who  were  willing  to  take  their 
seats.  Witlun  a  week  or  two,  it  received  the  views 
of  the  Interim  Committee  that  it  should  proceed 
with  elections  in  those  areas  open  to  it.  and  there 
followed  steps  looking  toward  the  creation  of  a 
Korean  Government.  The  elections  were  duly  held 
under  the  supervision  of  the  Commission. 

2.  The  Assembly  has  the  responsibilities  under 
article  13  and  article  11  to  promote  international 
cooperation  in  the  political  field.  That  broad  re- 
sponsibility includes  consideration  of  the  pacific 
settlement  of  disputes.  The  Charter  provides  in 
article  33  that  before  going  to  United  Nations 

August    15,    1948 


organs  with  a  dispute  the  parties  are  expected 
"first  of  all"  to  seek  a  solution  by  various  forms 
of  pacific  settlement.  They  are  mentioned  in  ar- 
ticle 33  as  "negotiation,  enquiry,  mediation,  con- 
ciliation, arbitration,  judicial  settlement,  resort  to 
regional  agencies  or  arrangements,  or  other  peace- 
ful means  of  their  own  choice."  As  a  constitu- 
tional document,  the  Charter  has  not  set  out  in 
detail  how  these  methods  operate  or  what  their 
nature  is.  Subcommittee  2  has  had  a  look  at  this 
whole  field  and  has  written  a  report  which  attempts 
to  put  them  all  together  in  a  systematic  way  and 
show  what  their  relations  are.  The  subcommittee 
has  thus  begun  for  the  General  Assembly  an  im- 
portant study  in  a  field  for  which  the  General 
Assembly  is  responsible.  The  Interim  Committee 
feels  that  this  study  will  be  in  the  nature  of  a  con- 
tinuing examination  of  these  principles. 

Some  modest,  concrete  proposals  have  resulted 
from  the  study.  In  the  first  place  there  is  a  recom- 
mendation resulting  from  a  Chinese-United  States 
proposal  for  the  establishment  of  a  panel  from 
which  commissions  of  conciliation  or  inquiry  may 


•  Released  to  the  press  by  the  U.S.  Mission  to  the  U.N. 
on  July  30,  1948.  For  previously  published  material 
relating"  to  the  Interim  Committee,  see  U.S.  draft  reso- 
lution on  the  Problem  of  Voting  in  the  Security  Council, 
Bulletin  of  Jan.  18,  1948,  p.  86  :  Discussion  in  the  Interim 
Committee  on  the  Problem  of  Voting,  U.S.  Proposals  and 
Statement  by  Philip  C.  Jessup,  Bttlletin  of  Mar.  2S,  1948, 
p  412;  The  Little  Assembly  of  the  United  Nations,  by 
Philip  C.  Jessup.  Bulletin  of  May  2,  1948,  p.  573;  Future 
of  the  Interim  Committee,  Statement  by  Joseph  E.  John- 
son. Bulletin  of  June  27,  1948,  p.  823 ;  Voting  in  the  Se- 
curity Council,  by  Bernhard  G.  Bechhoefer,  Bulletin  of 
July  4,  194S,  p.  3;  Korean  Question  in  the  U.N.  Interim 
Committee,  Statement  by  Philip  C.  Jessup,  Documents  and 
State  Papers,  May  194S,  p.  92;  Tlie  Interim  Committee  of 
the  General  Assembly:  A  Legislatiye  History,  by  David 
W.  Wainhouse,  Documents  and  State  Papers,  June  1943, 
p.  159  (also  Department  of  State  publication  3204). 

191 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS   AND   SPECIAIIZED  AGENCIES 

be  dra^Yii,  either  by  the  parties  to  a  dispute  or  by 
United  Nations  organs.  Putting  aside  technical 
considerations,  what  it  amounts  to  is  a  list  of  com- 
petent persons  of  known  ability,  available  on  short 
notice,  to  act  as  individuals  and  not  as  representa- 
tives of  governments  in  forming  commissions  of 
inquiry  or  conciliation.  In  case  of  urgent  need, 
parties  to  a  dispute  or  the  Secretary-General  can 
convene  a  commission  by  telephone  or  telegram, 
drawing  on  the  membership  of  the  panel.  This 
element  of  time  is  important  in  the  fast-moving 
world  of  today,  and  the  commissions  provided  for 
in  some  of  the  older  treaties  could  not  under  certain 
circumstances  be  convened  in  less  than  six  months. 

Another  proposal  approved  by  the  subcom- 
mittee involves  the  conferring  upon  organs  of  the 
United  Nations  of  certain  responsibilities  that  of- 
ficials of  the  League  of  Nations  had  under  the 
General  Act  of  1928.  The  act  is  a  multilateral 
treaty  attempting  to  stop  up  gaps  in  the  League 
of  Nations  Covenant  by  providing,  in  a  flexible 
way,  a  system  of  peaceful  settlement.  It  covers 
conciliation,  arbitration,  and  judicial  settlement 
and  represented  the  best  thinking  of  the  time  on 
these  subjects.  The  United  States  is  not  a  party 
to  the  General  Act. 

A  third  proposal  which  was  acted  upon  sug- 
gested rules  of  procedure  of  the  Security  Council 
and  the  Assembly  which  would  take  over  what 
was  considered  a  useful  League  of  Nations  prac- 
tice of  having  the  parties  to  a  dispute  meet  with 
eitlier  the  president  or  some  other  representative 
of  the  Council  or  Assembly  not  later  than  after 
they  had  made  their  opening  statements  in  either 
body.  Following  tliat,  with  the  president  or  per- 
son so  appointed,  they  could  clarify  the  issues  and 
areas  of  agreement  and  disagreement.  It  was  the 
custom  of  the  League  of  Nations  Council  to  appoint 
a  rapporteur  for  each  dispute  who  would  famil- 
iarize himself  with  details  of  the  case  and  meet 
with  the  parties,  in  part  as  a  conciliator  and  in  part 
so  that  the  case  could  be  clearly  presented  and  the 
discussion  channeled  toward  the  real  questions  at 
issue.  In  the  Interim  Committee  proposals  this 
man  has  been  called  a  conciliator  or  rapporteur. 
Tliis  was  the  suggestion  of  the  United  Kingdom 
and  Iranian  Representatives  arising  out  of  their 
League  experience. 

There  were  other  proposals  which  the  subcom- 
mittee felt  need  further  study.  One  is  a  Lebanese 
proposal  that  a  permanent  conciliation  commission 
should  be  appointed  as  a  subsidiary  organ  of  the 
Assembly.  There  is  an  Ecuadoran  proposal  that 
questions  of  domestic  jurisdiction,  when  they  arise 
in  the  wide  field  of  pacific  settlement,  should  al- 
ways find  their  way  to  the  International  Court  of 
Justice.  The  United  States  had  difficulties  with 
the  principles  involved  in  both  of  these  proposals. 

China  and  the  United  States,  considering  the 
fact  that  there  are  few  definite  rules  of  procedure 


in  the  field  of  pacific  settlement,  have  suggested 
a  multilateral  treaty  or  General  Assembly  reso- 
lution that  would  cover  all  the  procedural  details 
which  would  come  up  before  a  United  Nations 
commission  in  the  field  or  a  conciliation  commis- 
sion or  before  a  moderator.  We  think  it  would  be 
useful  for  states  to  be  able  to  look  at  a  collection 
of  rules  of  procedure  and  thereby  be  able  to  as- 
certain how  they  would  proceed  if  they  wished 
to  conciliate  or  mediate  a  particular  dispute.  We 
have  referred  in  the  subcommittee  to  rules  of  civil 
procedure  or  a  civil  practice  act  such  as  we  have 
in  American  domestic  law. 

3.  Then  there  is  the  veto.  The  exercise  of  the 
veto  power  in  the  Security  Council  has  the  great- 
est bearing  upon  the  vitality  and  success  of  the 
United  Nations.  We  have  taken  the  position  that 
the  most  practical  method  of  improving  the  situ- 
ation caused  by  the  abuse  of  the  rule  of  unanimity 
is  to  liberalize  the  voting  procedure. 

We  recognize  the  importance  of  the  unanimity 
principle  among  tlie  great  powers,  and  therefore 
we  have  proceeded  step  by  step.  The  United 
States  suggested  that  the  Interim  Committee 
should  study  all  the  categories  of  decisions  which 
the  Security  Council  is  required  to  make  and  then 
report  to  the  General  Assembly  those  categories 
which  the  Interim  Committee  thinks  should  be 
made  by  the  affirmative  vote  of  any  seven  members 
of  the  Council.  We  believe  the  most  effective  way 
of  securing  improvement  of  operations  of  the 
Council  is  by  agreement  of  the  permanent  mem- 
bers on  a  repoil  which  is  the  result  of  careful  and 
unlmrried  consideration  in  the  Interim  Committee. 

The  report  approved  by  the  Interim  Committee 
is  just  such  a  report.  It  is  a  long  and  technical 
document,  but  a  study  of  it  will  show  just  what  all 
the  members  of  the  United  Nations  who  took  their 
seats  in  the  Interim  Committee  think  about  these 
various  categories.  We  all  agreed  that  certain 
decisions  were  procedural.  We  were  all  agreed 
that  no  recommendation  should  be  made  as  to  cer- 
tain decisions,  including  all  of  those  under  chapter 
VII. 

The  United  States  has  stated  its  willingness  to 
eliminate  the  veto  as  to  all  chapter  VI  decisions 
and  membership  applications.  The  report  of  the 
subcommittee  contains  some  divergencies  of  views 
on  chapter  VI  decisions,  but  there  is  a  wide  meas- 
ure of  agreement  that  membership  applications 
should  not  be  subject  to  the  veto. 

This  study  provides  the  basis  that  is  needed  for 
consideration  by  the  permanent  members  of  their 
position  on  the  veto.  It  is,  we  believe,  the  surest 
way  to  secure  better  voting  procedures  in  the  Se- 
curity Council.  That  is  one  reason  why  we  op- 
pose the  calling  of  a  conference  now  to  revise  the 
Charter.  This  apparent  short  cut  would  solve 
nothing. 

The  report  is  an  important  step  in  our  efforts 


192 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


to  strengthen  the  Charter  and  avoid  abuses  of  the 
veto. 

4.  The  record  of  the  Interim  Committee  shows 
that  it  should  be  continued.  This  veto  report  is  a 
good  example  of  the  sort  of  job  that  tlie  first 
committee  or  even  one  of  its  subcommittees  could 
not  possibly  undertake  during  the  pressure  of  the 
General  Assembly,  and  a  small  ad  hoc  committee 
would  lack  the  authority  necessai'y  to  produce  an 
eifective  result.  The  Interim  Conunittee  or  some 
other  body  has  got  to  carry  on  the  study  of  po- 
litical cooperation  and  pacific  settlement.  A  good 
start  has  been  made. 

The  absence  of  the  Soviet  bloc  has  made  some 
of  the  Interim  Committee  work  less  effective  than 
it  otherwise  might  have  been.  However,  we  do 
not  propose  to  urge  the  limitation  of  the  develop- 
ment of  the  United  Nations  and  its  activities  be- 
cause the  Soviet  bloc  does  not  choose  to  participate 
in  a  body,  whether  in  the  Interim  Committee  or 
in  various  ad  hoc  committees  of  the  General  As- 
sembly. We  would  like  to  see  tliese  six  members 
take  their  seats  in  the  Interim  Committee.  We 
think  that  its  work  indicates  pretty  clearly  liow 
incorrect  the  Soviet  prophecy  was  that  it  would 
be  used  simply  as  a  crude  device  to  bypass  the 
Security  Council  and  to  usurp  its  functions. 

We  would  like  to  see  all  United  Nations  mem- 
bers contribute  in  an  active  way  to  the  Interim 
Committee's  work.  But  here  as  in  other  organs 
and  committees  where  the  Soviet  bloc  abstains,  we 
do  not  propose  to  sit  back  and  admit  that  their 
absence  ties  our  hands. 

By  its  work,  the  Interim  Committee  has  short- 
ened the  probable  length  of  the  next  session  of  the 
General  Assembly.  The  carefully  drafted  reports, 
with  details  worked  out  and  draft  resolutions  at- 
tached, are  bound  to  save  time  for  the  Assembly's 
standing  committees.  The  time-saving  effect 
would  be  even  more  noticeable  if  the  Committee 
had  been  called  upon  to  undertake  preparatory 
work  for  Assembly  consideration  of  disputes  re- 
ferred to  it  in  accordance  with  paragraph  2b  of 
the  resolution  establishing  the  Interim  Commit- 
tee. As  the  Interim  Committee  develops  we  may 
see  this  preparatory  function  repeatedly  used. 

We  have  seen  the  Interim  Committee  conduct 
the  follow-up  function  for  the  General  Assembly 
in  a  careful  and  thorough  way  in  both  the  veto 
study  and  the  Korean  case.  I  am  sure  the  Polit- 
ical and  Security  Committee  of  the  General  As- 
sembly will  realize  the  usefulness  of  this  body  for 
following  up  on  complicated  cases  when  it  con- 
siders these  two  items  in  Paris.  Consequently, 
they  are  likely  to  want  the  Interim  Committee  to 
undertake  further  work  of  this  sort  next  year. 

Therefore,  we  feel  that  the  Interim  Committee 
is  winding  up  a  successful  first  season  and  that  it 
has  a  role  to  play  in  the  sound  development  of  the 
United  Nations  organization. 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS  AND  SPBCIAUZED  AGENCIES 

Harper  Sibley  Named  Chairman  of 
U.N.  Day  Citizens'  Committee 

Harper  Sibley  of  Rochester,  New  York,  has  ac- 
cepted the  invitation  of  Secretary  of  State  George 
C.  Marshall  to  be  chairman  of  the  National  Citi- 
zens' Committee  for  United  Nations  Day.  Frank 
B.  Frederick  of  Boston  and  Alger  Hiss  of  New 
York  have  also  accepted  invitations  to  be  vice 
chairmen  of  the  Committee. 

The  General  Assembly  of  the  United  Nations  on 
October  31,  1947,  passed  a  resolution  naming 
October  24  as  United  Nations  Day  and  inviting 
all  member  governments  to  cooperate  with  the 
United  Nations  in  securing  the  observance  of  this 
day. 

The  United  Nations  resolution  states  that  the 
day  "shall  be  devoted  to  making  known  to  the 
peoples  of  the  world  the  aims  and  achievements 
of  the  United  Nations  and  to  gaining  their  sup- 
port for  the  work  of  the  United  Nations".  A 
resolution,  passed  at  the  Second  Session  of  the 
General  Conference  of  Unesco,  suggests  that 
national  commissions  or  cooperating  bodies  in 
member  states  encourage  "the  teaching  of  the 
Charter,  structure  and  activities  of  the  United 
Nations"  within  the  limits  of  their  resources. 

A  meeting  of  some  60  national  organizations 
and  government  agencies,  sponsored  jointly  by  the 
Department  of  State  and  the  United  States 
National  Commission  for  Unesco,  was  held  June 
25  in  Washington  to  consider  ways  of  implement- 
ing the  United  Nations  and  Unesco  resolutions. 

The  meeting  of  interested  national  groups 
agreed  that  there  should  be  created  a  national 
citizens'  committee  to  promote  United  Nations 
Day  in  the  United  States,  to  be  appointed  by  the 
Secretary  of  State. 

Close  liaison  will  be  maintained  between  the 
Committee,  the  United  Nations,  the  State  Depart- 
ment and  through  it  the  Unesco  National  Commis- 
sion, and  the  United  States  Mission  to  the  United 
Nations. 


Letters  of  Credence 

Hungary 

The  newly  appointed  Minister  of  Hungary,  An- 
drew Sik,  presented  his  credentials  to  the  Presi- 
dent on  August  4, 1948.  For  texts  of  the  Minister's 
remarks  and  the  President's  reply,  see  Department 
of  State  press  release  627  of  August  4. 

India 

The  newly  appointed  Ambassador  of  India,  Sir 
Benegal  Rama  Rau,  CLE.,  presented  his  creden- 
tials to  the  President  on  August  5,  1948.  For 
texts  of  the  Ambassador's  remarks  and  the  Presi- 
dent's reply,  see  Department  of  State  press  release 
630  of  August  5. 


Augusf    15,    1948 


193 


U.S.  Position  Regarding  Establishment  of  System  for 
Regulation  of  Armaments 


STATEMENT  BY  FREDERICK  H.  OSBORN  > 
Deputy  U.S.  Representative  in  tiie  Commission  for  Conventional  Armaments 


The  United  States  Government  wishes  to  draw 
the  attention  of  the  Commission  to  the  action 
which  it  took  in  approving  the  United  Kingdom 
resohition  on  principles  at  the  last  meeting  of  the 
Working  Committee  and  to  make  clear  its  posi- 
tion that  the  work  of  this  body  should  be  con- 
tinued. The  responsibility  of  my  Government 
and  other  governments  represented  on  this  Com- 
mission arises  from  ai'ticle  26  of  the  Charter  and 
previous  actions  of  the  General  Assembly  and  the 
Security  Council. 

Article  26  of  the  Charter  provides  that  "the 
Security  Council  shall  be  responsible  for  formu- 
lating .  .  .  plans  to  be  submitted  to  the  Members 
of  the  United  Nations  for  the  establishment  of  a 
system  for  the  regulation  of  armaments." 

In  the  General  Assembly  resolution  of  Decem- 
ber 14,  1946,  the  General  Assembly  recommended 
to  the  Security  Council  that  it  give  "prompt  con- 
sideration to  formulating  the  practical  measures, 
according  to  their  priority,  which  are  essential 
to  provide  for  general  regulation  and  reduction 
of  armaments  and  armed  forces.  .  .  .  The  plans 
formulated  by  the  Security  Council  shall  be  sub- 
mitted by  the  Secretary  General  to  the  Members 
of  the  United  Nations". 

The  Security  Council  resolution  establishing 
this  Commission  provided  that  the  Commission 
will  submit  to  the  Security  Council  proposals  (a) 
for  the  regulation  and  reduction  of  armaments 
and  armed  forces  and  (6)  for  practical  and  ef- 
fective safeguards  in  connection  with  the  general 
regulation  and  reduction  of  armaments. 

The  plan  of  work  for  the  Commission  for  Con- 
ventional Armaments  approved  by  the  Security 
Council  on  July  8,  1947,  contains  the  following 
items : 

"1.  Consider  and  make  recommendations  to  the 
Security    Council    concerning    armaments    and 

'  aiade  before  the  meeting  of  tlie  Commission  for  Con- 
ventional Armaments  on  Aug.  2,  194S,  and  released  to  the 
press  by  the  U.S.  Mission  to  the  U.N.  on  the  same  date. 


armed  forces  which  fall  within  the  jurisdiction 
of  the  Commission  for  Conventional  Armaments. 

"2.  Consideration  and  determination  of  gen- 
eral principles  in  connection  with  the  regulation 
and  reduction  of  armaments  and  armed  forces. 

"3.  Consideration  of  practical  and  effective 
safeguards  by  means  of  an  international  system 
of  control  operating  through  special  organs  (and 
by  other  means)  to  protect  complying  States 
against  the  hazards  of  violations  and  evasions. 

"4.  Formulate  practical  proposals  for  the  regu- 
lation and  reduction  of  armaments  and  armed 
forces. 

"5.  Extension  of  the  principles  and  j^roposals 
set  forth  in  paragraphs  2,  3,  and  4  above  to  States 
which  are  not  Members  of  the  United  Nations. 

"G.  Submission  of  a  report  or  reports  to  the 
Security  Council  including,  if  possible,  a  Draft 
Convention." 

The  Working  Committee  of  the  Commission  for 
Conventional  Armaments  has  now  completed  its 
consideration  of  items  1  and  2  of  this  plan  of  work. 
The  chairman  of  the  Commission  has  suggested 
that  the  Commission  submit  an  interim  progress 
report  to  the  Security  Council  indicating  the  status 
of  its  work. 

The  United  States  will  support  the  proposal  of 
the  chairman  for  the  submission  of  an  interim 
status  report  to  the  Security  Council.  At  the  same 
time  I  woidd  like  to  make  it  clear  that  tlie  position 
of  the  United  States  is  that  the  work  of  the  Com- 
mission should  continue  with  as  little  delay  as 
possible.  The  position  of  the  United  States  is 
best  expressed  in  the  words  of  Secretary  Marshall 
to  the  General  Assembly  on  September  17,  1947 : 

"The  United  States  .  .  .  recognizes  the  impor- 
tance of  regulating  conventional  armaments.  We 
regret  that  much  more  progress  has  not  been  made 
in  this  field.  ...  it  is  very  easy  to  pay  lip  service 
to  the  sincere  aspirations  of  all  peoples  for  the 
limitation  and  reduction  of  armed  forces.  This  is 
a  serious  matter  which  should  not  be  the  subject 
of  demagogic  api^eals  and  irresponsible  propa- 


194 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


ganda.  I  say  frankly  to  (he  General  Assembly 
that  it  is  the  conviction  of  my  Government  that  a 
■workable  system  for  the  regulation  of  armaments 
cannot  be  put  into  operation  until  conditions  of 
international  confidence  prevail.  We  have  con- 
sistently and  repeatedly  made  it  clear  that  the 
regulation  of  armaments  presupposes  enough  in- 
ternational understanding  to  make  possible  the 
settlement  of  peace  terms  with  Germany  and  Ja- 
pan, the  implementation  of  agreements  putting 
military  forces  and  facilities  at  the  disposal  of  the 
Security  Council,  and  an  international  arrange- 
ment for  the  control  of  atomic  energy. 

"Nevertheless,  we  believe  it  is  important  not  to 
delay  the  formulation  of  a  system  of  arms  regula- 
tion for  implementation  when  conditions  permit. 
The  Security  Council  has  accepted  a  logical  plan 
of  work  for  the  Commission  for  Conventional 
Armaments.  We  believe  that  the  Commission 
should  proceed  vigorously  to  develop  a  system  for 
the  regulation  of  armaments  in  the  business-like 
manner  outlined  in  its  plan  of  work." 

The  work  of  this  Commission  has  continued  to  be 
hampered  by  "demagogic  appeals  and  irresponsible 
pi'opaganda".  We  cannot  but  note  regretfully 
that  the  Soviet  system  of  obstructionism  in  this 
Commission  is  the  same  as  that  employed  by  them 
in  the  Atomic  Energy  Commission.  Nevertheless, 
the  United  States  believes  that  the  Commission 
must  proceed  with  its  work. 


Status  of  Report  on  Overall  Strength  and 
Composition  of  Armed  Forces' 

The  Chairman  of  the  Military  Staff  Committee  to 
the  President  of  the  Security  Council 

2  July  1948 
On  31  July  1947  all  the  Delegations  in  the  Mili- 
tary Staff  Committee  had  tabled  their  provisional 
estimates  on  the  Overall  Strength  and  Compo- 
sition of  the  Armed  Forces  to  be  made  available  to 
the  Security  Council  by  Member  Nations  of  the 
United  Nations. 

The  Military  Staff  Committee  consequently  in- 
structed a  Sub-Committee  to  open  an  informal 
debate  with  the  object  of  reconciling  the  various 
proposals  (see  letter  dated  29  August  1947  from 
the  Chairman  of  the  Military  Staff  Committee  to 
the  Secretary -General). 


'  U.N.  doc.  S/879,  July  9,  1948. 

^Printed  materials  may  be  secured  in  the  United  States 
from  the  International  Documents  Service,  Columbia 
University  Press,  29C)0  Broadway,  New  York  City.  Other 
materials  (mimeographed  or  processed  documents)  may 
be  consulted  at  certain  designated  libraries  in  the  United 
States. 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS   AND  SPECIALIZED  AGENCIES 

On  23  December  1947  this  Sub-Committee  re- 
ported the  results  of  its  work  to  the  Military  Staff 
Committee. 

Since  the  beginning  of  1948,  the  Military  Staff 
Committee  has  been  mainly  engaged  in  the  con- 
sideration of  the  Sub-Committee's  report.     This 
consideration  is  now    completed.     However,    the 
Military  Staff  Committee  is  not  in  a  position  to 
undertake  the  final  review  of  the  Overall  Strength 
and  Composition  of  the  Armed  Forces  to  be  made 
available  to  the  Security  Council  by  Member  Na- 
tions of  the  United  Nations  and  so  make  further 
progress  in  this  matter  towards  the  conclusion  of 
the  Special  Agreements  required  by  Article  43  of 
the  Charter  until  agreement  has  been  reached  in 
the  Security  Council  on  the  divergences  of  view  on 
the  General  Principles  given  in  the  Keport  sub- 
mitted by  the  Military  Staff  Committee  to  the  Se- 
curity Council  on  30  April  1947  (S/336). 
A.  Ph.  Vasiliev 
Lieutenant-General,  Soviet  Army 
Chairman 
Military  Staff  Oorrmvittee 


Current  United  Nations  Documents: 
A  Selected  Bibliography  ^ 

General  Assembly 

Official  Records,  Second  Part  of  the  First  Session.  Third 
Committee,  Social,  Humanitarian  and  Cultural  Ques- 
tions. Summary  Record  of  Meetings  24  October- 
12  December  1946.  June  15,  1948.  423  pp.  printed. 
$3.75. 

Fourth  Committee  Trusteeship  Part  III.     Summary 

Records  of  Meetings  of  Subcommittee  2 ;  16  Novem- 
ber-.5  December  1946.     103  pp.     printed.     $1.00. 

Supplement  No.  4.  First  Annual  P.udget  1940 ;  Sec- 
ond Annual  Budget  1947 ;  and  the  Working  Capital 
Fund.     67  pp.     printed.     700. 

OfBcial  Records,  Third  Session.  Supplement  No.  6.  Fi- 
nancial Report  and  Accounts  for  the  Year  Ended  31 
December  1947,  and  Report  of  the  Board  of  Auditors. 

34  pp.     printed.     35(J. 

United  Nations  Temporary  Commission  on  Korea.  Sev- 
enth Information  Report  on  the  Work  of  the  Commis- 
sion (Period  4-17  April  1948).  A/54S,  June  28,  1948. 
17  pp.     mimeo. 

■ Eiglith  Information  Report  on  the  Work  of  the  Com- 
mission (Period  IS  April-1  May  1948).  A/561,  June 
29,  1948.    9  pp.    mimeo. 

Security  Council 

Official  Records,  Third  Year.  No.  64,  289th  and  290th 
meetings,  7  May  1948.     47  pp.     printed.     50^. 

No.  68,  294th  and  295th  meetings,  18  May  1948.     47 

pp.     printed.     50^. 

No.    70,    297th    and    298th    meetings,    20   May    1948. 

35  pp.     printed.     350. 

• No.  71,  299th  and  300th  meetings,  21  May  1948.    44  pp. 

printed.     450. 
No.  74,  304th  and  305th  meetings,  26  Alay  1948.     52 

pp.     printed.     500. 

(Continued  on  page  215) 


Aogusf   75,    J948 


195 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS   AND   SPECIALIZED   AGENCIES 


The  United  States  in  tlie  United  Nations 

Trieste 

The  United  States  answered  in  detail  on  August 
10  the  charges  of  Yugoslavia  that  the  United 
States  and  the  United  Kingdom  have  violated  the 
Italian  peace  treaty  in  the  administration  of  their 
zone  in  Trieste. 

The  full  presentation  was  made  by  Philip  C. 
Jessup,  Deputy  United  States  Representative  in 
the  Security  Council,  in  an  hour-long  speech.  Dr. 
Jessup  also  suggested  the  "necessity  for  careful 
consideration  of  the  administration  of  the  entire 
Territory  [of  Trieste]  with  a  view  to  determining 
whether  it  is  being  properly  administered  by  the 
caretaker  military  governments",  and  reiterated 
the  earlier  U.S. -British-French  call  for  revision  of 
the  Italian  treaty  to  incorporate  Trieste  within 
the  boundaries  of  Italy. 

Yugoslavia  based  its  charges  largely  on  article 
24,  paragraph  4,  of  the  Permanent  Statute  of  the 
Free  Territory  of  Trieste,  which  says :  "Economic 
union  or  associations  of  an  exclusive  character 
with  any  State  are  incompatible  with  the  status 
of  the  Free  Territory."  It  was  charged  that  cer- 
tain currency  and  banking  ties  between  Italy  and 
the  U.S.-U.k.  zone  violated  this  provision. 

Mr.  Jessup  based  his  answer  principally  on  ar- 
ticles 10  and  11  of  the  Instrument  for  the  Provi- 
sional Regime,  the  instrument  agreed  upon  by 
the  four  major  powers  to  be  the  basic  law  for  the 
area  until  the  proposed  Governor  could  establish 
an  independent  government.  Article  10  provides 
that  "Existing  laws  and  regulations  shall  remain 
valid  unless  and  until  revoked  or  suspended  by  the 
Governor."  Article  11  provides  that  "Pending 
the  establishment  of  a  separate  currency  regime 
for  the  Free  Territory  the  Italian  lira  shall  con- 
tinue to  be  the  legal  tender  within  the  Free  Terri- 
tory. The  Italian  Government  shall  supply  the 
foreign  exchange  and  currency  needs  of  the  Free 
Territory  under  conditions  no  less  favorable  than 
those  applying  in  Italy." 

Thus  the  four  powers  intended  to  retain  the 
financial  link  with  Italy  which  existed  prior  to 
the  treaty.  Dr.  Jessup  said,  and  the  agreements  be- 
tween the  U.S.-U.K.  zone  and  the  Italian  Govern- 
ment were  in  strict  conformity  with  those  inten- 
tions. He  quoted  from  official  statements  of  the 
Council  of  Foreign  Ministers  to  show  that  the 
Council  "unanimously  accepted  the  necessity  of 
continuing  exclusive  arrangements  with  Italy  un- 
til the  Governor  had  sufficient  time  to  set  up  an 
independent  economic  regime."  ^ 

On  August  6  the  United  Kingdom  and  the 
United  States  jointly  forwarded  to  the  Security 


Council  the  third  quarterly  report  of  Maj.  Gen.  T. 
S.  Airey,  Commander  of  the  U.S.-British  zone 
of  Trieste.^ 

President  Signs  Loan  Bill 

President  Truman  signed  into  law  the  $65,000,- 
000  U.N.  headquarters  loan  bill  at  White  House 
ceremonies  August  11.  The  measure  "demon- 
strates our  faith  in  the  future  of  the  United  Na- 
tions and  expresses  the  welcome  which  that  organ- 
ization finds  within  our  country",  the  President  ] 
said. 

Those  present  at  the  signing  were  Secretary  of  i 
State  Marshall ;  Ambassador  Warren  R.  Austin, 
U.S.  Representative  to  the  United  Nations;  U.N. 
Secretary-General  Trygvie  Lie;  Assistant  Secre- 
tary-General Byron  Price;  Tom  Connally,  Senate 
Foreign  Relations  Committee;  Charles  A.  Eaton 
and  Sol  Bloom,  House  Foreign  Affairs  Committee. 

ECOSOC 

After  lengthy  debate  the  Economic  and  Social 
Council,  meeting  in  Geneva,  adopted  on  August 
11  a  U.S.  resolution  noting  "with  satisfaction"  the 
Secretary-General's  report  on  the  Habana  confer- 
ence which  established  the  International  Trade 
Organization.     The  vote  was  15  to  3. 

Earlier  the  Council  noted  with  satisfaction  the 
reports  of  the  World  Health  Organization  and 
the  United  Nations  Educational,  Scientific  and 
Cultural  Organization.  The  Council  also  took 
action  on  such  subjects  as  migration,  narcotics, 
research  laboratories,  and  the  work  of  the  Popu- 
lation Commission. 

Conventional  Armaments 

The  Commission  for  Conventional  Armaments, 
working  toward  comiDletion  of  its  report  to  the 
Security  Council,  approved  on  August  12  a  reso- 
lution setting  forth  the  principles  recommended 
as  basic  to  any  system  regulating  and  reducing 
armaments  and  armed  forces. 

Such  regulation  and  reduction,  the  resolution 
said,  "can  only  be  put  into  effect  in  an  atmosphere 
of  international  confidence  and  security". 

The  conditions  essential  to  such  confidence  and 
security,  the  resolution  stated,  include  establish- 
ment of  adequate  security  forces  under  the  United 
Nations,  international  control  of  atomic  energy, 
and  conclusion  of  peace  settlements  with  Germany 
and  Japan. 

The  vote  was  9  to  2,  the  Soviet  Union  and  the 
Ukraine  opposing. 

'  U.  S.  Mission  to  the  United  Nations  press  release  503. 
=  U.N.  doc.  S/953. 


196 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


CONFERENCE  TO  CONSIDER  FREE  NAVIGATION  OF  THE  DANUBE 


Opening  of  the  Conference 


STATEMENT  BY  AMBASSADOR  CAVENDISH  W.  CANNON  < 
Chairman  of  the  U.S.  Delegation 


Tlie  task  of  this  Conference  is  to  implement 
principles  to  which  all  our  governments  have  al- 
ready pledged  agreement  in  the  treaties  of  peace 
between  the  Allied  and  Associated  Powers  and 
Rumania,  Bulgaria,  and  Hungary.  The  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  has  vigorously  advo- 
cated these  principles  since  the  end  of  the  war. 
We  have  gathered  here  to  establish  international 
arrangements  covering  the  entire  navigable  Dan- 
ube, which  will  in  fact  assure  freedom  of  navi- 
gation to  all  nations  on  a  footing  of  equality. 

I  hope  that  the  political  factors  which  have  en- 
gaged much  of  our  attention  since  this  Conference 
opened  will  not  divert  us  from  this  objective.  I 
acknowledge  that  in  making  this  assertion  I  differ 
from  the  opinion  expressed  by  the  Soviet  Delegate 
that  tlie  problem  of  this  Conference  is  essentially 
political.  I  think  it  would  be  most  deplorable  if 
we  persist  in  making  it  so.  AVe  Americans  are 
practical  people.  Let  me  say  at  the  outset  that 
we  want  sliips  of  all  flags  to  move  up  and  down  the 
river.  We  consider  that  tliis  Conference  should 
work  out  a  system  to  restore  a  once  flourishing 
traffic,  and,  by  its  further  development,  to  speed 
the  recovery  of  Europe.  The  welfare  of  the  peo- 
ples of  the  vast  region  served  by  this  great  water- 
way and  the  development  of  its  resources  are  nec- 
essarily dependent  upon  the  facilities  for  meeting 
the  urgent  need  of  supplies  of  many  kinds  and  for 
the  exchange  of  goods.  These  peoples  will  meas- 
ure the  success  or  failure  of  our  work  here  by  the 
realities  of  its  contribution  to  economic  progi-ess. 

Every  state  represented  here  has  something  to 
contribute  in  accomplishing  this  task.  Every  state 
represented  here  has  a  real  and  legitimate  interest 
in  the  Danube.  To  the  riparian  states  the  Dan- 
ube is  a  vital  artery  of  trade  with  one  another  and 
with  other  parts  of  the  world.  Others  have  a 
direct  economic  interest  because  of  their  trade 
and  shipping,  actual  and  potential.  Many  are 
parties  to  previous  international  conventions  re- 
lating to  navigation  on  the  river.  The  United 
States  believes  that  any  international  regime  es- 

August    15,    1948 

799704 — 48 2 


tablished  by  the  Conference  should  take  fully  into 
account  the  interests  of  all  these  states,  whether 
riparian  or  nonriparian. 

Clearly,  the  riparian  states  have  a  primary  in- 
terest. The  Danube,  however,  has  long  been  rec- 
ognized as  an  international  highway  open  to  the 
trade  of  all  nations.  The  United  States  is  of  the 
firm  opinion  that  provision  should  be  made  for 
the  representation  of  the  legitimate  interests  of 
nonriparian  states  on  the  International  Commis- 
sion established  to  carry  out  the  provisions  of  a 
Danube  convention.  W^e  are  convinced  that  such 
representation,  by  virtue  of  its  basic  importance 
for  expanding  trade  and  shipping  activity,  is 
equally  in  the  interests  of  the  peoples  who  live 
along  the  Danube. 

We  do  not  admit  that  nonriparian  representa- 
tion can  justly  be  termed  a  "privileged  position"  as 
was  stated  yesterday  by  the  Soviet  Delegate  in  his 
resume  of  his  proposed  draft.  On  the  contrary,  an 
important  reason  for  my  Government's  strong  con- 
viction in  favor  of  nonriparian  representation  lies 
in  the  dangers  inherent  in  exclusive  control  which 
can  too  easily  be  misused  for  the  privileged  in- 
terest of  one  country  or  a  limited  group  of  coun- 
tries at  the  expense  of  all  others.  This  has  been 
demonstrated  to  the  detriment  of  riparian  as  well 
as  nonriparian  states,  both  in  the  distant  and  in  the 
recent  past. 

The  United  States  interest  in  the  Danube  is 
based  upon  several  considerations  in  addition  to  its 
role  as  a  spon.sor  of  this  Conference. 

The  share  of  the  United  States  in  achieving  the 
common  Allied  victory  in  Europe  is  well  known 
to  every  delegate  seated  around  this  table.  More 
important,  however,  for  the  purposes  of  our  dis- 
cussions here,  is  the  unprecedented  material  con- 
tribution macle  by  the  American  people  to  Europe 
in  recent  years.    This  is  proof  of  our  determination 

'  Made  on  Aug.  5,  1948,  at  Belgrade  and  released  to  the 
press  on  the  same  date.  Printed  from  telegraphic  text. 
Mr.  Cannon  is  tl.S.  Ambassador  to  the  Federal  People's 
Republic  of  Yugoslavia. 

197 


DANUBIAN   CONFERENCE 

to  assist  the  European  peoples  in  the  reconstruction 
and  tlie  development  of  their  economies. 

Even  more  pertinent  is  the  flow  of  billions  of 
dollars  of  goods  and  equipment  from  America 
which  my  Government  is  currently  making  avail- 
able under  the  European  Recovery  Program.  This 
great  undertaking  proves  the  determination  of  the 
United  States  to  continue  to  contribute  to  the  im- 
provement of  the  welfare  of  all  European  peoples. 
It  is  based  on  the  conviction  that  economic  health 
is  a  prime  condition  for  peace.  As  a  signatory  to 
the  peace  treaties  which  are  already  in  effect,  the 
United  States  has  a  joint  responsibility  with  other 
signatory  powers  to  insure  the  effective  and  ade- 
quate implementation  of  the  principles  of  freedom 
of  navigation.  A  similar  provision  has  been 
agreed  upon  for  incorj^oration  in  the  Austrian 
treaty.  The  United  States  has  the  responsibility 
of  participating  directly  in  the  problems  of  the 
Danube  by  reason  of  what  is  still  a  provisional  sit- 
uation as  regards  the  treaty  with  Austria  and  by 
reason  of  the  American  occupation  of  that  zone 
of  Germany  through  which  the  navigable  Danube 
flows.  This  latter  responsibility  will  continue 
until  a  sovereign  German  government  is  estab- 
lished and  is  granted  full  participation  in  a  Dan- 
ube regime. 

The  charge,  which  has  been  made  several  times 
in  this  hall,  that  the  United  States  has  espoused 
the  principle  of  freedom  of  navigation  in  order  to 
dominate  smaller  Danubian  nations  has  no  founda- 
tion whatever,  as  those  who  have  made  it  are  well 
aware. 

I  have  spent  much  of  my  life  in  this  part  of 
Europe.  I  was  in  Belgrade  28  years  ago  in  a  post- 
war period  when  these  countries  had  to  grapple 
with  many  of  the  problems  of  economic  dislocation 
which  are  vexing  them  today.  I  was  again  in 
Belgrade  in  April  1941  when  parts  of  the  city  and 
of  the  river  port  were  destroyed  by  German  bombs 
and  when  the  debris  of  bridges  and  river  craft 
choked  the  river.  I  know  something  of  the  gen- 
eral economic  problems  of  these  Danubian  nations 
and  their  hopes  for  economic  progress.  From  this 
personal  experience  let  me  express  to  the  Confer- 
ence my  deep  conviction  that  no  people,  no  nation 
in  this  part  of  Europe,  is  really  afraid  of  American 
domination. 

Given  good  will  and  consideration  for  the  views 
of  all  states  represented  here,  this  Conference  is 
surely  competent  to  write  a  convention  with  suffi- 
cient safeguards  against  interference  with  the  in- 
dependence of  inclividual  countries  and  against 
exploitation  of  any  kind. 

Our  goal  is  a  convention  acceptable  to  all  the 
nations  represented  at  this  table.  I  agree  heartily 
with  the  Soviet  Delegate  when  he  says  that  no 
delegation  should  attempt  to  impose  its  will  on 
the  Conference.  We  are  here  to  negotiate,  I  re- 
peat,  to  negotiate  an  agreement.  Only  by  agree- 
ment can  we  hope  to  fulfil  the  objective  of  a 


regime  implementing  the  principles  to  which  all 
of  us  are  already  committed. 

I  was  surprised  at  our  session  yesterday  to  hear 
the  Yugoslav  Delegate  asseit  that  the  Danube 
is  no  longer  being  used  for  purposes  of  economic 
penetration.  I  would  ask  the  indulgence  of  the 
Conference  to  present  briefly  some  evidence  to  the 
contrary. 

The  Soviet  Union  has  put  into  operation  a  sys- 
tem of  shipping  and  other  transportation  and  de- 
velopment companies  in  several  Danube  states 
with  varying  degrees  of  Soviet  ownership  and, 
in  most  cases,  effective  Soviet  control.  These 
companies  conform  to  a  familiar  pattern.  In  the 
first  place,  they  have  generally  been  given  privi- 
leged treatment  in  terms  of  business  taxes  and 
rights  to  import  goods  without  licenses  or  duties. 
Thus,  these  companies,  in  effect,  have  been  granted 
special  privileges  and  have  been  subsidized  by  the 
Danubian  governments. 

These  companies  not  only  dominate  the  Danube 
fleets  in  the  various  countries,  but  more  important, 
have  obtained  control  of  most  of  the  useful  ports 
and  dock  facilities.  Loading  stations,  factories, 
dwellings,  warehouses,  elevators,  railroad  and 
communication  connections,  have  been  put  under- 
the  control  of  these  companies.  This  type  of  con- 
trol is  certainly  not  needed  for  the  purpose  of  effi- 
cient shipping  operations.  It  is  clear  that  this 
virtual  monopoly  of  facilities  can  be  used  at  will  to 
make  available,  or  to  deny,  the  essential  facilities 
of  the  major  Danubian  ports  to  ships  of  other  na- 
tions, even  including  other  riparian  nations.  I 
ask  the  Conference  to  give  special  attention  to 
article  38  of  the  Soviet  draft  in  the  light  of  these 
conditions. 

Let  us  now  look  at  the  American  record.  The 
United  States  has  had  militarj^  control  over  275 
miles  of  the  river  in  Germany  and  Austria  for  over 
3  years.  The  United  States  has  at  no  time  at- 
tempted to  gain  monopolistic  control  for  itself  or 
for  anyone  else  and  has  not  taken  advantage  of 
its  occupation  role  to  secure  any  commei'cial  gain 
from  the  river. 

Eepeatedly  during  the  debates  which  have  taken 
place  at  this  Conference  the  importance  of  the 
sovereignty  of  states  has  been  stressed.  The 
United  States  recognizes  and  respects  such  sover- 
eignty and  has  no  intention  of  advancing  any 
proposals  limiting  or  curtailing  the  right  of  any 
state  independently  to  judge  its  interests  and 
rights  and  to  act  accordingly. 

We  believe  there  are  certain  important  pro- 
visions which  a  new  convention  should  contain. 
We  think  that  it  should  include  not  only  the  neces- 
sary statement  of  free  and  open  navigation  but  the 
even  more  important  provisions  for  achieving  this 
objective.  Accordingly,  definite  provisions  should 
be  made  to  provide  equal  right  of  access  to  ports 
and  facilities  for  the  commercial  vessels  of  all  na- 
tions.   Navigation  companies  should  be  allowed 


198 


Deparfmenf  of  State  Bulletin 


to  engage  in  commerce  and  to  establish  agencies 
along  the  river.  These  provisions  for  operation 
should  not  be  crippled  by  qualifications  which 
would,  in  their  efltect,  limit  the  use  of  the  river  to 
the  ships  of  certain  privileged  nations  or  privileged 
companies. 

Concomitant  with  our  belief  in  the  urgent  need 
for  strong  provisions  looking  toward  free  and 
open  navigation  and  a  commission  with  nonripar- 
ian  representation,  the  United  States  is  of  the  view 
that  there  should  be  a  clear  statement  of  the  func- 
tions of  the  Commission. 

The  Commission  should  provide  for  continuous 
study  of  conditions  of  navigation  and  commerce, 
and  in  addition  should  have  power  itself  to  look 
into  such  matters  firsthand.  The  Commission 
should  be  empowered  to  make  recommendations  on 
proposals  concerning  navigation,  commerce,  and 
the  use  of  water  resources;  draw  up  navigation, 
sanitation,  and  police  regulations  with  the  objective 
of  achieving  uniformity  for  the  whole  course  of 
the  Danube;  reconnuend  uniform  conditions  for 
pilots'  and  navigators'  licenses,  crews  papers,  lais- 
sez-passer  arrangements,  and  safety  requirements ; 
and  have  a  secretariat  chosen  in  such  a  way  as  to 
secure  the  widest  representation  from  states  mem- 
bers of  the  Commission.  It  should  consider  any 
complaints  and  questions  relative  to  the  interpre- 
tation of  the  convention. 

The  United  States  considers  that  the  proposed 
Danube  Commission  should  be  brought  into  asso- 
ciation with  appropriate  organs  of  the  United  Na- 
tions. We  should  be  glad  to  hear  suggestions  from 
other  delegations  regarding  the  form  which  such 
association  might  take.  It  is  particularly  un- 
fortunate that  we  do  not  have  present  here  ob- 
servers representing  the  United  Nations.  Because 
of  the  refusal  of  the  Soviet  Government  to  join  the 
other  three  sponsoring  powers  in  acceding  to  Sec- 
retary-General Lie's  request  to  send  observers,  no 
invitation  could  be  issued. 

On  one  especially  important  point,  the  settle- 
ment of  disputes,  we  feel  that  the  convention 
should  make  specific  reference  to  the  United  Na- 
tions. 

Differences  regarding  interpretation  or  applica- 
tion of  the  convention  should,  in  accordance  with 
provisions  of  the  United  Nations  Charter,  be  sub- 
mitted to  appropriate  international  bodies  for  ar- 
bitration or  judicial  settlement. 


DANUBIAN  CONFERENCE 

In  accordance  with  the  resolution  of  the  Council 
of  Foreign  Ministers  of  December  1946,  provision 
should  be  made  that  the  convention  may  be  amend- 
ed by  a  conference  composed  of  representatives  of 
all  parties  to  the  present  Conference.  Other  states 
which  may  have  become  parties  to  the  Danube 
convention  should  also  be  represented  at  such  a 
conference. 

We  have  examined  with  great  interest  the  draft 
convention  submitted  on  Monday  by  the  Soviet 
Delegation.  As  is  evident  from  my  outline  of  the 
appi'oach  of  the  United  States  Delegation,  there 
are  jjoints  where  we  seem  to  be  in  agreement.  But 
we  find  that  in  general  the  Soviet  draft  is  inade- 
quate to  assure  that  freedom  of  navigation  to  which 
all  of  us  are  committed. 

If,  as  the  Soviet  Delegate  has  suggested,  de- 
tailed discussion  may  be  undertaken  in  a  commit- 
tee, the  United  States  Delegation  will  want  to 
ask  the  Soviet  Delegation  for  clarification  of  a 
number  of  points.  For  the  moment,  I  shall  limit 
my  remarks  to  some  of  the  major  items. 

We  consider  that  the  Soviet  Union's  draft  pro- 
visions on  membership  and  organization  of  the 
Commission  are  v>'holly  inadequate.  We  do  not 
feel  that  a  commission  established  at  Galatz  upon 
the  ratification  of  six  riparian  states  with  vague 
functions  and  with  two  special  regional  adminis- 
trations would  meet  the  interest  of  the  peoples  of 
the  Danube  area  or  the  requirements  of  world 
commerce.  Moreover,  there  does  not  appear  to  be 
effective  provision  for  the  right  of  ships  of  all  na- 
tions to  operate  on  the  Danube. 

The  Soviet  draft  gives  inadequate  recognition 
to  the  rights  of  one  of  the  principal  Danube  states, 
Austria,  in  that  it  does  not  provide  for  immediate 
Austrian  accession  to  the  convention.  The  draft 
likewise  has  no  provision  for  eventual  German 
participation.  No  mention  is  made  of  the  United 
Nations.  It  is  thus  apparent  that  there  are  a 
number  of  matters  of  substance  on  which  the  views 
of  the  United  States  and  Soviet  Delegations  are 
at  variance.  In  our  joint  efforts  to  reach  agree- 
ment and  solution  it  may  be  of  assistance  to  the 
Conference  to  have  the  United  States  view  in  the 
form  of  a  draft  convention.  Accordingly,  I  have 
had  such  a  draft  prepared  and  will  transmit  it 
to  the  Secretary  General  for  circulation  to  the 
Conference  delegation. 


August   15,   7948 


19» 


DANUBIAN   CONFERBNCE 


FRENCH  AND  RUSSIAN  ADOPTED  AS  OFFICIAL  LANGUAGES 


[Released  to  the  ijress  August  2] 

At  the  opening  session  of  the  Danubian  Confer- 
ence on  July  30,  the  major  argument  centered 
around  the  official  languages  to  be  used  at  the  Con- 
ference. Deputy  Foreign  Minister  Andrei  Vy- 
shinsky,  Chairman  of  the  Soviet  Delegation,  pro- 
posed Russian  and  French  as  the  official  languages 
of  the  Conference.  (The  official  languages  of  a 
conference  are  those  used  in  all  documentation.) 
Ambassador  Cavendish  Cannon,  Chairman  of  the 
United  States  Delegation,  pointed  out  that  this 
would  preclude  an  English  text  in  any  convention 
concluded.  Ambassador  Cannon  was  supported  in 
this  stand  by  Sir  Charles  Peak,  Chairman  of  the 
United  Kingdom  Delegation.  After  debate  it  was 
agreed  that  English  would  be  used  as  a  working 
language.  (Working  languages  are  used  for  pur- 
poses of  debate  rather  than  documentation. )  Am- 
bassador Cannon,  in  supporting  use  of  the  Eng- 
lish language  as  an  official  rather  than  a  working 
language,  made  the  following  points : 

1.  The  United  States  was  surprised  at  the  deter- 
mined effort,  so  richly  and  speciously  documented, 
to  exclude  English  as  an  official  language,  as  this 
was  a  simple  procedural  matter  which  should  log- 
ically have  been  settled  automatically  in  accordance 
with  practices  at  other  conferences  held  since  the 
conclusion  of  hostilities. 

2.  He  failed  to  see  the  analogy  to  the  present 
conference  of  "precedents"  cited  by  Vyshinsky. 
(In  arguments  that  the  English  language  should 
not  be  used  as  an  official  language,  Vyshinsky  cited 
the  Versailles  Conference,  the  Danube  Conference 
of  1921,  and  United  Nations  pi-ocedure.)     Am- 


bassador Cannon  pointed  out  that  the  closest  par- 
allel was  in  fact  the  Paris  Conference  of  1946, 
when  English,  French,  and  Russian  wei-e  adopted 
as  the  official  as  well  as  the  working  languages  of 
that  Conference. 

3.  That  the  Danube  Conference  had  been  called 
following  the  decision  of,  and  at  the  suggestion  of, 
the  United  States,  United  Kingdom,  France,  and 
the  U.S.S.R.,  two  of  which  were  English-speaking. 

4.  The  United  States  Delegation  hoped  that 
other  Delegations  would  remember  that  the  eyes  of 
the  world  are  on  this  conference  and  that  the  ap- 
parent predetermined  effort  to  push  through  such 
a  decision  as  this  would  make  an  unfortunate  im- 
pression. 

5.  That  heed  must  be  paid  to  problems  of  prac- 
tical operations  of  the  Conference.  Failure  to  is- 
sue documents  in  English,  Ambassador  Cannon 
pointed  out,  would  increase  the  burden  on  Eng- 
lish-speaking Delegations,  and  the  United  States 
Delegation  should  not  be  placed  in  a  position  of 
having  to  submit  to  its  Government  final  docu- 
ments of  which  no  authentic  English  text  existed. 

6.  That  the  United  States  Delegation  felt  that 
the  important  thing  now  was  to  get  on  with  the 
work  at  the  Conference  in  a  spirit  of  cooperation 
and  that  the  introduction  of  the  language  issue  in 
this  way  was  jeopardizing  this  possibility. 

The  proposal  for  the  use  of  English,  French,  and 
Russian  as  working  languages  was  unanimously 
accepted.  The  Soviet  proposal  that  French  and 
Russian  be  adopted  as  the  official  languages  was 
adopted  by  a  seven  to  three  majority. 


AUSTRIA  DENIED  FULL  PARTICIPATION  AT  SECOND  PLENARY  SESSION 


[Released  to  the  press  August  2] 

At  the  second  plenary  session  of  the  Danube 
Conference  held  at  Belgrade  on  July  31,  the  Aus- 
trian Delegation  made  its  plea  for  full  participa- 
tion in  the  Conference  as  a  voting  member  rather 
than  as  an  observer.  The  position  taken  by  the 
Austrian  Delegation  was  strongly  supported  by  the 
United  States  and  the  United  Kingdom  Delega- 
tions. Ambassador  Cavendish  Cannon,  Chair- 
man of  the  United  States  Delegation,  in  support- 
ing the  Austrian  position,  made  the  following  state- 
ment: 

"The  United  States  Delegation  wishes  to  sup- 
port the  request  of  the  Austrian  Government  that 
this  Conference  agree,  at  this  time,  to  full  Austrian 
participation  in  all  Conference  matters. 

200 


"It  is  the  firm  view  of  the  United  States  that  no 
convention  regarding  a  regime  for  the  Danube 
should  be  discussed  in  its  substantive  issues  with- 
out the  benefit  of  Austrian  participation  on  the 
basis  of  equality.  As  mentioned  by  the  Austrian 
Delegation,  not  only  is  the  Danube  of  importance 
to  Austria,  but  in  addition  Austria  is  important 
to  the  river  and  therefore  to  the  welfare  of  all 
the  peoples  along  the  river.  It  is  the  view  of  the 
United  States  Delegation  that  this  Conference 
should  promptly  welcome  the  Austrian  Delegation 
to  full  participation,  and  I  put  forward  the  pro- 
posal that  Austria  be  seated." 

The  Conference  voted  seven  to  two  against  the 
United  States  motion  to  accept  Austria  as  a  full 
voting  member. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


INTERNATIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS  AND  CONFERENCES 


U.S.  DELEGATIONS  TO  INTERNATIONAL  CONFERENCES 


Mental  Health 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  August 
3  the  composition  of  the  United  States  Delegation 
to  the  International  Congress  on  Mental  Health, 
scheduled  to  be  held  at  London,  August  11-21, 
11)48.  The  United  States  Delegation  is  as  fol- 
lows: 

Chairman. 

Dr.  Winfi-ed  Overholser,  Superintendent,  St.  Elizabeth's 
Hospital,  Federal  Security  Agency 

Delegates 

Ruth  Addams,  Specialist,  Community  Nursing,  Veterans 
Administration 

Col.  John  M.  Caldwell,  Jr.,  M.C.,  Chief,  Neurops.vchiatry 
Consultants  Division,  Medical  Department,  Depart- 
ment of  the  Army 

Dr.  Martha  Eliot,  Associate  Cliief,  Children's  Bureau, 
Social  Security  Administration,  Federal  Security 
Agency 

Dr.  Robert  H.  Felix,  Medical  Director,  Mental  Hygiene 
Division,  U.S.  Public  Health  Service 

Capt.  Frederick  L.  McDaniels,  M.C.,  Chief,  Professional 
Division,  Bureau  of  Medicine  and  Surgery,  Depart- 
ment of  the  Navy 

Mary  E.  Switzer,  Assistant  to  the  Administrator,  Federal 
Security  Agency 

Dr.  Harvey  J.  Tompkins,  Chief,  Neuropsychiatry  Division, 
Department  of  Medicine  and  Surgery,  Veterans  Ad- 
ministration 

The  Congress  is  being  held  under  the  auspices 
of  the  National  Association  for  Mental  Health  of 
England. 


Limnology 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  August  5 
that  Dr.  John  Van  Oosten,  Chief,  Great  Lakes  In- 
vestigation, Fish  and  Wildlife  Service,  Depart- 
ment of  the  Interior,  will  be  the  United  States 
Delegate  to  the  Tenth  Congress  of  the  Interna- 
tional Society  of  Limnology,  scheduled  to  be  held 
at  Zurich.  Aiigust  18-25,  1948. 

This  Congress,  one  of  a  series,  is  primarily  con- 
cerned with  the  exchange  of  scientific  information 
on  the  study  of  fresh  waters.  The  program  of  the 
Congress  will  consist  of  the  presentation  of  papers 
on  the  following  subjects:  (1)  theoretical  limnol- 
ogy (botany,  zoology,  chemistry,  physics  of  water, 
and  lacustral  typology)  ;  (2)  hydrology,  utiliza- 
tion of  water  (drinking  and  industrial  water  sup- 
ply and  ground  water)  ;  (8)  water  sanitation 
(hygiene  and  sewage  purification)  ;  and  (4)  fish- 

August   IS,   1948 


eries.     In  addition,  a  number  of  excursions  to 
points  of  interest  near  Ziirich  have  been  scheduled. 

Red  Cross 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  August 
5  the  composition  of  the  United  States  Delegation 
to  the  Seventeenth  International  Eed  Cross  Con- 
ference scheduled  to  be  held  at  Stockholm  August 
20-30,  1948 
follows : 


The  United  States  Delegation  is  as 


Chairman 

Basil  O'Connor,  President,  American  Hed  Cross 

Delegates 

Albert  E.  Clattenberg,  Jr.,  First  Secretary,  American  Em- 
bassy, Lisbon 

Brig.  Gen.  Joseph  V.  Dillon,  Air  Provost  Marshal,  Depart- 
ment of  the  Air  Forces 

Commander  William  C.  Mott,  Chief  International  Law 
Officer,  Office  of  the  Judge  Advocate  General,  Depart- 
ment of  the  Navy 

Lt.  Gen.  Willard  S.  Paul,  Director,  Personnel  and  Admin- 
istration, Department  of  the  Army 

Technical  Advisers 

Paul  Aiken,  Second  Assistant  Postmaster  General,  Post 
Office  Department 

Brig.  Gen.  Blackshear  M.  Bryan,  Chief  of  Staff,  Caribbean 
Defense  Command,  Department  of  the  Army 

Edvi^ard  J.  Ennis,  Representative  of  the  Department  of 
Justice 

Eldred  D.  Kuppinger,  Second  Secretary  and  Consul,  Amer- 
ican Embassy,  London 

William  H.  McCahon,  Assistant  Chief,  Division  of  Pro- 
tective Services,  Department  of  State 

Raymund  T.  Yingling,  Assistant  Legal  Adviser,  Depart- 
ment of  State 

Secretary  to  the  Delegation 

William  H.  Ketner,  Division  of  International  Conferences, 
Department  of  State 

Administrative  Assistant 

Mary  A.  Sheridan,  Division  of  International  Conferences, 
Department  of  State 

Stenographer 

Edith  B.  Jack.son,  Division  of  Protective  Services,  Depart- 
ment of  State 

The  forthcoming  Conference  is  the  first  to  be 
held  since  1938.  By  agreement  at  the  Sixteenth 
International  Red  Cross  Conference,  held  at  Lon- 
don, the  Swedish  Eed  Cross  is  acting  as  host 
society  for  the  forthcoming  meeting.  The  work 
of  the  Conference  will  be  divided  among  the  fol- 
lowing commissions :  general ;  legal ;  Junior  Red 
Cross;  relief;  health,  nursing  and  social  assist- 

301 


ACTIVITIES   AND   DEVELOPMENTS 

ance;  and  drafting.  Each  commission  will  cover 
certain  items  on  the  agenda  and  submit  their  re- 
ports to  the  plenary  sessions  of  the  Conference. 

The  item  on  the  agenda  of  this  Conference  of 
primary  interest  to  the  United  States  Government 
is  the  discussions  which  will  take  place  concern- 
ing the  proposed  revisions  of  the  Geneva  prison- 
ers-of-war  convention  of  1929  and  related  human- 
itarian conventions  and  the  drafting  of  a  new  con- 
vention applicable  to  civilians  in  wartime.  These 
discussions  are  preliminary  in  nature  and  pre- 
paratory to  the  calling  at  a  later  date  of  a  formal 
diplomatic  conference  to  sign  conventions.  The 
United  States  participated  in  an  informal  meet- 
ing of  government  experts  on  this  subject  which 
was  convened  at  Geneva  in  April  1947  under  the 
auspices  of  the  International  Committee  of  the 
Red  Cross. 

Those  participating  in  the  work  of  the  Confer- 
ence will  include  representatives  of  National  Red 
Cross  Societies,  the  League  of  Red  Cross  Societies, 
the  International  Committee  of  the  Red  Cross, 
and  governments  signatory  to  the  Geneva  Red 
Cross  conventions. 

Kootenay  River 

The  members  of  the  International  Joint  Com- 
mission, United  States  and  Canada,  met  at  Bon- 
ners  Fei-ry,  Idaho,  on  July  2Y,  1948,  in  accordance 
with  the  notice  given  to  United  States  and  Cana- 
dian officials  and  to  citizens  of  both  countries  to 
consider  measures  for  the  prevention  of  the  serious 
damage  caused  by  floods  of  the  Kootenay  River 
in  the  United  States  and  in  Canada.^  The  meet- 
ing was  called  at  the  request  of  Governor  C.  A. 
Robins  of  Idaho,  and  those  present  included  the 
following  officials : 

United  States  Section,  International  Joint  Commission 

A.  O.  Stanley,  Chairman 

Roger  McWhorter,  Commissioner 

Jesse  B.  Ellis,  Secretary 

Canadian  Section,  International  Joint  Commission 

George  Spence,  Commissioner 

Elizabeth  M.  Sutherland,-  Acting  Secretary 

United  States  Department  of  State 

William  R.  Vallance,  Assistant  to  Legal  Adviser  (Counsel 
assigned  to  Commission) 

Canadian  Department  of  External  Affairs 
Kenneth  J.  Burbridge,  Assistant  Legal  Adviser 
International  Columbia  River  Board  of  Engineers 
United  States  Section 

Carl  G.  Paulsen,  Chief,  U.S.  Geological  Survey 

Gene  Webber,  Corps  of  Engineers,  Department  of  the  Army 

'  See  Bulletin  of  July  11, 1948,  p.  49. 
202 


Canadian  Section 

Victor  Meek,  Dominion  Water  and  Power  Bureau,  Ottawa 
C.  E.  Webb,  Deputy  to  Mr.  Meek  in  British  Columbia 

United  States  Geological  Survey 

C.  S.  Heidel,  Helena,  Mont. 

State  of  Idaho 

Governor  C.  A.  Robins 

Henry  Dworshak,  U.S.  Senator 

Mark  Kulp,  Commissioner  of  Reclamation 

Province  of  British  Columhia 

Premier  Byron  Johnson 

Frank  Putnam,  Minister  of  Agriculture 

E.  T.  Kenney,  Minister  of  Lands  and  Forests 

George  P.  Melrose,  Deputy  Minister,  Department  of  Lands 

and  Forests 
R.  C.  Farrow,  Controller  of  Water  Rights,  Department  of 

Lands 

Chairman  Stanley  emphasized  the  importance  of 
control  of  the  head  waters  of  the  Kootenay  River  in 
order  to  prevent  a  repetition  of  the  serious  damage 
which  had  occurred  in  the  Kootenay  Valley  owing 
to  floods  this  year.  Emphasis  was  placed  upon  the 
great  water-power  resources  of  the  Pacific  North- 
west and  the  advantage  through  construction  of 
storage  reservoirs  of  the  use  of  these  flood  waters 
for  the  development  of  hydroelectric  power  and 
for  irrigation  purposes,  (jovernor  Robins  made  a 
comprehensive  statement  regarding  the  extent  of 
the  damage  suffered  in  Idaho,  which  amounted  to 
between  $13,500,000  and  $15,000,000,  and  asked 
that  the  Commission  take  action  to  provide  storage 
reservoirs  upstream  on  the  Kootenay  River. 
Byron  Johnson,  Premier  of  British  Columbia, 
gave  assurance  that  proposals  recommended  by 
the  International  Joint  Commission  would  receive 
prompt  consideration  and  action  by  his  Govern- 
ment. Although  not  committing  the  Government 
of  the  Province  to  any  particular  project,  he  ex- 
pressed his  strong  intention  to  cooperate  with 
officers  of  the  United  States  and  of  the  adjoining 
Sta'tes  in  efforts  to  prevent  a  similar  disaster  in 
subsequent  years.  Other  Canadian  officials  gave 
similar  assurances.  The  testimony  of  Canadian 
witnesses  indicated  that  damages  amounting  to 
approximately  $1,300,000  had  been  caused  by  the 
flood  waters  in  Canada. 

Col.  L.  H.  Hewitt,  District  Engineer  for  the 
Seattle  District,  submitted  a  report  entitled 
"Kootenai  Flood  Problem  and  Proposed  Solu- 
tion". This  report  recommended  the  construc- 
tion of  a  large  dam  near  Libby,  Mont.  Otlier  testi- 
mony supported  this  project.  Senator  Dworshak 
gave  assurance  that  he  would  support  the  proposal 
for  remedying  the  existing  situation  that  is  recom- 
mended by  the  United  States  Army  Corps  of  En- 
gineers and  endorsed  by  the  International  Joint 
Commission.  The  appropriation  of  the  necessary 
funds  for  construction  of  this  project  would  be 
given  his  strong  support. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 


Economic  Factors  in  U.  S.  Foreign  Policy 

BY  WINTHROP  G.  BROWN  > 
Director  of  the  Office  of  International  Trade  Policy 


Introduction 


American  economic  foreign  policy  has  its  roots 
deep  in  the  basic  philosophy  of  the  founders  of  this 
Nation.  It  is  predicated  upon  the  twin  concepts 
of  equal  opportunity  in  foreign  trade  and  the  ne- 
cessity for  expanding  the  production  and  inter- 
change of  goods  and  services.  It  asserts  in  the 
twentieth  century,  as  it  did  in  the  eighteenth,  that 
there  are  still  great  areas  for  that  expansion.  And 
its  essential  objective  is  now.  as  it  was  at  the  birth 
of  our  Nation,  limitation  or  elimination  of  restric- 
tions upon  that  expansion  and  upon  that  equality 
of  opportunity. 

"World  conditions  today  make  the  attainment  of 
these  ends  more  difficult.  "  World  trade  is  badly  out 
of  balance.  Many  nations  do  not  believe  in  free 
competition  as  we  do.  Nationalism  is  rampant  in 
many  quarters  of  the  world.  Such  conditions  re- 
quire adaptation  of  our  principles  to  accommodate 
differing  problems  and  opinions  of  other  nations 
with  which  we  trade.  But  they  do  not  alter  the 
fundamental  philosophy  with  which  we  approach 
the  problem. 

Origins  of  Our  Economic  Foreign  Policy 

From  the  very  beginning  of  our  national  exist- 
ence, international  trade  has  played  a  major  role 
in  our  economic  development.  On  June  12,  1776, 
three  weeks  before  the  Declaration  of  Indepen- 
dence, the  Continental  Congress  created  a  special 
committee  to  study  international  trade  in  rela- 
tion to  our  foreign  policy.  The  Continental  Con- 
gress must  have  been  very  busy  in  that  historic 
summer  of  1776,  but  the  importance  of  interna- 
tional trade  was  so  great  that  it  assigned  no  less 
eminent  men  than  Benjamin  Franklin,  John 
Adams,  and  Eobert  Morris  to  the  committee. 

The  committee  prepared  a  project,  known  to 
history  as  the  "Plan  of  1776"'.  that  was  adopted  by 
the  Continental  Congi-ess  in  the  fall  of  that  year 
and  that  served  as  a  guide  for  our  commercial 
treaties  for  many  years  to  come.  This  plan  pro- 
posed an  open-door  trade  policy  that,  in  today's 
language,  might  be  called  multilateralism.    It  con- 

August    T5,    1948 


templated  that  Americans  would  trade  with 
France  (or  other  countries)  free  of  the  arbitrary 
restrictions  imposed  upon  the  colonies  by  England 
to  divert  colonial  trade  to  or  through  the  mother 
country  in  an  early  version  of  the  Empire  prefer- 
ence system.  It  proposed  that  United  States  citi- 
zens might  trade  with  France  (or  other  countries) 
without  paying  any  higher  "duties  or  imposts  in 
the  ports,  havens,  roads,  countries,  cities  or  towns" 
of  France  than  French  subjects  paid.  It  proposed 
that  American  citizens  should  have  the  same 
"rights,  liberties  and  privileges"  in  France  that 
French  citizens  enjoyed.  It  proposed  also  that 
exports  from  the  French  West  Indies  should  pay 
no  higher  export  duties  when  going  to  the  United 
States  than  when  going  to  France. 

Here,  then,  are  the  beginnings  of  basic  con- 
cejjtions  which  underlie  our  economic  foreign 
policy  today.  The  founders  of  the  Republic  knew 
that  international  trade  was  of  vital  importance 
to  this  country ;  that  an  open-door  policy  between 
countries  was  essential  for  trade  to  expand;  and 
that  certain  principles  or  rules  were  necessary  for 
an  orderly  and  full  development  of  international 
trade.  Experience  and  political  insight  told  them 
that  economic  foreign  policy  cannot  be  dissociated 
from  political  foreign  policy.  Peace  and  trade  are 
the  two  sides  of  the  same  coin. 

America's  Stake  in  International  Trade 

Our  foreign  trade  has  expanded  more  than  a 
thousandfold  since  the  beginnings  of  the  Eepub- 
lic.  We  are  now  the  world's  principal  foreign- 
trading  country.  Our  exports  are  larger  than 
those  of  any  other  country.  Our  imports  are  sec- 
ond only  to  those  of  the  United  Kingdom.  Our 
total  foreign  trade  in  1947  was  20  billions  of  dol- 
lars. 

Such  are  the  origins  of  our  policy  and  such  the 
magnitude  of  the  matters  with  which  we  are  deal- 
ing. What  are  some  of  the  problems  wliich  we 
face  today? 

'Made  at  the  University  of  Wyoming.  Laramie.  Wyo., 
on  Aug.  2,  1948,  and  released  to  the  press  on  the  same 
date. 

203 


THE  RECORD  Of  THE  WEEK 


.  .  .  This  committee  adopted  as  the  basis  for 
its  deliberations  the  Suggested  Charter  for  an  In- 
te7viatio7ial  Trade  Organization,-  published  in 
September  1946  by  the  United  States.  .  .  . 

Fundamentals  of  the  Charter 

Let  us  therefore  examine  this  charter — this  con- 
stitution for  world  trade — to  see  what  it  would  do 
and  what  it  holds  for  good  or  ill  for  the  United 
States. 

The  charter  does  two  things.  It  sets  up  an  In- 
ternational Trade  Organization.  It  sets  forth 
rules  which  the  members  of  the  Organization  will 
agree  to  follow  in  the  conduct  of  their  interna- 
tional trade.  It  is  a  comprehensive  document  of 
106  articles  and  30,000  words.  It  is  the  result  of 
over  two  years  of  international  negotiation,  pre- 
ceded by  more  years  of  preparatory  work  within 
the  United  States  Government  and  preliminary 
consultations  with  the  United  Kingdom  and 
Canada.  It  reflects  the  comments  of  different 
American  groups,  given  in  public  hearings  in  seven 
cities  of  the  United  States.  It  represents  the 
harmonization,  in  a  series  of  international  dis- 
cussions, of  the  diverse  views  of  first  3,  then  18, 
then  23,  and,  finally,  of  53  countries.  These  coun- 
tries represent  every  stage  of  economic  develop- 
ment and  almost  every  variety  of  economic  philos- 
ophy. That  agreement  was  reached  is  a  tribute 
to  the  skill  of  the  negotiators  and  the  good  will 
of  the  participating  countries. 

The  Obligation  To  Consult 

This  charter  reflects,  first  of  all,  belief  in  the 
simple  truth  that  the  world  will  be  a  better  place 
to  live  in  if  nations,  instead  of  taking  unilateral 
action  without  regard  to  the  interests  of  others, 
will  adopt  and  follow  common  principles  and  enter 
into  consultation  through  an  international 
organization  when  interests  come  into  conflict. 


Decisions  in  the  Ito  are,  except  in  certain  special 
cases,  by  majority  vote.  The  Ito  is  not  a  super  state 
any  more  than  the  back  porch  is  the  city  govern- 
ment. It  derives  its  authority  from  the  voluntary 
undertaking  of  members  to  settle  their  disputes 
througli  the  Ito  machinery.  It  can  recommend 
measures  for  the  settlement  of  disputes,  but  it  can- 
not order  any  member  to  take  any  action.  Never- 
theless, it  is  not  powerless.  For  if  the  Ito  finds 
that  a  member.  Country  X,  is  not  living  up  to  its 
charter  commitments,  it  may  authorize  other  mem- 
bers to  withhold  from  Country  X  the  lower  tariff 
rates  and  other  privileges  which  members  in  good 

'  Department  of  State  publication  2598. 


standing  enjoy.  If  Country  X  is  dissatisfied  with 
such  a  decision,  it  may  withdraw  from  the  Organi- 
zation. 

By  this  process  of  consultation  and  decision  we 
can  avoid  unilateral  action  by  one  country  which 
will  hurt  others  and  build  up  a  body  of  inter- 
national law  in  the  economic  field  by  the  case 
method. 

Equal  Opportunity  for  All 

The  charter  reflects  the  belief  that  each  country 
should  give  equal  treatment  to  the  commerce  of  all 
other  nations. 

Nothing  is  more  irksome  to  an  individual,  or 
provokes  more  unfriendly  feeling  between  nations, 
than  does  unequal  and  unfair  treatment.  The 
founders  of  the  Republic  recognized  this  in  their 
wise  old  "Plan  of  1776"  when  they  adopted  the 
principle  of  nondiscrimination  as  its  first  article 
and  in  1778  incorporated  it  in  our  first  commercial 
treaty. 

And  so,  throughout  the  charter  runs  the  theme, 
to  quote  its  language,  that: 

"Any  advantage,  favour,  privilege,  or  immunity 
granted  by  any  Member  to  any  product  shall  be 
accorded  immediately  and  unconditionally  to  the 
like  product  originating  in  or  destined  for  all  other 
Member  countries." 

As  in  many  other  cases  in  the  charter,  this  rule 
could  not  under  present-day  circumstances  be  ap- 
plied without  qualification.  Exceptions  had  to 
be  made,  for  example,  for  important  existing  pref- 
erential systems,  such  as  the  preferences  within 
the  British  Empire  and  those  between  the  United 
States  and  Cuba.  But  even  here  preferences  nuist 
not  be  increased,  and  there  is  an  obligation  to 
negotiate  them  downwards. 

In  a  few  special  cases,  such  as  the  formation  of 
a  customs  union  or  the  development  of  an  under- 
developed country,  a  new  preference  may  be  al- 
lowed but  only  in  accord  with  defined  standards 
and  under  the  supervision  of  the  Organization. 

Reduction  of  Barriers — Public  and  Private 

The  charter  reflects  the  belief  that  excessive  or 
arbitrary  barriers  to  trade  must  be  reduced,  so  that 
trade  may  be  large  and  may  flow  to  the  maximum 
extent  possible  according  to  the  drive  of  market 
forces. 

To  this  end,  members  of  the  Ito  undertake  to 
negotiate  with  each  other  for  the  substantial  re- 
duction of  the  general  level  of  tariffs  and  to  aban- 
don the  quota,  the  most  effective  of  all  barriers  to 
trade,  as  a  protective  device.  For  14  years  the 
United  States  has  followed  the  policy  under  the 
Trade  Agreements  Act,  just  renewed  by  the  Con- 
gress, of  negotiating  for  tariff  reductions.  In 
joining  the  Ito,  other  nations  would  undertake  to 
do  likewise. 


204 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


To  this  end,  members  agree  to  lower  the  "in- 
visible tariff''  of  customs  formalities.  Business- 
men know  that  the  red  tape  of  hundreds  of 
separate  customs  requirements,  each  different  for 
different  countries,  causes  wear  and  tear  on  trade, 
time,  and  human  nerves  and  are  often  as  effective 
barriers  to  trade  as  tariffs  or  even  quotas.  The 
charter  simplifies  customs  formalities  and  makes 
regulations  more  uniform  as  between  members. 
It  is  the  most  comprehensive  international  agree- 
ment in  this  field  which  has  yet  been  achieved. 

To  this  end,  also,  members  agree  to  prevent  pub- 
lic or  private  commercial  enterprises  from  en- 
gaging in  practices  which  restrain  competition, 
divide  markets,  fix  prices,  or  foster  monopolies. 
For  trade  barriers  are  not  always  imposed  by 
governments.  They  are  also  imposed  by  private 
or  public  business  concerns  to  restrict  trade  and  to 
maintain  higher-than-competitive  prices.  Mem- 
bers may  bring  complaints  to  Ito  that  enterprises 
in  other  countries  are  indulging  in  cartel  activi- 
ties injurious  to  their  trade.  The  Ito  is  em- 
powered to  investigate  such  complaints,  to  request 
the  offending  member  country  to  take  remedial 
action,  and  to  reconmiend  what  that  action  should 
be.  The  charter  represents  the  first  attempt  in 
history  to  obtain  international  action  for  curbing 
international  cartels. 

Here  again,  however,  there  are  exceptions  to  the 
general  rules  to  take  account  of  the  current  des- 
perate shortages  of  goods  and  exchange  in  many 
countries  and  of  certain  special  situations.  For 
example,  a  country  which  is  short  of  foreign  ex- 
change, as  most  countries  are  today,  must  of  ne- 
cessity ration  its  imports,  just  as  an  individual  of 
limited  income  must  limit  his  expenditures.  The 
charter  would  permit  quotas  to  accomplish  this 
rationing.  But  the  country  must  abide  by  certain 
rules  in  their  use  and  abandon  them  when  its  ex- 
change difficulties  are  over.  Or  a  country  employ- 
ing a  domestic  crop-control  program  to  stabilize 
its  agricultural  economy  may  use  quotas  to  restrict 
imports  of  the  crop  in  question,  which,  if  uncon- 
trolled, might  jeopardize  the  program.  But  such 
quotas  may  not  limit  imports  more,  proportion- 
ately, than  the  domestic  control  program  limits 
domestic  production.  And,  in  some  cases,  if  cer- 
tain strict  standards  are  met  and  the  Ito  approves, 
quotas  may  be  used  to  develop  a  sound  new  in- 
dustry in  an  underdeveloped  country. 

Multilateral  Trade 

Tlie  undertakings  of  the  charter  about  equality 
of  treatment  and  reduction  of  artificial  trade  bar- 
riers, taken  together,  reflect  the  further  funda- 
mental belief  that  international  trade  should  be 
multilateral  rather  than  bilateral;  that  traders 
should  be  able  to  buy  and  sell  where  they  please, 

August   ?5,    1948 


THE  RECORD   Of  THE  WEEK 

exchanging  goods  for  money  and  money  for  goods, 
rather  than  having  sales  confined  to  buyers  who 
agree  to  deliver  equivalent  values  in  other  specified 
goods.  Multilatei'al  trade  permits  the  maximum 
interchange  of  goods.  Bilateralism  and  barter 
limit  the  number,  size,  and  kind  of  business  trans- 
actions to  the  capacity  of  the  weaker  partner. 

Stabilization  in  the  Field  of  Primary  Commodities 

The  charter  reflects  the  belief  that  progressive 
trade  policies  must  be  supported  by  consistent  pol- 
icies for  stabilization  in  the  field  of  certain  primary 
commodities.  Prolonged  and  drastic  fluctuations 
in  world  markets  for  these  commodities  can  create 
widespread  hardship  and  unemployment  and  thus 
undermine  the  very  foundations  of  a  cooperative 
woi'ld  economy.  Machinery  and  rules  should  be 
provided  for  reaching  intergovernmental  agree- 
ments to  govern  temporarily  the  production  and 
marketing  of  such  commodities  when  they  are  in 
burdensome  world  surplus. 

To  this  end,  the  charter  provides  that  countries 
may,  under  certain  circumstances,  make  a  com- 
modity agreement  to  regulate  the  production,  ex- 
port, import,  or  price  of  a  primary  product.  The 
conditions  under  which  such  agreements  are  per- 
mitted are,  however,  carefully  defined.  Agree- 
ments are  limited  to  primary  commodities  (par- 
ticularly when  there  are  many  small  producers) ; 
there  must  be  an  existing  or  expected  burdensome 
surplus  which  would  cause  serious  injury ;  produc- 
ing and  consuming  countries  must  have  equal  voice 
in  the  development  and  operation  of  the  agree- 
ment; they  must  be  limited  to  a  duration  of  five 
years  or  less  (although  renewable) ;  and  they  must 
be  accompanied  by  a  definite  program  for  solving 
the  basic  maladjustments  in  the  field  The  Ito 
has  the  right  to  determine  whether  proposed  agree- 
ments meet  these  standards. 

The  requirement  that  producing  and  consuming 
countries  have  equal  voice  in  making  commodity 
agreements  is  especially  important,  in  the  interests 
of  economic  stability  and  fairness.  If  limited  to 
producer  countries  (as  in  the  old  tin  cartel),  the 
result  might  be  unduly  high  prices  to  consumers. 
If  limited  to  consuming  countries,  the  result  might 
be  ruinous  prices  to  producers. 

Development  of  Underdeveloped  Areas 

The  charter  reflects  the  belief  that  it  is  essential 
to  develop  the  resources  of  underdeveloped  areas 
and  to  make  the  fullest  use  of  the  resources  of  all 
areas.  Increased  production  and  increased  con- 
sumption lead  the  way  hand  in  hand  to  increased 
prosperity,  and  one's  most  highly  developed  neigh- 
bors turn  out  to  be  one's  best  markets. 

To  this  end,  members  undertake  to  take  meas- 
ures designed  to  maintain  productive  employment 
and  buying  power  within  their  own  borders  as  a 
means  of  stimulating  trade,  avoiding  measures 

205 


THE   RECORD   OF   THE   WCBK 

which  woukl  create  difficulties  for  the  economies 
of  others,  to  encourage  private  and  public  inter- 
national investment,  and  to  recognize  the  need  for 
economic  advancement  of  less  well-developed 
areas. 

Private  Enterprise  and  State  Trading 

Finally,  and  very  important,  the  charter  re- 
flects the  belief  that  though  nations  may  choose  to 
use  different  systems  of  trading,  it  is  possible  for 
them  to  work  in  harmony. 

In  the  United  States  we  believe  in  private  enter- 
prise and  free  competition  in  our  domestic  and  in 
our  foreign  trade.  Our  constant  objective  is  the 
preservation  and  strengthening  of  the  private- 
enterprise  system.  This  was  the  purpose  of  oiu" 
negotiatoi-s  who  worked  on  the  charter.  And  we 
believe  that  the  charter  will  serve  this  purpose. 
Yet  nowhere  does  it  require  that  international 
trade  must  be  conducted  by  private  enterprise. 
Nowhere  does  it  condemn  state  trading. 

This  may  at  first  blush  seem  strange  to  you.  The 
fact  is.  however,  that  we  are  very  lonely  in  our 
belief  in  private  enterprise.  Many  other  nations 
believe  that  the  conduct  of  certain  aspects  of  their 
trade,  sometimes  all  of  it.  can  best  be  conducted, 
or  at  least  should  be  controlled,  by  the  state.  In 
fact,  we  engage  in  state  trading  in  a  number  of 
cases  ourselves.  This  belief  of  other  nations  arises 
sometimes  from  the  exigencies  of  the  current  short- 
age situation,  sometimes  from  a  basic  philosophy 
different  from  ours.  But  I  am  sure  you  will  agree 
that  it  would  be  wholly  inconsistent  with  our  own 
convictions  about  individual  liberty  and  national 
sovereignty  for  us  or  any  nation  to  try  to  dictate 
to  other  nations  the  means  which  they  must  employ 
for  the  conduct  of  their  trade.  Nations,  like  in- 
dividuals, are  entitled  to  their  own  opinion  as  to 
what  is  the  best  way  to  handle  their  alfairs  so  long 
as  what  they  do  does  not  injure  others. 

T\liat  the  charter  does,  therefore,  is  to  provide  a 
framework  within  wliich  our  system  of  private 
enterprise  can  have  the  maximum  opportunity  to 
develop  and  to  demonstrate  its  effectiveness;  a 
framework  in  which  private  and  state  enterprise 
can  work  together;  a  framework  in  which  state 
enterprise,  hitherto  free  to  do  entirely  as  it  wished, 
is  made  subject  to  certain  rules  of  the  game 
designed,  so  far  as  possible,  to  be  consistent  with 
the  rules  under  which  private  enterprise  must 
operate. 

The  Complexity  of  the  Charter 

Because  international  trade  is  complex  and  the 
problems  of  nations  are  diverse,  the  charter  is  long, 
complicated,  and  difficult  to  understand.  Yet, 
complicated  as  it  is,  I  doubt  if  it  is  much  less  easily 
intelligible  than  our  own  income-tax  laws  or  other 
laws  under  which  we  conduct  our  dailv  lives,  or 
even  some  insurance  policies  and  mortgages. 

206 


It  would  have  been  possible  to  draft  a  general 
declaration  of  principles  and  to  have  set  up  an 
international  discussion  and  study  group.  This 
would  have  been  easj" — and  it  would  have  had  little 
impact  on  world  economic  problems.  General 
declarations,  without  specific  commitments  and 
implementing  action,  are  as  Prince  Metternich  said 
a  century  ago  "a  sonorous  nothing". 

Its  Exceptions 

That  is.  also,  why  the  charter  has  exceptions. 

We  wanted  rules  that  would  work  for  the  long 
term;  rules  that  would  set  the  direction  of  our 
efforts  toward  expanding  international  trade  in 
the  years  to  come.  But  we  could  not  overlook  the 
fact  that  the  realities  of  today's  world  demand 
measures  to  meet  today's  problems  today.  So  the 
charter  contains  transitional  rules  (call  them 
exceptions  if  you  like)  to  meet  the  immediate 
extraordinary  situation  as  well  as  long-term  rules 
for  the  long-term  pattern.  Either  set  of  rules 
without  the  other  would  imperil  the  over-all 
objective. 

We  also  wanted  an  organization  that  many 
nations  could  join  to  seek  a  solution  of  common 
problems  by  common  action.  We  coidd  not  over- 
.  look  the  fact  that  these  nations  had  many  different 
interests  and  many  different  points  of  view.  We 
remembered  the  words  of  the  Federalist,  in 
commenting  upon  our  own  Constitution: 

"The  result  of  the  deliberations  of  all  collective 
bodies,  must  necessarily  be  a  compound  as  well  of 
the  errors  and  prejudices,  as  of  the  good  sense  and 
wisdom  of  the  individuals  of  whom  they  are  com- 
posed. The  compacts  which  are  to  embrace  thir- 
teen distinct  States,  in  a  common  bond  of  amity 
and  union,  must  as  necessarily  be  a  compromise  of 
as  many  dissimilar  interests  and  inclinations."' 

Wliat  was  true  of  13  distinct  states  in  1778  is 
true  of  53  distinct  states  in  1948. 

The  Question  for  the  United  States 

The  question  which  we  and  other  countries  must  ' 
now  decide  is  whether  this  cliarter  shall  be  ratified 
and  the  Ito  established.  It  can  be  improved  by 
amendment  as  we  work  with  it.  It  must  by  its 
terms  be  entirely  reviewed  in  five  years.  But  it 
cannot  be  renegotiated  now. 

The  charter  is  no  panacea  for  the  world's  eco- 
nomic ills.  It  has  many  imperfections.  It  is  not 
wholly  satisfactory  to  any  country  because  it  re- 
flects the  views  and  recognizes  the  problems  of 
many  countries.  But  never  before  in  the  history 
of  the  world  have  so  mam^  nations  reached  agree- 
ment over  so  wide  a  range  of  principle  in  their 
economic  relations.  The  deepest  need  of  the  world 
today  is  agreement  and  a  sense  of  direction.    Na- 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


tions  can  no  longer  solve  their  problems  alone. 
National  boundaries  have  long  since  ceased  to  con- 
line  either  depression  or  prosperity.  In  a  troubled 
world,  ravaged  by  storms  of  controversy  and  dis- 
agreement, the  great  majority  of  the  nations  of 
the  world  have  come  together  in  agreement  on 
matters  of  basic  economic  importance.  They  have 
laid  a  foundation  on  which  we  can  build. 

Is  it  not  the  part  of  wisdom  to  take  this  founda- 
tion and  builcl  on  it?  We  have  taken  the  basic 
ideas  of  the  statesmen  of  1776  as  the  cornerstones 
of  our  economic  foreign  policy  for  today.  Should 
we  not,  m  considering  this  charter — this  constitu- 
tion for  world  trade — remember  what  some  of 
these  statesmen  said  about  our  own  Constitution 
of  the  United  States?  For  when  I  was  trying  to 
write  the  conclusion  of  this  speech,  I  found  it  al- 
ready written  for  me  in  Jolin  Jay's  address  to  the 
people  of  Xew  York  in  1778  about  the  adoption  of 
our  Constitution,  saying  just  what  I  wanted  to 
say  to  you  in  words  that  could  have  been  written 
today : 

'•The  men  who  formed  this  plan  are  Americans, 
who  had  long  deserved  and  enjoyed  our  confidence, 
and  who  are  as  much  interested  in  having  good 
government  as  any  of  us  are  or  can  be.  .  .  . 

"The  impossibility  of  agi'eeing  upon  any  plan, 
that  would  exactly  quadrate  with  the  local  policy 
and  objects  of  every  state,  soon  became  evident; 
and  they  wisely  thought  it  better  mutually  to  co- 
incide and  accommodate,  and  in  that  way  to  fash- 
ion their  system  as  much  as  possible  by  the  cir- 
cumstances and  wishes  of  the  different  states,  than, 
by  pertinaciously  adhering  each  to  his  own  ideas, 
oblige  the  Convention  to  rise  without  doing  any- 
thing. They  were  sensible  that  obstacles,  arising 
from  local  circumstances,  would  not  cease  while 
those  circumstances  continued  to  exist.  .  .  . 

"They  tell  us,  very  honestly,  that  this  plan  is  the 


THE  RECORD   OF  THE  WEEK 

result  of  accommodation.  They  do  not  hold  it  up 
as  the  best  of  all  possible  ones,  but  only  as  the 
best  which  they  could  unite  in  and  agree  to. 

"Suppose  this  plan  to  be  rejected;  what  meas- 
ures would  you  propose  for  obtaining  a  better? 
Some  will  answer,  'Let  us  appoint  another  con- 
vention; .  .  .  they  will  be  better  informed  than 
the  former  one  was,  and  consequently  be  better 
able  to  make  and  agree  upon  a  more  eligible  one'. 

"This  reasoninjj  is  fair  .  .  .  but  it  nevertheless 
takes  one  thing  for  granted  which  appears  very 
doubtful ;  for  although  the  new  convention  might 
have  more  information,  and  perhaps  equal  abil- 
ities, yet  it  does  not  from  thence  follow  that  they 
would  be  equally  disposed  to  agree.  The  contrary 
of  this  position  is  most  probable.  .  .  . 

"Let  those  who  are  sanguine  in  their  expecta- 
tions of  a  better  plan  from  a  new  convention,  also 
reflect  on  the  delays  and  risks  to  which  it  would 
exjoose  us.  Let  them  consider  whether  we  ought 
...  to  give  other  nations  further  time  to  perfect 
their  restrictive  systems  of  commerce,  reconcile 
their  own  j^eople  to  them,  and  to  fence,  and  guard, 
and  strengthen  them  by  all  those  regulations  and 
contrivances  in  which  a  jealous  policy  is  ever 
fruitful. 

"But  if,  for  the  reasons  already  mentioned,  and 
others  that  we  cannot  now  perceive,  the  new  con- 
vention, instead  of  i^roducing  a  better  plan,  should 
give  us  only  a  history  of  their  disputes,  or  should 
offer  us  one  still  less  pleasing  than  the  present, 
where  would  we  be  then? 

"Consider,  then,  how  weighty  and  how  many 
considerations  advise  and  persuade  the  people  of 
America  ...  to  have  confidence  in  themselves 
and  in  one  another ;  and,  since  all  cannot  see  with 
the  same  eyes,  at  least  to  give  the  proposed  Consti- 
tution a  fair  trial,  and  to  mend  it  as  time,  occasion, 
and  experience,  may  dictate." 


Sino-American  Joint  Commission  on  Rural  Reconstruction 


AMERICAN  EMBASSY  PRESS  RELEASE 


[Released  to  the  press  August  i\ 

Following  is  the  text  of  a  press  release  issued  hy 
the  American  Erribassy  at  NanJcing  on  the  occasion 
of  the  signature  and  exchange  of  notes  with  the 
Chinese  Ministry  of  Foreign  Affairs  providing  for 
the  establhhmeyit  of  a  Sino-American  Joint  Com- 
mission on  Rural  Reconstruction  in  China 

An  exchange  of  notes  providing  for  the  estab- 
lishment of  a  Sino-American  Joint  Commission  on 
Rural  Reconstruction  in  China  took  place  at  the 
Ministry  of  Foreign  Affairs  at  11  a.m.  August  4. 
The   Honorable   J.   Leighton   Stuart,   American 


Ambassador  to  China,  signed  a  note  on  behalf  of 
the  Government  of  the  United  States,  proposing 
the  establishment  of  the  Commission  in  accordance 
with  the  China  Aid  Act  of  1948  and  the  economic 
aid  agreement  between  the  two  countries  signed  at 
Nanking  on  July  o,  1948.  In  his  note  of  response. 
His  Excellency  Dr.  Wang  Shih-chieh,  Minister  for 
Foreign  Affairs  of  China,  accepted,  on  behalf  of 
his  Government,  the  proposals  put  forth  by  the 
American  Ambassador. 


^  statement  and  exchange  of  notes  printed  from  tele- 
graphic text. 


Augusf   15,  1948 


207 


THE  RECORD  Of  THC  WEEK 


STATEMENT  BY  AMBASSADOR  J.  LEIGHTON  STUART 


[Released  to  the  press  August  4] 

It  is  my  sincere  hope  that  students  of  Chinese 
social  and  economic  problems  will  consider  this 
day  to  be  a  milestone  of  progress  toward  sound  im- 
provement of  conditions  in  the  rural  areas  of  this 
country.  The  notes  exchanged  today  between  His 
Excellency  Dr.  Wang  Shih-chieh  and  myself  pro- 
vide for  the  establishment  of  a  Sino-American 
commission  on  rural  reconstruction  in  China. 
Establishment  of  this  Commission,  in  the  work  of 
which  I  shall  take  a  deep  and  personal  interest,  is 
made  in  recognition  of  the  importance  of  recon- 
struction in  the  rural  areas  to  the  welfare  of  the 
Chinese  people  as  a  whole,  in  recognition  of  the  ob- 
vious fact  that  such  reconstruction  should  have  in 
its  purpose  the  improvement  of  economic,  social, 
and  cultural  conditions  in  these  areas.     I  am  sure 


that  the  report  of  the  establishment  of  this  com- 
mission will  be  received  with  considerable  interest 
in  the  United  States.  The  terms  of  reference  for 
the  commission,  contained  in  the  agreement  em- 
bodied in  the  notes  exchanged  today,  are  sufficiently 
broad  to  permit  the  commission  to  undertake  a 
highly  significant  program  in  the  field  of  rural  re- 
construction. I  am  specially  gratified  with  the 
establishment  of  the  commission  because  it  repre- 
sents another  chapter  in  the  long  record  of  close 
collaboration  between  China  and  the  United  States 
in  this  field,  one  of  the  most  recent  instances  of 
which  was  the  joint  China-United  States  agricul- 
tural mission  in  1946.  That  mission's  findings  and 
recommendations  are,  I  understand,  to  be  used  in 
large  part  as  a  basis  for  the  work  of  the  commis- 
sion which  is  about  to  be  established. 


EXCHANGE  OF  NOTES  BETWEEN  AMERICAN  AND  CHINESE  GOVERNMENTS 


The  American  Ambassador  to  the  Chinese  Foreign 
Minister 

[Released  to  the  press  August  4] 

Excellency  :  I  have  the  honor  to  refer  to  Sec- 
tion 407  of  the  China  Aid  Act  of  1948  enacted 
by  tlie  Government  of  the  United  States  of 
America  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  Act), 
which  provides,  among  other  things,  for  the  con- 
clusion of  an  agreement  between  China  and  the 
United  States  of  America  establishing  a  Joint 
Commission  on  Kural  Reconstruction  m  China. 
In  pursuance  of  the  general  principles  laid  down 
in  the  Act,  and  in  particular  section  407  thereof, 
I  have  the  honor  to  bring  forward  the  following 
proposals  regarding  the  organization  of  the  Joint 
Commission  and  related  matters: 

1.  There  shall  be  established  a  Joint  Commis- 
sion on  Rural  Reconstruction  in  China  (herein- 
after referred  to  as  the  Commission)  to  be  com- 
posed of  two  citizens  of  the  United  States  of 
America  appointed  by  the  President  of  the  United 
States  of  Ajnerica  and  three  citizens  of  the  Re- 
public of  China  to  be  appointed  by  the  President 
of  China.  The  Commission  shall  elect  one  of  the 
Chinese  members  as  chairman. 

2.  The  functions  and  authority  of  the  Commis- 
sion shall,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  above- 
mentioned  section  of  the  Act,  be  as  follows:  {a) 
to  formulate  and  carry  out  through  appropriate 
Chinese  Government  authorities  and  international 
or  private  agencies  in  China  a  coordinated  program 
for  reconstruction  in  rural  areas  of  China  (herein- 
after referred  to  as  the  program) ;  (6)  to  conclude 
arrangements  with  the  authorities  and  agencies  I'e- 
ferred  to  in  the  preceding  paragraph  establishing 

208 


a  basis  for  their  cooperation ;  {c)  to  recommend  to 
the  Governments  of  the  United  States  of  America 
and  of  China  within  the  limits  prescribed  by  the 
Act  the  allocation  of  funds  and  other  assistance  to 
the  program,  and  to  recommend  to  the  Government 
of  China  the  allocation  of  such  other  funds  and  as- 
sistance as  are  deemed  essential  to  the  success  of 
the  program;  {d)  to  establish  standards  of  per- 
formance for  implementation  of  the  program,  in- 
cluding the  qualifications,  type  and  number  of 
personnel  to  be  used  by  cooperating  authorities  and 
agencies  in  the  program,  and  to  maintain  a  constant 
supervision  of  all  phases  of  the  program  with  au- 
thority to  recommend  changes  in  or  stoppage  of  any 
phase  of  the  program;  (e)  to  appoint  such  execu- 
tive officers  and  administrative  staff  as  the  Commis- 
sion deems  necessary  to  carry  out  the  program,  it 
being  understood  that  the  chief  executive  officer 
shall  be  a  citizen  of  China.  Salaries,  expenses  of 
travel,  and  other  expenses  incident  to  the  adminis- 
trative functions  of  the  Commission  itself  shall  be 
paid  from  funds  made  available  under  Section  407 
(B)  of  the  Act. 

3.  In  its  program  the  Commission  may  include 
the  following  types  of  activity  to  be  carried  out  in 
agreement  with  the  authorities  and  agencies  re- 
ferred to  in  paragraph  2(a)  :  (a)  A  coordinated 
extension-type  program  in  agriculture,  home  dem- 
onstration, health  and  education  for  initiation  in  a 
selected  group  of  Hsienin  several  provinces  to  in- 
clude a  limited  number  of  subsidiary  projects  suited 
to  conditions  in  the  areas  where  the  program  is  de- 
veloped, in  such  fields  as  agricultural  production, 
marketing,  credit,  irrigation,  home  and  commu- 
nity industries,  nutrition,  sanitation,  and  educa- 
tion of  a  nature  which  will  facilitate  the  promotion 

Department  of  State  BuUetin 


of  all  projects  beinp  uiKlertaken;  (b)  Consultation 
with  the  Chinese  Govenunent  concerning  ways 
and  means  of  progressively  carrying  out  land  re- 
form measures;  (c)  Subsidiary  projects  in  re- 
search training  and  manufacturing  to  be  carried 
out  in  suitable  locations  to  provide  information, 
persoiniel  and  materials  required  by  the  program ; 
(d)  Projects  to  be  put  into  effect  over  a  wider  area 
than  provided  for  in  the  coordinated  extension- 
t\pe  program  specified  in  (a)  any  of  the  above 
lines  of  activity  which  can  be  developed  soundly  on 
a  larger  scale,  of  which  examples  might  be  the 
multiplication  and  distribution  of  improved  seeds, 
the  control  of  rinderpest  of  cattle,  the  construction 
of  irrigation  and  drainage  facilities  and  the  intro- 
duction of  health  and  sanitation  measures;  (c) 
Related  measures  in  line  with  the  general  objec- 
tives of  this  program;  (/)  The  distribution  of  the 
assistance  in  this  program  on  the  principle  of  giv- 
ing due  attention  to  strengthening  rural  improve- 
ment in  areas  where  selected  projects  can  be 
progressively  developed  and  where  their  develop- 
ment will  contribute  most  effectively  to  the  achieve- 
ment of  purposes  for  which  this  program  is  under- 
taken but  that  the  principle  of  distributing  aid  will 
not  be  controlled  by  proportionate  or  geographical 
consideration  per  se. 

4.  In  respect  of  any  decision  of  the  Commission, 
the  approval  of  the  Government  of  China  shall 
be  obtained  prior  to  its  execution  if  the  Commis- 
sion or  its  chairman,  with  the  concurrence  of  the 
Chinese  members,  deems  it  necessary. 

5.  The  Commission  shall  publish  in  China  and 
transmit  to  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
of  America  and  the  Government  of  China,  in 
such  form  and  at  such  times  as  may  be  requested 
by  either  of  the  two  governments,  full  statements 
of  operations,  including  a  statement  on  the  use  of 
funds,  supplies  and  services  received,  and  will 
transmit  to  the  two  governments  any  other  matter 
pertinent  to  operations  as  requested  by  either  of 
the  two  governments.  The  Government  of  China 
will  keep  the  people  of  China  fully  informed  of 
the  intended  purpose  and  scope  of  the  program 
and  of  the  progress  achieved  by  the  Commission  in 
implementing  the  program,  including  the  nature 
and  extent  of  the  assistance  furnished  by  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  of  America. 

6.  The  Government  of  China  will,  upon  appro- 
priate notification  of  the  Ambassador  of  the 
United  States  of  America  in  China,  consider  the 
United  States  members  and  personnel  of  the  Com- 
mission as  part  of  the  Embassy  of  the  United 
States  of  America  in  China  for  the  purpose  of 
enjoying  the  privileges  and  immunities  accorded 
to  that  Embassy  and  its  personnel  of  comparable 
rank.  It  is  understood  that  the  Ambassador  of 
the  United  States  of  America  in  China  in  making 
the  notification  will  bear  in  mind  the  desirability 

August    IS,    1948 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 

of  restricting  so  far  as  practicable  the  number  of 
officials  for  whom  full  diplomatic  privileges  and 
inmiunities  would  be  requested.  It  is  also  under- 
stood that  the  detailed  application  of  this  para- 
graph would,  when  necessary,  be  a  subject  of 
inter-governmental  discussion. 

7.  All  supplies  imported  into  China  for  use  in 
the  program  shall  be  free  of  customs  duties,  con- 
servancy dues,  and  other  charges  imposed  by  the 
Government  of  China  on  similar  supplies  which 
are  imported  through  regular  commercial 
channels. 

8.  The  Government  of  the  United  States  of 
America  and  the  Government  of  China  will  con- 
sult with  respect  to  problems  incident  to  the  inter- 
pretation, implementation  and  possible  amend- 
ment of  the  terms  of  the  agreement  embodied  in 
this  exchange  of  notes  whenever  either  of  the  two 
governments  considers  such  action  appropriate. 

9.  The  Government  of  the  United  States  of 
America  reserves  the  right  at  any  time  to  terminate 
or  suspend  its  assistance  or  any  part  thereof  pro- 
vided under  this  exchange  of  notes.  Assistance 
furnished  by  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
of  America  under  Section  407  of  the  Act  and  pur- 
suant to  this  exchange  of  notes  shall  not  be  con- 
strued as  an  express  or  implied  assumption  by  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  of  America  of 
any  responsibility  for  making  any  further  con- 
tributions to  carry  out  the  purpose  of  Section  407 
of  the  Act  or  of  this  exchange  of  notes. 

10.  This  note  and  Your  Excellency's  reply  ac- 
cepting the  above  proposals  on  behalf  of  the  Gov- 
ernment of  China  will  constitute  an  agreement 
between  the  two  governments  in  the  sense  of  Sec- 
tion 407  of  the  Act.  Subject  to  the  provisions  of 
paragraphs  8  and  9,  this  exchange  of  notes  will  re- 
main in  force  until  June  30,  1949,  or,  upon  the  re- 
quest of  either  government  transmitted  to  the 
other  government  at  least  two  months  before  June 
30, 1949,  until  the  date  of  termination  of  Economic 
Aid  Agreement  between  the  two  governments  con- 
cluded on  July  3, 1948. 

I  avail  [etc.] 

J.  Leighton  Stuaet 

The  Chinese  Foreign  Minister  to  the  American 
Anibassador 

Excellency:  I  have  the  honor  to  acknowledge 
receipt  of  your  note  of  today's  date  which  reads  as 
follows : 

[Here  is  quoted  the  above  note.] 

On  behalf  of  the  Government  of  China  I  have 
the  honor  to  accept  the  proposals  contained  in  the 
note  quoted  above. 

In  i-ecognition  of  the  importance  of  the  program 

209 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WBEK 

as  one  of  the  essential  means  of  achieving  the  ob- 
jectives in  which  the  Governments  of  China  and 
the  United  States  of  America  unite  in  seeking  un- 
der the  Economic  Aid  Agreement  between  the  two 
governments  conchided  on  July  3, 1948  the  Govern- 
ment of  China  undertakes  to  afford  to  the  execu- 
tion of  the  program  the  full  weight  of  its  support 


and  to  direct  cooperating  agencies  of  the  Govern- 
ment of  China  including  the  local  officials  con- 
cerned to  give  such  assistance  and  facilities  as  are 
essential  to  the  success  of  their  undertakings  under 
the  program. 

I  avail  myself  [etc.] 

Wang  Shih-chieh 


Monrovia  Port  Opened  to  International  Commerce 


GENERAL  STATEMENT 


The  Kepublic  of  Liberia  celebrated  on  July  27  its 
101st  anniversary  of  independence  by  opening  to 
international  commerce  its  newly  built  port  and 
harbor  at  Monrovia.  Constructed  in  accordance 
with  a  lend-lease  agreement  between  Liberia  and 
the  United  States  signed  December  31,  1943,^  the 
new  port  will  function  as  a  free  port  in  which 
foreign  merchandise  may  be  landed,  stored,  re- 
packed, sorted,  mixed,  and  re-exported  with  a  min- 
imum of  customs  control  and  without  customs 
bond.  The  Monrovia  free  port  is  the  only  such 
facility  on  the  west  coast  of  Africa,  and  it  is  antici- 
pated that  it  will  attract  a  large  volume  of  inter- 
national transhipment  trade. 

Repayment  to  the  United  States  of  the  amount 
contributed  out  of  lend-lease  funds  for  the  con- 
struction of  the  Monrovia  port  will  be  derived 
from  the  revenues  of  the  port. 

The  Moni'ovia  port  was  constructed  by  private 
contract  under  the  direction  and  supervision  of  the 
Bureau  of  Yards  and  Docks,  Department  of  the 


Navy.  Approximately  225  American  and  1,800 
Liberian  personnel  were  employed  in  building  the 
port.  The  port  covers  an  area  equivalent  to  ap- 
proximately 750  acres,  and  is  protected  by  two 
breakwaters,  each  more  than  7,100  feet  long.  A 
channel  600  feet  wide  and  30  feet  deep  at  mean 
low  water  provides  access  to  a  2,000-foot  wharf 
which  will  accommodate  four  large  cargo  vessels. 
Adjacent  to  the  wharf  is  a  turning  basin  approxi- 
mately 2,000  feet  square  in  which  nine  vessels  can 
be  anchored. 

Facilities  in  the  port  area  include  a  warehouse 
800  feet  long  and  80  feet  wide,  in  addition  to  power, 
water,  and  sanitary  units.  Certain  areas  have  been 
designated  for  petroleum  bulk  terminal  facilities, 
latex  storage  tanks,  iron-ore  loading  equipment, 
and  cold-storage  facilities. 

The  new  port  will  be  operated  for  the  benefit  of 
all  nations  enjoying  friendly  relations  with  Li- 
beria, and  will  be  administered  by  the  Monrovia 
Port  Management  Company,  Ltd. 


MESSAGE  FROM  PRESIDENT  TRUMAN  TO  PRESIDENT  TUBMAN 


President  Tniman  tvas  represented  at  the  opening 
ceremony  by  Thomas  A.  Hickok,  Charge  d^ Affaires 
of  the  American  Legation  at  Monrovia,  who  de- 
livered the  following  message  from  President 
Truman  to  the  President  of  Liberia,  William  V.  S. 
Tubman 

July  23,  1948. 

I  am  particularly  pleased  to  send  to  Your  Ex- 
cellency and  to  the  people  of  Liberia  notice  that 
the  construction  of  the  port  and  harbor  at  Mon- 
rovia, undertaken  by  the  United  States  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  Agreement  signed  between  our 
two  countries  on  December  31,  1943,  has  been 
completed. 

By  opening  this  free  port  today  to  international 


'  Bulletin  of  Jan.  8,  1944,  p.  38. 


trade,  Liberia  takes  a  significant  step  forward  in 
the  direction  of  accomplishing  the  objectives  set 
forth  in  the  Master  Lend-Lease  agreement  between 
our  two  Governments.  These  objectives  have  been 
defined  as  the  promotion  of  mutually  advantageous 
economic  relations  between  our  two  countries  for 
the  betterment  of  worldwide  economic  conditions, 
and  the  elimination  of  all  forms  of  discriminatory 
treatment  in  international  commerce. 

It  is  the  sincere  belief  of  the  United  States  Gov- 
ernment that,  henceforward,  Liberia's  domestic 
economy,  as  well  as  its  foreign  commerce,  will  ex- 
pand in  ever-increasing  volumes  as  a  result  of  the 
manifold  advantages  of  this  new  port  and  harbor. 

On  behalf  of  the  people  of  the  United  States, 
I  send  to  Your  Excellency  and  to  the  people  of 
Liberia  best  wishes  for  a  long  successful  and  bene- 
ficial operation  of  the  free  port  of  Monrovia. 


210 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Procedure  For  Filing  War  Claims  in  Morocco 

(Released  to  the  press  August  3] 

The  Department  of  State  has  been  informed  by 
the  American  Legation  at  Tangier  that  under 
Moroccan  legislatmn  which  provides  compensa- 
tion for  war  losses  to  property  in  Morocco,  claims 
of  foreigners  must  be  filed  before  September  11, 
IDIS.  It  has  not  yet  been  determined  whether, 
in  view  of  the  extraterritorial  rights  of  the  United 
States  in  Morocco,  the  war-damage  compensation 
legislation  of  Morocco  applies  to  American  na- 
tionals. Any  American  national  who  sustained  a 
war  loss  to  property  in  Morocco  is  advised  to  notify 
the  Department  of  State  immediately. 


Egyptian    GovernmentXUrged  To  Investigate 
Death  of  Stephen  Haas 

Xote  FroTn  Jeifevsori  Patterson^  American  Charge 

at  Cairo,  to  Egyptian  Foreign  Office^ 

Delivered  July  25, 191^8 

[Released  to  the  press  July  27] 

My  Government  views  with  grave  concern  the 
killing  of  Mr.  Stephen  Haas,  an  American  citizen 
in  Cairo  on  July  IS,  1948  and  reciuests  that  an  offi- 
cial report  be  furnished  concerning  this  most  seri- 
ous incident  at  the  earliest  possible  moment. 

My  Government  is  also  greatly  disturbed  over 
the  reports  of  the  unwillingness  of  certain  Egyp- 
tian police  officers  to  intervene  promptlj?  and  effec- 
tively in  protecting  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Haas  and  of  their 
totally  unwarranted  and  inexplicable  efforts  to 
prevent  Mrs.  Haas  from  comnumicating  immedi- 
ately with  the  American  Embassy. 

In  view  of  the  responsibility  of  the  Egyptian 
Government  under  international  law  for  the  pro- 
tection of  the  lives  and  property  of  foreigners  in 
Egypt,  my  Government  trusts  that  the  perpetra- 
tors of  tlie  crime  have  already  been  apprehended 
and  that  they  will  be  promptly  punished  in  a  man- 
ner commensurate  with  the  seriousness  of  the 
crime.  It  also  urges  that  an  investigation  be  made 
of  the  reported  dereliction  of  members  of  the  police 
force  and  that  api^ropriate  action  be  taken  in  their 
retrard. 


Credit  Extended  to  Iran  for  Purchase 
of  War  Surplus 

[Released  to  the  press  July  29) 

An  agreement  under  which  the  United  States  ex- 
tended a  credit  to  the  Iranian  Government  for  the 
purchase  of  10,000,000  dollars'  worth  of  surplus 
military  equipment  and  a  credit  not  to  exceed  16,- 
000,000  dollars  to  cover  the  cost  of  repairing,  pack- 
ing, and  shipping  this  equipment  to  Iran  was 
signed  on  July  29  by  Fred  W.  Ramsey,  Foreign 

AugusJ   75,   1948 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  \NtlK 

Liquidation  Commissioner,  for  the  United  States, 
and  by  Mr.  Noury-Esfandiary,  Minister  and 
Charge  d'Aflaires  of  Iran.  The  agreement  re- 
places a  previous  agreement  dated  June  20,  1947,^ 
which  offered  the  Government  of  Iran  a  25,000,000 
dollar  surplus-property  credit. 

The  agreement  provides  that  the  American  Gov- 
ernment will  be  repaid  according  to  customary 
FLC  credit  terms  at  an  interest  rate  of  2%  percent 
per  annum,  extending  over  12  j'ears. 


Termination  of  Brazilian  Trade  Agreement 

The  President  on  July  31,  1948,  issued  a  procla- 
mation ^  making  inoperative  as  of  that  date  the 
1935  trade  agreement  between  the  United  States 
and  Brazil  except  for  the  provisions  of  article  XIV 
thereof  relating  to  termination  upon  six  months' 
notice.  The  1935  agreement  will  remain  inoper- 
ative, with  the  exception  noted,  for  such  time  as 
the  United  States  and  Brazil  are  both  contracting 
parties  to  the  General  Agreement  on  Tariffs  and 
Trade,  which  was  entered  into  by  the  United  States 
last  October  30  at  Geneva  with  22  other  countries. 

The  proclamation  gives  effect  to  an  agreement 
concluded  on  this  subject  by  the  United  States  and 
Brazilian  Governments  through  an  exchange  of 
notes,^  effected  June  30,  1948,  between  the  Ameri- 
can Charge  d'Affaires  ad  interim  at  Kio  de  Jan- 
eiro and  the  Brazilian  Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs. 
The  notes  were  exchanged  following  the  signature 
by  Brazil  on  June  30,  1948,  of  the  protocol  of 
provisional  application  of  the  general  agreement. 
Pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  the  protocol,  Brazil 
became  a  contracting  party  to  the  general  agree- 
ment on  the  expiration  of  30  days  from  date  of 
signature  of  the  protocol. 


Military-Mission  Agreement  with 
Brazil  Signed 

[Released  to  the  press  July  29] 

Secretary  of  State  George  C.  Marshall  and 
Mauricio  Nabuco,  Ambassador  Extraordinary  and 
Plenipotentiary  of  Brazil  to  the  United  States  of 
America,  on  July  29  signed  an  agreement  pro- 
viding for  the  detail  of  ofhcers  and  enlisted  men  of 
the  United  States  Army,  Navy,  and  Air  Force  as 
an  advisory  mission  to  serve  in  Brazil.  The  pur- 
pose of  the  mission  is  to  advise  the  Brazilian 
Government  on  the  establishment  and  operation 


'  Bulletin  of  July  6,  1947,  p.  47. 
=  Proclamation  2802   (13  Fed.  Reg.  4447). 
'  See  Department  of  State  press  release  621  of  Aug.  2, 
1948. 

211 


THE  RECORD   OF  THE  WBEK 

of  a  school,  similar  to  the  U.S.  National  War 
College  in  Washington,  for  instruction  of  senior 
officers  of  the  Brazilian  Army,  Navy,  and  Air 
Force  in  combined  operations. 

The  agreement  is  to  continue  in  force  for  four 
years  from  the  date  of  signature  but  may  be 
extended  beyond  that  period  at  the  request  of  the 
Government  of  Brazil. 

The  provisions  of  the  agreement  are  similar  to 
those  contained  in  numerous  other  agreements  be- 
tween the  United  States  and  certain  other  Ameri- 
can republics  providing  for  the  detail  of  officers 
and  enlisted  men  of  the  United  States  Army,  Navy, 
Air  Force,  or  Marine  Corps  to  advise  the  armed 
forces  of  those  countries.  The  provisions  relate 
to  the  duties,  rank,  and  precedence  of  the  person- 
nel of  the  mission,  the  travel  accommodations  to 
be  provided  for  the  members  of  the  mission  and 
their  families,  and  other  related  matters. 

Reconnaissance  of  Proposed  Atrato- 
Truando  Canal  Route 

[Released  to  the  press  August  3] 

The  Governments  of  Colombia  and  the  United 
States  have  agreed  to  conduct  a  preliminary  re- 
connaissance by  air,  land,  and  river  of  the  pro- 
jwsed  Atrato-Truando  interoceanic  canal  route 
through  Colombia  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining 
preliminary  estimates  of  costs  in  order  to  permit 
a  comparison  between  this  and  the  other  possible 
canal  routes. 

The  reconnaissance  will  be  carried  out  by  a 
mixed  commission  of  Colombian  and  American 
engineers.  The  actual  field  study  will  be  made 
by  two  groups,  one  of  which  will  proceed  from 
Humboldt  Bay  on  the  Pacific  coast  while  the  other 
will  enter  the  Atrato  Kiver  Valley  from  the  Carib- 
bean coast. 

It  is  expected  that  the  reconnaissance  will  be 
undertaken  within  two  months  and  that  it  will  be 
completed  in  from  five  to  six  weeks. 

Cultural  Leaders  Awarded  Grants-in-Aid 

Brazil 

Dr.  Ayrton  Gongalves  da  Silva,  aquatic  biologist 
employed  by  the  Department  of  Animal  Produc- 
tion, State  of  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil,  has  arrived  in 
Washington  to  confer  with  Fish  and  Wildlife 
Service  officials  and  to  visit  laboratories,  univer- 
sities, and  museums  in  various  parts  of  the  country. 
His  visit,  which  will  last  three  months,  has  been 
arranged  under  the  travel-grant  program  of  the 
Department  of  State  in  cooperation  with  the  Fish 
and  Wildlife  Service. 


Ecuador 

Antonio  Garcia,  Director  of  Agriculture  of  the 
Ministry  of  Economy  of  Ecuador,  has  received  a 
grant-in-aid  from  the  Department  of  State  to 
enable  him  to  spend  three  months  in  this  country 
studying  soil  conservation,  forestry  reserves,  and 
the  cultivation  of  various  grains. 


Haiti 

Dr.  Antoni  Leveque,  chief  surgeon  of  the  Gen- 
eral Hospital,  Port-au-Prince,  Haiti,  has  arrived 
in  Washington  for  a  three  months'  visit  in  the 
United  States  under  the  travel-grant  program  of 
the  Department  of  State.  Primarily  interested  in 
observing  U.S.  techniques  in  general  surgery.  Dr. 
Leveque  will  also  study  orthopedics  and  hospital 
administration.  The  United  States  Public 
Health  Service  is  cooperating  in  arranging  his  pro- 
gram, which  has  been  tentatively  planned  to  in- 
clude visits  to  the  Mayo  Clinic  in  Rochester,  the 
Lahey  Clinic  in  Boston,  and  the  Surgical  Depart- 
ment of  the  University  of  Michigan. 


Peru 

Luis  F.  Malaga,  head  of  the  reference  depart- 
ment, National  Library  of  Peru,  who  has  received 
a  grant-in-aid  from  the  Department  of  State  to 
enable  him  to  serve  as  consultant  at  the  Yale  Uni- 
versity Library,  recently  arrived  in  Washington 
en  route  to  New  Haven  to  begin  his  assignment. 
In  addition  to  his  work  at  the  library,  which  will 
be  in  connection  with  the  cataloging  of  Mexican 
and  Peruvian  manuscripts,  he  will  also  teach  a 
class  in  Spanish  at  the  University. 


United  States 

Dr.  Marcus  Gordon  Brown  of  the  Georgia 
School  of  Technology  at  Atlanta,  will  leave  for 
Brazil  on  August  13,  to  spend  five  months  lectur- 
ing at  the  cultural  institutes  in  various  cities  of 
that  country  under  the  travel-grant  program  of 
the  Department  of  State. 


Belgium  Extended  Time  for  Renewing 
Trade-Mark  Registration 

The  extension  until  December  31,  1948,  of  time 
for  renewing  trade-mark  registrations  with  re- 
spect to  Belgium  was  granted  by  the  President  in 
proclamation  2794  ( 13  F'ed.  Reg.  3757)  on  July  2, 
1948. 


212 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


THE  DEPARTMENT 


Appointment  of  Officers 


Forrest  F.  MrChiney  as  Deputy  to  Special  Assistant 
for  Research  and  Intelligence,  Office  of  Special  Assistant 
for  Research  and  Intelligence,  effective  July  21,  1948. 

Woodbury  Willoughby  as  Chief  of  the  Division  of 
Commercial  Policy,  Office  of  International  Trade  Policy, 
effecUve  June  13,  1948. 


Resignation  of  Norman  Armour  as  Assistant 
Secretary  of  State 

On  July  31  the  "WTiite  House  announced  the 
resignation  of  Norman  Armour  as  Assistant  Secre- 
tary of  State  for  political  affairs,  effective  July  15, 
1948.  For  the  texts  of  Mr.  Armour's  letter  to  the 
President  and  the  President's  reply,  see  White 
House  press  release  of  July  31,  1948. 


William  D.  Wright,  Jr.,  Named  Philippine 
Rehabilitation  Coordinator 

The  State  Department  announced  on  July  22 
the  appointment  of  a  Coordinator  for  the  Philip- 
pine Rehabilitation  Program,  in  the  Office  of  the 
Foreign  Service.  Eear  Admiral  William  D. 
Wright,  Jr.,  U.S.N,  (ret.),  has  been  named  to  the 
position. 

The  Coordinator  will  expedite  and  channel  for 
action  within  the  Department  all  matters  per- 
taining to  the  Philippine  rehabilitation  program. 
He  will  make  decisions  on  behalf  of  the  Depart- 
ment on  all  matters  of  administration  common  to 
the  agencies  participating  in  the  program.  In  ad- 
dition, the  Coordinator  will  serve  as  chairman  of 
all  formal  interdepartmental  and  inter-agency 
conferences  regarding  the  Philippine  rehabilita- 
tion program. 


THE  FOREIGN  SERVICE 
Diplomatic  Offices 

[Released  to  the  press  Augrust  4] 
The  American  Consulate  General  at  Colombo 
was  raised  to  the  rank  of  Embassy  on  August  3, 
1948,  when  Ambassador  Felix  Cole  presented  his 
letters  of  credence  to  the  Governor  General  of 
Ceylon.  The  agreement  of  the  Governments  of 
the  United  States  and  Ceylon  to  exchange  Am- 
bassadors was  announced  on  April  26,  1948.' 

'  Blt-letin  of  May  23, 1948,  p.  687. 
August   15,   1948 


THE   DBPARTMENT 

Exchange  of  Information  Among  Americans 
Concerned  With  European  Labor  Problems 

[Released  to  the  press  August  2] 

Officers  of  the  Foreign  Service  assigned  as  labor 
attaches  to  American  diplomatic  missions  in 
Europe  will  meet  in  Paris  August  3-5  to  dis- 
cuss European  labor  problems  and  their  rela- 
tion to  the  European  Recovery  Program.  Meet- 
ing with  them  will  be  labor  advisers  of  the  Eco- 
nomic Cooperation  Administration,  representa- 
tives of  American  and  European  trade-unions, 
and  officers  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Labor. 

The  meeting  is  to  be  opened  by  Jefferson  Caffery, 
American  Ambassador  to  France.  Philip  M. 
Kaiser,  Director  of  the  Ofiice  of  International 
Labor  Affairs,  Department  of  Labor,  and  Daniel 
Horowitz,  Assistant  Chief  of  the  Division  of  In- 
ternational Labor.  Social,  and  Health  Affairs,  De- 
partment of  State,  will  serve  as  co-chairmen  of 
the  sessions. 

Clinton  S.  Golden  and  Bert  M.  Jewell,  labor 
advisers  in  Eca,  already  in  Europe  for  other  in- 
ternational labor  meetings,  will  participate  in  the 
Paris  meeting.  Eca  officials  in  the  Office  of  the 
U.S.  Special  Representative  in  Europe,  who  will 
attend  and  participate,  are  Boris  Shishkin,  chief 
of  the  Labor  Branch,  and  Harry  Martin,  labor  in- 
formation specialist  and  labor  adviser. 

Principal  objective  of  the  meeting  is  to  afford 
the  opportunity  for  an  exchange  of  information 
among  the  Americans  concerned  with  European 
labor  problems.  This  objective  is  stressed  in  a 
message  addressed  to  the  meeting  by  Christian 
M.  Ravndal,  Director  General  of  the  Foreign  Serv- 
ice. In  his  message,  Mr.  Ravndal  notes  the  in- 
fluence of  labor  on  the  economic,  social,  and  politi- 
cal policies  being  formed  throughout  the  world 
today  and  congratulates  the  labor  attaches  for 
their  work  in  reporting  on  and  interpreting  this 
influence.  He  stresses  the  importance  of  coopera- 
tion between  Americans  working  with  labor 
abroad, saying : 

"The  Foreign  Service  is  cooperating  fully  with 
the  Economic  Cooperation  Administration  in  mak- 
ing its  entire  resources  available  to  assist  in  the  ac- 
complishment of  the  recovery  program.  The  labor 
attaches  particularly  have  a  vital  and  significant 
contribution  to  make.  They  are  intimately  ac- 
quainted with  trade-union  leaders  and  their  activi- 
ties, with  the  personnel  of  the  labor  ministries,  and 
with  labor  conditions  in  their  respective  coun- 
tries. I  am  sure  that  the  active  and  continuing 
cooperation  of  the  labor  attaches  and  the  Eca 
labor  advisers  will  be  mutually  beneficial.  It  will 
assist  the  labor  advisers  in  carrying  out  their  diffi- 
cult tasks  and  it  will  enable  the  labor  attaches  to 
fulfill  more  adequately  their  continuing  functions 
in  the  Foreign  Service." 

213 


THE   DEPARTMENT 

Volume  8  of  "Treaties  and  Other  International  Acts"  Released 


[Released  to  the  press  July  31] 

Volume  8  of  Treaties  and  Other  International 
Acts  of  the  United  States  of  A?nerica,  published  by 
the  Department  of  State,  was  released  July  31. 
The  preceding  seven  volumes  of  this  edition,  which 
cover  the  period  from  1776  to  1858  and  which  were 
publislied  between  1931  and  1942,  were  compiled 
and  edited  by  Dr.  Hunter  Miller,  who  retired  from 
the  Government  service  in  1944.  The  present 
volume,  containing  40  international  agreements, 
continues  the  chronologically  arranged  series 
from  September  1858  to  July  1863.  Prior  to  his 
retirement  Mr.  Miller  had  prepared  material  which 
comprises  about  three  fourths  of  this  volume,  and 
subsequently  he  read  the  manuscript  for  the  re- 
mainder of  the  book  and  examined  proof  of  the 
whole.     His  name  appears  on  the  title  page. 

As  in  previous  volumes,  the  texts  of  the  treaties 
and  agreements  are  literal  copies  of  the  original 
documents;  carefully  collated,  they  are  identical 
therewith  not  only  in  wording  but  also  in  such  de- 
tails as  punctuation,  capitalization,  and  spelling; 
and  accordingly  they  include  any  peculiarities  and 
even  any  errors  that  are  in  the  sources.  Each 
treaty  or  agreement  is  printed  in  the  language  or 
languages  in  which  the  original  is  written,  thus 
permitting  comparison  of  different  versions  where 
the  meaning  of  any  portion  of  a  text  may  be  in 
doubt.  Treaty  versions  in  oriental  languages — as 
in  the  case  of  the  two  treaties  of  November  8, 1858, 
witli  China — are  reproduced  in  facsimile.  Where 
an  original  agreement,  or  any  part  of  it,  is  written 
in  a  foreign  language  only,  an  authoritative  trans- 
lation is  printed  with  it.  Following  each  docu- 
ment text  are  comprehensive  editorial  notes  which 
deal  with  textual  and  procedural  matters,  with 
the  diplomatic  and  other  background,  with  the  ne- 
gotiations leading  to  signature,  and  with  the  sub- 
sequent history  of  the  agreement.  Of  the  40  docu- 
ments in  the  present  volume,  22  are  treaties  in  the 
constitutional  sense  of  having  received  the  advice 
and  consent  of  the  Senate,  and  18  are  Executive 
agreements.  Of  the  latter,  none  has  heretofore 
been  included  in  treaty  collections  of  the  United 
States,  and  more  than  half  of  them  have  not  pre- 
viously appeared  in  print. 

Although  there  are  no  really  great  treaties  within 
the  period  of  volume  8,  there  are  several  of  more 
than  ordinary  interest.  One  is  the  stopgap  ar- 
rangement of  1859-60  with  Great  Britain  which 
provided  for  joint  military  occupation  of  the  is- 
land of  San  Juan  until  the  question  of  the  north- 
west water  boundary  could  be  definitively  settled. 
Despite  its  informal  and  tentative  character,  this 

214 


arrangement  eased  a  situation  which  for  a  time 
had  become  so  grave  that  it  threatened  to  result  in 
armed  conflict;  and  its  provisions  continued  in 
effect  until  the  boundary  question  was  at  last  dis- 
posed of  in  1872.  Another  notable  document  is  the 
treaty  of  July  1, 1863,  with  Great  Britain,  for  final 
settlement  of  claims  of  Hudson's  Bay  Company 
and  Puget's  Sound  Agricultural  Company.  Dis- 
cussions and  negotiations  regarding  these  claims 
continued  from  1848  until  signature  of  this  treaty, 
and  the  award  of  the  Commissioners  thereunder, 
totaling  $650,000,  was  not  made  until  1869.  The 
editorial  notes,  besides  tracing  the  negotiations, 
include  a  critical  re-examination  of  the  extent  and 
value  of  the  properties  of  the  two  companies  and 
of  the  legal  rights  of  Hudson's  Bay  Company  un- 
der the  Oregon  Treaty.  A  third  document  worthy 
of  mention  is  the  treaty  of  April  7, 1862,  with  Great 
Britain,  for  the  suppression  of  the  transatlantic 
traffic  in  African  slaves.  The  Lincoln  adminis- 
tration, reversing  the  previous  policy  of  the  United 
States,  took  a  firm  stand  against  that  traffic ;  and 
this  new  policy,  which  was  evidenced  by  signature 
of  this  treaty  and  by  enforcement  of  national  law, 
was  one  of  the  immediate  causes  of  the  downfall 
of  that  traffic.  In  the  notes  to  all  three  of  these 
agreements,  abundant  use  was  made  of  British 
Foreign'  Office  records ;  and  in  the  case  of  the  first 
two,  records  of  the  Provincial  Archives  of  British 
Columbia  were  a  further  important  source. 

The  notes  to  the  treaties  of  February  4,  1859, 
with  Paraguay  contain  an  account  of  incidents 
and  events  that  led  to  the  sending  of  a  powerful 
naval  expedition  to  Paraguay  in  that  year — at 
an  estimated  cost  of  three  million  dollars — to 
support  the  diplomacy  of  the  American  Commis- 
sioner. New  light  is  thrown  on  the  final  negotia- 
tions at  Asuncion  by  an  excerpt,  printed  in  trans- 
lation, from  the  diary  of  an  Argentine  statesman 
who  participated. 

Other  features  of  the  volume  are  the  inclusion, 
in  the  editorial  notes,  of  the  English  versions  of 
four  unperfected  treaties  of  the  United  States 
which  are  not  elsewhere  to  be  found  in  print  in 
that  language;  a  map  of  the  Oregon  country,  in 
two  parts  and  in  color;  a  facsimile  reproduction 
of  a  contemporary  map  of  San  Juan  Island  in 
1860;  and  a  25-page  bibliography  of  the  sources 
cited  throughout  the  volume. 

Volume  8  (xxxvii,  1,065  pages)  may  be  pur- 
chased from  the  Superintendent  of  Documents, 
U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington  25, 
D.C.,  for  $4.50. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


PUBLICATIONS 
Department  of  State 

For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Oovcrnment 
Printing  Office,  Washington  25,  D.  C.  Address  requests 
direct  to  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  except  in  the 
case  of  pee  publications,  which  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Department  of  State. 

International  Meeting  on  Marine  Radio  Aids  to  Naviga- 
tion, New  York  City  and  New  London,  Connecticut,  April 
28-May  29,  1947:   Proceedings  and  Related   Documents. 

International  Organization  and  Conference  Series  I,  2. 
Pub.  3060.     xi,  685  pp.     Limited  distribution. 

The  essential  features  of  the  discussions  and  demon- 
strations;  a  listing  of  the  recommendations  of  the 
Meeting;  and  unabridged  texts  of  the  technical  papers 
presented.    Reproduced  by  photo-mechanical  means. 

Extradition.    Treaties    and    Other    International    Acts 

Series  1609.     Pub.  3077.     3  pp.     50. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  Italy; 
Reciprocal  Application  of  Article  I  of  the  Convention 
of  Mar.  23,  1S6S — Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed 
at  Rome  Apr.  16  and  17,  1946 ;  entered  into  force  Apr. 

17,  1946 ;  effective  May  1,  1946. 

Whaling.  Treaties  and  Other  International  Acts  Series 
ITOS.     Pub.  30S3.     6  pp.     50. 

Protocol  Between  the  United  States  and  Other  Gov- 
ernments ;  Extending  the  Protocol  of  Nov.  26,  1945 — 
Open  for  signature  at  Wasliington  Dec.  2,  1946; 
ratified  by  the  President  of  the  United  States  July 

18,  1947;  proclaimed  by  the  President  Feb.  16,  1948; 
entered  into  force  Feb.  5,  194S. 

Transfer  of  United  States  Naval  Vessels  and  Equipment 
to  the  Greek  Government.  Treaties  and  Other  Interna- 
tional Acts  Series  1709.     Pub.  3084.     4  pp.     50. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  Greece- 
Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed  at  Washington 
Dec.  1  and  3,  1947 ;  entered  into  force  Dec.  3,  1947. 

Temporary  Migration  of  Mexican  Agricultural  Workers. 

Treaties  and  Oiher  International  Acts  Series  1710.  Pub 
3085.     8  pp.     5(t. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  Mexico; 
Supplementing  the  Agreement  of  Aug.  4,  1942,  as  re- 
vised Apr.  26,  1943— Effected  by  exchange  of  notes 
signed  at  Mexico  City  Mar.  25  and  Apr.  2,  1947; 
entered  into  force  Apr.  2,  1947. 

Reciprocal    Trade:    Quantitative    Import    Restrictions. 

Treaties  and  Other  International  Acts  Series  1711.  Pub 
3098.     6  pp.     5^. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  Sweden ; 
Modifying  Temporarily  the  Agreement  of  May  2.5, 
1935 — Effected  by  exchange  of  aide-mimoire  dated  at 
Washington  June  24,  1947 ;  entered  into  force  June  24, 
1047;  and  exchange  of  letters. 

Reciprocal  Trade:  Quantitative  Import  Restrictions  and 
Deferment  of  Payments.  Treaties  and  Other  Interna- 
tional Acts  Series  1712.     Pub.  3099.     6  pp.     5(». 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  Sweden; 
Modifying  the  Agreement  of  June  24,  1947— Effected 
by  exchange  of  memorandums  dated  at  Washington 
Feb.  11,  1948;  entered  into  force  Feb.  11,  1948;  and 
exchange  of  letters. 

Augus/    15,    7948 


IHE   DEPARTMENT 

Air  Service:  Facilities  at  Gardermoen  Airfield  in  Norway. 
Treaties  and  Other  International  Acts  Series  1737.  Pub. 
3163.    3  pp.    50. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  Norway — 
Signed  at  Oslo  Nov.  12,  1946;  entered  into  force  Nov. 
12,  1946. 

Shellfish:  Sanitary  Certification  of  Shippers.  Treaties 
and  Otlier  International  Acts  Series  1747.  Pub.  3189. 
3  pp.     5(i. 

.\greement  Between  the  United  States  and  Canada- 
Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed  at  Washington 
Mar.  4  and  Apr.  30,  1948 ;  entered  into  force  .\pr.  30, 
1948. 

Reconversion  of  Industry:  Cooperation  in  Transition  from 
War  to  Peace.  Treaties  and  "Other  International  Acts 
Series  1752.     Pub.  3194.     4  pp.     50. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  Canada; 
Continuing  the  Principles  of  the  Hyde  Park  Declara- 
tion of  Apr.  20.  1941 — Effected  by  exchange  of  notes 
signed  at  Ottawa  May  7  and  15,  1945 ;  entered  into 
force  May  15,  1945. 

U.  N.  Documents- Core^mwed  from  page  195 

Security  Council 

Official  Records 
Third  Year 

No.  73,  303rd  Meeting,  24  May  1948.     41  pp.  printed. 

400. 
No.  76,  307th  and  30Sth  Meetings,  28  May  1948.     46 

pp.  printed.     50^. 
No.  78,  311th  Meeting,  2  June  1948.     24  pp.  printed. 
250. 


Economic  and  Social  Council 

Report  of  the  Third  Session  of  the  Commission  on  Human 
Rights,  Lake  Success,  24  May  to  18  June  1948.  E/800, 
June  28,  1948.    44  pp.  mimeo. 

Implementation  of  Resolution  58  (1)  of  the  General 
Assembly  on  the  Advisory  Social  Welfare  Services 
Programme.    E/828,  June  22,  1948.    27  pp.  mimeo. 

Implementation  by  the  International  Civil  Aviation  Organ- 
ization of  General  Assembly  Resolutions  39  (I)  and 
50  (I)  Concerning  Franco  Spain,  Together  With  a 
Letter  Dated  8  June  1948  From  the  President  of  the 
ICAo  Council  to  the  Secretary-General.  E/S31,  June 
25,  1948.  3  pp.  mimeo. 

Note  by  the  President  of  the  Council  on  the  Report  of  the 
Economic  and  Social  Council  to  the  Third  Regular 
Session  of  the  General  Assembly.  E/832,  June  25, 
1948.    5  pp.  mimeo. 

Report  on  Inter-Secretariat  Co-operation  between  the  In- 
ternational Labour  Organization  and  the  Food  and 
Agriculture  Organization  of  the  United  Nations  in 
Respect  of  Work  Programmes.  E/834,  June  28,  1948. 
14  pp.  mimeo. 

Draft  Rules  for  the  Calling  of  International  Conferences. 
E/836,  June  29,  1948.    5  pp.  mimeo. 

Interim  Report  to  the  Economic  and  Social  Council  on 
Teaching  of  the  Purposes  and  Principles,  the  Structure 
and  the  Activities  of  the  United  NatioM.s  in  the  Schools 
of  Member  States  Under  Resolution  137  (II)  of  the 
General  As.sembly  of  the  United  Nations.  Part  I 
prepared  by  the  Secretary-General  of  the  United  Na- 
tions. Part  II  prepared  by  the  United  Nations  Edu- 
cational, Scientific  and  Cultural  Organization.  E/837, 
June  30,  1948.    86  pp.  mimeo. 

215 


h'ten^ 


Conference  To  Consider  Free  Navigation 
of  the  Danube  Page 

Opening  of  the  Conference: 
Statement  by  Ambassador  Cavendish  W. 

Cannon 197 

French  and   Russian   Adopted  as   Official 

Languages 200 

Austria     Denied     Full     Participation     at 

Second  Plenary  Session 200 

The    United    Nations    and 
Specialized  Agencies 

Review  of  Six  Months  of  Progress  in  the 
Interim  Committee.  By  Joseph  E. 
Johnson 191 

Harper   Sibley   Named    Chairman    of   U.N. 

Day  Citizens'  Committee 193 

U.S.  Position  Regarding  Establishment  of 
System  for  Regulation  of  Armaments. 
Statement  by  Frederick  H.  Osborn     .    .        194 

Status  of  Report  on  Overall  Strength  and 
Composition  of  Armed  Forces.  Letter 
From  the  Chairman  of  the  Military  Staff 
Committee  to  the  President  of  the  Secur- 
ity Council 195 

U.N.  Documents:  A  Selected  Bibliography  .        195 

The  United  States  in  the  United  Nations  .    .        196 

Treaty  Information 

Economic    Factors    in    U.S.   Foreign    Policy. 

Address  by  VVinthrop  G.  Brown  ....        203 
Sino-American   Joint   Commission   on   Rural 
Reconstruction: 
American  Embassy  Press  Release   ....        207 
Statement    by    Ambassador    J.    Leighton 

Stuart 208 

Exchange  of  Notes  Between  American  and 

Chinese  Governments 208 

Monrovia  Port  Opened  to  International  Com- 
merce: 

General  Statement 210 

Message  From  President  Truman  to  Presi- 
dent Tubman 210 

Credit  Extended  to  Iran  for  Purchase  of  War 

Surplus 211 


Treaty  Information— Confin wed  Page 

Termination  of  Brazilian  Trade  Agreement  .  211 
Military-Mission     Agreement     With     Brazil 

Signed 211 

Economic  Affairs 

U.S.  Delegations  to  International  Confer- 
ences: 

Mental  Health 201 

Limnology 201 

Red  Cross 201 

Kootenay  River 202 

Procedure     for     Filing     War     Claims     in 

Morocco 211 

Reconnaissance  of  Proposed  Atrato-Truand6 

Canal  Route 212 

Belgium  Extended  Time  for  Renewing  Trade- 
Mark   Registration 212 

General  Policy 

Letters  of  Credence 193 

Egyptian  Government  Urged  To  Investigate 
Death  of  Stephen  Haas:  Note  From 
Jefferson  Patterson,  American  Charge 
at  Cairo,  to  Egyptian  Foreign  Office  .    .        211 

International  Information  and 
Cultural  Affairs 

Cultural  Leaders  Awarded  Grants-in-Aid  .    .        212 

The  Department 

Appointment  of  Officers 213 

Resignation  of  Norman  Armour  as  Assist- 
ant Secretary  of  State  213 

William    D.   Wright,   Jr.,  Named   Philippine 

Rehabilitation  Coordinator 213 

The  Foreign  Service 

Diplomatic  Officers 213 

Exchange  of  Information  Among  Americans 
Concerned  With  European  Labor  Prob- 
lems          213 

Publications 

Volume  8  of  "Treaties  and  Other  Interna- 
tional Acts"  Released 214 

Department  of  State 215 


0.  S.  GOVERNMENT  PRINTIN6  OFFICE'  1948 


^Ae/  z/)e/ia^imeni^  ^ tnate^ 


For  complete  contents  see  back  cover 


U.  S.  SUPtRlNIENOF.NT  OF  DOUUMtBth 


*=^.^>.y**  bulletin 


Vol.  XIX,  No.  477   •   Publication  3256 
August  22, 1918 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Oflice 

Washington  25,  D.C. 

Price: 

62  issues,  domestic  $5,  foreign  $7.25 

Single  copy,  16  cents 

Published  with  the  approval  of  the 
Director  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget 

Note:  Contents  of  this  pufilication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may 
be  reprinted.  Citation  of  the  Department 
OF  State  Bulletin  as  the  source  will  he 
appreciated. 


The  Department  of  State  BULLETIN, 
a  weehly  publication  compiled  and 
edited  in  the  Division  of  Publications, 
Office  of  Public  Affairs,  provides  the 
public  and  interested  agencies  of 
the  Government  with  information  on 
developments  in  the  field  of  foreign 
relations  and  on  the  work  of  the  De- 
partment of  State  and  the  Foreign 
Service.  The  BULLETIN  includes 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements  and  addresses 
made  by  the  President  and  by  the 
Secretary  of  State  and  other  officers 
of  the  Department,  as  well  as  special 
articles  on  various  phases  of  inter- 
national affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  in- 
ternational agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a 
party  and  treaties  of  general  inter- 
national interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department,  as 
well  as  legislative  material  in  the  field 
of  international  relations,  are  listed 
currently. 


CONFERENCE  TO  CONSIDER  FREE  NAVIGATION  OF  THE  DANUBE 


Discussion  of  U.S.  and  Soviet  Draft  Conventions 


STATEMENTS  BY  AMBASSADOR  CAVENDISH   W.  CANNON  > 
Chairman  of  the  U.S.  Delegation 


Points  of  Difference ' 

In  closing  tlie  debate  on  the  8oviet  Union  and 
the  United  States  drafts  yesterday,  the  Delegate 
of  the  Soviet  Union  mentioned  several  points  of 
diiference  which  are  important  to  the  very  sub- 
stance of  our  discussion. 

First  as  regards  the  approach  of  this  conference 
to  the  whole  problem : 

Mr.  Vyshinsky  said,  "I  would  say  in  general  that 
what  is  accejDtable  in  the  United  States  draft  can 
be  found  in  the  Soviet  draft  and  what  is  not  in 
the  Soviet  draft  cannot  be  accepted.  It  cannot 
be  accepted  either  by  the  Soviet  Delegation  or  by 
the  six  riparian  states." 

Mr.  President,  if  that  is  the  firm  position  it 
would  mean  that  it  is  almost  useless  for  the  con- 
ference to  go  through  the  motions  of  committee 
discussion.  I  feel  sure  Mr.  Vyshinsky  did  not 
mean  just  that.  I  am  indeed  ready  to  go  into  com- 
mittee and  I  truly  hope  that  all  of  us  will  in  fact 
be  willing  to  hear  each  other  and  seek  some  area 
of  agreement. 

The  principal  points  of  the  United  States  pro- 
posal to  which  serious  objection  has  been  raised 
are  these:  (1)  The  language  of  article  1;  (2)  The 
powers  to  be  given  to  the  commission;  (3)  Rela- 
tionship with  the  United  Xations;  (4)  Member- 
ship of  the  commission. 

Let  me  say  just  a  few  words  on  each  of  these 
points. 

Mr.  Vyshinsky  says  that  our  article  1  "defeats 
the  principles"  accepted  by  the  Four  Powers  in 
1946  in  the  peace  treaties  with  Bulgaria,  Hungary, 
and  Rumania.  He  says  that  it  "deviates"  from  the 
formula  set  forth  in  the  United  States  draft  pre- 
amble. Comparing  the  two  texts,  just  what  is  the 
significant  difference  ?  The  preamble  says :  "Navi- 
gation on  the  Danube  shall  be  free  and  open  to 
the  nationals,  vessels  of  commerce  and  goods  of 
all  states  on  a  footing  of  equality  in  regards  to 
port  and  navigation  charges  and  conditions  for 
merchant  shipping." 


Article  1  says:  "International  navigation  on 
the  Danube  River  system  shall  be  free  and  open 
to  the  vessels  of  commerce,  goods  and  persons  of 
all  states  on  a  footing  of  entire  equality  without 
discrimination." 

Comparing  the  two  texts,  what  is  the  significant 
difference  ?  It  is  the  phrase  in  our  article  1,  "with- 
out discrimination." 

I  shall  not  dwell  in  implications. 

But  there  is,  of  course,  no  real  discrepancy.  Mr. 
Vyshinsky  has  had  a  lot  of  experience  in  drafting 
agreements.  He  knows  that  a  preamble  sets  the 
background  and  outline  to  be  developed  in  sub- 
sequent articles.  But  if  this  language  "defeats 
the  principles"  of  the  earlier  formula,  then  the 
earlier  language  was  an  empty  formula.  To  the 
United  States  it  was  not  an  empty  formula  at 
the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers,  nor  in  the 
peace  treaties.  We  meant  it  then  and  we  mean 
it  now.  To  us  the  "freedom  of  navigation"  means 
more  than  allowing  a  vessel  to  move  through  the 
water.  It  means  access  to  port  facilities  and  those 
other  things  set  out  in  our  draft  articles  which  in 
fact  are  merely  an  elaboration  of  the  term  "condi- 
tions for  merchant  shipping"  which  is  in  the  pre- 
amble to  which  no  objection  has  been  raised. 

The  provisions  of  article  1  of  the  Soviet  draft 
were  agreed  upon  almost  two  years  ago.  The  peace 
treaties  have  been  in  effect  for  almost  a  year.  Still 
the  Danube  River  has  not  resumed  its  normal  traf- 
fic. Though  the  United  States  has  persistently 
tried  for  the  past  three  years  to  open  up  the  river, 
there  is  no  movement  across  the  United  States- 
Soviet  occupation  line  in  Austria. 

This  relative  stagnation  on  the  river  is  clear 
evidence  that  the  Soviet  article  is  not  enough. 
Practical  provisions  in  the  convention  are  needed 
if  a  revival  of  commerce  is  to  be  encouraged. 


'  Mr.  Cannon  is  U.S.  Ambassador  to  the  Federal  People's 
Kppublic  of  Yugoslavia. 

'■  Hade  on  Aug.  7,  1948,  before  the  Conference  and  re- 
leased to  the  press  In  Washington  on  Aug.  9, 1948.  Printed 
from  telegraphic  text. 


August  22,    1948 


219 


DANUBIAN  CONFERENCE 

Article  17  of  the  United  States  draft  was  criti- 
cized on  the  jjround  that  it  is  contrary  to  the  prin- 
ciple of  sovereignty  and  equal  rights  of  states.  In 
its  judgment  rendered  in  August  1923  in  the  case 
of  the  S.  S.  Wimbledon  regarding  the  refusal  to 
permit  a  foreign  vessel  to  pass  through  the  Kiel 
Canal,  the  Permanent  Court  of  International  Jus- 
tice said : 

"The  Court  declines  to  see  in  the  conclusion  of 
any  treaty  by  which  a  state  undertakes  to  perform 
or  refrain  from  performing  a  particular  act  an 
abandonment  of  its  sovereignty.  No  doubt  any 
convention  creating  an  obligation  of  this  kind 
places  a  restriction  upon  the  exercise  of  the  sover- 
eign rights  of  the  state,  in  the  sense  that  it  re- 
quired them  to  be  exercised  in  a  certain  way.  But 
the  right  of  entering  into  international  engage- 
ments is  an  attribute  of  state  sovereignty." 

In  so  far  as  the  rights  of  riparian  states  are  con- 
cerned, the  provisions  of  articles  17  and  18  of  the 
Soviet  draft  establish  special  river  commissions 
on  the  maritime  Danube  and  at  tlie  Iron  Gates 
which  are  much  more  subject  to  abuse  than  article 
17  of  the  United  States  draft. 

Under  articles  17  and  18  of  the  Soviet  draft, 
two  states  would  have  complete  authority  to  con- 
trol the  Danube  gateway  to  and  from  the  sea  and 
two  other  states,  complete  authority  at  the  impor- 
tant Iron  Gates  sector  of  the  river.  Such  an  ar- 
rangement can  hardly  be  compatible  with  the 
rights  of  the  other  riparian  states  on  the  fluvial 
Danube. 

While  the  United  States  draft  has  been  repre- 
sented as  a  grave  threat  to  the  sovereign  rights 
of  the  riparian  states,  the  argument  has  been  pre- 
sented that  the  joint  shipping  companies  organ- 
ized in  Hungary,  Rumania,  and  Yugoslavia  are 
in  no  sense  a  derogation  of  the  sovereignty  of  these 
states.  It  has  been  denied  that  Soviet  participa- 
tion in  joint  companies  constitutes  Soviet  control. 
It  has  been  asserted  that  the  sovereignty  of  these 
countries  is  in  no  way  infringed  because  the  chair- 
men of  the  companies  are  always  nationals  of  the 
country  concerned.  The  important  fact  is  not  the 
nationality  of  the  chairman,  but  the  fact  that  in 
Hungary  and  Rumania,  in  any  event,  the  general 
managers  of  the  companies,  in  whom  resides  the 
effective  control,  are  Soviet  citizens. 

In  our  discussion  in  the  committee,  I  shall  docu- 
ment in  detail  the  privileged  position  of  the  joint 
companies. 

I  am  surprised  that  the  Soviet  Delegate,  with 
his  wide  experience  in  United  Nations  affairs 
would  interpret  article  25  of  the  United  States 
draft  as  giving  the  Economic  and  Social  Council 
full  responsibility  for  the  implementation  of  the 
principle  of  freedom  of  navigation  on  the  Danube. 
I  think  he  would  not  seriously  argue  that  associa- 
(ioii  with  the  United  Nations  would  deprive  the 

220 


riparians  of  their  rights  and  prerogatives  as  sov- 
ereign states. 

I  am  certain  that  he  understands  the  procedures 
and  powers  of  the  Economic  and  Social  Council 
well  enough  to  know  that  its  activities  are  limited 
to  discussion  and  recommendation. 

The  Soviet  Delegate  has  also  objected  to  article 
42  providing  for  the  settlement  of  disputes  through 
the  United  Nations  if  not  first  resolved  by  the  com- 
mission. The  United  Nations  was  created  for  the 
express  purpose  of  providing  machinery  for  the 
pacific  settlement  of  disputes. 

I  agree  with  the  Soviet  Delegate  that  article  10 
of  the  United  States  draft  concerning  membership 
on  the  commission  raised  one  of  the  major  issues 
before  this  conference.  I  feel  that  some  additional 
comment  is  required  concerning  the  United  States 
position  on  membership.  My  previous  statement 
set  forth  the  basis  upon  which  the  United  States 
rests  its  claim  for  participation.  Such  claim  was 
not  and  is  not  related  to  the  prewar  statistical 
position  of  United  States  shipping  on  the  river, 
but  upon  the  broader  aspects  of  our  interest  in 
European  economic  development  and  our  responsi- 
bilities under  present  and  contemplated  future 
treaties  bringing  the  war  to  a  close. 

Let  us  not  forget  the  direct  interest  of  the  United 
States  which  occupies  a  riparian  position  on  the 
Danube.  The  German  sector  of  the  Danube  and 
the  German  Danube  fleet  are  inseparably  connected 
with  the  problems  of  this  river.  A  Danube  con- 
vention cannot  ignore  this  important  sector  of  the 
river.  Until  a  sovereign  German  Government  is 
established  and  is  granted  full  participation  in  a 
Danube  regime,  the  United  States  will  be  respon- 
sible for  representing  German  riparian  interests. 

Let  us  also  be  realistic  about  Austria.  I  assume 
that  other  riparian  states  are  deeply  interested  in 
the  development  of  the  entire  Danube  as  an  artery 
of  commerce  and  for  this  Austria's  central  posi- 
tion, trading  potentialities,  and  the  great  river 
port  of  Vienna  are  all  important.  If  the  views  of 
this  important  riparian  state  are  not  taken  into 
consideration  in  drafting  the  convention  and  Aus- 
tria does  not  become  a  party  to  it  and  does  not 
immediately  become  a  member  of  tlie  commission, 
the  river  will  remain  cut  in  two.  The  new  regime 
would  not  be  able  to  function  as  envisaged  in  either 
Ihe  Soviet  draft  or  the  United  States  draft.  The 
declaration  of  the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers, 
which  the  Soviet  Delegate  has  cited,  does  not  bar 
Austria  from  such  participation. 

We  also  believe  that  non-riparian  states  should 
be  represented  on  the  commission.  I  gave  the 
reasons  for  this  view  in  my  statement  on  last 
Wednesday.'  I  wish  now  only  to  re-emphasize  the 
im)5ortance  which  we  attach  to  it. 

Since  we  now  turn  to  a  resolution  referring  all 
texts  to  a  committee,  I  felt  it  necessary  to  restate 


'  Aug.  4 ;  printed  in  BtrLtExiN  of  Aug.  15,  1948,  p.  197. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


DANUBIAN  CONFERENCE 


these  points  of  the  American  draft  before  closing 
the  general  discussion. 

Amendment  to  Preamble  of  Soviet  Draft* 

Mr.  Chairman,  in  submitting  the  American  pro- 
posal for  amendments  to  the  preamble,  we  decided 
to  adopt  the  greater  part  of  the  Soviet  text,  al- 
though there  were  several  passages  we  would  have 
expressed  dilferently.  Therefore,  we  could  en- 
dorse the  French  proposal  just  defeated  by  the 
usual  vote.  The  American  amendment  is  a  rela- 
tively simple  one.  There  is  an  amendment  to  the 
thircl  paragraph  which  would  then  read : 

"U.  S.  S.  R..  United  Kingdom  and  Northern  Ire- 
land. United  States,  France,  Bulgaria,  Czechoslo- 
vakia, Hungary,  Eumania,  Ukrainian  S.  S.  R.  and 
Yugoslavia ; 

"Wliereas,  the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers 
have  on  12th  December  1946,  decided  to  call  a  con- 
ference to  work  out  a  new  convention  regarding 
the  regime  of  navigation  on  the  Danube,  to  be  com- 
posed of  representative  states  referred  to  above; 
and 

"Desirous  of  providing  free  navigation  on  the 
Danube  in  accordance  with  the  interests  of  all 
nations  and  with  due  regard  to  the  sovereign  rights 
of  the  Danube  states  and  in  order  to  strengthen  the 
economic  and  cultural  relations  of  the  Danube 
states  between  themselves  and  other  iiations,  and 
recognizing  that  conditions  of  economic  well-being 
and  peaceful  relations  among  nations  should  be 
promoted  on  the  Danube  in  accordance  with  the 
Charter  of  the  United  Nations; 

"Have  resolved  to  conclude  a  convention  regard- 
ing the  regime  of  navigation  on  the  Danube  and 
for  that  purpose  have  appointed  the  undersigned 
plenipotentiaries  who,  after  the  presentation  of 
full  powers,  found  in  good  and  due  form,  have 
agreed  to  the  following." 

The  purpose  of  this  change  is  that  the  paragraph 
give  explicit  recognition  to  the  principle  that  the 
problems  of  the  Danube  are  intimately  connected 
with  broader  world  problems.  The  Danube  area 
will  be  more  prosperous  and  secure  if  tliere  is 
full  recognition  of  the  economic  ties  between  Danu- 
bian  and  other  nations,  both  to  East  and  West. 
Peoples  along  this  great  waterway  are  well  aware 
of  tliat  fact.  We  are  convinced  that  to  single  out 
the  interests  of  the  riparian  states  as  the  sole  con- 
cern of  this  convention  and  separate  them  from 
the  interests  of  other  nations  is  a  fundamental 
mistake.  It  would  be  harmful  in  the  long  run  to 
both  the  riparian  states  and  nonriparian  nations. 
The  first  change  suggested  in  the  American  amend- 
ment is  a  recognition  that  developments  along  the 
river  are  of  concern  to  nonriparian  states.  As 
mentioned  in  my  earlier  statements,  the  United 
States  feels  that  a  number  of  nonriparian  states 
for  a  variety  of  reasons  have  clear  interests  in 

August  22,    1948 


conditions  along  the  Danube  and  in  the  mainte- 
nance of  freedom  of  navigation.  We  also  think 
that  recognition  of  this  interest  by  the  convention 
is  of  direct  benefit  to  the  welfare  of  the  peoples 
of  the  whole  Danube  area  and  would  not  interfere 
with  or  weaken  sovereignty  of  the  Danube  states. 

Within  this  region  are  hundreds  of  idle  ships 
today.  We  should  like  to  see  active  trade,  that 
could  be  moving  today,  resumed  as  soon  as  possible, 
and  it  is  the  purpose  of  this  convention  to  aid  in 
bringing  those  conditions  about.  We  know  that 
railway  systems  suffered  gi-eatly  during  the  war, 
that  roadbeds  are  in  bad  condition.  It  is  hard  to 
find  maintenance  materials  to  keep  them  going. 
There  is  great  distress  in  many  parts  of  Europe, 
even  in  this  region,  and  hei'e  is  a  gi'eat  inland 
waterway  not  contributing  its  part. 

A  statement  a  few  minutes  ago  was  made  by  the 
Rumanian  Delegation,  that  Rumanian  ships  are 
"up  the  river".  I  don't  know  what  "up  the  river" 
may  mean.  If  it  means  ships  are  in  that  part  of 
the  Danube  under  United  States  control,  I  wish  to 
state  here  and  now  that  thei'o  are  no  Rumanian 
ships  in  that  part  of  the  river  under  American 
control.  The  Rumanian  Goveriunent  put  in  a 
claim  on  18  ships.  Eighteen  ships  were  released 
in  the  area  of  the  Danube  over  which  Americans 
have  control.  There  are  now  none  left  there.  If 
it  is  a  question  of  ships  "up  the  river"  they  must  be 
in  some  other  zone  where  Americans  have  no  con- 
trol, where  so  far  as  the  Danube  is  concerned  the 
United  States  has  little  contact  or  say. 

The  second  paragraph  of  the  American  amend- 
ment must  be  clear  to  all.  The  United  States  has 
made  known  here  that  it  supports  eifective  rela- 
tionship between  the  new  Danube  convention  and 
the  United  Nations.  Problems  that  will  concern 
the  new  commission  will  be  of  importance  to  all 
Europe  and  to  the  world.  If  it  is  to  be  the  intent 
of  the  new  commission  to  recognize  these  broader 
implications  of  the  problem,  some  recognition  of 
the  United  Nations  role  appears  essential.  We  all 
know  that  the  United  Nations  itself  is  conscious  of 
the  problems  of  this  area  and  would  like  to  con- 
tribute in  a  solution  of  these  problems.  This  was 
shown  by  the  request  of  the  Secretary-General  that 
the  United  Nations  be  allowed  to  send  an  observer 
to  the  conference.  No  amount  of  misinterpreta- 
tion can  cloud  the  basic  fact  that  the  peoples  and 
nations  of  this  area  have  nothing  to  lose,  and  nuich 
to  gain,  by  a  recognition  of  the  principles  of  the 
Charter  of  the  United  Nations  and  by  a  working 
agreement  between  the  nations  of  this  area, 
through  the  commission  to  be  established,  and  the 
United  Nations.  This  clause  in  the  preamble  as- 
serts the  general  recognition  on  the  part  of  the 

*  Made  before  the  General  Committee  of  the  Conference 
on  AiiR.  10,  1948,  anrt  released  to  the  press  in  Washington 
on  Aug.  11,  1948.     Printed  from  telegraphic  text. 

221 


DANUBIAN   CONFERENCE 

signatories  that  the  principle  of  the  United  Na- 
tions Charter  is  ai^plicable  on  the  Danube.  None 
of  us  would  deny  that.  All  of  us,  on  many  occa- 
sions, have  subscribed  to  those  princijDles  as  basic 
to  the  conduct  of  peaceful  relations  between  our 
respective  nations. 

Amendment  to  Article  I  of  Soviet  Drafts 

Article  I  of  the  Soviet  draft  provides:  '■'■Navi- 
gation on  the  Damcbe  shall  he  free  and  open  to 
the  nationals,  vessels  of  commerce  and  goods  of  oil 
states  on  a  footing  of  equality  in  regards  to  port 
and  navigation  charges  and  conditions  for  mer- 
chant shipping.  The  foregoing  shall  'not  apply  to 
traffic  between  ports  of  the  same  state.'''' 

The  proposed  United  States  amendment  would 
add  to  this  language  the  following :  ''^Equality  in 
regards  to  port  and  navigation  charges  and  condi- 
tions for  tnerchant  shipping  shall  he  considered  as 
excluding  discrimination  on  the  hasis  of  flag  or 
ownership  of  vessel  or  on  any  other  hasis 
whatsoeverP 

The  proposed  United  States  amendment  is  de- 
signed to  clarify  and  point  up  the  basic  issue  before 
this  conference — is  shipping  on  the  Danube  to  be 
permitted  on  a  basis  of  equality  between  various 
flags,  or  is  shipping  to  be  permitted  only  on  the 
basis  of  special  agreements,  granting  privileged 
companies  exclusive  or  preferential  treatment? 
The  issue  is  clear — discriminatory  or  non-dis- 
criminatory treatment.  If  this  conference  sup- 
ports the  principle  of  non-discrimination  it  can 
hardly  reject  the  United  States  amendment.  Re- 
jection of  our  amendment  will  be  notice  to  the 
world  that  it  is  not  the  intention  of  this  conference 
to  see  that  the  Danube  is  really  open  to  vessels  of 
all  nations. 

Article  I  as  proposed  by  the  Soviet  Delegation 
does  not  contain  the  necessary  safeguards  to 
remedy  or  eliminate  present  impediments  to  more 
effective  use  of  the  river  which  my  Government 
deeply  deplores.  Impediments  surely  are  also  of 
concern  to  other  states  sincei'ely  interested  in 
re-establishing  prosperous  Danube  shipping 
conditions. 

There  has  been  much  talk  of  imperialism  here. 
The  proposed  additional  wording  introduces  the 
necessary  safeguards  to  avert  imperialistic  de- 
signs, from  any  direction,  and  supports  the 
sovereignty  of  the  Danubian  states.  The  United 
States  proposed  this  additional  wording  not  only 
for  sake  of  principle  and  objective,  but  also  because 
the  history  of  the  past  few  years  has  clearly  shown 
discrimination  rampant,  with  economic  penetra- 


"  Made  before  the  General  Committee  of  tlie  Conference 
on  Alls.  10,  104S,  anrl  released  to  the  press  in  Washington 
on  Aug.  12,  1948.     Printed  from  telegraphic  text. 


tion  undertaken  to  the  detriment  of  the  Danubian 
countries  concerned  and  to  the  detriment  of  prog- 
ress to  trade  recovery  in  general. 

I  should  like  to  clarify  some  basic  points  which 
the  Soviet  Delegate  made  in  a  statement  to  rebut 
my  statements  concerning  Danube  economic  i^ene- 
tration.  He  denied  Soviet  participation  in  joint 
companies  and  that  the  formation  of  Soviet  com- 
panies amounts  to  Soviet  control.  He  claims  there 
is  equal  participation  and  no  infringement  of  the 
sovereignty  of  the  countries  involved  since  the 
chairman  of  these  companies  is  always  a  national 
of  the  state  concerned.  That  is  not  much  of  a  safe- 
guard. The  significant  fact  about  these  companies 
is  that  they  are  not  operated  by  the  chairmen  but 
by  directors  general  who  are  not  nationals  of  the 
countries  concerned.  Directors  general  of  these 
joint  companies  are  Soviet  citizens. 

The  Soviet  Delegate  further  quotes  article  1  of 
the  Yugoslav  treaty  (commercial  treaty  with  the 
U.S.S.R.)  to  prove  that  these  companies  obey  the 
laws  and  rules  of  a  given  country  and  have  the 
same  rights  as  Yugoslav  companies.  He  failed  to 
mention  that  in  most  important  respects  Soviet 
enterprises  and  joint  companies  are  granted  the 
same  conditions  which  are,  or  will  be,  allowed  to 
the  most  privileged  state,  municiiJal.  or  private 
enterprise.  I  refer  to  annex  1  of  the  Soviet-Hun- 
garian agreement  of  December  9,  1947,  which 
grants  privileges  on  supply  materials  and  in  the 
obtaining  of  foreign  exchange.  I  refer  to  annex  5 
of  the  same  agreement  wherein  the  U.S.S.R.  ac- 
knowledges certain  decrees  issued  by  the  Hungar- 
ian Government  exempting  joint  Hungarian- 
Soviet  companies  from  payment  of  certain  taxes, 
fees,  and  duties. 

The  same  and  other  privileges  are  granted  to 
joint  comijanies.  I  refer  to  the  provision  in  the 
Soviet-Rumanian  agreement  by  which  ships  of 
Soviet-Rumanian  transport  passing  Sulina  Chan- 
nel pay  tariff  one  third  less  than  charged  any  other 
company.  Another  example  of  special  privilege  is 
the  contract  between  the  Hungarian  Govern- 
ment and  the  joint  Meszhart  Shipping  Company 
which  for  30  years  leases  Port  Budapest  in- 
cluding practically  all  harbor  equipment,  includ- 
ing docks,  loading  stations,  factories,  dwellings, 
auxiliary  and  other  buildings,  warehouses,  ele- 
vators, mechanical  transshipment  facilities,  rail- 
ways and  other  communication  lines  in  the  poi-t 
area.  How  can  you  speak  of  freedom  of  naviga- 
tion on  tlie  Hungarian  Danube  when  Port  Buda- 
pest is  under  the  monopoly  control  of  the  Meszhart 
companies? 

Let  us  turn  back  now  to  the  language  of  the 
United  States  amendment.  You  will  note  that  the 
United  States  Delegation  has  not  used  the  lan- 
guage proposed  in  the  original  United  States  draft. 
While  we  still  consider  the  langiuage  in  article  1  of 


222 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


our  draft  submitted  last  week  as  preferable,  there 
was  a  certain  amount  of  confusing  talk  rejjarding 
it  and  its  relation  to  ai'ticles  of  the  peace  treaties. 
It  has  several  times  been  declared  that  the  lan- 
guage first  proposed  by  the  United  States  Delega- 
tion was  different  from  the  treaty  language.  We 
therefore  projiosed  this  amendment  which  is  an 
explanatory  addition  to  treaty  language. 

hi)oaking  on  the  preamble  this  morning,  Mr. 
Yyshinsky  said,  "they  (Finance,  U.S.,  and  U.K.) 
agreed  to  tliis  formida  two  years  ago  and  nothing 
lias  clianged  since''.  This  is  precisely  our  point — 
the  objective  was  to  free  navigation.  Now  after 
two  years  it  is  quite  true  that  "nothing  has 
changed"  since,  although  the  treaties  have  been  in 
effect  nearly  a  year. 

The  Soviet  Delegate  has  on  numerous  occasions 
taken  the  jjosition  that  any  suggested  change  or 
clarification  of  words  adopted  by  the  Council 
of  Foreign  Ministers  for  the  peace  treaties  is  an 
attempt  to  distort  the  true  meaning  of  the  Coun- 
cil of  Foreign  Ministers  decision.  I  should 
like  to  ask  the  Soviet  Delegate  to  give  this  confer- 
ence a  definition  of  what  he  understands  by  the 
words  "conditions  for  merchant  shipping."  The 
only  definition  I  have  come  across  in  the  record  is 
the  .statement  of  Mr.  Molotov,  of  November  28, 
1946.  This  proposal  was  introduced  by  Mr.  Molo- 
tov, who  said  (I  am  reading  from  the  United  States 
record  in  English),  "I  have  a  proposal  to  make. 


DANUBIAN   CONFERENCE 

Mr.  Byrnes  said  he  was  interested  in  paragraph  1 
of  the  proposals  concerning  the  Danube.  I  have  a 
proposal  in  relation  to  it.  In  the  first  place  it  takes 
into  account  the  June  29  amendment  proposed  by 
M.  Bidault  and  includes  the  Soviet  amendments. 
Navigation  on  the  Danube  shall  be  free  and  open 
on  terms  of  entire  equality  inasmuch  as  this  con- 
cerns port  navigation  charges  and  conditions  of 
commercial  shipping  within  the  limits  of  ordinary 
commercial  terms." 

The  word  "entire"  has  appeared  at  numerous 
times  and  I  am  not  quite  clear  at  what  time  it 
dropped  out. 

Later  in  the  same  debate,  the  French  Kepresent- 
ative  asked :  "What  does  the  Soviet  Delegate  un- 
derstand to  be  the  meaning  of  'within  the  limits 
of  usual  commercial  relations'?" 

Mr.  Molotov  rejilied :  "There  are  certain  commer- 
cial arrangements  which  establish  tariff  charges, 
et  cetera,  when  some  are  given  favored  treatment 
in  one  respect  and  not  in  another,  and  various  de- 
tails of  that  sort.  Some  countries  are  more  inter- 
ested in  one  condition,  some  in  another,  and  they 
combine  aspects  most  advantageous  to  them." 

I  must  frankly  say  I  do  not  know  what  it  means. 
I  hope  before  this  committee  votes  on  this  article 
the  Soviet  Delegate  will  explain  it  for  the  benefit 
of  states  which  are  being  asked  to  accept  the  Soviet 
draft. 


STATEMENT  BY  WALTER  A.  RADIUS" 
Deputy  Chairman  of  the  U.S.  Delegation 


Amendment  to  Article  V  of  Soviet  Draft 

Article  V  of  the  Soviet  draft  provides:  ^''There 
shall  he  esfahlisfied  a  Danube  Commission,  herein- 
after called  The  Commission,  to  be  composed  of 
one  representative  of  each  Danube  state.'''' 

The  change  proposed  in  article  V  of  the  Soviet 
draft  by  the  United  States  amendment  is  obvious 
from  the  text.  In  the  first  paragraph  we  list  the 
states  members  of  the  Danube  Commission  in  place 
of  the  general  term  "Danube  states"  which  appears 
in  the  Soviet  draft.  This  list  includes  the  riparian 
states  and  the  Four  Powers  whicli.  as  members  of 
the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers,  have  special 
responsibility,  recognized  under  the  U.N.  Charter, 
for  making  peace  settlements  and  establishing  the 
foundation  for  peaceful  internal  order  in  Europe. 

All  states,  riparian  and  nonriparian,  have  a 
strong  legitimate  interest  in  freedom  of  navigation 
on  the  Danube.  In  the  case  of  the  riparian  states 
the  interest  is  obvious.  It  is  recognized  in  the 
draft  convention  submitted  by  the  Soviet  Delega- 


tion and  in  the  draft  convention  submitted  by  the 
American  Delegation.  I  will  not  dwell  further 
on  it  except  to  call  attention  to  the  inclusion  of 
Austria.  The  Soviet  draft  proposes  that  Austria 
become  a  member  of  the  commission  after  the  ques- 
tion of  the  treaty  with  Austria  is  settled.  We  be- 
lieve that  Austria  should  become  a  party  to  the 
convention  and  a  member  of  the  commission  as 
soon  as  the  convention  enters  into  force  and  the 
commission  begins  to  function. 

Austria  is  one  of  the  most  important  of  the 
riparian  states  bordering  shores  for  275  miles. 
From  the  standpoint  of  engineering  projects  and 
control  of  development  of  the  river,  Austria's  geo- 
graphical position  is  of  key  importance.    From  the 


"  Made  on  Aug.  12,  1048,  before  the  Conference  and  re- 
leased to  tlie  pre.ss  in  Washinston  on  Aug.  13,  1948. 
Printed  from  telegrapliic  text.  Mr.  Radius  is  Director, 
Office  of  Transport  and  Communications,  Department  of 
State. 


August  22,    1943 


223 


DANUBIAN  CONFERENCE 

commercial  point,  Austria's  shipping,  trade,  and 
the  great  river  port  of  Vienna  must  be  taken  into 
account.  The  system  of  internal  regulation  on  the 
■whole  river  is  inconceivable  witliout  Austrian  par- 
ticipation, from  the  start,  in  the  internal  commis- 
sion charged  with  regulation. 

The  Soviet  Delegation  cited  on  several  occasions 
the  decision  of  the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers, 
December  6,  1946,  as  follows : 

"The  Governments  of  the  United  States,  United 
Kingdom,  U.S.S.R.,  ana  France  agree  to  call, 
within  six  months  of  the  coming  into  force  of  the 
peace  treaties  witli  Rumania,  Bulgaria  and  Hun- 
gary, a  conference  to  work  out  a  new  convention 
regarding  the  regime  of  navigation  on  the  Danube 
to  be  composed  of  representatives  of  the  Danubian 
states:  U.S.S.R.,  Ulcrainian  S.S.R.,  Bulgaria,  Ru- 
mania, Yugoslavia,  Czechoslovakia,  Hungary,  and 
representatives  of  the  following  states,  members  of 
the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers:  United  States, 
United  Kingdom,  France. 

"Subsequent  changes  in  this  convention,  should 
they  become  necessary,  shall  also  be  made  by  the 
conference  composed  as  indicated  above. 

"Austria  shall  take  part  in  the  above-mentioned 
conferences  after  the  question  of  a  treaty  with 
Austria  has  been  settled." 

The  United  States  does  not  consider  that  deci- 
sion as  barring  Austria  from  participation  in  the 
Danube  Commission  before  the  treaty  between 
Austria  and  the  four  occupying  powers  is  con- 
cluded. Austria  has  been  restored  to  independence 
in  accordance  with  the  Moscow  Declaration  of 
1943.  It  has  its  own  government,  whose  mandate 
is  based  on  free  popular  election.  This  govern- 
ment maintains  diplomatic  relations  with  many 
nations.  It  may  enter  into  international  agi'ee- 
ments  (and  has  done  so)  with  only  this  specific 
limitation — that  such  agreements  may  be  disap- 
proved by  unanimous  decision  of  the  Allied  Coun- 
cil in  Vienna.  I  shall  read  from  the  Four  Power 
Control  Agreement  concluded  in  Vienna  June  28, 
194f),  by  the  United  States,  United  Kingdom,  So- 
viet Union,  and  France : 

'■'■Article  VI,  section  A :  All  legislative  measures, 
as  defined  by  the  Allied  Council,  and  international 
agreements  which  the  Austrian  Government 
wishes  to  make  except  agreements  with  one  of  the 
four  powers,  shall,  before  they  take  effect  or  are 
published  in  the  State  Gazette  be  submitted  by  the 
Austrian  Government  to  the  Allied  Council.  In 
the  case  of  constitutional  laws,  the  written  ap- 
proval of  the  Allied  Council  is  required,  before 
anj'  such  law  may  be  published  and  put  into  effect. 
In  the  case  of  all  other  legislative  measures  and 
international  agreements  it  may  be  assumed  that 
the  Allied  Council  has  given  its  approval  if  with- 

224 


in  31  days  of  the  time  of  receipt  by  the  Allied 
Council  it  has  not  informed  the  Austrian  Govern- 
ment that  it  objects  to  a  legislative  measure  or  an 
international  agreement.  Such  legislative  meas- 
ure or  international  agreement  may  then  be  pub- 
lished and  put  into  effect.  The  Austrian  Govern- 
ment will  inform  the  Allied  Council  of  all  inter- 
national agreements  entered  into  with  one  or  more 
of  the  four  powers." 

I  think  I  can  say  definitely  that  this  provision 
is  no  obstacle  to  Austria's  immediate  adherence 
to  the  Danube  convention  and  full  participation 
in  the  proposed  Danube  Commission. 

Now  I  turn  to  nonriparian  representation.  Our 
amendment  provides  for  inclusion  of  the  United 
Kingdom,  France,  and  the  United  States  as  mem- 
bers of  the  commission.  Along  with  the  U.  S.  S.  R., 
these  three  states  have,  as  mentioned,  special  re- 
sponsibility for  peace  settlement  in  Europe  and 
problems  related  to  settlements,  such  as  re-estab- 
lishment of  freedom  of  navigation  on  the  Danube. 
As  members  of  the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers, 
these  Four  Powers  discussed  at  length  the  Danube 
question,  introduced  by  the  United  States  Delega- 
tion. The  Paris  conference,  by  a  two-thirds  ma- 
jority, recommended  to  the  Council  of  Foreign 
Ministers  that  they  insert  in  the  peace  treaties 
with  Rumania,  Bulgaria,  and  Hungary  provisions 
for  freedom  of  navigation  and  that  they  convoke 
a  conference  to  work  out  a  convention  embodying 
that  principle.  Tlie  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers 
did  take  action  along  those  lines  at  the  New  York 
meeting  in  December  1946.  It  took  decisions  with 
which  all  are  familiar. 

It  was  the  Four  Powers  of  the  Council  of 
Foreign  Ministers  which,  on  United  States  initia- 
tive, took  steps  to  have  the  conference  convoked  at 
Belgrade  to  work  out  the  new  convention.  In  the 
entire  procedure  leading  to  the  conference  the 
interest  of  the  three  western  powers  in  freedom  of 
navigation  on  the  Danube  was  generally  recog- 
nized. Neither  the  Paris  conference  in  1946  nor 
the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers  made  any  de- 
cision to  the  effect  that  the  new  Danube  regime 
should  be  riparian  states  alone.  The  very  fact 
that  the  four  members  of  the  Council  of  Foreign 
Ministers  are  present  at  this  conference  is  a  clear 
indication  that  no  such  result  was  intended. 

In  the  United  States  statement  on  August  5  be- 
fore the  plenary  session.  Ambassador  Cannon  gave 
a  number  of  reasons  why  the  United  States  is 
directly  interested  in  the  maintenance  of  freedom 
of  navigation  on  the  Danube.  Our  interest  in  the 
progress  of  economic  welfare  in  Europe  is  general. 
It  is  not  limited  to  one  region.  American  partici- 
pation in  the  Ece  is  proof  of  our  concern  with 
programs  both  for  immediate  reconstruction  and 
(Continued  on  page  2U) 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS  AND  SPECIALIZED  AGENCIES 


U.  S.  Position  on  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste 


STATEMENT  BY  PHILIP  C.  JESSUP  > 


Deputy  U.  S.  Representative  in  tlie  Security  Council 


As  I  informed  the  Council  at  its  last  session  dur- 
ing wliicli  it  considered  the  note  of  the  Yugoslav 
Kepresentative  of  July  28  -  concerning  the  admin- 
istration of  the  British-United  States  zone  of  the 
Free  Territory  of  Trieste,  my  Government  consid- 
ers the  charges  of  the  Yugoslav  Government  as  be- 
ing from  beginning  to  end  without  any  founda- 
tion whatsoever  and  having  every  appearance  of 
being  intended  for  the  sole  purpose  of  distracting 
attention  from  the  flagi-ant  maladministration  of 
the  zone  of  the  Free  Territory  under  administra- 
tion by  the  Yugoslav  Military  Command.  I  have 
noticed  on  various  occasions  "that  certain  members 
of  tlie  Security  Council  have  no  hesitation  in  be- 
ing quite  dogmatic  in  their  assertions  concerning 
the  motivation  which  they  allege  inspires  govern- 
ments in  taking  certain  courses  of  conduct.  I  do 
not  pretend  to  any  skill  in  reading  the  mind  of  a 
foreign  government,  but  on  the  evidence  available 
one  may  speculate  that  the  motivation  for  the 
Yugoslav  complaint  is  twofold :  The  first  motive 
might  be  deduced  from  the  lamentable  but  well- 
known  design  of  Yugoslavia  to  separate  the  Free 
Territory  of  Trieste  from  its  historic  associations 
with  Italy  in  violation  of  the  desires  of  the  popu- 
lation of  the  Free  Territory  and  in  order  to  incor- 
porate the  Territory  in  Yugoslavia.  In  the  sec- 
ond place,  tlie  complaint  a2:)pears  to  be  another 
manifestation  of  what  has  become  a  familiar  tactic. 
This  tactic  is  to  charge  others  with  the  misdeeds 
which  one  has  oneself  committed  in  the  hope  of  dis- 
tracting attention  from  one's  own  sins. 

The  two  motives  are  clearly  related  and  the 
hypothesis  that  they  are  the  actual  motives  is  con- 
firmed by  an  examination  of  the  way  in  which  the 
Yugoslav  Government  has  administered  its  zone 
and  by  its  persistent  refusal  to  disclose  any  in- 
formation concerning  its  conduct  in  that  zone.  I 
hope  you  will  all  keep  in  mind  that  the  govern- 
ment which  made  these  accusations  against  us  itself 
rules  a  zone  in  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste  be- 
hind an  iron  curtain  of  its  own.  The  Yugoslav 
Government  has  provided  no  information  of  any 
kind  to  the  Security  Council  and  has  not  yet,  to 
my  knowledge,  even  advised  the  Security  Council 
that  it  recognizes  any  responsibility  toward  the 

August  22,    1948 


Council  in  the  administration  of  its  zone.  Far 
from  being  successful  in  diverting  attention  from 
violation  of  its  international  obligations,  the  action 
of  the  Yugoslav  Government  in  bringing  the  sub- 
ject of  the  administration  of  the  British-United 
States  zone  to  the  attention  of  the  Security  Coun- 
cil has  turned  the  spotlight  squarely  on  the  Trieste 
problem  and  has  suggested  to  the  Council  the  neces- 
sity for  carefid  consideration  of  the  administration 
of  the  entire  Territory  with  a  view  to  determining 
whether  it  is  being  properly  administered  by  the 
caretaker  military  governments. 

I  advised  the  Council  last  Wednesday  that  the 
report  of  tlie  administration  of  the  British-United 
States  zone  for  the  period  April  1  to  June  30, 1948, 
would  soon  be  available  for  distribution  to  the 
members.  That  report  was  distributed  yesterday 
as  document  S/953  and  completes  the  record  up 
until  the  first  of  last  month.  I  hope  that  the  mem- 
bers have  had  an  opportunity  at  least  to  glance  at 
this  latest  report  and  to  refresh  their  recollections 
of  the  two  previous  reports,  since  I  am  confident 
that  a  review  of  the  complete  record  of  the  history 
of  the  zone  will  convince  them  that  the  Allied  Mili- 
tary Goverimient  has  properly  fulfilled  its  respon- 
sibilities in  conformity  with  the  fully  acceptecl  ob- 
ligations of  the  British  and  United  States  Govern- 
ments as  announced  to  the  Security  Council  in 
Senator  xlustin's  letter  of  November  18,  1947,  dis- 
tributed as  document  S/604.  For  tlie  convenience 
of  the  Council  I  should  like  to  read  the  closing 
paragraphs  of  that  letter : 

"It  is  the  view  of  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  that,  pending  the  assumption  of  office  by 
the  Governor,  the  Commanders  of  the  British- 
United  States  Zone  and  the  Yugoslav  Zone  of  the 
Free  Territory  are,  as  trustees,  obligated  to  admin- 
ister the  Free  Territoi-y  within  their  respective 
Zones  in  conformity  with  the  provisions  of  the 
Treaty  establishing  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste 
and  in  such  a  way  as  to  assist  in  the  realization  of 
its  ultimate  purposes.     The  Commander  of  the 

'  Made  in  the  Security  Council  on  Aug.  10,  1948,  and  re- 
leased to  the  press  by  the  U.  S.  Mission  to  the  U.  N.  on 
the  same  date. 

'  See  post,  p.  233. 

225 


THE  UNITBD  NATIONS  AND  SPBCIAUZED  AGENCIES 

British-United  States  Zone  has  accordingly  been 
instructed  that  he  should  take  no  actions  which 
may  prejudice  the  ability  of  the  Government  and 
the  inhabitants  of  the  Free  Territory  to  bring  the 
provisions  of  the  Treaty  into  force  by  free  demo- 
cratic means  as  soon  as  the  Territory  has  been  uni- 
fied and  a  Governor  appointed  and  that  he  should 
therefore  maintain  the  existing  instructions  until 
they  can  be  modified  by  due  process  of  law.  In  the 
meanwhile,  the  actions  of  the  Commander  of  the 
British-United  States  Zone  will  be  guided  mainly 
by  the  needs  of  the  population  and  its  well-being. 

"It  is  recognized  that  the  provisions  of  the 
Treaty  require  that,  pending  tlie  assumption  of 
office  by  the  Governor,  there  shall  be  separate  ad- 
ministrations within  the  two  Zones  of  the  Free 
Territory.  It  is  the  view  of  the  Government  of 
the  United  States  that  they  and  the  Government 
of  the  United  Kingdom  in  their  Zone,  and  the  Gov- 
ernment of  Yugoslavia  in  its  Zone,  are  clearly 
charged  with  ensuring  that  the  areas  under  their 
respective  administrations  are  so  governed  that 
there  shall  be  no  radical  constitutional  modifica- 
tions such  as  must  make  more  difficult  the  future 
integritv  and  independence  of  a  united  and  pros- 
perous Free  Territory  of  Trieste.  It  is  further  the 
duty  of  the  administration  in  each  of  the  two  Zones 
to  take  no  steps  which  will  obstruct  the  proper 
application  of  these  principles  in  the  other  Zone. 

"In  fulfillment  of  its  obligations  in  this  respect, 
the  Government  of  the  United  States  will  from 
time  to  time  report  to  the  Security  Council  con- 
cerning its  responsibilities  in  connection  with  the 
administration  of  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste, 
including  the  protection  of  the  basic  human  rights 
of  the  inhabitants  and  will  ensure  that  public  order 
and  security  are  maintained  in  the  Free  Territory 
in  accordance  with  the  purposes  and  principles  of 
the  applicable  provisions  of  the  Treaty  of  Peace 
with  Italy." 

Although  I  am  convinced  that  the  record  speaks 
for  itself,  I  shall  presume  on  the  patience  of  the 
members  of  the  Council  to  explain  in  some  detail 
the  background  of  the  arrangements  referred  to  in 
the  Yugoslav  charges  and  to  demonstrate  the  false- 
ness of  the  specific  accusations  made  against  us. 

Let  us  look  at  the  legal  basis  of  the  char£res 
which  have  been  leveled  against  the  Allied  Mili- 
tary Government  in  Trieste  by  Yugoslavia.  Essen- 
tially, the  charges  are  that  the  Allied  Military 
Government  has  violated  the  provisions  of  article 
24,  paragraph  4,  of  the  Permanent  Statute  for  the 
Free  Territory  of  Trieste  (which  is  annex  VI  of 
the  treaty) .    That  article  reads  as  follows : 

"Economic  union  or  associations  of  an  exclusive 
character  with  any  State  ai-e  incompatible  with 
the  status  of  the  Free  Territory." 

It  should  be  not«d  at  the  outset  that  this  provision 
is  not  one  of  proliibition  but  simply  a  statement  of 


policy  on  principle  governing  Trieste's  permanent 
status  as  a  Free  Territory. 

It  is  important  to  follow  the  exact  legal  provi- 
sions of  the  treaty  of  peace  with  Italy  which  are 
applicable  to  this  situation.  Article  21  of  the 
treaty  contains  the  general  provisions  regarding 
the  establishment  of  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste. 
Paragraph  3  of  that  article  provides  as  follows: 

"On  the  termination  of  Italian  sovereignty,  the 
Free  Territory  of  Trieste  shall  be  governed  in  ac- 
cordance with  an  instrument  for  a  provisional 
regime  drafted  by  the  Council  of  Foreign  Min- 
isters and  approved  by  the  Security  Council.  This 
Instrument  shall  remain  in  force  until  such  date 
as  the  Security  Council  shall  fix  for  the  coming 
into  force  of  the  Permanent  Statute  which  shall 
have  been  approved  by  it.  The  Free  Territory 
shall  thenceforth  be  governed  by  the  provisions 
of  such  Permanent  Statute." 

The  Permanent  Statute  is  set  forth  in  annex  VI 
of  the  treaty  and  the  Instrument  for  the  Provi- 
sional Regime  is  set  forth  in  annex  VII.  It  is  un- 
disputed that  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste  is  still 
governed  by  the  terms  of  the  Instrument  for  the 
Provisional  Regime  since  the  Permanent  Statute 
has  not  yet  come  into  force.  This  instrument  set 
forth  in  annex  VII  of  the  treaty  therefore  deter- 
mines the  legal  rights  and  duties  of  the  Military 
Commanders  who  under  its  first  article  continue  to 
administer  their  respective  zones  pending  the  as- 
sumption of  office  by  the  Governor.  The  provi- 
sions of  the  Permanent  Statute  are  applicable  dur- 
ing the  Provisional  Regime  only  so  far  as  they 
are  incorporated  by  reference  in  article  2  of  the 
Instrument  for  the  Pi-ovisional  Regime. 

This  article  2  contains  a  number  of  sentences  all 
of  which  refer  to  the  situation  which  will  exist 
when  the  Governor  assumes  office.  Interspersed 
among  these  sentences  is  one  which  reads  as  fol- 
lows: 

"Likewise  all  other  provisions  of  the  Permanent 
Statute  shall  be  applicable  during  the  period  of  the 
Provisional  Regime  as  and  when  these  provisions 
prove  to  be  applicable  and  in  so  far  as  they  are 
not  superseded  by  the  present  Instrument." 

The  Yugoslav  claim  is  that  paragraph  4,  article 
24,  of  the  Permanent  Statute  contained  in  annex 
VI  is  one  of  the  provisions  referred  to  in  this  sen- 
tence which  I  have  just  quoted  from  article  2  of 
the  Instrument  for  the  Provisional  Regime.  The 
Yugoslav  position  seems  to  be  that  this  paragraph 
4  of  article  24  is  "applicable"  and  has  }iot  been 
"superseded"  by  any  of  the  provisions  of  the  In- 
strument for  the  Provisional  Regime  and,  that  as  a 
result,  the  agreements  entered  into  by  the  Allied 
Military  Government  and  the  Italian  Government 
referred  to  in  their  claim  are  a  violation  of  the 
treaty. 


226 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


We  do  not  deny  that  paragraph  4  of  article  24 
establishes  a  principle  which  should  guide  the  Gov- 
ernor during  the  period  of  the  l^rovisional  Regime. 
We  do  emphatically  reject  the  contention  that  this 
paragraph  is  applicable  to  the  actions  of  the  Allied 
Militar}-  Government  which  are  complained  of.  It 
is  clear  that  with  reference  to  the  subject  matter 
dealt  witli  in  the  agreements  between  the  Allied 
Military  Government  in  Italy,  this  provision  has 
been  totally  superseded  by  the  provisions  of  articles 

10  and  11  of  the  Instrument  for  the  Provisional 
Regime.  Not  only  is  this  clear  from  the  text  of  the 
treaty  but  it  is  the  position  which  has  been  taken 
as  the  proper  interpretation  of  the  treaty  by  the 
Council  of  Foreign  Ministers. 

Article  10  provides  that  "Existing  laws  and  reg- 
ulations shall  remain  valid  unless  and  until  re- 
voked or  suspended  by  the  Governor."' 

Article  11  is  the  core  of  the  legal  situation  and 
the  members  of  the  Council  will  wish  to  have  its 
text  in  mind.    It  reads  as  follows : 

"Pending  the  establishment  of  a  separate  cur- 
rency regime  for  the  Free  Territoi-y  the  Italian 
lira  shall  continue  to  be  the  legal  tender  within  the 
Free  Territory.  The  Italian  Government  shall 
supplj'  the  foreign  exchange  and  currency  needs 
of  the  Free  Territory  under  conditions  no  less 
favorable  than  those  applying  in  Italy. 

''Italy  and  the  Free  Territory  shall  enter  into  an 
agreement  to  give  effect  to  the  above  provisions 
as  well  as  to  provide  for  any  settlement  between 
the  two  Governments  which  may  be  required." 

Nothing  can  be  clearer,  it  would  seem,  than  that 
a  continuation  of  a  system  under  which  the  Italian 
lira  shall  continue  to  be  the  legal  tender  within  the 
whole  of  the  Free  Territory  is  an  "exclusive  asso- 
ciation"' within  the  meaning  of  paragi-aph  4  of 
article  24,  annex  VI.  This  is  likewise  true  of  a 
system  whereby  Italy  shall  supply  the  foreign  ex- 
change and  currency  needs  of  the  Free  Territory 
under  conditions  no  less  favorable  than  those  ap- 
plying in  Italy.  Such  a  sj'stem  is  necessarily  an 
exclusive  association.  Since  article  11  requires 
these  exclusive  associations,  it  seems  clear  beyond 
a  question  of  doubt  that  the  provisions  of  article 

11  of  annex  VII,  supersede  as  a  matter  of  law  the 
provisions  of  article  24,  paragraph  4  of  annex  VI, 
and  that  as  a  result  the  latter  are  not  applicable  to 
the  present  situation. 

The  United  States  position  is,  therefore,  that 
tlie  acts  of  the  Military  (Tovcrnment  in  the  British- 
United  States  Zone  of  Trieste  have  in  no  way- 
infringed  the  provision  of  the  treaty  of  peace  with 
Italy,  but  have  stemmed  from  authorizations  con- 
tained in  the  treaty  and  have  been  consistent  with 
the  responsibility  of  the  United  States  and  the 
United  Kingdom  to  administer  their  zone  during 
an  interim  period  in  such  way  as  best  to  serve  "the 
needs  of  the  population  and  its  well  being"  (article 
2  of  amaex  VII). 

August   22,    1948 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS   AND  SPECIALIZED  AGENCIES 

If  there  is  any  doubt  that  this  is  the  correct 
interpretation  of  the  Italian  treaty  of  peace,  it 
can  be  fountl  in  the  subsequent  consideration  by 
the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers  of  the  problems 
involved  in  creatine  an  independent  financial,  cur- 
rency, foreign  exchange,  and  customs  regime  in 
the  Free  Territory.  The  Council  of  Foreign  Min- 
isters in  December  1946  appointed  a  Trieste  Com- 
mission of  Inquiry  with  the  following  terms  of 
reference : 

"to  investigate  the  general  financial  position  and 
prosjiects  of  the  proposed  Free  Territory  of 
Trieste;  after  consultation  with  the  Yugoslav  and 
Italian  authorities  and  any  consultations  which 
it  deems  appropriate  the  Commission  shall  make 
recommendations  not  later  than  February  20th 
1947  on  this  matter,  and  on  any  problems  which 
may  be  involved  in  the  setting  up  of  the  Free  Terri- 
tory as  a  separate  currency  and  customs  unit  with 
particular  reference  to  any  initial  difficulties  which 
may  arise  between  the  entry  into  force  of  the 
Treaty  of  Peace  with  Italy  and  the  end  of  1947." 

Throughout  this  report,  and  in  particular  in  the 
sections  of  this  report  dealing  with  balance  of  pay- 
ments, currency,  foreign  exchange,  and  customs, 
it  will  be  found  that  the  representatives  of  the 
four  powers — France,  U.S.S.R.,  United  Kingdom, 
and  the  United  States — were  in  complete  agi-ee- 
ment  that  pending  the  organization  by  the  Gover- 
nor of  a  separate  system  of  currency,  finance,  for- 
eign exchange,  and  customs,  the  existing  arrange- 
ments should  stand.  The  Yugoslav  Government 
was  invited  bj-  the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers  at 
the  time  to  comment  on  this  report  and  did  so. 
Its  comments  indicate  that  it  clearly  accepted  the 
fact  that  during  the  interval  before  the  Governor 
could  set  up  a  separate  system  for  the  Free  Terri- 
tory it  would  be  necessary  to  continue  the  existing 
arrangements  and  that  such  arrangements  clearly 
constituted  exclusive  arrangements  with  Italy. 

The  Council  of  Foreigii  Ministers,  in  forward- 
ing this  report  to  the  Security  Council,  made  cer- 
tain comments.  (The  report  of  the  Trieste  Com- 
mission of  Inquiry  was  circulated  to  the  Security 
Council  as  an  attachment  to  document  S/577.) 
Contrary  to  the  allegations  of  the  Yugoslav  Gov- 
ernment, their  comments  do  not  support  the  Yugo- 
slav contentions.  A  reading  of  the  report,  of  the 
formal  comments  made  by  the  Italian  and  Yugo- 
slav Governments,  and  of  the  recommendations  of 
the  Foreign  Ministers  to  the  Security  Council,  re- 
veals clearly  that  the  Foreign  Ministers  unani- 
mously accepted  the  necessity  of  continuing 
exclusive  arrangements  with  Italy  until  the  Gov- 
ernor had  sufficient  time  to  set  up  an  independent 
economic  regime.  It  is  true  that  they  concluded 
that  in  the  solution  of  the  various  economic  ques- 
tions which  had  been  considered  by  the  Commis- 
sion, the  economic  independence  of  the  Free 
Territory  should  be  provided  for  in  accordance 

227 


TH£  UNITED  NATIONS   AND  SPECIAUZBD  AGBNCIBS 

with  paragraph  4  of  article  24  of  the  permanent 
statute.  But  the  sentence  preceding  this  state- 
ment in  the  Foreign  Ministers'  decision  is  as 
follows: 

"Until  the  coming  into  force  of  the  Permanent 
Statute  the  solution  of  these  questions  falls  within 
the  competence  of  the  Governor  and  the  Pro- 
A'isional  Council  of  Government  in  accordance  with 
the  relevant  Articles  of  the  Instrument  for  the 
Provisional  Regime  of  the  Free  Territory  of 
Trieste." 

Thus  the  Foreign  Ministers  confirmed  rather  than 
brought  into  question  the  principle  contained  in 
article  11  of  the  treaty — which  was  accepted  by 
the  Commission  and  the  Governments  concerned — 
that  pending  the  creation  of  the  new  economic 
regime  by  the  Governor  the  existing  exclusive 
arrangements  with  Italy  must  necessarily  be 
continued. 

Mr.  President,  it  is  clear  the  Yugoslav  charges 
rest  on  an  unsound  legal  contention.  We  do  not 
believe  that  a  serious  legal  issue  is  involved.  If, 
after  hearing  the  whole  case,  however,  the  Council 
still  believes  that  there  are  legal  issues  unresolved 
which  may  affect  their  decision,  the  United  States 
would  of  course  be  willing  to  have  the  powers  ad- 
ministering Trieste  refer  to  the  International 
Court  of  Justice  for  decision  any  questions  out- 
standing among  them  on  the  legality  of  Allied  ad- 
ministration of  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste  un- 
der the  treaty  of  peace  with  Italy. 

Having  demonstrated  that  there  is  no  legal  basis 
for  the  Yugoslav  complaint  in  terms  of  the  ap- 
plicable treaty  provisions,  it  is  appropriate  to 
examine  the  situation  in  terms  of  its  financial  and 
economic  aspects  in  order  to  have  a  clear  appreci- 
ation of  the  nature  and  effect  of  the  agreements 
which  the  Allied  Military  Government  has  con- 
cluded with  Italy  in  accordance  with  the  rights 
and  obligations  contained  in  article  11  of  annex 
VII  of  the  treaty. 

With  regard  to  the  specific  charges  concerning 
the  acbiiinistration  of  the  financial  and  economic 
affairs  of  the  British-United  States  zone,  the  bur- 
den of  the  charges  made  by  the  Yugoslav  Govern- 
ment is  that  the  United  States  and  the  United 
Kingdom  have  consciously  taken  direct  steps  to 
subjugate  the  zone  to  the  Italian  economy.  This 
accusation  implies  that  the  British-American  zone 
of  the  Free  Territory  was,  upon  the  coming  into 
force  of  the  treaty  of  peace  with  Italy,  an  economi- 
cally independent  area.  This  is,  of  course,  just 
the  reverse  of  the  situation  of  the  zone  of  Septem- 
ber 15, 1947.  Until  that  date,  although  the  United 
States-United  Kingdom  zone  was  under  Allied 
Military  Government  under  the  armistice  agree- 
ment, it  was  an  integral  part  of  Italy,  and  the  same 
regulations  regarding  currency  circulation,  credit, 
foreign  exchange  transactions,  customs,  and  the 


like  were  in  force  in  the  zone  as  in  the  rest  of  Italy. 
Relations  between  Trieste  and  Italian  banks,  in- 
dustries and  businesses  were  conducted  as  before 
the  war  with  no  barriers  raised  at  what  now  is 
the  border  of  United  States-United  Kingdom  zone. 

The  drafters  of  the  financial  and  economic  pro- 
visions of  the  Italian  peace  treaty  were  well  aware 
of  this  situation.  The  provisions  ultimately  in- 
cluded in  the  treaty  envisaged  a  gradual  transition 
from  an  area  to  all  intents  and  purposes  a  part 
of  Italy,  to  an  economically  separate  Free  Terri- 
tory. The  inclusion  in  the  treaty  of  a  Provisional 
Instrument  is  a  simple  but  clear  illustration  of  this 
point.  The  treaty  contemplated  that  this  transi- 
tion would  be  accomplished  in  stages.  At  the  out- 
set there  would  be  a  period  in  which  the  Allied 
Commands  would  continue  to  administer  their  re- 
spective zones;  there  would  then  be  a  period  in 
which  a  Provisional  Council  of  Government  and 
a  Governor  in  chai'ge  of  the  Free  Territory  would 
continue  to  apply  existing  economic  arrangements 
pending  the  establishment  of  a  separate  economic 
regime;  and  only  later  would  there  be  a  popular 
Assembly,  a  Governor,  and  a  Council  of  Govern- 
ment operating  under  the  Permanent  Statute.  In 
fact,  we  have  not  progi-essed  beyond  the  first  stage 
of  the  transition  process  for  reasons  which  are  fam- 
iliar to  all  of  us.  In  view  of  the  fact  that  Trieste 
is  still  administered  under  the  Allied  Commands 
in  their  respective  zones,  it  is  natural  that  many 
economic  ties  with  Italy  should  remain  in  force. 
It  would  be  contrary  to  the  obvious  intent  of  the 
treaty  of  peace  for  Allied  Military  Government  to 
take  steps  during  this  period  which  the  treaty 
contemplated  should  take  place  only  during  later 
periods  of  the  transition  process.  Such  basic  steps 
in  the  direction  of  divorcing  the  Trieste  economy 
from  Italy  were  intended  to  be  left  to  the  Gover- 
nor and  the  Provisional  Council  of  Government,  if 
not  to  the  ultimate  government  operating  under 
the  Permanent  Statute. 

I  have  previously  called  the  Council's  attention 
to  the  fact  that  article  11  of  annex  VII  provides 
that  ''Pending  the  establishment  of  a  separate  cur- 
rency regime  for  the  Free  Territoiy  the  Italian  lira 
shall  continue  to  be  the  legal  tender  within  the 
Free  Territory."  This  arrangement  was  included 
in  the  instrument  for  the  provisional  regime  of  the 
Free  Territory  specifically  for  the  purpose  of 
enabling  the  Free  Territory  to  continue  to  function 
financially  and  economically  during  the  period 
preceding  the  establishment  of  its  own  monetary 
I'egime.  The  Yugoslav  Government  in  its  note  of 
July  28  states  categorically  that  "there  is  no  doubt 
that  there  exists  a  treaty  obligation  ...  to  effectu- 
ate the  supply  of  Italian  liras  to  their  zone  in  such  a 
way  that  the  economic  independence  of  the  Free 
Territory  of  Trieste  will  not  be  destroyed."  But 
the  Yugoslav  Government  does  not  state  how  this 
arrangement  can  possibly  be  accomplished  with- 
out creating  a  financial  association  of  a  unique 


228 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


character  between  the  Free  Territory  and  Italy. 
I  should  like  to  call  j'our  attention  to  certain  com- 
ments in  this  regard  which  were  made  by  the  Yuiro- 
slav  Government  to  the  Council  of  Foreign  Minis- 
ters at  Moscow  on  April  19,  1947,  respecting  the 
report  of  the  Trieste  Commission  of  Inquiry 
(which  had  been  charged  with  making  an  investi- 
gation into  the  economic  situation  and  prospects 
of  the  Free  Territory).  The  Yugoslav  Govern- 
ment, in  commenting  on  the  period  when  the  lira 
would  be  the  legal  tender  of  the  Territory  and  lira 
currency  wonkl  be  supplied  by  Italy,  stated  that 
such  "currency  unity  between  the  Free  Territory 
and  Italy  would  mean  the  absence  of  independence 
(if  the  Free  Territory  in  relation  to  Italy,  its  eco- 
nomic dependence  on  Italy's  currency  policy  and 
(this)  would  amount  to  a  relationship  of  an  ex- 
clusive character  between  the  Free  Territory  and 
Italy."  The  Yugoslav  Government  in  effect  ob- 
jected to  article  11.  However,  an  article  of  a  treaty 
cannot  be  deleted  from  a  treaty  merely  because 
one  party  frowns  at  it.  The  article  remains  in  the 
treaty  and,  even  though  the  Yugoslav  Government 
chooses  in  its  own  zone  to  ignore  its  obligations 
under  that  article,  the  Allied  ililitarv  Government 
intends  to  continue  to  act  in  accordance  with  this 
treaty  obligation.  Now,  in  order  to  support  their 
charges,  they  insist  that  lira  should  be  supplied  to 
the  Free  Territory,  but  in  a  way  which  would  not 
involve  exclusive  association  with  Italy.  Appar- 
ently the  Yugoslav  Government  is  still  opposed  to 
the  imjilementation  of  article  11. 

The  Yugoslav  Government  then  states  that  the 
Allied  Military  Command  has  concluded  a  number 
of  treaties  with  Italy  which,  it  alleges,  "are  in 
comj)lete  contradiction"  to  the  Command's  obliga- 
tion "to  effectuate  the  supply  of  Italian  liras  to 
their  zone  in  such  a  way  that  the  economic  inde- 
pendence of  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste  will  not 
be  destroyed."  I  should  like  to  discuss  each  of  the 
agreements  cited  by  the  Yugoslav  Government  and 
demonstrate  to  you  that  they  are  in  direct  imple- 
mentation of  the  obligations  of  the  instrument  for 
the  provisional  regime,  principally  article  11.  If 
they  are  not  in  consonance  with  paragraph  4  of 
article  24  of  the  Permanent  Statute,  it  is  for  the 
reason  I  have  already  stated,  namely  that  article  11 
clearly  supersedes  this  provision.  I  can  state  with- 
out reservation,  moreover,  that  all  of  these  agree- 
ments were  concluded  with  the  best  interests  of 
Trieste  in  mind  and  with  the  objective  of  promot- 

I       ing  its  economic  recovery  and  well-being. 

I  (a)  In  the  first  place,  the  Yugo=^lav  Govei-nment 

has  mentioned  an  agreement  dated  March  9,  1948, 
which  concerns  the  supply  of  lira  currency  to  the 
Free  Territory.  They  state  that  by  virtue  of  this 
agreement  "the  monetary  frontier  has  been  wiped 
out"  between  the  Free  Territory  and  Italy.  This 
charge  is  without  foundation  since  no  such  mone- 
tary frontier  has  ever  existed.  The  free  circula- 
tion of  Italian  lira  within  the  Free  Territory  and 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS   AND   SPECIALIZED   AGENCIES 

between  the  Free  Territory  and  Italy  has  never 
been  impeded  and  article  11  of  annex  VII  in  effect 
provides  for  continuation  of  this  situation  pend- 
ing the  establishment  of  an  independent  currency 
regime. 

The  Yugoslav  Government  cites  article  4  of  the 
agreement  of  March  9,  1948,  under  reference,  to 
the  effect  that  the  Trieste  branch  of  the  Bank  of 
Italv  "will  administer  the  Treasury  of  the  (U.S.- 
U.Iv.)  Zone."  In  the  context  of  the  Yugoslav  argu- 
ment this  statement  would  appear  to  imply  that 
the  Italian  Government  through  the  Trieste  branch 
of  the  Bank  of  Italy  was  to  exercise  control  or  at 
least  influence  on  the  budgetary  and  fiscal  policy 
of  the  Free  Territory. 

Article  4  of  the  agreement  of  March  9  provides 
merely  as  follows: 

"The  amount  of  (lira)  notes  thus  supplied  will 
be  entered  by  the  Trieste  branch  of  the  Bank  of 
Italy  in  a  special  account  in  the  name  of  the  Com- 
mand of  the  zone.  The  operation  of  the  treasury 
cash  account  of  the  zone  will  be  entrusted  to  the 
Trieste  branch  of  the  Bank  of  Italy  which  will  pro- 
vide special  accounting  showing  the  income  and 
expenditure  in  respect  of  the  administration  of  the 
zone." 

As  is  seen  from  this  provision,  the  Trieste  branch 
of  the  Bank  of  Italy  exercises  no  function  other 
than  that  of  fiscal  agent  for  the  Allied  Military 
Command  and  is  concerned  merely  with  the  han- 
dling of  the  Command's  cash  account.  Decisions 
with  respect  to  budgetary  and  fiscal  policy  are  en- 
tirely within  the  competence  of  the  Allied  Military 
Command.  Naturally  there  must  be  consultation 
with  the  Italian  Government  on  matters  which 
relate  to  the  obligations  of  that  Government  under 
article  11. 

The  Yugoslav  Government  refers  to  article  5  of 
the  same  agreement  of  March  9  which  provides 
that  the  Allied  Command  will  apply  in  the  terri- 
tory under  its  jurisdiction  the  regulations  of  the 
Italian  Republic  concerning  monetary  circula- 
tion. If  the  Italian  Government  is  to  supply  the 
currency  needs  of  the  Free  Territory  and  if  the 
Italian  lira  is  to  circulate  there  freely,  clearly  the 
Free  Territory  must  apply  the  same  regidations 
and  safeguards  concerning  monetary  circulation 
as  are  applied  by  the  Italian  Government  within 
its  own  territory.  The  nature  of  these  safeguards 
is  ilhustrated  by  the  following  excerpt  from  article 
5  of  the  agreement  of  March  9 : 

"In  particular  the  Command  of  the  zone  will 
adopt  all  necessary  measures  against  the  manu- 
facture and  distribution  of  false  or  counterfeit 
notes  and  against  the  illicit  transfer  of  currency 
abroad." 

The  Yugoslav  Government  further  refers  to  that 
part  of  the  March  9  agreement  which  provides  that 
Allied  Military  Government  will  receive  amounts 


August  22,   1948 


229 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS    AND    SPECIALIZED    AGENCIES 

of  lira  proportionate  to  currency  advances  from 
the  Bank  of  Italy  to  the  Italian  Government  and 
that  should  the  Italian  Government  return  any  part 
of  such  advance  to  the  Bank  of  Italy  the  Allied 
Military  Command  will  likewise  return  a  propor- 
tionate amount.  The  Yugoslav  Government 
charges  that  as  a  result  the  Free  Territory  is — 

"subjected  to  the  measures  of  the  Italian  Govern- 
ment, by  which  it  increases  or  decreases  the  circula- 
tion of  notes,  in  accordance  with  its  own  estimates 
and  in  the  exclusive  interest  of  Italy,  without  any 
possibility  for  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste  to 
protect  its  rights  in  any  way  whatsoever." 

The  currency  circulating  in  the  United  States- 
United  Kingdom  zone  of  Trieste  is  not  affected 
solely,  or  even  largely,  by  the  operation  of  the 
March  9  currency  agreement  to  which  the  Yugo- 
slav Government  attributes  such  consequences. 
This  is  only  the  first  of  three  agreements  signed  on 
March  9  between  the  Allied  Military  Command 
and  the  Italian  Government  which  together  pro- 
vide for  implementation  of  article  11  of  annex  Vll 
of  the  treaty.  This  and  the  second  agreement  con- 
cern the  supply  of  lira  currency  to  the  Allied  Mili- 
tary Command.  In  fact  the  greater  part  of  the 
needs  of  the  Free  Territory  for  lira  currency  are 
to  be  met  under  the  second  agreement.  Paragraph 
3  of  the  second  agi-eement  (known  as  the  agree- 
ment on  finance)  provides  that — 

"The  Command  of  the  zone  will  supply  to  the 
Italian  Government  the  requisite  data  about  the 
financial  requirements  of  the  zone.  On  the  basis 
of  an  estimate  compiled  in  conjunction  with  offi- 
cials of  the  Italian  Government,  the  Italian  Gov- 
ernment and  the  Command  of  the  zone  will  agree 
(regarding)  the  amounts  to  be  supplied  every  six 
months  by  the  Italian  Goverimient." 

The  determination  of  what  amount  of  lira  cur- 
rency will  be  put  into  circulation  in  Trieste  is  not 
a  matter  for  unilateral  Italian  determination. 
The  March  9  agreements  explicitly  provide  that 
this  decision  will  be  made  through  consultation 
between  the  Allied  Military  Command  and  the 
Italian  Government.  In  view  of  this  arrange- 
ment, it  is  difficult  to  see  any  basis  for  the  charge 
that  it  represents  "in  a  monetary  regard  the  sub- 
mission and  incorporation  of  the  Free  Territory 
into  Italy." 

(h)  The  Yugoslav  Government  states  that  the 
second  currency  agreement,  the  agreement  on 
finance  of  March  9, 1948,  provides  "that  the  Italian 
Government  .  .  .  will  be  granted  complete 
control  of  its  (Trieste)  finances."  No  substantia- 
tion of  this  charge  can  be  found  when  one  ex- 
amines the  text  of  the  agi'eement  referred  to.  The 
agreement  provides  in  substance  that  Italy  will 
meet  the  lira  requirements  of  the  Allied  Military 
Command  and  that  the  requirements  of  the  zone 
will  be  determined  in  consultation  between  Trieste 


and  the  Italian  Government.  The  Allied  Militai-y 
Command  has,  therefore,  every  opportunity  to 
support  in  such  discussions  the  interests  of  the 
zone  with  respect  to  its  economic  recovery  and  the 
well-being  of  its  inhabitants.  Moreover,  article  3 
of  the  reference  agreement  provides  that  if  the 
Italian  Government  and  the  Command  of  the  zone 
do  not  reach  agreement  on  the  amount  of  the  funds 
to  be  advanced  the  latter  reserves  the  right  to  refer 
the  question  to  the  Governments  of  the  United 
Kingdom  and  the  United  States.  The  Yugoslav 
Government's  statement  also  appears  to  imply  that 
the  Italian  Government  has  control  over  the  in- 
ternal financial  and  budgetary  operations  within 
the  U.  S.-U.  K.  zone.  I  have  already  stated  that 
no  such  arrangement  is  provided  for  in  any  agree- 
ments, nor  is  it  contemi^lated. 

The  Yugoslav  Government  further  charges  that 
the  Allied  Military  Command  has  gone  far  beyond 
its  mandate  in  imposing  on  the  future  govern- 
ment of  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste  a  contrac- 
tual obligation  the  final  amount  of  which  is  not 
determined  at  the  present  time  and  which  will 
eventually  depend  only  on  the  agreement  between 
the  Anglo-American  j^art  of  the  Free  Territory 
of  Trieste  and  the  Italian  Government.  It  seems 
to  me  farfetched  to  charge  that  the  Allied  Military 
Command,  acting  in  direct  fulfillment  of  its  obli- 
gations under  article  11  of  annex  VII  has  "gone 
far  beyond  its  mandate."  In  implementation  of 
this  article,  under  present  circumstances,  indis- 
pensable to  the  continuation  of  economic  life  in 
the  Zone,  it  is  inevitable  that  an  obligation  is  in- 
curred and  it  is  clearly  impossible  to  determine 
now  its  final  amount.  The  parties  to  the  treaty, 
in  agreeing  to  article  11,  must  necessarily  have 
contemplated  that  such  an  obligation  would  be 
incuri-ed.  Naturally,  the  amount  of  currency  ad- 
vanced depends  only  on  agreement  between  the 
Anglo-American  part  of  the  Free  Territory  and 
the  Italian  Government;  what  other  authority  is 
in  a  position  to  judge  the  requirements  of  the 
Zone?  The  final  amount  of  the  obligation,  of 
course,  will  only  be  determined  by  negotiation 
between  the  Italian  Government  and  the  govern- 
ment which  will  ultimately  administer  the  Free 
Territory  of  Trieste.  This  is  specified  in  article 
5  of  the  agreement  under  consideration. 

I  believe  that  my  comments  on  these  two  agi'ee- 
ments  of  March  9  have  made  it  clear  that  rather 
than  impeding  or  injuring  the  economic  develop- 
ment of  the  Free  Territory  these  agreements  are, 
in  fact,  making  a  substantial  contribution  to  that 
development.  The  Italian  Government  at  con- 
siderable burden  to  itself  is  currently  supplying  a 
sizable  portion  of  the  financial  requirements  for 
the  revival  of  industrial  and  commercial  activity 
and  the  healthy  economic  functioning  of  the  Brit- 
ish-United States  zone.  Naturallj',  in  view  of  the 
Italian  contribution,  close  and  continual  consulta- 
tion is  maintained  between  Italy  and  the  Allied 


230 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Command  concerniii<;  the  magnitude  of  I  lie  Trieste 
reqiiiroments  and  tlic  use  of  the  funds  wliicli  Italy 
is  contrilnitinii'. 

The  Yugoshiv  Government  has  referred  to  the 
tliird  agreement  dated  Manli  9.  lO-tS,  concerning 
provision  by  Italy  of  foreign  exchange  and  a  series 
of  working  arrangements  concluded  in  final  form 
on  June  2(!,  which  the  Yugoslav  Government  has 
referred  to  as  having  been  published  in  the  Italian 
BoUetino  dated  May  (">,  Mhich  implement  the  three 
agreements  of  March  S).  charging  that  through 
these  arrangements  the  Allied  Military  Command 
has  handed  over  to  the  Italian  Government  control 
of  the  most  important  foreign  relations  of  the 
Anglo-American  zone  and  accomplishing  the  de- 
struction of  the  independence  of  the  Zone  and  its 
inclusion  in  Italy.  In  the  first  place  I  turn  again 
to  article  11  of  annex  VII  as  the  obvious  basis  for 
the  third  agreement  of  March  9,  in  that  Italy  is 
required  thereby  to  "supply  the  foreign  exchange 
needs  ...  of  the  Free  Territory  under  condi- 
tions no  less  favorable  than  those  applying  in 
Italy."  That  the  Italian  foreign  exchange  regu- 
lations must  be  extended  to  the  United  States- 
United  Kingdom  zone  of  Trieste  is  also  clear  if 
the  Italian  foreign  exchange  position  is  to  be 
properly  safeguarded  and  substantial  evasions  of 
Italian  law  and  weakening  of  Italy's  international 
payments  position  is  to  be  avoided.  Further,  the 
extension  of  the  Italian  payments  and  commercial 
agreements  to  the  Free  Territory  is  a  necessary 
corollary  to  the  continuance  of  the  application  of 
Italian  "foreign  exchange  regulations.  There  is 
no  other  practicable  way  to  assure  that  residents  of 
Trieste  will  be  treated,  in  respect  to  foreign  ex- 
change, on  at  least  as  favorable  a  basis  as  similar 
businessmen  inside  Italy.  A  simple  analysis  of 
the  problem  of  allocating  foreign  exchange  to  im- 
porters within  Italy  and  within  Trieste  would  in- 
dicate why  this  is  so.  Until  the  Governor  has  set 
up  a  Trieste  currency,  an  independent  foreign  ex- 
change control  system,  an  independent  banking 
system,  and  an  independent  customs  control  sys- 
tem the  only  practical  solution  is  to  continue  the 
application  of  the  Italian  trade  agreements  to 
Trieste.  To  the  charge  that  this  is  an  exclusive 
arrangement  with  Italy,  the  answer  is  that  of 
course  it  is,  and  it  is  so  because  that  is  exactly  what 
was  contemplated  by  the  peace  treaty  during  the 
period  until  the  Governor  could  set  up  his  own 
independent  system. 

"WHiat  we  have  done  in  our  zone  is  merely  to 
carry  out  the  program  contemplated  by  the  Trieste 
Commission  of  Inquiry  and  the  Council  of  Foreign 
Ministers.  The  Trieste  report  says  in  the  first 
paragraph  of  the  section  entitled  Foreign  Ex- 
change : 

"It  is  recommended  that  the  Government  of  the 
Free  Territory  of  Trieste  establish  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible after  the'  inauguration  of  the  Free  Territory 
an  autonomous  foreign  exchange  control  system. 

August  22,    1948 


THE  UN/TfD  NATIONS  AND  SPECIALIZED  AGENCIES 

Pending  the  establishment  of  tliis  system  the  pres- 
ent regulations  should  remain  in  force." 

In  paragraph  7  of  this  same  section  it  is  recom- 
mended : 

"Pending  the  regulation  of  its  own  system,  the 
Free  Territory  should  utilize  the  present  system 
of  export  and  import  licensing." 

The  i^resent  systeni  is  of  course  the  Italian 
system.  The  Yugoslav  Government  made  no 
connnents  on  the  aforementioned  sections  of  the 
report  of  the  Commission.  It  is  noteworthy  that 
in  the  beginning  of  their  paper  they  stated  that 
where  no  comments  were  made  they  agi-eed  with 
the  conclusions  of  the  report. 

The  retention  of  Trieste  within  the  Italian  cus- 
toms system  was  recognized  as  approjiriate  for 
the  interim  period  by  the  Council  of  Foreign  Min- 
isters in  the  second  of  their  decisions  made  in 
Moscow  on  April  22,  1917,  when  they  examined 
the  Report  of  the  Commission  of  Inquiry  and 
recommended  that  "until  a  new  customs  regime  is 
introduced  by  the  authorities  of  the  Free  Terri- 
tory of  Trieste  the  present  regime  should  be  main- 
tained". As  the  Ministers  envisaged,  it  would  be 
for  the  Governor  and  Provisional  Council  of  Gov- 
ernment to  institute  a  new  customs  regime,  pre- 
sumably concurrently  with  the  setting  up  of 
separate  currency  and  foreign-exchange  regimes. 
The  repeated  Yugoslav  charges  of  subjugation  to 
Italy  have  no  more  validity  here  than  elsewhere. 

In  discussing  the  various  arrangements  with 
the  Italian  Government  to  which  the  Yugoslav 
Government  has  taken  exceptions,  I  trust  that  I 
have  demonstrated  that  they  involve  no  funda- 
mental or  lasting  infringement  on  Trieste's  inde- 
pendence since  they  only  give  effect  to  the  Pro- 
visional Instrument  and  the  decisions  of  the 
Council  of  Foreign  Ministers  which  apply  to  the 
present  interim  period.  The  March  9  agreements 
entail  an  exclusive  association  with  Italy  such  as 
is  required  for  the  full  implementation  of  article 
11  of  the  Instrument  for  the  Provisional  Regime 
or  for  the  observance  of  the  principle  of  article  2 
of  that  instrument  which  states  that  the  Governor, 
and  presumably  the  Allied  Commands  before  him, 
should  be  guided  by  the  needs  of  the  population 
and  its  well-being.  As  for  the  working  arrange- 
ments adopted  on  June  26,  these  set  forth  certain 
administrative  procedures  in  the  fields  of  foreign 
exchange  and  trade  which  must  logically  be  put 
into  effect  during  this  interim  period. 

Finally,  let  me  only  mention  in  passing  the 
ridiculous  Yugoslav  allegation  that,  by  conclud- 
ing a  postal  agreement  with  Italy  in  which  the 
Anglo-American  zone  establishes  uniform  postal 
rates  with  Italy,  the  Allied  Military  Command 
has  placed  their  zone  under  Italian  sovereignty. 
By  what  stretch  of  the  imagination  can  such  an 
agreement  be  said  to  entail  the  loss  of  sovereigiity  ? 
In  case  members  of  the  Council  should  wish  to 

231 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS   AND   SPBCIALIZED   AGENCIES 

examine  this  lengthy  agreement,  copies  are  being 
forwarded  from  Trieste  by  airmail  and  will  be 
submitted  to  the  Security  Council  as  soon  as  they 
arrive. 

Tlie  above  point-by-point  analysis  shows  how 
utterly  baseless  are  the  charges  the  Yugoslav  Gov- 
ernment has  leveled  against  the  United  States  and 
the  United  Kingdom  in  this  Council  and  yet  on 
this  flimsiest  of  foundations  rests  their  charge  that 
the  United  States  and  the  United  Kino;dom  have 
conspired  to  impose  on  the  Security  Council  the 
fait  accompli  of  the  incorporation  of  the  Anglo- 
American  zone  into  Italy.  We  flatly  reject  this 
charge. 

I  have  taken  a  great  deal  of  the  Council's  time 
and  have  perhaps  gone  into  greater  detail  than  is 
warranted  by  the  utter  baselessness  of  the  Yugo- 
slav Government's  charges.  I  have  done  so  in 
order  that  the  members  of  the  Council  who  exam- 
ine the  matter  in  a  judicial  spirit  need  not  depend 
on  mere  assertions  but  may  see  for  themselves  that 
the  Government  of  the  United  States  has  made 
every  endeavor  to  adhere  to  the  letter  and  spirit 
of  provisions  of  the  Italian  treaty  pertaining  to 
the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste.  I  have  done  so 
also  because  I  think  that  the  Council  in  consider- 
ing its  general  obligation  toward  the  Free  Terri- 
tory may  desire  to  ask  some  questions  of  the  Yugo- 
slav Government  concerning  its  administration  of 
its  zone  of  the  Free  Territory  and  I  would  express 
the  hope  that  the  answers  which  the  Council  will 
receive  will  be  as  complete  and  thorough  as  those 
which  I  have  given  to  the  charges  brought  by  the 
Yugoslav  Government  against  the  Anglo-Amer- 
ican administration  in  Trieste. 

I  have  spoken  so  far  about  the  past  administra- 
tion of  the  British-United  States  zone.  I  have 
attempted  to  explain  to  the  Council  a  few  of  the 
very  many  legal  and  administrative  difficulties 
which  beset  the  Commander  of  the  combined 
British  and  United  States  forces  in  the  zone.  De- 
spite all  difficulties,  I  say  again,  my  Government 
is  proud  of  the  accomplishments  of  the  Allied  Mili- 
tary Government  in  its  efforts  to  care  for  the  wel- 
fare of  the  population  and  to  keep  alive  the  fragile 
economic  life  of  Trieste.  There  have  been  more 
than  technical  administrative  difficulties — there 
have  been  grave  financial  difficulties,  and  the  bur- 
den which  has  thus  far  been  borne  by  the  United 
States,  British,  and  Italian  Governments  has  been 
very  considerable  and  cannot  be  borne  indefinitely. 
A  satisfactory  solution  of  the  Trieste  problem 
cannot  be  postponed  much  longer. 

During  the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers'  discus- 
sion of  the  Italian  peace  treaty  the  United  States 
Government  insisted  that  the  entire  area  now  con- 
stituting the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste  with  its 
overwhelmingly  Italian  population  must  remain 
Italian.  However,  when  after  many  weeks  and 
months  of  discussion  of  this  problem  it  became  ap- 
parent that  it  would  not  be  possible  to  secure  the 

232 


adoi^tion  of  such  a  solution  and  for  the  sake  of 
imanimity  and  in  the  interest  of  the  re-establish- 
ment of  peace  with  Italy,  the  United  States  agi-eed 
to  the  creation  of  a  Free  Territory  of  Trieste  de- 
spite the  political  and  economic  instability  that 
was  almost  foredoomed  to  be  its  future.  Agree- 
ment was  given  reluctantlj^  and  the  settlement  was 
accepted  by  the  United  States  Government  in  the 
clear  understanding  that  the  successful  implemen- 
tation of  the  provisions  for  the  creation  of  a  truly 
independent  Free  Territory  was  wholly  depend- 
ent upon  the  full  and  faithful  cooperation  of  all 
of  the  powers  concerned  and  most  particularly  on 
the  part  of  Italy  and  Yugoslavia.  The  Italian 
Government  has  faithfully  fulfilled  its  obligations 
and  has  already  contributed,  at  measurable  sacri- 
fice to  its  own  economy,  to  the  maintenance  of  the 
economy  of  the  British-United  States  zone.  The 
Yugoslav  Government  on  the  other  hand  has  not 
only  shown  no  evidence  of  good  will  or  coopera- 
tion but  has  made  every  effort,  including  an  open 
attempt,  to  violate  forcefully  the  territory  under 
British-United  States  administration;  to  subvert 
the  intent  and  purpose  of  the  treaty;  to  incorpo- 
rate the  Yugoslav  zone  directly  into  Yugoslavia, 
submitting  the  population  to  an  alien  and  totali- 
tarian system;  and  to  foment  discord  and  unrest 
whenever  and  wherever  possible  in  the  British- 
United  States  zone.  For  these  reasons  the  United 
States  Goverimient  joined  with  the  Governments 
of  the  United  Kingdom  and  France  in  a  joint  state- 
ment on  March  20, 1948,  proposing  that  the  powers 
concerned  negotiate  the  necessary  I'evision  of  the 
Italian  treaty  to  set  aside  the  now  proven  unwork- 
able settlement  envisioned  in  the  treaty  and  ar- 
range for  the  return  of  the  entire  area  of  the  Free 
Territory  of  Trieste  to  Italian  sovereignty.  This 
is  the  settlement  which  the  United  States  urged 
at  the  time  of  the  drafting  of  the  treaty  for  it  is 
the  settlement  which  my  Government  is  convinced 
most  nearly  meets  the  desires  and  aspirations  of 
the  people  of  the  territory  and  which  will  hold 
out  the  best  hope  for  ultimately  providing  the  basis 
for  lasting  peace  and  security  in  the  area. 

As  a  first  step  in  the  direction  of  achieving  the 
necessary  revision  of  the  treaty  the  United  States, 
British,  and  French  Governments  have  invited  the 
Soviet  Government,  as  the  fourth  member  of  the 
Council  of  Foreign  Ministers  which  drafted  the 
treaty  of  peace  with  Italy,  and  the  Italian  Govern- 
ment as  the  government  which  would  regain  sov- 
ereignty over  the  territory,  to  agree  to  negotiate  a 
protocol  to  effect  the  necessary  revision.  The  Ital- 
ian Government  agreed  immediately  to  the  pro- 
posal. In  concert  with  the  United  Kingdom,  the 
French,  and  the  Soviet  Governments,  it  is  hoped 
that  it  will  soon  be  possible  to  establish  a  procedure 
to  make  further  progress  in  implementation  of  the 
March  20  proposal.  The  United  States  believes 
that  this  is  the  appropriate  procedure  within  the 
spirit  and  intent  of  the  Charter  to  bring  about  a 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


cliaiiffc  in  iui  unsatisfactory  treaty.  It  is  the  pro- 
cedure of  peaceful  negotiation.  The  United  States 
does  not  accept  or  act  upon  the  theory  which  seems 
to  inspire  some  other  governments  that  if  they  do 
not  like  a  treaty  they  may  disregard  it  and  violate 
it.  The  United'  States  while  urging  a  change  in  the 
ti'eaty  meanwhile  regards  it  as  binding.  For  as 
long  as  the  United  States  Government  shares  in 
the  resiionsibility  for  administration  of  the  Free 
Territory  of  Trieste,  I  can,  without  qualification 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS    AND   SPECIALIZED   AGENCIES 

of  any  kind,  assure  the  Security  Council  that  my 
Government  will  continue  to  adhere  to  all  of  its 
obligations  under  the  existing  treaty  and  that  it 
will  give  its  complete  coo[)eration  to  the  Council 
in  the  fulfilment  of  the  Council's  responsibilities 
for  the  assurance  of  the  integrity  and  independ- 
ence of  the  Territory,  the  protection  of  the  human 
rights  of  the  inhabitants,  and  the  maintenance 
of  public  order  and  security  in  the  entire  Free 
Territory. 


NOTE  OF  JULY  28,  1948,  FROM  THE  FEDERAL  PEOPLE'S  REPUBLIC  OF  YUGOSLAVIA 
CONCERNING  THE  FREE  TERRITORY  OF  TRIESTE  » 


The  Government  of  the  Federal  People's  Republic  of 
Yugoslavia  has  the  honour  to  draw  the  following  to  the 
attention  of  the  Security  Council,  which,  in  accordance 
with  .\rticle  21,  paragraph  1,  and  Article  2,  Annex  VI  of 
the  Treaty  of  Peace  with  Italy,  assures  the  territorial 
integrity  and  independence  of  the  Free  Territory  of 
Trieste. 

The  Government  of  the  Federal  People's  Republic  of 
Yugoslavia  has  addressed  several  notes  to  the  Govern- 
ments of  the  United  States  of  America  and  the  United 
Kingdom  relative  to  consistent  acts  of  violations  of  the 
clauses  of  the  Treaty  of  Peace  with  Italy  regarding  the 
Free  Territory  of  Trieste  on  the  part  of  the  Allied  Military 
Command,  respectively  on  the  part  of  the  American  and 
British  Governments.  The  Government  of  the  Federal 
People's  Republic  of  Yugoslavia  duly  informed  the  Se- 
curity Council  of  one  of  these  notes,  dated  April  12,  1948, 
Nr.  497.%,  which  it  had  addressed  to  the  Governments 
of  the  United  States  and  the  United  Kingdom.* 

From  the  facts  which  have  been  disclosed  in  the  afore- 
mentioned notes,  the  intention  of  the  Allied  Jlilitary  Com- 
mand to  infringe  on  the  independence  of  the  Free  Terri- 
tory of  Trieste  has  become  quite  clear.  In  the  recent 
period,  the  Allied  Military  Command  undertook  measures 
which  were  a  further  breach  of  the  Treaty  of  Peace  and 
which  placed  the  independence  of  the  Free  Territory  of 
Trieste  in  jeopardy. 

I. 

In  Article  21  of  the  Treaty  of  Peace,  the  Allied  and 
Associated  Powers,  as  well  as  Italy,  recognized  the  in- 
dependence of  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste.  This  in- 
dependence of  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste  was  placed 
under  the  assurance  of  the  Security  Council. 

In  accordance  with  Article  24,  paragraph  4,  Annex  VI 
of  the  Treaty  of  Peace,  economic  union  or  associations  of 
an  exclusive  character  with  any  State  are  Incompatible 
with  the  status  of  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste.  This 
provision  of  the  Permanent  Statute  can  and.  therefore, 
in  accordance  with  .\rtlcle  2,  Annex  VII,  of  the  Treaty 
of  Peace,  must  be  applied  during  the  Provisional  Regime 
as  well. 

This  is  also  stated  in  the  decision  of  the  Conference  of 
Foreign  Ministers  in  Moscow,  dated  April  22, 1947.  There- 
in it  is  explicitly  stressed  that  in  the  solution  of  the 
questions  of  the  budijet,  balance  of  payments,  currency, 
customs  and  other  financial  and  economic  questions  con- 
cerning the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste,  the  economic  in- 
deiJendence  of  the  Free  Territory  should  be  provided  for 
in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Permanent  Stat- 
ute, particularly  paragraph  4  of  Article  24  of  the  Perma- 

August  22,   1948 


nent  Statute — all  this  being  applicable  also  for  the  period 
of  the  validity  of  the  Instrument  for  the  Provisional 
Regime  of  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste. 

In  accordance  with  Article  11,  Annex  VII  of  the  Treaty 
of  Peace,  the  Italian  lira  shall  continue  to  be  the  legal 
tender  in  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste  pending  the  es- 
tabllshment  of  a  separate  currency  regime.  Italy  is  there- 
by obliged  to  conclude  a  treaty  with  the  Allied  Military 
Command,  as  well  as  with  the  Military  Administration 
of  the  Yugoslav  Army,  which  would  insure  the  supply  of 
liras  and  foreign  currencies  to  the  Free  Territory  of 
Trieste  and  which  would  not  violate  the  conditions  in 
Article  21  of  the  Treaty  of  Peace  and  Article  24,  para- 
graph 4,  of  the  Permanent  Statute,  to  which  Italy  is  also 
hound.  Therefore,  there  Is  no  doubt  that  there  exists  a 
treaty  obligation  for  the  Allied  Military  Command,  as 
well  a.s  for  Italy,  to  effectuate  the  supply  of  Italian  liras 
to  their  zone  in  such  a  way  that  the  economic  inde- 
pendence of  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste  will  not  be 
destroyed. 

In  spite  of  this,  the  Allied  Military  Command  has  con- 
cluded a  number  of  treaties  with  Italy,  which  are  in 
complete  contradiction  to  this  obligation,  and  which  have 
as  a  final  effect  the  economic  incorporation  of  Trieste  into 
Italy. 

These  treaties  are  the  following : 

1.  An  agreement  dated  March  9,  1948  between  the  Be- 
public  of  Italy  and  the  Allied  Military  Command  con- 
cerning the  regulation  of  certain  financial  questions 
ari.sing  from  the  execution  of  the  Treaty  of  Peace.  The 
first  article  of  this  agreement  reads  as  follows : 

"The  Italian  Government  and  the  Command  of  the  Zone 
undertake  to  place  no  restrictions  on  the  free  movement 
of  bank  notes  and  notes  of  the  Italian  State  between  their 
respective  territories  in  order  that  the  requirements  for 
economic  activities  may  continue  to  be  provided  through 
the  normal  financial  channels." 

Thus,  the  monetary  frontier  has  been  wiped  out ;  and, 
other  articles  of  the  same  agreement  further  put  the  Free 
Territory  of  Trieste,  with  regard  to  monetary  problems, 
under  the  sovereignty  of  Italy.  According  to  Article  2  of 
this  agreement,  each  time  the  Italian  Treasury  has  been 
allocated  an  effective  supply  of  currency,  the  Allied  Mili- 


'  Contained  in  U.N.  doe.  S/927,  July  28, 1948. 
*  U.N.  doc.  S/944,  Aug.  4,  1948. 


233 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS   AND  SPBCIAUZED  AGENCIES 

tary  Command  will  similarly  be  granted  an  amount 
equivalent  to  0.65%  of  these  means,  which  operation  will 
be  transacted  bv  the  Trieste  branch  of  the  Bank  of  Italy, 
which,  accordins  to  Article  4  of  this  agreement,  will  ad- 
minister the  Treasury  of  the  Zone.  Should  the  Italian 
Treasury  return  any  part  of  these  means  to  the  Bank  of 
Italy,  tlie  Allied  Military  Command  is  therewith  obliged 
to  return  the  proportionate  amount. 

The  first  sentence  of  Article  5  of  the  agreement  reads : 

"The  Command  of  the  Zone  will  apply  in  the  Territory 
under  its  jurisdiction  all  regulations  of  the  Italian  Ke- 
public  concerning  monetary  circulation  and  will  avoid 
taking  any  contrary  measures." 

Thus,  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste  is  subjected  to  the 
measures  of  the  Italian  Government,  by  which  it  increases 
or  decreases  the  circulation  of  notes,  in  accordance  with 
its  own  estimates  and  in  the  exclusive  interest  of  Italy, 
without  anv  possibility  for  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste 
to  protect  its  rights  in  any  way  whatsoever  and  without 
any  obligation  to  issue  advance  information  regarding 
such  measures  to  the  Allied  Military  Command. 

Moreover,  the  Allied  Military  Command  is  obliged  on 
the  basis  of  this  agreement  to  directly  apply  the  Italian 
regulations  regarding  the  circulation  of  money  in  the  Al- 
lied Zone.  It  is  obvious  that  this  is  more  than  a  monetary 
union :  This  represents  in  a  monetary  regard  the  submis- 
sion and  incorporation  of  part  of  the  Free  Territory  of 
Trieste  into  Ital.v — and  the  destruction  of  the  economic 
independence  of  the  Allied  Zone  of  the  Free  Territory  of 
Trieste. 

2.  An  agreement  on  finance,  also  dated  March  9,  1948, 
provides  tliat  Italy  will  finance  the  administration  of  the 
Zone,  and  that  the  Italian  Government  thereby  will  be 
granted  complete  control  of  its  finances.  It  is  clear  that 
the  aim  of  this  agreement  is  not  merely  to  subject  tem- 
porarily the  Allied  Zone  of  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste 
to  Italy,  but  by  implicating  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste 
in  a  debtor  relationship  with  Italy,  to  prevent  in  advance 
its  economic,  and,  consequently,  its  political  independence. 

Hence,  in  addition  to  the  serious  violations  of  the  above- 
mentioned  clauses  of  the  Treaty  of  Peace  and  of  the  deci- 
sions of  the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers,  the  Allied  Mili- 
tary Command  has  gone  far  beyond  its  mandate  by  Im- 
posing on  the  future  government  of  the  Free  Territory 
of  Trieste  a  contractual  obligation,  the  final  amount  of 
which  is  not  determined  at  the  present  time  and  which 
will  eventually  depend  only  on  the  agreement  between  the 
Anglo-American  part  of  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste  and 
the  Italian  Government. 

3.  An  agreement  on  the  provision  of  foreign  exchange 
for  the  Zone,  also  dated  March  9,  1948,  completes  this 
work.    Article  2,  paragraph  1,  of  this  agreement  reads: 

"The  Italian  Government  and  the  Command  of  the  Zone 
recognize  that  the  operation  of  the  provisions  of  Article 
11,  Annex  VII  of  the  Treaty  of  Peace  must  involve  the 
application  to  the  Zone  as  heretofore  of  the  Italian  ex- 
change control  regulations.  The  Italian  Government  shall 
receive  current  foreign  exchange  earnings  accruing  to  the 
Command  of  the  Zone  under  the  exchange  regulations  in 
force." 

Hence,  the  Anglo-American  Zone  of  the  Free  Territory 
of  Trieste  is  completely  subordinate  to  Italy  in  regard  t« 
foreign  trade  as  well. 

"Informazioni  per  11  commercio  estero — Bollettino  set- 
timanale  dell'  Istituto  Nazionale  per  il  commercio  estero" 
dated  May  6,  1948,  has  issued  the  agreement  between  the 
Italian  Government  and  the  Allied  Military  Command, 
with  respect  to  the  fulfillment  of  the  agreements  made  on 
March  9, 1948,  which,  in  its  second  paragraph  asserts  that, 
according  to  the  agreement  of  March  9,  1948,  all  existing 

234 


trade  and  payment  agreements  beween  Italy  and  other 
nations  are  considered  extended  to  the  Zone  as  well. 

In  fact,  the  Allied  Military  Command  has  thus  handed 
over  to  the  Italian  Government  control  of  the  most  im- 
portant foreign  relations  of  the  Anglo-American  Zone. 
This  constitutes  the  most  flagrant  violation  of  the  basic 
task  of  the  mandate,  as  entrusted  to  the  Allied  Military 
Command  in  Article  1,  Annex  VII  of  the  Treaty  of  Peace— 
to  protect  the  independence  and  integrity  of  the  Free 
Territory  of  Trieste.  The  destruction  of  the  independence 
and  the'inclusion  of  the  Anglo-American  Zone  into  Italy, 
in  the  provisions  of  the  cited  article  of  the  agreement  of 
May  0.  1948.  have  also  lieen  formally  accomplished,  as  the 
Italian  Ministry  of  Foreign  Trade,  through  the  Ministry 
of  Foreign  Affairs,  is  to  inform  all  states  with  which  Italy 
has  trade  and  payment  treaties  of  its  agreement  of  March 
9,  1948,  which  renders  all  existing  agreements  between 
Italy  and  other  nations  effective  for  this  Zone  as  well. 
The  violation  is  an  open  one. 

Article  3  of  the  agreement  of  May  6,  1948  provides  that 
the  Ministry  of  Foreign  Trade  and  the  Allied  Military 
Command  will  reconvene  immediately  after  their  respective 
governments  have  had  the  opportunity  to  revise  their  obli- 
gations within  the  framework  of  "The  Economic  Coopera- 
tion Act",  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  an  exact  position 
for  the  Zone  in  relation  to  Italy's  trade  and  financial 
treaties.  In  the  meantime,  the  Allied  Military  Command 
of  the  Zone  has  no  intention  of  initiating  negotiations  of 
a  financial  character  with  any  other  state  in  Europe  and 
to  date  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste  has  concluded  no 
commercial  treaty  with  any  state. 

In  this  way,  the  text  itself  stresses  the  exclusive  char- 
acter of  the  relation  to  Italy.  Article  24,  paragraph  4, 
Annex  VI  of  the  Treaty  of  Peace  with  Italy  expressly  pro- 
hibits associations  of  an  exclusive  character;  but,  the 
agreement  of  May  6,  1948  goes  even  further,  because  it  es- 
tablished not  only  an  a.ssociation  but  also  a  subjugation. 
The  other  provisions  are  nothing  more  than  the  logical 
consequence  of  this  alienation  of  the  independence  of  the 
Anglo-American  Zone  of  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste. 
According  to  Article  1  of  this  agreement,  circular  letters, 
bulletins  and  in  general  all  written  instructions  of  the 
Ministry  of  Foreign  Trade  will  be  applied  to  the  Zone; 
and,  as  is  indicated  in  Article  4,  the  Trieste  Custom  House 
will  be  included  in  the  customs  system  of  Italy.  Thus, 
the  entire  Zone  is  encompassed  in  the  customs  system  of 
Italy. 

On  April  24,  1948,  the  Italian  Department  of  Currencies 
{Direxione  Generale  Valute)  issued  an  announcement 
which  read  as  follows : 

"Between  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste  and  Italy  there 
is  no  customs  barrier  and  therefore  no  obstacle  exists  for 
the  exchange  of  goods  between  Trieste  and  Italy,  with  the 
exception  of  those  essential  to  this  territory  and  which  the 
Allied  Military  Command  will  not  allow  for  import  into 
the  Kepublic. 

"The  Custom  House  in  Trieste  is  to  all  practical  pur- 
poses considered  equal  for  both  export  and  import  to  any 
Italian  custom  house,  with  the  reservation  that  the  Allied 
Military  Command  issues  permits  exclusively,  for  the 
Custom  House  in  Trieste,  to  business  firms  which  are 
members  of  the  Trieste  Chamber  of  Commerce.  But  the 
permits,  if  the  competent  Italian  authorities  agree,  may 
be  valid  for  any  other  Italian  custom  house." 

Paragraphs  5  and  6  of  the  agreement  of  May  6,  1948 
disclose  that  the  Anglo-American  Zone  in  Trieste,  as  far 
as  the  import  of  goods  is  concerned,  is  completely  de- 
pendent on  the  Italian  Ministry  of  Foreign  Trade,  as  this 
ministry  must  approve  all  special  purchases  abroad. 
Paragraph  7  points  out  the  obligation  of  the  Allied  Mili- 
tary Command  to  issue  import  and  export  permits,  only 
with  the  prior  approval  of  the  Italian  representative  in 
Trieste     In  paragraphs  8  and  9,  the  Italian  regulations,  in 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


regard  to  "exports  without  the  obligation  to  cede  the 
currency"  (cspurtii^ioiii  ncnzii  ohbliijn  di  ccsxiniir  di  raliita) 
and  in  regard  to  ■•imports  franco  currency"  (.intpoitazioni 
franco  lululii)  are  extended  to  tlie  Anglo-American  Zone 
of  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste.  In  paragrapli  11,  tlie 
Anglo-American  Zone  of  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste 
assumes  the  obligation  to  liciuidate  all  special  accounts 
at  the  Itank  of  Italy  in  Trieste,  which  presumably  are  in 
contradiction  to  the  trade  treaty  between  the  Federal 
People's  Republic  of  Yugoslavia  and  Italy. 

4.  In  addition  to  the  above  agrivment,  the  Allied  Mili- 
tary Command  concluded  a  postal  agreement  with  Italy 
by  which  the  Anglo-American  Zone,  in  establishing  uni- 
form postal  rates  with  Italy,  is  placed  under  Italian 
sovereignty.  According  to  this  agreement,  the  Anglo- 
American  Zone  of  thi'  Free  Territory  of  Trieste  does  not 
represent  for  Italy  a  territory  of  transit  and  is  represented 
in  its  relations  with  foreign  countries  by  Italy,  who  reg- 
ulates accounts  for  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste. 

5.  The  incorporation  of  Trieste  into  Italy  is  being  real- 
ized not  only  by  agreements  as  those  cited  above,  but  also 
by  the  day-to-day  administrative  decisions  of  the  Allied 
Military  Command  of  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste. 

Tlius,  the  Allied  Military  Command  recently  proclaimed 
June  2nd,  i.e.  the  day  celebrating  the  founding  of  the 
Italian  Republic,  as  an  official  holiday  of  the  Free  Terri- 
tory of  Trieste.  The  reduction  of  taxes  in  the  interest  of 
business  people  in  Trieste  was  initiated  by  the  Commis- 
sion of  the  Italian  Ministry  of  Finance.  The  Allied  Mili- 
tary Command  places  iu  responsible  positions  of  its  ad- 
ministration representatives  of  that  minority  of  the 
population  of  the  Anglo-American  Zone  which  ojienly 
favours  the  liquidation  of  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste, 
the  incorporation  of  Trieste  within  Italy. 

II. 

The  Government  of  the  Federal  People's  Republic  of 
Yugoslavia  cannot  help  but  associate  these  violations  of 
the  independence  of  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste  with  the 
widely-known  proposal  of  the  three  powers  to  incorporate 
the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste  into  Italy  and  it  perceives 
in  these  violations  the  plan  of  the  Governments  of  the 
United  States  of  America  and  the  United  Kingdom  to  im- 
pose on  the  Security  Council,  as  well  as  on  the  states  which 
signed  the  Peace  Treaty  with  Italy,  the  "fait  accompli"  of 
the  incorporation  of  the  Anglo-American  Zone  of  the  Free 
Territory  of  Trieste  into  Italy. 

The  Government  of  the  Federal  People's  Republic  of 
Yugoslavia,  as  a  co-signer  of  the  Treaty  with  Italy,  as  an 
administrator  of  that  part  of  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste 
entrusted  to  it,  as  a  directly  interested  party,  brings  the.se 
facts  before  the  Security  Council  and  has  the  honour  to 
request  the  Security  Council,  as  the  appointed  guardian  of 
the  integrity  and  independence  of  the  Free  Territory  of 
Trieste: 

To  declare  the  above-mentioned  agreements  violations  of 
tho.se  provisions  of  the  Treaty  of  Peace  with  Italy  which 
pertain  to  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste; 

To  undertake  the  measures  it  considers  necessary  and 
sufficient  for  nullifying  the  respective  agreements  con- 
cluded between  the  Anglo-American  Zone  and  the  Republic 
of  Italy,  because  by  these  agreements  a  situation  is  created 
likely  to  endanger  the  maintenance  of  international  peace 
and  security;  and, 

To  assure  the  respect  by  the  Governments  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  the  United  Kingdom  of  tlieir  inter- 
national obligations,  thus  guaranteeing  the  independence 
of  the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste. 

Beoosad,  July  28,  J948 
H.  E.  Mr.  Dmitri  Z.  MANUn.sKY 

Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs 

Ukrainian  Soviet  Socialist  Republic 

Prcxidrnt  of  the  Security  Council,  United  Nations 

August  22,    1948 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS   AND   SPECIALIZED    AGENCIES 

Authorization  of  Loan  for  U.N.  Headquarters 

Statement  by  the  President 

[Released  to  the  press  by  the  White  House  August  11] 

It  is  with  great  pleasure  that  I  have  signed 
Senate  Joint  EesoUition  212,  autlioi-izing  an  in- 
terest-free loan  of  $Gr),000,000  to  the  United  Na- 
tions for  construction  of  its  headqiuirters  in  New 
York.  The  i-esolution  provides  for  an  immediate 
advance  of  $25,000,000  by  the  Reconstruction 
Finance  Corporation;  this  will  enable  the  United 
Nations  to  start  construction  at  an  early  date. 

I  am  deeply  gratified  that  the  Congress  has  now 
completed  action  on  this  imi^ortant  measure. 

At  the  opening  of  the  General  Assembly  of  the 
United  Nations  on  October  22,  194:6,  in  New  York, 
I  said: 

"The  overwhelming  majority  of  the  American 
people,  regardless  of  party,  support  the  United 
Nations. 

"They  are  resolved  that  the  United  States,  to  the 
full  limit  of  its  strength,  shall  contribute  to  the 
establishment  and  maintenance  of  a  just  a;id  last- 
ing peace  among  the  nations  of  the  world." 

The  loan  demonstrates  our  faith  in  the  future 
of  the  United  Nations  and  expresses  tlie  welcome 
which  that  organization  finds  within  our  country. 
Moreover,  it  is  another  example  of  the  solidarity 
of  the  American  people  in  behalf  of  our  national 
policy  of  strengthening  the  United  Nations  and 
the  cause  of  world  peace  and  security  for  which 
it  stands. 


Policy  on  Disclosing  Files  on  Representatives 
of  International^Groups 

Letter  from  Secretary  Marshall  to  Senator 
Revercomb  ^ 

[Released  to  the  press  August  13] 

August  7,  WlfS 
My  DEAR  Senator  :  I  have  read  your  letter  of 
August  5  asking  the  Department  to  i^roduce  or 
make  accessible  the  files  which  are  in  its  custody 
"relating  to  persons  who  have  been  admitted  into 
the  United  States  of  America  as  affiliates  of  or  ac- 
credited to  either  the  United  Nations  or  Unrra, 
or  other  international  organizations''. 

The  visa  files  which  you  have  requested,  and 
related  files,  contain  investigative  material  pro- 
vided to  the  Department  by  other  agencies  of  the 
government.  Section  161  of  the  Revised  Statutes 
(5  use  22)  authorizes  the  head  of  each  Depart- 
ment to  prescribe  I'egulations  for  the  custody,  use, 

'  Mr.  Revercomb  is  Chairman  of  the  Senate  Subcom- 
mittee To  Investigate  Immigration  and  Naturalization. 

235 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS    AND    SPECIALIZED   AGENCIES 

and  preservation  of  Departmental  records  and 
papers.  The  investigative  agencies  of  the  govern- 
ment have  advised  the  Department  of  State  that 
their  investigative  reports,  which  have  been  made 
available  to  the  Department,  may  not  be  disclosed 
without  specific  prior  approval  by  them. 

Much  material  in  the  tiles  has  "been  obtained  by 
our  diplomatic  and  consular  establishments  abroad 
from  confidential  sources  which  must  be  protected. 
Disclosure  of  this  material,  and  its  soui'ces,  would 
hamper  the  woi'k  of  the  missions  abroad.  It  would 
also,  in  certain  cases,  place  the  source  of  the  in- 
formation in  personal  jeopardy. 

Furthermore,  disclosure  of  the  files  would  em- 
barrass tlie  conduct  of  foreign  relations  of  the 
United  States.  Material  in  the  files  relates  to 
confidential  negotiations  with  other  governments, 
disclosure  of  which  would  not  be  in  the  public 
interest. 

I  must,  therefore,  respectfully  refuse  to  produce 
the  files  which  you  have  requested,  or  to  permit 
access  to  them. 

Faithfully  yours, 


Resignation  of  Ray  Atlierton 
as  Ambassador  to  Canada  and 
Appointment  to  General  Assembly 

The  President  on  August  6  accepted  the  resigna- 
tion of  Ray  Atlierton  as  United  States  Ambas- 
sador to  Canada  and  appointed  him  an  Alternate 
Delegate,  U.S.  Delegation,  to  the  forthcoming 
General  Assembly  of  the  United  Nations  at  Paris.^ 

Mr.  Atherton  was  named  Minister  to  Canada 
on  July  8, 1943,  and  became  the  first  United  States 


'  For  texts  of  the  President's  and  Mr.  Atherton's  letters 
see  White  House  press  release  of  Aug.  6,  1948. 

'  [U.N.  doc.  A/579,  July  20,  1948.] 

'For  the  first  report,  see  Special  Supplement  to  Atomic 
Energy  Commission  Official  Records,  first  year  (republi- 
cation of  documents  AKC/18/Rev.  1  and  AEC/18/Rev.  1/ 
Corr.  1)  [Department  of  State  publication  2737]. 

For  the  second  report,  see  Special  Supplement  to  Atomio 
Enerfiy  Commission  Official  Records,  second  year  (repub- 
lication of  document  S/557)  [Department  of  State  publi- 
cation 2932]. 

For  the  third  report,  see  documents  AEC/31,  AEC/31/ 
Corr.  1,  AEC/31/Corr.  2,  AEC/31/Add.  1,  AEC/31/Add. 
1/Corr.  1  and  AEC/31/Add.  2  [Department  of  State 
publication  3179]. 

'  Documents  S/PV.318,  S/PV..321  and  S/PV.325. 

^  Printed  materials  may  be  secured  in  the  United  States 
from  the  International  Documents  Service,  Columbia 
University  Press,  2960  Broadway,  New  Torli  City.  Other 
materials  (mimeographed  or  processed  documents)  may 
be  consu'.ted  at  certain  de.signated  libraries  in  the  United 
States. 

236 


Ambassador  when  the  Legation  was  raised  to  an 
Embassy  on  November  19,  1943.  Mr.  Atherton's 
long  mission  in  Canada  has  been  marked  by  many 
notable  contributions  which  have  played  an  im- 
portant part  in  the  development  of  the  close  co- 
operative relationship  now  existing  between  the 
two  countries. 


Transmittal  of  Reports  of  the  Atomic 
Energy  Commission  ^ 

Note  by  the  Secretary-General 

The  Secretary-General  has  the  honour  to  draw 
the  attention  of  the  Members  of  the  General  As- 
sembly to  the  following  resolution  adopted  by  the 
Security  Council  at  its  three  hundred  and  twenty- 
fifth  meeting  held  on  22  June  1948 : 

"Tlie  Security  Council, 

"Having  received  and  examined  the  first,  second 
and  tliird  reports  of  the  United  Nations  Atomic 
Energy  Commission, 

'^Directs  the  Secretary-General  to  transmit  to 
the  General  Assembly  and  to  the  Member  nations 
of  the  United  Nations,  the  first,  second  and  third 
reports  of  the  Atomic  Energy  Commission,  to- 
gether with  the  record  of  the  deliberations  of  the 
Security  Council  on  tliis  subject,  as  a  matter  of 
special  concern." 

In  accordance  with  the  instructions  given  in  the 
resolution,  the  Secretary-General  transmits  to  the 
Members  of  the  General  Assembly  the  three  re- 
ports of  the  Atomic  Energy  Commission  ^  and 
the  verbatim  records  of  the  three  hundred  and 
eighteenth,  three  hundred  and  twenty-first  and 
three  hundred  and  twenty-fifth  meetings  of  the 
Security  Council.'' 


Current  United  Nations  Documents: 
A  Selected  Bibliography  ° 

Atomic  Energy  Commission 

Official  Records,  Third  Year.  No.  1.  Fifteenth  meeting,  7 
May  1948.     23  pp.    printed.     25(}. 

Economic  and  Social  Council 

Addendum  to  the  Interim  Report  to  the  Economic  and 
Social  Council  on  Teaching  of  the  Purposes  and  Prin- 
ciples, the  Structure  and  the  Activities  of  the  United 
Nations  in  the  Schools  of  Member  States  Under  Reso- 
lution 137  (II)  of  the  General  Assembly  of  the  United 
Nations.    E/S37/Add.l,  July  1,  1948.    30  pp.  mimeo. 

Report  of  tlie  Third  Session  of  the  Economic  Commission 
for  Asia  and  the  Far  East.  E/839,  July  1,  1948.  77 
pp.  mimeo. 

Rapporteur's  Report  on  the  First  Session  of  the  Economic 
Commission  for  Latin  America.  E/840,  July  9,  1948. 
57  pp.  mimeo. 

Report  of  the  Secretary-General  on  Programme  Co-opera- 
tion, Facilities  and  Liaison  Arrangements  with  Spe- 
cialized Agencies.    E/842,  July  9,  1948.    8  pp.  mimeo. 

Departmenf  of  State  Bulletin 


The  United  States  in  tlie  United  Nations 


Palestine 

Tlu'  Security  Council  acted  quickly  on  Auo:iist 
10  to  bolster  the  Palestine  truce  after  Oount  Berna- 
dotte,  the  U.N.  mediator,  had  cabled  that  the  situa- 
tion was  "getting  out  of  hand". 

Adojjting  a  resolution  sponsored  jointly  by  the 
United  States,  Great  Britain,  Canada,  and  France,- 
the  Council  -warned  both  Jews  and  Arabs  that  they 
nuist  control  dissidents  among  them  and  punish 
truce  violators.  Neither  may  violate  the  truce  on 
the  ground  of  reprisal,  nor  may  they  gain  advan- 
tage politically  or  militarih'  through  truce  viola- 
tion. 

The  tense  situation  in  Palestine  was  heightened 
recently  by  the  destruction  of  the  Latrun  water 
pumps,  upon  which  Jerusalem  had  counted  for 
increased  water  supplies.  This  situation  was  dis- 
cussed in  the  Council  on  August  13  and  was  fol- 
lowed on  August  18  with  a  statement  by  the  United 
States  Delegate,  Philip  C.  Jessup,  that  "no  one  of 
the  states  concerned,  no  group  of  the  states  con- 
cerned, can  terminate  the  truce." 

"It  is  the  view  of  the  United  States  that  the 
truce  can  be  terminated  only  by  the  Security  Coun- 
cil,"' he  maintained,  contending  that  the  Security 
Council  on  July  15  decided  that  "the  truce  shall 
remain  in  effect  until  the  future  situation  in  Pal- 
estine is  adjusted  by  peaceful  means." 

"I  am  not  aware  of  any  circumstances  which 
would  incline  the  Security  Council  to  revoke  or 
modify  that  resolution  unless  it  should  be  neces- 
sary to  order  measures  under  chapter  VII  against 
any  party  which  repudiates  the  truce  and  resorts 
to  war,"  he  said. 

Other  Palestine  developments : 

1.  Ambassador  Austin  on  Auoiist  16  forwarded 
to  Secretary-General  Trygve  Lie  a  summary  of 
aid  given  by  the  United  States  and  its  nationals 
to  refugees.  It  disclosed  that  from  March  31, 
1946,  through  April  30,  1948,  U.S.  visas  were 
issued  to  34,36.5  refugees,  of  whom  22,747  were 
jews.  The  United  States  has  acted  to  achieve  acti- 
vation of  the  International  Refugee  Organization 
and  contributes  $71,000,000  a  j'ear  or  45.7  percent 
of  its  budget. 

The  United  States  Government  is  "seriously 
alarmed"  at  the  "desperate  plight  of  many  Arab 
refugees,  Austin  said.  He  cited  clothing,  medi- 
cines, and  other  relief  furnished  by  voluntary 
agencies  and  expressed  the  hope  that  a  direct  ap- 
peal from  the  mediator  for  additional  supplies 
"will  be  met  with  the  traditional  iVmerican  gen- 
erosity toward  those  in  need."' 

2.  The  International  Children"s  Emergency 
Fund  announced  that  the  first  shipment  of  sup- 


plies, ranging  from  dried  milk  to  DDT,  for  Near 
East  refugees  will  leave  the  United  States  by  ship 
August  24.  They  are  part  of  a  $411,000  two-month 
emergency  program. 

3.  Secretary  of  State  Marshall  announced  that 
the  United  States  will  furiush  125  additional  ob- 
servers for  Palestine  as  requested  by  the  mediator, 
bringing  total  American  observer  strength  to  250. 

4.  President  Truman  told  a  press  conference 
that  no  American  troops,  as  such,  will  be  sent  to 
Palestine,  but  if  the  United  Nations  orders  a  police 
force  to  Palestine,  in  which  other  nations  take 
part,  the  United  States  will  furnish  its  share. 

Trieste 

Security  Council  rejection  on  August  19  of 
Yugoslav  accusations  concerning  Trieste  ended 
discussion  of  this  problem.  Only  the  Soviet  Union 
and  the  Ukraine  voted  for  the  resolution,  which 
sought  to  nullify  certain  agreements  between  the 
U.S.-U.K.  zone  of  Trieste  and  Italy  on  the  ground 
that  they  violate  the  Italian  peace  treaty.  The 
other  nine  members  abstained. 

A  Ukraine  proposal  designed  to  reopen  the  ques- 
tion of  appointing  a  governor  for  the  Free  Terri- 
tory of  Trieste  also  was  voted  down  4  to  0  with 
6  abstentions. 

U.N.  Headquarters  Construction 

The  first  $25,000,000  of  the  authorized  $65,000,- 
000  headquarters-construction  loan  will  be  avail- 
able early  in  the  week  of  August  23,  Warren  E. 
Austin,  U.S.  Representative  to  the  United  Na- 
tions, informed  the  United  Nations  on  August  17. 

Two  days  later  Mr.  Austin  presided  at  a  meet- 
ing of  the  U.N.  Headquarters  Advisory  Commit- 
tee, where  plans  were  approved  for  beginning 
excavation  work  during  September.  Mr.  Austin 
said : 

".  .  .  the  progress  in  obtaining  funds  for  this 
great  project  has  been  matched  by  progress  in  the 
plans  for  construction.  The  site  is  practically 
cleared,  and  excavation  for  the  foundation  can 
begin  within  a  few  weeks.  The  cooperation  of  the 
officials  of  the  city  of  New  York  has  been  an  indis- 
pensable contribution  to  the  rapid  and  coordinated 
advancement  of  the  planning  under  the  direction 
of  Mr.  Wallace  Harrison." 


'After  tliis  issue  the  Bulletin  will  discontinue  this 
weekly  feature  until  the  opening  of  the  General  Assembly 
in  Paris  on  Sept.  21,  1948. 

'  The  text  of  the  resolution  will  appear  in  the  Bulletin 
of  Aug.  29,  1948. 


August  22,    1948 


237 


THE   UN/TED   NATIONS    AND    SPEC/AUZED   AGENC/ES 

Balkan  Commission  Reports 

The  U.X.  Special  Committee  on  the  Balkans 
reported  on  August  20  tliat  aid  received  from 
.Vlbania,  Bulgarta,  and  Yuin^vslaria  br  the  Greek 
efuerrillas,  if  continued,  constiiiues  a  threat  to 
international  peace  demanding  continued  vigi- 
lance by  the  United  Nations.^ 

Formal  conclusions  of  the  Committee,  which  was 
established  bv  the  General  Assembly  by  a  resolu- 
tion adopted  "October  21, 1947,  included  the  follow- 
ing: 

"It  appears  to  the  Special  Committee  that  the 
Greek  cr^ierrillas  have  received  aid  and  assistance 
from  Albania.  Bidgaria  and  Yugoslavia ;  that  they 
have  been  furnished  with  war  material  and  other 
supplies  from  those  countries ;  that  they  have  been 
allowed  to  use  the  territories  of  Albania.  Bulgaria 
and  Yugoslavia  for  tactical  operations:  and  that 
after  rest  or  medical  treatment  in  the  territories 
of  Albania.  Bulgaria  and  Yugoslavia,  their  return 
to  Greece  has  been  facilitated.  The  Special  Com- 
mittee further  finds  that  moral  support  has  been 
given  to  the  guerrillas  through  government-con- 
trolled radio  stations,  the  existence  of  the  broad- 
casting station  of  the  Greek  guerrillas  on  Yugo- 
slav soil,  and  the  systematic  organisation  of  aid 
committees.  This  assistance  has  been  on  such  a 
scale  that  the  Special  Committee  has  concluded 
that  it  has  been  given  with  the  knowledge  of  the 
Govenmients  of  Albania,  Bulgaria  and  Yugo- 
slavia. 

'"So  long  as  events  along  the  northern  borders 
of  Greece  show  that  support  is  being  given  to  the 
Greek  guerrillas  from  Albania.  Bulgaria  and 
Yugoslavia,  the  Special  Committee  is  convinced 
that  a  threat  to  the  political  independence  and  ter- 
ritorial integrity  of  Greece  will  exist,  and  inter- 
national peace  and  security  in  the  Balkans  will  be 
endangered." 

The  principal  recommendation  of  the  Committee 
is  as  follows : 

~As  long  as  the  present  disturbed  conditions 
along  the  northern  frontiers  of  Greece  continue, 
it  is,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Special  Committee, 
essential  that  the  functions  of  exercising  vigilance 
with  regard  to  the  relations  between  Albania.  Bul- 
garia. Yugoslavia  and  Greece  and  of  endeavour- 
ing to  bring  about  a  peaceful  settlement  of  existing 
tension  and  difficulties  remain  entrusted  to  an 
agency  of  the  United  Nations." 


'  The  report  wlE  be  printed  together  with  an  introdnc- 
torv  article  in  Documentg  and  State  Papers  for  September 
19^ 


The  action  of  the  Committee  was  unanimously 
approved  by  the  nine  member  co\intries  who  ac- 
tively participated  in  the  work,  except  that  Aus- 
tralia entered  a  reservation  to  the  scope  of  author- 
ity ffiven  to  observer  teams  along  the  Greek  border. 
Other  members  of  the  Comnnttee  were  Brazil. 
China.  France.  Mexico,  the  Netherlands.  Pakistan, 
the  United  Kingdom,  aiid  the  United  States. 
Seats  were  held  open  for  Poland  and  the  Soviet 
Union  but  were  never  occupied. 

Admiral  Alan  G.  Kirk  was  the  United  States 
Representative  on  the  Committee.    Mr.  Gerald  A.       , 
Drew  was  Deputy  Representative.  | 

Ceylon  Membership  Vetoed 

The  Soviet  Union  on  August  IS  vetoed  the  appli- 
cation of  Cevlon  for  meinbership  in  the  United 
Nations.  This  action  in  the  Security  Council  pre- 
vents the  General  Assembly  from  acting  on  the 
application  when  it  convenes  next  montli. 

Ambassador  "Warren  R.  Austin,  for  the  United       ^ 
States,  was  one  of  several  of  the  Security  Council 
members  who  spoke  in  favor  of  Ceylon. 

Economic  and  Social  Council 

The  Economic  and  Social  Council  is  planning 
to  adjourn  its  seventh  session  in  Geneva  on  August 
25.  Its  main  decision  was  to  forego  committee 
consideration  of  three  major  subjects — the  work 
of  the  Conference  on  Freedom  of  Information,  the 
Declaration  on  Human  Rights,  and  the  genocide 
convention — to  discuss  these  matters  in  plenary 
session  and  then  to  transmit  them  to  the  General 
Assembly  without  recommendation. 

The  Council  also  dropped  five  items  from  its 
agenda,  including  the  question  of  establishing  an 
Economic  Committee  for  the  Middle  East  and  the 
appointment  of  an  Economic  Board  for  Palestine 
as  envisioned  under  the  Palestine  partition  resolu- 
tion. 

A  lengthy  discussion  of  membership  in  the  Eco- 
nomic Commission  for  Asia  and  the  Far  East  was 
concluded  with  adoption  of  an  Australian  resolu- 
tion deciding  that  no  action  was  needed  at  this  ses- 
sion of  the  Council. 

Major  debate  in  plenary  session  centered  around 
the  report  of  the  International  Labor  Organiza- 
tion, with  the  Soviet  Delegate  attacking  its  record 
and  offering  a  resolution  to  increase  labor  repre- 
sentation within  the  organization.  Willard 
Thorp,  the  U.S.  Delegate,  coimterattacked  with  an 
historical  analysis  disproving  Marxist  theories. 
He  explained  the  safeguards  of  free  labor  in  the 
United  States  and  expressed  a  hope  that  the  Ilo 
would  show  more  concern  for  the  worker  in  coun- 
tries where  the  only  employer  is  the  government. 


«3B 


Deparfmenf   of  State  Bulletin 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 


Labor's  Role  in  the  European  Recovery  Program 


BY   PAUL  H.  NITZEi 


Deputy  to  the  Assistant  Secretary  for  Economic  Affairs 


No  policy  of  the  United  States,  within  my  recol- 
lection, has  had  such  extensive  public  discussion 
before  it  ^vas  adopted,  and  to  none  has  the  labor 
movement  of  this  country  contributed  as  fully  as 
the  European  Recoverj'  Program.  You  will  recall 
the  main  steps.  The  major  labor  organizations 
were  quick  to  realize  the  importance  of  the  idea 
which  the  Secretary  of  State  put  forth  at  Harvard 
14  months  ago  in  the  short  epoch-making  speech 
which  laid  the  basis  for  the  Marshall  Plan.  At 
the  conventions  of  the  AF  of  L  and  the  CIO  last 
fall,  both  organizations  declared  their  support  and 
their  desire  to  contribute  to  the  European  Recovery 
Program.  Secretary  Marshall's  speech  at  the  CIO 
convention  was  a  recognition  of  all  labor's  place  in 
the  Recovery  Program.  On  the  Harriman  Com- 
mittee— the  President's  Committee  on  Foreign  Aid 
to  advise  both  the  Administration  and  Congress  on 
general  public  policy — the  representatives  of  labor 
played  a  large  part.  Understanding  the  feelings 
of  the  self-respecting  mass  of  the  European  work- 
ers, they  did  much  to  bring  about  the  Harriman 
Committee's  clear-cut  recommendation  against  at- 
taching any  political  strings  to  American  aid.  In 
the  public  debate  which  continued  over  many 
months  and  in  the  exhaustive  concessional  hear- 
ings on  the  legislation  and  appropriation  for  Euro- 
pean recovery,  the  representatives  of  organized 
labor  played  a  broad-gauged  and  constructive  role. 
They  did  a  great  deal  to  clarify  public  thinking, 
not  only  in  Tabor  circles  but  throughout  the  com- 
munity. Xow  that  the  Program  has  been  enacted, 
labor  is  playing  a  large  part  in  its  administra- 
tion— but  to  that  I  wish  to  come  later. 

The  aims  of  the  Recovery  Program  cannot  help 
being  close  to  the  heart  and  mind  of  American 
labor.  Labor  has  a  vital  stake  in  the  humanitarian 
aims,  in  the  economic  necessity,  and  in  the  political 
logic  wliich  are  the  reasons  for  the  Recovery  Pro- 
gram.  Let  us  consider  each  of  those  for  a  moment. 

Labor  shares  the  generosity  of  inspiration  of  the 
Recovery  Program.  Trade-unionists  have  been 
contributing  generously  to  foreign  relief  and  re- 
August  22,  1948 


habilitation.  They  have  given  to  the  general  relief 
funds  to  help  the  war-torn  countries  who  first  sIckxI 
up  against  the  Nazi  menace.  And  they  have  given 
to  the  special  relief  funds  for  the  trade-union  vic- 
tims of  Fascism,  the  underground  trade-union 
movements  in  occupied  Europe,  and  the  reborn 
free-labor  movements.  They  are  now  helping  the 
organizations  of  labor  in  France,  Italy,  and  Ger- 
many which  are  on  the  firing  line  of  liberty  against 
another  form  of  enslavement. 

Labor  is  also  aware  of  the  economic  necessity  for 
the  Recovery  Program.  "Poverty  anywhere  con- 
stitutes a  danger  to  prosperity  everywhere",  as  the 
Philadelphia  charter  adopted"  by  the  International 
Labor  Conference  of  19M  stated.  Labor  generally 
knows  that  the  maintenance  of  our  high  levels  of 
economic  activity  and  the  chances  of  keeping  and 
broadening  our  national  prosperity  depend  upon 
the  revival  of  active  world  trade  and  the  increase 
of  the  world's  prosperity. 

This  broad  general  interest  is  sometimes  lost 
sight  of  in  the  shuffle  of  immediate  special  inter- 
ests. Some  labor  spokesmen  may  still  be  isolation- 
ists in  their  economic  thinking  and  may  still  hope 
to  achieve  prosperity  behind  high  tariff  walls — 
just  as  some  businessmen  and  farmers  do.  That 
is  probably  unavoidable,  and  the  reconciliation  of 
these  special  interests  with  the  community  interest 
is  one  of  the  tasks  of  a  democracy.  Most  of  the 
labor  movement,  however,  realizes  it  has  a  direct 
economic  stake  in  restoring  Europe's  physical 
plant.  Labor  knows  that  only  by  such  restoration 
can  Europe  support  itself  out  of  its  own  work 
and  sell  its  products  to  other  countries,  including 
our  own.  For  working  people  to  build  barriers 
against  the  products  of  another  people's  work  is  a 
concept  which  is  losing  its  appeal  to  thinking  peo- 
ple in  the  labor  movement. 

The  political  aims  of  the  European  Recovery 

'  Excerpts  from  an  address  made  before  the  Philadelphia 
Labor  Education  Association  at  Pendle  Hill,  Pa.,  on  Ang. 
15,  1948,  and  released  to  the  press  on  the  same  date. 

239 


THE   RECORD   OF   TH£   WEBK 

Program  are  the  aims  which  the  labor  move- 
jnent — all  but  a  small  minority  of  the  American 
labor  movement — has  already  set  for  itself.  Those 
aims  are  democracy  and  peace.  We  need  not  be 
self-conscious  about  stating  great  aims  for  a  great 
program. 

Economic  recovery  alone  will  not  guarantee  the 
survival  of  democracy  in  Europe — but  without 
economic  recovery,  democracy  has  little  chance  to 
survive  against  its  enemies  on  the  extreme  left  and 
right.  Similarly,  democracy  alone  will  not  guar- 
antee the  peace  in  Europe  and  the  world — but 
without  democracy  in  western  Europe,  there  is 
little  chance  to  keep  the  peace. 

The  fight  for  democracy  is  no  new  fight  in  the 
long  history  of  the  working  people.  It  is,  in  a 
sense,  the  history  of  the  labor  movement,  of  its 
best  aspirations  and  of  its  deepest  needs.  Like  all 
great  aspirations,  there  have  been  departures  from 
it  and  many  crimes  committed  in  its  name.  But 
the  workers  themselves  have  generally  recognized 
these  betrayals.  In  Europe  and  the  United  States 
today  the  overwhelming  majority  of  labor's  rank 
and  file  and  labor's  leaders  realize  that  any  totali- 
tarianism, whatever  its  color  and  whatever  its 
calculated  misuse  of  the  name  of  labor,  is  fatal  to 
the  rights  of  labor. 

The  Cominform  has  chosen  to  make  its  greatest 
fight  against  the  Recovery  Program  among  the 
working  class  of  Europe.  Democratic  labor  has 
accepted  this  challenge.  And  the  workers  of 
Europe  have  shown  their  political  maturity,  de- 
spite all  the  hardships  of  daily  living,  despite  all 
tlie  hope  of  better  things  too  long  deferred  after 
the  war's  end,  and  despite  the  uncertainties  of 
democratic  political  life.  During  the  past  year 
the  workers  of  Italy  have  rejected  Communist  ap- 
peals to  violence ;  tlie  workers  of  France  have  re- 
fused to  stay  out  on  political  strikes  at  the  bidding 
of  Communist  leaders;  the  workers  of  AVestern 
Germany  and  of  Berlin  have  refused  to  bow  to 
Communist  intimidation. 

Where  democracy  is  at  stake,  peace  is  at  stake. 
Peace  is  a  crusade  u25on  which  the  labor  move- 
ments of  the  world  have  long  been  embarked.  Let 
us  be  frank  about  the  methods  of  this  great  cru- 
sade. Labor  has  often  sought  peace  by  methods 
too  sentimental  and  soft-headed.  Pious  declara- 
tions have  been  sometimes  substituted  for  hard 
thinking,  and  pacifist  talk  has  been  substituted  for 
the  work  of  international  organization.  But  labor 
has  shared  these  lapses  into  sentimentality  with 
the  rest  of  the  community.  If  the  labor  move- 
ments have  been  led  into  wars  of  aggression,  at 
least  they  have  not  been  the  leaders.  We  are  all 
somewhat  harder  headed  today  in  the  search  for 
peace  than  we  were  a  decade  or  a  generation  ago. 
I  have  the  strong  impression  that  American  labor 
is  not  going  to  allow  the  banner  of  peace  to  become 
a  monopoly  in  the  hands  of  self-appointed  Mes- 


siahs whose  chief  qualification  is  innocence,  or 
the  cynical  party-liners  who  generally  manage  to 
surround  the  innocents. 

Peace  requires  economically  self-supporting 
nations  with  decent  standards  of  living.  The 
United  Nations  can  work,  in  the  long  run,  only  if 
its  members  are  healthy  enough  to  stand  on  their 
own  feet.  But  peace  and  self-support  also  require 
that  these  nations  cooperate  among  themselves. 
That  means  international  organization  and  the 
habit  of  a  greater  economic  and  political  coopera- 
tion than  we  have  yet  seen. 

Labor  has  a  great  stake  in  and  a  great  respon- 
sibility for  furthering  peaceful  and  creative  in- 
ternational organization,  along  both  economic  and 
political  lines.  Labor,  in  this  country  and  abroad, 
has  long  recognized  the  common  cause  of  men  of 
good  will  everywhere.  This  takes  an  elfort  of 
imagination  in  this  country,  which  is  the  size  of  a 
continent.  But  the  effort  is  being  made,  and  the 
old  isolationist  shell  has  been  cracked.  In  Europe, 
history  and  geography  and  a  noble  ideal  have  long 
stimulated  working  people  to  try  to  transcend 
national  barriers  by  the  international  organiza- 
tion of  labor  itself  and  by  the  support  of  world- 
peace  efforts  by  the  governments.  Some  of  the 
recent  effort  at  international  trade-union  federa- 
tion has  been  nullified  by  the  politics  of  the  totali- 
tarians.  Nevertheless,  the  ideal  remains  strong 
among  all  the  democratic  labor  groups  of  England 
and  the  Continent.  Here  and  in  Europe  labor 
increasingly  realizes  its  stake  in  closer  economic 
and  jDoIitical  collaboration. 

This  economic  and  political  collaboration  is 
what  the  Recovery  Program  gives  Europe  the  op- 
portunity and  the  impetus  to  achieve.  Tliis  is 
what  the  Organization  for  European  Economic 
Cooperation,  which  is  now  taking  on  shape  and 
staff  and  spirit  at  Paris,  makes  it  possible  for  the 
16  nations  of  the  Erp  to  do.  This  is  what  the 
Brussels  Pact  of  the  United  Kingdom,  France, 
Belgium,  Luxembourg,  and  the  Netherlands  seeks 
to  do  in  both  the  economic  and  political  realms 
and  what  the  recent  Vandenberg  resolution  of  the 
United  States  Senate  seeks  to  encourage  by  Amer- 
ican association  with  such  regional  efforts.  To 
these  efforts  and  to  the  whole  idea  X)f  international 
cooperation  labor  can  give  great  support  if  it 
remains  true  to  the  best  tradition  of  its  historic 
international-mindedness.  It  took  a  long  step  in 
that  direction  by  the  creation,  in  March  of  this 
year,  of  the  Erp  Trade  Union  Advisory  Commit- 
tee, which  brings  together  all  the  democratic  labor 
organizations  of  Europe  and  the  AF  of  L,  CIO, 
and  railway  labor  organizations. 

The  difficulties  in  the  way  are  enormous.  Labor 
leaders  in  Europe  are  already  tackling  some  of 
these  difficulties.  They  have  begun  talks  on  wage 
differentials  and  price  differentials  between  coun- 
tries with  competitive  industries.    They  are  dis- 


240 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


cussiiii;  i)l;ins  of  industrial  development  among 
neiirliborinir  countries  so  as  to  replace  the  old  de- 
sire for  self-sufficiency  witli  more  efficient  produc- 
tion tlirough  specialized  industries  which  can  l)ro- 
duce  more  cheaply  for  wider  markets.  They  are 
doing  what  they  can  to  reduce  the  economic  and 
psychological  barriers  in  the  way  of  emigration 
of  workers  from  areas  of  labor  surplus  to  coun- 
tries of  manpower  shortages.  These  and  a  hun- 
dred other  real  difficulties  they  face.  But  the 
stakes  for  labor  and  the  whole  connnunity  in  the 
solution  of  these  problems  are  nothing  less  than 
vital.  They  are  vital  in  the  literal  sense  of  the 
word — economic  life  and  growth,  individual 
liberty,  and  political  survival. 

I  have  been  talking  about  both  European  and 
American  labor.  American  labor  has  a  special 
stake  and  a  special  responsibility  in  the  success  of 
the  Recovery  Progi'am.  It  is  impossible  to  exag- 
gerate the  importance  to  Europe  of  the  support 
and  participation  which  American  labor  organiza- 
tions have  brought  to  the  Program.  They  have 
been  all  the  more  effective  because  the  labor  organi- 
zations have  been  united  in  their  work  for  Erp.  In 
Europe,  representatives  of  the  CIO  and  AF  of  L 
and  railway  labor  have  worked  together  as  spokes- 
men for  American  labor.  Their  work  has  been  a 
major  element  in  gaining  the  support  of  European 
labor  for  the  Eecovei-y  Program.  And  we  know 
that  without  that  support  there  can  be  no  real 
recovery. 

Europe  needs  to  make  a  productive  effort  now 
akin  to  the  effort  vrhich  this  country  made  in 
mobilizing  its  war  production  between  1940  and 
1944.  The  American  war-production  record  would 
have  been  inconceivable  without  the  wholehearted 
support  of  American  labor.  So  the  European  pro- 
duction program  is  inconceivable  without  a  wide 
measure  of  support  among  the  workers  of  Europe. 

Perhaps  you  will  think  that  European  workers 
should  have  naturally  and  unquestionably  em- 
braced the  program  of  American  aid  without 
which  their  national  economic  recovery  would  be 
far  more  difficult,  if  not  impossible.  But  there  are 
many  misconceptions  about  the  United  States  cur- 
rent in  Europe.  It  was  at  first  hard  for  many 
Europeans  to  understand  the  combination  of  genu- 
ine unselfishness  and  f arsighted  self-interest  which 
prompted  the  offer  that  Secretary  Marshall  made 
in  June  1947.  For  years  the  Nazis,  and  now  the 
Communists,  repeated  the  same  half-true  phrases 
about  the  capitalist  United  States  and  made  the 
same  false  charges  about  American  economic 
imperialism,  so  that  people  in  Europe  did  not 


THB   RECORD   Of   THE   WEEK 

all  innnediately  and  naturally  understand  our 
purposes. 

Differences  between  European  poverty  and 
American  wealth  have  made  nmtual  understand- 
ing hard.  Differences  between  countries  that  were 
bombed  and  a  country  that  was  spared  bombing, 
differences  between  sensitive  people  who  suffered 
German  occupation  and  this  country  which  knew 
no  occupation — all  these  make  understanding  of 
our  aims  harder.  American  labor's  participation 
in  the  Erp  has  had  a  profound  significance  in 
showing  Eui'opean  people  that  the  program  will 
never  be  used  by  us  to  do  what  the  Cominf  orm  says 
we  want  to  do,  that  is,  turn  Europe  into  a  colony 
of  the  United  States.  To  100  million  European 
workers  the  part,  which  American  labor  plays  in 
the  program  is  a  guarantee  that  we  mean  it  when 
we  say  that  we  do  not  wish  to  infringe  on  the 
political  independence  of  Europe's  nations. 

European  workers  are  being  told  that  the  ]\Iar- 
shall  Plan  is  an  instrument  which  will  be  utilized 
to  impose  upon  them  a  system  of  what  the  Soviets 
refer  to  as  monopoly-capitalism  lUider  which  they 
would  have  no  opportunity  to  acquire  a  decent  ex- 
istence for  themselves  and  their  families.  It  falls 
primarily  upon  American  labor  organizations  and 
particularly  the  representatives  of  labor  who  are 
participating  in  the  program  abroad  to  point  out 
the  many  benefits  which  our  workers  enjoy  and 
the  immense  strides  which  labor  in  America  has 
made  toward  gaining  an  independent  and  re- 
spected position  in  our  society.  European  workers 
must  be  convinced  that  when  they  reject  the 
tyranny  of  Communism  they  are  not  merely  put- 
ting themselves  under  a  different  tyranny. 

Another  responsibility  which  American  labor 
has  is  to  aid  in  the  development  of  increased  pro- 
ductivity and  increased  efficiency  of  industry  in 
Europe.  Our  labor  people  do  not  assume  airs  of 
inherent  American  superiority;  they  do  not  seek 
to  dictate  methods  of  work  to  people  of  other 
countries  working  with  different  macliines  under 
different  conditions.  But  we  do  happen  to  have 
an  industrial  plant  which  during  the  war  was  en- 
larged and  improved— not  under-maintained, 
plundered,  and  damaged,  as  were  Europe's  fac- 
tories and  machines.  We  have  a  gi-eat  industrial 
organization  and  high  productivity  in  many  of 
the  industries  most  important  in  reconstruction. 
American  labor's  representatives,  therefore,  may 
be  able  to  share  some  of  the  experience  they  have 
in  the  increase  of  productivity,  some  of  their  ideas 
on  industrial  organization,  on  methods,  and  proc- 
esses with  both  European  labor  and  management. 


August  22,    1948 


241 


Policy  Toward  New  Korean  Government 


[Released  to  the  press  August  12] 
In  the  Joint  Declaration  issued  at  Cairo  on 
December  1,  1943,  the  three  subscribing  powers — 
the  United  States,  China,  and  Great  Britain — ex- 
pressed their  determination  "tliat  in  due  course 
Korea  shall  become  free  and  independent".  This 
determination  was  reaffirmed  in  the  Potsdam  Dec- 
laration of  July  26,  1945,  with  which  the  Soviet 
Union  associated  itself  upon  its  declaration  of  war 
against  Japan  on  August  8  of  that  year.  On 
December  27,  194.5,  in  Moscow  the  Foreign  Min- 
isters of  the  Soviet  Union,  the  United  States,  and 
Great  Britain  concluded  an  agreement,  later  ad- 
hered to  by  the  Government  of  China,  designed 
to  re-establisli  Korea  as  an  independent  state. 

Although  the  annexation  of  Korea  by  Japan  was 
effectively  terminated  with  the  occupation  of  that 
country  by  the  armed  forces  of  the  Soviet  Union 
and  the  United  States  in  August  and  September 
1945,  the  freedom  and  indeiDendence  of  Korea  so 
solemnly  pledged  by  the  Four  Powers  have  proved 
slow  of  realization.  After  nearly  two  years  of 
painstaking  but  unavailing  effort  to  give  effect 
to  those  pledges  through  negotiations  with  the 
other  occupying  power,  the  United  States  Gov- 
ernment, on  September  17,  1947,  laid  the  problem 
of  Korean  independence  before  the  General  As- 
sembly of  the  United  Nations.  Tlie  will  of  an 
overwhelming  majority  of  that  body  was  ex- 
pressed in  two  resolutions  adopted  by  it  on  Novem- 
ber 14,  1947,  the  purpose  of  which  was  to  make 
it  possible  for  the  Korean  i^eople  to  attain  their 
long-sought  freedom  and  independence  through 
the  holding  of  free  and  democratic  elections  and 
the  establishment,  on  the  basis  thereof,  of  a 
national  government. 

In  pursuance  of  those  resolutions,  elections  were 
held  in  Korea  on  May  10  of  this  year,  tmder  the 
observation  of  the  United  Nations  Temporary 
Commission  on  Korea,  for  the  purpose  of  electing 
representatives  to  a  National  Assembly  which 
might  in  turn  form  a  national  government.  The 
National  Assembly  so  elected  convened  on  May 
31  and  has  proceeded  to  form  a  government — a 
government  in  which  it  is  hoped  that  the  people 
of  north  Korea,  who  were  prevented  from  partici- 
l^ating  in  the  May  10  elections  by  the  refusal  of 
the  Soviet  Union  to  permit  the  implementation  of 
the  General  Assembly  resolutions  in  its  zone  of 
occupation,  will  be  free  in  <lue  course  to  assume 
their  rightful  role.  Notification  of  the  formation 
of  the  new  govei'nment  was  communicated  to  the 
United  Nations  Temporary  Commission  on  Korea 
on  August  6, 1948. 


It  is  the  view  of  the  United  States  Government 
that  the  Korean  Government  so  established  is  en- 
titled to  be  regarded  as  the  Government  of  Korea 
envisaged  by  the  General  Assembly  resolution  of 
November  14,  1947.  Pending  consideration  by  the 
General  Assembly  at  its  forthcoming  Third  Ses- 
sion of  the  report  of  the  United  Nations  Tempo- 
rary Commission  on  Korea,  the  United  States, 
pursuant  to  its  responsibility  as  occupying  power, 
is  sending  to  Seoul  a  special  representative  who 
will  be  authorized  to  carry  on  negotiations  with 
that  Government,  in  consultation  with  the  United 
Nations  Temporary  Commission  on  Koi'ea,  con- 
cerning the  implementation  of  the  further  pro- 
visions set  forth  in  paragraph  4  of  the  second  of 
the  General  Assembly  resolutions  of  November  14, 
1947.  As  such  special  representative  the  Presi- 
dent has  named  John  J.  Muccio  of  Kliode  Island, 
who  will  have  the  personal  rank  of  Ambassador. 


United  States  Advisory  Commission 
on  Information  Appointed 

The  President  on  August  9  announced  the  ap- 
pointment of  the  United  States  Advisory  Commis- 
sion on  Information  as  required  by  Public  Law  402, 
80th  Congress  (United  States  Information  and 
Educational  Exchange  Act  of  1948). 

Members  of  the  Commission,  chosen  to  represent 
the  public  interest,  come  from  a  cross  section  of 
professional,  business,  and  public-service  back- 
ground and  are  as  follows : 

Mark  Ethridge,  Chairman,  Publisher,  Louisville  Courier- 
Journal,  Louisville,  Ky. 

Mark  A.  May,  Director,  Institute  of  Human  Relations,  Yale 
University,  New  Haven,  Conn. 

Justin  Miller,  President,  National  Association  of  Broad- 
ca.sters,  Los  Angeles,  Calif. 

Philip  D.  Reed,  Chairman,  General  Electric  Company,  New 
York,  N.  Y. 

Erwin  D.  Cauham,  Editor,  Christian  Science  Monitor,  and 
President,  American  Society  of  Newspaper  Editors, 
Boston,  Mass. 

The  Advisory  Commission  is  charged  with  re- 
sponsibility for  formulating  and  recommending 
to  the  Secretary  of  State  informational  i^olicies 
and  programs  to  promote  a  better  understanding 
of  the  United  States  in  other  countries  and  to  in- 
crease mutual  understanding  between  the  peoples 
of  the  United  States  and  the  peoples  of  other  coun- 
tries. 


242 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Report  on  Monetary  and  Financial  Problems 


PRESIDENT'S   MESSAGE  TO  THE  CONGRESS 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  White  House  August  4] 

To  the  C 0)1  g reus  of  the  United  /States; 

I  transmit  herewith  a  Report  of  the  National 
Advisory  Council  on  International  Monetary  and 
Financial  Problems  '  covering  its  operations  from 
October  1,  19iT  to  March  31,  1948,  and  describing 
in  accordance  with  Section  4  (b)  (5)  of  the  Bret- 
ton  Woods  Agreements  Act,  the  particiiJiitiou  of 
the  United  States  in  the  International  Monetary 
Fund  and  the  International  Bank  for  Reconstruc- 
tion and  Development  for  the  above  period. 

Previous  reports  of  the  National  Advisory 
Council  were  transmitted  to  the  Congress  on  March 
1, 1946,  March  8,  1946,  January  13,  1947,  June  26, 


1947,  January  20,  1948  and  May  18,  1948,  respec- 
tively. Ii^  addition  to  the  First  Special  Report  on 
the  Operations  and  Policies  of  the  International 
Monetary  Fund  and  the  International  Bank  for 
Reconstruction  and  Development,  submitted  on 
May  IS,  1948,  previous  re2:)orts  on  the  participation 
of  the  United  States  in  the  International  Monetary 
Fund  and  the  International  Bank  were  included  in 
the  reports  of  January  13, 1947,  June  26, 1947  and 
January  20,  1948,  respectively. 

Harry  S.  Truman. 
The  White  House 

August  3, 1948 


SUMMARY  OF  THE  REPORT 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  Treasury  Department  August  4] 

The  report  analyzes  the  major  financial  prob- 
lems of  the  postwar  period  and  describes  the  back- 
ground of  the  Foreign  Assistance  Act  of  1948. 

The  report  also  deals  with  recent  developments 
in  connection  with  the  Anglo-American  financial 
agreement  and  credits  extended  by  the  United 
States  Government  agencies  such  as  the  Export- 
Import  Bank,  as  well  as  with  considerations  un- 
derlying the  extension  of  financial  assistance  to 
China,  to  the  German  Bizone  and  to  France,  Italy, 
and  Austria  in  the  form  of  interim  aid.  A  resume 
of  the  affairs  of  the  International  ilonetary  Fund 
and  the  International  Bank  for  Reconstruction 
and  Develo]3ment  is  given  for  the  six-month  period 
October  1,  1947,  to  March  31,  1948. 

In  its  review  of  the  postwar  international  fi- 
nancial situation  the  Council  pointed  out  that  by 
the  middle  of  1945  it  had  become  clear  that  many 
foreign  countries  would  urgently  need  assistance 
in  the  reconstruction  of  their  economies.  In  addi- 
tion to  widespread  physical  damage,  the  war  pro- 
duced serious  economic  dislocations.  The  report 
cites  the  difficulties  in  connection  with  the  balance 
of  payments  between  these  countries  and  the 
United  States.  In  the  two  and  one-half  j^ear 
period  ending  December  31,  1947,  foreign  coun- 
tries received  a  total  of  $41,600,000,000  in  goods  and 
services  from  the  United  States  while  their  ex- 
ports to  this  country  were  only  $19,200,000,000. 
Foreign-aid  programs  of  the  United  States  pro- 
vided $14,600,000,000  and  the  countries  used  $5,- 
300.000.000  of  their  gold  and  dollar  reserves. 

August  22,   1948 


As  pointed  out  in  the  report,  a  total  of  $18,200,- 
000,000  of  United  States  assistance  was  made 
available  during  the  two  and  one-half  year  period 
of  which  all  but  $3,600,000,000  was  utilized  by  the 
end  of  the  period.  Despite  the  fact  that  more 
than  one  half  of  all  United  States  foreign  aid  was 
received  b.y  those  countries  which  later  became 
participants  in  the  European  Recovery  Program, 
the  unutilized  funds  as  of  December  31, 1947,  were 
barely  sufficient  to  meet  the  need  for  aid  until  the 
start  of  that  progi'am. 

During  the  first  year  of  United  States  postwar 
aid,  assistance  was  primarily  in  the  form  of  grants 
such  as  those  extended  through  Unrra,  while 
in  the  next  year  and  a  half  assistance  was  mostly 
in  the  form  of  loans.  Over  the  entire  period 
slightly  more  than  one  half  of  all  aid  was  in  loans 
while  the  remainder  constituted  grants. 

A  comprehensive  appendix  of  statistical  tables 
summarizing  the  United  States  foreign-assistance 
program  since  July  1945  is  contained  in  the  report. 
These  tables  not  only  show  the  amounts  made 
available  to  each  recipient  country  but  also,  in  the 
case  of  loans,  the  total  postwar  commitments  made 
by  the  major  United  States  Government  lending 
agencies  to  each  foreign  country.  With  this  re- 
port the  United  States  Government  has  resumed 
publication  of  information  on  gold  transactions 
with  leading  countries  which  was  discontinued 
during  the  war. 


'  Treasury  Department  pulilication  S-804. 


243 


'-5    frCC^r    r-    '•:    i'lfrT 

U.S.  Delegation  to  Photogrammetry  Congress 

Tlie  Department  of  State  aniwunced  on  August 
9  the  compoarion  of  the  United  States  Dele^xtion 
to  the  Sixth  International  Pbotogrammetrr  Con- 
sniess  and  Exhibition  schednled  to  be  held  at  The 
Hairae,  September  1-10. 194-S.  Tlie  United  States 
Delegation  is  as  follows : 

Clteirtnan: 

OliTer  S_  Reading.  Ouei.  Secrion  of  Kesearoiu  Pivision  of 

Pbot'TgrainiDerry.  V.  $.  C-oasi  aad  Geodeno  Surrey. 

I>q>arnn«ii  of  Ct'iniQeiiee. 

Ddep-Ticf: 

Talberr  Abrams.  PreadeuT,  AlHams  Indnstries.  Tjgnsing. 

Mich. 
Eaii   Ci-oreli.   Pratessor   of  niotesraiiusea7.   Syracnse 

UaiTeTsliT.  Syiacnse,  X.  T. 
TSIDiam  C.  Cnde.  C2u^  TediniMl  IXrisicm  V.  Sogmeer 

Besearcb  aod  DexcK^mait  Idbwatoiies,  FKt  Bd- 

Toir.  Va. 
James  J.  Iteeg.  Oiiei.  Mappins  and  CiarTing  Secticm. 

Pboiogiai&ic   Laborarory.   Air   Mar^rid   Onmmand, 

DepartmKit  €ff  ihe  Air  Force, 
IiPwis  A.  Di<*«sraL   Chief.   PhorfgrampTecric   Dirisioii. 

Annj-  Map  SeiTioe.  I>epartineiit  of  the  AnnT. 
Leea  T.  ElieL  Ti<?e  i*resident,  FaircMld  Aerial  Snrvej^ 

!.--«  Aiijreles.  CaHf. 

^Supervisor  for  Asrronoiay.  Geodesj". 

asd  Phc.t<:<gTaiHffiteTT.  OhiO  Stare  Universiiy  Resear«ili 

FouDdarion.  ColiiabTis.  Ohio. 
OoL  CSiarles  P.  Hollsrelti.  Chief  of  Staft  311  Air  Division 

B?c-f'nnaissarice,  Ev^arnDenr  of  the  Air  Force. 
"Virgil  KatiEman.   PresioeJit.  Aei\>   Serrice   Corporadon. 

"^PMladelpiia.  Pa.         "^ 
Bcberr    H.   Kingsley.    CJiief.  PfioVc^Tammetry    Division. 

Aeronanticai  Chart  Service^  ^^eparimait  of  tlie  Air 

Force. 
CoL  John  G-  Ladd.  Oiief  of  l&tgiiie^-  IntdligeDee  Divi- 

ao3.  OSc-e  of  the  Chief  of  l^igineos,  Deparimait  of 

the  Army. 
Eidinond  S.  Massie,  Jr_  Assistant  Chief.  Aerial  Phott^- 

ra^iy  aud  Mapracg  Section.  Foresi  Service,  Depart- 

xoeait  of  Asriciiinire:   Pread«it.   American   Society 

of  PbotogTananetry. 
G-  Carper  Tewintel.  Assistani  Chief.  Section  of  Beseareh, 

Division  of  Photc^ranmietry.  C  S.  Coast  and  Geodetie 

Snrvey,  Department  of  Coicinerce. 

Tlie  purpose  of  the  Congress  and  Exhibition  is 
to  examine  photoCTammetric  developments  with 
particnlar  emphasis  upon  the  application  of  the 
photogrammetric  srstem  in  such  fields  as  topo- 
graphic survey  work,  architecrure.  surgery,  bal- 
listics, and  criminology.  The  subjects  to  be  con- 
sidered at  the  meeting  will  include :  photography 
and  its  techniques  (including  electronic  methods) : 
plotting  I  theory,  means,  and  results  * ;  aerial  tri- 
angulation  and  its  application  in  geodesy  (includ- 
ing electronic  methods) :  application  of  photo- 
grammetry and  aerial  photography  for  surveying 
the  earth's  surface:  application  of  photc^ram- 
metry  in  variotis  spheres:  application  of  photo- 
grammerry  in  medicine;  and  training,  terminol- 
ogy, and  bibliography. 

The  Fifth  Congress  and  Exhibition  was  held 
at  Kome  September  24r-October  10, 1938. 


244 


Sotiet  Draft  Convention — ComtimMei  frvm  pmge  SSi 

for  longer  term  economic  development.  For  the 
pressent  and  the  iiomediate  future,  moreover,  the 
United  Stales  has  direct  concern  with  Danubian 
navigation  in  Austria  and  Germany  tlirough  , 
which  the  navigable  Danube  flows.  That  section  of 
the  river,  under  both  the  Soviet  and  the  American 
draft,  would  come  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
Danube  Commission.  But  of  course  a  Commis- 
sion in  which  a  riparian  authority  had  no  voice 
could  not  exercise  that  jurisdiction  in  Germany. 

In  presenting  the  amendment  the  United  States 
is  more  concerned  with  the  principle  of  nonripar- 
ian  representation  on  the  commission  than  with 
insisting  on  the  inclusion  of  particular  states.     I 
wish  to  point  out  that  the  United  States  does  not 
insist  on  being  a  permanent  member  of  the  com- 
mission.   At  such  time  as  Austria  and  Giermany 
become  members,  and  provisions  are  made  for    J 
adequate  nonriparian  representation,  the  United    H 
States  would  be  prepared  to  give  up  its  place  on 
the  commission.     Three  nonriparian  states  repre- 
sented at  this  conference  are  not  the  only  ones  with 
an  interest  in  freedom  of  navigation  on  the  Dan- 
ube.    The  Dmtibe  is  important  to  European  re- 
covery and  world  trade.     These  interests  should    i 
have  proper  representation  on  the  proposed  Dan-    | 
nbe  Commission  along  with  the  more  direct  inter- 
ests of  the  riparian  states, 

I  come  now  to  the  second  paragraph  of  the 
United  States  amendment : 

"Germany  shall  be  admitted  to  full  equal  mem- 
bership on  the  Danube  Kiver  Commission  tipon 
entry  into  force  of  the  treaty  of  peace  with  Ger- 
many or  before  that  time  by  agreement  between 
the  states  parties  to  the  present  convention." 

It  seems  beyond  contradiction  that  Germany  is 
an  important  riparian  state  which,  when  it  re- 
turns to  the  community  of  nations,  should  have  a 
seat  on  the  Danube  Commission.  Should  this  be 
denied,  the  commission  could  hardly  obtain  from 
Germany  the  cooperation  necessary  for  an  inter- 
national regime  to  function  along  the  entire  navi- 
gable length  of  the  river. 

The  logical  time  for  Germany  to  be  admitted 
would  be  the  date  of  entry  into  force  of  the  peace 
treaty  with  Germany.  In  order  to  maintain  flexi- 
bility, we  have  included  also  a  provision  that  an 
earlier  date  might  be  set  by  agreement  among  the 
states  parties  to  the  Danube  convention. 


THE  FOREIGN  SERVICE 


Consular  Offices 


The  oonsiilate  at  Marseille,  France,  was  raised  to  the 
rank  of  Consnlate  General,  rffective  Ansost  16,  1&4S. 


Department  of  State   Bulletin 


President-Elect  of  Cuba  to  Visit  U.S. 

[Keleased  to  the  press  by  the  White  House  August  12] 

Tlie  President  announced  on  August  12  that  Dr. 
Carlos  Prio  .Socarn'is,  President-elect  of  Cuba,  has 
accepted  an  invitation  to  visit  the  United  States. 
He  and  Senora  de  Prio  aie  expected  to  arrive  here 
during  the  latter  half  of  November  and  will  be 
the  guests  of  the  President  and  Mrs.  Truman. 

Dr.  Prio  will  be  inaugurated  on  October  10  as 
President  of  Cuba. 

The  President  stated  that  he  was  eager  to  meet 
Dr.  Prio  personally  and  looked  forward  to  ex- 
tending him  a  most  cordial  welcome  to  the  United 
States. 


American  Officials  To  Attend  Inaugural 
Ceremonies  for  President  of  Paraguay 

[Released  to  the  press  on  August  10] 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  August 
10  the  appointment  of  Fletcher  Warren,  United 
States  Ambassador  to  Paraguay,  as  Special  Rep- 
resentative of  President  Truman  for  the  inaugura- 
tion on  August  15,  19-18,  of  Natalicio  J.  Gonzalez 
as  President  of  Paraguay. 

The  following  have  been  named  aides  to  Ambas- 
sador Warren  for  this  occasion :  Foreign  Service 
Officer  Archibald  R.  Randolph,  Second  Secretary; 
Captain  Ranson  Fullinwider,  Naval  Attache  at 
Asuncion  and  Buenos  Aires,  Naval  Aide;  Lieu- 
tenant Colonel  Donald  L.  Durfee,  Assistant  Mili- 
tary Attache  at  Rio  de  Janeiro,  Army  Aide; 
Major  Samuel  J.  Skousen.  Military  Air  Attache 
at  Asuncion,  Air  Force  Aide ;  and  Foreign  Service 
Officer  Henry  A.  Hoyt,  Second  Secretary. 


Caribbean  Commission  Agreement  Enters 
Into  Force 

[Released  to  the  press  August  13] 

The  agreement  for  the  establishment  of  the 
Caribbean  Commission,  signed  at  Washington  on 
October  30,  1946,  on  behalf  of  the  United  States, 
France,  the  Netherlands,  and  the  United  Kingdom 
of  Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ireland,  entered 
into  force  on  August  6,  1948,  upon  the  deposit 
with  the  United  States  Government  of  the  notice 
of  approval  of  the  agreement  by  the  Government 
of  tlie  Netherlands.^  Notices  of  approval  of  the 
agreement  had  been  deposited  previously  by  the 
other  three  signatory  Governments. 


'  Bulletin  of  Nov.  17,  1946,  p.  920,  and  Mar.  14,  1948, 
p.  .360. 


THE   RECORD   Of   JHE   WBBK 

Procedure  for  Filing  War  Claims 
for  Looted  Property  in  Japan 

(Released  to  the  press  August  9] 

The  Department  of  State  on  August  9  warned 
I)ersons  who  lost  property  by  looting  from  areas 
occupied  by  the  Japanese  to  file  promptly  claims 
for  the  recovery  of  such  property.  It  was  pointed 
out  that  substantial  quantities  of  unidentified  loot 
have  been  located  in  Japan  for  which  no  claims 
have  been  filed  and  that  unless  valid  claims  are 
forthcoming  such  property  may  be  liquidated. 
Department  officials  also  pointed  out  that  under 
existing  directives  Scap  is  not  required  to  accept 
claims  for  restitution  of  property  after  March  1949 
except  claims  with  respect  to  property  which  has 
not  been  identified  by  that  date. 

In  general,  claims  for  restitution  should  be  filed 
with  the  present  government  of  the  area  from 
which  the  property  was  looted.  The  Department 
of  State  is  prepared  to  accept  such  claims  on  behalf 
of  United  States  nationals  for  forwarding  to  the 
afjpropriate  foreign  government.  Claims  should 
describe  the  property  as  fully  as  possible  to  facili- 
tate its  identification,  should  state  the  circum- 
stances under  which  it  disappeared,  and  should  be 
accompanied  by  proof  of  ownership. 


UNRRA  Reports  Submitted  to  Congress 

On  August  13,  1948,  the  President  transmitted 
to  the  Congress  the  Thirteenth,  Fourteenth,  and 
Fifteenth  Quarterly  Reports  of  expenditures  and 
operations  under  the  United  Nations  Relief  and 
Rehabilitation  Administration  Joint  Resolution, 
Public  Law  267,  78th  Congress,  approved  March 
28.  1944  (58  Stat.  122).  These  reports  cover  the 
periods  from  July  1,  1947,  through  September  30, 
1947;  from  October  1, 1947,  through  December  31, 
1947;  and  from  January  1,  1948,  through  March 
31,  1948. 

As  a  consequence  of  the  substantial  closure  of 
the  United  Nations  Relief  and  Rehabilitation  Ad- 
ministration's activities  on  June  30. 1947,  these  re- 
ports are  limited  to  a  statement  of  the  status  of 
United  States  appropriations  as  of  December  31, 
1947. 


U.  S.  Engineer  Awarded  Grant-in-Aid 

S.  S.  Steinberg,  dean  of  the  school  of  engineering 
of  the  University  of  Maryland,  has  been  awarded 
a  grant-in-aid  by  the  Department  of  State  to  en- 
able him  to  complete  a  survey  of  engineering 
schools  in  the  other  American  republics  which 
he  began  in  1945  under  the  Department's  travel- 
grant  program. 


August   22,   1948 


245 


Supplemental  Appropriation  Request 
for  Displaced  Persons  Commission 

Tlie  President  submitted  to  Congress  on  August 
2  supplemental  estimates  of  appropriations  for 
the  fiscal  year  1949  totaling  $11,305,800. 

The  funds  requested  are  limited  almost  entirely 
to  two  categories:  (1)  to  implement  legislation 
enacted  just  prior  to  the  congressional  recess  in 
June  for  which  no  funds  were  appropriated;  and 
(2)  to  provide  additional  funds  in  cases  where 
available  funds  were  inadequate  to  carry  out  the 
intent  of  the  laws  enacted  by  the  present  Congress. 

The  President's  recommendations  include  $6,- 
000,000  for  the  Federal  Security  Agency ;  $3,075,- 
800  for  the  Civil  Service  Commission ;  $2,000,000 
for  the  Displaced  Persons  Commission;  $100,000 
for  the  Motor  Carrier  Claims  Commission;  and 
$130,000  for  the  Bureau  of  Mines. 

The  $2,000,000  supplemental  request  for  the 
Displaced  Persons  Commission  is  to  enable  the 
Commission  to  inaugurate  operations  on  a  scale 
which  will  permit  an  annual  average  of  100,000 
displaced  persons  to  immigrate  to  the  United 
States.  While  an  initial  appropriation  of  $2,000,- 
000  has  been  made,  that  amount  is  insufficient  to 
enable  the  Commission  to  function  at  a  speed 
which  will  assure  the  movement  of  displaced  per- 
sons at  the  rate  contemplated  in  the  Displaced 
Persons  Act  of  1948.  Unless  additional  funds  are 
made  available,  there  will  be  a  material  reduction 
in  the  number  of  displaced  persons  who  can  be 
brought  to  the  United  States  during  the  fiscal 
year  1949. 


Addresses  on  UNESCO  and  the  Danube 
Conference 

On  July  23,  Assistant  Secretary  Norton  was 
interviewed  by  Leif  Eid  over  the  National  Broad- 
casting Company  regarding  the  Conference  To 
Consider  Free  Navigation  of  the  Danube ;  for  the 
text  of  this  broadcast,  see  Department  of  State 
press  release  604  of  July  23, 1948. 

On  July  29,  Charles  A.  Thomson,  Executive 
Secretary  of  the  U.S.  National  Commission  for 
Unesco,  made  an  address  on  Unesco  at  Virginia 


Polytechnic  Institute,  Blacksburg,  Va. ;  for  the 
text  of  this  address  see  Department  of  State  press 
release  610  of  July  29, 1948. 


PUBLICATIONS 
Department  of  State 

For  sale  l>ij  the  Superintendent  of  Documentu,  Government 
Printing  Offlee,  Washington  25,  D.  C.     Address  requests 
direct  to  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  except  in  the    \ 
case  of  free  publications,  which  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Department  of  State.  \ 

Reciprocal  Trade.    Treaties  and  Other  International  Acts  ' 

Series  1703.    Pub.  .306.5.    19  pp.    10«i.  ! 

i 

Exclusive  Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  1 

Cuba ;    Supplementing    the    General    Agreement    on  | 
Tariffs  and  Trade  of  Oct.  30,  1947— Signed  at  Geneva 
Oct.  30, 1947 ;  effective  .Tan.  1, 1948 ;  and  supplementar.v 

arrangements.  < 

Canol  Project :  Disposal  of  Crude  Oil  Facilities.   Treaties    f 
and   Other   International   Acts   Series   1697.     Pub.   3068. 
7  pp.     5(^. 

Arrangement  Between  the  United  States  and  Canada — 
Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed  at  Ottawa  Nov.  ,|| 
7  and  Dec.  30,  1946 ;  entered  into  force  Dec.  30,  1946,   i|j 
effective  Mar.  1,  1947 ;  and  exchange  of  notes  signed    ! 
Mar.  5  and  6,  1947. 

Restitution  of  Monetary  Gold.  Treaties  and  Other  Inter- 
national Act.s  Series  1707.     Pub.  3078.     5  pp.     5(t. 

Protocol  Betvpeen  the  United  States,  the  United  King- 
dom of  Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ireland,  and 
France  and  Italy — Signed  at  London  Dec.  16,  1947 ; 
entered  into  force  Dec.  16,  1947,  effective  Sept.  15, 
1947. 

American  Dead  in  World  War  II.  Treaties  and  Other 
International  Acts  Series  1713.     Pnb.  3092.     6  pp.     5(^. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  Italy^ 
Effected  by  oxcliange  of  notes  vcrbales  dated  at  Rome 
Sept.  13  and  24, 1946 ;  entered  into  force  Sept.  24, 1946. 

Foreign  Service  List  [Abridged],  April  1,  1948.  Pub.  3176. 
8.5  pp.  30(#  a  copy ;  $1.50  a  year  domestic,  $2.  a  year 
foreign. 

Lists  officers  in  the  American  Foreign  Service,  their    | 
classification,  a.ssignments,  etc.  ,j 

National  Commission  News,  August  1,  1948.  Pub.  3222. 
10  pp.  10^;  a  copy ;  $1  a  year  domestic,  $1.35  a  year 
foreign. 

Prepared  monthly  for  the  United  Nations  Educational, 
Scientific  and  Cultural  Organization. 


246 


Deparfment  of  Slate  Bulletin 


4 


^jCe/rvlA' 


Conference  to  Consider  Free  Navigation 
of  the  Danube  ^<'S<' 

Discussion  of  U.S.  and  Soviet  Draft  Conven- 
tions : 
Statements  by  Ambassador  Cavendish  W. 

Cannon ^^^ 

Statement  by  Walter  A.  Radius 223 

Tfie  United  Nations  and 
Specialized  Agencies 

U.S.  Position  on  the  i^ree  Territory  of  Trieste : 

Statement  by  Philip  C.  Jessup 225 

Note  of  July  28, 1948,  From  the  Federal  Peo- 
ple's Republic  of  Yugoslavia  Concerning 
the  Free  Territory  of  Trieste 233 

Authorization  of  Loan  for  U.N.  Headquarters. 

Statement  by  President  Truman 235 

Policy  on  Disclosing  Files  on  Representatives 

of  International  Groups 235 

Resignation  of  Ray  Atherton  as  Ambassador 
to  Canada  and  Appointment  to  General 
Assembly    ^^^ 

Transmittal  of  Reports  of  the  Atomic  Energy 

Commission -"^" 

U.N.  Documents :  A  Selected  Bibliography  .  .      236 

The  United  States  in  the  United  Nations  ...      237 

Addresses  on  Unesco  and  the  Danube  Confer- 
ence        246 

Foreign  Aid  and  Reconstruction 

Labor's  Role  in  the  European  Recovery  Pro- 
gram.    Address  by  Paul  H.  Nitze 239 


Treaty  Information  ^'ase 

Caribbean  Commission  Agreement  Enters  Into 

Force "^^^ 

General  Policy 

Policy  Toward  New  Korean  Government  ...      242 

President-Elect  of  Cuba  To  Visit  U.S 245 

American  Officials  To  Attend  Inaugural  Cere- 
monies for  President  of  Paraguay  245 

Economic  Affairs 

U.S.  Delegation  to  Photogrammetry  Congress  .      244 
Procedure  for  Filing  War  Claims  for  Looted 

Property  in  Japan 245 

Unkka  Reports  Submitted  to  Congress 245 

International  Information  and 
Cultural  Affairs 

United  States  Advisory  Commission  on  Infor- 
mation Appointed 242 

U.S.  Engineer  Awarded  Grant-in- Aid 245 

The  Congress 

Supplemental  Appropriation  Request  for  Dis- 
placed Persons  Commission 246 

The  Foreign  Service 

Consular  Offices 244 

Publications 

Report  on  Monetary  and  Financial  Problems : 

President's  Message  to  the  Congress  ....      243 
Summary  of  the  Report 243 

Department  of  State 246 


y 


U.  S.  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING   OFFICE  i  I94« 


tJrie/  ^eha^^^t^jteni/  m  trtaie^ 


For  complete  contents  see  back  cover 


x^,..^^*.  bulletin 


Vol.  XIX,  No.  478   •   Pxiblication  3267 
August  29,  1948 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Washington  25,  D.C. 

Price: 

52  issues,  domestic  $5,  foreign  $7.25 

Single  copy,  15  cents 

Published  with  the  approval  of  the 
Director  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may 
be  reprinted.  Citation  of  the  Department 
or  State  Bulletin  as  the  source  will  be 
appreciated. 


The  Department  of  State  BULLETIN, 
a  weekly  publication  compiled  and 
edited  in  the  Division  of  Publications, 
Office  of  Public  Affairs,  provides  the 
public  and  interested  agencies  of 
the  Government  with  information  on 
developments  in  the  field  of  foreign 
relations  and  on  the  work  of  the  De- 
partment of  State  and  the  Foreign 
Service.  The  BULLETIN  includes 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements  and  addresses 
made  by  the  President  and  by  the 
Secretary  of  State  and  other  officers 
of  the  Department,  as  well  as  special 
articles  on  various  phases  of  inter- 
national affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  in- 
ternational agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  beconte  a 
party  and  treaties  of  general  inter- 
national interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department,  as 
well  as  legislative  material  in  the  field 
of  international  relations,  are  listed 
currently. 


'4.  .9.  SUPCTlMTEriUENT  Of  UUUikcMk 

OCl  11  1946 

U.S.  REJECTS  SOVIET  CHARGES  CONCERNING  REFUSAL  OF  TWO 
RUSSIAN  TEACHERS  TO  RETURN  TO  SOVIET  UNION 


Exequatur  of  Soviet  Consul  General  at  New  York  Revoked 


NOTE  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE  TO  THE  EMBASSY  OF  THE  U.S.S.R. 


77ie  Department  of  State  on  August  20  released 
for  publication  the  text  of  a  note  to  the  Embassy 
of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics,  deliv- 
ered to  the  Soviet  Eml)assy,  Thursday,  August  19, 
J948,  with  reference  to  notes  of  August  9,  191^8, 
and  August  14, 19^8,  of  the  Embassy  of  the  Union 
of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics  and  to  the  note  which 
Mr.  Molotov  handed  to  Ambassador  Smith  in 
Moscoio  on  the  night  of  Axigust  11,  19^8,  with 
reference  to  Mrs.  Oksana  S.  KasenMna  and  to 
Mikhail  I.  Samann,  his  wife,  and  three  children 

[Released  to  the  press  August  20] 

The  Department  of  State  refers  to  the  notes  No. 
143  of  August  9,  1948,  and  No.  148  of  August  14, 
1948  of  the  Embassy  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  So- 
cialist Republics  and  to  the  note  which  Mr.  Molo- 
tov handed  to  Ambassador  Smith  in  Moscow 
on  the  night  of  August  11,  1948  with  reference  to 
Mrs.  Oksana  S.  Kusenkina  and  to  Mikhail  I. 
Samarin,  his  wife  and  three  children. 

In  these  communications  and  in  the  representa- 
tions which  the  Ambassador  has  made  to  the 
Under  Secretary  of  State,  as  well  as  in  statements 
which  have  been  made  to  the  press  by  the  Am- 
bassador and  Mr.  Jacob  Lomakin,  the  Soviet  Con- 
sul General  in  New  York  City,  charges  of  the 
most  serious  nature  are  made  not  only  against  in- 
dividuals in  this  country,  but  also  against  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  and  state  and 
federal  officials.  The  reports  of  the  investigation 
being  made  by  the  competent  United  States  au- 
thorities which  have  been  received  by  the  Depart- 


ment of  State  not  only  clearly  demonstrate  that 
these  charges  are  unsubstantiated,  but  also  indi- 
cate that  officials  of  the  Soviet  Government  have 
been  engaged  in  conduct  which  is  highly  improper. 
The  United  States  Government  must  categorically 
reject  the  charges  and  insinuations  contained  in 
these  notes  which  have  been  found  to  be  at  com- 
plete variance  with  the  facts.  In  this  connection 
the  Department  of  State  desires  to  inform  the 
Embassy  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Ee- 
publics  as  follows: 

Mikhail  I.  Samarin 

According  to  reports  of  the  investigation  made 
by  the  competent  authorities  Mikhail  Samarin 
voluntarily  ajDpeared  at  the  office  of  the  Federal 
Bureau  of  Investigation  in  New  York  and  stated 
he  did  not  wish  to  return  to  the  Soviet  Union  but 
desired  to  remain  in  the  United  States.  After 
making  this  statement  he  left  the  office  of  the  Fed- 
eral Bureau  of  Investigation  without  leaving  an 
address.  He  then  made  a  statement  to  The  New 
York  Times^  which  was  published  in  that  news- 


*  Following  is  the  statement  made  on  Aug.  10,  1948,  to 
the   New   York   Times   by   Mikhail   Ivanovich    Samarin : 

I  know  that  the  Soviet  Government  and  their  representa- 
tives here  will  do  their  best  to  discredit  my  statement  and 
my  actions,  and  attempt,  before  public  opinion,  to  make 
me  appear  as  a  traitor  to  my  country,  like  a  Fascist  and 
a  White  Russian,  but  I  don't  pay  attention  to  what  they 
think. 

Footnote  continued  on  page  252 


August  29,    1948 


251 


paper  on  August  10,  1948,  corroborating  his  state- 
ment to  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation.  It 
is  clear  that  Mr.  Samarin  is  acting  on  his  own  voli- 
tion, and  that  he  is  free  to  get  in  touch  with  the 
Soviet  Consulate  General  or  the  Soviet  Embassy 
at  any  time  he  wishes.  No  information  has  been 
produced  to  substantiate  the  allegation  contained 
in  the  Embassy's  note  of  August  9  that  Mr. 
Samarin  and  his  family  were  forcibly  removed 
from  their  apartment. 

In  the  note  which  Mr.  Molotov  handed  to  Am- 
bassador Smith  on  August  11,  it  was  stated: 

"On  the  tenth  of  August  Under  Secretary  of 
State  Lovett  corroborated  to  the  Soviet  Ambas- 
sador in  Washington  that  Samarin  had  been  made 
subject  to  examination  by  the  Federal  Bureau  of 


{Footnote  continued  from  paye  251 ) 

I  don't  mind  what  the  Soviet  Government  will  do  or 
say  and  I  decided  to  speak  openly.  Because  of  my  family 
I  am  makins  this  statement  voluntarily.  I  don't  wish 
to  go  back  to  the  Soviet  Union  and  am  placing  myself 
under  the  protection  of  the  American  Government  and 
American  public  opinion. 

I  was  born  in  1908  in  Moscow  Province  and  graduated 
from  tlie  Pedagogical  Institute  in  Moscow  in  193.5.  After- 
ward I  taught  in  several  Moscow  high  schools  from 
193.5  to  1941.  At  the  beginning  of  the  war  I  was  mobi- 
lized by  the  army;  I  was  a  soldier  in  October,  1942,  on 
the  Stalingrad  front. 

I  was  fighting  for  my  family  and  my  people  up  to 
February,  1943,  as  a  private.  I  was  not  fighting  against 
Germany  for  the  Soviet  regime ;  I  was  fighting  for  my 
country.  After  the  Stalingrad  victory  I  was  on  tlie  front 
before  Kursk  and  in  April,  1943,  I  was  wounded  and  sent 
to  a  military  hospital. 

In  November,  1943,  the  Soviet  Government  sent  me  to 
Wa.shington,  D.  C,  for  a  job  as  director  and  teacher  of 
the  Soviet  Embassy  School.  With  me  came  my  wife, 
Klaudia,  also  my  daughter,  Helen,  8  years  old. 

In  July,  1946,  I  was  tramsferred  to  the  Soviet  School 
in  New  York,  where  I  was  a  teacher  up  to  the  close  of 
the  school  in  July,  1948.  In  July,  1947,  during  my  work 
in  New  York,  my  wife  gave  birth  to  twins,  a  boy  and  a  girl. 

During  the  period  when  I  was  working  in  the  school 
I  performed  my  duties  faithfully  as  a  teacher  and  gave 
my  best  efforts  for  the  advancement  of  my  pupils.  Dur- 
ing this  time  I  did  not  indulge  in  any  ijolitical  activity 
and  was  never  a  member  of  the  Communist  party. 

My  parents  were  peasant  farmers.  Before  I  went  to 
school  I  worked  in  a  factory,  a  textile  factory.  When 
I  was  fighting  for  my  country  against  Fascist  Germany  I 
saw  lots  of  sacrifices  by  the  Russian  people  and  came  to 
the  conclusion  that,  during  the  war,  the  Soviet  Govern- 
ment was  not  prepared  economically  and  militarily. 

During  my  life  in  Soviet  Russia  I  had  the  opportunity 

252 


Investigation  which  thus  is  found  to  be  connected 
with  the  organization  which  kidnapped  Samarin, 
his  wife  and  three  children." 

The  Ambassador  will  i-ecall  that  on  the  occasion 
referred  to  the  Under  Secretary  merely  read  a 
press  clipping  to  the  efPect  that  Mr.  Samarin  had 
voluntarily  visited  the  New  York  Office  of  the 
Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation.  This  informa- 
tion does  not  in  any  way  support  the  allegation 
that  there  is  any  connection  between  the  organiza- 
tion referred  to  in  the  Soviet  Government's  note 
as  the  Tolstoy  Fund  ( presumably  Tolstoy  Founda- 
tion) and  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation, 
and  this  Government  must  categorically  deny  that 
any  such  connection  exists.  Moreover,  this  Gov- 
ernment has  no  information  which  would  justify 


to  observe  the  economic  and  political  conditions  \inder 
which  ray  people  live.  I  observed  the  policies  of  the 
Communist  party,  and  its  operations,  and  realized  that 
their  machinery  was  operating  against  the  interests  of 
my  people. 

During  the  war  I,  my.self,  like  many  others,  had  the 
idea  that  after  the  war  the  Soviet  Government  would  give 
us  a  better  life,  politically  and  economically,  and  some 
freedom.  But  this  was  a  great  mistake — it  did  not  hap- 
pen. For  this  reason  during  my  stay  in  the  United  States 
I  decided  not  to  return  to  the  Soviet  Union. 

I  don't  like  to  sacrifice  myself,  my  wife  or  my  children 
for  the  interests  of  the  Communist  regime. 

During  my  work  here  in  the  United  States  I  was  certain 
that  the  foreign  policy  of  the  Soviet  Government  was  los- 
ing for  us  the  sympathy  of  the  outside  world,  and  from 
this  point  I  felt  that  the  foreign  policy  of  the  Kremlin  was 
creating  the  atmosphere  for  a  new  war.  I  realized  that 
the  party,  police  and  Government  machinery  of  the  Soviet 
Union  were  operating  against  the  best  interests  of  my 
country  and  my  people. 

This  time,  if  war  happens,  it  will  not  be  between  the 
Soviet  Union  and  fascism  but  between  the  Soviet  Union 
and  the  democracies  of  Europe  and  the  democracies  of  the 
United  States. 

During  my  life  in  the  United  States  I  recognized  that 
the  Soviet  Government  inculcated  their  people  in  Russia 
with  a  misunderstanding  and  hatred  of  the  American 
people.  After  school  closed  I  decided  not  to  return  to 
Russia  because  of  the  foregoing  reasons. 

I  was  never  a  professional  politician.  I  was  influenced 
in  making  this  statement  only  by  my  conscience  and  moral 
motives,  as  well  as  my  duty  to  my  family.  All  that  I 
want  now  is  i)eace  between  our  countries  and  a  good  life 
for  my  people  and  for  myself.  Like  any  individual  I  want 
to  devote  myself  to  a  modest  life  for  my  family. 

I  have  no  desire  for  publicity,  but  after  what  happened 
when  I  was  pursued  by  Soviet  powers,  I  decided  to  make 
this  statement. 

Department  of  State   RuUetin 


the  statement  that  the  Tolstoy  Foundation  is  en- 
gaged in  criminal  activity  as  alleged  in  the  Em- 
bassy's note. 

0/rsajia  S.  Kasenkina 

The  reports  of  the  competent  United  States 
authorities  show  that  Oksana  Kasenkina  on  July 
29, 1948  informed  the  editor  of  a  Russian  language 
newspaper  in  New  York  City  that  she  did  not 
wish  to  i-eturn  to  the  Soviet  Union.  Through  him 
arrangements  were  made  for  her  to  go  to  Reed 
Farm.  Valley  Cottage,  New  York  which  she  did 
in  a  public  autobus  on  July  31.  According  to  her 
own  statements,  which  are  corroborated  by  the 
testimony  of  a  number  of  persons,  she  went  to  the 
Farm  voluntarily  and  stayed  there  of  her  own 
free  will.  She  has  stated  that  she  wrote  to  the 
Soviet  Consul  General  in  New  York  informing 
liim  where  she  was  but  she  denies  stating  that  she 
was  kidnapi^ed.  The  full  text  of  her  letter  has 
never  been  made  available  to  the  competent  United 
States  autliorities  although  its  production  would 
have  facilitated  investigation  of  the  charges  made 
in  the  Embassy's  note  and  it  would  be  appreciated 
if  a  photostatic  copj-  were  furnished  to  this  De- 
partment. This  Department  would  also  like  to 
receive  a  photostatic  copy  of  the  letter  which  the 
New  York  police  authorities  found  in  Mrs.  Kasen- 
kina's  room  at  the  Consulate  General  and  which 
was  returned  to  the  Consulate  General  unopened 
after  it  was  ascertained  that  she  had  jumped  from 
a  window  of  the  Consulate. 

Mrs.  Kasenkina  has  further  stated  that  the 
interview  which  she  gave  to  the  press  on  August 
7  was  arranged  by  the  Consulate  General  and  that 
she  was  instructed  to  make  false  statements  to  the 
effect  that  she  had  been  kidnapped. 

Mrs.  Kasenkina  was  interviewed  at  the  hospital 
by  Vice  Consul  Chepurnykh.  As  the  Ambassador 
was  advised  on  August  14,  should  she  desire  to  see 
any  other  Soviet  official  she  is  completely  free  to 
do  so  but  this  Govermnent  will  not  compel  her  to 
do  so  nor  will  it  turn  her  over  against  her  will  to 
the  Soviet  authorities.  This  Government  recog- 
nizes the  right  of  Soviet  officials  in  the  United 
States  to  take  appropriate  measures  for  the  protec- 
tion of  the  rights  of  Soviet  citizens.  Such  Soviet 
citizens  are,  however,  themselves  entitled  to  the 
protection  of  the  applicable  laws  of  the  United 
States  and  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
cannot  permit  the  exercise  within  the  United  States 
of  the  police  power  of  any  foreign  government. 

Augusf  29,    7948 


With  reference  to  the  Embassy's  note  of  August 
14,  1948  complaining  of  actions  of  the  New  York 
police  authorities,  this  Department  is  informed 
that  after  Mrs.  Kasenkina  had  jumped  from  a 
window  of  the  Consulate  General  on  August  12, 
Consul  General  Lomakin  agreed  to  the  suggestion 
of  police  officers  that  they  inspect  Mrs.  Kasen- 
kina's  room,  as  well  as  the  room  from  which  she 
jvunped.  This  inspection  was  carried  out  in  the 
presence  of  the  Consul  General.  In  view  of  the 
circumstances,  the  Department  of  State  considers 
the  actions  of  the  New  York  police  authorities 
entirely  proper. 

From  the  foregoing  it  appears  that  the  repre- 
sentations of  the  Soviet  Government  in  regard  to 
these  cases  have  been  based  upon  misinformation. 
In  this  connection  the  I'eports  submitted  to  the 
Department  of  State  show  that  the  Soviet  Consul 
General  in  New  York,  Mr.  Y.  I.  Lomakin,  after 
having  made  statements  which  were  the  basis  of 
the  serious  charges  against  this  Government  and 
its  officials,  hindered  the  investigation  of  the  com- 
petent police  officials  by  refusing  to  allow  them 
to  interview  Mrs.  Kasenkina.  This  action  was 
the  more  serious  in  view  of  the  subsequent  state- 
ments by  Mrs.  Kasenkina  to  the  effect  that  she 
jumped  from  the  window  of  the  Consulate  General 
in  order  to  avoid  having  to  return  to  the  Soviet 
Union.  In  addition  to  the  statement  made  by 
Mrs.  Kasenkina  that  she  was  compelled  to  make 
in  a  press  interview  false  statements  which  had 
been  dictated  to  her,  the  Consul  General  has  him- 
self made  or  issued  statements  to  the  press  which, 
in  view  of  all  the  evidence  available,  the  Depart- 
ment of  State  can  only  conclude  were  deliberately 
designed  to  mislead  the  American  public  in  re- 
gard to  a  serious  chai'ge  involving  the  United 
States  Government.  The  United  States  Govern- 
ment considers  that  Consul  General  Lomakin's 
conduct  constitutes  an  abuse  of  the  prerogatives 
of  his  position  and  a  gross  violation  of  the  inter- 
nationally accepted  standards  governing  the  con- 
duct of  foreign  officials. 

The  Department  of  State  is  therefore  request- 
ing the  President  to  revoke  the  exequatur  issued 
to  Consul  General  Lomakin,  and  it  is  requested 
that  he  leave  the  United  States  within  a  reason- 
able time. 

Departjient  of  State, 

Washington,  August  19,  19^8 

[Signed]     L 
[Robert  A.  Lovett,  Under  Secretai-y  of  State] 

253 


NOTES  FROM  THE  EMBASSY  OF  THE  U.S.S.R.  TO  THE 
DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 


August  9,  1948,  No.  143 


[Translation] 


[Released  to  the  press  August  20] 


The  Embassy  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist 
Republics  presents  its  compliments  to  the  Depart- 
ment of  State  and  has  the  honor  to  communicate 
the  following: 

On  July  31,  1948  the  sudden  disappearance  of 
the  Soviet  citizens  Oksana  Stepanovna  Kasenkina, 
51,  a  teacher  by  profession,  and  Mikhail  Ivanovich 
Samai'in,  40,  a  teacher  by  profession,  with  his  wife 
Klavdia  Mikliailovna  Samarina  and  their  chil- 
dren Tatiana,  Elena,  and  Vladimir,  was  discov- 
ered. It  must  be  pointed  out  that  all  the  aforesaid 
persons  were  ready  to  depart  from  the  U.  S.  A.  for 
the  Soviet  Union  on  the  steamship  Pohcda  on  July 
31  and  had  all  the  necessary  official  docmiients  and 
passage  tickets.  However,  for  reasons  unknown 
at  that  time,  Kasenkina  and  Samarin  with  his 
family  did  not  come  to  the  steamship  Pobeda  at 
the  moment  of  its  departure,  nor  were  they  in  the 
apartments  occupied  by  them  as  has  been  subse- 
quently ascertained. 

On  August  6  of  this  year  Y.  M.  Lomakin,  Consul 
General  of  the  U.S.S.R.  at  New  York,  received  a 
letter  from  O.  S.  Kasenkina  in  which  she  implored 
him  to  snatch  her  from  the  hands  of  the  organiza- 
tion— the  so-called  "Tolstoy  Fund",  to  whose  farm 
the  "Reed  Farm",  "Valley  Cottage  4,  she  had  been 
forcibly  carried  from  her  apartment  on  July  31 
of  this  year. 

On  tlie  following  day  the  Consul  General  of  the 
U.S.S.R.  at  New  York  went  to  the  address  indi- 
cated by  Kasenkina  and,  with  his  assistance,  O.  S. 
Kasenkina  left  the  farm.  In  this  connection  it 
should  be  noted  that  heads  of  the  organization, 
A.  L.  Tolstaya  and  M.  A.  Knutson,  attempted  to 
detain  Kasenkina  by  force  in  spite  of  lier  categori- 
cal statement  to  them  that  she  wished  to  leave  with 
the  Consul  General  and  did  not  want  to  lemain 
at  the  farm. 

As  O.  S.  Kasenkina  has  reported,  the  members 
of  the  organization,  which  is  headed  by  A.  Tol- 
staya and  M.  Knutson,  kept  after  her  long  before 


the  day  of  her  departure  for  the  Soviet  Union, 
trying  to  induce  here  by  intimidation  and  threats 
not  to  return  to  her  Fatheiland.  In  this  connec- 
tion they  did  not  even  stop  at  applying  a  narcotic 
injection  with  the  obvious  purpose  of  weakening 
her  consciousness  and  will.  On  the  day  of  Kasen- 
kina's  intended  departure  for  tlie  Fatherland, 
members  of  this  organization  carried  her  away 
from  her  apartment  to  the  farm  mentioned  above 
and  forcibly  kept  her  there.  During  Kasenkina's 
stay  on  the  farm  from  July  31  to  August  6,  1948, 
A.  Tolstaya  continued  to  intimidate  Kasenkina 
and  demanded  that  she  Avrite  slanderous  articles 
against  her  Fatlierland,  but  Kasenkina  rejected 
these  base  demands. 

According  to  available  information,  M.  I.  Sa- 
marin and  his  family  were  also  forcibly  carried 
away  from  his  apartment  3-B,  214  West  104th 
Street,  New  York,  to  the  Kessel  farm  in  the  State 
of  New  Jersey  on  the  night  of  July  30-31  by  mem- 
bers of  the  same  organization. 

As  is  evident  from  communications  of  the 
American  press  of  August  9,  M.  I.  Samarin,  after 
a  week's  stay  at  the  Kessel  farm,  was  turned  over 
to  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation  by  the 
organization  headed  by  Tolstaya. 

The  above-described  cases  of  kidnaping  of  the 
Soviet  citizens  O.  A.  Kasenkina  and  M.  I.  Sama- 
rin and  his  family,  as  well  as  a  number  of  other 
cases  in  connection  with  which  the  Embassy  duly 
corresponded  with  the  Department  of  State,  bear 
witness  to  the  fact  that  the  organization  headed 
by  Tolstaya  is  systematically  carrying  on  activi- 
ties liostile  to  the  Soviet  Union,  not  stopping  at 
the  forcible  seizure  of  Soviet  citizens  with  the  ac- 
quiescence of  certain  government  agencies  of  the 
U.S.A.,  which  must  be  well  aware  of  the  activities 
of  tlie  organization — the  so-called  "Tolstoy  Fund". 
In  this  connection  the  statement  of  A.  L.  Tolstaya 
to  representatives  of  the  press  on  August  8  of  this 
year  merits  attention;  from  this  statement  it  is 
clear  that  the  so-called  "Tolstoy  Fund"  has  at  its 
disposal  an  "underground"  organization,  the  ac- 
tivities of  which  are  directed  toward  preventing 


254 


Deparfmenf  of  Sfofe  Bulletin 


the  return  of  Soviet  citizens  to  tlieir  Fixtherland 
and  wliicli  in  such  activities  resorts  to  conspira- 
torial metliods. 

The  Embassy  of  the  U.S.S.R.  in  the  U.S.A. 
considers  that  the  attitude  of  the  government 
agencies  of  the  U.S.A.  toward  the  above-men- 
tioned criminal  activities  of  the  so-called  "Tolstoy 
Fund"  constitutes  a  direct  violation  of  the  obli- 
gations assumed  by  the  Government  of  the  U.S.A. 
on  the  basis  of  the  exchange  of  letters  of  Novem- 
ber 16,  1933  between  the  People's  Connnissar  for 
Foreign  Affairs  of  the  U.S.S.R.,  M.  M.  Litvinov, 
and  the  Presi<lent  of  the  U.S.A.,  F.  D.  Roosevelt.^ 

On  instructions  from  the  Soviet  Government 
the  Embassy  of  the  U.S.S.R.  in  the  U.S.A. 
strongly  protests  the  forcible  seizure  of  the  Soviet 
citizens  O.  S.  Kasenkina  and  M.  I.  Samaria  and 
his  family  by  members  of  the  "Tolstoy  Fund"  or- 
ganization, as  well  as  the  toleration  by  govern- 
ment agencies  of  tlie  U.S.A.  of  the  criminal  ac- 
tivities of  this  organization,  which  are  clearly 
directed  against  tlie  U.S.S.R.  and  which  consist 
particularly  in  the  prevention,  by  any  forcible 
means,  of  the  return  of  Soviet  citizens  to  their 
Fatherland  and  in  attempts  to  use  them  for  pur- 
poses inimical  to  the  Soviet  Union. 

The  Embassy  of  the  U.S.S.R.  in  the  U.S.A. 
expects  that  measures  will  be  taken  by  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  U.S.A.  for  tlic  immediate  release  of 
M.  I.  Samarin  and  his  family  and  for  their  trans- 
fer to  the  protection  of  the  Consulate  General  of 
tlie  U.S.S.R.  at  New  York  until  their  departure 
for  the  Fatherland  and  insists  on  the  discontinu- 
ation of  activities  of  the  so-called  "Tolstoy  Fund", 
which  are  incompatible  with  the  obligations  as- 
sumed by  the  Government  of  the  U.S.A.  with 
respect  to  the  Soviet  Union. 

August  9, 1948. 

Embassy  of  the  Union  of 
Soviet  Socialist  Republics 
Washingtox 

[initialed]     A.  P. 
[Alexander  Panyushkin,  Soviet  Ambassador 
to   the   United    States] 

[Translation] 
August  14,  1948,  No.  148 

[Released  to  the  press  August  20] 

The  Embassy  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist 
Republics  presents  its  compliments  to  the  Depart- 
ment of  State  and  has  the  honor  to  communicate 
the  following: 


On  August  12, 1948  at  4 :  20  p.m.,  two  New  York 
City  policemen,  taking  advantage  of  the  fact  that 
employees  of  the  Consulate  General  had  opened 
the  door  to  the  courtyard  of  the  building  occupied 
by  the  Consulate  General  where  O.  S.  Kasenkina 
had  jumped  from  a  window,  arbitrarily  burst  into 
the  building  of  the  Consulate  General.  At  4:30 
p.m.  four  inspectors  of  the  New  York  police  headed 
by  the  Deputy  Chief  Inspector  of  Police,  Con- 
rad Rotingast.  came  to  the  Consulate  General  to 
learn  from  the  Consul  General,  Y.  M.  Lomakin, 
the  circumstances  of  Kasenkina's  suicide  attempt. 
However,  instead  of  dealing  with  the  Consul  Gen- 
eral tlie  police  inspectors,  in  spite  of  his  protest, 
seized  one  of  Kasenkina's  personal  letters  which 
was  in  her  personal  bag.  The  aforesaid  persons 
attempted  to  search  Kasenkina's  room  and  to  ques- 
tion employees  of  the  Consulate  General. 

By  such  acts  the  representatives  of  the  New 
York  police  authorities  violated  the  extraten-i- 
toriality  of  the  building  of  the  Consulate  General 
of  the  U.S.S.R.  in  New  York,  tlie  need  for  the 
observance  of  which  is  derived  from  international 
custom  and  from  the  norms  of  international  law. 

In  connection  with  the  foregoing,  the  Embassy 
of  the  U.S.S.R.  in  the  U.S.A.  manifests  to  the 
Department  of  State  a  protest  against  the  viola- 
tion of  the  extraterritoriality  of  the  building  of 
the  Consulate  General  of  the  U.S.S.R.  in  New 
York  by  representatives  of  the  authorities  of  the 
U.S.A.,  and  insists  that  the  persons  guilty  of  such 
violation  be  brought  to  account.  The  Embassy  of 
the  U.S.S.R.  in  the  U.S.A.  also  insists  that  the 
persons  who  permitted  the  other  illegal  acts  in- 
dicated above  be  brought  to  account.  The  Em- 
bassy of  the  U.S.S.R.  in  the  U.S.A.  hopes  that  the 
Department  of  State  will  take  measures  that  in 
the  future  will  protect  the  Consulate  General  from 
illegal  acts  on  the  part  of  New  York  City  police 
authorities,  and  that  the  Department  will  assure 
the  extraterritoriality  of  the  building  of  the  Con- 
sulate General  of  the  U.S.S.R.  of  New  York. 


August  J4, 1048. 


Embassy  of  the  Union  of 

Soviet  Socialist  Republics 
Washington 


[initialed]     A.  P. 


'■Pout,  p.  257. 


>\i;gusf  29,   1948 


255 


NOTE  HANDED  TO  AMBASSADOR  WALTER  BEDELL  SMITH  BY  FOREIGN  MINISTER  V.  M.  MOLOTOV 

IN   MOSCOW  AT  MIDNIGHT,  AUGUST  11 


[Released  to  the  press  August  20] 

On  the  31st  of  July  a  group  of  Soviet  citizens 
were  to  have  sailed  from  New  York  on  the  ship 
Pobeda  to  the  Soviet  Union,  among  whom  were 
the  teachers  of  the  Soviet  school  in  New  York, 
O.  C.  Kasyenkina  and  M.  I.  Samarin  with  his  wife 
K.  M.  Samarin  and  three  small  children,  Tatiana, 
Elena,  and  Vladimir.  The  above-mentioned  So- 
viet citizens  did  not  appear  up  to  the  moment 
of  the  departure  of  the  ship  although  they  had 
previously  paid  for  their  tickets  and  had  sent  their 
baggage  on  to  the  ship.  From  information  ob- 
tained it  was  revealed  that  the  persons  mentioned 
were  not  in  their  apartments,  that  Kasyenkina  had 
left  her  apartment  on  the  morning  of  the  thirty- 
first  and  Samarin  and  his  family  during  the  night 
of  the  thirtieth  to  thirty-first  of  July. 

Not  until  a  week  after  the  disappearance  of  Ka- 
syenkina did  the  Soviet  Consul  in  New  York,  Y.  M. 
Lomakin,  on  the  sixth  of  August  by  chance  receive 
from  her  a  note  in  which  she  stated  that  she  was 
in  the  environs  of  New  York  on  the  Reid  farm 
belonging  to  a  bandit- White  guard  organization 
under  the  name  of  "Tolstoi  Fund".  In  her  note 
Kasyenkina  requested  the  Soviet  Consul  to  save 
her  from  the  hands  of  the  organization  which  by 
all  kinds  of  threats  and  intimidations  had  tried 
to  force  her  to  refuse  to  return  to  her  fatherland 
and  to  publish  in  the  press  a  statement  hostile 
toward  the  Soviet  Union.  Going  to  the  address 
cited  in  the  letter  the  Soviet  Consul  in  New  York 
actually  discovered  there  Kasyenkina  who  ex- 
pressed the  desire  to  proceed  immediately  with 
him  to  the  Soviet  Consulate.  In  spite  of  this,  the 
bandits  from  the  organization  "Tolstoi  Fund"  liv- 
ing on  the  farm  tried  forcibly  to  prevent  Kasyen- 
kina from  leaving,  which,  however,  they  did  not 
succeed  in  doing. 

On  August  7,  at  a  press  conference  in  the  Consu- 
late Kasyenkina  stated  that  for  a  week  she  had 
been  followed  by  unknown  people  of  this  kind. 


one  of  whom  called  himself  Doctor  Korzhinski  and 
the  other  Leo  Costello,  wlio  had  tried  by  way  of 
threats  and  violence  to  induce  her  to  refuse  to 
return  to  her  country.  In  so  doing,  Costello  even 
resorted  to  violently  administering  a  narcotic  sub- 
stance to  Kasyenkina,  clearly  with  the  purpose  of 
weakening  her  will  to  oppose  him.  On  the  morning 
of  the  31  of  July,  Kasyenkina  was  abducted  by 
the  chauffeur  of  a  car  in  which  the  above-mentioned 
Korzhinski  visited  her  on  this  day.  This  machine 
delivered  Kasyenkina  to  Riverside  Drive,  to  the 
apartment  of  a  Wliite  Guard  Zenzinov,  from  which 
place  she  was  transferred  to  Reid  farm.  At  the 
time  of  her  arrival  at  this  farm,  Kasyenkina  heard 
from  a  member  of  a  White  Guard  band  called  the 
"Tolstoi  Fund",  Alexandra  Tolstoy,  that  Samarin 
and  his  family  also  were  there  not  far  away. 

According  to  a  statement  of  the  New  York  cor- 
respondent of  the  United  Press,  Alexandra  Tolstoy 
confirmed  to  this  correspondent  the  share  of  her 
organization  in  the  abduction  of  Samarin. 

On  the  tenth  of  August  Under  Secretary  of 
State  Lovett  corroborated  to  the  Soviet  Ambas- 
sador in  Washington  that  Samarin  had  been  made 
subject  to  examination  by  the  Federal  Bureau  of 
Investigation  which  thus  is  found  to  be  connected 
with  tlie  organization  which  kidnapped  Samarin, 
his  wife  and  three  children. 

Supplementary  to  the  statement  made  by  the 
Soviet  Ambassador  in  Washington,  I,  on  instruc- 
tions from  the  Soviet  Government,  register  pro- 
test again.st  the  toleration  on  the  part  of  the  au- 
thorities of  the  USA,  of  the  criminal  acts  set 
foith  above  with  regard  to  the  Soviet  citizens, 
Kasyenkina,  Samarin  and  his  family.  The  Soviet 
Government  insists  on  the  immediate  release  of 
Samarin  and  his  family,  on  their  surrender  at 
once  for  return  to  their  country  to  the  Consulate 
General  of  the  USSR  in  New  York  and  also  on 
the  punishment  of  all  persons  who  have  taken 
part  in  the  kidnapping  of  Soviet  citizens. 


256 


Department  of  %tate  Bulletin 


Exchange  of  Communications  Between  President  Frankiin  D.  Roosevelt  and  Soviet  Commissar 
for  Foreign  Affairs  Maxim  Litvinov,  November  16,  1933  ^ 


My  dear  Mk.  Litvinov  : 

I  am  vpi-y  li.-ippy  to  inform  you  that  as  a  result  of  our 
conversations  the  Government  of  the  United  States  has 
decided  to  estaltlish  normal  diplomatic  relations  with  the 
Government  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics 
and  to  exchange  ambassadors. 

I  trust  that  the  relations  now  established  between  our 
peoples  may  forever  remain  normal  and  friendly,  and 
that  our  nations  henceforth  may  cooperate  for  their  mu- 
tual benetlt  and  for  the  preservation  of  the  peace  of  the 
world. 

I  am,  my  dear  Mr.  Litvinov, 
Very  sincerely  yours, 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


My  dear  Mr.  President: 

I  am  very  happy  to  inform  you  that  the  Government 
of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics  is  glad  to 
establish  normal  diplomatic  relations  with  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  and  to  exchange  ambassadors. 

I,  too,  share  the  hope  that  the  relations  now  established 
between  our  peoples  may  forever  remain  normal  and 
friendl}',  and  that  our  nations  henceforth  may  cooperate 
for  their  mutual  benefit  and  for  the  preservation  of  the 
peace  of  the  world. 

I  am.  my  dear  Mr.  President, 
Very  sincerely  yours, 

MASIil  LiTVINOFK 


My  dear  Mr.  President: 

I  have  the  honor  to  inform  you  that  coincident  with 
the  establishment  of  diplomatic  relations  between  our 
two  Governments  it  will  be  the  fixed  policy  of  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics: 

1.  To  respect  scrupulously  the  indisputable  right  of 
the  United  States  to  order  its  own  life  within  its  own 
jurisdiction  in  its  own  way  and  to  refrain  from  interfer- 
ing in  any  manner  in  the  internal  affairs  of  the  United 
States,  its  territories  or  possessions. 

2.  To  refrain,  and  to  restrain  all  persons  in  govern- 
ment service  and  all  organizations  of  the  Government 
or  under  its  direct  or  indirect  control,  including  organi- 
zations in  receipt  of  any  financial  assistance  from  it, 
from  any  act  overt  or  covert  liable  In  any  way  whatso- 
ever to  injure  the  tranquillity,  prosperity,  order,  or  secur- 
ity of  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  United  States,  its  ter- 
ritories or  possessions,  and,  in  particular,  from  any  act 
tending  to  incite  or  encourage  armed  intervention,  or  any 
agitation  or  propaganda  having  as  an  aim,  the  violation 
of  the  territorial  integrity  of  the  United  States,  its  terri- 


tories or  possessions,  or  the  bringing  about  by  force  of 
a  change  in  the  political  or  social  order  of  the  whole  or 
any  part  of  the  United  States,  its  territories  or  possessions. 

3.  Not  to  permit  the  formation  or  residence  on  its  ter- 
ritory of  any  organization  or  groui> — and  to  prevent  the 
activity  on  its  territory  of  any  organization  or  group, 
or  of  representatives  or  officials  of  any  organization  or 
group — which  makes  claim  to  be  the  Government  of,  or 
makes  attempt  uix)n  the  territorial  Integrity  of,  the 
United  States,  its  territories  or  jwssessions ;  not  to  form, 
subsidize,  support  or  permit  on  its  territory  military 
organizations  or  groups  having  the  aim  of  armed  struggle 
against  the  United  States,  its  territories  or  possessions, 
and  to  prevent  any  recruiting  on  behalf  of  such  organiza- 
tions and  groups. 

4.  Not  to  iiermit  the  formation  or  residence  on  its  terri- 
tory of  any  organization  or  group — and  to  prevent  the 
activity  on  its  territory  of  any  organization  or  group, 
or  of  representatives  or  officials  of  any  organization  or 
group — which  has  as  an  aim  the  overthrow  or  the  prepa- 
ration for  the  overthrow  of,  or  the  bringing  about  by 
force  of  a  change  in,  the  political  or  social  order  of  the 
whole  or  any  part  of  the  United  States,  its  territories 
or  possessions. 

I  am,  my  dear  Mr.  President, 
Very  sincerely  yours, 

Maxim  Litvinoff 


My  deab  Mb.  Litvinov  : 

I  am  glad  to  have  received  the  assurance  expressed  in 
your  note  to  me  of  this  date  that  it  will  be  the  fixed  policy 
of  the  Government  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist 
Republics : 

1.  To  respect  scrupulously  the  indisputable  right  of  the 
United  States  to  order  its  own  life  within  its  own  juris- 
diction in  its  own  way  and  to  refrain  from  interfering  in 
any  manner  in  the  internal  affairs  of  the  United  States,  its 
territories  or  possessions. 

2.  To  refrain,  and  to  restrain  all  persons  in  government 
service  and  all  organizations  of  tlie  Government  or  under 
its  direct  or  indirect  control,  including  organizations  in 
receipt  of  any  financial  assistance  from  it,  from  any  act 
overt  or  covert  liable  in  any  way  whatsoever  to  injure  the 
tranquillity,  prosperity,  order,  or  security  of  the  whole 
or  ;iny  part  of  the  United  States,  its  territories  or  posses- 
sions, and,  in  particular,  from  any  act  tending  to  incite  or 


"This  exchange  of  communications  appeared  in  Estab- 
U.'ihnirut  nf  Diplomativ  Relations  With  the  Union  of  Soviet 
SoriiiUst  Republics,  Department  of  State  publication  528, 
printed   in   l'.}3'-i,  which  is  in   process  of  being  reprinted. 


August  29,    1948 

803361—48 ; 


257 


encourage  armed  intervention,  or  any  agitation  or  propa- 
ganda having  as  an  aim,  the  violation  of  the  territorial 
integrity  of  the  United  States,  its  territories  or  posses- 
sions, or  the  bringing  about  by  force  of  a  change  in  the 
political  or  social  order  of  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the 
United  States,  its  territories  or  possessions. 

3.  Not  to  permit  the  formation  or  residence  on  its  ter- 
ritory of  any  organization  or  group — and  to  prevent  the 
activity  on  its  territory  of  any  organization  or  group,  or 
of  representatives  or  officials  of  any  oi-gauization  or 
grouii — vsfhich  makes  claim  to  be  the  Government  of,  or 
makes  attempt  upon  the  territorial  integrity  of,  the  United 
States,  its  territories  or  possessions ;  not  to  form,  subsidize, 
support  or  permit  on  its  territory  niiiitary  organizations  or 
groups  having  the  aim  of  armed  struggle  against  the 
United  States,  its  territories  or  possessions,  and  to  prevent 
any  recruiting  on  behalf  of  such  organizations  and  groups. 

4.  Not  to  permit  the  formation  or  residence  on  Its  terri- 
tory of  any  organization  or  group — and  to  prevent  the 
activity  on  its  territory  of  any  organization  or  group,  or 
of  representatives  or  officials  of  any  organization  or 
group — which  has  as  an  aim  the  overthrow  or  the  prepara- 
tion for  the  overthrow  of,  or  the  bringing  about  by  force 
of  a  change  in,  the  political  or  social  order  of  the  whole 
or  any  part  of  the  United  States,  its  territories  or 
possessions. 

It  will  be  the  fixed  policy  of  the  Executive  of  the  United 
States  within  the  limits  of  the  powers  ccmferred  by  the 
Constitution  and  the  laws  of  the  United  States  to  adhere 
reciprocally  to  the  engagements  above  expressed. 
I  am,  my  dear  Mr.  Litvinov, 
Very  sincerely  yours, 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


My  dear  Mr.  Litvinov  : 

As  I  have  told  you  in  our  recent  conversations,  it  is 
my  expectation  that  after  the  establishment  of  normal 
relations  between  our  two  countries  many  Americans  will 
wish  to  reside  temporarily  or  permanently  within  the 
territory  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics,  and 
I  am  deeply  concerned  that  they  should  enjoy  in  all  re- 
spects the  same  freedom  of  conscience  and  religious  liberty 
which  they  enjoy  at  home. 

As  you  well  know,  the  Government  of  the  United  States, 
since  the  foundation  of  the  Republic,  has  always  striven 
to  protect  its  nationals,  at  home  and  abroad,  in  the  free 
exercise  of  liberty  of  conscience  and  religious  worship, 
and  from  all  disability  or  persecution  on  account  of  their 
religious  faith  or  worship.  And  I  need  scarcely  point  out 
that  the  riglits  enumerated  below  are  those  enjoyed  in  the 
United  States  by  all  citizens  and  foreign  nationals  and 
by  American  nationals  in  all  the  major  countries  of  the 
world. 

The  Government  of  the  United  States,  therefore,  will  ex- 
pect that  nationals  of  the  United  States  of  America  within 
the  territory  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics 
will  be  allowed  to  conduct  without  annoyance  or  molesta- 
tion of  any  kind  religions  services  and  rites  of  a  ceremonial 


nature,  including  baptismal,  confirmation,  communion, 
marriage  and  burial  rites,  in  the  English  language,  or  in 
any  other  language  which  is  customarily  used  in  the 
practice  of  the  religious  faith  to  which  they  belong,  in 
churches,  houses,  or  other  buildings  appropriate  for  such 
service,  which  they  will  l^e  given  the  right  and  opportunity 
to  lease,  erect  or  maintain  in  convenient  situations. 

We  will  expect  that  nationals  of  the  United  States  will 
have  the  right  to  collect  from  their  co-religionists  and  to 
receive  from  abroad  voluntary  offerings  for  religious  pur- 
poses ;  that  they  will  be  entitled  without  restriction  to 
impart  religious  instruction  to  their  children,  either  singly 
or  in  groups,  or  to  have  such  instruction  imparted  by 
persons  whom  they  may  eiiii)loy  for  such  purpose ;  that 
they  will  be  given  and  protected  in  the  right  to  bury  their 
dead  according  to  their  religious  customs  in  suitable  and 
convenient  places  established  for  that  purpose,  and  given 
the  right  and  opportunity  to  lease,  lay  out,  occupy  and 
maintain  such  burial  grounds  subject  to  reasonable  sani- 
tary laws  and  regulations. 

We  will  expect  that  i-eligious  groups  or  congregations 
composed  of  nationals  of  the  United  States  of  America 
in  the  territory  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics 
will  be  given  the  right  to  have  their  spiritual  needs  min- 
istered to  by  clergymen,  priests,  rabbis  or  other  ecclesiasti- 
cal functionaries  who  are  nationals  of  the  United  States 
of  America,  and  that  such  clergymen,  priests,  rabbis  or 
other  ecclesiastical  functionaries  will  be  protected  from 
all  di.sability  or  persecution  and  will  not  be  denied  entry 
into  the  territory  of  the  Soviet  Union  because  of  their 
ecclesiastical  status. 

I  am,  my  dear  Mr.  Litvinov, 
Very  sincerely  yours, 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


My  dear  Mr.  President  : 

In  reply  to  your  letter  of  November  16,  1933,  I  have  the 
honor  to  inform  you  that  the  Government  of  the  Union  of 
Soviet  Socialist  Republics  as  a  fixed  policy  accords  the 
nationals  of  the  United  States  within  the  territory  of  the 
Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics  the  following  rights 
referred  to  by  you : 

1.  The  right  to  "free  exercise  of  liberty  of  conscience 
and  religious  worship"  and  protection  "from  all  disability 
or  persecution  on  accoiuit  of  their  religious  faith  or  wor- 
ship". 

This  right  is  sui)ported  by  the  following  laws  and  regula- 
tions existing  in  the  various  republics  of  the  Union: 

"Every  person  may  profess  any  religion  or  none.  All 
restrictions  of  rights  connected  with  the  profession  of  any 
belief  whatsoever,  or  with  the  non-profession  of  any 
belief,  are  annulled."     (Decree  of  Jan.  23,  1918,  art.  3.) 

"Within  the  coufines  of  the  Soviet  Union  it  is  pro- 
hibited to  issue  any  local  laws  or  regulations  restricting 
or  limiting  freedom  of  conscience,  or  establishing  privi- 
leges or  preferential  rights  of  any  kind  based  upon  the 
religious  profession  of  any  person."  (Decree  of  Jan.  23, 
191S,  art.  2.) 


258 


Departnienf  of  Stafe  Bulletin 


2.  The  right  to  "conduct  without  annoyance  or  molesta- 
tion of  any  kind  religious  services  and  rites  of  a  cere- 
monial nature". 

'J'liis  riglit  is  supported  by  the  following  laws : 
"A  free  performance  of  religious  rites  is  guaranteed  as 
long  as  it  does  not  interfere  witli  public  order  and  is  not 
accompanied  by  interference  with  the  rights  of  citizens  of 
the  Soviet  Union.  Local  authorities  possess  the  right  in 
such  eases  to  adopt  all  necessary  measures  to  preserve 
public  order  and  safety."  (Decree  of  Jan.  23, 1918,  art.  5.) 
"Interference  with  the  performance  of  religious  rites, 
in  so  far  as  they  do  not  endanger  public  order  and  are 
not  accompanied  by  infringements  on  the  rights  of  others 
is  punishable  by  compulsory  labour  for  a  period  up  to  six 
mouths."     (Criminal  Code,  art.  127.) 

3.  "The  light  and  opportunity  to  lease,  erect  or  main- 
tain in  convenient  situations"  churclies,  houses  or  other 
buildings  appropriate  for   religious   purposes. 

This  right  is  supported  by  the  following  laws  and  regula- 
tions : 

"Believers  belonging  to  a  religious  society  with  the  ob- 
ject of  making  provision  for  their  requirements  in  the 
matter  of  religion  may  lease  under  contract,  free  of 
charge,  from  the  Sub-District  or  District  Executive  Com- 
mittee or  from  the  Town  Soviet,  special  buildings  for  the 
pui-pose  of  worship  and  objects  intended  exclusively  for 
the  purposes  of  their  cult."  (Decree  of  April  8,  1929,  art. 
10.) 

"Furthermore,  believers  who  have  formed  a  religious 
society  or  a  group  of  believers  may  use  for  religious  meet- 
ings other  buildings  which  have  been  placed  at  tlieir 
disposal  on  lease  by  private  persons  or  by  local  Soviets 
and  Executive  Committees.  All  rules  established  for 
houses  of  worship  are  applicable  to  these  buildings.  Con- 
tracts for  the  use  of  such  buildings  shall  be  concluded  by 
individual  believers  who  will  be  held  responsible  for  their 
execution.  In  addition,  these  buildings  must  comply  with 
the  sanitary  and  technical  building  regulations."  (Decree 
of  April  8,  1929,  art.  10.) 

"The  place  of  worship  and  religious  property  shall  be 
handed  over  for  the  use  of  believers  forming  a  religious 
society  under  a  contract  concluded  in  the  name  of  the 
competent  District  Executive  Committee  or  Town  Soviet 
by  the  competent  administrative  department  or  branch, 
or  directly  by  the  Sub-District  Executive  Committee." 
(Decree  of  April  8,  1929,  art.  15.) 

"The  construction  of  new  places  of  worship  may  take 
place  at  the  desire  of  religious  societies  provided  that  the 
usual  technical  building  regulations  and  the  special  regula- 
tions laid  down  by  the  People's  Commissariat  for  Internal 
Affairs  are  observed."     (Decree  of  April  8,  1929,  art.  4.5.) 

4.  "The  right  to  collect  from  their  co-religionists  .  .  . 
voluntary  offerings  for  religious  purposes." 

This  right  is  supported  by  the  following  law : 
"Members  of  groups  of  believers  and  religious  societies 
may  raise  subscriptions  among  themselves  and  collect  vol- 
untary (-fferings,  both  in  the  place  of  worship  itself  and 
outside  it,  but  only  amongst  the  members  of  the  religious 

August  29,    1948 


association  concerned  and  only  for  purposes  connected 
with  the  upkeep  of  the  place  of  worship  and  the  religious 
property,  for  the  engagement  of  ministers  of  religion  and 
for  the  expenses  of  their  executive  body.  Any  form  of 
forced  contribution  in  aid  of  religious  associations  is  pun- 
ishable under  the  Criminal  Code."  (Decree  of  April  8, 
1929,  art.  54.) 

!">.  Uight  to  "impart  religious  instruction  to  their  chil- 
dren either  singly  or  in  groups  or  to  have  such  instruction 
imparted  by  persons  whom  they  may  employ  for  such 
purpose." 

This  riglit  is  supported  by  the  following  law : 
"The  school  is  separated  from  the  Church.  Instruction 
in  religious  doctrines  is  not  permitted  in  any  governmental 
and  common  schools,  nor  in  private  teacliiug  institutions 
where  general  subjects  are  taught.  Persons  may  give  or 
receive  religious  instruction  in  a  private  manner."  (De- 
cree of  Jan.  23, 1918,  art.  9.) 

Furthermore,  the  Soviet  Government  is  prepared  to  in- 
clude in  a  consular  convention  to  be  negotiated  immedi- 
ately following  the  establishment  of  relations  between  our 
two  countries  provisions  in  w-hich  nationals  of  the  United 
States  shall  be  granted  rights  with  reference  to  freedom 
of  conscience  and  the  free  exercise  of  religion  which  shall 
not  be  less  favorable  than  those  enjoyed  in  the  Union  of 
Soviet  Socialist  Republics  by  nationals  of  the  nation  most 
favored  in  this  respect.  In  this  connection,  I  have  the 
honor  to  call  to  your  attention  Article  9  of  the  Treaty 
between  Germany  and  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Re- 
publics, signed  at  Moscow  October  12,  192.5,  which  reads 
as  follows : 

"Nationals  of  each  of  the  Contracting  Parlies  .  .  .  shall 
be  entitled  to  hold  religious  services  in  churches,  houses  or 
other  buildings,  rented,  according  to  the  laws  of  the  coun- 
try, in  their  national  language  or  in  any  other  language 
which  is  customary  in  their  religion.  They  shall  be  en- 
titled to  bury  their  dead  in  accordance  with  tiieir  religious 
practice  in  burial-grounds  established  and  maintained  by 
them  with  the  approval  of  the  competent  authorities,  so 
long  as  they  comply  with  the  police  regulations  of  the 
other  Party  in  respect  of  buildings  and  public  health." 

Furthermore,  I  desire  to  state  that  the  rights  specified 
in  the  above  paragraphs  will  be  granted  to  American 
nationals  immediately  upon  the  establishment  of  relations 
between  our  two  countries. 

Finally,  I  have  the  lionor  to  inform  you  that  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics,  while 
reserving  to  itself  the  right  of  refusing  visas  to  Americans 
desiring  to  enter  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics 
on  personal  grounds,  does  not  intend  to  base  such  refusals 
on  the  fact  of  such  persons  having  an  ecclesiastical  status. 

I  am.  my  dear  Mr.  President, 
Very  sincerely  yours, 

Maxim  Litvinoff 


My  pear  Mr.  Presiuent  : 

Following  our  conversations  I  have  the  honor  to  inform 
you  that  the  Soviet  Government  is  prepared  to  include  in 

259 


a  consular  convention  to  be  negotiated  Immediately  fol- 
lowing the  establisliment  of  relations  between  our  two 
countries  provisions  in  which  nationals  of  the  United 
States  shall  be  granted  rights  with  reference  to  legal 
protection  which  shall  not  be  less  favorable  than  those 
enjoyed  in  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics  by 
nationals  of  the  nation  most  favored  in  this  respect.  Fur- 
thermore, I  desire  to  state  that  such  rights  will  be  granted 
to  American  nationals  immediately  upon  the  establish- 
ment of  relations  between  our  two  countries. 

In  tills  connection  I  have  the  honor  to  call  to  your 
attention  Article  11  and  the  Protocol  to  Article  11,  of  the 
Agreement  Concerning  Conditions  of  Residence  and 
Business  and  Legal  Protection  in  General  concluded  be- 
tween Germany  and  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Repub- 
lics on  October  12,  1925. 

"Article  11 

"Bacli  of  the  Contracting  Parties  undertakes  to  adopt 
the  necessary  measures  to  inform  the  consul  of  the  other 
Party  as  soon  as  possible  whenever  a  national  of  the 
country  which  lie  represents  is  arrested  in  his  district. 

"The  same  procedure  shall  apply  if  a  prisoner  is  trans- 
ferred from  one  place  of  detention  to  another." 

"Final  Peotocol 
"Ad  Article  11. 

"1.  The  Consul  shall  be  notified  either  by  a  communi- 
cation from  the  person  arrested  or  by  the  authorities 
them.selves  direct.  Such  communications  sliall  be  made 
within  a  period  not  exceeding  seven  times  twenty-four 
hours,  and  in  large  towns,  including  capitals  of  districts, 
within  a  period  not  exceeding  three  times  twenty-four 
hours. 

"2.  In  places  of  detention  of  all  kinds,  requests  made  by 
consular  representatives  to  visit  nationals  of  their  country 
under  arrest,  or  to  have  tliem  visited  by  their  representa- 
tives, shall  be  granted  without  delay.  The  consular  repre- 
sentative shall  not  be  entitled  to  require  oflacials  of  the 
courts  or  prisons  to  withdraw  during  his  interview  with 
the  person  under  arrest." 

I  am,  my  dear  Mr.  President, 
Very  sincerely  yours, 

Maxim  Litvinoff 


My  dear  Mb.  Litvinov  : 

I  thank  you  for  your  letter  of  November  16,  1933,  in- 
forming me  that  the  Soviet  Government  is  prepared  to 
grant  to  nationals  of  the  United  States  rights  with  refer- 
ence to  legal  protection  not  less  favorable  than  those  en- 
joyed in  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics  by 
nationals  of  the  nation  most  favored  in  this  respect.  I 
have  noted  the  provisions  of  the  treaty  and  protocol  con- 
cluded between  Germany  and  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist 
Republics  on  October  12,  1925. 

I  am  glad  that  nationals  of  the  United  States  will  enjoy 
the  protection  afforded  by  these  instruments  immediately 
upon  the  establishment  of  relations  between  our  countries 


and  I  am  fully  prepared  to  negotiate  a  consular  convention 
covering  these  subjects  as  soon  as  practicable.  Let  me 
add  that  American  diplomatic  and  consular  officers  in  the 
Soviet  Union  will  be  zealous  in  guarding  the  rights  of 
American  nationals,  particularly  the  right  to  a  fair,  public 
and  speedy  trial  and  the  right  to  be  represented  by  counsel 
of  their  choice.  We  shall  expect  that  the  nearest  Ameri- 
can diplomatic  or  consular  officer  shall  be  notified  im- 
mediately of  any  arrest  or  detention  of  an  American 
national,  and  that  he  shall  promptly  be  afforded  the  op- 
portunity to  communicate  and  converse  with  such 
national. 

I  am,  my  dear  Mr.  Litvinov, 
Very  sincerely  yours, 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


In  reply  to  a  question  of  the  President  in  regard  to 
prosecutions  for  economic  espionage,  Mr.  Litvinov  gave 
the  following  explanation : 

"The  widespread  opinion  that  the  dissemination  of  eco- 
nomic information  from  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Re- 
publics is  allowed  only  in  so  far  as  this  information  has 
been  published  in  newspapers  or  magazines,  is  errone- 
ous. The  riglit  to  obtain  economic  information  is  limited 
in  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics,  as  in  other 
countries,  only  in  the  case  of  business  and  production 
secrets  and  in  the  case  of  the  employment  of  forbidden 
methods  (bribery,  theft,  fraud,  etc.)  to  obtain  such  in- 
formation. The  category  of  business  and  production  se- 
crets naturally  includes  the  official  economic  plans,  in  so 
far  as  they  have  not  been  made  public,  but  not  individual 
reports  concerning  the  production  conditions  and  the 
general  conditions  of  individual  enterprises. 

"The  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics  has  also  no 
reason  to  complicate  or  hinder  tlie  critical  examination 
of  its  economic  organization.  It  naturally  follows  from 
this  that  every  one  has  the  right  to  talk  about  economic 
matters  or  to  receive  information  about  such  matters  in 
the  Union,  in  so  far  as  the  information  for  which  he  has 
asked  or  wliich  has  been  imparted  to  him  is  not  such  as 
may  not,  on  the  basis  of  sjiecial  regulations  issued  by 
responsible  officials  or  by  the  appropriate  state  enter- 
prises, be  made  known  to  outsiders.  (This  principle  ap- 
plies primarily  to  iufoi'niatiou  concerning  economic  trends 
and  tendencies.)" 


My  dear  Mr.  President  : 

Following  our  conversations  I  have  the  honor  to  inform 
you  that  the  Government  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist 
Republics  agrees  that,  preparatory  to  a  final  settlement  of 
the  claims  and  counter  claims  between  the  Governments  of 
tlie  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics  and  tlie  United 
States  of  America  and  the  claims  of  their  nationals,  the 
Government  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics  will 
not  take  any  steps  to  enforce  any  decisions  of  courts  or 
initiate  any  new  litigations  for  the  amounts  admitted  to 
be  due  or  that  may  be  found  to  be  due  it,  as  the  successor 


260 


Department  of  Sfafe  Bulletin 


of  prim-  Governments  of  Russia,  or  otherwise,  from  Amer- 
ican nationals,  including  corporations,  companies,  partuer- 
sliips,  or  associations,  and  also  the  claim  against  the 
United  States  of  the  Russian  Volunteer  Fleet,  now  in 
litigation  in  the  United  States  Court  of  Claims,  and  will 
not  object  to  such  amounts  being  assigned  and  does  hereb.v 
release  and  assign  all  such  amounts  to  the  Government 
of  the  United  States,  the  Gnvernment  of  the  Union  of 
Soviet  Socialist  Republics  to  be  duly  notified  in  each  case 
of  any  amount  realize<l  by  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  from  such  release  and  assignment. 

The  Government  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Re- 
publics further  agrees,  preparatory  to  the  settlement  re- 
ferred to  above  not  to  make  any  claim  with  respect  to  : 

(a)  judgments  rendered  or  that  may  be  rendered  by 
American  courts  in  so  far  as  they  relate  to  property, 
or  rights,  or  interests  therein,  in  wliich  the  Union 
of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics  or  its  nationals  may 
have  had  or  may  claim  to  have  an  interest ;  or, 

(b)  acts  done  or  settlements  made  by  or  with  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States,  or  public  officials  in 
the  United  States,  or  its  nationals,  relating  to  prop- 
erty, credits,  or  obligations  of  any  Government  of 
Russia  or  nationals  thereof. 


I  am,  my  dear  Mr.  President, 
Very  sincerely  yours. 


Maxim  Litvinoff 


JlY  DKAB  Mr.  Litvtnov  : 

I  am  happy  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  your  letter  of 
.Voveniber  Ki,  103.3,  in  whi<h  you  state  that : 

"The  Government  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Re- 
publics agrees  that,  preparatory  to  a  final  settlement  of 
the  claims  and  counter  claims  between  the  Governments 
<il"  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics  and  the  United 
••"tates  of  America  and  the  claims  of  their  national.?,  the 
Government  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics  will 
not  take  any  steps  to  enforce  any  decisions  of  courts  or 
initiate  any  new  litigations  for  the  amounts  admitted  to 
be  due  or  that  may  be  found  to  be  due  it,  as  the  successor 
<'f  prior  Governments  of  Russia,  or  otherwise,  from 
.Vmerican  nationals,  including  corporations,  companies, 
partner.ships,  or  associations,  and  also  the  claim  against 
the  United  States  of  the  Russian  Volunteer  Fleet,  now 
in  liti^'ation  in  the  United  States  Court  of  Claims,  and 
will  not  object  to  such  amounts  being  assigned  and  does 


hereby  release  and  assign  all  such  amounts  to  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  States,  the  Government  of  the  Union  of 
Soviet  Socialist  Republics  to  be  duly  notified  in  each  case 
of  any  amount  realized  by  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  from  such  release  and  assignment. 

"The  Government  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Re- 
publics further  agrees,  preparatory  to  the  settlement  re- 
ferred to  above,  not  to  make  any  claim  with  respect  to : 

(a)  judgments  rendered  or  that  may  be  rendered  by 
American  courts  in  so  far  as  they  relate  to  property, 
or  rights,  or  interests  therein,  in  which  the  Union 
of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics  or  its  nationals  may 
have  had  or  may  claim  to  have  an  interest ;  or, 

(b)  acts  done  or  settlements  made  by  or  with  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States,  or  public  officials  in 

the  United  States,  or  its  nationals,  relating  to  prop- 
erty, credits  or  obligations  of  any  Government  of 
Russia  or  nationals  thereof." 

I  am  glad  to  have  these  undertakings  by  your  Govern- 
ment and  I  shall  be  pleased  to  notify  your  Government  in 
each  case  of  any  amount  realized  by  the  Government  of 
the  United  States  from  the  release  and  assignment  to  it 
of  the  amounts  admitted  to  be  due,  or  that  may  be  found 
to  be  due,  the  Government  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist 
Republics,  and  of  the  amount  that  may  be  found  to  be 
due  on  the  claim  of  the  Russian  Volunteer  F'leet. 

I  am,  my  dear  Mr.  Litvinov, 
Very  sincerely  yours, 

Fbanklin  D.  Roosevelt 


SIT  DEAK  Mr.  President  : 

I  have  the  honor  to  inform  you  that,  following  our  con- 
versations and  following  my  examination  of  certain  docu- 
ments of  the  years  191S  to  1921  relating  to  the  attitude  of 
the  American  Government  toward  the  erpedition  into 
Siberia,  the  operatitms  there  of  foreign  military  forces 
and  the  inviolability  of  the  territory  of  the  Union  of  Soviet 
Socialist  Republics,  the  Government  of  the  Union  of  Soviet 
Socialist  Republics  agrees  that  it  will  waive  any  and  all 
claims  of  whatsoever  character  arising  out  of  activities  of 
military  forces  of  the  United  States  in  Siberia,  or  assist- 
ance to  military  forces  in  Siberia  subsequent  to  January  1, 
1918,  and  that  such  claims  shall  be  re?:arded  as  finally 
settled  and  disposed  of  by  this  agreement. 

I  am,  my  dear  Mr.  President, 
Very  sincerely  yours, 

Maxim  Litvinoff 


POSITION   ON  STATUS  OF   IVJRS.   OKSANA  KASENKINA 


Letter  From  the  Lega!  Adviser  of  the  Department 
of  State  to  the  Justice  of  the  New  York 
Supreme  Court 

IRelpa-fed  to  the  press  Augu.st  19] 

Augmt  18,  19If8 
My  dear  Ml!.  JisTicE :  Pursuant  to  our  conver- 
sation this  inorning.  I  respectfully  transmit  to  j-ou 


the  position  of  the  United  States  Government  con- 
cerning the  status  of  Mrs.  Oksana  Stepanova 
Kosenkina,  who  is  the  subject  of  an  application 
for  a  writ  of  habeas  corpus  now  pending  before 
your  court. 

It  is  the  view  of  the  United  States  Government 


/lygusf  29,    J948 


261 


tliat  there  is  no  basis  under  international  law  or 
under  any  law  of  the  United  States  for  consider- 
ing that  Mrs.  Kosenkina  is  in  any  manner  subject 
to  the  control  or  authority  of  the  Soviet  Govern- 
ment so  long  as  she  remains  in  this  country.  The 
Department  of  State  already  has  advised  the 
Soviet  Embassy  that  Mrs.  Kosenkina  will  not  be 
placed  under  control  of  any  person  against  her 
own  will.  The  Department  has  also  advised  the 
Soviet  Embassy  that  although  it  recognizes  the 


right  of  the  Soviet  Government,  through  its  offi- 
cials abroad  to  extend  all  proper  assistance  and 
protection  to  Soviet  nationals,  tliis  right  does  not 
include  authority  to  take  charge  of  Soviet  citizens 
in  this  country  irrespective  of  their  wishes. 
Sincerely  yours, 

Ernest  A.  Gross, 
The  Legal  Adviser 

The  Honorable  Samuel  Dickstein, 
Justice,  Supreme  Court, 
New  York,  New  York. 


UNITED    NATIONS    DAY 

October  24,  1948 

To  he  observed  hy  the  United  States  and  all  other  fifty-seven  countries  that  are  mem- 
bers of  the  l'?iitcd  Nations 

The  General  Assembly  of  the  United  Nations  on  October  31,  1947,  adopted  a  resolu- 
tion naming  October  24 — the  day  the  Charter  of  the  United  Nations  came  into  eflFect — 
as  United  Nations  Day  and  invited  all  member  governments  to  coojjerate  in  observing 
it.  The  resolution  declares  that  the  day  "shall  be  devoted  to  making  known  to  the 
peoples  of  the  world  the  aims  and  achievements  of  the  United  Nations  and  to  gaining 
tlieir  support  for  the  work  of  the  United  Nations." 

Secretary  of  State  George  C.  Marshall  has  appointed  a  National  Citizens'  Committee 
to  promote  the  observance  of  United  Nations  Day  in  this  country.  That  Committee  is 
asking  the  people  of  every  state  and  every  community  in  tlie  country  to  organize  pro- 
giams  for  United  Nations  Day.  The  Committee  is  also  working  in  close  cooperation 
with  the  United  Nations,  the  Department  of  State,  the  Unesco  National  Commission, 
and  the  United  States  Mission  to  the  United  Nations.  Their  material  and  plans  will 
be  available  for  communities  through  the  state  United  Nations  Day  organizations.  The 
Committee  urges  every  citizen  to  start  now  to  work  for  his  state  and  local  Citizens' 
Committee,  church,  and  j^eace  organizations,  clubs,  branch  of  the  American  Associa- 
tion for  the  United  Nations,  and  county  agent  to  make  the  first  United  Nations  Day  a 
day  when  all  the  people  of  the  United  States  demonstrate  their  faith  in  a  free,  demo- 
cratic brotherhood  of  nations. 

Lists  of  United  States  Department  of  State  publications  dealing  with  the  United 
Nations  may  be  obtained  from  the  Division  of  Publications,  Department  of  State, 
Washington  25,  D.C.  Four  such  iDublications  of  immediate  interest  to  United  Nations 
Day  are:  Guide  to  the  United  States  and  the  United  Nations;  United  Nations:  Three 
Years  of  Achievement;  Foreign  Affairs  Outline  No.  17,  The  United  Nations  in  Action; 
and  Peace  Takes  Practice  (a  wall  poster). 

The  Department  of  Public  Information  of  the  United  Nations,  in  cooperation  with 
the  information  services  of  the  specialized  agencies,  will  make  special  services  avail- 
able in  various  languages  to  newspapers,  radio  stations,  cinema  theaters,  and  schools. 


262 


Department  of  Slate  Bulletin 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS  AND  SPECIALIZED  AGENCIES 


Divergent  Views  on  Program  of  Work  of  the  Military  Staff  Committee 


LETTER  TO  THE  PRESIDENT  OF  THE  SECURITY  COUNCIL  SUBMITTING 
STATEMENT  BY  U.S.,   U.K.,  CHINESE,  AND  FRENCH   DELEGATIONS 


Auff^i.9t  6, 191,8 ' 

Sm,  In  order  that  the  Security  Council  may  be 
fully  advised  concerning  the  work  in  the  Military 
Staff  Committee,  the  U.K.,  U.S.,  Chinese  and 
French  Delegations  have  requested  the  Chairman 
to  submit  tlie  following  statement  to  you.  Such 
divergent  views  as  the  USSR  Delegation  may  de- 
sire to  call  to  your  attention  will  be  submitted 
when  received  from  that  Delegation. 

In  its  letter  dated  2  July  19i8.  issued  as  MS/405 
on  6  July  1948,  the  Military  Staff  Committee  re- 
ported to  you  that,  owing  to  the  divergencies  of 
view  which  still  prevailed  on  some  of  the  Gen- 
eral Principles,  it  had  not  been  in  a  position  to 
undertake  the  final  determination  of  the  Overall 
Strength  and  Composition  of  the  Armed  Forces, 
and  thus  achieve  further  progress  in  this  matter 
towards  the  conclusion  of  the  special  agreements 
required  by  Article  43  of  the  Charter. 

Since  the  dispatch  of  the  letter,  the  Military 
Staff  Committee  met  to  discuss  the  pursuance  of 
the  tasks  entrusted  to  it.  as  set  out  in  its  Pro- 
gramme of  AVork  (Ref :  MS/271/M44  dated  16  May 
1947,  an  excerpt  of  which  is  enclosed  as  Annex). 

Inasmuch  as  unanimity  could  not  be  achieved  on 
the  question  of  the  Overall  Strength  and  Composi- 
tion of  the  United  Nations  Armed  Forces  (Item  I 
of  the  Programme  of  Work),  it  was,  a  priori,  im- 
possible to  consider  Items  II  and  III  of  tlie 
Programme  of  Work,  dealing  with  the  con- 
tributions by  Member  Nations. 

The  consideration  of  Item  IV  of  the  Programme 
of  Work,  i.e..  Preparation  of  a  Draft  Standard 
Form  of  Special  Agreement  was  then  envisaged. 

However,  there  again,  the  five  Delegations  were 
unable  to  agree  unanimously  that  such  a  study 
could  be  undertaken  before  the  Military  Stail 
Committee  had  received  instructions  from  the 
Security  Council  concerning  the  divergencies 
noted  on  some  of  the  General  Principles. 

In  reporting  to  you  the  existence  of  this  latest 
stalemate,  the  Military  Staff  Committee  has  the 
honour  to  call,  once  more,  the  attention  of  the 
Security  Council  to  the  fact  that  the  Military  Staff 
Committee  considers  it  urgent  to  resolve  the  dis- 


agreement which  prevails  on  some  of  the  General 
Principles,  and  of  which  the  Security  Council  had 
been     apprised    as    early    as    30    April     1947. 
(MS/264). 
Respectfully  yours, 

R.  L.  McCreert, 
General,  British  Army, 
Chairman,  Military  Staff  Committee 

ANNEX 
Extract 
"The  Military  Staff  Committee : 

(a)  Agreed  to  the  following  Programme  of 
Work  : 

(1)  The  preliminary  estimates  of  overall 
strength  and  composition  of  Armed  Forces  to  be 
made  available  to  the  Security  Council  by  Mem- 
ber Nations  of  the  United  Nations,  including  the 
determination  of  the  overall  strength  and  composi- 
tion of  the  three  principal  Services  of  Armed 
Forces — land,  sea  and  air. 

(2)  The  preliminary  estimates  of  the  strength 
and  composition  of  the  Armed  Forces  to  be  made 
available  to  the  Security  Council  by  the  five  Per- 
manent Members  of  the  Security  Council,  includ- 
ing the  determination  of  the  strength  and  compo- 
sition of  the  three  principal  Services  of  Armed 
Forces — land,  sea  and  air. 

(3)  The  preliminary  estimates  of  the  strength 
and  composition  of  the  Armed  Foi"ces  to  be  made 
available  to  the  Security  Council  by  the  other 
Member  Nations,  including  the  determination  of 
the  strength  and  composition  of  the  three  principal 
Services  of  Armed  Forces — land,  sea  and  air. 

(4)  Preparation  of  a  Draft  Standard  Form  of 
Special  Agreement. 

( h )  Agreed  to  set  up  a  Sub-Committee  with  the 
following  Terms  of  Reference  to  examine  the  ques- 
tion of  Overall  Strength  and  Composition: 

'  U.N.  doc.  S/956,  Aug.  9,  1948. 


August  29,    1948 


263 


THB  UNITBD  NATIONS   AND  SPECIALIZBD  >»GENC(ES 

(1)  A  Sub- Committee  is  hereby  established  and 
instructed  to  commence  informal  discussion,  in  the 
light  of  the  General  Principles  -  submitted  to  the 
Security  Council,  on  the  question  of  the  Overall 
Strength  and  Composition  of  the  Armed  Forces 
to  be  made  available  to  the  Security  Council  by 
Member  Nations  of  the  United  Nations. 

(2)  The  Sub-Committee  is  to  make  recommenda- 
tions to  the  Military  Staff  Committee  as  to  the 
Overall  Strength  and  Composition  of  the  Armed 
Forces  including  the  strength  of  the  three  Serv- 
ices— land,  sea  and  air,  after  the  General  Prin- 
ciples have  been  approved  by  the  Security  Council. 
The  Sub-Committee  is  to  report  progress  not  later 
than  30  June  1947. 

(3)  In  the  event  the  Sub-Committee  being  un- 
able to  reach  agreement  with  regard  to  the  problem 
as  a  whole,  or  the  method  of  approach  to  the  prob- 
lem, further  guidance  from  the  Military  Staff 
Committee  is  to  be  requested  without  delay. 

(c)  Took  note: 

(1)  That  the  Chinese,  French,  U.K.  and  U.S. 


Delegations  considered  that  Problems  1  and  4  of 
the  Programme  of  Work  should  be  considered 
first  and  concurrently : 

(2)  That  the  U.^.S.K  Delegation  considered 
that  Problem  1  of  the  Programme  of  Work  should 
be  considered  first. 

(d)  Took  note  that  all  Delegations  reserved  the 
right  to  request  the  Military  Staff  Committee  to  re- 
consider, at  any  time,  the  question  of  setting  up  a 
Sub-Committee  to  consider  the  preparation  of  a 
Draft  Standard  Form  of  Special  Agreement." 

J6  Augvst  19J,8  ^ 

Sir,  I  have  the  honour  to  forward  to  you  the  at- 
tached letter  from  the  USSR  Delegation,  setting 
forth  the  divergent  views  of  that  Delegation,  to 
which  reference  was  made  in  my  previous  letter 
dated  6  August  1948.  (Document  S/95G). 
I  have  the  honour  [etc.] 

R.  L.  McCeeery, 
Genei-al,  British  Army 
Chairman,  Military  Staff  Committee 


I 


LETTER  TO  THE  PRESIDENT  OF  THE  SECURITY  COUNCIL  FROM  THE 

SOVIET  DELEGATION 


Sir,  The  USSR  Delegation  has  the  honour  to 
submit  to  the  Security  Council  its  point  of  view 
on  the  substance  of  questions  set  out  in  the  letter 
to  the  Security  Council  of  6  August  1948,  MS/417, 
which  was  addressed  to  you  by  the  United  States, 
United  Kingdom,  French  and  Chinese  Dele- 
gations. 

The  USSR  Delegation  can  not  agree  with  the 
assertion  made  in  the  said  letter  that  the  Military 
Staff  Committee  can  not  continue  its  work. 

The  USSR  Delegation  considers  that  the  Mili- 
tary Staff  Committee  can  continue  its  woi'k  by 
consecutive  examination  of  the  questions  set  out  in 
tlie  Program  of  Work  which  was  adopted  by  the 
Military  Staff  Committee  at  its  Forty-Fourth 
Meeting  on  1.5  May  1947  (MS/271/M44). 

On  the  basis  of  these  considerations  the  USSR 
Delegation,  at  the  Eighty-First  Meeting  of  the 
Military  Staff  Committee  made  a  proposal  to  be- 
gin informal  consideration  of  Item  II  of  the  Pro- 
gram of  Work,  namely : 

To  discuss  "The  preliminary  estimates  of  the 
stiength  and  composition  of  the  Armed  Forces  to 

■  MS/264. 

'  U.N.  iloc.  S/071,  Aug.  17,  1948. 


be  made  available  to  the  Security  Council  by  the 
five  Pernmnent  Members  of  the  Security  Council, 
including  the  determination  of  the  strength  and 
composition  of  the  three  principal  Services  of 
Armed  Forces- — land,  sea  and  air." 

However,  the  United  States,  United  Kingdom, 
French  and  Chinese  Delegations  did  not  agree 
with  this. 

Tlie  USSR  Delegation  admitted  and  still  admits 
that  the  absence  of  agreed  General  Principles  cre- 
ates difficulties  in  the  work  of  the  Military  Staff 
Committee.  The  USSR  Representatives  have  al- 
M'ays  been  of  the  opinion  that  for  the  successful 
work  of  the  Military  Staff  Committee,  it  was  neces- 
sary to  agree  upon  General  Principles.  At  the 
same  time  the  USSR  Delegation  considers  that 
pending  the  consideration  of  the  General  Princi- 
ples by  the  Security  Council,  the  Military  Staff 
Committee  could  in  an  informal  and  preliminary 
manner  consider  Item  II  of  the  Program  of  Work, 
as  it  has  considered  Item  I  of  the  Program  dealing 
with  the  estimate  of  the  overall  strength  and  com- 
position of  the  Armed  Forces. 

As  is  known,  when  previously,  the  Representa- 
tives of  the  other  countries  considered  it  possible  to 
discuss  the  question  of  overall  strength  and  compo- 
sition without  reaching  an  agreement  on  the  Gen- 


264 


Departtnenf  of  State  Bulletin 


eral  Principles,  the  USSR  Representatives  had 

a<rrced  on  an  informal  ilisrussion  of  tiiese  (luestions 
in  tlie  ^Military  Statf  Committee.  The  question  to 
follow  is  tlie  strength  of  the  Armed  Foices  to  he 
made  availahle  hy  tlie  five  Permanent  Members  of 
the  Security  Council. 

The  USSR  Delegation  is  of  the  opinion  that 
the  consideration  of  the  Program  of  Work  of  the 
Militai-y  Staff  Connnittee,  item  by  item,  would 
allow  the  Military  Staff  Committee  to  prepare  the 
necessary  data  for  the  working  out  of  the  Standard 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS   AND   SPECIAUZBD   AGENCIES 

Form  of  Special  Agi-eement  mentioned  in  para- 
graphs 4  and  5  of  the  letter  by  the  four  Delega- 
tiojis. 

At  the  same  time,  the  USSR  Delegation  con- 
siders it  inadvisable  to  discuss  the  question  of  the 
Standard  Form  of  Agreement  before  the  General 
Principles  have  been  agreed  upon. 
Respectfully  yours, 

A.  P.  Sharapov, 
Lieutenant  General,  USSR  Air  Force, 
USSR  Delegation 


The  Question  of  Displaced  Persons 


LETTER  FROM  AMBASSADOR  WARREN   R.  AUSTIN  TO  THE  SECRETARY-GENERAL 


August  17, 19J,S 
Excellency:  With  regard  to  the  Assistant  Sec- 
retary General's  communication  of  August  3,  1948 
requesting  information  from  the  United  States 
Government  in  the  matters  of  Jewish  and  Arab 
displaced  persons  and  relief  and  assistance  to  such 
persons.  I  have  the  honor  to  transmit  the  follow- 
ing reply  from  my  Government. 

(a)  Question  of  Displaced  Persons  of  Jewish 
Natioimlity  in  Europe.  Since  the  beginning  of  the 
Nazi  regime  in  Germany  the  United  States  has 
.shown  consistent  concern  with  the  problem  of 
Jewish  refugees  which  arose  with  the  advent  to 
power  of  that  regime.  The  United  States  took 
the  initiative  in  convening  the  Inter-Governmental 
Committee  on  Refugees  which  prior  to  the  out- 
break of  war  on  September  1,  1939,  assisted  in  the 
emigration  and  the  resettlement  of  Jewish  dis- 
placed pei-sons  in  AVestern  Eui'opean  countries  and 
the  Western  Hemisphere.  By  that  date,  Palestine, 
the  United  States,  and  Latin  American  countries 
had  absorbed  approximately  270,000,  in  efjual  jno- 
portions.  and  20,000  had  reached  Shanghai.  Ac- 
cording to  annual  reports  of  the  United  States 
Innnigration  Service,  during  the  ten-year  period 
from  July  1,  1933  to  June  30,  1943,  165,756  Jewish 
immigrants  were  achnitted  to  the  United  States 
from  all  countries  and  52,406  Jewish  non-immi- 
grants were  likewise  admitted.  The  total  of  these 
two  groups  is  218.162. 

In  1944,  the  United  States  organized  the  War 
Refugee  Board  which  was  composed  of  the  Sec- 
retaries of  State,  Ti-easury  and  War  of  the  United 
States.  The  Board  acted  vigorously  until  the  end 
of  World  War  II  in  relief  to  and  the  assistance  of 
Jewish  displaced  persons  fi'om  Euroi:)e,  and  it  co- 
operated closely  with  the  Inter-Governmental 
Committee  on  Refugees,  the  International  Com- 

August  29,    1948 

803361—48 3 


mittee  of  the  Red  Cross  and  the  Governments  of  a 
number  of  countries  notably  Sweden,  Switzerland 
and  Turkey.  Of  several  thousand  refugees  as- 
sisted by  the  Board  in  reaching  countries  of  refuge, 
982  persons,  of  which  most  were  Jews,  were  ad- 
mitted to  the  United  States  under  tire  auspices  of 
the  Board  in  that  year.  Under  the  directive  of  the 
President,  dated  December  22, 1945,  United  States 
visas  were  issued  from  March  31,  1946  through 
April  30,  1948  to  34,365  refugees,  of  which  22,747 
were  Jews.  Since  1946,  the  United  States  has 
acted  in  and  outside  the  United  Nations  to  achieve 
activation  of  the  Iro  and  now  contributes  $71,000,- 
000  a  year,  or  45  per  cent  of  its  budget. 

As  of  June  30,  1948,  there  were  124,825  Jewish 
displaced  persons  in  the  United  States  Zone  of 
Germany  and  18,250  in  the  United  States  Zone  of 
Austria ;  a  total  of  143,075.  I  understand  that  as 
of  the  same  date  there  were  aj^proximately  18,000 
in  Italy.  The  Pciro  is  providing  care,  mainte- 
nance and  resettlement  of  displaced  persons,  in- 
cluding Jews,  in  Central  Europe  without  favor  or 
discrimination.  Recruitment  of  displaced  persons 
for  resettlement  is  entirely  in  the  hands  of  the 
Immigration  Selection  Missions  of  the  receiving 
countries,  and  overseas  transportation  for  such 
persons  as  are  accepted  by  these  Selection  Missions 
is  provided  by  the  Pciro.  Jewish  Voluntary  Agen- 
cies are  also  assisting  in  overseas  re-ettlement  and 
are  sharing  transportation  costs  with  the  Prepara- 
tory Commission  for  the  movement  of  individuals 
to  overseas  destinations. 

I  might  say,  further,  that  the  United  States  Con- 
gress has  recently  passed   legislation   admitting 


•  U.N.  doc.  S/976,  Aug.  18,  1948. 


265 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS    AND   SPECIALIZED   AGENCIES 

205,000  displaced  persons  in  the  next  two  years, 
of  which  a  certain  portion  will  be  Jews.  In  addi- 
tion, it  is  probable  that  from  10,000  to  20,000  Jews 
will  be  admitted  during  the  same  period  under 
the  normal  immigration  laws  of  the  United  States, 
and  it  is  anticipated  that  the  Congress,  at  its  next 
session,  will  give  further  consideration  to  this 
problem. 

The  United  States,  in  cooperation  with  the 
United  Kingdom,  Brazil  and  the  Netherlands,  has 
presented  a  resolution  on  displaced  persons  to  the 
Economic  and  Social  Council  now  meeting  in 
Geneva.  This  resolution  urges  the  Pciro  to  con- 
tinue efforts  for  the  repatriation  of  refugees  and 
disj^laced  persons  to  tlieir  countries  of  origin  in 
accordance  with  the  Iro  constitution,  stresses  the 
need  for  accelerated  resettlement  of  nonrepatriable 
refugees  and  displaced  persons,  and  urges  govern- 
ments to  admit  these  to  the  maximum  limit  of  their 
capacity. 

( b )  Question  of  Arab  Refugees  in  Palestine  and 
Neighbouring  Countries.  Appropriate  reports  on 
this  situation  can  best  be  furnished  by  the  Mediator 
and  the  countries  directly  concerned.  However, 
the  situation  of  the  Arab  refugees  in  Palestine  and 
neighbouring  countries  gives  the  United  States 
Government  cause  for  serious  alarm,  not  only  from 
a  humanitarian  point-of-view,  since  the  lot  of  a 
very  high  proportion  of  these  refugees  is  desperate, 
or  will  become  so  shortly,  but  also  because  of  the 
effect  of  this  problem  on  the  prospects  of  a  peaceful 
adjustment  of  the  future  situation  in  Palestine. 
Paragraph  (c)  below  will  indicate  what  is  contem- 
plated or  being  done  in  relief  of  and  assistance  to 
this  group. 


{c)  Question  of  Relief  and  Assistance  to  Above. 
Paragraph  (a)  above  has  mentioned  relief  and 
assistance  for  the  cai'e  and  maintenance  and  reset- 
tlement of  Jewish  displaced  persons  in  Europe, 
provided  by  the  Pciro  and  Jewish  Voluntary 
Agencies.  The  United  States'  annual  contribution 
to  the  Pciro  has  also  been  mentioned.  Among 
contributions  to  Near  Eastern  refugees  in  general 
by  voluntary  agencies  of  the  United  States,  I  might 
mention  medical  and  hospital  supplies  and  clothmg 
in  the  amount  of  $250,000  made  available  since 
April  by  the  American  Red  Cross  to  the  Interna- 
tional Committee  of  the  Red  Cross  for  this  purpose. 
This  is  a  continuing  process  by  which  the  American 
Red  Cross  is  endeavoring  to  supply  what  it  can  of 
the  needs  of  the  International  Red  Cross  in  the 
Near  East  area.  I  might  mention  also  that  Church 
World  Service  is  shipping  38,000  pounds  of  cloth- 
ing and  175  pounds  of  vitamins  to  the  American 
School  of  Oriental  Research  in  Palestine,  which 
is  the  distributing  agency  for  American  Voluntary 
Relief. 

The  Secretary  of  State  has  received  a  direct  ap- 
peal from  the  Mediator  for  specific  relief  items 
in  considerable  quantities.  Tlie  burden  on  con- 
tributing agencies  will  be  heavy,  but  my  Govern- 
ment very  much  hopes  that  this  appeal  will  be 
met  with  the  traditional  American  generosity  to- 
ward those  in  need. 

{d)  The  Question  of  Jewish  Refugees  detained 
on  Cyprus.  As  in  the  case  of  question  (&),  my 
Government  considers  that  pertinent  information 
can  best  be  obtained  from  other  competent  sources. 

Accept  [etc.] 

Warren  E.  Austin 


APPEAL  FOR  U.S.  AID  FOR  JEWISH  AND  ARAB  REFUGEES 


Count  Folke  Bernadottc.  Palestine  Mediator.,  to 
Secretary  Marshall  ^ 

[Released  to  the  press  August  17] 

Delivered  August  16, 1948 
As  Mediator  for  Palestine  I  am  convinced  that 
successful  mediation  can  only  continue  if  solution 
can  be  found  for  most  ui-gent  aspects  of  great 
human  disaster  affecting  330,000  destitute  Arab 
refugees  from  Jewish-controlled  areas  and  7,000 
Jewish  refugees.  Their  condition  is  desperate; 
30  percent  are  children  under  five  j'ears  of  age 
and  over  10  percent  pregnant  women,  nursing 
mothers,  and  they  are  almost  entirely  without 
food  except  short  supplies  of  flour. 

'  Printed  from  telegraphic  text. 


Considering  the  extent  and  importance  of  your 
usual  trade  relationships  with  countries  of  the 
Middle  East  including  Palestine,  will  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  of  America  assist  to 
alleviate  this  sudden  human  disaster,  comparable 
to  an  earthquake  or  tidal  wave,  by  donating  and 
diverting  to  me  at  Beirut  or  Aqaba  2,500  tons  of 
wheat,  100  tons  of  canned  meat,  50  tons  of  cheese, 
50  tons  of  butter,  and  20  tons  of  DDT,  10  percent 
immediately  from  your  supplies  seaborne  or  in 
the  nearest  ports  and  further  90  percent  within 
three  months  at  the  latest.  The  full  quantity  of 
DDT  is  essential  immediately  and  is  asked  for 
from  suijplies  in  Greece. 

I  am  api^lying  to  the  International  Children's 
Emergency  Fund  for  special  supplementary  pro- 
vision for  infants,  children,  pregnant  women,  and 
nursing  mothers. 


266 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Essential  factor  is  time  as  they  are  being  swept 
by  e{)i(leniii'  diseases,  winter  is  approaching,  and 
many  nuist  die.  Deeply  grateful  if  you  would 
also  publish  this  appeal  in  j'our  daily  papers  and 
telegrapli  me  your  decision  at  Rhodes  within  ten 
days. 

Bernadotte 
Palestine  Mediator 


Secretary  Marshall  to  Count  Bernadotte 

[Released  to  the  press  August  20] 

Augwt  20, 19^8 
In  response  to  your  appeal  of  August  16  to  this 
Government    for    assistance    in    alleviating    the 


THE  UmiBO  NATIONS  AND  SPECIALIZED  AGENCIES 

refugee  problem  in  the  Near  East,  the  Department 
is  working  with  other  agencies  of  the  Government 
to  determine  what  can  be  done  quickly  and  practi- 
cally. American  Red  Cross  and  private  relief 
agencies  have  already  responded  by  pledging  the 
total  amount  of  DDT  and  by  committing  funds  to 
provide  for  immediate  purchase  of  ten  per  cent  of 
the  total  food  supplies.  Details  concerning  spe- 
cific.contributions  and  channels  of  supply  will  be 
provided  as  soon  as  possible.  I  am  confident  that 
American  private  organizations  and  relief  agen- 
cies will  continue  to  I'espond  generously  to  your 
appeal  on  behalf  of  the  peoples  of  the  Near  East. 
The  President  is  giving  his  full  support  to  these 
measures. 


Security  Council  Resolution  on  Control  of  Dissidents  Among  Jews  and  Arabs ' 


The  Security  Council, 

Taking  into  account  communications  from  the 
Mediator  concerning  the  situation  in  Jerusalem, 

Directs  the  attention  of  the  governments  and 
authorities  concerned  to  the  Resolution  of  the  Se- 
curity Council  of  15  July  1948,  and 

Decides  pursuant  to  its  Resolution  of  15  July 
1948,  and  so  informs  the  governments  and  authori- 
ties concerned,  that : 

(a)  Each  party  is  responsible  for  the  actions 
of  both  regular  and  irregular  forces  operating 
under  its  authority  or  in  territory  under  its  con- 
trol; 


(h)  Each  party  has  the  obligation  to  use  all 
means  at  its  disposal  to  prevent  action  violating 
the  Truce  by  individuals  or  groups  who  are  sub- 
ject to  its  authority  or  who  are  in  territoiy  under 
its  control; 

(c)  Each  party  has  the  obligation  to  bring  to 
speedy  trial  and  in  case  of  conviction  to  punish- 
ment, any  and  all  persons  within  their  jurisdiction 
who  are  involved  in  a  breach  of  the  Truce ; 

(d)  No  party  is  permitted  to  violate  the  Truce 
on  the  ground  that  it  is  undertaking  reprisals  or 
retaliations  against  the  other  party; 

(e)  No  party  is  entitled  to  gain  military  or  po- 
litical advantage  through  violation  of  the  Truce. 


Commission  for  Conventional  Armaments 


RESOLUTION  ON   FORMULATION  OF  PROPOSALS  FOR  REGULATION  AND  REDUCTION  OF 

ARMAMENTS  AND  ARMED  FORCES' 


The  Commission  for  Conventional  Armaments 
recommends  that  the  following  principles  should 
govern  the  formulation  of  practical  proposals  for 
the  establishment  of  a  system  for  the  regulation 
and  reduction  of  armaments  and  armed  forces: 

1.  A  system  for  the  regulation  and  reduction  of 
armaments  and  armed  forces  should  provide  for 
the  adherence  of  all  States.  Initially  it  must  in- 
clude at  least  all  States  having  substantial  mili- 
tary resources. 

2.  A  system  of  regulation  and  reduction  of 
armaments  and  armed  forces  can  only  be  put  into 
effect  in  an  atmosphere  of  international  confidence 
and  security.  Measures  for  the  regulation  and 
reduction  of  armaments  which  would  follow  the 


establishment  of  the  necessary  degree  of  confi- 
dence might  in  turn  be  expected  to  increase  con- 
fidence and  so  justify  further  measures  of  regu- 
lation and  reduction. 

3.  Examples    of   conditions    essential    to    such 
confidence  and  security  are : 

(a)   The  establishment  of  an  adequate  system  of 
agreements  under  Article  43  of  the  Charter.    Until 


'U.N.  doc.  S/983,  Aug.  20,  1948.  Submitted  jointly  by 
the  Kepresentatives  of  Canada.  France,  tlie  U.K.,  and  the 
U.S.    Adopted  by  the  Security  Council  on  Aug.  19,  1948. 

"U.N.  doc.  S/C.3/31,  Aug.  15,  1948.  Adopted  at  the 
13th  meeting  of  the  Commission  for  Conventional  Arma- 
ments on  Aug.  12,  1948. 


August  29,    1948 


267 


THE   UN/TED   NATIONS   AND   SPECIALIZED    AGENCIES 

llic  agreed  foi'ces  are  pledged  to  the  Security 
Council  an  essential  .step  in  establishing  a  system 
of  collective  security  will  not  have  been  taken. 

(5)  The  establishment  of  international  control 
of  atomic  energy.  It  is  a  basic  assumption  of  the 
work  of  the  Connnission  for  Conventional  Arma- 
ments tliat  the  Atomic  Energy  Commission  will 
make  specific  proposals  for  the  elimination  from 
national  armaments  of  atomic  weapons  and  other 
weapons  of  mass  destruction. 

(e)  The  conclusion  of  the  peace  settlements 
with  Germany  and  Japan.  Conditions  of  inter- 
national peace  and  security  will  not  be  fully  es- 
tablished until  measures  have  been  agreed  upon 
which  will  prevent  these  States  from  undertaking 
aggressive  action  in  the  future. 

4.  A  system  for  the  regulation  and  reduction 
of  armaments  and  armed  forces,  in  order  to  make 
]5ossible  I  lie  least  diversion  for  armaments  of  the 
world's  human  and  economic  resources  pui-suant  to 
Article  26  of  the  Charter  of  the  United  Nations, 
must  limit  armaments  and  armed  forces  to  those 


wliicli  are  consistent  with  and  indispensable  to  the 
maintenance  of  international  peace  and  security. 
Such  armaments  and  armed  foi'ces  should  not  ex- 
ceed those  necessary  for  the  implementation  of 
members'  obligations  and  the  pi'otection  of  their 
rights  under  tlie  Charter  of  the  United  Nations. 

5.  A  system  for  the  regulation  and  reduction  of 
ai'maments  and  armed  forces  must  include  an 
adequate  system  of  safeguards,  which  bj'  including 
an  agreed  system  of  international  supervision  will 
ensure  the  observance  of  the  provisions  of  the 
treaty  or  convention  by  all  parties  thereto.  A 
system  of  safeguards  cannot  be  adequate  unless  it 
possesses  the  following  characteristics : 

(a)   it  is  technically  feasible  and  practical ; 

(i)  it  is  capable  of  detecting  promptly  the  oc- 
currence of  violations; 

((?)  it  causes  the  minimum  interference  with, 
and  imposes  the  miniinmn  burdens  on,  any  aspect 
of  the  life  of  individual  nations. 

6.  Provision  must  be  made  for  effective  enforce- 
ment action  in  the  event  of  violations. 


RESOLUTION   DEFINiNG  ARMAMENTS  = 


The  Commission  for  Conventional  Armaments 
resolves  to  advise  the  Security  Coimcil : 

1.  that  it  considers  that  all  armaments  and 
armed  forces,  except  atomic  weapons  and  weapons 
of  mass  destruction,  fall  within  its  jurisdiction  and 
that  weapons  of  mass  destruction  should  be  defined 
to  include  atomic  explosive  weapons,  radio  active 


material  weapons,  lethal  chemical  and  biological 
weapons,  and  any  weapons  developed  in  the  future 
which  have  characteristics  comparable  in  des- 
tructive efi'ect  to  those  of  the  atomic  bomb  or  other 
weapons  mentioned  above. 

2.  that  it  proposes  to  proceed  with  its  work  on 
the  basis  of  the  above  definition. 


Status  of  Establishment  of  Permanent  Headquarters  of  FAO 


The  Acting  Director  General  of  FAO  to  Secretary 
Marshall 

May  25, 194S 
SiK,  You  will  recall  that  the  Director-General  at 
the  i-equest  of  the  Conference  submitted  to  the 
Geneva  Session  of  the  Conference  of  Fag  a  com- 
prehensive report  dealing  with  the  selection  of  a 
permanent  site  for  the  head([uarters  of  the  Or- 
ganization (Doc.  C47/28).    The  Conference,  after 

'  U.N.  doc.  S/C.3/30,  Aug.  13,  1048.  Adopted  at  the  13th 
meeting  of  the  Commissiou  for  Cuuvontional  Armaments 
on  Aug.  12,  1948. 

■*  Not  printed. 


detailed  consideration  of  this  Eeport,  concluded 
that  further  investigation  was  necessary  and  re- 
ferred the  matter  to  the  Council  of  Fao. 

The  Council  at  its  First  Session  agreed  that  the 
further  investigations  to  be  carried  out  should  not 
cover  the  same  ground  as  the  previous  report,  but 
should  rather  attempt  to  supi^Iement  it  by  con- 
sidering specific  proposals  made  by  Member  Gov- 
ernments ii:  the  light  of  the  actual  requiremnts  of 
the  Organization. 

On  that  basis  the  Council  set  up  a  Committee 
which  submitted  the  attached  report  *  to  the  second 
Session  of  the  Council. 

It  will  be  noted  in  this  report,  which  has  been 
approved  by  the  Council,  that  a  Sub-Committee 


268 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


(composed  of  the  representatives  of  Chile,  China, 
Czi'chosl()v;iki;i,  United  Kiiijitloni.  X 'iiion  of  South 
Africa  and  the  Cojnniittee  on  Fimuuial  Control) 
has  been  set  up  to  proceed  without  delay  with 
further  investigations  and  negotiations  concern- 
ino;  the  sites  wliich  liave  already  been,  or  may  yet 
be,  suiigested  for  the  permanent  lieadquarters,  in 
order  tliat  a  final  decision  may  be  taken  at  the  next 
Annual  Conference. 

In  making  the  final  appraisal,  the  Sub-Com- 
mittee must  take  into  consideration  the  speciKc 
factors  set  out  in  paragraph  3  of  the  enclosed 
report,  and,  as  emphasized  by  Mr.  Boerma,  the 
delegate  of  the  Netherlands  to  the  Council,  ^vill 
have  to  consider  from  the  point  of  view  of  liaison, 
wliere  the  other  international  specialized  agencies 
will  establisli  their  permanent  headquarters,  as 
well  as  the  advantage  of  being  within  easy  access 
to  a  city  where  diplomatic  representatives  are  sta- 
tioned. Tiie  Council  agreed,  upon  the  suggestion 
of  Mr.  Viljoen,  the  delegate  from  tlie  Union  of 
South  Africa,  that  because  of  the  limited  funds 
available  to  Fag,  the  financial  implications  must 
necessarily  be  given  special  attention. 

After  consultation  with  the  Chairman  of  the 
Site  Connnittee,  I  have  tlie  honor  to  request  any 
comments  on  the  report  itself,  as  well  as  a  detailed 
indication  of  any  specific  proposals  regarding  a 
suitable  site  which  your  Government  might  wish  to 
submit.  Such  proposals  should  be  sent  to  me  on 
or  before  July  1st,  1948,  in  order  that  the  Sub- 
Connuittee  can  consider  them  along  with  other 
proposals  that  may  be  received,  with  a  view  to  sub- 
mitting to  the  next  Session  of  the  Council  a  list  of 
proposed  sites  together  with  an  appraisal  of  their 
relative  merits. 

It  will  be  very  mucli  appreciated  if  your  Gov- 
ernment will  consider  this  matter  as  urgent. 

Accept  [etc.] 

Noble  Clark 
Acting  Director  General 


THE   UNITBD   NATIONS    AND   SPBCIAUZED   AGENCIES 

Secretary  Marshall  to  the  Director  General 
of  FAO 

t  Released  to  the  press  August  19] 

August  18,  194s 
Sir:  I  refer  to  your  conununication  of  May  25, 
1948  with  reference  to  the  establishment  of  a  Com- 
mittee on  Site  of  the  Council  of  the  Food  and 
Agriculture  Organization  of  United  Nations  to 
consider  such  information  as  may  have  been  sent 
to  the  Dii'ector  General  by  Member  Governments 
of  the  Organization  with  regard  to  the  establish- 
ment of  tlie  permanent  site  of  tlie  Organization 
in  tlieir  countries.  The  Government  and  people 
of  tlie  United  States  would  consider  it  an  honor 
for  the  permanent  site  of  the  Organization  to  be 
located  in  this  country  and  will  undertake  to  assist 
the  Organization  in  developing  adequate  head- 
quarters facilities  in  the  United  States.  As  evi- 
dence of  the  interest  of  the  American  people  the 
Secretary  of  Agriculture  has  advised  me  of  let- 
ters he  has  received  from  Allen  B.  Kline,  Presi- 
dent, American  Farm  Bureau  Federation,  John 
W.  Davis,  Executive  Secretary,  National  Council 
of  Farmer  Cooperatives,  Russell  Smith,  Legisla- 
tive Secretary,  National  Farmers  Union,  Albert 
S.  Goss,  President,  National  Grange  and  Charles 
E.  Jackson,  General  Manager,  National  Fisheries 
Institute  of  the  United  States,  all  of  whom  indicate 
their  keenest  interest  in  having  the  Fag  located 
permanently  in  this  country. 

I  realize  that  it  may  take  some  time  to  arrive 
at  a  decision  as  to  an  appropriate  permanent  head- 
quarters arrangement  after  the  needs  of  the  Or- 
ganization are  definitely  determined.  During  the 
period  while  the  Organization  is  located  in  its 
temporary  headquarters  in  Washington  every  ef- 
fort will  be  made  to  see  that  measures  are  taken 
to  make  available  adequate  headquarters  facilities 
for  the  Organization. 

Very  truly  yours, 

G.  C.  Marshall 


AnnuaS  Report  of  the  Secretary-General  on  the  Work  of  the  Organization  ^ 


On  July  5,  1948,  the  Secretary -General  of  the 
United  Nations  released  his  third  annual  report 
on  the  work  of  tlie  organization,  covering  the 
period  from  July  1,  1947.  to  June  30,  1948. 

Emphasis  at  the  beginning  of  the  introduction 
is  placed  on  tlie  United  Nations  as  the  chief  force 
in  luilding  the  world  together.  The  Secretary- 
General  states  that  "It  is  time  to  stop  justifying 
the  setbacks  experienced  by  the  United  Nations 
and  to  "start  by  recognizing  tiiat  tlie  United  Na- 
tions has  become  the  chief  force  that  holds  the 
world  together  against  all  tlie  conflicting  strains 
and  stresses  that  are  pulling  it  apart.'" 

August  29,    J 948 


In  reviewing  the  record  of  the  last  year,  the 
Secretarj'-General  in  the  introduction  briefly  sum- 
marizes the  progress  made  in  the  Palestine  prob- 
lem, the  cases  of  Indonesia,  Kaslimir,  Greece,  and 
Korea,  the  Interim  Committee  actions,  atomic 
energy  and  regulation  of  armaments,  develop- 
ments in  the  International  Court  of  Justice,  the 
accession  to  the  general  convention  on  the  priv- 


'  Lssued  as  U.  N.  doc.  A/SGT),  siippleinent  no.  1.  l.".r>  W- 
For  sale  by  International  Documents  Service,  Columbia 
University  Press,  2090  Broadway,  New  Yorli  City.  Price 
$l..-)0. 

269 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS   AND   SPECIALIZED   AGENCIES 

ileges  and  immunities  of  the  United  Nations, 
international  law  procedures,  conditions  in  non- 
self-governing  territories,  economic  reconstruction 
and  recovery,  world-wide  and  regional  economic 
cooperation,  human  rights,  improving  social  con- 
ditions, and  specialized  agencies  and  the  question 
of  coordination. 

The  Secretary-General  concludes  his  introduc- 
tion by  setting  forth  the  following  proposals  for 
strengthening  the  United  Nations :  resumption  of 
negotiations  between  the  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica, the  United  Kingdom,  the  Union  of  Soviet 
Socialist  Republics,  and  France  on  the  future  of 
Germany;  fuller  use  of  the  existing  2:)owers  of  the 
Security  Council  for  the  settlement  of  interna- 
tional disputes  and  for  the  preservation  of  peace ; 
renewed  efforts  to  break  the  deadlocks  which  have 
blocked  all  progress  in  the  Military  Staff  Com- 
mittee; creation  of  a  small  United  Nations  Guard 
Force  to  be  placed  at  the  disposal  of  the  Security 
Council  and  the  General  Assembly;  control  of 
weapons  of  mass  destruction  other  than  atomic 
energy  and  also  the  control  of  bacteriological  and 
lethal-chemical  weapons;  and  universality  of 
membership. 

In  conclusion,  the  Secertary-General  stresses 
the  importance  of  the  United  Nations  to  the  future 
as  follows : 

"Finally,  I  would  urge  once  again  upon  Member 
Governments  the  importance  to  the  future  of  the 
United  Nations  and  to  the  more  rapid  development 
of  world  law,  and  respect  for  law,  of  giving  all 
possible  weight  and  suppoi-t  to  the  decisions  of 
the  General  Assembly  and  of  the  Councils,  even 
though  they  be  in  the  form  of  recommendations  to 
the  Member  States. 


"The  gi'owth  in  effectiveness  of  the  Organization 
will  be  measured  by  the  extent  to  which  it  draws 
upon  and  adapts  to  new  uses  the  rich  reservoir  of 
histoi'ical  experience  in  parliamentary  institutions 
and  the  other  institutions  of  democratic  govern- 
ment. It  is  necessary  that  the  practice  of  observ- 
ing the  will  of  the  General  Assembly  should  be 
extended  and  more  firmly  established  year  by  year. 
Only  in  this  way  can  we  advance  toward  that 
world  rule  of  law,  which  is  the  ultimate  objective 
of  us  all." 

The  first  pait  of  the  report  reviews  the  political 
and  security  questions  involving  Palestine,  Greece, 
Free  Territory  of  Trieste,  Egypt,  Indonesia,  India 
and  Pakistan,  Czechoslovakia,  Spain,  Korea,  meas- 
ures against  projoaganda,  voting  in  the  Security 
Council,  Interim  Committee,  and  others.  The 
second  part  discusses  economic  and  social  questions 
relative  to  relief  needs,  full  employment,  trade, 
fiscal  needs,  transport  and  communications,  hu- 
man rights,  status  of  women,  standards  of  living, 
narcotic  drugs,  and  coordination  and  relations 
with  specialized  agencies.  The  third  part  takes 
up  the  questions  of  triisteeship  and  non-self- 
governing  territories;  and  the  fourth,  legal  affairs 
pertaining  to  the  International  Court,  codification 
of  international  law,  jDrivileges  and  immunities, 
registration  of  treaties  and  international  agree- 
ments, and  the  emblem  and  flag  of  the  United 
Nations.  The  fifth  and  sixth  parts  cover  the  ques- 
tions of  development  of  public  understanding,  or- 
ganization, administration,  and  finance  respec- 
tively. 


Current  United  Nations  Documents:  A  Selected  Bibliography^ 


Economic  and  Social  Council 

Official  Rerortls,  Second  Year 

Fourth  Session.  From  tlie  fifty-f3r.st  meeting  (28  Feb- 
ruar.v  1947)  to  the  eiglity-fourth  meeting  (29  March 
19-17).     3G7   pp.     printed.     .$4.00. 

Economic  Commission  for  Asia  and  the  Far  East.  Third 
Session  Ootacaimind,  India.  The  International  Trade 
of  Rice  with  Special  Reference  to  Asia  and  the  Far 
East.    E/CN.11/04,  .lune  3.  1948.    37  pp.  mimeo. 

Report  and  Recommendations  regarding  Trade  Pro- 
motion.    E/CN.11/84,  April  30,  1948.     103  pp.  mimeo. 

Report  and  Recomm^endations  on  Training  of  Tech- 
nical I'ersonnel  in  the  Economic  Field  and  the  use  of 
Expert  Assistance  bv  Governments.  E/CN.11/83,  May 
26,  1948.    89  pp.  mimeo. 

'  Printed  materials  may  be  secured  in  the  United  States 
from  the  International  Documents  Service,  Columbia 
Univei-sity  Press,  2960  Broadwa.v,  New  York  City.  Other 
materials  (mimeographed  or  processed  documents)  may 
be  consulted  at  certain  de.signated  libraries  in  the  tJnited 
States. 


Committee  on  Arrangements  for  Consultation  with  Non- 
Governmental  Organizations :  I.  Tlie  Exploratory  Con- 
ference of  Non-Governmeutal  Organizations  Granted 
Consultative  Status  by  the  Economic  and  Social  Coun- 
cil of  the  United  Nations.  Palais  des  Nations,  Geneva ; 
15  and  21  May  li)48.  II.  The  Exploratory  Conference 
of  Non-Governmental  Organizations  on  the  Activity 
of  the  Economic  and  Social  Council  Especially  the 
Promotion  of  Human  Rights.  Palais  des  Nations, 
Geneva  ;  19  and  20  May  1948.  Submitted  by  the  World 
Federation  of  United  Nations  Associations  for  the 
Information  of  the  Economic  and  Social  Council  and 
the  Commission  on  Human  Rights.  E/C.2/98,  June  2, 
1948.    67  pp.  mimeo. 

Fifth  Session,  Supplement  No.  3.  Report  of  the  Eco- 
nomic Commission  for  Europe.  E/451,  July  29,  1947. 
20  pp.  printed.    300. 

Supplement  No.  8.  Interim  Report  by  the  Secre- 
tary-General on  Expert  Assistant  to  Member  Govern- 
ments. E/471,  July  17,  1947,  and  Add.  1,  2,  3.  36  pp. 
printed.     40^. 


270 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


INTERNATIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS  AND  CONFERENCES 


ICAO  Regional  Air  Navigation  Meetings 


EUROPEAN-MEDITERRANEAN 


Tlio  European-Mediterranenn  Regional  Air 
Xavipatioii  Meeting"  of  the  International  Civil 
Aviation  Or<;anization  (Igao)  held  at  Paris  May 
4—14.  1948.  was  the  initial  meeting  of  the  second 
series  of  Regional  Air  Navigation  Meetings.  Sub- 
sequent meetings  in  the  second  series  are  expected 
to  take  place  in  the  other  nine  Icao  regions  during 
the  next  three-year  period.  This  meeting  was  con- 
vened to  modernize  and  amplify  the  findings  and 
recommendations  of  the  first  European-Mediter- 
ranean meeting  which  was  held  at  Paris  in  May 
194G  and  to  resolve  certain  problems  that  had 
arisen  during  the  intervening  two  years  with  re- 
spect to  aircraft  operation,  telecommunications 
and  radio  aids,  meteorologv,  and  search  and  rescue. 

Fifteen  voting  states,  five  observer  states,  and 
four  international  organizations  were  present.^ 

The  United  States  Delegation,  under  the  chair- 
manship of  C.  P.  Burton,  Civil  Aeronautics  Ad- 
ministration, consisted  of  members  from  the  De- 
partments of  Air  Force.  Commerce,  Navy,  and 
Treasury  and  from  the  Civil  Aeronautics  Board, 
the  Federal  Communications  Commission,  and  the 
Air  Transport  Association.  The  Delegation  was 
assisted  by  representatives  from  OsKiUS  and  Usafi, 
who  brought  the  latest  information  from  the 
United  States  -  occupied  territories  in  Austria  and 
Germany. 

The  meeting  was  organized  into  a  general  com- 
mittee and  four  technical  committees  which  met 
concurrently  to  discuss  aircraft  operation,  tele- 
comr.iunications  and  radio  aids,  meteorology,  and 
search  and  rescue  problems.  Normally,  each  tech- 
nical committee  formed  two  or  more  working 
groups  which  laid  the  groundwork  and  prepared 
tlie  draft  material  for  more  formal  discussion  and 
resolution  by  the  Technical  Committees  and 
approval  by  the  General  Conmnittee. 

At  the  fii-st  meeting  of  the  General  Committee 
on  May  4,  Timothy  O'DriscoU  of  Ireland,  D. 
Haguenau  of  France,  and  V.  G.  Masdal  of  Den- 
mark, were  elected  Chairman,  first  Vice  Chairman 
and  Second  Vice  Chairman  respectively  of  the 
general  committee.  Frank  Entwistle,  Deputy 
Chief  of  the  Icao  Air  Navigation  Bureau,  was 
appointed  Secretary  General  of  the  meeting. 

The  results  of  the  meeting  vrere  quite  satisfac- 
tory to  the  United  States  as  the  United  States 


position  as  approved  by  the  Air  Coordinating 
Committee  was  upheld  throughout  with  but  one 
minor  exception  wherein  the  metric  system  for 
transmission  of  altimeter  settings  was  adopted  in 
lieu  of  the  U.S. -sponsored  English  system  (i.e. 
millibars  instead  of  inches  of  mercury).  Specific 
accomplishments  in  the  four  technical  fields  are 
given  in  brief  form  in  the  sections  that  follow. 

Aircraft  Operation 

In  the  consideration  of  standardization  of  ap- 
proach procedures  it  became  apparent  after  con- 
siderable discussion  that  complete  standardization 
could  not  be  reached  at  this  meeting.  However, 
as  the  procedures  now  in  effect  at  international 
airports  already  confornied  to  those  in  practice, 
there  appeared  little  to  be  gained  by  prolonging 
the  discussion  here.  Therefore,  it  was  decided 
that  the  matter  should  be  referred  to  the  Novem- 
ber meeting  of  the  Icao  Operations  Division  in 
Montreal  where  the  standardization  of  approach 
procedures  could  be  accomplished  on  a  world-wide 
basis. 

The  subject  of  altimeter  settings  provoked  con- 
siderable discussion  as  the  United  States,  Den- 
mark, the  Netherlands,  Norway,  and  Iata  proposed 
continued  use  of  QNH  -  while  France,  Italy, 
Switzerland,  and  the  United  Kingdom  favored 
changing  to  QFF.''  Although  it  has  been  proved 
that  no  ideal  system  exists  to  cover  traiEc  separa- 
tion, terrain  clearance,  and  approach  to  landing 
simiiltaneously,it  was  shown  that  the  QNH  system 

'Voting  states:  Czechoslovakia,  Denmark,  Egypt, 
France,  Greece,  Ireland,  Ital.v,  Netherlands,  Norway, 
Portu:;al,  Union  of  South  Africa,  Sweden,  Switzerland, 
United  Kingdom,  United  States ;  Observer  states :  Aus- 
tria, Brazil,  Finland,  Luxembourff.  Rumania;  Inter- 
national organizations:  International  Air  Transport  As- 
sociation, International  Aeronautical  Federation,  Inter- 
national Meteorological  Organization,  International  Civil 
Aviation  Organization. 

-  QNH  is  the  code  designation  indicating  the  atmospheric 
pressure  at  station  level  converted  to  mean  sea  level  in 
accordance  with  standard  atmosphere.  It  is  normally 
read  directly  from  the  station  altimeter  after  it  has  first 
been  set  to  the  station  elevation. 

'  QFF  is  the  code  designation  indicating  the  atmospheric 
pressure  at  station  level  converted  to  mean  .sea  level  in 
accordance  witii  meteorological  practices.  It  is  normally 
obtained  by  reading  the  station  barometer  and  adju.sting 
the  value  by  use  of  meteorological  tables. 


August  29,    1948 


271 


ACTIVITIES   AND   DEVELOPMENTS 

was  basically  more  practical  and  accurate  under 
all  conditions  than  any  other  system.  As  a  result 
the  decision  of  the  meeting  was  to  continue  use 
of  QNH. 

Airport  saturation,  as  evidenced  by  unreason- 
able delays  or  diversions,  was  studied  and  the 
basic  concept  of  prevention  of  satui'ation  by  im- 
provement of  facilities  and  services  was  advanced 
as  a  much  more  desirable  solution  than  the  concept 
of  the  State  exercising  control  by  forcing  curtail- 
ment or  staggering  of  schedules.  It  was  agreed 
that  saturation  problems  were  unique  to  each  air- 
port and  as  such  must  be  solved  by  individual 
studies  conducted  locally. 

Telecommunications  and  Radio  Aids  to 
Navigation 

The  Communications  Committee,  in  its  study 
of  fixed  aei'onautical  telecommunications  network 
organization,  developed  a  short-term  plan  involv- 
ing revision  and  augmentation  within  the  prin- 
ciple of  existing  organization  and  a  long-term  plan 
involving  considerations  of  new  principles  for  the 
organization.  The  former  plan  was  based  on  the 
European  Interim  Fixed  Radio  Service  prepared 
bj^  IcAo  and  brought  into  force  on  April  20,  1948. 
The  latter  plan  was  based  on  the  division  of  the 
European-Mediterranean  region  into  a  number  of 
subregions,  each  served  by  a  subregional  Com- 
munications Center  having  (a)  direct  high  capac- 
ity circuits  to  communication  centers  serving  other 
subregions  and  (h)  circuits  to  National  Com- 
munication Centers  and  major  aerodromes  within 
its  own  subregion.  These  plans  were  also  exam- 
ined as  to  their  sufficiency  for  search  and  rescue  re- 
quirements and  were  considered  adequate,  bearing 
in  mind  the  degree  of  priority  that  would  be  ap- 
propriate to  traffic  concerning  a  distress  operation. 

Considering  meteorological  fixed  telecommuni- 
cations services,  the  committee  endorsed  the  Imo 
resolution  taken  at  the  Brussels  Conference  in 
March  1948,  which  recommended  the  establish- 
ment of  a  teletypewriter  ring  system  for  western 
Europe.  Area  and  subarea  broadcasting  systems 
were  also  discussed,  and  desirable  changes  in  fre- 
quencies, power,  and  schedules  were  recommended. 

During  consideration  of  the  aeronautical  mobile 
telecommunications  services,  the  committee  rec- 
ommended provision  of  an  additional  HF  radio- 
telegraph chamiel  to  relieve  the  j^resent  conges- 
tion on  (iSlO  kilocycles.  Continued  use  of  MF 
radio-telegraph  is  still  required  at  certain  places, 
and  the  committee  recommended  that  these  re- 
quirements be  resolved  between  airline  agencies 
and  state  acbninistrations  concerned. 

Extension  of  the  use  of  VHF  radiotelephony  for 
aerodrome,  approach,  and  area  conti'ol  was  rec- 
ommended with  selection  of  frequencies  for  this 
purpose  to  lie  made  with  consideration  of  the  pres- 
ent equipment  limitations  from  those  now  in  use 
in  the  European-Mediterranean  region  and  adja- 


cent regions.  Deletion  of  two  high  frequencies 
now  used  for  apijroach  and  aerodrome  control  that 
have  been  found  to  be  not  suitable  for  the  service 
was  also  recommended.  Additional  high  fre- 
quencies that  are  more  suitable  for  this  service 
were  listed. 

Handling  of  flight  information  and  airline  oper- 
ating agency  traffic  was  discussed  by  the  committee 
with  the  result  that  a  i-ecommendation  was  drawn 
up  concerning  provisions  for  air/ground  com- 
munications to  transmit  this  traffic  over  long  and 
medium  distances.  Since  it  was  not  desirable  to 
utilize  the  existing  route  frequencies  for  this  pur- 
pose, a  channel  in  each  of  the  6,  8,  12,  and  17 
megacycle  bands  was  recommended  for  allocation 
to  this  service.  As  an  interim  measure,  one  chan- 
nel in  each  of  the  G,  11,  and  17  megacycle  bands 
was  recommended. 

So  far  as  the  ultimate  assignment  of  very  high 
frequencies  for  world-wide  application  was  con- 
cerned, the  committee  submitted  a  report  and  rec- 
ommendation to  IcAO  to  the  eifect  that  selection 
of  VH  frequencies  should  be  made  from  those  now 
in  use  in  other  regions  taking  into  consideration 
the  adaptability  to  aircraft  equipment  now  in  use. 

Simplex  and  duplex  systems  of  radiotelegraphic 
operation  were  reviewed  in  detail,  and  the  con- 
clusion reached  that  the  needs  of  the  European- 
Mediterranean  region  would  be  served  best  by 
simplex  or  a  modified  form  of  simplex  operations 
(which  might  be  called  adjacent  channel  simplex) 
in  which  the  ground  to  air  frequency  is  on  the  same 
channel  but  slightly  different  from  the  air  to 
ground  frequency.  It  was  further  agreed  that  the 
separation  of  these  adjacent  frequencies  should 
not  exceed  5  kilocycles  in  any  part  of  the  H/F 
spectrum. 

In  the  committee's  26th  recomjnendation,  pro- 
cedures for  aeronautical  mobile  distress  communi- 
cations were  proposed  for  inclusion  in  the 
Euroi^ean-Mediterranean  regional  manual. 

Turning  to  radio  aids  to  air  navigation,  the 
committee  recommended  that  continuous  opera- 
tion of  all  consol  stations  be  maintained  and  these 
stations  transmit  proper  identification  signals.  It 
was  noted  no  Loran  had  been  installed  for  use  in 
the  region,  and  in  the  absence  of  any  requirements 
for  Loran  no  i-ecommendations  weie  made  on  this 
subject.  So  far  as  HF/DF  stations  were  con- 
cerned, the  committee  tabulated  those  in  existence, 
under  construction  or  proposed  and  recommended 
that  no  existing  HF/DF  stations  in  the  region  be 
closed  unless  satisfactory  alternates  were  available. 
Similar  studies  were  made  of  VHF/DF  and 
MF/DF  with  recommendations  that  VHF/DF  be 
installed  as  a  supplementary  aid  and  that  existing 
MF/DF  installations  be  kept  in  service. 

The  committee  noted  that  the  increase  of  Euro- 
pean air  traffic  together  with  the  slow  rate  of 
implementation  of  new  navigational  aids  neces- 
sitated the  retention  of  existing  MF  high  power 


272 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


radio  beacons  continuously  and  the  installation  of 
new  beacons  at  a  number  of  selected  locations. 
Recommendations  for  location  and  operation  of 
MF  medium  power  and  MF  low  power  radio  bea- 
cons were  also  made. 

Studying  the  distribution  of  short  distance  radio 
aids  to  air  navigation,  the  committee  found  the 
GEE  chains  now  ojieratinij  or  being  installed  to  be 
suffii'ieut  and  therefore  put  forward  no  reeom- 
meiidations  for  additional  chains.  Dealing  with 
the  VHF  omnidirectional  range  the  committee  felt 
that  it  had  not  been  satisfactorily  informed  on  the 
operational  readiness  of  the  VHF  range  and  thus 
found  it  impracticalile  to  comply  with  the  Icao 
Special  Radio  Technical  Division's  recommenda- 
tions that  specific  locations  be  selected  for  the  in- 
stallation of  this  range.  No  additional  MF  radio 
ranges  were  recommended  but  the  continuous 
operation  of  those  now  in  service  was  urged. 

Dealing  with  instrument  aids  to  landing,  the 
committee  reaffirmed  the  recommendation  of  the 
1946  European-Mediterranean  Regional  Air  Navi- 
gation Meeting  that  instrument  landing  systems 
should  be  installed  at  all  regular  and  alternate 
land  aerodromes  and  recommended  that  such  in- 
stallations be  made  as  quicklj-  as  possible  and  that 
they  be  made  in  accordance  with  tlie  Icao  Special 
Radio  Technical  Division's  report.  Exceptions  to 
this  may  be  made  at  some  inland  aerodromes  where 
conditions  of  low  visibility  are  practically  un- 
known. In  addition  to  the  ILS,  the  committee 
recommended  that  ground  controlled  approach 
equipment  be  installed  at  regular  and  alternate  in- 
ternational aerodromes  where  indicated  by  local 
conditions  or  traffic  density.  Lorenz/SBA  and 
BABS  equipment  is  recommended  for  continua- 
tion in  service  where  presently  installed.  The  use 
of  aerodrome  control  radar  was  encouraged  and 
prioritj'  for  MF  low  power  locator  beacons  was 
set  up. 

Finally,  during  the  study  of  procedures  the 
committee  noted  that  the  ICAO  Procedures  for 
Air  Navigation  Sennces,  Communications  Pro- 
cedures^ third  edition,  had  been  introduced 
throughout  the  world  on  April  15,  1948.  In  ex- 
tension of  these  world-wide  procedures  certain 
supplementary  procedines  were  developed  to 
cover  certain  communications  problems  that  were 
unique  to  the  European-Mediterranean  region. 
Recommendations  were  also  made  with  respect  to 
international  NOTAM  services,  operating  pro- 
cedures for  fixed  telecommunication  service  con- 
trol stations,  and  radio  teletypewriter  operation. 

Meteorology 

The  committee  on  meteorology  considered  the 
meteorological  facilities  necessaiy  to  provide  air- 
craft in  the  European-Mediterranean  region  with 
accurate  weather  information  and  the  procedures 
for  the  dissemination  of  the  information  obtained. 

"With  respect  to  the  facilities,  necessary  net- 


Acnv;n£s  and  developments 

works  of  surface  observation  stations,  of  upper 
air  stations,  and  of  main  and  dependent  fore- 
casting stations  were  planned,  and  an  integrated 
teleprinter  network  in  western  Europe  was  ap- 
proved for  meteorological  telecommunications. 

Improved  procedures  for  the  exchange  of  mete- 
orological information  between  Europe  and  North 
America  were  developed,  and  schedules  and  con- 
tents of  the  area  and  subarea  meteorological 
broadcasts  throughout  the  Icao  European-Medi- 
terranean region  were  rearranged  to  improve  the 
service  they  furnish. 

Supplementary  meteorological  procedures  to 
deal  with  special  problems  unique  to  the  Euro- 
pean-Mediterranean region  that  are  not  covered  by 
the  Icao  world-wide  meteorological  procedures 
were  revised  in  detail  so  as  to  provide  a  more  satis- 
factory basis  for  routine  and  special  meteorologi- 
cal protection  to  aircraft. 

The  committee  also  devoted  considerable  study 
to  the  relationship  between  the  documents  and 
regulations  of  Icao  and  the  International  Mete- 
orological Organization.  After  noting  certain 
conflicts,  uncertainties,  and  variations  in  effective 
dates  for  implementation  that  existed  on  compari- 
son of  the  documents  of  the  two  organizations,  the 
committee  determined  the  precise  manner  in  which 
these  are  to  be  resolved. 

Finally,  the  committee  decided  to  postpone  fur- 
ther consideration  of  the  request  for  a  stationary 
weather  ship  in  the  North  Sea  until  the  North 
Atlantic  stationary  weather  ship  program  has 
been  fully  implemented. 

Search  and  Rescue 

The  Search  and  Rescue  Committee,  during  their 
study  of  search  and  rescue  facilities,  reviewed 
those  facilities  provided  for  the  European-Medi- 
terranean region  at  the  present  time  and  decided 
that,  if  these  existing  facilities  are  maintained  at 
the  current  level  of  operations,  the  search  and 
rescue  coverage  for  the  region  would  be  adequate. 
In  this  respect,  the  committee  recommended  that 
the  Icao  regional  office  should  prepare  semian- 
nually a  chart  or  tabulation  of  search  and  rescue 
facilities  in  the  region.  This  information  is  to 
be  transmitted  to  Icao  for  appropriate  dissemi- 
nation to  the  states  of  the  region  arid  such  other 
states  as  may  be  interested  in  having  this  informa- 
tion currently  available.  To  assist  the  Secretariat 
in  this  work,  recommendations  were  formulated 
which  were  designed  to  elicit  information  from 
states  not  represented  on  the  committee  as  to 
search  and  rescue  facilities  available  in  those 
states. 

Dealing  with  aircraft  emergencies  the  conunit- 
tee  formally  and  unanimously  accepted  specific 
definitions  for  three  phases  of  emergencies. 
These  are  first,  the  Uncertainty  Phase;  second, 
the  Alert  Phase;  and  finally  the  Distress  Phase. 


Augusf  29,   1948 


273 


ACTIVITIES  AND   DEVELOPMENTS 

As  indicated  by  the  names,  these  phases  range  in 
severity,  the  first  being  only  uncertainty ;  the  sec- 
ond, apprehension:  and  the  third,  grave  and  im- 
minent danger.  Actions  to  be  talven  by  Air 
Traffic  Control  and  by  Search  and  Rescue  organi- 
zations under  each  of  these  phases  were  detailed 
by  the  committee. 

The  committee  put  forward  a  recommendation 


urging  early  action  on  completion  of  agreements 
to  permit  immediate  transit  of  borders  by  Search 
and  Rescue  aircraft  and  further  recommended 
that  IcAO  urge  the  acceptance  of  the  principles 
and  implementation  of  the  actions  recommended 
in  the  report  of  the  Preparatory  Committee  of 
Experts  on  the  Coordination  of  Safety  at  Sea  and 
in  the  Air. 


NORTH  ATLANTIC 


The  North  Atlantic  Regional  Air  Navigation 
Meeting  of  the  International  Civil  Aviation  Or- 
ganization (IcAo)  was  held  at  Paris  May  18-31, 
19^8.  The  meeting  was  convened  to  amplify  and 
to  bring  up  to  dat«  the  studies  and  recommenda- 
tions made  at  the  Picao  North  Atlantic  Route 
Service  Conference  held  at  Dublin,  in  March  1946. 

Twelve  voting  states,  two  observer  states,  and 
four  international  organizations  were  present.* 

The  United  States  Delegation,  under  the  chair- 
manship of  C.  P.  Burton,  Civil  Aeronautics  Ad- 
ministration, consisted  of  members  from  the  De- 
partments of  Air  Force,  Commerce,  Navy,  and 
Treasury  and  from  the  Civil  Aeronautics  Board, 
the  Federal  Communications  Commission,  and  the 
Air  Transport  Association.  The  Delegation  was 
assisted  by  advisers  from  the  Civil  Aeronautics 
Administration  Field  OfEce  in  Paris  and  from  the 
military  command  of  the  Usafi  in  Germany. 

The  General  Committee  met  in  plenary  session 
on  May  18  to  elect  its  officers  and  to  organize  the 
technical  sessions.  Group  Capt.  H.  R.  Graham 
of  the  United  Kingdom  was  elected  chairman  of 
the  General  Committee  with  D.  Haguenau  of 
France  and  S.  L.  Hof  of  the  Netherlands  as  first 
and  second  vice  chairman.  Ivor  McClure  of 
IcAO  was  appointed  Secretary  General  of  the  meet- 
ing. Five  technical  committees  were  formed  to 
deal  concurrently  with  aircraft  operation,  includ- 
ing operating  manuals,  air  traffic  control,  meteor- 
ology, searcli  and  rescue,  and  telecommunications 
and  radio  aids  to  navigation. 

The  results  of  the  meeting  showed  general  ac- 
ceptance of  the  U.  S.  position  as  approved  by  the 
Air  Coordinating  Committee  and  were  quite  satis- 
factory to  the  United  States.  The  sections  that 
follow  give  the  detailed  accomplishments  in  each 
of  the  technical  fields  mentioned  above. 


'  Votinu'  statps :  Dpninurk,  F'rance,  Irpland,  Canada, 
Iceland,  Mexico,  Netherlands,  Norway,  Portugal,  Sweden, 
United  Kingdom,  United  States;  Observer  states:  Guate- 
mala and  Turkey;  International  Organizations:  F^d^- 
ration  A^ronautique  Internationale,  International  Air 
Transport  Association,  International  Civil  Aviation  Or- 
ganization, International  Meteorological  Organization. 


Aircraft  Operation 

The  subcommittee  dealing  with  aircraft  opera- 
tion had  three  primary  problems  to  review, 
namely,  the  applicability  of  uniform  instrument 
appioach  and  landing  procedures  for  each  inter- 
national aerodrome  in  the  region;  the  practice  to 
be  followed  for  setting  altimeters  for  vertical  sepa- 
ration of  aircraft,  navigation,  and  during  ap- 
proach and  landing;  and  the  consideration  of 
contracting  states  experience  with  the  regional 
manual. 

Reviewing  instrument  approach  and  landing 
procedures,  the  subcommittee  found  that  the  pro- 
cedures in  use  at  present  were,  in  general,  indi- 
vidually satisfactory  although  uniformity  between 
procedures  at  different  aerodromes  was  lacking. 
As  it  was  the  view  of  those  present  that  standard- 
ization of  such  procedures  should  be  on  a  world- 
wide basis  rather  than  on  a  regional  basis,  the 
slibject  was  referred  to  the  Icao  Operations  Divi- 
sion as  a  matter  of  greatest  urgency  for  resolution 
at  their  next  meeting  in  Montreal. 

The  subject  of  altimeter  settings  evoked  pro- 
longed discussion  and  was  especially  difficult  to 
resolve  because  of  its  interlocking  relationship 
with  the  Air  Traffic  Control  Committee's  work 
with  respect  to  control  zone  boundaries  and 
change-over  points.  It  was  finally  decided  that  a 
standard  setting  of  1013.2  millibars  would  be  used 
for  en  route  navigation  in  the  North  Atlantic 
oceanic  control  areas,  and  that  QNH  altimeter 
settings  would  be  used  in  other  North  Atlantic 
control  areas  and  flight  information  regions. 

The  regional  manual  was  considered  in  steps 
which  progressed  from  determination  of  the  basic 
conception  of  regional  manuals  through  the  sub- 
stantive content,  format,  layout,  and  systems  of 
amendment  to  a  criticism  of  the  existing  North 
Atlantic  manual. 

Basically,  it  was  agreed  that  regional  manuals 
were  essential  to  the  safe  and  efficient  conduct  of 
international  air  navigation  and  that  the  effective 
production,  dissemination,  and  use  of  the  regional 
manual  is  of  prime  necessity  if  the  aims  and  ob- 
jectives of  IcAO  are  to  be  realized.  Considering 
next  the  varied  information  to  be  contained  in 


274 


Department  of  Sfofe  Bulletin 


regional  manuals,  the  committee  ai^reed  unani- 
mously that  greater  usefulness  would  be  achieved 
if  regional  manuals  were  issued  in  two  parts,  each 
in  a  se|)arate  binder,  one  constituted  to  fulfil  the 
specific  operational  requirements  of  flight  crews 
and  the  other  to  supply  information  to  ground 
personnel. 

The  conmiittee,  after  examining  conmients  of 
contracting  states,  considered  that  the  North  At- 
lantic regional  manual  in  its  present  form  was  in- 
adeciuatc  and  therefore  made  numerous  recom- 
mendations for  the  purpose  of  improving  the 
usefulness  of  information  in  the  manual.  Special 
empliasis  was  placed  on  systems  of  amending  the 
manual  so  that  it  will  present  up-to-date  infor- 
mation. In  this  respect  it  was  i-ecommended  that 
an  efficient  NOTAil  service  as  a  potential  means 
of  amending  the  manuals  be  established  prior  to 
the  production  of  future  regional  manuals. 

Air  Traffic  Control 

Tlie  Air  Traffic  Control  Committee  first  directed 
their  attention  lo  the  existing  North  Atlantic  con- 
trol areas  and  recommended  certain  revisions  of 
the  boundaries  that  appeared  desirable  to  effect 
better  control  of  air  traffic  and  to  eliminate  over- 
lapping of  control  areas  in  adjacent  Icao  regions. 
The  new  boundaries  were  precisely  defined  and 
have  the  Arctic  Circle  for  the  northern  limit  and 
the  30°  X  latitude  circle  as  the  southern  limit. 
Eastern  and  western  limits  are  formed  b}'  a  series 
of  lines  passing  through  offshore  points  approxi- 
mately 100  miles  from  the  coastlines  of  Europe, 
Africa,  and  North  America.  Six  oceanic  control 
areas  were  defined  in  the  new  North  Atlantic  con- 
trol area  and  have  the  area  control  centers  located 
at  Reykjavik.  Iceland:  Stavanger,  Norway;  Shan- 
non, Ireland:  Prestwick,  Scotland:  Santa  Maria, 
Azores ;  New  York ;  and  iloncton,  Canada.  Areas 
included  in  the  formerly  defined  North  Atlantic 
area  but  omitted  from  the  newly  defined  area  are 
to  be  considered  as  Flight  Information  regions, 
in  which  local  control  areas  may  be  established  as 
necessary  and  within  which  domestic  flight  rules 
are  to  apply.  Approach  control,  aerodrome  con- 
trol, and  the  necessary  control  zones  were  recom- 
mended for  establishment  at  all  regular  inter- 
national aerodromes  serving  or  within  the  North 
Atlantic  control  areas. 

In  a  series  of  recommendations  on  facilities  the 
connnittee  detailed  modifications  to  Flight  Infor- 
mation regions  necessary  to  make  them  consistent 
with  the  newly  defined  boundaries  and  detailed 
the  communication  requirements  for  air  traffic 
control  services. 

Turning  next  to  a  study  of  air  traffic  control 
procedures,  the  committee  recommended  that  the 
third  edition  of  ICAO  Procedure-'^  for  Air  Naviga- 
tion Services,  Air  Trn-ffic  Control  be  implemented 
in  the  North  Atlantic  region  on  October  1,  1948, 
and  that  such  future  amendments  as  may  be  ap- 


ACllVmES   AND  DEVELOPMENTS 

proved  by  the  Icao  Council  should  automatically 
come  into  force  in  the  North  Atlantic  region  on 
the  date  specified  by  the  Icao  Council.  In  addi- 
tion to  the  world-wide  procedures  recommended 
for  adoption,  the  committee  recommended  a  series 
of  supplementary  procedures  for  application  in 
the  North  Atlantic  region.  These  supplementary 
procedures  establish  the  standard  altimeter  setting 
of  1013.2  millibars  for  use  in  oceanic  control  areas, 
and  QNH  altimeter  settings  for  local  control 
areas;  require  compliance  with  instrument  flight 
rules  by  all  flights  operating  through  the  North 
Atlantic  oceanic  control  areas  and  extending  more 
than  100  nautical  miles  from  the  shoreline;  and 
establish  certain  special  details  for  drafting  and 
handling  air  traffic  control  messages. 

Finally  the  committee  agreed  that  maintenance 
of  the  Air  Traffic  Control  Facilities  in  Iceland 
should  be  retained  and  recommended  that  the  lo- 
cation of  the  area  control  should  be  moved  from 
Reykjavik  to  Keflavik  when  appropriate  facili- 
ties are  available  at  Keflavik  so  as  to  permit  closer 
coordination  between  area  control  personnel, 
meteorological  personnel,  operating  agencies,  and 
pilots. 

Meteorology 

The  committee  on  meteorology  dealt  with 
meteorological  facilities,  meteorological  proce- 
dures, and  meteorological  telecommunications. 
During  their  consideration  of  facilities  the  com- 
mittee established  plans  for  the  networks  of  sur- 
face observation  stations,  the  networks  of  upper 
air  stations,  and  the  networks  of  main  and  depend- 
ent forecasting  stations  required  for  the  meteor- 
ological protection  of  aircraft  in  the  North  At- 
lantic region.  Particular  attention  was  given  to 
the  meteorological  facilities  of  Iceland  and  recom- 
mendations were  prepared  detailing  the  extent 
and  types  of  meteorological  facilities  and  services 
that  should  be  provided  in  Iceland  under  the  pro- 
posed Joint  Support  program.  A  study  was  also 
made  of  the  North  Atlantic  ocean  weather  station 
program.  Agreement  was  reached  and  the  com- 
mittee recommended  the  continuance  of  tlie  ocean 
weather  station  program  as  originally  established. 
The  committee  decided  to  delay  recommendations 
for  additional  service  commitments  from  existing 
stations  or  for  alterations  in  the  present  positions 
of  the  stations  at  least  until  further  definite  in- 
foi-mation  is  available  regarding  the  full  imple- 
mentation of  the  entire  13-ship  station  program. 

Directing  their  attention  to  meteorological  jjro- 
cedures,  the  committee  agreed  on  the  codes  and 
procedures  to  be  used  for  exchanging  meteorologi- 
cal procedures  between  Europe  and  North 
America,  accepted  QNH  as  the  value  to  be  used 
for  altimeter  settings  for  use  in  terrain  clearance 
and  vertical  separation  of  aii'craft,  and  made  rec- 
ommendations as  to  the  general  manner  in  which 
the  message  checking  procedures  are  to  be  estab- 


Augusf  29,    7948 


275 


ACTIVITIBS    AND   DEVELOPMENTS 

lished  and  carried  out  with  a  view  to  reducing 
present  delays  in  the  transmission  and  reception 
of  the  various  categories  of  meteorological  infor- 
mation exchanged.  With  respect  to  the  published 
IGAO  Procedures  for  Meterology  and  the  North 
Atlantic  Supplement  thereto,  the  committee  made 
detailed  recommendations  for  a  revision  of  the 
Supplement  in  order  to  provide  a  more  satisfac- 
tory basis  of  routine  and  special  meterological 
protection  of  aircraft. 

Dealing  with  meteorological  telecommunica- 
tions, the  committee  recommended  the  establish- 
ment and  scheduling  of  a  system  of  bi-oadcasts 
containing  terminal  forecasts  and  terminal  reports 
for  the  benefit  of  aircraft  flying  the  North  At- 
lantic. For  collection  and  dissemination  of 
weather  data  in  the  North  Atlantic,  the  commit- 
tee recommended  a  system  that  is  primarily  an 
exclusive  meteorological  radio-teletypewriter  net- 
work, supplemented  by  the  use  of  operational 
channels  between  points  where  the  amount  of 
weather  data  traffc  is  not  heavy. 

The  committee  also  devoted  considerable  time 
to  a  determination  of  the  precise  manner  in  which 
the  existing  uncertainties  regarding  Icao  and 
International  Meteorological  Organization  docu- 
mentation, and  effective  dates  of  implementation, 
are  to  be  resolved. 

Search  and  Rescue 

The  Search  and  Rescue  Committee  tabulated 
and  reviewed  the  search  and  rescue  facilities  pro- 
vided for  the  region  at  the  present  time  and  de- 
cided that,  if  the  organization  was  maintained  at 
the  current  level  of  operations,  the  present  facili- 
ties would  provide  adequate  coverage  for  the  re- 
gion. A  minimum  facilities  recommendation  was 
unanimously  approved  by  the  committee. 

The  initial  Search  and  Eescue  report  drawn  up 
and  approved  by  the  Picao  North  Atlantic  Route 
Service  Conference  at  Dublin  in  1946  was  reviewed 
and  the  committee  found  the  facilities  report  orig- 
inally set  forth  therein  to  be  a  very  excellent 
study  of  the  conditions  wliich  continue  to  exist  in 
the  region  today.  Utilizing  the  information  in 
this  report  together  with  the  current  air  traffic 
density  figures,  the  committee  recommended  the 
adoption  of  the  original  eight-base  plan  as  pro- 
posed by  the  Search  and  Rescue  Committee  at  the 
1946  Dublin  Conference. 

During  their  review  of  the  second  European- 
Mediterranean  Regional  Air  Navigation  Meeting 
Search  'and  Rescue  report,  the  committee  found 
that  a  number  of  recommendations  of  that  meet- 
ing were  also  applicable  to  the  North  Atlantic 
region  and  consequently  included  them  in  its  re- 
port. The  foremost  in  these  recommendatio)is  is 
the  definition  of  the  three  phases  of  aircraft  emer- 
gencies and  the  action  required  by  the  SAR  and 
ATC  organizations  under  each  of  these  conditions. 


Reviewing  the  report  of  the  Preparatory  Com- 
mittee of  Experts  on  the  Coordination  of  Safety  at 
Sea  and  in  the  Air,  the  SAR  Committee  recom- 
mended that  IcAO  urge  its  contracting  states  to 
accept  the  principles  contained  in  that  report  with 
special  reference  to  paragraph  21  and  to  the  con- 
solidated list  of  subjects  requiring  coordination 
which  is  set  forth  in  the  annex  to  that  report. 

Among  other  recommendations  included  in  their 
final  report  the  committee  urged,  from  a  SAR 
standpoint,  the  early  implementation  of  the  ocean 
station-vessel  program;  asked  that  the  Icao 
Training  Section  devise  a  plan  for  the  circulation 
of  search  and  rescue  training  films  among  the 
member  states  of  the  region ;  and  proposed  certain 
revisions  to  the  draft  ocean  weather  station  opera- 
tional handbook. 

Finally,  statements  for  inclusion  in  the  com- 
mittee's final  report  were  obtained  from  contract- 
ing states  represented  at  the  meeting  as  to  the 
current  degree  of  implementation  and  as  to  future 
intent  with  reference  to  their  implementation  of 
the  standards  and  recommended  practices  set  forth 
in  the  ICAO  Procedures  for  Air  Navigation  Serv- 
ices^ Search  and  Rescue,  third  edition. 

Telecommunications  and  Radio  Aids  to  Air 
Navigation 

The  Communications  Committee  divided  their 
attention  between  facilities  required  for  communi- 
cations in  the  North  Atlantic  region,  which  in- 
cluded fixed  telecommunication  services,  aero- 
nautical niobile  teleconnnunication  services,  and 
radio  aids  to  air  navigation;  and  procedures  for 
the  operation  of  the  facilities  selected. 

During  the  study  of  fixed  telecommunications 
services,  the  committee  examined  the  entire  cir- 
cuitry of  the  North  Atlantic  region  and  after  con- 
sideration of  all  proposals  for  a  change  developed 
an  amended  plan  to  provide  the  most  effective 
communication  with  a  minimum  number  of  fre- 
quencies. In  the  course  of  these  studies  recogni- 
tion was  given  to  the  increased  circuit  capacity 
to  be  realized  upon  implementation  of  diplex- 
duplex  radio-teletypewriter  circuits. 

Considering  next  the  aeronautical  mobile  tele- 
communications services,  the  plan  for  en  route  air 
ground  communication  services  was  amended  to 
reduce  the  families  of  frequencies  to  be  guarded 
by  aeronautical  air-ground  communication  sta- 
tions. As  a  result,  each  station  will  maintain  con- 
tinuous watch  on  two  families  of  frequencies 
instead  of  three  and  will  have  its  primary  activity 
on  one  of  the  families.  Adjacent  stations  will 
maintain  primary  service  on  the  other  family. 
Agreement  was  also  reached  on  a  plan  for  fre- 
quency utilization  of  the  North  Atlantic  route 
frequencies,  taking  into  consideration  the  distri- 
bution of  load  factor  and  propagation  character- 
istics of  the  frequencies.     Use    of  this    plan    is 


276 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


expected  to  reduce  interference  and  improve 
coninuniication  with  aircraft.  Provisions  were 
included  for  the  introduction  of  radio  telephone 
en  route  conuiumication  when  a  radio  frequency 
assig^inient  for  this  purpose  can  be  obtained. 

The  committee  approved  a  plan  transmitted  to 
it  by  the  ileteorolojiical  Committee  for  the  inau- 
puiation  of  weather  report  broadcast  service  for 
the  benefit  of  en  route  aircraft.  This  system  takes 
the  form  of  schedules  staggered  among  the  major 
aeronautical  communications  stations  in  such 
fashion  that  an  en  route  aircraft  can  receive  the 
complete  broadcast  from  each  of  the  stations  in 
turn.  Transmission  of  weather  information  by 
this  method  is  expected  to  reduce  requests  for 
weather  information  from  individual  aircraft 
with  the  result  that  a  substantial  decrease  can  be 
anticipated  in  the  volume  of  communications  re- 
quired to  be  handled  on  the  en  route  frequencies. 

Turning  to  radio  aids  to  air  navigation,  the 
committee  recommended  that  all  existing  aids  be 
maintained  in  service  until  satisfactory  replace- 
ments conforming  to  the  Special  Radio  Technical 
Division  (COT)  standards  have  been  placed  in 
service.  In  particular,  the  committee  recom- 
mended retention  of  the  Northeast  standard  Loran 
chain  and  of  the  consol  stations  in  service  at  this 
time.  The  committee  reaffirmed  the  recommen- 
dations of  the  previous  North  Atlantic  Conference 
for  the  establishment  of  three  additional  consol 
stations,  but  the  prospects  of  their  actual  erection 


ACTIVITIES   AND   DEVELOPMENTS 

appear  clouded  by  their  high  cost  and  the  fact  that 
consol  seemingly  will  not  be  the  world-wide  stand- 
ard long  range  navigation  aid  to  be  accepted  by 
IcAO.  The  committee  was  unable  to  recommend 
specific  sites  for  a  large  scale  installation  program 
for  very  high  frequency  omnidirectional  ranges 
with  distance  measuring  equipment  but  did  agree 
that  these  installations  should  be  carried  out  by 
states  at  selected  locations  to  obtain  operational 
experience  with  these  aids.  Tlie  committee  also 
agreed  upon  a  number  of  standardizations  desired 
in  the  technical  characteristics  of  the  ILS  and 
SCS-51  aids  to  approach  and  landing. 

With  respect  to  communications  procedures,  the 
committee  agreed  on  the  number  of  connections 
which  will  constitute  the  maximum  teletypewriter 
line  length;  thereby,  achieving  much  needed 
standardization  in  this  respect.  The  committee 
also  recommended  a  standard  emergency  and  dis- 
tress procedure  for  inclusion  in  the  North  Atlantic 
regional  manual ;  and  in  recognition  of  the  present 
use  of  two  emergency  and  distress  frequencies  in 
the  North  Atlantic  region,  recommended  that 
Igao  obtain  agreement  for  the  use  of  one  fre- 
quency for  this  purpose  by  all  contracting  states 
in  the  North  Atlantic  region. 

Finally,  in  a  joint  meeeting  with  the  Search  and 
Rescue  Committee  and  the  Meteorological  Com- 
mittee, the  Ocean  Weather  Station  Yefisel  Hand- 
hooh  was  revised  in  accordance  with  the  United 
States  recommendations. 


U.S.  Delegations  to  International  Conferences 


Joint  Brazil-U.  S.  Technical  Commission 

[Released  to  the  press  August  20] 

The  United  States  members  of  the  Joint  Brazil- 
United  States  Technical  Commission  will  sail  from 
New  York  on  August  27,  1948,  on  the  S.  S.  Brasil 
and  expect  to  arrive  in  Rio  de  Janeiro  about  Sep- 
tember 7.  At  the  request  of  the  Brazilian  Govern- 
ment, the  United  States  has  cooperated  in  the 
organization  of  the  Joint  Brazil-United  States 
Technical  Commission  for  the  purpose  of  making 
a  study  of  Brazilian  resources  and  capacity  for 
economic  development. 

The  Biflzilian  and  United  States  sections  of  the 
Commission  will  be  assisted  by  a  technical  staff 
to  be  furnished  by  their  resjjeetive  Governments. 
The  chairman  of  the  Brazilian  section  and  the 
chairman  of  the  United  States  section  will  serve 
as  co-chairmen  of  the  Commission. 

John  Abbink  lias  been  appointed  by  the  Presi- 
dent as  chairman,  with  the  pei'sonal  rank  of  Min- 
ister, of  the  United  States  section.  The  other  two 
membei-s  of  the  United  States  section  are  Harold 
V.  Roelse  and  Dr.  Harry  L.  Brown. 


Technical  advisers  to  the  United  States  section 
of  the  Commission  will  be  as  follows : 


Adviser  on — 
Agriculture  .  . 


Banking 


Banking  .  .  .  . 
Fiscal  affairs  . 

Aiiuipower  .  .  . 
ilinerals  .  .  .  . 


Power  and  in- 
dustrial de- 
velopment. 


.  Carl  P.  Heisig,  Chief,  Division  of  Farm 
Management  and  Costs,  Bureau  of 
Agricultural  Economics,  Department 
of  Agriculture 

.  Phillip  Jacob  W.  Glaessner,  Economist, 
Foreign  Research  Division,  Federal 
Reserve  Bank  of  New  York,  New 
York  City 

.Arthur  B.  Hersey,  Economist,  Division 
of  Re.search  and  Statistics,  Board  of 
Governors,  Federal  Reserve  System 

.Herbert  K.  May,  Assistant  Chief,  Latin 
American  Division,  Office  of  Inter- 
national Finance,  Department  of 
Treasury 

.  Edward  L.  Keenan,  Deputy  Director, 
Bureau  of  Employment  Security, 
Federal  Security  Agency 
William  D.  .Johnston,  Chief,  Section  of 
Foreign  Geology,  Geological  Survey, 
Department  of  the  Interior 
Thom.-is  E.  Ilibhen,  Adviser,  Foreign  Eco- 
nomic Development,  Office  of  In- 
teriiiitional  Trade,  Department  of 
Commerce 


Augosf  29,    J948 


277 


ACTIVITIES  AND  DEVBLOPMBNTS 


Transportation  .Edwin  W.  James,  Chief,  Inter-American 
Regional  Office,  Public  Koads  Admin- 
istration, Federal  Works  Agency 

Executive  secretary  of  the  United  States  section 
will  be  John  C.  A.  Cady,  assistant  chief,  Division 
of  Investment  and  Economic  Development,  Amer- 
ican Republics  Branch,  Department  of  State.  The 
Secretariat  will  be  composed  of  Gladys  I.  Poticher 
of  the  Department  of  State  and  Mary  E.  Herron 
of  the  Department  of  the  Treasury. 

Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  reference,  the  Joint 
Brazil-United  States  Technical  Commission  will 
endeavor  to  analyze  the  factoi-s  in  Brazil  which 
are  tending  to  promote  or  to  retard  the  economic 
development  of  Brazil.  This  will  involve  a  broad 
appraisal  of  the  manner,  directions,  and  rates  of 
development  of  the  Brazilian  economy,  looking 
toward  the  most  effective  and  balanced  utilization 
of  Brazilian  resources.  The  Commission  will  give 
particular  attention  to  the  capacity  of  Brazil  for 
economic  expansion  through  the  maximum  use  of 
its  internal  resources.  The  Commission  is  not 
authorized  to  undertake  to  appraise  the  merits  of 
specific  projects  or  to  evaluate  the  desirability  of 
obtaining  foreign  financing.  The  Commission, 
howevei',  will  consider  measures  designed  to  en- 
courage the  flow  of  private  capital  to  Brazil  and, 
where  appropriate,  may  make  broad  recommenda- 
tions relative  to  measures  which  might  facilitate 
economic  development  in  Brazil. 

The  Commission  will  direct  its  attention  toward 
an  analysis  of  (1)  Brazil's  natural  and  capital 
resources;  (2)  the  supply  of  labor,  particularly 
skilled  labor;  (3)  problems  in  fiscal  and  banking 
fields;  (4)  problems  of  domestic  and  international 
trade;  and  (5)  the  position  of  Brazil  in  the  world 
economy. 

The  organization  of  this  Joint  Brazil-United 
States  Technical  Commission  is  a  further  instance 
of  the  cooperative  work  encouraged  by  the  United 
States  Government  to  assist  the  other  American 
republics  in  attaining  the  comprehensive  develop- 
ment of  their  resources. 


Conference  on  General  Agreement 
on  Tariffs  and  Trade 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  August 
16  the  composition  of  the  United  States  Delegation 
to  the  Second  Session  of  the  Contracting  Parties  to 
the  General  Agreement  on  Tariffs  and  Trade  sched- 
uled to  convene  at  Geneva,  on  August  16,  1948. 
The  United  States  Delegation  is  as  follows: 
Ch  airman 

Leroy  D.  Stinebower,  Special  Assistant  to  the  Assistant 
Secretary  for  Economic  Affairs,  Department  of  State 


Vice  Chairman 

John  M.  Leddy,  Adviser,  Division  of  Commercial  Policy, 
Department  of  State 

Advisers 

Carl  D.  Corse,  Acting  As.soclate  Chief,  Division  of  Com- 
mercial Policy,  Department  of  State 

Walter  Hollis,  Otfice  of  the  Legal  Adviser,  Department  of 
State 

William  L.  Marbury,  Department  of  the  Army 

The  meeting  of  the  Contracting  Parties  will  con- 
sider various  technical  matters  affecting  the  pres- 
ent operation  of  the  General  Agreement  on  Tariffs 
and  Trade  concluded  at  Geneva  in  October  1947 
and  future  procedures  with  regard  to  it.  Tariff 
negotiations  scheduled  at  Geneva  are  solely  those 
designed  to  get  additional  countries  to  participate 
in  the  general  agreement. 

It  is  expected  that  representatives  from  the  22 
countries  which  have  put  the  general  agreement 
into  provisional  effect  will  attend.  These  coun- 
tries are  Australia,  Belgium,  Brazil,  Burma,  Can- 
ada, Ceylon,  China,  Cuba,  Czechoslovakia,  France, 
India,  Lebanon,  Luxembourg,  Netherlands,  New 
Zealand,  Norway,  Pakistan,  Southern  Rhodesia, 
Syria,  Union  of  South  Africa,  the  United  King- 
dom, and  the  United  States.  The  forthcoming 
meeting  is  being  held  in  accordance  with  agreement 
reached  at  the  first  session  of  the  contracting  parties 
held  at  Habana,  February  28-Marcli  24,  1948. 


DATE  OF  UNESCO  CONFERENCE  TO  BE 
ANNOUNCED  IN  PARIS 

[Released  to  the  press  August  19] 

Decision  on  the  time  and  place  of  the  Third 
Session  of  the  General  Conference  of  the  United 
Nations  Educational,  Scientific  and  Cultural  Or- 
ganization will  be  made  at  an  extraordinary  ses- 
sion of  representatives  of  member  nations  of 
Unesco,  to  be  held  in  Paris,  September  15,  it  was 
announced  by  the  Department  of  State  on  August 
19. 

The  Conference,  originally  scheduled  to  open  in 
Beirut,  Lebanon,  on  October  18,  was  postponed 
last  week.  Unesco  announced  that  the  Secretary- 
General  of  the  United  Nations  recommended  the 
postponement  because  of  the  United  Nations 
General  Assembly  meeting  which  opens  in  Paris 
in  September. 

UNESCO's  Executive  Board  will  meet  in  Paris, 
September  3,  and  start  consideration  of  the  prob- 
lems resulting  from  postponement  of  the  Confer- 
ence. The  final  decision  on  the  matter  will  not 
be  made,  however,  until  the  extraordinary  Unesco 
session  later  in  the  month. 


278 


Department  of  State   Bulletin 


THE  DEPARTMENT 
Interim  Office  for  German  Affairs  Established 

[  Released  to  llie  press  August  17] 

To  carry  out  the  provisions  of  Public  Law  798, 
80th  Coiifireas,  which  gives  the  Department  of 
State  authority  to  perform  consuhir  functions  for 
German  nationals  in  the  United  States  and  its  ter- 
ritories and  j)ossessions,  an  Interim  OfKce  for  Ger- 
man Atfairs  has  been  established  within  the  De- 
partment of  Stale. 

Tlie  Interim  Ollice  for  German  Affairs  is  author- 
ized to  i)erform  certain  consular  functions  for 
German  nationals  within  the  United  States  and 
its  territories  and  possessions.  The  following 
services  will  be  perfoi-med  as  soon  as  administra- 
tive arrangements  have  been  completed : 

1.  Issuance  of  identitj'  and  travel  documents. 

2.  Welfare  and  whereabouts  inquiries. 

3.  The  following  miscellaneous  notarial  and  other 

services : 

(a)  authentication  of  documents 

(b)  translation  of  birth,  marriage,  and  death 

documents 
(e)   certification  of  translations 

(d)  registration  of  marriages,  births,  and  deaths 

(e)  recording  of  wills 

(/)   administration  of  oaths 

In  connection  with  the  performance  of  these 
services,  Public  Law  798  authorizes  the  Depart- 
ment of  State  to  charge  appropriate  fees. 

Address  all  correspondence  in  this  connection 
to  the  Interim  Office  for  German  Affairs,  Depart- 
ment of  State,  Washington  25,  D.  C. 


PUBLICATIONS 


Department  of  State 


For  sale  by  thr  Suprrintcvdcnt  of  Documents,  Government 
Printing  Office,  Washington  25,  D.C.  Address  requests 
direct  to  the  Superintendent  of  Dneuinents,  except  in  the 
case  (jf  free  puhtications,  which  may  6c  obtained  from  the 
Department  of  State. 

Air  Transport  Services:  Rights  of  United  States  Airlines 
in  Ceylon.  Treaties  and  Other  International  Acts  Series 
1714.     Pub.  3089.     3  pp.     5(}. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  anrl  the  United 
Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ireland 
aiodifying  the  Agreement  of  Feb.  11,  1!34(; — Effected 
by  exchange  of  notes  signed  at  London  .Tan.  14,  19-18 ; 
entered  Into  force  Jan.  14,  1948. 


THE  DEPARTMENT 

United  States  Armed  Forces  in  China.  Treaties  and  Other 
International  Acts  Series  1715.     Pub.  3095.     8  pp.     5<t. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  China — 
Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed  at  Nanking  Aug. 
29  and  Sept.  3,  1947  ;  entered  into  force  Sept.  3,  1947. 

Aid  to  Greece:  Procurement  of  Military  Equipment  and 
Supplies.  Treaties  and  Other  International  Acts  Series 
1718.     Pub.  3105.     4  pp.     54. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  the  United 
Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ireland — 
Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed  at  Washington 
July  25  and  Oct.  9, 1947 ;  entered  into  force  Oct.  9, 1947. 

Passport  Visas.  Treaties  and  Other  International  Acts 
Series  1729.     Pub.  3131).     3  pp.     5^. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  the  Nether- 
lands—Effected by  exchange  of  notes  dated  at  The 
Hague  July  30  and  Aug.  20,  1947 ;  entered  into  force 
Aug.  20,  1947. 

United  States  Educational  Foundation  in  the  Philippines. 

Treaties  and  Other  International  Acts  Series  1730.  Pub. 
3137.     7  pp.     50. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  the  Ee- 
public  of  the  Philippines — Signed  at  Manila  Mar.  23, 
19-18;  entered  into  force  Mar.  23.  1948. 

Air  Service:  Facilities  at  Kastrup  Airport  in  Denmark. 

Treaties  and  Other  International  Acts  Series  1734.  Pub. 
3156.     4  pp.     50. 

Arrangement  Between  the  United  States  and  Den- 
mark— Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed  at 
Copenhagen  Sept.  26  and  Oct.  1,  1946;  entered  into 
force  Oct.  1,  1946. 

Air  Service:  Facilities  at  Don  Muang  Airport  and  Bang- 
kapi  in  Siam.  Treaties  and  Other  International  Acts 
Series  1735.     Pub.  3157.     6  pp.     50. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  Siam — 
Signed  at  Bangkok  May  8,  1947;  entered  into  force 
May  8,  1947. 

Air  Service:  Facilities  in  Sweden.  Treaties  and  Other 
International  Acts  Series  1742.     Pub.  3182.     2  pp.     50. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  Sweden — 
Signed  at  Stockholm  Sept.  30,  1940 ;  entered  into  force 
Sept.  30,  1946. 

Mutual  Aid.  Treaties  and  Other  International  Acts  Series 
1746.     Pub.  2186.     3  pp.  50. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  China  Im- 
plementing Preliminary  Agreement  of  June  2,  1942 — 
Signed  at  Washington  June  28,  1946 ;  entered  Into 
force  June  28,  1946. 

Publications  of  the  Department  of  State,  July  1,  1948. 
Pub.  3219.     12  pp.     Free. 

A  semiannual  list  cumulative  from  Jan.  1,  1948. 


August  29,    J948 


279 


General  Policy 

Page 

The  U.N.  and  Specialized  Agencies — Con. 

Page 

U.S.   Rejects   Soviet   Charges   Concerning   Re- 

Commission for  Conventional  Armaments: 

fusal   of   Two    Russian   Teachers    To    Re- 

Resolution on  Formulation  of  Proposals  for 

turn  to  Soviet  Union: 

Regulation  and  Reduction  of  Armaments 

Note  of  the    Department    of    State    to    the 

and  Armed  Forces 

267 

Embassy  of  the  U.S.S.R 

251 

Resolution  Defining  Armaments 

268 

Notes   From   the   Embassy  of  the   U.S.S.R. 

Status  of  Establishment  of  Permanent  Head- 

to the  Department  of  State 

254 

quarters  of  Fao: 

Note   to    Ambassador  Walter    Bedell  Smith 

The  Acting  Director  General  of  Fad  to  Sec- 

From Foreign  Minister  V.  M.  Molotov  .    . 

256 

retary  Marshall 

268 

Exchange      of      Communications      Between 

Secretary   Marshall  to  the  Director  General 

President    Franklin    D.    Roosevelt    and 

of  Fad 

269 

Soviet    Commissar    for    Foreign    Affairs 

Annual  Report  of  the  Secretary-General  on  the 

Maxim  Litvinov 

257 

Work  of  the  Organization 

269 

Position  on  Status  of  Mrs.  Oksana  Kasenkina  . 

261 

U.N.  Documents:  A  Selected  Bibliography  .    . 

270 

The  U.N.  and  Specialized  Agencies 

United  Nations  Day 

Divergent  Views  on  Program  of  Work  of  the 
Military  Staff  Committee: 

262 

IcAO  Regional  Air  Navigation  Meetings: 

European- Mediterranean 

North  Atlantic 

Date  of  UNESCO  Conference  To  Be  Announced 
]T1  Paris 

271 

274 

278 

Letter    to    the    President    of    the    Security 

111    ±  Oil  lO       •.•.•■..•.••••. 

Council  Submitting  Statement  by  U.S., 
U.K.,  Chinese,  and  French  Delegations  . 
Letter  to  the  President  of  the  Security  Coun- 

263 

Occupation  Matters 

Interim  Office  for  German  Affairs  Established  . 

279 

cil  From  the  Soviet  Delegation   .... 
The  Question  of  Displaced  Persons: 

Letter  From  Ambassador  Warren  R.  Austin 

264 

Economic  Affairs 

Joint    Brazil-U.S.    Technical    Commission  .    . 

277 

to  the  Secretary-General 

265 

Conference  on   General   Agreement  on   Tariffs 

Appeal   for   U.S.    Aid  for  Jewish  and   Arab 

and  Trade 

278 

Refugees : 
Count  Folke  Bernadotte,  Palestine  Media- 

The Department 

tor,  to  Secretary  Marshall 

266 

Interim  Office  for  German  Affairs  Established  . 

279 

Secretary  Marshall  to  Count  Bernadotte  . 

267 

Security  Council    Resolution    on    Control  of 

Publications 

Dissidents  Among  Jews  and  Arabs  .    .    . 

267 

Department  of  State 

279 

U,  S.  GOVERNMENT    PRINTING    OFFICE:   1943 

tJ/i€/  ^eha^t'ntenl?  ^(W  tnate^ 


CONFERENCE  TO  CONSIDER   FREE  NAVIGATION 
OF  THE  DANUBE: 
U.S.  Position   and    Responsibilities    in    the  Danube 

Region    •    Statements  by  Cavendish  W.  Cannon       .      .        283 
Amendments  to  Soviet  Draft  Convention  •  Statements 

by  Cavendish  W.  Cannon  and  Walter  A.  Radius       ...        284 


THE  FOURTH  INTERNATIONAL  CONGRESSES  ON 
TROPICAL  MEDICINE  AND  MALARIA  •  Article 
by  Wilbur  A.  Sawyer 294 


Vol.  XIX,  No.  479 
September  5,  1948 


For  complete  contents  see  back  cover 


U.  S.  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  U0CUMEM5 

OCT  111948 


^«KT  o^ 


•Nt„  o»  ' 


j/ie  ^efio/yCme^  ;C^ ^al:e    JL,/  UL  X  1  Vl/  L  i  1 1 


Vol.  XIX,  No.  479   •   Pubucation  3276 
September  5,  1948 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  0£Bc« 

Washington  25,  D.C. 

Phice: 

52  issues,  domestic  $6,  foreign  $7.25 

Single  copy,  15  cents 

Published  with  the  approval  of  the 
Director  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may 
be  reprinted.  Citation  of  the  DEPARTMEh^T 
OF  State  Bclletoj  as  the  source  will  be 
appreciated. 


The  Department  of  State  BULLETIN, 
a  weekly  publication  compiled  and 
edited  in  the  Division  of  Publications, 
Office  of  Public  Affairs,  provides  the 
public  and  interested  agencies  of 
the  Government  with  information  on 
developments  in  the  field  of  foreign 
relations  and  on  the  ivork  of  the  De- 
partment of  State  and  the  Foreign 
Service.  The  BULLETIN  includes 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements  and  addresses 
made  by  the  President  and  by  the 
Secretary  of  State  and  other  officers 
of  the  Department,  as  well  as  special 
articles  on  various  piloses  of  inter- 
national affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  in- 
ternational agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a 
party  and  treaties  of  general  inter- 
national interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department,  as 
well  as  legislative  material  in  the  field 
of  international  relations,  are  listed 
currently. 


CONFERENCE  TO  CONSIDER  FREE  NAVIGATION  OF  THE  DANUBE 


U.S.  ResponsibilSties  in  the  Danube  Region 


STATEMENT  BY  CAVENDISH  W.  CANNON  > 
Chairman,  U.S.  Delegation 


The  Yugoslav  delegate  has  mentioned  a  number 
of  United  States  rivers  not  subject  to  international 
control.  Most  of  them  are  national  rivers  by  the 
definition  wliicli  the  Yugoslav  delegate  cited  yes- 
terday ;  and  some  can  hardly  be  called  navigable  in 
the  commercial  sense.  On  those  which  are,  traffic 
moves  freely.  That  is  the  crux  of  the  problem. 
On  the  Danube,  traffic  does  not  move  freely.  It  is 
as  a  means  of  achieving  that  end  that  we  propose 
non-riparian  representation  on  the  Commission. 

Those  delegates  opposing  non-riparian  repre- 
sentation have  all  lost  sight  of  one  very  important 
point,  namely,  that  the  riparian  states  themselves, 
particularly  landlocked  states  like  Austria, 
Czechoslovakia  and  Hungary,  have  a  real  interest 
in  a  regime  with  sufficient  safeguards  for  freedom 
of  navigation,  so  that  their  ships  may  sail  without 
hindrance  to  the  sea. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  postwar  Gov- 
ernment of  Hungary,  on  November  12,  1945,  ad- 
dressed a  note  to  the  United  States,  British  and 
Soviet  Governments,  giving  its  views  on  the 
Danube  question.  It  called  attention  to  the  great 
importance  to  Hungai-y  of  a  regime  which  guaran- 
tees full  freedom  of  navigation.  It  suggested  that 
the  prewar  system  of  international  navigation  be 
reconstituted  with  provisions  for  changes  required 
by  new  conditions.  The  Hungarian  Government 
did  not  envisage  elimination  of  non-riparian  repre- 
sentation, for  it  suggested  consolidation  into  one 
Commission  of  the  European  Commission  of  the 
Danube  and  the  International  Commission  of  the 
Danube.  Both  Commissions,  as  the  Conference 
is  aware,  had  non-riparian  representation.  There 
have  been  changes  since  1946  but  we  believe  the 


long-term  economic  interests  of  Himgary  remain 
the  same. 

Mr.  Vyshinski  referred  to  the  shipping  pro- 
visions of  the  Marshall  Plan  as  an  example  of 
economic  dictatorship,  and  quoted  a  recent  unoffi- 
cial news  item  from  a  British  paper  to  substantiate 
this  unfounded  claim.  "Wliat  Mr.  Vyshinski  did 
not  mention  was  the  millions  of  tons  of  United 
States  vessels  transferred  to  the  European  coun- 
tries since  the  end  of  the  war.  And  today  the  fleets 
of  the  European  countries  are  expanding  and  ai-e 
fully  employed,  for  the  Marshall  Plan  has  main- 
tained the  volume  of  trade  of  these  countries.  It 
is  the  United  States  merchant  fleet  that  is  steadily 
decreasing  and  will  continue  to  deci*ease  as  mer- 
chant fleets  of  Europe  are  rehabilitated.  I  am  sur- 
prised that  Mr.  Vyshinski  raised  this  shipping 
question,  for  he  certainly  knows  that  his  comitry 
gives  preference  to  vessels  under  the  Soviet  flag, 
with  respect  to  all  of  its  trade.  A  large  propoilion 
of  those  vessels  are  owned  by  the  United  States, 
having  been  turned  over  to  the  Soviet  Govenmient 
during  the  war  under  lend-lease. 

Those  international  instruments  are  well  known. 
That  the  United  States  has  general  obligations  and 
responsibilities  in  Europe,  including  those  parts  of 
Europe  through  which  the  Danube  flows  is  also 
well  known.  We  do  not  intend  to  abdicate  those 
responsibilities. 

'  Made  before  the  General  Committee  of  the  Danube  Con- 
ference in  Belgrade  on  Aug.  13,  1948,  and  released  to  the 
press  in  Washington  on  Aug  16.  Mr.  Cannon  is  American 
Ambassador  to  the  Federal  People's  Republic  of  Yugo- 
slavia. 


September  5,  1948 


283 


Amendments  to  Soviet  Draft  Convention 


STATEMENTS  BY  AMBASSADOR  CANNON 


Articles7E,  17, 18, 19,  20^ 

The  American  proposed  amendment  to  Article 
7,  e/  is  directly  related  to  the  proposed  amend- 
ment substituting  one  new  article  for  Articles  17, 
18,  19  and  the  first  paragraph  of  Article  20  of 
the  Soviet  draft,  which  provide  for  the  estab- 
lishment of  "Special  River  Administrations". 

Our  Article  7,  e/  would  then  read : 

"To  review,  approve,  and  supervise,  on  the  basis 
of  proposals  made  by  the  Special  Services  pro- 
vided for  in  Article  17,  all  measures  which  may 
be  usefully  undertaken  in  respect  of  the  upkeep 
and  improvement  of  the  navigable  conditions  and 
of  the  administration  of  the  sections  concerned, 
and  to  insure  that  all  charges  and  regulations  rec- 
ommended, established,  or  applied  by  the  Special 
Services  are  non-discriminatory  and  not  in  con- 
flict with  the  principle  of  free  and  unobstructed 
international  navigation  on  the  Danube,  as  set 
forth  in  this  convention." 

Article  17  would  then  read : 

"In  order  to  maintain  and  improve  navigable 
conditions  on  the  sections  of  the  Danube  present- 
ing special  problems  such  as  the  Iron  Gates  and 
the  mouths  of  the  Danube,  the  Commission  shall 
by  agreement  with  the  riparian  states  concerned 
establish  special  technical  and  administrative 
services. 

"Those  special  services  shall  act  on  the  basis  of 
agreement  between  the  commission  and  the  gov- 
ernments of  the  riparian  states  concerned  under 
the  provisions  of  Article  7,  e/  of  this  convention. 

"The  personnel  of  these  services  shall  be  pro- 
vided and  appointed  by  the  riparian  states  con- 
cerned and  shall  be  placed  under  the  direction  of 
heads  of  services  selected  by  the  states  concerned 
and  approved  by  the  Commisison. 

"The  seat  of  each  of  these  special  services  shall 
be  determined  by  agreement  between  the  Com- 
mission and  the  riparian  state  or  states  concerned." 

I  would  like  first  to  call  your  attention  to  the 
first  paragraph  of  Article  7  of  the  Soviet  draft 
which  states: 


'  Made  before  the  General  Committee  of  the  Conference 
in  Belgrade  on  Aug.  13,  1948,  and  released  to  the  press 
in  Washington  on  Aug.  16, 

284 


"The  terms  of  reference  of  the  Commission  are 
applicable  to  the  Danube  in  accordance  with 
Article  2." 

And  then  to  Article  2  of  the  Soviet  draft  which 
states : 

"The  regime  established  by  this  Convention  is     I 
applicable  to  the  whole  navigable  part  of  the 
Danube  river  between  Ulm  and  the  Black  Sea 
over  the  Sulina  arm  with  the  outlet  to  the  sea 
through  the  Sulina  Channel." 

Clearly,  these  two  provisions  contemplate  that  ^ 
the  jurisdiction  of  the  Commission  shall  extend 
over  the  whole  Danube,  to  which  all  sections  of 
Article  7  would  apply.  Section  e/  of  Article  7, 
however,  read  in  conjunction  with  Articles  17 
through  20,  removes  from  this  jurisdiction  the 
administration  of  the  two  most  important  seg- 
ments of  the  river  requiring  special  works. 

The  amendment  to  Section  7,  e/  proposed  by 
the  United  States  Delegation  would  clearly  es- 
tablish the  primary  jurisdiction  of  the  Commis- 
sion over  the  whole  river  to  insure  compliance 
with  the  principles  of  the  Convention.  In  order 
to  carry  out  such  responsibilities,  the  Commission 
should  have  greater  authority  than  merely  the 
right  to  consult,  make  recommendations  to,  and 
exchange  information  with  any  special  adminis- 
trative bodies.  Nothing  in  the  Soviet  draft  of 
Articles  17, 18, 19,  or  the  first  paragraph  of  Article 
20  requires  the  autonomous  Administrations  to  act 
in  conformity  with  the  principles  of  the  Conven- 
tion. 

Article  7,  therefore,  imposes  specific  responsi- 
bilities upon  the  Commission  and  then  fails  to 
give  it  the  authority  to  fulfill  them.  The  United 
States  Delegation  submits  its  amendment  to  Ar- 
ticle 7,  e/  with  a  view  to  reconciling  the  authority 
of  the  Commission  with  its  responsibilities. 

Past  experience  has  shown  that  it  is  not  only 
expedient  but  essential  that  special  technical  and 
administrative  services  be  established  to  deal  with 
the  sectors  of  the  Danube  presenting  special  prob- 
lems, such  as  the  Iron  Gates  sector  and  the  mouth 
of  the  Danube.  It  has  been  proposed  by  Czecho- 
slovakia and  Hungary  that  the  Gabchikovo-Gonyu 
sector  of  the  Danube  also  be  subject  to  a  similar 
administration. 

The  proposed  new  Article  17,  which  is  submitted 
as  an  amendment  to  Articles  17,  18,  19  and  the 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


fii-st  paragraph  of  Ai-ticle  20,  would  authorize  the 
Commission,  by  agreement  with  the  riparian  states 
concerned,  to  establish  such  special  technical  and 
administrative  services.  It  is  sufficiently  flexible 
to  cover  such  additional  special  service  as  the 
Czechoslovak  and  Hungarian  proposal  or  any 
other  similar  services  which  might  be  found  neces- 
sary in  the  future. 
\  I  have  frequently  heard  it  said  at  this  confer- 
ence that  times  have  changed — that  the  rights  of 
all  the  riparians  must  be  respected  and  not  ignored 
(so  goes  the  claim)  as  in  the  past.  Yet  the  pro- 
posal of  the  Soviet  Union  for  the  establishment 
of  autonomous  bilateral  administrations  at  the 
Iron  Gates  and  over  the  Maritime  Danube  could 
effectively  exclude  the  other  riparians  from  having 
any  voice  whatever  in  their  administration.  The 
United  States  believes  that  all  riparians  as  well 
as  a  minority  of  non-riparians  should  participate 
in  the  administration  of  the  entire  river  which  is 
so  important  to  all  users.  We  should  not  forget 
that  large  areas  of  up-stream  rijiarian  states  do 
not  have  anj'  other  waterway  access  to  the  sea. 
Surely,  these  land-locked  riparians  have  a  right 
to  participate  in  the  supervision,  through  the 
Commission,  of  the  administration  of  these  crucial 
navigation  points  on  the  river  which  provide  their 
access  to  the  sea  and  the  links  between  themselves. 

Article  38  ^ 

The  American  Delegation  has  studied  with 
great  care  the  wording  of  these  various  articles  in 
the  Soviet  draft  from  the  point  of  view  of  the 
degree  to  which  they  deal  with  non-discrimina- 
tion. We  would  like  nothing  better  than  to  find 
in  the  various  Soviet  articles  the  assurance  of 
adequate  safeguards  for  "freedom  of  navigation" 
that  we  have  been  talking  so  much  about.  Unfor- 
tunatelj',  the  United  States  Delegation  is  con- 
vinced that  the  Soviet  draft  is  more  shadow  than 
substance  on  this  matter. 

We  accept  Mr.  Vyshinski's  statement  that  there 
is  adequate  provision  in  the  Soviet  Articles  1  and 
37  for  non-discriminatory  treatment  as  it  relates 
to  port  dues.  Also,  the  United  States  Delegation 
feels  that  as  regards  the  sanitary  and  police  regu- 
lations, adequate  provisions  appear  to  be  set  forth 
in  the  Soviet  Article  23.  These  Articles  23  and 
37  have  now  been  voted  on.  I  have  several  times 
commented  on  the  general  approach  of  the  United 
States  to  the  Convention.  The  Convention  must 
be  considered  as  a  whole.  The  United  States 
Delegation  cannot  finally  accept  certain  sentences 
or  even  certain  articles  if  they  do  not  represent 
part  of  a  whole  document  which  itself  will  be 
satisfactory.  It  serves  no  useful  purpose  to  have 
assurances  of  non-discriminatory  treatment  of 
such  items  as  port  dues  and  sanitary  regulations 
if,  at  the  same  time,  thei'e  are  no  assurances  of 
non-discriminatory  treatment  in  terms  of  "condi- 
tions for  merchant  shipping"',  such  as  the  right  of 

September  5,  T948 


DANUBIAN   CONFERENCE 

vessels  to  enter  ports,  to  load  and  discharge  cargo, 
to  refuel,  etc. 

With  this  in  mindj  let  us  have  a  look  at  Articles 
21  and  38  of  the  Soviet  draft.  Article  21  provides 
that  "vessels  on  the  Danube  shall  have  the  right, 
subject  to  regulations  established  by  the  Danube 
states  concerned,  to  enter  ports,  to  load,  and  dis- 
charge, to  embark  and  disembark  passengers,  and 
to  refuel,  take  on  supplies,  etc."  What  is  the  pur- 
pose of  the  clause  "subject  to  regulations  estab- 
lished by  the  Danube  States  concerned"?  The 
adoption  of  reasonable  regulations  by  individual 
states  on  this  subject  is  in  accordance  with  general 
practice,  and  can  give  no  ground  for  objection. 
But  what  assurance  is  given  that  the  users  of  the 
river  will  be  protected  against  abuses  in  the  for- 
mulation and  administration  of  these  regulations? 
Why  does  a  convention  for  free  navigation  not 
contain  clearly  non-discriminatory  provisions  on 
these  points  ? 

Article  38  provides  in  part  as  follows :  "vessels 
entering  a  port  for  loading  and  discharge  shall  be 
entitled  to  use  loading  and  unloading  machinery, 
load  plant,  stores,  store  space,  etc.,  on  the  basis 
of  agreements  concluded  with  the  appropriate 
transiJortation  and  expeditionary  agencies".  Now, 
as  in  the  case  of  Article  21  I  should  like  to  ask 
why  is  there  inserted  this  limiting  clause  "on  the 
basis  of  agreements  concluded  with  the  appropri- 
ate transportation  and  expeditionary  agencies", 
without  at  the  same  time  protecting  foreign  ship- 
ping companies  against  discriminatory  treatment 
in  this  respect?  We  had  a  debate  a  few  days  ago 
on  the  question  of  privileged  companies — those 
Soviet-Kumanian  and  Soviet-Hungarian  com- 
panies we  have  been  talking  about  for  two  or  three 
days.  The  United  States  delegation  has  shown 
what  tremendous  importance  this  clause  contains. 
The  whole  question  of  commercial  intercourse  be- 
tween nations  by  way  of  the  Danube  River  is  in- 
volved in  these  few  words. 

Both  of  these  articles  deal  with  the  very  essen- 
tials of  trade  and  navigation — that  is,  the  entering 
of  ports  and  the  use  of  port  facilities.  The  quali- 
fying clauses  which  I  have  read  from  the  Soviet 
draft  would  allow  a  whole  series  of  arbitrary  and 
discriminatory  actions  against  vessels  attempting 
to  engage  in  international  navigation.  The  pur- 
pose of  this  Convention  is  to  establish  a  regime 
designed  to  achieve  freedom  of  navigation.  I 
should  like  to  ask,  then,  why  these  basic  articles 
have  been  drafted  in  such  a  manner  as  to  leave 
the  door  wide  open  for  discrimination,  unless 
indeed  there  is  an  intention  to  discriminate? 

What  explanation  can  be  given  as  to  why  the 
principle  ,of  non-discrimination  has  not  been 
spelled  out  in  Articles  21  and  38  in  the  Soviet 
draft,  as  is  being  done  in  Articles  23  and  37?    It 

'Made  before  the  General  Committee  of  the  Conference 
in  Belgrade  on  Aug.  14,  1948,  and  released  to  the  press  in 
Washington  on  Aug.  16. 

285 


DANUBIAN   CONFERENCE 

may  be  that  the  answer  again  will  be  that  the 
omission  of  anything  making  these  articles  really 
effective  is  due  to  the  solicitude  repeatedly  pro- 
fessed for  the  sovereignty  of  the  riparian  states. 
If  so,  I  believe  that  we  have  already  effectively 
disposed  of  the  misconception  that  the  sovereignty 
of  riparians  is  in  any  way  at  stake  under  an  effec- 
tive convention.  Quite  the  reverse  is  the  fact.  We 
think  that  there  would  be  more  shipping  on  the 
river,  the  riparians  would  have  more  trade,  and 
more  actual  and  solid  sovereignty  if  their  ports 
could  be  used  on  a  truly  non-discriminatory  basis. 
My  government's  concern  here  is  that  the  con- 
vention be  such  that  its  articles  shall  clearly  pro- 
vide for  conditions  which  will  serve  as  the  founda- 
tion for  freedom  of  navigation.  In  order  to  as- 
sure that,  we  must  do  more  than  just  pay  lip  serv- 
ice to  the  principle.  It  is  necessary  to  say  precisely 
what  we  mean  and  say  it  without  equivocation. 
And  that  is  what  the  United  States  Delegation  has 
tried  to  do  in  its  proposed  amendment  to  Article 
38  which  we  now  have  under  examination. 

Let  me  refer  briefly  to  the  points  of  substance 
which  are  covered  in  these  United  States  amend- 
ments. Vessels  in  international  commerce  would 
be  assured  the  right  of  access  to  ports  and  facili- 
ties. This  would  include  such  essentials  as  wharf- 
age rights,  use  of  docks,  equipment,  warehouses, 
trans-shipment  facilities,  etc.  The  United  States 
proposal  would  assure  that  no  distinctions  con- 
cerning the  use  of  facilities  could  be  made  on  the 
basis  of  flag  or  ownership.  The  United  States 
amendment  also  provides  that  vessels  engaged  in 
international  navigation  in  transit  through  the 
waters  of  any  riparian  states  should  not  be  required 
to  enter  ports  or  unload  or  trans-ship  cargoes  or 
passengers. 

To  assure  that  navigation  companies  could  actu- 
ally engage  in  commerce  on  the  Danube,  the  United 
States  draft  would  authorize  such  companies 
to  establish  and  maintain  agency  offices  and  acquire 
such  buildings  and  facilities  as  would  be  nec- 
essary for  conducting  their  business.  It  is  quite 
obvious  that  if  these  essentials  are  to  be  denied, 
there  is  also  automatically  a  denial  of  non-dis- 
criminatory treatment.  These  agencies  would 
represent  the  reestablishment  of  normal  economic 
intercourse  along  the  Danube  to  the  direct  and  ob- 
vious benefit  of  the  countries  and  peoples  con- 
cerned. This  would  be  in  accordance  with  the 
practice  followed  in  all  trading  nations. 

The  United  States  amendment  also  provides  in 
some  detail  for  non-discriminatoiy  treatment  cov- 
ering a  variety  of  charges  in  ports,  locks,  chan- 
nels, etc.  It  further  provides  that  all  charges 
shall  be  published  in  tariffs,  and  that  they  shall 
be  reasonable  and  designed  to  facilitate  rather 
than  to  impede  navigation. 


'  Made  before  the  General  Committee  of  the  Conference 
in  Belgrade  on  Aug.  16,  1948,  and  released  to  the  press  in 
Washington  on  Aug.  17. 

286 


What  is  there  in  this  statement  to  which  ex- 
ception can  be  taken  ?  Objection  can  be  taken  only 
by  those  anxious  to  retain  freedom  of  arbitrary 
decision  to  exclude  certain  vessels  from  Danubian 
ports  and  also  freedom  to  hamper  or  exclude  the 
essential  agencies  of  navigation  companies. 

I  remind  you  that  these  questions  are  not  raised 
in  an  academic  manner.  As  Mr.  Vyshinski  has 
emi^hasized,  the  free  and  open  navigation  prin- 
ciples of  the  peace  treaties  have  been  the  subject 
of  agreement  by  the  four  powers  for  almost  two 
3'ears  and  are  in  ti'eaty  provisions  which  have  been 
in  force  for  almost  one  year.  Still,  the  river  re- 
mains stagnant  in  terms  of  the  volume  of  traffic 
and  in  terms  of  the  practical  regulation  of  such 
traffic.  The  words  of  the  peace  treaties  alone  are 
not  enough.  If  we  are  seriously  to  fulfill  the  pur- 
poses for  which  this  conference  was  called,  a  con- 
vention must  be  prepared,  and  a  commission  must 
operate,  in  a  manner  conducive  to  a  genuine  re- 
vival of  ti-ade  and  navigation.  The  qualifications 
of  the  Soviet  draft  reveal  that  that  document  does 
not,  to  any  practical  man,  furnish  the  kind  of  in- 
strument needed. 

The  United  States  Delegation  has  carefully  an- 
alyzed this  draft.  It  finds  that  these  crippling 
provisions  permit  the  continuance  of  exclusion, 
discrimination,  yes,  even  of  imperialism  on  the 
river  of  a  type  that  has  been  all  too  evident  in  the 
past  three  j^ears.  In  the  truest  sense  of  the  word, 
this  draft  reveals  a  reactionary  tendency  looking 
towards  the  creation  of  more  vested  interests  on 
the  part  of  one  power  against  the  real  interests  of 
all  the  peoples  along  the  river. 

Article  41* 

The  United  States  Delegation  gives  full  support 
to  the  British  amendment  to  Article  41  of  the  So- 
viet draft. 

The  first  part  of  that  amendment  is  similar  to 
our  new  article  to  follow  Article  41  and  known  as 
Document  Gen.  Com.  26.  For  that  reason  I  am 
willing  to  consider  the  discussion  on  the  British 
amendment  as  covering  also  the  article  proposed 
bj'  the  United  States  Delegation  and  I  shall  not 
ask  to  speak  again  concerning  the  United  States 
amendment  unless  some  points  are  raised  in  this 
debate  to  which  I  might  wish  to  reply. 

The  view  of  the  United  States  that  the  new 
regime  for  the  Danube  should  be  brought  into  as- 
sociation with  the  United  Nations  has  already  been 
set  forth  in  my  general  statements  at  the  plenary 
sessions  and  during  the  discussion  of  the  preamble. 
I  want  to  say  again  that  support  of  the  United 
Nations  is  a  cornerstone  of  American  foreign  pol- 
icy. We  want  to  see  its  authority  and  its  pres- 
tige strengthened  in  every  way. 

To  this  end  we  have  proposed  that  there  be  a 
formal  I'elationship  between  the  Danube  Commis- 
sion and  an  appropriate  body  of  the  United  Na- 
tions.    This  relationship  would  not  place  the  Dan- 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


ube  Commission  under  the  control  of  the  United 
Nations.  The  Commission  would  retain  its  au- 
tonomy, just  as  those  various  specialized  agencies, 
such  as  the  International  Bank  for  Reconstruction 
and  Development,  Unesco,  and  the  World 
Health  Organization,  have  retained  their  full  au- 
tonomy after  establishing  a  formal  relationship 
with  the  United  Nations  through  agreements  ne- 
gotiated with  the  Economic  and  Social  Council. 

Freedom  of  navigation  on  the  Danube,  and  the 
increased  flow  of  trade  which  it  would  bring  about, 
are  matters  of  primary  interest  to  the  Economic 
Commission  for  Europe  and  more  generally,  to  the 
Economic  and  Social  Council.  In  our  amendment, 
however,  we  have  left  the  language  in  general 
terms.  We  want  to  emphasize  the  general  prin- 
ciple of  association  with  the  United  Nations.  The 
detailed  arrangements  could  not  be  decided  by  this 
Conference  alone  but  would  have  to  be  worked  out 
later,  in  any  case,  between  the  Danube  Commission 
and  the  United  Nations. 

I  should  like  to  turn  now  to  the  third  paragi'aph 
of  the  British  amendment,  dealing  with  the  settle- 
ment of  disputes  concerning  the  interpretation  or 
application  of  the  convention.  The  United  States 
Delegation  attaches  great  importance  to  this  mat- 
ter. All  nations,  whether  riparian  or  not,  whether 
parties  to  the  convention  or  not,  should  have  access 
to  an  impartial  tribunal  for  the  settlement  of  such 
disputes  which  are  not  resolved  directly  between 
the  parties  concerned  or  by  the  Commission  to  the 
satisfaction  of  the  parties  concerned.  Article  41 
of  the  Soviet  draft  does  not  in  effect  provide  for 
any  appeal  beyond  the  Danulie  Commission  itself, 
since  its  Chairman  would  name  that  member  of  the 
proposed  conciliation  commission  who  would  have 
the  decisive  vote.  Access  to  an  impartial  tribunal 
is  an  essential  safeguard,  to  make  sure  that  free- 
dom of  navigation  is  not  only  provided  for  in  the 
convention  but  is  observed  in  practice.  Tlie  im- 
portant thing  is  to  settle  such  disputes  by  the  final 
and  binding  decisions  of  a  judicial  body. 


DANUBIAN    CONFERENCE 

Obviously,  the  body  best  qualified  to  make  such 
legal  decisions  is  the  International  Court  of  Jus- 
tice, which  under  Article  92  of  the  Charter  is  the 
principal  judicial  organ  of  the  United  Nations.  In 
the  case  of  disputes  likely  to  endanger  the  mainte- 
nance of  peace  and  security,  recourse  could  be  had 
to  the  Security  Cotincil  under  the  appropriate  ar- 
ticles of  the  Charter. 

I  might  just  point  out  that  the  peace  treaties 
with  Rumania,  Bulgaria  and  Hungary  make  pro- 
vision for  an  impartial  tribunal  empowered  to 
hand  down  binding  decisions,  in  the  event  that 
various  other  methods  of  finding  a  solution  do  not 
succeed.  The  formula  is  found  in  Article  38  of  the 
Rumanian  peace  treaty.  It  is  a  long  article  and 
I  will  read  only  the  pertinent  section,  as  follows: 

"Any  such  dispute  not  resolved  by  them  within 
a  period  of  two  months  shall,  unless  the  parties  to 
the  dispute  mutually  agree  upon  another  means  of 
settlement,  be  referred  at  the  request  of  either 
party  to  the  dispute  to  a  Commission  composed  of 
one  representative  of  each  party  and  a  third  mem- 
ber selected  by  mutual  agreement  of  the  two 
parties  from  nationals  of  a  third  country.  Should 
the  two  parties  fail  to  agree  within  a  period  of  one 
month  upon  the  appointment  of  the  third  member, 
the  Secretary  General  of  the  United  Nations  may 
be  requested  by  either  party  to  make  the  appoint- 
ment." 

This  arrangement  is,  in  our  view,  less  satisfactory 
than  reference  to  the  International  Court  of  Jus- 
tice. The  United  States,  even  for  these  treaties, 
had  originally  hoj^ed  to  have  provision  for  ref- 
erence of  disputes  to  the  Court.  But  the  treaty 
text  does  in  any  case  provide  for  binding  de- 
cisions reached  with  the  participation  or  assistance 
of  duly  constituted  authorities  of  the  United  Na- 
tions. The  United  States  Delegation  at  present 
does  not  see  how  we  can  do  less  than  that  in  this 
matter  which  is  before  us  now. 


September  5,  1948 


287 


STATEMENTS  BY  WALTER  A.  RADIUS 
Deputy  Chairman,  U.  S.  Delegation 


Article  42° 

The  remarks  I  have  to  make  on  the  U.  S.  amend- 
ment to  Article  42  also  apply  to  the  French  pro- 
posal on  Article  42  and  can  be  considered  as 
covering  both  amendments. 

The  provision  in  Article  42  of  the  Soviet  draft 
that  a  convention  of  this  type  should  come  into 
force  upon  the  deposit  of  only  six  ratifications  is 
not  only  inequitable  but  is  also  contrary  to  the 
principle  of  freedom  of  navigation. 

The  provision  for  entry  into  force  of  the  con- 
vention upon  the  deposit  of  six  ratifications 
ignores  the  rights  of  non-ratifying  states,  both 
those  who  are  participants  here  and  those  not  rep- 
resented at  this  Conference.  The  United  States 
cannot  accept  the  concept  that  this  Convention 
can  validly  deprive  any  state  of  its  rights  without 
its  consent. 

Let  us  first  consider  the  situation  with  respect 
to  the  9  riparians  alone.  Article  42  of  the  Soviet 
draft  provides  that  the  convention  shall  come  into 
force  as  soon  as  6  states  ratify.  Even  if  the 
legality  of  this  procedure  were  not  questioned,  let 
us  consider  for  a  moment  the  practical  problems 
that  this  provision  might  present. 

There  can  be  no  question  but  that  a  convention 
regarding  free  navigation  on  waters  wholly  within 
the  territories  of  different  states  must  be  ratified 
by  each  of  those  states  in  order  to  become  effec- 
tive in  their  respective  territories.  A  convention 
certainly  cannot  be  applied  to  a  state's  territorial 
waters  without  its  approval.  Any  effort  to  apply 
a  convention  to  the  waters  within  a  state  without 
its  concurrence  would  truly  be  ''infringement  of 
sovereignty"  by  any  definition.  Yet,  imder  the 
terms  of  the  Soviet  draft  the  convention  would  be 
brought  into  force  without  ratification  by  one  of 
the  downstream  states.  How  could  the  conven- 
tion be  of  any  benefit  if  either  freedom  of  access 
to  the  sea  were  denied,  or  if  the  convention  were 
not  accepted  by  a  state  through  which  traffic  must 
flow?  Obviously,  there  would  be  an  endless 
stream  of  complications  and  disputes,  which 
would  make  the  convention  useless  for  all  practical 
purposes. 

I  assume  that  we  shall  be  told  that  such  a  con- 
tingency cannot  occur  since  all  the  7  voting 
riparian  states  present  have  reached  full  agree- 
ment on  the  Soviet  draft  and  will  ratify  the  con- 
vention. But  there  seems  to  be  some  doubt 
whether  all  those  7  riparian  states  will  ratify. 
Why  weren't  at  least  7  ratifications  required  for 
entry  into  force  of  the  convention  ? 

If  this  convention  were  to  come  into  force  upon 
the  deposit  of  only  6  ratifications  as  provided  in 

•  Made  before  the  General  Committee  of  the  Conference 
In  Belgrade  on  Aug.  17,  1948,  and  released  to  the  press  in 
Washington  on  Aug.  18. 

288 


the  Soviet  draft  it  could  only  be  applied  to  that 
portion  of  the  Danube  within  the  national  borders 
of  the  ratifying  states.  This  in  itself  would 
prejudice  the  objective  of  the  CFM  resolution  to 
open  the  entire  Danube  river  to  free  and  unim- 
peded navigation. 

The  provision  for  entry  into  force  of  the  con- 
vention upon  6  ratifications  not  only  fails  to  give 
appropriate  recognition  to  the  basic  riparian 
rights  of  states  on  the  banks  of  the  Danube,  but 
also  ignores  whatever  rights  and  interests  non- 
riparian  states  have  in  the  Danube  River. 

The  Danube  has  served  as  an  avenue  of  inter- 
national navigation  not  only  for  the  riparia.n 
states  but  also  for  non-riparian  states  in  their 
trade  with  the  states  on  its  banks.  Furthermore, 
since  1815,  various  non-riparian  states  have  held 
rights  on  the  Danube  by  treaty,  and  since  1856  one 
or  more  international  commissions  on  which  non- 
riparian  states  were  represented  have  been  func- 
tioning under  treaties. 

The  rights  of  non-riparians  in  connection  with 
European  rivers  has  been  recognized  in  other 
ways.  I  refer,  for  example,  to  a  judgment  ren- 
dered by  the  Permanent  Court  of  International 
Justice  on  September  10,  1929,  in  which  the  court 
held  that  the  jurisdiction  of  an  International  Com- 
mission charged  with  administration  of  the  Oder 
River  extended  to  the  section  of  the  Warthe 
(Varta)  and  the  Netze  (Netsa)  rivers  situated  m 
Polish  territory. 
The  Court  stated  in  part  that  a  solution 

"has  been  sought  not  in  the  idea  of  a  right  of 
passage  in  favor  of  upstream  States  but  in  that 
of  a  community  of  interest  of  riparian  States;" 

that  this  community  of  interest  in  a  navigable 
river 

"becomes  the  basis  of  a  common  legal  right,  the 
essential  features  of  which  are  the  perfect  equal- 
ity of  all  riparian  states  in  the  user  of  the  whole 
course  of  the  river  and  the  exclusion  of  any 
preferential  privilege  of  any  one  riparian  State 
in  relation  to  the  other;" 

that  the  introduction  of  representatives  of  non- 
riparian  powers  on  the  river  commissions  was 

"not  exclusively  or  mainly  due  to  the  desireto 
afford  a  greater  measure  of  protection  to  the  in- 
terests of  landlocked  states;" 

but  was 

"rather  to  be  explained  by  the  interest  that  non- 
riparian  States  may  have  in  navigation  on  the 
waterways  in  question ;" 

and  that  it  would  be  difficult  to  understand  why 
that  interest  should  not  be  recognized 

Department  of  Sfafe  Bulletin 


"•n-here  the  question  of  reaching  the  ports  of  the 
last  upstream  state  is  involved;" 

as  the  interest  of  all  states  is  in  liberty  of  naviga- 
tion in  botli  directions. 

The  French  and  the  United  States  proposals  for 
amendment  of  Article  42  would  give  both  riparian 
and  non-riparian  states  represented  here  an  effec- 
tive voice  m  determining  whether  or  not  a  new 
regime  shall  be  established  for  the  Danube.  That 
procedure  is  truly  in  keeping  with  the  nature  and 
history  of  tlie  Danube. 

Support  of  French  Amendment  To  Delete 
Supplementary  Protocol' 

The  Delegation  of  the  United  States  whole- 
hcartedlj^  supports  the  French  proposal  for  the 
deletion  of  the  Supplementary  Protocol  from  the 
Soviet  draft  convention.  I  should  however  like 
to  make  some  comments  and  a  few  observations 
regarding  one  aspect  of  that  protocol. 

It  has  been  said  many  times  on  the  floor  of  this 
conference  that  the  Danube  Convention  of  1921  is 
dead.  The  Soviet  Delegation  particularly  has 
tried  to  show  that  the  1921  Convention  is  no  longer 
in  effect.  Tiie  United  States  Delegation  finds 
nothing  convincing  in  any  of  the  Soviet  Delega- 
tion's arguments  on  this  point. 

First  there  is  the  argument  that  the  act  of  sig- 
nature by  the  United  Kingdom,  France  and  Ru- 
mania of  the  agreement  signed  at  Sinaia  August 
18,  1938  and  the  signature  by  France,  Germany, 
the  United  Kingdom,  and  Rumania  of  the  agree- 
ment signed  at  Bucharest  on  March  1,  1939,  re- 
garding the  European  Commission  of  the  Danube, 
terminated  the  1921  Convention.  This  argument: 
was  based  upon  the  ground  that  two-thirds  of  the 
states  signatories  to  that  convention  were  not  con- 
sulted. Reference  was  made  in  this  connection  to 
Article  42  of  the  1921  Convention. 

The  fact  that  a  few  states  may  have  been  omitted 
in  the  formulation  of  the  1938  and  1939  agreements 
did  not  render  the  1921  agreement  void.  At  the 
woi-st,  the  most  effect  such  action  could  have  had 
was  to  render  the  1921  Convention  voidable.  I 
quote  in  this  connection  the  following  statement 
from  McNair's  Lav)  of  Treaties  (1938,  p.  515),  in 
which  it  is  stated  in  connection  with  the  right  to 
consider  a  treaty  terminated  as  the  result  of  its 
violation  that : 

"(A)  ...  in  general  terms,  such  a  right  ex- 
ists; 

"(B)  that  the  exercise  of  this  right  is  optional 
at  the  discretion  of  the  party  wronged ;" 

Since  the  signatory  states  to  the  1921  Conven- 
tion did  not  take  the  position  that  that  conven- 
tion was  terminated  by  the  signature  of  the  1938 
and  1939  agreements,  the  signature  of  those  agree- 
ments has  not  affected  the  validity  of  the  1921 
Convention.     By  what  right  can  the  Soviet  Union, 

SepfemberS,  7948 

803946 — 48 2 


DANUBIAN  CONFERENCE 

which  was  never  a  party  to  the  1921  Convention, 
insist  that  any  alleged  violation  terminated  that 
Convention  ? 

Second,  the  doctrine  of  rebiis  sic  stantibus  has 
also  been  advanced  as  an  argument  that  the  1921 
Convention  is  no  longer  in  force.  What  are  the 
changed  conditions  which  would  justify  the  ap- 
plication of  that  doctrine?  The  mere  fact  that 
the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers  recognized  the 
need  for  a  new  convention  for  the  Danube  and 
that  the  Treaties  of  Peace  with  Bulgaria,  Hungary 
and  Rumania  contain  provisions  guaranteeing, 
freedom  of  navigation  on  the  Danube  cannot  justly 
be  considered  as  rendering  the  1921  Convention 
null  and  void.  The  decision  of  the  Council  of 
Foreign  Ministers  was  in  no  wise  inconsistent  with 
the  purposes  of  the  1921  Convention  nor  are  the 
provisions  of  the  treaties  of  peace  inconsistent  with 
that  Convention. 

What  changes  have  occurred  in  the  Danube 
which  would  justify  the  application  of  the  rehtis 
sic  stantibus  doctrine?  How  can  any  of  the  polit- 
ical changes  which  have  taken  place  justify  the 
application  of  that  principle  to  an  instrument  like 
the  Danube  Convention  of  1921? 

I  should  like  to  quote  from  J.  W.  Garner's 
International  Law  and  the  World  War,  in  volume 
2,  page  218,  where  there  is  a  discussion  with  re- 
spect to  that  doctrine.     This  passage  reads : 

"The  clause  rebvs  sic  stantibus  should  only  be 
resorted  to  in  very  exceptional  circumstances.  All 
are  agreed  that  a  change  of  government  or  even 
in  the  form  of  government  does  not,  in  general, 
affect  the  obligation  of  treaties.  As  there  is  greati 
danger  in  the  abuse  of  this  principle,  it  should  be 
emphasized  that  the  principle  re5w.s  sic  stantihtis 
'implies  a  complete  change  in  the  state  of  things 
which  was  the  basis  of  the  treaty  and  one  of  its 
tacit  conditions.  The  change  of  circumstances 
must  be  such  as  either  to  render  the  execution  of 
the  treaty  difficult  or  impossible  or  to  entail  the 
performance  of  obligations  which  were  not  fore- 
seen by  the  contracting  parties  and  which,  had 
they  been  foreseen,  would  never  have  been  as- 
sumed.' " 

It  has  been  asserted  that  the  Convention  of  1921 
■was  terminated  by  the  war.  In  connection  with 
the  effect  of  war  on  treaties.  I  should  like  to  refer 
to  statements  made  in  Hackworth's  Digest  of  In- 
ternational Law,  which  has  been  frequently  quoted 
in  this  conference  as  authority.  I  quote  from 
page  297,  Volume  V  of  that  publication: 

"The  effect  of  war  on  treaties  has  greatly  per- 
plexed the  courts  and  administrative  authorities 

°  Made  before  tlie  General  Committee  of  the  Conference 
in  Belgrade  on  Aug.  17,  1948,  and  released  to  the  press  in 
Washington  on  Aug.  19. 

289 


DANUBIAN   CONFERENCE 

as  well  as  eminent  writers.  The  law  on  this  sub- 
ject is  by  no  means  settled.  The  authorities,  as 
well  as  the  practice  of  nations,  present  a  great 
contrariety  of  views.  The  law  on  the  subject  is 
still  in  the  making.  As  to  executed  provisions  of 
treaties,  such  as  those  relating  to  boundaries  and 
vested  rights,  no  difliculty  is  presented.  They  are 
generally  regarded  as  unaffected  by  war.  As  to 
the  executory  provisions,  however,  much  depends 
upon  their  intrinsic  character.  The  view  has  been 
taken  that  certain  classes  of  bilateral  treaty  provi- 
sions, not  expressly  applicable  to  a  state  of  war,  are 
ipso  facto  terminated  by  war;  that  other  classes 
are  suspended  during  war;  and  that  still  others, 
though  not  expressly  made  with  a  view  to  condi- 
tions of  war,  may  operate  during  war.  No  well- 
defined  line  of  demarcation  between  the  different 
categories  may  be  said  to  have  unanimous  sanction. 
Much  of  the  confusion  with  respect  to  pre-war 
treaties  which  might  otherwise  have  resulted  from 
the  World  War  of  1914-18  was  avoided  by  the 
treaties  of  peace.  For  example,  the  Treaty  of 
Versailles  provided  in  article  289  that  the  Allied 
and  Associated  Powers  should  notify  Germany 
within  six  months  from  the  date  of  the  coming  into 
force  of  the  treaty  of  those  bilateral  treaties  or 
conventions  with  Germany  which  they  desired  'to 
revive'  and  that  'all  the  others  are  and  shall  remain 
abrogated.' " 


The  supplementary  protocol  to  the  Soviet  draft 
assumes  that  the  1921  Convention  still  has  some 
validity.  The  first  paragraph  of  that  protocol 
provides  that : 

"1.  It  is  stated  that  the  regime  of  navigation 
on  the  Danube  applied  formerly  as  well  as  the 
acts  providing  for  the  establishment  of  that  re- 
gime, in  particular  the  Convention  of  1921,  are 
null  and  void." 

If  the  1921  Convention  is  as  dead  as  the  Soviet 
Delegate  insists  it  is,  why  does  his  Delegation  con- 
sider it  necessary  to  mention  it  at  all.  Once  any 
convention  is  dead  there  is  no  further  need  to 
take  anv  measures  to  dispose  of  it.  Obviously,  the 
Soviet  delegation  is  not  convinced  that  the  1921 
Convention  is  dead. 

The  United  States  Delegation  believes  the  1921 
Convention  continues  in  fact  to  be  a  valid  instru- 
ment. Accordingly,  it  follows  that  the  states 
parties  to  the  1921  Convention  are  entitled  to  all 
the  riglits  provided  for  in  that  Convention  until 
they  have  agreed  otherwise  or  until  some  com- 
petent tribunal  has  adjudicated  any  differences 
which  may  exist  with  respect  to  their  rights.  The 
United  States  Delegation  has  particularly  in  mind 
the  position  of  Belgium,  Greece,  and  Italy  who 
are  not  represented  at  this  Conference  but  who 
have  requested  this  Conference  to  respect  their 
rights. 


U.S.  Declines  To  Serve  on  Drafting  Committee 


SUMMARY  OF  STATEMENT  BY  AMBASSADOR  CANNON' 


Ambassador  Cannon  stated  that  inasmuch  as 
English  was  excluded  as  an  official  language  of 
the  Conference,  it  shows  little  tact  to  propose  the 
United  States  for  the  drafting  committee  to  pre- 
pare the  official  document  of  the  Conference. 

The  Czech  delegate  replied  that  it  was  a  mistake 
to  employ  the  word  "excluded"  in  referring  to  the 
use  of  English  at  the  Conference.  The  United 
States  delegate  emphasized  that  English  had  been 
in  fact  "excluded"  since  at  the  opening  session  he 
had  specifically  asked  that  it  be  included  as  an  of- 
ficial language  and  this  request  had  been  rejected. 
The  Conference  had  already  demonstrated  how 
difficult  it  would  be  for  the  United  States  to  do 
satisfactory  work  on  a  drafting  committee  of  a 
conference  where  words  meant  different  things  to 
different  delegates. 

After  some  further  debate  the  United  States 
delegate  replied  that  he  could  not  understand  how 
anyone  could  repi'oach  the  United  States  delega- 
tion for  declining  to  participate  in  the  drafting 
committee.    He  pointed  out  that  the  majority  had 

'  Made  before  the  Conference  in  Belgrade  on  Aug.  16, 
1948,  and  released  to  the  press  in  Washington  on  Aug.  17. 

290 


already  virtually  accepted  the  text  of  the  Con- 
vention and  that  the  work  of  the  drafting  com- 
mittee is  therefore  purely  mechanical.  Some  of 
the  delegations,  he  stated,  have  already  accepted 
the  Soviet  text  iti  toto.  There  is  therefore  no  real 
labor  for  the  drafting  committee.  Its  principal 
job  is  to  give  article  numbers  to  the  four  new  So- 
viet amendments.  He  suggested  that  it  would 
have  been  more  appropriate  to  discuss  th^se  in 
the  course  of  the  debate  and  said  he  did  not  under- 
stand wliy  they  were  shoved  in  at  the  last  minute. 
The  United  States  Delegate  then  pointed  out  that 
he  had  agreed  to  serve  on  the  credentials  commit- 
tee, adding  that  this  acceptance  certainly  demon- 
strated that  the  United  States  delegation  is  in- 
deed doing  its  share  of  work  with  the  other  delega- 
tions at  the  Conference.  He  said  that  he  did  not 
like  the  slur  cast  on  the  United  States  Delegation 
by  the  use  of  the  word  "unwilling",  which  meant 
that  the  United  States  was  not  willing  to  work 
with  the  Conference.  It  is  especially  inappropri- 
ate, he  said,  that  the  United  States  Delegation 
should  be  asked  to  serve  on  this  particular  com- 
mittee and  added  that  he  thought  he  had  given 
rich  reasons  for  that  opinion. 

Deparfmenf  of  Stafe  Bulletin 


Rejection  of  Soviet  Draft  Convention 


STATEMENT  BY  AMBASSADOR  CANNON 


The  Delegates  of  ten  Governments  have  now  sat 
round  this  table,  flanked  b_v  deputies  and  experts, 
for  nearly  three  weeks.  We  have  made  speeches, 
appointed  committees,  and  discussed  specific  ar- 
ticles of  a  proposed  new  treaty.  To  all  outward 
appearances,  we  have  gone  through  the  motions  of 
a  normal  international  conference. 

But  anybody  who  has  been  seated  in  this  hall  or 
in  the  gallery  knows  that  this  has  been  a  decep- 
tion. This  has  been  a  unique  performance  in  the 
history  of  international  negotiations.  I  know  of 
no  previous  international  conference  where  a  ma- 
joritj'  of  the  participants,  with  cynical  solidarity, 
have  refrained  from  proposing  even  minor 
changes  in  the  text  laid  before  them  for  discus- 
sion. The  document  about  to  be  put  to  the  final 
vote  is  the  document  which  the  Delegate  of  the 
Soviet  Union  brought  to  this  Conference  to  receive 
its  stamp  of  approval. 

It  hacl  been  our  hope  that  the  delegates  around 
this  table  would  be  able  really  to  work  out  a  new 
regime  of  free  navigation  on  the  Danube.  AVe  had 
been  thinking  of  an  agi'eement  which  would  have 
these  objectives : 

1.  To  promote  river  trade  within  the  entire 
Danube  basin,  and  to  invite  the  trade  of  other 
nations  into  the  Danube  river  ports. 

2.  To  assure  that  merchant  ships  of  any  flag 
could  use  without  discrimination  these  waters  and 
port  facilities,  subject  only  to  equitable  regula- 
tions. 

3.  To  set  up  a  regime  for  the  regulations  of  navi- 
gation adapted  to  the  special  problems  of  a  great 
river  system  serving  many  States,  and  responding 
to  the  expanding  requirements  of  modern  shipping 
traffic. 

4.  To  coordinate  the  administration  of  this  great 
waterway  with  other  international  undertakings 
through  a  relationship  with  the  United  Nations. 

5.  To  provide  an  efficient  and  impartial  means 
for  the  conciliation  of  differences  and  for  the 
settlement  of  disputes. 

The  draft  agi-eement  laid  before  us  by  the  Soviet 
Delegate  at  the  beginning  of  this  Conference  did 
none  of  these  things.  That  draft,  with  no  sig- 
nificant changes,  is  the  document  we  are  now  of- 
fered for  final  vote  and  signature.  There  has  been 
no  negotiation.  There  has  been  no  attempt  to 
reconcile  differences  of  technical  opinion.  There 
has  been  no  compromise,  even  in  matters  of  form. 

Septembers,  1948 


In  order  to  explain  this  extraordinary  situation, 
we  must  say  something  about  the  character  of  the 
Conference  itself. 

At  the  opening  ceremony  the  Soviet  Delegate 
said: 

"The  convention  adopted  here  will  not  have  to 
be  referred  to  anyone.  It  will  be  adopted  by  the 
majority  of  the  conference  and  signed  by  those 
who  wish  to  sign  and  will  come  into  force  without 
the  consent  of  a  small  minority  if  there  is  a  small 
minority." 

And  on  our  first  real  working  day,  July  31,  it 
was  made  brutally  clear  that  there  was  to  be  no 
real  discussion  of  the  problem  for  which  we  were 
brought  together.  There  was  a  solid  phalanx  of 
seven  Governments  which  were  already  committed 
to  the  adoption  of  this  Soviet  text,  and  already  de- 
termined to  disregard  whatever  proposals  the 
Delegations  of  the  United  States,  the  United  King- 
dom or  France  might  present.  On  that  first 
working  day  we  were  told  that : 

"The  door  was  open  to  come  in ;  the  same  door 
is  open  to  go  out,  if  that  is  what  you  wish." 

We  did  not  go  out;  we  have  stayed  on;  trying 
every  day  to  persuade  this  Conference  to  take  some 
step  toward  a  genuine  agreement. 

The  Soviet  draft  convention  was  laid  before  us 
on  August  2.  Six  other  Delegations  accepted  it 
without  reservation.  Some  of  them  declared  it 
to  be  a  perfect  instrument. 

To  the  United  States  Delegation,  the  Soviet 
draft,  for  all  its  declarations  of  good  intent,  does 
not  provide  the  basis  for  reopening  of  the  river  to 
freedom  of  trade  and  navigation.  It  does  not 
implement  the  recommendations  of  the  Paris  Con- 
ference or  the  decisions  of  the  Council  of  Foreign 
Ministers.  We  think  that  it  is  a  backward  step  in 
that  it  represents  a  new  and  determined  effort  to 
cut  off  certain  Danubian  states  from  their  normal, 
and  indeed  their  essential,  intercourse  with  the 
rest  of  the  world. 

The  United  States  objections  to  the  Soviet  draft 
can  be  summarized  very  briefly  under  five  points. 

First.  The  draft  fails  to  prevent  discrimination 
against  shipping  on  the  river.  It  provides  non- 
discriminatory  treatment  only   for   such  minor 

*  Made  before  the  final  plenary  session  of  the  Conference 
in  Belgrade  on  Aug.  18,  1948,  and  released  to  the  press  in 
Washington  on  Aug.  18. 

291 


DANUBIAN    CONFERENCE 

things  as  port  dues  and  sanitary  regulations.  On 
the  basic  issues  such  as  access  to  ports  and  facili- 
ties, the  draft  would  leave  the  door  open  to  a  con- 
tinuation of  the  exclusive  and  discriminatory 
practices  that  have  been  followed  for  the  past 
three  years. 

Second.  The  draft  fails  to  recognize  the  inter- 
est of  the  riparian  states  in  tlie  rest  of  the  world 
and  the  interest  of  the  rest  of  the  world  in  trade 
with  this  region.  This  draft  would  provide  a 
mechanism  for  controlling  economic  intercourse 
with  outside  areas,  even  to  the  detriment  of  some 
of  the  riparian  states  themselves.  There  has  been 
explicit  rejection  of  any  relationship  with  the 
United  Nations. 

This  convention  also  eliminates  non-riparian 
repi-esentation  on  a  new  Danube  Commission. 
The  members  of  this  Conference  must  surely 
realize  that  non-riparian  representation  would  be 
the  best  assurance  of  a  more  effective  utilization 
of  the  river  and  stimulation  of  trade  and  shipping. 

Third.  The  Convention  presents  a  weak,  badly 
organized  Commission  with  a  river  system  too 
narrowly  defined  since  tributaries  and  important 
lateral  canals  are  omitted,  and  only  one  of  the  out- 
lets to  the  Black  Sea  is  included.  To  complete,  the 
picture  of  an  ineffectual  Commission,  provision 
has  been  made  for  the  establishment  of  autono- 
mous river  administrations  outside  the  Commis- 
sion's real  control. 

Fourth.  Austria,  which  is  one  of  the  most  im- 
portant riparian  states  with  its  great  Danubian 
trade,  is  barred  from  participation  for  the  time 
being.  The  question  of  participation  by  Germany 
is  ignored  entirely. 

Fifth.  The  convention  attempts  arbitrarily  to 
nullify  the  1921  Convention.  These  provisions 
are  contrary  not  only  to  the  rights  of  certain  par- 
ticipants of  this  Conference,  but  also  to  the  rights 
of  other  signatories  of  the  1921  Convention  such 
as  Belgium,  Greece  and  Italy. 

After  examining  the  Soviet  draft,  the  Delega- 
tions of  the  United  States,  Great  Britain  and 
France  submitted  twenty-eight  amendments. 
Every  one  of  these  amendments  on  which  a  vote 
was  taken  was  rejected,  with  seven  negative  votes. 
Every  one  of  the  articles  of  the  Soviet  draft  was 
accepted,  thanks  to  the  votes  of  these  same  seven 
states. 

With  that  on  the  record,  it  was  strange  to  hear 
the  talk  at  this  table  about  dictatorship  of  the 
minority.  There  was  no  minority  machine.  The 
record  shows  even  no  uniformity  in  the  minority 
voting. 

Behind  each  Delegate  at  this  table  are  specialists 
and  experts.  Experts  in  maritime  law,  in  the 
practical  problems  of  merchant  shipping,  in  the 
technical  problems  of  hydraulic  works  and  river 
control,  have  sat  here  day  after  day  listening  to 

J92 


these  dreary  political  debates.  Not  once  have 
they,  or  their  chief  delegates  with  their  advice, 
grappled  with  the  practical  problems  we  had  hoped 
to  solve. 

When  we  came  here  the  Danube  River  was  dead 
to  international  trade,  as  the  world  understands 
that  term.  Wlien  we  leave  here  there  will  be  no 
change — no  change  except  that  the  present  re- 
gime of  rigid  Soviet  control  from  Bratislava  to  the 
Black  Sea  will  have  been  acknowledged  by  seven 
Governments  at  this  Conference. 

The  United  States  Delegation  has  been  perfectly 
frank  in  its  opinion  that  the  special  privileged  po- 
sition of  the  Soviet-controlled  joint  companies  in 
Hungary,  Rumania  and  Yugoslavia  is  a  major  ob- 
stacle to  free  navigation  on  tlie  Danube.  We  main- 
tain that  this  system  of  interlocking  enterprises 
constitutes  a  huge  monopolistic  combine  which  in 
effect  excludes  the  commerce  of  other  countries 
from  the  lower  Danube.  So  long  as  this  exclusive 
system  continues,  we  do  not  see  how  the  shipping 
of  other  countries  can  operate  in  those  reaches  of 
the  Danube  at  all.  We  think  this  was  one  of  the 
major  problems  of  this  Conference,  but  each  men- 
tion of  it  brought  forth  the  charge  of  American 
"economic  domination"  and  "imperialism". 

That  was  one  of  the  strange  things  about  this 
Conference,  for  the  history  of  the  relations  of  the 
United  States  with  these  Danubian  nations  has 
proved  to  the  world  the  disinterested  concern  of 
the  American  people  in  their  welfare.  Most  of 
the  delegates  here  have  talked  a  great  deal  about 
this  sovereignty,  as  though  the  mercliant  ships  of 
otlier  nations  in  their  river  ports  could  bring  them 
harm.  That  has  a  hollow  sound  when  one  con- 
siders the  economic  price  a  nation  pays  when  trade 
and  intercourse  are  throttled  to  the  advantage  of 
a  single  powerful  neighbor.  It  has  a  hollow  sound 
when  one  considers  the  instances  of  interference  in 
the  internal  aft'airs  of  the  states  of  this  region  in 
the  past  few  years. 

Freedom  of  navigation  is  an  important  objec- 
tive of  American  foreign  policy.  We  regret  that 
it  has  not  been  possible  for  us  to  reach  agreement 
here  on  a  convention  which  would  guarantee  that 
freedom  on  the  Danube.  In  the  absence  of  such 
guarantees  we  cannot  accept  the  treaty  which  is 
now  before  the  Conference. 

When  ships  can  again  freely  go  up  and  down 
the  river,  the  I'evival  of  trade  should  bring  im- 
mediate benefits  to  the  nations  of  both  Eastern 
and  Western  Europe.  It  is,  in  fact,  one  of  the 
conditions  for  Europe's  recovery. 

The  American  people  have  undertaken  an  un- 
precedented program  of  long-tei-m  aid  to  Europe. 
They  have  a  real  and  abiding  interest  in  what  hap- 
pens on  the  Danube.  They  will  not  lose  that  in- 
terest merely  because  this  Conference  has  not 
found  agreement  on  a  way  to  restoi'e  the  Danube 
to  its  great  usefulness  to  the  peoples  of  Europe. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS  AND  SPECIALIZED  AGENCIES 


Additional  Military  Observers  Requested  To  Supervise  Palestine  Truce 


[Released  to  the  press  August  21  ] 

Count  Folke  Bernadotte,  the  United  Nations 
Jleiliator  for  Palestine,  recently  requested  the 
United  States,  Belgium,  and  France  to  send  addi- 
tional enlisted  military  observers  to  Palestine  for 
the  purpose  of  supervising  the  Security  Council 
truce  in  that  country.  Under  this  plan  the  pres- 
ent staff  of  300  officers  as  observers  (125  U.  S.,  125 
France,  and  50  Belgium)  would  be  augmented  bv 
300  enlisted  men  (125  U.  S.,  125  France,  and  50 
Belgium).  In  no  event  are  these  men  to  be  as- 
signed guard,  protective,  or  enforcement  duties. 

As  announced  by  the  Secretary  of  State  on  Au- 
gust IS,  the  United  States  National  Military  Estab- 
lishment is  malving  arrangements  to  provide  an 
additional  125  enlisted  men  from  the  Army,  Navy, 
Air  Force,  and  Marine  Corps.  It  is  expected  they 
■will  begin  to  arrive  shortly.  The  initial  contin- 
gents will  be  made  available  from  the  Sixth  Task 
Fleet. 

A  number  of  the  officers  and  men  already  serving 
in  Palestine  as  well  as  many  of  the  additional  en- 
listed personnel  going  to  Palestine  are  communica- 
tions and  field  motor-maintenance  specialists. 
Such  specialists  have  been  provided  in  order  to 
facilitate  Count  Bernadotte's  communications  and 
transportation  problems  in  supervising  the  truce 
in  Palestine  from  such  widely  separated  points  as 


Beirut,  Damascus,  Amman,  Haifa,  Jerusalem, 
Tel  Aviv,  Cairo,  and  Rhodes.  The  primary  task 
of  the  observers  is  to  supervise  and  report  on  the 
observance  of  the  terms  of  the  truce.  The  primary 
task  of  the  enlisted  personnel  is  the  operation  and 
maintenance  of  radio  and  transportation  equip- 
ment used  by  the  observers. 

In  addition,  three  destroyers,  the  occasional 
services  of  an  auxiliary  vessel,  four  Air  Force  C-47 
planes,  as  well  as  motor  vehicles  and  a  large  quan- 
tity of  valuable  radio-communications  equipment 
have  temporarily  been  loaned  to  Count  Bernadotte 
as  the  United  States  assistance  to  him  under  the 
Security  Council  truce  resolutions  of  May  29  and 
July  15.  The  employment  of  these  vessels  and 
aircraft  is  limited  to  transportation,  observation, 
and  reporting  duties.  Naval  vessels  are  not  au- 
thorized to  stop  or  board  shipping  encountered. 

On  August  9  Trygve  Lie,  the  Secretary-General 
of  the  United  Nations,  wrote  the  Secretary  of 
State : 

"May  I  also  take  this  occasion  to  express  my  deep 
gratitude  for  the  manner  in  which  the  United 
States  Government  has  responded  to  the  many  re- 
quests which  have  been  made  in  connection  with 
the  Palestine  question,  and  my  sincere  apprecia- 
tion of  the  cooperation  of  the  United  States  Mis- 
sion to  the  United  Nations  in  these  matters." 


American  Aid  to  Refugees  in  Near  East 


TELEGRAM  FROM  SECRETARY  MARSHALL  TO  COUNT  FOLKE  BERNADOTTE, 

PALESTINE  MEDIATOR 


[Released  to  the  press  August  27] 

August  26, 194S 

I  refer  to  my  telegram  of  August  20  ^  and  re- 
port following  American  contributions  to  allevia- 
tion refugee  situation  in  the  Near  East.  Prior  to 
your  appeal  dated  August  16,^  the  American  Red 
Cross  sent  to  the  Near  East  for  distribution  medi- 
cal supplies  valued  at  $250,000.  Church  World 
Service,  relief  organization  for  Federal  Council 
of  Churches  of  Christ  in  America,  contributed 
38,000  pounds  of  clothing  and  175  pounds  of 
vitamins. 


'  Bulletin  of  Aug.  29, 1948,  p.  267. 
'  Bulletin,-  of  Aug.  29,  1948,  p.  260. 


In  response  to  your  request  of  August  16  for 
foodstuffs  and  DDT,  Near  East  Foundation  has 
informed  us  of  donation  of  $100,000  from  Arabian 
American  Oil  Company  and  Trans-Arabian  Pipe- 
line Company,  and  an  additional  $100,000  gift  is 
being  placed  at  the  disposal  of  the  Near  East  Foun- 
dation by  International  Bechtel  Incorporated. 
Donors  have  specified  that  both  sums  be  used  in 
support  of  your  relief  activities.  The  American 
Red  Cross  has  pledged  $14,000  to  cover  purchase 
of  the  total  quantity  of  DDT  requested  by  you. 
Negotiations  are  now  taking  place  under  which 
it  is  hoped  a  substantial  quantity  of  wheat  from 
farmers  of  Ohio  and  Kansas,  donated  through 
(Continued  on  page  299) 


September  5,  1948 


293 


The  Fourth  International  Congresses  on  Tropical  Medicine  and  Malaria 

BY  WILBUR  A.  SAWYER,  M.D. 
Secretary  General 


The  Fourth  International  Congresses  on  Trop- 
ical Medicine  and  Malaria  were  lield  in  Wasliing- 
ton  from  May  10  to  18, 1948,  under  the  sponsorship 
of  the  Department  of  State  witli  the  cooperation 
of  many  interested  governmental  agencies  and 
national  scientific  societies.  The  purpose  of  the 
meeting  was  to  bring  together  the  world's  experts 
and  scientists  in  the  field  of  tropical  medicine 
and  thus  to  make  more  widely  available  the  latest 
knowledge  regarding  the  prevention  and  cure  of 
the  diseases  of  the  warmer  climates. 

This  international  meeting  was  urgently  needed, 
since  the  normal  interval  of  five  years  between  the 
Congresses  had  been  expanded  to  ten  as  one  of 
the  unfortunate  results  of  World  War  II.  Dur- 
ing the  war  years  an  abundance  of  new  knowledge 
and  new  materials  had  been  developed  and  was 
awaiting  wider  application  for  the  common  benefit. 

The  Fourth  International  Congresses  were  in 
reality  a  joint  meeting  of  two  long-established 
organizations,  the  International  Congress  on 
Tropical  Medicine  and  the  International  Congress 
on  Malaria.  All  previous  meetings  had  been  held 
in  Europe  or  Africa.  The  First  International 
Congiess  on  Tropical  Medicine  met  at  London 
August  7-12,  1913,  and  the  second  at  Cairo,  De- 
cember 15-22, 1928.  The  third  was  held  conjointly 
with  the  Third  International  Congress  on  Malaria, 
at  Amsterdam,  September  24:-October  1,  1938,  as 
the  Third  International  Congress  of  Tropical 
Medicine  and  Malaria.  The  First  International 
Congress  on  Malaria  met  at  Eome  October  4-6, 
1925,  and  the  second  at  Algiers,  May  19-24,  1930. 
The  meeting  of  the  Congresses  in  Washington 
with  the  United  States  of  America  as  host  govern- 
ment was,  therefore,  the  second  such  joint  congress 
and  the  fourth  meeting  of  each  orgaiiization. 

The  governmental  agencies  which  cooperated 
with  the  Department  of  State  in  the  sponsorship  of 
the  Congresses  were  the  Bureau  of  Medicine  and 
Surgery  of  the  Department  of  the  Navy,  the  De- 
partment of  Agriculture,  the  Institute  of  Inter- 
American  Affairs,  the  Office  of  the  Surgeon  Gen- 
eral of  the  United  States  Army,  the  United  States 
Public  Health  Service,  and  the  Veterans  Admin- 
istration. The  American  Academy  of  Tropical 
Medicine  initiated  the  timely  move  to  hold  the 

294 


Congresses  in  the  United  States.  The  other  coop- 
erating scientific  societies  were  American  Associa- 
tion for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  American 
Association  for  Economic  Entomologists,  Ameri- 
can College  of  Physicians,  American  Dermatologi- 
cal  Association,  American  Medical  Association, 
American  Public  Health  Association,  American 
Society  of  Parasitologists,  American  Society  of 
Tropical  Medicine,  American  Veterinary  Medical 
Association,  Entomological  Association  of  Amer- 
ica. Medical  Society  of  the  District  of  Columbia, 
National  Malaria  Society,  National  Research 
Council,  and  Southern  Medical  Association.  Rep- 
resentatives of  each  of  the  cooperating  organiza- 
tions and  agencies  made  up  the  official  American 
Delegation,  with  Dr.  Leonard  A.  Scheele,  Surgeon 
General,  United  States  Public  Health  Service,  as 
the  chairman. 

The  importance  of  the  meetings  was  widely 
appreciated.  Forty-five  governments  and  eight 
intergovernmental  organizations  sent  194  official 
delegates.  Nongovernmental  institutions  sent  153 
delegates,  and  there  were  473  additional  scientific 
and  professional  members.  The  total  number  reg-' 
istered,  including  associates,  exhibitors,  members 
of  the  secretariat,  and  others,  was  1,256.  These 
particij^ants  have  now  returned  to  their  countries 
on  all  the  continents  to  put  into  practice  the  new 
knowledge  and  improved  metliods  gained. 

The  Governments  which  sent  delegates  in  re- 
sponse to  the  invitation  of  the  Department  of  State 
were  Afghanistan;  Argentina;  Australia;  Aus- 
tria; Belgium;  Bolivia;  Brazil;  Canada;  Chile; 
China;  Colombia;  Cuba;  Dominican  Republic; 
Ecuador;  Egypt;  El  Salvador;  Finland;  France; 
Greece;  Guatemala;  India;  Iran;  Iraq;  Italy; 
Lebanon ;  Liberia ;  Mexico ;  the  Netherlands ;  New 
Zealand;  Pakistan;  Panama;  Paraguay;  Peru; 
Republic  of  the  Philippines;  Portugal;  Siain; 
Sweden;  Switzerland;  Syria;  Turkey;  Union  of 
South  Africa;  United  Kingdom;  United  States; 
Uruguay;  and  Venezuela.  Over  60  governments 
had  been  invited.  The  intergovernmental  or- 
ganizations represented  by  delegates  were  the 
Caribbean  Commission ;  the  Food  and  Agriculture 
Organization  of  the  United  Nations;  the  Inter- 
national Labor  Organization;  the  Pan  American 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


ACTIVITIES   AND  DEVELOPMENTS 


Sanitary  Bureau :  the  United  Xations  Educational, 
Scientific  and  Cultural  Organization;  the  United 
Nations  International  Children's  Emergency 
Fund;  the  United  Nations;  and  the  World  Health 
Organization. 

To  produce  the  maximum  results  from  this 
international  <rathering,  the  scientific  contribu- 
tions and  discussions  will  be  made  available  by 
the  publicat  ion  of  the  proceedings.  By  this  means 
it  is  proposed  to  accelerate  pi-ogress  throughout 
the  world  in  the  prevention  and  treatment  of 
tropical  diseases. 

The  Opening  Plenary  Session 

The  opening  meeting  of  the  Congresses  was  held 
in  the  Departmental  Auditorium  on  May  10.  The 
address  of  welcome  was  given  by  Secretary  Mar- 
shall, and  the  response  in  behalf  of  all  the  delegates 
and  members  was  by  Professor  N.  H.  Swellen- 
grebel,  Delegate  for  tlie  Netherlands.  In  speaking 
to  the  session  the  Secretary  stated  that — 

"The  concentration  of  some  of  the  best  minds  and  most 
zealous  spirits  of  many  lands  on  common  objectives  in 
tliese  conferences  is  convincing  evidence  tliat  our  world 
is  not  a  conglomeration  of  geograijhic  entities  but  a  vast 
neighborhood  of  peoples.  We  can  fly  around  the  world 
now  in  less  time  tlian  is  required  for  the  incubation  of 
most  diseases.  In  the  modern  world  isolation  in  the 
medical  sense  is  as  impossible  as  political  and  economic 
isolation.  There  is  no  way  we  can  escape  the  consequences 
of  each  other's  mischief  or  misfortune.  There  is  no  ac- 
ceptable alternative  to  learning  to  live  together  in  har- 
mony and  well-being. 

"The  professions  you  represent  are  in  the  forefront  of 
this  great  humane  endeavor.  Statesmen  and  men  of  af- 
fairs usually  and  unfortunately  must  deal  with  urgent, 
immediate  problem.s — the  eft'ects,  and  not  the  causes,  of  the 
discords  that  mar  human  relationships.  Seldom  are  we 
able  to  get  at  the  remedy  for  the  mass  misery  that  de- 
velops discontent,  misunderstanding,  and  violence.  That 
is  your  particular  province  in  which  you  labor  as  bene- 
factors of  mankind. 


"The  achievements  and  the  aims  of  the  cooperative  effort 
represented  by  these  meetings  emphasize  anew  that  man 
has  far  more  to  gain  by  uniting  in  a  common  fight  against 
his  real  enemies,  such  as  di.sea.se,  than  by  internecine 
strife  of  his  own  kind." 

Awards 

At  the  banquet  of  the  Congresses  on  the  evening 
of  May  17  the  recipients  of  the  Laveran  Prize 
and  the  Walter  Reed  Medal  were  announced.  The 
Laveran  Prize,  which  had  been  established  after 
the  Second  International  Congress  on  Malaria  in 
1930  in  Algiers  and  which  is  awarded  at  each  meet- 
ing for  the  most  important  work  reported  in  ma- 
laria, was  bestowed  on  Henry  E.  Shortt  of  the 
United  Kingdom  for  his  discovery  of  the  location 
and  characteristics  of  the  malaria  parasite  in  the 
liver  of  the  monkey  during  the  period  before  it 
invades  the  blood  corpuscles.  This  and  related 
studies  bring  to  a  successful  end  a  long  period  of 
search  by  many  investigators  for  this  in  monkey 


OFFICERS 

Horwrary  Presidents 
Prof.  Jerome  Rodhain,  Belgium 
Sir  Malcolm  Watson,  United  Kingdom 
Dr.  Richard  P.  Strong,  United  States 

Honorary  Vice  Presidents 
Dr.  C.  K.  Chu,  China 
Dr.  Edmoud  Sergent,  France 
Maj.  Gen.  Sir  Sahib  Singh  Sokhey,  India 
Prof.  Alberto  Missiroli,  Italy 
Col.  Charles  F.  Craig,  United  States 
Dr.  Arnoldo  Gabaldon,  Venezuela 

Presi4ent 
Dr.  Leonard  A.  Scheele,  United  States 

Vice  Presidents 
Dr.  L.  Van  Hoof,  Belgium 
HK'decin  Gen.  Marcel  Vaucel.  France 
Maj.  Gen.  Sir  Gordon  Covell,  United  Kingdom 

Secretary  Oeneral 
Dr.  Wilbur  A.  Sawyer,  United  States 


Septembers,  7948 


and  man  and  points  the  way  to  a  clearer  under- 
standing of  the  nature  of  latent  malaria  and 
relapses. 

The  AValter  Reed  Medal,  bestowed  from  time  to 
time  by  the  American  Society  of  Tropical  Medicine 
for  outstanding  scientific  work  in  its  field,  was 
awarded  to  Prof.  N.  H.  Swellengrebel  of  the  Neth- 
erlands for  his  investigations  in  tropical  medicine 
in  many  parts  of  the  world. 

Scientific  Sessions 

The  real  business  of  the  Congresses  was  the 
sharing  of  new  knowledge  and  experience  through 
the  presentation  of  scientific  papers  and  their  free 
di.scussion.  The  field  to  be  covered  was  so  broad 
that  it  was  necessary  to  divide  the  scientific  pro- 
gram into  twelve  sections,  which  covered  the  fol- 
lowing subjects:  I.  Research  and  Teaching  Insti- 
tutes; II.  Tropical  Climatology  and  Physiology; 
III.  Bacterial  and  Spirochetal  Diseases;  IV.  Virus 
and  Rickettsial  Diseases;  V.  Malaria;  VI.  Hel- 
minthic Diseases;  VII.  Protozoan  Diseases;  VIII. 
Nutritional  Diseases  in  the  Tropics;  IX.  Tropi- 
cal Dermatology  and  Mycology;  X.  Tropical 
Veterinary  Medicine;  XI.  Public  Health;  and 
XII.  Medical  and  Veterinary  Entomology.  The 
papers  were  given  in  any  of  three  languages — 
English,  French,  or  Spanish. 

The  scientific  activities  were  not  limited  to  the 
presentation  of  formal  papers;  the  delegates  and 
members  visited  several  laboratories  of  scientific 
institutions  and  met  investigators  and  also  viewed 
demonstrations.    A  day  was  devoted  to  the  Agri- 

295 


ACTIVITIBS    AND   DEVELOPMENTS 

cultural  Research  Center  of  the  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture  at  Beltsville,  Md. 
The  worlv  of  the  Bureau  of  Entomology  and  Plant 
Quarantine  at  this  center  was  of  special  interest 
particularly  the  demonstrations  of  the  distribution 
of  insecticides  from  aircraft.  Demonstration  tours 
were  made  also  to  the  research  laboratories  of  the 
National  Naval  Medical  Center  and  the  National 
Institute  of  Health,  at  Bethesda,  Md.  The  Army 
Medical  Department  Research  and  Graduate 
School  and  the  Walter  Reed  General  Hospital  in 
Washington  were  visited  also.  The  Army  Medical 
Library  and  the  Army  Institute  of  Pathology 
were  open  throughout  the  week.  The  last  day  of 
the  Congresses  the  Johns  Hopkins  University 
School  of  Hygiene  and  Public  Health  at  Balti- 
more was  visited. 

Special  Exercises 

Special  exercises  in  commemoration  of  two 
gi-eat  historical  events  in  tropical  medicine  were 
held  on  May  12  and  14  in  the  Departmental  Audi- 
torium. The  first  was  in  commemoration  of  the 
establishment  by  Walter  Reed  of  the  mosquito 
transmission  of  yellow  fever  in  Cuba  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  century.  The  second  was  in  celebration 
of  tlie  fiftieth  anniversary  of  the  discovery  by  Ron- 
ald Ross  of  the  method  of  transmission  of  malaria. 
The  Reed  meeting  was  opened  by  Maj.  Gen.  Ray- 
mond W.  Bliss,  Surgeon  General  of  the  United 
States  Army.  Dr.  Fred  L.  Soper,  Director  of  the 
Pan  American  Sanitary  Bureau,  presided,  and  Dr. 
Pliilip  S.  Hench  of  the  Mayo  Clinic  gave  the  prin- 
cipal address.  James  L.  Hanberry,  one  of  the 
few  still  surviving  volunteer  subjects  who  con- 
tracted yellow  fever  in  the  Reed  experiments,  was 
on  the  platform  as  a  guest  of  honor. 

The  Ross  meeting  was  opened  by  the  chairman, 
Prof.  George  Macdonald,  director  of  the  Ross  In- 
stitute of  Tropical  Hygiene,  London.  Dr.  Paul 
F.  Russell  of  the  International  Health  Division 
of  the  Rockefeller  Foundation  introduced  the  prin- 
cipal speaker,  Sir  JSInlcolm  Watson,  emeritus  di- 
rector of  the  Ross  Institute  and  a  friend  and  con- 
temporary of  Ronald  Ross. 

Special  Conferences 

There  was  fortunate  timing  of  the  Congresses 
with  i-elation  to  the'  opening  meeting  of  the  first 
World  Health  Assembly  of  the  World  Health  Or- 
ganization in  Geneva  on  June  24,  1948.  The 
gathering  of  so  many  experts  in  tropical  medicine 
facilitated  cooperation  between  the  Congresses 
and  the  World  Health  Organization  in  collecting 
and  preparing  scientific  information  for  the  use 
of  the  first  World  Health  Assembly.  An  informal 
meeting  of  malaria  experts  attending  the  Con- 
gresses was  arranged  by  the  Expert  Committee 
on  Malaria  of  the  Interim  Commission  of  the 
World  Health  Organization  on  May  15.  On 
the  day  following  the  adjournment  of  the  Con- 
gresses, the  Expert  Committee  opened  its  second 

296 


session  in  the  office  of  the  Pan  American  Sanitary 
Bureau,  and  there  was  also  a  special  conference  of 
persons  interested  in  schistosomiasis.  A  meeting 
of  experts  on  plague  on  May  11  was  for  the  pur- 
pose of  collecting  and  organizing  the  best  thought 
on  the  subject  for  consideration  by  the  World 
Health  Organization. 

Scientific  and  commercial  exhibits  relating  to 
tropical  medicine  were  shown  as  well  as  were 
selected  motion  pictures. 

Tiie  Final  Plenary  Session 

The  Congi-esses  were  brought  to  a  close  at  the 
final  plenary  session  on  May  18  in  a  general  at- 
mosphere of  satisfaction  with  what  had  been  ac- 
complished. Resolutions  were  adopted  expressing 
the  consensus  on  various  subjects  which  had  occu- 
pied the  several  sections.  It  was  resolved  that 
the  International  Congress  of  Tropical  Medicine 
and  the  International  Congress  of  Malaria  should 
be  permanently  merged  to  form  the  International 
Congress  on  Tropical  Medicine  and  Malaria.  An 
Interim  Committee  was  appointed  to  make  prep- 
arations for  the  Fifth  International  Congress  on 
Tropical  Medicine  and  Malaria  and  to  consider 
the  invitations  received  from  China,  Egypt,  and 
the  Republic  of  the  Philippines,  together  with  any 
other  official  invitations. 

Another  resolution  expressed  accord  with  the 
ideals,  aims,  and  pursuits  of  the  World  Health 
Organization  and  offered  full  supj^ort  in  the  ac- 
complishment of  its  objectives.  An  optimistic 
position  was  taken  with  regard  to  plague.  The 
resolution  adopted  and  its  preamble  ai'e  as  follows : 

"Whereas:  In  the  light  of  present  knowledge 
of  the  effectiveness  of  the  newer  insecticides,  ro- 
denticides,  prophylactic  and  therapeutic  measures 
and  other  methods  of  control,  it  is  believed  possible 
to  eliminate  plague  as  a  human  menace;  therefore, 
the  Fourth  International  Congresses  on  Tropical 
Medicine  and  Malaria 

Resolved:  That  these  Congresses  do  recommend 
to  the  World  Health  Organization  that  an  expert 
committee  on  plague  be  established  to  study  and 
plan  action  for  the  elimination  of  plague  as  a 
human  menace." 

An  Interim  Committee  was  elected  with  mem- 
bers widely  distributed  geographically.  Medecin 
General  M.  Vaucel  of  France  was  made  chairman 
and  Dr.  L.  Van  Hoof  of  Belgium,  secretary- 
treasurer. 

In  his  closing  address  the  president  of  the  Con- 
gresses, Dr.  Leonard  A.  Scheele,  pointed  out  that 
no  nation  is  self-sufficient  in  protecting  itself  from 
certain  exotic  trojoical  diseases.  "Greater  and 
greater  quarantine  vigil  is  required  but  even  this 
is  not  enough.  The  best  defense  is  attack,  and 
attack  at  the  source  is  the  quickest  and  surest 
method,  and  in  the  long  run  it  is  often  most  eco- 
nomical to  wipe  out  scourges  at  their  origin  rather 
than  await  their  spread." 

Department  of  Stale  Bulletin 


INTERNATIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS  AND  CONFERENCES 


Calendar  of  Meetings^ 


Adjourned  During  August 

United  Nations: 

Trusteeship  Council:  Third  Session 

Ecosoc  (Economic  and  Social  Council) :  Seventh  Session     .    .    , 

Conference  To  Consider  Free  Navigation  of  the  Danube 

Meeting  of  the  United  Kingdom  and  Dominions  Official  Medi- 
cal Histories  Liaison  Committee. 

Eighth  International  Congress  of  Entomology 

International  Astronomical  Union:  General  Assembly 

International  Congress  on  Mental  Health 

Fourth  Annual  Congress  on  Limnology 

Second    Meeting   on    the    General    Agreement    on    Tariffs    and 
Trade. 

Fao    (Food    and    Agriculture    Organization) :    Third    Session    of 
Council. 

International  Union  of  Geodesy  and  Geophysics:  Eighth  General 
Assembly. 

Eighth  World's  Poultry  Congress 

Seventeenth  Conference  of  the  International  Red  Cro.ss 

UNESCO    (L^nited    Nations   Educational,    Scientific   and    Cultural 
Organization) :  Meeting  of  Radio  Program  Committee. 

In  Session  as  of  September  1,  1948 

Far  Eastern  Commission 

United  Nations: 

Security  Council 

Military  Staff  Committee 

Commission  on  Conventional  Armaments 

Security  Council's  Committee  of  Good  Offices  on  the  Indonesian 

Question. 
General  Assembly  Special  Committee  on  the  Greek  Question  .    . 

Temporary  Commission  on  Korea 

Interim  Committee  of  the  General  Assembly 

Security  Council's  Kashmir  Commission 

Ecosoc  (Economic   and   Social    Council):    Subcommission   on 
Statistical  Sampling. 

German    External    Property    Negotiations   with    Portugal    (Safe- 
haven)  . 
Inter- -Allied  Trade  Board  for  Japan 


Council  of  Foreign  Ministers:  Deputies  for  Italian  Colonial  Prob- 
lems. 


Lake  Success .    .    .    . 

Geneva 

Belgrade 

Oxford,  England    .    . 

Stockholm 

Zurich 

London    

Zurich 

Geneva    

Washington    .    .    .    . 

Oslo 

Copenhagen   .    .    .    . 

Stockholm 

Paris 

Washington    ,    .    .    . 

Lake  Success .  .  .  . 
Lake  Success .    .    .    . 

Lake  Success .... 
Lake  Success .... 

Salonika  and  Geneva 

Seoul   

Lake  Success  .... 
Geneva  and  Kashmir 
Geneva   

Lisbon 

Washington    .    .    .    . 

Loudon    


1948 


June  16-Aug.  5 
July  19-Aug.  29 
July  30  Aug.  19 
Aug.  3-7 

Aug. 
Aug. 
Aug. 
Aug. 
Aug. 

8-14 

10-17 

11-21 

16-21 

16-25 

Aug. 

17-26 

Aug. 

17-28 

Aug.  20-27 
Aug.  20-30 
Aug.  23-29 

1946 

Feb. 

26- 

Mar 
Mar 

25- 
25- 

1947 

Mar. 
Oct. 

24- 
3- 

Nov. 

21- 

1948 

Jan.  12- 
Feb.  23- 
June  15- 
Aug.  30- 

1946 

Sept. 

3- 

Oct. 

24- 

1947 


Oct.  3- 


'  Prepared  in  the  Division  of  International  Conferences,  Department  of  State. 


September  5,  1948 


297 


Calendar  oj  Meetings — Continued 


1948 

Itu   (International  Telecommunication  Union) :  Provisional  Fre- 

Geneva    

Jan.  15- 

quency  Board. 

Eighteenth  International  Geological  Congress 

London   

Aug.  25- 

Ito  (International  Trade  Organization) :  Meeting  of  Interim  Com- 

Geneva  

Aag.  25- 

mittee. 

Scheduled  for  September  1948 

1948 

Itu  (International  Telecommunication  Union) :    Meeting  of   Ad- 

Geneva    

Sept.  1- 

rninistrative  Council. 

UNESCO    (United    Nations    Educational,    Scientific  and   Cultural 

Interlaken,  Smtzerland    .    . 

Sept.  1-4 

Organization) :  Expert  Conference  for  High  Altitude  Stations. 

XXXVII  General  Assembly  of  the  Interparliamentary  Union  .    .    . 

Rome      

Sept.  6-14 

Royal  Netherlands  Industries  Fair 

Utrecht 

Sept.  7-16 
Sept.  7-20 

Inter-American   Conference  on  the   Conservation   of  Renewable 

Denver 

Natural  Resources. 

Iro  (International  Refugee  Organization):  Seventh  Part  of  First 

Geneva   

Sept.  10- 

Session  of  Preparatory  Commission. 

Fifth    International    Conference    of    Directors    of    Mine    Safety 

Pittsburgh 

Sept.  20-24 

Research  Stations. 

Ilo  (International  Labor  Organization) : 

Joint  Maritime  Commission 

Geneva    

Sept.  20-25 
Sept.  27-Oct.  16 

Technical  Tripartite  Conference  on  Safety  in  Factories     .... 

Geneva    

United  Nations: 

Third  Session  of  General  Assembly 

Paris 

Sept.  21- 

Ecosoc    (Economic   and   Social   Council) :  Ece   Committee  on 

Geneva   

Sept.  22- 

Electric  Power. 

International  Bank  for  Reconstruction  and  Development:  Third 

Washington 

Sept.  27- 

Annual  Meeting  of  the  Board  of  Governors. 

International  Monetary  Fund:  Tliird  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Board 

Washington 

Sept.  27- 

of  Governors. 

Who  (World  Health  Organization) :  Expert  Committee  on  Tuber- 
culosis. 

Paris 

Sept.  30- 

U.S.  DELEGATION  TO  ITO  CONFERENCE 

[Released  to  the  press  August  24] 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  August 
24  the  composition  of  the  United  States  Delegation 
to  the  second  session  of  the  Executive  Committee 
of  the  Interim  Commission  of  the  proposed  Inter- 
national Trade  Organization  scheduled  to  convene 
at  Geneva  on  August  25, 1948.  The  United  States 
Delegation  is  as  follows : 

CTnawman 

Leroy  D.  Stlnehower,  Special  Assistant  to  the  Assistant 
Secretai-y  of  State  for  Economic  Affairs 

Vice  Chairman 

Carl  D.  Corse,  Associate  Chief,  Division  of  Commercial 
Policy,  Department  of  State 

AAvi&ers 

Walter  Hollis,  Assistant  to  the  Legal  Adviser,  Department 

of  State 
Lewis  L.  Lorwin,  Economic  Adviser,  Office  of  International 

Trade,  Department  of  Commerce 
Wilfred  Malenbaum,  Acting  Chief,  Division  of  Investment 

and  Economic  Development,  Department  of  State 

298 


The  Interim  Commission  for  the  International 
Trade  Organization  was  provided  for  by  a  resolu- 
tion adoped  at  the  United  Nations  Conference  on 
Trade  and  Employment  held  at  Habana,  Cuba, 
November  21,  1947-March  24,  1948.  Fifty-two 
governments,  all  of  which  signed  the  final  act  of 
the  Conference,  are  represented  on  the  Interim 
Commission.  The  resolution  also  provided  for 
the  election  of  an  18-member  Executive  Committee 
of  the  Interim  Commission.  The  first  session  of 
the  Executive  Committee  was  held  at  Habana  im- 
mediately after  its  election. 

The  Executive  Committee,  at  the  forthcoming 
meeting,  will  deal  with  the  preparation  of  docu- 
ments and  recommendations  relating  to  organiza- 
tional matters  for  submission  to  the  Conference  of 
the  International  Trade  Organization  when  the 
Organization  is  established.  Neither  the  Interim 
Commission  nor  its  Executive  Committee  is  author- 
ized to  deal  with  substantive  economic  matters  or 
to  take  action  beyond  the  formulation  of  recom- 
mendations for  consideration  by  the  proposed  In- 
ternational Trade  Organization. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


PROVISIONAL  AGENDA'FOR  THIRD 
WEST  INDIAN  CONFERENCE 

The  provisional  agenda  for  the  Third  West  In- 
dian Conference  to  be  held  in  Guadeloupe,  French 
West  Indies,  during  the  first  weeks  of  December 
has  now  been  prepared  by  the  Caribbean  Commis- 
sion. Industrial  development  and  economic  pro- 
ductivity will  form  the  keynote  of  tlie  conference, 
which  will  be  attended  by  delegates  from  the  Car- 
ibbean territories  within  the  Commission's  terms  of 
reference.  Observers  invited  by  the  Commission 
from  Canada.  Haiti,  Cuba,  the  Dominican  Eepub- 
lic.  and  the  United  Nations  and  its  specialized 
agencies  may  also  attend. 

According  to  the  rules  of  procedure  of  the  West 
Indian  Conference  this  provisional  agenda  is  sub- 
ject to  revision  in  the  light  of  conunents  from  the 
governments  concerned,  to  whom  it  has  now  been 
sent,  but  it  is  not  expected  that  there  will  be  any 
substantial  alterations,  additions,  and  amencbnents. 
The  agenda  is  also  subject  to  approval  by  the  con- 
ference and  items  within  the  terms  of  reference  of 
the  Commission  may  be  added,  or  any  of  the  pres- 
ent items  deleted  from  the  agenda  at  the  beginning 
of  the  session  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  delegates 
present  and  voting,  after  a  report  has  been  re- 
ceived from  the  general  committee  on  the  technical, 
administrative,  and  finnncial  implications  of  such 
proposed  additions  or  deletions. 

This  provisional  agenda  is  as  follows : 

1.  Standing  orders  on  conference  procedure. 

2.  Report  by  the  Secretary  General  on  the  work 
of  the  Commission  since  the  previous  session  of  the 
West  Indian  Conference,  and  on  the  action  taken 
b}'  the  metropolitan  and  territorial  governments 
on  the  recommendations  of  the  previous  session. 

(a)  Work  of  the  Commission  since  the  previous 
West  Indian  Conference. 

(b)  Report  on  research  activities. 

(c)  Report  on  survey  of  population  movement 
within  the  Caribbean  area. 

3.  Industrial  development  and  economic  pro- 
ductivity. 

(a)  Trade  statistics  and  information. 

(b)  Report  on  industrial-development  survey. 

(c)  Report  on  transportation  and  communica- 
tions. 


Activities  and  developments 

{d)_  Migration  of  labor,  labor  developments, 
organization,  and  legislation. 

(e)  Vocational  and  industrial  training. 

(/)  Health  in  industry. 

(g)  Regional  approach  to  research. 

4.  The  regional  development  of  tourism. 

5.  Progress  report  on  the  work  of  the  United 
Nations  in  the  drafting  of  a  bill  of  human  rights 
and  obligations  on  those  items  of  the  declaration 
falling  within  the  terms  of  reference  of  the  Com- 
mission. 

6.  Recommendations  for  the  agenda  for  the  West 
Indian  Conference  (fourth  session). 

7.  Other  business. 


Aid  to  Refugees — Continued  Jrom  page  293 

Christian  Rural  Overseas  Program  by  American 
church  groups,  will  be  made  available  as  contri- 
bution your  request  for  wheat.  With  regard  to 
procurement,  we  are  exploring  means  of  despatch- 
ing some  or  all  of  the  supplies  requested  by  you 
from  Greece  to  Beirut  in  interests  expediting  re- 
ceipt in  the  Near  East.  Further  details  will  be 
forthcoming  soon. 

In  addition  to  specific  items  requested  by  you, 
the  American  Red  Cross  has  authorized  additional 
medical  supplies  valued  at  $200,000;  allocated 
quantities  of  milk  valued  at  $35,000;  is  providing 
two  ambulances  to  Lebanese  Red  Cross;  and  has 
expressed  readiness  to  make  available  certain  key 
personnel  to  assist  you  in  your  task  of  distribution. 
American  Middle  East  Relief  Incorporated  has 
sent  funds  and  supplies  to  its  distributing  commit- 
tee and  other  agencies  in  the  Near  East.  Near 
East  Foundation,  which  is  engaged  in  sanitation 
work  at  refugee  camps  and  villages,  has  expressed 
willingness  to  expand  its  personnel  and  services. 
War  Relief  Services  of  National  Catholic  Welfare 
Conference  is  donating  $25,000  for  purchase  of 
flour  in  Egypt  and  has  indicated  willingness  to 
render  further  assistance.  Lutheran  World  Relief 
Incorporated  is  making  mimediate  shipment  of 
five  tons  of  clothing  consigned  Lutheran  World 
Federation,  Beirut. 

We  are  hopeful  that  other  American  organiza- 
tions will  be  able  to  send  additional  aid.  Will  in- 
form you  further  as  developments  occur. 


%eptember  5,  1948 


299 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 


Conversations  on  Air  Transport  Agreement  With  Mexico 


JOINT  STATEMENT  BY  THE  U.S.  AND  MEXICAN  GOVERNMENTS 


[Released  to  the  press  August  26] 

During  the  past  few  weeks,  conversations  have 
been  carried  on  in  Mexico  City  between  the  Gov- 
ernment of  Mexico  and  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  with  a  view  to  con- 
cluding a  bilateral  air-transport  agreement  be- 
tween the  two  countries.  George  A.  Brownell, 
personal  representative  of  Pi-esident  Truman,  has 
conducted  the  negotiations  for  the  United  States 
in  cooperation  with  the  American  Embassy.  Lie. 
Garcia  Lopez,  Minister  of  Communications  and 
Public  Works,  and  other  members  of  the  staff  of 
the  Ministry  of  Communications  were  designated 
by  President  Aleman  to  represent  Mexico  in  the 
conversations.  Because  of  different  views  with 
respect  to  certain  air  routes  to  be  mutually  oper- 
ated by  both  countries  on  a  permanent  basis,  the 
conversations  did  not  result  in  complete  and  final 
agreement  in  spite  of  compromises  made  by  both 
sides  in  an  effort  to  meet  each  other's  views.    How- 


ever, the  conferees  did  succeed  in  reaching  agree- 
ment on  many  aspects  of  the  problem  and  have 
clearly  defined  the  issues  still  to  be  resolved. 
These  are  now  receiving  careful  consideration  by 
President  Aleman. 

Both  the  Minister  of  Communications  and  Pub- 
lic Works  and  the  Aiiierican  Embassy  feel  that 
the  discussions  have  been  fruitful  and  mstructive. 
Mr.  Brownell  has  expressed  to  Dr.  Garcia  Lopez 
his  appreciation  of  the  sympathetic  and  searching 
approach  of  the  Minister  and  his  colleagues  and 
for  the  many  courtesies  extended  to  the  United 
States  Representatives. 

The  two  Governments  have  jointly  declared 
that  the  suspension  of  the  current  discussions  in 
no  way  indicates  a  rupture  of  civil-aviation  rela- 
tions or  air-transport  services  between  the  two 
countries  or  an  abandonment  of  the  desire  of  both 
Governments  to  complete  an  air-transport 
agreement. 


Korea  Expresses  Gratitude  Upon  Restoration  of  Relations  With  U.S. 


[Released  to  the  press  August  17] 

Syngman  Rhee,  President  of  the  Republic  of  Korea 
to  Pi'esident  Truman 

On  behalf  of  the  Government  of  the  Republic  of 
Korea,  I  wish  to  express  my  gratitude  for  the  state- 
ment issued  by  your  Government  on  August  12, 
1948,  stating  that  the  United  States  Government 
regards  the  Government  of  the  Republic  of  Korea 
as  the  Government  envisaged  by  the  General  As- 
sembly resolutions  of  November  14,  1947,  and  that 
a  special  representative  with  the  rank  of  Ambassa- 
dor is  being  sent  to  Korea.  I  view  this  action  as 
the  restoration  of  the  cordial  relations  between 
Korea  and  the  LTnited  States  of  America  which 
were  forcibly  interrupted  by  Japanese  military 
power. 

300 


I  hope  and  believe  our  happy  relationship  will 
continue  to  permanent  benefit  of  both  nations.  I 
am  personally  most  grateful  to  you,  Mister  Presi- 
dent. 

Prime  Minister  Y.  Tom  Sok  and  Foreign  Minister 
Chang  Taek  Sang  to  Secretary  Marshall 

On  behalf  of  the  Government  of  the  Republic 
of  Korea  we  express  our  gratitude  for  the  state- 
ment issued  by  you  on  August  12, 1948,  stating  that 
United  States  Government  regards  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  Republic  of  Korea  as  the  Government 
envisaged  by  the  General  Assembly  resolutions  of 
November  14,  1947  and  that  a  special  representa- 
tive with  the  rank  of  Ambassador  is  being  sent  to 
Korea. 

Department  of  State  Bultetin 


ECA  To  Administer  Aid  Program  in  Korea 

[Keleased  to  the  press  by  the  White  House  August  26] 

The  President  announced  on  August  26  that  he 
Iiad  instructed  tlie  Economic  Cooperation  Admin- 
istrator to  make  preparations  to  take  over  respon- 
sibility for  the  United  States  economic-aid  pro- 
gram in  Korea  within  a  few  months. 

Now  that  a  Korean  government  has  been  estab- 
lished, it  will  be  possible  to  transfer  to  a  United 
States  civilian  agency  the  economic-assistance  ac- 
tivities which  have  been  carried  on  by  the  United 
States  Army  since  Korea's  liberation  in  1945. 


Discussions  Aslted  on  Territorial  Problem 
of  Antarctica 

[Released  to  the  press  August  28] 

The  Department  of  State  has  approached  the 
Governments  of  Argentina,  Australia,  Chile, 
France,  New  Zealand,  Norway,  and  the  United 
Kingdom  informally  with  a  suggestion  that  a  solu- 
tion for  the  territorial  problem  of  Antarctica  be 
discussed.  It  is  the  viewpoint  of  the  Department 
of  State  that  the  solution  should  be  such  as  to  pro- 
mote scientific  investigation  and  research  in  the 
area.  The  Department  of  State  has  suggested  that 
this  can  perhaps  be  done  most  effectively  and  the 
problem  of  conflicting  claims  at  the  same  time 
solved  through  agreement  upon  some  form  of 
internationalization.  The  Department  of  State 
expects  that  the  question  is  one  which  will  requii'e 
an  extended  exchange  of  views,  consideration  of 
suggestions,  and  probably  reconciliation  of  vary- 
ing viewpoints.  Until  such  exchange  of  views  and 
necessary  further  study  is  completed,  it  is  not  be- 
lieved that  any  useful  purpose  could  be  accom- 
plished by  a  conference  on  the  subject,  and  no  such 
conference  is  contemplated  at  present. 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 

cuffed,  slapped  in  the  face  and  accused  of  being  a 
British  spy.  After  examining  his  passport,  nis 
captors  claimed  it  was  false  and  refused  to  com- 
municate with  the  American  Consulate  General 
at  Jerusalem.  After  being  questioned  all  night  he 
was  taken  to  Hagannah  headquarters  at  8:00 
a.m.  on  August  22  and  was  held  and  interrogated 
until  5 :  00  p.m.,  at  which  time  he  was  released. 
Hagannah  headquarters  refused  to  permit  Paro 
to  communicate  with  the  American  Consulate  Gen- 
eral although  Hagannah  headquarters  stated  they 
had  called  but  found  telephones  busy. 

Mr.  MacDonald,  the  American  Consul  General 
at  Jerusalem,  has  protested  to  the  Israeli  Military 
Governor  of  the  Israeli-occupied  area  of  Jerusalem 
and  has  requested  an  investigation. 

The  Department  of  State  is  instructing  Mr.  Mac- 
Donald  to  bring  the  facts  in  Paro's  case  to  the 
attention  of  Count  Bernadotte,  U.N.  mediator,  and 
the  Security  Council  Truce  Commission.  The  De- 
partment is  also  instructing  James  G.  McDonald, 
Special  Representative  of  the  United  States  at 
Tel  Aviv,  to  call  these  facts  to  the  attention  of  the 
Provisional  Government  of  Israel  for  an  immedi- 
ate investigation,  for  punisliment  of  guilty  persons, 
and  for  action  to  prevent  recurrence. 


Yugoslavia  Recognizes  Dollar  Bonds 

[Released  to  the  press  August  24] 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  August 
24  that  in  an  exchange  of  notes  on  July  19,  1948, 
between  the  Department  and  the  Embassy  of  the 
Federal  People's  Republic  of  Yugoslavia  at  Wash- 
ington, the  Embassy  confirmed  the  Department's 
interpretation  of  a  previous  communication  from 
the  Embassy  that  the  Government  of  the  Federal 
People's  Republic  of  Yugoslavia  recognizes  among 
its  other  international  obligations  the  dollar  bonds 
issued  or  guaranteed  by  predecessor  Yugoslav  Gov- 
ernments and  "will  consider  means  of  discharging 
such  obligations  when  Yugoslavia's  economic  con- 
dition, seriously  injured  by  the  ravages  of  war, 
and  her  foreign  exchange  position  permit". 


Kidnaping  of  American  Clerk  in  Jerusalem 
Protested 

[Released  to  the  press  August  24] 

The  Department  of  State  has  been  informed  by 
John  MacDonald,  American  Consul  General  in 
Jerusalem,  that  George  Paro,  chief  code  clerk  of 
the  American  Consulate  General  in  Jerusalem,  was 
kidnaped  on  Saturday  night,  August  21,  by  two 
persons,  one  of  whom  was  unknown  to  Paro.  Paro 
was  taken  out  in  the  country,  blindfolded,  hand- 


Letters  of  Credence 

Turkish  Republic 

The  newly  appointed  Ambassador  of  the  Tur- 
kish Republic,  Feridun  Cemal  Erkin,  presented 
his  credentials  to  the  President  on  August  20, 
1948.  For  the  text  of  the  translation  of  the  Am- 
bassador's remarks  and  for  the  President's  reply, 
see  Department  of  State  press  release  675  of 
August  20,  1948. 


September  5,  1948 


301 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 

Czechoslovakia  Extended  Time  for  Renewing 
Trade-Marit  Registrations 

The  extension  until  December  31,  1948,  of  time 
for  renewing  trade-mark  registrations  with  respect 
to  Czechoslovakia  was  granted  by  the  President 
in  proclamation  2805  (13  Fed.  Reg.  4391)  on 
August  21,  1948. 


Fulbright  Grants  Awarded  Students 
and  Scliolars 

United  States 

Awards  of  scholarships  to  11  American  gradu- 
ate students  including  8  veterans  of  World  War 
II,  as  well  as  grants-in-aid  to  15  American  edu- 
cators and  research  scholare,  were  made  on  August 
18  b}'  the  Department  of  State  on  the  basis  of  selec- 
tions by  the  Board  of  Foreign  Scholarships  under 
the  Fulbright  act. 

All  of  the  graduate  scholarships  are  for  study 
in  China.  Ten  of  the  grants-in-aid  are  for  visiting 
professorships  and  research  fellowships  in  China, 
three  are  for  visiting  professorships  in  Burma, 
and  two  for  agricultural  teaching  positions  in  sec- 
ondary schools  in  Burma.  For  a  list  of  those  stu- 
dents and  scholars  given  awards,  see  Department 
of  State  press  release  666  of  August  18,  1948. 

Most  of  the  persons  receiving  awards  for  study, 
teaching,  and  research  in  China  plan  to  arrive  at 
their  destinations  in  time  for  the  academic  year  in 
the  fall  of  1948.  Those  going  to  Burma  plan  to 
leave  as  soon  as  travel  arrangements  can  be  made. 

The  awards  announced  on  August  18  are  among 
the  first  to  be  made  under  terms  of  the  Fulbright 
act,  tv\'o  scholai-s  previously  having  been  chosen 
— one  to  teach  in  Burma  and  one  to  do  research 
in  China. 

The  awards  are  for  China  and  Burma  because  of 
the  fact  that  these  two  countries  are  the  only  ones 
in  which  the  program  is  in  actual  operation. 
Awards  involving  other  countries,  the  Philip- 
pines and  Greece,  which  have  signed  agreements 
with  the  United  States  for  such  programs,  will 
be  made  in  these  countries  as  soon  as  budgets  are 
approved,  announcements  made,  and  candidates 
for  scholarships  have  been  selected. 

The  Fulbright  program  now  being  put  under- 
way is  expected  ultimately  to  embrace  more  than 
20  countries  and  will  involve  the  expenditure  of 
more  than  $150,000,000  during  the  next  20  years. 
Agreements  are  now  under  consideration  with  10 
of  these  countries  in  addition  to  the  four  agi-ee- 
ments  already  concluded. 

The  scholarships  are  paid  for  by  foreign  govern- 
ments out  of  the  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  United 
States  overseas  surplus  materiel  and  provide  the 


means  by  which  foreign  countries  may  pay  in  part 
for  these  surpluses  in  their  own  currencies. 


Philippines  and  Burma 

On  August  27  the  Department  of  State  an- 
nounced that  two  women,  one  a  Filipino  princess 
and  the  other  a  Burmese,  who  served  their  countries 
in  the  underground  during  the  war,  are  among  the 
four  foreign  students  to  receive  the  first  travel- 
grant  awards  from  the  Department  of  State  under 
the  Fulbright  act. 

Bai  Matabay  Plang,  a  Moro  princess  from  the 
island  of  Mindanao  in  the  Philippines,  will  study 
at  the  University  of  Chicago  School  of  Social 
Work  on  a  fellowship  from  the  American  Asso- 
ciation of  University  Women,  and  will  have  her 
travel  to  and  from  the  United  States  paid  from 
funds  under  the  Fulbright  act. 

The  Burmese  is  Ma  Aye,  a  graduate  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Rangoon,  Burma,  who  spent  the  war 
years  in  the  jungles  behind  Japanese  lines  organ- 
izing the  community  life  of  the  evacuees  in  rural 
villages.  Mrs.  Aye  will  study  in  the  New  York 
School  of  Social  Work  on  a  scholarship  offered 
by  that  school,  for  which  she  was  proposed  by  the 
Institute  of  International  Education  of  New  York. 
Her  travel  to  and  from  the  United  States  is  being 
paid  out  of  Fulbright-program  funds. 

The  other  two  persons  receiving  travel  awards 
are  Mrs.  Brigida  C.  Millan  of  Rizal  City,  Philip- 
pines, and  Mrs.  Jenny  Lind  N.  Dolorico  of  Taclo- 
ban,  Leyte,  the  Philippines.  Both  Mrs.  Millan  and 
Mrs.  Dolorico  will  study  in  the  United  States  on 
fellowships  from  the  American  Association  of 
University  Women,  with  their  travel  to  and  from 
the  United  States  paid  out  of  funds  under  the 
Fulbright  act. 

Such  travel  grants  to  foreign  nationals  will  nor- 
mally be  used  to  supplement  the  scholarship  pro- 
grams of  American  organizations  and  institutions. 
Thus,  for  example,  the  three  travel  grants  just 
awarded  for  Filipino  students  have  enabled  the 
American  Association  of  University  Women  to 
bring  three  women  students,  instead  of  two,  from 
the  Philippines  for  study  in  the  United  States 
during  the  1948-49  academic  year. 

Coordination  of  such  fellowship  programs  with 
the  Fulbright  act  program  is  effected  by  the  In- 
stitute of  International  Education. 


Bolivian  Rector  Awarded  Grant-in-Aid 

Dr.  Guillermo  Francovich,  rector  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Sucre,  Bolivia,  has  arrived  in  Washington 
for  a  three  months'  visit  to  this  country  to  observe 
university  organization  and  to  visit  educational 
centers.  His  trip  has  been  arranged  as  a  part  of 
the  State  Department's  grant-in-aid  progi'am. 


302 


Dopartment  of  Sfofe  Bulletin 


Transferring  to  the  Attorney  General 
Jurisdiction  Over  Blocked  Assets' 

Whereas  with  the  successful  termination  of  hos- 
tilities, there  has  been  a  gradual  release  from  con- 
trol by  the  Treasury  Dejiartmeut  over  foreign 
property  and  interests  which  had  been  blocked  to 
prevent  their  looting  by  the  Axis  and  their  use 
in  ways  harmful  to  the  war  effort  of  the  United 
States;  and 

Whereas  certain  of  such  foreign  property  and 
interests  have  not  yet  been  unblocked ;  and 

Whereas  it  is  now  necessary  and  desirable  to 

Elace  the  jurisdiction  over  the  assets  remaining 
locked  on  September  30. 1948,  in  the  same  agency 
which  is  administering  the  program  of  alien  prop- 
ertj-  control  initiated  under  Executive  Order  No. 
9095  of  March  11,  1942,  as  amended,  which  pro- 
gram is  presently  being  administered  by  the  Attor- 
ney General : 

"A'oiv,  therefore,  by  virtue  of  the  authority  vested 
in  me  by  the  Constitution  and  the  laws  of  the 
United  States,  including  the  Trading  With  the 
Enemy  Act  of  October  6,  1917,  as  amended,  and 
as  President  of  the  United  States,  it  is  hereby  or- 
dered as  follows : 

1.  The  Attorney  General  is  hereby  authorized 
and  directed  to  take  such  action  as  he  may  deem 
necessary  with  respect  to  any  property  or  interest 
of  any  nature  whatsoever  in  which  any  foreign 
country  designated  in  Executive  Order  No.  8389 
of  April  10,  1940.  as  amended,  or  any  national 
thereof  has  any  interest  (including  property  sub- 
ject to  the  proviso  of  paragraph  (a)  of  General 
License  No.  94,  as  amended  (31  C.  F.  R.,  1947 
Supp.,  131.94),  and  including  any  Scheduled  Se- 
curities witliin  the  meaning  of  General  Ruling  No. 
5,  as  amended  (31  C.  F.  R.,  1947  Supp..  131,  App. 
A) ,  both  issued  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury) 
which  on  SeptemlDer  30,  1948,  is  not  unblocked  or 
otherwise  removed  from  the  restrictions  of  the  said 
Executive  Order  No.  8389,  as  amended,  by  any 
order,  regulation,  ruling,  instruction,  license,  or 
other  action  issued  or  taken  by  the  Secretary  of  the 
Treasury.  In  the  performance  of  his  duties  under 
this  order,  the  Attorney  General  or  any  officer,  per- 
son, agency,  or  instrimientality  designated  by  him, 
may  exercise  all  powers  and  authority  vested  in  the 
President  by  sections  3  (a)  and  5  (b)  of  the  Trad- 
ing With  the  Enemy  Act,  as  amended.  As  used 
herein,  the  terms  "national"  and  "foreign  country" 
shall  have  the  meanings  prescribed  in  Executive 
Order  No.  8389,  as  amended. 

2.  With  respect  to  the  property  and  interests 
referred  to  in  section  1  hereof,  all  orders,  regula- 
tions, rulings,  instructions,  or  licenses  issued  by 
the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  under  the  authority 
of  Executive  Order  No.  8389,  as  amended,  and  Ex- 
ecutive Order  No.  9095,  as  amended,  ancl  in  force 
on  September  30,  1948,  shall  continue  in  full  force 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WB£K 

and  effect  except  as  amended,  modified,  or  revoked 
by  the  Attorney  General. 

3.  It  is  the  policy  of  this  order  that  administra- 
tive action  under  paragraph  1  hereof  shall  be 
taken  by  the  Attorney  General  or  any  officer,  per- 
son, agency,  or  instrumentality  designated  by  him. 
However,  nothing  in  this  order  shall  be  deemed 
to  limit  or  remove  any  powers  heretofore  con- 
ferred upon  the  Seci-etary  of  the  Treasury  or  the 
Attorney  General  by  statute  or  by  Executive  order. 
No  person  affected  by  any  order,  regulation,  rul- 
ing, instruction,  license,  or  other  action  issued  or 
taken  by  either  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  or 
the  Attorney  General  may  challenge  the  validity 
thereof  or  otherwise  excuse  his  actions,  or  failure 
to  act,  on  the  ground  that  pursuant  to  the  provi- 
sions of  this  Executive  order,  such  order,  regula- 
tion, ruling,  instruction,  license,  or  other  action 
was  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Attorney  Gen- 
eral rather  than  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  or 
vice  versa. 

4.  This  order  shall  become  effective  as  of  mid- 
night, September  30,  1948. 


The  White  Hotjse, 
August  20, 194S. 


THE  FORESGN   SERVECE 


Edward    R.    Dudley    Appointed    IVlinlster 
to  Liberia 

[Released  to  the  press  August  27] 

Edward  R.  Dudley  was  sworn  in  on  August  27 
as  Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minister  Plenipo- 
tentiary of  the  United  States  to  the  Republic  of 
Liberia.  The  ceremony  took  place  in  the  office 
of  Stanley  Woodward,  Chief,  Division  of  Protocol 
in  the  Department  of  State,  and  was  attended  by 
high-ranking  government  officials  as  well  as  many 
personal  friends  of  Mr.  Dudley. 

Consular  Offices 

The  Consulate  at  Venice,  Italy,  was  opened  to 
the  public,  effective  August  16,  1948. 


'  Executive  Order  9989  (13  Fei.  Reg.  4891). 


SepfemberS,  7948 


303 


i€en£!^ 


Conference  To  Consider  Free  Navigation 
of  tlie  Danube 

U.S.  Responsibilities  in  the  Danube  Region. 

Statement  by  Cavendish  W.  Cannon  .    .        283 
Amendments  to  Soviet  Draft  Convention: 

Statements  by  Ambassador  Cannon  .    .    .        284 
Statements  by  Walter  A.  Radius    ....        288 
U.S.  Declines  To  Serve  on  Drafting  Commit- 
tee.    Summary   of    Statement    by    Am- 
bassador Cannon 290 

Rejection  of  Soviet  Draft  Convention: 

Statement  by  Ambassador  Cannon     .    .    .        291 

U.N.  and  Specialized  Agencies 

Additional  Military  Observers  Requested  To 

Supervise  Palestine  Truce 293 

American  Aid  to  Refugees  in  Near  East. 
Telegram  From  Secretary  Marshall  to 
Count  Folke  Bernadotte 293 

U.S.  Delegation  to  Ito  Conference     ....        298 

Economic  Affairs 

The  Fourth  International  Congresses  on 
Tropical  Medicine  and  Malaria.  By 
Wilbur  A.  Sawyer,  M.D '.        294 

Provisional   Agenda  for  Third  West  Indian 

Conference 299 

Yugoslavia  Recognizes  Dollar  Bonds     .    .    .        301 

Czechoslovakia  Extended  Time  for  Renewing 

Trade-Mark  Registrations 302 

Transferring  to  the  Attorney  General  Juris- 
diction Over  Blocked  Assets 303 

Calendar  of  International  Meetings    .    .       297 


General  Policy  Page 

American   Aid   to   Refugees   in   Near   East. 

Telegram   From   Secretary    Marshall  to 

Count  Folke  Bernadotte 293 

Korea  Expresses  Gratitude  Upon  Restoration 

of  Relations  With  U.S 300 

Discussions  Asked  on  Territorial  Problem  of 

Antarctica 301 

Kidnaping  of  American   Clerk  in  Jerusalem 

Protested 301 

Letters  of  Credence:  Turkish  Republic  .    .    .        301 

Treaty  Information 

Conversations  on  Air  Transport  Agreement 
With  Mexico.  Joint  Statement  by 
U.S.  and  Mexican  Governments  ....        300 

Foreign  Aid  and  Reconstruction 

ECA  To  Administer  Aid  Program  in  Korea  .        301 

International  Information  and 
Cultural  Affairs 

Fulbright  Grants  Awarded  Students  and 
Scholars: 

United  States 302 

Philippines  and  Burma 302 

Bolivian  Rector  Awarded  Grant-in-Aid  .   .    .        302 

The  Foreign  Service 

Edward  R.   Dudley   Appointed    Minister  to 

Liberia 303 

Consular  Offices 303 


\ 


U.  S.  GOVERNMENT  PBINTIHS  OFFICE:  I94B 


^Ae^  ^ehwr^tTneTil/  /(w  t/iater 


s 


REPORT    ON    ALIEN    ADMITTANCE    UNDER    U.N. 

AND  NATIONAL  SECURITY 335 


COMMERCIAL  FOREIGN  POLICY  OF  THE  UNITED 

STATES     •     Article  by  Woodbury  Willoiighby    ....        325 


80th   CONGRESS,  2d   SESSION,  AND  THE  UNITED 

NATIONS     •     Article  by  Sheldon  Z.  Kaplan      ....        307 


For  complete  contents  see  back  cover 


Vol.  XIX,  No.  480 
September  12, 1948 


^^^.ti-r  o^ 


I 


«.  S.  SUKRIMTENOENT  OF  OOCUMtW* 

OCT 


^Ae  zl^eAo/ylin&nt  ^j^  C7iale 


bulletin 

Vol.  XIX,  No.  480  •    Publication  3280 
September  12,  1948 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Washington  26,  D.O. 

Price: 

62  issues,  domestic  $6,  foreign  $7.26 

Single  copy,  15  cents 

Published  with  the  approval  of  the 
Director  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget 

Note:  Contents  of  this  pubUcation  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may 
be  reprmted.  Citation  of  the  Dep4RTMENT 
or  State  Bulletin  as  the  source  will  be 
appreciated. 


The  Department  of  State  BULLETIN, 
a  weekly  publication  compiled  and 
edited  in  the  Division  of  Publications, 
Office  of  Public  Affairs,  provides  the 
public  and  interested  agencies  of 
the  Government  with  information  on 
developments  in  the  field  of  foreign 
relations  and  on  the  work  of  the  De- 
partment of  State  and  the  Foreign 
Service.  The  BULLETIN  includes 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements  and  addresses 
made  by  the  President  and  by  the 
Secretary  of  State  and  other  officers 
of  the  Department,  as  well  as  special 
articles  on  various  phases  of  inter- 
national affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  in- 
ternational agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a 
party  and  treaties  of  general  inter- 
national interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department,  as 
well  as  legislative  material  in  the  field 
of  international  relations,  are  listed 
currently. 


EIGHTIETH   CONGRESS,  SECOND   SESSION,  AND  THE  UNITED   NATIONS 

by  Sheldon  Z.  Kaplan 


I.  INTRODUCTION 

In  tlie  author's  articles  on  the  "Eightieth  Con- 
gress, First  Session,  and  the  United  Nations," '  it 
was  pointed  out  that  the  Eightieth  Congress,  in  its 
First  Session,  had  made  an  impressive  record,  de- 
spite a  heavy  work  load,  in  enacting,  or  taking 
the  initiatory  steps  to  enact,  municipal  legislation 
needed  to  implement  the  wide  responsibilities 
which  flow  from  United  States  participation  m 
the  United  Nations  and  related  activities.  Those 
special  responsibilities  as  host  which  devolve  upon 
this  country  by  virtue  of  our  Government's  invi- 
tation, extended  through  the  Congress,  to  the 
United  Nations  to  locate  its  permanent  head- 
quarters here  were  also  described,^  and  some  of  the 
legislative  measures  enacted  into  law  to  give  con- 
crete proof  of  the  recognition  of  those  responsi- 
bilities were  outlined  in  some  detail. 

The  Second  Session  of  the  Eightieth  Congress 
was,  indeed,  no  less  active  in  the  shaping  of  United 
States  foreign  policy,  nor  were  the  details,  impli- 
cations, and  ramifications  attending  the  legisla- 
tion necessary  to  make  effective  the  work  of  the 
United  States  in  the  broad  field  of  international 
organization  less  important.  During  the  Second 
Session  ^  action  was  completed  authorizing  United 
States  acceptance  of  the  constitution  of  the  Inter- 
national Labor  Organization  instrument  of 
amendment  and  United  States  participation  in 
the  "World  Health  Organization,  the  Caribbean 
Commission,  the  South  Pacific  Commission,  and 
the  Pan  American  Railway  Congress,  and  the 
Senate  advised  and  consented  to  the  ratification 
of  the  international  telecommunication  conven- 
tion and  the  International  Labor  Organization 
final-articles  revision  convention,  1946  (no.  80). 
Important  and  timely  was  the  enactment  of  legis- 
lation authorizing  the  loan  of  65  million  dollars 
to  the  United  Nations  to  enable  it  to  finance  the 
construction  of  its  permanent  home  in  New  York 
City.  Significant,  too,  was  the  passage  by  the 
Senate  of  the  so-called  Vandenberg  resolution,  re- 


affirming the  policy  of  the  United  States  to  achieve 
international  peace  and  security  through  the 
United  Nations  and  indicating  certain  objectives 
to  be  pursued. 

For  convenience,  those  of  the  above  measures 
which  best  illustrate  the  impact  of  the  legislative 
process  upon  the  full  participation  by  the  United 
States  in  the  United  Nations  and  related  activi- 
ties will  be  considered  under  the  following  head- 
ings :  "Action  Initiated  During  First  Session  and 
Completed  During  Second  Session";  and  "Action 
Initiated  and  Completed  During  Second  Session'". 

In  addition,  reference  will  be  made  to  the  Van- 
denberg resolution  and  to  United  Nations  meas- 
ures considered  by  the  Eightieth  Congress  which 
did  not  receive  final  action  during  the  Second 
Session,  the  latter  under  the  heading  of  "Uncom- 
pleted Measures". 

II.  ACTION  INITIATED  DURING  FIRST  SESSION 
AND  COMPLETED   DURING  SECOND  SESSION  < 

South  Pacific  Commission 

The  events  leading  up  to  the  formation  of  this 
intergovernmental  regional  agency  have  been  de- 
scribed elsewhere  briefly  by  the  author.''  At  the 
end  of  the  First  Session  of  the  Eightieth  Congress, 
H.  J.  Res.  232,  "Providing  for  membership  and 
participation  by  the  United  States  in  the  South 
Pacific  Commission  and  authorizing  an  appropria- 
tion therefor",  had  passed  the  House  on  July  21, 
1947,  and  the  Senate  on  July  26, 1947,  but  because 
of  technical  amendments  adopted  by  the  latter, 
the  joint  resolution  was  sent  back  to  the  House 
for  its  concurrence.  On  January  19,  1948,  less 
than  two  weeks  after  the  Second  Session  was  con- 
vened, the  House  agreed  to  these  amendments, 
and  on  January  28,  1948,  with  the  signature  of 
the  President,  the  measure  became  Public  Law 
403.  It  authorizes:  (1)  the  President  to  accept 
membership  for  the  United  States  in  the  Commis- 
sion and  to  appoint  the  United  States  commis- 
sioners   and    their    alternates    (sec.    1),    (2)    an 


September    ?2,    1948 


307 


appropriation  to  the  Department  of  State  not  to 
exceed  20  thousand  dollars  annually  as  the  United 
States  proportionate  share  of  expenses  of  the  Com- 
mission •=  and  such  additional  sums  as  may  be 
needed  to  cover  necessary  expenses  i^^^^J^^t  to 
United  States  participation  (sec.  3),  and  (3)  the 
Secretary  of  State  to  detail  specially  skiUed  per- 
somiel  from  Government  agencies  to  the  Commis- 
sion  (sec.  4).     The  President  on  that  day  also 
sicmed  the  instrument  of  acceptance  of  the  agree- 
intnt  establishing  the  South  Pacific  fo^"^^^^ 
which  was  dispatched  January  30,  1948,  by    he 
Department  of  State  to  the  officer  in  charge  of  the 
American  Mission  at  Canberra,  Australia,  for  de- 
posit with  the  Government  of  Australia.      On 
April  28,  1948,  the  Secretary  of  State  announced 
that  the  President  had  appointed  the  following 
as  the  United  States  commissioners  and  alternate 
commissioners  on  the  Commission :  Felix  Keesmg, 
senior  commissioner,   Milton   Shalleck    cominis- 
sioner,  and  Karl  C.  Leebrick  and  Orsen  N  Nielsen, 
alternate  commissioner^the  last-named  for  the 

first  session  only. 

The  South  Pacific  Commission,  a  pioneer  ven- 
ture in  regional  cooperation  among  governments 
responsible  for  the  administration  of  dependent 
areas,  began  the  deliberations  of  its  fir^t  session 
on  May  11,  1948,  and  met  daily  through  May  ^1 
at  its  interim  headquarters  at  Middle  Head,  Syd- 
ney, Australia.    As  may  be  expected  of  a  newly 
created  intergovernmental  organization,  the  con- 
ference produced  few,  if  any,  substantive  achieve- 
ments    The  11  days  of  conference,  however,  did 
establish  an  effective  administrative  and  organi- 
zational foundation  for  its  ultimate  substantive 
activity  through  the  adoption  of  a  broad  work 
program."    In  addition,  a  working  committee  was 
set  up  to  function  between  sessions  of  the  Com- 
mission, charged  with  the  responsibility  of  mak- 
ing recommendations  with  regard  to  a  permanent 
site  for  the  Commission  (at  Noumea  or  Suva)  and 
of  selecting  at  a  very  early  date  a  secretary  gen- 
eral, a  deputy  secretary  general,  a  deputy  chair- 
man of  the  research  council,  and  full-time  research 
workers,  the  final  selection  being  left  for  the  deci- 
sion of  the  senior  commissioner  of  each  govern- 
ment.   The  Commission's  next  session  will  be  held 
at  Sydney  on  October  25, 1948. 

Thus,  the  first  of  the  two  intergovernmental 
re-ional  agencies  designed  to  promote  the  eco- 
nomic and  social  welfare  and   advancement  of 

308 


non-self-governing    territories    with    which    the 
Eightieth  Congress  had  to  deal  has  made  a  good 
start  toward  the  important  work  which  lies  im- 
mediately ahead.* 
Caribbean  Commission 

The  Caribbean  Commission  is  the  second  of  the 
two  intergovernmental  regional  agencies  estab- 
lished to  promote  the  cooperation  envisaged  in 
article  73  of  the  United  Nations  Charter  with 
which  the  Eightieth  Congress  was  faced.    At  the 
close  of  the  First  Session,  H.  J.  Res.  231,  a  ]oint 
resolution  "Providing  for  membership  and  partici- 
pation by  the  United  States  in  the  Caribbean  Com- 
mission and  authorizing  an  appropriation  there- 
for", had  passed  the  House  of  Representatives 
on  July  21,  1947,  and  had  been  reported  out  by 
the  Senate  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  the 
following  day,   with  technical   amendments   de- 
signed to  clarify  the  amount  of  money  to  be  au- 
thorized for  contribution  to  the  Commission  s  bud- 
get (as  distinct  from  expenses  incident  to  United 
States  participation  therein) .-   The  necessary  leg- 
islative authorization  to  make  effective  United 
States  participation  in  this  organization  was  com- 
pleted during  the  Second  Session  with  the  passage 
of  the  joint  resolution,  as  amended,  by  the  Senate 
on  February  2,  1948,"  and  the  concurrence  of  the 
House  in  the  amended  measure  on  February  --7, 
1948     It  was  approved  by  the  President,  March  4, 
1948,  and  became  Public  Law  431.     The  provisions 
of  Public  Law  431  are  similar  to  those  of  Public 
Law  403  (South  Pacific  Commission),  except  that 
the  former  authorizes  not  more  than  142  thousand 
dollars  aimually  for  the  payment  by  the  United 
States  of  its  proportionate  share  of  expenses  ^  and 
does  not  authorize  the  detail  of  Government  per- 
sonnel." 

The  accomplishments  of  the  Caribbean  Commis-  ; 
sion  since  March  4, 1948,  the  date  of  the  enactment 
of  H.  J.  Res.  231  into  Public  Law  431,  may  be  sum- 
marized as  follows : 

1  The  major  undertaking  of  the  Commission 
has  been  the  completion  of  a  comprehensive  survey 
of  existing  and  potential  industries  m  the  15  ter- 
ritories of  the  Caribbean  area.  A  panel  of  four 
experts— one  from  each  national  section— collected 
basic,  factual  data  on  industries  including  such 
items  as  production  records;  kind  and  source  o± 
raw  materials;  financial  procedures;  availability 
of  fuel,  power,  labor,  transport,  and  markets. 
Department  of  State  Bulletin 


The  reports  of  these  experts  will  be  coordinated 
into  one  over-all  report  and  will  serve  as  documen- 
tation for  the  Third  Session  of  the  West  Indian 
Conference  to  be  held  in  Guadeloupe  in  December. 
The  outline  developed  by  the  United  States  expert 
was  adopted  as  the  standard  form  by  France,  the 
Netherlands,  and  the  United  Kingdom  in  gather- 
ing this  information.  Dr.  Rafael  Pico,  chairman 
of  the  Planning,  Urbanizing,  and  Zoning  Board 
of  Puerto  Rico,  and  a  United  States  commissioner 
compiled  the  information  on  the  United  States  ter- 
ritories. Experts  from  the  Departments  of  Com- 
merce, Labor,  and  State  and  the  United  States 
Tariff  Commission  assisted  him. 

2.  The  Commission  also  completed  a  survey  of 
transportation  and  communication  facilities  in  the 
Caribbean  area.  It  will  be  used  also  as  part  of  the 
documentation  of  the  Third  Session  of  the  West 
Indian  Conference. 

3.  Efforts  were  continued  to  organize  a  Carib- 
bean tourist-development  association  whose  pur- 
pose would  be  to  develop  the  tourist  trade  on  a 
regional  basis. 

4.  A  weekly  radio  program  in  the  four  languages 
of  the  area  was  initiated  and  carried  on  by  the 
Commission.  The  program  furnishes  current  news 
on  social  and  economic  happenings  in  the  area  and 
is  designed  to  make  the  peoples  aware  of  the  sim- 
ilarity of  their  problems  and  the  solutions  to  be 
found  by  coordinated  effort.  This  type  of  program 
is  important  in  an  area  where  illiteracy  is  high  and 
jjeople  widely  separated. 

5.  The  Commission  continued  to  publish  a 
Monthly  Infonruition  Bulletin,  in  the  four  lan- 
guages of  the  area.  It  is  a  systematic  and  con- 
tinuing means  of  publishing  information  on 
scientific,  educational,  and  economic  develop- 
ments in  or  relating  to  the  Caribbean  and  is 
widely  distributed  to  local  governments,  libraries, 
and  individuals. 

6.  One  regular  business  meeting  of  the  Com- 
mission was  held  in  San  Juan,  Puerto  Rico,  May 
24-29,  1948,"''  and  the  working  committee  met  at 
frequent  intervals. 

The  Commission  at  this  meeting  approved 
plans  for  a  study  of  the  movement  of  population 
in  the  Caribbean  region  including  population 
growth,  pressure,  and  migratory  movements. 
Emphasis  of  the  meeting  was  on  the  Commission's 
primary  task  as  an  advisory  body  in  promoting 
scientific,  technological,   and  economic  develop- 

Sepfember   /2,    1948 


ment  in  the  Caribbean  area.  Regional  action  in 
achieving  such  development  depends  upon  a 
thorough  knowledge  of  what  research  and  research 
facilities  exist  in  the  individual  territories.  With 
this  in  view,  the  Commission  authorized  the  Cen- 
tral Secretariat,  which  is  located  at  Port-of-Spain, 
Trinidad,  British  West  Indies,  to  make  a  research 
survey  covering  all  existing  research  institutions, 
projects,  and  personnel  in  the  area.  The  residts 
of  this  survey  will  form  the  nucleus  of  a  perma- 
nent and  active  research  information  service  in 
the  Secretariat.  The  staff  will  concentrate  on  a 
limited  number  of  particular  fields  of  activity 
which  have  every-day  application  in  the  lives  of 
the  peoples  of  the  Caribbean — such  as  soil  erosion, 
plant  and  animal  quarantine,  nutrition,  and  health 
education.  In  addition,  the  Commission  author- 
ized the  establishment  of  a  statistical  unit  in  the 
Secretariat  to  collect,  collate,  analyze,  and  dis- 
tribute data  on  such  matters  as  trade,  population 
trends,  and  other  topics  of  general  utility  to  gov- 
ernments and  businessmen. 

7.  The  Commission  has  been  making  all  neces- 
sary preparation  for  the  Third  Session  of  the 
West  Indian  Conference.  This  preliminary  work 
includes  such  matters  as  extending  invitations, 
accrediting  delegates,  working  out  the  agenda  for 
a  technical  meeting,  compiling  basic  background 
surveys,  and  making  physical  arrangements  for 
transportation  and  accommodation.  The  central 
theme  will  be  industrial  development  and  I'elated 
matters.  The  Commission  expects  to  arrive  at  a 
four-nation  policy  statement  on  industrial  devel- 
opment and  economic  productivity  for  the  Car- 
ibbean region  as  a  result  of  recommendations  pro- 
duced at  this  Conference. 

8.  Technical  bulletins,  dealing  with  the  externa] 
trade  of  the  Caribbean,  were  published  on  the  fol- 
lowing subjects :  fish,  vegetables,  grain  crops,  meat 
products,  dairy  products,  cement,  tobacco,  ba- 
nanas, edible  oils  and  fats,  soap,  matches,  and 
candles.  These  are  part  of  a  series  analyzing  re- 
quirements and  movements  of  basic  products  of 
trade  in  the  Caribbean  area. 

Thus,  through  the  legislative  process,  it  is  pos- 
sible for  the  Government  of  the  United  States  to  co- 
operate and  participate  fully  in  a  vital  intergov- 
ernmental work  which  should  be  ".  .  .  an  excel- 
lent augury  for  the  establishment  of  regional  com- 
missions in  other  disturbed  areas  of  the  world,  oc- 
cupied largely  by  non-self  governing  peoples.'^ 

309 


World  Health  Organization  (WHO)  >" 

1.  The  Senate's  Withdrawal  Provision 

At  the  time  of  its  adjournment  sine  die,  Decem- 
ber 19,  1947,  the  First  Session  of  the  Eightieth 
Congress  had  witnessed  the  passage  on  July  7, 1947, 
of  S.  J.  Kes.  98,  a  joint  resolution  "Providing  for 
membership  and  participation  by  the  United  States 
in  the  "World  Health  Organization  and  authorizing 
an  appropriation  therefor",  with  one  important 
amendment,  which  provided  as  follows: 

Section  4.  In  adopting  this  joint  resolution  the  Con- 
gress does  so  with  the  understanding  that  the  United 
States  reserves  its  right  to  withdraw  from  the  Organiza- 
tion on  a  90-day  notice:  Provided,  however,  That  the 
financial  obligations  of  the  United  States  to  the  Organiza- 
tion shall  be  met  in  full  for  the  Organization's  current 
fiscal  year." 

The  reason  for  the  amendment  was  contained 
in  the  report  of  the  Senate  Foreign  Kelations  Com- 
mittee on  S.  J.  Res.  98  ^«  and  in  the  Chairman's 
statement  in  presenting  the  report  to  the  Senate :  i" 
the  Committee  foresaw  a  possibility  of  the  consti- 
tution of  Who  being  amended  in  such  a  manner 
as  to  impose  additional  obligations  on  the  United 
States  without  its  consent. 

£.  The  House  Foreign  Affairs  Committee  With- 
drawal Provision  and  Other  Proposed  Amend- 
ments 

The  House  Committee  on  Foreign  Affairs  re- 
ported out  H.  J.  Res.  161,  the  companion  measure 
to  S.  J.  Res.  98,  10  days  after  the  action  in  the 
Senate.    Like  its  Senate  counterpart,  this  Com- 
mittee recommended  an  amendment  in  the  form 
of  a  new  section,  jiroviding  for  United  States 
withdrawal    from    Who    on    a    one-year    notice 
rather  than  the  90  days  contained  in  the  Senate 
version.     In    addition,    it   recommended    several 
other  amendments,  of  which  the  following  are 
the   more   important   for   the   purposes   of   this 
account:    (a)   a  provision  requiring  an  investiga- 
tion by  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation  of 
any  person  serving  as  a  representative  or  delegate 
to  the  Assembly  of  Who  and    (6)    a  provision 
requiring  that  "no  citizen  or  resident  in  the  United 
States"    could    participate    in    the    activities    of 
Who  without  the  consent  of  the  Secretary  of  State. 
Thus,  when  the  Second  Session  convened  on 
January  6, 1948,  action  had  been  completed  by  the 
Senate  authorizing  United  States  membership  and 

310 


participation  in  and  contribution  to  Who,  with 
the  withdrawal  provision  noted,  and  the  House 
Foreign  Affairs  Committee  had  reported  out  its 
companion  bill,  also  with  a  withdrawal  provision 
plus  other  amendments  which  would  vitally  affect 
United  States  representation  to  the  Organization 
which  was  established  to  make  possible  the  "at- 
tainment by  all  peoples  of  the  highest  possible 
level  of  health". 

3.  Department  of  Staters  Comments  on  the  Pro- 
posed Amendments 

On  January  8, 1948,  letters  signed  by  the  Under 
Secretary  of  State  were  dispatched  to  Senator 
Vandenberg,  chairman  of  the  Senate  Foreign  Re- 
lations Committee  and  President  pro  tempore  of 
the  Senate,  to  Representative  Eaton,  chairman  of 
the  House  Foreign  Affairs  Committee,  and  to  Rep- 
resentative Judd,  who  had  sponsored  H.  J.  Res.  161. 
Enclosed  with  these  letters  were  comments  by  the 
Department  of  State,  in  memorandum  form,  call- 
ing attention,  among  other  things,  to  the  fact  that 
the  withdrawal  provision  had  been  questioned  by 
other  governments  and  to  the  language  of  the 
declaration  unanimously  agreed  to  July  17,  1946, 
by  the  International  Health  Conference,  which 
had  formulated  Who's  constitution.  This  dec- 
laration, a  part  of  the  official  record  of  the  Confer- 
ence, stated  that : 

A  member  is  not  bound  to  remain  in  the  Organization 
if  its  rights  and  obligations  as  such  are  changed  by  an 
amendment  to  the  Constitution  in  which  it  has  not  con- 
curred and  which  it  finds  itself  unable  to  accept.'" 

The  Department's  comment  on  the  proposed 
amendment  providing  "That  no  citizen  of  or  res- 
ident in  the  United  States  shall  participate  in  any 
session,  conference  or  meeting,  or  other  work  of 
the  World  Health  Organization  or  of  any  sub- 
ordinate committee  or  organization  thereof  with- 
out the  consent  of  the  Secretary  of  State",  was 
that  the  inclusion  of  such  an  amendment  in  the 
instrument  of  acceptance  of  the  United  States  of 
the  constitution  of  Who  would  appear  to  have  the 
effect  of  placing  the  Director  General  of  Who 
under  an  obligation  not  to  employ  any  United 
States  citizens  or  foreign  nationals  resident  in  the 
United  States  without  the  consent  of  the  Secretary 
of  State.  This  provision  would  run  counter  to  a 
basic  principle  on  which  the  United  Nations  and 
its  specialized  agencies  are  founded,  namely,  that 
their  staffs  should  consist  of  persons  who  perform 

Deparfmenf  of  Sfafe  BuUei'm 


their  duties  as  faithful  international  civil  servants 
and  who  do  not  act  as  representatives  of  the  gov- 
ernments of  which  they  happen  to  be  nationals. 
This  principle  is  clearly  stated  in  articles  35  and 
37  of  the  Who  constitution,  which  read  as  follows : 

Article  3i).  The  Director-General  shall  aiipoint  the  staff 
of  the  Secretariat  in  accordance  with  stall:  regulations 
established  by  the  Health  Assembly.  The  paramount 
consideration  in  the  employment  of  the  staff  shall  be  to 
assure  that  the  efficiency,  integrity  and  internationally 
representative  character  of  the  Secretariat  shall  be  main- 
tained at  the  highest  level.  Due  regard  shall  be  paid 
also  to  tlie  importance  of  recruiting  the  staff  on  as  wide 
a  geographical  basis  as  possible. 

Article  37.  In  the  performance  of  their  duties  the  Di- 
rector-General and  the  staff  shall  not  seek  or  receive  in- 
structions from  any  government  or  from  any  authority 
external  to  the  Organization.  They  shall  refrain  from 
any  action  which  might  reflect  on  their  position  as  inter- 
national officers.  Each  Member  of  the  Organization  on 
its  part  undertakes  to  respect  the  exclusively  international 
character  of  the  Director-General  and  the  staff  and  not 
to  seek  to  influence  them.'' 

4-  Steps  Toward  Final  Congressional  Action 

Importance  of  Timelt  Congressional  Action 

The  Department  of  State  was  most  anxious  that 
final  congressional  action  be  taken  without 
amendments  which  could  conceivably  prevent  the 
acceptance  of  the  United  States  instrument  of 
deposit  and  that  such  action  be  taken  in  time  for 
participation  of  this  Government  in  the  First 
World  Health  Assembly,  which  was  scheduled  to 
convene  in  Geneva  on  June  24,  1948.  Absence  of 
the  United  States  from  this  meeting,  which  was 
to  mark  "the  beginning  of  full-scale  activity  of 
Who  and  the  termination  of  the  interim  phase  of 
the  development  of  the  international  health 
agency  planned  by  plenipotentiaries  of  62  gov- 
ernments at  the  International  Health  Confei'ence 
at  New  York  City  during  the  summer  of  1946",=^ 
would  mean  forfeiting  the  opportunity  of  the 
United  States  to  influence  the  progi'am  and  or- 
ganizational structure  of  Who,  including  selection 
of  a  Director  General,  site  of  headquarters,  and 
members  of  the  Executive  Board,  as  well  as  de- 
termination of  budget  and  scale  of  contributions. 
Moreover,  participation  by  the  United  States  in 
Who  had,  in  fact,  been  supported  by  representa- 
tives of  numerous  public  and  professional  asso- 
ciations in  the  medical  and  public-health  fields.-^ 

Sepfember   J2,   1948 


Tabling  of  H.  J.  Res.  161  and  Intijoduction  of 
Its  New  Version,  H.  J.  Res.  409 

On  March  12,  1948,  the  House  Committee  on 
Rules  met  to  consider  a  resolution  proposed  by  the 
House  Foreign  Affairs  Committee  which  provided 
for  consideration  of  H.  J.  Res.  161  by  the  House 
of  Representatives.  This  resolution,  however,  was 
tabled.  On  April  7,  1948,  Who  came  into  official 
existence,  as  a  specialized  agency,  when  the  last 
of  the  required  26  United  Nations  members  de- 
posited with  the  Secretary-General  of  the  United 
Nations  its  instrument  of  acceptance  of  the  Who 
constitution.^-*  On  May  19,  1948,  Representative 
Judd,  to  avoid  delay,  introduced  in  the  House 
H.  J.  Res.  409,  a  rewritten  version  of  the  pre- 
viously reported  H.  J.  Res.  161.  The  new  measure 
was  referred  to  the  House  Committee  on  Foreign 
Affairs,  which  acted  with  dispatch,  for  the  follow- 
ing day  the  measure  was  unanimously  reported 
out.  As  thus  reported,  H.  J.  Res.  409  contained 
new  features,-^  such  as  a  requirement  that  the 
United  States  Representative  on  the  Executive 
Board  of  Who,  when  there  is  one,  be  appointed 
by  the  President  by  and  with  the  advice  and 
consent  of  the  Senate  and  that  he  have  "ten 
years  active  practice  as  a  physician  or  surgeon",'^^ 
an  authorization  of  fimds  on  a  per  annum  basis 
instead  of  for  the  fiscal  year  beginning  July  1, 
1947,  almost  past,  and  a  provision  stating  that 
nothing  in  the  Who  constitution  involves  any  com- 
mitment to  specific  legislative  action  by  the  United 
States  Congress.^^ 

The  constitution  of  Who  actually  specifies  that 
the  delegates  to  the  Health  Assembly  "sliould  be 
chosen  from  among  persons  most  qualified  by  their 
technical  competence  in  the  field  of  health,  prefer- 
ably representing  the  national  health  administra- 
tion of  the  Member",-'  in  recognition  of  the  fact 
that  Who  will  be  primarily  concerned  with  prob- 
lems of  public-health  technique  and  administra- 
tion. Accordingly,  if  the  United  States  is  to  have 
effective  representation  on  the  Executive  Board, 
one  of  whose  functions  is  "to  act  as  the  executive 
organ  of  the  Health  Assembly",=''  the  United  States 
Representative  should  be  a  qualified  public-health 
expert.  Therefore,  the  new  feature  with  regard 
to  10  years  active  practice  introduced  by  the  House 
Committee  might,  conceivably,  exclude  a  high  pro- 
portion of  doctors  of  medicine,  with  less  than  10 
years  active  practice,  who  have  attained  distinction 

311 


in  public  health,  preventive  medicine,  and  medical 
research,  all  of  which  are  fields  of  primary  interest 
to  Who.»» 

Action  moved  swiftly  at  this  stage.  On  May 
20,  1948,  the  House  Committee  reported  H.  Res. 
602  ^^  to  provide  for,  and  make  in  order,  the  expe- 
ditious consideration  by  the  House  of  H.  J.  Res. 
409,  the  rewritten  version  of  H.  J.  Res.  161  which 
this  Committee  had  tabled.  On  May  28, 1948,  the 
Rules  Coimnittee's  resolution,  confining  the  debate 
on  the  new  measure  to  one  hour,  was  agreed  to  by 
the  House,  which  acted  quickly  thereafter  in  pass- 
ing H.  J.  Res.  409.^^  To  save  precious  time,  how- 
ever, Representative  Judd  then  asked  unanimous 
consent  for  the  immediate  consideration  of  a  simi- 
lar Senate  joint  resolution,  S.  J.  Res.  98.'^  Since 
there  was  no  objection,  the  Clerk  read  S.  J.  Res. 
98,  whereupon  Representative  Judd  offered  an 
amendment,  in  effect  incorporating  the  new  fea- 
tures of  H.  J.  Res.  409  into  the  Senate  joint  reso- 
lution. S.  J.  Res.  98  then  passed  the  House,  as 
amended,  and  by  unanimous  consent  the  proceed- 
ings by  which  H.  J.  Res.  409  was  passed  were  va- 
cated and  this  House  measure  laid  on  the  table. 
The  amendment  of  S.  J.  Res.  98  by  the  House 
meant,  of  course,  reference  of  the  measure  to  a 
committee  of  conference,  representing  both 
houses  of  Congress,  following  the  disagreement 
of  the  Senate  to  the  amendment.  The  conference 
committee  met  and  submitted  its  report  ^*  on  June 
4, 1948.  Four  days  later,  both  houses  of  Congress 
agreed  to  the  report,^^  thus  completing  final  legis- 
lative action. 

6.  Public  Law  61i3 

On  June  14,  1948,  President  Truman  signed 
S.  J.  Res.  98,  which  became  Public  Law  643.  That 
same  day  the  President  issued  the  following 
statement : 

I  have  today  signed  a  Joint  Resolution  providing  for 
the  U.S.  membership  and  participation  in  the  World  Health 
Organization.  I  have  at  the  same  time  signed  the  In- 
strument of  Acceptance  of  the  Onstitution  of  tlie  World 
Health  Organization,  vehich  will  immediately  be  sent  to 
the  United  Nations  for  deposit. 

In  view  of  the  long  history  of  effective  international 
cooperation  in  the  field  of  health  which  spares  us  the 
haunting  fear  of  devastating  epidemics  of  cliolera  and 
plague,  we  can  looli  to  the  World  Health  Organization 
with  hope  and  expectation.  While  performing  its  hu- 
mane service,  it  will  at  the  same  time  contribute  to  gen- 
eral economic  improvement  through  the  progressive  de- 
velopment of  healthy,  alert,  productive  manpower.     The 

312 


world  economy  is  seriously  burdened,  and  unnecessarily 
so,  by  malaria,  tuberculosis  and  other  controllable 
diseases. 

The  World  Health  Organization  can  help  contribute 
substantially  to  tlie  attainment  of  the  healthy,  vigorous 
citizenry  which  the  world  needs  so  badly  today  and 
tomorrow. 

I  am  proud  to  have  signed  this  Joint  Resolution  which 
makes  it  possible  for  the  United  States  to  continue  its 
leadership  in  this  important  work.     In  the  technical  field 
of  health  we  hold  today  a  pre-eminent  position.     We  must 
and  will  give  freely  of  our  great  knowledge  to  help  liber-     j 
ate  men  everywhere  from  the  overhanging  dread  of  pre- 
ventable disease.     In  doing  so  through  the  World  Health     I 
Organization  we  once  again  testify  to  our  faith  in  the     j 
United  Nations  as  the  great  Instrument  for  reaching  those     i 
goals  of  common  understanding  and  mutual  helpfulness 
among  nations  which  alone  can  lead  to  peace  and  security    | 
for  all  peoples."  I 

The  chief  features  of  Public  Law  643  are : 

1.  Authorization  for  the  President  to  accept 
membership    for    the    United    States    in    Who   ; 
(sec.  1) ;  _  ji 

2.  Mandate  to  the  President  to  designate  the  ^ 
delegates  and  alternates  to  sessions  of  the  Organi- 
zation's World  Health  Assembly  and  the  United 
States  Representative  to  the  Executive  Board  of 
Who  (whenever  the  United  States  becomes  en- 
titled to  designate  a  person  to  serve  on  the  Board) 
(sec.  2) ; 

3.  Such  Representative  is  to  be  designated  by 
and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate  and 
must  be  a  graduate  of  a  recognized  medical  school 
and  have  spent  not  less  than  three  years  in  active 
practice  as  a  physician  or  surgeon  (sec.  2) ; 

4.  A  proviso  for  investigation  as  to  loyalty  and 
security  by  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation  of 
the  delegates,  alternates,  and  Representative  (sec. 

2); 

5.  Authorization  of  an  annual  appropriation  not 
to  exceed  1,920,000  dollars  per  annum  for  payment 
of  the  United  States  share  of  Who's  expenses  (sec. 
3(a) )  and  a  limitation  of  83  thousand  dollars  fot 
the  fiscal  year  beginning  July  1,  1947,  to  cover  ex- 
penses incident  to  participation."' 

6.  A  proviso  reserving  the  right  of  the  United 
States,  in  the  absence  of  any  provision  in  the  Who 
constitution  for  withdrawal,  to  withdraw  from 
Who  on  a  one-year  notice  (sec.  4) ;  and 

7.  A  statement  that  it  is  the  understanding  of 
Congress  that  nothing  in  the  Who  constitution 
commits  the  United  States  to  enact  any  specific  ' 
legislative  program  (sec.  5). 

Department  of  State  Bulletin    > 


6.  Action  of  First  World  Health  Assembly 

III  view  of  the  provision  in  section  4  that  the 
United  States  reserves  its  right  to  withdraw  from 
A^'IIo,  tlie  Secretariat  of  the  United  Nations  in- 
formed Dr.  Brock  Chishohn,  Executive  Secretary 
of  tlie  Interim  Commission  of  Who,  that  the  Sec- 
retary-General of  the  United  Nations  was  not  in 
a  position  to  determine  whether  the  United  States 
liad  become  a  party  to  tlie  Who  constitution  and 
that  therefore  the  Secretary-General  would  refer 
the  United  States  acceptance  to  the  First  World 
Health  Assembly  and  would  be  guided  by  the  As- 
sembly's action  with  respect  to  the  matter.^*  The 
thorny  question  raised  by  the  withdrawal  provision 
was  disposed  of  by  the  Assembly  when  on  July  2, 
19-18,^^  it  unanimously  accepted  the  United  States 
as  a  member  of  Who,  thus  paving  the  way  for  full 
participation  by  the  United  States  in  a  wide  field 
of  human  imj^rovement.*" 

On  July  13, 1948,  Dr.  Yuen-Li  Liang,  the  direc- 
tor of  the  Legal  Department  of  the  United  Nations, 
acting  on  behalf  of  the  Secretary-General  of  the 
United  Nations,  notified  the  Secretary  of  State  of 
tlie  admission  of  the  United  States  to  Who  in  the 
following  words : 

...  I  have  the  honour  to  inform  you  that  I  have  been 
notified  by  the  Executive  Secretary  of  the  Interim  Commis- 
sion of  the  World  Health  Organization  that  on  2  July  1048 
the  World  Health  Assembly  unanimously  approved  the 
admission  of  the  United  States  of  America  as  a  Member 
of  the  World  Health  Organization. 

In  accordance  with  Article  82  of  the  Constitution,  the 
Secretary-General  will  notify  all  States  parties  to  the 
Constitution  of  the  World  Health  Organization  that  the 
United  States  of  America  is  considered  to  be  a  party  to 
the  said  Constitution  as  from  21  June  1948,  the  date  of 
deposit  with  the  Secretary-General  of  the  United  Nations 
of  its  instrument  of  acceptance. •*• 

The  Constitution  of  the  International  Labor  Organ- 
ization C'l-O)  instrument  of  Amendment,  1946 

1.  Necessity  for  Rcimion 
The  Ilo  was  established  in  1919,  pursuant  to 
provisions  of  the  peace  treaties  negotiated  at  the 
end  of  World  AVar  I,  in  the  belief  that  universal 
and  lasting  peace  can  be  established  only  if  it  is 
based  on  social  justice,  that  conditions  of  labor 
which  involve  injustice,  hardship,  and  privation 
may  produce  unrest  so  great  as  to  imperil  the 
peace  and  harmony  of  the  world,  and  that  the 

%eptemher    12,    7948 


failure  of  any  nation  to  adopt  humane  conditions 
of  labor  is  an  obstacle  in  the  way  of  other  nations 
which  desire  to  improve  conditions  in  their  own 
countries.  The  United  States  became  a  member 
of  the  Organization  on  August  20,  1934,  when  the 
President,  exercising  the  authority  conferred  on 
him  in  Public  Kesolution  43,  73d  Congress,  2d 
session,  approved  June  19,  1934,  accepted  an  invi- 
tation to  membership  tendered  by  the  Interna- 
tional Labor  Conference."  Since  then,  the  United 
States  has  played  an  important  part  in  Ilo  activ- 
ities and  has  made  substantial  contributions  to 
its  budget. 

Although  the  end  of  World  War  I  witnessed  the 
creation  of  the  Organization,  necessity  for  the 
remodeling  of  the  Ilo  constitution  to  bring  it 
in  line  with  social  conditions  in  the  postwar  world 
and  with  the  new  structure  of  international  or- 
ganization was  apparent  long  before  the  end  of 
World  War  II.  Consideration  was  given  the 
problem  at  the  Twenty-sixth  Session  of  the  Inter- 
national Labor  Conference  in  Philadelphia  in 
1944,  which  adopted  a  declaration  defining  the 
aims  and  purposes  of  the  Ilo.  Constitutional  re- 
vision was  again  discussed  in  Paris  in  1945  and  in 
1946  was  studied  by  a  tripartite  Conference  dele- 
gation which  had  been  instructed  to  prepare  a 
rejiort  on  all  aspects  of  the  question.  Following 
the  recommendations  of  the  Conference  delega- 
tion, the  instrument  of  amendment,  comprising  a 
comprehensive  revision  of  the  Ilo  constitution, 
was  adopted  by  a  unanimous  vote  of  the  Twenty- 
ninth  Session  of  the  International  Labor  Confer- 
ence at  Montreal  on  October  9,  1946.'" 

The  significant  constitutional  changes  "  may  be 
groui^ed  as  follows : 

(a)  Those  determining  the  relations  between 
the  Ilo  and  the  United  Nations  and  the  various 
other  international  organizations 

(i)  Those  clarifying  the  obligations  of  states 
members  as  to  conventions  and  recommendations 
adopted  by  the  Conference 

(c)  Regional  arrangements 

(d)  Colonial  arrangements 

(d)  Those  strengthening  the  role  of  the  Gov- 
erning Body 

(/)  Those  relating  to  Conference  procedure, 
and 

313 


{g)  Those  clarifying  the  special  position  of 
federal  states."^ 

2.  Department  of  State''s  Proposal  to  Congress 

On  May  8, 1947,  during  the  First  Session  of  the 
Eightieth  Congress,  Secretary  of  State  Marshall 
addressed  letters  to  the  President  pro  tempore  of 
the  Senate  (Senator  Vandenberg)  and  to  the 
Speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives  (Repre- 
sentative Martin)  which  were  of  major  impor- 
tance to  the  growing  participation  of  the  United 
States  in  international  organization.  Together 
with  these  letters,  there  were  enclosed  a  draft  joint 
resolution  authorizing  the  President  to  accept  on 
behalf  of  the  United  States  the  revised  constitu- 
tion of  the  Ilo  which  had  been  adopted  at  Mont- 
real, a  memorandum  explaining  the  purposes  of 
the  proposed  legislation  and  the  necessity  there- 
for, and  copies  of  letters  on  the  subject  from  the 
delegates  who  represented  the  employers  and 
workers  of  the  United  States  respectively  at  the 
Twenty-ninth  Session  of  the  International  Labor 
Conference.*® 

3.  Action  hy  Senate  and  Horise  Committees 

The  Senate  Foreign  Relations  Committee  acted 
with  dispatch  on  this  legislative  proposal,  for 
only  10  days  later  it  reported  out  to  the  Senate 
without  amendment  S.  J.  Res.  117,  "Providing  for 
acceptance  by  the  United  States  of  America  of 
the  Constitution  of  the  International  Labor  Or- 
ganization Instrument  of  Amendment,  and  fur- 
ther authorizing  an  appropriation  for  j^ayment 
of  the  United  States  share  of  the  expenses  of  mem- 
bership and  for  expenses  of  participation  by  the 
United  States",  substantially  as  drafted  by  the 
Department  of  State.«  On  June  2, 1947,  S.  J.  Res. 
117  passed  the  Senate,  with  no  debate  necessary.** 

The  following  day  the  measure  was  referred  to 
the  House  Foreign  Affairs  Committee  and  on 
July  24, 1947,  was  reported  out,  with  amendments. 
Both  Committees  recognized  that  the  Congress 
was  faced  with  a  legislative  proposal  which 
would  authorize  the  United  States  to  partici- 
pate and  contribute  to  a  revitalized  interna- 
tional organization,  geared  to  modern  social  and 
organizational  developments,  whose  work  is  of 
especial  significance  to  the  United  States,  having, 
as  it  does,  the  highest  standards  in  economic  and 
social  affairs.*"  The  House  Committee  recast 
S.   J.   Res.   117   to   include    (1)    a   fixed   dollar 


limitation  of  550  thousand  dollars  as  the  United 
States  share  authorized  to  be  contributed  to  Ilo 
and  also  a  limitation  of  95  thousand  dollars  to 
cover  expenses  incident  to  participation,^"  and  (2) 
the  addition  of  a  new  section : 

Sec.  3.  No  person  shall  serve  as  represent.itive,  delegate, 
or  alternate  from  the  United  States  until  such  i)erson 
has  been  investigated  as  to  loyalty  and  security  by  the 
Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation ;  and  no  citizen  of  or 
resident  in  the  United  States  shall  participate  in  any 
session,  conference,  or  meeting,  or  other  work  of  the 
International  Labour  Organization  or  of  any  subordinate 
committee  or  organization  thereof  without  the  consent 
of  the  Secretary  of  State." 

These  amendments  were  in  line  with  the  House 
amendments  to  S.  J.  Res.  98,  the  Who  measure, 
which,  as  we  have  seen,  had  been  reported  out  by 
the  House  earlier,  on  July  17,  1947.  In  this  re- 
spect, therefore,  S.  J.  Res.  117  may  be  considered 
the  companion  piece  of  S.  J.  Res.  98  (Who). 

^.  Final  Action — Second  Session 

On  June  14,  1948,  the  motion  of  Representative 
Jackson  (California)  to  suspend  the  rules  and 
pass  S.  J.  Res.  117,  with  amendjnents,  was  voted 
on  favorably  by  the  requisite  two  thirds.^-  Again, 
as  in  the  case  of  Who,  Senator  Vandenberg's  mo- 
tion, on  June  15,  1948,  that  the  Senate  disagree 
to  the  amendment  of  the  House  and  requesting  a 
conference  with  the  House  on  the  disagreeing 
votes  of  the  two  houses  thereon  was  agreed  to.^ 
The  following  day  the  House  agreed  to  a  confer- 
ence. The  conference  committee  met,  and  on  June 
17,  1948,  the  conference  report  was  approved  by 
both  houses  of  Congress,  thus  completing  the  nec- 
essary legislative  action.^* 

5.  Public  Law  843 

S.  J.  Res.  117  was  approved  by  the  President 
on  June  30,  1948,  and  became  Public  Law  843,'^'' 
which  contains  the  following  important  pro- 
visions : 

(a)  Authorization  for  the  President  to  accept 
for  the  United  States  the  constitution  of  the  Ilo 
instrument  of  amendment,  1946  (sec.  1) ; 

(6)  Authorization  of  an  annual  appropriation 
not  to  exceed  $1,091,739  per  annum  for  payment 
of  the  United  States  share  of  Ilo's  expenses  (sec. 
2(«) )  and  a  limitation  of  95  thousand  dollars  per 
annum  to  cover  expenses  incident  to  jiarticipation 
(sec.  2(6))  ;  and 


314 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


(c)  A  statement  that  "No  person  shall  serve  as 
representative,  delegate  or  alternate  from  the 
United  States  until  such  person  has  been  investi- 
gated as  to  loyalty  and  security  by  the  Federal 
Buivau  of  Investigation"  (sec.  3). 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  no  provision  was 
incorporated  similar  to  sec.  3  of  Public  Law  643 
(Who),  requiring  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Senate  with  respect  to  United  States  representa- 
tion, nor  any  statement  with  regard  to  not  commit- 
ting the  United  States  to  enact  any  specific  leg- 
islative program  (sec.  5,  Public  Law  643).  Of 
significance,  too,  is  the  absence  in  the  law,  as  in  the 
case  of  Wiio,  of  the  provision  with  respect  to  the 
Secretary  of  State's  consent  to  participation  by  a 
citizen  or  resident  of  the  United  States  in  the 
activities  of  the  Organization. 

III.  ACTION  INITIATED  AND  COMPLETED 
DURING  SECOND  SESSION 

International    Telecommunication    Union    (ITU) 

"The  whole  concept  of  the  specialized  agency"', 
as  has  been  well  expressed,  "is  based  on  the  con- 
viction that  peace  cannot  be  maintained  indef- 
initely by  nothing  more  than  procedures  for  set- 
tling international  disputes  and  stopping  aggres- 
sion, essential  as  they  are  .  .  .''\^  The  world 
organization  charted  at  San  Francisco  is,  of  course, 
the  agency  which  has  topmost  responsibility  for 
the  maintenance  of  international  peace  and  secu- 
rity. But  the  Charter  of  the  United  Nations  itself 
recognizes  that  conditions  of  stability,  cooperation, 
and  well-being  must  be  created  if  peaceful  and 
friendly  relations  among  nations  are  to  be  secured 
and  that  toward  the  achievement  of  this  goal  the 
specialized  agency  can  render  special  service.''' 
Though  it  may  be  agreed  that  the  Itu  does  not 
have  "wide  international  responsibilities",  the 
Union  does,  nevertheless,  serve  as  a  striking  illus- 
tration of  the  role  of  the  specialized  agency  in  a 
major  area  of  intergovernmental  cooperative  effort 
of  a  technical  nature.  Thus,  article  1  of  the  agree- 
ment between  the  United  Nations  and  the  Inter- 
national Telecommunication  Union  provides  for 
the  recognition  by  the  United  Nations  of  the  Ittt 
".  .  .  as  the  specialized  agency  responsible  for 
taking  such  action  as  may  be  appropriate  under 
its  basic  instrument  for  the  accomplishment  of  the 
purposes  set  forth  therein".^ 

September   72,    194Q 


1.  Atlantic  City  Telecommunication  and  Radio 

Conferences 

At  the  Five  Power  Preliminary  Telecommunica- 
tion Conference  held  in  Moscow,  September-Octo- 
ber 1946,  the  Representatives  of  China,  France, 
the  United  Kingdom,  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist 
Republics,  and  the  United  States  agreed  that  the 
existing  telecommunication  convention,  signed  at 
Madrid  on  December  9,  1932,  and  its  appended 
radio  regulations,  signed  at  Cairo  on  April  8, 1938, 
required  urgent  revision  in  the  light  of  technical 
developments  in  the  telecommunication  field  and 
of  problems  resulting  from  dislocations  of  war.'*" 
Particular  attention  was  paid  to  proposed  reor- 
ganization of  the  constitution  and  structure  of  the 
Itu,  the  oldest  international  governmental  organ- 
ization in  existence,  having  its  foundation  in  the 
old  International  Telegraph  Union  organized  at 
Paris  in  1865.""  Thus,  the  details  governing  the 
convening  of  the  conferences  which  were  to  follow 
in  Atlantic  City  in  1947  were  decided  upon  in 
advance  and  much  of  the  ground  work  had  already 
been  laid. 

The  International  Telecommunication  Confer- 
ence met  at  Atlantic  City  from  July  2  to  October 

2,  1947,  and  the  International  Radio  Conference 
met  from  May  16  to  October  2,  1947,  the  former 
Conference  to  revise  or  replace  the  Madrid  con- 
vention and  the  latter  to  revise  the  Cairo  radio 
regulations."^ 

The  following  nongovernmental  organizations 
were  represented  at  the  Radio  Conference:  Inter- 
national Radio  Electric  Committee,  International 
Radio  Maritime  Committee,  Commercial  Teleg- 
raphers Union,  American  Broadcasting  Associa- 
tion, International  Air  Transport  Association, 
International  Amateur  Radio  Union,  Interna- 
tional Broadcasting  Organization,  International 
Broadcasting  Union,  International  Chamber  of 
Commerce,  International  Federation  of  Radio 
Officei-s,  International  Shipping  Conferences,  In- 
ternational Shipi'ing  P^ederation,  and  Radio 
Officers  Union.  The  rules  of  procedure  for  the 
Plenipotentiary  Conferences  permitted  observers 
representing  these  organizations  to  attend  sessions 
of  the  Conference  but  not  to  participate  in  the 
discussions. 

The  accomplishments  of  the  two  Confe7-ences 
have  been  fully  discussed  elsewhere."^  They  are, 
in  summary,  as  follows : 

315 


(1)  Radio  Conference 

(a)  Adoption  of  a  world-wide  frequency-allo- 
cation table  extending  up  to  10,500,000  kilocycles 
(the  table  established  by  the  Cairo  conference 
extended  only  up  to  30,000). 

(b)  Creation  of  the  International  Frequency 
Registration  Board  (Ifrb),  a  permanent  board  of 
11  experts. 

(c)  Creation  of  the  Provisional  Frequency 
Board  (Pfb)  for  the  purpose  of  putting  the  new 
allocation  table  into  effect,  composed  of  the  11 
Ifrb  experts  plus  national  members  from  any 
countries  desirous  of  being  represented  on  the  Pfb. 

(2)  Telecommunication  Conference  (Centered 
ON  Reorganization  or  the  Itu) 

(a)  Adoption  of  the  concept  of  the  Plenipoten- 
tiary Conference  as  the  supreme  organ  of  the 
Union,  to  meet  every  5  years  and  to  have  the  ul- 
timate responsibility  for  all  Ittt  affairs. 

(b)  Reorganization  and  enlargement  of  the 
Bureau  of  the  Itu,  which  is  to  become  the  General 
Secretariat,  with  increased  responsibilities. 

(e)  Adoption  of  the  principle  of  one  vote  for 
each  member  of  the  Union,  to  which  the  United 
States  attached  great  importance. 

(d)  Constituting  of  the  Union's  international 
consultative  committees  (telegraph  (Ccit),  radio 
(Ccir),  and  telephone  (Ccir) )  as  permanent  or- 
gans of  the  Union. 

(e)  Setting  ujj  of  an  administrative  council, 
meeting  at  least  once  a  year,  thus  providing  a  con- 
tinuity of  functioning  between  Conferences. 

(/)  As  is  the  procedure  in  the  United  Nations, 
adoption  of  Chinese,  English,  Russian,  and  Span- 
ish, in  addition  to  French,  as  the  official  languages 
of  the  Union. 

(ff)  Establishment  of  a  new  basis  for  member- 
ship in  the  Union,  taking  account  of  the  resolution 
of  December  12,  1946,  of  the  General  Assembly 
of  the  United  Nations  concerning  Franco  Spain.®^ 

(h)  Conclusion  of  the  agreement  between  the 
United  Nations  and  the  International  Telecommu- 
nication Union,  bringing  the  Itu  into  relationship 
with  the  United  Nations  (referred  to  above). 

2.  The  Senate'' s  Advice  and  Consent  to  Ratification 

When  President  Truman  on  February  17,  1948, 
transmitted  to  the  Senate  for  its  advice  and  con- 


sent to  ratification  a  copy  each  of  the  international 
telecommunication  convention,  with  annexes,  the 
final  protocol  to  the  convention,  and  the  radio 
regulations  aimexed  to  the  convention,  it  was  thus 
possible  for  the  Chief  Executive  to  enclose  a  report 
of  the  Secretary  of  State  to  the  President  covering 
the  accomplishments,  among  others,  which  have 
been  noted.  In  addition,  the  President  was  care- 
ful to  point  out  that : 

In  the  event  that  the  Senate  advises  and  consents  to 
ratification  of  the  convention,  final  protocol,  and  radio 
regulations,  it  is  requested  that  the  Senate  do  so  vpith 
the  understanding  that  such  ratification  will  be  subject 
to  the  declarations  Vifhich  were  made  by  the  delegates  of 
the  United  States  in  signing  the  convention  and  which 
are  set  forth  in  the  final  protocol  to  the  convention, 
namely :  Signature  of  this  Convention  for  and  in  the  name 
of  the  United  States  of  America  constitutes,  in  accordance 
with  its  constitutional  processes,  signature  also  on  behalf 
of  all  territories  of  the  United  States  of  America. 

The  United  States  of  America  formally  declares  that  the 
United  States  of  America  does  not,  by  signature  of  this 
Convention  on  its  behalf,  accept  any  obligation  in  respect 
of  the  Telegraph  Regulations,  the  Telephone  Regulations, 
or  the  Additional  Radio  Regulations  referred  to  in  Article 
13  of  the  Atlantic  City  Convention." 

On  the  floor  of  the  Senate,  Senator  Vandenberg, 
in  presenting  the  instruments  to  the  Senate  on 
June  2, 1948,  stated : 

Mr.  President,  the  distinguished  Senator  from  Maine 
[White]  had  hoped  to  be  present  to  make  a  brief  statement 
regarding  this  treaty.  He,  I  think  we  can  all  concede,  is 
the  best-informed  man  in  the  Senate  in  respect  to  the 
subject  matter  involved  in  the  treaty,  the  subject  matter 
being  the  revision  of  the  Madrid  Convention,  the  recon- 
sideration of  the  Cairo  radio  regulations,  the  establish- 
ment of  an  international  high-frequency  broadcasting  or- 
ganization, and  the  allocation  of  frequencies  to  the  service 
of  high-frequency  broadcasting.  An  orderly  system  of 
international  rule  and  practice,  which  would  give  assur- 
ance of  the  largest  and  most  efficient  use  of  radio  inter- 
nationally with  a  minimum  of  interference  and  friction  in 
the  use  of  the  available  airways,  is  the  matter  involved. 

I  am  very  sure  that  the  chairman  of  the  committee 
would  be  at  a  total  loss  to  understand  the  technicalities  of 
the  treaty  even  if  it  were  explained  for  days.  Therefore, 
the  action  which  he  recommends  to  the  Senate  is  based 
upon  the  same  reasons  which  he  believes  justify  the  Senate 
in  accepting  the  treaty.  I  make  this  simple  statement  in 
respect  to  it. 

The  Senator  from  Maine,  at  the  conclusion  of  his  report, 
which  is  the  report  I  sent  to  every  Senator  last  week  end, 
certifies  as  follows : 

"No  governmental  agency  opposes  ratification  of  this 
treaty,  and  I  know  of  no  American  commercial  interest 
which  has  raised  its  voice  against  ratification.  There  is 
an  extraordinary  unanimity  of  view  among  all  interests 


316 


Department  of  Sfafe  Bulletin 


that  the  Senate  should  tiike  prompt  and  affirmative  action. 
I  urge  tliis  course  upon  the  coumiittee  and  upon  the 
Senate." 

Mr.  Prosideiit,  I  know  the  Senate  Foreign  Relations 
Committee  felt— a  feeling  -which  I  am  sure  the  Senate  will 
share^that  when  the  Senator  from  Maine  was  willing  to 
devote  his  recuperating  strength  during  the  last  three 
weeks  to  a  careful  study  of  tliis  treaty,  the  judgment  of 
the  Senator  from  Maine  on  a  subject  of  this  nature  was  of 
paramount  value,  and  in  view  of  a  total  lack  of  opposition 
either  in  public  or  by  private  interests  in  the  United  States 
in  respect  to  this  area  of  action,  I  believe  the  Senate  will 
l)e  of  opinion  that  the  Senator's  approval  of  the  treaty, 
which  may  perhaps  be  his  tinal  formal  act  in  connection 
with  his  distinguished  public  service,  deserves  the  ratiflea- 
tion  which  the  committee  itself  has  given. 

Mr.  President,  I  submit  that  the  treaty  is  entitled  to  be 
raUfled." 

Following  the  reading  of  the  resolution  of  rati- 
fication by  the  Senate  legislative  clerk,  the  resolu- 
tion -was  agreed  to,  and  thereby  the  Senate  gave 
its  advice  and  consent  to  the  ratification  by  the 
President  of  the  instruments,  which  he  stibse- 
quently  signed  on  June  18,  IQiS."^ 

Article  49  of  the  international  telecommunica- 
tion convention  (concluded  in  Atlantic  City  on 
October  2,  1947)  provides  that  the  convention 
shall  enter  into  force  on  January  1,  1949,  with  re- 
gard to  countries  and  territories  which  have  rati- 
fied or  adhered  to  the  convention  by  that  date."' 
The  Itu  has,  nevertheless,  already  begim  to  focus 
its  attention  on  the  bodies  established  and  the  pro- 
cedures set  up  by  the  Atlantic  City  conferences, 
which  have  so  well  brought  the  Union  up  to  date 
on  telecommunication  and  on  developments  in  the 
maturmg  field  of  international  organization. 

United  Nations  Headquarters  Loan  (Responsibility 
of  tlieiHost) 

I  On  Februaiy  20,  1948,  when  President  Truman 
'  transmitted  his  report  to  the  Eightieth  Congress 
concerning  the  activities  of  the  United  Nations  and 
the  participation  therein  of  the  United  States 
during  the  calendar  year  1947,  he  made  the  fol- 
lowing remarks  of  prime  significance  to  the  future 
of  the  United  Nations : 

n  The   problem   of   financing   construction   of   the   head- 

^  quarters  in  a  war-torn,  dollar-short  world  economy  was 
a  difficult  one  on  which  the  Advisory  Committee  on  Head- 
quarters held  several  discussions  during  the  summer,  fol- 
lowing exploration  of  this  problem  by  the  Secretary- 
General.  It  soon  became  apparent  that,  owing  to  the  crit- 
ical dollar  shortage,  it  would  not  be  possible  to  finance  the 
construction  out  of  dollar  contributions  to  be  made  by 

IJ     September    12,    1948 


the  JIeml)er  nations  during  the  next  few  years.  The  ikjs- 
sibilities  of  raising  the  money  through  private  loans  were 
carefully  explored.  Tliis  solution,  however,  turned  out 
to  be  impracticable  for  a  number  of  reasons.  Under  the 
most  satisfactory  arrangement  that  was  proposed,  the 
loan  would  cover  only  part  of  the  cost  so  that  a  substan- 
tial cash  contribution  would  still  have  to  be  made  by  Mem- 
bers. Protection  of  the  legal  position  of  the  lenders  would 
involve  difficult  arrangements  with  respect  to  waiver  of 
the  United  Nations  immunity  from  suit  and  additional 
complications  in  architectural  planning  to  satisfy  the  lend- 
ers that  the  buildings  would  be  adaptable  for  other  use  in 
the  theoretical  contingency  of  a  foreclosure.  Moreover, 
there  were  indications  that  many  Members  would  consider 
it  inconsistent  with  the  prestige  of  the  United  Nations  il 
it  were  under  obligations  to  private  financial  interests. 

In  view  of  the  complications  involved  in  private  financ- 
ing, the  members  of  the  Advisory  Committee  (the  United 
States  Representative  abstaining  from  the  di-scussion) 
unanimously  requested  the  Secretary-General  to  approach 
the  United  States  Government  regarding  the  possibility 
of  its  making  a  loan. 

In  determining  whether  a  loan  should  be  made,  consider- 
ation was  given  to  the  advantages,  including  not  only  sav- 
ings in  our  participation  and  other  economic  factors  but 
facilitation  of  our  work  in  the  United  Nations,  which  the 
United  States  derives  from  the  location  of  the  permanent 
headquarters  of  the  United  Nations  in  this  country. 

In  view  of  all  the  circumstances,  it  seemed  that  the 
United  States  could  well  afford  as  a  recognition  of  the 
material  as  well  as  intangible  benefits  accruing  to  the 
United  States  from  location  of  the  United  Nations  on  its 
shores,  not  only  to  make  a  loan  to  the  United  Nations  for 
the  construction  of  the  headquarters,  but  to  waive  any 
interest  on  such  a  loan.  Accordingly,  Ambassador  Austin 
was  authorized  to  inform  the  Secretary-General,  on  behalf 
of  the  President,  that  the  President  would  request  the 
Congress  to  authorize  such  a  loan  without  interest.  This 
offer  was  accepted  unanimously  by  the  General  Assembly 
on  November  20,  on  the  express  understanding  that  it  was 
subject  to  the  requimie  authorization  of  the  Congress.  At 
the  date  of  this  report,  a  loan  agreement  is  being  negoti- 
ated with  the  United  Nations  for  submission  to  the 
Congress.™     [Italics  supplied  by  the  author.] 

1.  Antecedents  to  the  Proposal "° 

The  following  discussion  of  sequence  of  events 
describes  in  fuller  detail  the  background  of,  and 
necessity  for,  the  loan  agreement  described  in  the 
President's  report: 

1.  E.\RLY  Steps.  The  United  Nations  Charter, 
adopted  at  San  Francisco  on  June  26,  1945,  left 
the  location  of  the  United  Nations  headquarters 
to  the  General  Assembly.  Unanimously,  on  De- 
cember 10  and  11,  1945,  the  House  of  Representa- 
tives and  the  Senate  of  the  United  States  invited 
the  United  Nations  to  locate  its  seat  and  permanent 
headquarters  in  the  United  States.     (House  Con- 

317 


current  Resolution  75,  79th  Congress,  First  Ses- 
sion). The  invitation  was  accepted  by  the  General 
Assembly  in  February  1946. 

2.  Selection  of  New  York.  Throughout  1946 
the  United  Nations  committee  investigated  various 
sites  in  the  United  States,  particularly  New  York, 
Philadelphia,  San  Francisco,  and  Boston.  It 
finally  decided  to  accept  a  gift  offer  of  an  area  in 
midtown  New  York  made  available  by  John  D. 
Rockefeller,  Jr.,  and  by  the  city  of  New  York.  On 
February  26,  1947,  the  Congress  of  the  United 
States  exempted  the  gift  from  gift  taxes.  (Public 
Law  7,  80th  Congress,  First  Session).  The  first 
meeting  of  the  Headquarters  Advisory  Committee 
was  held  under  the  chairmanship  of  Ambassador 
Warren  R.  Austin  in  January  1947. 

3.  The  Headquarters  Agreement.  An  agree- 
ment covering  the  establishment  of  a  permanent 
headquarters  of  the  United  Nations  upon  the  New 
York  site  and  also  providing  for  the  control  of  the 
headquarters  was  negotiated  and  signed  between 
the  United  States  and  the  United  Nations  on  June 
26, 1947.  On  August  4, 1947,  both  Houses  of  Con- 
gress unanimously  authorized  the  President  to 
bring  the  headquarters  agreement  into  effect. 
(Public  Law  357, 80th  Congress,  First  Session.) 

4.  The  Question  of  a  Loan.  The  construction 
of  the  permanent  headquarters '"  of  the  United 
Nations  was  suspended  until  a  formula  for  financ- 
ing such  construction  could  be  foimd,  since  the 
dollar  shortage  made  it  impracticable  for  most  of 
the  Members  of  the  United  Nations  to  make  cash 
contributions.  Thus,  the  Headquarters  Advisory 
Committee  of  the  United  Nations  General  Assem- 
bly was  faced  with  a  major  initial  problem  of  de- 
ciding the  best  available  means  of  obtaining  a  loan 
to  finance  the  construction.  A  private  loan  was 
found  to  be  out  of  the  question,  since  even  the  most 
favorable  terms  available  would  still  require  Mem- 
bers to  put  up  dollars  that  they  did  not  have,  and 
the  necessity  of  clearing  building  plans  with  the 
lenders  so  as  to  insure  the  adaptability  of  the 
structures  for  other  use  in  event  of  foreclosure  was 
an  additional  impediment.  Also,  such  a  loan  was 
thoroughly  investigated  and  found  to  be  beyond 
the  statutory  authorization  of  the  Export-Import 
Bank  and  the  Reconstruction  Finance  Corpora- 
tion and  beyond  the  powers  of  the  International 
Bank  for  Reconstruction  and  Development."  Ac- 
cordingly, the  idea  of  financing  through  a  United 


States  Government  loan  was  developed,  in  the  fol- 
lowing steps : 

(a)  August  29,  1947:  Unanimous  decision  by 
the  Headquarters  Advisory  Committee  (the 
United  States  Representative  abstaining)  to  re- 
quest the  Secretary-General  to  approach  the 
United  States  Government  regarding  the  possi- 
bility of  a  loan  to  finance  the  construction  of  the 
proposed  headquarters. 

( b )  October  22, 1947 :  Dispatch  of  letters  by  the 
Acting  Secretary  of  State  to  the  chairmen  and  the 
senior  minority  members  of  the  Committee  on 
Foreign  Affairs  and  the  Committee  on  Banking 
and  Currency  of  the  House  of  Representatives 
and  of  the  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations,  the 
Connnittee  on  Finance,  and  the  Committee  on 
Banking  and  Currency  of  the  Senate,  stating  the 
intention  of  the  United  States  Government  to  of- 
fer an  interest-free  loan  to  the  United  Nations  to 
facilitate  the  headquarters  building  program  and 
inviting  comment  in  advance  of  the  offer. 

(c)  October  29,  1947:  Reply  to  the  Secretary- 
General  signed  by  Ambassador  Austin,  Represent- 
ative of  the  United  States,  stating,  in  part : 

The  Government  of  the  United  States  would  be  pre- 
pared to  enter  into  negotiations  with  tlie  Secretary- 
General  of  the  United  Nations  with  a  view  to  concluding 
a  loan  agreement  whereby  an  interest-free  United  States 
Government  loan  would  be  made  available  for  the  pur- 
pose of  financing  all  or  part  of  the  cost  of  constructing  the 
United  Nations  headquarters.  It  would  be  the  under- 
standing of  my  Government  that  such  a  loan  would  be  for 
an  amount  not  exceeding  $65,000,000.  Further,  it  is 
understood  that  the  loan  would  be  extended  for  a  period 
to  be  determined  by  negotiation  with  the  Secretary- 
General  and  would  be  repayable  in  annual  installments 
from  the  ordinary  budget  of  the  United  Nations. 

Such  a  loan  would,  of  course,  require  the  approval  of 
the  United  States  Congress.  The  President  of  the  United 
States  would  be  willing  to  request  the  approval  of  such  a 
loan  by  the  Congress  upon  conclusion  of  negotiations  be- 
tween the  Secretary-General  and  my  Government.  It  is 
assumed  that  the  General  Assembly  wiU  at  this  session 
make  the  necessary  decisions  and  give  the  necessary  au- 
thorizations required  to  proceed  with  the  construction  and 
financing  of  the  headquarters. 

{d)  November  20,  1947:  Adoption  by  the  Gen- 
eral Assembly  of  a  resolution  authorizing  the 
Secretary-General  to  negotiate  a  loan  consistent 
with  the  indicated  terms  and  contingent  upon  con- 
gressional approval  and  appropriations. 

(e)  November  21,  1947:  Exchange  of  notes  be- 
tween the  Secretary-General  of  the  United  Nations 


318 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


and  Ambassador  Austin  briiij^iiig  into  effect  the 
United  Nations  lieadquarters  agreement. 

(/)  February  13,  1948 :  Dispatch  of  letters  by 
the  Under  Secretary  of  State  to  the  chairmen  and 
tlie  senior  minority  members  of  the  Committee  on 
Foreign  Affairs  and  the  Appropriations  Commit- 
tee of  the  House  of  Representatives  and  of  the 
Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  and  the  Appro- 
priations Committee  of  the  Senate,  setting  forth 
in  detail  the  terms  of  the  headquarters  loan  agree- 
ment and  all  developments  antecedent  to  it,  stating 
the  United  States  intention  to  sign  the  agreement 
and  again  inviting  comment. 

iff)  February  25,  1948:  Decision  by  the  Head- 
quarters Advisory  Committee  to  advise  the  Secre- 
tary-General to  execute  the  draft  loan  agreement. 

On  March  23, 1948,  the  headquarters  loan  agree- 
ment, referred  to  by  the  President  in  his  report  to 
the  Congress  on  United  States  activities  in  the 
United  Nations  for  1947,  was  signed  by  Trygve 
Lie,  Secretary-General  of  the  United  Nations, 
representing  the  Organization,  and  by  Ambassa- 
dor Austin,  on  behalf  of  the  United  States. 

2.  Co7iff7'essional  Action 

On  April  7,  1948,  the  President  transmitted  the 
agreement  to  the  Second  Session  of  the  Eightieth 
Congress.  In  the  message  transmitting  the  agree- 
ment, the  President  stated  in  part : 

I  transmit  herewith  for  the  consideration  of  the  Con- 
gress an  agreement  between  the  United  States  and  the 
United  Nations  concerning  a  loan  of  $65,000,000,  without 
interest,  to  be  made  by  the  United  States  to  the  United 
Nations  to  finance  the  construction  of  the  permanent  head- 
quarters of  the  United  Nations  In  the  United  States.  I 
also  enclose  a  letter  from  the  Acting  Secretary  of  State 
regarding  this  agreement.  * 

It  is  my  hope  that  the  Congress  will  carefully  consider 
this  proposal  and  grant  its  approval.  The  construction 
of  the  permanent  headquarters  of  the  United  Nations  will 
be  tangible  evidence  to  the  world  that  the  United  States 
is  supporting  to  the  full  the  institution  to  which  the 
'  peoples  of  all  nations  are  looking  as  their  best  hope  for 
freedom  from  the  fear  of  war." 

On  May  4,  1948,  Senator  Ives  introduced  S.  J. 

Res.  212,  authorizing  the  President  to  bring  the 

■    loan   agreement  into  effect  on  the  part  of  the 

1    United  States.     The  resolution  was  referred  to  the 

'    Senate   Committee   on    Foreign   Relations.     The 

Committee  unanimously  reported  the  resolution  to 

the   Senate    without   amendments,    on   June    15, 

1948."     The  principal  arguments  supporting  the 

t|    Committee's  approval  of  the  loan  were :  '* 

September   12,    1948 


1.  It  is  essential  to  United  States  prestige  and 
leadership  in  the  United  Nations ; 

2.  It  will  greatly  improve  the  operations  of  the 
United  Nations  by  providing  it  with  efficient  head- 
quarters ; 

3.  By  making  the  loan,  the  Federal  Government 
would  be  responding  to  the  substantial  expendi- 
tures already  undertaken  by  the  city  of  New 
York  with  respect  to  the  headquarters;  " 

4.  Adequate  security  for  the  loan  is  guaranteed 
by  a  lien  on  the  headquarters  buildings  in  favor 
of  the  United  States; 

5.  The  loan  will  serve  as  concrete  evidence  of 
United  States  full  support  of  the  United  Nations; 
and 

G.  It  will  constitute  a  vote  of  confidence  for  the 
United  Nations  at  a  critical  time  in  its  history. 

Three  days  later,  S.  J.  Res.  212  was  passed  by  the 
Senate,  with  two  amendments  proposed  by  Sena- 
tor Ives  authorizing  the  construction  of  the 
headquarters  building  to  proceed  through  the 
borrowing  of  not  in  excess  of  25  million  dollars 
from  the  Reconstruction  Finance  Corporation,  as 
an  advance,  until  such  time  as  the  appropriation 
is  actually  made.  The  incorporation  of  these 
amendments  was  intended  to  enable  the  United 
Nations  to  proceed  with  its  headquarters  construc- 
tion with  as  little  delay  as  possible.'* 

On  the  House  side.  Representative  Javits  had 
introduced  H.  J.  Res.  386,  the  companion  resolu- 
tion to  S.  J.  Res.  212,  as  early  as  April  26,  1948. 
The  measure  was  referred  to  the  House  Committee 
on  Foreign  Affairs  that  day,  and  there  it  was 
placed  in  a  one-package  bill,  H.  R.  6802,  together 
with  three  other  legislative  proposals  being  con- 
sidered by  the  Committee  at  the  time,  all  sharing 
the  common  objective  of  strengthening  the  United 
Nations."  On  June  9,  1948,  the  House  Foreign 
Affairs  Committee  reported  out  H.  R.  6802,  but  at 
the  time  Congress  adjourned  conditionally  pursu- 
ant to  H.  Con.  Res.  218,  on  June  20,  1948,'*  the 
measure  had  not  received  final  congressional  ac- 
tion. Thus,  when  President  Truman  reconvened 
the  Congi-ess  on  July  26, 1948,  the  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives had  an  opportunity  to  act  on  S.  J.  Res. 
212,  which,  it  will  be  remembered,  had  passed  the 
Senate  previously.  The  House  Committee  on 
Foreign  Affairs  reported  out  S.  J.  Res.  212  on 
August  3,  1948.'''  Two  days  later,  the  measure 
passed  the  House,  under  suspension  of  the  rules 

319 


which  allow  40  minutes  of  general  debate  but  pre- 
clude amendments.*" 

During  the  debate,  Eepresentative  Javits 
pointed  out  the  considerations  in  favor  of  the 
loan  in  the  following  words,  in  part : 

Mr.  Speaker,  the  American  iieople  have  shown  in  numer- 
ous polls  and  otherwise  that  they  are  overwhelmingly 
behind  the  United  Nations  as  the  world's  best  and  perhaps 
last  chance  for  peace. 

Mr.  Speaker,  the  resolution  before  the  House  today  is 
an  effort  to  clothe  those  words  with  actions  and  to  redeem 
the  prestige  and  authority  of  the  United  States,  especially 
with  reference  to  the  invitation  that  was  extended  to  the 
United  Nations  by  giving  it  a  suitable  home  here. 

I  invite  any  member  of  the  Congress  to  go  out  to  the 
United  Nations  headquarters  at  Lake  Success  and  see  the 
"salt  mine"  in  which  they  work — most  of  the  staff,  espe- 
cially the  personnel  in  the  lower  echelons,  work  in  an 
abandoned  factory  building  without  natural  light  or  air 
for  most  of  the  personnel.  Then,  to  say  whether  or  not  we 
are  acting  as  host  to  the  world's  great  hope  for  peace  or 
suitably  accommodating  the  a.ssemblage  of  nations  which 
by  our  invitation  is  located  in  the  United  States. 

As  to  the  merits  of  the  loan  itself ;  the  loan  will  be  re- 
paid out  of  the  regular  budget  of  the  United  Nations.  I 
do  not  think  that  has  been  made  clear.  The  United  States 
contributes  not  most  of  the  money  but  only  about  40  percent 
to  that  budget.  The  reason  for  the  loan  having  been  made 
interest  free  is  as  a  straight  quid  pro  quo  on  a  business 
basis.  Income  from  the  expenditures  in  the  United  States 
of  the  United  Nations  delegations  and  others  who  come  here 
to  the  United  Nations  is  estimated  at  about  $20,.'50O,OOO  a 
year.  If  the  question  had  been :  "Shall  the  United 
Nations  headquarters  be  paid  for  outright  by  a  sijecial  levy 
on  the  United  Nations?"  would  it  not  have  been  logical  to 
suppose  that  the  United  States  would  have  been  asked  for 
a  greater  proportion  of  the  amount  than  is  shown  by  its 
contribution  to  the  normal  administrative  budget  of  the 
United  Nations?  Let  us  .say  the  United  States  would  have 
been  asked  for  at  least  60  percent,  and  with  some  justice. 
Instead  of  paying  more  than  our  share  of  the  administra- 
tive budget  then,  into  a  special  building  fund,  we  are 
making  an  interest-free  loan. 

One  final  point:  Would  it  not  be  anomalous  for  us,  as 
has  been  said  by  the  gentleman  from  Michigan,  to  be  spend- 
ing billions  of  dollars  for  armament,  and  then  to  bridle  at 
65  million  dollars,  a  loan  with  adequate  security,  which 
we  are  asked  to  make  in  the  cause  of  peace;  and  in  the 


cause  of  enabling  the  institution  for  peace  to  have  a  haven 
in  the  one  place  in  the  world  where  we  know  it  will  be 
safe,  in  the  United  States?  Are  we  not  a  generous  enough 
host  to  extend  to  the  United  Nations  Organization  which 
is  here  in  response  to  our  own  invitation  in  which  the 
hope  for  peace  of  hundreds  of  millions  of  people  is 
wrapped  up,  just  that  degree  of  hospitality?  " 

$.  Provisions  of  Public  Law  903 

Public  Law  903  authorizes  the  President,  fol- 
lowing appropriation  of  65  million  dollars  by 
Congress,  or  the  advance  of  up  to  25  million  dollars 
by  the  Reconstruction  Finance  Corporation,  to 
bring  the  loan  agreement  into  eflFect  on  the  part 
of  the  United  States.  The  money  is  to  be  used 
solely  for  the  construction  of  the  United  Nations 
headquarters  in  New  York  City,  including  neces- 
sary architectural  and  engineering  work,  land- 
scaping, underground  construction,  and  appro- 
priate improvements.  The  loan  is  to  be  interest 
free,  and  repayment  is  to  be  made  in  annual  in- 
stallments, beginning  July  1,  1951  (approximate 
date  the  United  Nations  will  be  installed  in  its  new 
home),  and  ending  July  1,  1982.  Under  the 
schedule  of  repayments,  half  of  the  loan  is  ex- 
pected to  be  repaid  by  July  1,  1966.  No  financial 
risk  is  involved,  for  section  6  of  the  loan  agreement 
makes  it  clear  that  the  loan  is  in  the  nature  of  a 
first  mortgage;  so  long  as  any  part  of  the  loan 
is  unpaid,  the  United  Nations  must  obtain  the 
consent  of  the  United  States  before  disposing  of 
or  encumbering  any  of  the  property  involved.^^ 

Through  the  national  legislative  process  action 
was  thus  completed  which  will  prove  to  be  a  tan- 
gible, visible  symbol  of  the  imswerving  support 
of  the  United  Nations  by  its  host  Member.  The 
enactment  of  S.  J.  Res.  212  into  law  was  greeted 
with  gi-eat  enthusiasm  at  Lake  Success,  for  by  its 
action  the  United  States  has  not  only  made  it  pos- 
sible for  the  United  Nations  to  establish  a  home 
here  but  has  also  given  continuing  evidence  of  the 
confidence  we  place  in  the  Organization  which  is 
striving  to  keep  the  world  in  security  and  at  peace. 

Note  :  Parts  IV,  V,  and  VI  of  this  article  and  an  appendix 
of  selected  texts  of  related  documents  will  appear  in  tlie 
BuixETiN  of  Sept.  19,  1948. 


FOOTNOTES 

'  Sheldon  Z.  Kaplan,  Eiffhtleth  Congress,  First  Session, 
and  the  United  Nations  (Department  of  State  publication 
2982). 

'Ibid.,  p.  3.  The  invitation  was  issued  through  the 
medium  of  H.  Con.  Res.  75,  79th  Cong.,  1st  sess.  For  text, 
see  appendix,  BtnLLEriN  of  Sept.  19, 1948. 


320 


°  The  Second  Session  convened  Jan.  6,  1948,  and  ad- 
journed June  20,  1948,  until  noon,  Dec.  31,  1948,  or  until 
recalled  by  the  president  pro  tempore  of  the  Senate,  the 
speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives,  the  acting  ma- 
jority leader  of  the  Senate,  and  the  majority  leader  of 
the  House  of  Representatives,  acting  jointly  ( H.  Con.  Res. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


FOOTNOTES— Cond'riufd 


21S;  text  printed  in  Cong.  lice,  June  21,  194S,  p.  9017, 
almost  identical  with  S.  Con.  Res.  33,  SOtli  Cong.,  1st  sess., 
which  provided  for  the  adjournment  of  the  First  Session 
of  the  Eightieth  Congress  on  July  27,  1947,  until  Jan.  2, 
194S).  As  in  the  case  of  the  First  Session  (reconvened 
by  the  President  of  the  United  States  Nov.  17,  1947,  by 
proclamation  of  Oct.  23,  1947 ;  see  appendix.  Bulletin  of 
Sept.  19,  194S).  the  I'resident,  exercising  his  constitutional 
power,  proclaimed  and  declared  "that  an  extraordinary 
occasion  requires  the  Congress  of  the  United  States  to 
convene  at  the  Capitol"  on  July  26,  1948  (Proclamation 
2796,  issued  July  15,  1948;  see  appendix.  Bulletin  of 
Sept.  19,  1948).  Neither  reconvening  by  the  President  is, 
properly  speaking,  a  call  of  a  "special  .session"  of  Congress. 
In  both  ca.ses  Congress  recessed.  It  did  not  adjourn 
sine  die ;  therefore,  President  Truman's  recalls  were 
simply  a  reconvening  of  the  First  Session  and  of  the 
Second  Session,  respectively.  Noteworthy,  however,  is  the 
constant  reference  to  the  joint  session  of  the  two  houses 
of  Congress  as  "special  session"  in  the  President's  message 
on  July  27, 1948  (see  Corw-  Rcc,  July  27, 1948.  pp.  9592-94). 
For  an  excellent  analysis  of  the  whole  subject  of  special 
session,  see  the  memorandum  submitted  by  the  Federal 
Law  Section,  Library  of  Congress,  to  the  Senate  Com- 
mittee on  the  Judiciary,  printed  in  Cong.  Rec,  Nov.  17, 
1947,  pp.  10696-97.  The  First  Session  adjourned  sine  die 
Dec.  19, 1947.  The  Second  Session  adjourned  Aug.  7, 1948, 
until  Dec.  31,  1948,  pursuant  to  H.  Con.  Res.  222,  again 
under  a  special  agreement  permitting  the  Republican 
leadership  to  reconvene  the  Congress  should  conditions 
warrant  ( Cong.  Rec.  Aug.  7,  1948,  pp.  10278,  10415 ;  text 
of  H.  Con.  Res.  222,  p.  10412). 

'  Legislation  which  has  not  been  enacted  into  law  during 
the  first  session  of  a  Congress  retains  at  the  commencement 
of  the  second  session  the  same  relative  position  that  it  had 
when  the  first  session  adjourned.  Pending  legislation  dies 
only  at  the  end  of  a  Congress,  not  at  the  end  of  a  session. 

'  Kaplan,  op.  cit.,  p.  16.  See  also  Emil  J.  Sady,  "Report 
on  the  South  Seas  Conference :  With  an  Analysis  of  the 
Agreement  Establishing  the  South  Pacific  Commission," 
Bulletin  of  Mar.  16,  1947,  p.  459.  The  full  text  of  the 
agreement  together  with  a  "Resolution  Concerning  Im- 
mediate Projects"  will  be  found  in  South  Seas  Commission 

I      Conference  Papers,  doc.  P/18,  Feb.  6,  1947. 

I  '  The  scale  of  contributions  Is  based  on  national  income, 

pro.spective  national  interest  in  and  benefit  from  the  Com- 
mission, and  the  administrative  responsibility  in  the  South 
Pacific  of  the  respective  governments.  The  percentage 
contributed,   pursuant   to  article   XI"V  of  the  agreement 

J  establishing  the  South  Pacific  Commission,  is  as  follows: 
Australia,  30 ;  France  12.5 ;  the  Netherlands,  15  ;  New  Zea- 
land, 15 ;  the  United  Kingdom,  15 ;  and  the  United  States, 

.      12.5.    (See  also  United  States  Relatione  with  International 

]       Organizations,   S.    Rept.   1757,   80th   Cong.,   2d   sess.,   pp. 

:(  25-26.)  The  original  legislative  proposal,  as  drafted  by 
the  Department  of  State  and  submitted  to  the  speal£er  of 
the  House  of  Representatives  and  the  president  pro 
tempore  of  the  Senate,  did  not  contain  the  specified  ceil- 
ing of  $20,000  to  be  appropriated  as  the  U.S.  share  of 
Commission  expenses.     The  reason  for  not  specifying  any 

iepiember  72,   7948 

804777 — 18 3 


definite  amount,  but  simply  stating  that  "There  is  hereby 
authorized  to  be  appropriated  .  .  .  such  sums  as  m;!y  be 
necessary:  (a)  for  the  payment  by  the  United  States  of 
its  proportionate  sliare  of  the  expenses  of  the  Commis- 
sion .  .  .",  was  to  make  it  unnecessary  to  seek  amending 
legislation  in  case  of  an  Increase  some  subsequent  fiscal 
year  in  the  U.S.  proportionate  share  of  Commission  ex- 
penses (italics  supplied  by  author).  Moreover,  the  De- 
partment of  State  must  each  year  justify  before  the 
Appropriations  Committees  of  both  houses  of  Congress 
appropriations  for  participation  in  international  organiza- 
tions. Thus,  it  was  felt  the  authorizing  legislation  should 
be  drafted  in  such  a  way  as  to  make  it  unnecessary  to 
seek  new  enabling  legislation,  which  would  be  required, 
in  order  to  authorize  a  possible  future  increase.  Legis- 
lation proposed  by  the  Department  of  State  autiiorizing 
membership  in  the  World  Health  Organization,  Pan  Amer- 
ican Railway  Congress,  Iro,  and  Caribbean  Commission 
and  acceptance  of  the  constitution  of  the  International 
Labor  Organization  instrument  of  amendment  likewise 
contained  no  specification  of  amount.  But  the  attitude 
of  the  House  Foreign  Affairs  Committee  on  these  legisla- 
tive proposals  was  against  such  omission.  Hence,  these 
measures  all  contain  a  fixed  dollar  limitation. 

'  Art.  XXI  of  the  agreement  provides  that  the  Govern- 
ments of  Australia,  the  French  Republic,  the  Kingdom  of 
the  Netherlands,  New  Zealand,  the  United  Kingdom  of 
Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ireland,  and  the  United  States 
of  America  shall  become  parties  to  the  agreement  by : 
(a)  signature  without  reservation:  or  (b)  signature  ad 
referendum  and  subsequent  acceptance.  Since  the  repre- 
sentative of  the  Government  of  the  United  States  had 
signed  the  agreement  at  Canberra  on  Feb.  6,  1947,  ad 
referendum,  such  notification  of  acceptance  was  necessary. 
The  agreement  does  not  take  effect  with  respect  to  a  state 
signing  ad  referendum  until  the  deposit  of  the  instrument 
of  ratification,  in  conformity  with  its  constitutional  pro- 
cedure (Hackworth,  Digest  of  International  Law,  vol.  V 
(1943),  pp.  46-47).  See  South  Seas  Commission  Confer- 
ence Papers,  doc.  P/18,  Feb.  6,  1947,  p.  10.  Art.  XXI  also 
provides  that  the  Government  of  Australia  shall  on  behalf 
of  all  participating  governments  register  the  agreement 
with  the  Secretariat  of  the  United  Nations  pursuant  to 
art.  102  of  the  U.N.  Charter.  See  also  Bulletin  of  Feb. 
15,  194S,  p.  214. 

"  See.  in  general.  Proceedings  of  the  South  Pacific  Com- 
mission, First  Session,  with  annexes  thereto. 

°  With  the  deposit  by  the  Netherlands  of  its  instrument 
of  ratification  on  July  29,  1948,  the  agreement  establishing 
the  South  Pacific  Commission  came  into  force. 

'"  Kaplan,  op.  cit.,  pp.  1.5-16.  This  technical  amendment 
is  similar  to  the  one  described  in  connection  with  the 
South  Pacific  Commission. 

"See  Cong.  Rec..  Feb.  2,  19  tS,  p.  SS5 :  "Mr.  Taft.  Mr. 
President,  I  made  an  objection  to  this  resolution  on  several 
occasions  when  it  was  reached  on  the  calendar.  I  wish  to 
withdraw  my  objection.  I  have  gone  into  the  whole  matter 
of  the  Caribbean  Commission.  I  think  the  work  it  is 
doing  is  good,  and  I  hope  there  will  be  no  further  objection 
to  the  resolution. 


321 


FOOTNOTES— Condnued 


"The  President  pro  tempore.  If  the  Chair  may  be  per- 
mitted to  say  so,  he  would  like  to  thank  the  Senator  from 
Ohio  for  witlidrawing  his  objection.  The  resolution  in- 
volves a  very  modest  sort  of  an  adventure.  It  involves 
only  cooperative  civil  relationships  in  the  Caribbean  area, 
and  it  is  a  matter  witli  which  our  Latin-American  friends 
are  greatly  concerned.  .  .  ". 

"  The  U.S.  contribution  to  the  Caribbean  Commission  is 
based  on  the  following :  one  third  of  the  budget  is  assessed 
equally  among  the  member  governments,  one  third  is 
assessed  on  the  basis  of  population,  and  the  remaining 
one  third  is  assessed  on  the  basis  of  national  income  of 
members.  The  resulting  percentage  quotas  are :  France, 
16 ;  Netherlands,  11.3 ;  United  Kingdom,  34.3 ;  and  United 
States,  38.4.  See  United  States  Relations  with  Interna- 
tional Organizatiom,  S.  Rept.  1757,  SOth  Cong.,  2d  sess., 
p.  25. 

"  See  Kaplan,  op.  eit.,  p.  16,  note  S3. 

"  Bulletin  of  July  4,  1948,  p.  19. 

"  "Report  on  the  West  Indian  Conference,"  by  Elizabotli 
H.  Armstrong,  ihid..  May  19, 1946,  p.  845. 

'"  An  account  of  the  events  leading  up  to  and  including 
the  activities  of  the  Eightieth  Congress,  First  Session,  with 
regard  to  Who  will  be  found  in  Kaplan,  op.  eit.,  pp.  10-13. 

"  Cong.  Rec.,  July  7,  1947,  p.  8403.  The  clause  "in  the 
absence  of  any  provision  in  the  World  Health  Organiza- 
tion for  withdrawal  from  the  Organization",  which  had 
appeared  in  the  Senate  committee's  amendment,  was 
stricken  out  by  the  Senate,  upon  amendment  offered  by 
Senator  Vandenberg  (later,  as  we  shall  see,  to  be  restored). 

"  S.  Rept.  421,  SOth  Cong.,  1st  sess..  p.  7. 

"  Cong.  Rec.,  July  3,  1947,  p.  S447. 

""ISth  plenary  sess.  See  U.N.  doc.  E/772,  Mar.  11, 
1947,  pp.  32-33. 

^  Dr.  H.  van  ZUe  Hyde,  World  Health  Organization — 
Progress  and  Plans  (Department  of  State  publication 
3126),  pp.  14-15.  This  publication  is  an  excellent  survey 
of  Who's  pi-ogress  and  plans  and  contains  a  selected 
bibliography  which  should  prove  of  considerable  value. 
.\rt.  100  of  the  U.N.  Cliarter  reads : 

"1.  In  the  performance  of  their  duties  the  Secretary- 
General  and  the  staff  shall  not  seek  or  receive  instructions 
from  any  government  or  from  any  other  authority  external 
to  the  Organization.  They  shall  refrain  from  any  action 
which  might  reflect  on  their  position  as  international  offi- 
cials responsible  only  to  the  Organization. 

"2.  Each  member  of  the  United  Nations  undertakes  to 
respect  the  exclusively  international  character  of  the 
responsibilities  of  the  Secretary-General  and  the  staff  and 
not  to  seek  to  influence  them  in  the  discharge  of  their 
responsibilities." 

-'  Bulletin  of  June  27,  1948,  p.  832.  See  also  United 
States  Treaty  Developments  (Department  of  State  pub- 
lication 2851),  under  "July  22,  1946,  TIAS  1.561". 

"-"  H.  Rept.  979,  SOth  Cong.,  1st  sess.,  pp.  3-4.  See  also 
Cong.  Rec.,  May  28, 1948,  p.  6914. 

"  Who  is  the  first  specialized  agency  of  the  U.N.  of 
which  the  U.S.  has  not,  as  of  the  date  of  this  writing,  been 
a  member  at  the  time  of  entry  into  force  of  its  basic  instru- 
ment (Hyde,  op.  eit.,  p.  iv). 


'"  See  H.  Rept.  1999,  SOth  Cong.,  2d  sess.,  p.  2. 

"  ".  .  .  one  of  the  safeguards  put  in  at  the  insistence 
of  members  of  the  Committee  on  Rules"  ( Cong.  Rec.,  May 
28,  1948,  p.  6912). 

"  Thus  excluding  the  possibility  of  any  moral  obligation 
of  passing  domestic  legi.slation  to  give  effect  to  the  Who 
preamble  declaration  that  ".  .  .  Governments  have  a  re- 
sponsibility for  the  health  of  their  peoples  which  can  be 
fulfilled  only  by  the  provision  of  adequate  health  and 
social  measures"  (text  of  the  preamble  is  se*^  forth  in 
Hyde,  op.  eit.,  p.  11). 

='Art.  11  (ibid.,]).  12). 

'°  The  functions  of  the  Executive  Board  are  .set  forth 
in  art.  28  of  the  Who  constitution  (i6i(?.,  p.  14). 

™  Assuming,  of  course,  an  interpretation  of  "active  prac- 
tice as  a  physician  or  surgeon"  as  excluding  practice  in 
the  field  of  public  health. 

^'  This  resolution  is  as  follows : 

"Resolved,  That  immediately  upon  the  adoption  of  this 
resolution  it  shall  be  in  order  to  move  that  the  House 
resolve  itself  into  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House  on 
the  State  of  the  Union  for  the  consideration  of  the  joint 
resolution  (H.  J.  Res.  409)  providing  for  membership  and 
participation  by  the  United  States  in  the  World  Health 
Organization  and  authorizing  an  appropriation  therefor. 
That  after  general  debate,  which  shall  be  confined  to  the 
.joint  resolution  and  continue  not  to  exceed  one  hour,  to 
be  equally  diviiled  and  controlled  by  the  chairman  and 
ranking  minority  member  of  the  Committee  on  Foreign 
Affairs,  the  joint  resolution  shall  be  read  for  amendment 
under  the  five-minute  rule.  At  the  conclusion  of  the  read- 
ing of  the  joint  resolution  for  amendment,  the  Committee 
•shall  rise  and  report  the  same  to  the  House  with  such 
amendments  as  may  have  been  adopted,  and  the  previous 
question  .shall  be  considered  as  ordered  on  the  joint  reso- 
lution and  amendments  thereto  to  final  passage  without 
intervening  motion  except  one  motion  to  recommit." 

"■  The  following  House  parliamentary  steps  taken  that 
day  to  achieve  this  result  may  be  worth  recording  here : 
(1)  House  agreed  to  H.  Res.  602;  (2)  Rep.  Bolton  moved 
that  the  House  resolve  itself  into  the  Committee  of  tlie 
Whole  House  on  the  State  of  the  Union  for  the  considera- 
tion of  H.  J.  Res.  409  (the  House  agreed  to  this  action)  ; 
(3)  House  resolved  itself  into  the  Committee  of  the  Whole 
House  on  the  State  of  the  Union,  with  Rep.  Barrett  as 
Chairman  of  this  Committee;  (4)  the  Committee  con- 
sidered H.  J.  Res.  409,  with  practically  no  opposition 
voiced  to  the  measure  following  Rep.  Judd's  explanatory 
remarks  thereon;  (5)  The  Speaker  pro  tempore  of  the 
House,  Rep.  Halleck,  resumed  the  chair,  whereupon  Rep. 
Barrett,  the  Chairman  of  the  Committee  of  the  Whole 
House  on  the  State  of  the  Union,  reported  H.  J.  Res.  409  to 
the  House ;  (6)  H.  J.  Res.  40!)  thereupon  passed  the  House. 
(See  Cong.  Rec,  May  28,  1948,  pp.  6911-6.) 

''  S.  J.  Res.  98,  which  it  will  be  recalled  had  passed  the 
Senate  July  7,  1947,  had  been  referred  to  the  House  Com- 
mittee on  Foreign  Affairs  the  following  day. 

"  H.  Rept.  2197,  SOth  Cong.,  2d  sess.  Text  of  the  report 
is  also  set  forth  in  Cong.  Rec.,  June  4,  1948,  iJ.  7335. 

="  Cong.  Rec.,  June  8,  1948,  pp.  7510,  7626. 


32? 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


FOOTNOTES— Coniintied 


"  Bulletin  of  July  18,  194S,  p.  80.  Cf.  the  Interestiug 
comment  on  the  U.  N.  and  Wno  contained  In  Cong.  Rec, 
July  29,  194S,  p.  A4948. 

"  The  Eightieth  Congress  has  Imposed  a  statutory  dol- 
lar limitation  in  its  enabling  legislation  on  expenses  of 
U.S.  participation  (salaries  of  U.S.  representatives  and 
staff,  allowances,  printing  and  binding,  etc.)  in  the  case 
of  only  two  other  international  organizations :  the  Iro 
(Public  Law  146,  SOth  Cong.,  1st  sess.,  sec.  3  (b))  and 
iLo  (Public  Law  843,  SOth  Cong.,  2d  sess..  sec.  2  (b)), 
discussed  post.  Significant  is  the  actual  appropriation  of 
$l,915,t)00  by  the  Congress  for  fiscal  year  1949  as  the  U.S. 
contribution  to  the  budget  of  Wno  (Second  Deficiency 
Appropriation  Act,  1948,  Public  Law  78.5,  80th  Cong.,  2d 
."sess.,  p.  23).  For  actual  appropriations  made  to  other 
international  organizations,  see  also  Public  Law  793,  SOth 
Cong.,  2d  sess.,  p.  5,  and  Public  Law  597,  SOth  Cong.,  2d 
sess.,  pp.  4-6. 

"*  U.N.  press  release  H/23.1,  June  21,  194S.  Under  art. 
7.5  of  the  Who  constitution  (Hyde,  op.  eit.,  p.  18)  the 
World  Health  Assembly  is  a  competent  body  to  settle  any 
question  concerning  the  application  or  interpretation  of 
the  Who  constitution. 

''  Tlie  First  World  Health  Assembly  met  in  Geneva  from 
June  24  through  July  24,  1948.  For  a  survey  of  its  accom- 
plishments, see  United  Xation.'i  Bulletin  of  Aug.  1.5,  194S, 
in).  036-37. 

"  Bulletin  of  July  4,  1948,  p.  IG. 

"  UN  LEG.  82/2/01/AL,  July  13,  1948.  Art.  82  of  the 
Who  constitution  provides  that  "The  Secretary-General 
of  the  United  Nations  will  inform  States  parties  to  this 
Constitution  of  tlie  date  when  it  has  come  into  force.  He 
will  also  inform  them  of  the  dates  when  other  States  have 
become  parties  to  this  Constitution"  (Hyde,  op.  cit.,  p.  18). 

*^  See  The  Treaty  of  Versailles  and  After — Annotations 
of  the  Text  of  the  Treaty  (Department  of  State  publica- 
tion 2724),  pp.  692-95. 

"  See  S.  Kept.  208,  SOth  Cong.,  1st  sess.,  pp.  3-4.  For  a 
comparison  of  the  text  of  the  Ilo  constitution  as  it  existed 
on  Oct.  9,  1946,  with  the  text  of  the  new  constitution  of 
the  Ilo  instrument  of  amendment,  see  International 
Labour  Office  Bulletin,  vol.  XXIX,  Nov.  1.5,  1946,  pp. 
204-.53.  An  outline  of  the  old  structure  will  be  found  in 
International  Agencies  in  tchich  the  United  States  Partici- 
pates (Department  of  State  publication  2699),  pp.  215-25. 

"  See  Intermitiwuil  Lahour  Review,  vol.  LV,  Jan.-Feb. 
1947,  pp.  1—45,  for  review  of  conference  accomplishments, 
and  the  article  by  the  legal  adviser  of  Ilo,  C.  W.  Jenks, 
"The  Revision  of  the  Constitution  of  the  International 
Labour  Organization",  in  The  British  Yearbook  of  Inter- 
national Late,  XXIII,  1946  (Oxford  University  Press, 
London),  p.  303. 

"  Of  particular  importance  to  such  federal  states  as  the 
United  States,  Canada,  and  Australia.  See  H.  Kept.  10.57, 
SOth  Cong.,  1st  sess.,  p.  6. 

"  Ibid.,  pp.  8-13. 

"  S.  Rept.  208,  SOth  Cong.,  1st  sess. 

"  Cong.  Rec..  June  2,  1947,  pp.  6302-07. 

**  H.  Rept.  1057,  SOth  Cong.,  1st  sess.,  pp.  5-6,  and  S.  Rept. 
208,  80tli  Cong.,  1st  sess. 

September   12,    7948 


'°  See  note  37,  supra. 

"  H.  Rept.  1057,  SOth  Cong.,  1st  sess.,  p.  2. 

"  Cong.  Rec,  Jtine  14,  1948,  pp.  8254-55. 

"Ibid.,  June  15,  1948,  p.  8548. 

"  Ibid.,  June  17,  1948,  pp.  8721,  8845.  See  H.  Rept.  2384, 
SOth  Cong.,  2d  sess. 

"Public  Law  843,  SOth  Cong.,  2d  sess.  See  appendix. 
Bulletin  of  Sept.  19,  1948. 

""The  General  Conference  of  Unesco,  Paris",  by 
Esther  C.  Brunauer,  Bulletin  of  May  25,  1947,  p.  1019. 

"  Art.  57  of  the  U.  N.  Charter  provides  that  specialized 
agencies,  established  by  intergovernmental  agreement  and 
having  wide  international  re.sponsibilities  as  defined  in 
their  basic  instruments  in  economic,  social,  cultural,  edu- 
cational, health,  and  related  fields,  shall  be  brought  into 
relationship  with  the  U.  N.,  and  that  such  agencies  shall 
be  referred  to  as  "specialized  agencies".  Art.  63  of  the 
Charter  provides,  in  part,  tliat  Ecosoc  (Economic  and 
Social  Council  of  the  U.  N. )  may  enter  into  agreements, 
subject  to  subsequent  U.  N.  General  Assembly  approval, 
with  any  of  these  agencies  bringing  them  into  relation- 
ship with  the  U.  N.  The  specialized  agencies,  in  the  sense 
of  arts.  57  and  63,  are,  as  of  this  writing:  Ilo  (Inter- 
national Labor  Organization),  Fao  (Food  and  Agriculture 
Organization  of  the  United  Nations),  Unesco  (United 
Nations  Educational,  Scientific  and  Cultural  Organiza- 
tion), Ic.\o  (International  Civil  Aviation  Organization), 
the  Bank  (International  Bank  for  Reconstruction  and 
Development),  the  Fund  (International  Monetary  Fund), 
Upu  (Universal  Postal  Union),  Itu  (International  Tele- 
communication Union),  and  Who  (World  Health 
Organization).  Other  organizations  expected  to  become 
"specialized  agencies"  shortly  are:  Ito  (International 
Trade  Oi"ganization ) ,  Imco  (Intergovernmental  Maritime 
Consultative  Organization),  Wmo  (World  Meteorological 
Organization),  and  Iro  (International  Refugee  Organiza- 
tion ) ,  despite  the  fact  that  the  last-named  agency  is,  under 
its  constituent  instrument,  a  temporary  organization.  An 
excellent  review  of  the  work  of  the  specialized  agencies 
during  1947  will  be  found  in  United  Nations  Bulletin, 
Jan.  1,  1948,  pp.  15-31. 

°*  S.  Exec.  B,  SOth  Cong.,  2d  sess.,  p.  SO.  The  agreement 
was  negotiated  pursuant  to  art.  57  of  the  U.N.  Charter 
and  art.  26  of  the  1947  Itu  convention  drawn  up  in  Atlantic 
City.  The  most  distinguishing  feature  of  the  U.N.-Itu 
agreement  is  art.  XV,  whereby  the  U.N.  undertakes  to 
operate  its  telecommunication  services  in  accordance  witli 
the  provisions  of  the  1947  convention  and  regulations 
annexed  thereto.  The  Itu  moreover  recognized  that  the 
U.N.  should  benefit  by  the  same  rights  as  members  of  the 
union  which  operate  telecommunication  services. 

"  Ibid.,  p.  3.  See  also  Bulletin  of  May  25,  1947,  p.  1034, 
and  "The  Atlantic  City  Telecommunication  Conferences," 
by  Francis  Colt  de  Wolf,  ibid.,  Nov.  30,  1947,  p.  1033. 

*  The  structure  of  the  Itu,  as  it  existed  before  the  Atlan- 
tic City  conferences,  is  outlined  in  International  Agencies 
in  ichich  the  United  States  Participates,  Department  of 
State  publication  2699,  pp.  265-66.  A  more  detailed 
analysis  of  the  structure  will  be  found  in  De  Wolf,  op.  cit., 
p.  1034. 

323 


FOOTNOTES— Continued 


"  In  addition  there  was  held  the  International  High 
Frequency  Broadcasting  Conference,  which  met  from  Aug. 
26  to  Sei3t.  26,  1947.  This  was  a  preparatory  conference 
designed  to  pave  the  way  for  the  consideration  of  a  world- 
wide frequency-assignment  plan  at  a  fuU  conference  to  be 
held  in  Mexico  City  in  1948. 

'^  De  WoLf,  op.  cit.,  p.  1033.  See  also  excerpt  from  the 
report  of  the  U.S.  Delegation  to  the  conferences,  contained 
in  S.  Exec.  B,  80th  Cong.,  2d  sess.,  pp.  379-89  (the  com- 
plete report  is  now  being  printed  as  a  Department  of  State 
publication). 

"  By  this  resolution,  the  General  Assembly  recom- 
mended, in  part,  "that  the  Franco  Government  of  Spain 
be  debarred  from  membership  in  international  agencies 
established  by  or  brought  into  relationship  with  the  United 
Nations,  and  from  participation  in  conference  or  other 
activities  which  may  be  arranged  by  the  United  Nations 
or  by  these  agencies,  until  a  new  and  acceptable  govern- 
ment is  formed  in  Spain"  (U.N.  doc.  A/64/Add.l,  Jan.  31, 
1947,  pp.  63-64). 

"  S.  Exec.  B,  80th  Cong.,  2d  sess.,  pp.  1-2. 

•^  Cong.  Rec,  June  2,  194S,  p.  7143. 

"  Bulletin  of  June  27,  1948,  p.  841. 

"'  S.  Exec.  B,  80th  Cong.,  2d  sess.,  p.  45. 

"  The  United  States  and  tlie  Onited  Nations,  Report  liy 
the  President  to  the  Congress  for  the  Year  1947  (Depart- 
ment of  State  publication  3024),  pp.  85-86. 

"°  S.  Rept.  1682,  SOth  Cong.,  2d  sess.,  p.  2,  and  H.  Eept. 
2291,  SOth  Cong.,  2d  sess.,  pp.  22-24.  See  also  Kaplan,  op. 
cit.,  pp.  3-7 ;  the  remarks  of  Sen.  Ives  in  Cong.  Rec.,  May 
4,  1948,  pp.  5348—49 ;  and  Annual  Report  of  the  Secretary- 
General  On  the  Work  of  the  Organization,  1  July  1947-30 
June  194S,  U.N.  doc.  A/565, 194S,  pp.  131-33. 

™  The  temporary  headquarters  of  the  United  Nations  are 
located  in  a  converted  factory  at  Lake  Success,  Long 
Island,  where  the  space  is  cramped  and  in  large  part 
unsuitable  for  office  use.  The  General  Assembly  meets 
in  the  New  York  State  Building  at  the  old  World  Fair 
grounds,  about  20  minutes'  drive  away.  Both  buildings 
are  far  from  hotels,  with  the  result  that  delegates  have 
to  spend  many  hours  commuting  to  and  from  New  York 
City. 

"The  International  Bank  was  established  primarily  for 
the  purpose  of  the  reconstruction  and  development  of  the 
territories  of  membei's  of  the  Bank  devastated  by  the  war. 
A  loan  for  the  purpose  of  constructing  the  headquarters  of 
the  United  Nations  would  seem  not  to  fall  easily  within  the 
purposes  for  which  the  Bank  was  established.  Art.  Ill, 
sec.  1,  of  the  articles  of  agreement  of  the  International 


Bank,  providing  that  the  resources  and  the  facilities  of  the 
Bank  are  to  be  used  exclusively  for  the  benefit  of  members 
of  the  Bank,  might  raise  a  question  as  to  whether  a  loan 
to  the  United  Nations,  whose  membership  is  considerably 
broader  than  that  of  the  Bank,  would  be  for  the  benefit 
of  the  members  of  the  Bank.  See  United  Natimis  Mone- 
tary and  Financial  Confe-renoe  (Department  of  State  pub- 
lication 2187),  p.  72. 

"  H.  Doc.  595,  SOth  Cong.,  2d  sess.,  ijp.  1-2. 

"  S.  Rept.  1682,  SOth  Cong.,  2d  sess. 

"  Il)id.,  pp.  10-11.  For  editorial  comments  on  the  loan 
prior  to  the  Committee's  approval,  see  Cong.  Rec.,  June  1, 
1948,  pp.  A3608-O9. 

"  See  letter  from  N.Y.  City  Mayor's  Committee  on  the 
United  Nations  Headquarters  to  Speaker  of  the  House 
Martin  in  Gong.  Rec,  June  10, 1948,  pp.  A3898-99. 

"  It)id.,  June  IS,  1948,  pp.  8910-11.  There  was  no  debate 
on  S.  J.  Res.  212,  nor  was  any  objection  voiced  to  Sen.  Ives' 
amendments. 

"  H.  Rept.  2291,  SOth  Cong.,  2d  sess.,  p.  2.  H.  R.  6802,  a 
bill  "To  strengthen  the  United  Nations  and  promote  inter- 
national cooperation  for  peace,"  included  the  following 
other  legislative  proposals :  Amendment  of  the  United  Na- 
tions Participation  Act  of  1945  (Public  Law  274,  79th 
Cong.,  1st  sess.),  sees.  1  through  6  and  sec.  10  (a)  ;  con- 
vention on  privileges  and  immunities  of  tlie  United  Nations 
( S.  J.  Res.  130,  passed  by  the  Senate  July  17,  1947) ,  sec.  8 ; 
and  authorizing  the  lending  of  U.S.  Government  personnel 
to  and  performance  of  services  by  agencies  of  the  U.S.  Gov- 
ernment for  the  U.N.  and  other  international  organiza- 
tions, sec.  7.  The  legislative  proposal  authorizing  the  U.N. 
loan  was  contained  in  sec.  9  and  10  (b). 

'*  See  note  3,  supra. 

'•  H.  Rept.  2452,  SOth  Cong.,  2d  sess. 

^  Cong.  Rec,  Aug.  5, 194S,  pp.  10048-57.  On  Aug.  4, 1948, 
the  House  adopted,  by  a  vote  of  216  yeas  to  122  nays, 
H.  Res.  707,  making  in  order  motions  to  suspend  the  rules, 
for  recess,  and  for  consideration  of  reports  from  the  Com- 
mittee on  Rules  for  the  balance  of  the  second  session  of  the 
SOth  Congress  (Cong.  Rec,  Aug.  4,  1948,  pp.  9917-27 ),  thus 
permitting  the  passage  of  a  bill  without  amendments  after 
40  minutes'  debate,  with  a  two-thirds  majority  required  for 
passage.  S.  J.  Res.  212  was  considered  and  passed  in  the 
House  pursuant  to  this  procedure.  It  was  approved  by 
the  President  Aug.  11,  1948,  and  became  Public  Law  903. 
For  text,  see  appendix.  Bulletin  of  Sept.  19,  1948. 

"  Cong.  Rec,  Aug.  5,  1948,  p.  10053. 

^  For  detailed  analysis  of  the  loan  agreement,  see  S. 
Rept.  1682,  SOth  Cong.,  2d  sess.,  pp.  3-6,  and  H.  Eept.  2452, 
SOth  Cong.,  2d  sess.,  pp.  7-10. 


324 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


COMMERCIAL  FOREIGN  POLICY  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES 

by  Woodbury  Willoiighby 
Chief,   Division  of  Commercial   Policy 


The  charter  for  an  International  Trade  Organi- 
zation, which  was  signed  by  53  nations  at  Habana 
in  March  of  this  year  and  is  now  awaiting  ratifica- 
tion, has  been  termed,  "A  Declaration  of  Economic 
Peace".  This  international  organ  is  designed  to 
provide  a  medium  through  which  the  world  can 
work  cooperatively  to  cut  away  the  accumulated 
restrictions  which  have  snarled  peacetime  inter- 
national trade.  The  basic  objective  of  the  charter 
is  to  facilitate  the  flow  of  commerce. 

American  foreign-trade  policy  has  its  roots 
deep  in  the  basic  philosophy  of  the  foxuiders  of 
this  Nation.  In  many  respects,  notably  our  efforts 
to  elimmate  discrimination,  the  basic  principles 
of  our  commercial  policy  have  changed  little 
tlirough  the  years.  A  committee  of  the  Continen- 
tal Congress  prepared  the  "Plan  of  1776"  which 
represents  the  basic  concepts  of  our  economic  for- 
eign policy.  As  early  as  1778,  in  our  treaty  with 
France,  each  nation  accorded  to  the  other  any 
privileges  granted  any  third  nation.  In  the  Jay 
treaty  of  1794  Great  Britain  and  the  United 
States  agreed  to  establish  commercial  relations  on 
a  nondiscriminatory  basis.  Washington,  when  he 
warned  in  his  Farewell  Address  that  ''our  com- 
mercial policy  should  hold  an  equal  and  impartial 
hand,  neither  seeking  nor  granting  exclusive 
favors  or  preferences",  expressed  our  historical 
policy. 

"With  only  minor  variations  nondiscrimination 
has  been  a  keystone  of  our  commercial  policy  ever 
since  Secretary  of  State  Hughes  announced  in 
192.3  that  the  most-favored-nation  principle,  with- 
out qualification,  would  be  followed  in  commercial 
agreements  of  the  United  States.  The  Trade 
Agreements  Act,  which  was  originally  passed  in 
1934  and  has  since  been  renewed  by  Congress  five 
times,  is  the  statutory  basis  for  all  our  tariff  nego- 
tiations in  recent  years.  It  specifically  requires 
that  any  tariff  reduction  made  under  authority  of 
the  act  be  extended  unconditionally  and  imme- 

%epiemheT   12,   1948 


diately  to  all  countries  not  discriminating  against 
the  United  States.  Agreements  have  been  con- 
cluded with  42  countries  under  the  provisions  of 
this  act. 

The  objective  of  the  Ito  charter  epitomizes  the 
basic  principles  wliich  have  underlain  a  series  of 
treaties,  agreements,  and  other  international  in- 
struments to  which  the  United  States  has  become  a 
party  since  the  outbreak  of  World  War  II.  These 
principles  may  be  found  in  the  Atlantic  Charter  of 
1941 ;  in  the  lend-lease  agreements ;  in  the  articles 
of  agreement  of  the  International  Monetary  Fund 
and  the  International  Bank  for  Reconstruction 
and  Development  in  1944 ;  in  the  Anglo-American 
financial  agreement  in  1945 ;  in  the  Economic  Co- 
operation Act  of  1948 ;  and  in  various  other  inter- 
national documents.  They  are  also  to  be  found  in 
our  recent  treaty  of  friendship,  commerce,  and 
navigation  with  China.  They  are  incorporated  in 
other  commercial  treaties  already  in  effect  as  well 
as  in  a  number  now  under  preparation  or  negotia- 
tion. All  of  these  documents  spell  out  in  clear 
and  umnistakable  terms  the  desire  of  the  United 
States  to  make  international  trade  as  unhampered 
and  nondiscriminatorj^  as  possible. 

It  is  not  merely  accidental  that  the  United  States 
has  taken  an  active  part  in  sponsoring  the  forma- 
tion of  the  International  Trade  Organization. 
The  basic  requirement  of  the  principal  commercial- 
policy  provisions  of  the  charter  for  an  Interna- 
tional Trade  Organization  is  that  all  members 
agree  to  extend  to  all  other  members  uncondition- 
ally "any  advantage,  favour,  privilege  or  immun- 
ity" accorded  to  any  other  member  country  on  any 
product.  Certain  preferences,  such  as  those  be- 
tween territories  related  by  a  common  sovereignty 
or  between  specified  neighboring  states,  are  exempt. 
However,  all  members  agree  to  carry  on  negotia- 
tions to  reduce  tariffs  and  eliminate  preferences. 
In  general,  no  preferences  can  be  increased  nor  can 
new  ones  be  added.    Furthermore,  the  benefits 

325 


resulting  from  these  reductions  in  tariffs  and  pref- 
erences must  not  be  offset  by  the  imposition  of 
internal  taxes,  regulations,  or  other  invisible  forms 
of  protection. 

Probably  the  most  important  provisions  of  the 
charter  are  those  which  prohibit  the  imposition  of 
quantitative  i-estrictions  limiting  the  volume  of 
exports  and  imports  and  having  the  effect  of  nulli- 
fying the  tariff  and  preference  reductions.  Since 
such  restrictions  throttle  competition  and  foster 
economic  isolationism,  the  charter  renounces  the 
concept  and  strictly  limits  the  use  of  such  controls. 

There  are  a  number  of  exceptions  to  tlie  ban  on 
quantitative  restrictions,  including  one  authoriz- 
ing their  use  on  agriculture  or  fisheries  products 
when  such  measures  are  needed  to  implement  gov- 
ernment measures  for  limiting  domestic  produc- 
tion and  marketing  or  to  facilitate  surplus-disposal 
programs.  The  most  important  exception  to  tlie 
basic  rule  against  quota  restrictions  is  that  when 
a  member  is  faced  with  balance-of-payments  diffi- 
culties, as  evidenced  bj'  a  serious  decline  in  its 
monetary  reserves,  or  the  need  to  increase  its 
already  low  reserves,  it  may  impose  quantitative 
import  restrictions. 

Members  are  enjoined  from  using  trade  restric- 
tions to  frustrate  the  exchange  provisions  of  the 
articles  of  agreement  of  the  International  Mone- 
tary Fund  or  applying  exchange  controls  that 
would  nullify  the  provisions  of  the  charter  relating 
to  quantitative  restrictions.  Members  of  the  Ito 
either  must  become  members  of  the  International 
Monetary  Fund  or  enter  into  a  special  exchange 
agreement  with  that  organization.  Ito  mem- 
bers must  also  furnish  necessary  information 
to  the  Fund  if  they  do  not  belong  to  the  Fund 
oi'ganization. 

The  charter,  as  agreed  to  at  Habana  last  spring 
by  representatives  of  53  countries,  provides  that  if 
any  member  paj's  a  subsidy  to  increase  exports  it 
must  notify  the  Ito  and  agree  to  negotiate  with 
any  member  which  believes  itself  to  be  injured 
thereby.  Countervailing  duties  on  imports  of 
products  which  are  subject  to  export  subsidies  by 
another  member  are  permitted  as  defenses  against 
subsidies. 

Another  section  of  the  charter  deals  with  state 
trading.  Countries  carrying  on  trade  througli 
state  enterprises  are  required  to  conduct  their  com- 
merce in  a  nondiscriminatory  fashion.  Membei"s 
of  the  Ito  must  have  equal  opportunity  in  trade 

326 


with  state-trading  agencies,  and  those  agencies  are 
to  be  guided  by  commercial  rather  than  political 
considerations. 

Another  provision  on  commercial  policy  re- 
quires members  to  eliminate,  so  far  as  possible, 
i-estrictive  business  practices  fostering  private 
monopolistic  control  of  international  markets  and 
trade.  It  is  evident  that  if  governments  ai-e  to  be 
stopped  from  engaging  in  harmful  trade  prac- 
tices, private  business  should  be  prevented  from 
accomplishing  the  same  result  by  different  means. 

Members  are  obligated  to  take  measures  con- 
ducive to  the  achievement  of  full  and  productive 
employment  within  their  respective  domains, 
which  includes  action  to  eliminate  substandard 
conditions  of  labor.  The  charter  does  not  go  be- 
yond laying  down  the  goals  toward  which  the 
members  should  move,  because  specific  measures 
to  be  undertaken  must  be  appropriate  to  the  politi- 
cal, economic,  and  social  institutions  of  the  re- 
spective members. 

Members  agree  to  develop  their  own  resources 
and  to  raise  their  standards  of  productivity.  They 
also  agree  to  cooperate  with  other  countries 
through  the  medium  of  international  agencies  for 
the  purpose  of  promoting  general  economic  de- 
velopment. The  charter  provides  that  members 
will  not  place  any  unreasonable  impediments  to 
the  exportation  of  facilities  used  for  development 
purposes,  and  such  facilities  will  not  be  used  in  a 
manner  injurious  to  the  member  providing  them. 
Foreign  investment  must  be  given  equitable  treat- 
ment and  adequate  protection. 

The  decision  as  to  what  industries  are  to  be  de- 
velo):)ed  will  continue  to  rest  with  the  individual 
counti-ies.  Subsidies  are  permitted  when  needed 
for  new  industries.  Unless  the  member  has  signed 
a  trade  agreement  not  to  raise  the  duties  on  speci-  j 
fied  products,  further  tariff  protection  may  be  l| 
accorded. 

In  the  latter  case,  the  member  must  request  the 
Ito  to  consult  with  the  other  members  whose 
trade  would  be  affected  by  the  action  and  must 
obtain  a  limited  release.  The  same  procedure 
must  be  followed  in  imposing  quotas.  The  char- 
ter makes  it  incumbent  upon  all  members  to  de- 
viate as  little  as  possible  from  the  basic  policy  of 
the  program  it  enunciates. 

Although  the  basic  objectives  of  our  foreign 
commercial  policy  have  changed  little  throughout 
our  history,  there  has  been  a  major  orientation  in 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


the  matter  of  tariff  duties.  The  changed  position 
of  the  United  States  from  a  debtor  to  an  active 
creditor  covuitry  created  a  strong  motive  to  reverse 
the  trend  tovrard  higher  and  higher  tariffs  in  favor 
of  selective  reductions  through  negotiation  with 
other  countries.  Under  the  reciprocal  trade 
agreements  program  the  tariff  rates  on  a  large 
percentage  of  our  dutiable  imports  have  been 
reduced. 

This  process  of  reducmg  our  tariff  rates  in  ex- 
change for  compensating  concessions  by  other 
countries  was  carried  a  long  step  forward  by  nego- 
tiations at  Geneva  in  1947.  While  the  drafting  of 
the  charter  for  an  International  Trade  Organiza- 
tion was  in  process  at  Geneva  in  the  spring  and 
summer  of  1947  more  than  a  score  of  the  partici- 
l)ating  countries  undertook  to  give  concrete  evi- 
dence of  the  sincerity  of  their  belief  in  the  prin- 
ciples of  the  charter  by  undertaking  simultaneous 
negotiations  to  reduce  tariffs  and  other  trade 
barriers. 

At  the  Geneva  conference  the  representatives  of 
23  coimtries  wei-e  able  to  negotiate  reductions  in 
barriers  to  world  trade  on  the  most  comprehensive 
scale  ever  undertaken.  Tliere  were  almost  six 
months  of  continuous  negotiating  which  required 
over  1.000  formal  meetings  and  an  even  greater 
number  of  less  formal  discussions.  The  delegates 
agi'eed  to  tariff  concessions  covering  products 
which  account  for  almost  half  the  world's  im- 
ports, and  at  the  same  time  they  worked  out  gen- 
eral rules  of  trade  to  safeguard  and  make  these 
concessions  effective.  They  dealt  witli  trade  con- 
trols of  all  kinds — not  only  tai"iffs  but  also  prefer- 
ences, quotas,  internal  controls,  customs  regula- 
tions, state  trading,  and  subsidies. 

It  was  not  only  the  volume  of  world  trade 
affected  by  this  conference  which  made  these  ac- 
tivities of  such  striking  importance,  but  also  the 
fact  that  such  comprehensive  trade  negotiations 
were  conducted  on  a  multilateral  basis.  The  gen- 
eral articles  on  matters  affecting  international 
commerce  were  worked  out  as  a  joint  effort.  The 
initial  discussions  of  tariff  negotiations  were 
undertaken  product  by  product  between  the  prin- 
cipal supplier  and  the  principal  importer,  but, 
once  a  concession  was  agreed  upon,  that  concession 
was  automatically  extended  to  all  negotiating 
countries. 

The  so-called  general  provisions  of  the  General 
Agreement  on  Tariffs  and  Trade  prevent  a  coun- 

Sepfember   72,    7948 


try,  by  discrimination  or  otherwise,  from  nullify- 
ing tariff  concessions.  In  a  sense  they  are  a  code 
of  fair  competition  for  the  conduct  of  interna- 
tional trade.  They  are  similar  to  some  of  the  pro- 
visions in  the  proposed  charter  and  to  the  general 
provisions  of  our  own  reciprocal  trade  agreements. 
The  general  agreement  has  provisionally  replaced 
some  of  the  individual  reciprocal  trade  agi-ee- 
ments  which  the  United  States  already  had  with 
a  number  of  the  negotiating  countries,  but  it  is  not 
a  complete  substitute  for  the  Ito  charter. 

In  addition  to  its  leadership  in  developing  the 
charter,  the  United  States  is  also  broadening  the 
scojDe  of  its  treaties  of  friendship,  commerce,  and 
navigation,  which  are  the  basic  bilateral  instru- 
ments that  define  our  treaty  rights  in  foreign  coun- 
tries. Some  of  these  treaties  are  more  than  100 
years  old.  The  China  treaty,  already  referred  to, 
is  representative  of  the  newer  spirit  of  these  treat- 
ies of  friendship,  commerce,  and  navigation. 
Among  the  major  improvements  is  a  clear  defi- 
nition of  both  the  rights  of  American  corpora- 
tions in  China  and  the  rights  of  Americans  partic- 
ipating in  Chinese  corporations.  For  the  most 
part  the  rights  provided  in  the  treaty  are  mutual. 
There  is  a  new  provision  specifying  the  treatment 
that  must  be  accorded  in  the  administration  of 
exchange  controls.  The  ti-eaty  also  limits  the  use 
of  quantitative  controls  and  lays  down  rules  to 
govern  state  trading,  as  do  the  charter  and  Ge- 
neva agreement.  There  are  provisions  designed 
to  facilitate  the  settlement  of  commercial  disputes 
by  arbitration. 

Through  the  International  Monetary  Fund,  the 
United  States,  recognizing  the  relationship  of 
trade  and  currency,  is  helping  to  provide  an  in- 
strument for  monetary  stabilization  and  thus  to 
reduce  this  hazard  in  the  flow  of  goods  across 
national  boundaries.  Through  the  International 
Bank,  it  is  participating  in,  among  other  things, 
the  promotion  of  "the  long-range  balanced 
growth  of  international  trade"  and  the  encourage- 
ment of  foreign  investment.  The  United  States 
has  consistently  sought  a  multilateral  approach 
to  both  the  technical  and  the  commercial  aspects 
of  civil  aviation. 

Since  the  United  States  is  the  world's  richest 
market  from  the  standpoint  of  both  exports  and 
potential  imports  it  is  particularly  significant  to 
world  recovery  that  the  United  States  has  been 
willing  to  take  the  lead  in  reducing  barriers  to 

327 


the  international  flow  of  commerce.  The  strong 
United  States  sponsorship  of  institutions  sucli  as 
the  Ito  and  our  willingness  to  cooperate  in  the 
reduction  of  tariffs  will  facilitate  the  fruition  of 
the  European  Recovery  Program.  The  other 
countries  participating  in  the  progi-am  have  de- 
clared that  they  "are  prepared  to  play  their  full 
part"  in  reduction  of  tariffs  in  accordance  with 
Ito  principles,  and  some  of  these  countries  par- 
ticipated in  the  negotiations  at  Geneva  in  1947; 
others  have  more  recently  agreed  to  enter  into 
negotiations  for  this  purpose. 

Our  participation  in  the  drafting  of  the  char- 
ter for  an  International  Trade  Organization; 
our  ti'eaties  of  friendship,  commerce,  and  naviga- 
tion; our  trade  agreements;  our  participation  in 
the  International  Bank  and  the  International 
Fund ;  and  our  part  in  the  preparation  of  the  Euro- 
pean Recovery  Program — all  give  clear  evidence 
that  we  have  laid  a  good  ground  work  for  more 
liberalized  international  commerce.  We  have 
broken  away  from  the  narrow  economic  isolation- 
ism which  confined  a  large  part  of  the  world  after 
World  War  I,  and  we  have  encouraged  some  of 
the  other  leading  trading  nations  to  establish  more 
liberal  commercial  policies. 

The  United  States  Government  finds  it  highly 
encouraging  that  so  many  other  countries  ai'e 
showing  their  willingness  to  refrain  from  freezing 
certain  restrictive  and  hampering  trade  practices 
into  permanence  and  to  join  with  this  counti-y  in 
aiming  at  broader,  more  liberal,  and  more  equitable 
policies  in  international  commerce.  This  is  of 
special  importance  as  we  move  forward  with  the 
European  Recovery  Program.  The  principles 
enimciated  in  the  charter  of  the  Ito  are  comple- 
mentary to  the  objectives  of  the  program  for  Euro- 
pean economic  recovery.  Though  the  emphasis  in 
the  recovery  program  is  on  the  immediate  crisis, 
the  goal  is  to  achieve,  by  1951,  a  measure  of  equi- 
librium that  will  assure  for  the  future  a  satisfac- 
tory degree  of  economic  stability  and  an  adequate 
basis  for  continuing  economic  development.  The 
European  Recovery  Program  recognizes  that 
European  industries  must  be  rehabilitated  and 
that  EurojDe  must  become  self-supporting.  This 
does  not  mean  that  Europe  must  become  self-suffi- 
cient in  the  Hitler  sense.    She  has  not  been  so  in 


the  past  and  will  not  be  so  in  the  future.  Climate 
and  lack  of  adequate  supplies  of  raw  materials 
make  it  impossible  for  her  to  produce  everything 
she  needs.  Even  as  Europe  moves  forward  toward 
normalcy  she  must  continue  to  have  large  imports 
and  sustain  herself  by  multilateral  trade. 

In  the  long  run,  the  only  way  Europe  can  import 
is  by  exporting  sufficient  goods  and  services  to  pay 
for  these  imports.  Trade  must  be  a  two-way  street. 
In  other  words,  it  becomes  axiomatic  under  the 
Eui'opean  Recovery  Program  that  international 
trade  must  be  facilitated,  and  instruments  like  the 
charter  of  the  Ito  will  do  just  that.  The  reduc- 
tion of  tariff  barriers  and  the  exjiansion  of  non- 
discriminatory trade  relations  will  assist  Europe 
to  find  the  means  of  balancing  her  accounts  with  us. 
The  tariff  reductions  which  have  been  made  since 
the  war  should  have  increasing  benefits.  As  pro- 
ductive capacity  in  other  countries  is  restored,  they 
will  be  in  a  position  to  expand  exports  to  the 
United  States  of  goods  which  they  produce  most 
efficiently.  Balance-of -payments  difficulties  should 
disappear,  and  American  exporters  will  obtain  the 
full  benefits  of  duty  reductions  obtained  in  trade 
agi-eements. 

The  people  of  the  United  States,  acting  through 
Congress,  have  yet  to  decide  whether  they  wish  this 
country  to  ratify  the  charter  and  join  the  Ito 
when  it  comes  into  existence.  Although  provision 
has  been  made  for  initiating  the  European  Re- 
covery Program,  the  current  appropriation  will  be 
used  up  in  a  few  months,  and  we  must  make  the 
decision  as  to  whether  we  will  make  available  suffi- 
cient additional  funds  to  implement  the  program 
fully  and  make  possible  the  rehabilitation  of 
Europe  through  this  mechanism.  The  Trade 
Agreements  Act  expires  next  June  and  must  be 
renewed  if  we  are  to  continue  our  program  for 
expanding  international  commerce  tlirough  the 
reduction  of  trade  barriers. 

The  United  States  does  not  dare  now  to  drop 
its  mantle  of  leadership  in  promoting  and  expand- 
ing world  trade  on  a  nondiscriminatory  basis.  If 
we  turn  back — or  even  falter — at  this  point  the 
advances  made  thus  far  will  be  seriously  jeopard- 
ized, if  not  completely  lost.  If  in  our  lifetime  we 
are  to  see  a  stable  world,  we  must  build  on  the  firm 
foundation  of  international  cooperation  which  we 
have  helped  to  lay. 


328 


Deparfmen/  of  State  Bulletin 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS  AND  SPECIALIZED  AGENCIES 


United  Nations  Day,  October  24,  1948 


Statement  by  Secretary^Marshall 


[Released  to  the  press  September  7] 

It  is  our  great  hope  that  October  24  will 
become  a  day  of  significance  in  the  history  of 
civilization.  On  that  date  in  1945,  the 
United  Nations  was  brought  into  being  as  an 
international  organization.  The  purposes 
defined  in  the  Charter  were  agreed  upon  at 
a  time  when  the  thoughts  of  people  through- 
out the  world  were  concentrated  on  the  hope 
for  a  lastmg  peace,  for  the  elimination  of 
war  as  a  method  of  settling  disputes.  Sor- 
rowful and  tragic  memories  dominated  the 
thinking  of  mankind.  The  casualties  and 
overwhelming  destruction  of  modern  war 
were  current  events.  As  war  memories  dim, 
we  find  ourselves  less  mindful  of  the  sober 
resolve  which  went  into  the  making  of  this 
great  organization.  United  Nations  Day  is 
to  remind  us  that  the  maintenance  of  the 
peace  and  freedom  we  long  for  require  per- 
sistent effort  and  constant  vigilance  on  our 
part. 

No  government  or  people  can  rightfully 
claim  to  have  entirely  fulfilled  the  purposes 
and  principles  of  the  Charter.  A  common 
effort  is  required  to  save  succeeding  genera- 


tions from  the  scourge  of  war,  to  redefine  the 
fundamental  human  rights,  to  establish  con- 
ditions under  which  justice  and  respect  for 
obligations  can  be  maintained.  If  we  in 
America  cannot  show  a  final  accomplish- 
ment, we  can  nevertheless  demonstrate  honest 
and  persistent  effort. 

The  use  we  make  of  United  Nations  Day 
is  the  important  consideration.  Perfunctory 
observance  of  the  Charter  will  not  suffice. 
The  value  of  this  occasion  will  best  be  realized 
through  the  effort  of  each  individual  to  re- 
affirm his  fidelity  toward  the  United  Nations 
and  its  purpose. 

I  have  appointed  the  National  Citizens 
Committee  to  promote  the  observance  of  the 
Day.  I  urge  all  persons  and  agencies  of  the 
people  to  make  this  a  day  of  reaffirmation  of 
belief  in  the  United  Nations.  Specifically,  a 
day  to  reread  the  Charter,  refresh  our  memo- 
ries as  to  its  terms,  and  renew  our  determina- 
tion to  prevent  the  recurrence  of  the  tragedy 
of  war  by  adherence  to  its  principles.  The 
United  Nations  is  our  great  hope  for  a  world 
of  peace. 


Third  Regular  Session  of  the  General  Assembly 

SUPPLEMENTARY  LIST  OF  AGENDA  ITEMS  > 


1.  Permanent  invitation  to  the  Director-General 
of  the  Organization  of  American  States  to  assist 
at  the  sessions  of  the  General  Assembly :  item  pro- 
posed by  Argentina. 

2.  Permanent  missions  to  the  United  Nations: 
item  proposed  by  Bolivia. 

3.  Creation  of  a  sub-commission  of  the  Social 
Commission  of  the  Economic  and  Social  Council  on 
the  study  of  the  social  problems  of  tlie  aboriginal 
populations  of  the  American  Continent:  item  pro- 
posed by  Bolivia. 

September  12,   7948 


4.  Appointment  to  fill  vacancy  in  the  member- 
ship of  the  Committee  on  Contributions  in  replace- 
ment of  Dr.  Jan  Papanek:  item  proposed  by 
Czechoslovakia. 

5.  Appointment  to  fill  vacancy  in  the  member- 
ship of  the  Advisory  Committee  on  Administrative 
and  Budgetary  Questions  in  replacement  of  Dr. 


'U.N.  rtop.  A/629,  Sept.  1,  1948;  see  also  BtruaTriN  of 
Aug.  8,  1948,  p.  173,  in  which  is  printed  the  provisional 
agenda,  U.N.  doc.  A/585  of  July  23,  1918. 

'    329 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS    AND   SPECIAIIZED   AGENCIES 

Jan  Papanek :  item  proposed  by  Czechoslovakia. 

6.  Refugees  and  displaced  persons. 

(a)  Problem  of  refugees  and  displaced  persons : 
item  proposed  by  Poland. 

(i)  Repatriation,  resettlement  and  immigration 
of  refugees  and  displaced  persons :  report  of 
the  Economic  and  Social  Council. 

7.  Discriminations  practised  by  certain  States 
against  immigrating  labour,  and  in  particular 
against  labour  recruited  from  the  ranks  of  refu- 
gees :  item  proposed  by  Poland. 

8.  Discriminations  practised  by  certain  States  in 
international  trade  obstructing  normal  develop- 
ment of  trade  relations  and  contrary  to  the  Pur- 
poses and  Principles  of  the  United  Nations  Char- 
ter :  item  proposed  by  Poland. 

9.  Problem  of  wasting  food  in  certain  countries : 
item  proposed  by  Poland. 

10.  Question  of  Franco  Spain — implementation 
of  the  resolutions  and  recommendations  of  the 
General  Assembly  of  12  December  1946  (resolution 
39  (I))  and  of  17  November  1947  (resolution  114 
(II) )  :  item  pro^Dosed  by  Poland. 

11.  Declaration  of  old  age  rights :  item  proposed 
by  Argentina. 

12.  Transfer  to  the  United  Nations  of  functions 
and  powers  exercised  by  the  League  of  Nations 
under  the  International  Convention  relating  to 
economic  statistics  signed  at  Geneva  on  14  Decem- 
ber 1928 :  item  proposed  by  the  Economic  and 
Social  Council. 

13.  Draft  international  declaration  of  human 
rights:  item  proposed  by  the  Economic  and  Social 
Council. 

14.  Advisory  social  welfare  services :  item  pro- 
posed by  the  Economic  and  Social  Council. 


1.5.  Draft  Protocol  to  bring  under  control  drugs 
outside  the  scope  of  the  Convention  of  13  July 
1931  for  limiting  the  manufacture  and  regulating 
the  distribution  of  narcotic  drugs,  as  amended  by 
the  Protocol  signed  at  Lake  Success  on  11  Decem- 
ber 1946 :  item  proposed  by  the  Economic  and 
Social  Council. 

16.  Transfer  to  the  United  Nations  of  the  func- 
tions exercised  by  the  French  Government  under 
the  Agreement  of  18  May  1904  and  the  Convention 
of  4  May  1910  for  the  suppression  of  the  white 
slave  traffic  and  under  the  Agreement  of  4  May 
1910  for  the  suppression  of  obscene  publications: 
item  proposed  by  the  Economic  and  Social 
Council. 

17.  Report  of  the  Executive  Board  of  the  Inter- 
national Children's  Emergency  Fund  :  item  pro- 
posed by  the  Economic  and  Social  Council. 

18.  Agreements  with  specialized  agencies :  item 
proposed  by  the  Economic  and  Social  Council. 

(a)  International  Refugee  Organization. 

(b)  Intergovernmental  Maritime  Consultative 
Organization. 

19.  Verbatim  records. 

(a)  Records  of  the  Economic  and  Social  Coun- 
cil :  item  proposed  by  the  Economic  and 
Social  Council. 

(b)  Records  of  the  Trusteeship  Council:  item 
proposed  by  the  Trusteeship  Council. 

20.  Transfer  to  the  United  Nations  of  the  resid- 
ual assets  of  the  United  Nations  Relief  and  Re- 
habilitation Administration:  item  proposed  by 
the  Secretary-General. 


U.  S.  DELEGATION 


Following  is  the  United  States  Delegation  to 
tlie  Third  Session  of  the  General  Assembly  of  the 
United  Nations  opening  at  Paris,  September  21, 
1948: 

Representatives 

George  C.  Marshall,  Secretary  of  State  (When  it  is  pos- 
sible for  him  to  atteiul,  will  serve  as  Senior  United 
States  Representative  on  the  Delegation.  In  his  ab- 
sence, Ambassador  Austin  will  serve  as  Senior  United 
States  Representative.) 

Warren  R.  Austin,  United  States  Representative  to  the 
United  Nations  and  Representative  in  the  Security 
Council,  Ambassador 

,Tohn  Foster  Dulles 

Mrs.  Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 

Philip  C.  Jessup,  Deputy  United  States  Representative 
in  the  Security  Council 


Alternate  Representatives 

Benjamin  V.  Cohen 
Ray  Atherton 


WiUard  L.  Thorp,  United   States  Representative  in  the 

Economic   and    Social   Council,   Assistant    Secretary 

of  State  for  Economic  Affairs 

Ernest  A.  Gross,  The  Legal  Adviser,  Department  of  State 

Francis  B.  Sayre,  United  States  Representatives  in  the 

Trusteeship  Council,  Ambassador 

Advisers 

Harding  F.  Bancroft,  Acting  Chief,  Division  of  United 
Nations  Political  Affairs,  Department  of  State 

Donald  C.  Blaisdell,  Special  Assistant  to  the  Director, 
OfBce  of  United  Nations  Affairs,  Department  of  State 

Charles   E.   Bohlen,   Counselor,   Department   of   State 

William  I.  Cargo,  Acting  Assistant  Chief,  Division  of 
Dependent  Area  Alfairs,  Department  of  State 

Frank  P.  Corrigan,  Adviser,  United  States  Mission  to  the 
United  Nations 

Lit.  Gen.  W.  D.  Crittenberger,  United  States  Army,  United 
States  Representative  on  the  Military  Staff  Com- 
mittee, United  States  Mission  to  the  United  Nations 

John  K.  Emmerson,  Foreign  Service  Officer,  Department 
of  .State 

Dorothy  Fosdick,  Assistant  to  the  Director,  Office  of  Euro- 
pean Aflaii'S,  Department  of  State 


330 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


William  A.  Fowler,  Foreign  Service  Officer,  United  States 
Mission  to  the  United  Nations 

Lt.  Col.  Harrison  Gerliardt,  United  States  Army 

Benjamin  Gerij:,  Deputy  United  States  Representative  in 
the  Trusteeship  Council,  Chief,  Division  of  Dependent 
Area  Affairs,  L)epartment  of  State 

Col.  Philip  H.  Greasley,  United  States  Air  Force 

William  ().  Hall,  Director,  Office  of  Budget  and  Planning, 
r>eparlmeiit  of  State 

Ll.  Gen.  H.  R.  Harmon,  United  States  Air  Force,  United 
States  Representative  on  Military  Staff  Committee, 
United  States  Mission  to  the  United  Nations 

Adm.  H.  K.  Hewitt,  United  States  Navy,  United  States 
Representative  on  Military  Staff  Committee,  United 
States  Mission  to  the  United  Nations 

Harry  N.  Howard,  Division  of  Greek,  Turlsish,  and  Iranian 
Affairs,  Department  of  State 

James  N.  Hyde,  United  States  Mission  to  the  United 
Nations 

Louis  K.  Hyde,  Jr.,  United  States  Mission  to  the  United 
Nations 

Josejih  E.  Jacobs,  Foreign  Service  Officer,  Department  of 
State 

Howard  C.  Johnson,  Jr.,  Chief,  Division  of  International 
Security  Affairs,  Department  of  State 

Ridgway  B.  Knight,  Foreign  Service  Officer,  Department 
of  State 

Samuel  K.  C.  Kopper,  Siiecial  Assistant  to  the  Director, 
Office  of  Near  Eastern  and  African  Affairs,  Depart- 
ment of  State 

Robert  I.  KuU,  International  Administration  Staff,  Office 
of  United  Nations  Affairs,  Department  of  State 

Cecil  B.  Lyon,  Foreign  Service  Officer,  Department  of  State 

Edward  P.  Maffitt,  Foreign  Service  Officer,  United  States 
Mission  to  the  United  Nations 

John  Maktos,  Assistant  Legal  Adviser,  Department  of 
State 

Col.  Pierre  Mallett,  United  States  Army,  United  States 
Mission  to  the  United  Nations 

Marcia  Maylott,  Office  of  the  Legal  Adviser,  Department 
of  State 

Leonard  C.  Meeker,  Office  of  the  Legal  Adviser,  Depart- 
ment of  State 

Comdr.  G.  A.  O'Connell,  Jr.,  United  States  Navy,  United 
States  Mission  to  the  United  Nations 

Frederick  H.  Osborn,  Deputy  United  States  Representa- 
tive on  the  Atomic  Energy  Commission  and  Commis- 
sion for  Conventional  Armaments,  United  States  Mis- 
sion to  the  United  Nations 

David  H.  Popper,  Assistant  Chief,  Division  of  United  Na- 
tions  Political   Affairs,   Department   of   State 

G.  Hayden  Raynor,  Special  Assistant  to  the  Director, 
Office  of  European  Affairs,  Department  of  State 

Harry  Clinton  Reed,  Foreign  Service  Officer,  Department 
of  State 

Col.  H.  E.  Rogner,  United  States  Air  Force,  United  States 
Mission  to  the  United  Nations 

John  C.  Ross,  Deputy  to  the  United  States  Representa- 
tive to  the  United  Nations,  United  States  Mission  to 
the  United  Nations 

Dean  Rusk.  Director,  Office  of  United  Nations  Affairs, 
Department  of  State 

Durward  V.  Sandifer,  Deputy  Director,  Office  of  United 
Nations  Affairs,  Department  of  State 

Capt.  Harold  P.  Smith,  United  States  Navy 

Eric  Stein,  Division  of  United  Nations  Political  Affairs, 
Department  of  State 

Leroy  D.  Stinebower,  Deputy  United  States  Representa- 
tive in  the  Economic  and  Social  Council,  Special  As- 
sistant to  the  Assistant  Secretary  of  State  for  Eco- 
nomic Affairs,  Department  of  State 

Henry  S.  Villard.  Foreign  Service  Officer,  Department  of 
State 


THE   UNITED   NATIONS    AND    SPECIALIZED    AGENCIES 

S.  Walter  Washington,  Foreign  Service  Officer,  Depart- 
ment of  State 

Francis  O.  Wilcox,  Chief  of  Staff,  Committee  on  Foreign 
Relations,  United  States  Senate 

Principal  Executive  Officer 

Donald  C.  Blaisdell,  Special  Assistant  to  the  Director, 
Office  of  United  Nations  Affairs,  Department  of  State 

Deputy  Principal  Executive  Officer 

David  H.  Popper,  Assistant  Chief,  Division  of  United  Na- 
tions Political  Affairs,  Department  of  State 

Assistants  to  the  Delegates 

Brig.  Gen.  Marshall  S.  Carter,  Special  Assistant  to  the 
Secretary,  Department  of  State 

William  H.  A.  Mills,  Special  Assistant  to  the  United  States 
Representative  to  the  United  Nations,  United  States 
Mission  to  the  United  Nations 

Malvina  Thompson,  Assistant  to  Mrs.  Roosevelt 

David  M.  Wainhouse,  Associate  Chief,  Division  of  United 
Nations  Political  Affairs,  Department  of  State,  Assist- 
ant to  Mr.  Dulles 

Assistants 

Elizabeth  Ann  Brown,  International  Administration  Staff, 
Office  of  United  Nations  Affairs,  Department  of  State 

Betty  C.  Gough,  International  Administration  Staff,  Office 
of  United  Nations  Affairs,  Department  of  State 

Col.  A.  H.  Luehman,  United  States  Air  Force,  United 
States  Mission  to  the  United  Nations 

Secretary  General 

Richard  S.  Winslow,  Secretary  General,  United  States  Mis- 
sion to  the  United  Nations 

Deputy  Secretary  General 

Thomas  F.  Power,  Jr.,  Deputy  Secretary  General,  United 
States  Mission  to  the  United  Nations 

Special  Assistant 

Lee  B.  Blanchard,  Special  Assistant  to  the  Secretary  Gen- 
eral, United  States  Mission  to  the  United  Nations 

Information  Officer 

Porter  McKeever,  Public  Information  Adviser,  United 
States  Mission  to  the  United  Nations 

Assistants 

Mallory  Browne,  Public  Affairs  Officer,  United  States  In- 
forujation  Service 

Robert  T.  Pell,  Public  Affairs  Officer,  United  States  In- 
formation Service 

Gilbert  Stewart,  United  States  Mission  to  the  United  Na- 
tions 

Puhlic  Liaison  Officer 

Chester  S.  Williams,  Public  Liaison  Officer,  United  States 

Mission  to  the  United  Nations 

Com munications  Officer 

Woodford  B.  McCool,  United  States  Mission  to  the  United 

Nations 

Administrative  Officer 

Louis  F.  Bohmrich,  United  States  Mission  to  the  United 

Nations 


September   12,    1948 


331 


Current  United  Nations  Documents:  A  Selected  Bibliography  ^ 


General  Assembly 

Official  Records  of  the  Second  Part  of  the  First  Session  of 
the  General  Assembly 
First  Committee,  Political  and  Security  Questions  in- 
cluding Regulation  of  Armaments.     Summary  Record 
of   Meetings;    2   November-13   December   1946.    xv. 
228  pp.     printed.     $3.50. 
Fourth  Committee,  Trusteeship,  Part  I.     Summary  Rec- 
ord of  Meetings,  1  November-12  December  1946.     xi. 
246  pp.     printed.     $2.50.  .  ..  c  i, 
Part   II.     Summary  Records  of  Meetings  of  bub- 
Committee  1,  15  November-10  December  1946.     xii. 
284  pp.  printed.     $3.00. 
Fifth  Committee,  Administrative  and  Budgetary  Ques- 
tions.    Summary  Records  of  Meetings,  1  November-13 
December  1946.     xviii.    343  pp.     printed.     $3.75. 
Sixth  Committee,  Legal  Questions.     Summary  Record 
of  Meetings  2  November-13  December  194a    xvi,  368 
pp.     printed.     $4.50. 
Information  From  Non-Self-Goveming  Territories. 
Summary  of  Information  Transmitted  by  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  of  America. 
[Alaska     American    Samoa,    Guam,    Puerto    Rico]. 
A/50T,  July  23,  1948.     34  pp.     mimeo. 
Summary  of  Information  Transmitted  by  the  French 
Government  [French  Equatorial  Africa,  the  Archipel- 
ago  of   the   Comores,   Morocco,    the   New   Hebrides, 
Tunisia].     A/568,  July  28,  1948.     61  pp.     mimeo. 
Summary  of  Information  Transmitted  by  the  Belgian 

Congo.     A/569,  July  23,  1948.     25  pp.     mimeo. 
Analysis  of  Information  Concerning  Aspects  of  the  Eco- 
nomic   Situation.     A/589,    August   3,    1948.     42    pp. 
mimeo. 
The  Problem  of  the  Independence  of  Korea  .  .  .  Report  of 
the    Interim    Committee   to    the    General   Assembly. 
A/583,  July  22,  1948.     9  pp.     mimeo. 
United     Nations     Temporary     Commission     on     Korea. 
Eleventh  Information  Report  on  the  Work  of  the  Com- 
mission (Period  6  June-4  July  1948)     A/595,  July  29, 
1948.     81  pp.     mimeo. 
Transfer  of  the  Assets  of  the  League  of  Nations.    A/604, 

August  10,  1948.     6  pp.     mimeo. 
Official    Records   of   the   Third   Session    of   the   General 
Assembly. 
Supplement  No.  7A.     Advisory  Committe  on  Adminis- 
trative and  Budgetary  Questions.     Second  Report  of 
1948    to    the    General    Assembly.     A/598,     v,  47  pp. 
printed.    50^. 
Budget  Estimates  for  the  Financial  Year  1949  and  In- 
formation Annexes.     Supplement  No.  5.     A/556,     xi, 
271  pp.  printed.    .1:2.75. 
Report  of  the  Trusteeship  Council,  Covering  its  Second 
and  Third   Sessions.     29  April  1947-5  August  1948. 
Supplement  No.  4.     A/603,     iv,  49  pp.  printed.     50^. 
Study  of  Methods  for  the  Promotion  of  International  Co- 
operation in  the  Political  Field  .  .  .  Report  of  the 
Interim  Committee  to  the  General  Assembly.    A/605, 
Au;;ust  13,  1948.    34  pp.    mimeo. 


Advisability  of  Establishing  a  Permanent  Committee  of 
the  General  Assembly.  Report  of  tlie  Interim  Com- 
mittee to  the  General  Assembly.  A/60G,  August  13, 
1948.  34  pp.  mimeo. 
United  Nations  Temporary  Commission  on  Korea. 
Twelfth  Information  Report  on  the  Work  of  the  Com- 
mission. ( Period  5  July-31  July.)  A/607,  August  12, 
1948.  16  pp.  mimeo. 
Information  From  Non-Self-Governing  Territories  .  .  . 

Summary  of  Information  Transmitted  by  the  Govern- 
ment of  Denmark.  A/570,  August  20,  1948.  9  pp. 
mimeo. 

by   the  Government   of  the  Netherlands.      A/571, 

August  10,  1948.    17  pp.    mimeo. 

by  the  Government  of  Australia.    A/573,  August  13, 

1948.     12  pp.     mimeo. 

Introduction  to  the  Analyses  of  Information  Trans- 
mitted.   A/587,  August  16,  1948.    9  pp.  mimeo. 

Analysis   of   Information   on   Agriculture.     A/588, 

August  10,  1948.    28  pp.  mimeo. 

Analysis  of  Information  on  Educational  Conditions. 

A/590,  August  17,  1948.    43  pp.  mimeo. 

Analysis    of    Information    on    Labour    Conditions. 

A/591,  August  13,  1948.    33  pp.  mimeo. 

Analy.sis   of   Public   Health   Information.     A/592, 

August  6,  1948.    38  pp.  mimeo. 

Atomic  Energy  Commission 

Official  Records,  Third  Year 

Special  Supplement.  Third  Report  to  the  Security 
Council.  17  May  1948.  AEG/31/Rev.  1,  June  27, 1948. 
vi,  71  pp.  printed.     75^. 

Security  Council 


"  Printed  materials  may  be  secured  in  the  United  States 
from  the  International  Documents  Service,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity Press,  2960  Broadway,  New  York  City.  Other 
materials  (mimeographed  or  processed  documents)  may 
be  consulted  at  certain  designated  libraries  in  the  United 
States. 


Official  Records,  Third  Year 

301st  and  3it2nd  Meetings. 

22  May  1948. 

No. 

72. 

66  pp.  printed.     70?f. 

306th    Meeting.     27    May 

1948.     No.    75. 

30 

pp. 

printed.     30«;. 

309th  and  310th  Meetings. 

29  May  1948. 

No. 

77. 

64  pp.  printed.     GOif. 

312th  and  313th  Meetings. 

3  June  1948. 

No. 

79. 

29  pp.  printed.     30«(. 

• 314th    Meeting.     7    June 

1948.     No.    80. 

10 

pp. 

printed.     10(if. 

315th     Meeting.     8    June 

1948.     No.     81. 

8 

pp. 

printed.     10^. 

316th  and  317th  Meetings. 

10  June  1948. 

No. 

82. 

46  pp.  printed.     50?f. 

31Stli  and  319th  Meetings. 

11  June  1948. 

No 

83. 

12  pp.  printed.     10?(. 

320th    Meeting.     15    June 

1948.     No.    84. 

16 

pp. 

printed.     20<f. 

321st    Meeting.     16    June 

1948.     No.    85. 

25 

pp. 

printed.     25^. 

322nd  and  323rd  Meetings. 

17  June  1948. 

No 

86. 

49  pp.  printed.     50!*. 

324th    Meeting.     18    June 

1948.     No.    87. 

17 

pp. 

printed.     20^. 

:^25th    Meeting.     22    June 

1948.     No.    88. 

20 

pp. 

printed.     20!*. 

327th    Meeting.     25    June 

194S.     No.    90. 

10 

pp. 

printed.     10^. 

32Sth    Meeting.     1    July 

1948.     No.    91. 

35 

pp. 

printed.    35!*. 

332 


Department  of  Stale  Bulletin 


INTERNATIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS  AND  CONFERENCES 
Conference  To  Consider  Free  Navigation  of  the  Danube 


REJECTION  OF  SOVIET  DRAFT  CONVENTION:  POSITION  OF  U.S.  GOVERNMENT' 


The  Depaidiient  of  State  aimoiinced  on  August 
IS  that  Ainbassudor  Cannon,  Delegate  of  the 
United  States  to  tlie  Belgrade  Conference  on  the 
Dainibe  regime,  voted  against  the  Soviet  draft  con- 
vention. In  his  closing  statement  the  United 
States  Representative  protested  against  Soviet 
manipulation  of  the  six  votes  of  its  puppet  States 
to  impose  a  convention  which  attempts  to  legalize 
its  monopoly  of  Danube  shipping. 

The  record  shows  plainly  that  the  Soviet  Dele- 
gation went  to  this  Conference  unwilling  to  nego- 
tiate a  mutually  agreeable  convention  to  implement 
the  directive  of  the  Council  of  Foreign  Min- 
isters. Tlie  persistent  efforts  of  our  Delegate  and 
of  the  other  Westei-n  Delegates  to  engage  in  gen- 
nine  negotiations  have  been  rebuffed,  sometimes 
■with  the  most  alnisive  language.  Every  amend- 
ment submitted  by  the  Western  Powers  has  been 
summarily  brushed  aside. 

The  meetings  of  the  Conference  have  been  char- 
acterized by  consistent  Soviet  dictation.  The  un- 
happy subservience  of  the  Danubian  peoples  to 
Soviet  imperialism  was  never  more  clearly  mani- 
fest than  at  this  Conference.  The  statements  and 
voting  of  the  representatives  of  the  Danubian 
states  reflected  tlieir  lack  of  freedom  of  choice  on 
matters  of  vital  concern  to  their  peoples. 

Tlie  actions  of  the  Soviet  Delegation  have  made 
evident  the  determination  of  the  Soviet  Union  to 
perpetuate  its  economic  and  political  enslavement 
of  the  Danubian  peoples.  Its  refusal  to  accept  pro- 
visions assuring  genuine  freedom  of  commerce  and 
nondiscrimination  shows  that  it  intends  to  main- 
tain vested  interests  which  it  has  established  for 
its  own  benefit  through  extortion  from  govern- 
ments imposed  by  force  against  the  will  of  the 


peoples  of  its  satellites.  The  Soviet  Union  has  by 
its  conduct  at  this  Conference  closed  one  of  the 
principal  doors  for  East-West  trade.  The  lip 
service  which  the  Soviet  Delegation  has  paid  to 
"freedom  of  navigation"  is  shadow.  It  has  no 
substance. 

Another  regi'ettable  result  of  the  Belgrade  Con- 
ference is  that  the  Soviet  attitude  defeats  and  de- 
stroys the  whole  concept  of  international  water- 
ways which  has  been  the  public  law  of  Europe  for 
over  130  years.  Moreover,  it  aims  to  deprive 
Britain,  France,  Belgium,  Greece,  Italy,  and  Ger- 
many of  rights  which  they  enjoy  under  treaties 
negotiated  many  years  ago.  We  regard  those 
treaties  as  being  in  force,  according  to  interna- 
tional law,  until  they  are  terminated  by  agreement 
of  all  parties  thereto.  Furthermore,  the  Soviet 
bloc  at  Belgrade  has  disregarded  the  vital  inter- 
ests of  Germany  and  Austria  in  the  Danube.  They 
are  riparians  whose  interests  in  Danube  navigation 
are  patent.  Finally,  the  Soviet  Union,  despite  its 
own  membership  in  the  United  Nations,  has  re- 
fused to  allow  any  association  between  the  Danube 
administration  and  the  United  Nations. 

It  is  obvious  that  the  United  States  cannot  ac- 
cept the  draft  convention  which  the  Soviet  Union 
is  imposing  upon  its  satellites.  In  the  view  of  the 
United  States,  this  instrument  does  not  guarantee 
freedom  and  equality  of  trade.  It  does  not  fulfil 
the  mandate  of  the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers. 

The  United  States  will  not,  of  course,  recognize, 
either  for  itself  or  for  those  parts  of  Austria  and 
Germany  which  are  imder  its  control,  the  author- 
ity of  any  commission  set  up  in  this  manner  to 
exercise  any  jurisdiction  in  those  portions  of 
Austria  and  Germany. 


U.S.  Delegations  to  international  Meetings 


IRO  Preparatory  Cominission 

Tlie  Department  of  State  announced  on  August 
30  the  composition  of  the  United  States  Delega- 
tions to  the  Seventh  Part  of  the  First  Session  of 
the  Preparatory  Commission  of  the  International 
Refugee  Organization  (Iro)  scheduled  to  con- 
vene at  Geneva  on  September  10,  1948,  and  to  the 
First  Session  of  the  General  Council  of  the  Ino 
scheduled  to  convene  at  Geneva  on  September  13, 
1948.  The  United  States  Delegations  are  as 
follows: 


Sevknth  Part  of  the  First  Session  of  the  Preparatobt 
Commission  of  Iro 

United  States  Representative 

Georsc  L.  Warren,  Adviser  on  Refugees  and  Displaced 
iPersons,  Office  of  the  Assistant  Secretary  for  Occu- 
pied Areas,  Department  of  State 

Advisers 

Col.  H.  T.  Brothertcjn,  United  States  Forces,  Austria, 
United  States  Army 


'  Ueleased  to  the  press  on  Aus.  18,  1948. 


Sepfe/nber    12,    1948 


333 


ACTIVITIES   AND    DEVELOPMENTS 


Robert  L.  Fisher,  Civil  Affairs  Division,  Department  of 

the  Army 
Alex  E.   Squadrilli,   European   Command,  United   States 

Army 

Administrative  Assistant 

Eleanor  A.  Burnett,  Administrative  Assistant  to  the  Ad- 
viser on  Refugees  and  Displaced  Persons,  Office  of 
the  Assistant  Secretary  for  Occupied  Areas,  Depart- 
ment of  State 

FiKST  Session  of  the  Council  of  Ibo 

Permanent  United  States  Representative 

Lewis  W.  Douglas,  American  Ambassador  to  Great  Britain 

Permanent  Alternate  United  States  Representative 
George  L.  Warren,  Adviser  on  Refugees  and  Displaced 
Persons,  Office  of  the  Assistant  Secretary  for  Occu- 
pied Areas,  Department  of  State 

Ambassador  Douglas  will  be  unable  to  attend 
the  First  Session  of  the  Council  and  Goldthwaite 
H.  Dorr,  Adviser  to  the  Secretary  of  State,  will 
serve  as  alternate  United  States  Representative  at 
the  Geneva  meeting.  The  advisers  and  the  ad- 
ministrative assistant  on  the  United  States  Dele- 
gation to  the  Seventh  Part  of  the  First  Session 
of  the  Preparatory  Commission  will  also  attend 
the  Council  Session. 

The  Seventh  Part  of  the  First  Session  of  the 
Preparatory  Commission  will  consider  various  re- 
ports of  the  executive  secretariat,  a  report  of  the 
chairman  of  the  eligibility  review  board,  and  a 
number  of  recommendations  and  arrangements 
concerned  with  the  convening  of  the  First  Session 
of  the  General  Council. 

The  First  Session  of  the  General  Council  is  being 
called  in  accordance  with  a  provision  of  the  Iro 
constitution  which  states  that  15  governments 
must  ratify  the  constitution  before  the  Organiza- 
tion can  be  established.  Luxembourg  deposited 
its  instrument  of  ratification  with  the  United  Na- 
tions on  August  5  and  Denmark  on  August  20, 
1948.  The  following  15  Governments  have  ratified 
the  Iro  constitution  :  Australia,  Belgium,  Canada, 
China,  Denmark,  Dominican  Republic,  France, 
Guatemala,  Iceland,  Luxembourg,  Netherlands, 
New  Zealand,  Norway,  United  Kingdom,  and  the 
United  States.  In  addition  to  the  above  countries, 
Venezuela  and  Argentina  have  the  matter  of  ratifi- 
cation currently  under  consideration  by  their 
respective  legislatures. 

Conservation  of  Renewable  Resources 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  Sep- 
tember 4  the  composition  of  the  United  States 
Delegation  to  the  Inter-American  Conference  on 
the  Conservation  of  Renewable  Natural  Resources 
scheduled  to  be  held  at  Denver  September  7-20, 
1948.    The  United  States  Delegation  is  as  follows : 

Chairman 

Charles  F.  Brannan,  Secretary  of  Agriculture 

Vice  Chairman 

Oscar  L.  Chapman,  Under  Secretary  of  the  Interior 

334 


Deleffafes 

H.  H.  Bennett,  Chief,  Soil  Conservation  Service,  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture 

Bernard  De  Voto,  Historian ;  Contributing  Editor  to 
Harpers;  Pulitzer  Prize  Winner,  History 

Newton  B.  Drury,  Director,  National  Park  Service,  De- 
partment of  the  Interior 

Clifford  R.  Hope,  Chairman,  Committee  on  Agriculture, 
United  States  House  of  Representatives 

Dillon  S.  Myer,  President,  Institute  of  Inter-American 
Affairs 

Lyle  Watts,  Chief,  Forest  Service,  Department  of  Agri- 
culture 

Milton  R.  Young,  Member,  Committee  on  Agriculture  and 
Forestry,  United  States  Senate 

The  Govermnent  of  the  United  States,  at  the 
request  of  the  Pan  American  Union,  will  serve  as 
host  to  the  forthcoming  Conference.  This  Con- 
ference, the  first  international  meeting  of  its  kind 
on  conservation,  is  for  the  purpose  of  considering 
problems  involved  in  the  conservation  of  renew- 
able natural  resources  in  the  Americas,  and  to  dis- 
cuss recent  technical  developments  on  this  subject. 
It  is  being  organized  pursuant  to  a  resolution 
adopted  at  the  Third  Inter-American  Conference 
on  Agriculture  held  at  Caracas  in  July  1945. 

Among  the  problems  to  be  discussed  will  be  those 
arising  out  of  deforestation,  soil  erosion,  overgraz- 
ing, wildlife  destruction,  floods,  and  failing  water 
supplies.  In  view  of  the  importance  of  these  prob- 
lems, which  are  yearly  growing  more  serious 
throughout  the  Hemisphere  because  of  inadequate 
conservation  practices,  mounting  populations,  and 
attempts  to  raise  living  standards,  it  is  anticipated 
that  leading  Government  officials,  scientists,  and 
other  interested  groups  from  the  entire  Hemi- 
sphere will  attend. 

The  Conference  will  consist  of  a  series  of  meet- 
ings to  discuss  conservation  problems,  together 
with  field  trips  to  study  land-management  prac- 
tices. The  Delegates  will  have  an  opportunity  to 
view  at  first  hand  soil-conservation  districts,  for- 
est and  range  experiment  stations,  the  Rocky 
Mountain  National  Park,  and  other  places  of  in- 
terest. Irrigation  projects  will  be  studied,  along 
with  their  relationship  to  agriculture,  grazing, 
and  forestry  practices  on  the  land  from  which  ir- 
rigation waters  are  derived. 

The  working  sessions  of  the  Conference  will  be 
divided  into  sections  corresponding  to  the  sec- 
tions of  the  program.  Outstanding  leaders  and 
professional  men  in  the  field  of  conservation  will 
serve  as  discussion  leaders  for  each  of  the  six  sec- 
tions and  supervise  the  preparatory  work  for  the 
section. 

Although  the  Conference  will  be  a  technical  one 
with  no  power  to  negotiate  agreements,  it  will 
consider  national  and  international  action  for  the 
conservation  of  renewable  natural  resources  and 
their  optimum  use  on  a  sustained-yield  basis. 

Department  of  Slate  Bulletin 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 


Report  on  Alien  Admittance  Under  U.N.  and  National  Security 


[Released  to  the  press  September  1) 

Text  of  a  report  to  the  Secretary  of  State  hy  the 
Committee  to  study  the  question  of  whether  per- 
sons have  entered  the  United  States  in  connection 
with  the  work  of  international  organizations  whose 
presence  is  inconsistent  with  the  national  security 

August  31,  WIS 
Dear  Mr.  Secretary  : 

Under  date  of  July  27  you  addressed  a  letter  to 
the  members  of  this  committee  requesting  a  study 
of  the  relevant  facts  relating  to  admission  to  this 
countiy  of  persons  whose  presence  in  connection 
with  the  work  of  the  United  Nations  and  inter- 
national organizations  was  alleged  to  be  incon- 
sistent with  the  national  security.  You  submitted 
to  us  two  specific  questions  and  invited  recommen- 
dations or  comment  based  on  our  findings  and 
conclusions. 

This  committee  met  at  the  Department  of  State 
on  Friday,  July  30,  and  heard  from  you  an  outline 
of  considerations  prompting  the  request.  Testi- 
mony by  three  Department  of  State  employees 
before  the  staff  of  the  Subcommittee  on  Immigra- 
tion and  Naturalization  of  the  Senate  Judiciary 
Committee  had  been  given  extensive  publicity. 
Newspaper  accounts  of  allegations  made  in  that 
testimony  were  contrarj*  to  the  information  in 
your  possession.  Such  allegations  constituted  an 
indiscriminate  reflection  on  United  Nations  per- 
sonnel, tended  to  weaken  confidence  of  the  Ameri- 
can people  in  the  United  Nations  and  raised  doubt 
as  to  the  effectiveness  of  measures  designed  to  pro- 
tect our  national  security.  You  requested  an  ob- 
jective evaluation  of  the  statements  made  in 
testimony. 

Members  of  the  committee  were  sworn  as  em- 
ployees of  the  Department  of  State,  with  access  to 
departmental  records.  Beginning  July  30,  your 
committee  met  each  day  through  August  13,  and 
at  intervals  thereafter,  examining  records  and 
correspondence  and  questioning  supervisory  and 
subordinate  personnel  in  Department  of  State  and 
other  governmental  agencies  concerned  with  the 
matter  under  study. 

The  results  of  our  inquiry  are  presented  here- 
with. AVe  take  some  pleasure  in  reporting  that 
our  conclusions  are  unanimous.  We  further  re- 
port that  in  evaluating  the  cases  submitted  to  us 
this  unanimity  was  also  reached;  and  each  member 
of  the  committee  evaluated  each  case  independ- 
ently of  the  two  others. 

Sepfember   ?2,    J948 


Testimony    by    State    Department    Employees 
and  Resulting  Publicity 

On  July  15  the  staff  of  the  Subcommittee  on 
Immigration  and  Naturalization  of  the  Senate 
Judiciary  Committee  opened  hearings  imder  Sen- 
ate Kesolution  137,  80th  Congress.  That  resolu- 
tion authorizes  the  committee,  or  any  duly  author- 
ized subcommittee  thereof,  to  conduct  an  investi- 
gation of  the  immigration  system,  including  the 
extent,  if  any,  to  which  aliens  have  entered  and 
remained  in  the  United  States  in  violation  of  the 
laws. 

The  first  and  subsequent  hearings  with  which  we 
are  concerned  were  conducted  by  the  subcommittee 
staff.  The  record  does  not  show  that  members  of 
the  committee  or  other  members  of  the  Senate  were 
present.  The  testimony  under  examination  was 
given  by  three  officials  of  the  Department  of 
State's  Visa  Division :  Robert  C.  Alexander, 
assistant  chief;  William  McGrath  Harlow,  chief 
of  the  Diplomatic  Visa  Section,  Technical  Branch ; 
and  R.  Clyde  Larkin,  chief  of  the  Public  Safety 
and  Security  Section. 

Mr.  Alexander  testified  on  July  15  and  Ifi.  ]\Ir. 
Larkin  testified  on  July  19.  Mr.  Harlow  testified 
on  July  20. 

The  first  newspaper  reports  of  the  testimony 
were  distributed  by  the  United  Press  for  after- 
noon papers  of  July  20.  This  dispatch  was  fol- 
lowed by  publication  on  July  21  of  news  stories 
by  other  press  associations  and  special  correspond- 
ents, based  on  transcripts  of  the  testimony. 

The  dispatches  appeared  throughout  the  coun- 
try under  such  headlines  as: 

"SUBVERSIVE  AGENTS  BELIEVED  IN  U.S.  UNDER 
WING  OF  U.N. 

"OFFICIALS  OP  STATE  DEPARTMENT  SAY  SEV- 
ERAL HUNDRED  ARE  HERE  AND  PROTECTED  BY 
PACTS.     LAKE   SUCCESS  DUBIOUS" 

N.Y.  Times 

"UNA  CLOAK  FOR  RED  SPIES,  CONGRESS  TOLD" 

Chicago  Trihune 

Dispatches  contained  statements  such  as  these: 

"The  State  Department  has  informed  Congress 
that  subversive  agents  in  an  alarming  number  have 
entered  this  country  through  the  United  Nations." 

"The  Government  is  powerless  to  do  anything 
about  it." 

"These  subversives  include  Moscow-trained  ter- 
rorists, espionage  agents,  aliens  who  foment  dis- 

335 


THB    RECORD    OF    THE    WEEK 

cord  and  others  trained  in  undercover  activities 
contrary  to  the  peace  and  good  order  of  this 
country." 

"Officials  of  the  State  Department  believe  that 
several  hundred  subversive  agents  have  used  the 
United  Nations  as  a  cover  for  their  activities  in 
this  country." 

".  .  .  Mr.  Alexander  said  some  of  the  for- 
eigners who  came  here  under  U.N.  auspices  have 
been  trained  as  'terrorists'  and  in  undercover  ac- 
tivities 'contrary  to  the  peace  and  good  order  of 
this  country'.  He  did  not  believe,  however,  the 
U.N.  was  responsible  for  bringing  subversive 
agents  here,  but  that  the  U.N.  or  its  affiliates  should 
assume  responsibility  for  getting  such  persons  out 
of  this  country  when  their  employment  ter- 
minates." 

"William  G.  Harlow  .  .  .  testified  .  .  . 
he  believed  that  activities  of  these  foreign  agents 
had  been  confined  to  propaganda.  He  thought  the 
problem  would  exist  as  long  as  the  United  States 
was  the  seat  of  the  U.N." 

"R.  Clyde  Larkin,  chief  of  the  State  Depart- 
ment's Public  Safety  and  Security  Division  (note : 
the  correct  term  is  'Public  Safety  and  Security 
Section  of  the  Visa  Division')  told  the  commit- 
tee .  .  .  that  some  of  the  persons  in  question 
have  been  traveling  throughout  the  country  trying 
to  collect  intelligence  data  which  will  be  of  benefit 
to  their  own  country,  wherever  they  may  be  serv- 
ing, as  well  as  for  the  enlightenment  of  various 
groups  in  the  U.N." 

Your  committee  has  been  iniable  to  find  factual 
information  to  support  any  of  the  broad  inferences 
which  these  statements  invite. 

Mr.  Alexander's  estimate  that  "There  are  sev- 
eral hundred,  at  least"  of  aliens  who  have  been 
brought  into  the  United  States  by  the  United  Na- 
tions or  other  international  organizations  and 
whose  presence  is  undesirable  from  the  standpoint 
of  the  best  interests  of  the  United  States,  is  not 
supported  by  the  facts.  The  basis  for  his  estimate 
is  examined  later  in  this  report. 

The  statement  that  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment lacks  power  to  prevent  entry  of  undesirable 
aliens,  or  to  deport  those  who  abuse  the  privileges 
accorded  them  as  United  Nations  and  international 
organization  personnel,  is  not  correct.  A  discus- 
sion of  the  pertinent  laws  and  their  interpretation 
will  be  found  below. 

Reference  in  news  dispatches  to  "Moscow- 
trained  terrorists"  is  based  on  contradictory  and 
unsupported  testimony.  In  one  part  of  his  testi- 
mony Mr.  Alexander  said : 

"We  had  one  person  who  was  a  newspaperman, 
and  he  was  conferring  with  other  pei-sons  here  who 
were  trained  in  terrorist  activities  in  Moscow." 

And  later : 

336 


"I  mentioned  the  case  of  the  person  who  was 
trained  in  terrorist  duties  in  Moscow  who  was 
representing  a  foreign  newspaper  here,  and  who 
was  conferring  with  other  persons  in  the  spread 
of  communist  propaganda  and  leaflets  and  pam- 
phlets and  so  forth  and  so  on." 

Your  committee  has  painstakingly  examined  the 
files  bearing  on  this  case.  They  mention  a  re- 
ported inciclent  in  which  a  foreign  newspaper  cor- 
respondent, believed  to  be  a  Communist,  was  seen 
distributing  pamphlets  (contents  not  precisely  de- 
scribed) at  Lake  Success.  The  same  correspondent 
was  reported  to  have  conferred  with  a  well-known 
American  Communist.  Mr.  Alexander  has  not 
been  able  to  furnish  your  committee  any  informa- 
tion to  support  his  reference  to  a  "Moscow-trained 
terrorist"  and  the  original  files  on  the  case  contain 
no  mention  of  such  a  person. 

NewspajDer  reports  that  "These  subversives  in- 
clude Moscow-trained  terrorists,  espionage  agents, 
aliens  who  foment  discord  and  others  trained  in 
undercover  activities  contrary  to  the  peace  and 
good  order  of  this  country"  appeared  in  various 
forms.  They  evidently  were  based  on  Mr.  Alex- 
ander's reply  to  requests  by  the  Senate  subcom- 
mittee examiner  for  elaboration  of  his  estimate 
of  the  number  of  "subversives".  The  unrevised 
record  of  testimony  quotes  Mr.  Alexander  as  say- 
ing: 

"The  second  grouj^  is  those  who  ai'e  employed 
by  the  organization  itself,  the  central  secretariat. 
They  consist  of  persons,  who,  in  some  instances, 
have  been  refused  visas  for  this  country,  and  .we 
would  not  gi'ant  them  visas  under  any  circum- 
stances to  come  here  on  their  own." 

Wlien  asked  by  the  examiner  why  visas  were  re- 
fused, he  replied : 

''Because  they  were  subversive  agents  of  foreign 
powers." 

And  when  asked  to  say  what  type  of  activity 
made  them  subversive,  he  responded: 

"Espionage,  and  so  forth,  and  aliens  who  foment 
discord,  agitation,  and  other  subversive  activities 
contrary  to  the  peace  and  good  order  of  this  coun- 
try. They  were  brought  in  as  employees  of  the 
central  secretariat." 

Mr.  Alexander  tells  your  committee  that  he 
knows  of  no  spies,  no  terrorists  or  saboteurs  or 
aliens  found  fomenting  discorel  who  have  been 
brought  into  this  country  for  United  Nations  pur- 
poses. 

He  classes  as  potentially  subversive,  however, 
all  aliens  admitted  to  the  United  States  from  Com- 
munist or  Comnumist-controlled  countries  or 
aliens,  who,  under  the  immigration  laws — enacted 
previous  to  location  of  the  United  Nations  head- 

Department  of  Stafe  Bulletin 


quarters  in  this  countrv — normally  would  have 
been  inadmissible  as  members  of  Communist  or- 
ganizations. 

The  committee  has  no  comment  on  Mr.  Harlow's 
testimony,  other  than  to  remark  that  Mr.  Harlow 
has  told  us  he  has  complete  confidence  in  Mr.  Alex- 
ander and  is  willing  to  abide  by  whatever  conclu- 
sions Mr.  Alexander  has  voiced  to  the  committee. 
He  said  lie  hail  no  personal  knowledge,  however, 
of  subversive  activities  by  United  Mations  per- 
sonnel. 

The  testimony  of  Mr.  Larkin  contained  a  state- 
ment, quoted  in  news  dispatches,  tliat  there  were 

"several  instances  of  persons  traveling  through 
(lie  country  trying  to  collect  intelligence  data 
wliich  will  be  of  benefit  to  their  own  country, 
whomever  they  may  be  serving,  as  well  as  for 
the  enlightenment  of  the  various  groups  in  this 
countr}'." 

Mr.  Larkin,  under  questioning  by  your  commit- 
tee, produced  two  reports  from  the  files  which  he 
maintained  fell  within  the  category  referred  to  in 
his  Senate  Committee  testimony. 

Your  committee  does  not  feel  that  inferences  to 
be  drawn  from  his  Senate  Committee  testimony 
are  supported  by  the  facts  cited  in  these  two 
reports. 

The  Washington  Post  of  July  21  contained  this 
additional  statement: 

"  'One  of  the  most  serious  problems,'  according 
to  Robert  C.  Alexander  ...  'is  the  fact  that 
this  country  can't  get  rid  of  many  of  these  per- 
sons.' If  the  country  from  which  they  came  will 
not  take  them  back,  as  has  happened,  the  United 
States  is  stuck  with  them.  'The  greatest  offender 
to  date  in  this  respect  was  the  old  Unrra  organi- 
zation,' Alexander  explained.  Many  undesirables 
who  came  in  under  Unrra  are  still  here  'and 
you  can't  send  them  back,'  Alexander  said." 

WHiile  your  committee  confined  its  study  to 
active  international  organizations  and,  therefore, 
omitted  Unbra  (now  in  process  of  liquidation), 
it  has  received  a  statement  from  General  Lowell 
W.  Rooks,  director  general  of  Unrra,  emphati- 
cally denying  the  statements  attributed  to  Mr. 
Alexander.  In  relation  to  non-United  States  per- 
sonnel from  "iron  curtain"  countries  employed  by 
Unrra  in  this  country.  General  Rooks  says : 

"Of  the  55  persons  who  fall  into  these  national 
categories,  48  were  already  located  in  the  United 
States  at  the  time  of  their  appointment  with 
Unrra.  Some  were  employed  with  embassies 
or  other  representatives  of  their  home  countries, 
but  a  large  proportion  were  in  this  country  on 
regular  Immigration  visas;  a  few  were  in  the 
employ  of  certain  war  agencies  of  the  United 
States  Government.  Only  7  out  of  55  were  ini- 
tially brought  into  the  U.S.A.  by  Unkra.     Of 

Sepfemfaer   J2,    J948 


THe  RECORD  OF  THE  WEBK 

the  55, 16  were  eventually  repatriated  to  the  coun- 
try of  their  nationality,  6  were  repatriated  to  other 
nationalities,  8  were  known  to  have  transferred  to 
other  international  agencies  in  the  United  States 
or  abroad,  and  31,  so  far  as  I  can  determine,  re- 
mained in  the  United  States  with  the  intention  of 
becoming  permanent  residents.  It  should  be  em- 
phasized that  none  of  the  31  now  have  any  con- 
nection with  Unrra,  and  all  would  necassarily 
be  remaining  under  regular  State  Department- 
granted  visas." 

Mr.  Alexander's  Clarification  of  His  Testimony 
Before  the  Senate  Subcommittee 

Mr.  Alexander  explained  to  your  committee  that 
he  had  expected  to  have  the  usual  privilege  of 
correcting  and  revising  his  Senate  subcommittee 
staff  testimony  before  its  publication.  The  unre- 
vised  testimony,  however,  was  made  available  to 
newspaper  reporters  before  he  had  this  oppor- 
tunity. 

After  revising  his  testimony  and  after  two  weeks 
of  opportunity  to  study  the  files,  Mr.  Alexander 
made  this  statement  to  your  committee : 

"In  the  light  of  all  the  facts  in  the  cases  I  have 
recently  examined,  I  am  prepared  to  testify  that 
the  danger  to  our  national  security  up  to  this  time 
appears  to  be  more  potential  than  actual  or  im- 
mediate and  if  we  can,  whenever  necessary,  invoke 
Section  6  of  the  Joint  Resolution  or  the  Public 
Safety  Act,  to  keep  out  aliens  who,  there  is  good 
reason  to  believe,  will  be  subversively  active  in  the 
United  States,  I  believe  the  security  of  the  United 
States  would  be  as  adequately  protected  as  the 
circumstances  will  peimit.  Up  to  the  present  time 
I  have  found  no  case  which  has  actually  jeopar- 
dized or  seriously  endangered  the  security  of  the 
United  States,  except  in  so  far  as  such  security  may 
be  involved  in  Communist  propaganda  activities. 

"I  felt  there  was  a  problem  involved  here,  a 
problem  of  security  as  well  as  one  of  the  immigi-a- 
tion  laws,  in  which  I  am  primarily  interested.  I 
see  these  cases  from  the  viewpoint  of  the  adminis- 
tration of  the  immigration  laws  and  realizing  that 
the  immigration  laws  require  passports  and  visas 
for  security  reasons  as  well  as  other  reasons,  I  feel 
that  the  security  provisions  should  not  be  over- 
looked. 

"This  statement  tallies  with  my  testimony  be- 
fore the  Senate  Committee  in  which  I  carefully 
avoided  saying  I  had  seen  any  such  case.  The 
Senate  Committee  asked  me  regarding  cases  con- 
cerning activity  of  aliens  after  arrival.  I  men- 
tioned only  one  case  and  without  naming  the  alien 
concerned  in  which  the  alien  was  conferring  with 
a  person  in  this  country  who  had  been  trained  in 
terrorist  activities  in  Moscow,  I  drew  no  connec- 
tion from  that  that  the  security  of  the  Nation  had 
been  placed  in  jeopardy. 

"I  did  feel  during  my  testimony  before  the  Sen- 

337 


THE   RECORD   OF   THE   WEEK 

ate  Staff  Committee  and  I  still  feel  that  if  the  prob- 
lem of  these  subversive  classes  coming  into  the 
country  with  permission  to  travel  all  over  the 
country,  realizing  the  difficulty  of  surveillance  and 
of  containing  them  within  any  specified  area,  is 
allowed  to  go  on,  that  the  security  of  the  Nation 
miglit  be  jeopardized." 

The  "Problem"  of  Alien  Admittance 
Under  U.N.  Auspices 

The  problem  to  which  Mr.  Alexander  addressed 
a  part  of  his  testimony  before  the  Senate  subcom- 
mittee staff  is  one  which  was  recognized  when 
Congress  invited  the  United  Nations  to  locate  its 
headquarters  in  this  country.  It  was  discussed  in 
Congress  before  enactment  of  Public  Law  357, 
(80th  Congress) ,  a  joint  resolution  authorizing  the 
President  to  make  effective  the  agreement  with 
the  United  Nations  establishing  its  permanent 
headquarters  in  the  United  States. 

Tlie  House  Committee  on  Foreign  Affairs,  in 
reporting  the  legislation,  took  note  that 

"the  United  States  cannot  undertake  to  tell  the 
other  member  nations  who  should  or  who  should 
not  represent  them  at  the  seat  of  the  United  Na- 
tions and  cannot  claim  any  right  of  veto  over  the 
Secretary  General's  appointment  of  personnel  to 
the  staff  of  the  United  Nations.  In  general,  the 
United  States,  as  host  country,  must  permit  access 
to  the  headquarters  on  the  part  of  all  persons  who 
have  legitimate  business  with  the  organization. 
This  involves  inevitably  the  admission  of  a  num- 
ber of  aliens,  some  of  whom  would  not  normally 
be  admissible  under  immigration  laws  of  the 
United  States.  7'he  United  States  has  foreclosed 
itself  in  tmdertaking  voluntarily  the  obligations 
of  the  host  Government.''''     (Emphasis  supplied) 

The  Committee  further  states  that  the  Head- 
quarters Agreement  "makes  it  clear  that  persons 
who  abuse  these  privileges  either  may  be  deported 
in  accordance  with  the  deportation  laws  of  the 
United  States  or  (subject  to  the  approval  of  the 
Secretary  of  State)  may  be  required  to  leave  the 
United  States  in  accordance  with  the  customary 
procedui-e  applicable  to  diplomatic  envoys  ac- 
credited to  the  United  States." 

The  House  amended  section  6  of  the  joint  reso- 
lution ratifying  the  headquarters  agreement. 
This  amendment  expressly  reserves  the  right  of 
the  United  States  "to  safeguard  its  own  security." 
In  explanation  of  this  amendment  the  committee's 
report  said : 

"An  amendment  added  by  the  committee  re- 
serves the  right  of  the  United  States  to  safeguard 
its  own  security  along  with  the  right  to  control 
entry  of  aliens  into  territory  other  than  the  head- 
quarters area.  This  right  of  self-defense  is  given 
expression  here  as  a  premise  underlying  all  Amer- 
ican policy  .  .  ." 

338 


A  discussion  of  this  and  other  statutes  apjjears 
later  in  this  report. 

Analysis  of  Cases  Submitted  by  Mr.  Alexander 

In  his  testimony  before  the  Senate  subcommittee 
staff  Mr.  Alexander  estimated  that  "There  are  sev- 
eral hundred,  at  least"  of  aliens  whose  presence 
in  this  country  in  connection  with  United  Nations 
or  international  organization  affairs  "is  undesir- 
able from  the  standpoint  of  the  best  interests  of 
the  United  States."  This  estimate,  he  said,  was 
based  on  "the  cases  which  come  to  my  attention." 

The  Office  of  Assistant  Secretary  of  State  for 
Administration,  of  which  the  Visa  Division  is  a 
part,  directed  Mr.  Alexander  on  July  24  to  fur- 
nish the  files  of  cases  on  which  he  based  his  testi- 
mony of  July  15. 

When  your  committee  held  its  original  meet- 
ing on  July  30,  Mr.  Alexander  had  furnished  a 
total  of  44  cases  from  tlie  files.  Through  August 
18,  nearly  a  month  from  the  date  of  his  testimony, 
he  has  been  given  every  opportunity  to  present 
other  cases  from  the  files  which  would,  in  his  judg- 
ment, bear  out  the  statements  made  in  testimony. 
He  has  submitted  to  your  committee  his  total  of 
327  cases. 

Your  committee  requested  Mr.  Alexander  to 
classify  his  cases  in  three  gi'oups,  namely — 

Class  1,  or  cases  which  he  deemed  to  show  some 
form  of  subversive  activity  after  the  alien's  ar- 
rival in  the  United  States,  with  a  notation  whether 
such  activity  occurred  (a)  before  or  {h)  after  af- 
filiation with  an  international  organization. 

Class  2,  or  cases  which  he  deemed  to  show  some 
form  of  subversive  activity  before  the  alien  arrived 
in  the  United  States  and  before  affiliation  with  or 
accreditation  by  the  United  Nations  or  other 
international  organization. 

Class  3,  or  cases  which  he  deemed  only  to  show 
that  the  alien  was  a  member  of  the  Communist 
Party,  or  presumed  to  be  such,  but  without  evi- 
dence of  Communist  activity. 

Mr.  Alexander  has  submitted  15  Class  1  cases 
divided  as  follows:  (a)  8  cases  which  he  claimed 
indicated  subversive  activity  within  the  United 
States  before  affiliation  with  an  international  or- 
ganization; {h)  7  cases  which  he  claimed  indi- 
cated subversive  activity  in  the  United  States 
after  such  affiliation.  He  has  submitted  49  Class 
2  cases  and  263  Class  3  cases. 

Your  committee  was  furnished  163  files  in  con- 
nection with  the  263  alleged  Class  3  cases.  The 
remaining  100  consist  of  a  listing  of  that  many 
names  with  no  accompanying  papers. 

Your  committee  considers  this  listing  of  263 
cases  as  capricious  and  without  significance.  For 
if  Mr.  Alexander's  purpose  is  to  list  the  Com- 
munists or  suspected  Communists  who  have  been 
admitted  for  U.N.  or  international  organization 

Deparfmenf  of  Sfafe  Bu//efin 


duties,  the  totiil  mipfht  reasonably  be  estimated  as 
970.  This  laltef  fiiiure  is  tlie  number  of  visas  is- 
sued duriiiij;  the  past  three  fiscal  years  to  persons 
from  "iron  curtain"  countries  for  enti'V  in  con- 
nection with  the  United  Nations  and  other  inter- 
national organizations.  The  number  of  persons 
here  at  any  one  time  from  such  coimtries  would  be 
consideral)ly  less  than  the  whole  number  of  visas 
issued  duriiii;  the  period. 

The  ''iron  curtain"  countries,  of  course,  are  mem- 
bers of  these  international  organizations  and  en- 
titled to  send  representatives  and  their  families  in- 
cluding personal  staffs.  Members  of  the  foreign 
press  fi'om  behind  the  "iron  curtain",  representa- 
tives of  other  non-governmental  organizations  and 
others  having  business  with  these  international 
bodies  are  expected  to  enter  the  United  States  for 
presentation  of  their  views  and  for  other  legitimate 
purposes  in  the  international  affairs  with  which 
they  are  concerned. 

Your  committee  feels  that  the  Class  3  cases  cited 
by  Mr.  Alexander  beg  the  question  of  this  inquiry. 
The  risk  in  permitting  these  people  to  come  to  the 
United  States  is  the  calculated  risk  implicit  in 
the  location  within  the  United  States  of  the  United 
Nations  Headquarters.  In  so  far  as  this  inquiry 
is  concerned,  your  committee  lias  not  come  into  the 
possession  of  any  facts  to  indicate  that  the  risk  is 
a  matter  for  great  concern. 

Any  risk  in  Class  2  cases  is  presumptive,  stem- 
ming from  the  expectation  that  a  person  who  is 
alleged  to  have  engaged  in  "subversive"  activities 
abroad  would  engage  in  them  in  some  form  here. 
An  examination  of  the  files  in  these  49  cases  shows 
that  a  large  percentage  of  them  belong  in  Class  3 
or  cases  that  have  no  relevant  bearing  on  the  ques- 
tion of  security.  Your  committee  is  astonished  by 
what  appears  to  be  a  random  selection  of  case  rec- 
ords, many  of  which  have  no  discernible  connection 
with  the  subject  under  examination. 

Your  committee  has  carefully  studied  the  cases 
in  Class  1  and  as  a  result  repeats  Mr.  Alexander's 
own  evaluation  of  the  risk — "Up  to  the  present 
time  I  have  found  no  case  which  has  actually 
jeopardized  or  seriously  endangered  the  security 
of  the  United  States,  except  in  so  far  as  security 
may  be  involved  in  Communist  propaganda  ac- 
tivities." 

Questioned  concerning  propaganda  activity  and 
its  relationship  to  the  national  security,  Mr.  Al- 
exander made  this  statement  to  us : 

"As  I  see  it,  propaganda  activities  have  a  less 
direct  bearing  upon  security  than  would  espionage 
or  sabotage  or  some  other  such  activity  as  that.  I 
think  that  enough  of  the  propagandists  in  the 
country  to  create  disunity  and  a  state  of  mind 
might  eventually  bring  on  a  situation  in  which 
there  would  be  some  jeopardy  to  our  national  se- 
curity but  propaganda  as  such  is  not  the  direct 
jeopardy  of  our  national  security." 

September    12,    1948 


THE   RECORD   OF   THE  WEEK 

Your  committee  is  not  impressed  by  the  reports 
of  projiaganda  activities  submitted  by  Mr.  Alex- 
ander. The  reported  incidents  on  which  he  placed 
great  stress  involved  two  foreign  correspondents, 
presumably  Communists,  one  a  zealous  partisan, 
the  other  a  garrulous  woman.  To  label  them  as 
propagandists  is  to  distort  the  legitimate  meaning 
of  the  term. 

We  are  informed  that  in  the  fiscal  years  1946, 
1947,  and  1948.  about  6,750  visas  have  been  issued 
to  alien  delegations  and  personnel  of  international 
organizations. 

Twenty  international  organizations  have  been 
designated  by  the  President  under  the  Internation- 
al Organizations  Immunities  Act.  Seventeen  of 
these,  including  the  United  Nations  and  its  affili- 
ates, are  actively  enjoying  privileges  of  entry 
under  this  Act,  and  most  of  these  also  enjoy  privi- 
leges under  the  United  Nations  Headquarters  Site 
Agreement.  The  total  number  of  aliens  continu- 
ously emjjloyed  in  the  United  States  in  connection 
with  these  organizations  is  approximately  5,000, 
of  whom  some  350-400  are  nationals  of  "iron  cur- 
tain" countries.  Approximately  half  of  these 
numbers  are  wives  and  children. 

In  no  case  has  the  State  Department  found  it 
necessary  to  withhold  a  visa  by  applying  Section 
6  of  Public  Law  357. 

In  three  cases  of  accreditation  of  foreign  news- 
paper correspondents  the  Secretariat  of  the  United 
Nations  was  informed  by  the  Department  of  State 
that  it  might  be  necessary  for  the  United  States  to 
institute  deportation  proceedings  pursuant  to  Sec- 
tion 13  (b)  of  the  headquarters  agreement,  or  to 
restrict  the  application  for  accreclitation  to  the 
headquarters  district  and  its  immediate  vicinity. 
In  no  casCy  however,  has  deportation  been  found 
necessary. 

In  only  two  cases  was  the  objection  to  visas 
within  the  Department  strong  enough  to  warrant 
appeal  to  the  Under  Secretary  of  State,  who 
authorized  the  visas.  We  have  reviewed  the  files 
in  these  two  cases  and  we  agree  that  the  Under 
Secretary's  decision  was  correct. 

Legislative  Provisions  for  the  Admission  of  Individ- 
uals in  Connection  With  United  Nations  Activities 

By  its  Claarter,  the  United  Nations  Organiza- 
tion enjoys  such  privileges  and  immunities  as  are 
necessary  for  the  fulfillment  of  its  purposes.  Rep- 
resentatives of  members  and  officials  of  the  Or- 
ganization enjoy  such  privileges  and  immunities 
as  are  necessary  for  the  independent  exercise  of 
their  functions. 

These  provisions  imply  a  measure  of  freedom 
of  movement  for  individuals  traveling  in  connec- 
tion with  the  activities  of  the  United  Nations. 
With  respect  to  the  admission  of  such  individuals 
to  the  United  States,  specific  authorization  is  con- 
tained in  two  Congressional  enactments.     The  In- 

339 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 

ternational  Organizations  Immunities  Act  (P.L. 
291,  79th  Congress)  provides  that  member  repre- 
sentatives to  designated  international  organiza- 
tions, and  officers  and  employees  of  these  organiza- 
tions, shall,  with  respect  to  the  laws  regulating 
entry  into  the  United  States,  be  treated  like  officers 
and  employees  of  foreign  governments.  By  Joint 
Eesohition,  the  President  was  authorized  to  bring 
into  effect  the  Headquarters  Agreement  with  the 
United  Nations  (P.L.  357,  80th  Congress).  Sec- 
tion 11  of  that  Agreement  provides  that  the  United 
States  shall  not  impose  impediments  to  the  transit 
to  and  from  the  headquarters  district  of  individu- 
als in  five  categories,  including  member  represent- 
atives and  officials  of  the  United  Nations,  experts 
performing  missions  for  the  United  Nations,  ac- 
credited representatives  of  the  press  or  other  in- 
formation agencies,  representatives  of  organiza- 
tions invited  for  consultation  by  the  Economic  and 
Social  Council  of  the  United  Nations,  and  other 
individuals  invited  by  the  United  Nations  on  offi- 
cial business.  The  Agreement  also  confers  on  the 
principal  resident  representative  of  each  member, 
and  on  certain  of  his  staff,  the  privileges  of  a 
diplomatic  envoy  including  the  privilege  of  admis- 
sion into  the  country  and  free  movement  therein. 

Legislative  Provisions    To    Safeguard 
United  States  Security 

These  statutes  also  provide  for  the  steps  neces- 
sary to  safeguard  the  security  of  the  comitry.  The 
right  of  an  individual  to  remain  in  the  United 
States  may,  under  Section  8(b)  of  the  Interna- 
tional Organizations  Immunities  Act,  be  termi- 
nated by  the  Secretary  of  State,  if  he  finds  that 
the  alien's  presence  in  the  United  States  is  not  de- 
sirable. Section  6  of  the  Joint  Resolution  approv- 
ing the  Headquarters  Agreement  provides  that 
nothing  in  the  Agreement  in  any  way  diminishes 
the  right  of  the  United  States  to  safeguard  its 
own  security.  The  Section  6  Reservation  could 
be  invoked  by  applying  the  Public  Safety  Act 
(22  U.S.C.  228,  55  Stat.  252) ,  which  provides  that 
the  consulates  should  refuse  a  visa  to  any  alien 
who  seeks  to  enter  the  United  States  for  the  pur- 
pose of  engaging  in  activities  which  will  endanger 
the  public  safety  of  the  country.  And,  except  for 
members  of  national  delegations  who  enjoy  dip- 
lomatic privileges  and  are  thereby  subject  to  re- 
call as  personae  non  gratae,  the  great  majority 
of  individuals  admitted  under  the  Headquarters 
Agreement  are  subject  to  prosecution  under  our 
criminal  laws  with  respect  to  any  acts  outside  their 
official  duties. 

Press  representatives,  representatives  of  non- 
governmental organizations,  and  other  official  vis- 
itors are  not  excluded  from  the  provisions  of  the 
Foreign  Agents  Registration  Act.  The  laws  and 
regulations  applicable  to  all  alien  visitors  to  the 
United  States  may  be  made  applicable  equally  to 
them.    And  as  to  any  violation  of  law  or  regula- 

340 


tion  which  may  properly  be  deemed  an  abuse  of  the 
individual's  privilege  of  residence,  the  United 
States  may,  as  is  specifically  noted  in  the  Head- 
quarters Agreement,  either  deport  the  individual, 
limit  his  movements  to  the  United  Nations  head- 
quarters district  and  its  immediate  vicinity,  or 
bring  him  to  trial  under  the  criminal  laws  of  this 
country.  In  the  case  of  the  minority  which  en- 
joys immunity  under  the  Headquarters  Agree- 
ment, the  United  States  may  ask  his  government 
to  waive  the  individual's  immunities,  or  it  may 
declare  the  individual  persona  non  grata  and  re- 
quest his  recall  in  accordance  with  customary  dip^ 
lomatic  procedures. 

How  the  Safeguards  Operate 

Every  person  coming  to  the  United  States  must 
have  a  visa  issued  by  an  American  consulate.  Be- 
fore issuing  a  visa  to  any  individual  who  would 
come  to  the  United  States  m  connection  with 
United  Nations  activities,  the  consulate  requires 
reasonable  evidence  that  the  individual  comes 
within  one  of  the  classes  whose  admission  is  au- 
thorized by  the  Headquarters  Agreement.  The 
consulate  will  investigate  all  available  sources  to 
determine  whether  that  person  is  coming  to  en- 
gage in  activities  dangerous  to  the  public  safety 
of  this  country.  If  the  consulate  so  determines, 
it  would  deny  the  visa  and  the  United  States  would 
indicate  to  tne  United  Nations  that  the  exclusion 
of  this  individual  is  necessary  to  safeguard  the 
national  security  as  contemplated  by  the  reserva- 
tion in  the  Joint  Resolution  approving  the  Head- 
quarters Agreement. 

The  United  Nations  is  required  to  consult  with 
the  United  States  before  representatives  of  the 
press  or  other  information  agencies  are  accredited. 
The  United  States  may  object  to  the  accreditation, 
and  refuse  admission  because  there  is  no  reason- 
able evidence  that  a  person  is  coming  to  engage 
in  the  activities  of  a  bona  fide  press  representative. 
It  may  also  object  to  his  accreditation,  and  refuse 
admission  if  he  is  coming  to  engage  in  activities 
dangerous  to  the  public  safety  of  the  comitry. 

Where  the  security  of  the  United  State  does  not 
require  the  total  exclusion  of  an  accredited  press 
representative,  a  representative  of  a  non-govern- 
mental organization,  or  an  invited  official  visitor, 
the  United  States  could  issue  a  visa  limiting  the 
movement  of  such  individuals  to  the  United  Na- 
tions headquarters  district  and  its  immediate 
vicinity.  In  fact,  a  person  in  these  categories  who 
would  not  be  admissible  under  the  immigration 
laws,  except  for  the  Headquarters  Agreement, 
will  always  be  limited  to  the  fmmediate  vicinity  of 
the  headquarters  district  unless  the  Attorney 
General  of  the  United  States  in  his  discretion 
waives  the  limitation.  Any  person  so  limited  who 
later  violates  his  restriction  may,  after  consulta- 
tion with  the  Secretary-General  of  the  United 
Nations,  be   deported   from   the  United   States. 

Departmenf  of  Siafe  Bulletin 


The  United  Nations  Charter  requires  employees 
of  the  Secretariat  to  refrain  from  any  action  which 
niijiht  reflect  on  their  position  as  international 
oliicials.  Any  subversive  activity  by  such  an  indi- 
vidual would'  be  a  violation  of  his  duties  under 
the  Charter. 

When  a  person's  relation  to  the  United  Nations 
is  terminated,  the  Orju^anization  brings  that  fact 
to  the  attention  of  United  States  authorities. 
Since  tlie  individual  is  no  longer  entitled  to  remain 
in  the  United  States  he  will  be  required  to  leave, 
and  if  lie  should  refuse  or  neglect  to  do  so,  he  could 
be  deported  like  any  other  visitor  to  the  United 
States  wliose  right  to  stay  in  the  comitrj-  is  at 
an  end. 

Interpretation  of  the  Law 

As  in  the  case  of  any  other  two  sets  of  statutes, 
the  existence  of  Section  11  of  the  Headquarters 
Agreement,  which  promotes  the  successful  func- 
tioning of  the  United  Nations,  alongside  the  reser- 
vation in  favor  of  safeguarding  our  national  se- 
curity provided  for  by  Section  6  of  the  Joint  Keso- 
lution  authorizing  the  Agreement,  may  well  cause 
some  conflict  in  practice.  In  making  the  Agree- 
ment to  locate  the  Headquarters  in  this  country 
tlie  United  States  freely  undertook  to  require 
some  relaxation  of  the  immigration  laws.  It  did 
so,  of  course,  with  the  understiinding  that  other 
members  of  the  United  Nations  would  act  with 
integrity  in  availing  themselves  of  the  privileges 
thus  accorded. 

In  achuinistering  the  immigration  laws,  there  is 
reason,  therefore,  to  resolve  doubts  in  favor  of 
admitting  aliens  when  they  are  properly  accred- 
ited pursuant  to  Section  11  of  the  Agreement. 
Section  G  of  the  Resolution,  which  provides  for 
safeguarding  the  security  of  the  country,  ought 
to  be  applied  to  exclude  a  United  Nations  alien 
only  when  there  is  a  weighty  showing  of  evidence. 

The  Committee  is  of  the  opinion  that  continu- 
ing experience  with  the  facts  of  the  particular 
cases  will  provide  both  the  United  Nations  and 
the  United  States  with  sufficient  criteria  to  deter- 
mine a  modus  vivendi  under  the  Agreement  and 
the  Joint  Resolution,  and  that  no  legislative  modi- 
fications appear  to  be  necessary  or  desirable  at 
this  time. 

It  believes  also  that  it  would  be  good  practice 
for  the  Visa  Division  to  submit  the  particular  facts 
of  these  cases  as  they  arise  to  the  Legal  Adviser 
of  the  Department  of  State  so  tliat  such  criteria 
may  be  more  precisely  formulated  by  the  United 
States.  This  practice  has  not.  in  the  opinion  of 
the  Committee,  been  sufficiently  followed  in  the 
past. 

Answers  to  Specific  Questions 

In  your  letter  requesting  this  inquiry,  you  sub- 
mit two  specific  questions  and  solicit  our  report: 

Sepfember   72,    1948 


THE  RECORD  Of  THE  WEEK 

(1)  Do  existing  international  agreements,  in 
particular  the  United  Nations  Headquarters 
Agreement,  and  Public  Law  357,  80th  Congress, 
approving  the  Agreement  with  certain  reserva- 
tions, embody  undertakings  on  the  part  of  the 
United  States  Government  which  prevent  the  ex- 
clusion from  this  country  of  persons  whose  pi'es- 
ence  is  inconsistent  with  our  national  security? 

Your  Committee  believes  that  there  is  adequate 
statutory  authority  to  exclude  from  the  United 
States  i^ersons  whose  presence  here  is  inconsistent 
with  our  national  securit^y  and  that  no  undertaking 
on  the  part  of  the  United  States  Government  nul- 
lifies such  authority. 

(2)  Are  existing  administrative  practices  and 
procedures,  and  the  legislation  on  which  they  are 
based,  adequate  to  assure  the  exclusion  from  this 
country  of  persons  whose  admission  is  requested 
in  connection  with  the  work  of  international 
organizations  but  whose  presence  would  be  in- 
consistent with  our  national  security?  In  this 
connection,  an  api^raisal  is  desired  whether  (a) 
persons  in  this  category  have  been  admitted,  and 
[b)  adequate  procedures  exist  for  assuring  future 
exclusion  or  deportation  of  such  persons. 

Your  committee  believes  that  existing  adminis- 
trative procedures,  and  the  legislation  on  which 
they  are  based,  are  sufficient.  The  committee  is 
not  satisfied  that  practices  under  the  outline  of 
procedures  are  satisfactorily  coordinated.  This 
subject  will  be  discussed  in  a  subsequent  memo- 
randiun  to  you,  embodying  certain  suggestions 
which  have  occurred  to  your  Committee  in  the 
coui'se  of  its  inquiries. 

2 (a)  Your  committee  feels  there  are  two  parts 
to  this  question.  First,  has  a  visa  been  issued 
abroad  to  any  international  organization  alien 
whose  admission  to  this  country  would  be  incon- 
sistent with  our  national  security?  Second,  has 
any  international  organization  alien  been  admitted 
whose  conduct,  after  arrival,  was  inconsistent  with 
our  national  security? 

Our  answer  to  the  first  part  of  the  question  is 
a  repetition  of  previous  statements  in  this  report. 
We  have  seen  no  case  in  which  we  feel,  from  an 
examination  of  the  available  evidence,  that  the  re- 
fusal of  a  visa  would  have  been  justified  under 
Section  6  of  the  joint  resolution  ratifying  the 
Headquarters  Site  Agreement. 

The  answer  to  the  second  part  of  this  question 
is  based  upon  information  which  originated  from 
sources  other  than  the  Visa  Division. 

Your  committee  has  some  doubt  as  to  whether 
the  activities  of  several  individuals,  after  arrival, 
were  consistent  with  our  national  security.  The 
decision  reached  by  the  responsible  officials  in  these 
few  cases  seem  to  us,  based  upon  the  information 
at  hand,  to  have  been  correct  in  each  instance. 

It  is  clear  that  jDublic  discussion  of  the  facts  of 
these  cases  would  not  be  in  the  public  interest. 

2(A)   Adequate  procedures  exist  to  assure  future 

341 


exclusion  or  deportation  of  aliens  whose  pi'esence 
■would  be  inconsistent  with  our  national  security. 


THE  DEPARTMENT 


Conclusions  and  Comments 

The  last  paragraph  of  your  letter  has  invited 
our  recommendations  or  comments. 

At  the  end  of  four  weeks  of  conference  and  ex- 
amination of  documentai-y  material,  we  conclude 
there  is  no  basis  for  the  cliarges  contained  in  the 
testimony  outlined  above. 

Your  conmiittee  is  shocked  by  the  manner  in 
which  these  serious  charges  were  made. 

Subordinate  officials  of  a  non-policjTuaking  di- 
vision of  the  Department  of  State  testitied  at  a 
public  hearing  on  a  matter  of  high  policy  before  a 
Senate  subcommittee  presided  over  ancl  directed 
by  staff  employees  with  no  Senator  present.  So 
far  as  we  are  aware,  this  practice  is  without  prec- 
edent. The  testimony  produced  serious  repercus- 
sions on  the  foreign  policy  of  the  United  States 
and  that  testimony  was  irresponsible  in  its  lack  of 
factual  support. 

So  far  as  we  can  determine,  the  subordinate  of- 
ficials who  testified,  even  if  they  were  disturbed 
over  the  seriousness,  as  they  saw  it,  of  a  develop- 
ing situation,  had  never  made  any  persistent  ef- 
fort to  bring  it  to  the  attention  of  the  responsible 
policy-making  officials  of  the  Department  of 
State.  In  any  field  of  governmental  activity  such 
failure  reflects  poor  public  administration.  More 
particularly  is  this  true  in  the  delicate  field  of  for- 
eign relations. 

We  are  convinced  the  people  of  the  United 
States  firmly  believe  in  the  principles  of  the  United 
Nations.  There  is  a  recognized  degree  of  poten- 
tial danger  to  our  national  security  in  the  admis- 
sion of  aliens  to  this  country  who  are  antagonistic 
to  our  foi-m  of  government  and  vigorous  promo- 
ters of  their  own.  But  it  is  equally  true  that  one 
of  the  great  hopes  for  that  security  is  a  strong 
United  Nations.  If  today's  reality  is  still  far 
from  the  ideal  outlined  in  the  Charter  at  San 
Francisco,  our  obligation  as  a  nation,  neverthe- 
less, is  to  labor  for  that  ideal,  regardless  of  the  at- 
titudes or  the  conduct  of  other  nations.  That  is 
the  perspective  in  which  we  should  measure  the 
dangers  to  our  national  security  fi-om  the  presence 
in  this  country  of  the  relatively  few  aliens  whose 
political  affiliations  are  believed  would  have 
barred  them  from  entry  in  the  past  but  whose 
presence  now  is  vital  to  the  work  of  the  United 
Nations  and  other  international  organizations. 

Respectfully  yours, 

B.  M.  McKelwat 

James  H.  Eowe,  Jr. 

Marcellus  C.  Siieild^ 


President's  Budget  on    International  Affairs 
and  Finance  ^ 

Expenditures  for  international  aid  programs 
are  now  estimated  at  7.0  billion  dollars,  the  same  as 
in  January.  Actual  exj^enditures  in  1948  were  4.7 
billion  dollars. 

More  than  half  of  all  international  expenditures 
in  the  fiscal  year  1949  will  be  required  for  aid  to 
Europe  under  the  Economic  Cooperation  Act.  In 
January,  expenditures  for  this  program  were  esti- 
mated at  4  billion  dollars  for  1949 ;  they  are  now 
estimated  at  3.8  billion  dollars.  This  downward 
revision  restdts  largely  from  the  Congressional  re- 
duction of  the  initial  appropriation  by  245  million 
dollars. 

Expenditures  for  Greek-Turkish  aid  in  1949  are 
now  projected  at  385  million  dollars,  181  million 
dollars  above  the  January  budget,  largely  due  to 
shipments  and  payments  delayed  from  the  fiscal 
year  1948. 

Estimated  expenditures  for  aid  to  China  in  1949 
have  been  revised  upward,  from  240  million  dol- 
lars to  359  million  dollars,  to  reflect  the  increased 
program  enacted  since  last  January. 

Expenditures  under  the  Army's  program  for  re- 
lief and  reconstruction  in  the  occupied  areas  are 
now  expected  to  total  1,280  million  dollars,  a  re- 
duction of  70  million  dollars  since  January.  This 
decline  is  mainly  in  the  reconstruction  portion  of 
the  program. 

Although  the  Congress  reduced  the  recom- 
mended authorization  for  the  European-aid  pro- 
gram by  1.5  billion  dollars,  it  provided  that  on 
recommendation  by  the  Economic  Cooperation 
Administrator  and  with  my  approval,  the  funds 
appropriated  could  be  fully  obligated  by  April  2, 
1949.  To  permit  this  program  to  go  forward 
without  interruption  during  the  last  quarter  of  the 
fiscal  year,  additional  authority  and  appropri- 
ations will  probably  be  necessary.  I  am  therefore 
including  in  this  review  a  tentative  estimate  of  1.5 
billion  dollars  for  a  supplemental  appropriation. 
Its  enactment  will  not  have  a  significant  effect  on 
expenditures  until  the  fiscal  year  1950. 


'  Mr.  McKelway  is  editor  of  the  Washington  Star;  Mr. 
Rowi'  is  an  attorney  and  member  of  the  Commission  on 
Orgaiiiziition  of  the  Executive  Branch  of  the  Government; 
Mr.  Sheild  was  elerli  of  the  House  Appropriations  Com- 
mittee. 1916-44. 

■Excerpts  from  Statemfnt  bp  the  President  Revievnng 
the  1949  Budget,  which  was  released  to  the  press  by  the 
White  House  on  Aug.  15,  1948. 


342 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


PUBLICATIONS 


Department  of  State 


For  sale  hy  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Government 
Printinii  Office,  Washington  25,  D.  C.  Address  requests 
direct  to  tlie  Siiperinten<icnt  of  Documents,  except  in  the 
ea,^c  of  free  publications,  tchich  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Department  of  State. 

Military  and  Civil  Affairs:  Rights  and  Privileges  of  United 
States  Forces  in  Italy,  Transfer  of  Responsibility  from 
the  Allied  Military  Government  to  the  Italian  Govern- 
ment. Treaties  and  Other  International  Acts  Series  1694. 
Pub.  3074.     19  pp.     100. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  Italy — 
Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed  at  Rome  Sept.  3, 
1947 ;  entered  into  force  Sept.  3,  1947. 

Mutual  Aid  Settlement.  Treaties  and  Other  International 
Acts  Series  1716.    Pub.  3100.    13  pp.    5(f. 

Agreement  and  Accompanying  Exchanges  of  Notes 
Between  the  United  States  and  Norway — Signed  at 
Washington  Feb.  24,  1948 ;  entered  into  force  Feb.  24, 
194S. 

Passport  Visa  Fees.  Treaties  and  Other  International 
Acts  Series  1721.    Pub.  3115.    8  pp.    5(f. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  France  Re- 
placing Agreement  of  Dec.  10,  1946 — Effected  by  ex- 
change of  notes  dated  at  Washington  Aug.  19  and 
Sept.  4.  5  and  16,  1947;  entered  into  force  Sept.  16, 
1947,  effective  Oct.  1,  1947. 

Shipping:    Provisional   Maritime   Consultative    Council. 

Treaties  and  Other  International  Acts  Series  1724.  Pub. 
3125.    5  pp.    10!>. 

Agreement  and  Accompanying  Notes  Between  tlie 
United  States  and  Other  Governments — Dated  at 
Washington  Oct.  30,  1946 ;  open  for  acceptance  at 
I/indon  ;  entered  into  force  Apr.  23,  1947. 

Industrial  Property:  Restoration  of  Certain  Rights  Af- 
fected by  World  War  II.  Treaties  and  Other  International 
Acts  Series  1725.    Pub.  3133.    3  pp.    5<f. 

Supplementary  Agreement  Between  the  United  States 
and  France — Signal  at  Washington  Oct.  28,  1947 ;  en- 
tered into  force  Feb.  27,  1948. 

Civil  Aviation  Mission  to  Bolivia.  Treaties  and  Other 
International  Acts  Series  1739.     Pub.  3165.     9  pp.     50. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  Bolivia — 
Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed  at  La  Paz  Aug. 
26  and  Nov.  3,  1947 ;  entered  into  force  Nov.  3,  1947. 


THE   DBPARTMENT 

United  States  Educational  Foundation  in  the  Philippines. 

Treaties  and  Other  International  Acts  Series  1745.  Pub. 
3185.    3  pp.    5<}. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  the  Repub- 
lic of  the  Philippines  Amending  the  Agreement  of 
Mar.  23,  1948— Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed 
at  Manila  Apr.  2  and  8,  1948 ;  entered  into  force  Apr. 
8,  1948. 

Diplomatic  List,  August  1948.  Pub.  3242.  193  pp.  300  a 
copy;  $3.25  a  year  domestic,  $4.50  a  year  foreign. 

Monthly  list  of  foreign  diplomatic  representatives  in 
Washington,  with  their  addresses. 

American  Dead  in  World  War  II.  Treaties  and  Other 
International  Acts  Series  1748.     Pub.  3190.     5  pp.     50. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  Hungary — 
Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  dated  at  Budapest  June 
18,  July  15,  and  August  9,  1946;  entered  into  force 
August  9,  1946. 

Use  by  Civil  Aircraft  of  Certain  Military  Air  Bases  in 
the  Caribbean  Area  and  Bermuda.  Treaties  and  Other 
International  Acts  Series  1717.     Pub.  3104.     19  pp.     100. 

Agreement  And  Accompanying  Notes  Between  the 
United  States  and  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great 
Britain  and  Northern  Ireland — Signed  at  Washington 
Feb.  24,  1948 ;  entered  into  force  Feb.  24,  1948. 

Register  of  the  Department  of  State,  April  1,  1948.  Pub. 
3202.     507  pp.     $1.50. 

Organization  of  the  Department  and  the  Foreign 
Service  and  biographies  of  Department  and  Foreign 
Service  personnel. 

The  United  Nations  in  Action — The  Test  of  Experience. 

Foreign  Affairs  Outline  no.  17.  International  Organi- 
zation and  Conference  Series  III,  10.  Pub.  3238.  8  pp. 
Free. 

The  three-year  record  of  the  growth  of  the  United 
Nations  as  a  world  institution. 

Peace  Takes  Practice.    Pub.  3240.     Free. 

Wall  poster  observing  United  Nations  Day — October 
24. 

Guide   to   the   United   States   and   the   United   Nations. 

Revi.sed  to  July  1948.  International  Organization  and 
Conference  Series  III,  11.     Pub.  3241.     8  pp.     50. 

Chronology  of  the  United  States  and  the  United  Na- 
tions.    Bibliography. 

The  United  Nations — Three  Years  of  Achievement.  In- 
ternational Organization  and  Conference  Series  III,  12. 
Pub.  3255.     20  pp.     Free. 

Political  security,  economic,  and  social  accomplish- 
ments of  the  United  Nations. 


September   ?2,   1948 


343 


The  U.N.  and  Specialized  Agencies  page 

United    Nations    Day,     October    24,     1948. 

Statement  by  Secretary  Marshall  .    .    .        329 
Third    Regular   Session   of   the   General   As- 
sembly : 
Supplementary  List  of  Agenda  Items  .    .        329 

U.S.  Delegation 330 

U.N.  Documents:  A  Selected  Bibliography  .        332 
U.S.    Delegation   to   Iro    Preparatory    Com- 
mission             333 

Report  on  Alien  Admittance  Under  U.N.  and 

National  Security 335 

Economic  Affairs 

U.S.  Delegation  to  Conference  on  Conserva- 
tion of  Renewable  Resources 334 

Commercial  Foreign  Policy  of  the  United 
States.  Article  by  Woodbury  Wil- 
loughby 325 


General  Policy  Page 

Report  on  Alien  Admittance  Under  U.N.  and 

National  Security 336 

Conference  To  Consider  Free  Navigation 
of  the  Danube 

Rejection  of  Soviet  Draft  Convention:  Posi- 
tion of  U.S.  Government 333 

The  Congress 

Eightieth  Congress,  Second  Session,  and  the 
United  Nations.  Article  by  Sheldon  Z. 
Kaplan 307 

The  Department 

President's  Budget  on  International  Affairs 

and  Finance 342 

Publications 

Department  of  State . 343 


%<ynJmAwt{yyA 


Sheldon  Z.  Kaplan,  author  of  the  article  on  the  80th  Congress, 
Second  Session,  and  the  United  Nations,  is  an  Assistant  to  the 
Legal  Adviser,  Department  of  State. 


U.  S.  GOVERNMENT  PRrNTlHG  OTFICEi  1948 


tJne/  ^eha'i^t'ment^  ^ tnafe^ 


VIEETING  OF  COUNCIL  OF  FOREIGN  MINISTERS 
TO  DISCUSS   ITALIAN  COLONIES     •     Official 

Exchanges  Bettoeen  the  U.S.  and  Soviet  Governments     .      .        382 

"THE    ISSUES    AT    BELGRADE    WERE    CLEARLY 

DRA\^'N"   •   By  Walter  A.  Radius 384 

80TH  CONGRESS,  2D  SESSION,  AND  THE  UNITED 

NATIONS   •  Article  by  Sheldon  Z.  Kaplan 347 


For  compltte  contents  see  hack'cover 


Vol.  XIX,  No.  481 
September  19,  1948 


^«.TO» 


OCT  11  13*0 


^le  Q)e/icvrlme7U ^/ ^lale    JOUllGllIl 


Vol.  XIX,  No.  481   •   Publication  3283 
September  19,  1948 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  OtDce 

Washington  26,  D.C. 

Price: 

62  Issues,  domestic  $5,  foreign  $7.26 

Single  copy,  15  cents 

Published  with  the  approval  of  the 
Director  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may 
be  reprinted.  Citation  of  the  Department 
OF  State  Bulletin  as  the  source  will  be 
appreciated. 


The  Department  of  State  BULLETIN, 
a  weekly  publication  compiled  and 
edited  in  the  Division  of  Publications, 
Office  of  Public  Affairs,  provides  the 
public  and  interested  agencies  of 
the  Government  with  information  on 
developments  in  the  field  of  foreign 
relations  and  on  the  work  of  the  De- 
partment of  State  and  the  Foreign 
Service.  The  BULLETIN  includes 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements  and  addresses 
made  by  the  President  and  by  the 
Secretary  of  State  and  other  officers 
of  the  Department,  as  well  as  special 
articles  on  various  phases  of  inter- 
national affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  in- 
ternational agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a 
party  and  treaties  of  general  inter' 
national  interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department,  as 
well  as  legislative  material  in  the  field 
of  international  relations,  are  listed 
currently. 


EIGHTIETH  CONGRESS,  SECOND  SESSION,  AND  THE  UNITED  NATIONS 

by  Sheldon  Z.  Kaplan 


Mr.  Kaplan  discussed  the  action  hy  the  80fh  Con- 
gress, 2d  session,  in  enacting  legislation  touching 
on  the  United  Nations  and  related  activities,  in  the 
Bulletin  of  Septemler  12, 194.S.  In  this  issue  the 
author  concludes  his  analysis  of  the  activities  of 
the  2d  session  and  presents  in  an  appendix  selected 
texts  of  related  documents. 

IV.  THE  VANDENBERG  RESOLUTION 

Of  psychological  significance,  as  indicating  the 
sentiment  of  the  United  States  Senate  toward  the 
United  Nations,  was  the  passage  by  the  Senate  on 
June  11,  1948  (64  yeas  to  4  nays),^f  Senate  Res- 
olution  239,   the   so-called   "Vandenberg   resolu- 
tion".83    "This  resolution,"  in  the  words  of  Senator 
Vandenberg,"  "is  a  sound  answer  to  several  critical 
necessities  in  respect  of  foreign  policy  which  Amer- 
ica confronts.    It  is  the  unanimous  answer  of  the 
Senate  Foreign  Relations  Committee.*^    It  is  an 
answer  which,  after  many  weeks  of  earnest  con- 
sultation, has  the  whole-hearted  approval  of  the 
State  Department.     It  is  an  answer  which  offers 
new  hope  for  security  and  peace  for  us  and  others, 
through  the  United  Nations".     Senator  Vanden- 
berg went  on  to  analyze  fully  the  necessities  which 
the  resolution  is  undertaking  to  answer,  which  may 
Je  summarized  as : 

1.  Necessity  for  a  common  denominator  that 
.Till  represent  the  varying  views  of  the  Senate  on 
he  objectives  which  the  United  States  should  pur- 
sue for  strengthening  the  United  Nations,  an 
irganization  admittedly  indispensable  to  collec- 
ive  security  ; 

2.  Necessity  for  practical  encouragement  of  the 
leople  of  the  United  States  in  the  United  Nations; 

II  3.  Necessity  for  renewing  United  States  dedi- 
■  ation  to  peace  at  a  time  when  the  first  peacetime 

raft  law  in  the  history  of  the  United  States  has 

een  passed ;  and 
4.  Necessity  for  individual  and  collective  self- 

efense,  within  the  United  Nations  Charter  and 

utside  the  veto,  against  armed  aggression,  for  the 

Jpf ember   19,   J  948 


assertion  of  United  States  interest  in  regional  ar- 
rangements and  the  implementation  of  our  under- 
lying obligations  under  the  Charter. 

The  purpose  of  the  resolution  is,  in  brief,  to  state 
the  sense  of  the  United  States  Senate  concerning 
the  desirable  and  feasible  objectives  which  the 
United  States  should  pursue  by  constitutional 
process  in  behalf  of  international  peace  and  se- 
curity, the  pacific  settlement  of  disputes,  and  the 
exercise  of  individual  and  collective  self-defense 
against  armed  aggression,  all  within  the  frame- 
M-ork  of  the  United  Nations  Charter.^" 

V.  UNCOMPLETED  MEASURES  »' 

Several  legislative  proposals  affecting  United 
States  participation  in  the  United  Nations  did  not 
receive  final  congressional  approval.  Of  first  im- 
portance are  these : 

1.  S.  J.  Res.  221  (and  its  companion  measure, 
H.  J.  Res.  391) ,  80th  Cong.,  2d  sess.,  "To  provide  a 
civil  government  for  the  Trust  Territory  of  the 
Pacific  Islands".  These  resolutions  would  im- 
plement »^  the  trusteeship  agreement  between  the 
United  States  and  the  United  Nations  Security 
Council  which  the  President  was  authorized  by 
Congress  to  approve  on  behalf  of  the  United 
States.^^ 

2.  S.  1643,  80th  Cong.,  1st  s&ss.,  "To  prohibit 
and  punish  the  unauthorized  use  of  the  official 
seal,  emblem,  and  name  of  the  United  Nations,  and 
for  other  purposes",^'  introduced  by  Senator  Van- 
denberg on  July  16,  1947,  and  referred  to  the 
Senate  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations.  This 
measure  would  serve  to  implement  a  resolution 
adopted  unanimously  by  the  United  Nations  Gen- 
eral Assembly  on  December  7,  1946.='^ 

3.  S.  J.  Res.  136,  authorizing  the  President  to 
accept  on  behalf  of  the  United  States  the  conven- 
tion on  privileges  and  immunities  of  the  United 
Nations.  The  measure  passed  the  Senate  July  17, 
1947,  and  was  referred  to  the  House  Committee 
on  Foreign  Affairs  July  18,  1947.    There  it  was 

347 


placed,  during  the  Second  Session,  in  the  one- 
package  bill,  H.  R.  6802,  in  connection  with 
the  loan  agreement.  The  United  Nations  Gen- 
eral Assembly  by  a  resolution  adopted  Febru- 
ary 13,  1946,  had  approved  the  convention  and 
proposed  it  for  accession  by  each  member  of 
the  United  Nations.*^  The  convention  is  designed 
to  define  the  rights  of  the  United  Nations  and  re- 
lated personnel  in  the  territory  of  all  Member 
states  as  distinct  from  the  headquarters  agreement 
between  the  United  Nations  and  the  United  States 
(Public  Law  357,  80th  Cong.,  1st  sess.,  text  of 
which  will  be  found  in  the  appendix)  which  is  con- 
cerned with  particular  problems  arising  out  of  the 
location  of  the  headquarters  in  this  country.  Sec- 
tion 26  of  the  headquarters  agreement  provides 
that  in  case  of  absolute  conflict  between  the  pro- 
visions of  the  headquarters  agreement  and  those 
of  the  convention,  the  pi-ovisions  of  the  agreement 
shall  prevail. 

4.  Executive  GG,  protocol  relating  to  an  amend- 
ment to  the  convention  on  international  civil  avia- 
tion, transmitted  July  11,  1947,  by  the  President 
to  the  Senate  for  its  advice  and  consent  to  ratifica- 
tion. The  protocol  deals  with  the  relationship 
between  the  United  Nations  and  the  International 
Civil  Aviation  Organization  (Icao)  and  estab- 
lishes the  bases  upon  which  members  of  Icao  shall 
be  debarred  from,  and  may  lie  readmitted  to,  mem- 
bership therein  (Franco  Spain  particularly  in- 
tended).** 

5.  S.  2518,  revision  of  the  United  Nations  Par- 
ticipation Act  of  1945,  Public  Law  264, 79th  Cong., 
1st  sess.,  introduced  in  the  Senate  April  20,  1948, 
passed  the  Senate  April  26, 1948.  The  House  ver- 
sion, contained  in  its  one-package  bill,  incor- 
porated substantially  the  provisions  of  S.  2518. 

6.  S.  2474,  authorizing  the  furnishing  of  serv- 
ices and  the  temporary  detail  of  United  States 
Government  employees  to  public  international 
organizations.  The  United  States  has  received 
numerous  requests  for  detail  of  personnel  possess- 
ing special  professional  or  technical  skill  to  inter- 
national organizations  in  which  it  participates, 
particularly  the  United  Nations  and  its  specialized 
agencies.  The  bill  would  permit  the  Secretary  of 
State  to  comply  with  these  requests  on  a  reim- 
bursable basis,  provided  tlie  Government  agency 
and  United  States  employee  involved  consent. 
The  bill  was  introduced  in  the  Senate  on  April  8, 

348 


1948,  by  Senator  Vandenberg  and  referred  to  the 
Senate  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations.  On  the 
House  side,  provision  for  this  legislation  was  con- 
tained in  the  one-package  bill,  H.  R.  6802." 

In  addition,  a  number  of  Ilo  conventions  ^  and 
the  convention  on  the  Intergovernmental  Maritime 
Consultative  Organization  were  submitted  to  the 
Senate,  the  latter  on  June  18,  1948. 

VI.  CONCLUSION 

An  analysis  of  the  record  and  debate  of  the 
Eightieth  Congress  on  legislative  proposals  to 
strengthen  United  States  participation  in  the 
United  Nations  and  its  allied  activities  shows  the 
following  significant  trends  in  the  thinking  and 
action  of  the  Congress : 

1.  The  requirement,  particularly  on  the  part  of 
the  House  Foreign  Affairs  Committee,  of  "facts 
and  figures".  As  the  House  Foreign  Affairs  Com- 
mittee stated,  "It  is  not  enough  that  aspirations  be 
worthy;  it  is  also  necessary  that  the  course  be 
practicable"."^  During  the  Eightieth  Congress 
this  committee  in  its  hearings  seldom  failed  to  ask, 
in  essence,  "How  much  will  this  cost  the  American 
people?"  or  "How  much  do  we  contribute  to  this 
organization?"  or  "Just  how  does  our  participa- 
tion in  this  organization  affect  the  American 
people  ?" 

2.  The  increasing  awareness  by  the  members  of 
the  House  Foreign  Affairs  Committee  of  the  role 
of  the  House  of  Representatives  in  shaping  for- 
eign affairs,  as  expressed  in  the  statement  "that  the 
responsibility  for  the  purse  as  it  relates  to  foreign 
policy  cannot  be  separated  from  the  root  and  sub- 
stance of  foreign  policy"  and  that  "The  nature  of 
the  world  commitments  and  the  world  aspirations 
undertaken  by  this  Nation  cannot  be  considered 
in  a  compartment  separate  from  the  concrete  steps 
necessary  to  fulfill  those  commitments  and  to 
realize  those  aspirations."  °' 

3.  A  desire  to  strengthen  the  United  Nations 
and  to  increase  its  effectiveness  in  fulfilling  its  re- 
sponsibilities."^ 

4.  The  increasing  national  security  conscious- 
ness, in  view  of  world  conditions,  and,  based  there- 
on, the  attempt  to  balance  the  national  interest 
against  the  international  interest. 

5.  A  growing  awareness  of  the  necessity  for 
United  States  leadership  in  foreign  affairs. 

Department  of  State  Bvlletin 


FOOTNOTES 


"  Comj.  Rer..  June  11,  1948,  p.  8026. 

"  Ibid.,  p.  7971.  See  pp.  7970-87  and  7988-8026  for  full 
debate  prior  to  passage  of  the  resolution. 

"*  S.  Kept.  1361,  80th  Cong.,  2d  sess.  The  resolution  had 
lieen  referred  to  the  Senate  Committee  on  Foreign  Re- 
lations on  May  19,  1948. 

"Ibid.,  p.  1.  Text  of  resolution  will  be  found  in  appen- 
dix to  this  article.  See  Cong.  Rec,  May  27,  1&48, 
pp.  A3527-28.  S.  Res.  239  is  also  concerned  with  re- 
moving the  veto  in  questions  involving  the  pacific  settle- 
ment of  disputes  and  situations,  and  the  admission  of  new 
U.N.  Members. 

"  See  note  4,  Bitlletin  of  Sept.  12,  1948,  p.  321. 

"Art.  12  of  the  agreement  provides  that  "The  admin- 
istering authority  shall  enact  such  legislation  as  may  be 
necessary  to  place  the  provisions  of  this  agreement  in 
effect  in  the  trust  territory".  This  constitutes  an  inter- 
national commitment  upon  the  part  of  the  United  States 
to  implement  by  legislation  the  provisions  of  the  trustee- 
ship agreement.  See  S.  Bept.  471,  SOth  Cong.,  1st  sess., 
p.  10. 

■^Public  Law  204,  SOth  Cong.,  1st  sess.,  text  of  which 
will  be  found  in  appendix.  For  discussion  thereon,  see 
Sheldon  Z.  Kaplan,  Eightieth  Congress,  First  Session,  and 
the  United  Nations  (Department  of  State  publication 
2982)  pp.  16-18. 

"  The    House    companion    measure,    H.R.    4186,    intro- 


duced by  Rep.  Javits,  passed  the  House  on  July  25,  1947. 
Author's  discussion  of  this  measure  will  be  found  in 
Kaplan,  op.  cit.,  p.  7. 

"  Ibid.,  note  32.  As  of  this  writing,  16  members  of  the 
U.N.  have  notified  the  Secretary-General  of  the  U.N.  that 
they  have  taken  the  necessary  implementing  action  or  that 
existing  laws  provide  sutiicient  protection;  13  Members 
have  indicated  they  were  taking  action ;  4  have  stated 
that  the  matter  was  being  referred  to  their  governments 
for  attention.  See  Annual  Report  of  the  Secretary-Gen- 
eral on  the  Work  of  the  Organization,  1  July  1947-30  June 
19 1,8.  U.N.  doc.  A/565,  1948,  p.  113. 

"'  U.N.  doc.  A/64/Add.l,  Jan.  31,  1947,  pp.  186-87.  See 
also  H.  Rept.  2291,  SOth  Cong.,  2d  sess.,  pp.  13-21. 

"  See  note  63,  Buixetin  of  Sept.  12,  1948,  p.  323. 

"  See  H.  Rept.  2291,  SOth  Cong.,  2d  sess.,  pp.  12-13. 

'°The  Ilo  final  articles  revision  convention,  1946  (no. 
80),  was  submitted  June  24,  1947,  by  the  President  to  the 
Senate  for  its  advice  and  consent  to  ratification.  Ratifi- 
cation was  advised  on  April  14,  1948,  and  the  President 
ratified  this  convention  May  21,  1948.  Text  in  Exec.  EB, 
SOth  Cong.,  1st  sess.  (1947),  pp.  4-7. 

"  H.  Rept.  2291,  SOth  Cong.,  2d  sess.,  p.  3. 

"  Ibid. 

■*  See,  in  general.  Hearings  Before  House  Committee  on 
Foreign  Affairs  on  Structure  of  the  United  Nations  and 
the  Relations  of  the  United  States  to  the  United  Nations, 
SOth  Cong.,  2d  sess. 


APPENDIX:    SELECTED   TEXTS 


I.  Responsibilities  of  the  Host 


House  Concurrent  Resolution  75,  79th  Congress, 
1st  Session  ' 

Resolved  by  the  House  of  Representatives  {the  Senate 
concurring).  That  the  United  Nations  be,  and  hereby  are. 
Invited  to  locate  the  seat  of  the  United  Nations  Organiza- 
tion within  the  United  States  of  America. 

Passed  December  11,  1945. 

Public  Law  291,  79th  Congress,  1st  Session 

An  Act  To  fxtend  certain  privileges,  exemptions,  and  immnnities 
to  international  organizations  and  to  the  officers  and  em- 
plo.vees  thereof,  and  for  other  purposes. 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representor 
lives  of  the  United  States  of  America  in  Congress 
assembled, 

TITLE  I 

Section  1.  For  the  purposes  of  this  title,  the  term 
"international  organization"  means  a  public  international 
organization  in  which  the  United  States  participates  pur- 
suant to  any  treaty  or  under  the  authority  of  any  Act  of 
Cf)ngress  authorizing  such  participation  or  making  an 
appropriation  for  such  participation,  and  which  shall  have 
been    designated   by    the    President   through   appropriate 

September   J  9,    1948 


Executive  order  as  being  entitled  to  enjoy  the  privileges, 
exemptions,  and  immunities  herein  provided.  The  Presi- 
dent sliall  be  authorized,  in  the  light  of  the  functions  per- 
formed by  any  such  international  organization,  by  appro- 
priate Executive  order  to  witlihold  or  withdraw  from  any 
such  organization  or  its  officers  or  employees  any  of  the 
privileges,  exemptions,  and  immnnities  provided  for  in 
this  title  (including  the  amendments  made  by  this  title) 
or  to  condition  or  limit  the  enjoyment  by  any  such  organ- 
ization or  its  officers  or  employees  of  any  such  privilege, 
exemption,  or  immunity.  The  President  shall  be  author- 
ized, if  in  his  judgment  sucli  action  should  be  justified  by 
reason  of  the  abuse  by  an  international  organization  or  its 
ofl3cers  and  employees  of  the  privileges,  exemptions,  and 
immunities  herein  provided  or  for  any  other  reason,  at 
any  time  to  revoke  the  designation  of  any  international 
organization  under  this  section,  whereupon  the  interna- 
tional organization  in  question  shall  cease  to  be  classed 
as  an  international  organization  for  the  purposes  of  this 
title. 

Sec.  2.  International  organizations  shall  enjoy  the 
status,  immunities,  exemptions,  and  privileges  set  forth 
in  this  section,  as  follows: 


'  59  Stat.  848. 


349 


(a)  International  organizations  shall,  to  the  extent 
consistent  with  the  instrument  creating  them,  possess  the 
capacity — 

(i)   to  contract; 

(ii)   to    acquire   and    dispose   of    real    and   personal 

property ; 
(iii)   to  Institute  legal  proceedings. 

(b)  International  organizations,  their  property  and 
their  assets,  wherever  located,  and  by  whomsoever  held, 
shall  enjoy  the  same  immunity  from  suit  and  every  form 
of  judicial  process  as  is  enjoyed  by  foreign  governments, 
except  to  the  extent  that  such  organizations  may  expressly 
waive  their  immunity  for  the  purpose  of  any  proceedings 
or  by  the  terms  of  any  contract. 

(c)  Property  and  assets  of  international  organizations, 
wherever  located  and  by  wliomsoever  held,  shall  be  im- 
mune from  search,  unless  such  immunity  be  expressly 
waived,  and  from  confiscation.  The  archives  of  inter- 
national organizations  shall  be  inviolable. 

(d)  Insofar  as  concerns  customs  duties  and  internal- 
revenue  taxes  imposed  upon  or  by  reason  of  importation, 
and  the  procedures  in  connection  therewith ;  the  registra- 
tion of  foreign  agents ;  and  the  treatment  of  official  com- 
munications, the  privileges,  exemptions,  and  immunities 
to  which  international  organizations  shall  be  entitled  shall 
be  those  accorded  under  similas  circumstances  to  foreign 
governments. 

Sec.  3.  Pursuant  to  regulations  prescribed  by  the  Com- 
missioner of  Customs  with  the  approval  of  the  Secretary 
of  the  Treasury,  the  baggage  and  effects  of  alien  officers 
and  employees  of  international  organizations,  or  of  aliens 
designated  by  foreign  governments  to  serve  as  their  rep- 
resentatives in  or  to  such  organizations,  or  of  the  families, 
suites,  and  servants  of  such  officers,  employees,  or  rep- 
resentatives shall  be  admitted  (when  imported  in  connec- 
tion with  the  arrival  of  the  owner)  free  of  customs  duties 
and  free  of  internal-revenue  taxes  imposed  upon  or  by 
reason  of  importation. 

Sec.  4.  The  Internal  Revenue  Code  is  hereby  amended 
as  follows : 

(a)  Effective  with  respect  to  taxable  years  beginning 
after  December  31,  1943,  section  116  (c),  relating  to  the 
exclusion  from  gross  income  of  income  of  foreign  govern- 
ments, is  amended  to  read  as  follows: 

"(c)  Income  of  Foreign  Governments  and  of  Intee- 
NATiONAi.  Organizations. — The  income  of  foreign  govern- 
ments or  international  organizations  received  from  in- 
vestments in  the  United  States  in  stocks,  bonds,  or  other 
domestic  securities,  owned  by  such  foreign  governments 
or  by  international  organizations,  or  from  interest  on 
deposits  in  banks  in  the  United  States  of  moneys  belonging 
to  such  foreign  governments  or  international  organiza- 
tions, or  from  any  other  source  within  the  United  States." 

(b)  Effective  with  respect  to  taxable  years  beginning 
after  December  31,  1W3,  section  116  (h)  (1),  relating  to 
the  exclusion  from  gross  income  of  amounts  paid  em- 
ployees of  foreign  governments,  is  amended  to  read  as 
follows : 

350 


"(1)  RtXE  FOE  EXCLUSION.— Wages,  fees,  or  salary  of 
any  employee  of  a  foreign  government  or  of  an  interna- 
tional organization  or  of  the  Commonwealth  of  the  Philip-  j 
pines  (including  a  consular  or  other  officer,  or  a  nondiplo- 
matic  representative),  received  as  comiyensation  for  official 
services  to  such  government,  international  organization, 
or  such  Commonwealth — ■ 

"(A)  If  such  employee  is  not  a  citizen  of  the  United 
States,  or  is  a  citizen  of  the  Commonwealth  of  the 
Philippines  (whether  or  not  a  citizen  of  the  United 
States)  ;  and 

"(B)  If.  in  the  case  of  an  employee  of  a  foreign 
government  or  of  the  Commonwealth  of  the  Philip- 
pines, tlie  services  are  of  a  character  similar  to  those 
performed  by  employees  of  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  in  foreign  countries  or  in  the  Common- 
wealth of  the  Philippines,  as  the  case  may  be;  and 

"(C)  If,  in  the  case  of  an  employee  of  a  foreign 
government  or  the  Commonwealth  of  the  Philippines, 
the  foreign  government  or  the  Commonwealth  grants 
an  equivalent  exemption  to  employees  of  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  performing  similar  services 
in  such  foreign  country  or  such  Commonwealth,  as 
the  case  may  be." 

(e)  Effective  January  1,  1946,  section  1426  (h),  defining 
the  term  "employment"  for  the  purposes  of  the  Federal 
Insurance  Contributions  Act,  is  amended  (1)  by  striking 
out  the  word  "or"  at  the  end  of  jjaragraph  (14),  (2)  by 
striking  out  the  period  at  the  end  of  paragraph  (15)  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  a  semicolon  and  the  word  "or", 
and  (3)  by  inserting  at  the  end  of  the  subsection  the 
following  new  paragraph  : 

"(16)  Service  performed  in  the  employ  of  an  interna- 
tional organization." 

(d)  Effective  January  1, 1946,  section  1607  (c),  defining 
the  term  "employment"  for  the  puriKsses  of  the  Federal 
Unemployment  Tax  Act,  is  amended  (1)  by  striking  out 
the  word  "or"  at  the  end  of  paragraph  (14),  (2)  by  strik- 
ing out  the  period  at  the  end  of  paragraph  (15)  and  in- 
serting in  lieu  thereof  a  semicolon  and  the  word  "or", 
and  (3)  by  inserting  at  the  end  of  the  subsection  the 
following  new  paragraph : 

"(16)  Service  performed  in  the  employ  of  an  interna- 
tional organization." 

(e)  Section  1621  (a)  (5),  relating  to  the  definition  of 
"wages"  for  the  purpose  of  collection  of  income  tax  at 
the  source,  is  amended  by  inserting  after  the  words  "for- 
eign government"  the  words  "or  an  international 
organization". 

(f)  Section  3466  (a),  relating  to  exemption  from  com- 
munications taxes  is  amended  by  inserting  immediately 
after  the  words  "the  District  of  Columbia"  a  comma  and 
tlie  words  "or  an  international  organization". 

(g)  Section  3469  (f)  (1),  relating  to  exemption  from 
the  tax  on  transportation  of  persons,  is  amended  by  in- 
serting immediately  after  the  words  "the  District  of  Co- 
lumbia" a  comma  and  the  words  "or  an  international 
organization". 

Department  of  State   BuUetin 


(h)  Section  3475  (b)  (1),  relating  to  exemption  from 
the  tax  on  transportation  of  property,  is  amended  by  in- 
serting immediately  after  the  words  "the  District  of  Co- 
lumbia" a  comma  and  the  words  "or  an  international 
organization". 

(i)  Section  3797  (a),  relating  to  definitions,  is  amended 
by  adding  at  tlie  end  tliere(>f  a  new  paragraph  as  follows: 

"(IS)  International  organization. — The  term  'inter- 
national organization'  means  a  public  international  or- 
ganization entitled  to  enjoy  privileges,  exemptions,  and 
immunities  as  an  international  organization  under  the 
International  Organizations  Immunities  Act." 

Sec.  5.  (a)  Effective  January  1,  1046,  section  209  (b) 
of  the  Social  Security  Act,  defining  the  term  "employment" 
for  the  purposes  of  title  II  of  the  Act,  is  amended  (1)  by 
striking  out  the  word  "or"  at  the  end  paragraph  (14), 
(2)   by  striking  out  the  period  at  the  end  of  iiaragraph 

(15)  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  a  semicolon  and  the 
word  "or",  and  (3)  by  inserting  at  the  end  of  the  subsec- 
tion the  following  new  paragraph  : 

"(1(5)  Service  performed  in  the  employ  of  an  interna- 
tional organization  entitled  to  enjoy  privileges,  exemp- 
tions, and  immunities  as  an  International  organization 
under  the  International  Organizations  Immunities  Act." 

(b)  No  tax  shall  be  collected  under  title  VIII  or  IX 
of  the  Social  Security  Act  or  under  the  Federal  Insurance 
Contributions  Act  or  the  Federal  Unemployment  Tax  Act, 
with  respect  to  services  rendered  prior  to  January  1,  1946, 
which  are  described  in  paragraph  (16)  of  sections  1426 
(b)  and  1607  (c)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  as 
amended,  and  any  such  tax  heretofore  collected  (including 
penalty  and  interest  with  respect  thereto,  if  any)  shall  be 
refunded  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  law  applica- 
ble in  the  case  of  erroneous  or  illegal  collection  of  the  tax. 
No  interest  shall  be  allowed  or  paid  on  the  amount  of  any 
such  refund.  No  payment  shall  be  made  under  title  II 
of  the  Social  Security  Act  with  respect  to  services  rendered 
prior  to  January  1,  1946,  whicli  are  described  in  paragraph 

(16)  of  section  209  (b)  of  such  Act,  as  amended. 

Sec.  6.  International  organizations  shall  be  exempt  from 
all  property  taxes  imposed  by,  or  under  the  authority  of, 
any  Act  of  Con.gress,  including  such  Acts  as  are  applica- 
ble solely  to  the  District  of  Columbia  or  the  Territories. 

Sec.  7.  (a)  Persons  designated  by  foreign  governments 
to  serve  as  their  representatives  in  or  to  international 
organizations  and  the  officers  and  employees  of  such  or- 
ganizations, and  members  of  the  immediate  families  of 
such  representatives,  officers,  and  employees  residing  with 
them,  other  than  nationals  of  the  United  States,  shall, 
insofar  as  concerns  laws  regulating  entry  into  and  de- 
parture from  the  United  States,  alien  registration  and 
fingerprinting,  and  the  registration  of  foreign  agents,  be 
entitled  to  the  same  privileges,  exemptions,  and  immuni- 
ties as  are  accorded  under  similar  circumstances  to  officers 
and  employees,  respectively,  of  foreign  governments,  and 
members  of  their  families. 

(b)  Representatives  of  foreign  governments  in  or  to 
international  organizations  and  officers  and  employees  of 
such  organizations  shall  be  immune  from  suit  and  legal 
process  relating  to  acts  performed  by  them  in  their  official 

September    19,    7948 


capacity  and  falling  within  their  functions  as  such  rep- 
resentatives, officers,  or  employees  except  insofar  as  such 
immunity  may  be  waived  by  tlie  foreign  government  or 
international  organization  concerned. 

(c)  Section  3  of  the  Immigration  Act  approved  May  26, 
1924,  as  amended  (U.  S.  C,  title  8,  sec.  203),  is  hereby 
amended  by  striking  out  the  period  at  the  end  thereof  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  a  comma  and  the  following :  "and 
(7)  a  representative  of  a  foreign  government  in  or  to  an 
international  organization  entitled  to  enjoy  privileges, 
exemptions,  and  immunities  as  an  international  organiza- 
tion under  the  International  Organizations  Immunities 
Act,  or  an  alien  officer  or  employee  of  such  an  international 
organization,  and  the  family,  attendants,  servants,  and 
employees  of  such  a  representative,  officer,  or  employee". 

(d)  Section  15  of  the  Immigration  Act  approved  May 
26,  1024,  as  amended  (U.  S.  C,  title  8,  see.  215),  is  hereby 
amended  to  read  as  follows : 

"Sec.  15.  The  admission  to  the  United  States  of  an  alien 
excepted  from  the  class  of  immigrants  by  clause  (1),  (2), 
(3),  (4),  (5),  (6),  or  (7)  of  section  3,  or  declared  to  be 
a  nonquota  immigrant  by  subdivision  (e)  of  section  4, 
shall  be  for  such  time  and  under  such  conditions  as  may 
be  by  regulations  prescribed  (including,  when  deemed 
necessary  for  the  classes  mentioned  in  clause  (2),  (3), 
(4),  or  (6)  of  section  3  and  subdivision  (e)  of  section  4, 
the  giving  of  bond  with  sufficient  surety,  in  such  sum  and 
containing  such  conditions  as  may  be  by  regulations  pre- 
scribed) to  insure  that,  at  the  expiration  of  such  time  or 
upon  failure  to  maintain  the  status  under  which  admitted, 
he  will  depart  from  the  United  States:  Provided,  That 
no  alien  who  has  been,  or  who  may  hereafter  be,  admitted 
into  the  United  States  under  clause  (1)  or  (7)  of  section 
3,  as  an  official  of  a  foreign  government,  or  as  a  member 
of  the  family  of  such  official,  or  as  a  representative  of  a 
foreign  government  in  or  to  an  international  organization 
or  an  officer  or  employee  of  an  international  organization, 
or  as  a  member  of  the  family  of  such  representative, 
officer,  or  employee,  shall  be  required  to  depart  from  the 
United  States  without  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of 
State." 

Sec.  8.  (a)  No  person  shall  be  entitled  to  the  benefits 
of  this  title  unless  he  (1)  shall  have  been  duly  notified 
to  and  accepted  by  the  Secretary  of  State  as  a  representa- 
tive, officer,  or  employee;  or  (2)  shall  have  been  desig- 
nated by  the  Secretary  of  State,  prior  to  formal  notification 
and  acceptance,  as  a  prospective  representative,  officer,  or 
employee;  or  (3)  is  a  member  of  the  family  or  .suite,  or 
servant,  of  one  of  the  foregoing  accepted  or  designated 
representatives,  officers,  or  employees. 

(b)  Should  the  Secretary  of  State  determine  that  the 
continued  presence  in  the  United  States  of  any  person 
entitled  to  the  benefits  of  this  title  is  not  desirable,  he  shall 
so  inform  the  foreign  government  or  international  organ- 
ization concerned,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  after  such 
person  shall  have  had  a  reasonable  length  of  time,  to  be 
determined  by  the  Secretary  of  State,  to  depart  from  the 
United  States,  he  shall  cease  to  be  entitled  to  such  benefits. 

(c)  No  person  shall,  by  reason  of  the  provisions  of  this 
title,  he  considered  as  receiving  diplomatic  status  or  as 

351 


receiving  any  of  the  privileges  incident  thereto  other  than 
Buch  as  are  specifically  set  forth  herein. 

Sec.  9.  The  privileges,  exemptions,  and  immunities  of 
international  organizations  and  of  their  officers  and  em- 
ployees, and  members  of  their  families,  suites,  and  serv- 
ants, provided  for  in  this  title,  shall  be  granted  notwith- 
standing the  fact  that  the  similar  privileges,  exemptions, 
and  immunities  granted  to  a  foreign  government,  its 
officers,  or  employees,  may  be  conditioned  upon  the  exist- 
ence of  reciprocity  by  that  foreign  government :  Provided, 
That  nothing  contained  in  this  title  shall  he  construed  as 
precluding  the  Secretary  of  State  from  withdrawing  the 
privileges,  exemptions,  and  immunities  herein  provided 
from  persons  who  are  nationals  of  any  foreign  country  on 
the  ground  that  such  country  is  failing  to  accord  corre- 
sponding privileges,  exemptions,  and  immunities  to  citi- 
zens of  the  United  States. 

Sec.  10.  This  title  may  be  cited  as  the  "International 
Organizations  Immunities  Act". 


Executive  Order  9698  ^ 

Designatino  Public  Intebnationai,  Organizations  En- 
titled To  Enjot  Certain  Privileges,  Exemptions,  and 
Immunities 

By  virtue  of  the  authority  vested  in  me  by  section  1 
of  the  International  Organizations  Immunities  Act,  ap- 
proved December  29,  1945  (Public  Law  291,  79th  Con- 
gress), and  having  found  that  the  United  States  partici- 
pates in  the  following-named  international  organizations 
pursuant  to  a  treaty  or  under  the  authority  of  an  act  of 
Congress  authorizing  such  participation  or  making  an 
appropriation  therefor,  I  hereby  designate  such  organiza- 
tions as  public  international  organizations  entitled  to  en- 
joy the  privileges,  exemptions,  and  immunities  conferred 
by  the  said  International  Organizations  Immunities  Act: 

The  Food  and  Agriculture  Organization. 
The  International  Labor  Organization. 
The  Pan  American  Union. 
The  United  Nations. 

The  United  Nations  Relief  and  Rehabilitation  Admin- 
istration. 

With  respect  to  the  designation  of  such  other  inter- 
national organizations  as  may  be  entitled  to  the  privileges, 
exemptions,  and  immunities  conferred  by  the  said  Act, 
the  Department  of  State  is  hereby  designated  as  the 
agency  to  receive  applications  for  the  granting  of  such 
privileges,  exemptions,  and  immunities.  The  Secretary 
of  State  shall  require  such  information  as  he  may  deem 
necessary  from  the  international  organizations  making 
such  applications,  and  shall  submit  recommendations  to 
the  President  as  to  whether  the  applicant  organizations 
should  be  designated  as  public  international  organizations 


'  11  Fed.  Reg.  1809. 
'  11  Fed.  Reg.  7713. 
*  12  Fed.  Reg.  551. 

352 


entitled  to  enjoy  the  privileges,  exemptions,  and  immu- 
nities conferi-ed  by  the  said  Act. 

Harry  S.  Truman 

The  White  House, 
February  19,  1946. 

Executive  Order  9751  ^ 

Designating  Public  International  Organizations  En- 
titled To  Enjoy  Certain  Privileqes,  Exemptions,  and 
Immunities 

By  virtue  of  the  authority  vested  in  me  by  section  1  of 
the  International  Organizations  Immunities  Act,  approved 
December  29,  1945  (Public  Law  291,  79th  Congress),  and 
having  found  that  the  United  States  participates  in  the 
following-named  international  organizations  pursuant  to 
a  treaty  or  under  the  authority  of  an  act  of  Congress 
authorizing  such  participation  or  making  an  appropriation 
therefor,  I  hereby  designate  sucli  organizations  as  public 
international  organizations  entitled  to  enjoy  the  priv- 
ileges, exemptions,  and  Immunities  conferred  by  the  said 
Act: 

Inter-American  Coffee  Board 
Inter-American  Institute  of  Agricultural  Sciences 
Inter-American  Statistical  Institute 
International   Bank   for   Reconstruction   and   Develop- 
ment 

International  Monetary  Fund 
Pan  American  Sanitary  Bureau 

The  designation  of  the  above-named  organizations  and 
of  those  named  in  Executive  Order  No.  9698  of  February 
19,  1946,  as  public  international  organizations  within  the 
meaning  of  the  said  International  Organizations  Immu- 
nities Act  is  not  intended  to  abridge  in  any  respect 
privileges  and  immunities  which  such  organizations  have 
acquired  or  may  acquire  by  treaty  or  Congressional  ac- 
tion ;  provided,  that  with  respect  to  the  International  Bank 
for  Reconstruction  and  Development,  such  designation 
shall  not  be  construed  to  affect  in  any  way  the  applicability 
of  the  provisions  of  section  3,  Article  VII,  of  the  Articles 
of  Agreement  of  the  Bank  as  adopted  by  the  Congress 
of  the  United  States  in  the  Bretton-Woods  Agreements 
Act  of  July  31,  1945  (Public  Law  171,  79th  Congress). 

Harey  S.  Truman 

The  White  House, 
July  11,  191,6. 

Executive  Order  9823  * 

Designating  Public  International  Organizations 
Entitled  To  Enjoy  Certain  Privileges,  Exemptions, 
AND  Immunities 

By  virtue  of  the  authority  vested  in  me  by  section  1  of 
the  International  Organizations  Immunities  Act,  approved 
December  29,  1945  (59  Stat.  609),  and  having  found  that 
the  United  States  participates  in  the  following-named  in- 
ternational organizations  pursuant  to  a  treaty  or  under  the 
authority  of  an  act  of  Congress  authorizing  such  partici- 
pation or  making  an  appropriation  therefor,  I  hereby  desig- 


Deparfmenf  of  S/afe  Bullei'm 


nate  tlieiu  as  public  international  organizations  entitled  to 
enjoy  the  i)rivileges,  exemptions,  and  immunities  conferred 
by  the  said  Act : 

Intergovernmental  Committee  on  Refugees. 
International    Wlieat    Advisory    Committee    (Interna- 
tional Wheat  Council). 

The  designation  of  the  above  organizations  as  public 
International  organizations  within  the  meaning  of  the 
said  International  Organizations  Immunities  Act  is  not 
intended  to  abridge  in  any  respect  privileges  and  immuni- 
ties which  sucli  organizations  may  have  acquired  or  may 
acquire  by  treaty  or  Congressional  action. 

Tills  order  supplements  Executive  Orders  No.  969S  of 
February  10,  194G,  and  No.  9751  of  July  11,  1946. 

Habrt  S.   Tkuman 

The  White  House, 
January  24,  1947. 

Executive  Order  9863  ^ 

Designating  Public  International  Organizations 
Entitled  To  Enjot  Certain  Privileges,  Exemptions, 
and  Immunities 

By  virtue  of  the  authority  vested  in  me  by  section  1 
of  the  International  Organizations  Immunities  Act  ap- 
proved December  29,  1945  (59  Stat.  6G9),  and  having 
found  that  the  United  States  participates  in  the  following- 
named  international  organizations  pursuant  to  a  treaty 
or  under  tlie  authority  of  an  act  of  Congress  authorizing 
such  participation  or  making  an  appropriation  therefor, 
I  hereby  designate  such  organizations  as  public  interna- 
tional organizations  entitled  to  enjoy  the  privileges, 
exemptions,  and  immunities  conferred  by  the  said  Act : 

1.  United  Nations  Educational,  Scientific,  and  Cultural 
Organization 

2.  International  Civil  Aviation  Organization 

3.  International  Telecommunication  Union 

The  designation  of  the  above-named  organizations  as 
public  international  organizations  within  the  meaning 
of  the  said  International  Organizations  Immunities  Act 
is  not  intended  to  abridge  in  any  respect  privileges  and 
immunities  which  such  organizations  may  have  acquired 
or  may  acquire  by  treaty  or  Congressional  action. 

This  order  supplements  Executive  Orders  No.  9698  of 
February  19,  1946,  No.  9751  of  July  11,  1946,  and  No. 
9823  of  January  24,  1947. 

Harry  S.  Teuman 
The  White  House, 
May  31,  1947. 

Executive  Order  9887  * 

Designating  Public  International  Oeoanizations  En- 
titled To  Enjoy  Certain  Privileges,  Exemftions,  and 
Immunities 

By  virtue  of  the  authority  vested  In  me  by  section  1 
of  the  International  Organizations  Immunities  Act,  ap- 
proved December  29, 1945  (59  Stat.  669),  and  having  found 

September   ?9,    J 948 


that  the  United  States  participates  In  the  Preparatory  Com- 
mission for  the  International  Refugee  Organization  under 
the  authority  of  section  5  of  Public  Law  146,  80th  Congress, 
1st  Session,  and  that  section  1  of  that  Act  authorizes  me 
to  accept  membership  for  the  United  States  in  the  Inter- 
national Refugee  Organization,  which  membership  I  have 
duly  accepted,  I  hereby  designate  the  Preparatory  Com- 
mission for  the  International  Refugee  Organization  and 
its  successor,  the  International  Refugee  Organization,  as 
public  international  organizations  entitled  to  enjoy  the 
privileges,  exemptions,  and  immunities  conferred  by  the 
said  Act. 

The  designation  of  the  above-named  organizations  as 
public  international  organizations  within  the  meaning  of 
the  said  International  Oi-ganizations  Immunities  Act  is 
not  intended  to  abridge  in  any  respect  privileges  and  im- 
munities which  such  organizations  may  have  acquired  or 
may  acquire  by  treaty  or  Congressional  action. 

This  order  shall  become  effective  immediately  as  to  the 
Preparatory  Commission  for  the  International  Refugee 
Organization,  and  shall  become  effective  as  to  the  Inter- 
national Refugee  Organization  on  the  date  that  organiza- 
tion comes  into  existence  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of 
its  Constitution. 

This  order  supplements  Executive  Orders  No.  9698  of 
February  19,  1946,  No.  9751  of  July  11,  1946,  No.  9823  of 
January  24,  1947,  and  No.  9863  of  May  31,  1947. 

Harry  S.  Teuman 

The  White  House, 
August  22,  1947. 

Executive  Order  9911 '' 

Designating  the  Inteenationai,  Cotton  Advisory  Com- 
mittee AS  A  Public  International  Organization  En- 
titled To  Enjoy  Certain  Prtvileoes,  Exemptions,  and 
Immunities 

By  virtue  of  the  authority  vested  in  me  by  section  1  of 
the  International  Organizations  Immunities  Act,  approved 
December  29,  1945  (59  Stat.  669),  and  having  found  that 
the  United  States  participates  in  the  International  Cotton 
Advisory  Committee  under  the  authority  of  an  act  of 
Congress  authorizing  such  participation  or  making  an  ap- 
propriation for  such  participation,  I  hereby  designate  such 
organization  as  a  public  international  organization  en- 
titled to  enjoy  the  privileges,  exemptions,  and  immunities 
conferred  by  the  said  Act. 

Tlie  designation  of  the  above-named  organization  as  a 
public  international  organization  within  the  meaning  of 
the  said  International  Organizations  Immunities  Act  is 
not  intended  to  abridge  in  any  respect  privileges  and  im- 
munities which  such  organization  may  have  acquired  or 
may  acquire  by  treaty  or  Congressional  action. 


"  12  Fed.  Reg.  3559. 
"12  Fed.  Reg.,  5723. 
'  12  Fed.  Reg.  8719. 


353 


This  order  supplements  Executive  Orders  No.  9698  of 
February  19,  1946,  No.  9751  of  July  11,  1946,  No.  9823  of 
January  24,  1947,  No.  9863  of  May  31,  1947,  and  No.  9887  of 
August  22,  1947. 

Hakky  S.  Tbuman 
The  White  House, 
December  19,  1947. 

Executive  Order  9972  * 

Designating  the  International  Joint  Commission — 
United  States  and  Canada  as  a  Public  International 
Organization  Entitled  to  Enjot  Certain  Privileges, 
Exemptions,  and  Immunities 

By  virtue  of  the  authority  vested  in  me  by  section  1  of 
the  International  Organizations  Immunities  Act,  approved 
December  29,  1945  (59  Stat.  669),  and  having  found  that 
the  United  States  participates  in  the  International  Joint 
Commission — United  States  and  Canada,  established 
under  the  authority  of  the  Treaty  between  the  United 
States  and  Great  Britain  relating  to  the  boundary  waters 
between  the  United  States  and  Canada,  signed  at  Wash- 
ington, January  11,  1909  (36  Stat.  2448),  I  hereby  desig- 
nate such  organization  as  a  public  international  organiza- 
tion entitled  to  enjoy  the  privileges,  exemptions,  and  im- 
munities conferred  by  the  said  Act. 

The  designation  of  the  above-named  organization  as  a 
public  international  organization  within  the  meaning  of 
the  said  International  Organization  Immunities  Act  Is  not 
intended  to  abridge  in  any  respect  privileges,  exemptions, 
and  immunities  which  such  organization  may  have 
acquired  or  may  acquire  by  treaty  or  Congressional  action. 

This  order  supplements  Executive  Orders  No.  9698  of 
February  19,  1946,  No.  9751  of  July  11  1946,  No.  9823  of 
January  24.  1947,  No.  9863  of  May  31,  1947,  No.  9887  of 
August  22,  1947,  and  No.  9911  of  December  19,  1947. 

Habet  S.  Truman 

The  White  House, 
Jtme  25,  t9J,8 

Public  Law  7,  80th  Congress,  1st  Session 

Joint  Resolution  Granting,  in  the  case  of  income,  estate,  and  gift 
taxes,  deductions  for  contributions  to  the  United  Nations. 

Resolved  ty  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives 
of  the  United  States  of  America  in  Congress  assembled, 
That  section  23  (o)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  (relat- 
ing to  the  so-called  "charitable  contribution"  deduction) 
is  amended  by  striking  out  the  word  "or"  at  the  end  of 
paragraph  (4)  thereof,  and  by  inserting  at  the  end  of 
paragraph  (5)  the  word  "or",  and  by  adding  after  para- 
graph (5)  a  new  paragraph  to  read  as  follows: 

"(6)  the  United  Nations,  but  only  if  such  contributions 
or  gifts  (A)  are  to  be  used  exclusively  for  the  acquisition 
of  a  site  in  the  city  of  New  York  for  its  headquarters,  and 
( B )  are  made  after  December  1,  1946,  and  before  Decem- 
ber 2,  1047 ;". 


'  13  Fed.  Reg.  3573.  The  Caribbean  Commission  is  now 
under  consideration  in  the  Department  of  State  for  desig- 
nation in  a  subsequent  Executive  Order. 

354 


Sec.  2.  Section  23  (q)  of  such  code  (relating  to  the  so- 
called  "charitable  contribution"  deduction)  is  amended 
by  inserting  at  the  end  of  paragraph  (3)  the  word  "or", 
and  by  adding  after  paragraph  (3)  a  new  paragraph  to 
read  as  follows : 

"(4)  the  United  Nations,  but  only  if  such  contributions 
or  gifts  (A)  are  to  be  used  exclusively  for  the  acquisition 
of  a  site  in  the  city  of  New  York  for  its  headquarters,  and 
(B)  are  made  after  December  1,  1946,  and  before  Decem- 
ber 2,  1947;". 

Sec.  3.  Section  1004  (a)  (2)  of  such  code  (relating  to 
deductions  for  purposes  of  gift  tax)  is  amended  by  striking 
out  the  period  at  the  end  of  subparagraph  (E),  and  in- 
serting in  lieu  thereof  a  semicolon,  and  by  adding  after 
subparagraph  (E)  a  new  subparagraph  to  read  as  follows : 

"(F)  the  United  Nations,  but  only  if  such  gifts  (i)  are 
to  be  used  exclusively  for  the  acquisition  of  a  site  in  the 
city  of  New  York  for  its  headquarters,  and  (ii)  are  made 
after  December  1,  1946,  and  before  December  2,  1947." 

Sec.  4.  Section  1004  (b)  of  such  code  (relating  to  de- 
ductions for  purposes  of  gift  tax)  is  amended  by  striking 
out  the  period  at  the  end  of  paragraph  (6),  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  a  semicolon,  and  by  adding  after  paragraph 
(6)  a  new  paragraph  to  read  as  follows : 

"(7)  the  United  Nations,  but  only  if  such  gifts  (A)  are 
to  be  used  exclusively  for  the  acquisition  of  a  site  in  the 
city  of  New  York  for  its  headquarters,  and  (B)  are  made 
after  December  1,  1946,  and  before  December  2,  1947." 

Sec.  5.  The  first  sentence  of  section  812  (d)  and  the 
first  sentence  of  section  861  (a)  (3)  of  such  code  (relating 
to  transfers  for  pulilic,  etc.,  uses)  are  hereby  amended  by 
inserting  after  the  words  "to  influence  legislation"  a 
comma  and  the  words :  "or  to  or  for  the  use  of  the  United 
Nations,  but  only  if  such  requests,  legacies,  devises,  or 
transfers  to  or  for  the  u.se  of  the  United  Nations  are  to  be 
used  exclusively  for  the  acquisition  of  a  site  in  the  city 
of  New  York  for  its  headquarters  and  the  death  of  the 
decedent  occurred  after  December  1,  1946,  and  before 
December  2,  1947". 

Approved  February  26,  1947. 

Public  Law  354,  80th  Congress,  1st  Session 

An  Act  To  authorize  the  Treasury  Department  and  the  United 
States  Government  Printing  Office  to  furnish,  or  to  procure 
and  furnish,  administrative  materials,  supplies,  and  equip- 
ment to  public  international  organizations  on  a  reimbursable 
basis. 

Be  it  enacted  hy  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representa- 
tives of  the  United  States  of  America  in  Congress 
assembled.  That  this  Act  may  be  cited  as  the  "Interna- 
tional Organizations  Procurement  Act  of  1947". 

Sec.  2.  When  used  in  this  Act — 

(1)  The  term  "international  organization"  means  any 
public  international  organization  having  its  headquarters 
in  the  United  States  and  entitled  to  enjoy,  in  whole  or 
in  part,  the  privileges,  exemptions,  and  immunities  au- 
tborized  by  and  in  accordance  with  the  International 
Organizations  Immunities  Act  (59  Stat.  669). 


Departmenf  of  State  Bulletin 


(2)  Tho  terra  "administrative  supplies"  menns  mnte- 
rials,  supplies,  and  equipment  used  in  housekeeping,  main- 
tenance, and  oflBce  operations. 

Sec.  3.  Until  July  1,  194S.  the  Treasury  Department  and 
the  United  States  Goverimient  Printin?,'  Office  may  upon 
the  request  of  any  international  organization  and  upon 
its  agreement  to  pay  the  costs  and  expenses  thereof  by 
advancement  of  funds  or  by  reimbursement,  or  by  both, 
furnish,  or  procure  and  furnish,  to  such  international 
organization  administrative  suiiplies:  Frorided.  That  to 
the  extent  found  by  the  Treasury  Department  or  the 
United  States  Government  Printing  Office,  resiiectively, 
to  be  necessary  and  appropriate  in  order  to  protect  the 
interests  of  the  United  States  Government  in  having 
access  to  sufficient  supplies  for  its  own  needs,  such  inter- 
national organization  shall  be  required  to  indicate  its 
needs  and  the  intended  use  of  such  administrative  supplies 
before  they  shall  he  furnished,  or  procured  and  furnished, 
to  such  international  organization:  Provided  further, 
That  when  reimlnirsement  is  made,  it  shall  be  credited 
either  to  the  appropriation,  fund,  or  account  utilized  in 
incurring  the  obligation,  or  to  the  appropriate  appropria- 
tion, fund,  or  account  which  is  current  at  the  time  of 
such  reimbursement. 

Approved  August  4,  1947. 

Public  Law  357,  80th  Congress,  1st  Session 

Joint  Resolution  Authorizing  tbe  President  to  bring  Into  effect 
an  agreement  between  tbe  United  States  and  tlie  United 
Nations  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  the  permanent  head- 
quarters of  the  United  Nations  in  the  United  States  and 
authorizing  the  tailing  of  measures  necessary  to  facilitate 
compliance  with  the  provisions  of  such  agreement,  and  for 
other  purposes. 

Whereas  the  Charter  of  the  United  Nations  was  signed  on 
behalf  of  the  United  States  on  June  20,  194.o,  and  was 
ratified  on  August  S,  1945,  by  the  President  of  the  United 
States,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Sen- 
ate, and  the  instrument  of  ratltication  of  the  said  Char- 
ter was  deposited  on  August  8,  194.5 ;  and- 

Wliereas  the  said  Charter  of  the  United  Nations  came  into 
force  with  respect  to  the  United  States  on  October  24, 
194.-. ;  and 

Whereas  article  104  of  the  Charter  provides  that  "The 
Organization  shall  enjoy  in  the  territory  of  each  of  its 
Members  such  legal  capacity  as  may  be  necessary  for  the 
exercise  of  its  functions  and  the  fulfillment  of  its  pur- 
poses" ;  and 

Whereas  article  105  of  the  Charter  provides  that : 

"1  The  Organization  shall  en.ioy  in  the  territory  of 
each  of  its  Members  .such  privileges  and  immunities  as 
are  necessary  for  the  fulfillment  of  its  purposes. 

"2.  Representatives  of  the  Members  of  the  United 
Nations  and  officials  of  the  Organization  shall  similarly 
enjoy  such  privileges  and  immunities  as  are  necessary 
for  the  independent  exercise  of  their  functions  in  con- 
nection with  the  Organization. 

".J.  The  General  Assembly  may  make  recommenda- 
tions with  a  view  to  determining  the  details  of  the  appli- 
cation of  paragraphs  1  and  2  of  this  article  or  may  pro- 

Sepfemfaer   79,    1948 


pose  conventions  to  the  Members  of  the  United  Nations 
for  this  purpose." ;  and 

Whereas  article  28  and  other  articles  of  the  Charter  of 
the  United  Nations  contemplate  the  establishment  of  a 
seat  for  the  permanent  headquarters  of  the  Organiza- 
tion ;  and 

Whereas  the  interim  arrangements  concluded  on  June  2G, 

1945,  by  the  governments  represented  at  the  United 
Nations  Conference  on  International  Organization  in- 
structed the  Preparatory  Commission  established  in 
pursuance  of  the  arrangements  to  "make  studies  and 
prepare  recommendations  concerning  the  location  of 
the  permanent  headquarters  of  the  Organization";  and 

Whereas  during  the  labors  of  the  said  Preparatory  Com- 
mission, the  Congress  of  the  United  States  in  H.  Con. 
Res.  75,  passed  unanimously  Iiy  the  House  of  Represent- 
atives December  10,  1945,  and  agreed  to  unanimously 
by  the  Senate  December  11,  194,5,  invited  the  United 
Nations  "to  locate  the  seat  of  the  United  Nations  Organi- 
zation within  the  United  States" ;  and 

Whereas  the  General  Assembly  on  December  14,  1946,  re- 
solved, "that  the  permanent  headquarters  of  the  United 
Nations  shall  be  established  in  New  York  City  In  the 
area  bounded  by  First  Avenue,  East  Forty-eighth  Street, 
the  East  River,  and  East  Forty-second  Street"  ;  and 

Whereas  the  General  Assembly  resolved  on  December  14, 

1946,  "That  the  Secretary-General  be  authorized  to 
negotiate  and  conclude  with  the  appropriate  authorities 
of  the  United  States  of  America  an  agreement  concern- 
ing the  arrangements  required  as  a  result  of  the  estab- 
lishment of  the  permanent  headquarters  of  the  United 
Nations  in  the  city  of  New  York"  and  to  be  guided  in 
these  negotiations  by  the  provisions  of  a  preliminary 
draft  agreement  which  had  been  negotiated  by  the 
Secretary-General  and  the  Secretary  of  State  of  the 
United  States ;  and 

Whereas  the  General  Assembly  resolved  on  December  14, 
1946,  that  jjending  the  coming  into  force  of  the  agree- 
ment referred  to  above  "the  Secretary-General  be  au- 
thorized to  negotiate  and  conclude  arrangements  with 
the  appropriate  authorities  of  the  United  States  of 
America  to  determine  on  a  provisional  basis  the  privi- 
leges, immunities,  and  facilities  needed  in  connection 
with  the  temporary  headquarters  of  tbe  United 
Nations." ;  and 
Whereas  the  Secretary  of  State  of  the  United  States,  after 
consultation  with  the  appropriate  authorities  of  the 
State  and  city  of  New  York,  signed  at  Lake  Success, 
New  York,  on  June  26,  1947,  on  behalf  of  the  United 
States  an  agreement  with  the  United  Nations  regarding 
the  headquarters  of  the  United  Nations,  which  agree- 
ment is  incorporated  herein ;  and 
Whereas  the  aforesaid  agreement  provides  that  it  shall  be 
brought  into  effect  by  an  exchange  of  notes  between  the 
United  States  and  the  Secretary-General  of  the  United 
Nations :  Therefore  be  it 

Resolved  hy  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives 
of  the  United  States  of  America  in  Congress  assemUed, 
That  the  President  is  hereby  authorized  to  bring  into 
effect  on  the  part  of  the  United  States  the  agreement  be- 

355 


tween  the  United  States  of  America  and  the  United 
Nations  regarding  the  headquarters  of  the  United  Nations, 
signed  at  Lalce  Success,  New  York,  on  June  20,  1947  (here- 
inafter referred  to  as  the  "agreement"),  with  such  changes 
therein  not  contrary  to  the  general  tenor  thereof  and  not 
imposing  any  additional  obligations  on  the  United  States 
as  the  President  may  deem  necessary  and  appropriate, 
and  at  his  discretion,  after  consultation  with  the  appro- 
priate State  and  local  authorities,  to  enter  into  such  sup- 
plemental agreements  with  the  United  Nations  as  may  be 
necessary  to  fulfill  the  purposes  of  the  said  agreement: 
Provided,  That  any  supplemental  agreement  entered  into 
pursuant  to  section  5  of  the  agreement  incorporated  herein 
shall  be  submitted  to  the  Congress  for  approval.  The 
agreement  follows: 

AGREEJIENT  BETWEEN  THE  UNITED  NATIONS 
AND  THE  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  REGARD- 
ING THE  HEADQUARTERS  OF  THE  UNITED 
NATIONS 

The  United  Nations  and  the  United  States  of 
America  : 

Desiring  to  conclude  an  agreement  for  the  purpose  of 
carrying  out  the  Resolution  adopted  by  the  General  As- 
sembly on  14  December  1946  to  establish  the  seat  of  the 
United  Nations  in  The  City  of  New  York  and  to  regulate 
questions  arising  as  a  result  thereof; 

Have  appointed  as  their  representatives  for  this 
purpose : 

The  United  Nations : 
Tetove  Lie, 

Sect-etari/Qeneral, 
and 

The  United  States  of  America  : 
George  C.  Mabshaix, 
Secretary  of  State, 
Who  have  agreed  as  follows : 

Article  I — Definitions 

SECTION    1 

In  this  agreement : 

(a)  The  expression  "headquarters  district"  means  (1) 
the  area  defined  as  such  in  Annex  1,  (2)  any  other  lands 
or  buildings  which  from  time  to  time  may  be  included 
therein  by  supplemental  agreement  with  the  appropriate 
American  authorities ; 

(b)  the  expression  "appropriate  American  authorities" 
means  such  federal,  state,  or  local  authorities  in  the 
United  States  as  may  be  appropriate  in  the  context  and 
in  accordance  with  the  laws  and  customs  of  the  United 
States,  including  the  laws  and  customs  of  the  state  and 
local  government  involved; 

(c)  the  expression  "General  Convention"  means  the 
Convention  on  the  Privileges  and  Immunities  of  the  United 
Nations  approved  by  the  General  Assembly  of  the  United 
Nations  13  February  1946,  as  acceded  to  by  the  United 
States ; 

(d)  the  expression  "United  Nations"  means  the  inter- 
national organization  established  by  the  Charter  of  the 
United  Nations,  hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  "Charter"  ; 

356 


(e)  the  expression  "Secretary-General"  means  tht 
Secretary-General  of  the  United  Nations. 

Article  II — The  Headquarters  District 

SECTION    2 

The  seat  of  the  United  Nations  shall  be  the  headquar- 
ters district. 

SECTION    3 

The  appropriate  American  authorities  shall  take  what- 
ever action  may  be  necessary  to  assure  that  the  United 
Nations  shall  not  be  dispossessed  of  its  property  in  the 
headquarters  district,  except  as  provided  in  Section  22 
in  the  event  that  the  United  Nations  ceases  to  use  the 
same;  provided  that  the  United  Nations  shall  reimburse 
the  appropriate  American  authorities  for  any  costs  in- 
curred, after  consultation  with  the  United  Nations,  in 
liquidating  by  eminent  domain  proceedings  or  otherwise 
any  adverse  claims. 

SECTION  4 

(a)  The  United  Nations  may  establish  and  operate  in 
the  headquarters  district : 

(1)  its  own  short-wave  sending  and  receiving  radio 
broadcasting  facilities  (including  emergency  link  equip- 
ment) which  may  be  used  on  the  same  frequencies  (within 
the  tolerances  prescribed  for  the  broadcasting  service  by 
applicable  United  States  regulations)  for  radiotelegraph, 
radioteletype,  radiotelephone,  radiotelephoto,  and  similar 
services ; 

(2)  one  point-to-point  circuit  between  the  headquarters 
district  and  the  office  of  the  United  Nations  in  Geneva 
(using  single  sideband  equipment)  to  be  used  exclusively 
for  the  exchange  of  broadcasting  programs  and  interoffice 
communications ; 

(3)  low  power  micro-wave,  low  or  medium  frequency 
facilities  for  communication  within  headquarters  build- 
ings only,  or  such  other  buildings  as  may  temporarily  be 
used  by  the  United  Nations ; 

(4)  facilities  for  point-to-point  communication  to  the 
same  extent  and  subject  to  the  same  conditions  as  per- 
mitted under  applicable  rules  and  regulations  for  amateur 
operation  in  the  United  States,  except  that  such  rules  and 
regulations  shall  not  be  applied  in  a  manner  inconsistent 
with  the  inviolability  of  the  headquarters  district  provided 
by  Section  9  (a)  ; 

(5)  such  other  radio  facilities  as  may  be  specified  by 
supplemental  agreement  between  the  United  Nations  and 
the  appropriate  American  authorities. 

(b)  The  United  Nations  shall  make  arrangements  for 
the  operation  of  the  services  referred  to  in  this  section 
with  the  International  Telecommunication  Union,  the 
appropriate  agencies  of  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  and  the  appropriate  agencies  of  other  affected 
governments  with  regard  to  all  frequencies  and  similar 
matters. 

(c)  The  facilities  provided  for  in  this  section  may,  to 
the  extent  necessary  for  efficient  operation,  be  established 
and  operated  outside  the  headquarters  district.  The 
appropriate  American  authorities  will,  on  request  of  the 


Department  of  State  Bvllet'm 


UnitcHl  Natidiis,  make  arrangements,  on  such  terms  and 
in  suih  niaiiniT  as  may  Ih>  atrroed  upon  by  snpiilcmental 
agreement,  for  the  acquisition  or  use  by  tlie  United  Na- 
tions of  appropriate  premises  for  such  purpo.ses  and  the 
inclusion  of  such  premises  in  the  headquarters  district. 

SECTION  5 

In  the  event  that  the  United  Nations  should  find  it  nec- 
essary and  desirable  to  estahlisli  and  operate  an  aero- 
drome, tlie  conditions  for  the  location,  use  and  operation 
of  such  an  aerodrome  and  the  conditions  under  which 
there  shall  be  entry  into  and  exit  therefrom  shall  be  tlie 
subject  of  a  supplemental  agreement. 

SECTION   6 

In  the  event  that  the  United  Nations  should  propose 
to  organize  its  own  postal  service,  the  conditions  under 
which  such  service  shall  be  set  up  shall  be  the  subject  of 
a  supplemental  agreement. 

Article  III — Iaiic  ami  Aulhoritii  in  the  Headquarters 
District 

SECTION  7 

(a)  The  headquarters  district  shall  be  under  the  con- 
trol and  authority  of  the  United  Nations  as  provided  in 
this  agreement. 

(b)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  agreement  or 
in  the  General  Convention,  the  federal,  state  and  local 
law  of  the  United  States  shall  apply  within  the  head- 
quarters district. 

(c)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  agreement  or 
in  the  General  Convention,  the  federal,  state  and  local 
courts  of  the  United  States  shall  have  jurisdiction  over 
acts  done  and  transactions  talking  place  in  the  head- 
quarters district  as  provided  in  applicable  federal,  state 
and  local  laws. 

(d)  The  federal,  state  and  local  courts  of  the  United 
States,  when  dealing  with  cases  arising  out  of  or  relating 
to  acts  done  or  transactions  taking  place  in  the  head- 
quarters district,  shall  take  into  account  the  regulations 
enacted  by  the  United  Nations  under  Section  8. 

SECTION  8 
The  United  Nations  shall  have  the  power  to  make 
regulations,  operative  within  the  headquarters  district,  for 
the  purpose  of  establishing  therein  conditions  in  all  re- 
spects necessary  for  the  full  execution  of  its  functions. 
No  federal,  state  or  local  law  or  regulation  of  the  United 
States  which  is  inconsistent  with  a  regulation  of  the 
United  Nations  authorized  by  this  section  shall,  to  the 
extent  of  such  inconsistency,  be  applicable  within  the 
headquarters  district.  Any  dispute,  between  the  United 
Nations  and  the  United  States,  as  to  whether  a  regulation 
of  the  United  Nations  is  authorized  by  this  section  or  as 
to  whether  a  federal,  state  or  local  law  or  regulation  is 
inconsistent  with  any  regulation  of  the  United  Nations 
authorized  by  this  section,  shall  be  promptly  settled  as 
provided  in  Section  21.  Pending  such  settlement,  the 
regulation  of  the  United  Nations  shall  apply,  and  the 
federal,   state   or   local    law   or   regulation   shall   be   in- 

Sepfember   ?9,    1948 


applicable  in  the  headquarters  district  to  the  extent  that 
the  United  Nations  claims  it  to  be  inconsistent  with  the 
refiulation  of  the  United  Nations.  This  section  shall  not 
prevent  the  reasonable  application  of  fire  protection  regu- 
lations of  the  appropriate  American  authorities. 

SECTION  9 

(a)  The  headquarters  district  shall  be  inviolable. 
Federal,  state  or  local  ofBcers  or  officials  of  the  United 
States,  whether  administrative,  judicial,  military  or 
police,  shall  not  enter  the  headquarters  district  to  perform 
any  official  duties  therein  except  with  the  consent  of  and 
under  conditions  agreed  to  by  the  Secretary-General. 
The  service  of  legal  process,  including  the  seizure  of  pri- 
vate property,  may  take  place  within  the  headquarters 
district  only  with  the  consent  of  and  under  conditions 
approved  by  the  Secretary-General. 

(b)  Without  prejudice  to  the  provisions  of  the  General 
Convention  or  Article  IV  of  this  agreement,  the  United 
Nations  shall  prevent  the  headquarters  district  from  be- 
coming a  refuge  either  for  persons  who  are  avoiding 
arrest  under  the  federal,  state,  or  local  law  of  the  United 
States  or  are  required  by  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  for  extradition  to  another  country,  or  for  persons 
who  are  endeavoring  to  avoid  service  of  legal  process. 

SECTION  10 

The  United  Nations  may  expel  or  exclude  persons  from 
the  headquarters  district  for  violation  of  its  regulations 
adopted  under  Section  8  or  for  other  cause.  Persons  who 
violate  such  regulations  shall  be  subject  to  other  penalties 
or  to  detention  under  arrest  only  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  of  such  laws  or  regulations  as  may  be  adopted 
by  the  appropriate  American  authorities. 

Article  IV — Communications  and  Transit 
SECTION    11 

The  federal,  state  or  local  authorities  of  the  United 
States  shall  not  impose  any  impediments  to  transit  to  or 
from  the  headquarters  district  of  (1)  representatives  of 
Members  or  officials  of  the  United  Nations,  or  of  special- 
ized agencies  as  defined  in  Article  57,  paragraph  2,  of  the 
Charter,  or  the  families  of  such  representatives  or  offi- 
cials, (2)  experts  performing  missions  for  the  United  Na- 
tions or  for  such  specialized  agencies,  (3)  representatives 
of  the  press,  or  of  radio,  film  or  other  information  agencies, 
who  have  been  accredited  by  the  IJnited  Nations  (or  by 
such  a  specialized  agency)  in  its  discretion  after  consulta- 
tion with  the  United  States,  (4)  representatives  of  non- 
governmental organizations  recognized  by  the  United  Na- 
tions for  the  purpose  of  consulation  under  Article  71  of 
the  Charter,  or  (5)  other  persons  invited  to  the  head- 
quarters district  by  the  United  Nations  or  by  such  special- 
ized agency  on  official  business.  The  appropriate  Ameri- 
can authorities  shall  afford  any  necessary  protection  to 
such  persons  while  in  transit  to  or  from  the  headquarters 
district.  This  section  does  not  apply  to  general  inter- 
ruptions of  transportation  which  are  to  be  dealt  with  as 
provided  in  Section  17,  and  does  not  impair  the  effective- 

357 


ness  of  generally  applicable  laws  and  regulations  as  to 
the  operation  of  means  of  transportation. 

SECTION    12 

The  provisions  of  Section  11  shall  be  applicable  irre- 
spective of  the  relations  existing  between  the  Govern- 
ments of  the  persons  referred  to  in  that  section  and  the 
Government  of  the  United  States. 

SECTION    13 

(a)  Laws  and  regulations  in  force  in  the  United  States 
regarding  the  entry  of  aliens  shall  not  be  applied  in  such 
manner  as  to  interfere  with  the  privileges  referred  to  in 
Section  11.  When  visas  are  required  for  persons  referred 
to  in  that  Section,  they  shall  be  granted  without  charge 
and  as  promptly  as  possible. 

(b)  Laws  and  regulations  in  force  in  the  United  States 
regarding  the  residence  of  aliens  sliall  not  be  applied  in 
such  manner  as  to  interfere  with  the  privileges  referred 
to  in  Section  11  and,  specifically,  .shall  not  be  applied  in 
such  manner  as  to  require  any  such  person  to  leave  the 
United  States  on  account  of  any  activities  perfoiined  by 
him  in  his  official  capacity.  In  case  of  abuse  of  such  privi- 
leges of  residence  by  any  such  person  in  activities  in  the 
United  States  outside  his  official  capacity,  it  is  under- 
stood that  the  privileges  referred  to  in  Section  11  shall 
not  be  construed  to  grant  him  exemption  from  the  laws 
and  regulations  of  the  United  States  regarding  the  con- 
tinued residence  of  aliens,  provided  that : 

(1)  No  proceedings  shall  be  instituted  under  such  laws 
or  regulations  to  require  any  smh  [lerson  to  leave  the 
United  States  except  with  the  prior  approval  of  the  Sec- 
retary of  State  of  the  United  States.  Such  approval  shall 
be  given  only  after  consultation  with  the  appropriate 
Member  in  the  case  of  a  representative  of  a  Member  (or 
a  member  of  his  family)  or  with  the  Secretary-General  or 
the  principal  executive  officer  of  the  appropriate  special- 
ized agency  in  the  case  of  any  other  person  referred  to  in 
Section  11 ; 

(2)  A  representative  of  the  Member  concerned,  the 
Secretary-General,  or  the  principal  executive  officer  of  the 
appropriate  specialis^ed  agency,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall 
have  the  right  to  appear  in  any  such  proceedings  on  behalf 
of  the  person  against  whom  they  are  instituted; 

(3)  Persons  who  are  entitled  to  diplomatic  privileges 
and  immunities  under  Section  15  or  under  the  General 
Convention  shall  not  be  required  to  leave  the  United  States 
otherwise  than  in  accordance  with  the  customary  proce- 
dure applicable  to  diplomatic  envoys  accre<lited  to  the 
United  States. 

(c)  This  section  does  not  prevent  the  requirement  of 
reasonable  evidence  to  establish  that  persons  claiming  the 
rights  granted  by  Section  11  come  within  the  classes  de- 
scribed in  that  section,  or  the  reasonable  application  of 
quarantine  and  health  regulations. 

(d)  Except  as  provided  above  in  this  section  and  in  the 
General  Convention,  the  United  States  retains  full  control 
and  authority  over  the  entry  of  persons  or  property  into 
the  territory  of  the  United  States  and  the  conditions  under 
which  persons  may  remain  or  reside  there. 

358 


(e)  The  Secretary-General  shall,  at  the  request  of  the 
appropriate  American  authorities,  enter  into  discussions 
with  such  authorities,  with  a  view  to  making  arrangements 
for  registering  the  arrival  and  departure  of  persons  who 
have  been  granted  visas  valid  only  for  transit  to  and  from 
the  headquarters  district  and  sojourn  therein  and  in  its 
immediate  vicinity. 

(f)  The  United  Nations  shall,  subject  to  the  foregoing 
provisions  of  this  section,  have  the  exclusive  right  to  au- 
thorize or  prohibit  entry  of  persons  and  property  into  the 
headquarters  district  and  to  prescribe  the  conditions  under 
which  persons  may  remain  or  reside  there. 

SECTION  14 

The  Secretary-General  and  the  appropriate  American 
authorities  shall,  at  the  request  of  either  of  them,  consult 
as  to  methods  of  facilitating  entrance  into  the  United 
States,  and  the  use  of  available  means  of  transportation, 
by  persons  coming  from  abroad  who  wish  to  visit  the  head- 
quarters district  and  do  not  enjoy  the  rights  referred  to 
in  this  Article. 

Article  V — Resident  Representatives  to  the  United  Nations 

SECTION  15 

(1)  Every  person  designated  by  a  Member  as  the  prin- 
cipal resident  representative  to  the  United  Nations  of  such 
Member  or  as  a  resident  representative  with  the  rank  of 
ambassador  or  minister  plenipotentiary, 

(2)  such  resident  members  of  their  staffs  as  may  be 
agreed  upon  between  the  Secretary-General,  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United 'States  and  the  Government  of  the 
Member  concerned, 

(3)  every  person  designated  by  a  Member  of  a  special- 
ized agency,  as  defined  in  Article  57,  paragraph  2,  of  the 
Charter,  as  its  principal  resident  representative,  with  the 
rank  of  ambassador  or  minister  pleniiMtentiary,  at  the 
headquarters  of  such  agency  in  the  United  States,  and 

(4)  such  other  principal  resident  representatives  of 
members  to  a  specialized  agency  and  such  resident  mem- 
bers of  the  staffs  of  representatives  to  a  specialized  agency 
as  may  be  agreed  upon  between  the  principal  executive 
officer  of  the  specialized  agency,  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  and  the  Government  of  the  Member  con- 
cerned, shall,  whether  residing  inside  or  outside  the  head- 
quarters district,  be  entitled  in  the  territory  of  the  United 
States  to  the  same  privileges  and  immunities,  subject  to 
corresponding  conditions  and  obligations,  as  it  accords  to 
diplomatic  envoys  accredited  to  it.  In  the  case  of  Mem- 
bers whose  governments  are  not  recognized  by  the  United 
States,  such  privileges  and  immunities  need  be  extended 
to  such  representatives,  or  persons  on  the  staffs  of  such 
representatives,  only  within  the  headquarters  district,  at 
their  residences  and  offices  outside  the  district,  in  transit 
between  the  district  and  such  residences  and  offices,  and 
in  transit  on  official  business  to  or  from  foreign  countries. 

Article  VI— Police  Protection  of  the  Headquarters  District 

SECTION  16 

(a)  The  appropriate  American  authorities  shall  exer- 
cise due  diligence  to  ensure  that  the  tranquility  of  the 

Department  of  Stale   Bulletin 


lioiulquarters  district  is  not  disturbed  by  tb(>  unauthorized 
entry  of  groups  of  persons  from  outside  or  by  disturbances 
in  its  immediate  vicinity  and  sliall  cause  to  be  provided  on 
the  boundaries  of  the  lieadquarters  district  such  police 
protection  as  is  required  for  these  purposes. 

(b)  If  so  requested  by  the  Secretary-General,  the  ap- 
propriate American  authorities  shall  provide  a  sutlicient 
number  of  police  for  the  preservation  of  law  and  order 
in  the  headquarters  district,  and  for  the  removal  there- 
from of  persons  as  requested  under  the  authority  of  the 
United  Nations.  The  United  Nations  shall,  if  requested, 
enter  into  arrangements  with  the  appropriate  American 
authorities  to  reimburse  them  for  the  reasonable  cost  of 
such  services. 

Article  VII — Public  Serri<^es  and  Protection  of  the 
Headquarters  District 

SECTION    17 

(a)  The  appropriate  American  authorities  will  exer- 
cise to  the  extent  requested  by  the  Secretary-General  the 
powers  which  they  possess  with  respect  to  the  supplying  of 
public  services  to  ensure  that  the  headquarters  district 
shall  be  supplied  on  equitable  terms  with  the  necessary 
public  services,  including  electricity,  water,  gas,  post,  tele- 
phone, telegraph,  transjwrtation,  drainage,  collection  of 
refuse,  fire  protection,  snow  removal,  et  cetera.  In  case 
of  any  interruption  or  threatened  interruption  of  any 
such  services,  the  appropriate  American  authorities  will 
consider  the  needs  of  the  United  Nations  as  being  of  equal 
importance  with  the  similar  needs  of  essential  agencies 
of  the  Government  of  the  United  States,  and  will  take 
steps  accordingly,  to  ensure  that  the  work  of  the  United 
Nations  is  not  prejudiced. 

(b)  Special  provisions  with  reference  to  maintenance 
of  utilities  and  underground  construction  are  contained 
in  Annex  2. 

SECTION     1 8 

The  appropriate  American  authorities  shall  take  all 
reasonable  steps  to  ensure  that  the  amenities  of  the 
headquarters  district  are  not  prejudiced  and  the  purposes 
for  which  the  district  is  required  are  not  obstructed  by 
any  use  made  of  the  land  in  the  vicinity  of  the  district. 
The  United  Nations  shall  on  its  part  take  all  reasonable 
steps  to  ensure  that  the  amenities  of  the  land  in  the  vicin- 
ity of  the  headquarters  district  are  not  prejudiced  by  any 
use  made  of  the  land  in  the  headquarters  district  by  the 
United  Nations. 

SECTION    1 9 

It  is  agreed  that  no  form  of  racial  or  religious  discrim- 
ination shall  be  permitted  within  the  headquarters 
district. 

Article  VIII — Hatters  Relating  to  the  Operation  of  This 
Agreement 

SECTION     20 

The   Secretary-General   and   the  appropriate  American 

authorities  shall  settle  by  agreement  the  channels  through 

which  they  will  communicate  regarding  the  application  of 

the  provisions  of  this  agreement  and  other  questions  af- 

Sepf  ember    19,    1948 


fecting  the  headquarters  district,  and  may  enter  into  such 
supplemental  agreements  as  may  be  necessary  to  fulfill 
the  purposes  of  this  agreement.  In  making  supplemental 
agreements  with  the  Secretary-General,  the  United  States 
shall  consult  with  the  appropriate  state  and  local  author- 
ities. If  the  Secretary-General  so  requests,  the  Secretary 
of  State  of  the  United  States  shall  appoint  a  special  repre- 
sentative for  the  purpose  of  liaison  with  the  Secretary- 
General. 

SECTION     2 1 

(a)  Any  dispute  between  the  United  Nations  and  the 
United  States  concerning  the  interpretation  or  application 
of  this  agreement  or  of  any  supplemental  agreement,  which 
is  not  settled  by  negotiation  or  other  agreed  mode  of  set- 
tlement, shall  be  referred  for  final  decision  to  a  tribunal 
of  three  arbitrators,  one  to  be  named  by  the  Secretary- 
General,  one  to  be  named  by  the  Secretary  of  State  of  the 
United  States,  and  the  third  to  be  chosen  by  the  two,  or, 
if  they  should  fail  to  agree  upon  a  third,  then  by  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  International  Court  of  Justice. 

(b)  The  Secretary-General  or  the  United  States  may 
ask  the  General  Assembly  to  request  of  the  International 
Court  of  Justice  an  advisory  opinion  on  any  legal  question 
arising  in  the  course  of  such  proceedings.  Pending  the 
receipt  of  the  opinion  of  the  Court,  an  interim  decision  of 
the  arbitral  tribunal  shall  be  observed  on  both  parties. 
Thereafter,  the  arbitral  tribunal  shall  render  a  final  de- 
cision, having  regard  to  the  opinion  of  the  Court. 

Article  IX — Miscellaneous  Provisions 
SECTION  2  2 

(a)  The  United  Nations  shall  not  dispose  of  all  or  any 
part  of  the  land  owned  by  it  in  the  headquarters  district 
without  the  consent  of  the  United  States.  If  the  United 
States  is  unwilling  to  consent  to  a  disposition  which  the 
United  Nations  wishes  to  make  of  all  or  any  part  of  such 
land,  the  United  States  shall  buy  the  same  from  the  United 
Nations  at  a  price  to  be  determined  as  provided  in  para- 
graph (d)  of  this  section. 

(b)  If  the  seat  of  the  United  Nations  is  removed  from 
the  headquarters  district,  all  right,  title  and  interest  of 
the  United  Nations  in  and  to  real  property  in  the  head- 
quarters district  or  any  part  of  it  shall,  on  request  of 
either  the  United  Nations  or  the  United  States,  be  assigned 
and  conveyed  to  the  United  States.  In  the  absence  of 
such  request,  the  same  shall  be  assigned  and  conveyed 
to  the  subdivision  of  a  state  in  which  it  is  located  or, 
if  such  subdivision  shall  not  desire  it,  then  to  the  state 
in  which  it  is  located.  If  none  of  the  foregoing  desires 
tlie  same,  it  may  be  disposed  of  as  provided  in  paragraph 
(a)  of  this  section. 

(c)  If  the  United  Nations  disposes  of  all  or  any  part 
of  the  headquarters  district,  the  provisions  of  other  sec- 
tions of  this  agreement  which  apply  to  the  headquarters 
district  shall  immediately  cease  to  apply  to  the  land  and 
buildings  so  disposed  of. 

(d)  The  price  to  be  paid  for  any  conveyance  under  this 
section  shall,  in  default  of  agreement,  be  the  then  fair 
value  of  the  land,  buildings  and  installations,  to  be  de- 
termined under  the  procedure  provided  in  Section  21. 

359 


SECTION  23 

The  seat  of  the  United  Nations  shall  not  be  removed 
from  the  headquarters  district  unless  the  United  Nations 
should  so  decide. 

SECTION  24 

This  agreement  shall  cease  to  be  in  force  if  the  seat 
of  the  United  Nations  is  removed  from  the  territory  of 
the  United  States,  except  for  such  provisions  as  may  be 
applicable  in  connection  with  the  orderly  termination  of 
the  operations  of  the  United  Nations  at  its  seat  in  the 
United  States  and  the  disposition  of  its  property  therein. 

SECTION  25 

Wherever  this  agreement  imposes  obligations  on  the 
appropriate  American  authorities,  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  shall  have  the  ultimate  responsibility  for 
the  fulfillment  of  such  obligations  by  the  appropriate 
American  authorities. 

SECTION  26 
The  provisions  of  this  agreement  shall  be  complementary 
to  the  provisions  of  the  General  Convention.  In  so  far 
as  any  provision  of  this  agreement  and  any  provisions 
of  the  General  Convention  relate  to  the  same  subject 
matter,  the  two  provisions  shall,  wherever  possible,  be 
treated  as  complementary,  so  that  both  provisions  shall 
be  applicable  and  neither  shall  narrow  the  effect  of  the 
other ;  but  in  any  case  of  absolute  conflict,  the  provisions 
of  this  agreement  shall  prevail. 

SECTION  2  7 

This  agreement  shall  be  construed  in  the  light  of  its 
primary  purpose  to  enable  the  United  Nations  at  its 
headquarters  in  the  United  States,  fully  and  efficiently 
to  discharge  its  responsibilities  and  fulfill  its  purposes. 

SECTION  2  8 

This  agreement  shall  be  brought  into  effect  by  an  ex- 
change of  notes  between  the  Secretary-General,  duly  au- 
thorized pursuant  to  a  resolution  of  the  General  Assembly 
of  the  United  Nations,  and  the  appropriate  executive 
officer  of  the  United  States,  duly  authorized  pursuant  to 
appropriate  action  of  the  Congress. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respective  representatives  have 
signed  this  Agreement  and  have  affixed  their  seals  hereto. 

Done  in  duplicate,  in  the  English  and  French  languages, 
both  authentic,  at  Lake  Success  the  twenty-sixth  day  of 
June  1947. 

For  the  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America : 
G.  C.  Marshall 
Secretary  of  State 
For  the  United  Nations : 
Trygve  Lib 
Secretary-General 

Annex  1 

The  area  referred  to  in  Section  1  (a)  (1)  consists  of  (a) 
the  premises  bounded  on  the  East  by  the  westerly  side  of 
Franklin  D.  Roosevelt  Drive,  on  the  West  by  the  easterly 

360 


Side  of  First  Avenue,  on  the  North  by  the  southerly  side 
of  East  Forty-eighth  Street,  and  on  the  South  by  the 
northerly  side  of  East  Forty-second  Street,  all  as  proposed 
to  be  widened,  in  the  Borough  of  Manhattan,  City  and 
State  of  New  York,  and  (b)  an  easement  over  Franklin  D. 
Roosevelt  Drive,  above  a  lower  limiting  plane  to  be  fixed 
for  the  construction  and  maintenance  of  an  esplanade, 
together  with  the  structures  thereon  and  foundations  and 
columns  to  support  the  same  in  locations  below  such  limit- 
ing plane,  the  entire  area  to  be  more  definitely  defined  by 
supplemental  agreement  between  the  United  Nations  and 
the  United  States  of  America. 


Annex  2— Maintenance  of  Utilities  and  Underground 
Construction 

SECTION  1 
The  Secretary-General  agrees  to  provide  passes  to  duly 
authorized  employees  of  The  City  of  New  York,  the  State 
of  New  York,  or  any  of  their  agencies  or  subdivisions,  for 
the  purpose  of  enabling  them  to  inspect,  repair,  maintain, 
reconstruct  and  relocate  utilities,  conduits,  mains  and 
sewers  within  the  headquarters  district. 

SECTION  2 
Underground  constructions  may  be  undertaken  by  The 
City  of  New  York,  or  the  State  of  New  York,  or  any  of 
their  agencies  or  subdivisions,  within  the  headquarters 
district  only  after  consultation  with  the  Secretary-Gen- 
eral, and  under  conditions  which  shall  not  disturb  the 
carrying  out  of  the  functions  of  the  United  Nations. 

Sec.  2.  For  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  the  obligations 
of  the  United  States  under  said  agreement  and  supple- 
mental agreements  with  respect  to  United  States  as- 
surances that  the  United  Nations  shall  not  be  dispossessed 
of  its  property  in  the  headquarters  district,  and  with  re- 
spect to  the  establishment  of  radio  facilities  and  the  pos- 
sible establishment  of  an  airport : 

(a)  The  President  of  the  United  States,  or  any  official 
or  governmental  agency  authorized  by  the  President,  may 
acquire  in  the  name  of  the  United  States  any  property  or 
interest  therein  by  purchase,  donation,  or  other  means  of 
transfer,  or  may  cause  proceedings  to  be  instituted  for  the 
acquisition  of  the  same  by  condemnation. 

(b)  Upon  the  request  of  the  President,  or  such  officer 
as  the  President  may  designate,  the  Attorney  General  of 
the  United  States  shall  cause  such  condemnation  or  other 
proceedings  to  be  instituted  in  the  name  of  the  United 
States  in  the  district  court  of  the  United  States  for  the 
district  in  which  the  property  is  situated  and  such  court 
shall  have  full  Jurisdiction  of  such  proceedings,  and  any 
condemnation  proceedings  shall  be  conducted  in  accord- 
ance with  the  Act  of  August  1,  1888  (25  Stat.  357),  as 
amended,  and  the  Act  of  February  26, 1931  (46  Stat.  1421), 
as  amended. 

(c)  After  the  institution  of  any  such  condemnation 
proceedings,  possession  of  the  property  may  be  taken  at 
any  time  the  President,  or  such  officer  as  he  may  designate, 
determines  is  necessary,  and  the  court  shall  enter  such 
order.s  as  may  be  necessary  to  effect  entry  and  occupancy 
of  the  property. 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


(d)  The  President  of  the  United  States,  or  any  officer  or 
governmental  agency  duly  authorized  by  the  President, 
may,  in  tlie  name  of  the  United  States,  transfer  or  convey 
possession  of  and  title  to  any  interest  in  any  property 
acquired  or  held  by  the  United  States,  pursuant  to  para- 
graph (a)  above,  to  the  United  Nations  on  the  terms  pro- 
vided in  the  agreement  or  in  any  supplemental  agreement, 
and  shall  execute  and  deliver  such  conveyances  and  other 
instruments  and  perform  such  other  acts  in  connection 
therewith  as  may  be  necessary  to  carry  out  the  provisions 
of  the  agreement. 

(e)  There  are  authorized  to  be  appropriated,  out  of  any 
money  in  the  Treasury  not  otherwise  appropriated,  such 
sums  as  may  be  required  to  enable  the  United  States  to 
carry  out  the  undertakings  hereby  authorized  :  Provided, 
That  any  money  appropriated  under  this  authorization 
shall  be  spent  only  on  a  basis  of  reimbursement  by  the 
United  Nations  in  accordance  with  section  3  of  the  agree- 
ment, and  that  the  money  thus  reimbursed  shall  be  de- 
posited and  covered  into  the  Treasury  of  the  United  States 
as  miscellaneous  receipts. 

Sec.  3.  The  President,  or  the  Secretary  of  State  under 
his  direction,  is  authorized  to  enter  into  agreements  with 
the  State  of  New  York  or  any  other  State  of  the  United 
States  and  to  the  extent  not  inconsistent  with  State  law, 
with  any  one  or  more  of  the  political  subdivisions  thereof 
in  aid  of  effectuating  the  provisions  of  the  agreement. 

Sec.  4.  Any  States,  or,  to  the  extent  not  inconsistent 
with  State  law  any  political  subdivisions  thereof,  affected 
by  the  establishment  of  the  headquarters  of  the  United 
Nations  in  the  United  States  are  authorized  to  enter  into 
agreements  with  the  United  Nations  or  with  each  other 
consistent  with  the  agreement  and  for  the  purpose  of 
facilitating  compliance  with  the  same :  Provided,  That, 
except  in  cases  of  emergency  and  agreements  of  a  routine 
contractual  character,  a  representative  of  the  United 
States,  to  be  appointed  by  the  Secretary  of  State,  may,  at 
the  discretion  of  the  Secretary  of  State,  participate  in  the 
negotiations,  and  that  any  such  agreement  entered  into 
by  such  State  or  States  or  political  subdivisions  thereof 
shall  be  subject  to  approval  by  the  Secretary  of  State. 

Sec.  5.  The  President  is  authorized  to  make  effective 
with  respect  to  the  temporary  headquarters  of  the  United 
Nations  in  the  State  of  New  York,  on  a  provisional  basis, 
such  of  the  provisions  of  the  agreement  as  he  may  deem 
appropriate,  having  due  regard  for  the  needs  of  the  United 
Nations  at  its  temporary  headquarters. 

Sec.  6.  Nothing  in  the  agreement  shall  be  construed  as 
in  any  way  diminishing,  abridging,  or  weakening  the  right 
of  the  United  States  to  safeguard  its  own  security  and 
completely  to  control  the  entrance  of  aliens  into  any  terri- 
tory of  the  United  States  other  than  the  headquarters  dis- 
trict and  its  immediate  vicinity,  as  to  be  defined  and  fixed 
in  a  supplementary  agreement  between  the  Government 
of  the  United  States  and  the  United  Nations  in  pursuance 
of  section  13  (3)  (e)  of  the  agreement,  and  such  areas 
as  it  is  reasonably  necessary  to  traverse  in  tran.sit  between 
the  same  and  foreign  countries.  Moreover,  nothing  in 
section  14  of  the  agreement  with  respect  to  facilitating  en- 
trance into  the  United  States  by  persons  who  wish  to  visit 
the  headquarters  district  and  do  not  enjoy  the  right  of 

Sepf  ember   19,   1948 

805574—48 3 


entry  provided  in  .section  11  of  the  agreement  shall  be 
construed  to  amend  or  suspend  in  any  way  the  immigra- 
tion laws  of  the  United  States  or  to  commit  the  United 
States  in  any  way  to  effect  any  amendment  or  suspension 
of  such  laws. 

Approved  August  4,  1947. 

Exchange  of  Notes  Bringing  Headquarters 
Agreement  Into  Effect 

liovemler  21,  Wyt 

Excellency  :  I  have  the  honor  to  refer  to  Section  28 
of  the  Agreement  between  the  United  Nations  and  the 
United  States  of  America  regarding  the  Headquarters  of 
the  United  Nations,  signed  at  Lake  Success  June  26,  1947, 
which  provides  for  bringing  that  Agreement  into  effect 
by  an  exchange  of  notes.  Reference  is  made  also  to  the 
provisions  of  United  States  Public  Law  357,  80th  Congress, 
entitled  "Joint  Resolution  Authorizing  the  President  to 
bring  into  effect  an  agreement  between  the  United  States 
and  the  United  Nations  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  the 
permanent  headquarters  of  the  United  Nations  in  the 
United  States  and  authorizing  the  taking  of  measures 
necessary  to  facilitate  compliance  with  the  provisions  of 
such  agreement,  and  for  other  purposes",  which  was  ap- 
proved by  the  President  of  the  United  States  of  America 
on  August  4,  1947. 

Pursuant  to  instructions  from  my  Government,  I  have 
the  honor  to  inform  you  that  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  of  America  is  prepared  to  apply  the  above-men- 
tioned Headquarters  Agreement  subject  to  the  provisions 
of  Public  Law  357. 

I  have  been  instructed  by  my  Government  to  propose 
that  the  present  note  and  your  note  of  this  date  be  con- 
sidered as  bringing  the  Headquarters  Agreement  into 
effect  on  tlie  date  hereof. 

Accept  [etc.]  Waeben  R.  Austin 

His  Excellency  Tryqve  Lie, 
Secretary-Oeneral 

of  the  United  Nations, 
Lake  Siiccess,  New  York. 

21  November  1947 

Sib,  I  have  the  honour  to  refer  to  the  Resolution  adopted 
by  the  General  Assembly  on  31  October  1947,  at  its  one 
hundred  and  first  meeting,  relative  to  the  Agreement  be- 
tween the  United  States  of  America  and  the  United  Na- 
tions regarding  the  Headquarters  of  the  United  Nations, 
signed  at  Lake  Success  on  26  June  1947. 

By  this  Resolution  the  General  Assembly,  after  having 
studied  the  report  of  its  Sixth  Committee  and  endorsed 
the  opinions  expressed  therein,  has  approved  the  above- 
mentioned  Agreement,  which  states  and  defines  the  mutual 
obligations  of  the  United  Nations  and  the  United  States 
in  connection  with  the  establishment  of  the  permanent 
Headquarters  of  the  United  Nations  in  the  United  States. 
The  Resolution,  consequently,  has  authorized  me  to  bring 
that  Agreement  into  force  In  the  manner  provided  in 
Section  28  of  the  Agreement. 

Pursuant  to  the  Resolution  and  in  conformity  with 
Section  28  of  the  Agreement,  I  have  the  honour  to  propose 

361 


that  the  present  note  and  your  note  of  this  day  be  con- 
sidered as  bringing  the  Headquarters  Agreement  into  effect 
under  date  hereof. 
I  have  [etc.] 

Teygve  Lie 
Secretary-Oeneral 

The  Honorable  Wakben  R.  Austin, 
Permanent  Representative  of  the 
United  States  of  America  at  the 
Seat  of  the  United  Nations, 
New  York. 

Public  Law  903,  80th  Congress,  2d  Session 

Joint  Resolution  To  authorize  the  President,  following  appropria- 
tion of  the  necessary  funds  by  the  Congress,  to  bring  into 
effect  on  the  part  of  the  United  States  the  loan  agreement 
of  tlie  United  States  of  America  and  the  United  Nations 
signed  at  Lake  Success,  New  York,  March  23,  1948. 

Whereas  the  Congress  of  the  United  States,  In  H.  Con. 
Ees.  75,  passed  unanimously  by  the  House  of  Represen- 
tatives December  10,  1945,  and  agreed  to  unanimously 
by  the  Senate  December  11,  1945,  invited  the  United 
Nations  "to  locate  the  seat  of  the  United  Nations  Organi- 
zations within  the  United  States" ;  and 

Whereas  the  General  Assembly  on  December  14,  1946,  re- 
solved "that  the  permanent  headquarters  of  the  United 
Nations  shall  be  established  in  New  York  City  in  the 
area  bounded  by  First  Avenue,  East  Forty-eighth  Street, 
the  East  River,  and  East  Forty-second  Street" :  and 

Whereas,  pursuant  to  authorization  of  the  Congress  in 
Public  Law  357  of  the  Eightieth  Congress,  the  "Agree- 
ment Between  the  United  Nations  and  the  United  States 
of  America  Regarding  the  Headquarters  of  the  United 
Nations"  was  brought  into  effect  November  21,  1947, 
defining  the  rights  and  obligations  of  the  United  States 
and  the  United  Nations  with  respect  to  the  above- 
mentioned  site;  and 

Whereas  plans  have  been  prepared  for  construction  on  said 
site  of  permanent  headquarters  of  the  United  Nations 
to  cost  not  more  than  $65,000,000,  and  the  United  Na- 
tions is  ready  to  proceed  with  such  construction  as  soon 
as  financing  can  be  provided ;  and 

Whereas  the  present  temporary  headquarters  of  the  United 
Nations  are  inadequate  for  the  efiicient  functioning  of 
the  Organization  and  retention  of  its  headquarters  in 
the  United  States  can  be  assured  only  by  the  erection  of 
adequate  permanent  facilities ;  and 

Whereas  owing  to  the  current  critical  dollar  shortage,  the 
other  member  nations  are  not  able  to  provide  in  cash  at 
present  their  respective  shares  of  the  cost  of  construct- 
ing the  permanent  headquarters ;  other  methods  of  bor- 
rowing the  necessary  funds  have  been  found  impractica- 
ble ;  and  the  permanent  establishment  of  the  headquar- 
ters of  the  United  Nations  In  this  country  will  result 
directly  and  indirectly  in  substantial  economic  benefits 
to  the  United  States  from  the  exijenditures  of  the  Or- 
ganization and  its  member  nations;  and 

Whereas  in  view  of  the  foregoing  considerations,  the 
United  States  representative  at  the  seat  of  the  United 
Nations,  in  response  to  an  Inquiry  of  the  Secretary- 
General  of  the  United  Nations  regarding  the  possibility 

362 


of  a  United  States  Government  loan,  informed  the  Sec- 
retary-General, with  the  authorization  of  the  President, 
by  note  dated  October  29, 1947,  that  the  President  would 
recommend  to  the  Congress  the  authorization  of  a  loan 
from  the  United  States  to  the  United  Nations  for  the 
construction  of  the  headquarters  in  an  amount  not  ex- 
ceeding $65,000,000 ;  and 
Whereas  the  General  Assembly  of  the  United  Nations,  by 
resolution  of  November  20,  1947,  authorized  the  Secre- 
tary-General to  negotiate  such  a  loan  with  the  appropri- 
ate oflicials  of  the  United  States  Government,  expressly 
recognizing  that  such  loan  would  require  the  approval 
of  the  Congress ;  and 
Whereas  the  United  States  Representative  to  the  United 
Nations  has  negotiated  and  signed,  on  behalf  of  the 
United  States  an  agreement  with  the  United  Nations  in 
the  form  set  forth  below,  providing  for  an  interest-free 
loan  of  not  more  than  $65,000,000  from  the  United  States 
to  the  United  Nations  to  be  repaid  in  annual  install- 
ments, and  said  agreement  is,  by  its  terms,  to  become 
effective  on  notification  to  the  United  Nations  that  the 
Congress,  with  the  approval  of  the  President,  has  made 
available  the  funds  necessary  to  be  advanced  in  accord- 
ance with  the  provisions  of  the  agreement:  Therefore 
belt 

Resolved  hy  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  of 
the  United  States  of  America  in  Congress  assenibled,  That 
the  President  is  hereby  authorized,  following  appropria- 
tion of  the  necessary  funds  by  the  Congress,  or  the  making 
available  of  funds  as  provided  in  section  4  (b)  hereof  to 
bring  into  effect  on  the  part  of  the  United  States  the  loan 
agreement,  set  forth  below,  between  the  United  States  of 
America  and  the  United  Nations,  signed  at  Lake  Success, 
New  York,  on  March  23,  1948,  with  such  changes  therein 
not  contrary  to  the  general  tenor  thereof  and  not  imposing 
any  additional  obligations  on  the  United  States  or  reliev- 
ing the  United  Nations  of  any  obligations,  as  the  President 
may  deem  necessary  and  appropriate : 

LOAN  AGREEMENT  BETWEEN  THE  UNITED  STATES 
OF  AMERICA  AND  THE  UNITED  NATIONS 

It  is  hereby  agreed  by  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  the  United  Nations  as  follows: 

(1)  Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  this  Agree- 
ment, the  Government  of  the  United  States  will  lend  to 
the  United  Nations  a  sum  not  to  exceed  in  the  aggregate 
$65,000,000.  Such  sum  shall  be  exi)ended  only  as  author- 
ized by  the  United  Nations  for  the  construction  and  fur- 
nishing of  the  permanent  headquarters  of  the  United 
Nations  in  its  headquarters  district  in  The  City  of  New 
York,  as  defined  in  the  Agreement  Between  the  United 
States  of  America  and  the  United  Nations  Regarding  the 
Headquarters  of  the  United  Nations,  signed  at  Lake  Suc- 
cess, New  York,  on  June  26,  1947,  including  the  necessary 
architectural  and  engineering  work,  landscaping,  under- 
ground consti-uction  and  other  appropriate  improvements 
to  the  land  and  approaches,  and  for  other  related  purposes 
and  expenses  incident  thereto. 

(2)  Such  sum,  or  parts  thereof,  will  be  advanced  by 
the  United  States  through  the  Secretary  of  State,  to  the 
United  Nations  upon  request  of  the  Secretary-General  or 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


other  duly  authorised  officer  of  tlie  United  Nations  and 
upon  tlie  cvrtiflcatlon  of  the  architect  or  engineer  in 
charge  of  construction,  countersigned  by  the  Secretary- 
General  or  other  duly  authorized  officer,  that  the  amount 
requested  is  required  to  cover  payments  for  tlie  purposes 
set  forth  in  paragraph  (1)  above  which  either  (a)  have 
been  at  any  time  made  by  the  United  Nations,  or  (b)  are 
due  and  payable,  or  (c)  it  is  estimated  will  become  due  and 
payable  within  sixty  days  from  the  date  of  such  request. 
All  sums  not  used  by  tlie  United  Nations  for  the  purposes 
set  forth  in  paragraph  (1)  will  be  returned  to  the  United 
States  through  the  Secretary  of  State  when  no  longer 
required  for  said  purposes.  No  amounts  will  be  advanced 
hereunder  after  July  1,  1951,  or  such  later  date,  not  after 
July  1,  1055,  as  may  be  agreed  to  by  the  Secretary  of  State. 

(3)  All  sums  advanced  hereunder  will  be  receipted  for 
on  behalf  of  the  United  Nations  by  the  Secretary-General 
or  other  duly  authorized  officer  of  the  United  Nations. 

(4)  The  United  Nations  will  repay,  without  interest, 
to  the  United  States  the  principal  amount  of  all  sums 
advanced  hereunder,  in  annual  payments  beginning  on 
July  1,  1951,  and  on  the  dates  and  in  the  amounts  indi- 
cated, until  the  entire  amount  advanced  under  this  agree- 
ment has  been  repaid  as  follows : 

Date  Amount 

July  1,  1951 $1,  000,  000 

July  1,  1952 1,  000,  000 

July  1,  1953 1,  500,  000 

July  1,  10.54 1,  500,000 

July  1,  1955 2,  000,  000 

July  1,  1956 2,000,000 

July  1,  1957 2,  000,  000 

July  1,  1958 2,  000,  000 

July  1,  1959 2,000,000 

July  1,  19G0 2,  500,  000 

July  1,  1961 2,  500,  000 

July  1,  1962 2,  500,  000 

July  1,  1963 2,  500,  000 

July  1,  1964 2,  500,  000 

July  1,  1965 2,  500,000 

July  1,  1966 2,  500,  000 

July  1,  1967 2,500,000 

July  1,  1968 2,  500,  000 

July  1,  1969 2,  500,  000 

July  1,  1070 2,  500,  000 

July  1,  1971 2,  500,  000 

July  1,  1972 2,  500,  000 

July  1,  1973 2,  500,  000 

July  1,  1974 2,  500,  000 

July  1,  1975 2,  500, 000 

July  1,  1976 1,  500,  000 

July  1,  1977 1,  500,  000 

July  1,  1978 1,  .500,  COO 

July  1,  1979 1,  500,  000 

Jvily  1,  1980 1,  500,  000 

July  1,  1981 1,  500,  000 

July  1,  1982 1, 000,  000 

However,  in  the  event  the  United  Nations  does  not  request 
the  entire  sum  of  $65,000,000  available  to  it  under  this 

September    19,    1948 


Agreement,  the  amount  to  be  repaid  under  this  paragraph 
will  not  exceed  the  aggregate  amount  advanced  by  the 
United  States.  All  amounts  payable  to  the  United  States 
under  this  paragraph  will  be  paid,  out  of  the  ordinary 
budget  of  the  United  Nations,  to  the  Secretary  of  State 
of  the  United  States  in  currency  of  the  United  States 
which  is  legal  tender  for  public  debts  on  the  date  such 
payements  are  made.  All  sums  repaid  to  the  United 
States  will  be  receipted  for  on  behalf  of  the  United  States 
by  the  Secretary  of  State. 

(5)  The  United  Nations  may  at  any  time  make  repay- 
ments to  the  United  States  of  funds  advanced  hereunder 
in  excess  of  the  annual  installments  as  provided  in  para- 
graph (4)  hereof. 

(6)  The  United  Nations  agrees  that,  In  order  to  give  full 
effect  to  Section  22  (a)  of  the  Agreement  regarding  the 
Headquarters  of  the  United  Nations  referred  to  In  para- 
graph (1)  above  (under  which  the  United  Nations  shall 
not  di.spose  of  all  or  any  part  of  the  land  owned  by  it  in 
the  headquarters  district  without  the  consent  of  the  United 
States),  it  will  not,  without  the  consent  of  the  United 
States,  while  any  of  the  indebtedness  incurred  hereunder 
is  out.standing  and  unpaid,  create  any  mortgage  lien  or 
other  encumbrance  on  or  against  any  of  its  real  property  in 
the  headquarters  district  as  defined  in  said  Agreement. 
The  United  Nations  also  agrees  that  the  United  States,  as 
a  condition  to  giving  its  consent  to  any  such  disposition  or 
enciimbrance,  may  require  the  simultaneous  repayment  of 
the  balance  of  all  installments  remaining  unpaid  here- 
under. 

(7)  The  effective  date  of  this  Agreement  shall  be  the 
date  on  which  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
notifies  the  United  Nations  that  the  Congress  of  the  United 
States,  with  the  approval  of  the  President,  has  made 
available  the  funds  necessary  to  be  advanced  in  accordance 
with  the  provisions  of  this  Agreement. 

In  witness  whebeop,  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  acting  by  and  through  the  United  States 
Representative  to  the  United  Nations,  and  the  United 
Nations,  acting  by  and  through  the  Secretary-General, 
have  respectively  caused  this  Agreement  to  be  duly  signed 
in  duplicate  at  Lake  Success,  New  York,  on  this  23rd  day 
of  March,  1948. 

For  the  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America : 

Warren  R.  Austin, 
United  States  Representative  to  the  United  Nations 
For  the  United  Nations : 

Tbygve  Lie, 
Secretary-Ocneral 

Sec.  2.  Sums  advanced  to  the  United  Nations  in  accord- 
ance with  the  provisions  of  paragraph  (2)  of  the  aforesaid 
loan  agreement  shall  be  disbursed  by  the  United  Nations 
for  the  purposes  for  which  such  sums  were  advanced 
within  ninety  days  after  their  receipt  from  the  United 
States.  Any  funds  not  so  disbursed  within  that  period 
shall  be  returned  to  the  United  States  through  the  Sec- 
retary of  State  within  thirty  days  thereafter. 

Sec.  3.  So  long  as  the  headquarters  district  is  used  as 
the  seat  of  the  United  Nations,  nothing  in  this  resolution 

363 


shall  be  deemed  to  limit  the  control  and  authority  of  the 
United  Nations  over  such  district  as  exercised  pursuant 
to  Public  Law  357,  Eightieth  Congress:  Provided,  how- 
ever. That  in  the  event  such  district  is,  for  whatever 
reason,  no  longer  used  as  the  seat  of  the  United  Nations, 
the  United  States  shall,  in  addition  to  any  rights  it  en- 
joys under  paragraph  (6)  of  the  aforesaid  loan  agreement 
and  section  22  of  the  Headquarters  Agreement  (Public 
Law  357,  Eightieth  Congress),  be  entitled  to  recover  from 
the  land  and  buildings  in  the  headquarters  district,  in 
advance  of  all  other  creditors  of  the  United  Nations,  any 
indebtedness  incurred  under  the  loan  agreement  which 
is  then  outstanding  and  unpaid. 

Sec.  4.  (a)  There  is  hereby  authorized  to  be  appro- 
priated to  the  Department  of  State,  out  of  any  money  in 
the  Treasury  not  otlierwi.se  appropriated,  the  sum  of 
$65,000,000  to  accomplish  the  purposes  of  this  joint  reso- 
lution.   Amounts  received  in  repayment  of  such  loan  shall 


be  deposited  and  covered  into  the  Treasury  of  the  United 
States  as  miscellaneous  receipts. 

(b)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  any  other  law, 
the  Reconstruction  Finance  Corporation  is  authorized  and 
directed  until  such  time  as  an  appropriation  shall  be  made 
pursuant  to  subsection  (a)  of  this  section  to  make  ad- 
vances not  to  exceed  in  the  aggregate  $25,000,000  to  carry 
out  the  provisions  of  this  joint  resolution  and  of  the  loan 
agreement  referred  to  in  section  1  in  such  manner,  and 
in  such  amounts,  as  the  President  shall  determine,  and 
no  interest  shall  be  charged  on  advances  made  by  the 
Treasury  to  the  Reconstruction  Finance  Corporation  for 
this  purpose.  The  Reconstruction  Finance  Corporation 
shall  be  repaid  without  interest,  for  advances  made  by  it 
hereunder  from  funds  made  available  for  the  purposes 
of  this  joint  resolution  and  of  the  loan  agreement  set  forth 
in  section  1. 

Approved  August  11,  1948. 


II.  Strengthening  the  Role  of  the  United  States  in  International  Organization 


Public  Law  264,  79th  Congress,  1st  Session 

An  Act  To  provide  for  the  appointment  of  representatives  of  the 
Dnlted  States  in  the  organs  and  agencies  of  the  United 
Nations,  and  to  make  other  provision  with  respect  to  the 
participation  of  the  United  States  in  such  organization. 

Be  it  enacted  ly  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representa- 
tives of  the  United  States  of  America  in  Congress  as- 
sembled, That  this  Act  may  be  cited  as  the  "United  Nations 
Participation  Act  of  1945". 

Sec.  2.  (a)  The  President,  by  and  with  the  advice  and 
consent  of  the  Senate,  shall  appoint  a  representative  of 
the  United  States  at  the  seat  of  the  United  Nations  who 
shall  have  the  rank  and  status  of  envoy  extraordinary  and 
ambassador  plenipotentiary,  shall  receive  annual  compen- 
sation of  $20,000,  and  shall  hold  otflce  at  the  pleasure  of 
the  President.  Such  representative  shall  represent  the 
United  States  in  the  Security  Council  of  the  United 
Nations  and  shall  perform  such  other  functions  in  con- 
nection with  the  participation  of  the  United  States  in  the 
United  Nations  as  the  President  may  from  time  to  time 
direct. 

(b)  The  President,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent 
of  the  Senate,  shall  appoint  a  deputy  representative  of 
the  United  States  to  the  Security  Council  who  shall  have 
the  rank  and  status  of  envoy  extraordinary  and  minister 
plenipotentiary,  shall  receive  annual  compensation  of  $12,- 
000,  and  shall  hold  office  at  the  pleasure  of  the  President. 
Such  deputy  representative  shall  represent  the  United 
States  in  the  Security  Council  of  the  United  Nations  in 
the  event  of  the  absence  or  disability  of  the  representative. 

(c)  The  President,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent 
of  the  Senate,  shall  designate  from  time  to  time  to  attend 
a  specified  session  or  specified  sessions  of  the  General 
Assembly  of  the  United  Nations  not  to  exceed  five  repre- 
sentatives of  the  United  States  and  such  number  of  alter- 
nates as  he  may  determine  consistent  with  the  rules  of 
procedure  of  the  General  Assembly.  One  of  the  representa- 
tives shall  be  designated  as  the  senior  representative. 
Such  representatives  and  alternates  shall  each  be  entitled 
to  receive  compensation  at  the  rate  of  $12,000  per  annum 


for  such  period  as  the  President  may  specify,  except  that 
no  member  of  the  Senate  or  House  of  Representatives  or 
officer  of  the  United  States  who  is  designated  under  this 
subsection  as  a  representative  of  the  United  States  or 
as  an  alternate  to  attend  any  specified  session  or  specified 
sessions  of  the  General  Assembly  shall  be  entitled  to 
receive  such  compensation. 

(d)  The  President  may  also  appoint  from  time  to  time 
such  other  persons  as  he  may  deem  necessary  to  represent 
the  United  States  in  the  organs  and  agencies  of  the  United 
Nations  at  such  salaries,  not  to  exceed  $12,000  each  per 
annum,  as  he  shall  determine,  but  the  representative  of 
the  United  States  in  the  Economic  and  Social  Council  and 
in  the  Trusteeship  Council  of  the  United  Nations  shall  be 
appointed  only  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Senate,  except  that  the  President  may,  without  the  advice 
and  consent  of  the  Senate,  designate  any  officer  of  the 
United  States  to  act,  without  additional  compensation,  as 
the  representative  of  the  United  States  in  either  such 
Council  (A)  at  any  specified  meeting  thereof  in  the  ab- 
sence or  disability  of  the  regular  representative,  or  (B) 
in  connection  with  a  specified  subject  matter  at  any  speci- 
fied meeting  of  either  such  Council  in  lieu  of  the  regular 
representative.  The  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate 
shall  also  be  required  for  the  appointment  by  the  President 
of  the  representative  of  the  United  States  in  any  commis- 
sion that  may  be  formed  l3y  the  United  Nations  with  re- 
spect to  atomic  energy  or  in  any  other  commission  of  the 
United  Nations  to  which  the  United  States  is  entitled  to 
appoint  a  representative. 

(e)  Nothing  contained  in  this  section  shall  preclude  the 
President  or  the  Secretary  of  State,  at  the  direction  of  the 
President,  from  representing  the  United  States  at  any 
meeting  or  session  of  any  organ  or  agency  of  the  United 
Nations. 

Sec.  3.  The  representatives  provided  for  In  section  2 
hereof,  when  representing  the  United  States  in  the  respec- 
tive organs  and  agencies  of  the  United  Nations,  shall,  at  all 
times,  act  in  accordance  with  the  instructions  of  the  Presi- 
dent transmitted  by  the  Secretary  of  State  unless  other 


364 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


means  of  transmission  is  directed  by  the  President,  and 
such  representatives  shall,  in  accordance  with  such  in- 
structions, cast  any  and  all  votes  under  the  Charter  of  the 
United  Nations. 

Sec.  4.  The  President  shall,  from  time  to  time  as  occa- 
sion may  require,  but  not  less  than  once  each  year,  make 
reports  to  the  Congress  of  the  activities  of  the  United  Na- 
tions and  of  the  participation  of  the  United  States  therein. 
He  shall  make  special  current  reports  on  decisions  of  the 
Security  Council  to  take  enforcement  measures  under  the 
provisions  of  the  Charter  of  the  United  Nations,  and  on 
the  participation  therein  under  his  instructions,  of  the 
representative  of  the  United  States. 

Sec.  5.  (a)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  any  other 
law,  whenever  the  United  States  is  called  upon  by  the 
Security  Council  to  apply  measures  which  said  Council 
has  decided,  pursuant  to  article  41  of  said  Charter,  are  to 
be  employed  to  give  effect  to  its  decisions  under  said  Char- 
ter, the  President  may,  to  the  extent  necessary  to  apply 
such  measures,  through  any  agency  which  he  may  desig- 
nate, and  under  such  orders,  rules,  and  regulations  as  may 
be  prescribed  by  him,  investigate,  regulate,  or  prohibit,  in 
whole  or  in  part,  economic  relations  or  rail,  sea,  air,  postal, 
telegraphic,  radio,  and  other  means  of  communication  be- 
tween any  foreign  country  or  any  national  thereof  or  any 
person  tlierein  and  the  United  States  or  any  person  subject 
to  the  jurisdiction  thereof,  or  involving  any  property  sub- 
ject to  the  jurisdiction  of  the  United  States. 

(b)  Any  person  who  willfully  violates  or  evades  or  at- 
tempts to  violate  or  evade  any  order,  rule,  or  regulation 
issued  by  the  President  pursuant  to  paragraph  (a)  of  this 
section  shall,  upon  conviction,  be  fined  not  more  than 
$10,000  or,  if  a  natural  person,  be  imprisoned  for  not  more 
than  ten  years,  or  both ;  and  the  ofiicer,  director,  or  agent 
of  any  corporation  who  knowingly  participates  in  such 
violation  or  evasion  shall  be  punished  by  a  like  fine,  im- 
prisonment, or  both,  and  any  property,  funds,  securities, 
papers,  or  other  articles  or  documents,  or  any  vessel,  to- 
gether with  her  tackle,  apparel,  furniture,  and  equipment, 
or  vehicle,  concerned  In  such  violation  shall  be  forfeited 
to  the  United  States. 

Sec.  6.  The  President  Is  authorized  to  negotiate  a  spe- 
cial agreement  or  agreements  with  the  Security  Council 
which  shall  be  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Congress  by 
appropriate  Act  or  joint  resolution,  providing  for  the 
numbers  and  types  of  armed  forces,  their  degree  of  readi- 
ness and  general  location,  and  the  nature  of  facilities  and 
assistance,  including  rights  of  passage,  to  be  made  avail- 
able to  the  Security  Council  on  its  call  for  the  purpose  of 
maintaining  international  peace  and  security  in  accord- 
ance with  article  43  of  said  Charter.  The  President  shall 
not  be  deemed  to  require  the  authorization  of  the  Con- 
gress to  make  available  to  the  Security  Council  on  its  call 
in  order  to  take  action  under  article  42  of  said  Charter 
and  pursuant  to  such  special  agreement  or  agreements 
the  armed  forces,  facilities,  or  assistance  provided  for 
therein :  Provided,  That  nothing  herein  contained  shall  be 
construed  as  an  authorization  to  the  President  by  the 
Congress  to  make  available  to  the  Security  Council  for 
such  purpose  armed   forces,  facilities,  or  assistance  in 


addition  to  the  forces,  facilities,  and  assistance  provided 
for  in  such  special  agreement  or  agreements. 

Sec.  7.  There  is  hereby  authorized  to  be  appropriated 
annually  to  the  Department  of  State,  out  of  any  money  in 
the  Treasury  not  otherwise  appropriated,  such  sums  as 
may  be  necessary  for  the  payment  by  the  United  States  of 
its  share  of  the  expenses  of  the  United  Nations  as  appor- 
tioned by  the  General  Assembly  in  accordance  with  article 
17  of  the  Charter,  and  for  all  necessary  salaries  and  ex- 
penses of  the  representatives  provided  for  in  section  2 
hereof,  and  of  their  appropriate  staffs,  including  personal 
services  in  the  District  of  Columbia  and  elsewhere,  without 
regard  to  the  civil-service  and  classification  laws ;  travel 
expenses  without  regard  to  the  Standardized  Government 
Travel  Regulations,  as  amended,  the  Subsistence  Expense 
Act  of  1926,  as  amended,  and  section  10  of  the  Act  o£ 
March  3, 1933,  and,  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  the 
Secretary  of  State  may  prescribe,  travel  expenses  of  fam- 
ilies and  transportation  of  effects  of  United  States  repre- 
sentatives and  other  personnel  in  going  to  and  returning 
from  their  post  of  duty  ;  allowances  for  living  quarters, 
including  heat,  fuel,  and  light,  as  authorized  by  the  Act 
approved  June  26,  1930  (5  U.S.C.  118a)  ;  cost  of  living 
allowance  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  the  Secre- 
tary of  State  may  prescribe ;  communication  services ; 
stenographic  reporting,  translating,  and  other  services,  by 
contract,  if  deemed  necessary,  without  regard  to  section 
3709  of  the  Revised  Statutes  (41  U.S.C.  5)  ;  local  transpor- 
tation ;  equipment ;  transportation  of  things ;  rent  of 
oflBces ;  printing  and  binding ;  oflBcial  entertainment ; 
stationery  ;  purchase  of  newspapers,  periodicals,  books,  and 
documents ;  and  such  other  expenses  as  may  be  authorized 
by  the  Secretary  of  State. 

Approved  December  20,  1945. 

Executive  Order  984-4  ^ 

Designating  the  United  States  Mission  to  the  UNrna) 
Nations  and  Pbovidino  fob  Its  Direction  and  Ad- 
ministkation 

By  virtue  of  and  pursuant  to  the  authority  vested  in 
me  by  the  United  Nations  Participation  Act  of  1945 
(59  Stat.  619)  and  as  President  of  the  United  States,  and 
for  the  purpose  of  defining  further  the  functions  of  the 
Representative  of  the  United  States  at  the  seat  of  the 
United  Nations  in  connection  with  the  participation  of 
tlie  United  States  in  the  United  Nations,  it  is  hereby 
ordered  as  follows: 

1.  The  Representative  at  the  seat  of  the  United  Nations, 
the  Deputy  Representative  to  the  Security  Council,  Rep- 
resentatives in  the  Economic  and  Social  Council  and  its 
Commissions,  the  Trusteeship  Council,  the  Atomic  Energy 
Commission,  the  Commission  for  Conventional  Armaments 
and  the  Military  Staff  Committee,  and  representatives 
to  organs  and  agencies  of  the  United  Nations  hereafter 
appointed  or  designated  and  included  within  the  United 
States  Mission  to  the  United  Nations  herein  provided  for, 
together  with  their  deputies,  staffs  and  offices,  shall  be 
known  as  the  United  States  Mission  to  the  United  Nations. 


'  12  Fed.  Reg.  2765. 


September   19,   1948 


365 


2.  The  Representative  of  the  United  States  at  the  seat 
of  the  United  Nations  shall  be  the  Chief  of  Mission  in 
charge  of  the  United  States  Mission  to  the  United  Nations. 
The  Chief  of  Mission  shall  coordinate  at  the  seat  of  the 
United  Nations  the  activities  of  the  Mission  in  carrying 
out  the  instructions  of  the  President  transmitted  either 
by  the  Secretary  of  State  or  by  other  means  of  trans- 
mission as  directed  by  the  President.  Instructions  to 
the  Representatives  of  the  Joint  Chiefs  of  Staff  in  the 
Military  Staff  Committee  of  the  United  Nations  shall  be 
transmitted  by  the  Joint  Chiefs  of  Staff.  On  request  of 
tlie  Chief  of  Mission,  such  Representatives  shall,  in  addi- 
tion to  their  responsibilities  under  the  Charter  of  the 
United  Nations,  serve  as  advisers  in  the  United  States 
Mission  to  the  United  Nations. 

3.  The  Chief  of  Mission  shall  also  be  responsible  for 
the  administration  of  the  Mission,  including  personnel, 
budget,  obligation  and  expenditure  of  funds,  and  the  cen- 
tral administrative  services ;  provided  that  he  shall  not 
be  responsilile  for  the  internal  administration  of  the 
personnel,  budget,  and  obligation  and  expenditure  of  funds 
of  tlie  United  States  Representatives  in  the  Military  Staff 
Committee.  The  Chief  of  Mission  shall  discharge  his 
responsibilities  under  this  paragraph  In  accordance  with 
such  rules  and  regulations  as  the  Secretary  of  State  may 
from  time  to  time  prescribe. 

4.  This  order  shall  be  published  in  the  Federal  Register. 

Harey  S.  Truman 

The  White  House, 
April  28,  1947. 

Senate  Resolution  239,  80th  Congress,  2d  Session 

Whereas  peace  with  Justice  and  the  defense  of  human 
rights  and  fundamental  freedoms  require  international 
cooperation  through  more  effective  use  of  the  United 
Nations :  Therefore  be  it 

Resolved,  That  the  Senate  reaffirm  the  policy  of  the 
United  States  to  achieve  international  peace  and  security 
through  the  United  Nations  so  that  armed  force  shall  not 
be  used  except  in  the  common  interest,  and  that  the  Presi- 
dent be  advised  of  the  sense  of  the  Senate  that  this  Govern- 
ment, by  constitutional  process,  should  particularly  pursue 
the  following  objectives  within  the  United  Nations 
Charter : 

(1)  Voluntary  agreement  to  remove  the  veto  from  all 
questions  involving  pacific  settlements  of  international 
disputes  and  situations,  and  from  the  admission  of  new 
members. 

(2)  Progressive  development  of  regional  and  other  col- 
lective arrangements  for  individual  and  collective  self- 
defense  in  accordance  with  the  purposes,  principles,  and 
provisions  of  the  Charter. 

(3)  Association  of  the  United  States,  by  constitutional 
process,  with  such  regional  and  other  collective  arrange- 
ments as  are  based  on  continuous  and  effective  self-help 
and  mutual  aid,  and  as  affect  its  national  security. 

(4)  Contributing  to  the  maintenance  of  peace  by  making 


'  11  Fed.  Reg.  5209. 


366 


clear  its  determination  to  exercise  the  right  of  individual 
or  collective  self-defense  under  article  51  should  any  armed 
attack  occur  al'fecting  its  national  security. 

(5)  Maximum  efforts  to  obtain  agreements  to  provide 
the  United  Nations  with  armed  forces  as  provided  by  the 
Charter,  and  to  obtain  agreement  among  member  nations 
upon  universal  regulation  and  reduction  of  armaments 
under  adequate  and  dependable  guaranty  against  violation. 

(6)  If  necessary,  after  adequate  effort  toward  strength- 
ening the  United  Nations,  review  of  the  Charter  at  an 
appropriate  time  by  a  General  Conference  called  under 
article  109  or  by  the  General  Assembly. 

—June  11,  1948 

Executive  Order  9721 1° 

Providing  foe  the  Teansfee  of  Peesonnel  to  Public  In- 

TEENATIONAL    ObQANIZATIONS    IN    WHICH    THE    UNITED 

States  Government  Participates 

By  virtue  of  the  authority  vested  in  me  by  the  Civil 
Service  Act  (22  Stat.  403)  and  section  1753  of  the  Revised 
Statutes,  and  as  President  of  the  United  States,  it  Is 
hereby  ordered  as  follows : 

1.  Upon  the  request  of  any  public  international  organi- 
zation which  is  designated  pursuant  to  the  act  of  Decem- 
ber 29, 1945  ( Public  Law  291,  79th  Congress ) ,  and  in  which 
the  United  States  Government  participates,  and  with  the 
consent  of  the  head  of  the  department  or  agency  con- 
cerned, any  civilian  employee  of  a  department  or  agency 
in  the  Executive  branch  of  the  Federal  Government  who  is 
serving  under  an  appointment  not  limited  to  one  year  or 
less  may  be  transferred  to  such  public  international 
organization. 

2.  Any  employee  serving  under  a  war-service  indefinite 
appointment  who  is  transferred  pursuant  to  this  order 
and,  while  serving  in  such  public  international  organiza- 
tion, is  either  reached  in  regular  order  for  probational 
appointment  from  a  civil-service  register  appropriate  for 
filling  the  position  in  which  he  was  serving  or  could,  with 
the  approval  of  the  head  of  such  agency,  have  been  given 
a  classified  civil-service  status  under  section  6  of  Executive 
Order  No.  9691  of  February  4,  1946,  if  he  had  remained 
in  the  position  in  which  he  last  served  in  a  Federal 
agency,  shall  be  considered  as  having  acquired  a  classified 
civil-service  status  as  of  the  date  he  is  reached  for  proba- 
tional appointment  or  classification :  Provided,  That  this 
section  shall  become  inoperative  three  years  from  the  date 
of  this  order. 

3.  (a)  An  employee  (1)  who  is  transferred  to  a  public 
international  organization  under  this  order,  (2)  who  has 
a  classified  civil-service  status  at  the  time  of  transfer  or 
acquires  such  status  under  section  2  of  this  order,  and  (3) 
whose  service  in  such  public  international  organization  is 
subsequently  terminated  without  prejudice  within  three 
years  from  the  date  of  such  transfer  shall  be  reemployed 
within  thirty  days  of  his  application  for  reemployment,  in 
his  former  position  or  a  position  of  like  seniority,  status, 
and  pay  in  the  department  or  agency  from  which  he  was 
transferred :  Provided,  That  he  is  still  qualified  to  per- 
form the  duties  of  such  position  and  makes  application  for 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


reemployment  within  ninety  days  after  termination  of  liis 
service  with  the  international  organization. 

(b)  Whenever  the  agency  from  which  the  employee  is 
transferred  under  this  order  decides  to  fill  the  vacancy 
during  his  absence,  the  appointment  shall  be  made  on  a 
temporary  basis  pending  the  return  of  the  employee. 

4.  With  the  consent  of  the  Federal  agency  in  which  he 
was  formerly  employed,  the  provisions  of  this  Executive 
order  ma.v  be  made  applicable  to  any  person  now  serving 
with  a  public  international  organization  which  is  desig- 
nated pursuant  to  the  said  act  of  December  29,  1945,  and 
in  which  the  United  States  Government  participates. 

5.  The  Civil  Service  Commission  is  authorized  to  pre- 
scribe such  rules  and  regulations  as  may  be  necessary  to 
carry  out  the  provisions  of  this  order. 

Habry  S.  Truman 
The  White  House, 
May  10,  1946. 

Public  Law  171,  79th  Congress,  1st  Session 

An  Act  To  provide  for  the  participation  of  the  United  States 
in  the  International  Monetary  Fund  and  the  International 
Bank  for  Reconstruction  and  Development. 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  Rouse  of  Representa- 
tives of  the  United  States  of  America  in  Congress  as- 
sembled, 

Short  Title 

Section  1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  the  "Bretton  Woods 
Agreements  Act". 

Acceptance  of  Membership 

Sec.  2.  The  President  is  hereby  authorized  to  accept 
membership  for  the  United  States  in  the  International 
Monetary  Fund  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  "Fund"), 
and  in  the  International  Bank  for  Reconstruction  and 
Development  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  '"Bank"), 
provided  for  by  the  Articles  of  Agreement  of  the  Fund 
and  the  Articles  of  Agreement  of  the  Bank  as  set  forth 
in  the  Final  Act  of  the  United  Nations  Monetary  and 
Financial  Conference  dated  July  22,  1944,  and  deposited 
in  the  archives  of  the  Department  of  State. 

Appointment  of  Oovemors,  Executive  Directors,   and 
Alternates 

Sec.  3.  (a)  The  President,  by  and  with  the  advice  and 
consent  of  the  Senate,  shall  appoint  a  governor  of  the 
Fund  who  shall  also  serve  as  a  governor  of  the  Bank, 
and  an  executive  director  of  the  Fund  and  an  executive 
director  of  the  Bank.  The  executive  directors  so  ap- 
pointed shall  also  serve  as  provisional  executive  direc- 
tors of  the  Fund  and  the  Bank  for  the  purposes  of  the 
respective  Articles  of  Agreement.  The  term  of  oflSce  for 
the  governor  of  the  Fund  and  of  the  Bank  shall  be  five 
years.  The  term  of  ofliice  for  the  executive  directors  shall 
be  two  years,  but  the  executive  directors  shall  remain 
in  office  until  their  successors  have  been  appointed. 

(b)  The  President,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent 
of  the  Senate,  shall  appoint  an  alternate  for  the  gover- 
nor of  the  Fund  who  shall  also  serve  as  alternate  for  the 

September  79,   1948 


governor  of  the  Bank.  The  President,  by  and  with  the 
advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate,  shall  appoint  an  alter- 
nate for  each  of  the  executive  directors.  The  alternate 
for  each  executive  director  shall  be  appointed  from  among 
individuals  recommended  to  the  President  by  the  execu- 
tive director.  The  terms  of  office  for  alternates  for  the 
governor  and  the  executive  directors  shall  be  the  same 
as  the  terms  specified  in  subsection  (a)  for  the  governor 
and  executive  directors. 

(c)  No  person  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  any  salary 
or  other  compensation  from  the  United  States  for  serv- 
ices as  a  governor,  executive  director,  or  alternate. 

National  Advisory  Council  on  International  Monetary  anS 
Financial  Problems 

Sec.  4.  (a)  In  order  to  coordinate  the  policies  and 
operations  of  the  representatives  of  the  United  States  on 
the  Fund  and  the  Bank  and  of  all  agencies  of  the  Govern- 
ment which  make  or  participate  in  making  foreign  loans 
or  which  engage  in  foreign  financial,  exchange  or  mone- 
tary transactions,  there  is  hereby  established  the  Na- 
tional Advisory  Council  on  International  Monetary  and 
Financial  Problems  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  "Coun- 
cil"), consisting  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  as 
Chairman,  the  Secretary  of  State,  the  Secretary  of  Com- 
merce, the  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Governors  of  the 
Federal  Reserve  System,  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Board 
of  Trustees  of  the  Export-Import  Bank  of  Washington. 

(b)  (1)  The  Council,  after  consultation  with  the  rep- 
resentatives of  the  United  States  on  the  Fund  and  the 
Bank,  shall  recommend  to  the  President  general  policy 
directives  for  the  guidance  of  the  representatives  of  the 
United  States  on  the  Fund  and  the  Bank. 

(2)  The  Council  .shall  advise  and  consult  with  the 
President  and  the  representatives  of  the  United  States 
on  the  Fund  and  the  Bank  on  major  problems  arising  in 
the  administration  of  the  Fund  and  the  Bank. 

(3)  The  Council  shall  coordinate,  by  consultation  or 
otherwise,  so  far  as  is  practicable,  the  policies  and  opera- 
tions of  the  representatives  of  the  "United  States  on  the 
Fund  and  the  Bank,  the  Export-Import  Bank  of  Wash- 
ington and  all  other  agencies  of  the  Government  to  the 
extent  that  they  make  or  participate  in  the  making  of 
foreign  loans  or  engage  in  foreign  financial,  exchange  or 
monetary  transactions. 

(4)  Wlienever,  under  the  Articles  of  Agreement  of  the 
Fund  or  the  Articles  of  Agreement  of  the  Bank,  the  ap- 
proval, consent  or  agreement  of  the  United  States  is  re- 
quired before  an  act  may  be  done  by  the  respective  In- 
stitutions, the  decision  as  to  whether  such  approval,  con- 
sent, or  agreement,  shall  be  given  or  refused  shall  (to 
the  extent  such  decision  is  not  prohibited  by  section  5 
of  this  Act)  be  made  by  the  Council,  under  the  general 
direction  of  the  President.  No  governor,  executive  direc- 
tor, or  alternate  representing  the  United  States  shall  vote 
in  favor  of  any  waiver  of  condition  under  article  V,  sec- 
tion 4,  or  in  favor  of  any  declaration  of  the  United  States 
dollar  as  a  scarce  currency  under  article  VII,  section  3, 
of  the  Articles  of  Agreement  of  the  Fund,  without  prior 
approval  of  the  Council. 

(5)  The  Council  from  time  to  time,  but  not  less  fre- 

367 


quently  than  every  sis  months,  shall  transmit  to  the  Pres- 
ident and  to  the  Congress  a  report  with  respect  to  the 
participation  of  the  United  States  in  the  Fund  and  the 
Bank. 

(6)  The  Council  shall  also  transmit  to  the  President 
and  to  the  Congress  special  reports  on  the  operations  and 
policies  of  the  Fund  and  the  Bank,  as  provided  in  this 
paragraph.  The  first  report  shall  be  made  not  later  than 
two  years  after  the  establishment  of  the  Fund  and  the 
Bank,  and  a  report  shall  be  made  every  two  years  after 
the  making  of  the  first  report.  Each  such  report  shall 
cover  and  include:  The  extent  to  which  the  Fund  and 
the  Bank  have  achieved  the  purposes  for  which  they  were 
established ;  the  extent  to  which  the  operations  and  poli- 
cies of  the  Fund  and  the  Bank  have  adliered  to,  or  de- 
parted from,  the  general  policy  directives  formulated  by 
the  Council,  and  the  Council's  recommendations  in  con- 
nection therewith ;  the  extent  to  which  the  operations 
and  policies  of  the  Fund  and  the  Bank  have  been  coordi- 
nated, and  the  Council's  recommendations  in  connection 
therewith ;  recommendations  on  whether  the  resources  of 
the  Fund  and  the  Bank  should  be  increased  or  decreased; 
recommendations  as  to  how  the  Fund  and  the  Bank  may  be 
made  more  effective ;  recommendations  on  any  other  neces- 
sary or  desirable  changes  in  the  Articles  of  Agreement  of 
the  Fund  and  of  the  Bank  or  in  this  Act ;  and  an  over-all 
appraisal  of  the  extent  to  which  the  operations  and  poli- 
cies of  the  Fund  and  the  Bank  have  served,  and  in  the 
future  may  be  expected  to  serve,  the  interests  of  the 
United  States  and  the  world  in  promoting  sound  interna- 
tional economic  cooperation  and  furthering  world  security. 

(7)  The  Council  shall  make  such  reports  and  recom- 
mendations to  the  President  as  he  may  from  time  to  time 
request,  or  as  the  Council  may  consider  necessary  to  more 
effectively  or  eflBciently  accomplish  the  purposes  of  this 
Act  or  the  purposes  for  which  the  Council  is  created. 

(c)  The  representatives  of  the  United  States  on  the 
Fund  and  the  Bank,  and  the  Export-Import  Bank  of 
Washington  (and  all  other  agencies  of  the  Government 
to  the  extent  that  they  make  or  participate  in  the  mak- 
ing of  foreign  loans  or  engage  in  foreign  financial,  ex- 
change or  monetary  transactions)  shall  keep  the  Coun- 
cil fully  informe<l  of  their  activities  and  shall  provide  the 
Council  with  such  further  information  or  data  in  their 
possession  as  the  Council  may  deem  necessary  to  the 
approiiriate  discharge  of  Its  responsibilities  under  this 
Act. 

Certain  Acts  Not  To  Be  Taken  Without  Authorization 

Sec.  5.  Unless  Congress  by  law  authorizes  such  action, 
neither  the  President  nor  any  person  or  agency  shall  on 
behalf  of  the  United  States  (a)  request  or  consent  to  any 
change  in  the  quota  of  the  United  States  under  article 
III,  section  2,  of  the  Articles  of  Agreement  of  the  Fund; 
(b)  propose  or  agree  to  any  change  in  the  par  value  of 
the  United  States  dollar  under  article  IV,  section  5,  or 
article  XX,  section  4,  of  the  Articles  of  Agreement  of 
the  Fund,  or  approve  any  general  change  in  par  values 
under  article  IV,  section  7;  (c)  subscribe  to  additional 
shares  of  stock  under  article  II,  section  3,  of  the  Articles 
of  Agreement  of  the  Bank;   (d)  accept  any  amendment 


under  article  XVII  of  the  Articles  of  Agreement  of  the 
Fund  or  article  VIII  of  the  Articles  of  Agreement  of  the 
Bank;  (e)  make  any  loan  to  the  Fund  or  the  Bank. 
Unless  Congress  by  law  authorizes  such  action,  no  gover-  ] 
nor  or  alternate  appointed  to  represent  the  United  States  ! 
shall  vote  for  an  increase  of  capital  stock  of  the  Bank 
under  article  II,  section  2,  of  the  Articles  of  Agreement 
of  the  Bank. 

Depositories  I 

Sec.  6.  Any  Federal  Reserve  bank  which  is  requested 
to  do  so  by  the  Fund  or  the  Bank  shall  act  as  its  de-  | 
pository  or  as  its  fiscal  agent,  and  the  Board  of  Governors 
of  the  Federal  Reserve  System  shall  supervise  and  direct 
the  carrying  out  of  these  functions  by  the  Federal  Reserve 
banks. 

Payment  of  Subscriptions  \ 

Sec.  7.   (a)  Subsection   (c)   of  section  10  of  the  Gold 
Resei-ve  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (U.  S.  C,  title  31,  sec.       i 
822a),  is  amended  to  read  as  follows : 

"(c)  The  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  is  directed  to  use 
$1,800,000,000  of  the  fund  established  in  this  section  to 
pay  part  of  the  subscription  of  the  United  States  to  the 
International  Monetary  Fund ;  and  any  repayment  thereof 
shall  be  covered  into  the  Treasury  as  a  miscellaneous 
receipt." 

(b)  The  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  is  authorized  to  pay 
the  balance  of  .$950,000,000  of  tlie  subscription  of  the 
United  States  to  tlie  Fund  not  provided  for  in  subsection 
(a)  and  to  pay  the  subscription  of  the  United  States  to 
the  Bank  from  time  to  time  when  payments  are  required 
to  be  made  to  the  Bank.  For  the  purpose  of  making  these 
payments,  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  is  authorized 
to  use  as  a  public-debt  transaction  not  to  exceed  $4,125,- 
000,000  of  the  proceeds  of  any  securities  hereafter  issued 
under  the  Second  Liberty  Bond  Act,  as  amended,  and 
the  purposes  for  which  securities  may  be  issued  under 
that  Act  are  extended  to  include  such  purpose.  Payment 
under  this  subsection  of  the  subscription  of  the  United 
States  to  the  Fund  or  the  Bank  and  repayments  thereof 
shall  be  treated  as  a  public-debt  transaction  of  the  United 
States. 

(c)  For  the  purpose  of  keeping  to  a  minimum  the  cost 
to  the  United  States  of  participation  in  the  Fund  and 
the  Bank,  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  after  paying 
the  subscription  of  the  United  States  to  the  Fund,  and 
any  part  of  the  subscription  of  the  United  States  to  the 
Bank  required  to  be  made  under  article  II,  section  7  (i), 
of  the  Articles  of  Agreement  of  the  Bank,  is  authorized 
and  directed  to  issue  special  notes  of  the  United  States 
from  time  to  time  at  par  and  to  deliver  such  notes  to  the 
Fund  and  the  Bank  in  exchange  for  dollars  to  the  extent 
permitted  by  the  respective  Articles  of  Agreement.  The 
special  notes  provided  for  in  this  subsection  shall  be 
issued  under  the  authority  and  subject  to  the  provisions 
of  the  Second  Liberty  Bond  Act,  as  amended,  and  the 
purposes  for  wliich  securities  may  be  issued  under  that 
Act  are  extended  to  include  the  purposes  for  which  special 
notes  are  authorized  and  directed  to  be  issued  under  this 
subsection,  but  such  notes  shall  bear  no  interest,  shall  be 


368 


Department  of  Sfafe  Bulletin 


nonnegotlable,  and  shall  be  payable  on  demand  of  the 
Fund  or  the  Bank,  as  the  case  may  be.  The  face  amount 
of  special  notes  issued  to  the  Fund  under  the  authority 
of  this  subsection  and  outstanding  at  any  one  time  shall 
not  exceed  in  the  aggregate  the  amount  of  the  subscrip- 
tion of  the  United  States  actually  paid  to  the  Fund,  and 
the  face  amount  of  such  notes  issued  to  the  Bank  and 
outstanding  at  any  one  time  shall  not  exceed  in  the 
aggregate  the  amount  of  the  subscription  of  the  United 
States  actually  paid  to  the  Bank  under  article  II,  section 
7  (i),  of  the  Articles  of  Agreement  of  the  Bank. 

(d)  Any  payment  made  to  the  United  States  by  the 
Fund  or  the  Bank  as  a  distribution  of  net  income  shall 
be  covered  into  the  Treasury  as  a  miscellaneous  receipt. 

Obtaining  and  Furnishing  Information 

Sec.  8.  (a)  Whenever  a  request  is  made  by  the  Fund 
to  the  United  States  as  a  member  to  furni.sh  data  under 
article  VIII,  section  5,  of  the  Articles  of  Agreement  of 
the  Fund,  the  President  may,  through  any  agency  he  may 
designate,  require  any  person  to  furnish  such  informa- 
tion as  the  President  may  determine  to  be  essential  to 
comply  with  such  request.  In  making  such  determina- 
tion the  President  shall  seek  to  collect  the  information  only 
in  such  detail  as  is  necessary  to  comply  with  the  request 
of  the  Fund.  No  information  so  acquired  shall  be  fur- 
nished to  the  Fund  in  such  detail  that  the  affairs  of  any 
person  are  disclosed. 

(b)  In  the  event  any  person  refuses  to  furnish  such  in- 
formation when  requested  to  do  so,  the  President,  through 
any  designated  governmental  agency,  may  by  subpoena 
require  such  person  to  appear  and  testify  or  to  appear  and 
produce  records  and  other  documents,  or  both.  In  case 
of  contumacy  by,  or  refusal  to  obey  a  subpoena  served 
upon  any  such  person,  the  district  court  for  any  district 
in  which  such  person  is  found  or  resides  or  transacts  busi- 
ness, upon  application  by  the  President  or  any  govern- 
mental agency  designated  by  him,  shall  have  jurisdiction 
to  issue  an  order  requiring  such  person  to  appear  and  give 
testimony  or  appear  and  produce  records  and  documents, 
or  both ;  and  any  failure  to  obey  such  order  of  the  court 
may  be  punished  by  such  court  as  a  contempt  thereof. 

(c)  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  officer  or  employee 
of  the  Government,  or  for  any  advisor  or  consultant  to 
the  Government,  to  disclose,  otherwise  than  in  the  course 
of  official  duty,  any  Information  obtained  under  this  sec- 
tion, or  to  use  any  such  information  for  his  personal 
benefit.  Whoever  violates  any  of  the  provisions  of  this 
subsection  shall,  upon  conviction,  be  fined  not  more  than 
$5,000,  or  imprisoned  for  not  more  than  five  years,  or 
both. 

(d)  The  term  "person"  as  used  in  this  section  means 
an  individual,  partnership,  corporation  or  association. 

Financial   Transactions    With   Foreign   Oovernments    in 
Default 

Sec.  9.  The  Act  entitled  "An  Act  to  prohibit  financial 
transactions  with  any  foreign  government  in  default  on 
Its  obligations  to  the  United  States",  approved  April  13, 
1934  (U.  S.  C,  tiUe  31,  sec.  804a),  is  amended  by  adding 
at  the  end  thereof  a  new  section  to  read  as  follows : 

September   79,    1948 


"Sec.  3.  While  any  foreign  government  is  a  member 
both  of  the  International  Monetary  Fund  and  of  the  In- 
ternational Bank  for  Reconstruction  and  Development, 
this  Act  shall  not  apply  to  the  sale  or  purchase  of  bonds, 
securities,  or  other  obligations  of  such  government  or  any 
political  subdivision  thereof  or  of  any  organization  or  asso- 
ciation acting  for  or  on  behalf  of  such  government  or 
political  subdivision,  or  to  the  making  of  any  loan  to 
such  government,  political  subdivision,  organization,  or 
association." 

Jurisdiction  and  Venue  of  Actions 
Sec.  10.  For  the  purpose  of  any  action  which  may  be 
brought  within  the  United  States  or  its  Territories  or 
posisessions  by  or  against  the  Fund  or  the  Bank  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  Articles  of  Agreement  of  the  Fund  or 
the  Articles  of  Agreement  of  the  Bank,  the  Fund  or  the 
Bank,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall  be  deemed  to  be  an  in- 
habitant of  the  Federal  judicial  district  in  which  its  prin- 
cipal office  in  the  United  States  is  located,  and  any  such 
action  at  law  or  in  equity  to  which  either  the  Fund  or 
the  Bank  shall  be  a  party  shall  be  deemed  to  arise  under 
the  laws  of  the  United  States,  and  the  district  courts  of 
the  United  States  shall  have  original  jurisdiction  of  any 
such  action.  When  either  the  Fund  or  the  Bank  is  a  de- 
fendant in  any  such  action,  it  may,  at  any  time  before  the 
trial  thereof,  remove  such  action  from  a  State  court  into 
the  district  court  of  the  United  States  for  the  proper  dis- 
trict by  following  the  procedure  for  removal  of  causes 
otherwise  provided  by  law. 

Status,  Immunities  and  Privileges 
Sec.  11.  The  provisions  of  article  IX,  sections  2  to  9, 
both  inclusive,  and  the  first  sentence  of  article  VIII,  sec- 
tion 2  (b),  of  the  Articles  of  Agreement  of  the  Fund,  and 
the  provisions  of  article  VI,  section  5  (i),  and  article  VII, 
sections  2  to  9,  both  inclusive,  of  the  Articles  of  Agree- 
ment of  the  Bank,  shall  have  full  force  and  effect  in  the 
United  States  and  its  Territories  and  possessions  upon 
acceptance  of  membership  by  the  United  States  in,  and 
the  establishment  of,  the  Fund  and  the  Bank, 
respectively. 

Stabilization  Loans  hy  the  Bank 
Sec.  12.  The  governor  and  executive  director  of  the 
Bank  appointed  by  the  United  States  are  hereby  directed 
to  obtain  promptly  an  official  interpretation  by  the  Bank 
as  to  its  authority  to  make  or  guarantee  loans  for  pro- 
grams of  economic  reconstruction  and  the  reconstruction 
of  monetary  systems,  including  long-term  stabilization 
loans.  If  the  Bank  does  not  interpret  its  powers  to  in- 
clude the  making  or  guaranteeing  of  .such  loans,  the  gov- 
ernor of  the  Bank  representing  the  United  States  is  hereby 
directed  to  propose  promptly  and  support  an  amendment 
to  the  Articles  of  Agreement  for  the  purpo.se  of  explicitly 
authorizing  the  Bank,  after  consultation  with  the  Fund, 
to  make  or  guarantee  such  loans.  The  President  is  hereby 
authorized  and  directed  to  accept  an  amendment  to  that 
effect  on  behalf  of  the  United  States. 

Stabilization  Operations  by  the  Fund 
Sec.  13.   (a)  The  governor  and  executive  director  of  the 
Fund  appointed  by  the  United  States  are  hereby  directed 

369 


to  obtain  promptly  an  official  interpretation  by  the  Fund 
as  to  wliether  its  autliority  to  use  its  resources  extends  be- 
yond current  monetary  stabilization  operations  to  afford 
temporary  assistance  to  members  in  connection  with  sea- 
sonal, cyclical,  and  emergency  fluctuations  in  the  balance 
of  payments  of  any  member  for  current  transactions,  and 
■whether  it  has  authority  to  use  its  resources  to  provide 
facilities  for  relief,  reconstruction,  or  armaments,  or  to 
meet  a  large  or  sustained  outflow  of  capital  on  the  part  of 
any  member. 

(b)  If  the  interpretation  by  the  Fund  answers  in  the 
affirmative  any  of  the  questions  stated  in  subsection  (a), 
the  governor  of  the  Fund  representing  the  United  States 
is  hereby  directed  to  propose  promptly  and  support  an 
amendment  to  the  Articles  of  Agreement  for  the  purpose  of 
expressly  negativing  such  interpretation.  The  President 
is  hereby  authorized  and  directed  to  accept  an  amend- 
ment to  that  effect  on  behalf  of  the  United  States. 

Further  Promotion  of  International  Economic  Relations 
Seo.  14.  In  the  realization  that  additional  measures  of 
international  economic  cooperation  are  necessary  to  facili- 
tate the  exp.Tnsion  and  balanced  growth  of  international 
trade  and  render  most  effective  the  operations  of  the 
Fund  and  the  Bank,  it  is  hereby  declared  to  be  the  policy 
of  the  United  States  to  seek  to  bring  about  further  agree- 
ment and  cooperation  among  nations  and  international 
bodies,  as  soon  as  possible,  on  ways  and  means  which  will 
best  reduce  obstacles  to  and  restrictions  upon  interna- 
tional trade,  eliminate  unfair  trade  practices,  promote 
mutually  advantageous  commercial  relations,  and  other- 
wise facilitate  the  expansion  and  balanced  growth  of  inter- 
national trade  and  promote  the  stability  of  international 
economic  relations.  In  considering  the  policies  of  the 
United  States  in  foreign  lending  and  the  policies  of  the 
Fund  and  the  Bank,  particularly  in  conducting  exchange 
transactions,  the  Council  and  the  United  States  representa- 
tives on  the  Fund  and  the  Bank  shall  give  careful  con- 
sideration to  the  progress  which  has  been  made  in  achiev- 
ing such  agreement  and  cooperation. 
Approved  July  31,  1945. 

Public  Law  174,  79th  Congress,  1st  Session 

Joint  Resolution  Providing  for  membership  of  the  United  States 
in  the  Food  and  Agriculture  Organization  of  the  United 
Nations. 

Resolved  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Rcpresetitatives 
of  the  United  States  of  America  in  Congress  assembled. 
That  the  President  is  hereby  authorized  to  accept  mem- 
bership for  the  United  States  in  the  Food  and  Agricul- 
ture Organization  of  the  United  Nations  (hereinafter  re- 
ferred to  as  the  "Organization")  the  Constitution  of 
which  is  set  forth  in  appendix  I  of  the  First  Report  to 
the  Governments  of  the  United  Nations  by  the  Interim 
Commission  on  Food  and  Agriculture,  dated  August  1, 
1944. 

Sec.  2.  There  is  hereby  authorized  to  be  appropriated, 
out  of  any  money  in  the  Treasury  not  otherwise  appro- 
priated, a  sum  not  exceeding  $625,000  during  the  first 
fiscal  year  of  the  Organization  and  sums  not  exceeding 
$1,250,000  annually  thereafter  as  may  be  required  for 
expenditure  under  the  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  State, 

370 


for  the  payment  by  the  United  States  of  its  proportionate 
share  in  the  expenses  of  the  Organization. 

Sec.  3.  In  adopting  this  joint  resolution,  it  is  the  sense 
of  the  Congress  that  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
should  use  its  best  efforts  to  bring  about,  as  soon  as 
practicable,  the  integration  of  the  functions  and  the  re- 
sources of  the  International  Institute  of  Agriculture  with 
those  of  the  Organization,  in  a  legal  and  orderly  manner, 
to  effect  one  united  institution  in  such  form  as  to  provide 
an  adequate  research,  informational,  and  statistical  serv- 
ice for  the  industry  of  agriculture. 

Sec.  4.  Unless  Congress  by  law  authorizes  such  action, 
neither  the  President  nor  any  person  or  agency  shall  on 
behalf  of  the  United  States  accept  any  amendment  under 
paragraph  1  of  article  XX  of  the  Constitution  of  the  Or- 
ganization involving  any  new  obligation  for  the  United 
States. 

Sec.  5.  In  adopting  this  joint  resolution  the  Congress 
does  so  with  the  understanding  that  paragraph  2  of  arti- 
cle XIII  does  not  authorize  the  Conference  of  the  Or- 
ganization to  so  modify  the  provisions  of  its  Constitution 
as  to  involve  any  new  obligation  for  the  United  States. 

Approved  July  31,  1945. 

Public  Law  565,  7Sth  Congress,  2d  Session 

Joint  Resolution  Providing  for  membership  and  participation  by 
the  United  States  In  the  United  Nations  Educational, 
Scientific,  and  Cultural  Organization,  and  authorizing  an 
appropriation  therefor. 

Resolved  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives 
of  the  United  States  of  Amei'ica  in  Congress  assembled, 
That  the  President  is  hereby  authorized  to  accept  mem- 
bership for  the  United  States  in  the  United  Nations 
Educational,  Scientific,  and  Cultural  Organization  (herein- 
after referred  to  as  the  "Organization"),  the  constitu- 
tion of  which  was  approved  in  London  on  November  16, 
1945,  by  the  United  Nations  Conference  for  the  estab- 
lishment of  an  Educational,  Scientific,  and  Cultural  Or- 
ganization, and  deposited  in  the  Archives  of  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  Kingdom. 

Sec.  2.  The  President  by  and  with  the  consent  of  the 
Senate  shall  designate  from  time  to  time  to  attend  a 
specified  session  or  specified  sessions  of  the  General  Con- 
ference of  the  Organization  not  to  exceed  five  representa- 
tives of  the  United  States  and  such  number  of  alternates 
not  to  exceed  five  as  he  may  determine  consistent  with 
the  rules  of  procedure  of  the  General  Conference :  Pro- 
vided, however,  That  each  such  representative  and  each 
such  alternate  must  be  an  American  citizen.  One  of  the 
representatives  shall  be  designated  as  the  senior  rep- 
resentative. Such  representatives  and  alternates  shall 
each  be  entitled  to  receive  compensation  at  such  rates, 
not  to  exceed  §12,000  per  annum,  as  the  President  may 
determine,  for  such  periods  as  the  President  may  specify, 
except  that  no  Member  of  the  Senate  or  House  of  Rep- 
resentatives or  officer  of  the  United  States  who  is  des- 
ignated under  this  section  as  a  representative  of  the 
United  States  or  as  an  alternate  to  attend  any  specified 
session  or  specified  sessions  of  the  General  Conference 
shall  be  entitled  to  receive  such  comi)ensation.  When- 
ever a  representative  of  the  United  States  is  elected  by 
the  General  Conference  to  serve  on  the  Executive  Board, 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


or  is  elected  President  of  the  General  Conference  and  thus 
becomes  an  ex  officio  adviser  to  the  BJiecutive  Board, 
under  provision  of  article  V  of  the  constitution  of  the 
Organization,  the  President  may  extend  the  above  pro- 
visions for  compensation  to  such  representative  during 
periods  of  service  in  connection  with  the  Executive  Board. 

Sec.  3.  In  fulflllment  of  article  VII  of  tlie  constitution 
of  the  Organization,  the  Secretary  of  State  shall  cause  to 
be  organized  a  National  Commission  on  Educational,  Sd- 
entitic,  and  Cultural  Cooperation  of  not  to  exceed  one 
hundred  members.  Such  Commission  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Secretary  of  State  and  shall  consist  of  (a)  not 
more  than  sixty  representatives  of  principal  national, 
voluntary  organizations  interested  in  educational,  sci- 
entific, and  cultural  matters;  and  (b)  not  more  than 
forty  outstanding  persons  selected  by  the  Secretary  of 
State,  including  not  more  than  ten  persons  holding  office 
under  or  employed  by  the  Government  of  the  United 
States,  not  more  than  tifteen  representatives  of  the  edu- 
cational, scientific,  and  cultural  interests  of  State  and 
local  governments,  and  not  more  than  fifteen  persons 
chosen  at  large.  The  Secretary  of  State  is  authorized  to 
name  in  the  first  instance  fifty  of  the  principal  national 
voluntary  organizations,  each  of  which  shall  be  invited  to 
designate  one  representative  for  appointment  to  the  Na- 
tional Commission.  Thereafter,  the  National  Commis- 
sion shall  periodically  review  and,  if  deemed  advisable, 
revise  the  list  of  such  organizations  designating  repre- 
sentatives in  order  to  achieve  a  desirable  rotation  among 
organizations  represented.  To  constitute  the  initial  Com- 
mission, one-third  of  the  members  shall  be  appointed  to 
serve  for  a  term  of  one  year,  one-third  for  a  term  of 
two  years,  and  one-third  or  the  remainder  thereof  for  a 
term  of  three  years ;  from  thence  on  following,  all  mem- 
bers shall  be  appointed  for  a  term  of  three  years  each, 
but  no  member  shall  serve  more  than  two  consecutive 
terms.  The  National  Commission  shall  meet  at  least  once 
annually.  The  National  Commission  shall  designate  from 
among  its  members  an  executive  committee,  and  may  des- 
ignate .such  other  committees  as  may  prove  necessary,  to 
consult  with  the  Department  of  State  and  to  perform  such 
other  functions  as  the  National  Commi.ssion  shall  dele- 
gate to  them.  No  member  of  the  National  Commission 
shall  be  allowed  any  salary  or  other  compensation  for 
services :  Provided,  however.  That  he  may  be  paid  his 
actual  transportation  expenses,  and  not  to  exceed  $10 
per  diem  in  lieu  of  subsistence  and  other  expenses,  while 
away  from  his  home  in  attendance  upon  authorized  meet- 
ings or  in  consultation  on  request  with  the  DejMrtment 
of  State.  The  Department  of  State  is  authorized  to  pro- 
vide the  necessary  secretariat  for  the  Commission. 

Sec.  4.  That  each  such  member  of  the  National  Com- 
mission must  be  an  American  citizen. 

Sec.  5.  The  National  Commission  shall  call  general 
conferences  for  the  discussion  of  matters  relating  to  the 
activities  of  the  Organization,  to  which  conferences  or- 
ganized bodies  actively  interested  in  such  matters  shall  be 
Invited  to  send  representatives:  Provided,  hotcever.  That 
the  travel  and  maintenance  of  such  representation  shall 
be  without  expense  to  the  Government.  Such  general  con- 
ferences shall  be  held  annually  or  biennially,  as  the  Na- 


tional Commission  may  determine,  and  in  such  places  as 
it  may  designata  They  shall  be  attended  so  far  as  pos- 
sible by  the  members  of  the  National  Commission  and  by 
the  delegates  of  the  United  States  to  the  General  Con- 
ference of  the  Organization.  The  National  Commission 
is  further  authorized  to  call  special  conferences  of  ex- 
perts for  the  consideration  of  specific  matters  relating 
to  the  Organization  by  persons  of  specialized  compe- 
tences. Under  such  regulations  as  the  Secretary  of  State 
may  prescribe,  the  actual  transportation  expenses  of  ex- 
perts attending  such  conferences  shall  be  borne  by  the 
Department  of  State,  and  they  shall  be  allowed  a  per 
diem  of  $10  in  lieu  of  subsistence  and  other  expenses, 
for  the  period  of  actual  attendance  and  of  necessary 
travel. 

Sec.  6.  There  is  hereby  authorized  to  be  appropriated 
annually  to  the  Department  of  State,  out  of  any  money  in 
the  Treasury  not  otherwise  appropriated,  such  sums  as 
may  be  necessary  for  the  pajTnent  by  the  United  States  of 
its  share  of  the  expenses  of  the  Organization  as  appor- 
tioned by  the  General  Conference  of  the  Organization  in 
accordance  with  article  IX  of  the  constitution  of  the 
Organization,  and  such  additional  sums  as  may  be  neces- 
sary to  pay  the  expenses  of  participation  by  the  United 
States  in  the  activities  of  the  Organization,  including : 

(a)  salaries  of  the  representatives  provided  for  in  section 
2  hereof,  of  tlieir  appropriate  staffs,  and  of  members  of 
the  secretariat  of  the  National  Commission  provided  for  in 
section  3  hereof,  including  personal  services  in  the  District 
of  Columbia  and  elsewhere,  without  regard  to  the  civil- 
service  laws  and  the  Classification  Act  of  1923,  as  amended ; 

(b)  travel  expenses  without  regard  to  the  Standardized 
Government  Travel  Regulations,  as  amended,  the  Sub- 
sistence Expense  Act  of  1926,  as  amended,  and  section  10 
of  the  Act  of  March  3,  1933  (U.S.C,  title  5,  sec.  73b),  and, 
under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  the  Secretary  of  State 
may  prescribe,  travel  expenses  of  families  and  transporta- 
tion of  effects  of  United  States  representatives  and  other 
personnel  in  going  to  and  returning  from  their  post  of 
duty;  (c)  allowances  for  living  quarters,  including  heat, 
fuel,  and  light,  as  authorized  by  the  Act  approved  June  26, 
1930  (U.S.C,  title  5,  see.  118a)  ;  (d)  cost  of  living  allow- 
ances under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  the  Secretary 
of  State  may  prescribe,  including  allowances  to  persons 
temporarily  stationed  abroad;  fe)  communication  serv- 
ices; (f)  stenographic  reporting,  translating,  and  other 
services,  by  contract,  if  deemed  necessary,  without  regard 
to  section  3709  of  the  Revised  Statutes  (U.S.C,  title  41, 
see.  5);  (g)  local  transportation;  (h)  equipment;  (i) 
transportation  of  things;  (])  rent  of  offices;  (k)  printing 
and  binding  without  regard  to  section  11  of  the  Act  of 
March  1,  1919  (U.S.C,  title  44,  sec.  Ill),  and  section  3709 
of  the  Revised  Statutes  (U.S.C,  title  41,  sec.  5)  ;  (1)  official 
entertainment;  (m)  stationery;  (n)  purchase  of  news- 
papers, periodicals,  books,  and  documents;  and  (o)  such 
other  expenses  as  may  be  authorized  by  the  Secretary  of 
State. 

Sec.  7.  Unless  Congress  by  law  authorizes  such  action, 
neitlier  the  President  nor  any  person  or  agency  shall  on 
behalf  of  the  United  States  approve  any  amendment  under 


September  19,  1948 


371 


article  XIII  of  the  constitution  of  the  Organization  in- 
volving any  new  obligation  for  the  United  States. 

Sec.  8.  In  adopting  this  joint  resolution,  it  is  the  under- 
standing of  the  Congress  that  the  constitution  of  the  Or- 
ganization does  not  require,  nor  does  this  resolution  au- 
thorize, the  disclosure  of  any  information  or  knowledge 
in  any  case  in  which  such  disclosure  Is  prohibited  by  any 
law  of  the  United  States. 

Approved  July  30,  1946. 

Public  Law  146,  80th  Congress,  1st  Session 

Joint  Resohition  Providing  for  membership  and  participation  by 
the  United  States  in  the  International  Refugee  Organization 
and  authorizing  an  appropriation  therefor. 

Resolved  hy  the  Senate  and  Bouse  of  Representatives 
of  the  United  States  of  America  iti  Congress  assembled. 
That  the  President  is  hereby  authorized  to  accept  mem- 
bership for  the  United  States  in  the  International  Refugee 
Organization  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  "Organiza- 
tion"), the  constitution  of  which  was  approved  in  New 
York  on  December  15,  1946,  by  the  General  Assembly 
of  the  United  Nations,  and  deposited  in  the  archives  of 
the  United  Nations :  Provided,  however.  That  this  author- 
ity is  granted  and  the  approval  of  the  Congress  of  the 
acceptance  of  membership  of  the  United  States  in  the 
International  Refugee  Organization  is  given  upon  condi- 
tion and  with  the  reservation  that  no  agreement  shall  be 
concluded  on  behalf  of  the  United  States  and  no  action 
shall  be  taken  by  any  officer,  agency,  or  any  other  person 
and  acceptance  of  the  constitution  of  the  Organization 
by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
shall  not  constitute  or  authorize  action  (1)  whereby  any 
person  shall  be  admitted  to  or  settled  or  resettled  in  the 
United  States  or  any  of  its  Territories  or  possessions 
without  prior  approval  thereof  by  the  Congress,  and  this 
joint  resolution  shall  not  be  construed  as  such  prior 
approval,  or  (2)  which  will  have  the  effect  of  abrogating, 
suspending,  modifying,  adding  to,  or  superseding  any  of 
the  immigration  laws  or  any  other  laws  of  the  United 
States. 

Sec.  2.  The  President  shall  designate  from  time  to  time 
a  representative  of  the  United  States  and  not  to  exceed 
two  alternates  to  attend  a  specified  session  or  specified 
sessions  of  the  general  council  of  the  Organization.  When- 
ever the  United  States  is  elected  to  membership  on  the 
executive  committee,  the  President  shall  designate  from 
time  to  time,  either  from  among  the  aforesaid  representa- 
tive and  alternates  or  otherwise,  a  representative  of  the 
United  States  and  not  to  exceed  one  alternate  to  attend 
sessions  of  the  executive  committee.  Such  representative 
or  representatives  shall  each  be  entitled  to  receive  com- 
pensation at  a  rate  not  to  exceed  $12,000  per  annum,  and 
any  such  alternate  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  compensa- 
tion at  a  rate  not  to  exceed  $10,000  per  annum,  for  such 
period  or  periods  as  the  President  may  specify,  except 
that  no  Memlier  of  the  Senate  or  House  of  Representatives 
or  officer  of  the  United  States  who  is  designated  as  such 
a  representative  .shall  be  entitled  to  receive  such  com- 
pensation. 

Sec.  3.  There  is  hereby  authorized  to  be  appropriated 
annually  to  the  Department  of  State— 


(a)  such  sums,  not  to  exceed  $73,325,000  for  the  fiscal 
year  beginning  July  1,  1947,  as  may  be  necessary  for  the 
payment  of  United  States  contributions  to  the  Organiza- 
tion (consisting  of  supplies,  services,  or  funds  and  all 
necessary  expenses  related  thereto)  as  determined  in  ac- 
cordance with  article  10  of  tlie  constitution  of  the  Organi- 
zation ;  and 

(b)  such  sums,  not  to  exceed  $175,000  for  the  fiscal  year 
beginning  July  1,  1947,  as  may  be  necessary  for  the  pay- 
ment of— 

(1)  salaries  of  the  representative  or  representatives 
and  alternates  provided  for  in  section  2  hereof,  and  ap- 
propriate staff,  including  personal  services  in  the  District 
of  Columbia  and  elsewhere,  without  regard  to  the  civil- 
service  laws  and  the  Classification  Act  of  1923,  as 
amended ;  and 

(2)  such  other  expenses  as  the  Secretary  of  State  deems 
necessary  to  participation  by  the  United  States  in  the 
activities  of  the  Organization :  Provided,  That  the  pro- 
visions of  section  7  of  the  United  Nations  Participation 
Act  of  1945,  and  regulations  thereunder,  applicable  to 
expenses  incurred  pursuant  to  that  Act  shall  be  applicable 
to  any  expenses  incurred  pursuant  to  this  paragraph 
(b)   (2). 

Sec.  4.  (a)  Sums  from  the  appropriations  made  pur- 
suant to  paragraph  (a)  of  section  3  may  be  transferred 
to  any  department,  agency,  or  independent  establishment 
of  the  Government  to  carry  out  the  purposes  of  such 
paragraph,  and  such  sums  shall  be  available  for  obliga- 
tion and  expenditure  in  accordance  with  the  laws  govern- 
ing obligations  and  expenditures  of  the  department, 
agency,  independent  establishment,  or  organizational  unit 
thereof  concerned,  and  without  regard  to  sections  3709 
and  3648  of  the  Revised  Statutes,  as  amended  (U.S.C., 
1940  edition,  title  41,  sec.  5,  and  title  31,  sec.  529). 

(b)  Upon  request  of  the  Organization,  any  department, 
agency,  or  independent  establishment  of  the  Government 
( upon  receipt  of  advancements  or  reimbursements  for  the 
cost  and  necessary  expenses)  may  furnish  supplies,  or  if 
advancements  are  made  may  procure  and  furnish  sup- 
plies, and  may  furnish  or  procure  and  furnish  services, 
to  the  Organization :  Provided,  That  such  additional  civil- 
ian employees  in  the  United  States  as  may  be  required  by 
any  such  department,  agency,  or  independent  establish- 
ment for  the  procurement  or  furnishing  of  supplies  or 
services  under  this  subsection,  and  for  the  services  of 
whom  such  department,  agency,  or  independent  establish- 
ment is  compensated  by  advancements  or  reimbursements 
made  by  the  Organization,  shall  not  be  counted  as  civilian 
employees  within  the  meaning  of  section  607  of  the  Fed- 
eral Eniployees  Pay  Act  of  1945,  as  amended  by  section 
14  of  the  Federal  Employees  Pay  Act  of  1946.  When  re- 
imbursement is  made  it  shall  be  credited,  at  the  option 
of  the  department,  agency,  or  independent  establishment 
concerned,  either  to  the  appropriation,  fund,  or  account 
utilized  in  incurring  the  obligation,  or  to  an  appropriate 
appropriation  fund,  or  account  which  is  current  at  the 
time  of  such  reimbursement. 

Sec.  5.  During  the  interim  period,  if  any,  between  July 
1,  1947,  and  the  coming  into  force  of  the  constitution  of 


372 


Deparfmenf  of  State  Bulletin 


the  Organization,  the  Secretary  of  State  is  authorized 
from  appropriations  made  pursuant  to  paragraph  (a)  of 
section  3,  to  malie  advance  contrilnitions  to  the  Prepara- 
tory Commission  for  tlie  International  Refugee  Organiza- 
tion, established  pursuant  to  an  agreement  dated  Decem- 
ber 15,  1940,  between  the  governments  signatory  to  the 
constitution  of  the  Organization,  at  a  rate  of  not  to  ex- 
ceed one-twelfth  per  month  of  the  United  States  contri- 
bution to  tile  Organiziition  contemplated  by  paragrapli 
(a)  of  section  3  hereof.  Such  advance  contributions  to 
the  said  Preparatory  Commission  shall  be  deducted  from 
the  said  contribution  to  the  Organization  for  the  first  fiscal 
year  as  provided  in  paragraph  6  of  the  said  agreement. 
The  provisions  of  ijaragraphs  (a)  and  (b)  of  section  4 
of  this  joint  resolution  shall  be  applicable,  respectively, 
to  such  advance  contributions  and  to  the  procurement  and 
furnisliing  of  supplies  and  services  to  the  said  Preparatory 
Commission. 
Approved  July  1,  1947. 


Public  Law  643,  80th  Congress,  2d  Session 

Joint  Resolution  Providing  for  membership  and  participation 
by  the  United  States  in  the  World  Health  Organization  and 
authorizing  an  appropriation  therefor. 

Resolved  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives 
of  the  United  States  of  America  in  Cmigress  assemhled, 
That  the  President  is  hereby  authorized  to  accept  mem- 
bership for  the  United  States  in  the  World  Health  Or- 
ganization (hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  Organization), 
the  constitution  of  which  was  adopted  in  New  York  on 
July  22,  1046,  by  the  International  Health  Conference  for 
the  establishment  of  an  International  Health  Organiza- 
tion, and  deposited  in  the  archives  of  the  United  Nations. 

Sec.  2.  The  President  shaU  designate  from  time  to  time 
to  attend  a  specified  session  or  specified  sessions  of  the 
World  Health  Assembly  of  the  Organization  not  to  ex- 
ceed three  delegates  of  the  United  States  and  such  num- 
ber of  alternates  as  he  may  determine  consistent  with  the 
rules  of  procedure  of  the  World  Health  Assembly.  One 
of  the  delegates  shall  be  designated  as  the  chief  delegate. 
Whenever  the  United  States  becomes  entitled  to  desig- 
nate a  person  to  serve  on  the  Executive  Board  of  the 
Organization,  under  article  24  of  the  constitution  of  the 
Organization,  the  President  shall  designate  a  representa- 
tive of  the  United  States,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  con- 
sent of  the  Senate,  and  may  designate  not  to  exceed  one 
alternate  to  attend  sessions  of  the  Executive  Board. 
Such  representative  must  be  a  graduate  of  a  recognized 
medical  school  and  have  spent  not  less  than  three  years 
in  active  practice  as  a  physician  or  surgeon.  Such  repre- 
sentative shall  be  entitled  to  receive  compensation  at  a 
rate  not  to  exceed  .$12,000  per  annum  and  any  such  alter- 
nate shall  be  entitled  to  receive  compensation  at  a  rate 
not  to  exceed  $10,000  per  annum  for  such  period  or 
periods  as  the  President  may  specify,  except  that  no 
Member  of  the  Senate  or  House  of  Representatives  or 
officer  of  the  United  States  who  is  thus  designated  shall 
be  entitled  to  receive  such  compensation :  Provided,  That 
no  person  shall  serve  as  such  representative,  delef,'ate,  or 
alternate  until  such  person  has  been  investigated  as  to 


loyalty  and  security  by  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investi- 
gation. 

Sec.  3.  There  is  hereby  authorized  to  be  appropriated 
annually  to  the  Department  of  State — 

(a)  such  sums,  not  to  exceed  $1,920,000  per  annum,  as 
may  be  necessary  for  the  payment  by  the  United  Spates 
of  its  share  of  the  expenses  of  the  Organization,  including 
those  incurred  by  the  Interim  Commission,  as  appor- 
tioned by  the  Health  Assembly  in  accordance  with  Article 
50  of  the  Constitution  of  the  Organization;  and 

(b)  such  additional  sums,  not  to  exceed  $83,000  for 
the  fi.scal  year  beginning  July  1,  1&47,  as  may  be  necessary 
to  pay  the  expenses  incident  to  participation  by  the  United 
States  in  the  activities  of  the  Organization,  including — 

(1)  salaries  of  the  representative  and  alternate  pro- 
vided for  in  section  2  hereof,  and  appropriate  staff,  in- 
cluding personal  services  in  the  District  of  Columbia  and 
elsewhere,  without  regard  to  the  civil-service  laws  and 
the  Classification  Act  of  1923,  as  amended ;  services  as 
authorized  by  section  15  of  Public  Law  000,  Seventy-ninth 
Congress ;  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  the  Secre- 
tary of  State  may  prescribe,  allowances  for  living  quar- 
ters, including  heat,  fuel,  and  light  and  cost  of  living 
allowances  to  persons  temporaiily  stationed  abroad ; 
printing  and  binding  without  regard  to  section  11  of  the 
Act  of  March  1,  1919  (44  U.S.C.  Ill),  and  section  3709 
of  the  Revised  Statutes,  as  amended  ;  and 

(2)  such  other  expenses  as  the  Secretary  of  State 
deems  necessary  to  participation  by  the  United  States  in 
the  activities  of  the  Organization:  Provided,  That  the 
provisions  of  section  6  of  the  Act  of  July  30,  1940,  Public 
Law  5(55,  Seventy-ninth  Congress,  and  regulations  there- 
under, applicable  to  expenses  incurred  pursuant  to  that 
Act  shall  be  applicable  to  any  expenses  incurred  pursuant 
to  this  paragraph  (b)   (2). 

Sec.  4.  In  adopting  this  joint  resolution  the  Congress 
does  so  with  the  understanding  that,  in  the  absence  of  any 
provision  in  the  World  Health  Organization  Constitution 
for  withdrawal  from  the  Organization,  the  United  States 
reserves  its  right  to  withdraw  from  the  Organization  on  a 
one-year  notice :  Provided,  however.  That  the  financial 
obligations  of  the  United  States  to  the  Organization  shall 
be  met  in  full  for  the  Organization's  current  fiscal  year. 

Sec.  5.  In  adopting  this  joint  resolution,  the  Congress 
does  so  with  the  understanding  that  nothing  in  the  Con- 
stitution of  the  World  Health  Organization  in  any  man- 
ner commits  the  United  States  to  enact  any  specific 
legislative  program  regarding  any  matters  referred  to  in 
said  Constitution. 

Approved  June  14,  1948. 


Public  Law  843,  80th  Congress,  2cl  Session 

Joint  Resolution  Providing  for  acceptance  by  the  United  States 
of  America  of  the  Constitution  of  the  International  Labor 
Organization  Instrument  of  Amendment,  and  further  author- 
izing an  appropriation  for  payment  of  the  United  States  share 
of  the  e.'spenses  of  membership  and  for  expenses  of  participa- 
tion by  the  United  States. 

Whereas   the   Senate   and   House  of   Representatives   by 
Public  Resolution   Numbered   43  of  the   Seventy-third 


September   19,    1948 


373 


Congress  authorized  the  President  to  accept  member- 
ship for  the  Government  of  tlie  United  States  of  America 
In  the  International  Labor  Organization  and  the  Presi- 
dent, pursuant  tliereto,  accepted  such  membership  on 
August  20,  1934;  and 
Whereas   such   membership   in   the   International   Labor 
Organization  has  proved  of  benefit  to  the  people  of  the 
United  States;  and 
Whereas  tlie  International  Labor  Organization  provides 
a  unique  international  forum  in  which  representatives 
of  employers  and  workers  join  together  with  those  of 
governments   in   formulating   conventions    and    recom- 
mendations   which    serve    as    international    minimum 
standards  for  labor  and  social  legislation  and  admin- 
istration within  member  countries;  and 
Whereas  extensive  revision  of  the  constitution  has  been 
undertaken  to  enable  the  Organization  to  meet  changed 
conditions,  to  strengthen  the  application  of  conventions 
and  recommendations,  with  careful  provision  to  meet 
the  constitutional  rules  and  practices  of  Federal  States, 
and  to  operate  as  a  specialized  agency  In  relationship 
with  the  United  Nations;  and 
Whereas  the  Constitution  of  the  International  Labor  Or- 
ganization   Instrument    of    Amendment    of    1946    was 
adopted  unanimously  on  October  9,  1946,  with  the  entire 
delegation  of  the  United   States  to  the  Twenty-ninth 
Session    of   the    International    Labor    Conference   sup- 
porting this  Instrument  of  Amendment :  Therefore  be  it 
Resolved  by  the  Senate  and  Home  of  Representatives 
of  the  United  States  of  America  in  Congress  assembled, 
That  the  President  is  hereby  authorized  to  accept  for  the 
Government  of  the  United   States  of  America  the  Con- 
stitution of  the  International  Labor  Organization  Instru- 
ment of  Amendment  adopted  by  the  Twenty-ninth  Session 
of  the  International  Labor  Conference  on  October  9,  1946. 
Sec.  2.  There  is  hereby  authorized  to  be  appropriated 
annually  to  the  Department  of  State — 

(a)  such  sums,  not  to  exceed  $1,091,739  per  annum,  as 
may  be  necessary  for  the  payment  by  the  United  States 
of  its  share  of  the  expenses  of  the  Organization,  as  ap- 
portioned by  the  International  Labour  Conference  in 
accordance  with  article  13  (c)  of  the  constitution  of  the 
Organization ;  and 

(b)  such  additional  sums,  not  to  exceed  $9.5,000  per 
annum,  as  may  be  necessary  to  pay  the  expenses  incident 
to  participation  by  the  United  States  in  the  activities  of 
the  Organization,  including — 

(1)  salaries  of  the  representative  or  representatives 
and  alternates  and  appropriate  staff,  including  personal 
services  in  the  District  of  Columbia  and  elsewhere,  with- 
out regard  to  the  civil-service  laws  and  the  Classification 
Act  of  1923,  as  amended  ;  services  as  authorized  by  sec- 
tion 15  of  Public  Law  600,  Seventy-ninth  Congress;  under 
such  rules  and  regulations  as  the  Secretary  of  State  may 
prescribe,  allowances  for  living  quarters,  including  heat, 
fuel,  and  light  and  cost-of-living  allowances  to  persons 
temporarily  stationed  abroad ;  printing  and  binding  with- 
out regard  to  section  11  of  the  Act  of  March  1,  1919  (44 
U.S.C.  Ill),  and  section  3709  of  the  Revised  Statutes,  as 
amended ;  and 

374 


(2)  such  other  expenses  as  the  Secretary  of  State 
deems  necessary  to  participation  by  the  United  States 
in  the  activities  of  the  Organization:  Provided,  That  the 
provisions  of  section  6  of  the  Act  of  July  30,  1946,  Public 
Law  565,  Seventy-ninth  Congress,  and  regulations  there- 
under, applicable  to  expenses  incurred  pursuant  to  that 
Act  shall  be  applicable  to  any  expenses  incurred  pur- 
suant to  this  paragraph  (b)   (2). 

Sec.  3.  No  person  shall  serve  as  representative,  dele- 
gate, or  alternate  from  the  United  States  until  such  per- 
son has  been  investigated  as  to  loyalty  and  security  by 
the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation. 

Approved  June  30,  194S. 


Public  Law  472,  80th  Congress,  2d  Session 


TITLE  II 

S"ec.  201.  This  title  may  be  cited  as  the  "International 
Children's  Emergency  Fund  Assistance  Act  of  1948". 

Skc.  202.  It  is  the  purpose  of  this  title  to  provide  for 
the  special  care  and  feeding  of  children  by  authorizing 
additional  moneys  for  the  International  Children's  Emer- 
gency Fund  of  the  United  Nations. 

Skc.  203.  The  President  is  hereby  authorized  and  di- 
rected any  time  after  the  date  of  the  enactment  of  this 
Act  and  before  July  1,  1919,  to  make  contributions  (a) 
from  sums  appropriated  to  carry  out  the  purposes  of  this 
title  and  (b)  from  sums  appropriated  to  carry  out  the 
general  purposes  of  the  proviso  in  the  first  paragraph  of 
the  first  section  of  the  joint  resolution  of  May  31,  1947 
(I'ublic  Law  84,  Eightieth  Congress),  as  amended,  to  the 
International  Children's  Emergency  Fund  of  the  United 
Nations   for   the  special   care   and    feeding   of  children. 

Sec.  204.  No  contribution  shall  be  made  pursuant  to 
this  title  or  such  joint  resolution  of  May  31,  1947,  which 
would  cause  the  sum  of  (a)  the  aggregate  amount  con- 
tributed pursuant  to  this  title  and  (b)  the  aggregate 
amount  contributed  by  the  United  States  pursuant  to  such 
joint  resolution  of  May  31,  1947,  to  exceed  whichever  of 
the  following  sums  is  the  lesser  : 

(1)  72  per  centum  of  the  total  resources  contributed 
after  May  31,  1947,  by  all  governments,  including  the 
United  States,  for  programs  carried  out  under  the  super- 
vision of  such  Fund :  Provided,  That  in  computing  the 
amount  of  resources  contributed  tliere  shall  not  be  in- 
cluded contributions  by  any  government  for  the  benefit  of 
persons  located  within  the  territory  of  such  contributing 
government ;  or 

(2)  $100,000,000. 

Sec.  205.  Funds  appropriated  for  the  purposes  of  such 
joint  resolution  of  May  31,  1947,  shall  remain  available 
through  June  30,  1949. 

Sec.  206.  There  is  hereby  authorized  to  be  appropriatetl 
to  carry  out  the  purposes  of  this  title  for  the  fiscal  year 
ending  June  30,  1949,  the  sum  of  $60,000,000. 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


III.  Responsibilities  Over  Non-Self-Governing  and  Trust  Territories 
Public  Law  403,  80th  Congress,  2d  Session 


Joint  Ilesolution  rrovidiu,:^  for  niemborsiiip  and  participation 
by  tile  United  States  in  the  Soutli  Pacific  Commission  and 
authorizing  an  appropriation  therefor. 

Whereas  delegates  representing  the  Governments  of  Aus- 
traliii,  thp  FiH'nch  Republic,  the  Kingdom  of  the  Nether- 
lands, Xew  Zealand,  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great 
Britain  and  Northern  Ireland,  and  the  United  States  of 
America  attended  the  South  Seas  Conference  held  at 
Canberra,  Australia,  and  signed  an  "Agreement  Estab- 
lishing the  South  Pacific  Commission"  on  February  6, 
1947 ;  and 
Whereas  the  purpose  of  the  South  Pacific  Commission  is  to 
encourage  and  strengthen  international  cooperation  iii 
promoting  the  economic  and  social  welfare  and  advance- 
ment of  the  non-self-governing  territories  in  the  South 
I^aciflc  in  accordance  with  the  principles  set  forth  in 
chapter  XI  of  the  Charter  of  the  United  Nations,  thereby 
contributing  to  the  maintenance  of  international  peace 
and  security  :  Therefore  be  it 

Resolved  hij  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  of 
the  United  States  of  America  in  Congress  assembled.  That 
the  President  is  hereby  authorized  to  accept  membership 
for  tlie  United  States  in  the  South  Pacific  Commission, 
created  by  the  Agreement  Establishing  the  South  Pacific 
Commission,  signed  on  February  6,  11)47,  at  Canberra,  Aus- 
tralia, by  delegates  representing  the  Governments  of 
Australia,  the  French  Republic,  the  Kingdom  of  the 
Netherlands,  New  Zealand,  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great 
Britain  and  Northern  Ireland,  and  the  United  States  of 
America,  and  to  appoint  the  United  States  Commissioners, 
and  their  alternates,  thereto. 
Sex3.  2.  When  used  in  this  joint  resolution — 

(1)  the  term  "Secretary"  means  the  Secretary  of  State ; 

(2)  the  term  "Government  agency"  means  any  depart- 
ment, independent  establishment,  or  other  agency  of  the 
Government  of  the  United  States,  or  any  corporation 
wholly  owned  by  the  Government  of  the  United  States  ;  and 

(3)  the  term  "Commission"  means  the  South  Pacific 
Commission. 

Sec.  3.  There  is  hereby  authorized  to  be  appropriated 
to  the  Department  of  State,  out  of  any  money  in  the 
Treasury  not  otherwise  appropriated — 

(a)  Not  more  than  $20,000  annually  for  the  payment 
by  the  United  States  of  its  proportionate  share  of  the 
expenses  of  the  Commission  and  its  auxiliary  and  sub- 
sidiary bodies,  as  set  forth  in  article  XIV  of  the  Agree- 
ment Establishing  the  South  Pacific  Commission  ; 

(b)  Such  additional  sums  as  may  be  needed  for  the 
payment  of  all  necessary  expenses  incident  to  participa- 
tion by  the  United  States  in  the  activities  of  the  Com- 
mission, including  salaries  of  the  United  States  Commis- 
sioners, their  alternates,  and  appropriate  staff,  without 
regard  to  the  civil-service  laws  and  the  Classification  Act 
of  1923,  as  amended;  personal  services  in  the  District  of 
Columbia;  services  as  authorized  by  section  15  of  Public 


Law  COO,  Seventy-ninth  Congress ;  under  such  rules  and 
regulations  as  tlie  Secretary  of  State  may  prescribe,  al- 
lowances for  living  quarters,  including  heat,  fuel,  and 
light  and  cost-of-living  allowances  to  persons  temporarily 
stationed  abroad ;  hire  of  passenger  motor  vehicles  and 
other  local  transportation;  printing  and  binding  without 
regard  to  section  11  of  the  Act  of  March  1,  1919  (44  U.S.C. 
Ill),  and  section  3709  of  the  Revised  Statutes,  as 
amended ;  and  such  other  exptnises  as  tlie  Secretary  of 
State  finds  necessary  to  participation  by  the  United  States 
in  the  activities  of  the  Commission:  Provided,  That  the 
provisions  of  section  6  of  the  Act  of  July  30,  194G  (Public 
l^aw  565.  Seventy-ninth  Congress),  and  regulations  there- 
under, applicable  to  expenses  incurred  pursuant  to  that 
Act  shall  be  applicable  to  any  expenses  incurred  pursuant 
to  this  paragraph   (b). 

Sec.  4.  The  Secretary  is  authorized,  when  the  Commis- 
sion is  desirous  of  obtaining  the  services  of  a  person 
having  special  scientific  or  other  technical  or  professional 
qualifications,  from  time  to  time  to  detail,  or  authorize 
the  detail  of,  for  temporary  service  to  or  in  cooperation 
with  the  Commission,  any  person  in  the  employ  or  service 
of  the  Government  of  the  United  States  who  has  such 
qualifications,  with  the  approval  of  the  Government 
agency  in  which  such  person  is  employed  or  serving, 
under  the  same  conditions  as  those  governing  the  detail 
of  officers  and  employees  of  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment to  the  government  of  another  country  in  accordance 
with  the  provisions  of  the  Act  of  May  25,  1938  (52  Stat. 
442),  as  amended,  except  that  the  authority  vested  in 
the  President  under  that  Act  shall  be  vested  in  the 
Secretary  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  this  section. 

Approved  January  28,  1948. 

Public  Law  431,  80th  Congress,  2d  Session 

Joint  Itesolution  l^roviding  for  memtiership  and  participation 
by  the  United  States  in  the  Caribbean  Commission  and 
authorizing  an  appropriation  therefor. 

Whereas  representatives  of  the  Governments  of  the 
French  Republic,  the  Kingdom  of  the  Netherlands,  the 
United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ire- 
land, and  the  United  States  of  America  signed  "An 
agreement  for  the  establishment  of  the  Caribbean  Com- 
mission" in  Washington  on  October  30,  1946,  which 
agreement  continued  and  extended  the  international 
cooperative  arrangements  initiated  in  1942  between  the 
United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ire- 
land, and  the  United  States;  and 

Whereas  the  purpose  of  the  Caribbean  Commission  is  to 
encourage  and  strengthen  international  cooperation  in 
promoting  the  economic  and  social  welfare  and  ad- 
vancement of  the  non-.self-governing  territories  in  the 
Caribbetin  area,  whose  economic  and  social  development 
is  of  vital  interest  to  the  security  of  the  United  States, 
in  accordance  with  the  principles  .set  forth  in  chapter 
XI  of  the  Charter  of  the  United  Nations:  Therefore 
be  it 


Sepfember   79,   1948 


375 


Resolved  ty  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  of 
the  United  States  of  America  in  Congress  assembled,  That 
the  President  is  hereby  authorized  to  accept  membership 
for  the  United  States  in  the  Caribbean  Commission, 
created  by  "An  agreement  for  the  establishment  of  the 
Caribbean  Commission,"  signed  in  Washington  on  Oc- 
tober 30,  1946,  by  representatives  of  the  Governments  of 
the  Prencli  Republic,  the  Kingdom  of  the  Netherlands, 
the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ire- 
land, and  the  United  States  of  America,  and  to  appoint 
the  United  States  Commissioners,  and  their  alternates, 
thereto. 

Sec.  2.  There  is  hereby  authorized  to  be  appropriated 
to  the  Department  of  State,  out  of  any  money  in  the 
Treasury  not  othervcise  appropriated — 

(a)  Not  more  than  $142,000  annually  for  the  payment 
by  the  United  States  of  its  proportionate  share  of  the 
expenses  of  the  Commission  and  its  auxiliary  and  sub- 
sidiary bodies,  pursuant  to  article  XV  of  the  "agreement 
for  the  Establishment  of  the  Caribbean  Commission" ; 
and 

(b)  Such  additional  sums  as  may  be  needed  for  the  pay- 
ment of  all  necessary  expenses  incident  to  participation 
by  the  United  States  in  the  activities  of  the  Commis- 
sion, including  salaries  of  the  United  States  Commis- 
sioners, their  alternates,  appropriate  staff,  without  re- 
gard to  the  civil-service  lavps  and  the  Classification  Act 
of  1923,  as  amended ;  personal  services  in  the  District  of 
Columbia ;  services  as  authorized  by  section  15  of  Public 
Law  600,  Seventy-ninth  Congress ;  hire  of  passenger  motor 
vehicles  and  other  local  transportation ;  printing  and 
binding  without  regard  to  section  11  of  the  Act  of  March 
1,  1919  (44  U.  S.  C.  Ill),  and  section  3709  of  the  Re- 
vised Statutes,  as  amended ;  and  such  other  expenses  as 
the  Secretary  of  State  finds  necessary  to  participation 
by  the  United  States  in  the  activities  of  the  Commission: 
Provided,  That  the  provisions  of  section  6  of  the  Act  of 
July  30,  1946  (Public  Law  565,  Seventy-ninth  Congress), 
and  regulations  thereunder,  applicable  to  expenses  in- 
curred pursuant  to  that  Act  shall  be  applicable  to  any 
expenses  incurred  pursuant  to  this  paragraph  (b). 

Approved  March  4,  1948. 

Public  Law  204,  80th  Congress,  1st  Session 

Joint  Resolution  Authorizing  the  President  to  approve  the 
trusteeship  agreement  for  the  Territory  of  the  Pacific 
Islands. 

Whereas  the  United  States  submitted  to  the  Security 
Council  of  the  United  Nations  for  its  approval  in  ac- 
cordance with  article  83  of  the  Charter  of  the  United 
Nations  a  proposed  trusteeship  agreement  for  the  Pa- 
cific islands  formerly  mandated  to  Japan  under  which 
the  United  States  would  be  prepared  to  administer  those 
islands  under  trusteeship  in  accordance  with  the  Char- 
ter of  the  United  Nations ;  and 

Whereas  the  Security  Council  on  April  2,  1947,  approved 
unanimously  the  trusteeship  agreement  with  amend- 
ments acceptable  to  the  United  States ;  and 

Whereas  the  said  agreement,  having  been  approved  by  the 
Security  Council,  will  come  into  force  upon  approval  by 

376 


the  Government  of  the  United  States  after  due  consti- 
tutional process :  Therefore  be  it 

Resolved  hy  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  j 
of  the  United  States  of  America  in  Cont/ress  assembled, 
That  the  President  is  hereby  authorized  to  approve,  on 
behalf  of  the  United  States,  the  trusteeship  agreement 
between  the  United  States  of  America  and  the  Security 
Council  of  the  United  Nations  for  the  former  Japanese 
mandated  islands  (to  be  known  as  the  Territory  of  the 
Pacific  Islands)  which  was  approved  by  the  Security  Coun- 
cil at  the  seat  of  the  United  Nations,  Lake  Success,  Nas- 
sau County,  New  York,  on  April  2,  1947. 
Approved  July  IS,  1947. 

House  Concurrent  Resolution  129,  80th  Congress, 
2d  Session 

Whereas  the  President,  on  belialf  of  the  United  States, 
pursuant  to  authority  contained  in  Public  Law  204  of 
the  first  session  of  the  Eightieth  Congress,  has  approved 
an  agreement  between  the  Security  Council  of  the 
United  Nations  and  the  United  States  of  America  pur- 
suant to  which  the  United  States  has  become  the 
administering  authority  for  the  trust  territory  of  the 
Pacific  islands,  heretofore  known  as  the  Japanese  Man- 
dated Islands  of  the  Pacific  ;  and 
Whereas  it  is  the  responsibility  of  the  Congress  of  the 
United  States  to  provide  a  permanent  government  for 
the  trust  territory  of  the  Pacific  islands ;  and 
Whereas  the  problem  of  administration  of  the  trust  terri- 
tory of  the  Pacific  islands  is  interrelated  to  the  admin- 
istration of  Guam,  American  Samoa,  Wake  Island,  and 
other  United  States  island  possessions  in  the  Pacific 
Ocean  :  Therefore  be  it 

Resolved  by  the  House  of  Representatives  (the  Senate 
eoncurring),  That  there  is  hereby  established  a  joint  con- 
gressional committee  to  be  composed  of  three  members 
who  are  members  of  the  Committee  on  Interior  and  Insu- 
lar Afl:airs  of  the  Senate,  three  members  who  are  members 
of  the  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  of  the  Senate,  to 
be  appointed  by  the  President  pro  tempore  of  the  Senate, 
and  three  members  who  are  members  of  the  Committee  on 
Public  Lands  of  the  House  of  Representatives,  three  mem- 
bers who  are  members  of  the  Committee  on  Foreign  Affairs 
of  the  House  of  Representatives,  to  be  appointed  by  the 
Speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives.  The  committee 
shall  select  a  chairman  and  a  vice  chairman  from  among 
its  members. 

Sec.  2.  The  committee  shall  make  a  thorough  study  and 
Investigation  of  the  islands,  group  of  islands,  and  other 
areas  included  within  the  trust  territory  of  the  Pacific  and 
all  other  islands,  groups  of  islands,  and  other  areas  in  the 
Pacific  which  are  possessions  of,  or  subject  to  the  author- 
ity of,  the  United  States,  including  study  and  investigation 
of— 

(a)  the  peoples,  customs,  laws,  economies,  resources, 
and  governments  of  such  areas ; 

(b)  the  interrelation,  and  the  natural  or  appropriate 
integration,  of  such  areas ; 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


(c)  the  interrelation  of  tlie  security  of  sucli  areas  and 
the  security  of  the  United  States ; 

(d)  measures  designed  to  advance  tlie  security  and 
well-being  of  the  peoples  and  economies  of  such  areas; 
and 

(e)  such  other  matters  relating  to  such  areas  as  tlie 
committee  may  deem  appropriate. 

Sec.  3.  The  committee  shall  complete  its  study  and  in- 
vestigation as  expeditiously  as  possilile,  and  shall  forth- 
with tliereafter  report  to  the  Committee  on  Interior  and 
Insular  Affairs  of  the  Senate  and  the  Committee  on  For- 
eign Relations  of  the  Senate  and  the  Committee  on  Public 
Lands  of  the  House  of  Kepresentatives  and  tJie  Committee 
on  Foreign  Affairs  of  the  House  of  Representatives  the 
results  thereof,  recommending  such  organic  and  other 
legislation  as  may  be  necessary  to  provide  for  the  civil 
government  of  such  areas,  and  to  assure  to  the  peoples  of 
such  areas  justice,  peace,  and  tranquillity,  a  voice  in  their 
civic  affairs  and  government,  the  development  of  their 
economies  and  the  protection  of  their  civil  rights,  all  with 
due  regard  to  the  established  customs  of  such  peoples. 

Sec.  4.  For  the  purposes  of  this  concurrent  resolution, 
the    committee,    or    any    duly    authorized    subcommittee 


thereof,  is  authorized  to  hold  such  hearings,  to  sit  and 
act  at  such  times  and  places  during  tlie  sessions,  recesses, 
and  adjourned  periods  of  the  Eightieth  Congress,  to  em- 
ploy such  consultants,  specialists,  clerks,  and  other 
assistants,  to  travel,  and  authorize  its  assistants  to  travel, 
freely  through  such  areas  and  such  other  places,  to 
utilize  such  transportation,  housing,  and  other  facilities 
as  the  Army,  Navy,  Marine  Corps,  Coast  Guard,  and  Air 
Force  may  make  available,  to  require  by  subpena  or  other- 
wise the  attendance  of  such  witnesses  and  the  production 
of  such  correspondence,  books,  papers,  and  documents,  to 
administer  such  oaths,  to  take  such  testimony,  and  to 
make  such  expenditures,  as  it  deems  advisable.  The 
cost  of  stenographic  services  to  report  such  hearings  shall 
not  be  in  excess  of  2.5  cents  per  hundred  words.  The  ex- 
penses of  the  committee,  which  shall  not  exceed  $50,000, 
shall  be  paid  one-half  from  the  contingent  fund  of  the 
Senate  and  one-half  from  the  contingent  fund  of  the  House 
of  Representatives,  upon  vouchers  approved  by  the  chair- 
man or  vice  chairman.  Disbursements  to  pay  such  ex- 
penses shall  be  made  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Senate  out 
of  tlie  contingent  fund  of  the  Senate,  such  contingent  fund 
of  the  House  of  Representatives  in  the  amount  of  one-half 
of  disbursements  so  made. 
Passed  June  18, 1948. 


Proclamation  2751 


IV.  Presidential  Proclamations  Reconvening  80th  Congress 

Proclamation  2796  " 

Convening  the  Congress 

BT  THE  PRESIDENT  OF  TirE  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA 


Convening  the  Congress 


BY  THE  PRESIDENT  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA 
A  PROCLAMATION 
Whebb:as  the  public  Interast  requires  that  the  Congress 
(if  the  United  States  should  be  convened  at  twelve  o'clock, 
noon,  on  Monday,  tlie  Seventeenth  day  of  November,  1947, 
to  receive  such  communication  as  may  be  made  by  the 
Executive ; 

Now,  Thebefoee,  I,  Harry  S.  Truman,  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  do  hereby  proclaim  and  declare 
that  an  extraordinary  occasion  requires  the  Congress  of 
the  United  States  to  convene  at  the  Capitol  in  the  City 
of  Washington  on  Monday,  the  Seventeenth  day  of  Novem- 
ber, 1947,  at  twelve  o'clock,  noon,  of  which  all  persons  who 
shall  at  that  time  be  entitled  to  act  as  members  thereof 
are  hereby  required  to  take  notice. 

In  Witness  Whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and 

caused  to  be  affixed  the  great  seal  of  the  United  States. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington  this  twenty-third  day 

of  October,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  nineteen  hun- 

[8s:al]     dred  and  forty-seven,  and  of  the  Independence  of 

the  United  States  of  America  the  one  hundred 

and  seventy-second. 

Haret  S.  Tbuman 
By  the  President: 
Robert  A.  Ix)^'ETT, 
Acting  Secretary  of  State. 


"  12  Fed.  Reg.  6941. 
"  13  Fed.  Reg.  4057. 

September  19,   1948 


A    PROCLAMATION 

Whereas  the  public  interest  requires  that  the  Con- 
gress of  the  United  States  should  be  convened  at  twelve 
o'clock,  noon,  on  Monday,  the  twenty-sixth  day  of  July, 
1948,  to  receive  such  communication  as  may  be  made  by 
the  Executive ; 

Now,  therefore,  I,  Harry  S.  Truman,  President  of 
the  United  States  of  America,  do  liereby  proclaim  and 
declare  that  an  extraordinary  occasion  requires  the  Con- 
gress of  the  United  States  to  convene  at  the  Capitol  in 
tlie  City  of  Washington  on  Monday,  the  twent.v-slxth  day 
of  July,  1948,  at  twelve  o'clock,  noon,  of  which  all  persons 
who  shall  at  that  time  be  entitled  to  act  as  members 
thereof  are  hereby  required  to  take  notice. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and 
caused  to  lie  affixed  the  great  seal  of  the  United  States. 

Done  at  the  city  of  Washington  this  fifteenth  day  of 

July,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  nineteen  hundred 

[SE.VL]     and  forty-eight,  and  of  the  Independence  of  the 

United  States  of  America  the  one  hundred  and 

seventy-third. 

Habrt  S.  Tbuman 

By  the  President : 
G.  C.  Marshall, 
Secretary  of  State. 

377 


Seventh  Session  of  ECOSOC:  Freedom  of  Information 


STATEMENT  BY  WILLARD  L.  THORP  i 
U.  S.  Representative 


Mr.  President  and  Members  of  the  Economic 
AND  Social  Council:  During  these  closing  days 
of  the  Seventh  Session  of  this  Council,  there  is 
no  time  left  for  empty  amenities.  Therefore,  I 
am  going  to  speak  frankly  and  even  bluntly  on  the 
subject  of  freedom  of  information  because  we  con- 
sider this  to  be  a  subject  of  fundamental  impor- 
tance to  the  cause  of  peace  and  international 
understanding. 

Once  before  in  an  earlier  session  of  this  Council, 
I  made  a  short  speech  on  this  subject,  and  was 
then  told  that  we  could  not  be  deeply  interested 
because  I  had  not  spoken  at  greater  length.  I 
deny  the  principle  that  length  of  speeches  is  pro- 
portional to  intensity  of  interest.  This  notion  has 
never  governed  American  performance.  In  this 
instance,  if  I  reflected  in  my  presentation  the  in- 
terest of  the  American  people,  it  would  extend 
our  session  far  into  the  future. 

The  record  of  the  Council  in  the  course  of  this 
Session  with  respect  to  this  vital  subject  has  been 
thoroughly  disappointing  to  my  Delegation.  We 
came  here  prepared  to  contribute  constructively, 
and  with  malice  toward  none,  to  a  discussion  of 
the  Final  Act  of  the  Conference  on  Freedom  of 
Information.  Already,  54  nations  had  met  in  a 
formal  conference  under  United  Nations  auspices, 
and  after  full  discussion  had  adopted  three  con- 
ventions and  various  resolutions  on  this  subject. 

We  had  hoped  that  the  Council  might  be  able 
to  consider  this  subject  carefully  and  judicially, 
make  appropriate  improvements  in  the  conven- 
tions and  resolutions  transmitted  to  us  by  the  Con- 
ference, and  pass  the  product  of  our  work  along 
proudly  to  the  General  Assembly.  In  anticipa- 
tion, we  spent  days  in  consultation  with  our  col- 
leagues in  the  French  and  United  Kingdom  Dele- 
gations with  a  view  to  harmonizing  the  thi-ee 
conventions  which  had  emerged  from  the  Confer- 
ence on  Freedom  of  Information  and  the  Press, 
and  which  had  been  sponsored  by  the  United 
Kingdom,  France,  and  the  United  States,  respec- 
tively. We  thus  hoped  to  make  the  work  of  the 
Council  easier,  to  facilitate  speedy  action. 

And  what  did  we  find?  We  were  confronted 
for  weeks  with  ill-founded  and  vicious  attacks  on 
the  part  of  certain  delegations  which  accused  my 
Delegation,  my  Government,  individual  Ameri- 
cans, and  the  newspapers  and  radio  of  my  country 

'  Made  before  a  Plenary  Session  In  Geneva  on  Aug.  27, 
1948.  Mr.  Thorp  is  Assistant  Secretary  of  State  for 
economic  affairs. 

378 


of  irresponsible  and  malicious  actions  designed  to 
provoke  another  war.  We  were  met  with  time- 
consuming  and  obstructionist  tactics  apparently 
designed  to  make  it  impossible  for  this  Council, 
within  the  possible  limits  of  time  available  to  it, 
to  reach  any  useful  conclusions  regarding  the 
Final  Act  of  the  Confei'ence  on  Freedom  of  In- 
formation. When  the  attempt  failed  to  relegate 
the  consideration  of  the  Final  Act  to  the  closing 
hours  of  the  Council,  we  had  to  listen  for  endless, 
weary  hours  to  procedural  arguments  which  had 
little  or  no  bearing  on  the  subject  at  hand. 
Amendments  introduced  at  one  point  in  the  docu- 
ments and  decisively  defeated  were  re-introduced 
time  and  time  again  at  subsequent  points. 

The  Delegations  of  France  and  the  United  King- 
dom, together  with  my  own  Delegation,  were  ac- 
cused of  trying  to  substitute  a  new  convention  for 
the  convention  on  the  gathering  and  international 
transmission  of  news,  even  though  anyone  who 
studied  the  joint  Anglo-French-American  amend- 
ments carefully  could  see  that  they  were  designed 
to  clarify  and  not  to  change  the  substance  of  the 
matter,  as  I  shall  illustrate  later  in  my  remarks. 
In  this  connection,  it  is  important  to  note  that  this 
opposition  was  the  opposition  of  three  govern- 
ments which  had  pursued  similar  tactics  at  the 
Conference  on  Freedom  of  Information  itself,  and 
which  at  that  Conference  had  voted  against  every 
one  of  the  conventions.  Consequently,  their  pro- 
fessions of  support  for  and  concern  about  these 
original  drafts  can  only  be  characterized  as 
fagades  designed  to  conceal  their  real  position. 
They  themselves  proposed  numerous  amendments 
which  certainly  were  directed  at  the  substance  of 
the  conventions. 

These  opposing  countries  not  only  have  given  no 
signs  that  there  is  any  possibility  that  these  con- 
ventions ever  may  come  into  force  in  their  own 
countries,  but  they  appear  to  be  directing  their  ef- 
forts to  preventing  their  being  carefully  consid- 
ered by  other  countries  which  do  have  a  real  in- 
terest. In  fact,  the  goal  seems  to  be  to  make  cer- 
tain that  these  conventions  should  never  become  a 
part  of  international  law.  What  we  have  wit- 
nessed here  during  recent  weeks  was  an  extraor- 
dinary illustration  of  an  attempt  at  sabotage 
which,  alas,  proved  at  least  partially  successful  in 
preventing  the  Council  from  exercising  and  ex- 
pressing its  considered  judgment  on  these  sub- 
jects. We  in  the  Council  have  been  the  victims  of 
our  rules  of  procedure  and  the  limitations  of  our 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


time  schedule.  Eiiles  desijrned  to  protect  the  free- 
dom of  speech  of  any  minority  liave  been  used  to 
prevent  action  by  tlic  majority.  But  these  tactics 
cannot  in  the  long  run  be  effective.  The  desire  of 
the  great  majority  of  nations  here  represented  is 
clear,  and  my  Government  is  confident  that  the  will 
of  the  majority  will  be  effectively  and  clearly  ex- 
pressed at  the  General  Assembly. 

Tlie  United  States  Delegation  has  stated  on  sev- 
eral occasions  in  the  Committee  on  Human  Rights 
that  it  would  hope  for  nothing  better  than  to  see  all 
countries  in  the  world  adopt  the  conventions  which 
emerged  from  the  Conference  on  Freedom  of  In- 
formation. If  we  had  had  any  optimistic  illusions 
on  tliis  subject,  they  are  now  gone.  It  is  quite  evi- 
dent to  us  that  certain  countries  do  not  want  any 
part  of  these  conventions.  It  has  become  evident, 
even  to  the  casual  observer,  that  when  it  comes  to 
the  issue  of  freedom  of  information,  we  are  sepa- 
rated by  fundamental  differences  in  our  political 
pliilosophy,  our  governmental  practice,  and  our 
confidence  in  the  intelligence  and  judgment  of 
human  beings. 

My  country,  and  I  know  this  is  shared  by  the 
large  majority  of  countries  throughout  the  world, 
believes  in  freedom  of  information.  We  are  con- 
vinced that  without  access  to  unfettered  news,  the 
people  in  any  country  camiot  carry  out  their  demo- 
cratic functions  as  an  informed  body  of  citizens. 
We  are  convinced  that  without  a  free  flow  of  in- 
formation between  countries,  the  development  of 
stable  international  understanding  is  impossible. 
We  are  not  afraid  of  so-called  false  and  slanderous 
information  which  may  at  times  find  its  way  into 
the  columns  of  a  free  press.  We  are  not  afriiid  of 
it  because  we  believe  in  the  dignity,  capacity,  and 
worth  of  man.  We  believe  in  his  judgment  and 
innate  intelligence,  and  we  are  certain  that  we  can 
trust  in  his  judgment  based  upon  information  and 
opinion  of  all  kinds  freely  presented  and  freely 
received.  This  is  the  fundamental  protection  of 
the  true  democracy,  where  every  effort  is  made  to 
reduce  the  power"  of  a  few,  either  in  private  or 
public  life,  and  to  rely  to  the  fullest  degree  possible 
upon  the  broad  judgment  and  participation  by  all 
the  people. 

By  contrast,  in  nations  where  information  is 
state-controlled  and  censorshi])  rules,  a  few  gov- 
ernment officials  have  the  power  to  lead  their  peo- 
ple down  the  road  to  misunderstanding  and  even 
war.  between  twin  walls  of  contrived  ignorance 
and  distorted  propaganda.  The  power  of  the  state 
is  such  that  there  is  no  protection.  Only  the  opin- 
ion of  the  few  and  facts  selected  by  the  few  are 
presented  to  the  people.  The  essence  of  the  cen- 
tralized approacli  to  information  is  not  freedom, 
but  control.  The  few  who  control  from  their  polit- 
ical seats  are  inevitably  afraid  of  letting  their 
people  know  what  other  people  think  about  their 
governments;  afraid  to  let  them  form  an  unbiased 
judgment  about  other  nations  and  their  institu- 

Sep/emfaer   19,    J  948 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS  AND  SPECIALIZED  AGENCIES 

tions ;  afraid  of  the  fresh  breeze  of  free  argument 
and  criticism.  Here  the  power  of  the  few  is  com- 
i:ilete.  Censorship  and  control  are  in  their  hands. 
In  such  circumstances,  there  is  no  possible  pro- 
tection of  the  many  against  the  few.  That  is  why 
freedom  of  information  is  so  basic  to  the  whole 
notion  of  human  rights  and  of  responsible  citizen- 
ship, national  and  international. 

Tlie  fundamental  issue  is  a  clear  one.  How 
can  truth  best  reach  the  peojjle  of  the  world?  On 
the  one  hand,  is  a  centralized  system  where  state 
control  and  censorship  rule.  All  media  of  infor- 
mation are  subject  to  the  complete  dictation  of  a 
few  political  officials  whose  purpose  in  being  is 
not  necessarily  the  promotion  and  dissemination 
of  truth.    The  probability  is  clearly  otherwise. 

On  the  other  hand,  is  a  decentralized  and  com- 
petitive system,  where  truth  may  find  its  way 
through  many  channels  and  many  outlets.  Let 
me  describe  briefly  the  processes  for  the  flow  of 
information  in  the  United  States  today.  In  the 
United  States,  there  are  more  than  1,700  daily 
newspapers.  Of  these,  about  83  percent  are  lo- 
cally owned  and  only  about  13  percent  absentee 
owned.  In  other  words,  approximately  four  out 
of  every  five  dailies  are  individual,  independent 
units.  Only  slightly  more  than  one  out  of  five 
is  linked  with  a  chain,  and  the  largest  chain  in 
the  United  States  consists  of  less  than  20  dailies. 
There  are,  in  addition,  almost  10,000  weekly  news- 
papers. The  overwhelming  majority  of  these  are 
individual  units,  locally  owned.  Each  of  these 
papers — both  weeklies  and  dailies — has  its  own 
editors,  free  to  report  world  news  and  to  com- 
ment on  it  as  they  like. 

Scores  of  magazines  and  periodicals  are  pub- 
lished by  many  unrelated  owners  in  the  United 
States,  many  of  which  contain  news  and  informa- 
tion concerning  international  affairs. 

In  the  field  of  radio  there  are  almost  1,700  AM 
stations  broadcasting  at  the  present  time,  together 
with  more  than  500  FM  stations,  and  some  27  tele- 
vision stations.  Almost  without  exception,  con- 
siderable attention  is  given  by  all  of  these  to  the 
dissemination  of  news  and  information  concern- 
ing public  affairs.  And  commentators  suggest  to 
the  public  various  interpretations  of  the  news. 

These  news  media — newspapers,  periodicals, 
and  broadcasting  stations — are  served  by  three 
national  wire  services  with  world-wide  coverage, 
which  provide  their  services  to  media  of  all  shades 
of  opinion  from  right  to  left.  In  addition,  many 
newspapers,  periodicals,  and  radio  networks  main- 
tain extensive,  supplementary  foreign  coverage 
through  correspondents  of  their  own. 

Tlirough  this  extensive  network  for  the  collec- 
tion and  dissemination  of  news  and  information, 
the  multiplicity  of  sources  of  news  and  informa- 
tion available  to  the  people  of  the  United  States 
is  unsurpassed  in  any  other  country  of  the  world. 

I  am  not  pretending  to  claim  that  our  American 

379 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS  AND  SPECIALIZED  AGENCIES 

institutions  are  perfect  or  that  only  truth  flows 
through  our  news  channels.  But  I  do  submit  tliat 
true  information  has  its  best  chance  of  expression 
when  the  channels  are  multiple  and  uncontrolled, 
rather  than  when  it  must  all  pass  through  a  sin- 
gle point,  and  a  government  censor  sits  at  that 
point,  adding  to  that  which  he  permits  to  pass  a 
tremendous  flow  of  opinion  and  propaganda  orig- 
inating from  government  sources.  Which  is  the 
monopoly — the  ownership  and  perhaps  the  con- 
trol of  a  handful  of  newspapers  in  the  United 
States,  or  the  ruthless  all-embracing  control  by  the 
State  of  every  written  and  spoken  word?  No 
monopoly  can  possibly  be  more  complete  than  a 
state  monopoly.  And  no  state  monopoly  can  be 
more  dangerous  to  the  peace  of  the  world  than 
one  completely  controlling  the  flow  of  informa- 
tion. 

It  is  with  regret  that  I  must  leave  the  basic  issue 
to  turn  to  certain  specific  aspects  of  the  proposed 
conventions.  At  some  points,  the  result  of  the 
prolonged  debates  has  been  to  confuse  the  issue; 
at  others,  to  weaken  the  conventions  somewhat. 
First,  I  shall  refer  to  the  convention  on  the  gath- 
ering and  international  transmission  of  news — 
the  only  convention  which  was  reviewed  by  the 
Committee  on  Human  Rights. 

The  tripartite  amendment  submitted  by  France, 
the  United  Kingdom,  and  the  United  States  intro- 
duced the  phrase  "of  other  contracting  states"  into 
various  substantive  articles  of  the  convention,  in 
order  to  make  it  absolutely  clear  to  everyone  that 
the  rights  and  privileges  of  the  convention  would 
apply  only  to  correspondents  and  information 
agencies  of  contracting  states.  In  connection  with 
this  clarification,  the  term  "correspondents  of 
other  contracting  states"  was  substituted  for  the 
term  "foreign  correspondent".  The  Soviet  and 
Polish  Delegates  charged  time  after  time  that 
these  phrases  introduced  a  new  element  into  the 
text  which  made  for  discrimination  between  the 
correspondents  and  information  agencies  of  con- 
tracting states,  on  the  one  hand,  and  of  jion- 
contracting  states,  on  the  other.  Furthermore 
they  made  the  point  with  wearying  repetition  that 
this  change  for  the  first  time  brought  within  the 
terms  of  the  convention  nationals  of  a  given  coun- 
try who  might  work  for  foreign  information 
agencies. 

In  the  first  place,  it  is  evident  that  limiting  the 
convention  to  contracting  states  is  nothing  less 
than  the  principle  of  reciprocity  which  is  the  basis 
of  all  treaties.  This  is  certainly  unobjectionable 
procedure.  But  beyond  this,  let  us  look  at  the 
facts.  Let  us  see  wliether,  as  charged,  the  tri- 
partite amendment  introduced  a  new  principle  into 
the  text  originally  adopted  by  the  Conference. 

I  shall  quote  the  pertinent  parts  of  the  original 
definitions  of  "information  agency"  and  "foreign 
correspondent"  as  adopted  by  the  Conference  on 
Freedom  of  Information : 

380 


For  the  purpose  of  the  present  Convention,  the  follow- 
ing expressions  are  to  be  understood  in  the  sense  herein- 
after defined. 

A.  Information  Agency 

A  press,  radio  or  film  organization,  whether  public  or 
private,  created  or  organized  under  the  applicable 
laics  and  regulations  within  the  territories  of  a 
Contracting  State.     .     .     . 

B.  Foreign  Correspondent 

An  Individual  employed  by  an  information  agency — 
that  is  to  say,  an  information  agency  of  a  Contract- 
ing State  in  accordance  with  the  definition  I  have  just 
read — or  a  national  of  a  Contracting  State.     .     .     . 

It  is  perfectly  clear  that  by  definition  the  orig- 
inal draft  adopted  by  the  Conference  extended 
the  rights  and  privileges  of  the  convention  to  in- 
formation agencies  and  correspondents  only  of 
contracting  states.  It  is  also  perfectly  clear  that 
nationals  working  for  foreign  information 
agencies  of  contracting  states  were  always  in- 
cluded within  the  scope  of  the  convention.  The 
tripartite  amendment  changed  nothing  in  these 
two  respects.  Yet  time  after  time  ill-founded 
charges  were  made  that  it  did,  and  hours  and  hours 
of  precious  time  were  devoted  to  debating  the  se- 
mantics of  the  original  draft  and  the  revision. 

As  I  have  explained,  this  tripartite  amendment 
did  not  change  the  substance  of  the  draft  adopted 
by  the  Conference.  However,  some  modifications 
were  approved  by  the  Human  Rights  Committee, 
which  are  matters  of  regret  to  my  Delegation,  and 
I  feel  absolutely  certain  that  my  Government  will 
urge  the  General  Assembly  to  return  to  the  prin- 
ciples approved  by  the  Conference. 

In  the  first  place,  the  Conference  originally 
adopted  the  principle  that  news  material  leaving 
a  country  in  i:)eacetime  might  be  censored  only  on 
the  ground  of  national  military  security.  Even 
this  foothold  for  the  censors  my  Government 
viewed  as,  at  best,  a  necessary  evil.  The  Human 
Rights  Committee,  however,  has  so  amended 
articles  4  and  10,  the  latter  of  which  has  become 
article  9  in  the  Report  of  the  Committer,  that  the 
boundaries  of  peacetime  censorship  are  ambigu- 
ous. At  the  least,  censorship  would  be  permitted 
on  the  sweeping  ground  of  national  security — a 
term  which  can  be  stretched  to  cover  a  multitude 
of  sins  in  the  way  of  governmental  suppression 
of  legitimate  news.  My  Government  feels 
strongly  that  censorship  of  outgoing  news  should 
be  permitted  in  peacetime  only  at  most  on  the 
grounds  of  national  rniJifary  security — and  then 
only  in  full  conformity  with  the  procedures  listed 
in  article  4,  every  step  of  which  is  designed  for 
the  protection  of  correspondents  and  information 
agencies. 

In  the  second  place,  my  Delegation  regrets  the 
insertion  by  the  Committee  of  the  third  paragraph 
of  what  used  to  be  article  10,  and  is  now  article 
9,  which  provides  that  nothing  in  the  convention 
shall  limit  the  discretion  of  any  contracting  state 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


to  refuse  entry  to  any  particular  person — that  is,  to 
any  particular  correspondent.  The  original 
draft  of  the  convention  as  adopted  by  the  Con- 
ference permitted  states  to  refuse  entry  to  cor- 
respondents, but  only  in  accordance  with  public 
laws  and  regulations — cither  immigration  laws  or 
laws  for  the  protection  of  national  security.  Thus 
the  actions  of  states  would  have  to  be  in  accordance 
with  a  rule  of  law — a  rule  of  law  which  they  might 
themselves  establish,  but  nevertheless  a  rule  of  law 
publicly  adopted  and  known  to  all.  The  pi"ovi- 
sion  adopted  by  the  Human  Rights  Committee, 
on  the  other  hand,  opens  the  door  to  arbitrary  ad- 
ministrative action  by  governmental  personnel. 
It  would  permit  the  exclusion  of  any  particular 
correspondent  for  any  reason  whatsoever,  most 
likely  because  it  was  feared  that  once  admitted 
the  correspondent  might  transmit  abroad  facts 
distasteful  to  the  government  concerned. 

I  must  also  comment  on  article  14  of  the  draft 
convention  on  the  gathering  and  international 
transmission  of  news — the  so-called  "colonial 
clause"  which  has  become  article  15  in  the  docu- 
ment now  before  you.  The  United  States  Govern- 
ment wants  the  most  liberal  provision  possible  in 
this  connection.  We  ourselves  will  automatically 
apply  the  freedom-of-information  conventions 
which  we  ratify  to  all  the  territories  for  the  con- 
duct of  whose  international  relations  the  United 
States  is  responsible.  At  the  same  time  we  recog- 
nize the  constitutional  and  procedural  difhculties 
facing  certain  metropolitan  powers  in  this  regard. 
We  do  not  want  to  make  it  impossible  for  them  to 
ratify  these  conventions.  Therefore  we  supported 
the  article  adopted  by  the  Human  Rights  Commit- 
tee— an  article  which,  frankly,  falls  short  of  our 
aspirations.  I  must  state,  however,  that  my  Gov- 
ernment does  not  consider  this  present  provision 
as  establishing  a  precedent  for  other  conventions 
relating  to  other  matters. 

With  respect  to  the  draft  convention  concerning 
the  institution  of  an  international  right  of  correc- 
tion which  was  originally  sponsored  by  the  French 
Government,  my  Government  wholeheartedly  ac- 
cepts the  principle  of  an  international  right  of 
correction.  Aly  Government  looks  upon  the  pro- 
posed convention  on  this  subject  as  a  legitimate 
and  potentially  useful  remedy  for  false  or  dis- 
torted reports  likely  to  injure  friendly  relations 
between  States — a  remedy  thoroughly  consistent 
with  the  principles  of  freedom  of  information, 
and  with  the  responsibility  of  the  United  Nations 
for  promoting  international  understanding.  AVe 
have  agreed  with  the  French  and  United  Kingdom 
Delegations  on  certain  clarifying  amendments  to 
this  convention  which  will  in  no  way  change  its 
essence.  Since  there  is  no  time  to  discuss  these 
amendments  here,  we  shall  submit  them  to  the 
General  Assembly. 

The  third  convention — the  diaft  convention  on 
freedom  of  information — seeks  agreement  among 

September  19,  1948 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS   AND  SPECIAUZBD  AGENCIES 

democratic  states  on  broad  principles  of  freedom 
of  infornuition,  and  the  extension  of  these  princi- 
ples to  regions  where  they  are  not  now  fully  rec- 
ognized in  practice.  The  United  States  warmly 
supports  the  general  objectives  of  this  convention. 
At  the  same  time  we  believe  it  can  and  should  be 
improved  in  the  General  Assembly. 

The  chief  outstanding  problem  in  our  view 
arises  in  connection  with  article  2.  In  its  present 
form  article  2  attempts  to  list  specifically  the  re- 
strictions which  governments  may  legitimately  im- 
pose upon  the  broad  rights  to  freedom  of  in- 
formation granted  by  article  1.  In  the  view  of  my 
(Tovernment,  in  lieu  of  the  specific  limitations 
clause,  there  should  be  substituted  a  general,  over- 
all limitations  clause  laying  down  the  boundaries 
of  governmental  power. 

There  are  two  reasons  for  this  proposed  change. 
In  the  first  place,  it  is  clear  that  the  list  of  specific 
restrictions  now  contained  in  article  2  is  incom- 
plete. A  more  thorough  examination  of  this  sub- 
ject has  indicated  that  a  score  of  specific  restric- 
tions would  have  to  be  listed  if  one  wished  to  pro- 
tect adequately  the  various  existing,  legitimate 
laws  now  in  force  in  various  countries  for  the 
protection  of  the  public.  To  make  such  a  detailed 
listing  would  give  the  appearance  of  the  tail  of 
limitation  wagging  the  dog  of  freedom. 

In  the  second  place,  the  problem  of  the  exact 
boundary  between  freedom  and  protection  is 
perennial.  No  rigid  adjustment  on  an  interna- 
tional basis  will  ever  be  completely  satisfactory 
or  permanent.  In  the  opinion  of  my  Government, 
this  problem  can  best  be  dealt  with  in  an  inter- 
national convention  by  provisions  drafted  along 
the  lines  of  articles  in  a  constitution,  not  specifi- 
cations in  a  city  ordinance.  Only  thus  can  the 
legitimate  rights  of  the  people  be  protected  on  a 
continuing  basis. 

In  conclusion,  may  I  state  that  my  Government 
will  urge  the  General  Assembly  in  its  next  ses- 
sion to  give  adequate  consideration  to  all  three 
freedom-of-information  conventions.  We  will 
come  to  the  Assembly  in  the  same  spirit  as  we 
came  to  the  Council,  prepared  to  contribute  con- 
structively to  drafting  the  best  conventions  which 
the  composite  intelligence  of  those  present  can 
create.  It  is  our  hope  that,  with  whatever  modi- 
fications are  considered  appropriate  by  the  As- 
sembly, these  conventions  will  be  adopted  and 
opened  for  signature  at  the  next  session  of  the 
Assembly  in  accordance  with  the  time-table  rec- 
ommended by  the  Conference  on  Freedom  of  In- 
formation. 

The  concern  of  my  Government  in  this  field  is 
first  and  foremost  to  implement  the  right  of  all 
peoples  to  know — to  know  what  is  going  on  every- 
where on  the  globe.  We  hope  that  this  right  will 
eventually  be  guaranteed  on  a  world-wide  basis — 
{Continued  on  page  385) 

381 


fi 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 

Meeting  of  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers  To  Discuss  Italian  Colonies 

NOTES  AND    MEMORANDA   EXCHANGED    BETWEEN    U.S.   AND   SOVIET   GOVERNMENTS! 


Soviet  Note  to  United  States 

[Translation] 
No.  165 

The  Embassy  of  the  U.S.S.R.  in  the  U.S.A.  upon 
instructions  of  the  Soviet  Government  has  the 
honor  to  communicate  the  following. 

In  connection  with  the  termination  of  the  work 
of  the  Deputy  Ministers  of  Foreign  Affairs  of  the 
four  powers  on  the  question  of  the  former  Italian 
colonies  and  in  accordance  with  Article  23  of  the 
Treaty  of  Peace  with  Italy  and  with  Annex  XI  to 
this  Treaty,  the  Soviet  Government  deems  it  neces- 
sary, prior  to  the  expiration  of  the  period  en- 
visaged by  the  Treaty  of  Peace,  that  is,  prior  to 
September  15  of  this  year,  to  examine  in  the 
Council  of  Ministers  of  Foreign  Affairs  the  ques- 
tion of  the  former  Italian  colonies  in  the  manner 
established  by  the  Treaty  of  Peace. 

Embassy  of  the  Union  of 
Soviet  Socialist  Republics, 
Washington,  September  J^,  19IfS. 

Secretary  Marshall  to  Soviet  Ambassador 

September  8, 1948 
The  Secretary  of  State  presents  his  compliments 
to  the  Ambassador  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist 
Republics  and  has  the  honor  to  acknowledge  His 
Excellency's  note  no.  165  of  September  4, 1948,  re- 
garding the  disposition  of  the  former  Italian 
colonies.  It  is  noted  that  the  Soviet  Government 
deems  it  necessary,  now  that  the  work  of  the 
Deputy  Foreign  Ministers  has  been  concluded,  to 
examine  the  problem  in  the  Council  of  Foreign 
Ministers  prior  to  September  15  in  accordance  with 
Article  93  of  the  Italian  Treaty  of  Peace  and 
Annex  Xt  thereto. 

The  Government  of  the  United  States  is  pre- 
pared, should  the  other  member  governments 
agree,  to  participate  in  the  proposed  meeting  of 
the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers  through  a  duly 
qualified  representative  of  the  Secretary  of  State. 
In  view  of  the  wide  divergence  of  views  expressed 
by  the  Deputy  Foreign  Ministers,  however,  this 
Government  is  of  the  opinion  that  no  useful  pur- 
pose could  be  served  by  this  meeting  unless  the 
Soviet  Government  has  new  proposals  to  make. 


'Released  to  the  press  on  Sept.  8,  9,  and  11,  1948. 


382 


In  the  absence  of  such  new  proposals,  this  Gov- 
ernment suggests  that  the  four  governments  con- 
cerned should  agree  among  themselves  that,  having 
failed  to  reach  agreement  on  the  disposition  of 
these  territories  by  the  date  stipulatecl  under  the 
terms  of  the  Treaty  of  Peace  with  Italy,  this  fact 
should  be  notified  to  the  Secretary  General  of  the 
United  Nations  either  by  the  four  powers  indi- 
vidually, throudi  diplomatic  channels,  or  through 
the  Secretary  General  of  the  Council  of  Foreign  ^ 
Ministers.     This  Government  considers  that  thej 
procedure  suggested   above  would  meet  the  re-l 
quirements  of  the  provisions  of  the  Italian  TreatyJ 
of  Peace. 

Soviet  Memorandum  to  United  States 

[Translation] 
No.  166 

The  Embassy  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist 
Republics  presents  its  compliments  to  the  Depart- 
ment of  State  and  has  the  honor  to  transmit  here-l 
with  a  copy  of  the  note  of  September  8, 1948  of  tliej 
Embassy  of  the  U.S.S.R.  in  Great  Britain  to  the' 
Foreign  Office  of  Great  Britain. 

Embassy  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Republics 
Washington,  September  8,  1948 

Copy  of  Soviet  Note  to  Great  Britain 

In  connection  with  the  note  of  September  7tl; 
of  this  year  from  the  Foreign  Office  of  Great 
Britain,  in  which  the  Government  of  Great' 
Britain,  replying  to  the  note  of  September  4th 
from  the  Soviet  Government,  communicates  its 
consent  to  discuss  the  question  of  Italian  colonies 
in  the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers  of  the 
U.S.S.R.,  Great  Britain,  the  U.S.A.,  and  France 
before  September  15th,  the  Embassy  is  instructed 
to  communicate  the  following : 

The  Soviet  Government  agrees  to  the  proposal 
of  the  Government  of  Great  Britain  to  call  a 
session  of  the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers  for 
the  discussion  of  the  said  question  in  Paris. 

As  regards  the  date  of  calling  the  Council  of  i| 
Foreign  Ministers,  the  Soviet  Government  con- 
siders that  such  a  date  might  be  September  10th 
(tenth)  of  this  year. 

A  copy  of  this  note  is  being  forwarded  simul- 
taneously to  the  Governments  of  the  U.S.A.  and 
France. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


4 


United  States  Memorandum  Delivered  on 
September  9,  1948,  to  Soviet  Embassy 

In  reply  to  the  Soviet  Embassy's  memorandum 
no.  IGG  of  September  8,  1948,  regarding  the  pro- 
posed meeting  of  the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers 
to  extunine  the  question  of  the  former  Italian  col- 
onies, the  Department  of  State  refers  to  the  Secre- 
tary's note  of  the  same  date  to  the  Soviet  Am- 
bassador on  this  subject. 

The  Department  of  State  is  entirely  agreeable 
to  the  holding  of  the  Council's  meeting  in  Paris. 
The  date  of  September  10  proposed  by  the  Soviet 
Government  would  not,  however,  allow  sufficient 
time  for  the  Department  to  prepare  the  necessary 
instructions,  travel  orders,  et  cetera,  for  the  Amer- 
ican delegation.  For  this  reason,  the  Department 
proposes  that  the  Council  be  convoked  in  Paris 
on  September  13,  and  trusts  that  this  date  will  be 
acceptable  to  the  Soviet  Ministry  of  Foreign 
Affairs. 

Department  of  State, 

Washington^  September  9,  19^. 


Soviet  Note  to  the  United  States 

[Translation] 
Xo.  109 

The  Soviet  Goverimient  has  received  the  De- 
partment of  State's  notes  of  September  8  and 
September  9  on  the  question  of  the  former  Italian 
colonies.  In  this  connection  the  Embassy  of  the 
U.S.S.R.  has  been  instructed  to  bring  the  follow- 
ing to  the  attention  of  the  Government  of  the 
U.S.A. : 

In  its  note  of  September  8  the  Government  of 
the  U.S.A.  states  that  a  conference  of  the  Council 
of  Foreign  Ministers  would  not  serve  any  useful 
purpose  if  the  Soviet  Government  did  not  intro- 
duce new  proposals  for  consideration  therein. 
Such  a  statement,  with  an  attempt  to  present  to 
the  Soviet  Government  certain  preliminary  condi- 
tions for  calling  the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers, 
is  absolutely  arbitrary  and  imacceptable  to  the 
Soviet  Government.  In  expressing  its  willingness 
to  participate  in  a  conference  of  the  Council  of 
Foreign  Ministers  on  the  question  of  the  fate  of 
the  former  Italian  colonies,  the  Government  of  the 
U.S.A.  states  that  a  representative  of  the  Secre- 
tary of  State  will  be  fully  empowered  to  partici- 
pate in  such  a  conference,  which  signifies  the  re- 
fusal of  the  Secretary  of  State  of  the  U.S.A.  to 
participate  in  the  said  Council  of  Foreign  Min- 
isters and  makes  the  convocation  of  the  Council  of 
Foreign  Ministers  to  discuss  the  said  question  im- 
possible. The  Government  of  the  U.S.A.  thereby 
violates  that  clause  of  the  Treaty  of  Peace  with 

Sepf ember   79,   7948 


THE   RECORD   OF   THE   WBEK 

Italy  which  provides  that  the  question  of  the  fate 
of  tile  former  Italian  colonies  be  discussed  before 
September  15  of  this  year  in  the  Council  of  Foreign 
Ministers. 

Despite  the  fact  that  such  a  reply  from  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  U.S.A.  is  not  in  keeping  with  the 
provisions  of  the  Treaty  of  Peace  with  Italy,  the 
Soviet  Government  will  not  object  to  the  said  con- 
ference of  representatives  of  the  four  Powers,  in  so 
far  as  the  Governments  of  France  and  Great 
Britain  are  also  in  agreement. 

There  are  no  objections  to  the  date  of  September 
13  for  such  a  conference  in  Paris. 

Copies  of  the  present  note  are  being  sent  to  the 
Governments  of  Great  Britain  and  France. 

Embassy  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Re- 
publics 
Washington,  September  10, 194S. 


United  States  Memorandum  Delivered  on  Septem- 
ber 11,  1948,  to  tSie  Soviet  Embassy 

The  Department  of  State  acknowledges  the  re- 
ceipt of  the  Soviet  Embassy's  memorandum  no. 
169  of  September  10  with  further  reference  to  the 
proposed  meeting  of  the  Council  of  Foreign  Min- 
isters to  examine  the  question  of  the  former  Ital- 
ian colonies. 

The  United  States  Government  rejects  the  in- 
terpretation placed  by  the  Soviet  Government  on 
its  memorandum  of  September  9. 

The  United  States  Government  further  does 
not  accept  the  contention  of  the  Soviet  Govern- 
ment that  the  participation  of  a  representative  of 
the  Secretary  of  State  in  that  meeting,  in  the 
Secretary's  stead,  makes  impossible  the  convoca- 
tion of  a  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers  and  the 
accusation  that  the  United  States  Government 
thereby  violated  the  Treaty  of  Peace  with  Italy. 
The  Potsdam  Agreement  regarding  the  establish- 
ment of  the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers  is  unam- 
biguous in  providing,  in  paragraph  2,  subsection 
(1),  for  a  'iiigh-ranking  deputy,  duly  authorized 
to  carry  on  the  work  of  the  Council  in  the  absence 
of  his  foreign  minister".  The  Soviet  Government 
will  recall  that,  in  accordance  with  this  provision, 
this  procedure  has  been  followed  in  previous  meet- 
ings of  the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers. 

Nevertheless,  if  the  other  Governments  con- 
cur, the  United  States  Government  is  prepared  to 
attended  the  meeting  in  Paris  on  September  13, 
referred  to  in  tlie  Embassy's  memorandum,  to 
discuss  the  disposition  of  the  former  Italian 
colonies. 

Copies  of  this  memorandum  are  being  trans- 
mitted to  the  British  and  French  Governments. 

Department  of  State, 

Washington,  September  11,  19J^. 

383 


''The  Issues  at  Belgrade  Were  Clearly  Drawn" 

REPORT  ON  THE  DANUBE  CONFERENCE  BY  WALTER  A.  RADIUS 
Director,  Office  of  Transportation  and  Communications 


The  Danube  conference  recently  convened  in 
Belgrade  was  called,  under  a  declaration  of  the 
Council  of  Foreign  Ministers  of  December  1946, 
to  implement  the  clauses  of  the  Balkan  peace 
ti-eaties  providing  for  freedom  of  navigation  on 
the  Danube.  Ten  countries  participated :  the  four 
sponsors,  the  United  States,  the  United  Kingdom, 
France,  and  the  Soviet  Union ;  and  the  Ukraine, 
Rumania,  Bulgaria,  Hungary,  Yugoslavia,  and 
Czechoslovakia.  Austria  was  also  present,  but  the 
Soviet  bloc  refused  to  accept  an  American  pro- 
posal to  grant  her  the  right  to  vote. 

We  knew  that  the  three  western  powers  would 
be  in  a  minority  position  and  could  be  out-voted 
on  any  issue  at  any  time.  Nevertheless,  we  went 
to  the  Conference  to  negotiate  in  good  faith.  This 
was  the  first  conference  convened  after  the  Smith- 
Molotov  exchange  of  notes  last  May.  We  are 
proud  of  our  record  in  backing  up  our  offer  to 
negotiate  any  issue  under  appropriate  interna- 
tional auspices — no  matter  how  difficult.  At  Bel- 
grade we  were  indeed  put  to  the  severest  test.  The 
record  clearly  shows  who  was  willing  to  negotiate 
and  who  was  not. 

The  United  States  looked  upon  this  Conference 
as  one  more  opportunity  to  try  to  break  the  dead- 
lock of  shipping  on  the  Danube  and  to  restore 
free  and  open  navigation  on  the  river.  For  three 
years  commerce  between  the  upper  part  of  the 
river  in  Germany  and  Austria  and  the  lower  part 
under  Soviet  control  has  been  at  a  standstill.  For 
three  years  the  United  States  has  tried  to  break 
down  the  barrier  blocking  traffic  between  its  zone 
and  the  Soviet-controlled  river.  The  problem  was 
tackled  in  the  Control  Council  in  Austria,  in  the 
Economic  and  Social  Council  of  the  United  Na- 
tions, and  by  direct  efforts — -all  to  no  avail.  It 
is  ne  wonder  that  economic  recovery  in  the  Da- 
nubian  area  and  the  development  of  east-west  trade 
have  been  retarded.  Even  within  the  Soviet-con- 
trolled area  traffic  is  less  than  the  prewar  level. 

While  we  were  not  optimistic  that  the  Confer- 
ence would  reach  an  acceptable  solution  of  the 
Danube  problems,  we  went  prepared  to  study, 
discuss,  and  negotiate  the  issues  involved. 

The  work  of  the  Conference  revolved  arovmd 
the  drafting  of  a  new  convention  to  cover  the 
international  administration  of  the  Danube.  In 
this  discussion,  the  term  "convention"  is  used  as 
meaning  "treaty". 

The  United  States  sought  a  new  convention  for 
the  Danube  which  would: 


1.  Promote  river  trade  within  the  entire  Danube 


384 


basin,  and  open  that  waterway  to  the  vessels  of 
commerce  of  all  nations  on  a  basis  of  equality ; 

2.  Assure  that  the  merchant  ships  of  any  flag 
could  use  the  river  and  port  facilities  without 
discrimination ; 

3.  Set  up  an  administration  for  the  regulation 
of  navigation  adapted  to  the  special  problems  of 
a  great  river  system  serving  many  states  and  re- 
sponding to  expanding  requirements  of  modem 
shipping  traffic ; 

4.  Coordinate  the  administration  of  this  great 
waterway  with  other  related  international  activi- 
ties through  appropriate  association  with  the 
United  Nations;  and, 

5.  Provide  an  efficient  and  impartial  means  for 
conciliation  of  differences  and  for  the  settlement 
of  disputes. 

These  objectives  were  clearly  set  forth  in  a  com- 
plete proposed  draft  convention  placed  before  the 
Conference  by  the  United  States  Delegation. 

By  way  of  contrast,  the  Soviet  draft  convention 
placed  before  the  Conference  did  none  of  these 
things.  The  Soviet  Delegation  made  no  effort  to 
negotiate  points  of  difference.  Their  attitude  was 
one  of  take  it  or  leave  it.  Mr.  Vyshinski,  head  of 
the  Soviet  Delegation,  actually  stated:  "I  would 
say  in  general  that  what  is  acceptable  in  the 
United  States  draft  can  be  found  in  the  Soviet 
draft  and  what  is  not  in  the  Soviet  draft  cannot 
be  accepted.  It  cannot  be  accepted  either  by  the 
Soviet  Delegation  or  by  the  six  riparian  states." 
Not  one  suggestion  for  a  change  in  the  Soviet  draft 
was  made  by  any  satellite  delegation.  It  was  pre- 
sented as  a  perfect  docunient,  and  endoi'sed  as  such 
by  the  eastern  bloc.  Only  a  few  last-minute  ad- 
ditions of  minor  import  were  made  by  the  Soviet 
Delegation,  perhaps  in  a  vain  effort  to  conceal  the 
fact  that  for  them  the  role  of  the  conference  was 
merely  to  rubber-stamp  their  document. 

In  what  ways  was  the  Soviet  draft  convention 
unsatisfactory  ?  To  answer  this  question,  we  must 
go  behind  the  language  of  the  convention  and 
statements  of  delegates.  We  must  see  how  Danube 
shipping  has  been  organized  and  controlled  during 
the  past  few  years.  We  must  learn  what  is  meant 
by  the  words  used  in  agreements  in  light  of  actual 
practice.  Too  often  we  have  found  that  agree- 
ment on  words  is  meaningless  where  there  is  no 
real  agreement  on  principles.  The  records  of  the 
Belgrade  conference  show  that  those  important 
phrases  "freedom  of  navigation"  and  "nondis- 
criminatory treatment"  had  different  meanings 
depending  upon  who  used  them.  While  giving 
nominal,  but  limited,  recognition  to  these  basic 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


principles,  the  Soviet  draft  provided  no  assurances 
of  pprformance. 

Let  me  give  you  a  specific  example : 

According  to  the  terms  of  the  Soviet  convention, 
although  freedom  of  navifjation  is  allowed  on 
equal  terms  to  vessels  of  all  countries,  the  use  of 
port  facilities  is  subject  to  agreement  with  appro- 
priate transport  agencies,  with  no  adequate  safe- 
guards against  discrimination. 

Let  us  now  look  at  the  Meszhart  Shipping  Com- 
pany of  Hungary  which  has  long-term  leases  on 
practically  all  the  port  facilities  of  Budapest. 
This  company  is  fifty  percent  owned  by  the  Soviet 
Union  and  its  general  manager  is  a  Soviet  citizen. 
It  has  a  privileged  position  in  the  Hungarian 
economy.  The  Soviets  have  a  similar  company  in 
Rumania.  What  kind  of  an  agreement  would  such 
transport  agencies  likely  make  with  their  competi- 
tors? Anyone  with  even  a  small  knowledge  of  the 
many  factors  involved  in  the  shipment  of  goods 
and  use  of  port  facilities  knows  that  the  possibili- 
ties for  discrimination  are  great  even  under  normal 
trading  conditions.  With  these  conditions  subject 
to  agreements  with  Soviet-controlled  monopolies, 
the  principle  of  freedom  of  navigation  without; 
explicit  guaranties  of  nondiscriminatory  treat- 
ment would  be  meaningless. 

The  same  type  of  analysis  can  be  made  of  other 
objectionable  provisions  of  the  Soviet  convention. 
It  fails  to  recognize  the  interests  of  the  rest  of 
Europe  and  the  world  in  Danube  commerce,  and 
even  the  interests  of  the  Danube  countries  in  trade 
with  other  regions.  It  ignores  any  relationship 
with  the  United  Nations. 

It  purports  to  set  up  a  new  regime  for  the  regu- 
lation of  navigation  on  the  Danube,  but  the  Com- 
mission it  establishes  is  impotent  and  without 
authority  to  see  that  the  convention  is  carried  out. 
The  most  important  parts  of  the  river,  the  Iron 
Gates  sector  and  the  Delta,  are  removed  from  its 
jurisdiction  by  setting  up  for  those  sections  two 
administrations  independent  of  the  Commission. 

Austria  is  denied  an  opportunity  of  participat- 
ing for  the  present,  and  the  question  of  eventual 
German  participation  is  ignored.  Within  its  occu- 
pation zones  in  these  countries,  the  United  States 
now  has  direct  responsibility  for  Danube  shipping, 
but  this  interest  is  also  ignored. 

Existing  international  agreements  covering  the 
Danube  and  involving  the  rights  of  other  states 
are  arbitrarily  declared  null  and  void. 

The  issues  at  Belgiade  were  clearly  drawn.  We 
realized  early  in  the  Conference  that  violent 
debate  would  not  change  one  word  of  tlie  Soviet 
convention.  We,  therefore,  set  forth  our  position 
on  each  major  point  with  reasoned  arguments. 
The  record  shows  that  our  arguments  were  either 
ignored  or  twisted — but  received  no  serious  con- 
sideration. How  could  they,  since  before  any 
discussion  began,  the  Soviet  position  had  been 

Sepfember   19,   1948 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 

endorsed  in  full  by  six  other  states  and  our  draft 
proposals  flatly  rejected? 

Nevertheless,  we  stayed  on  to  the  final  vote, 
ignoring  the  Soviet  invitations  to  walk  out,  such 
as  Mr.  Vyshinski's  statement,  "The  door  was  open 
for  you  to  come  in ;  the  same  door  is  open  for  you 
to  go  out,  if  that  is  what  you  wish."  By  staying 
we  demonstrated  the  futility  of  attempting  to 
negotiate  with  a  Soviet-controlled  majority. 

We  were  also  able  to  bring  to  the  attention  of 
the  delegations  of  the  satellite  countries  the  sound- 
ness of  our  position  and  our  continued  interest  in 
their  economic  welfare  and  political  independence. 
The  degree  of  their  submission  to  Soviet  economic 
imperialism  and  political  domination,  in  spite  of 
repeated  professions  of  Soviet  concern  for  their 
"sovereignty",  was  brought  home  to  them.  How- 
ever, the  voting  record  was  not  changed,  and  the 
signs  of  outward  solidarity  remained.     But  the 

Eolicies  and  actions  of  the  Soviet  Union  in  the 
•anube  region  were  challenged  directly  in  an 
international  meeting  where,  at  least  in  the  con- 
ference hall,  no  censorship  prevailed. 

From  our  point  of  view,  the  conference  achieved 
no  constructive  tangible  results.  The  Danube  is 
still  divided  between  the  United  States  occupa- 
tion zones  and  the  Soviet  area  of  control.  A  con- 
vention has  been  signed  by  the  Soviet  bloc  which 
undermines  the  principles  of  freedom  of  naviga- 
tion embodied  in  the  Balkan  peace  treaties. 

Austria  and  the  German  sector  of  the  Danube 
are  ignored,  and  the  United  States  does  not  recog- 
nize the  application  of  the  Soviet  convention  to 
those  sections  of  the  river. 

The  Belgrade  conference  marks  one  more  step 
in  the  continuing  effort  to  open  up  the  Danube 
and  to  work  out  our  differences  with  the  Soviet 
Union.  The  immediate  results  and  the  conduct 
of  the  Conference  were  discouraging.  But  lessons 
were  learned,  a  record  established,  and  ideas  put 
forth  that  will  not  be  forgotten.  The  problems  of 
the  Danube  have  not  been  settled;  it  remains  a 
dead  and  divided  river. 

ECOSOC — Continued  from  page  S81 

not  only  to  the  American  people  and  to  the  people 
of  great  metropolitan  powers,  such  as  the  United 
Kingdom  and  France,  but  also  to  colonial  and 
other  dependent  areas  and  to  the  people  now  sub- 
ject to  blackouts  by  censorship  and  complete  state 
control.  We  want  to  open  for  all  of  them  new 
windows  onto  the  world.  For  this  they  must  be 
given  access  to  adequate  information  from  di- 
verse and  unfettered  sources  of  news  and  infor- 
mation. It  is  toward  this  end  that  my  Govern- 
ment will  continue  to  strive,  and  no  obstruction, 
no  procedural  devices,  no  filibusters,  will  deter 
us  from  our  course.  The  result  is  too  important. 
Knowledge  and  understanding  must  provide  the 
basis  upon  which,  in  the  long  run,  the  peace  and 
well-being  of  the  world  can  be  built. 

385 


Emigration  Regulations  for  IVien  of  Military  Age  From 
U.S.  Zones  of  Germany  and  Austria 


EXCHANGE  OF  NOTES  BETWEEN  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  THE 
PROVISIONAL  GOVERNMENT  OF  ISRAEL 


[Released  to  the  press  September  4] 

Septemher  5, 19^8 

Sir  :  I  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  your  note  of 
August  26, 1948,  requesting  that  the  United  States 
military  authorities  in  the  American  zones  of  Ger- 
many and  Austria  be  instructed  to  remove  pres- 
ent restrictions  concerning  the  inclusion  of  men 
of  military  age  in  emigi-ation  movements  from 
those  zones  to  Israel. 

Following  the  adoption  by  the  Security  Council 
of  the  Palestine  truce  resolution  of  May  29,  1948, 
the  United  Nations  Mediator  discussed  the  provi- 
sions of  the  truce  with  representatives  of  the  Pro- 
visional Government  of  Israel  and  of  the  Arab 
states,  summarizing  his  views  in  his  note  of  June 
7th  to  those  governments.  In  recognition  of  the 
responsibility  of  the  Mediator  for  the  supervision 
of  the  truce  and  the  responsibility  of  this  Govern- 
ment to  give  the  greatest  possible  assistance  to  the 
Mediator,  the  Department  of  State  subsequently 
raised  with  him  the  question  of  the  establishment 
in  the  United  States  zones  of  Germany  and  Aus- 
tria of  appropriate  procedures  mutually  agreeable 
to  the  United  States  Government  and  the  Mediator 
which  would  enable  the  latter  to  exercise  the  immi- 
gration controls  envisaged  in  his  note  of  Jiuie  7th 
referred  to  above.  Prior  to  the  conclusion  of  the 
Department's  exchange  of  communications  with 
the  Mediator  on  this  subject  the  United  States 
zonal  military  authorities  were  instructed  tempo- 
rarily to  suspend  authorization  for  the  exit  of  men 
of  military  age  with  end  visas  for  Israel. 

As  a  result  of  the  Department's  communications 
with  the  Mediator  further  instructions  have  now 
been  issued  by  the  United  States  Government  to 
the  zonal  military  authorities.  The  instructions 
provide  for  the  continued  prohibition  of  the  exit 
of  emigrants  for  Israel  identified  as  fighting  per- 
sonnel, and  authorize  the  departure  of  those  men 
of  military  age  for  whom  accredited  representa- 
tives of  the  Provisional  Government  of  Israel 
submit  to  the  zonal  military  authorities  advance 
clearance  for  emigration  obtained  from  the  Media- 
tor by  such  representatives. 

Accept  [etc.] 
For  the  Secretary  of  State : 

Ch.\rles  E.  Saltzman 
[Assistant  Secretary  for  Occupied  Areas] 


No.  19G2 


August  26,  1948 


Mt  dear  Me.  Secretary:  I  have  the  honor  to 
bring  to  your  attention  the  following  facts  regard- 
ing emigration  to  Israel  of  men  of  military  age 
from  among  the  refugees  and  displaced  persons 
in  the  U.S.  Zones  of  Germany  and  Austria  and  the 
views  of  my  Government  on  the  matter. 

The  representative  of  the  Provisional  Govern- 
ment of  Israel  in  the  United  States  zone  in  Ger- 
many has  been  advised  by  a  communication  from 
Headquarters,  Munich  Military  Post,  APO  4-7-A, 
U.S.  Army,  that  the  following  personnel  are  noti 
to  depart  the  area  of  U.S.  military  control : 

"A.  Fighting  personnel — persons  identified  as 
belonging  to  organized  military  units  as  well  as  all 
persons  bearing  arms; 

"B.  Men  of  military  age — men  within  the  age 
gi-oup  18-45.  Until  receipt  of  further  instructions 
from  this  Headquarters,  personnel,  as  defined  in 
Paragraph  1,  A  and  B  above,  are  not  to  be  included 
in  emigration  movements  to  Israel  from  this  area 
of  control." 

Through  a  further  communication  from  Brig. 
Gen.  Thomas  L.  Harold,  Headquarters,  European 
Command,  APO  403,  U.S.  Army,  the  Israeli  rep- 
resentatives were  advised  as  follows : 

"If  this  position  conflicts  with  any  understand- 
ing to  the  contrary  on  terms  of  the  prevailing 
'truce',  it  is  suggested  that  your  government  take 
this  matter  up  with  the  U.S.  Mediator  directly  and 
with  the  U.S.  State  Department  through  your  rep- 
resentative in  the  United  States." 

The  State  of  Israel  Mission  to  the  United  States 
respectfully  requests  the  Department  of  State  of 
the  United  States  to  instruct  the  appropriate 
United  States  authorities  to  amend  the  position 
above  set  forth  by  eliminating  the  above  quoted 
paragraph  B  since  no  valid  grounds  exist  for  the 
position  so  stated  under  the  present  truce  or  other- 
wise. 

1.  The  Resolution  adojDted  by  the  Security  Coun- 
cil on  May  29,  1948,  provides  in  part  that  the  Se- 
curity Council 

"Calls  upon  all  Governments  and  authorities 
concerned  to  undertake  that  they  will  not  intro- 


386 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


ducc  finflitiiiii  personnel  into  Palestine,  Egypt, 
Iraq,  Lebanon,  Saudi  Arabia,  Sj'ria,  Trans-Jordan 
and  Yemen  during  the  cease-fire  and 

"Calls  upon  Governments  and  authorities  con- 
cerned, should  men  of  military  age  be  introduced 
into  countries  or  territories  under  their  control,  to 
undertake  not  to  mobilize  or  submit  them  to  mili- 
tary training  during  the  cease-fire." 

The  provisions  of  the  first  above  quoted  para- 
graph of  the  Resolution  are  met  by  paragraph  A 
of  tlie  instructions  quoted  above. 

The  Security  Council  Resolution  of  May  29, 
1948,  in  its  reference  to  "men  of  military  age" 
merely  states  that  should  they  be  introduced  into 
countries,  including  Palestine,  the  authorities 
there  "undertake  not  to  mobilize  or  submit  them 
to  military  training  during  the  cease-fire."  It  was 
thus  clearly  contemplated  that  men  of  military 
age  could  and  vrould  go  to  Palestine.  This  is  plain 
not  only  from  the  text  of  the  Resolution  but  also 
from  the  statement  of  the  representative  of  France 
who  offered  the  language  referred  to  and  stated 
that  its  purpose  "is  to  prevent  the  introduction 
into  these  various  territories  of  fighting  person- 
nel, but  not  of  men  of  military  age.  ...  It 
aims  at  preventing  combatants  from  entering  these 
various  territories,  hut  to  allow  men  of  military 
age  to  go  into  these  territornes,  on  the  condition, 
however,  that  at  least  during  the  Truce  they  are 
not  mobilized  and  that  they  do  not  receive  any 
military  training."  (Emphasis  supplied)  (S./P. 
V.  310  p.  81)  The  French  proposal,  which  was 
accepted,  contrasts  sharply  with  the  language  of 
the  Resolution  as  originally  introduced,  which 
would  have  precluded  all  men  of  military  age 
from  going  to  Palestine.  Further  emphasizing 
the  intent  of  the  Resolution  as  adopted  is  the  state- 
ment of  the  United  States  representative  that  the 
original  language,  which  precluded  "men  of  mili- 
tary age"  from  going  to  Palestine,  must  be 
amended  by  the  deletion  of  such  provision  and 
the  acceptance  of  the  French  wording,  which  was 
incorporated  into  the  final  draft  of  the  Resolu- 
tion.    (S./P.V.  310,  p.  93-100) 

The  present  rulings  of  the  United  States  Army 
authorities  in  Germany  ai'e  thus  wholly  inconsist- 
ent with  the  terms  of  the  truce  which  followed  the 
Resolut  ion  of  May  29.  This  situation  was  changed 
in  no  respect  by  the  Resolution  of  the  Security 
Council  of  July  15,  1948,  which  called  upon  all 
Governments  and  authorities  concerned  to  cooper- 
ate with  the  Mediator,  "in  conformity  with  the 
Resolution  adopted  by  the  Security  Council  on 
29  May  1948"  and  provides,  "the  truce  shall  re- 
main in  force,  in  accordance  with  the  present  Reso- 
lution and  with  that  of  29th  May  1948  .  .  .". 


IHE   RECORD   OF   THE   WBBK 

2.  The  Mission  of  the  State  of  Israel  to  the 
United  States  has  learned  that  American  authori- 
ties recently,  however,  referred  to  the  Mediator 
the  matter  of  the  emigration  of  Jewish  displaced 
persons  of  military  age  from  the  United  States 
Zones  of  Germany  and  Austria.  According  to  in- 
formation received,  the  Mediator  has  proposed 
that  lists  containing  names  of  prospective  emi- 
grants should  be  submitted  to  him  for  approval 
before  their  departure.  This  proposal  is  an  at- 
tempt to  introduce  new  limitations  on  Jewish  im- 
migration to  Israel  by  vesting  in  the  Mediator  arbi- 
trary power  to  cut  off  or  restrict  the  number  of 
immigrants  of  military  age.  That  power  was  not 
granted  to  him  by  the  terms  of  the  Security  Coun- 
cil resolutions.  The  adoption  of  the  proposed 
procedure  would  contravene  both  the  letter  and 
the  spirit  of  the  Security  Council  resolutions 
which  are  the  only  instruments  governing  the 
present  truce.  The  Provisional  Government  of 
Israel  has  already  agreed  not  to  mobilize  or  train 
immigrants  of  military  age  and  is  fully  prepared 
to  allow  the  Mediator  and  U.N.  observers  to  super- 
vise the  execution  of  this  undertaking.  That 
undertaking  is  reiterated  here. 

3.  My  Government  is  deeply  concerned  regard- 
ing the  consequences  that  would  ensue  from  the 
adoption  by  the  United  States  military  authorities 
in  Germany  and  Austria  of  the  procedure  sug- 
gested by  the  Mediator.  Its  apprehensions  are 
based,  first,  on  the  effect  which  the  continued  ex- 
clusion of  men  between  the  ages  of  18  to  45  would 
have  on  the  displaced  persons  themselves.  Men 
of  military  age  and  their  families  now  form  the 
bulk  of  the  displaced  persons  in  Germany  and 
Austria.  The  proposed  policy  would  either  once 
again  separate  the  men  from  their  families  or 
more  likely  penalize  them  all  by  inflicting  another 
and  indefinite  period  of  enforced  idleness  and  con- 
finement in  the  camps.  Second,  my  Government 
is  concerned  by  the  effect  which  the  Mediator's 
proposal  will  have  on  the  truce  itself.  If  adopted, 
it  will  sharply  increase  the  resentment  felt  by  the 
people  of  Israel  against  what  appears  to  be  a  con- 
sistent policy  of  the  Mediator  to  interpret  or  apply 
explicit  instructions  and  resolutions  by  the  Secu- 
rity Council  in  a  manner  considered  detrimental  to 
Israel. 

4.  In  the  light  of  the  above  considerations,  it  is 
requested  that  the  present  refusal  by  the  United 
States  military  authorities  in  Germany  and  Aus- 
tria to  allow  men  of  military  age  to  proceed  to 
Israel  be  immediately  rectified. 

Accept  [etc.] 

Sincerely  yours, 

E.  Epstein 
Special  Representative 


September   ?9,    1948 


387 


I 


The  United  Nations  and 

Specialized  Agencies  Page 

Eightieth  Congress,  Second  Session,  and  the  United  Nations : 

Article  by  Sheldon  Z.  Kaplan 347 

Appendix:    Selected   Texts 349 

Seventh  Session  of  Ecosoc:  Freedom  of  Information.  State- 
ment by  Willard  L.  Thorp 378 

Treaty  Information 

Meeting  of  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers  To  Discuss  Italian 
Colonies.  Notes  and  Memoranda  Exchanged  Between 
United  States  and  Soviet  Governments 382 

"The  Issues  at  Belgrade  Were  Clearly  Drawn".     Report  on  the 

Danube  Conference  by  Walter  A.  Radius 384 

Occupation  Matters 

Emigration  Regulations  for  Men  of  Military  Age  From  U.S. 
Zones  of  Germany  and  Austria.  Exchange  of  Notes  Be- 
tween the  United  States  and  the  Provisional  Government 
of   Israel 386 

General  Policy 

Meeting  of  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers  To  Discuss  Italian 
Colonies.  Notes  and  Memoranda  Exchanged  Between  the 
United  States  and  Soviet  Governments 382 

The  Congress 

Eightieth  Congress,  Second  Session,  and  the  United  Nations : 

Article  by  Sheldon  Z.  Kaplan 347 

Appendix:    Selected   Texts 349 


Sheldon  Z.  Kaplan,  author  of  the  article  on  the  80th  Con- 
gress, Second  Session,  and  the  United  Nations,  is  an  Assistant 
to  the  Legal  Adviser,  Department  of  State. 


U.  S.  GOVCRNMCNT  PRINTINQ   OFFICE:  1948 


tJ/i€/  ^e/ia/)ci7nen(/  a^ CHate^ 


.-\ 


-/ 0^        M'oo 


fk 


ASSASSINATION  OF  COUNT  FOLKE  BERNA- 

DOTTE      •      Statement  by  the  Secretary  of  State      .        399 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS  CHARTER:  A  STAND- 
ARD  FOR  CONDUCT  AMONG  NATIONS  • 

Address  by  the  Secretary  of  State 


400 


CHALLENGES    AND    OPPORTUNITIES    IN 
WORLD    HEALTH:    THE    FIRST    WORLD 

HEALTH     ASSEMBLY      .      Article  by  H.  van 

Zile  Hyde,  M.D 3gj 


Vol.  XIX,  No.  482 
September  26,  1948 


•*tbs  *>* 


For  complete  contents  see  back  cover 


OCT  11  t9W 


M 


le 


Qje/iwyemene A)/ Sf^a^    jOUllGllIl 


Vol.  XIX,  No.  482  •  Pdbucation  3290 
September  26,  19  i8 


For  sale  by  the  Snperintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Washington  25,  D.C. 

Pbice: 

82  issues,  domestic  S5,  foreipi  $7.25 

Single  copy,  15  cents 

Published  with  the  approval  of  the 
Director  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may 
be  reprinted.  Citation  of  the  Departmext 
OF  State  BtniETK  as  the  source  will  be 
appreciated. 


The  Department  of  State  BVLLETIIS, 
a   tceekly  publication   compiled   and 
edited  in  the  Division  of  Publications, 
Office  of  Public  Affairs,  provides  the 
public    and    interested    agencies    of 
the  Government  uith  information  on 
developments  in  the  field  of  foreign 
relations  and  on  the  work  of  the  De- 
partment of  State  and   the  Foreign 
Service.     The  BULLETiy  includes 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements  and  addresses 
made   by   the  President  and   by   the 
Secretary  of  State  and  other  officers 
of  the  Department,  as  well  as  special 
articles   on   various  phases   of  inter- 
national affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.     Information  is  in- 
cluded   concerning    treaties    and    in- 
ternational agreements  to  u-hich  the 
United  States   is   or   may   become   a 
party  and   treaties  of  general  inter- 
national interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department,  as 
tcell  as  legislative  material  in  the  field 
of  international  relations,  are  listed 
currently. 


CHALLENGES  AND  OPPORTUNITIES  IN  WORLD  HEALTH 


The  First  World  Health  Assembly 


by  H.  van  Zile  Hyde,  M.  D. 


U.S.   Representative,   Executive   Board,  World   Health  Organization 


The  motives  underlying  American  participation 
in  international  health  work  are  both  humanitar- 
ian and  selfish.  They  are  designed  to  lift  the 
gi-eat  and  unnecessary  burden  of  human  suffering 
throughout  the  world.  They  are  designed  also  to 
protect  us  from  invasion  of  our  shores  by  disease 
from  abroad  and  to  lift  the  level  of  world  economy 
through  the  strengthening  of  world  resources  in 
effective  manpower. 

The  most  superficial  view  of  the  conditions  im- 
der  which  the  greatest  part  of  the  human  race  lives 
in  this  enlightened  age  touches  the  chords  of  hu- 
man understanding  and  sympathy  which  char- 
acterize the  American  people.  During  the  recent 
war,  millions  of  young  and  not  so  young  Ameri- 
cans had  glimpses  in  the  Pacific,  in  India,  China, 
Africa,  and  Europe — all  over  the  world — of  the 
hard  lot  of  their  fellow  men.  They  saw  the  avoid- 
able misery  that  is  the  common  coin  of  mankind. 
These  facts  have  been  brought  home  to  us  by  our 
own  sons,  husbands,  fathers,  to  whom  we  give  a 
more  intimate  and  sympathetic  hearing  than  to  the 
missionaries  and  world  travelers  who  have  told  us 
the  same  distant  story  for  many  years.  The  Amer- 
ican people  have  felt  for  the  first  time  the  human 
nearness  of  their  fellow  men  who  are  suffering  in 
areas  separated  from  them  by  great  oceans.  There 
is  then  an  awakening  on  the  part  of  the  American 
people  to  the  reality  of  avoidable  misery  on  a  large 
scale  accompanied  by  the  natural  American  re- 
sponse— "I  must  do  something  to  help."  The 
American  sense  of  responsibility  for  maintaining 


the  dignity  of  man  as  an  individual  has  been  chal- 
lenged as  never  before.  We,  as  individual  Amer- 
icans, blessed  by  hard-won  freedom,  wish  to  free 
men  from  the  shackles  of  avoidable  disease  and 
misery  as  well  as  from  the  shackles  of  political 
oppression,  both  of  which  sin  against  the  decency 
and  integrity  of  man.  This  objective  would  seem 
to  be  the  great  force  underlying  our  desire  to  pitch 
into  international  health  work  with  vigor  and 
force,  driven  by  the  American  conscience  and 
sense  of  responsibility. 

There  are,  however,  other  motives.  The  greatest 
of  these  is  our  longing  for  peace.  We  have  seen 
in  the  Western  World  that  man  will  not  forever 
suffer  oppression.  Today  the  existence  of  malaria 
in  any  community  is  a  form  of  oppression.  The 
300,000,000  people  who  suffer  from  the  disease  an- 
nually are  awakening  to  that  fact.  The  same  is 
true  today  of  cholera  and  plague,  diseases  that  are 
killing  in  Asia  and  threatening  millions  of  our 
fellow  men.  No  government  could  stand  today  in 
the  United  States  that  allowed  cholera  or  plague 
to  sweep  uncontrolled  over  this  country  as  it  did 
only  100  years  ago.  No  government  could  stand 
here  that  let  malaria  hold  sway  as  it  did  even  20 
years  ago.  Through  international  action  by 
UxKRA  and  the  World  Health  Organization,  the 
people  of  Greece  have  learned  that  malaria  is  un- 
necessary. The  one  to  three  million  cases  occur- 
ring annually  in  the  Greek  population  of  seven  and 
a  half  millions  have  been  reduced  by  an  estimated 
90  percent.    Concurrently,  flies  and  other  annoy- 


>ep/ember  26,   1948 


391 


ing  and  dangerous  insects  have  ceased  to  distress 
and  destroy  the  people.  No  government  that  de- 
nied DDT  to  the  people  of  Greece  could  long  sur- 
vive. There  is,  indeed,  an  avpakening  throughout 
the  world,  on  the  part  of  the  people,  to  the  fact 
that  much  of  their  misery  is  avoidable.  This  is 
a  force  of  revolutionary  intensity  that  can  be  de- 
structive of  much  that  is  good  in  our  modern  world. 
On  the  positive  side,  it  is  a  force  that  can  be  chan- 
neled in  such  a  way  as  to  improve  the  economy  and 
stability  of  the  world. 

By  helping  established  governments  to  free 
their  people  of  the  oppressive  chains  of  disease,  we 
can  place  those  governments  on  a  firmer  founda- 
tion. It  is  up  to  us,  the  country  with  the  greatest 
technical  know-how,  to  supply  the  knowledge 
needed  by  democratic  governments  everywhere  to 
give  their  people  the  freedom  from  preventable 
disease  which  is  of  equal  importance  to  the  four 
freedoms  so  well  known  to  us.  Democracy  of  its 
very  nature  must  give  the  people  those  things  the 
people  most  earnestly  desire.  It  must,  therefore, 
today  give  them  the  opportunity  for  health  and 
freedom  from  disease  to  the  extent  possible  under 
present  technical  knowledge.  America  is  the  bul- 
wark of  democracy,  and  as  the  fortunate  reposi- 
tory of  technical  knowledge  in  the  field  of  health 
must  take  the  lead  in  extending  knowledge  in 
health.  It  has  done  this  in  dramatic  fashion 
through  Latin  America  during  the  war  years. 
The  48  million  dollars  spent  on  health  work  in 
Latin  America  during  the  past  six  years  has  been 
one  of  the  great  contributions  to  the  stabilization 
of  the  Western  Hemisphere  during  the  treacher- 
ous years  of  war  and  postwar  distress.  We  must 
extend  helj)  and  knowledge  throughout  the  world 
in  this  field  if  we  wish  the  true  value  of  the  demo- 
cratic way  of  life  to  be  felt  by  the  man  in  the  bush, 
in  the  hovel,  and  in  the  rice  paddy. 

A  fundamental  basis  of  the  modern  hope  for  a 
better  world  lies  in  general  economic  improvement, 
which  is  essential  if  all  men  are  to  have  the  food 
they  need  and  the  goods  and  commodities  which 


lift  the  dreariness  of  primitive  life.  The  produc- 
tion and  active  exchange  of  goods  visualized 
must  be  predicated  on  eflfective  manpower.  To- 
day, however,  the  mass  of  manpower  is  not  effec- 
tive. Of  the  two  billion  persons  alive  today,  at 
least  half — and  that  is  a  conservative  estimate — 
are  suffering  from  chronic  or  recurrent  disease, 
most  of  it  preventable — malaria,  tuberculosis, 
syphilis,  schistosomiasis,  kala  azar,  hookworm, 
filariasis — to  mention  only  a  few  of  the  great 
scourges.  Human  energy,  physical  and  intellec- 
tual, is  squandered,  suppressed,  and  degraded 
through  preventable  disease  on  a  scale  difficult  to 
conceive. 

The  First  World  Health  Assembly  was  con- 
vened in  Geneva  on  June  24,  1948.  This  date 
marked  the  coming  of  age  of  the  World  Health 
Organization  which  is  today  one  of  the  largest 
specialized  agencies  of  the  United  Nations  with 
a  membership  of  54  states,  representing  all  races, 
colors,  and  political  philosophies. 

The  Health  Assembly  met  in  the  Palais  des  Na- 
tions in  an  atmosphere  of  international  fellowship. 
The  delegations  of  the  member  states,  the  ob- 
servers, from  some  10  other  states  and  from  the 
official  international  agencies,  constituted  an  as- 
semblage of  the  outstanding  public-health  experts, 
official  and  unofficial,  from  all  paits  of  the  world. 

The  agenda  of  the  Assembly  had  been 
thoroughly  constructed  and  fully  documented  by 
the  Interim  Commission  and  served  as  the  basis 
of  both  technical  and  organizational  discussions. 
Dr.  Andrija  Stampar  of  Yugoslavia,  who  had 
served  for  two  years  as  chairman  of  the  Interim 
Commission,  was  unanimously  elected  president 
of  the  Assembly.  Upon  the  recommendation  of 
the  Interim  Commission  five  main  committees 
were  established,  namely :  program,  relations, 
headquarters  and  regional  organization,  legal,  and 
administration  and  finance.  All  delegations  were 
entitled  to  membership  on  each  of  these  main  com- 
mittees, in  which  the  decisions  of  the  Assembly 
were  taken  subject  to  final  action  in  plenary 
sessions. 


392 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Program 

Tlie  Who  program  recommended  by  the  In- 
terim Committee  was  discussed  at  some  length  in 
an  earlier  issue  of  the  Bulletin.^  It  provided  for 
the  continuation  of  established  international 
health  activities  inherited  from  the  International 
Office  of  Public  Health,  the  League  of  Nations 
Health  Organization,  and  Unrra.  These  include 
the  international  exchange  of  epidemiological  in- 
formation, the  development  of  international 
standards  for  certain  essential  preparations  used 
in  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  diseases,  and  the 
publication  of  statistical  material.  Tliese  are 
services  upon  which  governments  have  long  since 
become  dependent  for  the  control  of  disease  and 
which,  in  fact,  were  continued  on  an  international 
basis  even  during  the  recent  war. 

The  Interim  Commission  had,  in  addition,  rec- 
ommended an  aggressive  program  directed  at  the 
rapid  extension  of  technical  knowledge  with  spe- 
cial emphasis  on  malaria,  tuberculosis,  venei'eal 
disease,  and  maternal  and  child  health.  The 
Health  Assembly  in  accepting  these  recommenda- 
tions assigned  a  similar  priority  to  environmental 
sanitation  and  nutrition.  The  factors  which  led 
the  Assembly  to  this  decision  are  perhaps  self- 
evident. 

To  anyone  who  has  traveled  abroad  the  impor- 
tance of  environmental  sanitation  is  immediately 
apparent,  being,  indeed,  the  basic  and  obvious 
health  need  of  most  of  the  world.  Here,  in  the 
United  States,  the  techniques  and  results  of  san- 
itary control  are  established  traditions  in  our  com- 
munity and  personal  lives.  As  ordinary  citizens, 
we  are  scarcely  conscious  of  the  safeguards  to  our 
health  such  as  the  provisions  for  refuse  and  sewage 
disposal  and  for  pure  water  supply  which  we  have 
come  to  expect  and  receive  as  basic  services  pro- 
vided by  local  governments.  Yet  filth,  bearing 
typhoid  fever,  dysentery,  cholera,  trachoma,  pro- 
tozool,  and  other  infections  persist  even  today  as  a 
normal  condition  of  life  among  vast  populations. 

In  regard  to  nutrition,  the  world  today,  at  a 
critical  point  in  history,  is  acutely  aware  of  both 
the  quantitative  and  qualitative  aspects  of  food. 
We  recognize  that  the  existing  lands  and  waters 
of  the  earth  must  be  forced  to  provide  foods  suf- 


Members  of  World  Health  Organization 

Western  Hemisphere 

Europe — Contd. 

Brazil 

Belgium 

Canada 

Bulgaria 

Dominican  Republic 

Byelorussian  Soviet 

El  Salvador 

Socialist  Republic 

Haiti 

Czechoslovakia 

Mexico 

Denmark 

United  States 

Finland 

Venezuela 

France 

Eastern  Mediterranean 

Hungary 
Iceland 

Egypt 

-*-  \_  »^  X  C4i  1*  1-1 

Ireland 

Ethiopia 
Greece 

Italy 
Monaco 

Iran 

Netherlands 

Iraq 
I'akistan 

Norway 
Poland 

Saudi  Arabia 

Portugal 

Syria 

Rumania 

Transjordan 

Sweden 

Turkey 

Switzerland 

Africa 

Ukrainian  Soviet 

Liberia 

Union  of  South  Africa 

Westei-n  Pacific 

Socialist  Republic 
Union  of  Soviet  Socialist 

Republics 
United  Kingdom 

Australia 

Yugoslavia 

China 

New  Zealand 

Philippine  Republic 

Southeast  Asia 

Afghanistan 

Burma 

Europe 

Ceylon 

Albania 

India 

Austria 

Si  am 

ficient  in  quantity  and  quality  to  supply  adequate 
nourishment  to  mankind.  It  is  a  particular  con- 
cern of  the  Food  and  Agriculture  Organization 
of  the  United  Nations  (Fao)  to  stimulate  produc- 
tion and  improve  the  distribution  of  food.  The 
Who  will  concern  itself  more  particularly  with 
the  qualitative  aspects  of  food — the  human  re- 
quirements for  specific  food  factors,  the  basic 
sources  of  such  factors,  and  their  means  of  pi-es- 


'  Bulletin  of  Apr.  4, 1948,  p.  431.  See  also  World  Health 
Organization — Progress  and  Plans,  Department  of  State 
publication  ai26. 


Sepfember  26,   7948 


393 


ervation — so  that  the  land  may  be  made  to  yield 
what  is  most  urgently  needed  and  not  be  squan- 
dered on  crops  of  low  nutritional  value. 

The  program  adopted  by  the  Assembly  will  per- 
""mit  the  Who  to  assist  governments  in  solving  their 
problems  in  these  top  priority  fields.  Such  as- 
sistance will  be  given  through  the  loan  of  ex- 
perts, demonstrations  of  control  measures  by  ex- 
pert teams  training  of  indigenous  personnel 
through  fellowships,  and  exchange  of  information 
through  publications,  conferences,  and  expert  com- 
mittees. The  objective  will  be  to  extend,  on  a  broad 
plane,  the  technical  knowledge  which  has  accu- 
mulated at  many  points  throughout  the  world 
but  is  not  at  present  applied  to  the  full  benefit  of 
all  men. 

The  Assembly  tackled,  successfully,  the  sensitive 
task  of  assigning  priority  to  the  many  other  fields 
of  public-health  concern.  The  priority  groupings 
which  were  adopted  will  doubtless  give  direction 
to  the  Who  program  for  many  years  to  come.  Of 
necessity  and  by  common  consent  many  of  the 
most  pressing  public-health  problems  of  our  times 
— cancer,  heart  disease,  mental  health,  schistoso- 
miasis— were  omitted  from  the  top-priority  list. 
The  Assembly  was  fully  aware  of  the  importance 
of  these  problems,  but  realized  that  the  Who  is 
not  in  a  position  to  deal  with  all  problems  at  once. 
The  priority  listing  must  be  tested,  as  it  was  by 
the  Assembly,  not  from  the  standpoint  of  hope, 
but  from  the  standpoint  of  immediate  opportunity 
for  significant  accomplishment  on  an  international 
basis. 

Wliile  acting  in  the  fields  of  higher  priority  the 
Who  will  conduct  studies,  with  the  assistance  of 
experts,  in  the  many  other  fields  which  challenge 
it.  Of  particular  significance  to  the  general  health 
will  be  the  attention  the  Who  devotes  to  the 
strengthening  of  national  health  services,  and 
through  them  local  health  services.  Public  health 
is  probably  the  most  personal  and  intimate  serv- 
ice rendered  by  governments,  affecting  the  well- 
being  of  each  individual.  The  Who  can  make  its 
weight  felt  only  by  the  individual  through  giving 
primary  attention  to  the  strengthening  of  na- 
tional health  services,  which  reach  down  through 
local  health  services.  This  is  and  must  remain 
the  long-range  goal  of  the  Who,  with  all  action 
in  specific  fields  contributing  to  this  goal.  There 
was  every  evidence  that  govermnents  are  ready 


and  anxious  to  receive  technical  help  in  the 
strengthening  of  their  national  health  services. 
It  was  abundantly  clear  at  Geneva  that  the  de- 
mand for  such  help  from  the  Who  will  exceed  its 
capacity  to  supply,  over  a  long  period.  This  de- 
mand grows  in  part  from  the  setbacks  of  war,  but 
more  fundamentally,  from  an  awakening  on  the 
part  of  peoples  and  of  governments  to  the  oppor- 
tunities that  exist  in  modern  public  health  for 
universal  and  permanent  betterment. 

There  is  a  growing  awareness  of  the  fact  that 
disease-ridden  populations  are  unproductive  and 
therefore  a  drain  upon  national  economies  and 
upon  the  world  economy.  There  are  an  estimated 
300,000,000  annual  cases  of  malaria  and  an  esti- 
mated 50,000,000  cases  of  tuberculosis,  as  well  as 
an  unestimated  number  of  cases  of  other  preven- 
table debilitating  diseases,  running  into  additional 
hundreds  of  millions.  These  diseases  strike  in 
childhood  and  in  the  productive  years  of  life, 
converting  the  net  producers  of  the  present  and 
future  into  net  consumers.  In  connection  with 
this  basic  need  for  the  strengthening  of  national 
health  services,  the  Assembly  focused  attention 
upon  public-health  organization,  professional  and 
public  education,  nursing,  and  sanitary  engineer- 
ing as  fields  in  which  the  Who  should  assist 
national  development. 

Intergovernmental  Organizations 

The  Assembly  took  the  actions  necessary  to 
bring  the  Who  into  the  family  of  the  United 
Nations  as  one  of  the  specialized  agencies.  This 
included  the  approval  of  a  formal  agi-eement  with 
the  United  Nations  and  with  the  Food  and  Agri- 
culture Organization,  the  International  Labor  Or- 
ganization, and  the  United  Nations  Educational, 
Scientific  and  Cultural  Organization.  These 
agreements  follow  the  familiar  pattern  of  such 
agreements,  expressing  the  intent  and  providing 
machinery  for  full  cooperation. 

The  Assembly  authorized  the  development  of 
administrative  machinery  for  cooperation  with 
the  Economic  and  Social  Council  and  its  commis- 
sions and  subsidiary  bodies,  with  special  reference 
to  the  Statistical,  Social,  Population,  Economic 
and  Employment  Commissions,  and  the  Commis- 
sion on  Narcotic  Drugs.  It  further  provided  for 
rendering  assistance  to  the  United  Nations  in  its 
work  on  the  prevention  of  crime  and  treatment 
of  offenders,  migration  and  assistance  to  indigent 


394 


Department  of  State   Bulletin 


foreigners,  standards  of  living,  housing,  and  town 
and  country  planning,  child  welfare,  and  the  con- 
servation and  utilization  of  resources  It  in- 
structed the  Secretary  General  of  the  Who  to 
work  in  full  cooperation  with  the  Coordination 
Committee  of  the  Secretary-General  of  the  United 
Nations. 

Special  attention  was  given  to  the  relationship 
between  the  Who  and  the  United  Nations  Intel-na- 
tional Children's  Emergency  Fund  (Unicef), 
wliich  is  carrying  out  extensive  health  programs 
in  Europe  and  laying  plans  for  health  activities 
in  the  Far  East.  In  this  regard,  the  Assembly 
adoi^ted  a  resolution  which  included  the  follow- 
ing: 

"Recommends  that,  pending  assumption  of  respon- 
sibility by  the  Who,  the  health  projects  financed  by 
Unicef  be  established  by  mutual  agreement  between 
Unicef  and  Who,  and  that  the  implementation  of  these 
projects  be  regulated  by  a  Committee  on  Health  Policy 
composed  of  representatives  of  the  two  organizations 
acting  with  the  advice  of  the  Expert  Committees  of  the 
Who, 

"Recommends  that  , 

"1.  the  Joint  Committee  on  Health  Policy  be  a  tem- 
porary body  to  operate  only  until  all  health  activities 
of  Unicef  shall  have  been  taken  over  by  the  Who  or  are 
terminated  ; 

"2.  the  same  committee  should  regulate  all  health  pro- 
grammes and  projects  of  Unicef  already  initiated  or  to 
be  initiated  in  the  future ; 

"3.  in  order  that  there  shall  not  be  undue  limitation 
on  prompt  action  under  these  programmes,  the  committee 
should  delegate  to  the  Directors-General,  in  case  of  emer- 
gency, the  responsibility  for  the  functions  described." 

The  Executive  Board  of  Unicef,  which  was  in 
session  in  Gerfeva  at  the  time,  accepted  the  As- 
sembly's recommendation,  whereupon  the  Execu- 
tive Boards  of  both  organizations  appointed  four 
members  each  to  form  the  Joint  Committee  on 
Health  Polic3\  The  Joint  Coimnittee  met  in 
Geneva  on  July  23  and  24, 1948. 

Nongovernmental  Organizations 

Machinery  was  established  for  bringing  nongov- 
ernmental organizations  into  relationship  with  the 
Who,  extending  to  those  organizations  the  right  to 
appoint  a  representative  to  participate,  under  cer- 
tain defined  conditions,  in  the  meetings  of  the  As- 
sembly or  in  those  of  committees  and  conferences 
convened  under  its  authority.  Subsequently,  the 
Executive  Board,  on  July  25,  admitted  seven  in- 
ternational organizations  ^  into  relationship  with 


the  World  Health  Organization.    The  criteria  on 
which  such  relationship  is  based  were  as  follows : 

1.  The  organization  shall  be  concerned  with 
matters  falling  within  the  competence  of  the  World 
Health  Organization. 

2.  Tlie  aims  and  purposes  of  the  organization 
shall  be  in  conformity  with  the  spirit,  purposes, 
and  principles  of  the  Constitution  of  the  World 
Health  Organization. 

3.  The  organization  shall  be  of  recognized  stand- 
ing and  shall  represent  a  substantial  proportion 
of  the  persons  organized  for  the  purpose  of  par- 
ticipating in  the  particular  field  of  interest  in 
which  it  operates.  To  meet  this  requirement,  a 
group  of  organizations  may  form  a  joint  com- 
mittee or  other  body  authorized  to  act  for  the 
group  as  a  whole. 

4.  The  organization  shall  have  authority  to 
speak  for  its  members  through  its  authorized  rep- 
resentatives;  evidence  of  this  authority  shall  be 
presented  if  requested. 

5.  The  organization  shall  normally  be  interna- 
tional in  its  structure,  with  members  who  exercise 
voting  rights  in  relation  to  its  policies  or  action. 

6.  Save  in  exceptional  cases,  a  national  organi- 
zation which  is  affiliated  with  an  international 
nongovernmental  organization  covering  the  same 
subject  on  an  international  basis  shall  present  its 
views  through  its  government  or  through  the  in- 
ternational nongovernmental  organization  to 
which  it  is  affiliated.  A  national  organization, 
however,  may  be  included  in  the  list  after  consulta- 
tion with,  and  with  the  consent  of,  the  Member 
State  concerned,  if  the  activities  of  the  organiza- 
tion are  not  covered  by  any  international  organi- 
zation or  if  it  offers  experience  upon  which  the 
World  Health  Organization  wishes  to  draw. 

Organization 

Two  of  the  major  actions  taken  by  the  Assembly 
affecting  the  organizational  structure  of  the  Who 
were  the  election  of  the  Executive  Board  and  the 
delineation  of  broad  geographical  areas  as  the 


'League  of  Red  Cross  Societies,  Geneva;  World  Med- 
ical Association,  New  York;  International  Union  for  Child 
Welfare,  Geneva;  International  Council  of  Nurses,  Lon- 
don; International  Dental  Federation,  Brussels;  World 
Federation  of  United  Nations  Associations,  Geneva;  * 
Inter-American  Association  of  Sanitary  Engineering, 
Washington. 


September  26,   1948 


395 


basis  of  decentralization  of  its  work  and  admin- 
istration. 

Executive  Board.  The  Who  Constitution  pro- 
vides that  the  Assembly  shall  elect  18  states  en- 
titled to  designate  a  person  technically  qualified 
in  the  field  of  health  to  serve  on  the  Executive 
Board.  Except  for  the  first  election,  the  term  of 
office  is  three  years.  At  this  first  election,  terms 
of  one,  two,  and  three  years  (6  each)  were  deter- 
mined by  lot.  The  states  elected  and  the  tenns 
drawn  are  as  follows : 

CouNTBT  Term  (tears) 

Australia 1 

Brazil 2 

Byelorussian  Soviet  Socialist  Republics 3 

Ceylon 1 

China 2 

Egypt 2 

France 2 

India 3 

Iran 1 

Mexico 2 

Netherlands 3 

Norway 1 

Poland 3 

Union  of  South  Africa 3 

Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics 2 

United  Kingdom 1 

United  States 1 

Yugoslavia 3 

The  composition  of  the  Board  reflects  the  geo- 
graphic distribution  of  the  membership  of  the 
Who.  The  fact  that  only  eight  of  the  22  states  of 
the  Western  Hemisphere  are  members  of  the  World 
Health  Organization  explains  the  low  representa- 
tion of  this  Hemisphere  on  the  present  Executive 
Board. 

Regional  Arrangements.  Recognition  of  the 
value  of  decentralization  of  the  work  and  the  ad- 
ministration of  the  Who  through  regional  organi- 
zations covering  wide  geographic  areas  was  one  of 
the  most  striking  trends  of  the  Assembly.  There 
existed  in  the  Assembly  a  real  fear  of  the  develop- 
ment of  a  large  central  bureaucracy  far  removed 
from  the  pressing  and  immediate  needs  of  the  peo- 
ple. The  Constitution  of  the  Who  provides  for 
the  establishment  of  regional  organizations  as  part 
of  the  structure  of  the  Who.  Such  organizations 
will  consist  of  a  Regional  Committee,  made  up  of 
members  and  associate  members  (dependent  terri- 
tories) within  the  i-egion,  and  a  Regional  Office, 
headed  by  a  Regional  Director  appointed  by  the 

396 


Executive  Board  in  agreement  with  the  Regional 
Committee.  During  the  interim  period,  action  in 
this  sphere  had  been  limited  almost  exclusively  to 
negotiations  with  the  Pan  American  Sanitary  Or- 
ganization with  a  view  to  its  integration  as  the 
regional  organization  of  the  Who  in  the  Western 
Hemisphere. 

With  extraordinary  rapidity,  the  delegates  at 
the  Assembly,  meeting  in  working  groups  chosen 
on  a  geographical  basis,  arrived  at  a  definition  of 
the  geographical  areas  that  will  serve  as  the  basis 
for  regional  organization.  This  problem,  which 
might  easily  have  aroused  political  sensitivities, 
was  speedily  solved  in  a  voluntary  and  wliolly 
democratic  way.    The  areas  agreed  upon  were : 

1.  Eastern  Mediterranean  Area,  comprising  the 
following  countries:  Egypt,  Saudi  Arabia,  Iraq, 
Syria,  Lebanon,  Transjordan,  Yemen,  Iran,  Tur- 
key, Pakistan,  Greece,  Ethiopia,  Eritrea,  Tripoli- 
tania,  Dodecanese  Islands,  British  Somaliland, 
French  Somaliland,  Aden,  Cyprus. 

2.  Weste7'n  Pacific  Area,  comprising  the  follow- 
ing countries :  Australia,  China,  Indochina,  Indo- 
nesia, Japan,  Korea,  the  Philippines,  New  Zealand, 
and  provisionally  the  Malay  Peninsula. 

3.  Southeast  Asia  Area,  comprising  the  follow- 
ing countries :  Burma,  Siam,  Ceylon,  Afghanistan, 
India;  the  inclusion  of  the  Malay  Peninsula  to 
await  the  definite  decision  of  this  country  as  to 
which  regional  organization  it  desires  to  join. 

4.  European  Area,  comprising  the  whole  of 
Europe. 

5.  African  Area,  comprising  the  following  coun- 
tries and  territories:  "A  primary. region  is  sug- 
gested for  all  Africa  south  of  the  20  degree  N. 
parallel  of  latitude  to  the  western  border  of  the 
Anglo-Egyptian  Sudan,  to  its  jmiction  with  the 
northern  border  of  Belgian  Congo,  thence  east- 
wards along  the  northern  borders  of  Belgian 
Congo,  thence  eastwards  along  the  northern 
borders  of  Uganda  and  Kenya ;  and  thence  south- 
wards along  the  eastern  border  of  Kenya  to  the  In- 
dian Ocean." 

6.  American  Area,  comprising  the  Western 
Hemisphere. 

The  Executive  Board  was  instructed  to  establish       ( 
regional  organizations  in  these  areas  as  soon  as 
the  consent  of  the  majority  of  member  states 
situated  in  such  areas  has  been  obtained. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


In  the  case  of  the  Southeast  Asia  region  such 
consent  was  obtained  by  tlie  Executive  Board  at 
its  first  session,  and  upon  the  invitation  of  India, 
it  was  agreed  that  the  headquarters  of  this  re- 
gional organization  would  be  in  Mysore.  It  is 
anticipated  that  rapid  progi-ess  will  be  made  in 
the  establishment  of  a  regional  organization  in 
the  Eastern  Mediterranean  Area,  with  headquar- 
ters probably  at  Alexandria,  which  has  been  the 
seat  of  international  health  activities  in  that  part 
of  the  world  for  many  decades. 

The  delegations  of  the  European  states  recom- 
mended that  no  attempt  be  made  at  the  present 
time  to  establish  a  full  regional  organization  in 
Europe,  but  requested  that  a  special  temporary 
achninistrative  office  be  established  somewhere  in 
Europe  to  assist  war-devastated  comitries  in  meet- 
ing their  urgent  problems. 

The  Executive  Board  was  authorized  to  conclude 
an  integi'ation  agreement  with  the  Pan  American 
Sanitary  Organization  on  the  basis  of  negotiations 
carried  on  by  the  Interim  Commission. 

The  proposed  agreement,  which  would  not  in 
any  case  come  into  force  before  at  least  14  of 
the  present  21  membei-s  of  the  Pan  American 
Sanitary  Organization  (Paso)  become  members 
of  the  Who,  includes  provisions  whereby  the  Pan 
American  Sanitary  Conference  (Pasc)  would 
serve  as  the  Regional  Committee  of  the  Who  and 
the  Pan  American  Sanitary  Bureau  (Pasb)  as  the 
Regional  Office  with  the  jDresent  Director  of  the 
Pasb  serving  until  the  expiration  of  his  present 
term  of  office  as  Regional  Director  of  the  Who. 
It  further  provides  that  the  Pasc  may  adopt  and 
promote  health  and  sanitary  conventions  and  pro- 
grams in  the  Western  Hemisphere  which  are  com- 
patible with  the  policy  and  programs  of  the  Who 
and  separately  financed;  and  that  an  adequate  pro- 
portion of  the  budget  of  the  Wiio  will  be  allo- 
cated for  regional  work.  Consideration  of  this 
agreement  has  been  included  in  the  agenda  of 
the  Directing  Council  of  the  Paso  meeting  in 
Mexico  City.  October  1-12,  1948. 

International  Regulations 

Under  the  provisions  of  article  21  of  the  Con- 
stitution of  the  Who,  which  enables  the  Health 
Assembly  to  adopt  international  regulations  in 
certain  fields,  the  Health  Assembly  adopted  such 
regulations  governing  the  codification  and  publi- 
cation of  vital  statistics.    These  regulations  will 


become  binding  on  all  member  states  which  do 
not,  within  one  year,  reject  or  make  reservations 
in  regard  to  them  before  January  1,  1950.  The 
regulations  are  an  outgrowth  of  several  years  of 
study  and  preparation  on  the  part  of  the  United 
States  Committee  on  Joint  Causes  of  Death,  the 
Who  Interim  Commission's  Expert  Committee  on 
the  International  List  of  Causes  of  Death  and  Mor- 
bidity, and  the  International  Conference  for  the 
Sixth  Decennial  Revision  of  the  International 
Lists  of  Diseases  and  Causes  of  Death  which  was 
held  in  Paris  in  April  1948.  Prior  to  this  action 
by  the  Assembly  the  uniformity  of  national  prac- 
tices in  the  compilation  and  publication  of  vital 
statistics  had  depended  upon  international  agree- 
ments reached  at  the  Decennial  Conferences  on 
Causes  of  Death  which  have  been  held  in  Paris 
at  regular  intervals  since  1900. 

It  is  anticipated  that  adoption  of  these  regula- 
tions will  increase  the  uniformity  of  statistical 
procedure  and  therefore  the  usefulness  of  world- 
wide data.  It  is  further  anticipated  that  this 
first  application  of  the  regulatory  functions  of  the 
Who  will  be  followed  by  the  development  and 
adoption  of  regulations  governing  quarantine 
practices,  the  preliminary  work  on  which  is  far 
advanced.  The  Who  is  continuing  studies  ini- 
tiated by  the  Interim  Commission  in  connection 
with  the  replacement  of  existing  sanitary  conven- 
tions by  international  regulations  of  the  Who. 

Budget  and  Finance 

The  Health  Assembly  adopted  budgets  covering 
1948  and  1949.  The  1948  budget  provides  for  Who 
activities  from  September  1,  the  date  of  the  offi- 
cial tei'mination  of  the  Interim  Commission, 
through  the  end  of  the  year.  This  budget,  total- 
ing $4,800,000,  includes  provision  for  repayment 
to  the  United  Nations  of  $2,150,000  which  had 
been  borrowed  to  cover  the  expenses  of  the  Interim 
Commission  and  establishes  a  working-capital 
fund  of  $1,650,000.  The  1949  budget  is  $5,000,000 
and  provides  for  the  full  progi-am  adopted  by  the 
Assembly.  The  Director  General  and  the  Exec- 
utive Board  were  given  considerable  latitude 
in  the  development  of  the  requisite  administrative 
structure.  It  was  generally  understood  that  the 
program  would  be  carried  out  through  regional 
organizations  as  rapidly  as  these  are  developed 
into  competent  operating  bcxiies. 


September  26,   1948 


397 


The  scale  of  contributions  adopted  by  the  As- 
sembly is  based  on  that  of  the  United  Nations, 
with  some  variation  due  to  membership  difference. 
Under  this  scale  the  United  States  will  contribute 
approximately  38  percent  of  the  total  budget.  At 
the  request  of  the  United  States,  the  scale  will  be 
reconsidered  at  the  next  Assembly  in  relation  to 
1950  financing.  The  United  States  Delegation 
opposed  application  of  the  United  Nations  scale 
and  urged  that  the  Who  adopt  a  scale  which 
would  require  no  State  to  contribute  more  than  25 
percent  of  the  budget  on  the  grounds  that  no  single 
member  should  pay  a  disproportionate  share  of 
the  ordinary  expenses  of  the  Organization. 

United  States  Membership 

United  States  membership  posed  a  difficult  prob- 
lem in  the  first  days  of  the  Assembly.  Public  Law 
643  (80th  Cong.),  which  provides  for  United 
States  membership  in  the  Who,  reserved  the  right 
of  the  United  States  to  withdraw  from  the  Or- 
ganization on  one  year's  notice,.  In  view  of  the 
absence  of  any  provision  for  withdrawal  in  the 
Constitution  of  the  Who,  this  provision  was 
viewed  seriously  by  numerous  delegations.  The 
Secretary-General  of  the  United  Nations,  before 
accepting  for  deposit  the  United  States  instru- 
ment of  acceptance,  indicated  his  desire  to  be 
guided  by  the  Health  Assembly  in  the  matter. 
The  United  States  Delegation  was  immediately 
seated  by  the  Assembly,  on  a  provisional  basis, 
with  full  rights.^  Thereafter  the  pertinent  docu- 
ments were  circulated  so  that  the  delegations 
might  study  the  problem  and  consult  their  govern- 
ments. On  July  2, 1948,  a  plenary  session  was  held 
to  consider  this  question.  Sir  Wilson  Jameson, 
Chief  Medical  Officer  of  England,  reminded  the 
Health  Assembly  of  the  major  part  played  by  the 
United  States  in  the  development  of  the  Who  and 
of  the  great  contribution  of  this  country  to  public 
health.  He  then  asked  the  Assembly  to  accept 
the  United  States  into  membership  in  the  spirit 
of  friendly  cooperation  characteristic  of  the  Who. 

'  Bulletin  of  June  27,  1948,  p.  832. 


Sir  Dhiren  Mitra,  of  India,  emphasized  the  broad 
aspects  of  United  States  membership  and  par- 
ticipation as  opposed  to  the  narrower  legal  prob- 
lem involved,  urging  that  the  United  States  be  ac- 
cepted as  a  member.  He  proposed  that  in  order 
that  the  United  States  should  not  be  in  a  more 
favored  position  than  other  members,  the  Health 
Assembly  lay  down  a  proposition  of  general  appli- 
cation that  any  member  state  may  terminate  its 
membership  on  a  year's  notice.  Dr.  Thomas  Par- 
ran,  Chairman  of  the  United  States  Delegation, 
assured  the  Assembly  of  the  continuing  interest 
and  support  of  the  peoj^le  and  Government  of  the 
United  States.  Finally,  Dr.  Nicolai  Vinogradov, 
Deputy  Minister  of  Health  of  the  Union  of  Soviet 
Socialist  Kepublics,  while  expressing  regret  that 
the  United  States  had  made  such  a  reservation, 
urged  that  United  States  membership  be  recog- 
nized. In  the  absence  of  objections,  the  President 
of  the  Assembly  announced  that  it  was  the  Assem- 
bly's unanimous  wish  that  the  United  States  be  ac- 
cepted as  a  member  and  stated  that  the  Secretary- 
General  of  the  United  Nations  would  be  advised 
in  order  that  the  United  States  Instrument  of 
Acceptance  could  be  deposited.  The  United 
States  therefore  became  the  forty-sixtli  member 
nation  of  the  Who  on  June  21,  1948,  the  date  of 
the  receipt  of  its  Instrument  of  Acceptance  by 
the  Secretary-General  of  the  United  Nations. 

Conclusion 

The  First  World  Health  Assembly  provided 
further  evidence  of  the  fact  that  the  field  of  health 
offers  an  unusual  medium  for  effective  and  har- 
monious international  cooperation.  The  Health 
Assembly  was  dominated  by  the  same  spirit  of 
professional  fellowship  which  characterized  the 
International  Health  Conference  in  New  York  in 
1946.  In  this  atmosphere  the  Assembly  took  de- 
cisions giving  form  and  impetus  to  the  World 
Health  Organization.  The  program  adopted  and 
the  organizational  pattern  created  offer  promise 
of  real  and  immediate  service  in  advancing  health 
standards  throughout  the  world. 


398 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


THE  UNITED  NATIONS  AND  SPECIALIZED  AGENCIES 


Assassination  of  Count  Foike  Bernadotte,  U.N.  Mediator  in  Palestine 


STATEMENT  BY  SECRETARY  MARSHALL 

[Released  to  the  press  September  17] 

I  am  deeply  shocked  to  learn  of  the  assassina- 
tion of  Count  Folke  Bernadotte  in  Jerusalem. 
His  whole  life  has  been  one  of  assistance  to 
mankind.  During  the  past  four  months  Count 
Bernadotte  has  been  acting  as  the  representative 
of  the  United  Nations  in  an  endeavor  to  bring 
lasting  peace  to  Palestine.  It  is  particularly 
tragic  that  he  should  have  been  shot  down  at  a  time 
when  he  had  achieved  such  a  great  measure  of 
success.  I  am  convinced  the  world  will  demand 
that  the  work  he  so  effectively  commenced  be 
vigorously  pursued.  To  Countess  Bernadotte  and 
his  children  I  extend  my  deepest  sympathy.  The 
world  will  bitterly  regret  his  loss. 


Government  Israel  whose  armed  forces  and  repre- 
sentatives control  and  administer  the  area. 

This  act  constitutes  a  breach  of  the  truce  of  ut- 
most gravity  for  which  Provisional  Government 
Israel  must  assume  full  responsibility. 

In  this  connection  I  feel  obliged  to  record  view 
that  prejudicial  and  unfounded  statements  con- 
cerning truce  supervision  attributed  to  you  and 
Colonel  Yadin  as  having  been  made  at  your  press 
conference  in  Tel  Aviv  Thursday  September  six- 
teen and  as  reported  in  Palestine  Post  September 
17  are  not  the  kind  of  statements  which  would  be 
calculated  discourage  reprehensible  acts  this  kind. 


PRELIMINARY    REPORT    FROM    AMERICAN 
CONSUL  GENERAL  AT  JERUSALEM 


MESSAGE  FROM  REPRESENTATIVE  OF 

SECRETARY-GENERAL  TO  ISRAELI 

FOREIGN  MINISTER' 

Message  dated  September  17, 194S,  Froin  Ralph  J. 
Bunche,  Personal  Representative  of  the  Secretary- 
General,  to  Moshe  Shertok,  Foreign  Minister  of 
Israel,  Concerning  Assassination  of  United  Na- 
tions mediator 

Murder  in  cold  blood  of  Count  Bernadotte  U 
Nations  mediator  Palestine  and  of  Colonel  Serot 
in  Katamon  quarter  of  Jerusalem  today  by  Jewish 
assailants  is  outrage  against  international  com- 
munity and  unspeakable  violation  elementary 
morality.  This  tragic  act  occurred  when  Count 
Bernadotte  acting  under  authority  of  United  Na- 
tions was  on  official  tour  of  duty  in  Jerusalem 
and  in  presence  of  liaison  officer  assigned  to  him 
by  the  Jewish  authorities  his  safety  therefore  and 
that  of  his  lieutenants  under  the  ordinary  rules 
law  and  order  was  a  responsibility  of  Provisional 


'  U.X.  doc.  S/1004,  Sept.  18, 1948. 


[Released  to  the  press  September  17] 

The  Department  of  State  released  on  September 
17  the  following  prelim,inary  report  from  the 
American  Consid  General  at  Jervsalem,  John 
Joseph  Macdonald,  concei^ning  the  death  of  Count 
Folke  Bernadotte,  U.N.  mediator 

Regret  report  Count  Bernadotte  and  Col.  Serot, 
French  officer  and  senior  U.N.  observer,  Jerusa- 
lem, killed  this  afternoon  about  1700  hours  (local 
time),  presumably  by  Stern  gang.  Convoy  in 
which  he  was  riding  was  returning  from  Govern- 
ment House.  As  they  passed  through  Katamon, 
Jewish-held  area,  jeep  suddenly  appeared  block- 
ing route,  containing  four  men,  two  of  which 
proceeded  to  Count's  car. 

Col.  Frank  Begley,  U.N.  Security  Officer, 
grappled  with  one  and  was  slightly  wounded  in 
face.  Second  reached  to  Count's  car  and  assas- 
sinated two  men  at  point-blank  range  with  Sten 
gun.     Jeep  succeeded  in  escaping. 

Above  is  preliminary  report.  Full  report  will 
follow. 


lepiember  26,   1948 


399 


The  United  Nations  Charter:  A  Standard  for  Conduct  Among  Nations 


BY  SECRETARY  MARSHALL i 


I  greatly  appreciate  the  invitation  to  meet  ■with 
you  today.  By  vii'tue  of  your  positions  of  leader- 
ship in  the  legal  profession  you  have  an  oppor- 
tunity to  influence  the  thinking  of  our  people  to  a 
marked  degree.  I  have  particularly  in  mind  the 
legal  complexities  of  some  jjhases  of  our  interna- 
tional relations. 

The  members  of  your  profession  are  ideally  pre- 
pared and  situated,  I  think,  to  help  our  people  to 
an  understanding  of  the  character  of  the  United 
Nations — -both  as  to  its  potentialities  and  its  lim- 
itations. The  organic  law  of  the  United  Nations 
is  the  Charter,  just  as  the  organic  law  of  our  coun- 
try is  the  Constitution.  I  am  repeatedly  im- 
pressed by  the  fact  that  very  few  people  have  actu- 
ally read  the  Charter,  and  even  the  few  who  have 
read  it  have  really  given  little  thought  to  the  pro- 
cedure it  authorizes  and  the  obligations  it  imposes 
on  us  as  a  nation.  Familiarity  with  the  provisions 
of  the  Charter  is  absolutely  necessary  to  a  consid- 
eration of  its  possible  amendment.  We  cannot 
change  the  basic  law  of  the  United  Nations  or  sub- 
stitute other  forms  and  procedures — no  matter 
how  desirable  we  might  consider  such  changes — 
without  the  agreement  of  a  two-thirds  majoi'ity 
of  the  Member  countries,  including  the  unanimous 
vote  of  the  five  major  powers.  Some  57  countries 
are  involved  with  us  in  solving  this  problem. 

This  is  the  kind  of  elemental  information  that 
our  people  need  to  understand.  The  failui'e  to 
grasp  these  fundamental  facts  accounts  largely,  I 
think,  for  the  impatience  many  j^eople  feel  at  what 
they  consider  the  shortcomings  of  the  United  Na- 
tions. Tlie  American  likes  to  get  things  done  in 
a  hurry  and  overlooks  the  fact  that  others  do  not 
move  at  the  same  pace.  In  contrast,  the  legal  pro- 
fession is  by  nature  and  training  analytical  and 
deliberate — sometimes  it  seems  to  laymen  exasjier- 
atingly  so.  For  this  reason,  the  members  of  your 
profession  are  admirably  fitted  to  temper  the  wind 
of  public  criticism  arising  from  misunderstanding 
and  impatience  and  to  guide  the  people  in  an  ap- 
preciation of  the  real  nature  of  the  problem.  It 
is  all  to  the  good,  by  the  way,  that  the  criticism  of 
the  Charter  in  this  country  comes  from  those  who 
wish  to  strengthen,  and  not  weaken,  the  United 
Nations, 

Our  own  Constitution  was  fashioned  to  serve 
the  needs  of  a  homogeneous  people  speaking  the 
same  language.     Yet  we  had  an  early  period  of 

'  An  address  made  before  the  Federal  Bar  Association 
in  Washington  on  Sept.  15,  1948,  and  released  to  the  press 
on  the  same  date. 

400 


struggle  over  the  interpretations  of  the  provisions 
of  that  instrument  and  the  modifications  required. 
We  had  provisions,  for  example,  that  in  effect 
permitted  any  one  state  to  block  amendments.  The 
slavery  problem  was  largely  responsible  for  this 
proviso. 

Amendment  of  a  constitution,  in  this  case  a  char- 
ter, is  an  involved  process  that  requires  both  de- 
liberation and  long  sustained  effort.  It  is  inevi- 
table that  the  United  Nations  Charter  must 
undergo  a  comparable  process  of  interpretation 
and  refinement.  It  is  illogical,  but  understandable, 
to  complain  because  in  the  case  of  the  United  Na- 
tions this  process  has  not  gone  further  in  the  three 
short  and  highly  turbulent  years  of  its  existence. 
John  Marshall,  after  having  served  as  Chief  Jus- 
tice for  30  years,  wrote  to  Joseph  Story : 

"I  yield  slowly  and  reluctantly  to  the  convic- 
tion that  our  Constitution  cannot  last." 

We  need  to  exercise  even  more  patience  and  tol- 
erance with  respect  to  the  United  Nations,  when 
we  consider  that  it  is  an  organization  of  58  coun- 
tries speaking  different  languages  and  made  up  of 
people  with  widely  varying  religions,  laws,  cus- 
toms, and  habits  of  life.  The  fact  that  we  have 
been  able  to  create  a  going  concern  of  such  a 
multitude  of  diverse  elements  is  little  short  of  the 
miraculous.  To  disrupt  it  would  be  a  tragic  error. 
These  are  some  of  the  factors  that  need  to  be 
impressed  on  our  people. 

It  seems  to  me  also  that  many  miss  the  cardinal 
fact  that  the  United  Nations  was  created  to  main- 
tain the  peace,  not  to  make  it.  You  are  all  aware 
that  we  have  not  had  a  real  state  of  peace  since 
the  end  of  hostilities  and  that  the  task  imposed  on 
the  United  Nations  has  been  far  more  than  it  was 
designed  to  handle,  certainly  at  this  early  stage  of 
its  development.  In  spite  of  this,  I  believe  im- 
portant progress  has  been  made. 

You  lawyers  must  help  us  to  remind  our  people 
that  the  United  Nations  is  a  place  for  negotiation 
among  governments  and  that  such  negotiations 
require  patience  and  long  debate.  In  an  inflamed 
political  situation,  a  quick  decision  upon  the  merits 
might  call  for  immediate  enforcement,  perhaps 
war.  Protracted  negotiations  may  be  desirable  as 
a  poultice  to  draw  some  of  the  fever  out  of  the 
problem  in  order  to  permit  recovery  through  peace- 
ful methods  of  settlement.  Military  force  is  a 
dangerous  substitute. 

The  most  urgent  requirement  of  our  age  is  the 
establishment  of  a  world  order  securely  based  on 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


the  rule  of  law.  The  <iroa(  difficulty  is  tliat,  just 
as  (he  efficacy  of  law  within  nations  depends  on 
the  acceptance  and  support  of  law  by  the  mass  of 
citizens  built  up  over  a  long  period  of  time,  inter- 
national law  depends  on  the  acceptance  and  sup- 
f)ort  by  sovereign  nations,  and  these  nations  have 
ong  been  accustomed  to  being  a  law  unto  them- 
selves. This  is  the  central  pi'oblem  with  which 
the  peoples  of  the  United  Nations  must  cope. 

Adherence  to  the  I'ules  of  conduct  laid  down  in 
the  Charter  is  a  slow  development.  But  if  you 
should  follow  United  Nations  debates  for  a  while, 
you  would  be  impressed  by  the  fact  that  the  Char- 
ter is  acknowledged  as  the  over-riding  standard  of 
conduct  among  nations.  No  government  debates 
its  case  in  the  United  Nations  on  the  basis  of  a 
cynical  disregard  for  the  Charter,  nor  does  any 
government  like  to  admit  or  have  it  said  that  it  is 
acting  in  violation  of  the  Charter.  This  is  an  im- 
portant element  in  the  development  of  world  law. 
The  fact  is  that  the  Member  nations  of  the  United 
Nations  are  constantly  making  international  law 
by  the  familiar  process  of  reaching  decisions  on 
practical  matters  as  they  arise. 

I  regard  these  problems  from  the  standpoint 
of  one  having  daily  to  deal  with  critical  situations 
requiring  prompt  decisions.  The  pace  is  such  that 
we  nnist  act  before  there  has  been  time  for  public 
debate  and  the  formation  of  a  clear  public  opinion 
on  the  subject  in  this  country.  The  mass  of  our 
problems  illustrates  this  situation.  In  interna- 
tional meetings  alone  there  are  over  6,000  daily 
sessions  a  year.  That  means  that  every  few  min- 
utes of  every  working  day  an  American  represent- 


THE    UNITED    NATIONS    AND    SPECIALIZED    AGENCIES 

ative  must  be  prepared  to  state  our  views  some- 
where in  some  meeting  on  a  matter  of  policy.  This 
imposes  upon  us  a  discipline  to  which  we  have  not 
been  accustomed  in  our  history.  It  presents  both 
a  very  heavy  responsibility  and  a  great  oppor- 
tunity. 

Underlying  the  great  mass  of  actions  we  must 
take,  I  realize  the  necessity  for  a  philosophical 
approach,  for  the  formulation  of  theory  and  broad 
piolicy  to  give  meaning  and  direction  to  our  prac- 
tice. Continuous  ancl  vigorous  public  debate,  in 
which  you  yourselves  might  take  a  leading  part, 
is  essential  if  our  policy  and  our  practice  are  to 
continue  to  reflect  the  broad  objectives  of  the  de- 
mocracy. 

Finally,  we  are  naturally  inclined  to  view  the 
future  international  order  as  merely  a  projection 
of  the  one  we  have  evolved  in  this  country.  Our 
institutions  do  contain  a  core  of  fundamental  prin- 
ciples which  we  should  never  compromise.  Yet, 
to  establish  a  workable  system  of  international 
law,  we  must  not  confine  our  thinking  to  a  mere 
extension  of  Anglo-Saxon  law.  If  it  is  to  be  inter- 
national law  with  the  support  by  all  peoples,  it 
must  necessarily  be  a  blend  of  many  concepts  and 
systems.  A  genuine  sjiirit  of  tolerance  and  under- 
standing is  the  first  ingredient  in  making  the  kind 
of  world  we  want.  That  spirit,  combined  with 
patience,  determination,  and  hard  work  and  ap- 
plied through  the  United  Nations,  can  advance  us 
toward  the  goal  of  a  peaceful  community  of  na- 
tions governed  by  a  system  of  law  respected  by  all. 
Here  at  home  the  passions  of  the  moment  must  not 
be  permitted  to  dim  the  great  fundamentals  of  our 
system. 


Current  United  Nations  Documents:  A  Selected  Bibliography 


Security  Council 

Official  Records,  Third  Year 

326th  Meeting.     23  .lune  194S.     No.  SO.     36  pp.  printed 

400. 
329th  Meeting.     6  July  1948.     No.  92.     30  pp.  printed 

300. 
330th  and  331.st  Meetings.     7  July  1948.     No.  93.     41  pp 

printed.     40^. 
3.32nd  Meeting.     8  July  1948.     No.  94.     23  pp.  printed 

2.")<'. 
SSrith  and  336th  Meetings.    14  July  1948.    No.  90.    35  pp. 

printed.     35^. 
351st    Meeting.     18    August    1948.     No.    105.     23    pp, 

printed.     25^. 

Economic  and  Social  Council 

Official  Rfi'ords,  Third  Tear 

Seventh  Session.  Supplement  No.  2.  Report  of  the 
third  session  of  the  Commission  on  Human  Rights. 
E/800,  28  June  1948.     35  pp.  printed.     40^. 

September  26,   7948 


Trusteeship  Council 

Official  Records,  Second  Session,  Third  Part 
From  tlie  Thirty-sixth  Meeting  (21  April  1948)  to  the 
Forty-sixth    Meeting    (4    May    1948).     vii,    133    pp. 
printed.     $1.50. 

Annex.     24  pp.  printed.     25^. 

Resolutions  Adopted  by  the  Trusteeship  Council  During 
Its  Second  Session  from  20  November  1047  to  4  May 
1948.     T/179.     24  pp.  printed.     25?'. 


'  Printed  materials  may  be  secured  in  the  United  States 
from  the  International  Documents  Service,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity Press,  2960  Broadway,  New  York  City.  Other 
materials  (mimeogr.aphed  or  processed  documents)  may 
be  consulted  at  certain  designated  libraries  in  the  United 
States. 

401 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 


Disposition  of  the  Former  Italian  Colonies 

U.S.  POSITION  IN  THE  COUNCIL  OF  FOREIGN  MINISTERS 


[Released  to  the  press  September  14] 

Under  article  23  of  the  treaty  of  peace,  Italy 
renounced  all  right  and  title  to  the  Italian  terri- 
torial possessions  in  Africa,  i.e.  Libya,  Eritrea, 
and  Italian  Somaliland.  This  article  also  pro- 
vided that  these  possessions,  pending  their  final 
disposal,  should  continue  under  their  present  ad- 
ministration (British  in  all  of  the  territories  ex- 
cept the  Fezzan  area  of  Libya  administered  by  the 
French ) . 

In  accordance  with  annex  XI  of  the  treaty,  the 
Deputies  of  the  Foreign  Ministers  of  the  Four 
Powers  (U.S.,  U.K.,  U.S.S.R.,  and  France)  dur- 
ing the  past  year  have  considered  the  question  of 
the  disposition  of  the  former  Italian  colonies. 
The  Deputies  sent  a  Commission  of  Investigation 
to  the  territories  in  order  to  collect  necessary  data 
and  to  ascertain  the  views  of  the  local  population. 
After  studying  the  three  reports  of  the  Commis- 
sion and  the  views  of  the  other  interested  govern- 
ments as  well  as  those  of  the  Governments  of 
Egypt  and  Italy,  the  Deputies  completed  their 
recommendations,  which  were  not  unanimous,  to 
the  Council  of  Foreign  Ministers  on  August  31, 
1948. 

The  position  taken  by  the  United  States  in  the 
Deputies'  meetings  and  now  being  taken  in  tlie 
Council  of  Foreign  Ministers  is  briefly  summa- 
rized as  follows : 

A.  Italian  Somaliland.  This  former  Italian  col- 
ony should  be  placed  under  the  trusteeship  system 
of  the  United  Nations  with  Italy  as  the  administer- 
ing authority.  The  duration  of  this  trusteeship 
should  be  undefined.  The  American  Deputy  also 
agreed  to  proposals  for  determining  the  boundary 
between  Ethiopia  and  Italian  Somaliland  and  "a 
small  rectification  of  the  boundary  between  Italian 
Somaliland  and  British  Somaliland.  The  pro- 
posals provided  further  for  the  method  of  transfer 
from  British  to  Italian  administration  under 
which  Italy  would  undertake  to  abide  by  the  terms 
of  the  agreement  which  would  establish,  in  accord- 
ance with  the  Charter  of  the  United  Nations,  the 
term.s  of  trusteeship  applicable  to  Italian  Soma- 
liland, and  provided  that  Italy  would  accept  the 
frontier  arrangements  specified.  Italy  would  also 
undertake  to  negotiate  with  the  United  Kingdom 
the  settlement  of  outstanding  economic  and  finan- 
cial matters  affecting  the  territory. 

B.  Eritrea.  The  United  States  recommended 
the  cession  to  Ethiopia  of  the  southern  section  of 
Eritrea  including  the  Danikil  Coast  and  the  dis- 
tricts of  Akkele  Guzai  and  Serae  (the  new  frontier 
would  start  at  the  Gulf  of  Zula,  following  the 

402 


northern  border  of  Akkele  Guzai  and  Serae  dis- 
tricts to  the  Ethiopian  frontier).  This  would  not 
only  provide  Ethiopia  with  an  outlet  to  tlie  sea 
through  Assab  but  would  include  in  Ethiopia  a 
large  section  of  the  Coptic  Christian  population 
of  the  highlands  of  Eritrea.  The  United  States 
further  proposed  that  the  Foreign  Ministers  rec- 
ommend to  the  General  Assembly  of  the  United 
Nations  that  the  question  of  the  disposition  of  the 
rest  of  Eritrea  be  postponed  for  one  year  in  order 
that  it  might  be  given  further  stuuy  before  at- 
tempting to  come  to  a  definitive  solution.  This 
Government  felt  this  course  necessary  because  of 
the  difficult  problems  involved,  part  of  the  area 
being  predominantly  Moslem  and  much  of  the  rest 
mixed  Moslem-Christian.  Moreover,  there  was  a 
considerable  divergence  of  views  among  countries 
participating  in  the  Commission  of  Investigation 
and  diverging  opinions  on  the  part  of  other  inter- 
ested governments  presenting  views  to  the  Depu- 
ties. 

The  United  States  strongly  advocated  that  dur- 
ing the  period  of  postponement  Italians  formerly 
resident  in  this  area  should  be  allowed  to  return 
to  their  homes,  since  it  is  recognized  that  postpone- 
ment would  work  further  hardship  on  these  people, 
who  have  been  unable  to  make  plans  for  their 
future.  The  United  States  Government  considers 
that  it  would  be  equitable  and  just  to  allow  them 
to  return,  whatever  the  final  disposition  of  the 
territory  may  be. 

C.  Lihya.  The  United  States  recommended  tliat 
Cyrenaica  be  placed  under  the  trusteeship  system 
of  the  United  Nations  with  the  United  Kingdom 
as  administering  authority.  This  Government 
recognized  that  tlie  British,  in  view  of  their  pledge 
to  the  Senusi  of  Cyrenaica,  could  not  agree  to  this 
area's  reverting  to  Italian  administration.  At  the 
same  time  this  Government  felt  that  under  British 
trusteeship  the  people  of  Cyrenaica  could  eventu- 
ally realize  their  ambition  for  independence.  The 
United  States  further  proposed  that  the  Foreign 
Ministers  recommend  to  the  General  Assembly  of 
the  United  Nations  that  the  question  of  the  dis- 
posal of  the  remainder  of  Libya  be  postponed  and 
studied  for  one  year  because  of  divergences  of 
opinion  in  the  Commission  of  Investigation  and 
among  the  other  interested  governments.  In  rec- 
ommending that  the  disposition  of  Tripolitania  be 
postponed,  the  United  States  strongly  advocated 
that,  as  in  the  case  of  northern  Eritrea,  Italians 
formerly  resident  in  Tripolitania  should  be  al- 
lowed to  return  to  their  homes  during  the  period 
of  postponement. 

Deporfmen/  of  Sfafe  Bo//efi'n 


American  Diplomatic  Personnel  Detained  in  Rumania 


U.S.  Note  to  Rumania^ 

The  joUoxiy'ing  note  was  deihered  on  September 
15,  1948,  hy  the  American  Minister  to  Rtmiania, 
Rudolf  E.  SchocnfeJd,  to  the  Chief  of  Protocol  of 
the  Kumanian  Ministry  of  Foreign  Affairs 

The  Legation  of  the  United  States  of  America 
presents  its  compliments  and  has  the  honor  to 
acknowledge  the  receipt  of  tlie  Ministry's  note  No. 
100.541  of  September  9  requesting  the  recall  of 
Messrs.  Green  and  Fisher  and  Misses  Garr  and 
Maggard,  members  of  the  Legation  staff,  and  al- 
leging in  justification  of  the  Ministry's  request 
that  two  of  the  persons  in  question  had  been  "sur- 
prised in  the  act  of  taking  photographs  in  forbid- 
den zone"'  which  was  further  defined  as  having 
been  "divers  points  in  city  and  port  of  Giurgiu". 

The  United  States  Government  has  complied 
with  the  desire  of  the  Rumanian  Government  that 
these  persons  be  withdrawn  from  Rumania.  In  so 
doing,  however,  the  United  States  Government  in- 
forms the  Rumanian  Government  that  the  latter's 
representations  with  regard  to  the  actions  of  the 
members  of  the  American  Legation  staff  do  not 
conform  to  the  facts. 

No  member  of  the  group  took  any  photographs 
whatever  in  the  city  or  port  of  Giurgiu,  or  indeed 
in  any  locality  in  the  vicinity  of  Giurgiu. 

The  facts  regarding  the  detention  of  the  mem- 
bers of  the  American  Legation  by  the  Rumanian 
authorities  were  as  follows : 

The  Legation  members  in  question  proceeded  on 
September  6  in  a  properly  documented  Legation 
automobile  from  Bucharest  to  Giurgiu.  They 
were  stopped  by  the  police  in  Giurgiu  and  were 
detained  incommunicado  for  some  17  hours.  Dur- 
ing that  time  they  were  repeatedly  refused  permis- 
sion to  telephone  the  American  Legation  in  Bu- 
charest. For  16  hours  no  member  of  the  group  was 
allowed  food  or  water.  They  were  subjected  to 
other  considerable  discomforts,  to  intermittent  in- 
terrogation and  to  deceptive  artifices  apparently 
designed  to  extract  supposedly  incriminating 
"evidence".  They  were  not  released  until  shortly 
before  noon  on  the  following  day.  Meanwhile, 
the  Ministry  for  Foreign  Affairs,  which  had  been 
notified  in  the  early  evening  of  September  6  by 
the  Giurgiu  authorities  of  the  detention  of  the 
American  Legation  personnel  and  which,  as  a  re- 
sult of  the  customary  notification,  could  not  but 
have  been  fully  aware  of  their  status,  did  not  order 
their  immediate  release  but  wrote  a  note  to  the 

September  26,   7948 


Legation  which  was  not  delivered  until  the  morn- 
ing of  September  7,  reporting  the  detention  and 
asking  for  "details"  regarding  the  persons  con- 
cerned. 

In  the  circumstances,  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment categorically  rejects  as  contrary  to  fact  the 
representations  of  the  Rumanian  Government 
against  the  personnel  of  the  American  Legation 
and  reiterates  the  energetic  protest  made  orally 
by  the  American  Minister  and  affirmed  in  the  Lega- 
tion's note  No.  361  of  September  8  against  the  in- 
excusable action  of  the  Rumanian  authorities  in 
detaining  members  of  the  American  Legation  in 
denial  of  the  diplomatic  courtesy  such  officials 
are  customarily  entitled  to  expect. 

Summary  of  American  Minister's  Visit  to 
Rumanian  Foreign  Office 

On  the  morning  of  September  7, 1948,  the  Amer- 
ican Legation  at  Bucharest,  Rumania,  received 
from  the  Rumanian  Ministry  of  Foreign  Affairs  a 
note  dated  Sei^tember  6,'  advising  the  Legation 
that  four  persons,  Miss  Peggy  Maggard,  Mr.  Paul 
Green,  Miss  Ruth  Virginia  Garr,  and  Mr.  Wayne 
Fisher  had  been  detained  at  Giurgiu  for  taking 
pictures  in  the  city  and  port  there ;  that  the  former 
had  their  passports;  that  the  two  latter  had  no 
identification.  The  Foreign  Ministry's  note,  stat- 
ing that  these  persons  had  said  that  they  were 
employees  of  the  American  Legation,  requested 
confirmation  and  details  regarding  them. 

Upon  receipt  of  this  note  the  American  Minister 
to  Rumania,  Rudolf  E.  Schoenfeld,  called  upon 
the  Chief  of  Protocol  of  the  Rumanian  Foreign 
Office,  Constantin  Zaharia,  and  told  him  that  these 
persons  were  members  of  the  Legation ;  that,  from 
its  own  records,  the  Foreign  Office  was  in  position 
to  establish  their  identity ;  that  they  should  be  re- 
leased instantly ;  that,  without  a  moment's  delay, 
he  should  arrange  this  with  the  authorities  at 
Giurgiu ;  that  it  was  inadmissible  that  they  should 
detain  any  diplomatic  personnel;  that  if  the  au- 
thorities at  Giurgiu  did  not  understand  the  grav- 
ity of  holding  members  of  the  American  Legation, 
the  Foreign  Office  should  have  understood  it  and 
arranged  for  their  release  without  having  to  in- 
quire of  the  Legation ;  that  if  there  had  been  any 
impropriety  on  their  part,  the  persons  in  question 
should  be  released  first  and  the  matter  would  be 

^  Released  to  the  [>ress  on  Sept.  16,  1948. 
'  Printed  from  telegraphic  text. 
°  Not  printed. 

403 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WCBK 

discussed  afterward;  and  that,  meanwhile,  the 
American  Minister  woidd  answer  for  them. 

The  Minister  added  that  he  would  wait  in  the 
office  of  the  Chief  of  Protocol  until  the  latter  had 
made  such  arrangements.  Mr.  Zaharia  said  that 
he  could  not  phone ;  that  he  did  not  have  sufficient 
personal  authority;  that  the  matter  required  the 
attention  of  the  Acting  Minister  for  Foreign  Af- 
fairs, Eduard  Mezincescu.  The  American  Minis- 
ter replied  that  if  Mr.  Zaharia  did  not  have  the 
authority,  he  would  see  Mr.  Mezincescu  immedi- 
ately. Mr.  Zaharia  said  that  the  latter  would  not 
be  in  for  a  half  hour.  Mr.  Schoenfeld  said  he 
would  wait.  Mr.  Zaharia  remarked  that  he  did 
not  wish  to  bother  the  American  Minister.  Mr. 
Schoenfeld  assured  him  that  he  was  already  both- 
ered. Mr.  Zaharia  then  promised  a  reply  within 
the  next  half  hour. 

The  American  Minister  told  Mr.  Zaharia  that 
the  United  States  Government  would  regard  the 
detention  of  any  United  States  diplomatic  officer 
as  a  grave  matter.  He  pointed  out  how  seriously 
the  Rumanian  Government  would  undoubtedly  re- 
gard the  detention  of  one  of  its  diplomatic  officers 
in  the  United  States  by  local  police.  Reiterating 
that  he  expected  immediate  action  in  effecting  the 
release  of  these  members  of  his  staff,  the  Minister 
asked  to  be  informed  when  they  had  been  released 
and  when  they  were  leaving  Giurgiu  and  requested 
details  of  the  entire  situation. 

The  officials  who  had  been  detained  by  the  Giur- 
giu police  authorities  were  permitted  to  inform 
the  Legation  by  telephone  at  11 :  15  that  morning 
and  released  at  11 :  30  A.M. 

U.  S.  Note  to  Rumania  * 

In  response  to  the  Rumanian  Foreign  Office  note 
described  above  the  American  Legation  sent  a  note 
of  September  8,  1948,  the  text  of  which  was  as 
follows 

Tlie  American  Minister  presents  his  compli- 
ments to  Her  Excellency  the  Rumanian  Minister 
for  Foreign  Affairs  and,  referring  to  the  Minis- 
try's note  No.  CB  1000.417  of  September  6,  1948 
advising  of  the  detention  of  four  members  of  the 
Legation  staff  by  the  police  authorities  at  Giurgiu 
on  that  date  and  to  the  representations  made  to 
the  Chief  of  Protocol  regarding  their  release,  has 
the  honor  to  record  an  energetic  protest  against 
the  action  of  the  local  authorities  at  Giurgiu  in 
detaining  members  of  the  American  Legation  after 
they  had  established  their  identity. 

Mr.  Schoenfeld  desires  to  re<}uest,  for  transmis- 
sion to  his  government,  a  full  report  of  the  cir- 
cumstances surrounding  tlie  action  of  the  authori- 
ties in  question  and  an  indication  as  to  any  meas- 
ures taken  with  respect  to  the  authorities  respon- 
sible for  that  action. 


*  Printed  from   telegraphic  text. 
404 


Rumanian  Note  to  U.  S.  * 

On  September  10,  the  American  Minister  called 
upon  the  Acting  Rumanian  Minister  of  Foreign 
Affairs,  at  the  latter'' s  request,  and  was  told  that  the 
Rumanian  Government  took  a  serious  view  of  the 
actions  of  the  Legation  'members  in,  as  he  alleged, 
taking  photographs  of  restricted  areas  in  Giurgiu. 
This,  Ae  said,  was  in  violation  of  Rumanian  law 
and  an  abuse  of  diplomatic  privileges.  Accord- 
ingly, Mr.  Mezincescu  handed  the  American  Min- 
ister a  note  to  this  effect  dated  September  9, 19Jf8, 
which  read  as  follows 

With  reference  to  note  No.  361  of  September  8, 
1948  of  the  Legation  of  the  U.  S.  A.  in  Bucharest, 
the  Rumanian  Ministry  of  Foreign  Affairs  has 
the  honor  to  acquaint  the  American  Legation  with 
the  following: 

On  September  6, 1948,  authorities  of  the  city  of 
Giurgiu  apprehended  passenger  automobile  No. 
439/1948  in  which  were  four  people — two  women 
and  two  men  driving  around  at  reduced  speed  in 
the  outskirts  of  the  city  and  port.  According  to 
depositions  of  numerous  witnesses  and  direct  re- 
ports of  the  police  agencies,  the  two  women  who 
were  in  the  car  had  photographed  divers  points 
of  the  city  and  port  despite  the  fact  that  there 
were  large  signs  in  these  areas  plainly  marked 
"photographing  prohibited''. 

The  car  was  halted  by  police  authorities  who 
proceeded  to  identify  the  occupants.  The  latter 
stated  they  were  employees  of  the  United  States 
Legation,  Bucharest,  i.e.,  Peggy  Maggard,  clerk, 
holder  of  U.  S.  passport  No.  2913 ;  Paul  Green, 
Attache,  holder  of  U.  S.  passport  No.  606;  Ruth 
Virginia  Garr,  clerk,  and  Wayne  W.  Fisher,  Third 
Secretary  of  Legation-Vice  Consul. 

The  two  latter  presented  no  identification  what- 
ever. Since  the  above-named  persons  were  sur- 
prised in  the  act  of  taking  pliotographs  in  a  for- 
bidden zone — an  act  punishable  by  Articles  190 
and  194  of  the  Rumanian  Penal  Code,  as  well  as 
Law  128  of  March  4,  1946,  they  were  detained  for 
the  purpose  of  checking  their  identity.  Confir- 
mation as  to  the  status  and  function  of  the  persons 
named  above  was  reqiiested  of  the  American  Lega- 
tion the  evening  of  September  6,  1948  by  note  M. 
AMCW  E.  CB  No.  100.417  addressed  to  the  Le- 
gation. 

Mr.  Schoenfeld,  American  Minister  at  Bucha- 
rest, confirmed  the  status  of  the  persons  guilty  of 
the  above-mentioned  offenses  as  members  of  the 
Legation  in  the  course  of  an  appointment  granted 
him  by  the  Chief  of  Protocol  of  the  Rumanian 
Ministry  for  Foreign  Affairs.  Subsequent  to  this 
confirmation,  the  persons  were  released. 

In  view  of  the  above,  the  Rumanian  Ministry 
for  Foreign  Affairs  rejects  as  lacking  any  basis 

Department  of  State   Bulletin 


whatever  tlie  protest  made  by  the  Legation  in 
note  361  of  September  8,  1948. 

In  bringing  the  above  to  the  attention  of  the 
American  Legation,  the  Rumanian  Ministry  for 
Foreign  Ati'airs  desires  at  the  same  time  to  point 
out  tiiat  tliis  is  not  the  first  time  employees  of 
the  United  States  Government,  having  an  official 
mission  and  enjoj'ing  diplomatic  protection  ac- 
corded by  tlie  Eumanian  Government  in  accord- 
ance with  international  usage,  have  undertaken 
actions  or  committed  deeds  which  affect  the  se- 
curity of  the  Rumanian  state. 

Considering  the  fact  that  these  employees  of 
the  American  Legation  in  Bucharest  over-stepped 
the  limits  of  their  mission  in  a  manner  constitut- 
ing abuse  and  used  the  status  of  diplomatic  im- 
munity which  they  enjoy  to  carry  out  an  act  of 
espionage  by  obtaining  photographic  documents 
affecting  the  national  territorial  defense  of  the 
Rumanian  Popular  Republic,  the  Rumanian  Gov- 
ernment energetically  protests  against  these  abuses 
by  certain  members  of  the  American  Legation 
and  states  it  no  longer  desires  the  presence  in  the 
country  of  the  persons  named  below:  Peggy  Mag- 
gard,  Paul  Green,  Ruth  Virginia  Garr,  Wayne 
W.  Fisher. 

The  Rumanian  Ministry  of  Foreign  Affairs 
therefore  requests  the  Legation  to  inform  the 
Department  of  State  that  tlie  Rumanian  Govern- 
ment desires  their  recall  be  effected  in  the  shortest 
possible  time. 

The  Rumanian  Ministry  for  Foreign  Af- 
fairs assures  the  American  Legation  of  its  high 
consideration. 

Further   Request  of  American    Minister  to 
Acting   Rumanian  Foreign  Minister 

The  Acting  Rumanian  Minister  of  Foreign  Af- 
fairs stated  to  the  American  Minister  tliat  he  had 
received  a  report  from  the  Giurgiu  authorities, 
supported  by  eye-witness  testimony,  that  the  group 
had  been  seen  taking  photographs  in  an  area 
clearly  marked  "no  photographing." 

The  American  Minister  told  Mr.  Mezincescu 
that  the  four  members  of  the  Legation  had  given 
the  Legation  a  detailed  report  (see  below)  in 
which  they  stated  positively  that  they  had  taken 
no  pictures  whatsoever  in  the  town  or  port  of 
Giurgiu.  The  American  Minister  asked  why,  if 
they  had  actually  been  seen  taking  photos  in  a 
restricted  area,  they  had  not  been  stopped  by  the 
authorities  and  asked  for  their  films.  Mr.  Mez- 
incescu said  that  the  Rumanian  authorities  em- 
ployed civilians  to  keep  watcli  and  that  these 
civilians  had  definitely  observed  the  Legation 
members  taking  pictures.  The  ^Vmerican  Min- 
ister pointed  out  that  there  were  thus  two  versions 
of  the  facts  but  that  the  employees  in  question 
had  never  misinformed  him.  The  Acting  Foreign 
Minister   suggested    that    if   the   United    States 

September  26,   J  948 

806359 — 48 3 


THE  RECORD  OF  THB  WESK 

wished  to  submit  these  persons  to  the  jurisdiction 
of  the  Rumanian  courts,  the  questions  of  fact  could 
be  determined  by  the  appropriate  authorities  in 
accordance  with  Rumanian  laws. 

The  American  Minister  called  attention  (1)  to 
the  lengthy  detention  of  the  Legation  members 
by  the  local  authorities  after  they  had  established 
their  identity  and  (2)  to  their  report  that  they 
had  not  been  permitted  to  communicate  with  the 
Legation.  The  group  said  that  from  about  7 :  30 
in  the  evening  of  September  6  tliey  had  repeatedly 
sought  permission  to  telephone  the  Legation  but 
had  not  been  allowed  to  do  so  until  late  the  follow- 
ing morning. 

The  Acting  Rumanian  Foreign  Minister  said 
that  Mr.  Zaharia,  the  Chief  of  Protocol,  had  made 
a  nnmber  of  unsuccessful  attempts  on  the  evening 
of  September  G  to  reach  members  of  the  American 
Legation  by  phone,  including  the  Minister  and 
the  Counselor,  Henry  P.  Leverich,  to  confirm  the 
identity  of  the  persons  detained.  The  American 
Minister  pointed  out  that  it  appeared  very  strange 
that  Mr.  Zaharia  had  not  been  able  to  reach  any 
one  connected  with  the  Legation  since  there  was 
an  officer  on  duty  there  throughout  the  night  and 
that  the  Minister  liad  been  either  at  his  office  or 
at  his  residence  all  that  evening. 

As  for  the  question  of  identification,  the  Amer- 
ican Minister  told  the  Acting  Foreign  Minister, 
as  he  had  told  the  Chief  of  Protocol,  that  the 
group  had  identified  itself.  It  was  further  re- 
marked that  the  Foreign  Office  note  of  September 
6  indicated  that  the  authorities  had  mistaken  the 
name  of  Miss  Maggard  although  she  had  presented 
her  passport.  Mi-.  Zaharia  had  likewise  given 
the  excuse  that  the  Foreign  Office  did  not  know 
Mr.  Fisher  since  he  was  not  on  the  diplomatic 
list  of  June  17.  The  American  Minister  pointed 
out  that  Fisher  having  arrived  only  recently  his 
name,  of  course,  would  not  appear  on  tlie  June 
17  list,  but  that  the  Foreign  Office  had  been  noti- 
fied of  his  arrival  and  had  also  been  given  details 
regarding  him  in  a  Legation  note  of  August  2. 
Consequently,  the  American  Minister  emphasized 
that  the  group  was  not  responsible  for  any  mis- 
understanding in  this  regard. 

The  American  Minister  told  the  Acting  Ru- 
manian Foreign  Minister  that  he  would  transmit 
the  Foreign  Office  note  of  September  9  to  his 
Government  and  revert  to  tlie  matter  again  upon 
receipt  of  its  views. 

On  September  15,  1948,  upon  instructions  from 
the  Department,  the  American  Minister  delivered 
to  the  Chief  of  Protocol  of  the  Rumanian  Foreign 
Office  the  note  contained  herein. 

Altliough  three  of  the  Legation  members  who 
were  detained  by  the  police  at  Giurgiu  had  in  their 
possession  cameras  and  in  the  countryside  en  route 
had  taken  a  total  of  seven  pictures  consisting  only 
of  photos  of  an  ox-cart  and  peasant,  a  herd  of 
water  buffalo,  and  a  native  well,  these  photographs 

405 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 

were  taken  more  than  30  miles  from  Giurgiu.  The 
cameras  had  then  been  placed  in  the  group's  bag- 
gage and  were  not  removed  again  during  the  rest 
of  the  trip.  Development  of  the  exposed  film  has 
shown  no  pictures  taken  at  or  near  Giurgiu. 

Account  of  Detention  of  American  Diplomatic 
Personnel  by  Rumanian  Security  Police 

There  follows  an  account  of  the  detention  hy  the 
Security  Police  at  Giurgiu,  Rumania,  on  Seftem- 
lier  6-7, 19IiS,  of  two  officers  and  two  clerks  of  the 
American  Legation  at  Bucharest,  along  the  lines 
of  a  statement  signed  hy  them 

A  group  composed  of  Wayne  W.  Fisher,  Third 
Secretary  and  Vice-Consul;  Paul  H.  Green,  At- 
tache; Miss  Ruth  V.  Garr,  Clerk,  and  Miss  Peggy 
M.  Maggard,  Glerk — all  official  American  mem- 
bers of  the  Legation  staff — left  Bucharest  at  3 
p.m.  September  6,  1948,  in  an  automobile  bearing 
diplomatic  tags,  to  visit  Alexandria,  the  Danube 
port  of  Giurgiu,  arriving  at  the  latter  place  at  6 
p.m.  After  stopping  in  the  port  area  for  about 
five  minutes,  they  drove  to  the  city  square  which 
is  on  a  direct  route  back  to  Bucharest. 

Although  the  port  area  was  guarded  they  en- 
countered no  difficulty  in  entering  or  leaving  it. 
However,  as  they  entered  the  city  square,  their 
car  was  hailed  by  a  policeman  ostensibly  for  pur- 
poses of  traffic  control..  Mr.  Green,  who  was  driv- 
ing, inquired  as  to  which  street  led  f  I'om  the  square 
to  the  main  Giurgiu-Bucharest  highway.  There- 
upon, a  man  in  civilian  clothes  who  was  standing 
near  the  policeman  jumped  upon  the  running 
board  alongside  Mr.  Green,  indicating  that  the 
road  to  Bucharest  branched  off  from  the  street  by 
which  the  car  had  entered  the  square  and  that  he 
would  assist  in  directing  them  to  that  point. 

After  they  had  driven  around  the  square,  the 
group  became  suspicious  and  questioned  the  man's 
knowledge  of  the  route;  but  he  insisted  that  the 
car  should  turn  back  into  the  street  leading  to- 
ward the  port  area.  When  Mr.  Green  motioned 
to  the  man  to  get  off  the  running  board,  the  latter 
seized  the  car's  steering  wheel  and  pulled  the  ma- 
chine to  a  stop. 

Concluding  by  now  that  the  man  must  be  a 
police  agent,  Mr.  Green  showed  his  diplomatic 
passpoi-t  and  demanded  that  they  be  permitted  to 
proceed  without  further  hindrance.  Thereupon, 
the  man  produced  credentials  which  identified  him 
as  an  agent  of  the  Siguranta  (Security  Police) 
and  insisted  that  tiie  car,  with  all  of  its  occupants, 
accompany  him  to  the  Security  Police  headquar- 
ters. The  agent  informed  Mr.  Green  that  he  had 
orders  to  stop  the  car  and  made  it  clear  that  he 
was  determined  to  do  so  regardless  of  the  car's 
diplomatic  identification.  He  insisted  that  the 
vehicle  be  driven  to  the  Security  Police  headquar- 
ters which  was  on  a  narrow  dark  side  street  about 
100  yards  off  of  the  main  thoroughfare. 

406 


Mr.  Green  drove  to  a  junction  of  these  two 
streets  where  he  parked  the  car  near  the  curb  under 
a  street  light,  refusing  to  enter  the  side  street.  The 
agent  renewed  his  demand  that  the  automobile  be 
taken  to  the  headquarters,  stating  that  it  was  neces- 
sary to  search  it.  Mr.  Green  again  refused,  point- 
ing out  the  diplomatic  immunity  to  which  the  car 
was  entitled. 

Meanwhile,  five  other  agents  had  appeared  and 
stationed  themselves  on  both  sides  of  the  automo- 
bile. Thinking  that  the  agents  might  be  unaware 
of  the  provisions  of  diplomatic  immunity,  Green 
accomiDanied  one  of  the  agents  to  the  Security 
Police  headquarters. 

When  he  had  left,  the  other  agents  began  to 
claim  that  the  Americans  had  been  seen  photo- 
graphing the  port  area  and  demanded  that  a  cam- 
era be  surrendered  to  them. 

All  five  agents  were  speaking  simultaneously. 
As  their  demands  became  more  insistent,  the  agent 
who  had  originally  stopped  the  car  made  two  ef- 
forts to  open  its  front  door  in  an  apparent  attempt 
to  enter  the  vehicle.  Twice  the  door  was  pulled 
shut  by  the  occupants  with  a  warning  to  the  agent 
concerning  the  diplomatic  character  of  the  car. 

Wlien  after  45  minutes  Mr.  Green  did  not  re- 
turn. Miss  Maggard,  who  had  her  official  passport 
with  her,  went  to  the  police  headquarters,  in  the 
company  of  one  of  the  remaining  agents,  to  make 
inquiries. 

In  the  meantime,  INIr.  Green  had  been  taken 
to  the  office  of  the  Chief  of  the  Siguranta.  This 
Security  Police  Chief,  a  certain  Nedelcu  (Valescu) 
apjDcared  after  20  minutes  and,  upon  reading  re- 
ports submitted  to  him  by  several  agents,  requested 
Mr.  Green's  passport  and  information  regarding 
the  other  three  passengers  of  the  car. 

Having  called  the  attention  of  the  Security 
Police  Chief  to  his  diplomatic  status  and  the  irreg- 
ularity of  such  proceedings,  Mr.  Green  supplied 
the  names  of  the  other  three  Americans  together 
with  their  positions  at  the  Legation.  Mr.  Green 
asked  the  reason  for  the  detention  of  the  group 
and  was  informed  that  charges  had  been  made  that 
they  were  photographing  in  the  port  area.  The 
Security  Police  Chief  demanded  that  a  camera 
be  surrendered.  Specific  accusations  of  taking 
photographs  were  made  against  Miss  Maggard 
(who  had  by  this  time  been  brought  into  the 
Chief's  office)  although  she  had  no  camera.  Mr. 
Green  informed  Nedelcu  that  no  member  of  the 
group  had  taken  any  photographs  either  in  the 
city  or  port  area  of  Giurgiu. 

Once  more,  Mr.  Green  called  Nedelcu's  attention 
to  his  status  as  a  diiDlomatic  officer  and  that,  in  the 
circumstances,  his  detention  was  highly  improper. 
He  demanded  that,  if  the  group  were  not  under 
arrest,  it  be  released  immediately.  The  Security 
Police  Chief  informed  Mr.  Green  that  the  group 
was  not  under  arrest  and  would  be  detained  only 
so  long  as  it  would  take  to  confirm  by  telephone, 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


through  the  Rumanian  Foreign  Office,  the  indi- 
vidual status  of  the  persons  in  the  group — a  matter 
of  "five  or  ten  minutes". 

At  7 :45  i).m.,  when  it  became  evident  that  the 
group's  release  was  not  imminent,  Mr.  Green 
sought  permission  of  the  Security  Police  Chief 
to  telephone  the  American  Legation.  This  was 
denied.  At  8 :30  p.m.  Mr.  Green  again  requested 
either  the  release  of  the  group  or  the  right  to  tele- 
phone the  American  Minister.  Nedelcu  again  re- 
fused but  stated  that  the  group  would  be  released 
inunediately  if  the  camera  which  had  allegedly 
been  used  in  photographing  the  port  area  were 
surrendered.  Once  more,  Mr  Green  refuted  the 
charge  that  any  member  of  the  group  had  taken 
pictures  in  that  area,  at  which  the  Security  Police 
Chief  became  indignant  and  asserted  that  none 
of  the  group  would  be  released  until  a  camera 
was  surrendered. 

At  9  p.m.  Miss  Maggard  asked  for  some  food  but 
was  informed  by  Nedelcu  that  he  himself  had  not 
eaten  since  lunch  and  that  he  thought  she  could 
wait  until  her  release  before  eating.  No  member 
of  the  group  was  allowed  anything  to  eat  or  drink 
for  16  hours.  Not  until  10 :30  the  following  morn- 
ing did  they  receive  some  bread  and  fruit  pur- 
chased by  an  agent  at  the  insistence  of  the  Ameri- 
cans with  money  which  they  supplied. 

From  9  p.m.  until  2  a.m.  the  Chief  of  the  Se- 
curity Police  intermittently  interrogated  Miss 
Maggard  and  Mr.  Green,  continuing  to  insist  that 
a  camera  be  handed  over.  Eepeatedly,  Mr.  Green 
requested  either  their  release  or  permission  to  tele- 
phone the  American  Legation. 

Shortly  after  midnight,  for  a  period  of  20  min- 
utes, Mr.  Green  was  allowed  to  leave  the  Security 
Police  headquarters,  in  the  company  of  an  agent, 
to  visit  the  car.  He  discussed  the  developments 
with  Mr,  Fisher  who  agreed  to  remain  in  the  car 
with  Miss  Garr  until  the  entire  group  was  released 
and  not  to  take  any  action  by  way  of  moving  or 
leaving  it  except  after  personal  communication 
with  Mr.  Green. 

The  Chief  of  the  Security  Police  quit  his  office 
at  aliout  2 :  30  a.m.,  leaving  Miss  Maggard  there 
to  sleep  on  a  bench.  Mr.  Green  was  compelled 
to  sleep  on  the  floor  in  another  room.  A  request 
by  them  for  blankets  was  met  with  the  response 
that  the  office  possessed  none. 

Mr.  Fisher  and  Miss  Garr  remained  in  the  car 
throughout  the  night,  surrounded  continuously 
by  from  two  to  seven  agents.  Four  times  during 
the  night  unsuccessful  attempts  were  made  to  in- 
duce the  occupants  to  leave  the  car  or  move  it  to 
the  Security  Police  headquarters.  Early  in  the 
evening  a  false  message  purportedly  from  Mr. 


THE   RECORD   OF   THE   WEEK 

Green  had  been  transmitted  by  three  agents  in- 
cluding the  Security  Police  Chief,  Nedelcu,  to  the 
effect  that  a  camera  was  to  be  given  to  agents. 
Somewhat  later,  four  more  agents  appeared  and 
stated  that  orders  had  been  issued  to  have  the  car 
moved  to  the  Siguranta  headquarters,  claiming 
falsely  that  Mr.  Green  had  agreed  to  this.  When 
Mr.  Fisher  refused  to  comply,  the  agents  left. 

At  1:00  a.m.,  September  7,  two  agents  came 
again  to  the  car  and  falsely  stated  that  tlie  Ameri- 
can Minister  had  asked  to  talk  to  Mr.  Fisher  and 
Miss  Garr  on  the  telephone  and  that  the  car  would 
remain  under  guard  in  their  absence.  Mr.  Fisher 
declined  to  leave  the  car  and  reminded  the  agents 
again  of  the  diplomatic  immunity  of  the  car  and 
members  of  the  group.  At  2  a.m.  the  Security 
Police  Chief,  accompanied  by  three  other  agents, 
came  to  the  car  and  vehemently  demanded,  on 
order  of  the  Minister  of  the  Interior,  that  Mr. 
Fisher  move  it  to  their  headquarters. 

On  September  7  at  7  a.m.  the  questioning  of  all 
four  Americans  was  resumed  along  the  same  lines 
as  previously.  Mr.  Green  immediately  renewed 
his  demand  that  they  be  released  and  his  request 
for  permission  to  telephone  the  American  Min- 
ister. The  Chief  of  the  Security  Police  replied 
that  orders  had  been  given  from  ''higher  up"  that 
no  telephone  contact  with  the  American  Legation 
was  to  be  allowed. 

Mr.  Green  was  asked  by  the  Security  Police 
Chief  to  arrange  for  moving  the  car  to  the  police 
headquarters,  which  Mr.  Green  refused  to  do.  At 
9  a.m.  another  attempt  was  made  to  accomplish 
this  on  the  pretext  that  the  car  was  obstructing 
traffic,  but  Mr.  Fisher  refused  to  comply. 

At  11  a.m.,  September  7,  Mr.  Green  was  told 
that,  since  his  passport  was  in  order,  he  would  be 
permitted  to  proceed  to  Bucharest  by  train,  the 
other  three  members  of  the  Legation  staff  were 
to  be  detained.  Mr.  Fisher  was  informed  that  the 
Foreign  Office  had  telephoned  the  American  Lega- 
tion which  said  it  had  no  record  of  him.  Mr. 
Green  stated  that  he  would  remain  with  the  others. 

Finally,  at  11 :  15  a.m.,  Mr.  Green  was  given 
permission  to  telephone  the  American  Legation 
where  he  was  informed  by  the  Legation's  admin- 
istrative officer,  Denzil  L.  Page,  that  the  American 
Minister  was  already  informed  of  the  incident  and 
had  taken  steps  to  have  the  group  released  im- 
mediately. This  was  the  first  break  in  the  group's 
state  of  being  held  incommunicado  since  it  had 
been  apprehended  17  hours  previously. 

At  11 :  30  a.m.  the  Chief  of  the  Security  Police 
informed  the  group  that  it  was  free  to  proceed  to 
Bucharest,  which  it  did,  arriving  there  at  1 :  30  p.m. 


September  26,   1948 


407 


Rumanian  Nationalization  Legislation  Considered  Violation  of  Peace  Treaty 

U.S.  NOTE  TO  RUMANIA  DELIVERED  ON  SEPTEMBER  7 


[Released  to  the  press  September  14] 

I  have  the  honor  to  state  that  I  have  been  in- 
structed by  my  Government  to  convey  to  the 
Kumanian  Government  the  following  comments 
upon  the  recent  Rumanian  Legislation  for  the  na- 
tionalization of  industrial,  banking,  insurance, 
mining,  transportation  and  other  enterprises : 

The  United  States  Government  considers  the 
provision  in  Article  1  of  the  above-mentioned  law 
exempting  enterprises  formed  on  the  basis  of  a 
special  convention  between  the  Rumanian  Govern- 
ment and  a  foreign  Government  and  the  provisions 
of  Chapter  I,  Article  V  to  be  a  serious  discrimina- 
tion against  the  rights  of  United  States  nationals 
in  Rumania,  which  is  expressly  prohibited  by 
Article  31  (c)  of  the  Treaty  of  Peace  between  the 
Allied  and  Associated  Powers  and  Rumania, 
signed  at  Paris  on  February  10,  1947.  By  the 
application  of  the  terms  of  the  Rumanian  law  to 
various  enterprises  owned  by  United  States  na- 
tionals and  by  the  exemption  of  Soviet-owned 
enterprises  and  Soviet  interests  in  certain  other 
enterprises  the  Rumanian  Government  has  clearly 
violated  its  obligations  to  aflFord  most  favored 
nation  treatment  in  all  matters  pertaining  to  com- 
merce, industry  and  other  forms  of  business  ac- 
tivity under  Article  31  (c)  of  the  Treaty  of  Peace. 
The  United  States  Government  considers  that  the 
rights  of  its  nationals  with  respect  to  properties 
reacquired  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the 
Treaty  are  equal  to  and  must  be  accorded  the  same 
recognition  as  the  rights  of  any  United  Nation 


with  respect  to  the  ownership  of  property  in 
Rumania. 

The  United  States  Government  has  noted  that 
Chapter  4  of  the  Rumanian  law  with  respect  to 
the  procedure  for  the  determination  of  the  com- 
pensation to  owners  of  affected  enterprises 
contains  no  provisions  for  hearing  or  appeal. 

With  further  reference  to  Chapter  4,  the  United 
States  Government  feels  that  compensation  in  the 
form  of  bonds  of  the  fund  of  nationalized  indus- 
try, redeemable,  apparently,  from  the  prospective 
l^rofits  of  the  individual  nationalized  enterprises 
can  not  be  considered  to  provide  prompt,  adequate 
and  effective  compensation. 

While  the  United  States  Government  has  con- 
sistently recognized  the  right  of  a  sovereign  power 
to  expropriate  property  subject  to  its  jurisdiction 
and  belonging  to  American  nationals,  the  United 
States  has  likewise  refused  to  recognize  the  valid- 
ity of  such  expropriations  in  cases  where  they 
are  discriminatory  by  nature  and  effect  and  where 
provisions  for  equitable  valuation  and  prompt, 
adequate  and  effective  compensation  are  not  pro- 
vided by  the  expropriating  Government. 

In  view  of  the  nature  of  the  Rumanian  legisla- 
tion and  its  application  to  American  properties 
the  United  States  Government  must  therefore  re- 
serve all  rights  on  behalf  of  its  nationals  with 
respect  to  the  seizures  of  their  properties  by  the 
Rumanian  Government  and  intends  to  hold  the 
Rumanian  Government  responsible  for  the  return 
of  the  properties  or  prompt  payment  of  adequate 
and  effective  compensation  therefor. 


Freedom  of  Movement  Allowed  fVlrs.  Kasenkina  and  iVlr.  Samarin 

U.S.  NOTE  TO  THE  SOVIET  EMBASSY  DELIVERED  ON  SEPTEMBER  9> 


[Released  to  the  press  September  13] 

The  Secretary  of  State  presents  his  compli- 
ments to  His  Excellency  the  Ambassador  of  the 
Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics  and  has  the 
honor  to  refer  to  his  note  no.  1.56  of  August  24, 
1948  ^  regarding  the  case  of  Mrs.  Kasenkina  and 
Mr.  Samarin  and  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of 
photostatic  copies  of  the  two  letters^  by  Mrs. 
Kasenkina  which  were  requested  in  the  Depart- 
ment's note  dated  August  19, 1948.- 

'  Not  printed. 

'  Bui-LETIN  Of  Aug.  29,  1948,  p.  251. 

408 


The  Department  of  State  notes  that  the  Soviet 
Government  reaiRrms  the  position  taken  in  its 
earlier  communications  on  this  subject  and  rejects 
the  position  of  the  Department  of  State  with  re- 
spect to  the  abuse  of  his  prerogatives  by  the  Consul 
General  of  the  USSR  in  New  York.  The  Depart- 
ment of  State  has  nothing  to  add  to  its  note  on  this 
subject  dated  August  19,  and  must  categorically 
reject  as  without  any  basis  in  fact  tlie  wholly  un- 
substantiated accusations  made  against  the  Fed- 
eral Bureau  of  Investigation  and  the  welfare 
organization  known  as  the  Tolstoy  Foundation. 

Deparfmenf  of  Sfofe  Bulletin 


The  Department  of  State  also  notes  that  the 
Soviet  Government  ngum  ''insists  tliat  opportun- 
ity for  free  and  unobstructed  access  to  Kasenkina 
and  Saniarin  be  granted  to  the  representatives  of 
the  Soviet  Union  in  the  U.S.A."  The  Department 
in  its  note  of  August  19, 1948  stated  that  they  were 
comjjleteiy  free  to  see  any  Soviet  official  if  they  de- 
sired, but  that  this  Government  could  not  compel 
either  of  them  to  do  so.  The  Soviet  Government 
must  therefore  have  realized  that  compliance  with 
this  request  would  be  incompatible  with  the  prin- 
ciples of  law  on  which  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment was  founded  and  to  which  it  adheres.  The 
persons  of  individuals  in  the  United  States  are  not 
liable  to  restraint  or  compulsion  except  in  accord- 
ance with  duly  enacted  statutes  and  subject  to  con- 
stitutional safeguards.  It  is  a  matter  exclusively 
for  the  determination  of  Mrs.  Kasenkina  and  Mr. 
Samarin  whether  they  will  see  the  representatives 
of  the  Soviet  Government. 

Mrs.  Kasenkina  has  stated  to  Soviet  Vice  Consul 
Chepurnyk  in  the  presence  of  witnesses  that  she 
does  not  wish  to  see  him  or  any  other  Soviet  repre- 
sentative. Mrs.  Kasenkina  has  been  under  no  re- 
strictions of  any  kind  other  than  those  normally 
required  by  medical  practice  for  patients  suffering 
from  injuries  such  as  she  sustained.  It  is  under- 
stood that  she  is  rapidly  regaining  her  health. 
Upon  her  recovery  and  departure  from  the  hos- 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 

pital,  Mrs.  Kasenkina  will  continue  to  be  free  to 
see  whomsoever  she  wishes,  and  of  course  she  will 
enjoy  complete  freedom  of  movement.  Mr.  Sama- 
rin has  stated  under  oath  to  a  subcommittee  of  the 
Congress,  before  which  he  appeared  at  his  own  re- 
quest, that  he  determined  voluntarily  and  on  his 
own  initiative  to  renounce  his  Soviet  citizenship 
and  to  remain  in  the  United  States.  He  of  course 
enjoys  complete  freedom  of  movement  and  can 
see  whomsoever  he  wishes.  In  these  circumstances, 
the  United  States  Government  nmst  consider  the 
matter  closed. 

The  Department  of  State  has  taken  note  of  the 
intention  of  the  Soviet  Government  to  close  its 
Consulates  General  at  New  York  and  San  Fran- 
cisco, and  its  decision,  in  conformity  with  the  prin- 
ciple of  reciprocity,  to  consider  the  United  States 
Consulate  General  at  Vladivostok  subject  to  imme- 
diate closing,  and  to  withdraw  the  permission  for 
the  opening  of  a  United  States  Consulate  General 
at  Leningi-ad.  Accordingly,  on  August  27  the 
Department  of  State  closed  the  United  States  Con- 
sulate General  in  Vladivostok  and  is  completing 
the  necessary  arrangements  for  vacating  the  prem- 
ises as  promptly  as  possible.  The  Department  will 
appreciate  being  advised  of  the  official  dates  of  the 
final  closing  of  the  Soviet  Consulates  General  in 
the  United  States. 

Department  or  State 

Washhigton,  /September  9,  J94S 


Science  Falls  Victim  to  Communism's  Strait  Jacket 


BY  GEORGE  V.  ALLEN  > 
Assistant  Secretary  for  Public  Affairs 


Memjjeks  of  the  American  Association  for  the 
Advancement  of  Science:  The  so-called  "cold 
war"  between  the  democratic  and  antidemocratic 
forces  of  the  world  is  assuming  increasingly  alarm- 
ing proportions  as  we  assemble  for  our  discussion 
tonight.  Every  right-minded  citizen  of  the  globe 
is  distressed  at  this  unhappy  state  of  affairs,  but 
I  know  of  no  group  which  is  so  genuinely  and 
deeply  moved  by  it  as  the  men  of  science. 

On  Monday  night.  Dr.  Harlow  Shapley  implied 
that  some  portion  of  the  blame  for  the  parlous 
state  of  world  affairs  might  be  due  to  the  bungling 
of  politicians  and  diplomats.  He  has  only  to  say 
the  word  "diplomat",  with  a  slight  curl  of  his 
lip,  to  obtain  a  prompt  and  sympathetic  reaction 
from  his  audience. 

For  better  or  woi-se,  I  am  a  member  of  that 
excoriated  tribe.  I  do  not  pretend  that  our  tribe 
has  done  very  well  at  its  job.  The  state  of  the 
world  today  is  sufficiently  bad  to  rob  any  diplomat 
of  a  claim  to  even  mediocre  success. 

Nor  do  I  resent  Dr.  Shapley's  implications. 
His  plain  speaking,  however,  has  inspired  me  to 
direct  a  few  thoughts  to  scientists  in  return. 

I  glory  in  the  fact  that  scientists  recognize 

Sepfember  26,   1948 


neither  national  nor  racial  boundaries  in  their  field 
of  activity.  Throughout  the  globe  they  have  co- 
operated in  pushing  back  the  barriers  to  knowl- 
edge and  have  built  on  each  other's  discoveries. 
The  training  and  instinct  of  the  scientist  is  to 
disregard  the  political  views  of  his  colleague 
abroad  and  to  concern  himself  only  with  his  fel- 
low's achievements  and  knowledge. 

One  principle  which  science  has  established 
through  generations  of  experimentation  and  dis- 
covery is  that  confirmed  revelations  of  the  test 
tube,  the  microscope,  or  the  prism  must  be  accepted 
as  true,  regardless  of  tlieir  impact  on  the  accepted 
beliefs  of  politics,  religion,  or  folklore.  The 
Images  of  history  are  full  of  the  martyrs  of  science 
who  have  suffered  persecution  because  of  their 
steadfast  adherence  to  evidence  as  revealed 
through  their  experiments.  Those  who  would 
deny  the  freedom  of  science  to  follow  where  evi- 
dence leads  are  the  mortal  enemies  of  your 
profession. 


"  Address  made  before  the  American  Association  for  the 
Advancement  of  Science  in  Washington  on  Sept.  15,  1948, 
and  released  to  the  press  on  the  same  date. 

409 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 

You  who  are  the  scientists  of  today  are  the  heirs 
of  that  respect  for  scientific  truth  which  your  pred- 
ecessors established  through  suffering  and  often 
through  torture.  It  is  incumbent  upon  you,  as 
a  group,  to  defend  that  heritage  and  to  combat 
with  your  united  condemnation  any  limitation 
on  that  freedom  whenever  and  wherever  it  occurs. 
When  an  effort  was  made  a  quarter  century  ago 
to  prevent  students  in  the  hills  of  Tennessee  from 
learning  about  evolution,  you  rose  as  one  voice 
to  condemn  this  limitation.  Today  the  long- 
suffering  scientists  of  Moscow  are  forbidden  to 
reach  their  own  conclusions  on  the  teachings  of 
Mendel  or  Lamarck.  It  would  seem  to  me  that  all 
scientists  should  come  to  their  aid  with  a  rousing 
condemnation  of  those  authorities  in  the  Kremlin 
who  have  placed  your  Russian  colleagues  in  a 
strait  jacket. 

Another  principle  which  you  and  your  prede- 
cessors have  established,  and  which  is  a  companion 
to  the  first,  is  that  scientific  knowledge,  once  dis- 
covered, should  be  disseminated  as  widely  and 
freely  as  possible  throughout  the  world. 

As  a  layman,  I  can  appreciate  your  anguish 
that  scientists  of  the  United  States  are  at  the 
present  moment  the  holders  of  some  of  the  most 
important,  yet  the  most  securely  guarded,  secrets 
in  the  annals  of  scientific  history — secrets  relating 
to  atomic  energy.  I  know  how  deeply  it  disturbs 
many  of  you  that  so  little  progress  has  been 
achieved  toward  making  these  secrets  available  as 
the  common  knowledge  of  mankind. 

I  shall  not  quibble  on  this  point.  In  my  field 
of  operations  in  the  Department  of  State,  dealing 
with  questions  of  educational  exchange  with 
foreign  countries  and  with  Unesco,  I  come  fre- 
quently in  contact  with  this  disturbed  state  of 
mind  among  many  of  our  scientists,  and  I  am  all 
too  aware  of  the  propaganda  capital  which  is  made 
against  the  United  States  Government,  not  only 
abroad  but  also  in  the  United  States  itself,  because 
of  the  American  monopoly  of  the  atomic-energy 
process. 

I  must  say  with  equal  clearness,  however,  that 
I  do  not  believe  the  United  States  has  cause  for 
either  apology  or  shame  with  regard  to  its  policy 
concerning  the  atomic  discoveries.  Far  from  it. 
The  American  Government  holds  in  its  grasp  the 
most  important  advantage  which  any  people  in 
history  has  ever  held,  an  advantage  which  could 
make  us  the  military  master  of  the  world  if  we 
chose  to  use  it  for  that  purpose.  We  have  freely 
offered  to  give  up  this  advantage,  to  throw  open 
our  laboratories  and  installations  to  the  most 
minute  inspection  of  everyone,  and  to  devote  all 
our  tremendous  equipment  and  facilities  to  the 
benefit  of  mankind.  The  offer  has  been  criticized 
in  our  own  countrj'  as  much  too  generous,  and 
some  are  relieved  that  it  was  not  accepted. 

It  is  true  that  attached  to  our  offer  was  a  string — 
or  perhaps  thread  would  be  the  better  term.    We 

410 


asked  for  reciprocity  of  inspection.  In  this  work- 
aday world  we  inhabit,  which  is  not  altogether 
the  pure  world  of  science,  we  wanted  some  assur- 
ance that  our  homes  and  our  families  would  not 
be  blasted  off  the  earth  by  any  unfriendly  regime 
which  might  take  a  notion  to  do  so.  I  am  by  no 
means  certain  that  any  nation  on  earth  would  have 
made  as  generous  an  offer  on  the  atomic  bomb  as 
we  did.  I  believe  that  one  of  the  reasons  we  went 
as  far  as  we  did  is  our  attacliment  to  that  very 
principle  of  scientific  freedom  to  which  you  all 
adhere  so  firmly. 

I  glory  in  your  criticism  of  any  violation  of  - 
academic  freedom  which  occurs  in  the  United  I 
States.  I  merely  ask  that  you  condemn  with  equal 
boldness  its  violation  or  refusal  of  acceptance  any- 
where. Some  of  your  number  are  inclined  to  re- 
verse the  Scripture  and  to  see  a  mote  in  your  own 
eye  while  overlooking  the  beam  in  the  eye  of  the 
other  fellow. 

So  I  return  to  Dr.  Shapley  the  challenge.  Let 
scientists  and  diplomats  compete  to  build  a  better 
world.  But  better  still,  let  us  combine  our  re- 
sources to  bring  about  the  true  and  lasting  brother- 
hood of  mankind. 


Communist  Strategy  in  Southeast  Asia 

[Released  to  the  press  September  16] 

In  response  to  questions  on  Septemier  16  a  Depart- 
ment of  State  spokesman  said 

The  Department  has  watched  closely  the  rapid 
increase  of  Communist  activity  which  has  taken 
place  in  southeast  Asia  since  early  this  year  and 
has  naturally  taken  this  development  into  consid- 
eration in  determining  its  course  of  action.  The 
results  of  these  activities  in  Burma,  Malaya,  Indo- 
china, and  Indonesia  have  been  reported  by  the 
press  as  they  occurred  from  time  to  time  and  need 
not  be  reviewed.  However,  little  attention  has 
been  directed  toward  one  major  strategem  em- 
ployed by  the  Communists  in  dependent  areas  of 
southeast  Asia.  To  win  support  and  allies  in  their 
drive  for  power.  Communist  leaders  have  consist- 
ently pretended  to  champion  the  cause  of  local 
nationalists  and  have  attempted  to  identify  Com- 
munism with  nationalism  in  the  minds  of  the  peo- 
ple of  the  area.  This  scheme  worked  well,  at  least 
until  the  Cominform's  denunciation  of  the  Yugo- 
slav Communist  leaders  as  being,  among  other 
things,  guilty  of  nationalism.  There  is  some  evi- 
dence that  sincere  nationalist  leaders  in  southeast 
Asia,  originally  deceived  by  this  device,  have  now 
awakened  to  the  fact  that,  in  Communist-con- 
trolled states  outside  the  Soviet  Union,  the  na- 
tionalism to  which  they  aspire  is  regarded  as  a 
high  crime  and  grounds  for  ruthless  interference 
in  the  internal  affairs  of  such  states  by  interna- 
tional Communist  organizations. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Displaced-Persons  Resettlement  Program 


STEPS  FOR  ADMISSION  OF  ALIENS  INTO  U.S. 


[Released  to  the  press  August  31] 

The  article  in  the  New  York  Times  of  August 
30,  1948,  by  Michael  L.  Hoffman  contained  state- 
ments which  obviously  are  based  upon  misappre- 
hensions of  law  and  of  fact.  Criticism  leveled  at 
American  consular  officers  for  the  delay  in  begin- 
ning the  displaced-persons  program  is  entirely 
mi  warranted  and  unjust.  In  fact,  the  Executive 
branch  of  the  Government  is  doing  everything  that 
can  be  done  to  get  the  program  going  as  soon  as 
possible.  The  following  steps  must  be  taken,  how- 
ever, before  aliens  may  come  into  the  United  States 
under  the  Displaced  Pei'sons  Act. 

1.  Appointment  of  a  Displaced  Persons  Com- 
m,ission.  The  President  sent  the  nominations  of 
the  persons  to  be  appointed  members  of  the  Com- 
mission to  the  last  session  of  Congress  but  the 
Senate  did  not  act  on  the  nominations.  The  per- 
sons nominated  have  now  been  given  recess 
appointments. 

2.  Organization  of  the  Commission.  The  or- 
ganization of  the  Commission  has  been  delayed  be- 
cause one  of  the  members  was  in  Eurojie  when 
he  was  appointed  and  has  only  recently  arrived  in 
the  United  States. 

3.  Issuance  of  Regulations.  The  act  provides  in 
part :  'Tt  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Commission  to 
formulate  and  issue  regulations,  necessary  under 
the  provisions  of  this  Act,  and  in  compliance  there- 
with, for  the  admission  into  the  United  States  of 
eligible  displaced  orphans  and  eligible  displaced 
persons".  These  regulations  have  not  been  issued 
as  the  Commission  has  just  been  oi-ganized  and  is 
beginning  to  function. 

4.  Selection  of  Screening  Ageiicy.  The  Presi- 
dent is  required  by  the  act  to  designate  an  agency 
of  the  Government  which  will  be  responsible  for 
screening  displaced  persons  from  the  security  point 
of  view.  He  has  not  done  this  because  the  Com- 
mission has  just  been  organized  and  is  formulating 
a  recommendation. 

5.  Selection  and  Distnbution.  The  Displaced 
Persons  Commission  must  select  those  aliens  who 
qualify  for  displaced-person  status  under  the  act 
and  who  can  be  settled  in  the  United  States  in 
accordance  with  the  requirements  of  tlie  act.  The 
Commission  obviously  may  not  do  this  until  after 
its  regulations  have  been  issued. 

6.  Issuance  of  Visas.    The  issuance  of  visas  can 

%spiemhet  26,  1948 


not  take  place  until  the  displaced  persons  have 
been  cleared  through  the  procedure  of  the  Dpc. 
Following  the  arrangements  by  the  Dpc  for  settle- 
ment in  the  United  States,  the  selection  and  the 
screening  of  a  displaced  person,  the  applicant  is 
required  by  law  to  execute  a  formal  visa  applica- 
tion before,  and  be  examined  by,  an  American 
consular  officer  who,  under  section  2  (f)  of  the 
Immigration  Act  of  1924,  must  withhold  the  issu- 
ance of  a  visa  if  he  knows  or  has  any  reason  to 
believe  that  the  applicant  is  inadmissible  under 
any  excluding  provision  of  the  immigration  laws. 
A  displaced  person  is  not  exempted  from  the  bur- 
den of  establishing  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  con- 
sular officer  that  he  is  not  inadmissible  under  the 
law.  Although  a  security  clearance  by  the  C.  I.  C. 
[Counter  Intelligence  Corps]  is  given  considerable 
weight,  it  does  not  relieve  the  responsibility  of  the 
consular  officer  who  may  feel  it  necessary  to  inves- 
tigate further  certain  aspects  of  a  given  case.  This 
is  exceptional  and  does  not,  normally,  duplicate 
the  same  investigation. 

7.  Reason  for  Terminating  President's  DP  Pro- 
gram. Mr.  Hoffman  states,  in  his  article,  that  "Op- 
eration of  the  Truman  directive  was  suspended 
when  the  new  law  came  into  force,  and  the  United 
States  consulates  are  interpreting  the  law  strictly". 
The  act  itself  directed  that  the  processing  of  dis- 
placed persons,  under  the  President's  directive  of 
December  22,  1945,  be  discontinued  after  June  30, 
1948,  and  provided  for  a  severe  penalty  in  the 
event  of  any  violation  thereof. 

8.  Issuance  of  Visas  in  Camps.  The  question 
of  having  consular  officers  travel  from  camp  to 
camp  and  issue  visas  on  an  itinerant  basis,  rather 
than  at  regional  consular  offices,  presents  certain 
legal  and  administrative  difficulties  which  are  be- 
ing given  careful  consideration. 

9.  Resumption  of  Normal  Visa  Services  in  Ger- 
many and  Austria.  Since  the  suspension  of  the 
issuance  of  visas  to  displaced  persons  June  30, 
1948,  pending  the  implementation  of  the  Displaced 
Persons  Act  of  1948,  no  immigration  visa  has  been 
issued  to  any  nonpriority,  nonpreference  applicant 
in  Germany  or  Austria.  Meanwhile,  American 
consular  officers  in  Germany  and  Austria  are  pre- 
paring to  resume  within  the  next  few  weeks  the 
normal  prewar  visa  services  in  Germany  and  Aus- 
tria as  required  by  the  Displaced  Persons  Act  in- 
dependently of  the  displaced-persons  program. 

41T 


DP  COMMISSION  STAFF  DEPARTS  FOR  GERMANY 


[Released  to  the  press  August  31] 

Tlie  Department  of  State  announced  on  August 
31  that  Ugo  Carusi,  chairman  of  the  Displaced 
Persons  Commission,  would  leave  for  Germany  by 
air  on  September  6.  His  plans  are  to  meet  im- 
mediately with  the  military  and  consular  officials 
and  representatives  of  Iro  and  voluntary  agencies 
who  will  participate  in  the  disi^laced-persons  re- 
settlement program  contemplated  by  the  Dis- 
placed Persons  Act  of  1948. 

Procedures  will  be  established  to  effect  thorough, 
speedy,  and  efficient  administration  of  tlie  act  in 
those  areas  to  which  it  applies  (western  zones  and 
sectors  of  Germany  and  Austria  and  in  Italy). 
Processing  officers  will  be  distributed  throughout 
the  area  in  such  numbers  and  at  such  places  as  will 
best  produce  this  result. 


Present  plans  of  the  Commission  call  for  the 
first  movement  of  eligible  displaced  persons  dur- 
ing the  first  week  of  October  with  regularly  in- 
creasing shipments  to  follow  during  that  and 
succeeding  months.  Shipping  arrangements  to 
accord  with  this  plan  have  already  been  made  by 
tlie  Iro. 

The  Commission  confidently  anticipates  the  full 
cooperation  of  all  agencies,  governmental  and 
private,  to  the  end  that  the  intent  of  Congress  as 
expressed  in  the  Displaced  Persons  Act  will  be 
carried  out. 

Mr.  Carusi  will  be  accompanied  by  Commission 
staff  members  and  representatives  of  the  Army, 
Immigration  and  Naturalization  Service,  and 
State  Department,  who  will  assist  in  developing 
the  program. 


REGISTRATION  OF  IMMIGRANTS  TO  THE  U.  S.  FROM  GERMAN  AND  AUSTRIAN  ZONES 


[Released  to  the  press  September  17] 

Pursuant  to  section  12  of  the  Displaced  Persons 
Act  of  1948,  all  American  consular  offices  in  Ger- 
many and  Austria  will  accept,  effective  September 
17, 1918,  applications  for  registration  as  intending 
immigrants  to  the  United  States  from  persons 
residing  in  the  American,  British,  and  French 
zones  of  Germany  and  Austria  and  in  the  Ameri- 
can, British,  and  French  sectors  of  Berlin  and 
Vienna  as  provided  in  Title  22,  Code  of  Federal 
Remdafions,  1946  Supplement,  61.302.^ 

The  purpose  of  such  registration  is  to  establish 
priority  of  consideration  of  individual  cases  with- 
in the  quotas  established  pursuant  to  the  Immi- 
gration Act  of  1924.  This  has  no  relation  to  the 
displaced-persons  program,  although  persons  in 
Germany  and  Austria,  intending  to  apply  for  visas 
as  displaced  persons  within  the  classification  pro- 
vided in  the  Displaced  Persons  Act  of  1948  are  ad- 
vised to  register  now  as  intending  iimiiigrants  in 


^Registration  of  Quota  Visa  Applicants  (22  CFR,  1946 
Supp.  61.302)  : 

(ft)  Oversubscrihed  quotas.  The  registration  of  an  in- 
tending immigrant  cliargeable  to  an  oversubscribed  quota 
sliould  be  made  only  upon  the  basis  of  a  registration  form 
submitted  by  mail  to  the  consular  office.  Such  registra- 
tion forms  may  be  filed  at  an  office  which  has  been  author- 
ized to  accept  applications  for  immigration  visas  of  aliens 
regardless  of  whether  quota  numbers  are  liliely  to  be 
available  for  use  in  issuing  visas  to  them. 


(g)  Registration  form  to  be  endorsed  imth  date  of 
receipt.  The  registration  form  received  at  the  consular 
office  should  be  dated  by  rubber  stamp  with  the  date  of 
receipt,  which  will  become  the  registration  date. 


412 


order  that  they  may  have  the  benefit  of  the  priority 
established  thereby  in  the  event  they  should  fail 
to  meet  all  of  the  qualifications  requisite  as  a  dis- 
placed person  Under  the  law. 

Cases  of  persons  registered  will  be  processed,  in 
the  order  in  which  their  registration  occurred,  as 
soon  as  practicable.  It  is  expected,  however,  that 
the  processing  of  cases  of  displaced  persons  will 
commence  earlier  than  those  in  nonpreference, 
iionpriority  categories.  Both  programs  will  be 
administered  independently. 

Persons  in  the  United  States,  who  are  interested 
in  sponsoring  an  eligible  displaced  person  should 
communicate  with  the  Displaced  Persons  Com- 
mission, Fourth  Floor,  Premier  Building,  718 
Eighteenth  Street,  NW.,  Washington  25,  D.C. 
All  other  visa  cases  of  persons  in  Germany  and 
Austria  will  be  handled  by  the  American  consular 
office  nearest  the  applicant's  residence.  These 
offices  are  located  in  the  following  cities: 


Berlin 
Bremen 
Franlcfort 
Salzburg,  Austria 


Hamburg 
Munich 
Stuttgart 
Vienna,  Austria 


Persons  registered  on  the  quota  waiting  lists  as 
intending  immigrants  to  the  United  States  will  be 
informed,  individually,  by  the  American  Consul 
when  it  becomes  possible  to  process  their  cases. 
Since  the  cases  will  be  considered  strictly  in  the 
order  of  registration,  correspondence  with  the 
Consul,  other  than  in  connection  with  the  registra- 
tion itself,  should  be  avoided  for  the  present.  It 
should  be  appreciated  that  an  avalanche  of  cor- 
respondence would  only  add  confusion  to  and  re- 
tard the  normal  resumption  of  visa  work  in 
Germany  and  Austria. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Czechoslovakia  Settles  Lend-Lease  Account 

[Ucloasod  to  tlie  press  Soptoniber  ](i] 

Tlie  United  States  Embassy  at  Praha  informed 
the  DepaitnuMit  of  State  on  September  16  that  it 
has  sii^ned  an  agreement  with  the  Government  of 
Czechoslovaivia  settling  all  lend-lease  obligations 
of  the  Czechoslovak  Government  under  the  Czech- 
oslovak-iXjiierican  lend-lease  agreement  of  July 
11,  1942. 

Under  the  terms  of  the  settlement,  signed  in 
Praha  today,  the  Czechoslovak  Government  agrees 
to  pay  to  the  United  States  within  10  days  the 
equivalent  of  $172,061.00  in  crowns  (8,648,072 
crowns) .  The  Czechoslovak  Government  received 
an  estimated  $2,760,000.00  in  lend-lease  aid  either 
directly  from  the  United  States  or  by  re-transfer 
from  the  United  Kingdom.  This  figure  is  based 
on  the  procurement  cost  of  the  items. 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEBK 

The  text  of  the  agreement  has  not  yet  been  re- 
ceived fi'om  the  Embassy. 

Yugoslavia  Pays  for  Nationalized 
American  Property 

[Released  to  the  press  September  13] 

The  Department  of  State  announced  on  Sep- 
tember 13  that  it  has  deposited  with  the  United 
States  Treasury  a  check  for  $17,000,000  received 
from  the  Government  of  Yugoslavia  in  accordance 
with  the  agreement  of  July  19,  1048,  between  the 
Governments  of  the  United  States  and  Yugoslavia 
providing  for  settlement  of  American  property 
nationalized  in  Yugoslavia  and  other  outstanding 
pecuniary  claims  between  the  two  Governments.' 

The  $17,000,000  will  be  held  pending  action  by 
the  Congress  or  such  agency  as  it  may  designate  to 
distribute  the  money  to  eligible  claimants. 


Incident  Involving  Seating  of  Ethiopian  IVIinister  at  EVEeeting  of  Scientists 

EXCHANGE  OF  CORRESPONDENCE  BETWEEN  THE  ETHIOPIAN  LEGATION  AND 

THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 


[Released  to  the  press  September  17] 

September  15,  lOIfS 

The  Imperial  Ethiopian  Legation  present  their 
compliments  to  the  Department  of  State  and  have 
the  honour  to  protest  in  the  strongest  manner 
against  the  affront  and  indignity  caused  to  the 
person  of  His  Excellency  Kas  Imru,  the  Minister 
of  Ethiopia  to  the  United  States,  on  the  evening 
of  thirteenth  September,  1948,  at  Constitution 
Hall. 

The  incident  occurred  when  His  Excellency,  in- 
vited by  the  "American  Association  for  the  Ad- 
vancement of  Science"  to  attend  the  ceremony  of 
the  opening  session  of  its  meeting,  took  his  seat  in 
the  box,  assigned  to  him  along  with  the  other  di- 
plomatic Corps,  and  where  an  individual,  un- 
known to  the  Minister  approached  and  told  His 
Excellency  to  leave  his  seat  and  find  another  place 
somewhere  in  the  hall,  and  the  Minister  left  the 
hall  altogether,  in  protest  against  such  an  insult. 

The  Ethiopian  Government  considers  the  of- 
fence to  its  accredited  representative,  as  grave  and 
prone  to  create  serious  implications,  specially  so 
because  the  offence  occurred  in  a  public  place  and 
in  the  presence  of  the  President  of  the  United 
States. 

The  Imperial  Ethiopian  Legation  therefore,  de- 
mands that  the  United  States  Government  will 
take  appropriate  measures  to  repair  the  damage 
and  to  punish  the  offender  in  the  manner  that  the 
dignity  and  inviolability  of  an  Envoy  represent- 
ing a  sovereign  Government  requires. 

The  Imperial  Ethiopian  Legation  avail  them- 

Sepfember  26,   J948 


selves  of  this  opportunity  to  renew  to  the  Depart- 
ment of  State  the  assurance  of  their  highest  con- 
sideration. 

Ras  H.  S.  Imrtt 

Minister 


The  Department  of  State  acknowledges  the  re- 
ceipt of  the  note  from  the  Imperial  Ethiopian  Le- 
gation, dated  September  15,  1948,  protesting  the 
unfortunate  incident  involving  the  Honorable  Ras 
Imru,  Minister  of  Ethiopia,  on  September  13, 1948, 

It  is  a  matter  of  the  greatest  regret  to  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  that  the  Minister 
of  Ethiopia  was  subjected  to  the  embarrassment 
indicated  in  the  Legation's  note  under  reference. 

The  Department  of  State  has  viewed  the  matter 
with  sei'ious  concern,  and  has  therefore  investi- 
gated the  circumstances  regarding  the  case  with  a 
view  toward  taking  any  action  which  might  ap- 
pear appropriate. 

The  Department  has  noted  that  the  meeting  in 
which  the  incident  occurred  was  held  in  a  private 
auditorium  and  under  the  auspices  of  a  private 
organization  which  has  already  tendered  its  full 
apologies  to  the  Minister. 

The  organizations  and  individuals  concerned 
have  informed  the  Department  that  the  incident 
resulted  from  the  fact  that  there  were  insufficient 
boxes  for  all  chiefs  of  mission,  and  the  American 


'  Bulletin  of  Aug.  1, 1948,  p.  137. 


413 


THE  RECORD  OF  THE  WEEK 

Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  which 
was  in  cliarge  of  the  event,  was  forced  to  assign 
orchestra  seats  to  some  of  the  cliiefs  of  mission. 
Through  some  mistake  the  Minister  was  seated  in 
a  box,  altliough  he  held  a  ticket  for  a  seat  on  the 
floor  of  the  house.  Later,  anticipating  tlie  arrival 
of  the  person  to  whom  this  box  had  been  assigned, 
an  uslier  requested  the  Minister  to  take  the  seat 
assigned  to  him  in  the  orchestra.  The  Minister, 
apparently  not  aware  that  other  members  of  the 
diplomatic  corps  were  seated  in  the  orchestra,  de- 
clined to  do  so  and  left  the  hall  on  the  grounds 
that  he  should  have  been  assigned  to  a  box  seat. 
The  Department  fully  shares  the  Minister's  point 
of  view  in  this  regard,  and  if  it  had  been  consulted 
in  the  matter  in  advance,  it  would  most  certainly 
have  recommended,  in  accordance  with  its  estab- 
lished practice,  that  the  Minister  and  all  other 
chiefs  of  mission  be  assigned  to  boxes. 

As  stated  above  the  Department  regrets  the  em- 
barrassment caused  the  Minister. 

September  16, 1948 
Evacuation  of  U.S.  Nationals  From  Hyderabad 

[Released  to  the  press  September  9] 

Text  of  a  coramunique  issued  to  American  jour- 
nalist 011  Septemher  9  iy  the  American  Einbassy 
at  New  Delhi,  India 

In  view  of  the  latest  developments  re  Hydera- 
bad, the  U.K.  High  Commissioner  in  India  acting 
for  this  purpose,  also  in  agreement  with  and  on 
behalf  of  the  United  States  Charge  d'Aifaires, 
the  Canadian  High  Commissioner  and  the  Aus- 
tralian High  Commissioner,  proposes  to  put  in 
train  fortliwith  arrangements  which  have  been 
agreed  upon  for  the  concentration,  in  an  evacua- 
tion from  Hyderabad  to  Madras,  of  the  nationals 
of  the  countries  concerned. 

Mr.  Fry,  a  member  of  the  U.K.  High  Commis- 
sion in  India,  has  been  in  Hyderabad  for  some 
weeks  for  the  sole  and  express  purpose  of  looking 
after  the  welfare  and  protection  of  aforesaid  na- 
tionals and  coordinating  arrangements  for  their 
concentration  and  evacuation  in  event  of  the  need 
arising. 

Mr.  Fry  has  now  received  instructions  to  ar- 
range for  the  concentration  of  these  nationals  at 
a  prearranged  rendezvous  near  Hyderabad  City 
and  evacuation  by  air  will  be  carried  out  by  com- 
mercial York  Aircraft  of  BOAC  from  Hyderabad 
to  Madras. 

Arrangements  have  been  made  in  Madras  for 
reception  of  these  nationals. 

The  Governments  of  India  and  Hyderabad 
have  been  informed  of  these  decisions  and  of  the 
detailed  arrangements  involved,  and  their  help 

'  13  Fed.  Reg.  5249. 


has  been  sought  in  connection  with  carrying  out 
the  evacuation  plan. 

There  are  certain  of  these  nationals  living  on 
the  borders  of  the  state  who  may  not  be  able  to 
reach  the  prearranged  rendezvous.  They  have 
therefore  been  advised  and  are  being  advised  to 
make  their  own  way  overland  to  adjoining  areas 
of  Indian  Union  territory. 

Nationals  living  in  places  too  far  distant  or 
inaccessible  from  Hyderabad  City  and  the  borders 
of  the  state,  either  to  join  the  air  evacuation  or  try 
to  make  their  own  way  into  adjoining  provinces 
of  India,  will  in  all  probability  decide  to  remain 
where  they  are. 


[Released  to  the  press  September  13] 

According  to  a  report  received  on  September  12 
from  the  American  Embassy  at  New  Delhi,  evacua- 
tion operations  for  removal  of  American  citizens 
from  Hyderabad  have  been  completed.  American 
citizens  residing  in  Hyderabad  were  advised  sev- 
eral days  ago  by  the  American  Einbassy  to  leave 
in  view  of  possible  disturbances  within  the  area 
which  might  endanger  lives  and  property.  Facili- 
ties for  their  transportation,  including  air  and 
rail,  were  arranged  with  the  cooperation  of  the 
Government  of  India,  the  office  of  the  British  High 
Commissioner  in  New  Delhi,  and  the  Hyderabad 
authorities.  All  Americans  who  chose  to  avail 
themselves  of  the  facilities  provided  have  been 
evacuated. 

Approximately  40  Americans,  principally  en- 
gaged in  missionary  activities,  resided  in  Hyde- 
rabad prior  to  evacuation.  Information  regarding 
the  number  of  American  evacuees  is  incomplete; 
however,  the  following  citizens  have  arrived  in 
Madras  from  Hj^derabad,  according  to  reports 
from  the  American  Consulate  General  at  Madras : 

India  tnission  at  Bhongir 

Mr.  B.  K.  Tarter,  Amarillo,  Tex. 

Mrs.  Wanda  Tarter,  Amarillo,  Tex. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  Steenstra,  Cleveland,  Oliio 

Mrs.  Sarah  Anderson,  Yakima,  Wash. 

i 

American  Mennonite  Brethren  mission  at  Shamshal>ai 
J.  N.  C.  Hiebert,  Mouutain  Lake,  Minn. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.   Charles  Clement  Ray,  McKeesport,  Pa. 
(businessman) 


Correction    in    Protocol    of    Schedule    XX    of 
General  Agreement  on  Tariffs  and  Trade 

The  President  on  September  7  issued  Proclama- 
tion 2809  supplementing  Proclamation  2790  of 
June  11,  1948.^  This  Proclamation  has  the  effect 
of  correcting  a  typogi'aphical  error  appearing  in 
the  Protocol  of  Rectifications  signed  in  Habana  on 
the  24th  of  March  relating  to  tariff  item  no.  1110  of 
the  schedule  of  tariff  concessions  (schedule  XX) 
granted  by  the  United  States. 


414 


Departmenf  of  State  Bulletin 


THE  CONGRESS 


A  Review  of  the  Work  of  the  Eightieth  Congress 


The  Bulletin  is  listing  below  major  legislative 
actions  touching  upon  the  foreign  relations  of  the 
United  States  during  the  Eightieth  Congress. 
This  list  supplements  the  one  printed  in  the 
BxJLLETix  of  September  28,  1947,  page  651.  Pub- 
lic Laws  389,  393,  and  395  were  passed  during  the 
First  Session,  the  rest  of  the  legislation  in  the  list, 
during  the  Second  Session. 

Law  TiOe 

3S9        An  Act  To  promote  world  peace  and  tlie  general 

welfare,   national   interest,   and   foreign   policy 

of  the  United  States  by  providing  aid  to  certain 

foreign  countries. 
393        An  Act  Making  supplemental  appropriations  for 

the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1948,  and  for 

other  purposes. 
395        Joint  Resolution  To  aid  in  the  stabilization  of 

commodity  prices,  to  aid  in  further  stabilizing 

the  economy  of  the  United  States,  and  for  other 

purposes. 
399        An  Act  To  amend  the  Philippine  Rehabilitation 

Act  of  1946,  as  amended. 

402  An  Act  To  promote  the  better  understanding  of 

the  United  States  among  the  peoples  of  the 
world  and  to  strengthen  cooperative  interna- 
tional relations. 

403  Joint  Resolution  Providing  for  membership  and 

participation  by  the  United  States  in  the  South 
Pacific  Commission  and  authorizing  an  appro- 
priation therefor. 

409  An  Act  To  amend  the  Act  of  June  28,  1935,  en- 
titled "An  Act  to  authorize  participation  by  the 
United  States  in  the  Interparliamentary  Union''. 

415  An  Act  To  provide  for  the  free  importation  of 
synthetic-rubber  scrap. 

423  Joint  Resolution  To  continue  until  March  1,  1949, 
the  authority  of  the  Maritime  Commission  to 
sell,  charter,  and  operate  vessels,  and  for  other 
purposes. 

427  An  Act  To  continue  for  a  temporary  period  certain 
powers,  authority,  and  discretion  conferred  on 
the  President  by  the  Second  Decontrol  Act  of 
1947. 

431  Joint  Resolution  Providing  for  membership  and 
participation  by  the  United  States  in  the  Carib- 
bean Commission  and  authorizing  an  appropria- 
tion therefor. 

450  An  Act  To  extend  the  period  of  validity  of  the 
Act  to  facilitate  the  admission  into  the  United 
States  of  the  alien  fiancees  or  fiances  of  mem- 
bers of  the  armed  forces  of  the  United  States. 


Law  Title 

453  Joint  Resolution  To  authorize  vessels  of  Canadian 
registry  to  transport  iron  ore  between  United 
States  ports  on  the  Great  Lakes  during  1948. 

469  An  Act  To  strengthen  national  security  and  the 

common  defense  by  providing  for  the  main- 
tenance of  an  adequate  domestic  rubber-produc- 
ing industry,  and  for  other  purposes. 

470  Joint  Resolution  Making  appropriations  for  for- 

eign aid  [Austria,  France,  and  Italy],  welfare 
of  Indians,  and  refunding  internal-revenue 
collections. 
472  An  Act  To  promote  world  peace  and  the  general 
welfare,  national  interest,  and  foreign  policy 
of  the  United  States  through  economic,  financial, 
and  other  measures  necessary  to  the  mainte- 
nance of  conditions  abroad  in  which  free  insti- 
tutions may  survive  and  consistent  with  the 
maintenance  of  the  strength  and  stability  of  the 
United  States. 

474  An  Act  To  extend  the  authority  of  the  Adminis- 

trator of  Veterans'  Affairs  to  establish  and  con- 
tinue ofiices  in  the  territory  of  the  Republic  of 
the  Philippines. 

475  An  Act  To  amend  the  Tariff  Act  of  1930   with 

reference  to  platinum  foxes,  and  platinum  fox 
furs,  and  for  other  purposes. 

490  An  Act  To  amend  paragraph  1629  of  the  Tariff 
Act  of  1930  so  as  to  provide  for  the  free  impor- 
tation of  exposed  X-ray  film. 

496  An  Act  To  enable  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  to 
conduct  research  on  foot-and-mouth  disease  and 
other  diseases  of  animals  and  to  amend  the 
Act  of  May  29,  18S4  (23  Stat.  31),  as  amended, 
by  adding  another  section. 

501  An  Act  To  amend  title  17  of  the  United  States 
Code  entitled  "Copyrights". 

519  An  Act  Making  appropriations  to  supply  deficien- 
cies in  certain  appropriations  for  the  fi.scal  year 
ending  June  30,  1948,  and  for  other  purposes. 

538  An  Act  To  amend  the  Immigration  Act  of  1024,  as 
amended. 

552  An  Act  To  amend  the  immigration  laws  to  deny 
admission  to  the  United  States  of  aliens  who 
may  be  coming  here  for  the  purpo.se  of  engaging 
in  activities  which  will  endanger  the  public 
safety  of  the  United  States. 

564  An  Act  To  amend  the  Acts  authorizing  the 
courses  of  instruction  at  the  United  States  Naval 
Academy  and  the  United  States  Military  Acad- 
emy to  be  given  to  a  limited  number  of  persons 
from  the  American  Republics  so  as  to  permit  such 
courses  of  instruction  to  be  given  to  Canadians. 

5G7        An  Act  To  amend  the  Nationality  Act  of  1940. 


September  26,    1948 


415 


THE  CONGRESS 


Law  Title 

597  An  Act  Making  appropriations  for  the  Depart- 
ments of  State,  Justice,  Commerce,  and  the 
Judiciary,  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30, 
1949,  and  for  other  purposes. 

600  An  Act  Relating  to  the  issuance  of  reentry  permits 
to  certain  aliens. 

606  An  Act  To  continue  for  a  temporary  period  certain 
powers,  authority,  and  discretion  conferred  on 
the  President  by  the  Second  Decontrol  Act  of 
1947,  and  for  other  purposes. 

612  An  Act  To  amend  paragraph  813  of  the  Tariff  Act 

of  1930. 

613  An  Act  To  continue  until  the  close  of  June  30, 1949, 

the  present  suspension  of  import  duties  on  scrap 
iron,  scrap  steel,  and  nonferrous  metal  scrap. 

614  Joint  Resolution  To  permit  articles  Imported  from 

foreign  countries  for  the  purpose  of  exhibition 
at  the  International  Industrial  Exposition,  In- 
corporated, Atlantic  City,  New  Jersey,  to  be  ad- 
mitted without  payment  of  tariff,  and  for  other 
purposes. 

626  An  Act  To  authorize  the  Secretary  of  the  Army  and 
the  Secretary  of  the  Air  Force  to  proceed  with 
construction  at  military  installations,  and  for 
other  purposes. 

630  An  Act  To  amend  paragraph  1772  of  the  Tariff  Act 
of  1930,  as  amended. 

643  Joint  Resolution  Providing  for  membership  and 
participation  by  the  United  States  in  the  World 
Health  Organization  and  authorizing  an  appro- 
priation therefor. 

647  An  Act  To  encourage  the  development  of  an  inter- 
national air-transportation  system  adapted  to 
the  needs  of  the  foreign  commerce  of  the  United 
States,  of  the  postal  service,  and  of  the  national 
defense,  and  for  other  purposes. 

653  An  Act  To  authorize  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 
to  proceed  with  the  construction  of  certain  pub- 
lic works,  and  for  other  purposes. 

718  An  Act  To  permit  the  landing  of  halibut  by  Cana- 
dian fishing  vessels  to  Alaskan  ports,  and  for 
other  purposes. 

725  An  Act  To  provide  for  the  temporary  free  im- 
portation of  lead. 

750  An  Act  To  amend  the  Tariff  Act  of  1930  to  provide 
for  the  free  importation  of  limestone  to  be  used 
in  the  manufacture  of  fertilizer. 

752  An  Act  To  authorize  the  course  of  instruction  at 
the  United  States  Naval  Academy  to  be  given 
to  not  exceeding  four  persons  at  a  time  from 
the  Republic  of  the  Philippines. 

767  An  Act  To  continue  the  authorization  for  the 
appointment  of  two  additional  Assistant  Secre- 
taries of  State. 

769  Joint  Resolution  Permitting  the  free  entry  of  cer- 
tain articles  imported  to  promote  international 
good  will,  and  for  other  purposes. 

771  An  Act  To  codify  and  enact  into  law  Title  3  of 
the  United  States  Code,  entitled  "The  Presi- 
dent". 


Law  Title 

774  An  Act  To  authorize  for  a  limited  period  of  time 
the  admission  into  the  United  States  of  certain 
European  displaced  persons  for  permanent  resi- 
dence, and  for  other  purposes. 

778  Joint  Resolution  To  increase  the  sum  authorized 
to  be  appropriated  for  the  presentation  to  Eire 
of  a  statue  of  Commodore  John  Barry. 

783  An  Act  To  amend  section  332  (a)  of  the  Na- 
tionality Act  of  1940. 

785  An  Act  Making  appropriations  to  supply  deficien- 

cies in  certain  appropriations  for  the  fiscal  year 
ending  June  30,  1948,  and  for  other  purposes. 

786  An  Act  To  authorize  the  Coast  Guard  to  estab- 

lish, maintain,  and  operate  aids  to  navigation. 

787  An  Act  To  amend  section  5  of  the  Act  entitled 

"An  Act  To  amend  the  laws  relating  to  navi- 
gation, and  for  other  purposes." 

788  An  Act  To  provide  for  the  acceptance  on  behalf 

of  the  United  States  of  a  statue  of  General 
Jose  Gervasio  Artigas,  and  for  other  purposes. 

792  An  Act  To  extend  the  authority  of  the  President 

under  section  350  of  the  Tariff  Act  of  1930, 
as  amended,  and  for  other  purposes. 

793  An   Act   Making   appropriations   for   foreign   aid, 

and  for  other  purposes. 

794  Joint  Resolution   Providing  for  participation   by 

the  Government  of  the  United  States  in  the 
Pan  American  Railway  Congress,  and  author- 
izing an  appropriation  therefor. 

798  An  Act  To  authorize  the  Secretary  of  State  to 
perform  certain  consular-type  functions  within 
the  United  States  and  its  Territories  and  pos- 
sessions. 

801  An  Act  to  amend  the  Act  of  July  30,  1947,  per- 
mitting vessels  of  Canadian  registry  to  transport 
certain  merchandise  between  Hyder,  Alaska, 
and  points  in  the  continental  United  States. 

817  An  Act  Relating  to  the  arming  of  American  ve.s- 
sels. 

843  Joint  Resolution  Providing  for  acceptance  by  the 
United  States  of  America  of  the  Constitution 
of  the  International  Labor  Organization  Instru- 
ment of  Amendment,  and  further  authorizing 
an  appropriation  for  payment  of  the  United 
States  share  of  the  expenses  of  membership 
and  for  expenses  of  participation  by  the  United 
States. 

860  An  Act  Making  appropriations  for  Government 
corporations  and  independent  executive  agencies 
for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1949,  and 
for  other  purposes. 

863  An  Act  To  amend  subsection  (c)  of  section  19 
of  the  Immigration  Act  of  1917,  as  amended, 
and  for  other  purposes. 

865  An  Act  To  assist  by  grants-in-aid  the  Republic  of 
the  Philippines  in  providing  medical  care  and 
treatment  for  certain  veterans. 

874  An  Act  To  amend  the  Trading  With  the  Enemy 
Act. 


416 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


THE  CONGRESS 


Law  Title 

875  An  Act  To  extend  the  time  for  conmiencing  the 
construction  of  a  toll  bridge  across  the  Rio 
Giando  at  or  near  Rio  Grande  City,  Texas. 

882  An  Alt  To  amend  the  Philippine  Rehabilitation 
Act  of  lfM6  in  connection  with  the  training 
of  Filipinos  as  provided  for  in  title  III. 

880  An  Act  To  authorize  the  Attorney  General  to  ad- 
judicate certain  claims  resulting  from  evacua- 
tion of  certain  persons  of  Japanese  ancestry  un- 
der military  orders. 

893  An  Act  To  provide  assistance  in  the  recruitment 
and  distribution  of  farm  labor  for  the  increased 
production,  harvesting,  and  preparation  for  mar- 
ket of  agricultural  commodities  to  meet  domes- 
tic needs  and  foreign  commitment. 

896  An  Act  To  amend  the  Trading  with  the  Enemy 
Act,  as  amended ;  to  create  a  commission  to 
malce  an  inquiry  and  report  with  respect  to 
war  claims ;  and  to  provide  for  relief  for  in- 
ternees in  certain  cases. 

898  An  Act  To  provide  for  extension  of  the  terms 
of  office  of  the  present  members  on  the  Atomic 
Energy  Commission. 

903  Joint  Resolution  To  authorize  the  President,  fol- 
lowing appropriation  of  the  necessary  funds 
by  the  Congress,  to  bring  into  effect  on  the  part 
of  the  United  States  the  loan  agreement  of  the 
United  States  of  America  and  the  United  Na- 
tions signed  at  Lake  Success,  New  York.  March 
23, 1948. 

Tlie  following  list  is  of  legislation  pending  at 
the  close  of  the  Second  Session  is  that  which  has 
been  sponsored  by  the  Department  of  State  or 
in  which  the  Department  has  a  special  interest : 

Law  Title 

1.  Inter-American  Military  Cooperation  Bill 

2.  Munitions  Control  Bill 

3.  United  Nations  Omnibus  Act 

4.  Detail   of  Naval   and   Military   Missions   to   Foreign 

Governments 

5.  Authorization  for  the  Admission  of  Aliens  to  U.   S. 

Military  Schools 

6.  Protection  of  the  National  Security 

7.  Assistance  to  Destitute  Ajnericans  Abroad 

8.  Compensation  for  War  Damage  Done  to  Property  in 

Neutral  Countries 

9.  Use  of  Official   United  Nations   Seal,   Emblem   and 

Name 

10.  Refund  of  Taxes  Deducted  from  Wages  of  Mexican 

Railway  Workers  Employed  in  the  United  States 

11.  Transfer   of   Portion    of   Fort    Brown,    Brownsville, 

Texas  to  U.S.  Section,  International  Boundary  and 
Water  Commission,  by  the  War  Assets  Administra- 
tion 

12.  Great  Lakes-St.  Lawrence  Seaway  and  Power  Project 

13.  Organic    L<>gislation    for    Territory    of    the    Pacific 

Islands 


Law  Title 

14.  Settlement  of  Conflicting  Claims  to  German  Assets 

15.  U.S.  Participation  in  Inter-American  Commission  of 

Women 

16.  Inter-American  Institute  for  the  Protection  of  Child- 

hood 

17.  Foreign  Service  Relief  Bill 

The  following  treaties  were  approved  by  the 
Senate  during  the  Eightieth  Congress,  Second 
Session : 


Senate  Exec.  Print 
SOth  Cong.,  2d  sess. 
A 


Title 


Protocol  extending  the  interameri- 
can  coffee  agreement,  signed  at 
Washington  Sept.  11-Nov.  1,  1947. 

B  International        telecommunication 

convention  with  accompanying  in- 
struments, signed  at  Atlantic  City 
Oct.  2,  1947. 

C  Protocol  prolonging  the  internation- 

al agreement  regarding  the  regu- 
lation of  production  and  market- 
ing of  sugar,  dated  at  London 
Aug.  29,  1947. 

E  Treaty  of  friendship,  commerce,  and 

navigation  with  the  Italian  Re- 
public signed  at  Rome  Feb.  2, 
1948. 

G  Supplementary  protocol  with  France 

relating  to  taxes  on  estates  and 
inheritances,  signed  at  Washing- 
ton May  17,  1948. 

H  (Reservation)  Convention  with  Denmark  relating 
to  double  taxation,  signed  at 
Washington  May  6,  1948. 

I  (Reservation)  Convention  with  the  Kingdom  of  the 
Netherlands  relating  to  avoidance 
of  double  taxation,  signed  at 
Washington  Apr.  29,  1948. 


80th  Cong.,  1st  sess. 
A 


EE 


II 


Convention  for  the  avoidance  of 
double  taxation  with  France, 
signed  at  Paris  Oct.  18,  1946. 

Treaty  of  friendship,  commerce,  and 
navigation  with  the  Republic  of 
China,  signed  at  Nanking  Nov.  4, 
1946. 

Consular  convention  with  the  Re- 
public of  the  Philippines,  signed 
at  Manila  Mar.  14,  1947. 

International  Labor  Organization 
final  articles  revision  convention, 
1946  (no.  80),  adopted  at  Mon- 
treal, Oct.  9,  1946. 

Inter-American  treaty  of  reciprocal 
assistance,  signed  at  Rio  de 
Janeiro  Sept.  2, 1947. 


September  26,  7948 


417 


THE  CONGRESS 

■79th  Cong.,  1st  seas. 

G  Claims  convention  with  Norway  (on 

behalf  of  Christoffer  Hannevig), 
signed  at  Washington  Mar.  28, 
1940. 

The  following  treaties  are  still  under  considera- 
tion by  the  Senate : 

1.  Canada — Great  Lakes  Fisheries  Convention,  signed  at 
Washington  Apr.  29,  1942  (Executive  C,  79th  Cong., 
2d  sess.). 

2.  Canada— Exchange  of  Notes  at  Washington  May  3, 
1944,  Providing  for  an  Additional  Diversion  of  the 
Water  of  the  Niagara  River  Above  the  Falls  (Exec- 
utive E,  78th  Cong.,  2d  sess.). 

3.  Canada— Protocol,  signed  at  Ottawa  Oct.  3, 1945,  To  Be 
Annexed  to,  and  To  Form  a  Part  of,  the  Extradi- 
tion Treaty  of  Apr.  29,  1942  (Executive  I,  79th  Cong., 
1st  sess. ) . 

4.  Costa  Rica — Consular  Convention,  signed  at  San  Jos6 
Jan.  12,  1948  (Executive  D,  80th  Cong.,  2d  sess.). 

5.  New  Zealand — Convention  Relating  to  Avoidance  of 
Double  Taxation,  signed  at  Washington  Mar.  16,  1948 
(Executive  J,  80th  Cong.,  2d  sess.). 

6.  Philippines — Treaty  of  Conciliation,  signed  at  Manila 
Nov.  16,  1946  (Executive  C,  80th  Cong.,  1st  sess.). 

7.  United  Kingdom — Agreement  on  Petroleum,  signed  at 
London  Sept.  24,  1045  (Executive  H,  79th  Cong.,  1st 
sess. ) . 

8.  Union  of  South  Africa — Convention  for  the  Avoidance 
of  Double  Taxation  (Estates),  signed  at  Capetown 
Apr.  10,  1947  (Executive  FF,  80th  Cong.,  1st  sess.). 

9.  Union  of  South  Africa — Convention  for  the  Avoidance 
of  Double  Taxation  (Income),  signed  at  Pretoria  Dee. 
13,  1946   (Executive  O,  80th  Cong.,  1st  sess.). 

10.  Union  of  South  Africa — Extradition  Treaty,  signed  at 
Washington  Dec.  18,  1947  (Executive  K,  80th  Cong., 
2d  sess.). 

11.  Inter-American  Convention  on  Rights  of  the  Author 
in  Literary,  Scientific  and  Artistic  Works,  signed  at 
Washington  June  22, 1948  (Executive  HH,  80th  Cong., 
1st  sess.). 

12.  Convention  on  the  Intergovernmental  Maritime  Con- 
sultative Organization,  signed  at  Geneva  Mar.  6,  1948 
(Executive  L,  80th  Cong.,  2d  sess.). 

13.  Protocol  Relating  to  an  Amendment  to  the  Conven- 
tion on  International  Civil  Aviation,  dated  at  Mon- 
treal May  27,  1947  (Executive  GG,  80th  Cong.,  1st 
sess.). 

14.  Nine  Conventions  Formulated  at  the  Twenty-eighth 
(Maritime)  Session  of  the  International  Labor  Con- 
ference at  Seattle,  Wash.,  June  6-29,  1946  (Executive 
R  to  Z,  inclusive,  80th  Cong.,  1st  sess.). 

15.  The  International  Wheat  Agreement,  signed  at  Wash- 
ington Mar.  6-Apr.  1,  1948  (Executive  F,  80th  Cong., 
2d  sess.). 

Readers  who  are  interested  in  obtaining  an  analysis  of 
all  legislation,  passed  and  pending,  may  secure  the  Con- 
fjressional  Record  for  July  20,  1948,  and  August  17,  1948, 
from  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Washington  25, 
D.C.,  for  15  cents  a  copy. 


Foreign  Relations  of  tiie  United  States,  1932, 
Volumes  ill  and  IV 


[Released  to  the  press  September  7] 

The  Department  of  State  released  September  7 
Foreign  Relations  of  the  United  States,  1932, 
Volumes  III  and  IV.  Both  of  these  volumes  are 
given  entirely  to  documentation  on  international 
affairs  in  the  Far  East.  Volume  III  gives  the 
diplomatic  record  of  the  Far  Eastern  crisis  from 
January  1  to  May  5,  1932.  Volume  IV  continues 
the  story  from  May  6  to  December  31,  1932,  and 
also  contains  separate  sections  on  China  and 
Japan.  The  earlier  phases  of  the  Far  Eastern 
crisis  which  began  with  the  Japanese  attack  in 
Manchuria  September  18,  1931,  are  recorded  in 
Foreign  Relations,  1931,  Volume  III,  previously 
published.  Additional  documentation  for  1932  on 
the  Far  East  is  contained  in  Foreign  Relations, 
Japan,  1931-1941,  Volume  I. 

The  volumes  now  released  will  contribute  to  an 
understanding  of  the  origins  of  World  War  II, 
for  here  are  recorded  efforts  to  check  Japanese 
aggression  in  its  early  stages.  The  aggressive 
designs  of  Japan  became  more  obvious  in  1932 
with  the  extension  of  military  activity  in  Man- 
churia and  the  attack  on  Shanghai.  Behind-the- 
scenes  discussions  show  efforts  by  the  then  Secre- 
tary of  State,  Henry  L.  Stimson,  to  secure  inter- 
national backing  for  the  principles  set  forth  in 
his  notes  of  January  7,  1932,  setting  forth  the 
American  nonrecognition  policy  and  in  his  letter 
of  February  23, 1932,  to  Senator  William  E.  Borah 
upholding  the  continued  validity  of  the  treaties 
supporting  the  territorial  and  administrative  in- 
tegrity of  China.  Of  special  interest  are  the 
memoranda  of  trans- Atlantic  telephone  conversa- 
tions which  Secretary  Stimson  held  with  the 
British  Prime  Minister,  Ramsay  MacDonald,  and 
the  British  Foreign  Secretary,  Sir  John  Simon. 
It  will  be  noted  that  while  a  strong  united  diplo- 
matic front  was  urged,  the  record  shows  no  pro- 
posal in  1932  for  the  invocation  of  economic  or 
military  sanctions  against  Japan.  Later  in  the 
year  when  the  Lytton  Report  was  before  the 
League  of  Nations,  Secretary  Stimson  again  in- 
sisted on  the  importance  of  a  firm  stand  on  behalf 
of  principle. 

Aside  from  documents  on  the  conflict  in  China, 
perhaps  the  most  interesting  papers  in  Volume  IV 
are  the  reports  from  the  Embassy  in  Tokyo  on  the 
collapse  of  parliamentary  party  govermnent  in 
Japan  and  the  use  of  anti-American  propaganda 
to  promote  a  war  psychology  in  that  country. 

Volume  II  of  the  Foreign  Relations  series  for 
1932  dealing  with  Europe,  the  Near  East,  and 
Africa,  was  released  March  22,  1948.    Volume  I, 


418 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


containing  subjects  of  a  general  multilateral  na- 
ture, and  Volume  V,  the  American  Kepublics,  are 
in  press  and  will  be  readj'  for  release  within  a 
few  weeks. 

Farelgn  Relations,  1932,  Volumes  III  and  IV, 
were  compiled  by  John  Gilbert  Reid  of  the  Divi- 
sion of  Historical  Policy  Research,  under  the 
direction  of  E.  R.  Perkins,  Editor  of  Foreign 
Relations. 

Copies  of  these  volumes  may  be  purchased  from 
the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Government 
Printing  Office,  Washington  25,  D.  C,  for  $2.75 
each. 


PUBLICATIONS 


Department  of  State 

For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Oovern- 
ment  Printing  Office.  Washington  25,  D.C.  Address  re- 
quests direct  to  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  except 
in  the  case  of  free  publicatio?is,  which  may  6e  obtained 
from  the  Department  of  State. 

International  Institute  of  Agriculture;  Transfer  of  Func- 
tions and  Assets  to  the  Food  and  Agriculture  Organ- 
ization of  the  United  Nations.  Treaties  and  Other 
Internatioual  Acts  Series  1719.     Pub.  310G.     14  pp.     54. 

Protocol  Between  the  United  States  and  Other  Gov- 
ernments— Dated  at  Rome  Mar.  30,  1946 ;  ratification 
advised  by  the  Senate  of  the  United  States  Aug.  2, 
1946;  ratified  by  the  President  of  the  United  States 
Aug.  28,  1946;  "ratification  of  the  United  States  de- 
posited with  the  Food  and  Agriculture  Organization 
of  the  United  Nations  Feb.  10,  1947 ;  proclaimed  by 
the  President  of  the  United  States  Feb.  24,  1948;  en- 
tered into  force  Jan.  28,  1948. 

Radio  Broadcasting;  Allocation  of  FM  Channels.  Trea- 
ties and  Other  International  Acts  Series  1726.  Pub.  3122. 
27  pp.     100. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  Canada — 
Effective  by  exchange  of  notes  signed  at  Washington 
Jan.  8  and  Oct.  15,  1947 ;  entered  into  force  Oct.  15, 
1947. 

Shipping;  Principles  Having  Reference  to  Continuance  of 
Co-ordinated  Control.  Treaties  and  Other  International 
Acts  Series  1722.    Pub.  3123.    7  pp.    50. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  Other  Gov- 
ernments— Signed  at  London  Aug.  5,  1944 ;  entered 
into  force  May  24,  1945. 

Foreign  Consular  OflSces  in  the  United  States,  April  1, 
1948.    Pub.  3127.     51  pp.     200. 

Annual  list  of  foreign  consular  offices  and  repre- 
sentatives in  the  United  States,  its  territories  and 
insular  possessions,  and  the  Canal  Zone. 


PUBLICATIONS 

Air  Transport  Services.  Treaties  and  Other  International 
Acts  Series  1727.    Pub.  3134.    10  pp.    50. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  Egypt — 
Signed  at  Cairo  June  15,  1&46;  operative  from  June 
15,  1946;  entered  into  force  definitively  Aug.  8,  1947. 

Passport  Visa  Fees.  Treaties  and  Other  International 
Acts  Series  1728.    Pub.  3135.    4  pp.    50. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  the  Neth- 
erlands— Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  dated  at  the 
Hague  Jan.  21,  Feb.  11,  and  Mar.  5  and  13,  1946 ;  en- 
tered into  force  Mar.  13,  1946,  effective  Apr.  15,  1946. 

Civil  Aviation  Mission  to  Colombia.  Treaties  and  Other 
International  Series  1738.     Pub.  3164.    5  pp.     50. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  Colombia — 
Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed  at  Bogota  Oct. 
23,  Dec.  3  and  22,  1947;  entered  into  force  Dec.  22, 
1947. 

Havana  Charter  for  an  International  Trade  Organization. 

March  24,  194S.  Commercial  Policy  Series  114.  Pub. 
3206.     ill,  155  pp.     350. 

A  guide  to  tlie  study  of  the  Ito  Charter  including  in- 
troduction, outline,  and  summary  of  Charter  provi- 
sions ;  final  act  of  the  United  Nations  Conference  on 
Trade  and  Employment ;  Havana  Charter  for  an  In- 
ternational Trade  Organization,  including  annexes ; 
and  resolutions  adopted  by  the  Conference. 

The  Department  of  State.  Department  and  Foreign  Serv- 
ice Series  3.    Pub.  3223.    8  pp.    Free. 

Pamphlet  giving  a  brief  history,  the  present  functions, 
and  principal  officers  of  the  Department  of  State. 

Exchange  of  Official  Publications.  Treaties  and  Other 
International  Series  1758.     Pub.  3226.    3  pp.    50. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  Norway — 
Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed  at  Oslo  June  20, 
1947,  and  Mar.  15,  1948;  entered  into  force  Mar.  15, 
194S. 

Military  Aviation  Mission  to  Chile.  Treaties  and  Other 
International  Acts  Series  1760.    Pub.  3228.    3  pp.    50. 

Agreement  Between  the  United  States  and  Chile  Re- 
newing and  Modifying  Agreement  of  April  23,  1940, 
as  renewed  and  modified — Effected  by  exchange  of 
notes  signed  at  Washington  Apr.  26  and  May  15, 1946 ; 
entered  into  force  May  15,  1946,  effective  Apr.  23, 
1946. 

Significance  of  the  Institute  of  Inter-American  Affairs  in 
the  Conduct  of  U.  S.  Foreign  Policy.  Inter-American 
Series  36.     Pub.  3239.     19  pp.     15^. 

Description  of  programs  in  cooperative  agriculture, 
health  and  sanitation,  and  education. 

National  Commission  News,  September  1948.  Pub.  3271. 
10  pp.  10(J  a  copy ;  $1  a  year  domestic,  $1.35  a  year 
foreign. 

Prepared  monthly  for  the  United  Nations  Educa- 
tional, Scientific  and  Cultural  Organization. 


Atomic  Impasse,   1948. 
Conference  Series  III, 


International   Organization   and 
14.     Pub.  3272.     48  pp.     150. 


A  collection  of  unofficial  speeches  by  Frederick  Os- 
horn.  Deputy  U.S.  Representative  to  the  U.N.  Atomic 
Energy  Commission. 


September  26,   J948 


419 


,S°^I°N  PUBLIC  LIBRARY 


3  9999  06352  743  4